Medicina practica, or, Practical physick shewing the method of curing the most usual diseases happening to humane bodies ... : to which is added, the philosophick works of Hermes Trismegistus, Kalid Persicus, Geber Arabs, Artesius Longævus, Nicholas Flammel, Roger Bachon and George Ripley : all translated out of the best Latin editions into English ... : together with a singular comment upon the first book of Hermes, the most ancient of philosophers : the whole compleated in three books / by William Salmon ...
         Salmon, William, 1644-1713.
      
       
         
           1692
        
      
       Approx. 1392 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 456 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2003-01 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A60662
         Wing S434
         ESTC R183203
         12697341
         ocm 12697341
         65913
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A60662)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 65913)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1641-1700 ; 368:2)
      
       
         
           
             Medicina practica, or, Practical physick shewing the method of curing the most usual diseases happening to humane bodies ... : to which is added, the philosophick works of Hermes Trismegistus, Kalid Persicus, Geber Arabs, Artesius Longævus, Nicholas Flammel, Roger Bachon and George Ripley : all translated out of the best Latin editions into English ... : together with a singular comment upon the first book of Hermes, the most ancient of philosophers : the whole compleated in three books / by William Salmon ...
             Salmon, William, 1644-1713.
             Khālid ibn Yazīd al-Umawī, 7th cent.
             Jābir ibn Ḥayyān.
             Artephius. Liber secretus artis occultae. English.
             Flamel, Nicolas, d. 1418. Figures hierogliphiques. English.
             Bacon, Roger, 1214?-1294. Speculum alchemiae. English.
             Bacon, Roger, 1214?-1294. Radix mundi. English.
             Ripley, George, d. 1490? Medulla alchimiae. English.
          
           [32], 696 p., [8] pages of plates : ill.
           
             Printed for T. Howkins ... J. Taylor ... and J. Harris ...,
             London :
             1692.
          
           
             Books 2 and 3 titled: Clavis alchymiae; Books 1, 2, 3 have special t.p. and Book 2 has date: 1691.
             Errata on p. [3].
             Pages 213 and 313-314 have faded print. Pages 257-274 have print show-through. Pages 210-333 photographed from British Library copy and inserted at end.
             Reproduction of original in Bodleian Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Medicine, Ancient.
           Medicine, Arab.
           Medicine, Medieval.
           Alchemy -- Early works to 1800.
        
      
    
     
        2000-00 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2002-01 Apex CoVantage
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2002-04 TCP Staff (Michigan)
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2002-04 Olivia Bottum
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2002-05 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
           
             
             
             
               Medicina
               Practica
               :
               OR
               ,
               
                 Practical
                 Physick
              
               .
            
             
               SHEWING
               The
               Method
               of
               Curing
               the
               most
               Usual
               Diseases
               happening
               to
               HUMANE
               BODIES
               .
            
             
               
                 As
                 all
                 Sorts
                 of
              
               Aches
               and
               Pains
               ,
               Apoplexies
               ,
               Agues
               ,
               Bleeding
               ,
               Fluxes
               ,
               Gripings
               ,
               Wind
               ,
               Shortness
               of
               Breath
               ,
               Diseases
               of
               the
               Breast
               and
               Lungs
               ,
               Abortion
               ,
               Want
               of
               Appetite
               ,
               Loss
               of
               the
               use
               of
               Limbs
               ,
               Cholick
               ,
               or
               Belly-ach
               ,
               Apostems
               ,
               Thrushes
               ,
               Quinsies
               ,
               Deafness
               ,
               Bubo's
               ,
               Cachexia
               ,
               Stone
               in
               the
               Reins
               ,
               and
               Stone
               in
               the
               Bladder
               :
               
                 With
                 the
                 Preparation
                 of
                 the
              
               Praecipiolum
               ,
               
                 or
                 Universal
                 Medicine
                 of
              
               Paracelsus
               .
            
             
               
                 To
                 which
                 is
                 Added
                 ,
                 The
                 Philosophick
                 works
                 of
              
               
                 Hermes
                 Trismegistus
                 ,
              
               
                 Kalid
                 Persicus
                 ,
              
               
                 Geber
                 Arabs
                 ,
              
               
                 Artefius
                 Longaevus
                 ,
              
               
                 Nicholas
                 Flammel
                 ,
              
               
                 Roger
                 Bachon
                 ,
              
               
                 AND
                 George
                 Ripley
                 .
              
            
             
               All
               Translated
               out
               of
               The
               best
               Latin
               Editions
               ,
               into
               English
               ;
               and
               Carefully
               Claused
               ,
               or
               divided
               into
               Chapters
               ,
               and
               Sections
               ,
               for
               the
               more
               Pleasant
               Reading
               ,
               and
               Easier
               Understanding
               of
               those
               Authors
               .
            
             
               Together
               with
               a
               singular
               Comment
               upon
               the
               First
               Book
               of
               HERMES
               ,
               the
               most
               Ancient
               of
               Philosophers
               .
            
             
               
                 The
                 Whole
                 Compleated
                 in
                 Three
                 Books
                 .
              
            
             
               By
               
                 WILLIAM
                 SALMON
              
               ,
               Professor
               of
               Physick
               .
            
             
               Living
               at
               the
               Blue-Ball
               by
               the
               Ditchside
               ,
               near
               Holborn-Bridgè
               .
            
             
               London
               ,
               
                 Printed
                 for
              
               T.
               Howkins
               in
               George-Yard
               in
               Lombard-street
               ,
               J.
               Taylor
               
                 at
                 the
              
               Ship
               
                 in
                 St.
              
               Paul's
               Church-Yard
               ;
               and
               J.
               Harris
               
                 at
                 the
              
               Harrow
               
                 in
                 the
              
               Poultrey
               ,
               1692.
               
            
          
           
             
             
             
               Medicina
               Practica
               ,
               OR
               ,
               
                 Practical
                 Physick
              
               .
            
             
               CONTAINING
               The
               way
               of
               Curing
               the
               more
               Eminent
               and
               Usual
               Diseases
               happening
               to
               HUMANE
               BODIES
               .
            
             
               
                 As
                 all
                 Sorts
                 of
              
               
                 Aches
                 and
                 Pains
                 .
              
               
                 Apoplexies
                 .
              
               
                 Agues
                 .
              
               
                 Bleedings
                 .
              
               
                 Fluxes
                 ,
                 Gripings
                 ,
                 Wind.
                 
              
               
                 Shortness
                 of
                 Breath
                 .
              
               
                 Miscarriage
                 .
              
               
                 Want
                 of
                 Appetite
                 .
              
               
                 Use
                 of
                 Limbs
                 lost
                 .
              
               
                 Collick
                 or
                 Belly-Ach
                 .
              
               
                 Hysterick
                 Colicks
                 .
              
               
                 Apostems
                 .
              
               
                 Thrushes
                 .
              
               
                 Quinsies
                 .
              
               
                 Deafness
                 .
              
               
                 Buboes
                 .
              
               
                 Cachexia
                 .
              
               
                 Diseases
                 of
                 the
                 Breast
                 .
              
               
                 Stone
                 in
                 the
                 Reins
                 .
              
               
                 Stone
                 in
                 the
                 Bladder
                 .
              
            
             
               Whereunto
               is
               annexed
               .
            
             
               The
               preparation
               of
               the
               Praecipiolum
               of
               Paracelsus
               .
               2.
               
               The
               Key
               of
               Helmont
               and
               Lully
               .
               3.
               
               The
               Opening
               of
               Sol
               and
               Luna
               .
            
             
               By
               
                 WILLIAM
                 SALMON
              
               ,
               Professor
               of
               Physick
               .
            
             
               The
               First
               BOOK
               .
            
             
               LONDON
               ,
               
                 Printed
                 by
              
               W.
               Bonny
               ,
               for
               T.
               Howkins
               in
               George-Yard
               in
               Lombard-street
               ,
               and
               J.
               Harris
               
                 at
                 the
              
               Harrow
               
                 in
                 the
              
               Poultrey
               ,
               1692.
               
            
          
           
             
             
             
               Errata
               sic
               Corrigenda
               .
            
             
               PAge
               61.
               b.
               line
               19.
               for
               Pounds
               ,
               read
               〈◊〉
            
             
               pag.
               165.
               b.
               l.
               23.
               r.
               
                 Receiver
                 half
                 full
                 of
                 Water
              
               .
            
             
               pag.
               191.
               a.
               l.
               16.
               for
               strange
               ,
               r.
               strong
               .
            
             
               pag.
               191.
               b.
               l.
               31.
               for
               Word
               ,
               r.
               Work.
               
            
             
               pag.
               201.
               a.
               l.
               22.
               r.
               
                 should
                 not
                 be
              
               .
            
             
               pag.
               209.
               b.
               l.
               4.
               for
               noly
               ,
               r.
               only
               .
            
             
               pag.
               236.
               a.
               l.
               6.
               for
               Fire
               ,
               r.
               force
               .
            
             
               pag.
               251.
               b.
               l.
               23.
               for
               removed
               ,
               r.
               renewed
               .
            
             
               pag.
               267.
               b.
               l.
               I.
               15.
               for
               Coler
               ,
               r.
               
                 Color
                 ,
                 Colors
              
               :
            
             
               pag.
               267.
               b.
               l.
               31.
               r.
               Mercury
               .
            
             
               pag.
               275.
               b.
               l.
               6.
               r.
               Matters
               .
            
             
               pag.
               316.
               b.
               l.
               9.
               r.
               impalpable
               .
            
             
               pag.
               316.
               b.
               l.
               33.
               r.
               
                 difficult
                 in
                 respect
                 of
                 the.
              
               
            
             
               pag.
               342.
               a.
               l.
               8.
               r.
               
                 Venus
                 and
                 Mars
                 ,
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 Oleagenity
                 of
                 Sulphur
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 most
                 easily
                 burnt
                 .
              
            
             
               pag.
               352.
               l.
               4.
               r.
               CHAP.
               XLII
               .
            
             
               pag.
               395.
               b.
               l.
               13.
               r.
               Inimical
               .
            
             
               pag.
               3.
               6.
               b.
               l.
               17.
               18.
               r.
               
                 in
                 this
                 Chap.
              
               47.
               
               Sect.
               11.
               12.
               aforegoing
               .
            
             
               pag.
               497.
               b.
               l.
               8.
               r.
               〈◊〉
               .
            
             
               pag.
               527.
               b.
               l.
               7.
               r.
               equally
               .
            
             
               pag.
               543.
               a.
               l.
               13.
               for
               which
               ,
               r.
               with
               .
            
             
               pag.
               629.
               b.
               l.
               20.
               for
               Dosocourse
               ,
               r.
               Dis-course
               .
            
             
               What
               other
               Litteral
               Errata
               you
               shall
               find
               ,
               pray
               be
               pleased
               to
               Correct
               also
               with
               your
               Pen.
               
            
          
           
             
             
             
               THE
               PREFACE
               .
            
             
               THE
               intention
               of
               a
               Preface
               is
               to
               inform
               the
               Reader
               of
               something
               ,
               which
               the
               Book
               it self
               cannot
               tell
               him
               of
               ;
               and
               this
               matter
               relates
               for
               the
               most
               part
               ,
               either
               to
               the
               Authors
               of
               the
               Work
               ,
               or
               the
               Matter
               of
               the
               Book
               :
               Now
               this
               following
               Work
               has
               had
               many
               Authors
               ,
               some
               of
               which
               are
               of
               great
               Antiquity
               and
               Veneration
               ,
               and
               their
               Works
               are
               valuable
               ,
               for
               that
               they
               are
               (
               some
               of
               them
               )
               the
               first
               things
               which
               were
               written
               in
               the
               World.
               
            
             
               2.
               
               The
               first
               Book
               of
               
                 Practical
                 Physick
              
               ,
               is
               (
               for
               the
               most
               part
               of
               it
               ,
               )
               my
               own
               ,
               deduced
               from
               a
               large
               Series
               of
               Experiences
               :
               The
               Author
               of
               which
               ,
               was
               only
               the
               Translator
               and
               〈◊〉
               of
               the
               other
               parts
               of
               this
               work
               ,
               who
               in
               a
               succinct
               method
               ,
               has
               taken
               the
               pains
               to
               clause
               them
               ,
               viz.
               to
               divide
               them
               into
               Chapters
               and
               Sections
               ,
               for
               the
               more
               pleasant
               reading
               ,
               and
               easie
               understanding
               the
               minds
               of
               the
               said
               Authors
               ,
               and
               withal
               ,
               has
               given
               you
               a
               brief
               Comment
               ,
               or
               Explication
               of
               the
               first
               Book
               of
               Hermes
               ,
               who
               was
               one
               of
               the
               first
               ,
               and
               
                 〈◊〉
                 Ancient
                 Writers
              
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               This
               
                 Hermes
                 Trismegistus
              
               ,
               (
               who
               was
               also
               the
               Author
               of
               the
               Divine
               Pymander
               )
               lived
               ,
               as
               some
               suppose
               ,
               a
               long
               time
               before
               Moses
               :
               He
               received
               his
               Name
               of
               
                 Hermes
                 Trismegistus
              
               ,
               i.
               e.
               
                 Mercurius
                 ter
                 Maximus
              
               ,
               The
               thrice
               greatest
               Intelligencer
               ,
               because
               he
               was
               the
               first
               Intelligencer
               ,
               who
               communicated
               knowledge
               to
               Mankind
               ,
               by
               writing
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               He
               is
               reported
               to
               have
               been
               King
               of
               Egypt
               ;
               without
               doubt
               was
               an
               Egyptian
               ;
               and
               if
               you
               believe
               some
               Jews
               ,
               even
               their
               〈◊〉
               :
               And
               for
               the
               justification
               of
               this
               ,
               they
               urge
               ,
               this
               Philosophick
               
               Work
               ,
               for
               that
               it
               is
               by
               all
               confest
               to
               be
               originally
               written
               in
               the
               
                 Hebrew
                 Tongue
              
               ,
               which
               he
               would
               not
               have
               done
               ,
               had
               he
               not
               been
               an
               Hebrew
               ,
               but
               rather
               in
               his
               
                 Egyptian
                 Language
              
               .
            
             
               5.
               
               But
               whether
               he
               was
               Moses
               or
               not
               ,
               it
               is
               certain
               ,
               he
               was
               an
               Egyptian
               ,
               even
               as
               Moses
               himself
               also
               was
               ;
               and
               therefore
               for
               the
               Age
               ,
               it
               may
               be
               supposed
               (
               without
               much
               Controversie
               )
               that
               he
               lived
               much
               about
               Moses's
               time
               ;
               if
               he
               was
               not
               Moses
               ,
               but
               another
               Egyptian
               ,
               it
               is
               more
               than
               probable
               that
               he
               was
               King
               of
               Egypt
               ;
               for
               as
               
                 Franciscus
                 Flussas
              
               thinks
               ,
               being
               chief
               Philosopher
               ,
               he
               was
               according
               to
               the
               Egyptian
               Customs
               ,
               preferred
               to
               be
               chief
               of
               the
               Priesthood
               ,
               and
               from
               thence
               to
               be
               the
               
                 Chief
                 Governour
              
               ,
               or
               King.
               
            
             
               6.
               
               And
               as
               Paracelsus
               and
               Nollius
               say
               ,
               He
               was
               called
               ,
               
                 Ter
                 Maximus
              
               ,
               for
               having
               a
               perfect
               and
               exact
               knowledge
               of
               all
               things
               contained
               in
               the
               World
               ,
               (
               as
               this
               Aureus
               ,
               or
               
                 Golden
                 Tractate
              
               ,
               and
               his
               
                 Divine
                 Pymander
              
               witness
               )
               which
               things
               be
               divided
               into
               three
               Kingdoms
               ,
               
                 Mineral
                 ,
                 Vegetable
              
               ,
               and
               Animal
               ;
               in
               the
               knowledge
               and
               understanding
               of
               which
               three
               be
               excelled
               ,
               and
               transmitted
               to
               Posterity
               (
               tho
               in
               an
               AEnigmatical
               stile
               )
               the
               description
               of
               the
               
                 Philosophers
                 Quintessence
              
               .
               or
               
                 Universal
                 Elixir
              
               ,
               which
               he
               made
               as
               the
               Receptacle
               of
               all
               Caelestial
               and
               Terrestial
               Virtues
               .
            
             
               7.
               
               This
               
                 Great
                 Secret
              
               he
               discoursed
               ,
               and
               delivered
               in
               the
               following
               work
               ,
               part
               of
               which
               is
               also
               said
               to
               be
               found
               ingraved
               upon
               a
               
                 Smaragdine
                 Table
              
               ,
               in
               the
               Valley
               of
               
                 Ebron
                 .
                 Johannes
                 Functius
              
               in
               his
               Chronology
               says
               ,
               he
               lived
               in
               Moses
               his
               time
               ,
               Twenty
               one
               Years
               before
               the
               Law
               was
               given
               in
               the
               Wilderness
               that
               of
               Suidas
               seems
               to
               confirm
               it
               ,
               who
               says
               ,
               
                 Credo
                 Mercurium
                 Trismigistum
                 sapientem
                 Egyptium
                 floruiffe
                 ante
                 Pharaonem
                 .
              
               But
               this
               of
               Suidas
               may
               be
               applyed
               to
               several
               Ages
               ,
               for
               that
               Pharaoh
               was
               the
               General
               Name
               of
               many
               of
               their
               Kings
               :
               Or
               ,
               possibly
               it
               was
               intended
               for
               some
               of
               those
               times
               ,
               before
               the
               name
               of
               Pharaoh
               was
               given
               to
               their
               supream
               Governours
               ;
               which
               if
               so
               ,
               must
               be
               more
               than
               400
               years
               before
               Moses
               ;
               yea
               ,
               before
               Abraham's
               descent
               into
               Egypt
               .
            
             
             
               8.
               
               In
               this
               Book
               our
               Hermes
               gives
               you
               to
               understand
               ,
               that
               he
               had
               the
               
                 Great
                 Secret
              
               of
               the
               
                 Philosophick
                 Work
              
               ;
               and
               without
               doubt
               ,
               if
               God
               ever
               appeared
               in
               any
               Man
               ,
               he
               appeared
               in
               him
               ,
               as
               is
               evident
               both
               from
               this
               Book
               ,
               and
               his
               Pymander
               :
               In
               which
               Works
               he
               has
               communicated
               the
               sum
               of
               the
               Abyss
               ,
               and
               the
               Divine
               knowledge
               to
               all
               posterity
               ,
               whereby
               he
               has
               demonstrated
               himself
               to
               be
               not
               only
               an
               inspired
               Divine
               ,
               but
               also
               a
               deep
               Philosopher
               ;
               obtaining
               his
               Wisdom
               rather
               from
               God
               ,
               than
               from
               Man.
               
            
             
               9.
               
               As
               for
               some
               of
               the
               next
               Authors
               ,
               there
               is
               not
               much
               of
               their
               History
               extant
               ,
               Kalid
               is
               reported
               to
               be
               a
               
                 Persian
                 King
              
               ;
               and
               Geber
               ,
               an
               
                 Arabian
                 King
              
               ;
               without
               doubt
               ,
               both
               of
               them
               were
               throughly
               learned
               in
               the
               Mysteries
               of
               Nature
               ,
               but
               chiefly
               in
               this
               
                 Philosophick
                 Art.
                 Artefius
              
               was
               a
               Jew
               ,
               of
               whom
               it
               is
               reported
               ,
               he
               lived
               a
               thousand
               Years
               ;
               how
               truly
               ,
               I
               will
               not
               say
               ;
               himself
               affirms
               it
               ,
               and
               very
               wise
               Men
               ,
               such
               as
               
                 Paracelsus
                 ,
                 Pontanus
              
               ,
               and
               others
               seem
               to
               give
               Credit
               to
               it
               .
            
             
               10.
               
               Flammel
               was
               a
               
                 French
                 Man
              
               ,
               and
               originally
               a
               poor
               Scrivener
               ,
               yet
               left
               so
               great
               Monuments
               behind
               him
               as
               must
               convince
               the
               most
               incredulous
               that
               he
               knew
               the
               Secret
               ,
               and
               performed
               such
               mighty
               Works
               at
               his
               own
               proper
               Costs
               and
               Charges
               ,
               as
               the
               most
               opulent
               Prince
               in
               Europe
               can
               never
               do
               the
               like
               .
               I
               know
               a
               Gentleman
               who
               went
               to
               view
               these
               mighty
               Buildings
               ,
               and
               their
               Records
               :
               The
               Archives
               and
               Governors
               of
               those
               places
               ,
               he
               told
               me
               ,
               own
               the
               matter
               of
               fact
               ,
               but
               deny
               the
               Means
               ;
               saying
               ,
               that
               Flammel
               was
               a
               very
               Pious
               Man
               ,
               and
               went
               a
               Pilgrimage
               to
               St.
               James
               of
               Gallicia
               ,
               for
               a
               Reward
               of
               which
               Piety
               ,
               the
               Holy
               Saint
               bestowed
               that
               vast
               Treasure
               upon
               him
               by
               way
               of
               Miracle
               ;
               thereby
               denying
               the
               power
               of
               Art
               ,
               by
               which
               it
               was
               effected
               ,
               to
               establish
               it
               in
               a
               Miracle
               for
               a
               Confirmation
               of
               the
               
                 Romish
                 Church
              
               .
            
             
               11.
               
               
                 Roger
                 Bachon
              
               ,
               or
               Bacon
               ,
               was
               born
               
                 Anno
                 1215.
              
               near
               Ilchester
               a
               great
               Town
               in
               
                 Somerset
                 shire
              
               ,
               of
               an
               Honourably
               Family
               :
               He
               was
               brought
               up
               in
               the
               University
               of
               Oxford
               ,
               where
               he
               made
               an
               incredible
               Progress
               in
               the
               Arts
               and
               Sciences
               :
               He
               applied
               himself
               to
               Philosophy
               ,
               and
               the
               
               search
               of
               
                 Natures
                 Secrets
              
               ,
               one
               of
               his
               Tutors
               being
               Edmund
               Arch-bishop
               of
               Canterbury
               ,
               and
               became
               a
               
                 Franciscan
                 Fryar
              
               in
               a
               Convent
               at
               Oxford
               .
            
             
               12.
               
               He
               wholly
               laid
               himself
               out
               in
               a
               diligent
               search
               of
               Nature
               ,
               and
               the
               knowledge
               of
               the
               Tongues
               and
               Arts
               ;
               was
               intimate
               with
               many
               Great
               and
               Learned
               Men
               ,
               expending
               some
               Thousands
               of
               Pounds
               in
               trying
               Experiments
               ,
               most
               of
               which
               were
               supposed
               to
               be
               those
               of
               the
               
                 Philosophers
                 Stone
              
               :
               Nor
               did
               he
               bestow
               his
               cost
               or
               time
               in
               vain
               ;
               for
               't
               is
               believed
               he
               attained
               to
               the
               knowledge
               of
               the
               Secret
               he
               sought
               after
               .
            
             
               13.
               
               By
               this
               means
               he
               did
               such
               great
               things
               in
               Nature
               ,
               and
               such
               Wonders
               ,
               that
               not
               only
               the
               Ignorant
               ,
               but
               also
               some
               Learned
               Men
               reputed
               him
               to
               be
               Magician
               ,
               or
               Conjurer
               ,
               saying
               ,
               
                 He
                 made
                 a
                 Brazen
                 Head
                 ,
                 which
                 speak
                 ,
                 by
                 the
                 help
                 of
                 the
                 Devil
                 :
              
               Such
               was
               the
               Ingratitude
               of
               that
               Age
               ,
               that
               he
               was
               Persecuted
               by
               the
               very
               Men
               of
               his
               own
               Order
               ,
               and
               Religion
               :
               For
               being
               Accused
               of
               Magick
               and
               Heresie
               ,
               Pope
               
                 Nicholas
                 IV.
              
               (
               who
               disliked
               ,
               or
               understood
               not
               his
               Learning
               )
               cast
               him
               into
               Prison
               ,
               and
               kept
               him
               close
               Prisoner
               many
               Years
               .
            
             
               14.
               
               He
               wrote
               many
               Books
               upon
               several
               Sciences
               ,
               as
               
                 Grammar
                 ,
                 Logick
                 ,
                 Geometry
                 ,
                 Cosmography
                 ,
                 Astronomy
                 ,
                 Astrology
                 ,
                 Musick
                 ,
                 Ethicks
                 ,
                 Physicks
                 ,
                 Metaphysicks
                 ,
                 Perspective
                 ,
                 Opticks
                 ,
                 Divinity
                 ,
                 History
                 ,
                 Physick
                 ,
                 Chymistry
                 ,
              
               and
               Alchymy
               :
               How
               many
               Books
               be
               wrote
               is
               uncertain
               ;
               't
               is
               to
               be
               doubted
               all
               are
               not
               in
               being
               ,
               and
               what
               have
               out-lived
               the
               injury
               of
               time
               ,
               many
               of
               them
               are
               difficult
               to
               be
               procured
               ,
               as
               yet
               lying
               hid
               in
               Manuscript
               .
               As
               he
               was
               an
               
                 Universal
                 Scholar
              
               ,
               so
               he
               wrote
               well
               in
               all
               Arts
               and
               Sciences
               ,
               and
               
                 Johannes
                 Balaeus
                 ,
                 de
                 Scriptoribus
                 Angliae
                 ,
              
               gives
               us
               the
               Titles
               of
               above
               an
               Hundred
               Books
               which
               he
               had
               wrote
               in
               all
               the
               choilest
               and
               most
               useful
               Sciences
               ,
               of
               which
               ,
               these
               we
               have
               here
               made
               English
               ,
               are
               two
               of
               them
               ,
               
                 viz.
                 De
                 radicibus
                 Mundi
              
               .
               and
               
                 Speculum
                 Alchymiae
              
               .
            
             
               15.
               
               He
               was
               the
               greatest
               Critick
               of
               his
               Age
               ,
               and
               complained
               vehemently
               of
               the
               Ignorance
               ,
               and
               Ingratitude
               of
               his
               Contempories
               ,
               there
               being
               many
               created
               then
               ,
               
                 Arte
                 ulla
                 ,
                 Artium
              
               
               
                 Magistri
                 ,
                 &
                 sine
                 Doctrina
                 ,
                 Doctores
                 :
              
               Hê
               spared
               not
               the
               ignorance
               ,
               or
               ill
               Lives
               of
               the
               Clergy
               ,
               for
               which
               cause
               without
               doubt
               it
               was
               ,
               that
               he
               was
               so
               ill
               treated
               by
               them
               ,
               and
               complained
               ,
               that
               not
               a
               Man
               in
               England
               ,
               besides
               Grosthead
               ,
               and
               two
               or
               three
               more
               of
               his
               Acquaintance
               ,
               that
               understood
               the
               Hebrew
               or
               
                 Greek
                 Tongues
              
               .
            
             
               16.
               
               For
               the
               reason
               therefore
               of
               his
               Learning
               it
               was
               ,
               that
               he
               was
               Accused
               of
               Witchcraft
               ,
               and
               upon
               Malicious
               Pretences
               ,
               they
               took
               from
               him
               his
               Books
               and
               Writings
               ,
               long
               before
               Pope
               Nicholas
               cast
               him
               into
               Prison
               ;
               for
               which
               cause
               he
               complained
               to
               Pope
               
                 Clement
                 IV.
              
               his
               Friend
               ,
               saying
               ,
               
                 The
                 Priests
                 and
                 Fryars
                 have
                 kept
                 me
                 starving
                 in
                 close
                 Prison
                 ,
                 nor
                 would
                 they
                 suffer
                 any
                 one
                 to
                 come
                 at
                 me
                 .
              
               And
               some
               Ignorant
               fellows
               ,
               that
               would
               have
               been
               accounted
               Learned
               Men
               ,
               when
               they
               could
               not
               understand
               his
               Books
               ,
               condemned
               them
               as
               Books
               of
               the
               
                 Black
                 Art.
              
               
            
             
               17.
               
               Leland
               saith
               ,
               
                 He
                 wrote
                 many
                 Books
                 ,
                 but
                 that
                 it
                 was
                 as
                 easie
                 to
                 gather
                 the
                 scattered
                 Leaves
                 of
                 the
                 Sybils
                 ,
                 as
                 to
                 Collect
                 but
                 the
                 Titles
                 of
                 them
                 :
              
               For
               which
               ,
               and
               his
               siding
               with
               Grosthead
               ,
               in
               opposing
               the
               Pope
               ,
               and
               some
               other
               Heresies
               ,
               as
               they
               called
               them
               ,
               he
               was
               Accused
               of
               Witchcraft
               ,
               and
               by
               the
               said
               Pope
               Nicholas
               seized
               ,
               and
               kept
               close
               Prisoner
               as
               aforesaid
               ;
               in
               which
               Prison
               ,
               some
               say
               ,
               he
               died
               for
               Grief
               ,
               or
               with
               his
               hard
               Usage
               ,
               which
               was
               in
               the
               78th
               .
               Year
               of
               his
               Age
               ,
               in
               the
               Year
               of
               Our
               Lord
               ,
               1292.
               and
               was
               Buried
               in
               the
               Franciscans
               Church
               ,
               in
               Oxford
               .
            
             
               18.
               
               
                 George
                 Ripley
              
               was
               a
               Cannon
               of
               Bridlington
               ,
               and
               flourished
               in
               the
               Year
               of
               Our
               Lord
               1470.
               and
               about
               the
               10th
               Year
               of
               Our
               
                 Edward
                 the
                 Fourth
              
               :
               much
               about
               which
               time
               ,
               he
               travelled
               into
               Italy
               ,
               and
               many
               other
               Foreign
               Countries
               ,
               and
               wrote
               his
               
                 Medulla
                 Alchymiae
              
               ;
               and
               sent
               it
               as
               a
               Present
               to
               the
               then
               Arch
               bishop
               of
               York
               ;
               After
               all
               ,
               he
               returned
               home
               to
               England
               ,
               and
               wrote
               several
               other
               Books
               ,
               as
               1.
               his
               
                 Epistle
                 to
                 King
              
               Edward
               
                 IV.
                 2.
                 
                 His
                 Twelve
                 Gates
                 .
                 3.
                 
                 His
                 Breviary
                 of
                 Alchymie
                 ,
                 or
                 Recapitulation
                 ,
              
               with
               several
               other
               things
               not
               yet
               come
               to
               our
               hands
               .
            
             
             
               19.
               
               
                 He
                 was
                 an
                 Excellent
                 Man
                 ,
                 profoundly
                 learned
                 in
                 the
                 Art
                 of
              
               Alchymie
               ,
               
                 and
                 an
                 absolute
                 Master
                 (
                 without
                 doubt
                 )
                 of
                 the
              
               Secret
               ;
               
                 and
                 it
                 was
                 the
                 Opinion
                 of
                 a
                 Learned
                 Man
                 in
                 this
                 Study
                 ,
                 that
                 his
                 Writings
                 are
                 for
                 the
                 fulness
                 of
                 them
                 ,
                 to
                 be
                 prefered
                 before
                 any
                 others
                 that
                 he
                 had
                 ever
                 read
                 or
                 seen
                 :
              
               I
               learned
               (
               
                 says
                 he
              
               )
               the
               Philosophers
               Magnet
               from
               one
               ;
               the
               Magical
               Chalybs
               from
               another
               ;
               Diana's
               Doves
               from
               a
               〈◊〉
               ;
               the
               Philosophers
               Air
               ,
               or
               Chamelion
               from
               a
               nother
               ;
               the
               Preparation
               of
               their
               Menstruum
               from
               another
               ;
               and
               the
               number
               of
               Eagles
               in
               another
               :
               But
               for
               the
               true
               Matter
               ,
               signs
               of
               the
               true
               Mercury
               ,
               and
               the
               Operation
               ,
               I
               know
               none
               (
               
                 saith
                 he
              
               )
               like
               Ripley
               ,
               though
               Flammel
               be
               Eminent
               ,
               
                 He
                 Dyed
              
               Anno
               Dom.
               1490.
               
            
             
               20.
               
               We
               come
               now
               to
               the
               matter
               of
               the
               Book
               :
               As
               to
               the
               first
               Book
               ,
               we
               say
               it
               is
               a
               Practical
               Discourse
               upon
               some
               principal
               Diseases
               ,
               deduced
               from
               the
               Fountain
               of
               Experience
               it self
               :
               wherein
               we
               have
               delivered
               a
               new
               Hypothesis
               ,
               concerning
               the
               Generation
               of
               Sand
               ,
               Gravel
               and
               Stones
               in
               Humane
               Bodies
               ,
               and
               now
               brought
               to
               light
               purely
               by
               Reason
               ,
               and
               Mechanical
               Operations
               :
               The
               thing
               as
               it
               is
               noval
               ,
               it
               is
               rational
               ,
               and
               without
               doubt
               is
               possible
               to
               be
               improved
               to
               many
               singular
               advantages
               ,
               if
               a
               Prudent
               Man
               has
               it
               under
               his
               consideration
               .
            
             
               21.
               
               The
               Works
               of
               Hermes
               we
               Translated
               with
               what
               care
               and
               circumspection
               we
               could
               :
               The
               First
               Book
               was
               in
               the
               Latin
               Copy
               divided
               only
               into
               Seven
               Chapters
               ;
               we
               for
               more
               convenient
               reading
               have
               divided
               it
               into
               Thirteen
               ,
               to
               which
               ,
               as
               a
               Fourteenth
               ,
               〈◊〉
               added
               the
               
                 Smaragdine
                 Table
              
               .
               The
               Latin
               was
               barbarous
               and
               uncouth
               ,
               scarcely
               intelligible
               ,
               and
               done
               out
               of
               other
               Languages
               ,
               when
               Learning
               was
               at
               its
               lowest
               ebb
               ;
               so
               that
               it
               may
               easily
               be
               believed
               ,
               a
               free
               ,
               natural
               ,
               and
               true
               Version
               ,
               would
               have
               been
               difficult
               to
               be
               made
               by
               the
               best
               of
               Scholars
               ,
               who
               had
               been
               unacquainted
               with
               
                 Chymical
                 Learning
              
               .
            
             
               22.
               
               As
               it
               was
               one
               of
               the
               first
               of
               Writings
               ,
               and
               wrote
               in
               the
               first
               of
               times
               ,
               so
               its
               Method
               seems
               to
               be
               rude
               ,
               the
               Language
               obscure
               ,
               and
               the
               Connection
               of
               the
               Discourse
               not
               natural
               ;
               whether
               it
               was
               designed
               ,
               in
               respect
               to
               the
               subject
               matter
               ;
               or
               was
               
               Accidental
               ,
               as
               being
               written
               in
               the
               Infancy
               of
               the
               World
               ,
               before
               the
               knowledge
               of
               Logical
               method
               and
               reasoning
               was
               invented
               ,
               I
               shall
               leave
               to
               others
               to
               determine
               .
            
             
               23.
               
               This
               I
               am
               confident
               of
               ,
               it
               contains
               the
               substance
               of
               the
               
                 Philosophick
                 Learning
              
               ,
               the
               root
               of
               the
               matter
               ,
               the
               true
               Process
               of
               the
               great
               Elixir
               ,
               but
               clouded
               with
               
                 AEnigmatical
                 Discourses
                 ,
              
               ;
               yet
               not
               so
               absolutely
               obscured
               ,
               but
               that
               in
               some
               places
               he
               seems
               to
               unvail
               the
               truth
               ,
               and
               expose
               the
               Secret
               ;
               as
               they
               who
               seriously
               Contemplate
               the
               12th
               and
               13th
               Chapters
               ,
               will
               easily
               perceive
               .
               I
               have
               heard
               several
               Great
               ,
               and
               Learned
               Men
               say
               ,
               that
               they
               received
               a
               greater
               light
               into
               the
               
                 Philosophick
                 Work
              
               ,
               from
               these
               Discourses
               of
               Hermes
               (
               tho'
               seemingly
               rude
               and
               unpolished
               )
               than
               from
               all
               the
               Writings
               in
               the
               World
               ,
               how
               speciously
               soever
               they
               were
               composed
               .
            
             
               24.
               
               For
               this
               reason
               sake
               ,
               we
               essayed
               to
               write
               a
               Comment
               upon
               his
               first
               Book
               ,
               or
               ,
               explicate
               the
               meaning
               of
               the
               
                 Ancient
                 Hermes
              
               ;
               1.
               
               From
               the
               Analogy
               of
               Principles
               .
               2.
               
               From
               the
               natural
               reason
               of
               things
               .
               3.
               
               From
               manifold
               Experiments
               .
               4.
               
               From
               the
               Universal
               Consent
               ,
               and
               Sentiments
               of
               the
               Philosophers
               being
               compared
               :
               So
               that
               we
               cannot
               say
               ,
               the
               Comment
               is
               so
               much
               ours
               ,
               as
               that
               we
               have
               deduced
               it
               by
               a
               Rational
               Argumentation
               out
               of
               the
               many
               ,
               and
               Voluminous
               writings
               of
               the
               Ancients
               ,
               and
               others
               ,
               the
               most
               Learned
               in
               this
               Science
               .
            
             
               25.
               
               I
               determined
               at
               first
               an
               Explication
               of
               the
               second
               Book
               of
               Hermes
               ;
               but
               the
               work
               swelling
               so
               big
               ,
               my
               daily
               business
               in
               my
               Profession
               ,
               and
               other
               manifold
               Avocations
               ,
               have
               diverted
               that
               intention
               :
               If
               what
               I
               have
               done
               in
               the
               first
               be
               acceptable
               and
               approved
               ,
               I
               shall
               be
               contented
               ,
               and
               it
               will
               incourage
               me
               to
               a
               second
               Essay
               of
               this
               kind
               .
               However
               this
               socond
               Book
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               shorter
               ,
               so
               it
               is
               plainer
               ,
               and
               in
               many
               places
               ,
               may
               be
               its
               own
               Comment
               .
               In
               
                 Chap.
                 18.
                 
                 Sect.
                 13.
              
               he
               speaks
               plainly
               ,
               
                 Now
                 know
              
               (
               says
               he
               )
               
                 that
                 it
                 is
                 our
                 Water
                 which
                 extracts
                 the
                 hidden
                 Tincture
                 ;
                 behold
                 the
                 Example
                 and
                 understand
                 it
                 ,
                 if
                 you
                 have
                 once
                 brought
                 the
                 Body
                 into
                 Ashes
                 ,
                 you
                 have
                 Operated
                 rightly
                 .
              
               In
               the
               Water
               and
               the
               Ashes
               is
               the
               depth
               of
               the
               Mystery
               .
            
             
             
               26.
               
               The
               Book
               of
               Kalid
               ,
               seems
               to
               be
               of
               great
               Antiquity
               ,
               and
               has
               many
               Excellent
               things
               in
               order
               to
               this
               great
               Work
               ,
               yet
               needs
               an
               Explanation
               ,
               and
               unlocking
               ,
               which
               I
               had
               attempted
               ,
               but
               meeting
               with
               a
               Key
               ,
               (
               which
               was
               a
               Writing
               found
               in
               a
               Coffin
               upon
               the
               Brest
               of
               a
               Religious
               Man
               )
               which
               seemed
               to
               fit
               the
               Wards
               of
               this
               Lock
               ,
               (
               as
               being
               a
               Process
               derived
               from
               the
               same
               Principles
               )
               I
               desisted
               from
               my
               own
               thoughts
               ,
               and
               have
               given
               you
               that
               instead
               of
               them
               .
            
             
               27.
               
               As
               to
               Geber
               ,
               I
               am
               not
               ignorant
               ,
               that
               it
               was
               some
               Years
               since
               published
               in
               English
               by
               another
               hand
               ,
               who
               has
               no
               ways
               answered
               my
               Intention
               ,
               neither
               as
               to
               the
               Translation
               ,
               nor
               the
               method
               of
               the
               Work.
               As
               to
               the
               Translation
               it
               was
               very
               mean
               ,
               and
               in
               some
               places
               false
               ;
               for
               instance
               ,
               see
               the
               
                 Latin
                 Copy
              
               Printed
               at
               
                 Basil
                 ,
                 Anno
                 1572.
                 pag.
                 765.
                 calce
                 Capitis
                 29.
              
               at
               these
               words
               ,
               
                 Lunam
                 Amalgamatam
                 cum
                 Mercurio
              
               ,
               &c.
               and
               compare
               them
               with
               the
               said
               
                 English
                 Translation
              
               ,
               Printed
               
                 Anno
                 1678.
                 page
                 300.
              
               and
               with
               our
               Version
               in
               this
               work
               ,
               
                 Chap.
                 45.
                 
                 Sect.
                 29.
              
               so
               will
               you
               easily
               see
               the
               difference
               .
            
             
               28.
               
               As
               to
               the
               method
               of
               the
               Work
               ,
               (
               tho'
               it
               was
               Geber's
               own
               )
               we
               wholly
               dislike
               and
               decline
               it
               for
               several
               Reasons
               which
               we
               have
               gathered
               out
               of
               the
               Author
               ,
               for
               in
               
                 Chap.
                 13.
              
               of
               his
               Investigation
               of
               Perfection
               ,
               he
               says
               ,
               That
               
                 all
                 the
                 words
                 are
                 true
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 now
                 by
                 us
                 written
                 in
                 our
                 Volumes
                 ,
                 as
                 found
                 out
                 by
                 Experiment
                 and
                 Reason
                 ;
                 but
                 the
                 things
                 experimented
                 which
                 we
                 have
                 seen
                 with
                 our
                 Eyes
                 ,
                 and
                 handled
                 with
                 our
                 Hands
                 ,
                 we
                 have
                 writ
                 in
                 our
                 Sum
                 of
                 Perfection
                 ;
                 therefore
                 studiously
                 peruse
                 our
                 Books
                 ,
                 and
                 collect
                 our
                 dispersed
                 Intention
                 ,
                 which
                 we
                 have
                 described
                 in
                 divers
                 places
                 ,
                 that
                 it
                 might
                 not
                 be
                 exposed
                 to
                 Malignant
                 and
                 Ignorant
                 Men.
              
               So
               that
               he
               who
               would
               understand
               him
               ,
               must
               make
               a
               Collection
               of
               like
               things
               together
               ,
               without
               which
               the
               matter
               will
               never
               be
               understood
               ,
               or
               accomplished
               ,
               for
               which
               reason
               ,
               I
               rather
               chose
               to
               common
               place
               him
               ,
               than
               to
               deliver
               him
               in
               his
               own
               order
               .
            
             
             
               29.
               
               
                 Again
                 in
                 the
                 Preface
                 of
                 his
                 Sum
                 of
                 Perfection
                 ,
                 he
                 says
                 ,
              
               And
               what
               we
               have
               diminished
               in
               other
               Books
               ,
               we
               have
               sufficiently
               made
               up
               in
               this
               Book
               ,
               and
               supplyed
               the
               defects
               of
               them
               very
               briefly
               ;
               and
               what
               we
               absconded
               in
               one
               part
               ,
               we
               have
               made
               up
               in
               another
               in
               this
               our
               Volume
               ,
               that
               the
               compleatment
               may
               be
               apparent
               to
               the
               Wise
               ;
               
                 so
                 that
                 it
                 appears
                 even
                 from
                 this
                 ,
                 that
                 he
                 wrote
                 nothing
                 of
                 the
                 matter
                 in
                 any
                 continued
                 order
                 .
                 And
                 in
                 the
                 same
                 place
                 he
                 affirms
                 ,
              
               That
               he
               who
               in
               himself
               knows
               not
               Natural
               Principles
               ,
               is
               very
               remote
               from
               our
               Art
               ,
               because
               he
               has
               not
               a
               true
               root
               whereon
               to
               found
               his
               intention
               :
               And
               therefore
               ,
               (
               
                 says
                 he
              
               )
               labour
               studiously
               in
               our
               Volumes
               ,
               and
               ponder
               them
               often
               in
               your
               mind
               .
            
             
               30.
               
               
                 And
                 in
                 the
                 last
                 Chapter
                 of
                 his
                 Sum
                 of
                 Perfection
                 ,
                 he
                 has
                 these
                 words
                 .
              
               But
               that
               the
               Malitious
               may
               not
               Calumniate
               us
               ,
               we
               declare
               ,
               That
               we
               have
               not
               treated
               of
               this
               our
               Science
               with
               a
               continued
               Series
               of
               Discourse
               ,
               but
               have
               dispersed
               it
               in
               divers
               Chapters
               ;
               and
               this
               was
               done
               ,
               because
               if
               we
               had
               wrote
               it
               in
               a
               continued
               Series
               of
               Discourse
               ,
               the
               Evil
               Man
               ,
               as
               well
               as
               the
               Good
               ,
               would
               have
               unworthily
               usurped
               it
               ;
               therefore
               we
               have
               concealed
               it
               in
               some
               places
               ,
               and
               speak
               it
               more
               openly
               in
               others
               ,
               not
               under
               an
               AEnigma
               ,
               but
               in
               plain
               Language
               .
               Let
               not
               therefore
               the
               Industrious
               Artist
               despair
               ,
               for
               if
               he
               seeks
               it
               ,
               he
               may
               find
               the
               same
               ,
               but
               he
               who
               follows
               Books
               only
               ,
               will
               very
               slowly
               attain
               the
               knowledge
               of
               this
               most
               Excellent
               Art.
               
            
             
               31.
               
               
                 In
                 his
                 Invention
                 of
                 Verity
              
               ,
               Par.
               3.
               cap.
               13.
               
                 he
                 says
              
               ,
               Wonder
               not
               that
               we
               have
               dispersed
               the
               special
               things
               pertinent
               to
               this
               Operation
               in
               divers
               Volumes
               ,
               seeing
               we
               endeavour
               to
               hide
               our
               Art
               from
               Evil
               Men
               :
               
                 And
                 in
              
               Par.
               4.
               
               Cap.
               21.
               
                 he
                 further
                 says
              
               ,
               Considerately
               ruminate
               upon
               what
               we
               have
               taught
               in
               our
               Sum
               of
               Perfection
               ,
               for
               our
               purpose
               was
               not
               in
               one
               only
               Volume
               to
               demonstrate
               all
               things
               ,
               but
               that
               Book
               should
               declare
               Book
               ,
               and
               expound
               the
               same
               .
            
             
             
               32.
               
               Now
               to
               manifest
               ,
               that
               he
               treated
               not
               of
               things
               in
               a
               direct
               order
               ,
               see
               
                 Chap.
                 12.
              
               of
               the
               Invention
               of
               Perfection
               ,
               
                 sub
                 calce
              
               ,
               where
               he
               has
               these
               Words
               ,
               
                 Our
                 Stone
                 is
                 no
                 other
                 than
                 a
                 Fruitful
                 Spirit
                 ,
                 and
                 Living
                 Water
                 ,
                 which
                 we
                 have
                 named
                 the
                 Dry
                 Water
                 :
              
               Here
               he
               desists
               and
               gives
               over
               the
               Discourse
               ,
               and
               leaves
               it
               interrupted
               till
               he
               comes
               to
               the
               first
               Chapter
               of
               the
               Third
               Part
               of
               the
               Sum
               of
               Perfectian
               ,
               where
               he
               goes
               on
               and
               continues
               the
               Discourse
               in
               these
               words
               .
               
                 We
                 now
                 signifie
                 to
                 you
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 Natural
                 Principles
                 in
                 the
                 Work
                 of
                 Nature
                 ,
                 are
                 a
                 Fruitful
                 Spirit
                 ,
                 and
                 Living
                 Water
                 ,
                 which
                 we
                 have
                 also
                 named
                 the
                 Dry
                 Water
              
               ;
               and
               so
               continues
               the
               Discourse
               of
               it
               :
               These
               two
               Places
               ,
               or
               Discourses
               ,
               we
               have
               joyned
               ;
               or
               connected
               together
               in
               this
               our
               Translation
               ,
               
                 Lib.
                 2.
                 
                 Cap.
                 37.
                 
                 Sect.
                 18.
              
               that
               you
               may
               see
               the
               full
               of
               what
               he
               intends
               concerning
               it
               .
            
             
               33.
               
               In
               his
               Sum
               of
               Perfection
               ,
               
                 Lib.
                 2.
                 
                 Cap.
                 8.
              
               towards
               the
               end
               of
               the
               Chapter
               ,
               he
               speaks
               of
               the
               Separation
               of
               an
               Earthy
               Substance
               from
               its
               compound
               ,
               which
               in
               the
               root
               of
               Nature
               is
               united
               to
               a
               Metal
               ,
               which
               is
               done
               either
               by
               Elevation
               ,
               or
               Lavation
               :
               The
               way
               of
               doing
               it
               he
               has
               not
               taught
               in
               the
               place
               cited
               :
               But
               in
               a
               great
               many
               Chapters
               distant
               in
               the
               second
               Part
               of
               the
               said
               second
               Book
               of
               the
               Sum
               of
               Persection
               ,
               of
               the
               Preparation
               of
               Venus
               ,
               he
               orderly
               goes
               on
               and
               Explicates
               the
               Method
               ,
               saying
               ,
               
                 The
                 way
                 of
                 the
                 Preparation
                 of
              
               Venus
               
                 is
                 manifold
                 ;
                 one
                 is
                 by
                 Elevation
                 ,
                 another
                 is
                 without
                 Elevation
                 ;
                 the
                 way
                 by
                 Elevation
                 is
                 ,
                 that
              
               Tutia
               
                 be
                 taken
                 (
                 with
                 which
              
               Venus
               
                 well
                 agrees
                 )
                 and
                 that
                 it
                 be
                 ingeniously
                 united
                 therewith
                 .
              
               These
               places
               in
               our
               Translation
               ,
               
                 Lib.
                 2.
                 
                 Cap.
                 45.
                 
                 Sect.
                 11
                 ,
                 12
                 ,
                 13
                 ,
                 &
                 14.
              
               we
               have
               laid
               together
               and
               united
               .
            
             
               34.
               
               These
               are
               a
               taste
               of
               the
               many
               scores
               if
               not
               hundreds
               of
               places
               ,
               which
               in
               Geber
               himself
               are
               designedly
               interrupted
               ;
               by
               which
               means
               the
               Mystery
               is
               hid
               ,
               and
               the
               Method
               of
               operating
               ,
               and
               understanding
               of
               the
               Secret
               ,
               so
               obscured
               ,
               that
               without
               a
               great
               deal
               of
               Study
               ,
               searching
               ,
               comparing
               of
               places
               ,
               and
               laying
               the
               ending
               and
               beginnings
               of
               things
               together
               ,
               it
               would
               be
               
               almost
               impossible
               to
               apprehend
               what
               he
               intends
               ;
               for
               this
               reason
               it
               was
               ,
               that
               we
               went
               on
               ,
               not
               in
               an
               orderly
               and
               succinct
               Translation
               but
               rather
               compendiously
               to
               common
               place
               him
               ;
               by
               which
               means
               ,
               you
               have
               all
               things
               relating
               to
               one
               subject
               or
               matter
               laid
               together
               ,
               and
               brought
               under
               one
               and
               the
               same
               head
               ,
               which
               in
               the
               Author
               himself
               are
               possibly
               dispersed
               asunder
               into
               more
               than
               ten
               ,
               fifteen
               ,
               or
               twenty
               places
               of
               this
               Book
               .
            
             
               35.
               
               These
               things
               being
               said
               ,
               we
               have
               only
               to
               inform
               you
               concerning
               this
               work
               ,
               that
               this
               our
               composition
               ,
               is
               really
               Geber
               himself
               ,
               without
               any
               addition
               whatsoever
               .
               Here
               is
               every
               single
               and
               individual
               process
               contained
               in
               the
               whole
               book
               ;
               nor
               any
               thing
               diminished
               which
               concerned
               the
               knowledge
               and
               practice
               of
               the
               Art
               ;
               but
               that
               we
               have
               (
               for
               brèvity
               sake
               )
               left
               some
               things
               out
               ,
               't
               is
               true
               ;
               as
               all
               his
               Prefaces
               ,
               and
               prefatory
               Discourses
               ,
               contentions
               and
               disputes
               about
               the
               reality
               of
               this
               Art
               tautologies
               and
               often
               repetitions
               of
               things
               (
               which
               was
               necessary
               in
               his
               interrupted
               method
               )
               which
               to
               have
               incerted
               ,
               as
               they
               would
               have
               been
               of
               no
               use
               or
               profit
               ,
               so
               they
               would
               needlesly
               have
               swelled
               this
               work
               to
               an
               unreasonabla
               bulk
               ,
               whereby
               it
               would
               have
               been
               not
               only
               more
               chargable
               to
               the
               buyer
               ,
               but
               more
               unpleasant
               and
               tedious
               to
               the
               Reader
               .
            
             
               36.
               
               In
               Geber
               also
               there
               were
               many
               cuts
               or
               figures
               of
               Furnaces
               ,
               which
               were
               holy
               omitted
               and
               left
               out
               in
               the
               afore-mentioned
               English
               Translation
               ;
               these
               to
               our
               work
               we
               have
               added
               ,
               curiously
               cut
               in
               Copper
               ;
               with
               quotations
               upon
               each
               figure
               or
               furnace
               ,
               shewing
               to
               what
               Place
               ,
               Book
               ,
               Chapter
               ,
               and
               Section
               they
               belong
               .
            
             
               37.
               
               Flammel
               we
               have
               also
               now
               translated
               ,
               and
               claused
               into
               Chapters
               and
               Sections
               ,
               to
               which
               we
               have
               added
               his
               summary
               of
               Philosophy
               ,
               which
               was
               never
               prented
               with
               him
               before
               in
               any
               Language
               :
               To
               his
               work
               we
               have
               also
               added
               his
               Hieroglyphicks
               neatly
               cut
               in
               Copper
               ,
               with
               quotations
               also
               upon
               each
               Hieroglyphick
               ,
               shewing
               to
               what
               Book
               ,
               Chapter
               ,
               and
               Section
               they
               have
               a
               reference
               ,
               or
               belong
               .
            
             
               38.
               
               Artefius
               (
               whom
               we
               have
               named
               Longaevus
               ,
               )
               we
               also
               claused
               or
               composed
               into
               Chapters
               and
               Sections
               ,
               which
               it
               was
               
               never
               divided
               into
               before
               in
               any
               Language
               ;
               and
               because
               the
               Author
               is
               a
               Rarity
               to
               be
               met
               with
               ,
               we
               have
               withal
               added
               the
               Latin
               Version
               for
               the
               sakes
               of
               such
               ingenious
               Persons
               who
               are
               curious
               in
               things
               of
               this
               nature
               :
               Next
               to
               Hermes
               ,
               he
               is
               the
               most
               celebrated
               or
               famed
               Author
               ,
               of
               whom
               ,
               and
               which
               work
               ,
               we
               have
               many
               things
               to
               say
               ,
               but
               that
               we
               are
               prevented
               by
               the
               Epistle
               of
               the
               most
               excellent
               
                 John
                 Pontanus
              
               ,
               prefixed
               before
               the
               Book
               ,
               and
               to
               which
               we
               refer
               you
               .
            
             
               39.
               
               The
               first
               book
               of
               
                 Roger
                 Bachon
              
               ,
               called
               
                 Radix
                 Mundi
              
               ,
               we
               had
               in
               manuscript
               out
               of
               the
               Library
               of
               a
               learned
               man
               ,
               and
               our
               particular
               friend
               ,
               a
               Doctor
               of
               Physick
               ,
               who
               set
               a
               great
               value
               upon
               it
               ,
               and
               not
               undeservedly
               ;
               his
               
                 Speculum
                 Alchymiae
              
               is
               a
               translation
               out
               of
               that
               Copy
               in
               the
               
                 Theatrum
                 Chymicum
              
               ,
               vol.
               2.
               page
               409.
               a
               discourse
               scarcely
               inferior
               to
               any
               thing
               extant
               ,
               and
               of
               great
               estimation
               among
               the
               Learned
               .
            
             
               40.
               
               Riply
               we
               have
               published
               from
               a
               Manuscript
               ,
               not
               from
               the
               printed
               Copy
               ,
               yet
               we
               carefully
               compared
               it
               with
               that
               which
               was
               printed
               ,
               and
               supplyed
               it
               out
               of
               that
               with
               some
               thing
               which
               the
               written
               one
               wanted
               ;
               as
               on
               the
               contrary
               ,
               our
               written
               Copy
               had
               some
               things
               in
               it
               ,
               which
               the
               printed
               one
               had
               not
               ,
               as
               in
               particular
               ,
               the
               first
               Chapter
               ,
               which
               is
               a
               Preface
               to
               the
               Arch-bishop
               of
               York
               ;
               so
               that
               by
               the
               help
               of
               both
               together
               we
               have
               published
               one
               compleat
               .
            
             
               41.
               
               And
               to
               this
               work
               we
               also
               added
               the
               last
               Chapter
               ,
               
                 viz.
                 Chap.
                 73.
                 lib.
                 3.
              
               which
               is
               an
               Extract
               of
               Ripleys
               Philosophick
               Axioms
               in
               the
               
                 Theatrum
                 Chymicum
                 ,
                 Vol.
                 2.
                 page
                 116.
                 
              
               In
               our
               written
               Copy
               ,
               (
               which
               without
               doubt
               was
               Ancient
               )
               there
               were
               several
               Annotations
               in
               the
               Margent
               ,
               referring
               to
               several
               parts
               of
               the
               work
               ,
               (
               the
               Additions
               of
               an
               unknown
               Author
               )
               These
               ,
               because
               they
               seemed
               to
               be
               excellent
               ,
               and
               very
               pertinent
               to
               the
               Explication
               of
               our
               Author
               ,
               we
               have
               inserted
               in
               the
               body
               of
               the
               Work
               ,
               in
               the
               very
               place
               where
               they
               are
               to
               be
               read
               ,
               putting
               them
               into
               Sections
               ,
               and
               numbring
               them
               with
               rest
               ;
               but
               to
               distinguish
               them
               from
               the
               Authors
               own
               work
               ,
               we
               have
               caused
               them
               to
               be
               printed
               in
               a
               different
               character
               ,
               
               to
               wit
               ,
               in
               the
               Italick
               ,
               and
               every
               where
               included
               them
               between
               [
               ]
               two
               Crochets
               .
            
             
               42.
               
               We
               have
               wrote
               an
               Appendix
               to
               our
               first
               book
               of
               Practical
               Physick
               ,
               containing
               a
               short
               practical
               method
               for
               the
               Cure
               of
               all
               Diseases
               ;
               it
               is
               but
               a
               small
               thing
               ,
               not
               above
               six
               or
               seven
               sheets
               of
               Paper
               ,
               and
               only
               design'd
               as
               an
               abstract
               to
               help
               the
               Memory
               ;
               this
               we
               had
               published
               now
               in
               this
               work
               ,
               had
               it
               not
               swelled
               so
               big
               ;
               but
               sinse
               the
               magnitude
               of
               this
               has
               prevented
               it
               ,
               we
               intend
               ,
               for
               the
               benefit
               it
               may
               be
               to
               the
               publick
               ,
               and
               the
               sakes
               of
               such
               as
               desire
               it
               ,
               to
               publish
               it
               alone
               by
               it self
               ,
               with
               all
               the
               speed
               that
               may
               be
               .
            
             
               43.
               
               These
               Things
               being
               said
               ,
               I
               shall
               now
               give
               the
               Reader
               an
               Account
               (
               since
               several
               have
               desired
               it
               of
               me
               )
               of
               my
               Books
               ;
               what
               are
               already
               published
               ,
               and
               what
               are
               now
               in
               hand
               in
               the
               Press
               ,
               to
               be
               made
               publick
               as
               soon
               as
               may
               be
               .
               Those
               already
               published
               are
               the
               following
               Ten
               :
            
             
               44.
               1.
               
               
                 Synopsis
                 Medicinae
              
               ,
               the
               second
               Edition
               ,
               with
               a
               Compleat
               Anatomy
               in
               
                 Octavo
                 .
                 2.
                 
                 Pharmacopaeia
                 Londinensis
                 ,
              
               or
               the
               new
               London
               Dispensatory
               ,
               fourth
               Edition
               ,
               large
               
                 Octavo
                 .
                 3.
                 
                 Doron
                 Medicum
                 ,
              
               or
               a
               Supplement
               to
               that
               my
               Dispensatory
               ,
               large
               
                 Octavo
                 .
                 4.
                 
                 Polygraphice
              
               ,
               or
               the
               Art
               of
               Drawing
               ,
               Engraving
               ,
               Etching
               ,
               Limning
               ,
               Painting
               Washing
               ,
               Varnishing
               ,
               Perfuming
               ,
               &c.
               
               Fifth
               Edition
               ,
               large
               
                 Octavo
                 .
                 6.
                 
                 Systema
                 Medicinale
                 ,
              
               Or
               a
               Compleat
               System
               of
               Physick
               ,
               according
               to
               several
               Hypotheses
               ,
               large
               
                 Octavo
                 .
                 6.
                 
                 Parateremata
              
               ,
               Or
               select
               Physical
               and
               Chyrurgical
               Observations
               ,
               containing
               above
               700
               Cures
               of
               several
               Diseases
               performed
               by
               the
               Author
               himself
               ,
               large
               
                 Octavo
                 .
                 7.
                 
                 Phylaxa
                 Medicinae
                 ,
              
               a
               Cabinet
               of
               choice
               Medicines
               ,
               so
               many
               as
               are
               enough
               to
               Absolve
               the
               whole
               practice
               of
               Physick
               in
               Two
               Parts
               :
               The
               first
               is
               already
               Printed
               ;
               the
               other
               is
               in
               hand
               with
               ,
               and
               will
               soon
               be
               published
               .
               8.
               
               
                 Horae
                 Mathematicae
              
               ,
               the
               Soul
               of
               Astrology
               ,
               containing
               that
               Art
               in
               all
               its
               Parts
               ,
               large
               
                 Octavo
                 .
                 9.
                 
                 Jatrica
                 ,
                 seu
                 Praxis
                 Medendi
                 ,
              
               containing
               my
               Practice
               ,
               with
               several
               Hundred
               of
               Observations
               at
               large
               ,
               in
               
                 Quarto
                 .
                 10
                 Medicina
                 Practica
              
               ,
               This
               present
               Practical
               Physick
               ,
               to
               which
               is
               added
               a
               Translation
               of
               the
               
               Alchymical
               Works
               of
               
                 Hermes
                 ,
                 Kalid
                 ,
                 Geber
                 ,
                 Artefius
                 ,
                 Flamel
                 ,
                 Bachon
                 ,
              
               and
               Ripley
               ,
               in
               large
               Octavo
               .
            
             
               45.
               
               Those
               now
               in
               Hand
               ,
               and
               to
               be
               published
               with
               what
               speed
               may
               be
               ,
               are
               the
               following
               four
               11.
               
               Seplasium
               ,
               the
               English
               Physitian
               ,
               or
               Drugists
               Shop
               opened
               containing
               the
               Names
               .
               Natures
               ,
               Kinds
               ,
               Qualities
               ,
               Growth
               ,
               Virtues
               ,
               Uses
               ,
               and
               Goodness
               (
               whether
               Medicinal
               or
               Mechanical
               )
               of
               all
               sorts
               of
               Drugs
               sold
               in
               the
               Drugists
               Shops
               ;
               together
               with
               the
               making
               ,
               Preparations
               ,
               Purifications
               ,
               Properties
               ,
               and
               various
               Uses
               of
               
                 Common-Salt
                 ,
                 Salt-Peter
                 ,
                 Pot-Ashes
                 ,
                 Soap
                 ,
                 Gun-Powder
                 ,
              
               and
               Glass
               :
               a
               Laborous
               work
               ,
               and
               the
               first
               of
               this
               kind
               extant
               in
               the
               World.
               
                 Octavo
                 .
                 12.
                 
                 Pharmacopaeia
                 Bateana
                 ,
              
               Translated
               into
               English
               ,
               with
               a
               large
               comment
               upon
               every
               Medicine
               ,
               shewing
               the
               Judgments
               and
               Opinions
               of
               all
               the
               most
               Learned
               Men
               ,
               upon
               each
               particular
               Medicament
               ,
               in
               
                 Octavo
                 .
                 13.
                 
                 Officina
                 Chymica
                 ,
              
               The
               Chymical
               Shop
               ,
               or
               Apothecaries
               Hall
               ,
               shewing
               the
               Composition
               ;
               Preparation
               ,
               Virtues
               ,
               Use
               ,
               Doses
               ,
               and
               Dangers
               of
               all
               the
               things
               contained
               there
               in
               .
               A
               Great
               work
               ,
               and
               comprehending
               the
               who'e
               Art
               of
               Chymistry
               ,
               as
               it
               is
               now
               Practised
               ,
               in
               
                 Octavo
                 .
                 14.
                 
                 Botonologia
              
               or
               a
               compleat
               English
               Herbal
               in
               III.
               Books
               ;
               containing
               .
               I.
               English
               Herbs
               and
               Plants
               .
               II.
               English
               Trees
               and
               Shrubs
               .
               III.
               Exoticks
               ,
               or
               Out
               Landish
               Drugs
               ,
               so
               many
               as
               we
               use
               in
               Physick
               .
               The
               whole
               compleated
               with
               a
               Thousand
               Curious
               Cuts
               ,
               being
               the
               Icons
               or
               Figures
               of
               each
               Plant.
               Together
               with
               ,
               1.
               
               The
               various
               names
               in
               
                 Arabick
                 ,
                 Greek
                 ,
                 Latin
              
               ,
               and
               English.
               2.
               
               The
               Description
               .
               3.
               
               The
               Kinds
               or
               Species
               .
               4.
               
               The
               Differences
               .
               5.
               
               The
               Places
               of
               Growth
               .
               6.
               
               The
               Time
               of
               Flouring
               and
               Seeding
               .
               7.
               
               The
               Qualities
               .
               8.
               
               The
               Specification
               .
               9.
               
               The
               Preparations
               ,
               Galenick
               and
               Chymick
               .
               10.
               
               The
               Virtues
               and
               various
               ways
               of
               Using
               ,
               in
               Folio
               .
            
             
               46.
               
               Of
               these
               Four
               last
               Books
               ,
               the
               Seplasium
               will
               be
               publick
               ,
               in
               two
               or
               three
               Months
               after
               the
               publication
               of
               this
               Pratical
               Physick
               .
               The
               
                 Pharmacopaeia
                 Bateana
              
               ,
               is
               nearly
               half
               Printed
               already
               .
               The
               
                 Officinia
                 Chymica
              
               ,
               is
               also
               in
               a
               good
               forwardness
               .
               And
               the
               Botonology
               or
               Herbal
               is
               hastning
               with
               
               all
               the
               possible
               Dilligence
               and
               Care
               that
               may
               be
               .
               The
               Cuts
               are
               the
               greatest
               part
               of
               them
               done
               ,
               but
               being
               all
               performed
               but
               byone
               Hand
               ,
               it
               makes
               it
               so
               much
               the
               longer
               and
               more
               tedious
               .
            
             
               47.
               
               In
               the
               mean
               time
               I
               cannot
               but
               complain
               of
               an
               abuse
               put
               upon
               me
               by
               one
               
                 John
                 Hollier
              
               who
               pretends
               to
               Publish
               and
               Sell
               my
               
                 Family
                 Pills
              
               ,
               under
               my
               Name
               ,
               Effigies
               ,
               and
               Seal
               ,
               in
               most
               places
               of
               this
               Kingdom
               ,
               without
               my
               Priviledge
               ,
               Order
               ,
               Allowance
               ,
               or
               Consent
               ,
               to
               my
               great
               Prejudice
               and
               Damage
               .
               For
               this
               Reason
               ,
               I
               have
               made
               it
               my
               Business
               in
               part
               ,
               to
               make
               some
               Improvements
               and
               Alterations
               of
               the
               Medicine
               ,
               for
               the
               advantage
               thereof
               ,
               of
               which
               Hollier
               nor
               any
               Man
               else
               knows
               any
               thing
               ,
               neither
               as
               to
               the
               Names
               ,
               Numbers
               or
               Natures
               ,
               nor
               to
               the
               Preparation
               ,
               Parts
               ,
               or
               proportion
               of
               any
               thing
               contained
               therein
               .
            
             
               48.
               
               And
               by
               Reason
               of
               this
               Alteration
               ,
               they
               neither
               Vomit
               ,
               nor
               make
               Sick
               ,
               or
               Grieve
               the
               Bowels
               in
               the
               least
               ;
               but
               work
               more
               nimbly
               ,
               and
               pleasantly
               than
               formerly
               ,
               and
               without
               any
               the
               least
               danger
               ,
               being
               fitted
               against
               the
               most
               Stubborn
               and
               Rebellious
               Diseases
               ,
               which
               scarcely
               any
               other
               Remedy
               can
               cure
               or
               help
               So
               that
               I
               modestly
               affirm
               ,
               that
               one
               Box
               of
               these
               Pills
               ,
               thus
               improved
               and
               Advanced
               in
               Virtue
               and
               Goodness
               ,
               are
               worth
               Five
               Boxes
               ,
               (
               for
               all
               that
               I
               know
               Ten
               )
               of
               those
               which
               Hollier
               or
               any
               else
               Make
               and
               Sell
               without
               my
               Order
               or
               Advice
               .
               And
               from
               henceforth
               ,
               they
               are
               only
               to
               be
               had
               thus
               rightly
               Prepared
               by
               my
               own
               Hand
               ,
               at
               my
               House
               in
               London
               ,
               or
               where
               else
               I
               shall
               appoint
               .
            
             
               49.
               
               The
               World
               is
               also
               desired
               to
               take
               Notice
               ,
               that
               the
               Advertisement
               which
               Hollier
               or
               some
               of
               his
               Accomplices
               ,
               have-put
               at
               the
               end
               of
               one
               of
               my
               late
               Published
               Books
               ,
               entitled
               ,
               
                 Select
                 Physical
                 and
                 Chyrurgical
                 Observations
              
               ;
               Printed
               for
               
                 Thomas
                 Passenger
              
               on
               London-Bridge
               (
               while
               I
               was
               absent
               in
               the
               West-Indies
               )
               is
               a
               base
               unworthy
               ,
               and
               Malicious
               Libel
               ,
               Designedly
               done
               to
               wrong
               me
               ;
               for
               that
               I
               left
               large
               quantities
               of
               all
               sorts
               of
               my
               Medicines
               behind
               me
               with
               my
               Wife
               ,
               to
               be
               Sold
               in
               my
               absence
               :
               nordid
               I
               ever
               give
               Hollier
               leave
               ,
               Order
               ,
               or
               Directions
               to
               do
               the
               same
               ,
               much
               less
               to
               Publish
               that
               Malicious
               
               Advertisement
               ,
               which
               now
               being
               returned
               to
               England
               ,
               I
               am
               necessitated
               in
               my
               own
               Defence
               ,
               here
               to
               signifie
               and
               declare
               to
               the
               whole
               World.
               
            
             
               50.
               
               Lastly
               ,
               As
               to
               the
               Great
               and
               Philosophick
               Work
               ,
               it
               is
               my
               Opinion
               and
               Belief
               ,
               that
               there
               is
               such
               a
               thing
               in
               Nature
               ;
               I
               know
               the
               Matter
               of
               Fact
               to
               be
               true
               ,
               tho
               the
               way
               and
               manner
               of
               doing
               it
               is
               as
               yet
               hid
               from
               me
               :
               I
               have
               been
               Eye
               witness
               of
               so
               much
               ,
               as
               is
               able
               to
               convince
               any
               Man
               endued
               with
               Rational
               Faculties
               ;
               that
               there
               is
               a
               possibility
               of
               the
               Transmutation
               of
               Metalls
               ;
               yet
               for
               all
               these
               things
               will
               not
               advise
               any
               Man
               Ignorant
               of
               the
               Power
               of
               Nature
               ,
               and
               the
               way
               of
               her
               Operation
               ,
               to
               attempt
               the
               work
               ;
               lest
               erring
               in
               the
               Foundation
               ,
               he
               should
               suffer
               loss
               ,
               and
               blame
               me
               .
               Without
               doubt
               it
               is
               the
               Gift
               of
               God
               ,
               and
               he
               that
               attains
               it
               ,
               must
               patiently
               wait
               the
               moving
               of
               the
               Waters
               ;
               when
               the
               destinated
               Angels
               moves
               the
               waters
               of
               the
               Pool
               ,
               then
               is
               the
               time
               to
               immorge
               the
               Leprous
               Metal
               ,
               and
               free
               it
               from
               all
               impurities
               .
            
             
               
                 Blew-Ball
                 by
                 the
                 Ditch-side
                 near
                 Holborn-Bridge
                 ,
                 London
                 .
                 10.
                 
                 Nov.
                 1691.
                 
              
               
                 W.
                 SALMON
                 .
              
            
          
           
             
             
               
                 THE
                 CONTENTS
                 OF
                 THE
                 FIRST
                 BOOK
                 .
                 
                   Of
                   Practical
                   Physick
                
                 .
              
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   1.
                   
                   Of
                   Aches
                   of
                   all
                   sorts
                   .
                
                 
                   Page
                   1
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   2.
                   
                   Of
                   the
                   Apoplexy
                
                 
                   6
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   3.
                   
                   Of
                   Agues
                
                 
                   8
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   4.
                   
                   Of
                   Bleeding
                
                 
                   14
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   5.
                   
                   Of
                   Fluxes
                   ,
                   Gripings
                   ,
                   Wind
                
                 
                   18
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   6.
                   
                   Of
                   Shortness
                   of
                   Breath
                
                 
                   23
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   7.
                   
                   Of
                   Diseases
                   of
                   the
                   Brest
                
                 
                   26
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   8.
                   
                   Of
                   Abortion
                   or
                   Miscarriage
                
                 
                   29
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   9.
                   
                   Of
                   want
                   of
                   Appetite
                
                 
                   33
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   10.
                   
                   Of
                   the
                   Loss
                   and
                   Use
                   of
                   Limbs
                
                 
                   37
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   11.
                   
                   Of
                   the
                   Cholick
                   ,
                   or
                
                 
                 
                   Chap.
                   12.
                   
                   Of
                   an
                   Hysterick
                   Cholick
                
                 
                   57
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   13.
                   
                   Of
                   an
                   Aposteme
                
                 
                   64
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   14.
                   
                   Of
                   the
                   Thrush
                
                 
                   76
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   15.
                   
                   Of
                   a
                   Quinsey
                
                 
                   83
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   16.
                   
                   Of
                   Deafness
                
                 
                   93
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   17.
                   
                   Of
                   〈◊〉
                
                 
                   101
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   18.
                   
                   Of
                   the
                   Cachexia
                
                 
                   110
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   19.
                   
                   Of
                   the
                   Stone
                   in
                   the
                   Reins
                
                 
                   118
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   20.
                   
                   Of
                   the
                   Stone
                   in
                   the
                   Bladder
                
                 
                   153
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   21.
                   
                   Praecipiolum
                   ,
                   The
                   Universal
                   Medicine
                   of
                   Paracelsus
                
                 
                   163
                   
                     
                       The
                       Key
                       of
                       Helmont
                       and
                       Lully
                    
                     
                       175
                    
                     
                       The
                       opening
                       of
                       Sol
                       and
                       Lunae
                    
                     
                       176
                    
                  
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 The
                 Contents
                 of
                 the
                 Second
                 BOOK
                 ,
                 or
                 ,
                 
                   Clavis
                   Alchymiae
                
                 .
              
               
                 
                   I.
                   The
                   Golden
                   work
                   of
                   
                     Hermes
                     Trismegistus
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     CHap.
                     1.
                     
                     The
                     Preface
                     ,
                     Explicating
                     in
                     part
                     ,
                     the
                     
                       Prima
                       Materia
                    
                  
                   
                     179
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     2.
                     
                     The
                     first
                     Exposition
                     of
                     the
                     Matter
                  
                   
                     184
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     3.
                     
                     The
                     Names
                     and
                     first
                     Operation
                     Explicated
                  
                   
                     190
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     4.
                     
                     A
                     Continuation
                     of
                     the
                     Explication
                     of
                     the
                     first
                     Operation
                  
                   
                     193
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     5.
                     
                     A
                     Dialogue
                     between
                     Hermes
                     and
                     his
                     Son
                  
                   
                     199
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     6.
                     
                     The
                     several
                     Operations
                     by
                     ,
                     and
                     Various
                     Matters
                     of
                     which
                     the
                     Stone
                     is
                     Composed
                  
                   
                     206
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     7.
                     
                     The
                     Operations
                     of
                     Nature
                     in
                     the
                     
                       Aqua
                       Philosophica
                    
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     a
                     Seed
                  
                   
                     213
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     8.
                     
                     The
                     Philosophick
                     Riddle
                     laid
                     down
                     after
                     a
                     new
                     Manner
                  
                   
                     223
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     9.
                     
                     The
                     last
                     Act
                     ,
                     or
                     Conclusion
                     of
                     the
                     Theory
                     of
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     Tincture
                  
                   
                     227
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     10.
                     
                     The
                     Practical
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Philosophick
                     Work
                  
                   
                     233
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     11.
                     
                     The
                     Practical
                     part
                     farther
                     Explicated
                  
                   
                     240
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     12.
                     
                     The
                     Praxis
                     Exemplified
                     from
                     the
                     Nature
                     of
                     Leven
                     and
                     Paste
                  
                   
                     246
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     13.
                     
                     The
                     Nature
                     of
                     the
                     Ferment
                     farther
                     Explicated
                  
                   
                     252
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     14.
                     
                     The
                     Smaragdine
                     Table
                     of
                     Hermes
                  
                   
                     258
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Second
                 Book
                 of
                 
                   Hermes
                   Trismegistus
                
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Chap.
                   15.
                   
                   The
                   Entrance
                   into
                   the
                   Work
                   ,
                   beginning
                   with
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   268
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   16.
                   
                   The
                   Nature
                   of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   and
                   Government
                   of
                   the
                   Metals
                
                 
                   270
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   17.
                   
                   The
                   Difference
                   of
                   the
                   Ferments
                   and
                   Quality
                   of
                   the
                   Spirit
                
                 
                   271
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   18.
                   
                   Of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   Order
                   of
                   the
                   Operation
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                
                 
                   273
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   19.
                   
                   That
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   this
                   Work
                   is
                   in
                   the
                   Blackness
                   and
                   Darkness
                   :
                   and
                   of
                   the
                   Conjoyning
                   the
                   Body
                   with
                   the
                   Soul
                
                 
                   276
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   20.
                   
                   The
                   Order
                   of
                   the
                   Practical
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Operation
                
                 
                   278
                
                 
                   Chap.
                   21.
                   
                   The
                   remaininging
                   Operations
                   ,
                   and
                   Conclusion
                   of
                   this
                   Work
                
                 
                   281
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   II.
                   The
                   Alchymick
                   Secrets
                   of
                   
                     Kalid
                     Persicus
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Chap.
                     22.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Difficulties
                     of
                     this
                     Art
                  
                   
                     284
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     23.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     four
                     Principal
                     Operations
                     ,
                     Solution
                     ,
                     Congelation
                     ,
                     Albification
                     ,
                     and
                     Rubification
                  
                   
                     288
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     24.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Latter
                     two
                     Operations
                     ,
                     viz.
                     Albification
                     and
                     Rubification
                  
                   
                     291
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     25.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Nature
                     of
                     things
                     appertaining
                     to
                     this
                     Work
                     of
                     Decoction
                     ,
                     and
                     its
                     ,
                     Effects
                  
                   
                     293
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     26.
                     
                     Of
                     Subtilization
                     ,
                     Solution
                     ,
                     Coagulation
                     ,
                     and
                     Commixion
                  
                   
                     295
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     27.
                     
                     Of
                     Fixation
                     of
                     the
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     Decoction
                     ,
                     Trituration
                     ,
                     and
                     Washing
                  
                   
                     297
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     28.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Fire
                     fit
                     for
                     this
                     Work
                  
                   
                     299
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     29.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Separation
                     of
                     the
                     Elements
                  
                   
                     300
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     30.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Commixion
                     of
                     the
                     Elements
                     which
                     were
                     Separated
                  
                   
                     302
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     31.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Solution
                     of
                     the
                     Stone
                     compounded
                     ,
                     and
                     Coagulation
                     of
                     the
                     Stone
                     Dissolved
                  
                   
                     304
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     32.
                     
                     That
                     Our
                     Stone
                     is
                     but
                     One
                     ,
                     and
                     of
                     the
                     Nature
                     thereof
                  
                   
                     306
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     33.
                     
                     How
                     to
                     make
                     the
                     Stone
                     both
                     White
                     and
                     Red
                  
                   
                     307
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     34.
                     
                     Kalid's
                     Secret
                     of
                     Secrets
                     ,
                     or
                     Stone
                     of
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     Explicated
                  
                   
                     310
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     35.
                     
                     A
                     farther
                     Explication
                     of
                     this
                     Matter
                     .
                  
                   
                     315
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     36
                     The
                     Key
                     which
                     opens
                     the
                     Mystery
                     of
                     this
                     Grand
                     Elixir
                  
                   
                     327
                     
                       
                         
                           To
                           make
                        
                         Aurum
                         Potabile
                      
                       
                         333
                      
                    
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   III.
                   The
                   Summ
                   of
                   
                     Geber
                     Arabs
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Chap.
                     37.
                     
                     An
                     Introduction
                     into
                     the
                     whole
                     Work
                  
                   
                     335
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     38.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Alchymy
                     of
                     Sulphur
                  
                   
                     340
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     39.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Alchymy
                     of
                     Arsenick
                  
                   
                     343
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     40.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Alchymy
                     of
                     the
                     Marchasite
                  
                   
                     346
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     41.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Alchymy
                     of
                     
                       Magnesia
                       ,
                       Tutia
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     Minerals
                  
                   
                     349
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     42.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Alchymy
                     of
                     Saturn
                  
                   
                     352
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     43.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Alchymy
                     of
                     Jupiter
                  
                   
                     359
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     44.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Alchymy
                     of
                     Mars
                  
                   
                     366
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     45.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Alchymy
                     of
                     Venus
                  
                   
                     372
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     46.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Alchymy
                     of
                     Luna
                  
                   
                     383
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     47.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Alchymy
                     of
                     Sol
                  
                   
                     391
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     48.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Alchymy
                     of
                     Mercury
                  
                   
                     397
                  
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   The
                   Second
                   Book
                   of
                   
                     Geber
                     Arabs
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Chap.
                     49.
                     
                     The
                     Introduction
                     to
                     this
                     Second
                     Book
                     .
                  
                   
                     413
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     50.
                     
                     Of
                     Sublimation
                     ,
                     Vessels
                     ,
                     Fornaces
                  
                   
                     415
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     51.
                     
                     Of
                     Descention
                     ,
                     and
                     Purifying
                     by
                     Pastils
                  
                   
                     424
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     52.
                     
                     Of
                     Distillation
                     ,
                     Causes
                     ,
                     Kinds
                     ,
                     and
                     Fornaces
                  
                   
                     426
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     53.
                     
                     Of
                     Calcination
                     of
                     Bodies
                     and
                     Spirits
                     ,
                     Causes
                     ,
                     Methods
                  
                   
                     430
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     54.
                     
                     Of
                     Solution
                     ,
                     and
                     its
                     Causes
                  
                   
                     436
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     55.
                     
                     Of
                     Coagulation
                     and
                     its
                     Causes
                  
                   
                     440
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     56.
                     
                     Of
                     Fixation
                     and
                     its
                     Causes
                  
                   
                     442
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     57.
                     
                     Of
                     Ceration
                     and
                     its
                     Causes
                  
                   
                     443
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     58.
                     
                     That
                     our
                     Medicine
                     is
                     two
                     fold
                     ,
                     one
                     for
                     the
                     White
                     and
                     one
                     for
                     the
                     Red
                     :
                     yet
                     that
                     we
                     have
                     one
                     only
                     Medicine
                     for
                     both
                  
                   
                     446
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     59.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Medicine
                     ,
                     Tincture
                     ,
                     Elixir
                     or
                     Stone
                     of
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     in
                     General
                  
                   
                     449
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     60.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     three
                     Orders
                     of
                     the
                     Medicine
                  
                   
                     454
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     61.
                     
                     How
                     Ingression
                     is
                     procured
                  
                   
                     458
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     62.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Cineritium
                  
                   
                     460
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     63.
                     
                     Of
                     Cementation
                     and
                     its
                     Causes
                  
                   
                     463
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     64.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Examen
                     by
                     Ignition
                  
                   
                     466
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     65.
                     
                     The
                     Examen
                     by
                     fusion
                     or
                     Melting
                  
                   
                     467
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     66.
                     
                     The
                     Examen
                     by
                     the
                     Vapors
                     of
                     Acute
                     things
                  
                   
                     469
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     67.
                     
                     The
                     Examen
                     by
                     the
                     Extinction
                     of
                     Bodies
                     Red
                     Hot
                  
                   
                     470
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     68.
                     
                     A
                     Recapitulation
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Art
                  
                   
                     471
                  
                
              
            
             
               
                 The
                 Contents
                 of
                 the
                 Third
                 BOOK
                 .
              
               
                 
                   I.
                   
                     The
                     Secret
                     Book
                     of
                  
                   Artefius
                   Longaevus
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     CHap
                     :
                     1.
                     
                     The
                     Preface
                     to
                     the
                     Reader
                  
                   
                     433
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     2.
                     
                     The
                     Epistle
                     of
                     
                       Johannes
                       Pontanus
                    
                     of
                     the
                     Secret
                     Fire
                  
                   
                     437
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     3.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Composition
                     of
                     our
                     Antimonial
                     Vinegar
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     Secret
                     Water
                  
                   
                     444
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     4.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Operations
                     of
                     our
                     Antimonial
                     Vinegar
                     ,
                     or
                     Mineral
                     Water
                  
                   
                     447
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     5.
                     
                     Of
                     other
                     Operations
                     of
                     our
                     Secret
                     Mineral
                     Water
                     ,
                     and
                     its
                     Tincture
                  
                   
                     450
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     6.
                     
                     Of
                     what
                     substance
                     Metals
                     are
                     to
                     Consist
                     ,
                     in
                     order
                     to
                     this
                     Work
                  
                   
                     455
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     7.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Wonderful
                     things
                     done
                     by
                     our
                     Water
                     ,
                     in
                     altering
                     
                     and
                     changing
                     Bodies
                  
                   
                     458
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     8.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Affinity
                     of
                     our
                     Water
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     wonderful
                     things
                     done
                     by
                     it
                  
                   
                     461
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     9.
                     
                     Of
                     Sublimation
                     ;
                     or
                     the
                     separating
                     of
                     the
                     Pure
                     from
                     the
                     Impure
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     Water
                  
                   
                     467
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     10.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Separation
                     of
                     the
                     Pure
                     parts
                     from
                     the
                     Impure
                  
                   
                     472
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     11.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Soul
                     which
                     is
                     extracted
                     by
                     our
                     Water
                     ,
                     and
                     made
                     to
                     Ascend
                  
                   
                     475
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     12.
                     
                     Of
                     Digestion
                     ,
                     and
                     how
                     the
                     Spirt
                     is
                     made
                     thereby
                  
                   
                     480
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     13.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     beginning
                     of
                     the
                     Work
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     Summary
                     of
                     what
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     done
                  
                   
                     484
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     14.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Easiness
                     and
                     Simplicity
                     of
                     this
                     Work
                     ,
                     and
                     of
                     our
                     Philosophick
                     Fire
                  
                   
                     489
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     15.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     three
                     kinds
                     of
                     Fires
                     of
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     in
                     particular
                  
                   
                     492
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     16.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Colors
                     of
                     our
                     Philosophick
                     Tincture
                     or
                     Stone
                  
                   
                     495
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     17.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Perfect
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     their
                     Putrefaction
                     ,
                     Corruptions
                     Digestion
                     and
                     Tincture
                  
                   
                     498
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     18.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Multiplication
                     of
                     the
                     Philosophick
                     Tincture
                  
                   
                     504
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     19.
                     
                     Of
                     Sublimation
                     in
                     particular
                     ,
                     and
                     Separation
                     of
                     the
                     Pure
                     from
                     the
                     Impure
                  
                   
                     508
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     20.
                     
                     Of
                     Digestion
                     ,
                     Sublimation
                     and
                     Separation
                     of
                     the
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     perfection
                     of
                     the
                     Work
                  
                   
                     512
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     21.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Secret
                     Operation
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     and
                     Spirit
                     on
                     the
                     Body
                  
                   
                     515
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     22.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Signs
                     of
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     the
                     Work
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     perfection
                     thereof
                  
                   
                     518
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   II.
                   The
                   Hieroglyphicks
                   of
                   Flammel
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Chap.
                     23.
                     
                     The
                     beginning
                     of
                     Flammels
                     Book
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     peroration
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                  
                   
                     521
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     24.
                     
                     The
                     Explication
                     of
                     the
                     Hieroglyphick
                     Figures
                     :
                     and
                     of
                     the
                     Book
                     of
                     Abraham
                     the
                     Jew
                  
                   
                     522
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     25.
                     
                     Of
                     his
                     Pilgrimage
                     into
                     Spain
                     ,
                     and
                     meeting
                     with
                     a
                     Jewish
                     Priest
                     ,
                     who
                     in
                     part
                     interpreted
                     the
                     said
                     Book
                  
                   
                     527
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     26.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Projection
                     which
                     he
                     and
                     his
                     Wife
                     made
                     upon
                     Mercury
                     :
                     and
                     of
                     the
                     Hospitals
                     ,
                     Churches
                     and
                     Chappels
                     which
                     they
                     Built
                  
                   
                     532
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     27.
                     
                     The
                     Theological
                     Interpretation
                     of
                     these
                     Hieroglyphicks
                  
                   
                     537
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     28.
                     
                     The
                     Philosophical
                     Interpretation
                     according
                     to
                     Hermes
                  
                   
                     540
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     20.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     two
                     Dragons
                     of
                     a
                     Yellowish
                     ,
                     Blew
                     ,
                     and
                     Black
                     Color
                  
                   
                     546
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     30.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Man
                     and
                     Woman
                     cloathed
                     in
                     an
                     Orange
                     colored
                     Gown
                     ,
                     in
                     a
                     Field
                     Azure
                     and
                     Blew
                     ,
                     with
                     their
                     Motto's
                  
                   
                     553
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     31.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Figure
                     like
                     Paul
                     the
                     Apostle
                     in
                     a
                     White
                     and
                     Yellow
                     Robe
                     ,
                     with
                     a
                     Man
                     Kneeling
                     by
                     his
                     Feet
                     ,
                     in
                     a
                     Robe
                     
                     of
                     Orang
                     ,
                     Black
                     and
                     White
                  
                   
                     558
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     32.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Green
                     Field
                     with
                     two
                     Resuscitants
                     ,
                     two
                     Men
                     and
                     one
                     Woman
                     ,
                     all
                     in
                     White
                     :
                     two
                     Angels
                     beneath
                     ,
                     over
                     whom
                     is
                     the
                     Figure
                     of
                     our
                     Lord
                     and
                     Saviour
                     ,
                     Judging
                     the
                     World
                     ,
                     in
                     a
                     Robe
                     Citrine
                     White
                  
                   
                     564
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     33.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Field
                     white
                     and
                     Blew
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     two
                     Angels
                     of
                     an
                     Orange
                     color
                  
                   
                     567
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     34.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Figure
                     like
                     Peter
                     the
                     Apostle
                     ,
                     in
                     a
                     Robe
                     Citrine
                     Red
                     holding
                     a
                     Key
                     ;
                     a
                     Woman
                     kneeling
                     by
                     his
                     Feet
                     in
                     an
                     Orange
                     colored
                     Robe
                  
                   
                     570
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     35.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Dark
                     Violet
                     Field
                     ,
                     in
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     Man
                     of
                     a
                     red
                     Purple
                     colour
                     ,
                     holding
                     the
                     Foot
                     of
                     a
                     Lyon
                     ,
                     red
                     as
                     Vermilion
                     ,
                     having
                     wings
                     .
                  
                   
                     574
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     36.
                     
                     Flammel's
                     Summary
                     of
                     Philosophy
                  
                   
                     576
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   III.
                   
                     Roger
                     Bacon's
                  
                   Radix
                   Mundi
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Chap.
                     37.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Original
                     of
                     Metals
                     ,
                     and
                     principle
                     of
                     the
                     Mineral
                     work
                  
                   
                     585
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     38.
                     
                     Of
                     Mercury
                     ,
                     the
                     second
                     principle
                     of
                     the
                     work
                  
                   
                     588
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     39.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     purification
                     of
                     Metalls
                     and
                     Mercury
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     work
                  
                   
                     590
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     40.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     conjunction
                     of
                     the
                     Principles
                     ,
                     for
                     this
                     great
                     work
                  
                   
                     592
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     41.
                     
                     Of
                     Vessels
                     ,
                     Lute
                     ,
                     Closing
                     ,
                     and
                     Times
                     of
                     the
                     Philosophick
                     work
                  
                   
                     395
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     42.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     Fire
                     ,
                     kinds
                     of
                     Government
                     thereof
                  
                   
                     597
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     43.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     AEnigma's
                     of
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                     their
                     Deceptions
                     ,
                     praecautions
                     ,
                     &c.
                     
                  
                   
                     600
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     44.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     various
                     Signs
                     appearing
                     in
                     every
                     Operation
                  
                   
                     602
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     45.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Eduction
                     of
                     the
                     Whlteness
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Black
                     Matter
                  
                   
                     605
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     46.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     way
                     how
                     to
                     Educe
                     the
                     red
                     Tincture
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     White
                  
                   
                     607
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     47.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Multiplication
                     of
                     Our
                     Medicine
                     by
                     Dissolution
                  
                   
                     609
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     48.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Multiplication
                     of
                     Our
                     Medicine
                     by
                     Fermentation
                  
                   
                     611
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     49.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Differences
                     of
                     the
                     Medicine
                     ,
                     and
                     proportions
                     used
                     in
                     projection
                  
                   
                     615
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     50.
                     
                     Of
                     Projection
                     ,
                     and
                     how
                     it
                     is
                     performed
                     upon
                     the
                     Metals
                  
                   
                     617
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     51.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     compleat
                     .
                     or
                     perfection
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     work
                  
                   
                     618
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   The
                   Second
                   Book
                   of
                   
                     Roger
                     Bacon
                  
                   ,
                   called
                   ,
                   
                     Speculum
                     Alchymiae
                  
                
                 
                   
                     Chap.
                     52.
                     
                     The
                     entrance
                     into
                     this
                     work
                     and
                     definition
                     of
                     the
                     Art
                  
                   
                     621
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     53.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Natural
                     principles
                     and
                     Generation
                     of
                     Metals
                     and
                     Minerals
                  
                   
                     622
                  
                   
                     
                     Chap.
                     54.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     nearest
                     matter
                     out
                     of
                     which
                     the
                     Elixir
                     is
                     drawn
                  
                   
                     624
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     55.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     nearest
                     matter
                     of
                     our
                     Stone
                     ,
                     yet
                     more
                     plainly
                  
                   
                     627
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     56.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     manner
                     of
                     Working
                     ,
                     regulating
                     ,
                     and
                     continuing
                     the
                     Fire
                  
                   
                     630
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     57.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Quality
                     of
                     the
                     Vessels
                     and
                     Fornaces
                  
                   
                     632
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     58.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     colors
                     Accidental
                     and
                     Essential
                     appearing
                     in
                     the
                     work
                  
                   
                     635
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     59.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     manner
                     of
                     Projection
                     upon
                     any
                     of
                     the
                     Imperfect
                     Metals
                  
                   
                     637
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     60.
                     
                     A
                     short
                     Recapitulation
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     work
                  
                   
                     640
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   IV.
                   
                     George
                     Ripley's
                  
                   Medulla
                   Alchymiae
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Chap.
                     61.
                     
                     The
                     Preface
                     to
                     the
                     Arch-Bishop
                     of
                     York
                  
                   
                     643
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     62.
                     
                     A
                     farther
                     Discourse
                     of
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     Mercury
                  
                   
                     648
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     63.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Mineral
                     Stone
                     ,
                     and
                     Philosophick
                     Fires
                  
                   
                     652
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     64.
                     
                     The
                     manner
                     of
                     Elixiration
                     with
                     the
                     Fire
                     against
                     Nature
                  
                   
                     657
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     65.
                     
                     The
                     Practice
                     upon
                     the
                     Calx
                     of
                     the
                     Body
                     dissolved
                  
                   
                     660
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     66.
                     
                     Another
                     way
                     of
                     Elixirating
                     Gold
                     by
                     the
                     Fire
                     against
                     Nature
                  
                   
                     665
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     67.
                     
                     Two
                     other
                     Mineral
                     Elixirs
                     ,
                     or
                     two
                     other
                     processes
                     of
                     Mercury
                  
                   
                     669
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     68.
                     
                     The
                     second
                     of
                     the
                     former
                     Elixirs
                     ,
                     with
                     Mercury
                     and
                     the
                     Body
                     Alchymick
                  
                   
                     672
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     69.
                     
                     Of
                     the
                     Vegetable
                     Stone
                  
                   
                     674
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     70.
                     
                     The
                     remaining
                     Process
                     of
                     the
                     Vegetable
                     Stone
                  
                   
                     679
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     71.
                     
                     Of
                     Our
                     Animal
                     Stone
                  
                   
                     285
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     72.
                     
                     The
                     Reserved
                     Secret
                     Explicated
                  
                   
                     685
                  
                   
                     Chap.
                     73.
                     
                     Ripley's
                     Philosophick
                     Axioms
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Theatrum
                     Chymicum
                     .
                  
                   
                     687
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
             
               ADVERTISEMENTS
               .
            
             
               Balsam
               de
               Chili
               .
            
             
               I.
               IT
               is
               an
               Excellent
               Balsam
               differing
               from
               that
               of
               Peru
               ,
               and
               Tolu
               ,
               but
               no
               ways
               inferiour
               in
               Virtues
               and
               Excellency
               ,
               as
               the
               several
               Experiments
               lately
               made
               of
               it
               by
               several
               Learned
               Physicians
               in
               the
               curing
               of
               Diseases
               ,
               have
               given
               sufficient
               proof
               of
               :
               It
               is
               without
               doubt
               the
               most
               precious
               of
               all
               natural
               Balsams
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               its
               great
               Virtues
               ,
               and
               admirable
               Odour
               ,
               excelling
               all
               others
               ,
               even
               the
               most
               fragrant
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               It
               eases
               all
               manner
               of
               Pains
               in
               any
               part
               of
               the
               Body
               ,
               coming
               of
               Cold
               or
               Wind
               ,
               chiefly
               pains
               of
               the
               Stomach
               ,
               Indigestion
               ,
               and
               want
               of
               Appetite
               ,
               corroborating
               and
               strengthning
               of
               it
               after
               a
               wonderful
               manner
               .
               It
               cures
               all
               Ulcers
               of
               the
               Brest
               and
               Lungs
               ,
               Reins
               ,
               Bladder
               or
               Womb
               ,
               inward
               bruises
               ,
               spitting
               of
               Blood
               ,
               and
               such
               like
               ,
               helps
               shortness
               of
               breath
               ,
               Coughs
               ,
               Consumptions
               ,
               Wheesings
               Hoarsness
               ,
               Asthma's
               .
               and
               other
               Diseases
               of
               those
               parts
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               It
               is
               good
               against
               the
               falling
               Sickness
               ,
               Apoplexy
               ,
               Convulsions
               ,
               Palsies
               ,
               Lethargy
               ,
               Tremblings
               ,
               old
               Head-aches
               ,
               Megrims
               ,
               Vertigo's
               ,
               and
               other
               cold
               and
               moist
               Diseases
               of
               the
               Head
               ,
               Brain
               ,
               and
               Nerves
               ,
               being
               inwardly
               taken
               as
               after
               directed
               ,
               and
               outwardly
               anointed
               upon
               the
               part
               .
               It
               strengthens
               the
               Brain
               ,
               helps
               the
               Memory
               ,
               comforts
               the
               Nerves
               ,
               and
               fortifies
               all
               the
               Senses
               both
               internal
               and
               external
               ,
               beyond
               any
               other
               natural
               Balsam
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               It
               kills
               Worms
               whether
               in
               old
               or
               young
               ,
               cures
               Ruptures
               ,
               altho'
               of
               many
               years
               standing
               ;
               dissolves
               soft
               stones
               ,
               and
               expells
               them
               ,
               as
               also
               Sand
               ,
               Gravel
               ,
               or
               Slime
               ,
               or
               any
               other
               thing
               which
               may
               obstruct
               the
               Urine
               ,
               or
               stop
               its
               passages
               ;
               so
               that
               it
               is
               believed
               there
               is
               scarcely
               a
               better
               Remedy
               for
               that
               purpose
               upon
               Earth
               ;
               for
               it
               gives
               ease
               in
               the
               most
               vehement
               pain
               ,
               and
               being
               constantly
               taken
               for
               some
               time
               ,
               perfects
               the
               Cure.
               
            
             
               5.
               
               It
               eases
               all
               Colick
               pains
               .
               Gripings
               ,
               Wind
               in
               the
               Stomach
               or
               Bowels
               ,
               and
               perfectly
               cures
               all
               Fluxes
               ,
               bloody
               Fluxes
               ,
               Excoriations
               ,
               and
               such
               other
               like
               Distempers
               of
               the
               Guts
               .
               It
               cures
               deasness
               ,
               pain
               and
               noise
               in
               the
               Ears
               to
               a
               wonder
               ,
               a
               drop
               or
               two
               being
               put
               in
               ,
               and
               stopt
               in
               with
               a
               little
               Cotton
               dipt
               in
               the
               same
               .
            
             
             
               6.
               
               It
               provokes
               the
               Terms
               in
               Women
               ,
               being
               taken
               from
               20
               to
               40
               drops
               or
               more
               in
               a
               glass
               of
               White-wine
               ,
               (
               as
               anon
               directed
               )
               Morning
               and
               Night
               for
               a
               Week
               together
               :
               it
               is
               said
               to
               cure
               barrenness
               ,
               promote
               Conception
               ,
               and
               cause
               easie
               delivery
               to
               Women
               in
               Travel
               ,
               and
               in
               a
               great
               measure
               prevents
               or
               takes
               away
               those
               after-pains
               ,
               being
               taken
               to
               the
               quantity
               aforenamed
               in
               a
               glass
               of
               Juniper-water
               .
            
             
               7.
               
               It
               heals
               all
               manner
               of
               green
               Wounds
               ,
               rotten
               Ulcers
               ,
               Fistula's
               ,
               new
               or
               old
               running
               sores
               in
               any
               part
               of
               the
               body
               ,
               as
               also
               punctures
               or
               hurts
               of
               the
               Nerves
               and
               Tendons
               ,
               Aches
               ,
               pains
               ,
               lameness
               ,
               weakness
               of
               the
               Limbs
               or
               Joynts
               ,
               being
               dropt
               into
               the
               wound
               or
               puncture
               ,
               or
               otherwise
               applied
               thereon
               with
               Lint
               ,
               a
               Tent
               ,
               or
               Leather
               ,
               &c.
               and
               bound
               up
               ,
               and
               not
               stirred
               in
               24
               hours
               ,
               it
               commonly
               cures
               at
               4
               or
               5
               times
               dressing
               ,
               sometimes
               at
               2
               or
               3
               times
               ,
               and
               sometimes
               at
               the
               first
               dressing
               ,
               be
               the
               wound
               deep
               ,
               contused
               ,
               or
               large
               .
            
             
               8.
               
               It
               is
               an
               assured
               Remedy
               to
               cure
               the
               Palsie
               (
               if
               not
               inveterate
               )
               Trembling
               ,
               Gout
               ,
               or
               any
               weakness
               of
               the
               Nerves
               and
               Joynts
               coming
               of
               a
               cold
               and
               moist
               cause
               ,
               by
               anointing
               the
               afflicted
               parts
               therewith
               ,
               and
               taking
               of
               it
               inwardly
               ,
               as
               shall
               be
               immediately
               directed
               ;
               for
               it
               does
               gently
               ,
               and
               by
               degrees
               (
               as
               it
               were
               )
               carry
               off
               the
               morbifick
               Cause
               and
               matter
               almost
               to
               a
               Miracel
               .
            
             
               9.
               
               This
               marvellous
               Balsam
               opens
               all
               obstructions
               of
               the
               Liver
               and
               Spleen
               ,
               being
               taken
               Morning
               and
               Evening
               for
               a
               Month
               together
               in
               a
               little
               Syrup
               ,
               or
               other
               convenient
               Vehicle
               :
               It
               is
               held
               for
               a
               great
               Treasure
               ,
               and
               has
               many
               other
               singular
               Virtues
               not
               here
               necessary
               to
               be
               named
               ,
               lest
               we
               should
               prejudice
               its
               worth
               and
               Excellency
               .
            
             
               10.
               
               
                 The
                 way
                 and
                 manner
                 of
                 taking
                 it
                 .
              
               In
               diseases
               of
               the
               Head
               ,
               Brain
               ,
               and
               Nerves
               ,
               give
               it
               in
               Rosemary
               ,
               or
               Juniper-water
               ,
               or
               in
               Canary
               :
               For
               the
               Stone
               ,
               and
               other
               Diseases
               of
               the
               Reins
               and
               Bladder
               ,
               you
               may
               give
               in
               Rhenish-wine
               :
               For
               the
               Colick
               and
               Diseases
               of
               the
               Bowels
               ,
               you
               may
               give
               it
               in
               Juniper
               or
               Cardamum-water
               :
               For
               Palsies
               and
               weaknesses
               of
               the
               Nerves
               and
               Joynts
               ,
               you
               may
               give
               it
               in
               some
               Antiparalitick
               Wine
               :
               First
               grind
               or
               mix
               it
               with
               a
               little
               of
               the
               yolk
               of
               an
               Egg
               ,
               to
               open
               its
               body
               ,
               and
               then
               mix
               it
               with
               the
               Liquor
               you
               would
               give
               it
               in
               .
            
             
               11.
               
               If
               the
               sick
               cannot
               take
               it
               so
               ,
               it
               may
               be
               made
               up
               into
               Pills
               with
               some
               fit
               Powder
               ,
               as
               of
               Zedoary
               ,
               Nutmeg
               ,
               Cinnamon
               ,
               Bay-berries
               ,
               Cubebs
               ,
               Winter-cherries
               ,
               or
               what
               the
               Physician
               shall
               think
               more
               fit
               ,
               and
               so
               gilded
               ;
               for
               by
               this
               means
               it
               will
               be
               taken
               without
               nauseating
               ;
               you
               may
               give
               the
               Balsam
               from
               half
               a
               Dram
               to
               two
               Drams
               ,
               according
               to
               Age
               and
               Strength
               ;
               and
               it
               may
               be
               given
               Morning
               and
               Night
               for
               a
               Month
               ,
               two
               ,
               or
               three
               together
               .
            
             
               12.
               
               And
               it
               is
               certain
               that
               this
               Balsam
               is
               one
               of
               the
               greatest
               specificks
               in
               the
               cure
               of
               the
               Palsie
               ,
               Scurvy
               and
               Gout
               that
               is
               ,
               transcending
               all
               other
               Medicaments
               ;
               but
               it
               ought
               to
               be
               constantly
               given
               in
               a
               due
               Dose
               ,
               and
               with
               those
               Advantages
               that
               it
               may
               not
               loath
               the
               Stomach
               ;
               
               so
               taken
               ,
               it
               performs
               more
               than
               any
               other
               Balsam
               :
               It
               cleanses
               the
               whole
               body
               of
               all
               Impurities
               ,
               mundifies
               the
               whole
               mass
               of
               Blood
               ,
               heals
               all
               inward
               Bruises
               ,
               Wounds
               ,
               Ulcers
               ,
               or
               Excoriations
               ,
               whether
               in
               the
               Bowels
               or
               Lungs
               ,
               restoring
               decayed
               Nature
               ,
               and
               carrying
               off
               all
               its
               Faeculencies
               by
               Urine
               and
               Stool
               .
            
             
               It
               is
               only
               Sold
               by
               the
               Author
               of
               this
               Work
               ,
               at
               his
               House
               at
               the
               Blue-Ball
               by
               the
               Ditch-side
               ,
               near
               
                 Holborn-bridge
                 ,
              
               ;
               and
               at
               Mr.
               
                 John
                 Harris's
              
               at
               the
               Harrow
               in
               the
               
                 Poultry
                 ,
                 London
              
               .
               Price
               24
               s.
               the
               Pound
               ;
               or
               18
               d.
               the
               Ounce
               .
            
             
               AT
               the
               sign
               of
               the
               
                 Archimedes
                 and
                 Spectacles
              
               in
               Ludgate-street
               ,
               near
               the
               West-end
               of
               St.
               Paul's
               ,
               lives
               
                 John
                 Marshall
              
               ,
               who
               both
               turns
               and
               grinds
               ,
               makes
               and
               sell's
               all
               sorts
               of
               
                 Glass
                 Instruments
              
               ;
               as
               ,
               
                 Perspective
                 Glasses
                 ,
                 Telescopes
                 ,
                 Microscopes
                 ,
                 Horoscopes
                 ,
                 Sky-Opticks
                 ,
                 Reading
                 Glasses
              
               ;
               from
               the
               smallest
               size
               to
               20
               Inches
               Diametre
               ;
               Microscopes
               according
               to
               Mr.
               Leewenhoeck
               :
               Also
               Microscopes
               of
               the
               said
               Marshall's
               Designing
               ,
               a
               singular
               Invention
               for
               the
               advantage
               of
               Light
               ,
               the
               like
               of
               which
               were
               never
               yet
               done
               before
               .
               Also
               Spectacles
               for
               all
               
                 Ages
                 ,
                 Cristal
                 Prisms
                 ,
                 Speaking
                 Trumpets
              
               ;
               and
               all
               other
               sorts
               of
               
                 Optick
                 Glasses
                 (
                 for
                 brevity
                 sake
                 )
                 not
                 here
                 named
                 .
              
            
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
          
        
         
           
             
             
               SALMON'S
               
                 Practical
                 Physick
              
               .
               The
               First
               BOOK
               .
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   I.
                
                 Of
                 ACHES
                 of
                 all
                 sorts
                 .
              
               
                 I.
                 For
                 an
                 Ach
                 ,
                 proceedings
                 of
                 Cold
                 in
                 any
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 .
              
               
                 TAke
                 Oyl
                 Olives
                 ,
                 Venice
                 Turpentine
                 ,
                 ana
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Amber
                 four
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Volatile
                 Salt
                 of
                 Amber
                 six
                 Drachms
                 ;
                 melt
                 ,
                 and
                 mix
                 them
                 together
                 for
                 a
                 Balsam
                 ,
                 and
                 anoint
                 the
                 place
                 well
                 there
                 with
                 ,
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 ;
                 for
                 eight
                 or
                 ten
                 days
                 ,
                 more
                 or
                 less
                 ,
                 as
                 occasion
                 requires
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 II.
                 For
                 an
                 Ach
                 in
                 the
                 Joints
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Palm
                 Oyl
                 ,
                 Turpentine
                 ana
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Wormwood
                 ,
                 three
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Volatile
                 Salt
                 Armonicak
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 melt
                 ,
                 mix
                 ,
                 and
                 make
                 a
                 Balsam
                 ;
                 It
                 is
                 excellent
                 ,
                 being
                 anointed
                 with
                 all
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 III.
                 For
                 Aches
                 in
                 the
                 lower
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Palm
                 Oyl
                 ,
                 Turpentine
                 ,
                 
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Amber
                 ,
                 and
                 Anniseeds
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 mix
                 ,
                 melt
                 ,
                 and
                 make
                 a
                 Balsam
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 IV.
                 For
                 an
                 Ach
                 in
                 the
                 Bones
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Palm
                 Oyl
                 ,
                 Turpentine
                 ,
                 ana
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Amber
                 and
                 Juniper
                 Berries
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 two
                 Ounces
                 and
                 two
                 Drachms
                 :
                 Camphier
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 melt
                 ,
                 mix
                 ,
                 and
                 make
                 a
                 Balsam
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 V.
                 An
                 approved
                 Searcloth
                 for
                 all
                 Aches
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Burgundy
                 Pitch
                 ,
                 one
                 pound
                 ;
                 Oyl
                 Olive
                 ,
                 six
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 Wax
                 ,
                 four
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 white
                 Frankincense
                 ,
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 powdered
                 ;
                 melt
                 them
                 in
                 a
                 Pipken
                 ,
                 stirring
                 all
                 well
                 together
                 ,
                 and
                 Boil
                 to
                 a
                 Consistency
                 ;
                 then
                 pour
                 out
                 all
                 into
                 a
                 Bason
                 ,
                 or
                 Pan
                 of
                 Water
                 ;
                 then
                 anoint
                 your
                 Hands
                 with
                 Butter
                 ,
                 and
                 make
                 the
                 Plaster
                 ,
                 into
                 Rolls
                 .
              
               
                 VI.
                 An
                 Excellent
                 Ointment
                 for
                 the
                 same
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 the
                 Gall
                 of
                 an
                 Ox
                 ,
                 White-wine
                 Vinegar
                 ,
                 Palm
                 Oyl
                 ,
                 Aqua
                 Vitae
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 a
                 like
                 quantity
                 ;
                 boyl
                 them
                 gently
                 on
                 a
                 Fire
                 ,
                 keeping
                 it
                 scum'd
                 ,
                 till
                 it
                 grow
                 clammy
                 ,
                 and
                 with
                 this
                 bathe
                 well
                 the
                 part
                 ,
                 by
                 rubbing
                 it
                 in
                 ,
                 before
                 a
                 Fire
                 ,
                 with
                 a
                 warm
                 Hand
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 ,
                 still
                 laying
                 a
                 Linnen
                 Cloth
                 upon
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 VII
                 .
                 For
                 Ach
                 in
                 the
                 Bones
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Gout
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 of
                 the
                 best
                 Aqua
                 Vitae
                 ,
                 and
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Amber
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 a
                 like
                 quantity
                 ,
                 mix
                 them
                 well
                 together
                 ;
                 and
                 anoint
                 the
                 part
                 well
                 with
                 a
                 warm
                 Hand
                 before
                 the
                 Fire
                 ,
                 and
                 bind
                 on
                 it
                 a
                 Linnen
                 Cloth
                 ,
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 .
              
               
                 VIII
                 .
                 For
                 the
                 Joynt
                 Ach
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Gout
                 ,
                 most
                 Excellent
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 the
                 Juice
                 of
                 Sage
                 ,
                 Aqua
                 Vitae
                 ,
                 the
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Bays
                 ,
                 Vinegar
                 ,
                 Mustard
                 ,
                 and
                 of
                 an
                 Oxes
                 Gall
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 a
                 like
                 quantity
                 ,
                 put
                 them
                 all
                 together
                 in
                 a
                 large
                 Ox
                 Bladder
                 ;
                 Tye
                 it
                 fast
                 ,
                 and
                 chafe
                 it
                 up
                 and
                 down
                 with
                 your
                 Hand
                 ,
                 during
                 one
                 hour
                 and
                 half
                 ,
                 then
                 keep
                 it
                 for
                 your
                 Use
                 ,
                 and
                 anoint
                 the
                 griev'd
                 
                 part
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 .
              
               
                 IX
                 .
                 A
                 Process
                 against
                 all
                 Aches
                 in
                 the
                 Back
                 ,
                 Hips
                 ,
                 Sides
                 ,
                 Knees
                 ,
                 or
                 any
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 first
                 Pil.
                 Mirabile
                 one
                 Scruple
                 ,
                 to
                 Purge
                 now
                 and
                 then
                 ,
                 and
                 take
                 them
                 in
                 Syrup
                 of
                 Roses
                 ;
                 after
                 Purging
                 ,
                 procure
                 Sweat
                 thus
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Guaiacum
                 ,
                 one
                 Ounce
                 and
                 a
                 half
                 ,
                 the
                 Root
                 of
                 Enulacampane
                 ,
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 boyl
                 them
                 in
                 a
                 Pottle
                 of
                 small
                 Ale
                 ,
                 till
                 half
                 be
                 consumed
                 ,
                 then
                 drink
                 thereof
                 a
                 quart
                 in
                 a
                 Hot-house
                 ,
                 and
                 Sweat
                 often
                 ;
                 Then
                 in
                 the
                 House
                 ,
                 bathe
                 all
                 the
                 Body
                 with
                 this
                 Oleaginous
                 Balsame
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Amber
                 ,
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Turpentine
                 ,
                 of
                 Foxes
                 ,
                 of
                 Excester
                 ,
                 and
                 of
                 Chamomil
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 a
                 like
                 quantity
                 ,
                 and
                 mix
                 it
                 well
                 with
                 some
                 Brandy
                 .
              
               
                 And
                 if
                 the
                 Pains
                 and
                 Aches
                 ,
                 fall
                 out
                 to
                 be
                 most
                 painful
                 in
                 the
                 Night
                 (
                 as
                 many
                 times
                 they
                 do
                 .
                 )
              
               
                 Then
                 at
                 Night
                 let
                 him
                 take
                 this
                 Potion
                 ,
                 Syrup
                 of
                 Poppy
                 ,
                 three
                 Drachms
                 ;
                 Syrup
                 of
                 Betony
                 ,
                 one
                 drachm
                 and
                 a
                 half
                 ;
                 Waters
                 of
                 Bugloss
                 and
                 Sage
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 mix
                 them
                 well
                 together
                 .
              
               
                 X.
                 This
                 Cured
                 a
                 Man
                 perfectly
                 ,
                 when
                 he
                 was
                 Lame
                 over
                 all
                 his
                 Body
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 the
                 Gall
                 of
                 an
                 Heifer
                 ,
                 for
                 a
                 Man
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 Gall
                 of
                 a
                 Steer
                 ,
                 for
                 a
                 Woman
                 ;
                 Brandy
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 a
                 like
                 quantity
                 ;
                 then
                 bath
                 it
                 well
                 upon
                 the
                 Wrist
                 ,
                 a
                 little
                 before
                 the
                 Fit
                 cometh
                 ,
                 and
                 let
                 it
                 lie
                 till
                 the
                 Fit
                 be
                 gone
                 .
              
               
                 XI
                 .
                 Aches
                 from
                 a
                 hot
                 Cause
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Spring
                 Water
                 ,
                 two
                 quarts
                 ;
                 Sal
                 Armoniack
                 ,
                 Nitre
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 four
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 dissolve
                 ,
                 and
                 keep
                 it
                 for
                 Use
                 :
                 Bathe
                 the
                 part
                 with
                 it
                 ;
                 then
                 anoint
                 with
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Poppy
                 Seed
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XII
                 .
                 Another
                 for
                 the
                 same
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Camphire
                 ,
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 ,
                 a
                 pint
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 and
                 dissolve
                 ,
                 there
                 with
                 ;
                 bathe
                 the
                 parts
                 Afflicted
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XIII
                 .
                 Another
                 for
                 the
                 same
                 .
              
               
                 There
                 is
                 nothing
                 better
                 in
                 the
                 World
                 ,
                 than
                 to
                 bathe
                 
                 the
                 place
                 afflicted
                 ,
                 two
                 or
                 three
                 times
                 a
                 day
                 ;
                 which
                 our
                 
                   Guttae
                   Vitae
                
                 ,
                 mentioned
                 in
                 one
                 
                   Phalyxa
                   ,
                   lib.
                   1.
                   chap.
                   9.
                   sest
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Salmon
                   .
                
              
               
                 XIV
                 .
                 For
                 an
                 Ach
                 in
                 the
                 Shoulder
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Bole
                 Armoniack
                 ,
                 Chalk
                 ,
                 ana
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 Spanish
                 Oyl
                 ,
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 Vinegar
                 six
                 Drachms
                 ;
                 Camphir
                 ,
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 or
                 better
                 ;
                 Saffron
                 ,
                 2
                 Drachms
                 :
                 Mix
                 ,
                 and
                 apply
                 it
                 hot
                 with
                 Tow
                 twice
                 a
                 day
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XV.
                 An
                 Ach
                 from
                 a
                 Vehement
                 hot
                 Cause
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Comfry
                 Roots
                 fresh
                 gathered
                 ,
                 beat
                 them
                 ,
                 till
                 they
                 are
                 soft
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 perfect
                 Cataplasm
                 ;
                 then
                 spread
                 upon
                 Leather
                 ,
                 and
                 apply
                 it
                 :
                 'T
                 is
                 an
                 excellent
                 thing
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XVI
                 .
                 Another
                 against
                 Aches
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Balsam
                 of
                 Amber
                 ,
                 and
                 anoint
                 with
                 it
                 twice
                 a
                 day
                 .
                 How
                 this
                 Balsam
                 is
                 made
                 ,
                 see
                 in
                 our
                 
                   Phylaxa
                   ,
                   lib.
                
                 2.
                 now
                 in
                 the
                 Press
                 .
              
               
                 XVII
                 .
                 Another
                 for
                 the
                 same
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Earth-worms
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Amber
                 ,
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 .
                 If
                 this
                 increases
                 the
                 Pain
                 ,
                 it
                 proceeds
                 from
                 an
                 hot
                 Cause
                 ;
                 Anoint
                 then
                 with
                 this
                 Receipt
                 ,
                 
                   Unguentum
                   Populneum
                   ,
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Poppies
                   ,
                   six
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   in
                   which
                   dissolve
                   Camphire
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   mix
                   them
                   for
                   an
                   Ointment
                   .
                
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XVIII
                 .
                 For
                 an
                 Ach
                 by
                 a
                 Fall.
                 
              
               
                 There
                 is
                 nothing
                 better
                 then
                 that
                 you
                 anoint
                 the
                 place
                 hurt
                 with
                 
                   Balsam
                   de
                   Chili
                
                 twice
                 a
                 day
                 ,
                 rubbing
                 it
                 well
                 in
                 ,
                 and
                 keeping
                 warm
                 ,
                 for
                 that
                 helps
                 to
                 disipate
                 the
                 Congregation
                 of
                 Humours
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XIX
                 .
                 For
                 an
                 Old
                 Ach.
                 
              
               
                 I
                 have
                 scarcely
                 found
                 any
                 thing
                 more
                 effectual
                 ,
                 than
                 ,
                 first
                 ,
                 well
                 to
                 anoint
                 ,
                 for
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 daies
                 ,
                 with
                 
                   Balsam
                   de
                   Chili
                
                 ;
                 and
                 then
                 afterwards
                 to
                 apply
                 
                   Balsamum
                   Amicum
                
                 plaister-wise
                 ,
                 for
                 a
                 month
                 together
                 .
                 See
                 them
                 in
                 my
                 
                   Phylaxa
                   .
                   Salmon
                
                 .
              
               
                 XX.
                 Anothor
                 for
                 this
                 purpose
                 .
              
               
                 Make
                 a
                 Plaister
                 of
                 Tacamahaca
                 ,
                 and
                 apply
                 it
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
               
                 XXI
                 .
                 Aches
                 from
                 vehement
                 hot
                 Causes
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Oyle
                 of
                 the
                 Yelks
                 of
                 Eggs
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 dissolve
                 in
                 it
                 Camphire
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 and
                 mix
                 all
                 with
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Earth
                 Worms
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 and
                 anoint
                 with
                 it
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XXII
                 .
                 To
                 heal
                 and
                 strengthen
                 weak
                 Limbs
                 of
                 Children
                 ,
                 and
                 those
                 which
                 cannot
                 stand
                 nor
                 go
                 .
                 Most
                 wonderful
                 and
                 excellent
                 to
                 cure
                 the
                 Rickets
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 juices
                 of
                 Sage
                 ,
                 sweet
                 Marjoram
                 ,
                 Rosemary
                 ,
                 Time
                 ,
                 Chamomil
                 ,
                 Hysop
                 ,
                 Feverfew
                 ,
                 Lavender
                 ,
                 Balm
                 ,
                 Mint
                 ,
                 Wormwood
                 ,
                 Rue
                 ,
                 Winter-Savory
                 ,
                 and
                 Bays
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 Three
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 put
                 it
                 in
                 a
                 double
                 Glass
                 ,
                 the
                 which
                 stop
                 well
                 ,
                 and
                 paste
                 it
                 all
                 over
                 with
                 Dough
                 ,
                 and
                 set
                 it
                 in
                 an
                 Oven
                 with
                 Houshold-Bread
                 ;
                 and
                 when
                 it
                 is
                 drawn
                 ,
                 break
                 off
                 all
                 the
                 Paste
                 ,
                 and
                 if
                 the
                 juice
                 be
                 thick
                 ,
                 break
                 the
                 Glass
                 ,
                 and
                 put
                 it
                 into
                 a
                 Gally-Pot
                 ;
                 and
                 when
                 you
                 use
                 it
                 ,
                 take
                 the
                 quantity
                 of
                 Two
                 Spoonfulls
                 of
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 put
                 to
                 it
                 as
                 much
                 of
                 the
                 Marrow
                 of
                 an
                 Ox
                 Leg
                 ,
                 melt
                 them
                 together
                 ,
                 stir
                 them
                 well
                 ,
                 and
                 add
                 to
                 it
                 a
                 little
                 Brandy
                 ;
                 and
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 anoint
                 well
                 before
                 a
                 Fire
                 the
                 Child's
                 Arms
                 ,
                 Sides
                 ,
                 Thighs
                 ,
                 Leggs
                 ,
                 Knees
                 ,
                 Feet
                 and
                 Joynts
                 ,
                 bathing
                 it
                 well
                 in
                 ,
                 with
                 a
                 warm
                 Hand
                 .
                 Then
                 give
                 it
                 some
                 Syrnp
                 of
                 Rheubarb
                 (
                 to
                 open
                 the
                 Obstructions
                 of
                 the
                 Liver
                 )
                 and
                 mingle
                 it
                 with
                 Two
                 Ounces
                 of
                 Mint-water
                 ,
                 mix
                 it
                 well
                 ,
                 and
                 give
                 it
                 the
                 Child
                 fasting
                 .
                 This
                 will
                 mightily
                 strengthen
                 the
                 Limbs
                 ,
                 and
                 make
                 the
                 Child
                 to
                 stand
                 and
                 go
                 .
                 Probat
                 .
              
               
                 XXIII
                 .
                 For
                 all
                 Aches
                 or
                 Pains
                 in
                 the
                 Nervous
                 Parts
                 ,
                 arising
                 from
                 a
                 Cold
                 Cause
                 ,
                 Contusions
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 There
                 is
                 nothing
                 can
                 take
                 away
                 the
                 Preheminence
                 from
                 
                   Balsam
                   de
                   Chili
                
                 (
                 which
                 may
                 always
                 be
                 had
                 at
                 the
                 Author's
                 House
                 ,
                 at
                 the
                 
                   Blue
                   Balcony
                
                 ,
                 by
                 the
                 Ditch-side
                 ,
                 near
                 
                   Holbourn
                   Bridge
                   ,
                   London
                
                 ;
                 )
                 because
                 of
                 its
                 amicable
                 and
                 peculiar
                 Faculty
                 in
                 strengthning
                 the
                 Nerves
                 ,
                 and
                 dissolving
                 or
                 dissipating
                 any
                 inherent
                 Matter
                 .
                 I
                 could
                 give
                 you
                 (
                 I
                 believe
                 )
                 an
                 Hundred
                 Histories
                 ,
                 of
                 Cures
                 of
                 this
                 kind
                 ,
                 performed
                 by
                 this
                 Medicine
                 ,
                 
                 I
                 have
                 cured
                 with
                 it
                 an
                 Ach
                 in
                 the
                 Hip
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 Sciatica
                 .
                 Anoint
                 with
                 it
                 twice
                 a
                 day
                 ,
                 at
                 least
                 ,
                 Viz.
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 ,
                 and
                 apply
                 〈◊〉
                 dipt
                 in
                 it
                 ,
                 over
                 the
                 part
                 in
                 the
                 mean
                 season
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 II.
                 
                   Of
                   the
                   Apoplexy
                
                 .
              
               
                 1.
                 
                 TAke
                 of
                 the
                 best
                 Aqua-vitae
                 ,
                 well
                 rectified
                 from
                 Phlegm
                 ,
                 one
                 Pint
                 ;
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Vitriol
                 one
                 Spoonful
                 ,
                 mix
                 them
                 ,
                 and
                 let
                 him
                 drink
                 thereof
                 one
                 Spoonful
                 first
                 in
                 the
                 Morning
                 ,
                 and
                 another
                 last
                 at
                 Night
                 .
              
               
                 Then
                 let
                 him
                 Sweat
                 in
                 a
                 Stove
                 ,
                 twice
                 a
                 Week
                 ,
                 and
                 every
                 time
                 thereafter
                 ,
                 bathe
                 him
                 with
                 
                   Balsam
                   de
                   Chili
                
                 .
                 This
                 is
                 Excellent
                 .
              
               
                 II.
                 For
                 the
                 Joint-ach
                 ,
                 and
                 Numbness
                 after
                 an
                 Apoplexy
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Six
                 Spoonfuls
                 of
                 Dragon-water
                 ,
                 dissolve
                 in
                 it
                 one
                 drachm
                 of
                 Mithridate
                 ;
                 drink
                 the
                 same
                 draught
                 Three
                 Mornings
                 together
                 fasting
                 ,
                 and
                 sweat
                 Two
                 Hours
                 after
                 it
                 .
                 This
                 Cures
                 .
              
               
                 III.
                 For
                 an
                 Apoplexy
                 ,
                 or
                 other
                 like
                 Fits.
                 
              
               
                 Take
                 a
                 large
                 quantity
                 of
                 Earth-worms
                 ,
                 gathered
                 in
                 the
                 Mornings
                 in
                 May
                 (
                 when
                 they
                 Generate
                 :
                 )
                 put
                 them
                 into
                 a
                 Pail
                 of
                 Water
                 for
                 twenty
                 four
                 Hours
                 ,
                 that
                 they
                 may
                 perfectly
                 cleanse
                 themselves
                 :
                 This
                 done
                 ,
                 take
                 them
                 out
                 ,
                 and
                 dry
                 them
                 carefully
                 upon
                 a
                 Marble
                 Tile
                 ,
                 before
                 a
                 clear
                 Fire
                 :
                 being
                 thoroughly
                 dryed
                 ,
                 keep
                 them
                 in
                 a
                 dry
                 place
                 for
                 use
                 .
                 When
                 you
                 have
                 Occasion
                 to
                 use
                 them
                 ,
                 beat
                 them
                 into
                 Powder
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 large
                 Brass
                 or
                 Iron
                 Mortar
                 ;
                 and
                 of
                 this
                 Powder
                 ,
                 take
                 a
                 Spoonful
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 ,
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 Wine
                 ,
                 four
                 days
                 before
                 ,
                 and
                 four
                 days
                 after
                 ,
                 the
                 Full
                 ,
                 and
                 Change
                 of
                 the
                 Moon
                 ;
                 
                 it
                 will
                 perfectly
                 Cure.
                 I
                 lately
                 cured
                 one
                 of
                 an
                 Apoplexy
                 therewith
                 ;
                 and
                 I
                 know
                 several
                 others
                 ,
                 cured
                 some
                 Years
                 since
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 IV.
                 An
                 Errhine
                 against
                 an
                 Apoplexy
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 Fit.
                 
              
               
                 I
                 can
                 propose
                 no
                 better
                 than
                 that
                 of
                 Deckers
                 ,
                 which
                 exceeds
                 all
                 others
                 ;
                 and
                 it
                 is
                 thus
                 made
                 .
                 Take
                 
                   Turbith
                   Mineral
                   ,
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   powder
                   of
                   Liquorice
                   ,
                   three
                   ounces
                   ;
                   Flowers
                   of
                   Rosemary
                   ,
                   one
                   ounce
                   and
                   a
                   half
                   ,
                   mix
                   into
                   a
                   most
                   subtile
                   Powder
                   .
                
                 Of
                 this
                 Powder
                 you
                 may
                 blow
                 up
                 ,
                 from
                 six
                 to
                 ten
                 or
                 twelve
                 grains
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 ,
                 Viz.
                 from
                 three
                 to
                 five
                 or
                 six
                 ,
                 up
                 each
                 Nostril
                 :
                 It
                 brings
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 Fit
                 ;
                 and
                 used
                 in
                 the
                 Intervals
                 prevents
                 it
                 :
                 I
                 have
                 proved
                 it
                 in
                 two
                 or
                 three
                 several
                 Persons
                 .
                 
                   Deck
                   ers
                
                 saith
                 ,
                 
                   multumque
                   pituitae
                   viscidae
                   educit
                   ;
                   cum
                   successu
                   praescribitur
                   hic
                   Pulvis
                   in
                   Apo
                   plexia
                   ,
                   Epilepsia
                   Lethargo
                   ,
                   Ca
                   pitisquè
                   affectibus
                   soporosus
                   omnibus
                   ,
                   nec
                   non
                   quibusdam
                   capitis
                   affectibus
                   recentibus
                   ,
                   &
                   inveteratis
                   vertigine
                   ,
                   gravedine
                   ,
                
                 &c.
                 
                 Exec.
                 med
                 .
                 pag.
                 20.
                 
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 V.
                 Strong
                 Purging
                 in
                 an
                 Apoplexy
                 .
              
               
                 Authors
                 commend
                 purgeing
                 ,
                 but
                 it
                 must
                 be
                 with
                 very
                 strong
                 Medicines
                 ;
                 as
                 
                   Troches
                   Alhandal
                   ,
                   Scammony
                
                 with
                 Castor
                 ,
                 or
                 
                   Pil.
                   Cochie
                
                 ,
                 one
                 ounce
                 ,
                 as
                 Rondeletius
                 prescribes
                 :
                 But
                 in
                 my
                 Opinion
                 ,
                 nothing
                 is
                 better
                 than
                 my
                 
                   Pil.
                   Mirabiles
                
                 ,
                 taken
                 from
                 a
                 scruple
                 ,
                 to
                 half
                 a
                 drachm
                 .
                 See
                 it
                 in
                 my
                 
                   Philaxa
                   Med.
                   Lib.
                
                 2.
                 
                 Now
                 in
                 the
                 Press
                 .
                 If
                 Purgatives
                 do
                 nothing
                 ,
                 the
                 Patient
                 commonly
                 dies
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 VI.
                 Strong
                 Emeticks
                 to
                 be
                 given
                 .
              
               
                 Celsus
                 saith
                 ,
                 
                   Many
                   things
                   ought
                   ,
                   or
                   may
                   well
                   be
                   done
                   in
                   a
                   dangerous
                   Case
                   ,
                   which
                   otherwise
                   should
                   be
                   omitted
                   .
                
                 Therefore
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 Lawful
                 to
                 give
                 Antimoniates
                 in
                 a
                 large
                 dose
                 ;
                 as
                 
                   Aqua
                   Benedicta
                   ,
                   Vinum
                   Antimoniale
                   ,
                   Infusion
                   of
                   Regulus
                   ,
                   Sal
                   Emeticum
                   Mynsichti
                   ,
                
                 and
                 such
                 like
                 :
                 which
                 evacuate
                 great
                 quantities
                 of
                 Phlegm
                 ,
                 and
                 other
                 Humours
                 ,
                 not
                 only
                 from
                 the
                 Stomach
                 and
                 Bowels
                 ,
                 but
                 even
                 from
                 the
                 Brain
                 it self
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
               
                 VII
                 .
                 Alterative
                 Remedies
                 for
                 the
                 same
                 .
              
               
                 Nothing
                 is
                 better
                 than
                 our
                 Powers
                 of
                 
                   Rosemary
                   ,
                   Amber
                
                 ,
                 and
                 
                   Spir.
                   Antiasthmaticus
                
                 ,
                 given
                 as
                 directed
                 in
                 our
                 Phylaxa
                 .
              
               
                 Salmon
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 III.
                 
                   Of
                   AGVES
                
                 .
              
               
                 I.
                 A
                 rare
                 Secret
                 to
                 Cure
                 all
                 Agues
                 whatsoever
                 .
              
               
                 TAke
                 Venice
                 Turpentine
                 half
                 an
                 ounce
                 ;
                 incorporate
                 it
                 with
                 as
                 much
                 Camphire
                 and
                 Mastick
                 beaten
                 into
                 fine
                 Powder
                 ,
                 as
                 will
                 make
                 it
                 into
                 a
                 Plaister
                 ;
                 then
                 take
                 of
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 spread
                 it
                 on
                 a
                 piece
                 of
                 Sheeps
                 Leather
                 ,
                 cut
                 round
                 ,
                 and
                 lay
                 it
                 on
                 the
                 Stomach
                 and
                 Navel
                 pretty
                 warm
                 ,
                 a
                 day
                 before
                 the
                 Fit
                 cometh
                 ,
                 Probat
                 .
              
               
                 II.
                 Against
                 an
                 Ague
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Posset-drink
                 ,
                 a
                 pint
                 and
                 half
                 ,
                 put
                 into
                 it
                 nine
                 heads
                 of
                 Carduus
                 ,
                 boyl
                 it
                 'till
                 half
                 be
                 wasted
                 ;
                 to
                 every
                 quarter
                 of
                 a
                 Pint
                 ,
                 put
                 in
                 a
                 quarter
                 of
                 a
                 Spoonful
                 of
                 gross
                 Pepper
                 ,
                 stir
                 it
                 well
                 ,
                 and
                 take
                 half
                 a
                 Pint
                 an
                 Hour
                 before
                 the
                 Fit
                 cometh
                 ;
                 and
                 be
                 sure
                 to
                 Sweat
                 him
                 in
                 his
                 Bed
                 upon
                 the
                 taking
                 of
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 III.
                 A
                 Plaister
                 against
                 an
                 Ague
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 a
                 piece
                 of
                 Leather
                 pricked
                 full
                 of
                 Holes
                 ,
                 spread
                 it
                 over
                 with
                 Venice-Turpent
                 .
                 and
                 on
                 that
                 spread
                 all
                 over
                 Rue
                 and
                 Frankincense
                 ,
                 beaten
                 into
                 Powder
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 a
                 like
                 quantity
                 ,
                 then
                 bind
                 it
                 to
                 the
                 Wrist
                 a
                 little
                 before
                 the
                 Fit
                 cometh
                 ,
                 and
                 let
                 it
                 lie
                 'till
                 the
                 Fit
                 be
                 gone
                 .
              
               
                 IV.
                 Against
                 a
                 Tertian
                 Ague
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 (
                 at
                 the
                 coming
                 of
                 the
                 cold
                 Fit
                 )
                 half
                 a
                 Pint
                 of
                 
                 expressed
                 Juice
                 of
                 Germander
                 ;
                 for
                 Germander
                 is
                 styled
                 by
                 Physicians
                 ,
                 the
                 Scourge
                 of
                 a
                 Fever
                 .
              
               
                 V.
                 Against
                 all
                 burning
                 and
                 pestilential
                 Fevers
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 of
                 the
                 Herb
                 Fluellin
                 cut
                 small
                 ,
                 and
                 infuse
                 it
                 twenty
                 four
                 Hours
                 in
                 White
                 Wine
                 ,
                 then
                 Distil
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 drink
                 of
                 this
                 Distilla
                 ion
                 ,
                 with
                 three
                 ,
                 four
                 ,
                 five
                 ,
                 or
                 six
                 Drops
                 of
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Vituol
                 in
                 every
                 Draught
                 ,
                 when
                 Thirsty
                 .
                 This
                 hath
                 cured
                 Old
                 and
                 Young
                 that
                 took
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 VI.
                 An
                 Excellent
                 Process
                 to
                 Cure
                 all
                 Quotidian
                 ,
                 Tertiane
                 ,
                 Pestilential
                 and
                 Burning
                 Fevers
                 and
                 Agues
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Aloes
                 three
                 drachms
                 ,
                 Myrrh
                 one
                 drachm
                 ,
                 Saffron
                 half
                 a
                 drachm
                 ,
                 Sugar
                 three
                 drachms
                 ;
                 beat
                 them
                 well
                 together
                 ,
                 then
                 infuse
                 them
                 in
                 a
                 pint
                 of
                 White
                 .
                 Wine
                 over
                 Night
                 ,
                 and
                 give
                 it
                 two
                 several
                 Mornings
                 ,
                 half
                 a
                 pint
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 to
                 purge
                 with
                 .
              
               
                 And
                 for
                 ordinary
                 Drink
                 ,
                 when-thirsty
                 ,
                 use
                 this
                 .
                 Take
                 White-Wine-Vinegar
                 ,
                 half
                 a
                 pint
                 ;
                 Rose-water
                 ,
                 Conduit
                 or
                 Fountain
                 Water
                 ,
                 ana
                 ,
                 one
                 Pint
                 ;
                 seeth
                 them
                 together
                 with
                 a
                 Pound
                 of
                 Sugar
                 .
              
               
                 VII
                 .
                 Sleep
                 to
                 procure
                 ,
                 in
                 an
                 Ague
                 .
              
               
                 If
                 he
                 want
                 Sleep
                 ,
                 Take
                 Syrup
                 of
                 white
                 Poppy
                 ,
                 one
                 ounce
                 ;
                 distilled
                 Water
                 of
                 Lettice
                 ;
                 Sal
                 Prunella
                 15.
                 grains
                 :
                 mix
                 them
                 ,
                 and
                 take
                 it
                 at
                 Night
                 ,
                 for
                 Sleep
                 cools
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 and
                 prevents
                 motion
                 ,
                 and
                 Motion
                 is
                 one
                 of
                 the
                 principal
                 Causes
                 of
                 heat
                 .
              
               
                 VIII
                 .
                 An
                 Ague
                 ,
                 with
                 a
                 sore
                 Mouth
                 to
                 Heal.
                 
              
               
                 If
                 the
                 Mouth
                 be
                 sore
                 ,
                 take
                 of
                 red
                 Sage
                 grosly
                 cut
                 ,
                 one
                 handful
                 :
                 of
                 French
                 Barley
                 beaten
                 ,
                 Roach
                 Allom
                 ,
                 ana
                 one
                 ounce
                 :
                 Boyl
                 all
                 these
                 together
                 in
                 a
                 pint
                 and
                 a
                 half
                 of
                 Spring-water
                 ,
                 then
                 duleifie
                 it
                 before
                 it
                 be
                 cold
                 with
                 Honey
                 ,
                 and
                 therewith
                 wash
                 the
                 Mouth
                 ,
                 and
                 gargle
                 the
                 Throat
                 .
              
               
                 IX
                 .
                 Against
                 a
                 new
                 Ague
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 one
                 drachm
                 of
                 pine
                 Tobacco
                 in
                 the
                 Leaf
                 ,
                 infuse
                 it
                 all
                 Night
                 in
                 half
                 a
                 pint
                 of
                 White-Wine
                 ,
                 then
                 strain
                 it
                 ,
                 
                 and
                 drink
                 it
                 ,
                 fasting
                 two
                 Hours
                 after
                 it
                 .
                 This
                 will
                 purge
                 Phlegm
                 and
                 Choler
                 throughly
                 .
              
               
                 X.
                 Against
                 a
                 burning
                 Feaver
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Water
                 distilled
                 from
                 Wall-nuts
                 ,
                 a
                 Week
                 or
                 two
                 before
                 Mid-Summer
                 ,
                 and
                 give
                 of
                 that
                 Water
                 one
                 ounce
                 and
                 a
                 half
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 ,
                 an
                 Hour
                 before
                 the
                 Fit.
                 It
                 Cures
                 .
              
               
                 XI
                 .
                 An
                 Excellent
                 Julep
                 in
                 all
                 Fevers
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Poppy-water
                 ,
                 four
                 ounces
                 of
                 Prune-water
                 ,
                 Juice
                 of
                 Oranges
                 ,
                 Syrup
                 of
                 Gilly-flowers
                 two
                 ounces
                 ,
                 a
                 few
                 drops
                 of
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Vitriol
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 ,
                 and
                 let
                 the
                 Patient
                 drink
                 two
                 or
                 three
                 spoonfuls
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 often
                 .
              
               
                 XII
                 .
                 A
                 Specifick
                 against
                 all
                 manner
                 of
                 Agues
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Quin-quina
                 ,
                 or
                 Jesuits
                 Bark
                 ,
                 two
                 Drachms
                 ;
                 beat
                 it
                 into
                 Powder
                 ,
                 just
                 about
                 the
                 time
                 of
                 using
                 it
                 ;
                 Infuse
                 it
                 in
                 a
                 good
                 Draught
                 of
                 Claret
                 ,
                 or
                 other
                 Generous
                 Wine
                 ,
                 for
                 the
                 space
                 of
                 two
                 Hours
                 ;
                 then
                 give
                 the
                 Patient
                 both
                 Liquor
                 and
                 Powder
                 at
                 once
                 ,
                 as
                 they
                 lye
                 in
                 Bed.
                 Some
                 advise
                 to
                 give
                 it
                 as
                 the
                 Fit
                 is
                 coming
                 ,
                 others
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Fit
                 is
                 going
                 off
                 ;
                 the
                 latter
                 way
                 is
                 best
                 ,
                 if
                 the
                 Sick
                 be
                 very
                 weak
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XIII
                 .
                 Another
                 Remedy
                 for
                 the
                 same
                 .
              
               
                 If
                 you
                 give
                 my
                 
                   Catharticum
                   Argenteum
                
                 to
                 forty
                 ,
                 fifty
                 ,
                 sixty
                 ,
                 or
                 one
                 hundred
                 Drops
                 ,
                 according
                 as
                 the
                 Patient
                 is
                 in
                 Age
                 and
                 strength
                 ,
                 as
                 I
                 have
                 directed
                 in
                 my
                 
                   Phylaxa
                   Medicinae
                   ,
                   Lib.
                   1.
                   
                   Cap.
                   3.
                
                 and
                 continue
                 it
                 for
                 five
                 or
                 six
                 times
                 taking
                 ,
                 it
                 will
                 go
                 near
                 to
                 Cure
                 any
                 Ague
                 whatsoever
                 ;
                 more
                 especially
                 ,
                 if
                 after
                 such
                 universal
                 Purging
                 ,
                 you
                 give
                 either
                 my
                 
                   Guttae
                   Vitae
                
                 ,
                 or
                 my
                 
                   Volatile
                   Laudanum
                
                 ,
                 in
                 such
                 due
                 Dose
                 as
                 in
                 my
                 said
                 Phylaxa
                 is
                 prescribed
                 ,
                 about
                 three
                 Hours
                 before
                 the
                 coming
                 of
                 the
                 Fit
                 ,
                 so
                 as
                 the
                 Sick
                 may
                 be
                 in
                 a
                 good
                 Sweat
                 ,
                 about
                 the
                 coming
                 of
                 the
                 cold
                 Fit
                 ;
                 by
                 this
                 means
                 used
                 five
                 or
                 six
                 times
                 the
                 Ague
                 goes
                 off
                 ,
                 and
                 comes
                 no
                 more
                 .
                 I
                 scarce
                 ever
                 fail
                 of
                 Curing
                 an
                 Ague
                 by
                 this
                 method
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
               
                 XIV
                 .
                 Agues
                 Cured
                 by
                 another
                 Medicine
                 .
              
               
                 I
                 have
                 Cured
                 hundreds
                 of
                 Agues
                 exactly
                 by
                 the
                 former
                 method
                 ,
                 except
                 only
                 that
                 instead
                 of
                 the
                 
                   Catharticum
                   Argenteum
                
                 ,
                 I
                 have
                 used
                 either
                 my
                 
                   Tabulae
                   Emeticae
                
                 ,
                 or
                 Vomiting
                 Lozenges
                 ;
                 Or
                 my
                 
                   Vinum
                   Emeticum
                
                 ;
                 and
                 sometimes
                 some
                 other
                 proper
                 Emeticks
                 and
                 Catharticks
                 alternately
                 :
                 But
                 before
                 either
                 Quin-quina
                 ,
                 or
                 Opiates
                 be
                 given
                 ,
                 if
                 you
                 would
                 do
                 like
                 an
                 Artist
                 ,
                 you
                 ought
                 to
                 premise
                 Universal
                 Cleansers
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XV.
                 A
                 violent
                 burning
                 Feaver
                 ,
                 with
                 Vomiting
                 and
                 Bloody
                 Flux
                 .
              
               
                 Where
                 the
                 Disease
                 has
                 been
                 long
                 ,
                 the
                 Patient
                 wasted
                 ,
                 and
                 brought
                 as
                 it
                 were
                 to
                 Death's
                 door
                 ,
                 there
                 is
                 nothing
                 in
                 the
                 World
                 better
                 than
                 our
                 
                   Pulvis
                   Antifebriticus
                
                 ,
                 mentioned
                 in
                 
                   Phylaxa
                   Medic.
                   Lib.
                   1.
                   
                   Cap.
                   45.
                   
                
                 You
                 may
                 give
                 it
                 to
                 half
                 a
                 drachm
                 or
                 a
                 drachm
                 ,
                 in
                 any
                 convenient
                 Vehicle
                 ,
                 an
                 Hour
                 and
                 half
                 before
                 the
                 coming
                 of
                 the
                 Fit.
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XVI
                 .
                 Agues
                 (
                 chiefly
                 Quartans
                 )
                 Cured
                 by
                 the
                 following
                 Arcanum
                 .
                 
                   Rolfinc
                   .
                   Lib.
                   5.
                   
                   Sect.
                   6.
                   
                   Cap.
                   12.
                   
                
              
               
                 Take
                 Leaf-gold
                 a
                 drachm
                 ,
                 dissolve
                 it
                 in
                 
                   Aqua
                   Regis
                
                 ;
                 Glass
                 of
                 Antimony
                 a
                 drachm
                 ,
                 dissolve
                 it
                 in
                 
                   Aqua
                   Fortis
                
                 ,
                 Quick-silver
                 six
                 Drachms
                 ,
                 dissolve
                 it
                 in
                 
                   Aqua
                   Fortis
                
                 :
                 mix
                 these
                 Solutions
                 together
                 ,
                 and
                 Distil
                 them
                 by
                 an
                 Alembick
                 ,
                 cohobating
                 twelve
                 times
                 ;
                 at
                 last
                 to
                 the
                 Powder
                 left
                 in
                 the
                 bottom
                 put
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 ,
                 which
                 abstract
                 from
                 it
                 six
                 times
                 ;
                 then
                 Calcine
                 it
                 upon
                 a
                 Tile
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 a
                 Hascican
                 Crucible
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 Circulary
                 Fire
                 ;
                 so
                 have
                 you
                 one
                 of
                 the
                 best
                 Remedies
                 for
                 an
                 Ague
                 ,
                 chiefly
                 a
                 Quartane
                 ,
                 yet
                 commonly
                 known
                 .
                 Take
                 of
                 this
                 Powder
                 six
                 Grains
                 ,
                 Scammony
                 twelve
                 Grains
                 ,
                 mix
                 for
                 a
                 Dose
                 ,
                 give
                 it
                 in
                 the
                 Morning
                 the
                 day
                 before
                 the
                 Fit
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 the
                 Morning
                 the
                 same
                 day
                 ,
                 if
                 the
                 Fit
                 falls
                 towards
                 Night
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XVII
                 .
                 Riverius
                 his
                 Ague
                 Frighter
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Flowers
                 of
                 Antimony
                 ,
                 
                 thrice
                 sublimed
                 with
                 Sal
                 Armoniack
                 ,
                 and
                 Dulcified
                 ;
                 Perlucid
                 Hyacinth
                 ,
                 Glass
                 of
                 Antimony
                 ,
                 ana
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 :
                 Aqua
                 Fortis
                 ,
                 (
                 made
                 of
                 Nitre
                 and
                 Alum
                 )
                 4
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 Praecipitate
                 the
                 said
                 Antimony
                 in
                 the
                 said
                 Water
                 :
                 Again
                 ,
                 Take
                 Quicksilver
                 ,
                 revived
                 from
                 Cinabar
                 six
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 Aqua
                 Fortis
                 ,
                 (
                 made
                 of
                 Nitre
                 ,
                 Alum
                 ,
                 and
                 Vitriol
                 )
                 q.
                 s.
                 in
                 which
                 dissolve
                 and
                 praecipitate
                 the
                 Mercury
                 :
                 Take
                 also
                 fine
                 Leaf-Gold
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 dissolve
                 it
                 in
                 Aqua
                 Regia
                 .
                 All
                 these
                 three
                 Menstruums
                 ,
                 with
                 their
                 Praecipitates
                 ,
                 put
                 into
                 a
                 well
                 Luted
                 Retort
                 ,
                 and
                 with
                 a
                 gradual
                 Fire
                 distil
                 to
                 dryness
                 ,
                 which
                 repeat
                 by
                 Cohobation
                 twelve
                 times
                 ;
                 then
                 wash
                 the
                 Powder
                 five
                 times
                 with
                 some
                 Cordial
                 Water
                 ,
                 and
                 dry
                 it
                 ;
                 put
                 to
                 it
                 of
                 the
                 best
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 a
                 Quart
                 ,
                 and
                 distil
                 it
                 from
                 it
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 well
                 Luted
                 Glass
                 Retort
                 ,
                 Cohobating
                 six
                 times
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 remaining
                 Powder
                 put
                 into
                 a
                 strong
                 Crucible
                 ,
                 well
                 Luted
                 ,
                 which
                 place
                 in
                 a
                 Circulary
                 Fire
                 for
                 three
                 Hours
                 ;
                 remove
                 it
                 from
                 the
                 Fire
                 ,
                 and
                 being
                 cold
                 ,
                 burn
                 off
                 the
                 best
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 from
                 it
                 .
                 Dose
                 à
                 Gr.
                 six
                 .
                 ad
                 twenty
                 ,
                 with
                 Scammony
                 from
                 twelve
                 Gr.
                 to
                 twenty
                 five
                 ,
                 the
                 day
                 before
                 the
                 Fit
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 same
                 morning
                 ,
                 if
                 the
                 Fit
                 salls
                 towards
                 night
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XVIII
                 .
                 A
                 most
                 excellent
                 Medicine
                 against
                 all
                 sorts
                 of
                 burning
                 Feavers
                 .
              
               
                 There
                 is
                 nothing
                 better
                 in
                 the
                 World
                 ,
                 that
                 I
                 know
                 of
                 ,
                 than
                 my
                 Febrifuge
                 ,
                 mentioned
                 in
                 my
                 
                   Phylaxa
                   ,
                   Lib.
                
                 2.
                 now
                 in
                 the
                 Press
                 .
                 You
                 may
                 take
                 about
                 twenty
                 Grains
                 ,
                 to
                 thirty
                 ,
                 or
                 thirty
                 five
                 Grains
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 fair
                 Water
                 ,
                 sweetned
                 with
                 Sugar
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 Wine
                 well
                 sweetned
                 ,
                 just
                 at
                 the
                 coming
                 of
                 the
                 Heat
                 ,
                 and
                 you
                 may
                 give
                 another
                 Dose
                 about
                 an
                 Hour
                 after
                 ;
                 and
                 if
                 the
                 Heat
                 be
                 vehement
                 ,
                 you
                 may
                 give
                 a
                 third
                 Dose
                 in
                 like
                 manner
                 ;
                 't
                 will
                 take
                 off
                 the
                 Feaver
                 as
                 it
                 were
                 by
                 Inchantment
                 :
                 This
                 Course
                 being
                 taken
                 for
                 two
                 ,
                 three
                 ,
                 or
                 four
                 returns
                 of
                 the
                 Fit
                 ,
                 't
                 will
                 at
                 length
                 certainly
                 vanish
                 ,
                 If
                 the
                 Fever
                 be
                 Continent
                 ,
                 you
                 ought
                 to
                 give
                 it
                 every
                 Day
                 4
                 or
                 5
                 
                 Doses
                 a
                 Day
                 ,
                 as
                 before
                 directed
                 ,
                 'till
                 the
                 Feaver
                 is
                 wholly
                 taken
                 off
                 :
                 'T
                 is
                 one
                 of
                 the
                 best
                 of
                 Antifebriticks
                 .
                 I
                 speak
                 experimentally
                 from
                 (
                 I
                 veryly
                 Believe
                 )
                 a
                 Thousand
                 Proofs
                 ;
                 the
                 greatest
                 of
                 all
                 which
                 ,
                 was
                 made
                 upon
                 my
                 own
                 Person
                 in
                 the
                 West-India's
                 ,
                 when
                 it
                 was
                 supposed
                 there
                 was
                 scarcely
                 an
                 Hour
                 betwixt
                 me
                 and
                 Death
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XIX
                 .
                 Agues
                 ,
                 chiefly
                 Quartans
                 ,
                 cured
                 by
                 our
                 
                   Aurum
                   Vitae
                
                 Cathartick
                 ,
                 in
                 
                   Phylaxa
                   ,
                   Lib.
                   1.
                   
                   Chap.
                   41.
                   
                   Sect.
                   1.
                   
                
              
               
                 Tho'
                 I
                 did
                 always
                 know
                 this
                 Medicine
                 to
                 be
                 a
                 very
                 good
                 Antifebritick
                 ,
                 yet
                 my
                 late
                 Experience
                 thereof
                 ,
                 since
                 the
                 Writing
                 of
                 that
                 Book
                 ,
                 has
                 much
                 more
                 confirmed
                 me
                 in
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 it
                 ;
                 I
                 have
                 Cured
                 many
                 Quartans
                 with
                 it
                 of
                 long
                 continuance
                 ,
                 when
                 the
                 hopes
                 of
                 Cure
                 were
                 almost
                 past
                 ,
                 by
                 a
                 declivity
                 into
                 other
                 more
                 dangerous
                 Diseases
                 .
                 Dose
                 is
                 from
                 two
                 Grains
                 to
                 twelve
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 Age
                 and
                 Strength
                 :
                 Let
                 it
                 be
                 given
                 in
                 a
                 Bolus
                 over
                 Night
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 Purge
                 the
                 next
                 Day
                 ;
                 or
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 in
                 the
                 Morning
                 Fasting
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 simple
                 Extract
                 of
                 Aloes
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XX.
                 Another
                 Remedy
                 against
                 all
                 sorts
                 of
                 stubborn
                 Agues
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 of
                 our
                 Royal
                 Powder
                 (
                 in
                 
                   Phylaxa
                   ,
                   Lib.
                   1.
                   
                   Cap.
                   44.
                   
                   Sect.
                   1.
                
                 )
                 from
                 fifteen
                 Grains
                 ,
                 to
                 thirty
                 or
                 thirty
                 five
                 ,
                 and
                 mix
                 it
                 with
                 the
                 Pap
                 of
                 an
                 Apple
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 stew'd
                 Prune
                 ,
                 or
                 with
                 a
                 little
                 Conserve
                 of
                 Roses
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 little
                 Syrup
                 ;
                 and
                 so
                 let
                 the
                 Sick
                 take
                 it
                 early
                 ,
                 the
                 Day
                 before
                 the
                 Fit
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 same
                 Morning
                 ,
                 if
                 the
                 Fit
                 comes
                 towards
                 Night
                 ,
                 Drinking
                 warm
                 Posset
                 Drink
                 ,
                 or
                 Broth
                 ,
                 liberally
                 after
                 it
                 ;
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 good
                 thing
                 ,
                 and
                 scarely
                 ever
                 fails
                 ,
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XXI
                 .
                 A
                 Tedious
                 Quartan
                 and
                 Tertian
                 .
              
               
                 I
                 have
                 oftentimes
                 Cured
                 Tedious
                 Quartans
                 and
                 Tertians
                 ,
                 by
                 giving
                 half
                 a
                 Pint
                 of
                 the
                 Crude
                 Juice
                 of
                 Camomil
                 ,
                 an
                 Hour
                 before
                 the
                 coming
                 of
                 the
                 Fit
                 ,
                 and
                 repeating
                 the
                 same
                 Dose
                 for
                 four
                 or
                 five
                 Fits.
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
               
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   A
                
                 good
                 Observation
                 .
              
               
                 If
                 in
                 any
                 Ague
                 whatsoever
                 ,
                 when
                 any
                 Concoction
                 (
                 though
                 not
                 perfect
                 )
                 appears
                 in
                 the
                 Urine
                 ,
                 then
                 give
                 a
                 Purge
                 on
                 the
                 Ague
                 Day
                 ,
                 so
                 as
                 it
                 may
                 have
                 done
                 Working
                 before
                 the
                 Fit
                 comes
                 (
                 viz.
                 four
                 or
                 five
                 Hours
                 before
                 the
                 coming
                 of
                 the
                 Fit
                 )
                 you
                 will
                 find
                 the
                 Ague
                 will
                 never
                 return
                 any
                 more
                 after
                 the
                 Fit
                 ,
                 but
                 will
                 be
                 quite
                 removed
                 ,
                 as
                 if
                 done
                 by
                 Inchantation
                 :
                 It
                 has
                 been
                 often
                 tryed
                 with
                 answerable
                 Success
                 .
                 In
                 Tertians
                 ,
                 do
                 it
                 after
                 the
                 third
                 or
                 fourth
                 Fit
                 :
                 In
                 Quotidians
                 ,
                 you
                 may
                 tarry
                 longer
                 :
                 In
                 Quartans
                 ,
                 scarcely
                 before
                 the
                 thirtieth
                 Day
                 .
                 And
                 in
                 this
                 case
                 we
                 may
                 fly
                 to
                 Antimonial
                 and
                 Mercurial
                 Medicines
                 ,
                 especially
                 if
                 of
                 long
                 continuance
                 .
                 For
                 as
                 the
                 Matter
                 lies
                 in
                 several
                 places
                 ,
                 so
                 chiefly
                 in
                 the
                 Mesentery
                 ,
                 whence
                 ,
                 unless
                 it
                 be
                 fetcht
                 ,
                 the
                 Cure
                 seldom
                 succeeds
                 as
                 it
                 ought
                 to
                 do
                 .
                 If
                 the
                 Disease
                 vanish
                 not
                 upon
                 Purging
                 ,
                 I
                 always
                 give
                 my
                 Volatile
                 Laudanum
                 before
                 the
                 Fit.
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XXIII
                 .
                 Another
                 method
                 in
                 Quartans
                 and
                 long
                 continued
                 Agues
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Water
                 half
                 a
                 Pint
                 ,
                 Salt
                 of
                 Tartar
                 2
                 Drachms
                 ,
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Sulphur
                 half
                 a
                 Drach
                 .
                 Sena
                 three
                 Drachms
                 ,
                 Jalop
                 in
                 Powder
                 one
                 Drachm
                 .
                 Make
                 an
                 Infusion
                 for
                 two
                 Doses
                 ;
                 the
                 next
                 Day
                 Purge
                 also
                 with
                 this
                 .
                 Take
                 Calomelanos
                 ,
                 Scamony
                 in
                 powder
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 alike
                 ,
                 mix
                 them
                 .
                 Dose
                 from
                 half
                 a
                 Drachm
                 to
                 one
                 Drachm
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 IV.
                 Of
                 BLEEDING
                 .
              
               
                 I.
                 To
                 stop
                 the
                 Bleeding
                 at
                 the
                 Nose
                 .
              
               
                 TAke
                 Bole
                 Armoniack
                 ,
                 stamp
                 it
                 finely
                 to
                 powder
                 ;
                 Ashes
                 of
                 an
                 Old
                 Hat
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 alike
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 ,
                 
                 then
                 blow
                 up
                 some
                 of
                 it
                 with
                 a
                 Quill
                 ,
                 into
                 the
                 bleeding
                 Nostril
                 of
                 the
                 Patient
                 ,
                 and
                 it
                 stops
                 presently
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 II.
                 Against
                 Pissing
                 of
                 Blood.
                 
              
               
                 Take
                 Sheeps
                 Milk
                 (
                 highly
                 praised
                 herein
                 above
                 all
                 )
                 Fasting
                 four
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 mix
                 with
                 it
                 a
                 Drachm
                 of
                 fine
                 Bole
                 Armoniack
                 in
                 Powder
                 ,
                 and
                 one
                 or
                 two
                 Grains
                 of
                 my
                 
                   Volatile
                   Laudanum
                
                 ,
                 dissolved
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 give
                 it
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 III.
                 Against
                 the
                 Bloody-Flux
                 ,
                 and
                 Pissing
                 of
                 Blood.
                 
              
               
                 Take
                 Conserve
                 of
                 Roses
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Crocus
                 Martis
                 one
                 Scruple
                 ,
                 
                   Volatile
                   Laudanum
                
                 two
                 Grains
                 ,
                 mix
                 them
                 well
                 ,
                 then
                 take
                 it
                 on
                 the
                 point
                 of
                 a
                 Knife
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 Morning
                 Fasting
                 ,
                 and
                 do
                 so
                 three
                 several
                 Mornings
                 together
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 IV.
                 Against
                 spitting
                 of
                 Blood.
                 
              
               
                 Take
                 Mastick
                 and
                 Olibanum
                 ,
                 in
                 Powder
                 ,
                 two
                 Scruples
                 of
                 each
                 ,
                 Conserve
                 of
                 red
                 Roses
                 2
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Diascordium
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Guttae
                 Vitae
                 three
                 Drachms
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 together
                 ,
                 and
                 make
                 an
                 Electuary
                 ,
                 then
                 take
                 thereof
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 on
                 the
                 point
                 of
                 a
                 Knife
                 ,
                 as
                 much
                 as
                 a
                 Nutmeg
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 V.
                 A
                 good
                 Remedy
                 against
                 Bleeding
                 at
                 Nose
                 .
              
               
                 I
                 commend
                 this
                 Powder
                 of
                 Heurnius
                 .
                 Take
                 Seeds
                 of
                 white
                 Henbane
                 ,
                 white
                 Poppy
                 ,
                 ana
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 Blood-stone
                 ,
                 red
                 Corral
                 ,
                 ana
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Camphire
                 two
                 Scruples
                 ,
                 Terra
                 Lemnia
                 two
                 Scruples
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 .
                 Dose
                 ,
                 half
                 a
                 Drachm
                 ,
                 or
                 two
                 Scruples
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 ,
                 with
                 Conserve
                 of
                 red
                 Roses
                 .
                 If
                 Opium
                 in
                 fine
                 Powder
                 ,
                 (
                 eight
                 Grains
                 )
                 were
                 added
                 ,
                 't
                 would
                 be
                 so
                 much
                 the
                 better
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 VI.
                 Another
                 against
                 Bleeding
                 of
                 a
                 Wound
                 .
              
               
                 If
                 a
                 Fuss-Ball
                 ,
                 tough
                 and
                 soft
                 ,
                 be
                 cut
                 into
                 slices
                 ,
                 and
                 squeezed
                 hard
                 in
                 a
                 Press
                 ,
                 those
                 pieces
                 applyed
                 are
                 sufficently
                 able
                 to
                 stop
                 any
                 Bleeding
                 ,
                 especially
                 if
                 any
                 Stegnotick
                 Powder
                 be
                 strewed
                 on
                 .
                 So
                 also
                 the
                 Fungus
                 growing
                 on
                 a
                 Birch
                 Tree
                 ,
                 
                 the
                 Powder
                 of
                 Agarick
                 being
                 first
                 strewed
                 on
                 the
                 place
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 VII
                 .
                 Another
                 for
                 the
                 same
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 Powder
                 of
                 Man's
                 Blood
                 is
                 almost
                 an
                 Infallible
                 Remedy
                 ,
                 strewed
                 upon
                 the
                 place
                 ;
                 or
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 in
                 the
                 Nostrils
                 ,
                 blow
                 it
                 up
                 with
                 a
                 Quill
                 ,
                 or
                 put
                 up
                 in
                 a
                 Nasale
                 ,
                 the
                 Mouth
                 being
                 held
                 full
                 of
                 cold
                 Water
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 VIII
                 .
                 A
                 most
                 effectual
                 Remedy
                 .
              
               
                 O
                 I
                 commend
                 as
                 one
                 of
                 the
                 greatest
                 Secrets
                 our
                 
                   Aqua
                   Regulata
                
                 ;
                 (
                 see
                 it
                 
                   Phylaxa
                   Med.
                   Lib.
                
                 1.
                 
                 Cap.
                 1.
                 
                 Sect.
                 1.
                 )
                 being
                 applyed
                 by
                 washing
                 the
                 Part
                 ,
                 and
                 then
                 laying
                 Linnen
                 Cloths
                 often
                 doubled
                 over
                 the
                 place
                 ;
                 it
                 closes
                 up
                 the
                 extremities
                 of
                 the
                 Vessels
                 ,
                 and
                 powerfully
                 stops
                 the
                 Bleeding
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 IX
                 .
                 Where
                 the
                 Bleeding
                 is
                 extream
                 and
                 dangerous
                 .
              
               
                 Dissolve
                 Salt
                 of
                 Vitriol
                 in
                 fair
                 Water
                 ,
                 and
                 wash
                 the
                 place
                 with
                 it
                 ,
                 then
                 apply
                 Cloths
                 doubled
                 wet
                 in
                 the
                 Solution
                 ;
                 or
                 this
                 Powder
                 .
                 
                   Take
                   fine
                   Bole
                   ,
                   Sanguis
                   Draconis
                   ,
                   Powder
                   of
                   Galls
                   ,
                   Salt
                   of
                   Vitriol
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 ,
                 
                   make
                   each
                   into
                   a
                   Powder
                   ,
                   and
                   mix
                   them
                   .
                
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 X.
                 Another
                 thing
                 for
                 the
                 same
                 purpose
                 .
              
               
                 I
                 have
                 often
                 stopt
                 Bleeding
                 in
                 most
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 by
                 the
                 use
                 and
                 application
                 of
                 
                   Aqua
                   Styptica
                
                 ,
                 especially
                 in
                 Wounds
                 made
                 by
                 a
                 Cut
                 ;
                 't
                 is
                 not
                 so
                 useful
                 in
                 a
                 Hemorrhage
                 at
                 the
                 Nose
                 ,
                 but
                 't
                 will
                 do
                 the
                 Feat
                 ,
                 if
                 not
                 Impetuous
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XI
                 .
                 Another
                 for
                 the
                 same
                 .
              
               
                 A
                 Tent
                 made
                 of
                 the
                 prest
                 Fungus
                 (
                 at
                 Sect.
                 6.
                 aforegoing
                 )
                 and
                 put
                 up
                 the
                 Nostrils
                 to
                 the
                 place
                 that
                 Bleeds
                 ,
                 will
                 so
                 admirably
                 stop
                 the
                 Bleeding
                 ,
                 that
                 it
                 will
                 seem
                 as
                 if
                 it
                 was
                 done
                 by
                 Witch-craft
                 ,
                 or
                 Inchantment
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XII
                 .
                 A
                 Remedy
                 from
                 Colcothar
                 .
              
               
                 The
                 Illustrious
                 Prince
                 of
                 Orange
                 was
                 re-called
                 from
                 a
                 Fatal
                 Bleeding
                 only
                 by
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 Colcothar
                 ,
                 or
                 burnt
                 Vitriol
                 .
                 He
                 every
                 Day
                 bled
                 a
                 vast
                 quantity
                 of
                 Blood
                 at
                 a
                 Wound
                 which
                 he
                 had
                 received
                 in
                 his
                 Jugular
                 Veins
                 ,
                 and
                 it
                 could
                 be
                 stopt
                 by
                 no
                 
                 other
                 Remedy
                 but
                 by
                 a
                 Tent
                 wrapt
                 up
                 in
                 a
                 Digestive
                 ,
                 and
                 good
                 store
                 of
                 the
                 Powder
                 of
                 Colcothar
                 ,
                 which
                 was
                 thrust
                 into
                 the
                 Wound
                 .
                 By
                 this
                 very
                 means
                 I
                 cured
                 a
                 Youth
                 that
                 had
                 a
                 great
                 Wound
                 and
                 Bleeding
                 in
                 the
                 Calf
                 of
                 his
                 Leg
                 :
                 and
                 I
                 stopt
                 the
                 Bleeding
                 in
                 another
                 ,
                 which
                 had
                 a
                 Bleeding
                 in
                 his
                 Arm.
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XIII
                 .
                 A
                 Remedy
                 made
                 of
                 Alum
                 .
              
               
                 After
                 cutting
                 off
                 of
                 Limbs
                 Borellus
                 made
                 little
                 Tents
                 of
                 Alum
                 ,
                 and
                 thrust
                 them
                 as
                 far
                 as
                 he
                 could
                 up
                 into
                 the
                 Orifice
                 of
                 the
                 Vessels
                 ,
                 especially
                 the
                 greater
                 ;
                 and
                 so
                 finished
                 the
                 Business
                 with
                 the
                 application
                 of
                 many
                 Splenia
                 and
                 Astringent
                 Powders
                 .
                 And
                 the
                 Bleeding
                 of
                 a
                 Vein
                 in
                 the
                 Arm
                 ,
                 which
                 could
                 by
                 no
                 means
                 be
                 stopt
                 ,
                 he
                 did
                 it
                 only
                 by
                 applying
                 Alum
                 .
              
               
                 XIV
                 .
                 Galen's
                 Topick
                 against
                 Bleeding
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Aloes
                 ,
                 Frankincense
                 ,
                 Hares
                 Wooll
                 ,
                 ana
                 ,
                 all
                 very
                 finely
                 powdred
                 ,
                 which
                 mix
                 with
                 the
                 white
                 of
                 an
                 Egg
                 ,
                 with
                 which
                 fill
                 the
                 Wound
                 ,
                 and
                 then
                 bind
                 it
                 up
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XV.
                 Bleeding
                 stopt
                 by
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Vitriol
                 .
              
               
                 In
                 Scorbutick
                 Bleeding
                 ,
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Vitriol
                 mixt
                 with
                 any
                 convenient
                 
                   aqueous
                   Vebicle
                
                 ,
                 is
                 of
                 admirable
                 use
                 .
                 It
                 has
                 also
                 been
                 found
                 excellent
                 to
                 stop
                 a
                 Hemorrhage
                 in
                 Hysterick
                 Persons
                 ,
                 and
                 such
                 as
                 have
                 been
                 troubled
                 with
                 Quartans
                 and
                 Dropsies
                 ;
                 and
                 this
                 it
                 does
                 by
                 coagulating
                 a
                 Blood
                 too
                 Fluid
                 ,
                 and
                 attenuating
                 it
                 when
                 too
                 thick
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XVI
                 .
                 Bleeding
                 at
                 Nose
                 stopt
                 by
                 touching
                 .
              
               
                 I
                 have
                 oftentimes
                 stopt
                 a
                 Bleeding
                 at
                 the
                 Nose
                 by
                 pressing
                 outwardly
                 upon
                 the
                 Jugular
                 Carotide
                 Artery
                 ;
                 and
                 this
                 has
                 done
                 when
                 many
                 other
                 Remedies
                 have
                 failed
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XVII
                 .
                 A
                 Medicine
                 made
                 of
                 Sheeps
                 Blood.
                 
              
               
                 Take
                 Sheeps
                 Blood
                 (
                 Ox
                 Blood
                 is
                 as
                 good
                 ,
                 but
                 Man's
                 Blood
                 much
                 better
                 )
                 dryed
                 and
                 powdred
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 Crocus
                 Martis
                 ,
                 red
                 Colcothar
                 ,
                 
                 of
                 each
                 half
                 a
                 Drachm
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 .
                 It
                 is
                 a
                 Medicine
                 that
                 exceeds
                 all
                 Credit
                 ;
                 apply
                 it
                 ,
                 or
                 strew
                 it
                 upon
                 Wounds
                 .
                 If
                 Powder
                 of
                 a
                 dryed
                 Toad
                 ,
                 2
                 Drachms
                 ,
                 be
                 added
                 ,
                 't
                 is
                 much
                 better
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XVIII
                 .
                 To
                 stop
                 Bleeding
                 caused
                 by
                 Leeches
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 a
                 〈◊〉
                 slit
                 it
                 in
                 two
                 ,
                 take
                 away
                 the
                 Skin
                 ,
                 and
                 lay
                 it
                 on
                 a
                 place
                 where
                 a
                 Leech
                 hath
                 drawn
                 ,
                 that
                 Bleedeth
                 too
                 much
                 ,
                 or
                 cannot
                 be
                 easily
                 stopt
                 ,
                 and
                 it
                 will
                 stop
                 the
                 Bleeding
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   V.
                
                 Fluxes
                 ,
                 Gripings
                 ,
                 Wind.
                 
              
               
                 I.
                 Against
                 Wind
                 and
                 Gripings
                 in
                 the
                 Belly
                 .
              
               
                 TAke
                 of
                 the
                 Roots
                 of
                 Kneeholm
                 ,
                 Elecampane
                 ,
                 Anniseeds
                 and
                 Fennel-seeds
                 ,
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 of
                 each
                 ;
                 make
                 them
                 all
                 into
                 Powder
                 ,
                 and
                 mix
                 them
                 well
                 together
                 ,
                 with
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 of
                 Sugar
                 ,
                 and
                 take
                 every
                 Morning
                 of
                 it
                 as
                 much
                 as
                 will
                 lye
                 on
                 a
                 Shilling
                 ,
                 in
                 Wine
                 or
                 Posset-Drink
                 .
              
               
                 II.
                 Against
                 the
                 Griping
                 in
                 the
                 Guts
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Salt
                 of
                 Worm
                 wood
                 half
                 a
                 Drachm
                 ,
                 Andromachus
                 Treacle
                 2
                 Drachms
                 ,
                 Volatile
                 Laudanum
                 2
                 Grains
                 ;
                 make
                 it
                 into
                 a
                 Bolus
                 ,
                 to
                 be
                 taken
                 first
                 in
                 the
                 Morning
                 ,
                 or
                 rather
                 last
                 at
                 Night
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 III.
                 A
                 vehement
                 Diarrhaea
                 ,
                 or
                 Flux
                 stopt
                 .
              
               
                 Riverius
                 saith
                 ,
                 
                   A
                   Robust
                   and
                   Cholerick
                   Man
                   was
                   taken
                   in
                   the
                   midst
                   of
                
                 Summer
                 
                   with
                   a
                   Cholerick
                   Diarrhaea
                   ,
                   very
                   violent
                   ,
                   with
                   extream
                   Thirst
                   :
                   I
                
                 (
                 saith
                 he
                 )
                 
                   prescribed
                   him
                
                 Sal
                 Prunellae
                 
                   in
                   his
                   ordinary
                   drink
                   ,
                   as
                   also
                   in
                   Juleps
                   of
                   Lettice
                   and
                   Purslane
                   Water
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   taken
                
                 
                 
                   thrice
                   a
                   day
                   ;
                   and
                   he
                   recovered
                   in
                   24
                   Hours
                   .
                
                 Almost
                 in
                 Imitation
                 of
                 this
                 ,
                 I
                 prescribed
                 ,
                 
                   Sal
                   Prunellae
                
                 half
                 a
                 Drachm
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 ,
                 four
                 times
                 a
                 day
                 in
                 Spring-water
                 ,
                 well
                 sweetned
                 with
                 double
                 refined
                 Sugar
                 ,
                 to
                 one
                 that
                 had
                 a
                 Vomiting
                 ,
                 and
                 vehement
                 Flux
                 ;
                 and
                 although
                 the
                 Flux
                 had
                 continued
                 14
                 Days
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Patient
                 had
                 sometimes
                 twenty
                 or
                 thirty
                 Stools
                 a
                 day
                 ,
                 yet
                 in
                 the
                 first
                 day
                 (
                 24
                 Hours
                 )
                 the
                 Flux
                 was
                 stopt
                 ,
                 and
                 after
                 the
                 second
                 Dose
                 the
                 Vomiting
                 ;
                 and
                 in
                 about
                 four
                 Days
                 time
                 the
                 Patient
                 was
                 well
                 ,
                 his
                 Weakness
                 only
                 excepted
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 IV.
                 Another
                 Remedy
                 for
                 a
                 Flux
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Madera
                 ,
                 or
                 Sherry-wine
                 ,
                 half
                 a
                 Pint
                 ,
                 
                   Sal
                   Prunellae
                
                 half
                 a
                 Drachm
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 dissolve
                 ,
                 and
                 give
                 it
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 times
                 a
                 Day
                 .
                 This
                 will
                 do
                 ,
                 though
                 in
                 a
                 vehement
                 burning
                 Feaver
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 V.
                 A
                 Flux
                 with
                 sharp
                 matter
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 forty
                 or
                 fifty
                 Drops
                 of
                 our
                 
                   Spiritus
                   Anodynus
                
                 ,
                 two
                 or
                 three
                 times
                 a
                 day
                 in
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 Wine
                 ,
                 or
                 Burnt
                 Brandy
                 ;
                 and
                 it
                 will
                 do
                 the
                 Cure
                 in
                 four
                 or
                 five
                 Days
                 .
                 See
                 how
                 it
                 is
                 made
                 in
                 my
                 
                   Phylaxa
                   Medicinae
                
                 .
                 Lib.
                 1.
                 
                 Cap.
                 13.
                 
                 Sect.
                 1.
                 
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 VI.
                 A
                 vehement
                 Flux
                 ,
                 with
                 Vomiting
                 .
              
               
                 If
                 the
                 Stomach
                 be
                 so
                 weak
                 ,
                 that
                 things
                 cannot
                 be
                 easily
                 administred
                 by
                 the
                 Mouth
                 ,
                 then
                 you
                 must
                 use
                 Clysters
                 .
                 Take
                 Posset-drink
                 ,
                 or
                 Mutton
                 Broth
                 ,
                 or
                 Decoction
                 of
                 Sage
                 a
                 Pint
                 ,
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 four
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 
                   Spiritus
                   Anodynus
                
                 two
                 or
                 three
                 Drachms
                 ,
                 or
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 and
                 let
                 it
                 be
                 exhibited
                 once
                 ,
                 twice
                 ,
                 or
                 thrice
                 a
                 day
                 ,
                 as
                 need
                 requires
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 VII
                 .
                 Another
                 for
                 the
                 same
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Canary
                 four
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 of
                 our
                 
                   Gutte
                   Vitae
                
                 ,
                 four
                 ty
                 ,
                 fifty
                 ,
                 or
                 sixty
                 Drops
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Sick
                 is
                 in
                 Age
                 and
                 Strength
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 and
                 give
                 it
                 every
                 Night
                 going
                 to
                 Bed.
                 And
                 if
                 the
                 Flux
                 be
                 vehement
                 ,
                 give
                 also
                 this
                 Clyster
                 .
                 Take
                 Decoction
                 of
                 Rosemary
                 or
                 Sage
                 ,
                 a
                 Pint
                 ,
                 common
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 ,
                 four
                 five
                 ,
                 or
                 six
                 Ounces
                 :
                 mix
                 
                 them
                 ,
                 and
                 exhibit
                 it
                 warm
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 VIII
                 .
                 Fluxes
                 Cured
                 with
                 our
                 
                   Volatile
                   Laudanum
                
                 ,
                 in
                 our
                 
                   Phylaxa
                   Medicinae
                   ,
                   Lib.
                   I.
                   Cap.
                   50.
                   
                   Sect.
                   I.
                   
                
              
               
                 Take
                 our
                 
                   Volatile
                   Laudanum
                
                 every
                 Night
                 going
                 to
                 Bed
                 ,
                 beginning
                 first
                 with
                 a
                 Grain
                 or
                 two
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 increasing
                 the
                 Dose
                 gradually
                 to
                 five
                 ,
                 six
                 ,
                 seven
                 or
                 eight
                 Grains
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 a
                 few
                 Days
                 it
                 will
                 do
                 the
                 Cure
                 :
                 After
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 times
                 taking
                 of
                 this
                 Medicine
                 ,
                 't
                 will
                 be
                 good
                 to
                 Purge
                 with
                 our
                 Family
                 Pills
                 (
                 such
                 as
                 you
                 have
                 from
                 me
                 ,
                 not
                 those
                 of
                 Holliers
                 making
                 ,
                 for
                 they
                 are
                 not
                 made
                 as
                 I
                 make
                 them
                 ,
                 nor
                 does
                 he
                 know
                 how
                 to
                 prepare
                 the
                 Aloes
                 ,
                 and
                 some
                 other
                 particulars
                 of
                 them
                 ,
                 as
                 they
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 prepared
                 .
                 )
                 I
                 advise
                 to
                 Purge
                 ,
                 not
                 first
                 (
                 because
                 of
                 weakness
                 )
                 but
                 after
                 four
                 or
                 five
                 Doses
                 of
                 the
                 Laudanum
                 ,
                 because
                 by
                 that
                 means
                 the
                 Sick
                 will
                 gather
                 some
                 Strength
                 to
                 endure
                 the
                 Purging
                 withal
                 ;
                 and
                 this
                 Purging
                 is
                 necessary
                 to
                 carry
                 off
                 the
                 offending
                 Matter
                 :
                 And
                 then
                 you
                 are
                 to
                 proceed
                 in
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 the
                 Laudanum
                 to
                 a
                 Cure
                 ,
                 which
                 will
                 succeed
                 to
                 your
                 good
                 liking
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 IX
                 .
                 Fluxes
                 Cured
                 with
                 
                   Volatile
                   Laudanum
                
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Decoction
                 of
                 Rue
                 ,
                 Rosemary
                 ,
                 or
                 Sage
                 ,
                 ten
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 common
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 four
                 or
                 five
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 our
                 Volatile
                 Laudanum
                 ten
                 or
                 twelve
                 Grains
                 :
                 Dissolve
                 the
                 Laudanum
                 in
                 the
                 Spirit
                 ,
                 and
                 mix
                 it
                 with
                 the
                 Decoction
                 ,
                 and
                 exhibit
                 it
                 warm
                 once
                 a
                 day
                 Clyster-wise
                 ;
                 it
                 will
                 cure
                 in
                 about
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 days
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 X.
                 Griping
                 of
                 the
                 Guts
                 ,
                 and
                 vebement
                 Flux
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Rhubarb
                 ,
                 thin
                 sliced
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Anniseeds
                 bruised
                 one
                 Ounce
                 and
                 half
                 ,
                 Gentian
                 ,
                 Cinnamon
                 ,
                 ana
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 common
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 a
                 Quart
                 :
                 mix
                 and
                 make
                 a
                 Tincture
                 .
                 Dose
                 from
                 five
                 Spoonfuls
                 to
                 eight
                 ,
                 twice
                 or
                 thrice
                 a
                 Day
                 :
                 'T
                 is
                 a
                 Medicine
                 without
                 an
                 equal
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 best
                 thing
                 in
                 the
                 World
                 for
                 Gripings
                 in
                 Nureses
                 ,
                 Infants
                 and
                 little
                 Children
                 ,
                 to
                 whom
                 you
                 
                 must
                 proportion
                 the
                 Dose
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XI
                 .
                 A
                 pleasant
                 Remedy
                 against
                 Fluxes
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Catechu
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 choice
                 in
                 fine
                 Powder
                 ,
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 common
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 a
                 Quart
                 ;
                 white
                 Sugar
                 Candy
                 in
                 fine
                 Powder
                 three
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 ;
                 put
                 not
                 in
                 the
                 Sugar-Candy
                 ,
                 'till
                 the
                 Catechu
                 and
                 Spirit
                 has
                 been
                 ten
                 Days
                 in
                 Digestion
                 ;
                 then
                 mix
                 and
                 dissolve
                 .
                 Dose
                 from
                 half
                 a
                 Spoon
                 full
                 to
                 two
                 or
                 three
                 ,
                 Morning
                 and
                 Night
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XII
                 .
                 Fluxes
                 not
                 to
                 be
                 stopt
                 rashly
                 .
              
               
                 Celsus
                 saith
                 ,
                 To
                 be
                 Loose
                 for
                 a
                 Day
                 is
                 good
                 for
                 Ones
                 Health
                 ,
                 or
                 for
                 more
                 ,
                 so
                 there
                 be
                 no
                 Feaver
                 ,
                 and
                 it
                 stop
                 within
                 seven
                 Days
                 ,
                 for
                 the
                 Body
                 is
                 Purged
                 ,
                 and
                 what
                 would
                 have
                 done
                 hurt
                 is
                 beneficially
                 Discharged
                 but
                 continuance
                 is
                 dangerous
                 ,
                 for
                 sometimes
                 it
                 causes
                 a
                 Griping
                 and
                 Feaver
                 ,
                 and
                 consumes
                 the
                 Strength
                 .
                 If
                 therefore
                 the
                 Strength
                 be
                 not
                 too
                 much
                 weakned
                 ,
                 in
                 order
                 to
                 stopping
                 of
                 a
                 Flux
                 ,
                 you
                 ought
                 first
                 to
                 Purge
                 with
                 our
                 Family
                 Pills
                 (
                 such
                 as
                 come
                 from
                 my
                 own
                 Hand
                 ,
                 not
                 those
                 which
                 Hollier
                 sells
                 )
                 and
                 then
                 to
                 take
                 my
                 
                   Guttoe
                   Vitoe
                   ,
                   Spiritus
                   Anodynus
                
                 ,
                 or
                 
                   Volatile
                   Laudanum
                
                 ,
                 (
                 such
                 as
                 come
                 from
                 my
                 Hand
                 )
                 and
                 after
                 eight
                 or
                 ten
                 Doses
                 ,
                 to
                 Purge
                 again
                 with
                 the
                 Family
                 Pills
                 :
                 But
                 if
                 the
                 Strength
                 of
                 the
                 Sick
                 be
                 too
                 much
                 weakned
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 not
                 Purge
                 first
                 ,
                 but
                 as
                 we
                 directed
                 at
                 Sect.
                 8.
                 aforegoing
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XIII
                 .
                 Stubborn
                 Fluxes
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 
                   Angelus
                   Mineralis
                
                 ,
                 Grains
                 ten
                 or
                 twelve
                 ,
                 Pulp
                 of
                 an
                 Apple
                 rosted
                 ,
                 as
                 much
                 as
                 a
                 Nutmeg
                 ;
                 mix
                 and
                 give
                 it
                 at
                 Night
                 going
                 to
                 Bed
                 ,
                 for
                 eight
                 or
                 ten
                 Nights
                 ;
                 after
                 Purge
                 with
                 an
                 Infusion
                 of
                 Rheubarb
                 .
                 See
                 the
                 Angelus
                 in
                 my
                 Phylaxa
                 ,
                 Lib.
                 I.
                 Cap.
                 42.
                 
                 Sect.
                 I.
                 It
                 takes
                 away
                 all
                 those
                 Impurities
                 (
                 or
                 Precipitates
                 them
                 )
                 which
                 often
                 Creates
                 stubborn
                 Fluxes
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XIV
                 .
                 An
                 Inveterate
                 Flux
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 Scorbutick
                 Habit.
                 
              
               
                 An
                 Inveterate
                 Diarrhoea
                 ,
                 or
                 Flux
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 Scorbutick
                 
                 Habit
                 ,
                 ought
                 not
                 to
                 be
                 stopt
                 with
                 Astringents
                 ,
                 nor
                 is
                 it
                 easily
                 Cured
                 with
                 
                   Antiscorbuticks
                   .
                   Salt
                   of
                   Vitriol
                
                 is
                 a
                 good
                 thing
                 ,
                 for
                 it
                 makes
                 revulsion
                 ,
                 and
                 evacuates
                 upwards
                 .
                 You
                 may
                 give
                 it
                 from
                 one
                 Drachm
                 ,
                 to
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 in
                 Posset-Drink
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 Morning
                 Fasting
                 .
                 
                   Tincture
                   of
                   Antimony
                
                 given
                 to
                 sixty
                 ,
                 eighty
                 ,
                 or
                 one
                 hundred
                 Drops
                 ,
                 in
                 Claret-wine
                 is
                 good
                 .
                 So
                 also
                 our
                 
                   Tinctura
                   Martis
                
                 well
                 prepared
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 preferred
                 before
                 all
                 others
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XV.
                 Several
                 other
                 approved
                 Remedies
                 against
                 Fluxes
                 .
              
               
                 Powder
                 of
                 unripe
                 Mulberries
                 is
                 an
                 approved
                 thing
                 ,
                 and
                 gratifies
                 the
                 Stomach
                 .
                 Powder
                 of
                 Mastick
                 taken
                 in
                 Conserve
                 of
                 Roses
                 ,
                 or
                 juice
                 of
                 Quinces
                 ,
                 is
                 an
                 excellent
                 thing
                 .
                 Water
                 thickned
                 with
                 Powder
                 of
                 Acorns
                 ,
                 by
                 Boyling
                 ,
                 has
                 Cured
                 an
                 Inveterate
                 Flux
                 ,
                 universalls
                 premised
                 .
                 Quiddony
                 of
                 Sloes
                 ,
                 ripe
                 or
                 un-ripe
                 ,
                 is
                 an
                 approved
                 Remedy
                 .
                 Riverius
                 commends
                 Juices
                 of
                 spotted
                 Arsmart
                 and
                 Housleek
                 ,
                 ana
                 ,
                 mixt
                 and
                 boyled
                 away
                 to
                 a
                 third
                 part
                 ,
                 as
                 a
                 thing
                 that
                 never
                 fails
                 ,
                 though
                 the
                 Flux
                 be
                 never
                 so
                 Inveterate
                 .
                 Bees-wax
                 given
                 in
                 substance
                 is
                 good
                 ,
                 but
                 its
                 Oyl
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 proper
                 Vehicle
                 ,
                 of
                 admirable
                 use
                 :
                 Or
                 this
                 ;
                 
                   Take
                   Wax
                   ,
                   boyl
                   it
                   in
                   a
                   Lixivium
                   of
                   Salt
                   of
                   Tartar
                   ,
                   then
                   take
                   it
                   out
                   ,
                   melt
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   mix
                   it
                   with
                   Chymical
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Nutmegs
                   .
                
                 Dose
                 twenty
                 Grains
                 to
                 half
                 a
                 Drachm
                 ,
                 every
                 Night
                 .
                 Tincture
                 of
                 Oak-bark
                 is
                 a
                 prevalent
                 thing
                 ;
                 so
                 also
                 Tinctures
                 of
                 Balaustins
                 ,
                 and
                 Pomegranate
                 Peels
                 .
                 Our
                 
                   Pulvis
                   Bezoarticus
                
                 has
                 cured
                 several
                 ,
                 who
                 have
                 been
                 given
                 over
                 by
                 many
                 Physicians
                 ,
                 which
                 it
                 did
                 by
                 absorbing
                 the
                 Acid
                 and
                 Virulent
                 Humour
                 .
                 Nor
                 is
                 our
                 
                   Pulvis
                   Antifebriticus
                
                 ,
                 any
                 mean
                 Remedy
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XVI
                 .
                 To
                 Cure
                 an
                 extraordinary
                 Flux
                 of
                 the
                 Blood.
                 
              
               
                 Take
                 Mastick
                 in
                 Powder
                 one
                 drachm
                 ,
                 2
                 hard
                 Yolks
                 of
                 Eggs
                 ,
                 temper
                 them
                 with
                 good
                 Rose-Vinegar
                 :
                 Or
                 Juice
                 of
                 Quinces
                 ,
                 and
                 give
                 it
                 to
                 the
                 Patient
                 to
                 eat
                 first
                 in
                 the
                 Morning
                 .
                 By
                 this
                 Medicine
                 alone
                 ,
                 a
                 Man
                 was
                 Cured
                 of
                 this
                 Distemper
                 ,
                 
                 who
                 had
                 daily
                 70.
                 
                 Stools
                 a
                 day
                 ,
                 when
                 all
                 other
                 means
                 failed
                 .
              
               
                 XVII
                 .
                 Against
                 Gripings
                 and
                 Wind
                 in
                 the
                 Guts
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Aniseed
                 ,
                 half
                 a
                 drachm
                 ;
                 mix
                 it
                 with
                 White
                 Sugar
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 a
                 Cup
                 of
                 Wine
                 ;
                 drink
                 it
                 fasting
                 it
                 doth
                 the
                 Work.
                 
              
               
                 XVIII
                 .
                 A
                 Clyster
                 against
                 Pains
                 ,
                 and
                 Gripings
                 in
                 the
                 Bowels
                 ;
                 Dysenteria
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Cows
                 Milk
                 ,
                 one
                 Pint
                 ;
                 common
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 ,
                 four
                 ounces
                 ;
                 Gum-Tragacanth
                 ,
                 one
                 drachm
                 ;
                 the
                 Yolks
                 of
                 three
                 Eggs
                 ;
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Roses
                 ,
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 make
                 it
                 Blood
                 warm
                 ,
                 to
                 the
                 dissolving
                 of
                 the
                 Gum
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 put
                 it
                 up
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   VI.
                
                 Shortness
                 of
                 Breath
                 .
              
               
                 I.
                 Against
                 shortness
                 of
                 Breath
                 .
              
               
                 TAke
                 of
                 Saffron
                 in
                 Powder
                 one
                 Scruple
                 ,
                 of
                 Musk
                 in
                 Powder
                 one
                 Grain
                 ,
                 give
                 them
                 in
                 Wine
                 ;
                 after
                 take
                 
                   Spiritus
                   Antiasthmaticus
                
                 in
                 Wine
                 .
              
               
                 II.
                 For
                 the
                 same
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Juniper
                 Berries
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 boyl
                 them
                 well
                 in
                 two
                 Quarts
                 of
                 Water
                 ,
                 and
                 drink
                 of
                 the
                 Decoction
                 first
                 and
                 last
                 ,
                 and
                 at
                 other
                 times
                 .
                 This
                 helps
                 all
                 Diseases
                 of
                 the
                 Chest
                 ,
                 and
                 will
                 make
                 you
                 breath
                 freely
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 III.
                 Against
                 shortness
                 of
                 Breath
                 ,
                 with
                 a
                 Cough
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 the
                 Roots
                 of
                 Valerian
                 and
                 boyl
                 them
                 with
                 Liquorice
                 ,
                 Raisins
                 stoned
                 ,
                 and
                 Anniseeds
                 ,
                 and
                 drink
                 of
                 the
                 Decoction
                 often
                 ;
                 this
                 is
                 singular
                 good
                 against
                 the
                 said
                 Diseases
                 ;
                 for
                 it
                 openeth
                 the
                 Passages
                 ,
                 and
                 causeth
                 the
                 Phlegm
                 to
                 be
                 spit
                 out
                 easily
                 .
              
               
               
                 IV.
                 Shortness
                 of
                 Breath
                 .
              
               
                 Physicians
                 commonly
                 say
                 ,
                 That
                 the
                 strongest
                 Purges
                 are
                 most
                 proper
                 in
                 this
                 Disease
                 ,
                 if
                 the
                 Matter
                 be
                 highly
                 peccant
                 and
                 inveterate
                 :
                 Paulus
                 advises
                 even
                 to
                 Purge
                 with
                 Coloquintida
                 :
                 Some
                 despise
                 Aganick
                 ,
                 tho'
                 a
                 Plegmagoge
                 ,
                 because
                 of
                 its
                 weakness
                 .
                 Elaterium
                 is
                 a
                 good
                 Purge
                 ,
                 not
                 only
                 in
                 a
                 Dropsey
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 in
                 an
                 Asthma
                 and
                 Orthopnaea
                 ,
                 for
                 that
                 they
                 are
                 caused
                 by
                 gross
                 Matter
                 ;
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 of
                 it self
                 (
                 in
                 a
                 proper
                 Vehiele
                 )
                 to
                 five
                 ,
                 or
                 six
                 Grains
                 ;
                 in
                 Composition
                 you
                 may
                 give
                 it
                 thus
                 .
                 Take
                 Scammony
                 ten
                 Grains
                 ,
                 Gambogiae
                 five
                 Grains
                 ,
                 Elaterium
                 half
                 a
                 Grain
                 ;
                 all
                 being
                 in
                 fine
                 Powder
                 ,
                 mix
                 them
                 for
                 a
                 Dose
                 ,
                 if
                 the
                 Sick
                 be
                 strong
                 .
                 Galen
                 also
                 approves
                 of
                 the
                 most
                 violent
                 things
                 .
                 Take
                 
                   Mustard-seed
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   common
                   Salt
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   Elaterium
                   fifteen
                   Grains
                   ;
                   grind
                   them
                   together
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   Troches
                   .
                   (
                   Galen
                
                 saith
                 eight
                 Troches
                 ;
                 so
                 that
                 in
                 each
                 Troche
                 you
                 will
                 have
                 almost
                 two
                 Grains
                 of
                 Elaterium
                 .
                 )
                 Or
                 you
                 may
                 give
                 it
                 in
                 Powder
                 ,
                 with
                 a
                 little
                 Honey
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 Pap
                 of
                 an
                 Apple
                 :
                 But
                 that
                 the
                 Cure
                 may
                 he
                 safe
                 ,
                 Emollients
                 Clysters
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 afore-hand
                 ,
                 and
                 half
                 a
                 Pint
                 of
                 Aqua
                 Mulsa
                 after
                 .
                 These
                 Purges
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 every
                 fourth
                 or
                 fifth
                 Day
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 V.
                 Shortness
                 of
                 Breath
                 cured
                 by
                 Vomiting
                 .
              
               
                 Experience
                 shews
                 ,
                 That
                 when
                 a
                 great
                 quantity
                 of
                 impacted
                 Matter
                 lies
                 in
                 the
                 Lappets
                 of
                 the
                 Lungs
                 ,
                 especially
                 if
                 there
                 be
                 a
                 Sickness
                 at
                 Stomach
                 also
                 ,
                 that
                 then
                 I
                 say
                 ,
                 Vomits
                 are
                 of
                 great
                 use
                 ,
                 and
                 sometimes
                 the
                 Paroxysm
                 is
                 taken
                 off
                 with
                 this
                 Remedy
                 alone
                 .
                 
                   Salt
                   of
                   Vitriol
                
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 ,
                 from
                 half
                 a
                 Drachm
                 ,
                 to
                 a
                 Drachm
                 :
                 
                   Aqua
                   Benedicta
                
                 ,
                 from
                 three
                 to
                 four
                 Drachms
                 ,
                 or
                 one
                 Ounce
                 to
                 an
                 Ounce
                 and
                 a
                 half
                 ,
                 if
                 to
                 very
                 strong
                 Persons
                 :
                 My
                 
                   Catharticum
                   Argenteum
                
                 ,
                 given
                 from
                 one
                 to
                 two
                 Drachms
                 ,
                 is
                 one
                 of
                 the
                 best
                 of
                 Remedies
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 VI.
                 Shortness
                 of
                 Breathing
                 Cured
                 by
                 reiterated
                 Clysters
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Mutton-Broth
                 eight
                 
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 Tincture
                 of
                 Colocynthis
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 Infusion
                 of
                 Croous
                 Metallorum
                 ;
                 Elixir
                 Proprietatis
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 and
                 give
                 it
                 warm
                 :
                 In
                 this
                 case
                 Clysters
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 given
                 in
                 small
                 quantity
                 ,
                 lest
                 the
                 Guts
                 too
                 much
                 distended
                 ,
                 should
                 press
                 upon
                 the
                 Diaphragma
                 ,
                 and
                 make
                 the
                 Paroxism
                 more
                 vehement
                 and
                 dangerous
                 ;
                 and
                 they
                 ought
                 also
                 often
                 to
                 be
                 repeated
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 VII
                 .
                 For
                 a
                 vehement
                 shortness
                 of
                 Breath
                 .
              
               
                 I
                 have
                 often
                 given
                 with
                 great
                 Success
                 ,
                 my
                 
                   Syrupus
                   Nephriticus
                
                 (
                 see
                 it
                 in
                 my
                 Phylaxa
                 ,
                 Lib.
                 I.
                 Cap.
                 34.
                 
                 Sect.
                 I.
                 )
                 for
                 that
                 causes
                 the
                 Matter
                 contained
                 in
                 the
                 Cavity
                 of
                 the
                 Breast
                 to
                 be
                 avoided
                 with
                 the
                 Urine
                 through
                 the
                 Bladder
                 ,
                 the
                 Urine
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 being
                 much
                 ,
                 thick
                 ,
                 and
                 troubled
                 ,
                 by
                 which
                 the
                 peccant
                 Humours
                 are
                 carried
                 not
                 only
                 from
                 the
                 Breast
                 ,
                 and
                 places
                 of
                 Respiration
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 from
                 the
                 head
                 Veins
                 and
                 other
                 parts
                 :
                 I
                 have
                 done
                 wonders
                 in
                 this
                 case
                 by
                 the
                 assiduous
                 use
                 of
                 
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   per
                   Camp.
                
                 given
                 in
                 pectoral
                 Drinks
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 VIII
                 .
                 A
                 Pectoral
                 Drink
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Raisins
                 of
                 the
                 Sun
                 stoned
                 ,
                 Figs
                 slit
                 ,
                 ana
                 ,
                 Liquorice
                 bruised
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Elecampane
                 Roots
                 bruised
                 ,
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Spring
                 water
                 a
                 Gallon
                 ;
                 Boyl
                 all
                 to
                 two
                 Quarts
                 ,
                 and
                 strain
                 it
                 for
                 use
                 Dose
                 half
                 a
                 Pint
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 times
                 a
                 Day
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 IX
                 .
                 Of
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 Opiates
                 .
              
               
                 If
                 Rest
                 has
                 been
                 long
                 wanting
                 ,
                 and
                 there
                 be
                 withal
                 a
                 vehement
                 Flux
                 of
                 Rhoum
                 and
                 Cough
                 ,
                 though
                 the
                 stopping
                 of
                 the
                 Catarrh
                 cannot
                 be
                 without
                 sensible
                 danger
                 ,
                 yet
                 you
                 must
                 immediately
                 give
                 an
                 Opiate
                 ,
                 such
                 as
                 my
                 
                   Laudanum
                   Volatile
                   cum
                   Aloe
                
                 ;
                 for
                 otherwise
                 the
                 Obstruction
                 will
                 so
                 increase
                 with
                 the
                 Catarrh
                 ,
                 that
                 before
                 you
                 are
                 aware
                 the
                 Breath
                 will
                 be
                 stopt
                 ,
                 which
                 there
                 is
                 no
                 great
                 fear
                 of
                 by
                 giving
                 the
                 Opiates
                 ;
                 for
                 that
                 all
                 Opiates
                 stop
                 the
                 Flux
                 by
                 no
                 other
                 way
                 than
                 by
                 thickning
                 the
                 Matter
                 ,
                 whereby
                 it
                 cannot
                 so
                 easily
                 flow
                 to
                 the
                 part
                 ;
                 the
                 Humour
                 then
                 being
                 thus
                 
                 thickned
                 through
                 the
                 whole
                 Man
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 flowing
                 to
                 the
                 Bronchia
                 of
                 the
                 Lungs
                 as
                 formerly
                 ,
                 it
                 at
                 length
                 finds
                 a
                 vent
                 by
                 other
                 ways
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 by
                 Sweat
                 ,
                 Urine
                 ,
                 or
                 Stool
                 ,
                 either
                 of
                 which
                 ways
                 you
                 must
                 endeavour
                 to
                 promote
                 ,
                 according
                 as
                 you
                 see
                 the
                 disposition
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 is
                 inclinable
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 X.
                 An
                 Inveterate
                 Asthma
                 .
              
               
                 I
                 Cured
                 an
                 Inveterate
                 Asthma
                 ,
                 that
                 had
                 been
                 of
                 fifteen
                 or
                 sixteen
                 Years
                 standing
                 ,
                 by
                 giving
                 my
                 
                   Piluloe
                   Mirabiles
                
                 twice
                 ,
                 and
                 then
                 my
                 
                   Family
                   Pills
                
                 ,
                 as
                 they
                 are
                 now
                 prepared
                 by
                 me
                 ,
                 (
                 not
                 as
                 Hollier
                 pretends
                 to
                 make
                 them
                 )
                 once
                 ;
                 letting
                 a
                 Day
                 or
                 two
                 be
                 between
                 each
                 ;
                 and
                 so
                 reiterating
                 this
                 Course
                 two
                 or
                 three
                 times
                 ,
                 as
                 you
                 see
                 occasion
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XI
                 .
                 Shortness
                 of
                 Breath
                 in
                 a
                 Woman
                 with
                 Child
                 .
              
               
                 Truly
                 ,
                 because
                 I
                 saw
                 the
                 peril
                 of
                 her
                 Life
                 was
                 not
                 small
                 ,
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 her
                 being
                 with
                 Child
                 .
                 I
                 could
                 not
                 pursue
                 the
                 usual
                 methods
                 of
                 Cure
                 ,
                 I
                 took
                 the
                 following
                 course
                 .
                 I
                 gave
                 her
                 my
                 
                   Volatile
                   Laudanum
                
                 ,
                 at
                 Night
                 going
                 to
                 Bed
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 
                   Spiritus
                   Antiasthmaticus
                
                 in
                 all
                 her
                 Drink
                 ;
                 and
                 by
                 this
                 course
                 in
                 about
                 a
                 Months
                 time
                 she
                 was
                 freed
                 perfectly
                 from
                 her
                 Disease
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   VII
                
                 .
                 Diseases
                 of
                 the
                 Breast
                 .
              
               
                 I.
                 A
                 Pultess
                 for
                 a
                 Sore
                 Breast
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 new
                 Milk
                 and
                 grate
                 white
                 Bread
                 into
                 it
                 ,
                 then
                 take
                 Mallows
                 and
                 red
                 Rose
                 Leaves
                 ,
                 I
                 handful
                 of
                 each
                 ,
                 then
                 chop
                 them
                 small
                 ,
                 and
                 boyl
                 them
                 together
                 till
                 it
                 be
                 thick
                 ,
                 then
                 put
                 in
                 Honey
                 and
                 Turpentine
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 two
                 ounces
                 :
                 white
                 Lead
                 six
                 ounces
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 ,
                 spread
                 it
                 on
                 a
                 Cloth
                 and
                 apply
                 it
                 .
              
               
               
                 II.
                 For
                 an
                 Ague
                 in
                 the
                 Breast
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 good
                 Aqua-vitae
                 and
                 Linseed
                 Oyl
                 ,
                 and
                 warm
                 them
                 together
                 on
                 a
                 Chafing-Dish
                 of
                 Coles
                 ,
                 dip
                 therein
                 two
                 Cloths
                 made
                 fit
                 for
                 the
                 Breasts
                 ,
                 and
                 lay
                 them
                 thereon
                 as
                 hot
                 as
                 may
                 be
                 suffered
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 .
              
               
                 III.
                 To
                 heal
                 an
                 Inflammation
                 ,
                 or
                 Ague
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 Breast
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 the
                 Whites
                 of
                 two
                 Eggs
                 ,
                 and
                 Housleek
                 two
                 handfuls
                 ;
                 let
                 the
                 Whites
                 be
                 first
                 well
                 beaten
                 ,
                 then
                 pound
                 them
                 with
                 the
                 Housleek
                 ,
                 and
                 three
                 handfuls
                 of
                 Barley
                 Meal
                 ,
                 and
                 apply
                 it
                 very
                 hot
                 .
              
               
                 IV.
                 To
                 heal
                 Ulcers
                 in
                 the
                 Breast
                 ,
                 tho
                 inveterate
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Sulphur
                 and
                 touch
                 them
                 with
                 it
                 ;
                 then
                 apply
                 this
                 following
                 Oyntment
                 .
                 Take
                 Yelks
                 of
                 two
                 or
                 three
                 new
                 laid
                 Eggs
                 ,
                 Turpentine
                 ,
                 Butter
                 ,
                 Honey
                 of
                 Roses
                 ,
                 Barley-Flower
                 ,
                 ana
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 Grind
                 them
                 all
                 in
                 a
                 leaden
                 Mortar
                 ,
                 and
                 dress
                 them
                 therewith
                 till
                 they
                 be
                 whole
                 .
              
               
                 V.
                 Against
                 Pain
                 and
                 Swilling
                 of
                 the
                 Breasts
                 .
              
               
                 If
                 it
                 proceeds
                 from
                 Gold
                 taken
                 ,
                 or
                 from
                 a
                 Blow
                 ,
                 Bath
                 the
                 Place
                 very
                 well
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 ,
                 with
                 
                   Powers
                   of
                   Amber
                
                 ,
                 for
                 three
                 ,
                 or
                 four
                 ,
                 or
                 five
                 Days
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Pain
                 and
                 Swelling
                 will
                 go
                 away
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 VI.
                 For
                 a
                 Sore
                 Breast
                 .
              
               
                 If
                 the
                 Sore
                 be
                 recent
                 ,
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 Cured
                 with
                 our
                 
                   Balsamum
                   Vulnerarium
                
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 
                   Mercurius
                   Dulcis
                
                 ,
                 Levigated
                 ,
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 well
                 ,
                 and
                 apply
                 it
                 .
                 Salmon
                 ,
              
               
                 VII
                 .
                 For
                 an
                 Inveterate
                 Ulcer
                 in
                 the
                 Breast
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 our
                 
                   Balsamum
                   Ami.
                   cum
                
                 ,
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 
                   Angelus
                   Mineralis
                
                 ,
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 and
                 apply
                 it
                 ,
                 dressing
                 the
                 Sore
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 ;
                 It
                 will
                 Cure
                 it
                 in
                 a
                 Short
                 time
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 VIII
                 .
                 For
                 a
                 Painful
                 Swelling
                 in
                 the
                 Breast
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 our
                 
                   Balsam
                   of
                   Amber
                
                 ,
                 and
                 Anoint
                 therewith
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 ,
                 and
                 keep
                 
                 the
                 part
                 warm
                 .
                 If
                 it
                 proceeds
                 from
                 Cold
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 Blow
                 ,
                 it
                 Cures
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 IX
                 .
                 For
                 hard
                 Tumors
                 of
                 the
                 Brest
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 
                   Gum
                   Ammoniacum
                
                 ,
                 strained
                 and
                 made
                 up
                 into
                 a
                 Plaister
                 ,
                 it
                 cures
                 them
                 to
                 a
                 Miracle
                 ;
                 much
                 more
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 made
                 up
                 with
                 Juice
                 of
                 Hemlock
                 .
                 Or
                 you
                 may
                 use
                 
                   Emplastrum
                   de
                   Ammoniaco
                   ,
                   cum
                   Cicuta
                
                 ;
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 Remedy
                 that
                 hardly
                 ever
                 fails
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 X.
                 A
                 Cancerated
                 Breast
                 not
                 broken
                 .
              
               
                 I
                 Cured
                 two
                 Cancerated
                 Brests
                 with
                 the
                 following
                 .
                 Take
                 Diapalma
                 six
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Oyl
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 of
                 our
                 Hercules
                 3
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 over
                 a
                 gentle
                 heat
                 ;
                 spread
                 it
                 upon
                 soft
                 Leather
                 or
                 Cloth
                 ,
                 and
                 apply
                 it
                 .
                 The
                 Cancers
                 (
                 that
                 which
                 was
                 oldest
                 )
                 was
                 not
                 above
                 six
                 Months
                 standing
                 .
                 The
                 assiduous
                 use
                 of
                 this
                 Medicine
                 eased
                 the
                 Pain
                 ,
                 in
                 five
                 or
                 six
                 Days
                 time
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 space
                 of
                 four
                 Months
                 time
                 ,
                 or
                 thereabouts
                 ,
                 prefectly
                 dissolved
                 the
                 Tumour
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XI
                 .
                 Soreness
                 of
                 the
                 Nipples
                 cured
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Bees-wax
                 1
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Fresh
                 Butter
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Venice
                 Turpentine
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 melt
                 ,
                 and
                 anoint
                 with
                 it
                 ;
                 it
                 will
                 be
                 so
                 much
                 the
                 better
                 ,
                 if
                 you
                 add
                 to
                 it
                 two
                 Drachms
                 of
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Wax
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XII
                 .
                 A
                 Tumour
                 of
                 the
                 Breast
                 broken
                 .
              
               
                 Let
                 the
                 Patient
                 Purge
                 every
                 day
                 ,
                 or
                 every
                 other
                 day
                 ,
                 with
                 
                   Elixir
                   Proprietatis
                
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 their
                 Strength
                 ,
                 and
                 outwardly
                 ,
                 let
                 it
                 be
                 drest
                 with
                 this
                 .
                 Take
                 of
                 our
                 
                   Balsamum
                   Amicum
                
                 four
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 
                   Pulvis
                   ad
                   Ulcera
                
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 mix
                 and
                 apply
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 let
                 it
                 be
                 drest
                 at
                 first
                 twice
                 a
                 Day
                 ,
                 afterwards
                 once
                 a
                 day
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XIII
                 .
                 For
                 that
                 which
                 the
                 Vulgar
                 call
                 an
                 Ague
                 in
                 the
                 Brest
                 ,
                 viz.
                 an
                 Inflammation
                 .
              
               
                 First
                 Purge
                 with
                 our
                 
                   Family
                   Powder
                
                 ,
                 then
                 apply
                 a
                 Cataplasm
                 of
                 baked
                 Turnips
                 for
                 twenty
                 four
                 Hours
                 ;
                 after
                 bathe
                 it
                 with
                 our
                 Powers
                 
                 
                   of
                   Amber
                
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 four
                 or
                 five
                 Days
                 it
                 will
                 be
                 well
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XIV
                 .
                 Another
                 for
                 an
                 Inflammation
                 of
                 the
                 Breasts
                 .
              
               
                 Universals
                 being
                 first
                 premised
                 ,
                 as
                 Purging
                 with
                 the
                 
                   Family
                   Powder
                   ,
                   &c.
                
                 
                 Apply
                 outwardly
                 our
                 
                   Balsamum
                   Amicum
                
                 ;
                 or
                 if
                 you
                 please
                 anoint
                 with
                 
                   Balsamum
                   de
                   Chili
                
                 ,
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   VIII
                
                 .
                 Of
                 Abortion
                 or
                 Misearriage
                 .
              
               
                 I.
                 Abortion
                 more
                 dangerous
                 then
                 a
                 Timely
                 Birth
                 .
              
               
                 IT
                 is
                 not
                 only
                 more
                 dangerous
                 ,
                 but
                 more
                 painful
                 ,
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 violent
                 divulsion
                 of
                 the
                 
                   Immature
                   Foetus
                
                 ;
                 whence
                 it
                 is
                 that
                 many
                 Dye
                 ,
                 and
                 such
                 as
                 escape
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 not
                 without
                 dangerous
                 Symptomes
                 ,
                 vehement
                 Pains
                 ,
                 Fevers
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
                 It
                 is
                 not
                 unlike
                 to
                 unripe
                 Fruit
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 difficully
                 pulled
                 off
                 the
                 Tree
                 ;
                 whereas
                 was
                 it
                 full
                 ripe
                 ,
                 it
                 would
                 drop
                 of
                 its
                 own
                 accord
                 ,
                 whether
                 it
                 was
                 ripe
                 or
                 no
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 true
                 cause
                 of
                 a
                 mature
                 or
                 timely
                 Birth
                 .
                 The
                 danger
                 is
                 the
                 more
                 if
                 the
                 Foetus
                 be
                 in
                 the
                 sixth
                 ,
                 seventh
                 ,
                 or
                 eighth
                 Month
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Woman
                 be
                 of
                 a
                 weakly
                 Constitution
                 ;
                 for
                 that
                 healthy
                 Women
                 never
                 miscarry
                 without
                 eminent
                 Danger
                 .
              
               
                 II.
                 Bleeding
                 by
                 the
                 Womb
                 ,
                 not
                 always
                 a
                 sign
                 of
                 Abortion
                 .
              
               
                 This
                 is
                 evident
                 ,
                 for
                 that
                 some
                 Women
                 have
                 their
                 Terms
                 all
                 the
                 time
                 of
                 their
                 going
                 with
                 Child
                 ;
                 and
                 I
                 have
                 known
                 some
                 that
                 have
                 had
                 them
                 from
                 the
                 third
                 Month
                 to
                 the
                 last
                 ,
                 after
                 they
                 had
                 been
                 stopt
                 3
                 Months
                 ,
                 without
                 danger
                 ;
                 and
                 therefore
                 Midwifes
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 very
                 discreet
                 in
                 making
                 Judgment
                 :
                 For
                 though
                 a
                 Woman
                 with
                 Child
                 may
                 void
                 much
                 Blood
                 by
                 the
                 
                 Womb
                 ,
                 yet
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 no
                 Miscarriage
                 ,
                 but
                 either
                 be
                 a
                 natural
                 Flux
                 ,
                 as
                 it
                 is
                 to
                 some
                 Women
                 ,
                 or
                 only
                 foreshew
                 a
                 Danger
                 ,
                 which
                 ought
                 by
                 proper
                 Means
                 to
                 be
                 prevented
                 .
                 Therefore
                 Midwifes
                 ought
                 diligently
                 to
                 examine
                 the
                 Matter
                 excluded
                 ,
                 whether
                 it
                 be
                 Blood
                 or
                 Flesh
                 ,
                 or
                 Seed
                 or
                 Faetus
                 ,
                 which
                 by
                 washing
                 it
                 in
                 Water
                 will
                 easily
                 be
                 discerned
                 ;
                 and
                 Judgment
                 may
                 be
                 made
                 accordingly
                 ,
                 whether
                 there
                 be
                 an
                 Abortion
                 or
                 no.
                 
              
               
                 III.
                 A
                 History
                 of
                 a
                 Woman
                 that
                 Miscarried
                 .
              
               
                 A
                 Woman
                 gon
                 with
                 Child
                 fourteen
                 Weeks
                 Miscarried
                 :
                 First
                 much
                 Blood
                 came
                 away
                 ,
                 then
                 the
                 Membranes
                 and
                 Faetus
                 :
                 Two
                 days
                 after
                 the
                 Woman
                 fell
                 into
                 a
                 high
                 Feaver
                 ;
                 due
                 means
                 was
                 used
                 ,
                 and
                 sufficient
                 Cleansers
                 ;
                 but
                 the
                 Placenta
                 ,
                 or
                 After-burthen
                 stuck
                 so
                 fast
                 ,
                 that
                 it
                 could
                 by
                 no
                 means
                 be
                 removed
                 ;
                 all
                 the
                 while
                 she
                 voided
                 a
                 filthy
                 Cadaverous
                 stinking
                 Matter
                 ,
                 and
                 sometimes
                 pieces
                 of
                 Flesh
                 :
                 on
                 the
                 tenth
                 Day
                 she
                 died
                 .
              
               
                 IV.
                 A
                 Spirit
                 to
                 prevent
                 Abortion
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 one
                 Gallon
                 Balaustians
                 ,
                 Pomegranates
                 Peels
                 ,
                 Oak-bark
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 four
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Opium
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 dissolve
                 the
                 Opium
                 ,
                 digest
                 all
                 together
                 ,
                 for
                 six
                 or
                 seven
                 days
                 ;
                 then
                 add
                 to
                 it
                 a
                 Gallon
                 or
                 five
                 Quarts
                 of
                 fair
                 Water
                 ;
                 Distil
                 in
                 an
                 Alembick
                 ,
                 and
                 draw
                 off
                 five
                 Quarts
                 of
                 Liquor
                 ,
                 which
                 Dulcifie
                 with
                 white
                 Sugar
                 ,
                 and
                 keep
                 for
                 use
                 .
                 Dose
                 four
                 or
                 five
                 Spoonfulls
                 ,
                 two
                 or
                 three
                 times
                 a
                 day
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 V.
                 Another
                 for
                 the
                 same
                 ,
                 much
                 stronger
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 of
                 the
                 former
                 distilled
                 Spirit
                 a
                 Gallon
                 ,
                 Catechu
                 ,
                 Cortex
                 Peruvianus
                 ,
                 both
                 in
                 Powder
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 a
                 Pound
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 digest
                 ,
                 shaking
                 it
                 twice
                 a
                 day
                 ,
                 for
                 ten
                 or
                 twelve
                 days
                 ,
                 then
                 keep
                 it
                 for
                 use
                 .
                 Dose
                 from
                 one
                 Spoonfull
                 to
                 two
                 or
                 more
                 ,
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 ;
                 it
                 will
                 scarely
                 ever
                 fail
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
               
                 VI.
                 A
                 Powder
                 for
                 the
                 same
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Antimony
                 Diaphoretick
                 ,
                 Pearl
                 ,
                 red
                 Corral
                 in
                 fine
                 Powder
                 ,
                 Levigated
                 Powder
                 of
                 Crabs
                 Eyes
                 ,
                 ana
                 two
                 Scruples
                 ,
                 Balaustians
                 in
                 Powder
                 ,
                 Nutmegs
                 ,
                 ana
                 five
                 Grains
                 ;
                 mix
                 for
                 a
                 Dose
                 to
                 be
                 given
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 VII
                 .
                 Another
                 Powder
                 for
                 the
                 same
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Blood
                 stone
                 ,
                 Mastick
                 ,
                 Olibanum
                 ,
                 ana
                 fifteen
                 Grains
                 ;
                 make
                 all
                 into
                 a
                 fine
                 Powder
                 ,
                 for
                 one
                 Dose
                 to
                 be
                 given
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 in
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 Tent.
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 VIII
                 .
                 An
                 Emplaster
                 for
                 the
                 same
                 purpose
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Blood-stone
                 in
                 fine
                 Powder
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Mastick
                 ,
                 Frankincense
                 ,
                 Olibanum
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Sumach
                 ,
                 Balaustians
                 in
                 Powder
                 ,
                 ana
                 two
                 Drachms
                 ,
                 Galbanum
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Pine
                 Rosin
                 Venice
                 Turpentine
                 ,
                 enough
                 to
                 make
                 a
                 Cerecloth
                 ,
                 which
                 apply
                 to
                 her
                 Belly
                 ,
                 and
                 continue
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 it
                 'till
                 the
                 seventh
                 Month
                 ,
                 or
                 time
                 of
                 Birth
                 .
                 Let
                 it
                 be
                 laid
                 on
                 the
                 Belly
                 ,
                 and
                 on
                 the
                 Loyns
                 on
                 each
                 side
                 ,
                 the
                 Back-bone
                 being
                 left
                 bare
                 ;
                 and
                 every
                 ten
                 or
                 twelve
                 Days
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 changed
                 .
              
               
                 IX
                 .
                 A
                 most
                 excellent
                 mixture
                 for
                 the
                 same
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 of
                 our
                 
                   Guttae
                   Vitae
                
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 (
                 see
                 it
                 in
                 our
                 
                   Phylaxa
                   ,
                   Lib.
                
                 1.
                 
                 Cap.
                 9.
                 )
                 and
                 our
                 
                   Tinctura
                   ad
                   Catarrhos
                
                 ,
                 four
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 :
                 Dose
                 one
                 Spoonfull
                 every
                 Night
                 going
                 to
                 Bed
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 Ale
                 :
                 Tho'
                 there
                 be
                 evident
                 signs
                 of
                 Abortion
                 ,
                 yet
                 this
                 will
                 prevent
                 it
                 ;
                 I
                 have
                 proved
                 it
                 above
                 a
                 hundred
                 times
                 with
                 success
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 X.
                 A
                 Plaster
                 from
                 Riverius
                 .
              
               
                 
                   If
                   the
                   Child
                   be
                   not
                   severed
                   from
                   the
                   Cotyledous
                   ,
                   apply
                   this
                   .
                
                 Take
                 Olibanum
                 in
                 Powder
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 the
                 Whites
                 of
                 five
                 Eggs
                 ;
                 stir
                 them
                 together
                 over
                 the
                 Fire
                 ,
                 always
                 keeping
                 stirring
                 that
                 they
                 may
                 not
                 run
                 to
                 a
                 Lump
                 ;
                 adding
                 also
                 a
                 little
                 Turpentine
                 ,
                 that
                 they
                 may
                 not
                 stick
                 too
                 much
                 .
                 
                   Lay
                   it
                   upon
                   Tow
                   ,
                   and
                   apply
                   it
                   to
                   the
                   Navel
                   as
                   hot
                   as
                
                 
                 
                   it
                   can
                   be
                   endured
                   ,
                   twice
                   a
                   day
                   ,
                   Morning
                   and
                   Evening
                   ,
                   for
                   three
                   or
                   four
                   days
                   ;
                   in
                   the
                   mean
                   Season
                   also
                   let
                   her
                   wear
                   an
                   Eagle-stone
                   ,
                   or
                   a
                   Stone
                   found
                   in
                   the
                   Heart
                   or
                   Womb
                   of
                   a
                   Hind
                   ,
                   under
                   her
                   Arm-pits
                   .
                
              
               
                 XI
                 .
                 A
                 Cataplasm
                 to
                 comfort
                 the
                 Womb.
                 
              
               
                 Take
                 Crumbs
                 of
                 Houshold
                 Bread
                 two
                 Pound
                 ,
                 Camomil
                 Flowers
                 a
                 handfull
                 ;
                 Mastick
                 ,
                 Olibanum
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 in
                 Powder
                 ;
                 Nutmegs
                 ,
                 Cloves
                 in
                 Powder
                 of
                 each
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Rose-Vinegar
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Tent
                 or
                 Malmsey-wine
                 a
                 sufficient
                 quantity
                 :
                 Boyl
                 all
                 over
                 a
                 gentle
                 Fire
                 ,
                 to
                 the
                 consistence
                 of
                 a
                 Pultice
                 ;
                 put
                 it
                 into
                 a
                 Bag
                 or
                 folded
                 Cloth
                 ,
                 and
                 apply
                 it
                 hot
                 to
                 the
                 bottom
                 of
                 the
                 Belly
                 .
              
               
                 XII
                 .
                 A
                 Cataplasm
                 to
                 prevent
                 Abortion
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 of
                 our
                 Balsamum
                 Amicum
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 of
                 our
                 New
                 London
                 Treacle
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 ,
                 and
                 with
                 Powder
                 of
                 Rue
                 make
                 it
                 of
                 a
                 consistency
                 ;
                 apply
                 it
                 warm
                 to
                 the
                 Belly
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XIII
                 .
                 Prevention
                 of
                 Abortion
                 .
              
               
                 A
                 Woman
                 who
                 had
                 miscarried
                 four
                 or
                 five
                 times
                 ,
                 and
                 dispaired
                 of
                 ever
                 having
                 a
                 live
                 Child
                 ,
                 I
                 Cured
                 by
                 the
                 following
                 Remedy
                 .
                 Take
                 Rheubarb
                 four
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 slice
                 it
                 thin
                 ;
                 Anniseeds
                 ,
                 Caraways
                 bruised
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 two
                 Drachms
                 ;
                 put
                 all
                 into
                 a
                 large
                 thin
                 Rag
                 ,
                 with
                 a
                 stone
                 in
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 tie
                 it
                 up
                 ,
                 which
                 put
                 in
                 a
                 Gallon
                 of
                 Ale
                 in
                 a
                 Stone
                 or
                 Glass
                 Bottle
                 :
                 after
                 it
                 has
                 stood
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 days
                 drink
                 of
                 it
                 :
                 This
                 she
                 drank
                 of
                 all
                 the
                 time
                 of
                 her
                 going
                 with
                 Child
                 ,
                 and
                 she
                 went
                 her
                 whole
                 time
                 out
                 chearfully
                 and
                 well
                 :
                 I
                 have
                 prescribed
                 the
                 same
                 to
                 several
                 other
                 Women
                 with
                 the
                 same
                 Success
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XIV
                 .
                 An
                 Observation
                 worth
                 noting
                 .
              
               
                 Consider
                 whether
                 there
                 be
                 a
                 real
                 Miscarriage
                 or
                 no
                 ,
                 viz.
                 whether
                 the
                 Faetus
                 be
                 actually
                 excluded
                 ,
                 or
                 only
                 fears
                 of
                 it
                 ;
                 If
                 it
                 be
                 actually
                 done
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 abstain
                 from
                 Astringents
                 ,
                 and
                 things
                 preventing
                 Abortion
                 ,
                 and
                 then
                 use
                 Forcers
                 ,
                 Loosners
                 ,
                 and
                 
                 Forcers
                 ,
                 lest
                 any
                 of
                 the
                 Membranes
                 ,
                 or
                 after-Birth
                 ,
                 or
                 any
                 part
                 of
                 it
                 ,
                 or
                 other
                 foetid
                 and
                 putrid
                 Matter
                 should
                 be
                 left
                 behind
                 ,
                 by
                 which
                 the
                 Woman
                 would
                 certainly
                 Perish
                 .
                 But
                 if
                 the
                 Child
                 be
                 not
                 Dead
                 ,
                 nor
                 expelled
                 ,
                 but
                 only
                 a
                 Danger
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 foetus
                 retreats
                 ,
                 then
                 you
                 ought
                 to
                 use
                 restingents
                 ,
                 and
                 things
                 above
                 directed
                 ,
                 that
                 Abortion
                 may
                 be
                 prevented
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Child
                 preserved
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XV.
                 A
                 Medicine
                 after
                 Miscarriage
                 .
              
               
                 If
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 After-birth
                 should
                 remain
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 continual
                 Flux
                 of
                 Blood
                 for
                 some
                 Months
                 should
                 accompany
                 it
                 ,
                 the
                 most
                 Excellent
                 Sylvius
                 has
                 restored
                 the
                 sick
                 by
                 three
                 ounces
                 of
                 the
                 following
                 Decoction
                 ,
                 taken
                 twice
                 or
                 thrice
                 a
                 day
                 .
                 
                   Take
                   Bistort-root
                   ,
                   three
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Marjoram
                   ,
                   Pennyroyal
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 ,
                 
                   a
                   handful
                   ;
                   Water
                   ,
                   White-wine
                   ,
                   of
                   each
                   a
                   sufficient
                   quantity
                   :
                   Strain
                   ,
                   and
                   Sweetten
                   with
                   Syrup
                   of
                   Mugwort
                   a
                   Tenth
                   part
                   :
                   Cinnamon-water
                   a
                   Twentieth
                   part
                   .
                
                 By
                 Virtue
                 of
                 this
                 ,
                 a
                 piece
                 of
                 the
                 After-birth
                 ,
                 as
                 big
                 as
                 ones
                 Fist
                 was
                 voided
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Flux
                 of
                 Blood
                 stopped
                 and
                 cured
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   IX
                
                 .
                 Want
                 of
                 Appetite
                 .
              
               
                 I.
                 IF
                 want
                 of
                 Appetite
                 proceeds
                 from
                 a
                 cold
                 Cause
                 ,
                 or
                 cold
                 Flegm
                 afflicting
                 the
                 Ventricle
                 or
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 't
                 will
                 be
                 necessary
                 to
                 give
                 a
                 proper
                 Vomit
                 ,
                 and
                 then
                 such
                 things
                 as
                 may
                 heat
                 and
                 corroborate
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 II.
                 A
                 Vomit
                 evacuating
                 Flegm
                 ,
                 and
                 cold
                 and
                 watery
                 Humours
                 .
                 Take
                 our
                 
                   Pulvis
                   Argenteum
                
                 10.
                 grains
                 ,
                 mix
                 it
                 with
                 the
                 Pulp
                 of
                 a
                 rosted
                 Apple
                 ,
                 and
                 give
                 it
                 in
                 the
                 Morning
                 fasting
                 ;
                 drinking
                 warm
                 Broth
                 or
                 Posset-drink
                 after
                 it
                 .
                 The
                 third
                 day
                 repeat
                 the
                 same
                 Dose
                 .
              
               
                 III.
                 Then
                 to
                 warm
                 ,
                 comfort
                 ,
                 and
                 restore
                 the
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 
                 Take
                 our
                 
                   Tinctura
                   Stomachica
                
                 ,
                 from
                 half
                 a
                 Spoonful
                 to
                 a
                 Spoonful
                 in
                 a
                 draught
                 of
                 Ale
                 or
                 Wine
                 ,
                 Morning
                 ,
                 Noon
                 ,
                 and
                 Night
                 ,
                 a
                 quarter
                 of
                 an
                 Hour
                 or
                 more
                 before
                 eating
                 ;
                 it
                 does
                 Wonders
                 ,
                 and
                 restores
                 the
                 Appetite
                 ,
                 tho
                 lost
                 for
                 many
                 Months
                 :
                 I
                 have
                 proved
                 it
                 many
                 Hundreds
                 of
                 times
                 for
                 these
                 Twenty
                 five
                 or
                 Twenty
                 six
                 Years
                 together
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 IV.
                 Salt
                 Meats
                 are
                 also
                 good
                 ,
                 because
                 they
                 iritate
                 and
                 provoke
                 the
                 languid
                 Faculties
                 of
                 the
                 Stomach
                 ;
                 Salts
                 also
                 have
                 an
                 inciding
                 and
                 attenuating
                 Virtue
                 :
                 and
                 next
                 to
                 these
                 such
                 things
                 as
                 have
                 a
                 volatile
                 heat
                 and
                 sharpness
                 ,
                 as
                 
                   Mustard
                   seed
                   ,
                   Onions
                   ,
                   Garlick
                   ,
                   Leeks
                   ,
                   Shellots
                   ,
                
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 V.
                 When
                 Flegm
                 disaffects
                 the
                 Ventricle
                 ,
                 that
                 is
                 ,
                 tough
                 ,
                 thick
                 ,
                 and
                 viscous
                 ,
                 whereby
                 the
                 Appetite
                 seems
                 to
                 be
                 almost
                 destroyed
                 ,
                 it
                 will
                 be
                 necessary
                 that
                 you
                 use
                 Medicines
                 of
                 another
                 Nature
                 ,
                 viz.
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 acid
                 ,
                 sharp
                 ,
                 and
                 cutting
                 ,
                 for
                 that
                 these
                 things
                 not
                 only
                 separate
                 the
                 offending
                 Matter
                 from
                 the
                 Tunicles
                 of
                 the
                 Stomach
                 ;
                 but
                 also
                 prevent
                 Putrefaction
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Generation
                 of
                 the
                 like
                 for
                 the
                 future
                 .
              
               
                 VI.
                 For
                 this
                 purpose
                 
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Vitriol
                
                 is
                 most
                 commended
                 by
                 some
                 ,
                 and
                 't
                 is
                 doubtless
                 a
                 good
                 Medicine
                 ,
                 but
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 cautiously
                 used
                 to
                 dry
                 Bodies
                 ,
                 lest
                 it
                 induces
                 a
                 Consumption
                 .
              
               
                 VII
                 .
                 But
                 in
                 fuller
                 and
                 moister
                 Bodies
                 it
                 is
                 not
                 only
                 safe
                 ,
                 but
                 very
                 profitable
                 ,
                 more
                 especially
                 ,
                 if
                 the
                 Anorexia
                 ,
                 or
                 want
                 of
                 Appetite
                 ,
                 proceeds
                 from
                 Choler
                 ,
                 Yellow
                 or
                 Green
                 ,
                 abounding
                 in
                 the
                 Stomach
                 .
              
               
                 VIII
                 .
                 In
                 this
                 case
                 I
                 commend
                 my
                 
                   Spiritus
                   Aperiens
                
                 ,
                 and
                 
                   Syrupus
                   Diasulphuriis
                
                 (
                 see
                 them
                 in
                 my
                 
                   Phylaxa
                   Med.
                   Lib.
                
                 I.
                 Cap.
                 14.
                 
                 Sect.
                 I.
                 and
                 Lib.
                 2.
                 
                 Cap.
                 36.
                 
                 Sect.
                 I.
                 given
                 the
                 first
                 to
                 30.
                 40.
                 50.
                 or
                 60.
                 or
                 more
                 Drops
                 in
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 Ale
                 :
                 the
                 other
                 in
                 all
                 the
                 drink
                 the
                 Sick
                 drinks
                 ,
                 to
                 a
                 Spoonful
                 ,
                 more
                 or
                 less
                 ,
                 as
                 they
                 can
                 Affect
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 to
                 take
                 it
                 assidiously
                 for
                 ten
                 ,
                 Fifteen
                 ,
                 or
                 Tweny
                 ,
                 days
                 together
                 :
                 they
                 are
                 Medecines
                 that
                 seldom
                 fail
                 of
                 their
                 effects
                 ,
                 and
                 are
                 beyond
                 my
                 Commendation
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
               
                 IX
                 .
                 I
                 always
                 adjust
                 the
                 Medicaments
                 for
                 cure
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 Causes
                 :
                 where
                 there
                 is
                 an
                 exceeding
                 Coldness
                 of
                 the
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 my
                 
                   Tinctura
                   Absinthij
                
                 is
                 beyond
                 compare
                 ,
                 so
                 also
                 
                   Elixir
                   proprietatis
                   sine
                   Acido
                
                 :
                 To
                 these
                 things
                 ,
                 add
                 our
                 
                   Aqua
                   Bezoartica
                
                 ,
                 and
                 
                   Tinctura
                   Corallorum
                   Composita
                
                 ,
                 given
                 in
                 Wine
                 .
              
               
                 X.
                 If
                 the
                 want
                 of
                 Appetite
                 is
                 restored
                 by
                 taking
                 Acids
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 Sign
                 that
                 the
                 Acid
                 Humour
                 in
                 the
                 Stomach
                 is
                 Languid
                 ,
                 debile
                 and
                 weak
                 ;
                 but
                 if
                 not
                 ,
                 or
                 it
                 rather
                 is
                 hurt
                 by
                 it
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 sign
                 that
                 it
                 is
                 too
                 Rampant
                 and
                 Vigorous
                 and
                 therefore
                 Alcalies
                 as
                 
                   Tincture
                   of
                   Tartar
                   ,
                   Volatile
                   Sal
                   Armoniack
                   ,
                
                 or
                 our
                 
                   Spirit
                   .
                   Antiasthmaticus
                
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 given
                 ,
                 and
                 other
                 like
                 Volatile
                 Salts
                 :
                 
                   Bezoar
                   Mineral
                
                 in
                 our
                 
                   Syrup
                   .
                   Volatilis
                
                 is
                 of
                 good
                 use
                 in
                 this
                 case
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XI
                 .
                 The
                 loss
                 of
                 Appetite
                 ,
                 which
                 arises
                 from
                 decay
                 of
                 Strength
                 ,
                 or
                 old
                 Age
                 ,
                 is
                 seldom
                 or
                 never
                 cured
                 ,
                 unless
                 it
                 proceed
                 from
                 a
                 Cold
                 cause
                 ,
                 in
                 which
                 case
                 
                   Volatile
                   Sulphurs
                
                 ,
                 and
                 Spirituous
                 Things
                 are
                 proper
                 ,
                 but
                 things
                 that
                 dry
                 too
                 much
                 must
                 be
                 cautiously
                 given
                 :
                 The
                 Stomach
                 may
                 be
                 Anointed
                 with
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Mace
                 :
                 or
                 you
                 may
                 use
                 this
                 :
                 Take
                 Balsam
                 of
                 Amber
                 one
                 Ounce
                 :
                 common
                 Oyl
                 ,
                 I
                 dram
                 :
                 mix
                 them
                 .
              
               
                 XII
                 .
                 If
                 there
                 be
                 neither
                 Sickness
                 ,
                 nor
                 weakness
                 ,
                 nor
                 old
                 Age
                 present
                 ,
                 and
                 yet
                 the
                 Person
                 complains
                 that
                 he
                 never
                 comes
                 to
                 his
                 Food
                 with
                 a
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 or
                 eats
                 with
                 an
                 Appetite
                 ;
                 the
                 only
                 way
                 to
                 restore
                 such
                 an
                 one
                 ,
                 is
                 to
                 let
                 him
                 fast
                 till
                 he
                 is
                 a
                 hungry
                 ,
                 for
                 long
                 want
                 of
                 Victualsand
                 emptiness
                 insuch
                 always
                 breeds
                 an
                 Appetite
                 .
              
               
                 XIII
                 .
                 In
                 Women
                 ,
                 especially
                 such
                 as
                 have
                 Gross
                 Bodies
                 ,
                 want
                 of
                 Appetite
                 is
                 cured
                 (
                 if
                 not
                 with
                 Child
                 )
                 by
                 proper
                 Emeticks
                 and
                 Catharticks
                 .
                 For
                 the
                 first
                 of
                 these
                 I
                 commend
                 our
                 
                   Cartharticum
                   Argenteum
                
                 ,
                 given
                 to
                 a
                 dram
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 Ale
                 :
                 For
                 the
                 latter
                 ,
                 either
                 our
                 Family
                 Pills
                 ,
                 or
                 our
                 Family
                 Powder
                 ,
                 both
                 of
                 which
                 may
                 be
                 taken
                 2
                 ,
                 or
                 3
                 ,
                 or
                 4
                 times
                 ,
                 with
                 due
                 intervals
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XIV
                 .
                 If
                 it
                 happens
                 in
                 a
                 Woman
                 with
                 Child
                 ,
                 all
                 or
                 most
                 of
                 the
                 Preceeding
                 Courses
                 must
                 be
                 avoided
                 ,
                 and
                 other
                 
                 Courses
                 taken
                 .
                 The
                 juices
                 of
                 Oranges
                 and
                 Lemons
                 with
                 white
                 Sugar
                 may
                 be
                 daily
                 taken
                 for
                 some
                 time
                 :
                 so
                 also
                 Canary
                 made
                 acid
                 with
                 juice
                 of
                 Limons
                 :
                 and
                 if
                 heat
                 also
                 abounds
                 ;
                 a
                 Decoction
                 of
                 Tamerinds
                 sweetned
                 ,
                 alone
                 ,
                 or
                 mixt
                 :
                 A
                 Syrup
                 or
                 Infusion
                 of
                 Rheubarb
                 ,
                 is
                 of
                 good
                 use
                 .
              
               
                 XV.
                 Want
                 of
                 Appetite
                 in
                 Consumptive
                 People
                 is
                 of
                 dangerous
                 Consequence
                 :
                 some
                 commend
                 as
                 the
                 best
                 thing
                 
                   Elixir
                   Proprietatis
                
                 given
                 in
                 wine
                 :
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 good
                 for
                 a
                 little
                 Season
                 ,
                 but
                 long
                 it
                 must
                 not
                 be
                 taken
                 ,
                 left
                 it
                 also
                 induce
                 the
                 Consumption
                 .
                 The
                 best
                 thing
                 which
                 I
                 have
                 found
                 by
                 my
                 large
                 experience
                 is
                 Our
                 
                   Tinctura
                   Stomachica
                
                 given
                 to
                 a
                 spoonsul
                 ,
                 2.
                 or
                 3.
                 times
                 a
                 day
                 in
                 a
                 large
                 draught
                 of
                 new
                 Milk
                 :
                 And
                 altho
                 the
                 ingredients
                 thereof
                 heat
                 Violently
                 ,
                 yet
                 by
                 reason
                 they
                 are
                 of
                 thin
                 Substance
                 and
                 parts
                 ,
                 their
                 heat
                 is
                 quickly
                 discussed
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 do
                 no
                 harm
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XVI
                 .
                 If
                 Sickness
                 at
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 and
                 want
                 of
                 Appetite
                 proceed
                 from
                 worms
                 (
                 as
                 sometimes
                 it
                 does
                 )
                 Our
                 
                   Tincturo
                   Absinthij
                
                 ,
                 or
                 Infusion
                 of
                 Worm-wood
                 ,
                 in
                 Rhenish
                 Wine
                 ,
                 or
                 Canary
                 ,
                 is
                 good
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XVII
                 .
                 
                   Galens
                   Antidotus
                   Thespesiana
                   ,
                   for
                   want
                   of
                   Appetite
                   .
                
                 Take
                 Smallage-seed
                 ,
                 xij
                 .
                 drams
                 ;
                 Myrrh
                 ,
                 Anniseed
                 ,
                 Opium
                 ,
                 ana
                 vj.
                 drams
                 ;
                 White-Pepper
                 ,
                 V.
                 drams
                 ;
                 Parsly-seed
                 ,
                 Long-pepper
                 ,
                 Spicknard
                 ,
                 Cassia-Lignea
                 ,
                 ana
                 iv
                 .
                 drams
                 ;
                 Castor
                 ,
                 Saffron
                 ,
                 Flowers
                 of
                 
                   Juncus
                   Odoratus
                   ,
                   ana
                
                 iij.
                 drams
                 ;
                 Cinamon
                 ,
                 ij
                 .
                 drams
                 ;
                 Honey
                 1
                 pound
                 :
                 make
                 an
                 Electuary
                 ;
                 dose
                 the
                 quantity
                 of
                 a
                 Hazle-Nut
                 ,
                 at
                 Bed-time
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 little
                 Drink
                 .
              
            
             
               
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   X.
                
                 Loss
                 of
                 the
                 Use
                 of
                 Limbs
                 .
              
               
                 I.
                 IN
                 many
                 people
                 here
                 in
                 England
                 there
                 is
                 a
                 loss
                 of
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 their
                 Limbs
                 ,
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 caused
                 by
                 taking
                 great
                 Colds
                 ;
                 and
                 sometimes
                 it
                 is
                 the
                 effect
                 of
                 the
                 Palsie
                 :
                 the
                 like
                 may
                 happen
                 in
                 the
                 
                   West
                   Indies
                
                 ;
                 but
                 though
                 in
                 those
                 hot
                 Countries
                 it
                 is
                 possible
                 to
                 proceed
                 from
                 such
                 a
                 Cause
                 ,
                 yet
                 it
                 is
                 oftner
                 ,
                 and
                 more
                 generally
                 known
                 to
                 proeeed
                 from
                 the
                 Belly-Ach
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 kind
                 of
                 Belly-Ach
                 ,
                 which
                 proceed
                 from
                 dryness
                 and
                 Costiveness
                 of
                 Body
                 .
              
               
                 II.
                 If
                 it
                 proceeds
                 from
                 taking
                 of
                 Cold
                 ,
                 though
                 Sudorificks
                 are
                 commonly
                 used
                 yet
                 they
                 ought
                 rather
                 to
                 be
                 used
                 after
                 a
                 Legitimate
                 purging
                 and
                 clensing
                 the
                 Body
                 :
                 let
                 the
                 Sick
                 first
                 take
                 
                   our-Pilùlae
                   Mirables
                
                 from
                 a
                 Scruple
                 to
                 a
                 dram
                 .
                 And
                 repeat
                 the
                 same
                 for
                 2.
                 or
                 three
                 times
                 with
                 due
                 Intervalls
                 between
                 each
                 Purging
                 ,
                 as
                 of
                 two
                 or
                 three
                 days
                 or
                 more
                 ,
                 as
                 they
                 are
                 in
                 Age
                 and
                 strength
                 .
              
               
                 III.
                 After
                 sufficient
                 purging
                 and
                 cleansing
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 let
                 the
                 Patient
                 sweat
                 well
                 with
                 new
                 London-treacle
                 ,
                 for
                 3.
                 or
                 4.
                 times
                 or
                 oftner
                 as
                 you
                 see
                 occasion
                 ;
                 and
                 be
                 very
                 cautious
                 that
                 the
                 Sick
                 takes
                 no
                 Cold
                 again
                 :
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 time
                 of
                 sweating
                 ,
                 Frictions
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 used
                 to
                 the
                 helpless
                 Limb
                 ,
                 with
                 course
                 Cloths
                 :
                 that
                 as
                 by
                 the
                 Diaphoresis
                 ,
                 the
                 nervous
                 juice
                 becomes
                 depurated
                 and
                 clean
                 ;
                 so
                 also
                 by
                 the
                 rubbing
                 the
                 natural
                 Spirits
                 may
                 be
                 called
                 back
                 again
                 .
              
               
                 IV.
                 After
                 Sweating
                 the
                 weak
                 Limbs
                 are
                 to
                 be
                 bathed
                 alternatim
                 with
                 
                   Powers
                   of
                   Amber
                
                 and
                 
                   Powers
                   of
                   Juniper
                
                 ;
                 and
                 in
                 strong
                 robust
                 Bodies
                 ,
                 and
                 where
                 the
                 Skin
                 is
                 very
                 thick
                 ,
                 with
                 
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Amber
                
                 pure
                 and
                 simple
                 ,
                 for
                 some
                 few
                 daies
                 ;
                 and
                 
                 then
                 afterwards
                 with
                 
                   Powers
                   of
                   Amber
                
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 V.
                 If
                 it
                 be
                 caused
                 from
                 a
                 Palsie
                 ;
                 there
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 some
                 gentle
                 Purging
                 ,
                 but
                 with
                 such
                 things
                 as
                 more
                 particularly
                 carry
                 off
                 the
                 cold
                 ,
                 glutinous
                 ,
                 and
                 clamy
                 Humour
                 ,
                 which
                 has
                 devolved
                 upon
                 the
                 Nerves
                 ;
                 among
                 which
                 our
                 
                   Vinum
                   Catharticum
                
                 is
                 none
                 of
                 the
                 meanest
                 :
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 a
                 strong
                 Man
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 flower
                 of
                 his
                 years
                 ,
                 you
                 may
                 ,
                 with
                 caution
                 ,
                 give
                 the
                 former
                 
                   Pilulae
                   Mirabiles
                
                 ;
                 if
                 he
                 complains
                 of
                 a
                 fulness
                 and
                 heaviness
                 in
                 his
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 give
                 him
                 One
                 Two
                 ,
                 or
                 Three
                 Doses
                 of
                 our
                 
                   Impetus
                   Mineralis
                
                 ,
                 and
                 you
                 shall
                 find
                 a
                 wonder
                 succeed
                 .
              
               
                 VI.
                 But
                 during
                 all
                 this
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 sweat
                 oftentimes
                 ,
                 and
                 powerfully
                 by
                 giving
                 our
                 
                   Vinum
                   Catharticum
                
                 inwardly
                 ,
                 and
                 provoking
                 the
                 Sweat
                 with
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 ,
                 in
                 Hartman's
                 Chair
                 ,
                 if
                 you
                 have
                 such
                 a
                 one
                 ,
                 using
                 Frictions
                 withal
                 ,
                 as
                 before
                 directed
                 .
              
               
                 VII
                 .
                 Outwardly
                 let
                 the
                 paralytick
                 Limbs
                 be
                 well
                 anointed
                 ,
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 ,
                 with
                 this
                 following
                 Oyntment
                 ,
                 
                   Take
                   Chymical
                
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Rosemary
                 and
                 Anniseeds
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 an
                 ounce
                 :
                 Volatile
                 Sal
                 Armoniac
                 in
                 fine
                 Powder
                 half
                 an
                 ounce
                 ;
                 Palm
                 Oyl
                 half
                 a
                 pound
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 for
                 use
                 :
                 
                   Rub
                   it
                   well
                   in
                   before
                   a
                   good
                   Fire
                   .
                
              
               
                 VIII
                 .
                 Inwardly
                 ,
                 let
                 the
                 Sick
                 take
                 every
                 morning
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   our
                   new
                
                 London
                 
                   Treacle
                   ,
                   Volatile
                   Sal
                   Armoniack
                
                 ,
                 ana
                 
                   Five
                   grains
                   ;
                   mix
                   it
                   with
                   pulp
                   of
                   Figgs
                   ,
                
                 and
                 give
                 it
                 :
                 an
                 hour
                 after
                 the
                 taking
                 of
                 it
                 give
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   our
                   Spiritus
                   Cosmeticus
                   half
                   an
                   ounce
                   ,
                   Powers
                   of
                   Rosemary
                   half
                   a
                   drachm
                   ,
                   Spiritus
                   Antiastmaticus
                
                 Twenty
                 Drops
                 mix
                 ,
                 and
                 give
                 it
                 in
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 Sack
                 ,
                 or
                 Ale
                 ;
                 and
                 give
                 the
                 same
                 at
                 Night
                 ,
                 continuing
                 this
                 course
                 for
                 a
                 month
                 together
                 .
              
               
                 IX
                 .
                 But
                 when
                 it
                 proceeds
                 from
                 the
                 dry
                 Belly
                 Ach
                 ,
                 as
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 it
                 does
                 in
                 the
                 West-Indies
                 ,
                 this
                 following
                 method
                 is
                 necessary
                 to
                 be
                 pursued
                 :
                 First
                 ,
                 Give
                 the
                 following
                 Clyster
                 ,
                 R.
                 Chicken
                 Broth
                 a
                 pint
                 ,
                 Honey
                 or
                 Salt
                 ,
                 half
                 an
                 ounce
                 ;
                 
                   Tinctura
                   Aurea
                
                 One
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 (
                 or
                 instead
                 thereof
                 ,
                 boil
                 two
                 ounces
                 of
                 the
                 Pulp
                 of
                 the
                 bitter
                 Gourd
                 in
                 the
                 Broth
                 )
                 then
                 exhibit
                 
                 the
                 clear
                 Liquor
                 warm
                 ,
                 if
                 it
                 comes
                 away
                 without
                 any
                 apparent
                 effect
                 ,
                 repeat
                 it
                 again
                 .
              
               
                 X.
                 Then
                 purge
                 with
                 our
                 
                   Pilulae
                   Mirabiles
                
                 ,
                 two
                 ,
                 three
                 ,
                 four
                 ,
                 or
                 six
                 times
                 ,
                 as
                 need
                 requires
                 ,
                 with
                 intervals
                 between
                 each
                 Purge
                 ;
                 but
                 for
                 poor
                 People
                 ,
                 who
                 cannot
                 go
                 to
                 the
                 charge
                 of
                 these
                 Pills
                 ,
                 or
                 if
                 they
                 be
                 not
                 to
                 be
                 had
                 ,
                 use
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   a
                   large
                   quantity
                   of
                   Peach
                   Leaves
                   bruised
                   ,
                   viz.
                   about
                   fourty
                   handfuls
                   ;
                   Pulp
                   of
                   the
                   bitter
                   Gourd
                   Six
                   ounces
                   ;
                   boil
                   all
                   in
                   a
                   gallon
                   of
                   Water
                   to
                   two
                   Quarts
                   ,
                   strain
                   and
                   sweeten
                   with
                   Sugar
                   and
                   Honey
                   :
                
                 Dose
                 from
                 half
                 a
                 pint
                 to
                 a
                 pint
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 Age
                 and
                 Strength
                 :
                 This
                 Purge
                 ,
                 at
                 due
                 intervals
                 ,
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 repeated
                 three
                 ,
                 four
                 ,
                 five
                 ,
                 or
                 six
                 times
                 ,
                 as
                 you
                 see
                 need
                 .
              
               
                 XI
                 .
                 This
                 done
                 the
                 Bowels
                 ,
                 and
                 all
                 the
                 pained
                 Parts
                 and
                 lamed
                 Limbs
                 ,
                 are
                 to
                 be
                 
                   bathed
                   with
                
                 Powers
                 of
                 Amber
                 
                   Morning
                   and
                   Evening
                   ;
                   or
                   with
                
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Turpentine
                 two
                 ounces
                 ,
                 mixed
                 with
                 Hogs-lard
                 Eight
                 Ounces
                 .
              
               
                 XII
                 .
                 Lastly
                 ,
                 In
                 the
                 loss
                 of
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 Limbs
                 ,
                 proceeding
                 from
                 what
                 cause
                 soever
                 ,
                 this
                 following
                 Drink
                 must
                 be
                 constantly
                 used
                 and
                 no
                 other
                 ,
                 without
                 which
                 a
                 perfect
                 Cure
                 cannot
                 be
                 expected
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Juniper
                   Berries
                   well
                   bruised
                   ,
                   Seeds
                   and
                   all
                   Four
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   Fountain
                   Water
                   a
                   Gallon
                   ;
                   boil
                   all
                   to
                   Three
                   Quarts
                   or
                   Five
                   Pints
                   :
                   strain
                   out
                   the
                   clear
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   to
                   it
                   of
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Wine
                   Four
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   sweeten
                   with
                   White
                   Sugar
                   ,
                
                 and
                 drink
                 it
                 as
                 your
                 ordinary
                 Drink
                 .
                 This
                 Dyet
                 will
                 seldom
                 or
                 never
                 fail
                 the
                 desired
                 end
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 to
                 restore
                 the
                 Sick
                 to
                 the
                 perfect
                 use
                 of
                 their
                 Limbs
                 ,
                 and
                 without
                 which
                 it
                 can
                 scarcely
                 be
                 done
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
            
             
               
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   XI
                
                 .
                 Of
                 the
                 Cholick
                 or
                 Belly-ach
                 .
              
               
                 I.
                 To
                 
                   Cure
                   the
                   Belly-ach
                   in
                   a
                   Child
                   .
                
                 Take
                 the
                 best
                 Brandy
                 a
                 Quart
                 ,
                 Cinnamon
                 ,
                 Cortex
                 Winteranus
                 ,
                 ana
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Annifeeds
                 an
                 Ounce
                 and
                 half
                 ,
                 Rheubarb
                 very
                 thin
                 sliced
                 ,
                 or
                 grosly
                 bruised
                 ,
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 a
                 gentle
                 heat
                 of
                 a
                 Bath
                 make
                 a
                 Tincture
                 .
                 Dose
                 from
                 two
                 Spoonfulls
                 to
                 eight
                 ,
                 alone
                 by
                 it self
                 ,
                 or
                 sweetned
                 with
                 Sugar
                 ;
                 but
                 to
                 Children
                 give
                 it
                 sweetned
                 with
                 Sugar
                 ,
                 and
                 mixed
                 with
                 a
                 little
                 Ale
                 :
                 It
                 is
                 a
                 thing
                 not
                 to
                 be
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 and
                 which
                 I
                 have
                 proved
                 almost
                 a
                 thousand
                 times
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 II.
                 
                   Where
                   a
                   continuing
                   and
                   long
                   lasting
                   Belly-ach
                   ,
                   has
                   been
                   with
                   a
                   〈◊〉
                   Flux
                   ,
                
                 I
                 have
                 Cured
                 〈◊〉
                 by
                 the
                 following
                 Diet
                 Drink
                 .
                 Take
                 strong
                 Ale
                 a
                 Gallon
                 ,
                 choice
                 Brandy
                 a
                 Pint
                 ,
                 Rheubarb
                 thin
                 sliced
                 four
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Anniseeds
                 bruised
                 I
                 Ounce
                 :
                 Tie
                 them
                 up
                 in
                 a
                 loose
                 thin
                 Rag
                 ,
                 with
                 a
                 Stone
                 in
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 put
                 them
                 into
                 the
                 Ale
                 and
                 Brandy
                 ,
                 and
                 let
                 the
                 Sick
                 continually
                 drink
                 of
                 it
                 :
                 I
                 have
                 used
                 it
                 in
                 several
                 Cures
                 of
                 Patients
                 ,
                 and
                 never
                 found
                 it
                 fail
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 III.
                 
                   For
                   the
                   Cholick
                   ,
                   accompanied
                   with
                   a
                   Quartane
                   Ague
                   .
                
                 Take
                 Butter
                 of
                 Antimony
                 rectified
                 from
                 Regulus
                 of
                 Mars
                 ,
                 'till
                 it
                 is
                 clear
                 .
                 You
                 may
                 give
                 of
                 this
                 from
                 two
                 drops
                 to
                 five
                 ,
                 in
                 our
                 
                   Aqua
                   Bezoartica
                   .
                   Salmon
                
                 .
              
               
                 IV.
                 
                   For
                   a
                   Pocky
                   Cholick
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   Belly-ach
                   in
                   Pocky
                   Habit
                   of
                   Body
                   .
                
                 This
                 is
                 difficult
                 to
                 be
                 remedied
                 ,
                 and
                 many
                 times
                 not
                 without
                 much
                 trouble
                 ,
                 and
                 sometimes
                 danger
                 to
                 the
                 Sick
                 ;
                 this
                 following
                 is
                 of
                 wonderful
                 use
                 .
                 Take
                 
                 
                   Crude
                   Antimony
                   ,
                   Sal
                   Armoniack
                   ,
                   of
                   each
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   you
                   please
                   ;
                   reduce
                   them
                   into
                   an
                   Impalpable
                   Powder
                   ,
                   then
                   sublime
                   ;
                   so
                   will
                   you
                   have
                   red
                   Flowers
                   :
                   Take
                   of
                   these
                   Flowers
                   à
                   Gr.
                   iij.
                   ad
                
                 vj.
                 
                   Of
                   white
                   Proecipitate
                   well
                   edulcorated
                   à
                   Gr.
                   iij.
                   ad
                   8.
                   
                   Mix
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   Balsam
                   de
                   Peru
                   ,
                   a
                   sufficient
                   quantity
                   ,
                   make
                   a
                   Mass
                   for
                   one
                   Dose
                   of
                   Pills
                   .
                
                 'T
                 is
                 a
                 wonderful
                 Medicine
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 enough
                 to
                 be
                 praised
                 :
                 But
                 if
                 the
                 Patient
                 be
                 Young
                 or
                 Weak
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 proportionably
                 lessen
                 the
                 Dose
                 .
                 You
                 may
                 give
                 it
                 in
                 the
                 Morning
                 Fasting
                 ,
                 and
                 let
                 the
                 Sick
                 beware
                 of
                 taking
                 Cold.
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 V.
                 
                   The
                   Cholick
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   vehement
                   Catarrb
                   and
                   Cough
                   .
                
                 Where
                 the
                 Griping
                 of
                 the
                 Bowels
                 is
                 with
                 Costiveness
                 of
                 Body
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 accompanied
                 with
                 a
                 great
                 Cough
                 and
                 Catarrh
                 ,
                 there
                 is
                 no
                 better
                 Remedy
                 upon
                 Earth
                 than
                 our
                 Spiritus
                 Anticolicus
                 ,
                 of
                 which
                 the
                 Sick
                 may
                 take
                 half
                 a
                 Spoonful
                 every
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 Ale
                 or
                 Wine
                 ;
                 and
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 vehement
                 ,
                 in
                 all
                 the
                 Drink
                 they
                 take
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 VI.
                 
                   The
                   Cholick
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   violent
                   Flux
                   of
                   the
                   Belly
                   downwards
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   vehement
                   Catarrb
                   upwards
                   .
                
                 I
                 have
                 several
                 times
                 seen
                 this
                 preternatural
                 Flux
                 ,
                 though
                 it
                 be
                 not
                 common
                 :
                 Once
                 I
                 remember
                 I
                 had
                 a
                 Patient
                 afflicted
                 therewith
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 a
                 most
                 deplorable
                 Condition
                 :
                 I
                 Cured
                 him
                 by
                 giving
                 a
                 Spoonful
                 ,
                 or
                 Spoonful
                 and
                 half
                 of
                 my
                 
                   Tinctura
                   ad
                   Catarrhos
                
                 ,
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 in
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 Ale
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 a
                 Weeks
                 time
                 he
                 was
                 perfectly
                 well
                 .
                 See
                 it
                 in
                 my
                 
                   Phylaxa
                   Med.
                
                 Lib.
                 2.
                 
                 Cap.
                 9.
                 
                 Sect.
                 1.
                 
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 VII
                 .
                 
                   One
                   Purge
                   saith
                
                 ,
                 Rolfincius
                 ,
                 
                   given
                   with
                   Judgment
                   in
                   the
                   Cholick
                   does
                   that
                   alone
                   ,
                   which
                   ten
                   Clysters
                   will
                   scarcely
                   reach
                   ,
                   especially
                   in
                   the
                   Cholick
                   pain
                   from
                   Obstruction
                   of
                   the
                   Excrements
                   above
                   the
                   value
                   .
                
                 It
                 was
                 observed
                 when
                 a
                 Patient
                 had
                 thirty
                 Clysters
                 given
                 him
                 without
                 any
                 benefit
                 ,
                 that
                 another
                 Physician
                 gave
                 him
                 an
                 Ounce
                 and
                 half
                 of
                 Manna
                 ,
                 
                 with
                 two
                 Ounces
                 of
                 Oyl
                 of
                 sweet
                 Almonds
                 ,
                 in
                 fat
                 Chicken
                 Broth
                 ,
                 and
                 eased
                 the
                 Patient
                 of
                 his
                 pain
                 .
                 We
                 in
                 the
                 West-India's
                 in
                 this
                 case
                 ,
                 where
                 the
                 Constipation
                 is
                 great
                 ,
                 give
                 a
                 strong
                 Decoction
                 of
                 the
                 bitter
                 Gourd
                 ,
                 or
                 bitter
                 Squash
                 made
                 in
                 Water
                 ,
                 which
                 effectually
                 does
                 the
                 Cure
                 at
                 once
                 ,
                 if
                 given
                 in
                 the
                 beginning
                 of
                 the
                 Disease
                 :
                 Pulp
                 of
                 Colocynthis
                 here
                 will
                 do
                 the
                 same
                 .
                 In
                 the
                 West-India's
                 (
                 where
                 Peach-Trees
                 are
                 plentlful
                 )
                 the
                 Disease
                 is
                 Cured
                 by
                 taking
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 times
                 Syrup
                 of
                 Peaches
                 ;
                 or
                 by
                 taking
                 a
                 very
                 strong
                 Decoction
                 made
                 of
                 the
                 bruised
                 Leaves
                 of
                 the
                 Peach-Tree
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 VIII
                 .
                 
                   Sometimes
                   when
                   Clysters
                   are
                   given
                   ,
                   they
                   come
                   not
                   away
                   ,
                   but
                   almost
                   suffocate
                   ,
                
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 their
                 ascension
                 be
                 ing
                 stopt
                 by
                 much
                 Wind
                 ;
                 in
                 this
                 case
                 if
                 one
                 ,
                 two
                 ,
                 or
                 more
                 Clysters
                 do
                 not
                 come
                 away
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 either
                 put
                 up
                 a
                 very
                 sharp
                 Supository
                 ,
                 or
                 recall
                 them
                 with
                 a
                 small
                 Clyster
                 made
                 of
                 a
                 strong
                 Tincture
                 or
                 Decoction
                 of
                 Pulp
                 of
                 Colloquintida
                 .
              
               
                 IX
                 .
                 
                   Where
                   the
                   Cholick
                   proceeds
                   from
                   a
                   kind
                   of
                   Glassy
                   Phlegm
                   ,
                
                 weak
                 Clysters
                 may
                 not
                 be
                 given
                 ,
                 made
                 of
                 Oyl
                 ,
                 Hiera
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 like
                 ;
                 these
                 ,
                 though
                 in
                 a
                 gentle
                 Cholick
                 ,
                 may
                 do
                 some
                 good
                 ,
                 yet
                 in
                 a
                 violent
                 one
                 ,
                 can
                 do
                 nothing
                 ,
                 rather
                 mischief
                 :
                 In
                 this
                 case
                 nothing
                 less
                 than
                 a
                 strong
                 Clyster
                 made
                 with
                 our
                 
                   Tinctura
                   Aurea
                
                 (
                 see
                 Phylaxa
                 ,
                 Lib.
                 2.
                 
                 Cap.
                 5.
                 )
                 will
                 do
                 any
                 good
                 .
                 After
                 the
                 Clyster
                 has
                 been
                 taken
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 come
                 away
                 ,
                 let
                 the
                 Patient
                 be
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 times
                 Purged
                 with
                 our
                 
                   Pilula
                   Mirabiles
                
                 (
                 see
                 Phylaxa
                 ,
                 Lib.
                 2.
                 
                 Cap.
                 59.
                 )
                 and
                 he
                 will
                 be
                 so
                 perfectly
                 Cured
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 Disease
                 will
                 no
                 more
                 recur
                 from
                 that
                 numerick
                 Cause
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 X.
                 
                   In
                   a
                   vehement
                   Cholick
                   ,
                   with
                   Obstruction
                   of
                   the
                   Courses
                   ,
                
                 I
                 gave
                 the
                 following
                 things
                 .
                 1.
                 
                 I
                 Purged
                 the
                 Sick
                 well
                 with
                 my
                 Pilulae
                 Mirabiles
                 thrice
                 .
                 2.
                 
                 I
                 gave
                 the
                 following
                 Powder
                 .
                 Take
                 Livers
                 and
                 Galls
                 of
                 Eeles
                 ,
                 dry
                 them
                 
                 and
                 make
                 them
                 into
                 Powder
                 .
                 Dose
                 from
                 one
                 Drachm
                 to
                 two
                 in
                 white
                 Wine
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XI
                 .
                 
                   A
                   Venereal
                   Cholick
                
                 .
                 There
                 is
                 no
                 better
                 Medicine
                 upon
                 Earth
                 ,
                 then
                 to
                 give
                 every
                 day
                 for
                 a
                 Week
                 together
                 (
                 if
                 it
                 has
                 been
                 of
                 long
                 continuance
                 )
                 our
                 
                   Vinum
                   Herculeanum
                
                 ,
                 a
                 Sack
                 Glass
                 full
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 ,
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 times
                 a
                 day
                 .
                 The
                 way
                 of
                 making
                 it
                 see
                 in
                 
                   Phylaxa
                   Med.
                
                 Lib.
                 1.
                 
                 Cap.
                 47.
                 
                 Sect.
                 15.
                 
                 It
                 is
                 much
                 beyond
                 all
                 the
                 the
                 Spicy
                 and
                 Aromatick
                 Things
                 in
                 the
                 World.
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XII
                 .
                 
                   A
                   Clyster
                   against
                   the
                   Cholick
                
                 .
                 Take
                 Decoction
                 of
                 Juniper
                 Berries
                 a
                 Pint
                 ,
                 Spiritus
                 Aureus
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Aqua
                 Benedicta
                 four
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Olive
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 ;
                 this
                 works
                 in
                 a
                 small
                 time
                 ;
                 but
                 which
                 is
                 admirable
                 ,
                 even
                 before
                 it
                 works
                 the
                 pain
                 ceases
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XIII
                 .
                 
                   Another
                   Clyster
                   for
                   the
                   same
                
                 .
                 Take
                 Decoction
                 of
                 Dates
                 ,
                 made
                 in
                 Mutton-Broth
                 a
                 Pint
                 ,
                 Vinum
                 Emeticum
                 five
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 mix
                 for
                 a
                 Clyster
                 ;
                 it
                 gives
                 ease
                 almost
                 in
                 an
                 Instant
                 ,
                 and
                 brings
                 away
                 the
                 morbifick
                 Cause
                 or
                 Matter
                 after
                 a
                 wonderful
                 manner
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XIV
                 .
                 Rondeletius
                 saith
                 that
                 Castoreum
                 and
                 Euphorbium
                 are
                 of
                 good
                 use
                 ,
                 if
                 the
                 pain
                 be
                 constant
                 and
                 stir
                 not
                 from
                 its
                 place
                 ;
                 yea
                 ,
                 he
                 estimates
                 them
                 not
                 only
                 as
                 a
                 present
                 ,
                 but
                 as
                 the
                 ultimate
                 Remedy
                 :
                 If
                 you
                 take
                 six
                 ,
                 eight
                 ,
                 or
                 ten
                 Grains
                 of
                 Castor
                 in
                 Wine
                 ,
                 and
                 drink
                 a
                 little
                 after
                 it
                 ,
                 it
                 will
                 quickly
                 Cure
                 :
                 And
                 five
                 or
                 six
                 Gr.
                 of
                 Emphorbium
                 may
                 be
                 Infused
                 ,
                 and
                 taken
                 (
                 the
                 clear
                 Infusion
                 )
                 in
                 the
                 same
                 quantity
                 and
                 manner
                 .
              
               
                 XV.
                 
                   If
                   the
                   pain
                   be
                   in
                   the
                   upper
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Belly
                   ,
                   above
                   the
                   Navel
                   ,
                
                 Clysters
                 seldom
                 do
                 any
                 good
                 ;
                 for
                 they
                 never
                 reach
                 the
                 Morbifick
                 or
                 offending
                 Matter
                 ;
                 yet
                 sometimes
                 ,
                 even
                 in
                 these
                 cases
                 ,
                 when
                 the
                 pain
                 is
                 very
                 violent
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Humours
                 crude
                 ,
                 Clysters
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 ,
                 but
                 they
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 made
                 of
                 strong
                 Attractives
                 ,
                 
                 such
                 as
                 the
                 afore-mentioned
                 .
              
               
                 XVI
                 .
                 
                   This
                   Clyster
                   has
                   done
                   much
                   good
                   .
                
                 Take
                 fat
                 Broth
                 a
                 Pint
                 ;
                 Aloes
                 dissolved
                 two
                 Drachms
                 ,
                 Turpentine
                 one
                 Ounce
                 and
                 a
                 half
                 ,
                 or
                 two
                 Ounces
                 :
                 Truly
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 Medicament
                 not
                 to
                 be
                 despised
                 ,
                 I
                 remember
                 once
                 above
                 (
                 all
                 the
                 rest
                 of
                 the
                 times
                 I
                 used
                 it
                 )
                 I
                 recovered
                 a
                 young
                 Lady
                 even
                 from
                 the
                 Jaws
                 of
                 Death
                 with
                 it
                 :
                 The
                 Sick
                 had
                 been
                 three
                 daies
                 and
                 three
                 Nights
                 tortured
                 with
                 incessant
                 Pain
                 :
                 Clysters
                 of
                 most
                 kinds
                 had
                 been
                 given
                 by
                 an
                 Apothecary
                 ,
                 by
                 the
                 Prescript
                 of
                 a
                 Physitian
                 :
                 moreover
                 ,
                 there
                 had
                 been
                 given
                 previous
                 to
                 those
                 ,
                 Aromatick
                 Bolus's
                 ,
                 bitter
                 Decoctions
                 ,
                 and
                 lastly
                 Opiates
                 ,
                 but
                 all
                 in
                 vain
                 ;
                 nor
                 could
                 the
                 Opiates
                 do
                 any
                 good
                 ,
                 for
                 that
                 they
                 constipated
                 the
                 Bowels
                 much
                 more
                 ,
                 which
                 were
                 before
                 costive
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 rendered
                 the
                 disease
                 ,
                 to
                 all
                 appearance
                 ,
                 uncurable
                 ,
                 so
                 void
                 of
                 true
                 Medical
                 Sense
                 or
                 Knowledge
                 ,
                 were
                 those
                 Men
                 of
                 great
                 names
                 ,
                 which
                 had
                 been
                 before
                 concern'd
                 with
                 her
                 :
                 In
                 short
                 ,
                 they
                 neither
                 gave
                 her
                 any
                 Ease
                 ,
                 nor
                 made
                 her
                 go
                 to
                 Stool
                 ;
                 so
                 that
                 what
                 with
                 the
                 Anguish
                 and
                 Pain
                 ,
                 she
                 was
                 given
                 over
                 and
                 lay
                 for
                 dead
                 .
                 In
                 this
                 state
                 and
                 Condition
                 ,
                 a
                 Gentlewoman
                 then
                 present
                 ,
                 moved
                 that
                 I
                 might
                 be
                 sent
                 for
                 ,
                 which
                 was
                 accordingly
                 done
                 ,
                 when
                 I
                 came
                 thither
                 ,
                 I
                 viewed
                 my
                 Patient
                 ,
                 no
                 appearance
                 of
                 Life
                 could
                 be
                 discerned
                 ,
                 so
                 that
                 I
                 had
                 but
                 small
                 encouragement
                 to
                 act
                 ;
                 however
                 ,
                 being
                 entreated
                 by
                 her
                 grieved
                 Parents
                 ,
                 I
                 was
                 perswaded
                 ,
                 even
                 for
                 their
                 satisfaction
                 .
                 The
                 Apothecary
                 was
                 sent
                 for
                 ,
                 and
                 gave
                 me
                 an
                 account
                 of
                 all
                 that
                 was
                 done
                 ;
                 I
                 could
                 not
                 forbear
                 blaming
                 the
                 Physitians
                 ,
                 for
                 acting
                 so
                 preposterously
                 ,
                 against
                 the
                 rules
                 of
                 Art
                 ,
                 as
                 to
                 prescribe
                 Opiates
                 in
                 a
                 Cholick
                 ,
                 with
                 a
                 strong
                 constipation
                 of
                 the
                 Bowels
                 :
                 The
                 Apothecary
                 could
                 no
                 waies
                 take
                 their
                 part
                 ,
                 but
                 was
                 of
                 my
                 Opinion
                 .
                 But
                 the
                 business
                 was
                 now
                 ,
                 what
                 was
                 most
                 fit
                 to
                 be
                 done
                 ;
                 nothing
                 could
                 be
                 given
                 by
                 the
                 Mouth
                 ,
                 for
                 her
                 Teeth
                 seemed
                 to
                 be
                 
                 set
                 ;
                 I
                 immediately
                 bethought
                 of
                 the
                 former
                 Clyster
                 ,
                 which
                 was
                 presently
                 given
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 half
                 an
                 hour
                 came
                 away
                 ,
                 with
                 many
                 hardned
                 Excrements
                 ,
                 after
                 which
                 ,
                 the
                 Sick
                 was
                 discerned
                 to
                 breath
                 :
                 I
                 caused
                 the
                 same
                 Clyster
                 to
                 be
                 administred
                 again
                 ,
                 and
                 all
                 the
                 Region
                 of
                 the
                 Abdomen
                 ,
                 to
                 be
                 bathed
                 very
                 well
                 with
                 
                   Powrs
                   of
                   Amber
                
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 Flannel
                 moistned
                 with
                 the
                 same
                 ,
                 to
                 be
                 laid
                 hot
                 over
                 the
                 afflicted
                 Parts
                 .
                 The
                 Clyster
                 stayed
                 Two
                 Hours
                 with
                 the
                 Sick
                 ,
                 and
                 then
                 came
                 away
                 with
                 more
                 hardned
                 Excrements
                 ;
                 after
                 which
                 she
                 opened
                 her
                 Eyes
                 ,
                 and
                 seemed
                 to
                 move
                 her self
                 ;
                 and
                 in
                 about
                 six
                 hours
                 time
                 speak
                 .
                 The
                 first
                 Clyster
                 was
                 given
                 about
                 Ten
                 in
                 the
                 Morning
                 ,
                 the
                 second
                 before
                 Eleven
                 :
                 About
                 Eight
                 at
                 Night
                 I
                 prescribed
                 this
                 ,
                 
                   Take
                   Mutton
                   Broth
                   three
                   quarters
                   of
                   a
                   pint
                   ,
                   Aqua
                   Benedicta
                   three
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Venice
                   Turpentine
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Oyl
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   mix
                   and
                   make
                   a
                   Clyster
                   .
                
                 She
                 confessed
                 she
                 had
                 great
                 Ease
                 before
                 this
                 was
                 exhibited
                 ;
                 but
                 after
                 she
                 had
                 received
                 this
                 last
                 ,
                 she
                 confess'd
                 she
                 was
                 in
                 perfect
                 Ease
                 ;
                 it
                 came
                 away
                 from
                 her
                 ,
                 in
                 about
                 an
                 hour
                 and
                 quarters
                 time
                 :
                 After
                 which
                 ,
                 I
                 first
                 gently
                 purged
                 her
                 with
                 a
                 Dose
                 of
                 my
                 
                   Family
                   Pills
                
                 ;
                 then
                 with
                 two
                 Doses
                 of
                 my
                 
                   Pilulae
                   Mirabiles
                
                 (
                 but
                 withal
                 giving
                 her
                 respite
                 to
                 recover
                 Strength
                 )
                 after
                 which
                 she
                 constantly
                 took
                 my
                 
                   Spiritus
                   Anticolicus
                
                 ,
                 in
                 all
                 her
                 Drink
                 ,
                 and
                 became
                 perfectly
                 well
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XVII
                 .
                 
                   A
                   Cholick
                   proceeding
                   from
                   Gravel
                   ,
                   obstructed
                   in
                   the
                   Reins
                
                 ;
                 It
                 was
                 plainly
                 perceived
                 to
                 be
                 an
                 Obstruction
                 of
                 the
                 Reins
                 ,
                 because
                 the
                 Sick
                 could
                 not
                 make
                 Water
                 .
                 I
                 prescribed
                 the
                 last
                 of
                 the
                 afore-going
                 Clysters
                 ,
                 which
                 was
                 repeated
                 three
                 times
                 ,
                 once
                 every
                 day
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 Patient
                 ,
                 by
                 this
                 means
                 alone
                 ,
                 was
                 perfectly
                 cured
                 :
                 And
                 this
                 might
                 possibly
                 be
                 performed
                 by
                 the
                 Balsamick
                 and
                 Diuretick
                 Particles
                 of
                 the
                 Turpentine
                 ,
                 being
                 received
                 into
                 the
                 Lacteal
                 Veins
                 ,
                 whereby
                 it
                 was
                 mixed
                 with
                 the
                 Lacteal
                 Juice
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 entred
                 into
                 the
                 mass
                 of
                 Blood
                 ,
                 and
                 was
                 circulated
                 
                 with
                 it
                 ;
                 whereby
                 ,
                 altering
                 its
                 Crasis
                 ,
                 it
                 opened
                 the
                 Obstructions
                 of
                 the
                 Passages
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 provoked
                 Urine
                 ;
                 for
                 alwaies
                 after
                 the
                 Clysters
                 ,
                 the
                 Sick
                 made
                 a
                 very
                 large
                 quantity
                 of
                 Urine
                 .
                 This
                 thing
                 I
                 have
                 many
                 times
                 experienced
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XVIII
                 .
                 
                   In
                   some
                   Patients
                   the
                   best
                   Clysters
                   do
                   little
                   good
                
                 ;
                 and
                 by
                 I
                 know
                 not
                 what
                 hidden
                 cause
                 ,
                 the
                 Pain
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 day
                 or
                 two
                 ,
                 or
                 three
                 ,
                 returns
                 again
                 ,
                 as
                 bad
                 as
                 ever
                 ,
                 or
                 worse
                 :
                 these
                 ,
                 by
                 the
                 following
                 suppositories
                 ,
                 have
                 not
                 only
                 found
                 present
                 Ease
                 ,
                 but
                 the
                 Cure
                 has
                 succeeded
                 ,
                 as
                 if
                 it
                 had
                 been
                 done
                 by
                 Inchantment
                 .
                 
                   Take
                   Honey
                   One
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   boiled
                   to
                   a
                   thickness
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   wrought
                   with
                   ones
                   Finger
                   ;
                   then
                   add
                   in
                   Powder
                   Sal
                   Gem
                   two
                   Scruples
                   ,
                   Troches
                   Alhaudal
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   distilled
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Wax
                   ,
                   ten
                   drops
                   ,
                   make
                   and
                   form
                   a
                   Suppository
                   ,
                
                 which
                 let
                 be
                 put
                 up
                 in
                 the
                 Paroxysm
                 .
              
               
                 XIX
                 .
                 
                   Whether
                   the
                   Cholick
                   comes
                   from
                   Choler
                   or
                   Vitreous
                   Flegm
                   ,
                   sharp
                   and
                   emollent
                   Clysters
                   ,
                   are
                   of
                   excellent
                   Use
                   :
                
                 And
                 sometimes
                 Clysters
                 made
                 only
                 of
                 Oyl
                 ,
                 on
                 of
                 Oyl
                 three
                 parts
                 ,
                 Turpentine
                 one
                 part
                 ,
                 have
                 saved
                 the
                 Life
                 of
                 a
                 Patient
                 .
                 For
                 since
                 the
                 Cholick
                 is
                 caused
                 by
                 the
                 Colons
                 being
                 obstructed
                 by
                 plenty
                 of
                 Matters
                 above
                 ,
                 Wind
                 in
                 the
                 middle
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 great
                 quantity
                 of
                 hardned
                 Excrements
                 below
                 ,
                 whereby
                 the
                 Wind
                 can
                 neither
                 get
                 up
                 nor
                 down
                 ,
                 or
                 get
                 out
                 :
                 It
                 is
                 necessary
                 first
                 of
                 all
                 ,
                 to
                 open
                 the
                 lower
                 Passages
                 ,
                 and
                 to
                 help
                 the
                 dryness
                 of
                 the
                 Bowels
                 ,
                 which
                 may
                 be
                 done
                 by
                 Lenitive
                 and
                 Emolient
                 Clysters
                 ;
                 and
                 if
                 the
                 matter
                 be
                 tough
                 and
                 viscous
                 by
                 sharp
                 ,
                 inciding
                 and
                 attractive
                 ones
                 ,
                 such
                 as
                 we
                 have
                 before
                 described
                 ,
                 which
                 must
                 be
                 so
                 long
                 continued
                 ,
                 till
                 all
                 the
                 hardned
                 Excrements
                 are
                 taken
                 away
                 :
                 Nor
                 must
                 Oyl
                 be
                 omitted
                 ,
                 because
                 it
                 mollifies
                 and
                 loosens
                 much
                 more
                 than
                 any
                 Aqueous
                 Body
                 ,
                 and
                 leaves
                 the
                 Bowels
                 in
                 a
                 better
                 temper
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XX.
                 
                   Fienus
                   advises
                   to
                   mix
                   Narcoticks
                   or
                   Opiates
                   with
                   Purgers
                   .
                
                 And
                 this
                 may
                 be
                 good
                 where
                 the
                 Constipation
                 is
                 not
                 Great
                 ;
                 for
                 by
                 this
                 means
                 
                 the
                 sick
                 has
                 present
                 ease
                 ;
                 the
                 tough
                 flegm
                 or
                 matter
                 is
                 afterwards
                 carried
                 off
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 wind
                 descending
                 into
                 the
                 Colon
                 ,
                 is
                 discussed
                 .
                 In
                 this
                 case
                 take
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Extract
                   of
                   fine
                   Aloes
                   one
                   Scruple
                   ,
                   Scammony
                   in
                   fine
                   Powder
                   eight
                   Grains
                   ,
                   of
                   our
                   Volatile
                   Laudanum
                   ,
                   with
                   Aloes
                   ,
                   five
                   or
                   six
                   Grains
                   :
                   Mix
                   and
                   make
                   a
                   Dose
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                
                 given
                 at
                 night
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XXI
                 .
                 Bartholinus
                 
                   saith
                   ,
                   that
                   Clysters
                   of
                   Tobacco-Smoak
                   are
                   excellent
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   present
                   help
                   .
                
                 There
                 is
                 a
                 Pipe
                 made
                 on
                 purpose
                 for
                 this
                 use
                 ;
                 but
                 the
                 Smoak
                 may
                 be
                 blown
                 up
                 the
                 Anus
                 by
                 a
                 common
                 Tobacco-pipe
                 ,
                 which
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 effectually
                 brings
                 away
                 the
                 hardest
                 Excrements
                 ,
                 discusses
                 Wind
                 ,
                 and
                 even
                 cleanses
                 the
                 Intestines
                 of
                 cold
                 glassie
                 Phlegm
                 .
              
               
                 XXII
                 .
                 
                   An
                   Electuary
                   to
                   purge
                   with
                   in
                   a
                   Cholick
                   :
                
                 Take
                 of
                 Dates
                 ,
                 pulp
                 of
                 Raisins
                 of
                 the
                 Sun
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 Scammony
                 in
                 fine
                 Powder
                 twelve
                 Grains
                 ,
                 Bezoar
                 mineral
                 a
                 Scruple
                 :
                 Mix
                 them
                 for
                 one
                 Dose
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XXIII
                 .
                 If
                 the
                 Excrements
                 be
                 very
                 muchhardened
                 ,
                 Clysters
                 of
                 pure
                 Oil
                 ought
                 first
                 to
                 be
                 given
                 ;
                 then
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 more
                 sharp
                 :
                 For
                 the
                 Oil
                 first
                 dissolving
                 the
                 Excrements
                 ,
                 they
                 are
                 the
                 more
                 easily
                 brought
                 away
                 by
                 a
                 sharp
                 Clyster
                 ,
                 such
                 as
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Broth
                   ,
                   Oil
                   Olive
                   ,
                   of
                   each
                   seven
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   Elixir
                   proprietatis
                   sine
                   Acido
                   one
                   Ounce
                   and
                   half
                
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 .
                 'T
                 is
                 a
                 thing
                 beyond
                 Commendation
                 ,
                 if
                 seasonably
                 used
                 .
              
               
                 XXIV
                 .
                 
                   If
                   the
                   Cholick
                   proceeds
                   of
                   billious
                   humours
                   ,
                   whereby
                   the
                   Constipation
                   of
                   the
                   〈◊〉
                   vehement
                
                 ;
                 one
                 of
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 of
                 simple
                 things
                 ,
                 is
                 Syrup
                 of
                 Peach-blossoms
                 three
                 Ounces
                 given
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 :
                 Or
                 this
                 ,
                 
                   Take
                   Extract
                   of
                   fine
                   Aloes
                   ,
                   Calomelanos
                   in
                   fine
                   Powder
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   one
                   Scruple
                   ,
                   Scammony
                   seven
                   Grains
                
                 ;
                 mix
                 and
                 make
                 Pills
                 for
                 one
                 Dose
                 ;
                 it
                 seldom
                 fails
                 .
                 Or
                 ,
                 Take
                 pulp
                 of
                 Raisins
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Calomelanos
                 a
                 quarter
                 of
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 mix
                 for
                 a
                 Dose
                 :
                 After
                 which
                 ,
                 drink
                 an
                 Infusion
                 of
                 Sena
                 and
                 Rheubarb
                 ,
                 sweetned
                 with
                 Manna
                 and
                 Syrup
                 of
                 
                 Roses
                 .
                 After
                 the
                 Purge
                 has
                 done
                 working
                 ,
                 give
                 eight
                 or
                 ten
                 Ounces
                 of
                 Oil
                 of
                 sweet
                 Almonds
                 ;
                 and
                 let
                 the
                 sick
                 repose
                 himself
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XXV
                 .
                 Rondeletius
                 tells
                 us
                 he
                 has
                 cured
                 several
                 with
                 a
                 Clyster
                 made
                 of
                 Decoction
                 of
                 Hedge-mustard
                 ,
                 especially
                 being
                 made
                 with
                 Wine
                 :
                 You
                 may
                 sweeten
                 it
                 with
                 Honey
                 .
              
               
                 XXVI
                 .
                 
                   Hercules
                   Saxonia
                
                 saith
                 ,
                 
                   I
                   mustingenuously
                   confess
                   ,
                   I
                   have
                   cured
                   several
                   in
                   one
                   day
                   with
                   this
                   Medicine
                   :
                
                 Take
                 Diaphoenicon
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 〈◊〉
                 Hiera
                 three
                 Drams
                 ;
                 or
                 a
                 Bolus
                 .
              
               
                 XXVII
                 .
                 
                   in
                   some
                   cases
                   ,
                   especially
                   where
                   Convulsions
                   attend
                   a
                   Cholick
                   ,
                
                 it
                 is
                 good
                 to
                 make
                 Revulsions
                 by
                 vomit
                 .
                 Some
                 prescribe
                 a
                 Vomit
                 by
                 Leaves
                 of
                 Asarabacca
                 ,
                 and
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 good
                 one
                 :
                 But
                 there
                 is
                 no
                 better
                 Emetick
                 for
                 this
                 purpose
                 ,
                 than
                 our
                 
                   Pulvis
                   Emeticus
                
                 ,
                 or
                 our
                 
                   Cartharticum
                   Argenteum
                
                 .
                 The
                 first
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 from
                 three
                 Grains
                 to
                 six
                 or
                 eight
                 in
                 Broth
                 or
                 Posset
                 drink
                 ;
                 the
                 second
                 to
                 a
                 Dram
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 Dram
                 and
                 half
                 ,
                 in
                 like
                 manner
                 :
                 They
                 are
                 easie
                 and
                 safe
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XXVIII
                 .
                 
                   Insome
                   Constitutions
                   troubled
                   with
                   a
                   Cholick
                   ,
                   Wine
                   and
                   strong
                   Liquors
                   are
                   very
                   pernicious
                   ,
                
                 and
                 always
                 generate
                 the
                 matter
                 causing
                 those
                 pains
                 :
                 In
                 those
                 cases
                 drinking
                 of
                 Water
                 is
                 the
                 only
                 remedy
                 ,
                 and
                 Fountain-water
                 in
                 which
                 
                   Sal
                   Prunella
                
                 (
                 a
                 Scruple
                 to
                 half
                 a
                 Pint
                 )
                 is
                 dissolved
                 ,
                 and
                 well
                 sweetned
                 with
                 Sugar
                 ;
                 and
                 this
                 is
                 always
                 certain
                 in
                 a
                 bilious
                 Cholick
                 ,
                 especially
                 if
                 accompanied
                 with
                 a
                 Feaver
                 ;
                 in
                 which
                 cases
                 ,
                 as
                 also
                 in
                 an
                 Inflamation
                 of
                 the
                 Colon
                 ,
                 this
                 Remedy
                 never
                 fails
                 .
              
               
                 XXIX
                 .
                 
                   This
                   is
                   also
                   to
                   be
                   noted
                   ,
                   That
                   where
                   there
                   is
                   occasion
                   of
                   using
                   my
                   volatile
                   Laudan
                   .
                   Guttoe
                   Vitoe
                   ,
                   new
                   London
                   Treacle
                   ,
                
                 or
                 any
                 other
                 of
                 that
                 kind
                 ,
                 that
                 they
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 used
                 while
                 there
                 is
                 yet
                 strength
                 :
                 For
                 if
                 they
                 be
                 used
                 when
                 the
                 Forces
                 are
                 wasted
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 sick
                 consumed
                 ,
                 or
                 near
                 death
                 ,
                 they
                 will
                 not
                 only
                 do
                 hurt
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 hasten
                 the
                 Patient's
                 death
                 ,
                 taking
                 away
                 Life
                 and
                 
                 Sense
                 together
                 :
                 Nor
                 ought
                 they
                 to
                 be
                 given
                 by
                 any
                 means
                 ,
                 if
                 the
                 Pulses
                 be
                 low
                 ,
                 languid
                 ,
                 and
                 weak
                 :
                 Yet
                 if
                 they
                 be
                 at
                 all
                 used
                 ,
                 they
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 applied
                 externally
                 ,
                 or
                 only
                 used
                 in
                 a
                 Clyster
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 proper
                 Vehicle
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 Clyster
                 being
                 given
                 ,
                 the
                 sick
                 to
                 lie
                 on
                 the
                 pained
                 side
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XXX
                 .
                 
                   They
                   are
                   also
                   most
                   effectual
                   ,
                   if
                   taken
                   after
                   Universals
                   ,
                
                 as
                 proper
                 and
                 fit
                 Emeticks
                 ,
                 or
                 Catharticks
                 ,
                 or
                 both
                 ,
                 such
                 as
                 we
                 have
                 before
                 described
                 :
                 And
                 without
                 these
                 Preparatives
                 ,
                 they
                 ought
                 not
                 indeed
                 to
                 be
                 taken
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XXXI
                 .
                 
                   Authors
                   say
                   ,
                   Clysters
                   should
                   first
                   be
                   given
                   ,
                   as
                   of
                   Oils
                   alone
                   ,
                   from
                   six
                   Ounces
                   to
                   a
                   Pound
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   sick
                   is
                   to
                   keep
                   all
                   night
                   .
                
                 If
                 evacuation
                 of
                 Excrements
                 follow
                 not
                 that
                 ,
                 then
                 exhibit
                 five
                 Ounces
                 of
                 fat
                 Manna
                 ,
                 dissolv'd
                 in
                 Broth
                 ,
                 aromatiz'd
                 with
                 Cinnamon
                 or
                 other
                 Spices
                 ;
                 for
                 that
                 by
                 its
                 softness
                 ,
                 moistness
                 ,
                 and
                 subtilty
                 of
                 parts
                 ,
                 loosens
                 and
                 penetrates
                 ,
                 and
                 by
                 softning
                 expels
                 the
                 Excrements
                 .
                 If
                 this
                 does
                 not
                 ,
                 Oil
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 again
                 ,
                 from
                 six
                 or
                 seven
                 Ounces
                 to
                 a
                 Pound
                 .
                 When
                 the
                 Excrements
                 are
                 brought
                 away
                 ,
                 purge
                 with
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Sena
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   Aniseeds
                   bruised
                   a
                   Dram
                   and
                   half
                   ,
                   Salt
                   of
                   Tartar
                   one
                   Dram
                   ,
                   Juice
                   of
                   Liquorice
                   half
                   a
                   Dram
                   ,
                   Spring-water
                   a
                   Pint
                   ;
                   make
                   an
                   Infusion
                   over
                   a
                   gentle
                   beat
                   for
                   twelve
                   or
                   sixteen
                   hours
                   ,
                   and
                   strain
                   it
                   out
                   for
                   four
                   Doses
                   .
                
                 This
                 will
                 effectually
                 cleanse
                 the
                 Bowels
                 ,
                 and
                 take
                 away
                 all
                 the
                 Excrements
                 ,
                 or
                 remaining
                 morbifick
                 matter
                 Or
                 instead
                 thereof
                 ,
                 you
                 may
                 use
                 our
                 
                   Tinctura
                   Aured
                
                 ,
                 from
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 to
                 a
                 whole
                 Ounce
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 ,
                 till
                 the
                 whole
                 Cause
                 is
                 removed
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XXXII
                 .
                 
                   Should
                   the
                   Disease
                   yet
                   return
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Cholick
                   pains
                   be
                   violent
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   necessity
                   of
                   having
                   recourse
                   to
                   Opiates
                   :
                
                 You
                 may
                 give
                 them
                 from
                 2
                 to
                 4
                 or
                 6
                 grains
                 of
                 our
                 
                   Volatile
                   Laudanum
                
                 ;
                 after
                 which
                 give
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   of
                   our
                   Spiritus
                   Cosmeticus
                   a
                   spoonful
                   ,
                   or
                   spoonful
                   and
                   half
                   ,
                   choice
                   Canary
                   six
                   spoonfuls
                   to
                   eight
                   ;
                   mix
                   them
                   ,
                
                 to
                 be
                 given
                 immediately
                 after
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 whole
                 Region
                 
                 the
                 Abdomen
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 bathed
                 with
                 our
                 
                   Spiritus
                   Anodinus
                
                 :
                 And
                 these
                 things
                 are
                 so
                 much
                 the
                 better
                 ,
                 if
                 the
                 Constitution
                 be
                 hot
                 :
                 But
                 if
                 cold
                 ,
                 the
                 morbifick
                 matter
                 is
                 made
                 thicker
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Disease
                 becomes
                 yet
                 more
                 stubborn
                 .
              
               
                 XXXIII
                 .
                 
                   When
                   the
                   Bowels
                   or
                   their
                   Tunicles
                   are
                   thus
                   afflicted
                   with
                   a
                   gross
                   ,
                   tough
                   ,
                   and
                   cold
                   matter
                   ,
                   heating
                   things
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   used
                   ,
                   whether
                   they
                   be
                   Cathartick
                   ,
                   or
                   Alterative
                   only
                   .
                
                 In
                 this
                 case
                 you
                 may
                 purge
                 with
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   of
                   our
                   Tinctura
                   Aurea
                   from
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   to
                   an
                   ounce
                   ,
                   Powers
                   of
                   Anniseeds
                   half
                   an
                   ounce
                   ;
                   mix
                   them
                
                 with
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 White-wine
                 or
                 Ale
                 ,
                 for
                 a
                 Dose
                 .
                 An
                 Alterative
                 
                   Essence
                   of
                   Garlick
                
                 is
                 an
                 admirable
                 thing
                 ;
                 for
                 it
                 exceedingly
                 heats
                 &
                 warms
                 ;
                 discusses
                 Wind
                 profoundly
                 ,
                 and
                 withal
                 prevents
                 the
                 breeding
                 and
                 increase
                 of
                 the
                 cold
                 flegmatick
                 Humor
                 .
              
               
                 XXXIV
                 .
                 
                   To
                   make
                   the
                
                 Essentia
                 Allii
                 ,
                 
                   or
                   Essence
                   of
                   Garlick
                   ,
                   of
                   so
                   great
                   use
                   in
                   this
                   case
                   .
                
                 Take
                 a
                 large
                 quantity
                 of
                 Garlick
                 ,
                 beat
                 it
                 well
                 in
                 a
                 Marble
                 Mortar
                 ,
                 and
                 reduce
                 it
                 to
                 an
                 impalpable
                 Pap
                 as
                 much
                 as
                 you
                 can
                 ;
                 put
                 it
                 into
                 a
                 long-neck'd
                 Matrass
                 ,
                 or
                 large
                 Bolt-head
                 ;
                 which
                 seal
                 up
                 hermetically
                 ,
                 or
                 otherwise
                 well
                 close
                 it
                 ;
                 set
                 it
                 to
                 digest
                 in
                 Horse-dung
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 Sand-heat
                 of
                 equal
                 strength
                 for
                 forty
                 days
                 :
                 Then
                 open
                 the
                 Vessel
                 ,
                 take
                 out
                 the
                 matter
                 ;
                 which
                 will
                 most
                 of
                 it
                 be
                 reduced
                 into
                 a
                 slimy
                 Liquor
                 ;
                 strain
                 out
                 the
                 thinner
                 part
                 by
                 pressing
                 :
                 Digest
                 again
                 in
                 a
                 little
                 Sand-heat
                 ,
                 or
                 rather
                 in
                 
                   B.
                   M.
                
                 that
                 there
                 may
                 be
                 a
                 residence
                 of
                 the
                 grosser
                 parts
                 :
                 The
                 thinner
                 separate
                 by
                 inclination
                 ,
                 which
                 perfectly
                 purifie
                 by
                 adding
                 to
                 every
                 quart
                 of
                 the
                 Liquor
                 from
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 to
                 a
                 whole
                 Ounce
                 of
                 its
                 own
                 fixt
                 Salt
                 ;
                 or
                 for
                 want
                 of
                 the
                 same
                 ,
                 as
                 much
                 Salt
                 of
                 Tartar
                 ;
                 digest
                 again
                 for
                 forty
                 days
                 ,
                 then
                 separate
                 the
                 pure
                 from
                 the
                 impure
                 ,
                 and
                 keep
                 the
                 Essence
                 for
                 use
                 in
                 a
                 Glass
                 close
                 stopt
                 :
                 It
                 will
                 keep
                 a
                 long
                 time
                 ,
                 and
                 be
                 as
                 it
                 were
                 incorruptible
                 :
                 Dose
                 from
                 half
                 a
                 spoonful
                 to
                 one
                 or
                 two
                 spoonfuls
                 ,
                 or
                 more
                 .
                 The
                 Essences
                 of
                 Plants
                 made
                 after
                 this
                 manner
                 ,
                 will
                 be
                 transparent
                 ,
                 either
                 of
                 an
                 Emrald
                 
                 green
                 ,
                 or
                 of
                 a
                 red
                 Oriental
                 Granate
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 quality
                 and
                 quantity
                 of
                 Salt
                 ,
                 Sulphur
                 ,
                 and
                 Mercury
                 ,
                 predominating
                 in
                 each
                 Plant.
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XXXV
                 .
                 To
                 make
                 the
                 
                   Essentia
                   Apii
                
                 ,
                 or
                 Essence
                 of
                 Smallage
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 a
                 specifick
                 in
                 this
                 Disease
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 a
                 great
                 quantity
                 of
                 Smallage
                 when
                 in
                 Flower
                 ,
                 beat
                 it
                 well
                 as
                 aforesaid
                 ;
                 digest
                 in
                 a
                 long-neck'd
                 Matrass
                 for
                 forty
                 days
                 close
                 stopt
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 Sand-heat
                 ;
                 strain
                 out
                 the
                 thin
                 by
                 pressing
                 :
                 Digest
                 again
                 in
                 a
                 very
                 gentle
                 Sand-heat
                 ,
                 or
                 
                   B.
                   M.
                
                 to
                 make
                 a
                 farther
                 separation
                 :
                 Separate
                 the
                 thinner
                 by
                 inclination
                 ;
                 which
                 perfectly
                 purifie
                 by
                 adding
                 to
                 each
                 pint
                 of
                 Liquor
                 from
                 two
                 Drachms
                 to
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 of
                 its
                 own
                 fixt
                 Salt
                 ;
                 or
                 for
                 want
                 of
                 it
                 ,
                 as
                 much
                 Salt
                 of
                 Tartar
                 ;
                 digest
                 again
                 for
                 forty
                 days
                 then
                 separate
                 the
                 purely
                 clear
                 ,
                 and
                 keep
                 it
                 close
                 stopt
                 for
                 use
                 .
                 Dose
                 from
                 a
                 spoonful
                 to
                 two
                 or
                 three
                 spoonfuls
                 ,
                 or
                 more
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 Wine
                 .
                 This
                 is
                 a
                 Medicament
                 not
                 enough
                 to
                 be
                 valued
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XXXVI
                 .
                 
                   These
                   Essences
                   thus
                   drawn
                   from
                   the
                   whole
                   Plant
                   ,
                   or
                   its
                   parts
                   ,
                   are
                   purified
                   and
                   exalted
                   until
                   they
                   arrive
                   to
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   their
                   first
                   Being
                   ,
                
                 which
                 will
                 eminently
                 posses
                 all
                 the
                 central
                 Virtues
                 of
                 their
                 mixt
                 ;
                 for
                 here
                 Art
                 and
                 Nature
                 ,
                 in
                 this
                 Preparation
                 ,
                 have
                 preserved
                 all
                 the
                 seminal
                 Powers
                 with
                 which
                 it
                 was
                 endowed
                 ;
                 and
                 these
                 Essences
                 contain
                 in
                 themselves
                 all
                 the
                 efficacy
                 and
                 Virtues
                 of
                 the
                 Plants
                 of
                 which
                 they
                 are
                 made
                 .
                 The
                 addition
                 of
                 the
                 Salt
                 of
                 the
                 Plant
                 ,
                 not
                 only
                 adds
                 to
                 its
                 virtue
                 ,
                 but
                 it
                 also
                 causes
                 to
                 separate
                 all
                 the
                 heterogeneous
                 and
                 slimy
                 matter
                 which
                 did
                 hinder
                 the
                 exaltation
                 and
                 perfection
                 of
                 the
                 Medicine
                 ,
                 and
                 brings
                 it
                 to
                 the
                 highest
                 clarity
                 and
                 purity
                 imaginable
                 .
                 If
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 Ounces
                 of
                 white
                 Sugar
                 be
                 added
                 to
                 every
                 Pint
                 of
                 the
                 Essence
                 ,
                 it
                 will
                 not
                 only
                 help
                 to
                 its
                 conservation
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 be
                 more
                 pleasant
                 to
                 the
                 Patient
                 :
                 And
                 withal
                 ,
                 if
                 you
                 put
                 a
                 little
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 ,
                 or
                 
                 instead
                 of
                 the
                 Sugar
                 ,
                 five
                 or
                 six
                 Ounces
                 of
                 our
                 
                   Syrupus
                   Volatilis
                
                 ,
                 the
                 Preparation
                 will
                 not
                 be
                 the
                 worse
                 for
                 it
                 .
                 Note
                 also
                 ,
                 these
                 Essences
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 in
                 Wine
                 ,
                 Water
                 ,
                 Broth
                 ,
                 or
                 Decoction
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 sick
                 best
                 likes
                 .
                 They
                 restore
                 decayed
                 strength
                 ,
                 and
                 bring
                 Nature
                 back
                 again
                 into
                 its
                 old
                 path
                 ,
                 for
                 the
                 health
                 and
                 preservation
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XXXVII
                 .
                 The
                 Essence
                 of
                 Peach-leaves
                 .
              
               
                 Take
                 Peach-Leaves
                 (
                 long
                 before
                 the
                 Fruit
                 is
                 ripe
                 )
                 so
                 many
                 as
                 by
                 supposition
                 you
                 may
                 have
                 six
                 Quarts
                 of
                 juice
                 from
                 ;
                 beat
                 them
                 well
                 as
                 before
                 ;
                 digest
                 all
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 former
                 method
                 for
                 forty
                 days
                 :
                 Strain
                 out
                 and
                 digest
                 again
                 ,
                 separate
                 the
                 thinner
                 part
                 ,
                 and
                 with
                 its
                 own
                 Salt
                 ,
                 or
                 Salt
                 of
                 Tartar
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 former
                 proportion
                 ;
                 by
                 digestion
                 purifie
                 and
                 perfect
                 the
                 Essence
                 by
                 another
                 forty
                 days
                 space
                 of
                 time
                 .
                 I
                 astly
                 ,
                 adding
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 Ounces
                 of
                 white
                 Sugar
                 to
                 every
                 Pint
                 or
                 Quart
                 ,
                 keep
                 it
                 close
                 stopt
                 for
                 use
                 .
                 Dose
                 from
                 twospoonfuls
                 ,
                 to
                 four
                 ,
                 six
                 ,
                 or
                 eight
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 age
                 &
                 strength
                 :
                 It
                 purges
                 well
                 ,
                 and
                 carries
                 off
                 the
                 morbifick
                 cause
                 to
                 a
                 Miracle
                 ;
                 but
                 it
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 taken
                 three
                 ,
                 four
                 ,
                 or
                 six
                 times
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 exigency
                 of
                 the
                 Disease
                 requires
                 .
                 This
                 is
                 a
                 specifick
                 in
                 a
                 Cholick
                 beyond
                 most
                 other
                 things
                 ,
                 and
                 withal
                 very
                 safe
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XXXVIII
                 .
                 
                   Among
                   Carminatives
                   ,
                   or
                   Discussers
                   of
                   Wind
                   ,
                   I
                   commend
                   (
                   from
                   a
                   very
                   long
                   and
                   large
                   Experience
                   )
                
                 our
                 Powers
                 of
                 Anniseeds
                 ,
                 Powers
                 of
                 Caraways
                 of
                 Juniper-berries
                 ,
                 Limons
                 ,
                 Cloves
                 ,
                 Nutmegs
                 ,
                 Rosemary
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 like
                 .
                 Out
                 of
                 these
                 the
                 following
                 Compositum
                 may
                 be
                 made
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Powers
                   of
                   Cloves
                   ,
                   Nutmegs
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   of
                   Anniseeds
                   ,
                   Carraways
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   an
                   Ounce
                   and
                   half
                   ;
                   of
                   Juniper
                   ,
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   of
                   Limons
                   and
                   Rosemary
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   two
                   Ounces
                   and
                   a
                   half
                   :
                   mix
                   all
                   for
                   the
                   Uses
                   afore-mentioned
                   .
                
                 Dose
                 half
                 a
                 spoonful
                 in
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 Ale
                 or
                 Wine
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XXXIX
                 .
                 
                   This
                   is
                   also
                   certain
                   from
                   a
                   very
                   great
                   Experience
                   ,
                
                 That
                 as
                 vehement
                 Cholicks
                 are
                 often
                 caused
                 from
                 a
                 cold
                 ,
                 tough
                 ,
                 viscous
                 Phlegm
                 ,
                 sticking
                 
                 to
                 the
                 Stomach
                 and
                 Guts
                 ,
                 and
                 Wind
                 thence
                 arising
                 ;
                 so
                 that
                 not
                 only
                 the
                 said
                 Wind
                 may
                 be
                 gradually
                 discussed
                 ,
                 by
                 the
                 assiduous
                 use
                 of
                 the
                 said
                 Potestates
                 or
                 Powers
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 by
                 the
                 use
                 thereof
                 ,
                 that
                 viscous
                 Phlegm
                 adhering
                 to
                 the
                 Tunicles
                 of
                 the
                 Stomach
                 and
                 Guts
                 ,
                 will
                 be
                 by
                 degrees
                 incided
                 ,
                 corrected
                 ,
                 and
                 removed
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XL.
                 
                   But
                   though
                   these
                   Aromatick
                   Potestates
                   are
                   admirable
                   in
                   the
                   precited
                   case
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   powerfully
                   resist
                   the
                   Cause
                
                 ;
                 yet
                 it
                 is
                 my
                 Opinion
                 ,
                 That
                 nothing
                 exceeds
                 my
                 
                   Spiritus
                   Anticolicus
                
                 ,
                 being
                 profitable
                 to
                 all
                 the
                 intentions
                 of
                 the
                 Cure
                 ;
                 for
                 that
                 it
                 not
                 only
                 corrects
                 hoth
                 Phlegm
                 and
                 Choler
                 ,
                 and
                 discusses
                 Wind
                 when
                 bred
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 hinders
                 it
                 from
                 breeding
                 .
                 It
                 not
                 only
                 discusses
                 Wind
                 ,
                 or
                 condenses
                 it
                 ,
                 but
                 prevents
                 its
                 new
                 extention
                 ,
                 or
                 rarification
                 again
                 .
                 I
                 could
                 produce
                 several
                 Histories
                 of
                 this
                 Cure
                 ,
                 performed
                 by
                 this
                 Medicament
                 alone
                 .
              
               
                 XLI
                 .
                 
                   Some
                   ,
                   after
                   all
                   other
                   Remedies
                   have
                   failed
                   ,
                   have
                   been
                   cured
                   by
                   a
                   Decoction
                   of
                   Guaiacum
                   ;
                   and
                   its
                   Bark
                   .
                
                 And
                 several
                 Histories
                 of
                 Cures
                 performed
                 by
                 it
                 are
                 extant
                 ;
                 but
                 the
                 most
                 eminent
                 is
                 that
                 of
                 a
                 Bath-keeper
                 of
                 Vienna
                 ,
                 after
                 he
                 had
                 been
                 tortured
                 with
                 a
                 most
                 vehement
                 Cholick
                 for
                 nine
                 months
                 ,
                 and
                 used
                 a
                 great
                 number
                 of
                 things
                 to
                 no
                 purpose
                 ,
                 his
                 Disease
                 still
                 increased
                 upon
                 him
                 ,
                 and
                 by
                 drinking
                 of
                 Spaw-waters
                 was
                 still
                 exasperated
                 .
                 He
                 was
                 married
                 to
                 a
                 young
                 Wife
                 ,
                 and
                 she
                 was
                 also
                 afflicted
                 with
                 the
                 same
                 Disease
                 ,
                 and
                 dead
                 of
                 it
                 :
                 He
                 feared
                 the
                 same
                 fate
                 ,
                 and
                 began
                 to
                 be
                 convulsed
                 in
                 his
                 whole
                 Body
                 ;
                 so
                 that
                 his
                 Physicians
                 began
                 to
                 fear
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 Disease
                 was
                 or
                 would
                 be
                 translated
                 to
                 the
                 
                   Genus
                   nervosum
                
                 ,
                 or
                 nervous
                 Stock
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 cause
                 a
                 Palsie
                 .
                 Having
                 stopt
                 his
                 Convulsions
                 by
                 other
                 Medicines
                 ,
                 he
                 gave
                 him
                 
                   Guaiacum
                   Wine
                
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 Advice
                 of
                 
                   Amatus
                   Lusitanus
                   ,
                   Cent
                   cur
                
                 .
                 32.
                 to
                 cause
                 him
                 to
                 sweat
                 ,
                 which
                 he
                 did
                 for
                 five
                 days
                 ,
                 and
                 was
                 perfectly
                 cured
                 :
                 
                   Germ.
                   Eph.
                   An.
                
                 3.
                 
                 P.
                 487.
                 
                 This
                 Cholick
                 the
                 Physician
                 judg'd
                 
                 from
                 phlegmatick
                 Humours
                 ,
                 the
                 Seminaries
                 of
                 Wind
                 ,
                 which
                 being
                 dissolved
                 by
                 that
                 diaphoretick
                 Wine
                 ,
                 were
                 spent
                 by
                 Sweat.
                 Some
                 Laxatives
                 were
                 also
                 given
                 between
                 whiles
                 .
              
               
                 XLII
                 .
                 
                   In
                   a
                   Cholick
                   proceeding
                   from
                   a
                   hot
                   cause
                   ,
                   hot
                   things
                   ,
                   whether
                   for
                   inward
                   or
                   outward
                   use
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   avoided
                   ,
                   lest
                   an
                   Inflammation
                   be
                   caused
                   :
                
                 In
                 this
                 case
                 purging
                 Waters
                 ,
                 clarified
                 Whey
                 with
                 Sena
                 ,
                 and
                 Syrup
                 of
                 Violets
                 ,
                 drank
                 plentifully
                 ,
                 are
                 given
                 with
                 good
                 success
                 :
                 and
                 outwardly
                 to
                 the
                 Bowels
                 ,
                 Willis
                 advises
                 to
                 Fomentations
                 of
                 a
                 Solution
                 of
                 Nitre
                 ,
                 or
                 Sal-Armoniack
                 ,
                 as
                 in
                 pains
                 of
                 the
                 Gout
                 ;
                 and
                 sometimes
                 ,
                 as
                 Septalius
                 reports
                 ,
                 of
                 simple
                 cold
                 Water
                 .
              
               
                 XLIII
                 .
                 If
                 the
                 Cholick
                 be
                 caused
                 by
                 hard
                 Excrements
                 ,
                 hindring
                 the
                 passage
                 of
                 the
                 rest
                 of
                 them
                 ,
                 and
                 of
                 Wind
                 ,
                 Emollients
                 must
                 first
                 be
                 used
                 ,
                 and
                 afterwards
                 sharp
                 things
                 to
                 irritate
                 the
                 faculty
                 .
                 Sennertus
                 .
              
               
                 XLIV
                 .
                 I
                 had
                 a
                 Patient
                 that
                 for
                 Four
                 Months
                 had
                 been
                 troubled
                 with
                 an
                 almost
                 Invincible
                 Colick
                 ;
                 at
                 length
                 he
                 desired
                 my
                 help
                 ;
                 I
                 only
                 gave
                 him
                 my
                 
                   Spiritus
                   Anticolicus
                
                 ,
                 two
                 Drachms
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 Wine
                 ,
                 and
                 made
                 him
                 sweat
                 upon
                 it
                 ;
                 and
                 by
                 the
                 using
                 of
                 about
                 two
                 or
                 three
                 Ounces
                 thereof
                 ,
                 he
                 was
                 Cured
                 .
              
               
                 XLV
                 .
                 A
                 Man
                 ,
                 about
                 sixty
                 Years
                 of
                 Age
                 ,
                 mightily
                 complained
                 to
                 me
                 of
                 a
                 grinding
                 pain
                 in
                 his
                 Groin
                 ,
                 which
                 always
                 seized
                 him
                 just
                 at
                 Night
                 ,
                 and
                 this
                 had
                 continued
                 with
                 him
                 for
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 Months
                 ;
                 the
                 Constitution
                 of
                 the
                 Bowels
                 all
                 this
                 while
                 being
                 as
                 it
                 should
                 be
                 ,
                 for
                 ,
                 he
                 was
                 neither
                 Costive
                 nor
                 Loose
                 ;
                 from
                 whence
                 I
                 conceived
                 it
                 to
                 be
                 rather
                 a
                 Flatulency
                 in
                 the
                 Muscles
                 of
                 the
                 Abdomen
                 ,
                 than
                 in
                 the
                 Colen
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 it
                 proved
                 ;
                 for
                 I
                 caused
                 him
                 Morning
                 ,
                 Noon
                 ,
                 and
                 Night
                 ,
                 to
                 bathe
                 the
                 Part
                 afflicted
                 with
                 
                   Powers
                   of
                   Amber
                
                 ;
                 and
                 this
                 alone
                 in
                 about
                 a
                 Weeks
                 time
                 (
                 without
                 taking
                 any
                 thing
                 inwardly
                 )
                 cured
                 him
                 .
              
               
                 XLVI
                 .
                 I
                 have
                 several
                 times
                 
                 cured
                 an
                 Inveterate
                 Colick
                 ,
                 with
                 loss
                 of
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 Limbs
                 ,
                 by
                 giving
                 
                   Turpethum
                   Minerale
                
                 ,
                 so
                 as
                 to
                 raise
                 a
                 Flux
                 ,
                 which
                 has
                 sometimes
                 lasted
                 twenty
                 Days
                 ,
                 or
                 more
                 ;
                 for
                 by
                 this
                 means
                 the
                 peccant
                 Matter
                 lodged
                 ,
                 and
                 as
                 it
                 were
                 ,
                 rooted
                 in
                 the
                 
                   Nervous
                   System
                
                 ,
                 which
                 could
                 not
                 be
                 removed
                 by
                 other
                 Medicines
                 ,
                 is
                 taken
                 away
                 :
                 For
                 the
                 Mercurial
                 Particles
                 ,
                 by
                 diffusing
                 themselves
                 every
                 way
                 ,
                 dissolve
                 ,
                 divide
                 and
                 dissipate
                 the
                 morbifick
                 Matter
                 ,
                 into
                 almost
                 insensible
                 small
                 Particles
                 ,
                 and
                 at
                 length
                 wholly
                 expell
                 them
                 .
                 And
                 this
                 I
                 experienced
                 in
                 a
                 miserable
                 Lame
                 Patient
                 ,
                 whom
                 I
                 Cured
                 by
                 this
                 means
                 ,
                 even
                 while
                 this
                 present
                 Book
                 was
                 in
                 Writing
                 .
              
               
                 LXVI
                 .
                 I
                 am
                 of
                 opinion
                 ,
                 that
                 Catharticks
                 ,
                 mixt
                 with
                 Opiates
                 ,
                 are
                 of
                 good
                 use
                 :
                 I
                 have
                 used
                 this
                 following
                 ,
                 with
                 a
                 wonderful
                 success
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Extract
                   of
                   fine
                   Aloes
                   ,
                   Extract
                   of
                   Colocynthis
                   ,
                   of
                   each
                   twelve
                   Grains
                   ;
                   Laudanum
                   Volatile
                   Nostrum
                   ,
                   five
                   or
                   six
                   Grains
                   :
                   mix
                   them
                   for
                   a
                   Dose
                   .
                
                 It
                 is
                 true
                 ,
                 the
                 Purge
                 works
                 not
                 presently
                 ,
                 by
                 reason
                 the
                 Opiate
                 is
                 mixt
                 with
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 therefore
                 I
                 give
                 it
                 over
                 Night
                 ,
                 but
                 it
                 commonly
                 works
                 by
                 the
                 next
                 daynoon
                 :
                 yet
                 this
                 is
                 very
                 observable
                 ,
                 That
                 the
                 Patient
                 does
                 not
                 feel
                 himself
                 as
                 if
                 he
                 had
                 taken
                 a
                 Purge
                 ,
                 but
                 lies
                 very
                 quietly
                 and
                 pleasantly
                 all
                 Night
                 ,
                 the
                 Physick
                 not
                 disturbing
                 him
                 ,
                 griping
                 him
                 ,
                 nor
                 making
                 him
                 sick
                 ;
                 and
                 when
                 it
                 does
                 work
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 with
                 a
                 great
                 deal
                 of
                 pleasantness
                 ,
                 without
                 any
                 pain
                 at
                 all
                 ;
                 and
                 by
                 this
                 silent
                 way
                 (
                 as
                 it
                 were
                 )
                 of
                 carrying
                 off
                 the
                 Humour
                 ,
                 the
                 Paroxysm
                 is
                 many
                 times
                 presently
                 at
                 an
                 end
                 .
              
               
                 XLVII
                 .
                 If
                 the
                 Pain
                 ,
                 as
                 I
                 said
                 before
                 ,
                 be
                 not
                 in
                 the
                 Bowels
                 ,
                 but
                 in
                 the
                 Muscles
                 of
                 the
                 Abdomen
                 (
                 from
                 what
                 cause
                 soever
                 ,
                 it
                 does
                 not
                 so
                 much
                 matter
                 )
                 it
                 is
                 sometimes
                 cured
                 by
                 a
                 Vesicatory
                 applied
                 upon
                 the
                 part
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 little
                 below
                 the
                 Navel
                 ;
                 and
                 this
                 is
                 often
                 done
                 with
                 very
                 great
                 success
                 :
                 But
                 you
                 must
                 by
                 no
                 means
                 lay
                 it
                 upon
                 the
                 Navel
                 ;
                 lest
                 Convulsions
                 or
                 Swooning
                 follow
                 ,
                 by
                 reason
                 
                 of
                 the
                 commerce
                 of
                 the
                 umbilical
                 Vessels
                 and
                 the
                 Heart
                 .
                 For
                 a
                 man
                 certainly
                 dies
                 ,
                 if
                 the
                 Skin
                 be
                 flea'd
                 off
                 the
                 Navel
                 ,
                 though
                 't
                 is
                 possible
                 he
                 might
                 live
                 ,
                 if
                 he
                 was
                 flea'd
                 in
                 any
                 place
                 besides
                 ;
                 which
                 is
                 a
                 note
                 ,
                 worthy
                 observing
                 .
              
               
                 XLVIII
                 .
                 Authors
                 say
                 ,
                 That
                 Mercury
                 -
                 Water
                 ,
                 inwardly
                 taken
                 ,
                 radically
                 cures
                 the
                 Cholick
                 :
                 I
                 have
                 not
                 had
                 the
                 experience
                 of
                 it
                 ,
                 but
                 this
                 I
                 know
                 ;
                 That
                 being
                 my self
                 seized
                 with
                 a
                 vehement
                 Cholick
                 ,
                 I
                 drank
                 about
                 a
                 quarter
                 of
                 a
                 Pint
                 of
                 Wine
                 ,
                 digested
                 a
                 Month
                 upon
                 my
                 Hercules
                 ,
                 and
                 it
                 cured
                 me
                 momentarily
                 ,
                 or
                 upon
                 the
                 spot
                 :
                 And
                 some
                 years
                 since
                 that
                 time
                 ,
                 I
                 have
                 several
                 times
                 been
                 troubled
                 with
                 that
                 Disease
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 like
                 manner
                 applying
                 my self
                 to
                 that
                 same
                 Remedy
                 ,
                 I
                 have
                 always
                 found
                 the
                 same
                 success
                 ,
                 to
                 my
                 very
                 great
                 satisfaction
                 :
                 but
                 the
                 Philosophical
                 Reason
                 of
                 this
                 thing
                 ,
                 is
                 not
                 very
                 easie
                 to
                 be
                 penetrated
                 into
                 .
              
               
                 XLIX
                 .
                 
                   Alexander
                   Benedictus
                
                 commends
                 this
                 :
                 Take
                 
                   Nitre
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   dissolve
                   it
                   in
                   a
                   sufficient
                   quantity
                   of
                   Water
                   ,
                   with
                   which
                   mix
                   as
                   much
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   and
                   exhibit
                   it
                   by
                   Clyster
                   ,
                   of
                   a
                   due
                   bear
                   .
                
                 This
                 ,
                 they
                 say
                 ,
                 wonderfully
                 draws
                 out
                 the
                 thick
                 Matter
                 ,
                 and
                 dry
                 compact
                 Excrements
                 .
                 It
                 may
                 be
                 a
                 good
                 thing
                 for
                 all
                 that
                 I
                 know
                 ,
                 but
                 I
                 have
                 had
                 no
                 experience
                 of
                 it
                 .
                 This
                 is
                 probable
                 ,
                 That
                 if
                 it
                 proceeds
                 from
                 a
                 hot
                 Distemper
                 of
                 the
                 Viscera
                 ,
                 or
                 Intestines
                 ,
                 this
                 Medicine
                 may
                 do
                 good
                 ;
                 but
                 if
                 from
                 a
                 Cold
                 ,
                 it
                 must
                 be
                 infallibly
                 naught
                 .
              
               
                 L.
                 Speedwell
                 ,
                 is
                 commended
                 by
                 Crato
                 ,
                 as
                 a
                 Specifick
                 in
                 the
                 Cholick
                 .
                 1.
                 
                 By
                 drinking
                 the
                 Decoction
                 thereof
                 made
                 with
                 Wine
                 ,
                 with
                 half
                 a
                 Drachm
                 of
                 Myrrhe
                 .
                 2.
                 
                 By
                 exhibiting
                 ,
                 Clyster-wise
                 ,
                 a
                 Decoction
                 thereof
                 in
                 Chicken-broth
                 .
                 He
                 also
                 says
                 ,
                 That
                 when
                 no
                 other
                 Remedies
                 would
                 do
                 ,
                 he
                 cut
                 Root
                 of
                 Masterwort
                 ,
                 put
                 it
                 into
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 Wine
                 ,
                 and
                 gave
                 it
                 to
                 drink
                 every
                 Day
                 before
                 Supper
                 ,
                 which
                 made
                 the
                 pain
                 ceaso
                 .
              
               
               
                 LI.
                 
                   This
                   following
                   Clyster
                   has
                   cured
                   many
                   .
                   Take
                
                 Malmsey
                 ,
                 or
                 Muskadel
                 ,
                 or
                 for
                 want
                 of
                 them
                 Malaga
                 ,
                 or
                 Canary
                 six
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Nuts
                 four
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 Powers
                 of
                 Juniper
                 ,
                 and
                 of
                 Rue
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 an
                 Ounce
                 and
                 a
                 half
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 and
                 exhibit
                 it
                 hot
                 .
                 
                   Inwardly
                   ,
                   you
                   may
                   give
                   by
                   the
                   Mouth
                   our
                
                 Tinctura
                 Anticolica
                 ,
                 
                   from
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   to
                   one
                   Ounce
                   in
                   Wine
                   :
                   Or
                   this
                   Powder
                   :
                   Take
                
                 Powder
                 of
                 the
                 Testicles
                 of
                 a
                 Horse
                 ,
                 or
                 of
                 Castoreum
                 one
                 Drachm
                 ,
                 Anniseeds
                 in
                 Powder
                 one
                 Scruple
                 :
                 mix
                 ,
                 and
                 give
                 it
                 in
                 Wine
                 or
                 Broth
                 :
                 
                   Or
                   ,
                   half
                   a
                   Dram
                   of
                   the
                   Powder
                   of
                   the
                   Spunge
                   which
                   grows
                   upon
                   the
                   wild
                   Bryar
                   .
                
              
               
                 LII
                 .
                 A
                 Cholick
                 proceeding
                 purely
                 from
                 taking
                 Cold
                 I
                 cured
                 ,
                 by
                 anointing
                 ,
                 the
                 whole
                 Region
                 of
                 the
                 Abdomen
                 ,
                 with
                 
                   Balsam
                   of
                   Amber
                
                 .
              
               
                 LIII
                 .
                 This
                 following
                 mixture
                 being
                 first
                 given
                 in
                 a
                 proper
                 Vehicle
                 ,
                 by
                 the
                 Mouth
                 ,
                 Secondly
                 ,
                 well
                 bathed
                 three
                 ,
                 four
                 ,
                 or
                 five
                 times
                 upon
                 the
                 whole
                 Region
                 of
                 the
                 Abdomen
                 .
                 Thirdly
                 ,
                 Given
                 Clyster-wise
                 in
                 a
                 little
                 Broth
                 ,
                 I
                 have
                 often-times
                 found
                 to
                 cure
                 the
                 Cholick
                 miraculously
                 .
                 
                   Take
                   Powers
                   of
                   Caraways
                   ,
                   of
                   Limons
                   ,
                   of
                   Nutmegs
                   ,
                   of
                   Cloves
                   ,
                   of
                   Virtues
                   ,
                   of
                   each
                   a
                   like
                   quantity
                   ;
                   mix
                   them
                   ;
                   to
                   be
                   used
                   after
                   the
                   manner
                   aforesaid
                   .
                
                 Salmon
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   XII
                
                 .
                 Of
                 an
                 Hysterick
                 Cholick
                 .
              
               
                 I.
                 IN
                 describing
                 this
                 Disease
                 ,
                 and
                 prescribing
                 a
                 method
                 of
                 Precepts
                 for
                 the
                 Cure
                 thereof
                 ,
                 I
                 cannot
                 follow
                 any
                 Author
                 ,
                 nor
                 have
                 I
                 met
                 with
                 any
                 thing
                 yet
                 extant
                 ,
                 which
                 has
                 yet
                 given
                 me
                 any
                 satisfaction
                 :
                 The
                 florid
                 Discourses
                 of
                 some
                 upon
                 this
                 Subject
                 ,
                 seem
                 to
                 me
                 rather
                 an
                 excursive
                 sound
                 of
                 Words
                 and
                 Noise
                 ,
                 than
                 
                 any
                 thing
                 of
                 substantial
                 Reasons
                 ;
                 and
                 truly
                 in
                 some
                 sort
                 ,
                 are
                 rather
                 Deviations
                 from
                 the
                 Truth
                 ,
                 than
                 either
                 Illustrations
                 of
                 the
                 nature
                 of
                 the
                 Disease
                 ,
                 or
                 sound
                 Documents
                 in
                 order
                 to
                 its
                 cure
                 .
              
               
                 II.
                 The
                 very
                 name
                 of
                 the
                 Distemper
                 imports
                 the
                 Nature
                 and
                 Quality
                 thereof
                 ;
                 it
                 being
                 a
                 Pain
                 excited
                 from
                 a
                 distemper
                 or
                 disturbance
                 of
                 the
                 Womb
                 ,
                 or
                 some
                 parts
                 adjacent
                 to
                 it
                 ;
                 in
                 all
                 my
                 Observations
                 of
                 Diseases
                 of
                 that
                 part
                 ,
                 there
                 has
                 seem'd
                 something
                 to
                 indicate
                 a
                 consent
                 of
                 the
                 Nerves
                 of
                 the
                 Mesentery
                 ,
                 if
                 not
                 some
                 Disease
                 actually
                 residing
                 therein
                 ;
                 and
                 that
                 which
                 induces
                 me
                 so
                 much
                 the
                 more
                 to
                 this
                 Opinion
                 ,
                 is
                 a
                 vehement
                 Cholick
                 excited
                 (
                 as
                 't
                 is
                 thought
                 )
                 from
                 that
                 which
                 is
                 vulgarly
                 called
                 a
                 distemper
                 of
                 the
                 Womb.
                 
              
               
                 III.
                 But
                 if
                 I
                 should
                 descend
                 to
                 the
                 exact
                 discussion
                 of
                 Hysterick
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 I
                 am
                 apt
                 to
                 think
                 that
                 in
                 many
                 of
                 those
                 cases
                 ,
                 where
                 the
                 Womb
                 is
                 so
                 much
                 blamed
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 not
                 concerned
                 at
                 all
                 ,
                 but
                 is
                 rather
                 from
                 Convulsions
                 ,
                 or
                 distemper
                 of
                 the
                 Mesentery
                 ;
                 for
                 that
                 I
                 have
                 known
                 several
                 Men
                 (
                 though
                 not
                 so
                 commonly
                 as
                 among
                 Women
                 ,
                 because
                 not
                 so
                 subject
                 to
                 such
                 Passions
                 )
                 in
                 an
                 extream
                 manner
                 afficted
                 with
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 commonly
                 accounted
                 Hysterick
                 Fits.
                 
              
               
                 IV.
                 If
                 a
                 Cholick
                 be
                 excited
                 in
                 Persons
                 not
                 subject
                 to
                 Hysterick
                 Fits
                 (
                 and
                 such
                 we
                 shall
                 call
                 them
                 ,
                 as
                 oft
                 as
                 we
                 have
                 occasion
                 to
                 make
                 use
                 of
                 their
                 name
                 ,
                 because
                 of
                 the
                 vulgar
                 acceptation
                 )
                 it
                 cannot
                 be
                 an
                 Hysterick
                 Cholick
                 ,
                 but
                 that
                 of
                 the
                 simple
                 kind
                 ,
                 of
                 which
                 we
                 have
                 largely
                 treated
                 in
                 the
                 former
                 Chapter
                 ,
                 and
                 therefore
                 shall
                 say
                 nothing
                 here
                 .
              
               
                 V.
                 But
                 if
                 in
                 Persons
                 subject
                 to
                 Hysterick
                 Distempers
                 ,
                 upon
                 the
                 exciting
                 of
                 the
                 Hysterick
                 Fit
                 ,
                 a
                 Cholick
                 be
                 induced
                 ,
                 this
                 is
                 that
                 which
                 we
                 intend
                 here
                 ,
                 and
                 whose
                 Symptoms
                 ,
                 Causes
                 ,
                 Prognosticks
                 ,
                 and
                 Indications
                 of
                 Cure
                 ,
                 we
                 design
                 in
                 this
                 Chapter
                 .
              
               
               
                 VI.
                 It
                 is
                 easily
                 known
                 by
                 the
                 difference
                 afore-mentioned
                 from
                 an
                 ordinary
                 Cholick
                 ,
                 yet
                 there
                 is
                 a
                 farther
                 cause
                 ,
                 than
                 what
                 simply
                 causes
                 Hysterick
                 Fits
                 ,
                 viz.
                 a
                 sharp
                 ,
                 phlegmatick
                 ,
                 or
                 clammy
                 Matter
                 ,
                 lodged
                 in
                 the
                 nervous
                 foldings
                 of
                 the
                 Mesentery
                 and
                 Bowels
                 :
                 moreover
                 ,
                 the
                 Sick
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 complains
                 of
                 a
                 vehement
                 pain
                 at
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 for
                 some-time
                 before
                 hand
                 ,
                 with
                 a
                 weight
                 and
                 heaviness
                 ;
                 and
                 many
                 times
                 there
                 is
                 a
                 Costiveness
                 of
                 Body
                 preceding
                 it
                 ;
                 and
                 if
                 the
                 Patient
                 is
                 plethorick
                 ,
                 or
                 full
                 of
                 Blood
                 ,
                 there
                 is
                 sometimes
                 a
                 bleeding
                 at
                 Nose
                 ;
                 or
                 in
                 heavy
                 ,
                 melancholly
                 ,
                 and
                 unpleasant
                 Bodies
                 ,
                 a
                 Flux
                 of
                 the
                 Haemorrhoids
                 ;
                 if
                 these
                 precede
                 not
                 ,
                 the
                 Patient
                 complains
                 of
                 Vertigo
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 pain
                 in
                 the
                 Head
                 ,
                 a
                 dull
                 pain
                 or
                 heaviness
                 in
                 one
                 of
                 the
                 sides
                 ,
                 either
                 right
                 or
                 left
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 dimness
                 of
                 Sight
                 ,
                 with
                 an
                 unwillingness
                 to
                 stir
                 ,
                 and
                 move
                 up
                 and
                 down
                 ,
                 to
                 which
                 add
                 ,
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 ,
                 a
                 sadness
                 and
                 dejectedness
                 of
                 Mind
                 ,
                 and
                 sometimes
                 Foolishness
                 .
              
               
                 VII
                 .
                 The
                 Nature
                 of
                 this
                 Distemper
                 is
                 such
                 ,
                 that
                 it
                 makes
                 the
                 Bowels
                 sore
                 ,
                 and
                 all
                 the
                 Region
                 of
                 the
                 Abdomen
                 is
                 as
                 if
                 it
                 were
                 beaten
                 with
                 Sticks
                 ;
                 and
                 if
                 it
                 continues
                 long
                 ,
                 so
                 that
                 the
                 Sick
                 cannot
                 get
                 Remedy
                 ,
                 it
                 so
                 enervates
                 the
                 whole
                 Body
                 ,
                 that
                 it
                 not
                 only
                 takes
                 away
                 the
                 Strength
                 in
                 general
                 ,
                 but
                 in
                 many
                 (
                 as
                 in
                 a
                 certain
                 Gentlewoman
                 ,
                 not
                 long
                 since
                 my
                 Patient
                 ,
                 )
                 it
                 takes
                 away
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 the
                 Limbs
                 also
                 ;
                 in
                 some
                 the
                 Arms
                 ,
                 in
                 some
                 the
                 Legs
                 ,
                 in
                 others
                 the
                 Arm
                 and
                 Leg
                 on
                 one
                 side
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 othersome
                 all
                 the
                 Limbs
                 together
                 ;
                 so
                 that
                 the
                 Patients
                 are
                 made
                 wholly
                 incapable
                 of
                 helping
                 themselves
                 .
                 Now
                 this
                 difference
                 proceeds
                 from
                 the
                 strength
                 of
                 the
                 Disease
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 matter
                 causing
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 and
                 Plicatures
                 ,
                 or
                 Ramifications
                 of
                 Nerves
                 ,
                 hurt
                 by
                 the
                 same
                 ;
                 and
                 in
                 some
                 Persons
                 ,
                 the
                 extremity
                 of
                 the
                 Cause
                 is
                 so
                 vehement
                 ,
                 that
                 it
                 causes
                 foolishness
                 and
                 alienation
                 of
                 Mind
                 ,
                 with
                 a
                 strong
                 Melancholly
                 .
              
               
               
                 VIII
                 .
                 The
                 nere
                 Cause
                 appeared
                 to
                 belodg'd
                 in
                 the
                 Muscles
                 of
                 the
                 Bowels
                 and
                 Mesentery
                 ,
                 where
                 sharp
                 Salt
                 ,
                 join'd
                 with
                 an
                 acid
                 Phlegm
                 ,
                 being
                 dissolved
                 ,
                 and
                 put
                 into
                 a
                 fermentation
                 upon
                 the
                 
                   hysterick
                   Paroxism
                
                 ,
                 causes
                 this
                 vehement
                 pain
                 :
                 For
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 Collision
                 of
                 the
                 neurotick
                 Spirits
                 justling
                 one
                 another
                 in
                 their
                 passages
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 acid
                 .
                 Sals
                 pricking
                 the
                 most
                 sensible
                 Fibres
                 of
                 the
                 Nerves
                 with
                 their
                 vitriolick
                 Particles
                 ,
                 causing
                 a
                 vehement
                 anguish
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 distention
                 of
                 the
                 Nerves
                 and
                 musculous
                 Passages
                 ,
                 where
                 the
                 said
                 acid
                 Juices
                 are
                 lodged
                 ,
                 this
                 almost
                 invincible
                 Cholick
                 is
                 exeited
                 ,
                 which
                 ,
                 Proteus-like
                 ,
                 is
                 so
                 various
                 in
                 its
                 appearances
                 ,
                 that
                 we
                 cannot
                 here
                 in
                 few
                 words
                 describe
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 IX
                 .
                 The
                 remote
                 cause
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 known
                 from
                 the
                 consideration
                 of
                 the
                 six
                 Non
                 naturals
                 ,
                 and
                 other
                 Accidents
                 of
                 Nature
                 intervening
                 ,
                 the
                 which
                 we
                 shall
                 here
                 pass
                 over
                 ,
                 and
                 leave
                 to
                 the
                 more
                 exquisite
                 Consideration
                 of
                 philosophick
                 Minds
                 .
              
               
                 X.
                 As
                 to
                 the
                 Progno
                 sticks
                 ,
                 this
                 we
                 have
                 to
                 say
                 ,
                 That
                 if
                 the
                 Disease
                 has
                 been
                 of
                 long
                 continuance
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 ancient
                 People
                 ,
                 it
                 will
                 be
                 of
                 difficult
                 cure
                 ;
                 the
                 older
                 and
                 the
                 longer
                 the
                 Disease
                 has
                 been
                 ,
                 so
                 much
                 the
                 more
                 difficult
                 .
                 If
                 the
                 Limbs
                 have
                 lost
                 their
                 use
                 ,
                 't
                 is
                 very
                 seldom
                 that
                 the
                 Sick
                 recovers
                 .
                 If
                 a
                 Palsie
                 be
                 induced
                 the
                 Sick
                 is
                 incurable
                 ;
                 so
                 if
                 any
                 contraction
                 of
                 the
                 Nerves
                 ,
                 with
                 loss
                 of
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 any
                 Limb
                 :
                 The
                 same
                 also
                 if
                 the
                 Patient
                 is
                 become
                 foolish
                 ,
                 or
                 there
                 be
                 a
                 very
                 great
                 alienation
                 of
                 Mind
                 ,
                 more
                 especially
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 not
                 recent
                 ,
                 but
                 of
                 long
                 continuance
                 .
                 But
                 if
                 there
                 be
                 no
                 loss
                 of
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 Limbs
                 ,
                 or
                 it
                 only
                 returns
                 by
                 long
                 intervals
                 ;
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 recent
                 ,
                 &
                 the
                 Patient
                 young
                 ,
                 strong
                 ,
                 vigorous
                 ,
                 and
                 lively
                 ;
                 If
                 they
                 can
                 eat
                 freely
                 ,
                 and
                 sleep
                 well
                 ,
                 there
                 is
                 all
                 the
                 possible
                 signs
                 of
                 recovery
                 ;
                 and
                 so
                 much
                 the
                 better
                 and
                 easier
                 if
                 in
                 a
                 Woman
                 not
                 with
                 Child
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 a
                 Body
                 not
                 scorbutick
                 .
              
               
               
                 XI
                 .
                 The
                 
                   Indicationes
                   Curativae
                
                 are
                 these
                 :
                 Obstructions
                 must
                 be
                 opened
                 ,
                 hysterick
                 Vapours
                 or
                 Fumes
                 must
                 be
                 quieted
                 ,
                 the
                 acid
                 Salts
                 and
                 Juices
                 must
                 be
                 altred
                 ,
                 the
                 peccant
                 or
                 offending
                 Mater
                 must
                 be
                 evacuated
                 or
                 removed
                 :
                 And
                 lastly
                 ,
                 the
                 parts
                 weakned
                 must
                 be
                 corroborated
                 and
                 strengthened
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 scorbutick
                 Taint
                 (
                 if
                 any
                 be
                 )
                 destroyed
                 .
              
               
                 XII
                 .
                 In
                 respect
                 to
                 opening
                 of
                 Obstrucrtions
                 ,
                 we
                 must
                 consider
                 whether
                 the
                 Constitution
                 be
                 hot
                 or
                 cold
                 ;
                 for
                 accordingly
                 different
                 Medicines
                 must
                 be
                 used
                 .
                 Those
                 things
                 which
                 open
                 Obstructions
                 in
                 hot
                 Bodies
                 ,
                 create
                 them
                 in
                 cold
                 ,
                 
                   &
                   e
                   contrario
                
                 .
                 If
                 therefore
                 ,
                 by
                 the
                 exuberant
                 symptoms
                 ,
                 you
                 perceive
                 the
                 Constitution
                 to
                 be
                 hot
                 ,
                 these
                 following
                 things
                 are
                 fit
                 to
                 be
                 used
                 ,
                 
                   viz.
                   Spirits
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   Nitre
                   ,
                   Spiritus
                   Aperiens
                   ,
                   &
                   Antiasthmaticus
                   Spirttus
                   Anticolicus
                   Sal
                   nitri
                   ,
                   Tartari
                   nitratum
                   ,
                   &
                   Nitri
                   Vitriolatum
                   ,
                   Sal
                   Armoniacum
                   Volatile
                   ,
                   Syrupus
                   Nephriticus
                   ,
                
                 being
                 given
                 in
                 a
                 convenient
                 Vehicle
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 a
                 proper
                 Dose
                 ;
                 all
                 which
                 you
                 may
                 see
                 in
                 my
                 
                   Phylaxa
                   Medicinae
                
                 .
              
               
                 XIII
                 .
                 But
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 in
                 a
                 cold
                 habit
                 of
                 Body
                 ,
                 then
                 you
                 will
                 find
                 these
                 following
                 things
                 good
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Juice
                   of
                   Smallage
                   two
                   Pound
                   ,
                   Sugar
                   as
                   much
                   ,
                   make
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   Syrup
                   by
                   boiling
                   ,
                
                 which
                 strain
                 through
                 Hippocrates
                 his
                 Sleeve
                 ;
                 Dose
                 three
                 spoonfuls
                 every
                 morning
                 fasting
                 ,
                 and
                 at
                 night
                 going
                 to
                 bed
                 .
                 Or
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Juices
                   of
                   Fennel
                   ,
                   Germander
                   ,
                   Agrimony
                   ,
                   Brooklime
                   ,
                   Watercresses
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   four
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Sugar
                   twenty
                   Pound
                   ;
                   make
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   Syrup
                   ,
                   which
                   clarifie
                   with
                   Whites
                   of
                   Eggs
                   :
                
                 Give
                 it
                 in
                 the
                 same
                 manner
                 and
                 Dose
                 with
                 the
                 former
                 :
                 Or
                 these
                 Juices
                 may
                 be
                 mixt
                 with
                 new
                 Ale
                 ,
                 botled
                 up
                 with
                 a
                 little
                 white
                 Sugar
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 Clove
                 slit
                 put
                 into
                 each
                 Bottle
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 drank
                 .
                 In
                 this
                 case
                 also
                 
                   Tinctura
                   Martis
                   given
                   in
                   clarified
                   Juice
                   of
                   Plantin
                   ,
                   mixt
                   with
                   an
                   equal
                   quantity
                   of
                   Conary
                   ,
                
                 is
                 of
                 good
                 use
                 .
                 Also
                 
                   Potestates
                   Carui
                   ,
                   Juniperi
                   ,
                   Lithontriptici
                   ,
                   &
                   Pulegii
                   ,
                
                 may
                 be
                 daily
                 given
                 in
                 all
                 their
                 drink
                 .
              
               
               
                 XIV
                 .
                 To
                 quiet
                 the
                 irregular
                 and
                 turbulent
                 motion
                 of
                 the
                 Spirit
                 ,
                 and
                 hysterick
                 fumes
                 ,
                 these
                 following
                 things
                 are
                 fit
                 to
                 be
                 done
                 :
                 First
                 ,
                 the
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 and
                 whole
                 Region
                 of
                 the
                 Abdomen
                 ,
                 are
                 to
                 be
                 bathed
                 with
                 
                   Powers
                   of
                   Amber
                
                 ,
                 or
                 Pennyroyal
                 ,
                 or
                 both
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 hot
                 Flannel
                 dipt
                 in
                 the
                 same
                 ,
                 laid
                 over
                 them
                 .
                 Secondly
                 ,
                 the
                 Nostrils
                 are
                 to
                 be
                 often
                 touched
                 with
                 
                   Postestates
                   Cornu
                   Cervi
                
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 Sick
                 should
                 keep
                 a
                 Bottle
                 always
                 about
                 them
                 to
                 swell
                 to
                 ,
                 or
                 at
                 least
                 a
                 Bottle
                 of
                 
                   Volatile
                   Sal
                   Armoniack
                
                 ,
                 mixt
                 with
                 some
                 few
                 drops
                 of
                 
                   Oil
                   of
                   Pennyroyal
                
                 ,
                 or
                 Savin
                 .
                 Moreover
                 ,
                 our
                 
                   Tinctura
                   Hysterica
                
                 should
                 be
                 at
                 convenient
                 times
                 given
                 in
                 a
                 little
                 Wine
                 or
                 Ale.
                 Or
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Tinctura
                   Hysterica
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   Guttae
                   Vitae
                   half
                   au
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   mix
                   them
                
                 ;
                 of
                 which
                 sixty
                 drops
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 ,
                 every
                 night
                 going
                 to
                 bed
                 ;
                 and
                 ,
                 if
                 extremity
                 require
                 it
                 ,
                 every
                 morning
                 fasting
                 .
                 But
                 if
                 the
                 Sick
                 be
                 troubled
                 with
                 a
                 costiveness
                 of
                 Body
                 ,
                 this
                 following
                 is
                 of
                 more
                 excellent
                 use
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   of
                   our
                   Extract
                   of
                   Aloes
                   one
                   Scruple
                   ,
                   Castor
                   in
                   Powder
                   half
                   a
                   Scruple
                   ,
                   of
                   our
                   Volatile
                   Laudanum
                   three
                   or
                   four
                   Grains
                   ;
                   mix
                   them
                   ,
                
                 for
                 one
                 Dose
                 ,
                 to
                 be
                 given
                 every
                 night
                 going
                 to
                 bed
                 .
                 These
                 things
                 thus
                 used
                 ,
                 will
                 not
                 fail
                 you
                 expectations
                 .
              
               
                 XV.
                 The
                 third
                 intention
                 of
                 Cure
                 ,
                 is
                 ,
                 to
                 sweeten
                 the
                 acid
                 Salts
                 and
                 Juices
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 ;
                 for
                 which
                 purpose
                 there
                 is
                 certainly
                 nothing
                 more
                 powerful
                 and
                 admirable
                 ,
                 than
                 our
                 
                   Spiritus
                   Universalis
                
                 ,
                 (
                 which
                 see
                 in
                 our
                 
                   Phyl.
                   Medic.
                   Lib.
                
                 2.
                 cap.
                 22.
                 )
                 given
                 twice
                 a
                 day
                 ,
                 or
                 as
                 often
                 as
                 the
                 Sick
                 drinks
                 in
                 all
                 their
                 Ale
                 or
                 Beer
                 :
                 Or
                 instead
                 of
                 this
                 ,
                 
                   Volatile
                   Sal
                   Armoniack
                
                 ,
                 add
                 six
                 or
                 eight
                 Grains
                 ,
                 in
                 all
                 their
                 Liquor
                 aforesaid
                 .
                 Some
                 possibly
                 may
                 prescribe
                 Preparations
                 of
                 
                   Pearl
                   ,
                   Coral
                   ,
                   Amber
                   ,
                   Crabs
                   Eyes
                   ,
                
                 &c.
                 but
                 these
                 things
                 (
                 though
                 after
                 a
                 very
                 long
                 using
                 may
                 do
                 some
                 good
                 ,
                 yet
                 )
                 being
                 fixt
                 Alcalies
                 ,
                 do
                 not
                 so
                 immediately
                 enter
                 into
                 the
                 Mass
                 of
                 Blood
                 ,
                 and
                 are
                 therefore
                 to
                 be
                 laid
                 aside
                 ,
                 where
                 the
                 other
                 things
                 can
                 be
                 had
                 ,
                 forasmuch
                 as
                 this
                 Disease
                 possesses
                 
                 the
                 whole
                 Mass
                 of
                 Blood
                 and
                 Humours
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 wholy
                 habit
                 of
                 the
                 body
                 .
              
               
                 XVI
                 .
                 But
                 more
                 effectually
                 to
                 answer
                 both
                 the
                 first
                 Indication
                 of
                 Cure
                 at
                 Sect.
                 12.
                 and
                 13.
                 aforegoing
                 ,
                 and
                 this
                 third
                 present
                 ,
                 this
                 following
                 Composition
                 is
                 most
                 excellent
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Venice
                   or
                   Strasburgh
                   Turpentine
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Angelis
                   Mineralis
                   ,
                   Bezoarticum
                   Minerale
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   enough
                   to
                   make
                   the
                   Turpentine
                   up
                   into
                   Pills
                   :
                
                 Dose
                 one
                 Dram
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 Dram
                 and
                 half
                 ;
                 and
                 in
                 some
                 cases
                 two
                 Drams
                 .
                 It
                 is
                 a
                 most
                 effectual
                 Medicament
                 for
                 the
                 Purposes
                 intended
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 enough
                 to
                 be
                 valued
                 ;
                 and
                 so
                 much
                 the
                 more
                 especially
                 ,
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 given
                 in
                 a
                 scorbutick
                 habit
                 of
                 Body
                 ,
                 and
                 where
                 the
                 Sick
                 has
                 lost
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 their
                 Limbs
                 .
              
               
                 XVII
                 .
                 The
                 fourth
                 Indication
                 is
                 to
                 evacuate
                 the
                 morbisick
                 Cause
                 ,
                 or
                 peccant
                 Humour
                 ,
                 which
                 you
                 may
                 most
                 compleatly
                 accomplish
                 with
                 my
                 
                   Pilulae
                   Mirabiles
                
                 ,
                 for
                 they
                 (
                 given
                 from
                 one
                 Scruple
                 to
                 half
                 a
                 Dram
                 )
                 wounderfully
                 carry
                 off
                 the
                 offending
                 matter
                 ,
                 and
                 draw
                 it
                 away
                 even
                 from
                 the
                 most
                 remote
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 :
                 Or
                 instead
                 of
                 them
                 ,
                 you
                 may
                 use
                 my
                 
                   Family
                   Pills
                
                 (
                 those
                 which
                 are
                 made
                 according
                 to
                 my
                 last
                 designation
                 ,
                 by
                 which
                 they
                 are
                 much
                 improved
                 in
                 their
                 Virtues
                 and
                 Goodness
                 ,
                 which
                 can
                 be
                 only
                 had
                 of
                 me
                 ,
                 and
                 such
                 as
                 have
                 them
                 from
                 my
                 hand
                 ,
                 not
                 from
                 Hollier
                 ,
                 or
                 his
                 Accomplices
                 ,
                 for
                 that
                 he
                 knows
                 neither
                 the
                 Names
                 ,
                 Number
                 ,
                 or
                 Nature
                 ,
                 Preparation
                 ,
                 or
                 Proportion
                 ,
                 of
                 any
                 thing
                 contained
                 in
                 them
                 ,
                 as
                 they
                 are
                 now
                 prepared
                 by
                 me
                 :
                 So
                 that
                 I
                 modestly
                 affirm
                 ,
                 one
                 Box
                 of
                 this
                 Preparation
                 is
                 really
                 worth
                 three
                 Boxes
                 ,
                 for
                 all
                 that
                 I
                 know
                 ten
                 ,
                 of
                 any
                 of
                 those
                 made
                 and
                 sold
                 without
                 my
                 order
                 or
                 consent
                 .
                 )
                 These
                 Family-Pills
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 ,
                 three
                 ,
                 four
                 ,
                 five
                 ,
                 or
                 six
                 in
                 number
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 Age
                 and
                 Strength
                 .
                 If
                 the
                 Patient
                 cannot
                 take
                 Pills
                 ,
                 they
                 may
                 purge
                 with
                 
                   Vinum
                   Catharticum
                
                 ,
                 (
                 see
                 it
                 in
                 my
                 
                   Phylaxa
                   Medic.
                   Lib.
                
                 2.
                 cap.
                 44.
                 )
                 one
                 of
                 the
                 most
                 excellent
                 things
                 in
                 the
                 World
                 ,
              
               
               
                 XVIII
                 .
                 The
                 fifth
                 and
                 last
                 Indication
                 is
                 Vital
                 ,
                 or
                 to
                 strengthen
                 and
                 restore
                 the
                 hurt
                 and
                 weakned
                 parts
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 done
                 both
                 by
                 Internals
                 and
                 Externals
                 :
                 For
                 Internals
                 I
                 propose
                 chiefly
                 
                   our
                   Tincture
                   of
                   Kermes
                
                 ,
                 to
                 be
                 exhibited
                 in
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 Wine
                 ,
                 or
                 other
                 convenient
                 Vehicle
                 half
                 a
                 spoonful
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 morning
                 and
                 night
                 .
                 To
                 this
                 purpose
                 serves
                 our
                 
                   Tinctura
                   Antimonii
                   ,
                   tinctura
                   Corallorum
                
                 ,
                 (
                 which
                 are
                 no
                 mean
                 things
                 )
                 given
                 in
                 the
                 same
                 manner
                 ;
                 as
                 also
                 our
                 
                   Potestates
                   Virtutum
                
                 ,
                 given
                 to
                 twenty
                 ,
                 or
                 thirty
                 ,
                 or
                 forty
                 drops
                 in
                 Ale.
                 Outwardly
                 you
                 may
                 bathe
                 the
                 
                   Stomach
                   ,
                   Abdomen
                   ,
                   and
                   Back
                   ,
                
                 with
                 the
                 same
                 ;
                 and
                 now
                 and
                 then
                 to
                 comfort
                 the
                 Bowels
                 ,
                 give
                 this
                 Clyster
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Venice
                   Turpentine
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   Yelk
                   of
                   one
                   Egg
                   ;
                   grind
                   them
                   well
                   together
                   in
                   a
                   Mortar
                   till
                   they
                   are
                   well
                   mixt
                   ;
                   then
                   add
                   to
                   them
                   Chicken-Broth
                   ,
                   choice
                   Canary
                   ,
                   of
                   each
                   half
                   a
                   Pint
                   ,
                   of
                   our
                   Aqua
                   Bezoartica
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   mix
                   ,
                   and
                   exhibit
                   warm
                   .
                
                 Salmon
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   XIII
                
                 .
                 Of
                 an
                 APOSTEME
                 .
              
               
                 I.
                 AN
                 Abscess
                 or
                 Aposteme
                 ,
                 is
                 an
                 Aggregation
                 of
                 Matter
                 in
                 a
                 musculous
                 or
                 fleshy
                 part
                 ,
                 with
                 an
                 intention
                 to
                 break
                 out
                 ;
                 the
                 Precursor
                 of
                 which
                 ,
                 is
                 always
                 Pain
                 and
                 inflamation
                 :
                 And
                 it
                 is
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 known
                 by
                 tumour
                 or
                 swelling
                 of
                 the
                 part
                 ,
                 with
                 great
                 heat
                 and
                 continual
                 pain
                 .
              
               
                 II.
                 If
                 therefore
                 pain
                 seize
                 any
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 and
                 there
                 be
                 a
                 suspicion
                 that
                 Matter
                 is
                 gathered
                 there
                 ;
                 if
                 the
                 Sick
                 sweats
                 ,
                 or
                 there
                 be
                 a
                 natural
                 Diaphoresis
                 ,
                 especially
                 about
                 the
                 Face
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 pain
                 yet
                 continue
                 ,
                 you
                 may
                 certainly
                 conclude
                 ,
                 that
                 Matter
                 is
                 gathered
                 together
                 in
                 the
                 part
                 ,
                 though
                 the
                 Colour
                 thereof
                 be
                 not
                 changed
                 ;
                 and
                 
                 therefore
                 in
                 its
                 due
                 season
                 it
                 must
                 be
                 opened
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 congregated
                 Matter
                 may
                 be
                 let
                 out
                 .
              
               
                 III.
                 I
                 remember
                 once
                 I
                 was
                 sent
                 for
                 to
                 a
                 little
                 Boy
                 ,
                 about
                 ten
                 years
                 of
                 Age
                 ,
                 who
                 at
                 play
                 had
                 hurt
                 his
                 Leg
                 :
                 The
                 Child
                 complained
                 vehemently
                 ,
                 and
                 almost
                 always
                 cried
                 out
                 ,
                 yet
                 no
                 great
                 apearance
                 of
                 an
                 Aposteme
                 :
                 There
                 was
                 no
                 outward
                 discoloring
                 ,
                 or
                 inflammation
                 ,
                 or
                 scarcely
                 any
                 appearance
                 of
                 a
                 Tumor
                 ;
                 but
                 at
                 length
                 a
                 small
                 general
                 swelling
                 over
                 the
                 whole
                 Leg
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 vehement
                 pricking
                 pain
                 was
                 only
                 in
                 one
                 particular
                 part
                 thereof
                 :
                 I
                 applied
                 Maturatives
                 or
                 Ripeners
                 ,
                 which
                 made
                 the
                 general
                 Tumor
                 more
                 apparent
                 ;
                 but
                 the
                 pain
                 equally
                 continued
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Colour
                 of
                 the
                 Skin
                 was
                 the
                 same
                 as
                 formerly
                 ,
                 or
                 as
                 that
                 of
                 the
                 other
                 Leg
                 ,
                 without
                 any
                 protuberance
                 ,
                 or
                 place
                 pointing
                 out
                 ,
                 where
                 it
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 open'd
                 .
                 When
                 I
                 thought
                 it
                 was
                 time
                 to
                 open
                 it
                 ,
                 I
                 did
                 it
                 with
                 an
                 Incision-knife
                 ,
                 upon
                 the
                 very
                 place
                 of
                 the
                 pain
                 ,
                 which
                 was
                 about
                 three
                 Inches
                 ,
                 or
                 more
                 ,
                 below
                 the
                 Knee
                 ,
                 on
                 the
                 outside
                 of
                 the
                 Leg
                 ;
                 after
                 opening
                 of
                 it
                 ,
                 the
                 Child
                 had
                 immediately
                 ease
                 ;
                 and
                 I
                 took
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 Aposteme
                 ,
                 of
                 well-digested
                 Matter
                 ,
                 about
                 three
                 quarters
                 of
                 a
                 Pint
                 ,
                 at
                 several
                 times
                 :
                 And
                 then
                 I
                 cured
                 it
                 after
                 the
                 general
                 method
                 of
                 healing
                 Apostemes
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 IV.
                 'T
                 is
                 true
                 ,
                 Guido
                 advises
                 to
                 〈◊〉
                 till
                 Nature
                 causes
                 an
                 Aposteme
                 to
                 break
                 ,
                 because
                 he
                 thinks
                 that
                 which
                 is
                 made
                 by
                 Nature
                 ,
                 is
                 better
                 than
                 that
                 which
                 is
                 done
                 By
                 Art
                 〈◊〉
                 by
                 Experience
                 know
                 otherwise
                 ,
                 and
                 ,
                 with
                 Avicenna
                 ;
                 〈◊〉
                 fully
                 of
                 Opinion
                 ,
                 That
                 an
                 Apostome
                 which
                 is
                 brought
                 to
                 ripeness
                 ,
                 ought
                 immediately
                 to
                 be
                 opened
                 ,
                 for
                 that
                 many
                 evils
                 flow
                 from
                 Matter
                 kept
                 too
                 long
                 in
                 the
                 Abscess
                 ,
                 and
                 sometimes
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 seize
                 upon
                 〈◊〉
                 noble
                 Parts
                 ,
                 infecting
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 and
                 Muscles
                 ,
                 and
                 sometimes
                 〈◊〉
                 the
                 Bone
                 ,
                 to
                 the
                 very
                 great
                 if
                 not
                 irreparable
                 danger
                 of
                 the
                 Sick.
                 
              
               
               
                 V.
                 And
                 for
                 this
                 Reason
                 it
                 is
                 ,
                 That
                 Buboes
                 (
                 in
                 the
                 Plague
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 
                   Pestilential
                   Fever
                
                 )
                 when
                 they
                 appear
                 ,
                 we
                 hasten
                 their
                 ripening
                 with
                 so
                 much
                 vehemency
                 ,
                 and
                 sometimes
                 are
                 forced
                 to
                 open
                 them
                 before
                 they
                 are
                 perfectly
                 ripe
                 ,
                 lest
                 the
                 poisonous
                 Matter
                 should
                 revert
                 inwardly
                 ,
                 and
                 its
                 malign
                 Fumes
                 ,
                 strike
                 to
                 the
                 Heart
                 ,
                 and
                 smite
                 the
                 vital
                 Spirits
                 .
              
               
                 VI.
                 But
                 again
                 on
                 the
                 contrary
                 ,
                 too
                 much
                 haste
                 ought
                 not
                 to
                 be
                 made
                 to
                 open
                 an
                 Aposteme
                 ,
                 before
                 it
                 be
                 throughly
                 ripe
                 ,
                 (
                 except
                 in
                 malign
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 as
                 aforesaid
                 ,
                 and
                 where
                 the
                 hazard
                 of
                 Life
                 ,
                 for
                 that
                 Cause
                 is
                 very
                 great
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 Mortification
                 is
                 beginning
                 ,
                 )
                 lest
                 a
                 mortification
                 of
                 the
                 part
                 (
                 from
                 the
                 Crudity
                 of
                 the
                 Humour
                 ,
                 not
                 yet
                 turn'd
                 into
                 Pus
                 )
                 should
                 ensue
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 violent
                 Fever
                 ,
                 with
                 sometimes
                 Convulsions
                 ;
                 for
                 that
                 such
                 an
                 untimely
                 Operation
                 ,
                 does
                 indeed
                 much
                 more
                 excite
                 the
                 pain
                 than
                 the
                 Tumor
                 it self
                 ,
                 and
                 causes
                 a
                 new
                 conflux
                 of
                 Humors
                 .
              
               
                 VII
                 .
                 But
                 beside
                 the
                 former
                 Reasons
                 ,
                 for
                 a
                 hasty
                 opening
                 of
                 the
                 Abscess
                 ,
                 these
                 following
                 also
                 conclude
                 it
                 :
                 I.
                 Where
                 the
                 heat
                 of
                 the
                 part
                 is
                 languid
                 or
                 weak
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Sick
                 wants
                 sleep
                 .
                 2.
                 
                 Where
                 it
                 is
                 evident
                 ,
                 there
                 is
                 is
                 a
                 very
                 great
                 plenty
                 of
                 Matter
                 ,
                 which
                 Nature
                 cannot
                 dispose
                 of
                 .
                 3.
                 
                 When
                 the
                 Matter
                 is
                 seated
                 deep
                 ,
                 thick
                 ,
                 and
                 wide
                 at
                 bottom
                 .
                 4.
                 
                 When
                 it
                 is
                 adjacent
                 to
                 a
                 principal
                 Member
                 ,
                 which
                 may
                 be
                 in
                 danger
                 of
                 being
                 hurt
                 or
                 affected
                 by
                 the
                 malign
                 Fumes
                 thereof
                 .
                 5.
                 
                 If
                 it
                 be
                 on
                 or
                 near
                 the
                 Joints
                 ,
                 lest
                 the
                 corroding
                 Humor
                 ,
                 thus
                 detained
                 ,
                 should
                 seize
                 upon
                 ,
                 or
                 eat
                 the
                 Ligaments
                 .
                 6.
                 
                 If
                 it
                 be
                 in
                 a
                 glandulous
                 part
                 ,
                 because
                 they
                 are
                 more
                 subject
                 to
                 putrefaction
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 cutting
                 of
                 them
                 hurts
                 but
                 little
                 .
                 7.
                 
                 Lastly
                 ,
                 If
                 it
                 be
                 upon
                 Bones
                 ,
                 Nerves
                 ,
                 or
                 Tendons
                 ,
                 as
                 in
                 Whitoles
                 and
                 Fellons
                 ,
                 which
                 happen
                 to
                 the
                 Nails
                 and
                 Fingers
                 ends
                 ,
                 where
                 for
                 want
                 of
                 seasonable
                 opening
                 ,
                 the
                 Bone
                 is
                 many
                 times
                 putrified
                 and
                 corrupted
                 ,
                 to
                 the
                 losing
                 sometimes
                 of
                 a
                 Joint
                 ,
                 sometimes
                 
                 of
                 two
                 .
                 So
                 Hippocrates
                 advises
                 ,
                 concerning
                 an
                 Abscess
                 upon
                 the
                 Perinaeum
                 :
                 When
                 (
                 saith
                 he
                 )
                 any
                 such
                 little
                 Tumour
                 shall
                 begin
                 ,
                 cut
                 it
                 forthwith
                 ,
                 while
                 it
                 is
                 yet
                 unripe
                 ,
                 lest
                 the
                 suppuration
                 should
                 reach
                 to
                 the
                 
                   Intestinum
                   Rectum
                
                 ,
                 or
                 Arst
                 Gut.
                 
              
               
                 VIII
                 .
                 When
                 therefore
                 an
                 Inflammation
                 with
                 pain
                 is
                 present
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 it
                 appears
                 ,
                 the
                 Tumor
                 will
                 apostemate
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 necessary
                 to
                 apply
                 Suppuratives
                 ,
                 to
                 bring
                 it
                 to
                 a
                 complete
                 maturation
                 or
                 ripeness
                 :
                 Such
                 as
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Yolks
                   of
                   Eggs
                   ,
                   Honey
                   ,
                   Oil
                   Olive
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Pulp
                   of
                   Figs
                   ,
                   Raisons
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   three
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   Mithridate
                   four
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Pouder
                   of
                   Aron-Roots
                   ,
                   enough
                   to
                   bring
                   it
                   to
                   the
                   consistency
                   of
                   a
                   Pultise
                   ,
                
                 which
                 renew
                 twice
                 a
                 day
                 :
                 Or
                 this
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 stronger
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Basilicon
                   minus
                   ,
                   Ox
                   Gall
                   ,
                   Black
                   Sope
                   ,
                   soft
                   Hens
                   dung
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   Onions
                   ,
                   Garlick
                   ,
                   Leeks
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   an
                   Ounce
                   and
                   half
                   ;
                   Mithridate
                   ,
                   Gum-Elemi
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   Saffron
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   Pouder
                   of
                   the
                   Roots
                   of
                   Aron
                   and
                   Briony
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   Leaves
                   of
                   Dittany
                   and
                   Rue
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   enough
                   to
                   make
                   it
                   into
                   the
                   consistency
                   of
                   a
                   Pultise
                   .
                
                 It
                 will
                 bring
                 it
                 to
                 maturation
                 in
                 a
                 short
                 time
                 .
              
               
                 IX
                 .
                 But
                 if
                 you
                 would
                 have
                 the
                 Maturative
                 much
                 stronger
                 ,
                 as
                 in
                 those
                 cases
                 where
                 Life
                 is
                 in
                 imminent
                 danger
                 ,
                 as
                 in
                 the
                 Plague
                 ,
                 and
                 other
                 malign
                 ,
                 poisonous
                 ,
                 and
                 putrifactive
                 Distempers
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 add
                 to
                 the
                 Composition
                 ,
                 
                   Salt
                   of
                   Tartar
                   ,
                   Nitre
                   ,
                   Quicklime
                   ,
                   Pouders
                   of
                   Gentian
                   roots
                   ,
                   Ranunculus
                   ,
                   Pyrethrum
                   ,
                   Hellebore
                   ,
                   and
                   Mustard-seed
                   ,
                
                 with
                 other
                 things
                 of
                 like
                 kind
                 ,
                 which
                 you
                 must
                 apply
                 ,
                 and
                 renew
                 it
                 every
                 twelve
                 hours
                 .
              
               
                 X.
                 The
                 Abscess
                 being
                 now
                 brought
                 to
                 ripeness
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 necessity
                 of
                 opening
                 〈◊〉
                 ;
                 the
                 next
                 thing
                 to
                 be
                 considered
                 ,
                 is
                 ,
                 the
                 best
                 way
                 of
                 doing
                 that
                 operation
                 .
                 It
                 is
                 done
                 either
                 by
                 a
                 potential
                 Cautery
                 ,
                 or
                 an
                 Actual
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 Knife
                 .
              
               
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Celsus
                
                 ,
                 lib.
                 7.
                 cap.
                 2.
                 saith
                 ,
                 If
                 the
                 malady
                 be
                 deep
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 considered
                 whether
                 that
                 place
                 be
                 nervous
                 ,
                 or
                 no
                 :
                 
                 If
                 it
                 be
                 without
                 Nerves
                 ,
                 the
                 Actual
                 Cautery
                 ,
                 as
                 a
                 red-hot
                 Iron
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 chosen
                 ;
                 
                   (
                   because
                   it
                   strengthens
                   the
                   parts
                   it
                   touches
                   ;
                   )
                
                 but
                 if
                 Nerves
                 be
                 near
                 ,
                 the
                 Actual
                 Cautery
                 ,
                 or
                 Fire
                 ,
                 is
                 not
                 proper
                 ,
                 
                   for
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   certainly
                   (
                   according
                   to
                
                 Hippocrates
                 )
                 
                   an
                   Enemy
                   to
                   the
                   Nerves
                
                 :
                 In
                 this
                 case
                 ,
                 you
                 ought
                 to
                 use
                 the
                 Incision-knife
                 ,
                 or
                 Lancet
                 .
              
               
                 XII
                 .
                 It
                 remains
                 then
                 to
                 be
                 determined
                 in
                 other
                 cases
                 ,
                 whether
                 the
                 potential
                 Cautery
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 Knife
                 is
                 best
                 ;
                 or
                 if
                 each
                 at
                 some
                 times
                 are
                 best
                 ,
                 which
                 that
                 best
                 is
                 .
                 We
                 will
                 consider
                 ,
                 from
                 Barbet
                 ,
                 the
                 Conveniencies
                 and
                 Inconvonience
                 of
                 each
                 :
                 First
                 ,
                 As
                 to
                 the
                 potential
                 Cautery
                 ,
                 it
                 has
                 these
                 Convenieneies
                 in
                 it
                 :
                 1.
                 
                 That
                 it
                 does
                 not
                 affright
                 a
                 faint-hearted
                 Patien
                 .
                 2.
                 
                 Nor
                 does
                 it
                 cause
                 very
                 much
                 pain
                 ,
                 especially
                 if
                 you
                 use
                 the
                 famed
                 Cautery
                 or
                 these
                 times
                 ,
                 
                   viz
                   ,
                   Dutch
                   Soap
                   mixed
                   with
                   Quick-lime
                   ,
                
                 which
                 eats
                 deep
                 enough
                 to
                 the
                 Flesh
                 ,
                 and
                 much
                 more
                 gentle
                 than
                 the
                 Holoserick
                 Cautery
                 of
                 Paraeus
                 :
                 Yet
                 these
                 Inconveniences
                 are
                 apt
                 to
                 attend
                 it
                 :
                 I.
                 It
                 corrodes
                 sometimes
                 much
                 deeper
                 and
                 farther
                 about
                 than
                 is
                 needful
                 ,
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 its
                 spreading
                 ,
                 notwithstanding
                 the
                 defen
                 sative
                 .
                 2.
                 
                 It
                 is
                 some
                 hours
                 ;
                 before
                 it
                 perfectly
                 does
                 the
                 operation
                 ;
                 which
                 ,
                 if
                 the
                 Humor
                 be
                 maligant
                 ,
                 will
                 not
                 permit
                 of
                 it
                 .
                 3.
                 
                 The
                 Eschar
                 does
                 not
                 presently
                 fall
                 off
                 ,
                 so
                 that
                 if
                 you
                 would
                 have
                 the
                 Matter
                 brought
                 forth
                 presently
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 use
                 the
                 Incision-knife
                 or
                 Lancet
                 ,
                 for
                 all
                 that
                 ;
                 nor
                 is
                 it
                 possible
                 to
                 avoid
                 these
                 Inconveniencies
                 .
              
               
                 XIII
                 .
                 Secondly
                 ,
                 As
                 to
                 the
                 Knife
                 ,
                 it
                 has
                 these
                 inconveniencies
                 ;
                 1.
                 
                 That
                 most
                 Patients
                 are
                 afraid
                 of
                 it
                 .
                 2.
                 
                 That
                 it
                 is
                 supposed
                 to
                 cause
                 much
                 pain
                 ;
                 but
                 the
                 fear
                 is
                 prevented
                 by
                 not
                 speaking
                 of
                 it
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 pain
                 is
                 of
                 no
                 great
                 moment
                 ,
                 being
                 more
                 in
                 name
                 ,
                 than
                 in
                 power
                 :
                 yet
                 it
                 has
                 these
                 Conveniences
                 withal
                 .
                 1.
                 
                 By
                 the
                 Knife
                 ,
                 or
                 Lancet
                 ,
                 you
                 may
                 make
                 the
                 Apertion
                 as
                 long
                 ,
                 and
                 as
                 deep
                 ,
                 as
                 you
                 please
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 Aposteme
                 requires
                 .
                 2.
                 
                 You
                 very
                 quickly
                 come
                 at
                 the
                 Matter
                 ,
                 
                 whereby
                 it
                 is
                 evacuated
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Patient
                 eased
                 .
                 3.
                 
                 The
                 remaining
                 Matter
                 ,
                 not
                 yet
                 digested
                 ,
                 will
                 be
                 more
                 easily
                 maturated
                 ,
                 by
                 external
                 applications
                 ,
                 assisted
                 with
                 Internals
                 .
                 4.
                 
                 There
                 will
                 not
                 be
                 a
                 long
                 continued
                 gleeting
                 (
                 which
                 often
                 attends
                 Tumours
                 ,
                 or
                 Apostems
                 upon
                 the
                 Glandules
                 )
                 being
                 opened
                 with
                 Cathereticks
                 .
                 For
                 Apostems
                 behind
                 the
                 Ears
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 Neck
                 ,
                 Arm-pits
                 ,
                 and
                 Groins
                 ,
                 arise
                 from
                 hardned
                 Glandules
                 ,
                 fill'd
                 with
                 preter-natural
                 Humours
                 :
                 These
                 Glands
                 are
                 covered
                 with
                 a
                 proper
                 Coat
                 ,
                 which
                 being
                 hurt
                 ,
                 a
                 gleeting
                 necessarily
                 follows
                 ;
                 for
                 the
                 Tunicles
                 being
                 broken
                 or
                 opened
                 ,
                 the
                 Glandule
                 can
                 neither
                 preserve
                 it self
                 ,
                 nor
                 its
                 Humour
                 ,
                 but
                 a
                 gleeting
                 will
                 continue
                 so
                 long
                 ,
                 'till
                 the
                 hole
                 in
                 the
                 Tunicle
                 is
                 cured
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 whole
                 Kernel
                 is
                 vanished
                 and
                 consumed
                 .
              
               
                 XIV
                 .
                 The
                 Aposteme
                 being
                 opened
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 not
                 let
                 all
                 the
                 Matter
                 (
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 much
                 )
                 out
                 at
                 once
                 ;
                 for
                 there
                 would
                 be
                 a
                 too
                 greatspending
                 of
                 the
                 Spirits
                 at
                 one
                 time
                 :
                 But
                 for
                 the
                 asswaging
                 of
                 the
                 pain
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 let
                 out
                 only
                 some
                 part
                 of
                 it
                 ;
                 and
                 afterwards
                 make
                 the
                 evacuation
                 by
                 degrees
                 ;
                 because
                 that
                 the
                 remaining
                 concocted
                 Pus
                 helps
                 to
                 ripen
                 that
                 which
                 is
                 yet
                 unripe
                 ,
                 if
                 any
                 be
                 ;
                 as
                 also
                 to
                 keep
                 the
                 natural
                 heat
                 of
                 the
                 part
                 ,
                 to
                 cut
                 ,
                 deterge
                 ,
                 soften
                 ,
                 and
                 dissolve
                 all
                 the
                 Reliques
                 of
                 the
                 Aposteme
                 ,
                 beyond
                 the
                 power
                 of
                 any
                 Topick
                 Medicine
                 whatsoever
                 .
              
               
                 XV.
                 When
                 all
                 the
                 Matter
                 is
                 evacuated
                 at
                 once
                 ,
                 it
                 often
                 causes
                 a
                 fainting
                 or
                 swooning
                 ,
                 from
                 the
                 exceeding
                 great
                 loss
                 of
                 Spirits
                 ;
                 the
                 remaining
                 undigested
                 Matter
                 oftentimes
                 grows
                 so
                 hard
                 and
                 scirrhous
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 Affect
                 becomes
                 incurable
                 ,
                 to
                 which
                 Resolvents
                 or
                 Emollients
                 are
                 applied
                 in
                 vain
                 ;
                 the
                 first
                 consuming
                 what
                 is
                 thin
                 ,
                 leaving
                 the
                 remainder
                 hard
                 like
                 a
                 Stone
                 ;
                 the
                 latter
                 ,
                 wanting
                 strength
                 and
                 an
                 attenuating
                 force
                 ,
                 to
                 divide
                 the
                 Matter
                 into
                 its
                 smallest
                 Particles
                 :
                 Nor
                 can
                 this
                 be
                 done
                 by
                 any
                 thing
                 but
                 the
                 Pus
                 it self
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 both
                 contiguous
                 
                 and
                 continuous
                 ,
                 with
                 the
                 remaining
                 undigested
                 Humor
                 ,
                 being
                 the
                 nearest
                 efficient
                 ,
                 and
                 of
                 the
                 same
                 Species
                 ,
                 and
                 therefore
                 only
                 and
                 alone
                 able
                 to
                 cut
                 ,
                 attenuate
                 ,
                 and
                 prepare
                 the
                 remaining
                 Matter
                 .
              
               
                 XVI
                 .
                 Therefore
                 ,
                 as
                 soon
                 as
                 the
                 Skin
                 grows
                 soft
                 with
                 the
                 Matter
                 in
                 it
                 ,
                 the
                 Aposteme
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 opened
                 ,
                 and
                 ,
                 if
                 the
                 Patient
                 be
                 not
                 fearful
                 ,
                 with
                 the
                 Lancet
                 or
                 Knife
                 ,
                 that
                 such
                 other
                 proper
                 Remedy
                 as
                 Nature
                 requires
                 may
                 be
                 applied
                 ,
                 lest
                 the
                 purulent
                 Matter
                 should
                 corrupt
                 other
                 parts
                 or
                 Vessels
                 within
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 Incision
                 or
                 Apertive
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 so
                 large
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 nature
                 of
                 the
                 part
                 ,
                 and
                 magnitude
                 of
                 the
                 Aposteme
                 require
                 :
                 Which
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 skilfully
                 done
                 ,
                 afflicts
                 both
                 less
                 and
                 a
                 shorter
                 time
                 than
                 a
                 Cautery
                 ;
                 and
                 immediately
                 also
                 brings
                 the
                 desired
                 help
                 ,
                 without
                 any
                 prejudice
                 to
                 either
                 side
                 ,
                 the
                 Skin
                 being
                 only
                 cut
                 in
                 a
                 right
                 line
                 ;
                 whereas
                 a
                 Caustick
                 will
                 (
                 '
                 spight
                 of
                 all
                 prevention
                 )
                 extend
                 it self
                 both
                 lengthways
                 &
                 breadthways
                 ;
                 whence
                 many
                 times
                 arises
                 cruel
                 pains
                 ,
                 and
                 great
                 inflammation
                 ,
                 both
                 in
                 the
                 parts
                 immediate
                 ,
                 and
                 those
                 adjacent
                 to
                 the
                 Caustick
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 leave
                 a
                 large
                 Eschar
                 ;
                 which
                 is
                 not
                 only
                 long
                 in
                 falling
                 off
                 ,
                 but
                 the
                 part
                 laid
                 bare
                 ,
                 is
                 slowly
                 and
                 with
                 difficulty
                 restored
                 .
              
               
                 XVII
                 .
                 Moreover
                 ,
                 Tumors
                 which
                 keep
                 the
                 native
                 Colour
                 of
                 the
                 Flesh
                 and
                 Skin
                 ,
                 and
                 but
                 slowly
                 maturate
                 ,
                 seldom
                 grow
                 copped
                 or
                 rise
                 much
                 ;
                 (
                 as
                 in
                 our
                 Example
                 of
                 an
                 Aposteme
                 in
                 the
                 Leg
                 ,
                 at
                 Sect.
                 3.
                 aforegoing
                 ;
                 )
                 and
                 therefore
                 you
                 must
                 not
                 wait
                 for
                 a
                 head
                 before
                 you
                 open
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 XVIII
                 .
                 If
                 you
                 open
                 an
                 Aposteme
                 near
                 some
                 internal
                 Cavity
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Breast
                 ,
                 or
                 Abdomen
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 wholly
                 reject
                 Injections
                 made
                 with
                 a
                 Syringe
                 ,
                 left
                 some
                 part
                 of
                 it
                 should
                 enter
                 into
                 the
                 Cavity
                 ,
                 where
                 it
                 might
                 not
                 only
                 cause
                 grievous
                 Symptoms
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 prove
                 the
                 death
                 of
                 the
                 Sick.
                 
              
               
                 XIX
                 .
                 Apostems
                 in
                 the
                 Emunctories
                 ,
                 Throat
                 ,
                 and
                 
                 behind
                 the
                 Ears
                 ,
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 opened
                 rather
                 too
                 soon
                 ,
                 than
                 to
                 stay
                 for
                 a
                 full
                 maturation
                 ;
                 not
                 only
                 because
                 ill
                 Symptoms
                 many
                 times
                 succeed
                 ,
                 but
                 Life
                 it self
                 is
                 lost
                 :
                 Of
                 which
                 
                   Fabricius
                   Hildanus
                
                 gives
                 you
                 some
                 examples
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 worth
                 noting
                 .
              
               
                 XX.
                 A
                 certain
                 Woman
                 in
                 this
                 City
                 had
                 an
                 Aposteme
                 on
                 her
                 left
                 side
                 ,
                 near
                 the
                 Reins
                 of
                 her
                 Back
                 ,
                 so
                 that
                 when
                 ripe
                 ,
                 it
                 covered
                 partly
                 the
                 Side
                 ,
                 partly
                 the
                 Back
                 ,
                 and
                 partly
                 the
                 Hip
                 ,
                 being
                 as
                 large
                 as
                 an
                 ordinary
                 Fourpenny-loaf
                 .
                 This
                 had
                 been
                 twelve
                 or
                 fourteen
                 Weeks
                 a
                 gathering
                 ;
                 several
                 Physicians
                 and
                 Chyrurgions
                 were
                 entertained
                 ,
                 and
                 many
                 things
                 were
                 done
                 without
                 any
                 profit
                 to
                 the
                 Patient
                 ;
                 nor
                 indeed
                 could
                 they
                 all
                 tell
                 what
                 the
                 Disease
                 was
                 .
                 At
                 length
                 the
                 Aposteme
                 apparently
                 manifested
                 it self
                 ;
                 they
                 were
                 then
                 consulted
                 about
                 opening
                 of
                 it
                 ,
                 but
                 none
                 of
                 them
                 was
                 willing
                 to
                 do
                 it
                 ,
                 they
                 all
                 fearing
                 her
                 immediate
                 death
                 .
                 At
                 length
                 I
                 was
                 sent
                 for
                 ,
                 to
                 view
                 it
                 ;
                 it
                 was
                 a
                 great
                 and
                 wonderful
                 Tumor
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 without
                 apparent
                 hazard
                 and
                 danger
                 ;
                 yet
                 it
                 was
                 my
                 Opinion
                 it
                 should
                 be
                 opened
                 ,
                 (
                 for
                 as
                 the
                 Proverb
                 is
                 ,
                 
                   While
                   there
                   is
                   Life
                   ,
                   there
                   may
                   be
                   hope
                
                 ;
                 )
                 the
                 Patient
                 consented
                 to
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 I
                 did
                 it
                 :
                 There
                 was
                 near
                 two
                 Quarts
                 of
                 digested
                 Matter
                 gathered
                 together
                 ;
                 (
                 for
                 the
                 timerousness
                 of
                 the
                 Physicians
                 and
                 Chyrurgions
                 had
                 kept
                 it
                 too
                 long
                 from
                 being
                 opened
                 )
                 this
                 Matter
                 I
                 evacuated
                 by
                 degrees
                 ;
                 I
                 took
                 out
                 almost
                 a
                 Pint
                 at
                 the
                 first
                 ,
                 (
                 giving
                 the
                 Sick
                 immediately
                 a
                 Dram
                 ,
                 or
                 two
                 ,
                 of
                 my
                 
                   Aqua
                   Bezoartica
                
                 ,
                 to
                 support
                 her
                 Spirits
                 ,
                 )
                 and
                 in
                 about
                 five
                 or
                 six
                 Days
                 time
                 ,
                 the
                 whole
                 substance
                 of
                 the
                 Pus
                 was
                 evacuated
                 .
                 And
                 finding
                 that
                 it
                 had
                 made
                 no
                 inroads
                 into
                 the
                 cavity
                 of
                 the
                 Abdomen
                 ,
                 I
                 soon
                 cleansed
                 the
                 Ulcer
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 less
                 than
                 six
                 Weeks
                 time
                 left
                 the
                 Patient
                 perfectly
                 well
                 .
              
               
                 XXI
                 .
                 Hence
                 it
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 observed
                 ,
                 That
                 though
                 an
                 Aposteme
                 may
                 sometimes
                 
                 happen
                 to
                 be
                 in
                 a
                 dangerous
                 place
                 ,
                 and
                 withal
                 ,
                 through
                 either
                 the
                 neglect
                 ,
                 timerousness
                 ,
                 or
                 unskilfulness
                 of
                 the
                 Artist
                 ,
                 the
                 Apertion
                 has
                 been
                 too
                 long
                 deferr'd
                 ,
                 whereby
                 apparent
                 danger
                 is
                 imminent
                 ;
                 yet
                 the
                 learned
                 Physician
                 should
                 prudently
                 put
                 on
                 so
                 much
                 Courage
                 ,
                 as
                 to
                 leave
                 nothing
                 unattempted
                 towards
                 the
                 saving
                 of
                 the
                 Sick
                 ,
                 so
                 long
                 as
                 there
                 is
                 Life
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 case
                 only
                 doubtful
                 .
              
               
                 XXII
                 .
                 Some
                 Authors
                 say
                 ,
                 That
                 Abscesses
                 ,
                 or
                 Apostemes
                 may
                 be
                 discussed
                 after
                 they
                 are
                 suppurated
                 ;
                 two
                 Exmaples
                 of
                 which
                 〈◊〉
                 brings
                 ,
                 Observat.
                 473
                 ,
                 &
                 474.
                 
                 Where
                 one
                 Pomeret
                 cured
                 a
                 suppurated
                 Aposteme
                 in
                 his
                 Daughter
                 ,
                 about
                 eight
                 years
                 of
                 Age.
                 The
                 Aposteme
                 was
                 (
                 saith
                 he
                 )
                 on
                 the
                 out-side
                 of
                 her
                 nether
                 law
                 ,
                 on
                 the
                 right-side
                 of
                 her
                 Face
                 ,
                 and
                 suppurated
                 .
                 He
                 ,
                 (
                 from
                 the
                 Authority
                 of
                 Guido
                 ,
                 who
                 saith
                 ,
                 That
                 suppurated
                 Apostemes
                 ,
                 are
                 sometimes
                 eured
                 by
                 discussion
                 ,
                 and
                 from
                 the
                 Experiment
                 of
                 Paraens
                 ,
                 who
                 also
                 averrs
                 ,
                 that
                 he
                 had
                 cured
                 a
                 suppurated
                 Aposteme
                 ,
                 with
                 crude
                 Mercury
                 ,
                 mix'd
                 with
                 Diapalma
                 Emplaster
                 ,
                 which
                 discussed
                 the
                 same
                 ,
                 )
                 he
                 ,
                 I
                 say
                 ,
                 in
                 imitation
                 of
                 them
                 ,
                 
                   mixed
                   a
                   Dram
                   of
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   with
                   an
                   Ounco
                   of
                   Diapalma
                   ,
                
                 and
                 applied
                 it
                 to
                 the
                 said
                 suppurated
                 Tumor
                 ,
                 and
                 within
                 four
                 days
                 he
                 affirms
                 it
                 was
                 perfectly
                 discussed
                 .
                 He
                 also
                 saith
                 ,
                 that
                 he
                 did
                 the
                 same
                 thing
                 again
                 on
                 the
                 same
                 Daughter
                 ,
                 who
                 having
                 an
                 
                   Oedematous
                   or
                   Flegmatick
                   Tumor
                   suppurated
                
                 upon
                 the
                 Region
                 of
                 her
                 Lions
                 ,
                 as
                 big
                 as
                 the
                 palm
                 of
                 one's
                 Hand
                 ,
                 it
                 was
                 discust
                 within
                 a
                 few
                 days
                 by
                 the
                 same
                 Plaister
                 .
                 But
                 in
                 order
                 to
                 the
                 performance
                 of
                 this
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 required
                 ,
                 1.
                 
                 That
                 the
                 suppurated
                 Matter
                 be
                 small
                 in
                 quantity
                 .
                 2.
                 
                 That
                 it
                 be
                 thin
                 and
                 serous
                 .
                 3.
                 
                 That
                 it
                 be
                 near
                 the
                 Skin
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 in
                 any
                 deep
                 part
                 .
                 4.
                 
                 That
                 it
                 be
                 in
                 a
                 soft-fleshed
                 ,
                 strong
                 and
                 youthful
                 Body
                 .
                 5.
                 
                 That
                 it
                 also
                 be
                 in
                 the
                 Summer
                 season
                 of
                 the
                 year
                 .
              
               
                 XXIII
                 .
                 These
                 are
                 great
                 Authorities
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 much
                 as
                 
                 they
                 may
                 do
                 upon
                 their
                 own
                 score
                 ,
                 may
                 force
                 a
                 kind
                 of
                 belief
                 :
                 But
                 a
                 Mind
                 exercised
                 with
                 Reason
                 ,
                 and
                 desirous
                 of
                 Truth
                 ,
                 can
                 hardly
                 entertain
                 them
                 ,
                 besides
                 the
                 hazard
                 and
                 danger
                 that
                 may
                 follow
                 after
                 such
                 an
                 Operation
                 ;
                 for
                 where
                 think
                 you
                 must
                 that
                 mass
                 of
                 Putrefaction
                 go
                 ,
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 discust
                 ?
                 The
                 whole
                 substance
                 of
                 it
                 cannot
                 pass
                 through
                 the
                 pores
                 of
                 the
                 Skin
                 ;
                 if
                 any
                 thing
                 ,
                 only
                 the
                 thin
                 and
                 watery
                 part
                 can
                 pass
                 :
                 The
                 thick
                 putrified
                 Matter
                 ,
                 if
                 it
                 dissolves
                 ,
                 must
                 revert
                 either
                 into
                 the
                 Blood
                 or
                 solid
                 Substance
                 of
                 the
                 Flesh
                 ,
                 or
                 both
                 ;
                 which
                 cannot
                 but
                 corrupt
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 and
                 fill
                 it
                 full
                 of
                 ill
                 Humors
                 springing
                 from
                 such
                 a
                 corrupt
                 Seed
                 of
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 whence
                 Tettars
                 ,
                 Ringworms
                 ,
                 Morphew
                 Scruf
                 ,
                 Leprosie
                 ,
                 King
                 's
                 Evil
                 ,
                 Scurvy
                 ,
                 Pains
                 ,
                 Aches
                 ,
                 Lameness
                 ,
                 even
                 an
                 Army
                 of
                 attendent
                 Diseases
                 will
                 possibly
                 succeed
                 .
                 So
                 that
                 if
                 the
                 thing
                 may
                 be
                 possible
                 ,
                 I
                 scarce
                 think
                 it
                 prudent
                 to
                 attempt
                 such
                 a
                 Work.
                 Nor
                 does
                 it
                 yet
                 appear
                 by
                 all
                 that
                 these
                 Men
                 have
                 said
                 ,
                 that
                 any
                 such
                 thing
                 has
                 been
                 done
                 ,
                 for
                 the
                 Tumors
                 not
                 being
                 opened
                 ,
                 their
                 Judgments
                 might
                 deceive
                 them
                 ;
                 and
                 they
                 may
                 take
                 that
                 for
                 granted
                 ,
                 which
                 never
                 was
                 :
                 A
                 very
                 admirable
                 Example
                 of
                 this
                 kind
                 I
                 could
                 instance
                 ,
                 of
                 a
                 pretty
                 large
                 Aposteme
                 (
                 as
                 it
                 was
                 thought
                 )
                 by
                 several
                 Physicians
                 and
                 Chyrurgions
                 ,
                 my self
                 being
                 present
                 there
                 also
                 :
                 The
                 Man
                 had
                 been
                 in
                 much
                 pain
                 ,
                 but
                 now
                 was
                 pretty
                 easie
                 :
                 The
                 Chyrurgeons
                 were
                 for
                 opening
                 of
                 it
                 ,
                 as
                 judging
                 it
                 to
                 be
                 suppurated
                 ;
                 but
                 the
                 Patient
                 's
                 being
                 easie
                 would
                 not
                 permit
                 it
                 ;
                 he
                 only
                 kept
                 it
                 covered
                 with
                 a
                 
                   Diapalma
                   Plaster
                
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 a
                 Months
                 time
                 ,
                 the
                 Tumor
                 was
                 discust
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Sick
                 well
                 .
                 Now
                 I
                 am
                 of
                 Opinion
                 ,
                 that
                 here
                 was
                 no
                 suppurated
                 Aposteme
                 .
                 However
                 ,
                 from
                 the
                 aforesaid
                 Observations
                 of
                 those
                 learned
                 Men
                 ,
                 this
                 may
                 be
                 noted
                 :
                 1.
                 
                 That
                 a
                 Mercurial
                 Emplaster
                 applied
                 to
                 several
                 sorts
                 of
                 Tumors
                 ,
                 may
                 be
                 exceeding
                 useful
                 ,
                 more
                 especially
                 if
                 they
                 be
                 not
                 suppurated
                 .
                 2.
                 
                 That
                 it
                 is
                 possible
                 the
                 wisest
                 Artist
                 may
                 be
                 deceived
                 by
                 appearances
                 in
                 
                 Diseases
                 of
                 this
                 kind
                 ,
                 where
                 the
                 insides
                 of
                 Things
                 are
                 not
                 seen
                 into
                 ,
                 though
                 many
                 times
                 they
                 may
                 judge
                 right
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XXIV
                 .
                 Moreover
                 ,
                 The
                 declension
                 of
                 the
                 Fibres
                 are
                 heedfully
                 to
                 be
                 observed
                 in
                 opening
                 an
                 Aposteme
                 ,
                 that
                 you
                 may
                 not
                 cut
                 cross
                 them
                 :
                 For
                 ,
                 as
                 Rolfincius
                 observed
                 ,
                 an
                 ignorant
                 Barber
                 opening
                 an
                 Aposteme
                 on
                 the
                 forehead
                 ,
                 did
                 it
                 cross-ways
                 :
                 'T
                 is
                 true
                 ,
                 the
                 Ulcer
                 was
                 cured
                 ;
                 but
                 the
                 Patient
                 was
                 ever
                 after
                 deprived
                 of
                 the
                 benefit
                 of
                 his
                 Eyes
                 ,
                 except
                 when
                 he
                 pasted
                 up
                 his
                 Eyebrows
                 with
                 Plasters
                 .
              
               
                 XXV
                 .
                 If
                 pain
                 seize
                 any
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 and
                 you
                 fear
                 that
                 Matter
                 is
                 gathered
                 there
                 ;
                 if
                 the
                 Sick
                 sweats
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 pain
                 continue
                 ,
                 't
                 is
                 positively
                 to
                 be
                 concluded
                 ;
                 and
                 though
                 the
                 colour
                 of
                 the
                 part
                 be
                 not
                 changed
                 ,
                 yet
                 it
                 must
                 be
                 opened
                 to
                 let
                 out
                 the
                 Matter
                 ;
                 which
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 but
                 little
                 ,
                 it
                 may
                 well
                 enough
                 ,
                 and
                 without
                 any
                 prejudice
                 ,
                 run
                 all
                 out
                 at
                 once
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 ready
                 to
                 run
                 without
                 pressing
                 ;
                 and
                 pressing
                 indeed
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 avoided
                 ,
                 (
                 because
                 it
                 many
                 times
                 does
                 hurt
                 ,
                 )
                 unless
                 the
                 Pus
                 or
                 Matter
                 be
                 lodg'd
                 in
                 some
                 remote
                 place
                 from
                 the
                 Orifice
                 .
              
               
                 XXVI
                 .
                 In
                 opening
                 of
                 an
                 Aposteme
                 upon
                 the
                 Buttocks
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 be
                 careful
                 not
                 to
                 cut
                 the
                 great
                 Nerve
                 which
                 lies
                 under
                 ,
                 or
                 lay
                 it
                 bare
                 ,
                 lest
                 it
                 be
                 hurt
                 by
                 cold
                 ;
                 for
                 thereby
                 it
                 will
                 leave
                 the
                 Thigh
                 for
                 ever
                 after
                 benumbed
                 .
              
               
                 XXVII
                 .
                 Sylvius
                 saith
                 ,
                 that
                 among
                 all
                 things
                 which
                 move
                 or
                 promote
                 the
                 excretion
                 of
                 Matter
                 ,
                 antimonial
                 Medicines
                 are
                 most
                 to
                 be
                 commended
                 :
                 For
                 (
                 saith
                 he
                 )
                 I
                 have
                 often
                 observed
                 ,
                 that
                 they
                 have
                 a
                 Virtue
                 to
                 correct
                 all
                 Evils
                 brought
                 on
                 the
                 Body
                 by
                 Matter
                 ,
                 and
                 to
                 hinder
                 the
                 production
                 of
                 new
                 :
                 Because
                 Antimony
                 is
                 not
                 less
                 serviceable
                 to
                 the
                 purification
                 of
                 Man's
                 Body
                 ,
                 than
                 it
                 is
                 to
                 that
                 of
                 Gold
                 ,
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 rightfully
                 prepared
                 and
                 administred
                 .
                 
                   Antimonium
                   Diaphoreticum
                
                 ,
                 more
                 especially
                 
                   Bezoar
                   Minerale
                
                 )
                 
                 stop
                 the
                 continual
                 generation
                 of
                 Matter
                 from
                 corrupt
                 Blood
                 ;
                 and
                 any
                 other
                 alterative
                 Medicine
                 made
                 of
                 Antimony
                 ,
                 especially
                 the
                 Balsam
                 ,
                 made
                 according
                 to
                 Art
                 out
                 of
                 its
                 Flowers
                 .
                 
                   Balsamum
                   Sulphuris
                   Anisatum
                
                 ,
                 is
                 also
                 good
                 for
                 the
                 same
                 .
              
               
                 XXVIII
                 .
                 And
                 to
                 this
                 purpose
                 I
                 commend
                 my
                 
                   Angelus
                   Mineralis
                
                 ,
                 or
                 my
                 
                   Piluloe
                   Anglicoe
                
                 ;
                 if
                 given
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 Directions
                 in
                 my
                 
                   Phylaxa
                   Medicinoe
                
                 ,
                 Lib.
                 1.
                 cap.
                 42
                 ,
                 &
                 53.
                 
                 For
                 they
                 not
                 only
                 stop
                 the
                 Flux
                 of
                 Matter
                 to
                 to
                 the
                 part
                 ,
                 hinder
                 the
                 generation
                 of
                 new
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 dispose
                 the
                 whole
                 habit
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 and
                 all
                 Humors
                 thereof
                 to
                 a
                 healing
                 temper
                 .
              
               
                 XXIX
                 .
                 If
                 there
                 be
                 an
                 inward
                 Aposteme
                 ,
                 Nature
                 commonly
                 breaks
                 it
                 ;
                 yet
                 things
                 proper
                 for
                 the
                 same
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 given
                 ;
                 for
                 which
                 purpose
                 some
                 commend
                 
                   Anisated
                   Balsam
                   of
                   Sulphur
                
                 :
                 When
                 it
                 is
                 broken
                 and
                 become
                 an
                 Ulcer
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 clearly
                 and
                 fully
                 cured
                 by
                 taking
                 for
                 some
                 time
                 or
                 continuance
                 
                   Antimonium
                   Diaphoreticum
                
                 ,
                 or
                 
                   Bezoar
                   Minerale
                
                 ,
                 or
                 some
                 other
                 more
                 effectual
                 refined
                 Medicine
                 made
                 of
                 Antimony
                 ,
                 whose
                 Elixir
                 ,
                 Magistery
                 Essence
                 ,
                 or
                 Powers
                 ,
                 will
                 perform
                 things
                 wonderful
                 ,
                 although
                 they
                 seem
                 incredible
                 to
                 most
                 ,
                 not
                 only
                 in
                 curing
                 this
                 Disease
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 dangerous
                 and
                 hard
                 to
                 be
                 cured
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 other
                 like
                 Distempers
                 which
                 may
                 at
                 any
                 time
                 seize
                 the
                 Viscera
                 .
              
               
                 XXX
                 .
                 Some
                 Men
                 commend
                 the
                 Juice
                 of
                 Water-Cresses
                 ,
                 as
                 also
                 the
                 Juice
                 of
                 Garden
                 Cresses
                 ,
                 strained
                 ,
                 and
                 drank
                 ,
                 for
                 the
                 speedy
                 breaking
                 of
                 inward
                 Apostemes
                 in
                 the
                 Body
                 .
                 This
                 is
                 good
                 :
                 Take
                 Mustard-seed
                 ,
                 grind
                 it
                 well
                 with
                 Water
                 ;
                 then
                 with
                 a
                 sufficient
                 quantity
                 of
                 Water
                 ,
                 wash
                 out
                 the
                 Virtue
                 from
                 it
                 ,
                 which
                 Water
                 sweeten
                 with
                 Honey
                 ,
                 and
                 drink
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 XXXI
                 .
                 To
                 ripen
                 also
                 an
                 external
                 Tumor
                 ,
                 you
                 may
                 apply
                 a
                 Cataplasm
                 made
                 of
                 Water
                 cresses
                 ,
                 and
                 Garden-cresses
                 beaten
                 up
                 with
                 Hogs
                 
                 Lard
                 :
                 A
                 Cataplasm
                 also
                 of
                 Goose-dung
                 fresh
                 and
                 hot
                 ,
                 or
                 of
                 Pidgeons
                 or
                 Hens
                 dung
                 will
                 do
                 the
                 same
                 .
                 Or
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Cresses
                   cut
                   and
                   bruised
                   well
                   ,
                   Goose
                   dung
                   ,
                   Hens
                   dung
                   ,
                   Pidgeons
                   dung
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   one
                   handful
                   ;
                   Goose-grease
                   eight
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   with
                   Pouder
                   of
                   Aron-Roots
                   ,
                   make
                   a
                   Cataplasm
                   .
                
                 See
                 my
                 
                   Synopsis
                   Medic.
                   Lib.
                
                 3.
                 cap.
                 24.
                 sect
                 .
                 30.
                 
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 XIV
                 .
                 
                   Of
                   the
                   THRVSH
                
                 .
              
               
                 I.
                 'T
                 
                   Is
                   certain
                   ,
                   That
                   every
                   Thrush
                   has
                   its
                   rise
                   from
                   a
                   morbifick
                   Acid
                
                 ;
                 and
                 that
                 is
                 the
                 true
                 Reason
                 they
                 are
                 so
                 frequent
                 in
                 Children
                 ;
                 and
                 in
                 Children
                 ,
                 rather
                 than
                 in
                 those
                 of
                 riper
                 Age
                 ;
                 and
                 this
                 is
                 first
                 caused
                 either
                 from
                 ill
                 Milk
                 in
                 the
                 Nurse
                 ,
                 spoiling
                 the
                 Stomach
                 of
                 the
                 Child
                 ,
                 or
                 from
                 a
                 natural
                 Weakness
                 of
                 the
                 part
                 ,
                 and
                 sharpness
                 of
                 Humors
                 there
                 ;
                 which
                 curdling
                 the
                 Milk
                 ,
                 breeds
                 or
                 encreases
                 the
                 acid
                 Humor
                 so
                 much
                 ,
                 'till
                 it
                 comes
                 to
                 that
                 acidity
                 ,
                 as
                 to
                 corrode
                 the
                 Skin
                 ;
                 so
                 that
                 the
                 Mouth
                 and
                 parts
                 adjacent
                 ,
                 seem
                 as
                 if
                 it
                 was
                 a
                 part
                 scalded
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 some
                 ,
                 as
                 if
                 it
                 was
                 scalded
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Skin
                 rubb'd
                 off
                 .
              
               
                 II.
                 
                   The
                   first
                   thing
                   therefore
                   to
                   be
                   considered
                   in
                   the
                   Cure
                   ,
                   is
                   to
                   absorb
                   the
                   acid
                   Humor
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   with
                   all
                   the
                   speed
                   that
                   may
                   be
                   :
                
                 For
                 the
                 soreness
                 of
                 the
                 Mouth
                 ,
                 though
                 it
                 be
                 bad
                 enough
                 ,
                 yet
                 is
                 not
                 that
                 which
                 indicates
                 the
                 greatest
                 danger
                 ;
                 inasmuch
                 as
                 the
                 acid
                 Humor
                 may
                 be
                 carried
                 down
                 into
                 the
                 Bowels
                 ,
                 and
                 do
                 the
                 same
                 thing
                 there
                 ,
                 at
                 least
                 cause
                 gripings
                 ,
                 sharp
                 prickings
                 of
                 the
                 Bowels
                 ,
                 and
                 sometimes
                 a
                 vehement
                 Flux
                 ,
                 if
                 not
                 a
                 bloody
                 Flux
                 ;
                 which
                 does
                 not
                 always
                 go
                 alone
                 ,
                 but
                 are
                 many
                 times
                 attended
                 
                 with
                 dire
                 Symptoms
                 ,
                 as
                 Convulsions
                 ,
                 Fevers
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 like
                 .
              
               
                 III.
                 
                   It
                   is
                   also
                   to
                   be
                   noted
                   ,
                   That
                   where
                   this
                   acid
                   Matter
                   or
                   Spirit
                   extravagantly
                   prevails
                   in
                   little
                   ones
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   softness
                   and
                   ductileness
                   of
                   the
                   parts
                   ,
                   the
                   said
                   acid
                   penetrating
                   ,
                   and
                   through
                   a
                   thousand
                   Intricacies
                   acscending
                   up
                   to
                   the
                   Brain
                   ,
                
                 being
                 volatilized
                 by
                 the
                 infant-heat
                 and
                 subtilty
                 of
                 the
                 Spirits
                 ,
                 it
                 strikes
                 upon
                 the
                 Ventricles
                 of
                 the
                 Brain
                 ,
                 and
                 seizing
                 as
                 it
                 were
                 upon
                 the
                 Substance
                 of
                 the
                 Brain
                 ,
                 contaminating
                 all
                 the
                 animal
                 Spirits
                 with
                 its
                 acidity
                 ,
                 it
                 forthwith
                 causes
                 an
                 Epilepsie
                 :
                 And
                 this
                 is
                 the
                 true
                 ground
                 of
                 this
                 Disease
                 ,
                 which
                 so
                 often
                 and
                 so
                 much
                 afflicts
                 Children
                 ,
                 which
                 might
                 easily
                 be
                 preyented
                 in
                 the
                 beginning
                 ,
                 were
                 but
                 care
                 timely
                 taken
                 to
                 depress
                 the
                 acid
                 ,
                 and
                 sweeten
                 the
                 juvenile
                 Juices
                 .
              
               
                 IV.
                 
                   The
                   next
                   thing
                   is
                   ,
                   to
                   expel
                   the
                   Excrements
                   or
                   Matter
                   contaminated
                   with
                   the
                   acid
                   :
                
                 We
                 must
                 not
                 only
                 correct
                 or
                 absorb
                 the
                 acid
                 Humor
                 ,
                 but
                 the
                 Matter
                 affected
                 therewith
                 must
                 be
                 expelled
                 ;
                 for
                 otherwise
                 it
                 will
                 lie
                 both
                 in
                 the
                 Bowels
                 and
                 Vessels
                 ,
                 and
                 there
                 corrupt
                 or
                 grow
                 sowre
                 again
                 ;
                 and
                 indeed
                 it
                 easily
                 resumes
                 its
                 former
                 state
                 .
              
               
                 V.
                 
                   The
                   acid
                   is
                   corrected
                   with
                   Alcalies
                   ,
                   and
                   such
                   indeed
                   are
                   best
                   ,
                   which
                   may
                   best
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   most
                   ease
                   and
                   the
                   least
                   danger
                   ,
                   be
                   given
                   to
                   Children
                   :
                
                 Such
                 are
                 impalpable
                 Pouders
                 of
                 
                   Crabs
                   Eyes
                   ,
                   Pearls
                   ,
                   Corral
                   ,
                   Salt
                   of
                   Tartar
                   ,
                   Lapis
                   Haematitis
                   ,
                   Antimonium
                   Diaphoreticum
                   ,
                   Bezoar
                   Minerale
                   ,
                   Cinnabar
                   of
                   Antimony
                
                 ;
                 which
                 last
                 being
                 levigated
                 into
                 subtil
                 Powder
                 ,
                 is
                 a
                 most
                 absolute
                 thing
                 .
                 Out
                 of
                 these
                 things
                 you
                 may
                 make
                 the
                 following
                 Prescriptions
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 like
                 .
              
               
                 VI.
                 Take
                 impalpable
                 Pouder
                 of
                 Crabs
                 Eyes
                 ,
                 from
                 one
                 Scruple
                 to
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 Syrup
                 of
                 Poppies
                 two
                 Drams
                 ;
                 mix
                 for
                 a
                 Dose
                 .
                 
                   Or
                   this
                
                 :
                 Take
                 Bezoarticum
                 Minerale
                 one
                 Scruple
                 ;
                 Syrup
                 of
                 Poppies
                 or
                 of
                 Planiane
                 ,
                 enough
                 to
                 malax
                 it
                 for
                 one
                 Dose
                 .
                 
                   Or
                   this
                
                 :
                 Take
                 Antimenium
                 〈◊〉
                 
                 
                   ten
                   Grains
                   ,
                   Cinnabar
                   of
                   Antimony
                   one
                   Scruple
                   :
                   All
                   being
                   in
                   fine
                   Pounder
                   ,
                
                 let
                 them
                 be
                 given
                 in
                 a
                 little
                 Milk.
                 Or
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Bezoar
                   Minerale
                   ,
                   Cinnabar
                   of
                   Antimony
                   in
                   impalpable
                   Pounder
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   fifteen
                   Grains
                   ;
                   mix
                   for
                   a
                   Dose
                   .
                
                 And
                 some
                 of
                 these
                 things
                 are
                 to
                 be
                 taken
                 Morning
                 and
                 Night
                 for
                 four
                 or
                 five
                 days
                 .
                 These
                 Doses
                 are
                 for
                 elder
                 Persons
                 ;
                 but
                 if
                 for
                 Children
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 diminish
                 the
                 Dose
                 accordingly
                 ,
                 Ex.
                 Gr.
                 
                   Take
                   Bezoar
                   Minerale
                   four
                   Grains
                   ,
                   Cinnabar
                   of
                   Antimony
                   eight
                   Grains
                   ;
                   mix
                   for
                   a
                   Dose
                   .
                
                 Or
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Salt
                   of
                   Tartar
                   eight
                   Grains
                   ,
                   Cinnabar
                   of
                   Antimony
                   six
                   Grains
                   ;
                   mix
                   them
                   .
                
              
               
                 VII
                 .
                 
                   To
                   carry
                   off
                   the
                   morbifick
                   Matter
                   ,
                   the
                   vulgar
                   Physicians
                   commonly
                   purge
                   Children
                   with
                   Syrup
                   of
                
                 Cichory
                 with
                 Rheubarb
                 ;
                 
                   and
                   it
                   may
                   do
                   indifferent
                   well
                   :
                
                 But
                 Purges
                 which
                 cool
                 the
                 Body
                 are
                 here
                 to
                 be
                 chosen
                 .
                 
                   Take
                   Manna
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   Extract
                   of
                   Cassia
                   one
                   Dram
                   ;
                   mix
                   for
                   a
                   Dose
                   :
                
                 Or
                 the
                 Manna
                 may
                 be
                 made
                 into
                 a
                 Syrup
                 with
                 Water
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Cassia
                 dissolved
                 therein
                 :
                 Or
                 
                   two
                   or
                   three
                   Drams
                   of
                   Cassia
                   ,
                   with
                   two
                   or
                   three
                   drops
                   of
                   Oil
                   of
                   Anniseeds
                   ,
                
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 dissolved
                 in
                 Milk.
                 Or
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Sena
                   from
                   half
                   a
                   Dram
                   to
                   a
                   Dram
                   ,
                   Liquorice
                   bruised
                   half
                   a
                   Dram
                   ,
                   Anniseeds
                   one
                   Scruple
                   bruised
                   ;
                   infuse
                   twelve
                   hours
                   in
                   a
                   gentle
                   heat
                   in
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   or
                   better
                   ,
                   of
                   Water
                   ;
                   strain
                   out
                   ,
                   and
                   sweeten
                   with
                   Manna
                   .
                
                 Or
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Sena
                   ,
                   Liquorice
                   bruised
                   half
                   a
                   Dram
                   ;
                   Anniseeds
                   ,
                   Caraways
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   ten
                   Grains
                   ;
                   infuse
                   as
                   before
                   in
                   Water
                   two
                   Ounces
                   for
                   twelve
                   hours
                   ;
                   strain
                   and
                   dissolve
                   therein
                   Cassia
                   extracted
                   from
                   half
                   a
                   Dram
                   to
                   a
                   Dram
                   ,
                
                 and
                 give
                 it
                 for
                 a
                 Dose
                 .
                 But
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 to
                 be
                 given
                 to
                 one
                 of
                 riper
                 years
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 double
                 ,
                 treble
                 ,
                 or
                 quadruple
                 the
                 Dose
                 according
                 to
                 Age
                 and
                 Strength
                 .
              
               
                 VIII
                 .
                 
                   Fat
                   and
                   oily
                   Things
                   take
                   off
                   the
                   edge
                   of
                   the
                   acid
                   ;
                   but
                
                 Opiates
                 
                   do
                   it
                   much
                   better
                
                 :
                 For
                 this
                 purpose
                 
                   you
                   may
                   give
                   from
                   ten
                   to
                   fifteen
                   or
                   twenty
                   drops
                   of
                   my
                   Guttae
                   Vitae
                   ,
                
                 in
                 any
                 thing
                 the
                 Child
                 drinks
                 ,
                 at
                 bed-time
                 ;
                 I
                 have
                 found
                 it
                 very
                 prevalent
                 .
                 It
                 not
                 only
                 blunts
                 the
                 points
                 of
                 the
                 
                 acid
                 ,
                 and
                 dulls
                 the
                 edge
                 of
                 the
                 sharp
                 Homor
                 ,
                 but
                 gives
                 Nature
                 rest
                 and
                 ease
                 ,
                 'till
                 she
                 can
                 recruit
                 her self
                 again
                 ;
                 as
                 also
                 it
                 puts
                 a
                 present
                 stop
                 to
                 the
                 flux
                 of
                 the
                 Humor
                 to
                 the
                 sore
                 or
                 raw
                 parts
                 :
                 Elder
                 Persons
                 may
                 take
                 my
                 
                   Laudanum
                   Volatile
                   ,
                   from
                   three
                   to
                   six
                   Grains
                   ,
                
                 beginning
                 with
                 the
                 smaller
                 Dose
                 first
                 .
                 They
                 that
                 cannot
                 swallow
                 a
                 Pill
                 ,
                 
                   may
                   take
                   ten
                   or
                   twelve
                   Grains
                   of
                   my
                   new
                
                 London
                 
                   Treacle
                   ,
                   in
                   any
                   fit
                   Vehicle
                   .
                
                 These
                 things
                 thicken
                 the
                 fluid
                 acid
                 ,
                 so
                 that
                 it
                 cannot
                 approach
                 with
                 that
                 violence
                 to
                 the
                 diseased
                 parts
                 .
              
               
                 IX
                 .
                 
                   But
                   whereas
                
                 Opiates
                 
                   strangely
                   disagree
                   with
                   some
                   People
                   ,
                   my
                
                 Tinctura
                 ad
                 Catarrhos
                 
                   answers
                   all
                   the
                   Intentions
                   both
                   of
                   sweetening
                   and
                   stopping
                   the
                   flux
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   Humour
                
                 ;
                 and
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 even
                 to
                 Children
                 with
                 a
                 world
                 of
                 safety
                 and
                 security
                 ,
                 from
                 half
                 a
                 Dram
                 to
                 one
                 or
                 two
                 ,
                 in
                 any
                 proper
                 Liquor
                 which
                 the
                 Child
                 will
                 take
                 .
                 See
                 it
                 in
                 my
                 
                   Phylaxa
                   Medic.
                   Lib.
                
                 2.
                 
                 Cap.
                 9.
                 
                 Sect.
                 2.
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 X.
                 
                   If
                   an
                   Epilepsie
                   or
                   Convulsion
                   be
                   present
                   ,
                   or
                   feared
                   ,
                   you
                   may
                   give
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   from
                   ten
                   Grains
                   to
                   fifteen
                   or
                   twenty
                   ,
                   of
                
                 Cinnabar
                 of
                 Antimony
                 ,
                 or
                 from
                 six
                 Grains
                 to
                 twelve
                 of
                 the
                 
                   native
                   Cinnabar
                   levigated
                
                 into
                 a
                 very
                 subtil
                 Pouder
                 ,
                 purging
                 presently
                 after
                 with
                 some
                 of
                 the
                 things
                 before
                 named
                 .
              
               
                 XI
                 .
                 
                   If
                   the
                   Child
                   be
                   taken
                   with
                   a
                   vomiting
                   withal
                   ,
                   it
                   certainly
                   shews
                   the
                   foulness
                   and
                   dissaffection
                   of
                   the
                   Stomach
                
                 ;
                 and
                 then
                 you
                 must
                 cleanse
                 it
                 with
                 the
                 most
                 innocent
                 
                   Gilla
                   Theophrasti
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   Salt
                   of
                   Vitriol
                   ,
                   given
                   to
                   fifteen
                   or
                   twenty
                   Grains
                
                 ;
                 which
                 has
                 this
                 Property
                 in
                 it
                 ,
                 not
                 only
                 to
                 cleanse
                 the
                 Ventricle
                 of
                 the
                 sharp
                 and
                 acid
                 Humor
                 causing
                 the
                 Thrush
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 even
                 to
                 heal
                 the
                 places
                 already
                 raw
                 .
                 And
                 in
                 those
                 of
                 ripe
                 years
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 most
                 admirable
                 thing
                 ,
                 if
                 given
                 from
                 two
                 Scruples
                 to
                 a
                 Dram
                 ,
                 in
                 Broth
                 ,
                 or
                 some
                 such-like
                 .
              
               
                 XII
                 .
                 
                   Sylvius
                   de
                   le
                   Boe
                
                 saith
                 ,
                 
                   be
                   prefers
                   a
                   metallick
                   or
                   mineral
                   Sulphur
                   fixt
                   above
                   all
                
                 ;
                 in
                 comparison
                 of
                 which
                 ,
                 nothing
                 
                 (
                 saith
                 he
                 )
                 that
                 I
                 have
                 hitherto
                 tried
                 ,
                 does
                 so
                 kindly
                 ,
                 certainly
                 ,
                 speedily
                 ,
                 and
                 safely
                 restrain
                 those
                 vicious
                 effervescencies
                 :
                 But
                 what
                 those
                 Sulphurs
                 are
                 ,
                 or
                 how
                 (
                 in
                 his
                 sense
                 )
                 to
                 be
                 prepared
                 ,
                 he
                 has
                 no-where
                 told
                 us
                 .
                 I
                 am
                 well
                 satisfied
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   Antimony
                
                 ,
                 if
                 well
                 made
                 ,
                 is
                 a
                 most
                 admirable
                 thing
                 :
                 But
                 then
                 it
                 must
                 be
                 given
                 to
                 Men
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 to
                 Infants
                 .
                 Truly
                 ,
                 I
                 cannot
                 tell
                 whether
                 it
                 may
                 safely
                 be
                 given
                 to
                 Children
                 in
                 any
                 Dose
                 whatsoever
                 ,
                 or
                 no
                 ,
                 especially
                 as
                 it
                 is
                 now
                 made
                 .
                 There
                 is
                 a
                 
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   Antimony
                
                 that
                 I
                 know
                 ,
                 which
                 may
                 be
                 so
                 prepared
                 ,
                 as
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 to
                 little
                 ones
                 without
                 danger
                 ,
                 but
                 that
                 is
                 no
                 where
                 to
                 be
                 sold
                 that
                 I
                 can
                 tell
                 of
                 .
              
               
                 XIII
                 .
                 
                   Among
                   the
                   rest
                   of
                   the
                   ordinary
                   Remedies
                
                 Lac
                 Sulphuris
                 
                   is
                   no
                   mean
                   thing
                
                 ;
                 and
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 to
                 Infants
                 ,
                 as
                 well
                 as
                 to
                 elder
                 Persons
                 ,
                 with
                 a
                 very
                 great
                 advantage
                 .
              
               
                 XIV
                 .
                 
                   Topicks
                   must
                   be
                   also
                   used
                   to
                   the
                   mouth
                   ,
                   throat
                   ,
                   and
                   afflicted
                   parts
                
                 ;
                 among
                 which
                 ,
                 elder
                 Persons
                 may
                 use
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   white
                   Vitriol
                   ,
                   Roch
                   Alum
                   one
                   Scruple
                   ,
                   Plantane
                   or
                   Spring-water
                   four
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   mix
                   ,
                   dissolve
                   ,
                   and
                   sweeten
                   with
                   Sugar
                   ,
                   for
                   a
                   Gargarism
                   .
                
                 But
                 Children
                 ,
                 to
                 whom
                 it
                 cannot
                 so
                 easily
                 be
                 used
                 ,
                 must
                 have
                 
                   the
                   juice
                   of
                   baked
                   Turneps
                
                 to
                 wash
                 withal
                 ,
                 or
                 swallow
                 down
                 ;
                 or
                 
                   the
                   juice
                   of
                   Parsneps
                   baked
                   with
                   Milk.
                
                 These
                 things
                 are
                 Balsams
                 in
                 their
                 kind
                 ;
                 and
                 besides
                 their
                 healing
                 Property
                 ,
                 have
                 a
                 faculty
                 of
                 sweetning
                 and
                 taking
                 off
                 the
                 edge
                 of
                 the
                 acid
                 .
              
               
                 XV.
                 
                   Moreover
                   ,
                   you
                   may
                   if
                   you
                   please
                   ,
                   sweeten
                   these
                   Juices
                   with
                   Honey
                   ,
                   or
                   Syrup
                   of
                   Roses
                   ;
                   both
                   which
                   still
                   contribute
                   to
                   the
                   healing
                   of
                   the
                   sore
                   and
                   raw
                   mouth
                   :
                
                 And
                 if
                 the
                 Child
                 has
                 discretion
                 enough
                 ,
                 it
                 ought
                 to
                 hold
                 the
                 same
                 in
                 its
                 mouth
                 for
                 some
                 time
                 :
                 And
                 to
                 these
                 things
                 you
                 may
                 add
                 
                   Syrups
                   of
                   Violets
                   ,
                   Jujubes
                   ,
                   Liquorice
                   ,
                   Lettuce
                   ,
                   juice
                   of
                   Purslane
                   ,
                
                 &c
                 ,
                 for
                 that
                 they
                 all
                 blunt
                 (
                 as
                 it
                 were
                 )
                 the
                 edge
                 of
                 the
                 sharp
                 Humor
                 ,
                 and
                 withal
                 contribute
                 to
                 healing
                 .
              
               
               
                 XVI
                 .
                 
                   But
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   more
                   observable
                   and
                   remarkable
                   ,
                   (
                   but
                   only
                   for
                   Persons
                   of
                   ripe
                   years
                   ,
                   )
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   use
                   of
                
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 ,
                 or
                 pure
                 Brandy
                 ;
                 for
                 that
                 only
                 held
                 in
                 the
                 mouth
                 ,
                 (
                 and
                 sometimes
                 Gargled
                 with
                 ,
                 )
                 for
                 two
                 or
                 three
                 minutes
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 four
                 or
                 five
                 times
                 a
                 day
                 ,
                 and
                 then
                 spit
                 out
                 ,
                 certainly
                 heals
                 and
                 cures
                 the
                 afflicted
                 parts
                 to
                 a
                 miracle
                 .
                 And
                 though
                 it
                 may
                 smart
                 much
                 at
                 first
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 vehement
                 but
                 for
                 a
                 while
                 ,
                 viz.
                 for
                 the
                 first
                 two
                 or
                 three
                 times
                 using
                 of
                 it
                 ,
                 afterwards
                 it
                 is
                 easier
                 ,
                 and
                 at
                 length
                 the
                 parts
                 are
                 ,
                 as
                 it
                 were
                 ,
                 pleased
                 and
                 refreshed
                 with
                 the
                 use
                 thereof
                 ;
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 end
                 it
                 perfectly
                 heals
                 them
                 :
                 And
                 this
                 it
                 does
                 not
                 do
                 only
                 from
                 its
                 
                   balsamick
                   Property
                
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 as
                 it
                 is
                 an
                 Alcaly
                 ,
                 and
                 absorbs
                 the
                 acid
                 in
                 the
                 Ulcer
                 .
              
               
                 XVII
                 .
                 Sylvius
                 
                   commends
                   the
                   Yolk
                   of
                   an
                   Egg
                   ,
                   mixt
                   with
                   a
                   little
                   Rose-water
                   and
                   Sugar
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   it
                   draws
                   to
                   it
                   the
                   acid
                   Humour
                   that
                   hurts
                   the
                   Stomach
                
                 ;
                 and
                 so
                 by
                 degrees
                 〈◊〉
                 the
                 parts
                 affected
                 ,
                 and
                 promotes
                 the
                 falling
                 of
                 the
                 Thrush
                 ;
                 you
                 may
                 use
                 it
                 as
                 the
                 Turnep
                 and
                 Parsnep-Juice
                 :
                 Concerning
                 both
                 which
                 Juices
                 ,
                 you
                 are
                 to
                 note
                 this
                 ;
                 That
                 they
                 correct
                 the
                 evil
                 Ferment
                 both
                 in
                 Stomach
                 and
                 small
                 Guts
                 ,
                 whereby
                 the
                 acid
                 effervescency
                 is
                 hindred
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Disease
                 the
                 sooner
                 cured
                 .
              
               
                 XVIII
                 .
                 
                   While
                   the
                   Thrush
                   is
                   ripening
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   gradually
                   falling
                   from
                   the
                   afflicted
                   parts
                   ,
                   a
                   new
                   Cuticle
                   grows
                   under
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   covers
                   the
                   place
                
                 ;
                 and
                 although
                 this
                 follows
                 of
                 its
                 own
                 accord
                 ,
                 by
                 the
                 Benefit
                 of
                 the
                 Medicines
                 now
                 commended
                 ,
                 yet
                 it
                 will
                 be
                 promoted
                 by
                 
                   Syrup
                   of
                   Red
                   Roses
                   ,
                   Honey
                
                 of
                 Roses
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 like
                 :
                 Also
                 
                   Powder
                   of
                   fine
                   Bole
                   ,
                   Terra
                   Sigillata
                   ,
                   Crabs
                   Eyes
                   ,
                
                 &c.
                 mixt
                 with
                 fair
                 Water
                 and
                 Sugar
                 ,
                 or
                 Honey
                 ,
                 and
                 held
                 for
                 some
                 time
                 in
                 the
                 mouth
                 ,
                 promote
                 the
                 healing
                 .
              
               
                 XIX
                 .
                 This
                 is
                 also
                 observable
                 ,
                 That
                 as
                 in
                 the
                 curing
                 of
                 other
                 Ulcers
                 ,
                 Driers
                 are
                 used
                 ;
                 so
                 on
                 the
                 contrary
                 much
                 spitting
                 is
                 good
                 here
                 ,
                 
                   as
                   if
                   the
                   Patient
                   was
                   in
                   a
                   Flux
                   ;
                   for
                   then
                   it
                   is
                
                 
                 cured
                 with
                 the
                 more
                 speed
                 and
                 ease
                 .
                 In
                 other
                 Ulcers
                 ,
                 things
                 that
                 temper
                 the
                 acid
                 Acrimony
                 ,
                 and
                 then
                 dry
                 ,
                 are
                 used
                 :
                 In
                 this
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 use
                 such
                 things
                 as
                 may
                 temper
                 the
                 said
                 Acid
                 ,
                 but
                 withal
                 moisten
                 .
              
               
                 
                   XX.
                   AEtius
                
                 commends
                 Galls
                 beaten
                 and
                 boiled
                 in
                 Water
                 ;
                 the
                 strained
                 Decoction
                 made
                 into
                 a
                 thick
                 Syrup
                 with
                 Honey
                 ;
                 
                   being
                   rubbed
                   upon
                   the
                   place
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   good
                   .
                   Others
                   commend
                
                 a
                 Decoction
                 of
                 Cinquefoil
                 Roots
                 :
                 
                   You
                   may
                   also
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   please
                   ,
                   use
                   the
                   Leaves
                   too
                   .
                
                 A
                 Decoction
                 of
                 Savory
                 in
                 Wine
                 ,
                 
                   is
                   said
                   to
                   do
                   it
                   in
                   two
                   or
                   three
                   days
                   .
                   If
                   it
                   be
                   malignant
                   ,
                
                 Hercules
                 Saxonia
                 ,
                 used
                 Lixivium
                 of
                 Tartar
                 ,
                 or
                 Vitriol-Water
                 ,
                 
                   by
                   which
                   he
                   conquered
                   them
                
                 .
                 Joel
                 
                   first
                   washes
                   the
                   part
                   well
                   ,
                   then
                   lays
                   on
                   this
                   :
                
                 Take
                 Honey
                 of
                 Roses
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Oil
                 of
                 Vitriol
                 one
                 Dram
                 ;
                 mix
                 and
                 make
                 a
                 Liniment
                 .
                 
                   This
                   ,
                   he
                   says
                   ,
                   is
                   a
                   present
                   Remedy
                   ,
                   whether
                   in
                   old
                   or
                   young
                   .
                
              
               
                 XXI
                 .
                 Goclenius
                 
                   advises
                   ,
                   for
                   a
                   Thrush
                   in
                   children
                   ,
                   this
                   :
                   Take
                   Roch
                   Alum
                   ,
                   Sugar
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   boil
                   in
                   Plantane
                   water
                   ;
                   add
                   Juice
                   of
                   Mulberries
                   a
                   sufficient
                   quantity
                   ;
                   mix
                   ,
                   and
                   wash
                   the
                   mouth
                   often
                   with
                   it
                   .
                
                 But
                 Riverius
                 saith
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 best
                 and
                 only
                 Remedy
                 ,
                 is
                 
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Vitriol
                   or
                   Sulphur
                
                 ,
                 (
                 if
                 there
                 be
                 no
                 Inflammation
                 ,
                 )
                 which
                 in
                 those
                 that
                 are
                 grown
                 ,
                 may
                 be
                 used
                 alone
                 :
                 Dip
                 a
                 little
                 Cotton
                 ,
                 bound
                 to
                 the
                 end
                 of
                 a
                 stick
                 ,
                 in
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 give
                 the
                 Sore
                 a
                 light
                 touch
                 ;
                 for
                 so
                 a
                 simple
                 Thrush
                 is
                 cured
                 in
                 a
                 moment
                 .
              
            
             
               
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   XV.
                
                 Of
                 a
                 QUINSEY
                 .
              
               
                 I.
                 A
                 
                   Quinsey
                   is
                   an
                   Inflammation
                   of
                   the
                   Muscles
                   of
                   the
                   Jaws
                   and
                   Throat
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   swelled
                   ,
                   do
                   stop
                   and
                   contract
                   the
                   passages
                   of
                   Breathing
                   and
                   Swallowing
                   :
                
                 This
                 Inflammation
                 possesses
                 both
                 Pharynx
                 and
                 Larynx
                 :
                 The
                 Pharynx
                 or
                 Fauces
                 ,
                 is
                 the
                 hinder
                 and
                 lower
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 Mouth
                 ,
                 which
                 cannot
                 be
                 seen
                 ,
                 unless
                 the
                 Mouth
                 be
                 opened
                 wide
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Tongue
                 held
                 down
                 ,
                 being
                 the
                 beginning
                 of
                 the
                 Mouth
                 of
                 the
                 Gullet
                 ,
                 (
                 and
                 by
                 some
                 for
                 that
                 Reason
                 is
                 called
                 the
                 Throat
                 :
                 )
                 Its
                 substance
                 is
                 fleshy
                 ,
                 performing
                 its
                 attractive
                 motion
                 by
                 
                   strait
                   Fibres
                
                 ,
                 and
                 its
                 expulsive
                 by
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 Orbicular
                 ;
                 it
                 contains
                 two
                 Bones
                 ,
                 the
                 
                   Os
                   Hyoides
                
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Lambdoides
                 :
                 It
                 has
                 also
                 four
                 Cartilages
                 ;
                 two
                 somewhat
                 great
                 ,
                 long
                 ,
                 and
                 round
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 Belly
                 of
                 the
                 
                   Os
                   Hyoides
                
                 ,
                 and
                 two
                 lesser
                 ,
                 adjacent
                 to
                 the
                 Horns
                 thereof
                 ;
                 as
                 also
                 ,
                 four
                 pair
                 of
                 Muscles
                 .
                 The
                 Larynx
                 is
                 the
                 head
                 ,
                 or
                 upper
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 Wind-pipe
                 ,
                 situate
                 in
                 the
                 Neck
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 in
                 the
                 middle
                 thereof
                 ,
                 being
                 but
                 one
                 in
                 Number
                 ,
                 that
                 there
                 might
                 be
                 but
                 one
                 Voice
                 ,
                 of
                 a
                 roundish
                 Figure
                 ,
                 that
                 it
                 might
                 be
                 hollow
                 for
                 the
                 Voices
                 sake
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 strait
                 in
                 Youth
                 ,
                 whereby
                 the
                 Voice
                 is
                 shrill
                 ,
                 but
                 larger
                 in
                 elder
                 Persons
                 ,
                 whereby
                 the
                 Voice
                 is
                 bigger
                 ,
                 and
                 more
                 gross
                 ,
                 and
                 contains
                 seven
                 pair
                 of
                 Muscles
                 ,
                 five
                 
                   Grisles
                   :
                   Veins
                
                 from
                 the
                 Internal
                 
                   Jugular
                   ;
                   Arteries
                
                 from
                 the
                 larger
                 branch
                 of
                 the
                 Carotides
                 ,
                 or
                 sleepy
                 Arteries
                 and
                 Nerves
                 ,
                 from
                 the
                 Recurrent
                 Branch
                 of
                 the
                 
                   Par
                   Vagum
                
                 ,
                 which
                 help
                 on
                 the
                 motion
                 of
                 the
                 Muscles
                 ;
                 as
                 also
                 Membranes
                 contiguous
                 with
                 ,
                 and
                 continued
                 from
                 the
                 Membranes
                 of
                 the
                 Trachea
                 .
              
               
               
                 II.
                 
                   I
                   thought
                   it
                   absolutely
                   necessary
                   to
                   give
                   a
                   small
                   Description
                   of
                   the
                   Parts
                   ,
                   which
                   this
                   Disease
                   possesses
                
                 ;
                 for
                 that
                 their
                 Anatomical
                 Structure
                 being
                 understood
                 ,
                 the
                 Disease
                 is
                 made
                 something
                 the
                 more
                 intelligible
                 to
                 the
                 Mind
                 ;
                 wherein
                 the
                 danger
                 of
                 it
                 lies
                 ,
                 (
                 which
                 is
                 always
                 great
                 )
                 the
                 extremity
                 of
                 the
                 Torment
                 ,
                 (
                 almost
                 unexpressible
                 ,
                 )
                 and
                 some
                 Light
                 is
                 added
                 to
                 the
                 ways
                 and
                 means
                 of
                 Curing
                 ,
                 which
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 as
                 speedy
                 and
                 hasty
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Disease
                 is
                 dangerous
                 and
                 exquisite
                 .
              
               
                 III.
                 
                   A
                   Quinsey
                   is
                   also
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   two-fold
                   ,
                
                 viz.
                 
                   either
                   True
                   ,
                   or
                   Bastard
                
                 :
                 The
                 True
                 is
                 when
                 the
                 Muscles
                 ,
                 and
                 other
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Throat
                 and
                 Jaws
                 ,
                 are
                 not
                 only
                 inflamed
                 and
                 swelled
                 inwardly
                 ,
                 but
                 the
                 outward
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Neck
                 are
                 swelled
                 outwardly
                 also
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 always
                 accompanied
                 with
                 a
                 Fever
                 :
                 The
                 Bastard
                 is
                 only
                 an
                 outward
                 Swelling
                 of
                 the
                 Throat
                 ,
                 Tumifying
                 and
                 Inflaming
                 the
                 Muscles
                 thereof
                 ,
                 and
                 parts
                 adjacent
                 there
                 to
                 ,
                 but
                 ever
                 without
                 a
                 Fever
                 .
              
               
                 IV.
                 
                   Almost
                   all
                   Authors
                   say
                   ,
                   That
                   it
                   is
                   always
                   caused
                   of
                   Blood
                   ;
                   and
                   some
                   ,
                   That
                   it
                   is
                   caused
                   of
                   Blood
                   mixt
                   with
                   other
                   Humours
                
                 ;
                 But
                 Experience
                 has
                 taught
                 us
                 ,
                 That
                 it
                 is
                 only
                 a
                 Flux
                 of
                 Humours
                 to
                 the
                 Parts
                 ,
                 which
                 filling
                 them
                 with
                 their
                 Passages
                 ,
                 puts
                 the
                 Life
                 into
                 peril
                 :
                 And
                 this
                 is
                 eminently
                 apparent
                 in
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 opened
                 ,
                 or
                 where
                 they
                 break
                 ,
                 the
                 Matter
                 flowing
                 forth
                 ,
                 demonstrating
                 that
                 it
                 is
                 only
                 the
                 product
                 of
                 conflucting
                 Humours
                 of
                 divers
                 kinds
                 ,
                 raised
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 from
                 Cold
                 taken
                 ,
                 which
                 putting
                 the
                 said
                 Humours
                 into
                 a
                 Fermentation
                 and
                 Flux
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 febritick
                 habit
                 of
                 body
                 ,
                 send
                 them
                 up
                 to
                 the
                 Throat
                 ,
                 and
                 parts
                 thereabouts
                 ,
                 especially
                 if
                 there
                 be
                 also
                 a
                 natural
                 weakness
                 of
                 those
                 parts
                 attending
                 .
              
               
                 V.
                 Physicians
                 ,
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 ,
                 begin
                 this
                 Cure
                 with
                 Blood-letting
                 ;
                 and
                 if
                 ever
                 Blood-letting
                 be
                 reasonable
                 and
                 necessary
                 to
                 be
                 done
                 ,
                 it
                 ought
                 
                 
                   to
                   be
                   done
                   here
                
                 ;
                 because
                 ,
                 (
                 though
                 by
                 that
                 operation
                 you
                 cannot
                 empty
                 the
                 Matter
                 congregated
                 ,
                 yet
                 )
                 by
                 drawing
                 a
                 pretty
                 quantity
                 of
                 Blood
                 away
                 you
                 will
                 in
                 some
                 measure
                 empty
                 the
                 said
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 sanguinous
                 Humour
                 appendent
                 thereto
                 ,
                 and
                 probably
                 take
                 away
                 the
                 imminent
                 danger
                 and
                 peril
                 of
                 Life
                 ,
                 which
                 in
                 this
                 Disease
                 is
                 so
                 usual
                 .
                 By
                 this
                 means
                 a
                 revulsion
                 being
                 made
                 ,
                 the
                 afflux
                 of
                 Humours
                 to
                 the
                 part
                 affected
                 ,
                 is
                 in
                 some
                 measure
                 stopt
                 .
              
               
                 VI.
                 
                   For
                   as
                   in
                   other
                   Inflammations
                   ,
                   Blood
                   is
                   let
                   ,
                   not
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   that
                   Matter
                   which
                   has
                   already
                   caused
                   an
                   Aposteme
                   in
                   the
                   part
                   ,
                   but
                   for
                   preservation
                   's
                   sake
                   ,
                   in
                   respect
                   to
                   the
                   Matter
                   yet
                   flowing
                   ,
                   and
                   increasing
                   the
                   Inflammation
                   :
                
                 And
                 so
                 here
                 they
                 prescribe
                 Phlebotomy
                 in
                 the
                 beginning
                 ,
                 lest
                 the
                 Inflammation
                 ,
                 continually
                 increasing
                 (
                 before
                 other
                 Remedies
                 could
                 be
                 seasonably
                 applied
                 )
                 by
                 the
                 continual
                 afflux
                 of
                 Humors
                 ,
                 a
                 present
                 Suffocation
                 should
                 emerge
                 .
              
               
                 VII
                 .
                 
                   But
                   if
                   the
                   Tumor
                   be
                   not
                   very
                   great
                   ,
                   or
                   while
                   the
                   Sich
                   can
                   yet
                   indifferently
                   swallow
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   good
                   to
                   make
                   other
                   Evacuations
                
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 Sick
                 may
                 now
                 the
                 better
                 bear
                 them
                 ,
                 because
                 the
                 great
                 danger
                 in
                 this
                 Disease
                 proceeds
                 not
                 so
                 much
                 from
                 the
                 weakness
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 oppression
                 and
                 hurt
                 of
                 a
                 singular
                 part
                 .
                 Now
                 the
                 Question
                 is
                 ,
                 Whether
                 this
                 Evacuation
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 by
                 Vomit
                 ,
                 or
                 by
                 Stool
                 ,
                 or
                 by
                 both
                 .
              
               
                 VIII
                 .
                 
                   Some
                   are
                   for
                   Vomiting
                   ,
                   others
                   are
                   against
                   it
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   ,
                   as
                   they
                   say
                   ,
                   it
                   draws
                   the
                   Humours
                   still
                   upwards
                   to
                   the
                   Throat
                   .
                   To
                   which
                   we
                   Answer
                   ,
                
                 That
                 a
                 Vomit
                 only
                 draws
                 the
                 Humors
                 into
                 the
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 and
                 does
                 nothing
                 more
                 than
                 expel
                 them
                 by
                 the
                 Throat
                 :
                 And
                 if
                 the
                 Humours
                 from
                 most
                 of
                 the
                 adjacent
                 parts
                 congregate
                 in
                 the
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 (
                 't
                 is
                 no
                 matter
                 whether
                 they
                 be
                 attracted
                 or
                 sent
                 ,
                 )
                 't
                 is
                 possible
                 the
                 Fauces
                 ,
                 and
                 parts
                 adjacent
                 to
                 them
                 ,
                 may
                 in
                 some
                 manner
                 be
                 emptied
                 by
                 this
                 
                 kind
                 of
                 revulsion
                 or
                 derivation
                 ,
                 (
                 chuse
                 you
                 whether
                 :
                 )
                 But
                 this
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 considered
                 ,
                 that
                 this
                 kind
                 of
                 operation
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 only
                 in
                 such
                 as
                 easily
                 Vomit
                 ,
                 and
                 are
                 not
                 naturally
                 averse
                 to
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 while
                 yet
                 the
                 Passages
                 are
                 so
                 wide
                 ,
                 as
                 indifferently
                 to
                 let
                 the
                 Matter
                 pass
                 through
                 .
                 If
                 otherwise
                 ,
                 you
                 will
                 cause
                 a
                 Suffocation
                 instead
                 of
                 an
                 Evacuation
                 ,
                 and
                 kill
                 the
                 Patient
                 instead
                 of
                 Curing
                 .
              
               
                 IX
                 .
                 
                   Among
                   many
                   others
                   ,
                   I
                   remember
                   two
                   special
                   Examples
                   of
                   Cures
                   of
                   a
                   Quinsey
                   ,
                   which
                   I
                   did
                   by
                   Vomiting
                   .
                
                 In
                 
                   the
                   first
                
                 ,
                 it
                 so
                 effectually
                 evacuated
                 the
                 Matter
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 Inflammation
                 abated
                 immediately
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Tumor
                 disappeared
                 ,
                 and
                 wholly
                 went
                 away
                 ,
                 without
                 any
                 other
                 operation
                 ,
                 or
                 intention
                 of
                 Cure
                 :
                 In
                 
                   the
                   other
                
                 ,
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 straining
                 of
                 the
                 parts
                 ,
                 and
                 violence
                 of
                 Vomiting
                 ,
                 the
                 Tumor
                 (
                 being
                 come
                 to
                 ripeness
                 )
                 broke
                 in
                 the
                 very
                 act
                 of
                 Vomiting
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Patient
                 had
                 an
                 immediate
                 relief
                 ;
                 the
                 remaining
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 Cure
                 being
                 done
                 after
                 the
                 manner
                 of
                 a
                 common
                 Ulcer
                 .
              
               
                 X.
                 
                   But
                   Evacutions
                   by
                   Stool
                   ,
                   may
                   much
                   better
                   and
                   safer
                   be
                   performed
                
                 ;
                 and
                 though
                 many
                 times
                 Purging
                 does
                 not
                 wholly
                 do
                 the
                 Cure
                 ,
                 yet
                 it
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 evites
                 the
                 Peril
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 principal
                 matter
                 in
                 this
                 Cure
                 ;
                 for
                 that
                 Nature
                 it self
                 would
                 perform
                 the
                 work
                 alone
                 ,
                 if
                 Suffocation
                 did
                 not
                 prevent
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 XI
                 .
                 
                   In
                   this
                   case
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   demanded
                   ,
                   that
                   if
                   Purging
                   be
                   necessary
                   ,
                   What
                   kinds
                   of
                   Purges
                   those
                   are
                   which
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   used
                   in
                   this
                   case
                   :
                
                 To
                 which
                 I
                 Answer
                 ;
                 Such
                 as
                 are
                 strong
                 and
                 violent
                 ,
                 that
                 a
                 sufficient
                 derivation
                 may
                 be
                 made
                 downwards
                 :
                 For
                 if
                 you
                 Purge
                 ,
                 and
                 it
                 be
                 so
                 weakly
                 as
                 not
                 to
                 derive
                 the
                 Matter
                 ,
                 you
                 do
                 nothing
                 :
                 You
                 are
                 to
                 remember
                 that
                 the
                 danger
                 of
                 Life
                 is
                 present
                 ,
                 and
                 therefore
                 that
                 it
                 is
                 necessary
                 ,
                 by
                 violence
                 and
                 force
                 to
                 draw
                 back
                 the
                 peccant
                 Matter
                 .
              
               
                 XII
                 .
                 
                   In
                   order
                   to
                   this
                   ,
                   the
                   Extract
                   of
                
                 Colocynthis
                 (
                 
                   made
                   with
                   Water
                   by
                   long
                   boyling
                
                 )
                 
                 
                   is
                   of
                   most
                   note
                
                 :
                 You
                 may
                 give
                 it
                 from
                 five
                 Grains
                 to
                 twelve
                 or
                 fifteen
                 ,
                 in
                 strong
                 Bodies
                 :
                 It
                 Purges
                 admirably
                 ,
                 and
                 carries
                 off
                 the
                 morbifick
                 Cause
                 to
                 a
                 wonder
                 .
                 Or
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   Extract
                   eight
                   Grains
                   ,
                   Extract
                   of
                   Aloes
                   (
                   made
                   with
                   Water
                   )
                   one
                   Scruple
                   ;
                   mix
                   for
                   a
                   Dose
                   ,
                
                 It
                 diverts
                 excellently
                 ,
                 and
                 derives
                 the
                 Blood
                 to
                 the
                 lower
                 parts
                 .
                 Or
                 this
                 ;
                 
                   Take
                   of
                   the
                   Extract
                   of
                   Aloes
                   one
                   Scruple
                   ,
                   of
                   Colocynthis
                   eight
                   Grains
                   ,
                   of
                   Turbethum
                   Minerale
                   four
                   Grains
                   ;
                   mix
                   for
                   a
                   Dose
                   .
                
                 This
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 given
                 only
                 to
                 strong
                 Bodies
                 ,
                 but
                 where
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 ,
                 or
                 does
                 prevail
                 ,
                 it
                 does
                 wonders
                 .
              
               
                 XIII
                 .
                 
                   If
                   any
                   should
                   Object
                   ,
                   That
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   Turbith
                   Mineral
                   ,
                   the
                   Humors
                   would
                   flow
                   to
                   the
                   Throat
                   the
                   more
                   ,
                   where
                   they
                   already
                   are
                   too
                   much
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   augment
                   the
                   Disease
                
                 ;
                 we
                 answer
                 ,
                 No.
                 The
                 briskness
                 of
                 the
                 Catharticks
                 would
                 make
                 its
                 whole
                 Effects
                 downwards
                 ,
                 while
                 that
                 ,
                 by
                 its
                 melting
                 Property
                 ,
                 it
                 dissolves
                 the
                 near
                 or
                 conjoin'd
                 Cause
                 of
                 the
                 Disease
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 carry
                 all
                 off
                 by
                 stool
                 :
                 But
                 suppose
                 it
                 should
                 be
                 otherwise
                 ,
                 it
                 would
                 yet
                 put
                 the
                 Sick
                 out
                 of
                 peril
                 ;
                 for
                 if
                 its
                 effects
                 were
                 upwards
                 ,
                 so
                 as
                 to
                 cause
                 a
                 Flux
                 ,
                 it
                 must
                 needs
                 open
                 the
                 mouths
                 of
                 the
                 salivatick
                 Vessels
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 take
                 away
                 the
                 Disease
                 that
                 way
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 as
                 rational
                 as
                 can
                 be
                 proposed
                 .
              
               
                 XIV
                 .
                 
                   I
                   care
                   not
                   greatly
                   if
                   I
                   relate
                   a
                   History
                   of
                   this
                   kind
                   ,
                   done
                   by
                   a
                   Mountebank
                   in
                   this
                   City
                   :
                
                 A
                 young
                 Man
                 having
                 an
                 exquisite
                 Quinsey
                 ,
                 sent
                 for
                 this
                 Man
                 ;
                 who
                 coming
                 to
                 view
                 him
                 ,
                 and
                 looking
                 upon
                 his
                 Throat
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 knowing
                 or
                 apprehending
                 what
                 his
                 Disease
                 was
                 ;
                 but
                 mistaking
                 in
                 his
                 Judgment
                 ,
                 and
                 thinking
                 it
                 to
                 be
                 the
                 Pox
                 ,
                 gave
                 him
                 a
                 lusty
                 Dose
                 of
                 
                   Turbith
                   Mineral
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   Dram
                   of
                   Mithridate
                   :
                
                 This
                 (
                 the
                 Humours
                 being
                 beforehand
                 in
                 Flux
                 ,
                 and
                 filling
                 those
                 parts
                 )
                 in
                 fifteen
                 or
                 sixteen
                 hours
                 time
                 ,
                 put
                 him
                 into
                 a
                 severe
                 Flux
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 less
                 than
                 twenty
                 four
                 hours
                 ,
                 put
                 him
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 peril
                 of
                 Death
                 ;
                 for
                 he
                 spit
                 out
                 the
                 Cause
                 of
                 the
                 Disease
                 ,
                 and
                 fluxing
                 twenty
                 two
                 or
                 
                 twenty
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 was
                 perfectly
                 cured
                 without
                 any
                 more
                 to
                 do
                 .
                 Had
                 he
                 truly
                 known
                 the
                 Disease
                 ,
                 it
                 must
                 have
                 been
                 accounted
                 a
                 very
                 bold
                 and
                 rash
                 attempt
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 ,
                 with
                 safety
                 ,
                 to
                 be
                 adventured
                 ;
                 but
                 as
                 as
                 it
                 fell
                 out
                 ,
                 it
                 proved
                 very
                 fortunate
                 and
                 succesful
                 ;
                 for
                 though
                 the
                 Sick
                 had
                 a
                 great
                 deal
                 of
                 trouble
                 and
                 pain
                 ,
                 yet
                 he
                 did
                 very
                 well
                 at
                 last
                 .
                 You
                 know
                 what
                 the
                 Proverb
                 is
                 ,
                 
                   There
                   is
                   no
                   Carrion
                   will
                   kill
                   a
                   Crow
                   .
                
              
               
                 XV.
                 
                   Seeing
                   therefore
                   ,
                   that
                   a
                   Quinsey
                   is
                   a
                   most
                   acute
                   Disease
                   ,
                   &
                   that
                   sometimes
                   it
                   takes
                   away
                   a
                   man
                   in
                   one
                   day
                   ,
                   the
                   great
                   remedies
                   are
                   to
                   be
                   used
                   with
                   mighty
                   care
                   and
                   diligence
                   .
                   Riverius
                
                 advises
                 immediately
                 to
                 let
                 Bloud
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 to
                 twenty
                 ,
                 twenty
                 four
                 ,
                 or
                 thirty
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 but
                 by
                 degrees
                 ,
                 on
                 that
                 side
                 most
                 afflicted
                 :
                 Saxonia
                 and
                 Rolfincius
                 advises
                 ,
                 to
                 have
                 it
                 done
                 under
                 the
                 tongue
                 .
                 〈◊〉
                 in
                 a
                 desparate
                 Quinsie
                 opens
                 the
                 Jugular
                 Veins
                 .
                 In
                 these
                 things
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 exercise
                 your
                 Reason
                 .
                 Some
                 are
                 for
                 bleeding
                 in
                 the
                 Leg
                 or
                 lower
                 parts
                 ;
                 others
                 for
                 the
                 Arm
                 ,
                 because
                 they
                 say
                 it
                 makes
                 better
                 Revulsion
                 ,
                 and
                 causes
                 less
                 weakness
                 .
              
               
                 XVI
                 .
                 
                   In
                   giving
                   inward
                   Remedies
                   ,
                   you
                   ought
                   to
                   let
                   them
                   be
                   in
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   a
                   Potion
                   ,
                   not
                   of
                   a
                   Pill
                   or
                   Bolus
                   ,
                
                 because
                 of
                 the
                 difficulty
                 of
                 swallowing
                 ;
                 and
                 if
                 the
                 Sick
                 should
                 be
                 provoked
                 to
                 vomiting
                 ,
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 force
                 ,
                 the
                 straitned
                 Passage
                 ,
                 and
                 solid
                 Matter
                 of
                 the
                 Medicine
                 ,
                 it
                 might
                 hazard
                 strangling
                 .
              
               
                 XVII
                 .
                 
                   If
                   you
                   bleed
                   the
                   Patient
                   ,
                   you
                   may
                   purge
                   him
                   the
                   day
                   following
                   ,
                   (
                   net
                   waiting
                   for
                   the
                   Coction
                   of
                   Humors
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   Disease
                   admits
                   of
                   no
                   Truoe
                
                 ;
                 )
                 yea
                 ,
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 very
                 violent
                 ,
                 you
                 ought
                 to
                 purge
                 even
                 the
                 same
                 day
                 .
                 Sydenham
                 saith
                 with
                 gentle
                 Medicines
                 ;
                 (
                 but
                 it
                 is
                 like
                 a
                 great
                 many
                 more
                 of
                 that
                 Gentleman's
                 Mistakes
                 ;
                 )
                 I
                 say
                 ,
                 it
                 must
                 be
                 with
                 strong
                 ,
                 and
                 such
                 as
                 may
                 divert
                 powerfully
                 downwards
                 ;
                 (
                 for
                 this
                 Experience
                 has
                 taught
                 me
                 ,
                 and
                 I
                 have
                 saved
                 many
                 Lives
                 by
                 it
                 ;
                 whereas
                 had
                 I
                 trifled
                 with
                 gentle
                 Things
                 ,
                 my
                 sick
                 Patients
                 had
                 been
                 infallibly
                 
                 lost
                 .
                 )
                 To
                 these
                 Things
                 you
                 may
                 add
                 emollient
                 and
                 cathartick
                 Clysters
                 ,
                 which
                 very
                 much
                 derive
                 and
                 promote
                 the
                 Cure.
                 
              
               
                 XVIII
                 .
                 
                   When
                   the
                   Aposteme
                   is
                   come
                   to
                   ripeness
                   ,
                   it
                   would
                   be
                   well
                   that
                   Nature
                   would
                   break
                   it
                   alone
                   ;
                   if
                   not
                   ,
                   to
                   save
                   Life
                   ,
                   it
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   opened
                   .
                   Barbet
                
                 tells
                 us
                 of
                 a
                 Quinsey
                 which
                 he
                 cured
                 by
                 opening
                 the
                 Aposteme
                 :
                 It
                 was
                 a
                 Woman
                 ;
                 her
                 Tonsils
                 were
                 so
                 swelled
                 ,
                 that
                 she
                 could
                 not
                 swallow
                 at
                 all
                 ,
                 but
                 threw
                 whatever
                 she
                 took
                 out
                 at
                 her
                 Nostrils
                 :
                 He
                 let
                 her
                 Blood
                 ,
                 used
                 Cataplasms
                 and
                 Gargarisms
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 fourth
                 day
                 as
                 he
                 was
                 searching
                 the
                 part
                 with
                 a
                 Probe
                 ,
                 saw
                 that
                 the
                 Abscess
                 was
                 ripe
                 :
                 he
                 resolved
                 to
                 treat
                 her
                 somewhat
                 roughly
                 ;
                 without
                 giving
                 her
                 any
                 warning
                 ,
                 he
                 brake
                 it
                 with
                 the
                 same
                 Probe
                 ;
                 upon
                 which
                 ,
                 when
                 she
                 was
                 cured
                 ,
                 she
                 laugh'd
                 ,
                 and
                 commended
                 his
                 Industry
                 .
              
               
                 XIX
                 .
                 
                   If
                   the
                   Aposteme
                   be
                   in
                   no
                   hopes
                   of
                   sudden
                   breaking
                   ,
                   to
                   save
                   Life
                   ,
                   opening
                   the
                   Throat
                   may
                   be
                   attempted
                
                 ;
                 which
                 is
                 called
                 Laryngotomy
                 :
                 It
                 is
                 seldom
                 put
                 in
                 practise
                 for
                 fear
                 of
                 Disgrace
                 ,
                 if
                 the
                 Patient
                 should
                 die
                 soon
                 after
                 the
                 Operation
                 is
                 ended
                 .
                 For
                 if
                 in
                 a
                 dangerous
                 Quinsey
                 where
                 the
                 Lungs
                 are
                 obstructed
                 with
                 Humors
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 Pleura
                 is
                 afflicted
                 ,
                 or
                 those
                 Parts
                 be
                 any
                 way
                 inflamed
                 ,
                 in
                 these
                 cases
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 done
                 in
                 vain
                 ,
                 and
                 only
                 gives
                 occation
                 of
                 Reproach
                 .
              
               
                 XX.
                 
                   The
                   Operation
                   is
                   thus
                   performed
                
                 :
                 Put
                 the
                 Patient
                 into
                 a
                 Chair
                 with
                 his
                 head
                 leaning
                 back
                 ,
                 as
                 much
                 as
                 he
                 well
                 can
                 ;
                 let
                 a
                 Servant
                 ,
                 standing
                 behind
                 him
                 ,
                 take
                 up
                 the
                 Skin
                 on
                 each
                 side
                 of
                 the
                 sorepart
                 of
                 the
                 Neck
                 ;
                 then
                 let
                 the
                 Artist
                 cut
                 the
                 Skin
                 lengthways
                 ,
                 with
                 the
                 Muscles
                 under
                 it
                 ,
                 just
                 against
                 the
                 
                   Aspera
                   Arteria
                
                 ,
                 not
                 far
                 from
                 the
                 pit
                 of
                 the
                 Throat
                 ,
                 and
                 with
                 a
                 broad
                 Lancet
                 let
                 him
                 make
                 a
                 Section
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 middle
                 space
                 ,
                 between
                 the
                 third
                 and
                 fourth
                 Cartilaginous
                 Ring
                 ,
                 taking
                 diligent
                 care
                 that
                 the
                 Cartilages
                 themselves
                 be
                 not
                 hurt
                 :
                 And
                 having
                 made
                 a
                 hole
                 ,
                 he
                 must
                 
                 put
                 in
                 a
                 Silver
                 Pipe
                 ,
                 not
                 over
                 long
                 ,
                 nor
                 to
                 touch
                 the
                 back
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 Wind-Pipe
                 ,
                 for
                 then
                 it
                 would
                 cause
                 continual
                 coughing
                 .
                 By
                 this
                 way
                 the
                 Breath
                 goes
                 and
                 comes
                 to
                 the
                 Lungs
                 ,
                 'till
                 the
                 Inflammation
                 is
                 either
                 dispersed
                 ,
                 or
                 comes
                 to
                 Suppuration
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 passage
                 for
                 breathing
                 by
                 the
                 mouth
                 be
                 restored
                 ,
                 which
                 usually
                 comes
                 to
                 pass
                 in
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 days
                 .
                 Then
                 the
                 Pipe
                 may
                 be
                 taken
                 away
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Wound
                 cured
                 after
                 the
                 ordinary
                 way
                 ,
                 which
                 will
                 quickly
                 be
                 healed
                 .
              
               
                 XXI
                 .
                 When
                 the
                 Aposteme
                 comes
                 to
                 Suppuration
                 ,
                 that
                 it
                 either
                 breaks
                 of
                 its
                 own
                 accord
                 ,
                 or
                 is
                 opened
                 by
                 Instrument
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 take
                 care
                 that
                 the
                 Corruption
                 fall
                 not
                 upon
                 the
                 Lungs
                 ,
                 nor
                 into
                 the
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 for
                 fear
                 of
                 some
                 other
                 Disease
                 ;
                 but
                 it
                 must
                 carefully
                 be
                 cast
                 up
                 at
                 the
                 mouth
                 ;
                 and
                 then
                 a
                 Gargarism
                 of
                 Hydromel
                 ,
                 or
                 Wine
                 and
                 Honey
                 of
                 Roses
                 ,
                 must
                 be
                 used
                 to
                 cleanse
                 the
                 parts
                 .
              
               
                 XXII
                 .
                 Galen
                 ,
                 
                   and
                   his
                   Sectators
                   ,
                   use
                   cold
                   and
                   astringent
                   Gargarisms
                   ,
                   in
                   all
                   sorts
                   of
                   Quinseys
                   ,
                   contrary
                   to
                   the
                   Precepts
                   of
                
                 Hippocrates
                 ,
                 
                   who
                   prescribes
                   Gargarisms
                   actually
                   hot
                
                 :
                 The
                 former
                 causes
                 certain
                 and
                 speedy
                 suffocation
                 ,
                 if
                 the
                 congregated
                 Matter
                 be
                 from
                 Phlegm
                 which
                 refuses
                 Repercussives
                 :
                 And
                 Humours
                 extravasated
                 ,
                 sticking
                 in
                 the
                 Flesh
                 ,
                 whilst
                 thick
                 cannot
                 flow
                 ;
                 therefore
                 they
                 are
                 to
                 be
                 made
                 Fluxile
                 with
                 hot
                 Remedies
                 .
                 If
                 one
                 taken
                 with
                 a
                 Quinsey
                 ,
                 do
                 (
                 saith
                 Wallaeus
                 )
                 in
                 the
                 beginning
                 of
                 the
                 Disease
                 ,
                 gargle
                 with
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 ,
                 all
                 Inflammations
                 will
                 cease
                 in
                 about
                 three
                 hours
                 time
                 .
              
               
                 XXIII
                 .
                 
                   There
                   has
                   been
                   a
                   great
                   noise
                   made
                   in
                   the
                   World
                   about
                   the
                   use
                   of
                   a
                   Swallow's
                   Nest
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   Virtue
                   truly
                   lies
                   in
                   the
                   Dung
                   which
                   is
                   found
                   in
                   the
                   Nest
                   :
                
                 And
                 because
                 the
                 Dung
                 is
                 full
                 of
                 nitrous
                 Salt
                 ,
                 't
                 is
                 possible
                 it
                 may
                 have
                 a
                 specifick
                 Virtue
                 against
                 this
                 Disease
                 ;
                 and
                 though
                 it
                 is
                 sharp
                 ,
                 yet
                 it
                 is
                 withal
                 discutient
                 ,
                 and
                 therefore
                 may
                 be
                 proper
                 where
                 the
                 Disease
                 arises
                 from
                 thick
                 Phlegm
                 .
                 The
                 Tincture
                 of
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 
                 made
                 with
                 Wine
                 ,
                 or
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 and
                 Water
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 Gargarism
                 made
                 thereof
                 to
                 be
                 used
                 four
                 ,
                 five
                 ,
                 or
                 six
                 times
                 a
                 day
                 hot
                 .
              
               
                 XXIV
                 .
                 Scultetus
                 commends
                 this
                 highly
                 in
                 the
                 beginning
                 of
                 any
                 Quinsey
                 whatsoever
                 :
                 Take
                 Plantane
                 Water
                 three
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 sharp
                 Wine-Vinegar
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 Sugar
                 two
                 Drams
                 ;
                 Saffron
                 in
                 Pouder
                 half
                 a
                 Dram
                 ;
                 mix
                 and
                 make
                 a
                 Gargarism
                 ,
                 
                   to
                   be
                   often
                   used
                
                 .
              
               
                 XXV
                 .
                 Platerus
                 
                   commends
                   the
                   Juice
                   of
                   Tree
                   Ivy
                   ;
                   swallowed
                   slowly
                   from
                   three
                   Drams
                   ,
                   to
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                
                 ;
                 for
                 that
                 it
                 both
                 digests
                 and
                 repels
                 .
                 Sennertus
                 saith
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 Decoction
                 of
                 the
                 inner
                 Rind
                 of
                 the
                 Hazle
                 ,
                 or
                 of
                 the
                 Barberry-wood
                 ,
                 is
                 excellent
                 :
                 So
                 also
                 a
                 Decoction
                 of
                 Alder
                 flowers
                 and
                 Leaves
                 ,
                 with
                 Jews-Ears
                 ,
                 sweetned
                 with
                 Honey
                 of
                 Roses
                 for
                 a
                 Gargarism
                 :
                 An
                 Infusion
                 of
                 Mustard-seed
                 in
                 Wine
                 ,
                 is
                 also
                 an
                 approved
                 thing
                 .
              
               
                 XXVI
                 .
                 Outwardly
                 Things
                 also
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 applied
                 to
                 induce
                 the
                 ripening
                 ;
                 such
                 as
                 this
                 :
                 Take
                 of
                 our
                 Antidote
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 Hens
                 Dung
                 ,
                 Turpentine
                 ,
                 Saffron
                 ,
                 ana
                 one
                 Dram
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 ,
                 and
                 apply
                 it
                 hot
                 .
                 
                   Or
                   this
                
                 :
                 Take
                 a
                 roasted
                 or
                 baked
                 Turnep
                 split
                 in
                 balves
                 ;
                 moisten
                 it
                 well
                 with
                 Balsam
                 of
                 Amber
                 ,
                 and
                 apply
                 them
                 on
                 both
                 sides
                 the
                 Jaws
                 warm
                 .
                 
                   But
                   the
                   old
                   Remedy
                   ,
                   you
                   know
                   ,
                   is
                
                 Album
                 Graecum
                 ,
                 
                   dried
                   ,
                   poudered
                   ,
                   and
                   mixed
                   with
                   Honey
                   ;
                   to
                   be
                   applied
                   as
                   a
                   Cataplasm
                   outwardly
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   besmear
                   the
                   parts
                   withal
                   inwardly
                   .
                
              
               
                 XXVII
                 .
                 Some
                 affirm
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 Ashes
                 of
                 an
                 Owl
                 ,
                 (
                 burne
                 in
                 an
                 earthen
                 Pot
                 ,
                 )
                 being
                 blown
                 into
                 the
                 Throat
                 ,
                 are
                 a
                 specifick
                 against
                 a
                 Quinsie
                 ,
                 softning
                 it
                 to
                 admiration
                 ,
                 and
                 breaking
                 of
                 it
                 .
                 
                   Others
                   commend
                   ,
                   as
                   a
                   great
                   Secret
                   ,
                   this
                   :
                
                 Take
                 Nitre
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 Cream
                 of
                 Tartar
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 white
                 Sugar
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 make
                 each
                 into
                 a
                 fine
                 Pouder
                 ,
                 and
                 mix
                 them
                 ;
                 
                   which
                   put
                   upon
                   the
                   Part
                   ,
                   leisurely
                   to
                   dissolve
                   there
                   ;
                   or
                   make
                   a
                   Gargarism
                   therewith
                   ,
                   with
                   this
                   following
                   Water
                   :
                
                 Take
                 Juice
                 of
                 Housleek
                 one
                 Pound
                 ,
                 Sal
                 Armoniack
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 dissolve
                 
                 and
                 filter
                 through
                 brown
                 Paper
                 .
              
               
                 XXVIII
                 .
                 
                   I
                   commend
                   this
                   following
                   ,
                   as
                   a
                   thing
                   I
                   have
                   had
                   great
                   Experience
                   of
                   :
                   Take
                   Wine
                   half
                   a
                   Pint
                   ;
                   Tinctura
                   Stomachica
                   a
                   spoonful
                   ;
                   mix
                   ,
                   and
                   give
                   it
                   for
                   a
                   draught
                   .
                
                 It
                 dissipates
                 the
                 Inflammation
                 ,
                 and
                 by
                 its
                 heat
                 it
                 discusses
                 the
                 Tumor
                 at
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 times
                 using
                 ,
                 provided
                 it
                 be
                 used
                 at
                 the
                 beginning
                 :
                 If
                 used
                 afterwards
                 ,
                 it
                 does
                 good
                 ,
                 either
                 discussing
                 the
                 swelling
                 or
                 hastning
                 the
                 maturation
                 ;
                 it
                 is
                 certainly
                 one
                 of
                 the
                 best
                 of
                 Remedies
                 in
                 this
                 kind
                 ;
                 but
                 at
                 first
                 ,
                 it
                 seems
                 to
                 set
                 on
                 fire
                 the
                 whole
                 Mouth
                 and
                 Throat
                 ,
                 afterwards
                 it
                 is
                 more
                 moderate
                 .
              
               
                 XXIX
                 .
                 
                   Among
                   the
                   number
                   of
                   the
                   rest
                   of
                   the
                   Things
                   which
                   I
                   cannot
                   enough
                   commend
                   ,
                
                 our
                 
                   Spiritus
                   Anticolicus
                
                 has
                 place
                 :
                 In
                 Extremity
                 ,
                 the
                 Parts
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 smeared
                 or
                 moistened
                 with
                 it
                 (
                 with
                 a
                 Rag
                 )
                 alone
                 ;
                 or
                 you
                 may
                 mix
                 a
                 spoonful
                 of
                 it
                 with
                 three
                 ,
                 four
                 ,
                 five
                 ,
                 or
                 six
                 spoonfuls
                 of
                 Wine
                 ,
                 and
                 gargle
                 with
                 it
                 often
                 warm
                 ,
                 viz.
                 five
                 or
                 six
                 times
                 a
                 day
                 .
              
               
                 XXX
                 .
                 When
                 a
                 Quinsey
                 is
                 in
                 beginning
                 ,
                 the
                 only
                 thing
                 ,
                 and
                 truly
                 the
                 best
                 of
                 Remedies
                 ,
                 is
                 ,
                 to
                 take
                 about
                 one
                 ounce
                 of
                 our
                 
                   Spiritus
                   Cosmeticus
                
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 Sack
                 ;
                 this
                 given
                 two
                 or
                 three
                 times
                 ,
                 is
                 indeed
                 an
                 admirable
                 Remedy
                 ;
                 for
                 it
                 not
                 only
                 discusses
                 or
                 dissipates
                 the
                 Tumor
                 ,
                 but
                 it
                 brings
                 on
                 a
                 most
                 necessary
                 Diaphoresis
                 ,
                 by
                 which
                 not
                 only
                 the
                 afflux
                 of
                 new
                 Matter
                 is
                 prevented
                 ,
                 but
                 the
                 Disease
                 and
                 all
                 its
                 Relicks
                 perfectly
                 cast
                 off
                 .
              
            
             
               
               
                 CHAP.
                 XVI
                 .
                 
                   Of
                   Deafness
                
                 .
              
               
                 I.
                 YOu
                 ought
                 to
                 consider
                 whether
                 there
                 be
                 a
                 perfect
                 deafness
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 difficulty
                 of
                 hearing
                 only
                 :
                 If
                 the
                 deafness
                 be
                 perfect
                 ,
                 so
                 that
                 the
                 Patient
                 can
                 hear
                 nothing
                 ,
                 no
                 not
                 the
                 very
                 beating
                 of
                 Drums
                 ,
                 nor
                 the
                 noise
                 of
                 Guns
                 ,
                 or
                 Cannon
                 ,
                 the
                 Tympanum
                 ,
                 or
                 Drum
                 of
                 the
                 Ear
                 ,
                 may
                 be
                 supposed
                 to
                 be
                 broken
                 ;
                 and
                 therefore
                 the
                 Disease
                 to
                 be
                 incurable
                 :
                 In
                 this
                 case
                 you
                 ought
                 to
                 attempt
                 nothing
                 ;
                 for
                 you
                 will
                 reap
                 nothing
                 but
                 Disgrace
                 :
                 But
                 if
                 with
                 much
                 gaping
                 ,
                 hollowing
                 ,
                 or
                 making
                 a
                 noise
                 ,
                 the
                 Patient
                 can
                 hear
                 you
                 ,
                 there
                 is
                 hopes
                 ,
                 and
                 you
                 may
                 hopefully
                 make
                 a
                 trial
                 .
              
               
                 II.
                 If
                 Deafness
                 is
                 either
                 attended
                 ,
                 or
                 begun
                 ,
                 with
                 Pain
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 either
                 through
                 a
                 sharp
                 Vapour
                 ,
                 or
                 Matter
                 ,
                 offending
                 the
                 Part
                 :
                 In
                 this
                 case
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 Rule
                 of
                 Hippocrates
                 ,
                 Sect.
                 4.
                 
                 〈◊〉
                 48.
                 
                   you
                   ought
                   to
                   evacuate
                   by
                   vomit
                   :
                   For
                   Diseases
                
                 (
                 as
                 he
                 saith
                 in
                 another
                 place
                 )
                 
                   are
                   to
                   be
                   discharged
                   by
                   the
                   part
                   next
                   to
                   them
                   ;
                   and
                   to
                   be
                   drawn
                   out
                   by
                   that
                   part
                   that
                   has
                   a
                   passage
                   nearest
                   to
                   them
                   .
                   In
                   Libro
                   de
                   Affectibus
                   ,
                
                 he
                 advises
                 ,
                 
                   That
                   if
                   pain
                   arises
                   in
                   the
                   Ears
                   ,
                   to
                   wash
                   in
                   much
                   hot
                   water
                   ,
                   and
                   apply
                   a
                   fomentation
                   to
                   the
                   Ears
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Phlegm
                   may
                   be
                   attenuated
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   pain
                   eased
                
                 ;
                 but
                 if
                 it
                 cease
                 not
                 yet
                 ,
                 an
                 emetick
                 Potion
                 is
                 then
                 best
                 to
                 be
                 used
                 .
              
               
                 III.
                 There
                 are
                 many
                 kinds
                 of
                 Vomits
                 prescribed
                 by
                 Physicians
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 
                   Vinum
                   Benedictum
                   ,
                   Vinum
                   Antimoniale
                   ,
                   Aqua
                   Benedict
                   a
                   Rulands
                   ,
                
                 and
                 a
                 great
                 many
                 more
                 of
                 that
                 kind
                 ,
                 which
                 ,
                 without
                 doubt
                 ,
                 may
                 be
                 profitably
                 given
                 :
                 But
                 there
                 is
                 no
                 Vomit
                 ,
                 which
                 I
                 ever
                 met
                 withal
                 ,
                 has
                 out
                 done
                 ,
                 nay
                 ,
                 scarcely
                 
                 equalled
                 my
                 
                   Caetharticum
                   Argenteum
                
                 ,
                 which
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 from
                 two
                 Scruples
                 to
                 a
                 Dram
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 little
                 Posset-drink
                 ,
                 or
                 Ale
                 ;
                 or
                 in
                 place
                 thereof
                 ,
                 you
                 may
                 give
                 from
                 four
                 to
                 six
                 Grains
                 ,
                 of
                 
                   our
                   Impetus
                   Mineralis
                
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 little
                 Conserve
                 or
                 Syrup
                 ,
                 taking
                 a
                 large
                 quantity
                 of
                 warm
                 Broth
                 after
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 IV.
                 Now
                 this
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 understood
                 when
                 the
                 seat
                 of
                 the
                 Phlegm
                 ,
                 and
                 cause
                 of
                 the
                 Pain
                 is
                 above
                 ;
                 but
                 if
                 it
                 lies
                 lower
                 ,
                 or
                 vomiting
                 does
                 no
                 good
                 ,
                 cooling
                 things
                 must
                 be
                 dropt
                 in
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 actually
                 cold
                 ,
                 as
                 
                   Juice
                   of
                   Plantane
                   ,
                   Fumitory
                
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 like
                 ;
                 and
                 a
                 Potion
                 or
                 Pills
                 must
                 be
                 given
                 that
                 purge
                 downwards
                 :
                 Our
                 
                   Vinum
                   Catharticum
                
                 is
                 here
                 of
                 excellent
                 use
                 ,
                 if
                 you
                 give
                 a
                 Potion
                 ;
                 but
                 if
                 the
                 Sick
                 loaths
                 a
                 Potion
                 ,
                 and
                 you
                 desire
                 to
                 use
                 Pills
                 ,
                 
                   our
                   Pilulae
                   Mirabiles
                
                 ,
                 are
                 admirable
                 ,
                 given
                 from
                 twenty
                 Grains
                 to
                 half
                 a
                 Dram
                 :
                 If
                 any
                 thing
                 can
                 be
                 said
                 to
                 exceed
                 them
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 the
                 
                   Pilula
                   Lunaris
                
                 ,
                 given
                 to
                 six
                 Grains
                 ;
                 which
                 I
                 have
                 several
                 times
                 given
                 with
                 success
                 ,
                 even
                 in
                 this
                 case
                 ,
                 See
                 these
                 Medicines
                 in
                 my
                 
                   Phylaxa
                   Med.
                   Lib.
                
                 2.
                 
                 Cap.
                 59
                 ,
                 61
                 ,
                 62.
                 
              
               
                 V.
                 You
                 ought
                 also
                 to
                 consider
                 ,
                 whether
                 the
                 Pain
                 and
                 Deafness
                 proceeds
                 from
                 a
                 hot
                 or
                 cold
                 cause
                 ,
                 though
                 what
                 proceeds
                 only
                 from
                 those
                 simple
                 Intemperatures
                 ,
                 seldom
                 lasts
                 long
                 ;
                 yet
                 you
                 ought
                 to
                 have
                 some
                 respect
                 to
                 them
                 ,
                 because
                 hot
                 Medicines
                 in
                 a
                 hot
                 Temperament
                 influence
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 as
                 cold
                 Medicines
                 in
                 a
                 cold
                 Temperament
                 chill
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 make
                 the
                 Disease
                 worse
                 .
              
               
                 VI.
                 Though
                 Opiates
                 are
                 accounted
                 ill
                 in
                 a
                 Deafness
                 ,
                 yet
                 if
                 the
                 Pain
                 attending
                 be
                 very
                 acute
                 or
                 sharp
                 ,
                 there
                 will
                 be
                 a
                 necessity
                 to
                 dispense
                 with
                 the
                 Ill
                 ,
                 for
                 the
                 Good
                 that
                 may
                 ensue
                 :
                 And
                 this
                 is
                 an
                 Observation
                 worthy
                 of
                 remarking
                 ,
                 That
                 though
                 Opiates
                 are
                 apt
                 (
                 if
                 not
                 to
                 cause
                 deafness
                 ,
                 yet
                 )
                 to
                 confirm
                 or
                 continue
                 it
                 ,
                 those
                 ill
                 effects
                 seldom
                 last
                 much
                 longer
                 than
                 the
                 taking
                 of
                 the
                 Medicine
                 :
                 I
                 have
                 known
                 some
                 Patients
                 
                 of
                 mine
                 ,
                 who
                 being
                 a
                 little
                 deaf
                 afore-hand
                 ,
                 upon
                 liberally
                 taking
                 of
                 Opiates
                 ,
                 have
                 had
                 their
                 deafness
                 seemingly
                 very
                 much
                 augmented
                 ,
                 yet
                 upon
                 the
                 giving
                 over
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 the
                 same
                 ,
                 have
                 had
                 their
                 Hearing
                 return
                 again
                 to
                 satisfaction
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 with
                 the
                 advantage
                 of
                 greater
                 acuteness
                 ;
                 whereby
                 it
                 appears
                 that
                 Opiates
                 do
                 no
                 essential
                 injury
                 to
                 the
                 Organs
                 of
                 Hearing
                 .
              
               
                 VII
                 .
                 If
                 any
                 Matter
                 runs
                 from
                 the
                 Ear
                 ,
                 looking
                 like
                 the
                 Matter
                 of
                 an
                 Ulcer
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 be
                 cautious
                 how
                 you
                 use
                 Repellers
                 ,
                 lest
                 the
                 Matter
                 strikes
                 inward
                 ,
                 or
                 be
                 driven
                 to
                 the
                 Brain
                 ;
                 (
                 thereby
                 endangering
                 an
                 Apoplexy
                 ,
                 )
                 or
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 Matter
                 be
                 dried
                 and
                 hardened
                 in
                 the
                 cavity
                 of
                 the
                 Ear
                 ,
                 whereby
                 not
                 only
                 greater
                 Dangers
                 may
                 ensue
                 ,
                 but
                 at
                 least
                 the
                 hazard
                 of
                 an
                 incurable
                 Deafness
                 :
                 And
                 the
                 same
                 thing
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 understood
                 in
                 a
                 critical
                 Evacuation
                 ,
                 or
                 where
                 the
                 Matter
                 is
                 thick
                 and
                 tough
                 ,
                 or
                 there
                 be
                 an
                 Aposteme
                 breeding
                 .
              
               
                 VIII
                 .
                 If
                 the
                 Pain
                 and
                 Deafness
                 proceeds
                 from
                 a
                 cold
                 Cause
                 ,
                 you
                 may
                 inject
                 Juice
                 of
                 Onions
                 into
                 the
                 Ear
                 ,
                 or
                 Goats
                 or
                 Sheeps
                 Urine
                 .
                 Or
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Juice
                   of
                   Onions
                   three
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Wine
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   mix
                   them
                   ,
                
                 and
                 drop
                 it
                 into
                 the
                 Ear
                 ,
                 or
                 inject
                 it
                 with
                 a
                 Syringe
                 .
                 Or
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Boys
                   Urine
                   new-made
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Wine
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   six
                   Grains
                   of
                   Camphire
                   is
                   dissolved
                   ;
                   mix
                   ,
                
                 and
                 inject
                 it
                 .
                 These
                 are
                 excellent
                 Medicines
                 in
                 a
                 cold
                 Cause
                 ,
                 and
                 seldom
                 fail
                 ,
                 at
                 least
                 of
                 giving
                 ease
                 .
              
               
                 IX
                 .
                 But
                 if
                 a
                 hot
                 Cause
                 be
                 present
                 ,
                 though
                 things
                 absolutely
                 cold
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 ,
                 yet
                 hot
                 things
                 must
                 positively
                 be
                 forborn
                 ;
                 and
                 things
                 of
                 an
                 equal
                 temperature
                 are
                 to
                 be
                 administred
                 ,
                 such
                 as
                 these
                 following
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   choice
                   Canary
                   four
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Wine
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   Nitre
                   in
                   Pouder
                   two
                   Drams
                   ;
                   mix
                   ,
                
                 and
                 drop
                 it
                 into
                 the
                 Ear.
                 Or
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Juice
                   of
                   Plantane
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   Juice
                   of
                   Purslane
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   Juice
                
                 
                 of
                 Lettisce
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 an
                 Ounce
                 and
                 half
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 .
                 
                   Or
                   this
                
                 :
                 Take
                 Juice
                 of
                 Cucumbers
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 ,
                 
                   to
                   be
                   dropt
                   into
                   the
                   Ear.
                   
                
              
               
                 X.
                 If
                 with
                 the
                 Deafness
                 and
                 Pain
                 ,
                 there
                 seems
                 to
                 be
                 an
                 Apostemation
                 ,
                 Faventinus
                 his
                 Cataplasm
                 of
                 
                   roasted
                   or
                   baked
                   Onions
                
                 ,
                 are
                 usual
                 to
                 be
                 applied
                 .
                 Or
                 you
                 may
                 apply
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Pulp
                   of
                   roasted
                   Onions
                   ,
                   Mithridate
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   Saffron
                   in
                   Powder
                   one
                   Scruple
                   ;
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Wine
                   Gut.
                   Thirty
                   ;
                   mix
                   ,
                
                 and
                 apply
                 it
                 hot
                 to
                 the
                 Ear.
                 If
                 it
                 proceeds
                 from
                 a
                 cold
                 cause
                 ,
                 it
                 will
                 warm
                 and
                 comfort
                 the
                 part
                 ,
                 and
                 hasten
                 the
                 Maturation
                 of
                 the
                 Aposteme
                 ,
                 if
                 any
                 be
                 :
                 If
                 it
                 proceeds
                 from
                 a
                 hot
                 Cause
                 ,
                 it
                 will
                 open
                 the
                 pores
                 of
                 the
                 parts
                 adjacent
                 ,
                 and
                 cause
                 a
                 discussion
                 of
                 the
                 Pain
                 ,
                 and
                 thin
                 Matter
                 offending
                 .
                 Or
                 you
                 may
                 apply
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Talk
                   Pulp
                   of
                   roasted
                   or
                   baked
                   Onions
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   our
                   〈◊〉
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   Powers
                   of
                   Amber
                   forty
                   drops
                   ;
                   mix
                   ,
                   and
                   apply
                   it
                   :
                
              
               
                 XI
                 .
                 In
                 a
                 Deafness
                 ,
                 accompanied
                 with
                 vehement
                 Pain
                 ,
                 so
                 as
                 the
                 Patient
                 can
                 take
                 no
                 rest
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 good
                 to
                 carry
                 off
                 the
                 Matter
                 with
                 proper
                 Medicines
                 .
                 I
                 commonly
                 give
                 in
                 this
                 case
                 some
                 Doses
                 of
                 my
                 Family-Pills
                 :
                 But
                 if
                 the
                 Pain
                 be
                 extream
                 indeed
                 ,
                 then
                 two
                 or
                 three
                 Doses
                 of
                 my
                 
                   Pilulae
                   Mirabiles
                
                 ,
                 and
                 according
                 as
                 occasion
                 requires
                 ,
                 repeat
                 the
                 Dose
                 five
                 or
                 six
                 times
                 ,
                 for
                 they
                 insensibly
                 melt
                 and
                 dissolve
                 the
                 Matter
                 causing
                 the
                 Pain
                 ,
                 or
                 make
                 it
                 fluid
                 and
                 movable
                 ;
                 and
                 then
                 carry
                 it
                 off
                 by
                 stool
                 :
                 But
                 withal
                 Topicks
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 applied
                 in
                 the
                 mean
                 season
                 ,
                 to
                 dispose
                 the
                 Matter
                 in
                 some
                 measure
                 to
                 a
                 Cure
                 ;
                 such
                 as
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Mithridate
                   ,
                   or
                   our
                   Antidote
                   ,
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   Balsam
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   half
                   a
                   Dram
                   ;
                   mix
                   ,
                   and
                   apply
                   it
                   .
                
              
               
                 XII
                 .
                 If
                 the
                 Ear
                 once
                 runs
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 promote
                 the
                 running
                 of
                 it
                 ,
                 which
                 may
                 be
                 done
                 with
                 Externals
                 ,
                 after
                 this
                 manner
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   of
                   our
                   Antidote
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   Balsam
                   de
                   Chili
                   two
                   Drams
                   ;
                   Balsamum
                
                 
                 
                   Arthriticum
                   one
                   Dram
                   ;
                   mix
                   ,
                   and
                   apply
                   it
                   .
                
                 You
                 may
                 also
                 inject
                 this
                 into
                 it
                 ,
                 which
                 very
                 much
                 promotes
                 the
                 Hearing
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Venice
                   Turpentine
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   Yelk
                   of
                   one
                   Egg
                   ;
                   grind
                   them
                   together
                   in
                   a
                   Brass
                   Mortar
                   very
                   well
                   ;
                   then
                   add
                   new
                   Canary
                   eight
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Wine
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   mix
                   for
                   an
                   injection
                   .
                
                 In
                 the
                 mean
                 season
                 let
                 the
                 sick
                 be
                 well
                 purged
                 with
                 our
                 
                   Vinum
                   Catharticum
                
                 ,
                 at
                 least
                 five
                 or
                 six
                 times
                 ;
                 I
                 have
                 found
                 it
                 to
                 be
                 a
                 Specifick
                 in
                 this
                 case
                 ,
                 and
                 does
                 that
                 which
                 an
                 hundred
                 seeming
                 greater
                 Medicines
                 will
                 not
                 touch
                 or
                 come
                 near
                 .
              
               
                 XIII
                 .
                 I
                 remember
                 I
                 had
                 once
                 a
                 Patient
                 ,
                 who
                 had
                 a
                 Deafness
                 ,
                 accompanied
                 with
                 so
                 vehement
                 Pain
                 ,
                 that
                 ordinary
                 Remedies
                 ,
                 whether
                 inwards
                 ,
                 or
                 Topicks
                 would
                 do
                 no
                 good
                 ;
                 and
                 all
                 Evacuations
                 by
                 internal
                 means
                 ,
                 rather
                 augmented
                 the
                 Pain
                 ;
                 I
                 was
                 at
                 length
                 forced
                 to
                 give
                 a
                 Dose
                 of
                 my
                 
                   Volatile
                   Laudanum
                
                 ;
                 the
                 sick
                 began
                 with
                 three
                 Grains
                 ,
                 and
                 increased
                 ,
                 it
                 gradually
                 'till
                 it
                 came
                 to
                 seven
                 Grains
                 :
                 This
                 brought
                 upon
                 the
                 Patient
                 a
                 large
                 Diaphoresis
                 ,
                 upon
                 which
                 they
                 had
                 some
                 ease
                 in
                 a
                 day
                 or
                 two's
                 time
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 five
                 or
                 six
                 days
                 perfect
                 ease
                 ;
                 but
                 the
                 Deafness
                 seemed
                 to
                 be
                 greater
                 :
                 The
                 Ear
                 was
                 washed
                 with
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 twice
                 a
                 day
                 ;
                 and
                 in
                 about
                 a
                 Weeks
                 time
                 after
                 the
                 giving
                 over
                 the
                 Opiate
                 ,
                 the
                 Hearing
                 perfectly
                 returned
                 ,
                 which
                 had
                 been
                 in
                 a
                 manner
                 lost
                 for
                 seven
                 or
                 eight
                 Months
                 before
                 .
                 After
                 all
                 ,
                 I
                 purged
                 the
                 Patient
                 with
                 two
                 or
                 three
                 Doses
                 of
                 
                   Family
                   Pills
                
                 .
              
               
                 XIV
                 .
                 I
                 had
                 a
                 Patient
                 ,
                 a
                 Woman
                 about
                 fifty
                 years
                 of
                 Age
                 ,
                 who
                 had
                 been
                 very
                 deaf
                 for
                 above
                 a
                 year
                 ,
                 and
                 at
                 times
                 very
                 much
                 afflicted
                 with
                 Pains
                 in
                 her
                 Ears
                 :
                 I
                 cured
                 her
                 in
                 about
                 six
                 Weeks
                 time
                 ,
                 by
                 continually
                 droping
                 into
                 her
                 Ears
                 ,
                 four
                 or
                 five
                 times
                 a
                 day
                 ,
                 our
                 
                   Guttae
                   Vitae
                
                 ;
                 and
                 sometimes
                 likewise
                 giving
                 her
                 about
                 fifty
                 or
                 sixty
                 drops
                 of
                 it
                 inwardly
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 Wine
                 ,
                 at
                 night
                 going
                 to
                 bed
                 .
              
               
               
                 XV.
                 If
                 an
                 Inflammation
                 be
                 present
                 ,
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 abated
                 by
                 putting
                 into
                 the
                 Ear
                 Vinegar
                 ,
                 mixt
                 or
                 ground
                 with
                 Oil
                 :
                 And
                 though
                 Vinegar
                 alone
                 would
                 put
                 the
                 Part
                 (
                 especially
                 nervous
                 Parts
                 )
                 to
                 pain
                 ,
                 by
                 its
                 Acrimony
                 ,
                 yet
                 mixt
                 or
                 ground
                 with
                 Oil
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 a
                 small
                 quantity
                 ,
                 it
                 becomes
                 harmless
                 ,
                 and
                 eases
                 the
                 Pain
                 ,
                 allaying
                 the
                 heat
                 and
                 fierceness
                 of
                 the
                 bilious
                 Humor
                 .
              
               
                 XVI
                 .
                 An
                 ancient
                 Gentlewoman
                 ,
                 having
                 a
                 noise
                 and
                 ringing
                 in
                 her
                 Ears
                 ,
                 and
                 sometimes
                 a
                 little
                 pain
                 ,
                 was
                 cured
                 by
                 dropping
                 into
                 them
                 once
                 or
                 twice
                 a
                 day
                 ,
                 our
                 
                   Aqua
                   Bezoartica
                
                 ,
                 and
                 stopping
                 them
                 with
                 Cotton
                 dipt
                 in
                 the
                 same
                 ;
                 it
                 dissipated
                 the
                 flatulent
                 Matter
                 offending
                 ,
                 and
                 comforted
                 the
                 weakned
                 Nerves
                 .
              
               
                 XVII
                 .
                 Where
                 Deafness
                 is
                 joined
                 with
                 vehement
                 pain
                 ,
                 and
                 no
                 Internals
                 nor
                 Topicks
                 have
                 yet
                 been
                 able
                 to
                 do
                 good
                 ,
                 there
                 is
                 a
                 necessity
                 to
                 apply
                 Visicatories
                 ;
                 for
                 by
                 this
                 means
                 a
                 great
                 quantity
                 of
                 the
                 acid
                 Humor
                 ,
                 causing
                 the
                 Pain
                 ,
                 and
                 coagulating
                 the
                 approximate
                 Juices
                 ,
                 inducing
                 the
                 Deafness
                 ,
                 will
                 be
                 taken
                 in
                 a
                 great
                 measure
                 away
                 ;
                 and
                 that
                 is
                 done
                 many
                 times
                 with
                 one
                 Blister
                 ,
                 which
                 forty
                 Purges
                 and
                 Vomits
                 would
                 not
                 so
                 well
                 accomplish
                 ;
                 the
                 Success
                 of
                 which
                 ,
                 (
                 having
                 often
                 tried
                 this
                 means
                 ,
                 )
                 I
                 could
                 not
                 but
                 commend
                 to
                 the
                 Consideration
                 of
                 Artists
                 .
              
               
                 XVIII
                 .
                 Whatever
                 Medicines
                 you
                 put
                 into
                 the
                 Ear
                 ,
                 be
                 sure
                 they
                 be
                 warm
                 ,
                 (
                 unless
                 some
                 great
                 occasion
                 require
                 the
                 contrary
                 ,
                 )
                 but
                 not
                 very
                 hot
                 ;
                 because
                 the
                 natural
                 temperature
                 of
                 the
                 Ear
                 is
                 cold
                 and
                 dry
                 :
                 And
                 be
                 sure
                 you
                 put
                 no
                 new
                 Medicine
                 in
                 ,
                 'till
                 they
                 are
                 cleansed
                 from
                 the
                 filth
                 of
                 the
                 former
                 :
                 The
                 Sick
                 ought
                 to
                 lie
                 on
                 the
                 contrary
                 side
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 Medicament
                 put
                 in
                 ,
                 ought
                 not
                 to
                 exceed
                 four
                 or
                 five
                 drops
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 .
                 The
                 less
                 unctuous
                 the
                 Medicament
                 is
                 ,
                 so
                 much
                 the
                 better
                 ;
                 for
                 when
                 it
                 is
                 gotten
                 into
                 the
                 Labyrinth
                 of
                 the
                 Ear
                 ,
                 it
                 comes
                 not
                 easily
                 out
                 again
                 :
                 Things
                 
                 more
                 subtil
                 and
                 spirituous
                 ,
                 are
                 much
                 to
                 be
                 preferred
                 in
                 this
                 case
                 ,
                 because
                 they
                 do
                 their
                 Work
                 ,
                 and
                 then
                 go
                 away
                 in
                 Vapor
                 .
              
               
                 XIX
                 .
                 Dropping
                 in
                 Things
                 into
                 the
                 Ears
                 may
                 do
                 ,
                 but
                 syringing
                 is
                 much
                 better
                 ,
                 provided
                 it
                 be
                 done
                 with
                 a
                 fit
                 Instrument
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 skilful
                 Hand
                 :
                 You
                 ought
                 not
                 to
                 syringe
                 violently
                 ,
                 but
                 leisurely
                 ;
                 lest
                 by
                 such
                 a
                 violence
                 ,
                 the
                 Tympanum
                 should
                 be
                 broke
                 ,
                 which
                 would
                 cause
                 an
                 incurable
                 Deafness
                 .
                 Moreover
                 ,
                 you
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 very
                 careful
                 how
                 you
                 apply
                 Topicks
                 ,
                 'till
                 Universals
                 are
                 premised
                 ,
                 though
                 the
                 afflux
                 of
                 the
                 evil
                 Humors
                 be
                 first
                 abated
                 .
              
               
                 XX.
                 The
                 passage
                 of
                 the
                 Ear
                 being
                 very
                 sensible
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 be
                 careful
                 that
                 you
                 use
                 not
                 sharp
                 Things
                 ;
                 yet
                 Wallaeus
                 boldly
                 attempted
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 
                   Unguentum
                   〈◊〉
                
                 ;
                 and
                 he
                 saith
                 ,
                 that
                 therewith
                 he
                 cured
                 a
                 sore
                 Ear
                 that
                 ran
                 with
                 purulent
                 Matter
                 for
                 the
                 space
                 of
                 eight
                 years
                 .
                 And
                 
                   Petrus
                   Johannes
                   Faber
                
                 saith
                 ,
                 That
                 
                   Nitre
                   dissolved
                   in
                   strong
                   Vinegar
                
                 ,
                 and
                 often
                 dropped
                 into
                 the
                 Ears
                 ,
                 quickly
                 cures
                 any
                 ringing
                 or
                 noise
                 in
                 them
                 .
              
               
                 XXI
                 .
                 Galen
                 advises
                 Opium
                 dissolved
                 to
                 be
                 put
                 into
                 the
                 Ear
                 ;
                 and
                 Paulus
                 dissolves
                 it
                 in
                 Milk
                 for
                 that
                 purpose
                 :
                 But
                 these
                 may
                 be
                 dangerous
                 .
                 If
                 an
                 Opiate
                 be
                 required
                 ,
                 there
                 is
                 nothing
                 better
                 of
                 that
                 kind
                 ,
                 than
                 our
                 
                   Guttae
                   Vitae
                
                 ,
                 or
                 
                   Spiritus
                   Anodynus
                
                 ;
                 for
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 heat
                 of
                 the
                 Spirit
                 ,
                 and
                 other
                 Things
                 joined
                 with
                 the
                 Opium
                 ,
                 the
                 Optate
                 can
                 do
                 no
                 hurt
                 ;
                 whereas
                 otherwise
                 it
                 might
                 stupifie
                 ,
                 and
                 much
                 encrease
                 the
                 Deafness
                 ,
                 and
                 may
                 destroy
                 the
                 Instruments
                 of
                 Hearing
                 .
                 However
                 ,
                 Opiates
                 of
                 any
                 kind
                 must
                 be
                 given
                 ,
                 if
                 the
                 Sick
                 be
                 in
                 danger
                 of
                 death
                 by
                 the
                 Pain
                 ;
                 because
                 the
                 saving
                 of
                 the
                 Life
                 of
                 a
                 Patient
                 ,
                 is
                 much
                 greater
                 than
                 the
                 Hurt
                 ,
                 should
                 it
                 be
                 a
                 total
                 and
                 perpetual
                 Deafness
                 .
              
               
                 XXII
                 .
                 If
                 't
                 is
                 certain
                 there
                 is
                 an
                 Aposteme
                 ,
                 Authors
                 say
                 ,
                 You
                 may
                 use
                 Juice
                 of
                 Crowfoot
                 ,
                 't
                 is
                 much
                 commended
                 ;
                 
                 but
                 't
                 is
                 scarcely
                 safe
                 ,
                 because
                 't
                 is
                 very
                 hot
                 and
                 corrosive
                 .
                 If
                 the
                 Bone
                 that
                 is
                 covered
                 with
                 the
                 thin
                 Membrane
                 ,
                 be
                 comes
                 carious
                 after
                 such
                 Suppuration
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 often
                 drop
                 into
                 the
                 Ear
                 
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Wine
                   mixt
                   with
                   Honey
                   of
                   Roses
                   .
                   Marcellus
                
                 saith
                 ,
                 That
                 
                   Cows
                   Milk
                   two
                   Ounces
                   mixt
                   with
                   Honey
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ,
                
                 being
                 dropt
                 into
                 the
                 Ear
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Ear
                 stopt
                 presently
                 with
                 Wool
                 or
                 Cotton
                 will
                 wonderfully
                 heal
                 the
                 Ulcer
                 ,
                 yea
                 ,
                 though
                 it
                 were
                 cancerous
                 .
              
               
                 XXIII
                 .
                 Crato's
                 
                   Medicine
                   for
                   a
                   Noise
                   and
                   Tingling
                   of
                   the
                   Ears
                   :
                
                 Take
                 bitter
                 Almonds
                 blanched
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 White
                 Hellebore
                 ,
                 Castoreum
                 ,
                 ana
                 two
                 Drams
                 ;
                 Costus
                 one
                 Dram
                 and
                 half
                 ;
                 Rue
                 two
                 Scruples
                 ,
                 Euphorbium
                 half
                 a
                 Dram
                 ;
                 boil
                 all
                 in
                 a
                 sufficient
                 quantity
                 of
                 Water
                 for
                 an
                 hour
                 ,
                 over
                 a
                 gentle
                 Fire
                 ;
                 then
                 strain
                 ,
                 and
                 drop
                 of
                 it
                 warm
                 into
                 the
                 Ear
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 times
                 a
                 day
                 .
              
               
                 XXIV
                 .
                 Sennertus
                 
                   advises
                   to
                   this
                
                 :
                 Take
                 Ox-Gall
                 ,
                 Goats
                 Gall
                 ,
                 Juice
                 of
                 Onions
                 ,
                 ana
                 four
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 Vinegar
                 Twelve
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 and
                 put
                 them
                 over
                 a
                 Chafing-dish
                 of
                 good
                 live
                 Coals
                 ,
                 and
                 let
                 the
                 boiling
                 Fume
                 be
                 taken
                 up
                 the
                 Ear
                 ,
                 through
                 a
                 Funnel
                 .
              
               
                 XXV
                 .
                 A
                 Deafness
                 which
                 had
                 been
                 of
                 many
                 years
                 continuance
                 ,
                 I
                 cured
                 with
                 
                   the
                   Powers
                   of
                   Anniseedss
                
                 dropping
                 them
                 into
                 the
                 Ear
                 ;
                 but
                 I
                 purg'd
                 the
                 Patient
                 four
                 times
                 with
                 my
                 
                   Pilulae
                   Mirabiles
                
                 ;
                 and
                 
                   drew
                   several
                   Blisters
                
                 ,
                 both
                 behind
                 the
                 Ears
                 ,
                 and
                 on
                 other
                 Places
                 adjacent
                 thereto
                 .
              
               
                 XXVI
                 .
                 A
                 poor
                 Man
                 had
                 lost
                 his
                 Hearing
                 ,
                 (
                 as
                 some
                 thought
                 by
                 the
                 Pox
                 )
                 falling
                 into
                 an
                 Empericks
                 hand
                 ,
                 he
                 cured
                 him
                 by
                 fluxing
                 him
                 with
                 the
                 following
                 Medicine
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Turbith
                   Mineral
                   eight
                   Grains
                   ;
                   Mithridate
                   one
                   Dram
                   ;
                   mix
                   for
                   a
                   Dose
                   .
                
                 It
                 raised
                 an
                 effectual
                 Flux
                 ,
                 which
                 continued
                 twenty
                 four
                 Days
                 ;
                 after
                 which
                 ,
                 the
                 Patient
                 heard
                 as
                 well
                 as
                 ever
                 he
                 did
                 in
                 all
                 his
                 life
                 .
                 Some
                 may
                 wonder
                 at
                 the
                 Success
                 ,
                 because
                 that
                 some
                 have
                 
                 wholly
                 lost
                 their
                 Hearing
                 ,
                 or
                 had
                 it
                 mightily
                 depraved
                 by
                 this
                 kind
                 of
                 Operation
                 .
                 But
                 this
                 is
                 not
                 to
                 be
                 wondred
                 at
                 ,
                 since
                 that
                 in
                 some
                 Bodies
                 such
                 Sulphurs
                 abound
                 ,
                 as
                 are
                 not
                 only
                 able
                 to
                 fix
                 the
                 Mercury
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 to
                 condense
                 or
                 coagulate
                 it
                 ,
                 which
                 mixt
                 with
                 the
                 Humors
                 (
                 as
                 it
                 will
                 be
                 ,
                 if
                 much
                 of
                 it
                 be
                 used
                 ,
                 )
                 coagulates
                 or
                 thickens
                 all
                 the
                 morbifick
                 Matter
                 contained
                 in
                 the
                 part
                 ,
                 whereby
                 the
                 Organs
                 or
                 Passages
                 are
                 more
                 firmly
                 obstructed
                 than
                 before
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 perpetual
                 Deafness
                 succeeds
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 XVII
                 .
                 
                   Of
                   BUBOES
                
                 .
              
               
                 I.
                 A
                 Bubo
                 is
                 a
                 Swelling
                 of
                 the
                 Glandules
                 ,
                 whether
                 in
                 the
                 Throat
                 ,
                 Arm-pits
                 ,
                 or
                 Groin
                 ;
                 and
                 they
                 proceed
                 either
                 (
                 1.
                 )
                 simply
                 from
                 the
                 afflux
                 of
                 Humours
                 caused
                 by
                 Cold
                 ,
                 or
                 some
                 other
                 Matter
                 ;
                 (
                 2.
                 )
                 Or
                 are
                 complicate
                 with
                 Poyson
                 and
                 Venom
                 ,
                 as
                 in
                 the
                 Plague
                 or
                 Pestilence
                 ,
                 and
                 French
                 Disease
                 .
              
               
                 II.
                 If
                 it
                 be
                 a
                 
                   simple
                   Bubo
                
                 ,
                 and
                 indeed
                 let
                 it
                 arise
                 from
                 what
                 Cause
                 soever
                 ,
                 whether
                 simple
                 or
                 complicate
                 ,
                 (
                 if
                 there
                 be
                 any
                 hope
                 of
                 its
                 breaking
                 )
                 you
                 must
                 wholly
                 desist
                 from
                 Purging
                 and
                 Vomiting
                 ,
                 for
                 those
                 Operations
                 destroy
                 the
                 End
                 of
                 the
                 Bubo
                 ,
                 since
                 Nature
                 thrustsout
                 the
                 offending
                 Matter
                 by
                 those
                 Emunctories
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 nature
                 of
                 Vomiting
                 and
                 Purging
                 is
                 to
                 draw
                 from
                 the
                 Circumference
                 to
                 the
                 Centre
                 ,
                 whereby
                 the
                 Bubo
                 is
                 hindred
                 from
                 rising
                 ,
                 and
                 coming
                 to
                 its
                 perfection
                 :
                 In
                 all
                 these
                 Cases
                 Natures
                 End
                 in
                 thrusting
                 forth
                 the
                 Bubo
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 promoted
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 best
                 done
                 by
                 a
                 sudorisick
                 means
                 ,
                 inwardly
                 given
                 ,
                 and
                 strong
                 Attractives
                 and
                 Suppuratives
                 mixed
                 outwardly
                 .
              
               
               
                 III.
                 In
                 order
                 to
                 this
                 end
                 you
                 may
                 give
                 some
                 few
                 Gr.
                 of
                 our
                 
                   Laudanum
                   Volatile
                
                 ,
                 or
                 our
                 
                   Guttae
                   Vitae
                
                 ;
                 or
                 if
                 for
                 some
                 particular
                 Reasons
                 Opiates
                 are
                 not
                 to
                 be
                 given
                 ,
                 the
                 Diaphoresis
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 promoted
                 with
                 
                   Antimonium
                   Diaphoreticum
                
                 ,
                 or
                 
                   Bezoar
                   Minerale
                
                 ;
                 or
                 with
                 some
                 more
                 powerful
                 Medicine
                 ,
                 as
                 is
                 
                   Mercurius
                   Sudorificus
                
                 ,
                 or
                 our
                 
                   Angelus
                   Mineralis
                
                 ,
                 or
                 
                   Angelick
                   Pills
                
                 ;
                 or
                 you
                 may
                 compound
                 something
                 after
                 this
                 manner
                 :
                 Take
                 
                   of
                   our
                   New
                
                 London
                 
                   Treacle
                   twelve
                   Grains
                   ,
                   Bezoar
                   Mineralis
                   sixteen
                   Grains
                   ;
                   mix
                   for
                   a
                   Dose
                   .
                
                 Or
                 this
                 :
                 Take
                 
                   of
                   our
                   Antidote
                   one
                   Scruple
                   ,
                   Antimonium
                   Diaphoreticum
                   twenty
                   five
                   Grains
                
                 ;
                 mix
                 for
                 a
                 Dose
                 ,
                 giving
                 often
                 one
                 Ounce
                 of
                 our
                 
                   Aqua
                   Bezoartica
                
                 .
                 The
                 Patient
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 covered
                 down
                 warm
                 in
                 his
                 naked
                 Bed
                 ,
                 and
                 he
                 ought
                 to
                 Sweat
                 ,
                 as
                 long
                 as
                 he
                 can
                 well
                 endure
                 it
                 ,
                 or
                 'till
                 Faintness
                 ;
                 after
                 which
                 let
                 him
                 cool
                 gradually
                 ,
                 or
                 by
                 degrees
                 .
                 Where
                 Opiates
                 are
                 wholly
                 useless
                 ,
                 give
                 this
                 :
                 Take
                 
                   Bezoarticum
                   Minerale
                   one
                   Scruple
                   ,
                   Juice
                   of
                   Alkermes
                   enough
                   to
                   mix
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   soft
                   Bolus
                
                 for
                 a
                 Dose
                 .
              
               
                 IV.
                 In
                 the
                 mean
                 Season
                 Topical
                 Remedies
                 are
                 not
                 to
                 be
                 omitted
                 ,
                 such
                 as
                 this
                 ,
                 
                   Take
                   Pulp
                   of
                   roasted
                   Onions
                   ,
                   Mithridate
                   ,
                   Turpentine
                   ,
                   soft
                   Soap
                   ,
                   soft
                   Hens
                   Dung
                   ,
                   of
                   each
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Amber
                   two
                   Drams
                   ,
                   Salt
                   ground
                   fine
                   one
                   Dram
                   ;
                   mix
                   for
                   a
                   Cataplasm
                   .
                
                 Or
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Pulp
                   of
                   roasted
                   Garlick
                   ,
                   Balsam
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   Turpentine
                   ,
                   Yolks
                   of
                   Eggs
                   ,
                   Pidgeons
                   Dung
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Anniseeds
                   two
                   Drams
                   ;
                   mix
                   for
                   a
                   Cataplasm
                   .
                
                 Or
                 this
                 :
                 Take
                 
                   Pulp
                   of
                   Aron
                   Roots
                   baked
                   ,
                   Balsam
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   soft
                   Soap
                   ,
                   Pepper
                   in
                   fine
                   Powder
                   ,
                   Turpentine
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   soft
                   Soot
                   six
                   Drams
                   ,
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Scorpions
                   two
                   Drams
                   ;
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Juniper-berries
                   one
                   Dram
                   ;
                   mix
                   for
                   a
                   Cataplasm
                   :
                
                 These
                 are
                 to
                 be
                 applied
                 ,
                 and
                 renewed
                 every
                 twelve
                 hours
                 .
              
               
                 V.
                 The
                 general
                 Rule
                 is
                 ,
                 That
                 if
                 the
                 Bubo
                 is
                 not
                 like
                 to
                 be
                 disperst
                 ,
                 then
                 to
                 promote
                 the
                 Suppuration
                 ;
                 but
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 Venomous
                 ,
                 chiefly
                 Pestilential
                 ,
                 you
                 ought
                 to
                 use
                 all
                 your
                 endeavours
                 to
                 
                 draw
                 it
                 out
                 ;
                 for
                 that
                 ,
                 if
                 it
                 should
                 revert
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Poison
                 strike
                 inwards
                 ,
                 the
                 Patient
                 would
                 be
                 almost
                 infallibly
                 lost
                 :
                 And
                 in
                 other
                 Buboes
                 ,
                 not
                 Venomous
                 ,
                 if
                 they
                 be
                 not
                 brought
                 out
                 ,
                 it
                 has
                 been
                 observed
                 that
                 after
                 a
                 little
                 time
                 ,
                 it
                 happens
                 that
                 a
                 new
                 Bubo
                 rises
                 ,
                 either
                 in
                 the
                 same
                 ,
                 or
                 some
                 other
                 part
                 .
              
               
                 VI.
                 In
                 a
                 Venereal
                 Bubo
                 ,
                 where
                 there
                 is
                 no
                 danger
                 of
                 Death
                 ,
                 you
                 ought
                 to
                 observe
                 Natures
                 motions
                 ;
                 for
                 if
                 she
                 thrusts
                 forth
                 the
                 Bubo
                 powerfully
                 ,
                 you
                 ought
                 to
                 promote
                 the
                 Suppuration
                 ;
                 but
                 if
                 it
                 comes
                 forth
                 weakly
                 ,
                 or
                 looks
                 not
                 as
                 if
                 it
                 would
                 break
                 ,
                 't
                 is
                 possible
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 carried
                 off
                 another
                 way
                 ,
                 more
                 advantageous
                 to
                 the
                 Patient
                 .
              
               
                 VII
                 .
                 Moreover
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 Plague
                 it self
                 ,
                 where
                 sometimes
                 Buboes
                 will
                 yield
                 to
                 no
                 Remedies
                 ,
                 they
                 must
                 at
                 last
                 be
                 left
                 to
                 Nature
                 ,
                 especially
                 if
                 they
                 create
                 the
                 Patient
                 little
                 or
                 no
                 trouble
                 in
                 walking
                 ,
                 nor
                 much
                 pain
                 ,
                 nor
                 endanger
                 Life
                 .
                 In
                 this
                 case
                 it
                 is
                 not
                 necessary
                 to
                 open
                 those
                 Tumors
                 ,
                 for
                 that
                 Nature
                 in
                 some
                 length
                 of
                 time
                 can
                 best
                 digest
                 them
                 ,
                 whereas
                 on
                 the
                 contrary
                 ,
                 the
                 hazard
                 of
                 an
                 Incurable
                 Ulcer
                 may
                 be
                 run
                 by
                 unseasonable
                 and
                 violent
                 opening
                 of
                 it
                 ;
                 but
                 these
                 things
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 considered
                 with
                 great
                 Judgment
                 and
                 Prudence
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 nature
                 of
                 the
                 thing
                 requires
                 ;
                 for
                 't
                 is
                 the
                 poor
                 Patient
                 that
                 must
                 pay
                 for
                 all
                 ,
                 who
                 ,
                 if
                 the
                 Physician
                 mistakes
                 ,
                 pays
                 no
                 less
                 than
                 his
                 Life
                 .
              
               
                 VIII
                 .
                 I
                 cannot
                 but
                 confess
                 my
                 dissent
                 from
                 the
                 Learned
                 
                   Sylvius
                   de
                   le
                   Boe
                
                 ,
                 where
                 he
                 saith
                 ,
                 That
                 Pestilential
                 Buboes
                 should
                 ,
                 if
                 possible
                 ,
                 be
                 discussed
                 ,
                 otherwise
                 be
                 brought
                 to
                 Ripening
                 and
                 Suppuration
                 :
                 We
                 say
                 ,
                 on
                 the
                 contrary
                 ,
                 that
                 if
                 possible
                 they
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 maturated
                 or
                 broken
                 ,
                 and
                 only
                 left
                 to
                 Nature
                 ,
                 or
                 be
                 discussed
                 ,
                 when
                 there
                 is
                 not
                 Matter
                 enough
                 to
                 promote
                 the
                 Suppuration
                 .
                 Maturation
                 is
                 much
                 more
                 safe
                 in
                 a
                 Pestilence
                 than
                 discussion
                 ,
                 and
                 indeed
                 in
                 all
                 other
                 cases
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 much
                 better
                 ;
                 however
                 ,
                 Violence
                 is
                 not
                 to
                 be
                 done
                 ,
                 
                 against
                 the
                 general
                 tendency
                 of
                 the
                 morbifick
                 Matter
                 .
              
               
                 IX
                 .
                 The
                 Cure
                 (
                 saith
                 he
                 )
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 performed
                 by
                 the
                 same
                 Medicines
                 ,
                 wherewith
                 the
                 Swellings
                 of
                 the
                 Conglobated
                 Glandules
                 are
                 usually
                 cured
                 ,
                 and
                 always
                 with
                 respect
                 to
                 the
                 Pestilential
                 Poison
                 ,
                 for
                 which
                 cause
                 sake
                 
                   Treacle
                   ,
                   Mithridate
                
                 ,
                 and
                 such
                 like
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 good
                 for
                 it
                 ,
                 ought
                 ever
                 to
                 be
                 added
                 to
                 other
                 things
                 :
                 To
                 this
                 purpose
                 Distilled
                 
                   Oil
                   of
                   Harts-horn
                   ,
                   Ox-horns
                   ,
                   Rams-horns
                   ,
                   and
                   Goats-horns
                   ,
                
                 and
                 other
                 things
                 which
                 have
                 a
                 Volatile
                 Oily
                 Salt
                 ,
                 may
                 be
                 mixt
                 with
                 common
                 Medicines
                 .
                 It
                 is
                 observed
                 ,
                 That
                 
                   Unguentum
                   Martiatum
                   ,
                   mixt
                   with
                
                 Venice
                 Treacle
                 ,
                 is
                 excellent
                 to
                 discuss
                 or
                 disperse
                 ,
                 but
                 that
                 
                   Diachylum
                   cum
                   Gummi
                
                 ,
                 promotes
                 Suppuration
                 .
                 And
                 unless
                 the
                 violence
                 of
                 the
                 pain
                 be
                 urgent
                 ,
                 you
                 ought
                 not
                 to
                 promote
                 Scarification
                 of
                 the
                 Bubo
                 .
                 As
                 soon
                 as
                 the
                 Bubo
                 is
                 Suppurated
                 ,
                 the
                 opening
                 must
                 be
                 hastened
                 ,
                 either
                 with
                 a
                 Pen-knife
                 ,
                 or
                 some
                 breaking
                 Medicine
                 ;
                 but
                 the
                 Pen-knife
                 ,
                 or
                 Incision-knife
                 ,
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 preferred
                 .
              
               
                 X.
                 After
                 the
                 Bubo
                 is
                 opened
                 ,
                 apply
                 
                   Balsamum
                   Sulphuris
                   Terebinthinatum
                   ,
                   &
                   Anisatum
                   ,
                
                 with
                 
                   Unguentum
                   Basilicon
                
                 ,
                 or
                 our
                 
                   Balsamum
                   Amicum
                
                 ,
                 and
                 
                   Andromachus
                   Treacle
                
                 ;
                 for
                 by
                 this
                 means
                 the
                 Ulcer
                 will
                 be
                 quickly
                 cleansed
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 more
                 securely
                 and
                 happily
                 healed
                 ;
                 more
                 especially
                 if
                 you
                 apply
                 a
                 little
                 Diapompholigos
                 ,
                 or
                 some
                 such
                 like
                 ,
                 to
                 hasten
                 the
                 Cicatrice
                 .
              
               
                 XI
                 .
                 The
                 aforesaid
                 Sylvius
                 disallows
                 of
                 Blistering
                 ,
                 (
                 tho'
                 he
                 allows
                 of
                 Cupping
                 and
                 Scarrifying
                 ,
                 )
                 from
                 which
                 ,
                 he
                 saith
                 ,
                 he
                 could
                 never
                 apprehend
                 what
                 good
                 could
                 be
                 expected
                 :
                 On
                 the
                 contrary
                 the
                 Skilful
                 Barbet
                 ,
                 at
                 the
                 first
                 clapt
                 on
                 (
                 upon
                 a
                 Pestilential
                 Bubo
                 )
                 a
                 Vesicatory
                 ,
                 although
                 the
                 Tumor
                 be
                 of
                 no
                 considerable
                 bigness
                 ,
                 neglecting
                 Cupping-glasses
                 which
                 he
                 therefore
                 rejected
                 ,
                 because
                 they
                 cause
                 much
                 pain
                 ,
                 and
                 increase
                 the
                 Fever
                 ,
                 draw
                 out
                 the
                 good
                 Humors
                 as
                 well
                 as
                 the
                 bad
                 ,
                 
                 and
                 alter
                 the
                 whole
                 Blood
                 more
                 :
                 Within
                 seven
                 or
                 eight
                 hours
                 ,
                 or
                 so
                 long
                 time
                 as
                 is
                 necessary
                 for
                 the
                 Blister
                 to
                 rise
                 well
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 cut
                 ,
                 and
                 
                   Emplastrum
                   Magneticum
                   Arsenicale
                
                 is
                 applied
                 ,
                 whose
                 Virtue
                 certainly
                 is
                 such
                 in
                 this
                 case
                 ,
                 that
                 a
                 more
                 noble
                 Medicine
                 is
                 not
                 known
                 ,
                 as
                 will
                 appear
                 to
                 any
                 one
                 that
                 shall
                 use
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 XII
                 .
                 The
                 making
                 of
                 the
                 
                   Arsenical
                   Magnet
                
                 we
                 have
                 taught
                 in
                 our
                 
                   Pharmacopaeia
                   Londinens
                   .
                   Lib.
                   4.
                   
                   Cap.
                   11.
                   
                   Sect.
                
                 54.
                 to
                 which
                 I
                 shall
                 refer
                 you
                 .
                 But
                 the
                 
                   Magnet
                   Plaster
                
                 of
                 Hartman
                 ,
                 which
                 was
                 that
                 which
                 Barbet
                 used
                 ,
                 is
                 this
                 following
                 :
                 Take
                 
                   Gum
                   Serapinum
                   ,
                   Galbanum
                   ,
                   Ammoniacum
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   three
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   dissolve
                   in
                   Vinegar
                   of
                   Squills
                   q.
                   s.
                   express
                   through
                   a
                   Linnen
                   Cloth
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   boyling
                   ,
                   thicken
                   them
                   :
                   Then
                   take
                   Wax
                   ,
                   best
                   Turpentine
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   four
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Pouder
                   of
                   the
                   Arsenical
                   Magnet
                   three
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Amber
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   mix
                   the
                   Wax
                   and
                   Turpentine
                   with
                   a
                   gentle
                   heat
                   ,
                   remove
                   it
                   from
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   stir
                   it
                   well
                   ,
                   to
                   bring
                   it
                   to
                   the
                   consistency
                   of
                   an
                   Ointment
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   add
                   the
                   Gums
                   afore
                   prepared
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   Arsenical
                   Pouder
                   ,
                   and
                   Oil
                   of
                   Amber
                   ,
                   which
                   mix
                   well
                   by
                   much
                   stirring
                   ,
                   then
                   make
                   it
                   up
                   into
                   Rolls
                   ,
                   and
                   keep
                   it
                   in
                   Bladders
                   anointed
                   with
                   Oil
                   of
                   Scorpions
                   ,
                   for
                   use
                   .
                
                 This
                 differs
                 nothing
                 in
                 the
                 number
                 of
                 Ingredients
                 from
                 that
                 of
                 
                   Angelus
                   Sala's
                
                 ,
                 save
                 only
                 he
                 adds
                 to
                 the
                 Composition
                 ,
                 washed
                 
                   Earth
                   of
                   Vitriol
                
                 one
                 Ounce
                 :
                 That
                 of
                 Hofman's
                 is
                 thus
                 made
                 .
                 Take
                 
                   Ammoniacum
                   ,
                   Galbanum
                   ,
                   Sagapenum
                
                 ,
                 ana
                 
                   three
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Wax
                   ,
                   Turpentine
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   two
                   Ounces
                   and
                   a
                   half
                   ,
                   Arsenical
                   Magnet
                   one
                   Ounce
                   and
                   a
                   half
                   ,
                   Roots
                   of
                   Aron
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   dissolve
                   in
                   distilled
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   boyl
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   an
                   Emplaster
                   .
                
                 This
                 latter
                 may
                 be
                 used
                 to
                 Rusticks
                 and
                 strong
                 People
                 ,
                 but
                 for
                 the
                 more
                 delicate
                 and
                 tender
                 ,
                 the
                 former
                 is
                 the
                 better
                 .
              
               
                 XIII
                 .
                 Barbet
                 saith
                 ,
                 That
                 he
                 has
                 experienced
                 these
                 good
                 Qualities
                 in
                 the
                 said
                 magnetick
                 Emplaster
                 ,
                 that
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 applied
                 to
                 a
                 hard
                 Skin
                 ,
                 it
                 produces
                 not
                 the
                 least
                 Eschar
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 mean
                 
                 time
                 draws
                 out
                 the
                 malignant
                 Humours
                 ,
                 so
                 egregiously
                 ,
                 that
                 a
                 Bubo
                 ,
                 as
                 big
                 as
                 a
                 large
                 Wallnut
                 ,
                 is
                 some
                 times
                 taken
                 away
                 in
                 four
                 or
                 five
                 Days
                 times
                 :
                 But
                 because
                 this
                 does
                 not
                 always
                 succeed
                 so
                 quickly
                 ,
                 a
                 Vesicatory
                 is
                 first
                 to
                 he
                 applied
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 Humors
                 may
                 the
                 sooner
                 be
                 evacuated
                 ;
                 and
                 because
                 that
                 in
                 robust
                 Bodies
                 it
                 will
                 produce
                 no
                 Eschar
                 ,
                 a
                 Blister
                 ought
                 there
                 to
                 be
                 used
                 ,
                 that
                 not
                 only
                 the
                 Cuticula
                 ,
                 but
                 some
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 Skin
                 also
                 may
                 be
                 corroded
                 first
                 .
                 But
                 in
                 Children
                 ,
                 Ladies
                 ,
                 and
                 thin
                 Skinn'd
                 People
                 ,
                 it
                 will
                 make
                 an
                 Eschar
                 ,
                 or
                 raise
                 a
                 Scab
                 of
                 it self
                 ,
                 without
                 any
                 Blistering
                 afore-hand
                 :
                 This
                 Scab
                 is
                 the
                 true
                 Seat
                 of
                 the
                 Extracted
                 Poyson
                 ,
                 wherefore
                 it
                 is
                 found
                 pretty
                 thick
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Skin
                 only
                 superficially
                 corroded
                 ;
                 which
                 is
                 a
                 thing
                 worthy
                 to
                 be
                 considered
                 ,
                 and
                 may
                 possibly
                 be
                 the
                 reason
                 why
                 it
                 is
                 sooner
                 separated
                 than
                 any
                 other
                 Scabs
                 raised
                 by
                 Art
                 ;
                 for
                 in
                 thirty
                 ,
                 or
                 thirty
                 six
                 Hours
                 it
                 has
                 fallen
                 off
                 by
                 the
                 help
                 only
                 of
                 a
                 Spatula
                 ,
                 without
                 any
                 precedent
                 Scarification
                 .
                 It
                 may
                 be
                 used
                 without
                 any
                 ,
                 or
                 with
                 but
                 a
                 very
                 little
                 pain
                 ,
                 if
                 to
                 the
                 Anti-pestilential
                 Plaster
                 you
                 add
                 a
                 little
                 Basilicon
                 ,
                 or
                 Treacle
                 .
              
               
                 XIV
                 .
                 This
                 Ointment
                 following
                 excellently
                 promotes
                 the
                 falling
                 off
                 of
                 the
                 Eschar
                 .
                 Take
                 
                   Honey
                   ,
                   Goose-grease
                   ,
                   Turpentine
                   ,
                   Gum
                   Elemi
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   Soot
                   six
                   Drams
                   ,
                   Yolks
                   of
                   two
                   Eggs
                   ,
                   Mithridate
                   four
                   Drams
                   ,
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Scorpions
                   enough
                   to
                   make
                   an
                   Ointment
                   .
                
                 If
                 when
                 the
                 Scab
                 is
                 fallen
                 the
                 Tumor
                 be
                 not
                 enough
                 abated
                 ,
                 you
                 may
                 raise
                 a
                 second
                 ,
                 yea
                 ,
                 a
                 third
                 ,
                 with
                 the
                 said
                 Magnetical
                 Arsenical
                 Emplaster
                 ,
                 and
                 then
                 proceed
                 as
                 before
                 .
                 Lastly
                 ,
                 heal
                 up
                 the
                 Ulcer
                 with
                 
                   Emplaster
                   de
                   minio
                
                 ,
                 or
                 some
                 other
                 healing
                 and
                 drying
                 Plaster
                 ;
                 but
                 make
                 not
                 too
                 much
                 haste
                 to
                 heal
                 it
                 ,
                 lest
                 the
                 poisonous
                 Humor
                 ,
                 not
                 yet
                 wholly
                 evacuated
                 ,
                 should
                 cause
                 either
                 a
                 new
                 Disease
                 ,
                 or
                 Death
                 .
              
               
                 XV.
                 Buboes
                 arising
                 from
                 a
                 Venereal
                 Cause
                 ,
                 have
                 the
                 Pocky
                 virulency
                 affecting
                 the
                 Spermatick
                 Vessels
                 ,
                 
                 whether
                 the
                 Praeparantia
                 ,
                 or
                 Deferentia
                 ,
                 through
                 which
                 the
                 malignity
                 rises
                 ,
                 and
                 insinuates
                 it self
                 partly
                 through
                 the
                 whole
                 Mass
                 of
                 Blood
                 ,
                 and
                 partly
                 into
                 the
                 parts
                 adjoyning
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 into
                 the
                 Glandules
                 themselves
                 infefecting
                 them
                 .
                 If
                 the
                 Bubo
                 be
                 fiery
                 ,
                 and
                 like
                 an
                 Erysipelas
                 ,
                 there
                 is
                 a
                 Cholerick
                 Cause
                 ;
                 if
                 like
                 an
                 Oedematous
                 Tumor
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 conjoyned
                 with
                 Phlegm
                 ;
                 if
                 from
                 an
                 acid
                 Acrimony
                 ,
                 from
                 Blood
                 ,
                 or
                 Blood
                 mixt
                 with
                 Phlegm
                 ,
                 joyned
                 with
                 a
                 malign
                 Spirit
                 .
              
               
                 XVI
                 .
                 If
                 there
                 be
                 no
                 hopes
                 of
                 bringing
                 the
                 Tumor
                 to
                 Suppuration
                 ,
                 after
                 due
                 Purging
                 ,
                 you
                 may
                 apply
                 
                   Empl.
                   de
                   Ranis
                   cum
                   Mercurio
                
                 ,
                 notwithstanding
                 all
                 that
                 Barbet
                 says
                 against
                 it
                 ,
                 but
                 if
                 there
                 be
                 hopes
                 of
                 Maturation
                 ,
                 it
                 will
                 be
                 then
                 Imprudence
                 ,
                 for
                 that
                 it
                 will
                 cause
                 the
                 Venom
                 to
                 revert
                 inwards
                 ,
                 to
                 the
                 great
                 danger
                 of
                 the
                 Patient
                 ,
                 as
                 both
                 Reason
                 and
                 Experience
                 teach
                 .
              
               
                 XVII
                 .
                 If
                 the
                 Bubo
                 be
                 feared
                 to
                 be
                 Malignant
                 ,
                 from
                 its
                 green
                 Colour
                 ,
                 or
                 Blackness
                 ,
                 or
                 Inflammation
                 ,
                 such
                 as
                 come
                 from
                 adust
                 Blood
                 turn'd
                 black
                 ,
                 or
                 Melancholy
                 ,
                 joyned
                 with
                 malignancy
                 and
                 putrefaction
                 ,
                 or
                 virulent
                 Choler
                 ,
                 there
                 will
                 be
                 danger
                 of
                 a
                 Gangrene
                 and
                 Mortification
                 :
                 In
                 this
                 case
                 you
                 must
                 defend
                 the
                 places
                 round
                 about
                 with
                 Repercussives
                 and
                 Repellers
                 ,
                 but
                 not
                 the
                 Bubo
                 it self
                 .
              
               
                 XVIII
                 .
                 In
                 a
                 Bubo
                 ,
                 whether
                 from
                 Plague
                 or
                 Pox
                 ,
                 beware
                 of
                 Bleeding
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 one
                 of
                 the
                 most
                 pernicious
                 things
                 can
                 be
                 done
                 ,
                 for
                 it
                 hinders
                 the
                 rising
                 of
                 the
                 Tumor
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 Plague
                 hastens
                 Death
                 ;
                 in
                 the
                 Pox
                 ,
                 it
                 disseminates
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 and
                 Poyson
                 through
                 the
                 whole
                 Mass
                 of
                 Blood
                 and
                 Humours
                 with
                 a
                 Vengeance
                 .
                 
                   Epiphan
                   .
                   Ferdinandus
                   ,
                   Hist.
                
                 17.
                 saith
                 ,
                 That
                 he
                 knew
                 some
                 who
                 just
                 upon
                 the
                 appearing
                 of
                 the
                 Bubo
                 ,
                 by
                 letting
                 of
                 Blood
                 and
                 Purging
                 ,
                 have
                 fallen
                 into
                 a
                 stubborn
                 Pox
                 ,
                 if
                 not
                 incurable
                 .
              
               
                 XIX
                 .
                 If
                 they
                 are
                 caused
                 from
                 thick
                 ,
                 tough
                 ,
                 and
                 cold
                 
                 Humours
                 ,
                 they
                 are
                 ripened
                 with
                 a
                 great
                 deal
                 of
                 difficulty
                 ,
                 and
                 require
                 a
                 long
                 time
                 of
                 Cure
                 ;
                 for
                 Nature
                 not
                 being
                 strong
                 enough
                 to
                 drive
                 the
                 Matter
                 quickly
                 outwards
                 ,
                 it
                 lies
                 between
                 the
                 Peritonaeum
                 and
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 whence
                 it
                 perpetually
                 sends
                 Vapours
                 to
                 the
                 Liver
                 ,
                 and
                 sometimes
                 causes
                 large
                 Sinus's
                 ,
                 and
                 many
                 other
                 Symptoms
                 ,
                 where
                 by
                 the
                 Mass
                 of
                 Blood
                 is
                 miserably
                 Infected
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 sends
                 its
                 Polutions
                 to
                 the
                 outward
                 parts
                 of
                 the
                 Flesh
                 and
                 Skin
                 .
              
               
                 XX.
                 
                   Hildanus
                   ,
                   Cent.
                
                 5.
                 
                 Obs.
                 65
                 ,
                 gives
                 a
                 strange
                 relation
                 of
                 a
                 Bubo
                 .
                 A
                 certain
                 Person
                 (
                 saith
                 he
                 )
                 had
                 a
                 Bubo
                 in
                 his
                 right
                 Groin
                 ,
                 who
                 deferred
                 opening
                 of
                 it
                 ,
                 'till
                 the
                 malignant
                 Matter
                 fell
                 upon
                 the
                 fourth
                 and
                 biggest
                 Nerve
                 of
                 all
                 that
                 moves
                 the
                 Hip
                 ;
                 upon
                 which
                 there
                 was
                 violent
                 and
                 constant
                 pain
                 in
                 the
                 Hip
                 ,
                 attended
                 with
                 Convulsions
                 ,
                 a
                 continual
                 Feaver
                 ,
                 &c.
                 after
                 which
                 followed
                 a
                 Pining
                 ,
                 Leanness
                 ,
                 and
                 great
                 Weakness
                 .
                 Many
                 things
                 ,
                 both
                 inward
                 and
                 outward
                 ,
                 were
                 tryed
                 ,
                 but
                 in
                 vain
                 ;
                 for
                 the
                 Bubo
                 did
                 scarcely
                 appear
                 outwardly
                 ,
                 the
                 Groin
                 only
                 was
                 hard
                 ,
                 with
                 very
                 little
                 pain
                 ;
                 for
                 the
                 violence
                 of
                 the
                 pain
                 in
                 the
                 Hip
                 had
                 ,
                 as
                 it
                 were
                 ,
                 drowned
                 it
                 .
                 At
                 length
                 the
                 Bubo
                 was
                 broken
                 ,
                 by
                 help
                 of
                 a
                 Caustick
                 ,
                 out
                 of
                 which
                 ,
                 in
                 six
                 or
                 seven
                 days
                 time
                 ,
                 there
                 ran
                 above
                 ten
                 pounds
                 weight
                 of
                 Matter
                 ,
                 after
                 which
                 ,
                 with
                 great
                 difficulty
                 ,
                 he
                 was
                 cured
                 .
              
               
                 XXI
                 .
                 
                   This
                   following
                   has
                   been
                   applied
                   with
                   Success
                   ,
                   to
                   draw
                   out
                   the
                   Poison
                   :
                   Take
                
                 Diachylon
                 Compositum
                 one
                 Ounce
                 and
                 a
                 half
                 ,
                 Mithridate
                 ,
                 roasted
                 Garlick
                 ,
                 roasted
                 Onions
                 ,
                 ana
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Figgs
                 three
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Galbanum
                 and
                 Ammoniacum
                 strained
                 ,
                 Leven
                 ,
                 Mustard-seed
                 ,
                 of
                 each
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Palm
                 Oil
                 ,
                 Oil
                 of
                 Amber
                 ,
                 ana
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 and
                 make
                 a
                 Cataplasm
                 .
                 
                   In
                   a
                   cold
                   Bubo
                   for
                   Suppuration
                   this
                   :
                   Take
                
                 Linseed-meal
                 two
                 Pound
                 ,
                 old
                 Cheese
                 one
                 Pound
                 ,
                 Jelly
                 of
                 Hogs
                 Legs
                 
                   q.
                   s.
                
                 mix
                 ,
                 boil
                 them
                 together
                 ,
                 and
                 make
                 a
                 Plaster
                 .
              
               
               
                 XXII
                 .
                 If
                 there
                 be
                 any
                 hope
                 of
                 Suppuration
                 ,
                 't
                 is
                 certainly
                 best
                 to
                 induce
                 it
                 with
                 all
                 means
                 that
                 may
                 be
                 ,
                 lest
                 more
                 grievous
                 Symptoms
                 and
                 Diseases
                 spring
                 up
                 ;
                 't
                 is
                 positively
                 against
                 the
                 Principles
                 of
                 Art
                 to
                 dissolve
                 it
                 ,
                 for
                 Nature
                 has
                 disposed
                 the
                 Matter
                 from
                 the
                 Blood
                 and
                 Liver
                 ,
                 and
                 whole
                 Body
                 ,
                 to
                 those
                 parts
                 to
                 be
                 cast
                 forth
                 ,
                 where
                 the
                 malignity
                 and
                 virulent
                 Matter
                 runs
                 out
                 ,
                 which
                 otherwise
                 being
                 detained
                 within
                 by
                 discussion
                 ,
                 or
                 Repellers
                 ,
                 the
                 Matter
                 reverts
                 to
                 the
                 more
                 noble
                 Parts
                 ,
                 infects
                 again
                 the
                 whole
                 Mass
                 of
                 Blood
                 and
                 Humours
                 ;
                 (
                 so
                 that
                 the
                 latter
                 end
                 of
                 this
                 Man
                 ,
                 is
                 much
                 worse
                 than
                 his
                 beginning
                 ;
                 )
                 whence
                 comes
                 falling
                 off
                 of
                 the
                 Hair
                 ,
                 Nodes
                 ,
                 Tophs
                 ,
                 Gums
                 ,
                 Nocturnal
                 Pains
                 ,
                 Leprosies
                 ,
                 Pustules
                 ,
                 sore
                 Head
                 ,
                 putrid
                 Scabs
                 ,
                 Serpigines
                 ,
                 Herpes
                 ,
                 Cancerous
                 Ulcers
                 ,
                 affection
                 of
                 the
                 Periostion
                 ,
                 rottenness
                 of
                 the
                 Bones
                 ,
                 and
                 an
                 hundred
                 other
                 affrightful
                 Symptoms
                 .
              
               
                 XXIII
                 .
                 
                   Guilielmus
                   Fabricius
                   ,
                   Cent.
                
                 6.
                 
                 Obs.
                 68.
                 saith
                 ,
                 That
                 he
                 had
                 often
                 found
                 the
                 benefit
                 of
                 a
                 Vesicatory
                 of
                 Cantharides
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 Pestilential
                 Bubo
                 ,
                 for
                 it
                 draws
                 the
                 Poison
                 to
                 the
                 out-parts
                 :
                 Take
                 
                   sower
                   Leven
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   Cantharides
                   finely
                   poudred
                   twenty
                   ,
                   Mithridate
                   two
                   Scruples
                   ;
                   mix
                   and
                   make
                   a
                   Cataplasm
                   ;
                   to
                   be
                   applied
                   four
                   Inches
                   round
                   the
                   Tumor
                   .
                
                 Also
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 malignant
                 Bubo
                 ,
                 you
                 may
                 apply
                 
                   Diachylon
                   cum
                   Gummi
                
                 ,
                 mixt
                 with
                 black
                 Soap
                 ,
                 whereby
                 most
                 stubborn
                 Buboes
                 are
                 Suppurated
                 ;
                 and
                 if
                 Hens
                 Dung
                 be
                 added
                 ,
                 it
                 will
                 be
                 so
                 much
                 the
                 better
                 .
              
            
             
               
               
                 CHAP.
                 XVIII
                 .
                 
                   Of
                   the
                   Cachexia
                
              
               
                 I.
                 THE
                 Cachexia
                 is
                 the
                 very
                 same
                 Disease
                 which
                 Physicians
                 call
                 a
                 Leucophlegmatia
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 the
                 forerunner
                 ,
                 or
                 rather
                 the
                 beginning
                 of
                 a
                 Dropsie
                 ,
                 and
                 called
                 by
                 some
                 a
                 
                   white
                   Dropsie
                
                 :
                 It
                 is
                 a
                 Lazy
                 Disposition
                 and
                 Habit
                 of
                 Body
                 ,
                 with
                 Pursiness
                 ,
                 uneasiness
                 of
                 motion
                 ,
                 and
                 sometimes
                 shortness
                 of
                 Breath
                 ,
                 with
                 difficulty
                 of
                 Breathing
                 ,
                 coldness
                 ,
                 softness
                 ,
                 and
                 smoothness
                 of
                 the
                 Skin
                 ,
                 with
                 other
                 concurrent
                 Symptomes
                 arising
                 from
                 Obstructions
                 of
                 the
                 Liver
                 ,
                 or
                 Spleen
                 ,
                 with
                 the
                 Meseraicks
                 and
                 other
                 Viscera
                 .
              
               
                 II.
                 It
                 can
                 never
                 be
                 said
                 to
                 be
                 incurable
                 ,
                 because
                 it
                 is
                 properly
                 but
                 the
                 beginning
                 of
                 another
                 Disease
                 ,
                 and
                 seems
                 to
                 be
                 only
                 a
                 cold
                 watery
                 Juice
                 ,
                 shed
                 abroad
                 under
                 the
                 whole
                 Skin
                 and
                 substance
                 of
                 the
                 Flesh
                 ,
                 arising
                 in
                 part
                 from
                 Obstructions
                 ,
                 as
                 aforesaid
                 ,
                 in
                 part
                 from
                 a
                 Discrasie
                 ,
                 or
                 weakness
                 of
                 the
                 substance
                 of
                 the
                 Blood
                 ,
                 so
                 declining
                 in
                 its
                 Strength
                 ,
                 as
                 not
                 to
                 have
                 ability
                 to
                 carry
                 its
                 Serum
                 along
                 with
                 it
                 to
                 the
                 Emulgent
                 Arteries
                 ,
                 to
                 be
                 evacuated
                 in
                 its
                 ordinary
                 course
                 by
                 Urine
                 .
              
               
                 III.
                 It
                 is
                 caused
                 either
                 by
                 too
                 frequent
                 and
                 long
                 giving
                 of
                 Hydragogues
                 ,
                 which
                 by
                 vehement
                 drawing
                 away
                 of
                 the
                 watry
                 Humour
                 ,
                 so
                 mightily
                 weaken
                 the
                 substance
                 of
                 the
                 Blood
                 ,
                 that
                 it
                 is
                 left
                 so
                 thick
                 ,
                 and
                 its
                 grumous
                 parts
                 so
                 compact
                 or
                 congelated
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 following
                 generated
                 Serum
                 cannot
                 easily
                 mix
                 with
                 it
                 ,
                 to
                 make
                 it
                 of
                 one
                 Substance
                 or
                 Consistency
                 ,
                 whereby
                 in
                 its
                 passage
                 through
                 the
                 Veins
                 and
                 Arteries
                 ,
                 lying
                 in
                 a
                 separate
                 state
                 from
                 the
                 other
                 parts
                 of
                 
                 the
                 Blood
                 ,
                 it
                 soaks
                 (
                 as
                 it
                 were
                 )
                 through
                 the
                 Vessels
                 ,
                 and
                 makes
                 the
                 habit
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 cold
                 and
                 watry
                 :
                 Or
                 ,
                 from
                 Obstructions
                 ,
                 as
                 aforesaid
                 ,
                 whereby
                 the
                 Blood
                 becomes
                 not
                 only
                 vitiated
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 has
                 time
                 to
                 let
                 its
                 se
                 rous
                 parts
                 pass
                 through
                 the
                 Pores
                 and
                 Plicatures
                 of
                 the
                 Vessels
                 ,
                 to
                 the
                 Flesh
                 and
                 external
                 habit
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 .
              
               
                 IV.
                 That
                 there
                 is
                 no
                 Plethory
                 in
                 a
                 Cachexia
                 is
                 certain
                 ;
                 and
                 nothing
                 is
                 more
                 certain
                 than
                 that
                 there
                 is
                 a
                 Cacochymie
                 ,
                 and
                 therefore
                 care
                 must
                 be
                 taken
                 not
                 only
                 to
                 open
                 the
                 present
                 Obstructions
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 to
                 depurate
                 the
                 Blood
                 ,
                 and
                 alter
                 the
                 habit
                 of
                 its
                 Substance
                 :
                 If
                 it
                 proceeds
                 from
                 taking
                 too
                 great
                 a
                 quantity
                 of
                 Hydragogues
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 give
                 Strengthners
                 ,
                 which
                 are
                 partly
                 Sudorifick
                 ,
                 that
                 as
                 well
                 as
                 to
                 make
                 the
                 Blood
                 stronger
                 ,
                 they
                 may
                 so
                 open
                 the
                 Pores
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 as
                 to
                 cause
                 a
                 transfusion
                 of
                 the
                 superfluous
                 Humidities
                 which
                 infest
                 the
                 Flesh
                 and
                 Skin
                 through
                 them
                 ;
                 for
                 which
                 purpose
                 this
                 following
                 mixture
                 is
                 of
                 good
                 use
                 :
                 Take
                 
                   of
                   our
                   Antidote
                   ,
                   Bezoar
                   Minerale
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   fifteen
                   Grains
                   ;
                   mix
                   and
                   make
                   a
                   Bolus
                   ,
                
                 to
                 be
                 given
                 at
                 Night
                 going
                 to
                 Bed
                 ,
                 and
                 let
                 the
                 Sick
                 sweat
                 gently
                 upon
                 it
                 .
                 This
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 given
                 every
                 day
                 ,
                 or
                 every
                 other
                 day
                 ,
                 for
                 four
                 or
                 five
                 times
                 ,
                 in
                 which
                 space
                 I
                 have
                 never
                 known
                 it
                 fail
                 to
                 cure
                 .
              
               
                 V.
                 In
                 the
                 other
                 case
                 ,
                 the
                 chief
                 business
                 is
                 to
                 open
                 the
                 appendent
                 Obstructions
                 ,
                 and
                 remove
                 the
                 Discrasie
                 of
                 the
                 Blood.
                 Many
                 prescribe
                 Blood-letting
                 in
                 this
                 ,
                 but
                 in
                 my
                 Opinion
                 ,
                 that
                 must
                 be
                 very
                 pernicious
                 ,
                 because
                 it
                 still
                 diminishes
                 the
                 Strength
                 of
                 the
                 Sick
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 already
                 too
                 much
                 weakned
                 ,
                 and
                 exhausts
                 the
                 Spirits
                 now
                 wasted
                 and
                 flagging
                 .
                 In
                 this
                 case
                 bitter
                 Herbs
                 by
                 many
                 are
                 prescribed
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 
                   bitter
                   Decoction
                
                 has
                 been
                 found
                 of
                 good
                 use
                 .
                 
                   Half
                   a
                   Pint
                   of
                   the
                   Juice
                   of
                   Centory
                
                 given
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 for
                 a
                 Week
                 together
                 ,
                 has
                 cured
                 to
                 a
                 wonder
                 .
              
               
                 VI.
                 But
                 because
                 the
                 squeamish
                 Stomachs
                 of
                 several
                 ,
                 
                 cannot
                 be
                 prevailed
                 with
                 to
                 take
                 such
                 bitter
                 and
                 nauseous
                 Doses
                 ;
                 and
                 because
                 in
                 others
                 the
                 Obstructions
                 are
                 so
                 obdurate
                 ,
                 that
                 none
                 of
                 those
                 ordinary
                 ,
                 Remedies
                 ,
                 nor
                 yet
                 any
                 thing
                 prepared
                 from
                 Vegetables
                 will
                 do
                 any
                 good
                 ,
                 we
                 must
                 have
                 recourse
                 to
                 Things
                 that
                 are
                 more
                 powerful
                 ,
                 and
                 of
                 another
                 Nature
                 ,
                 which
                 shall
                 have
                 power
                 to
                 pierce
                 to
                 the
                 most
                 inward
                 recesses
                 of
                 Nature
                 .
                 Of
                 this
                 kind
                 are
                 mineral
                 Waters
                 ;
                 but
                 such
                 especially
                 as
                 proceed
                 from
                 an
                 Iron
                 Mine
                 ,
                 of
                 which
                 the
                 Sick
                 ought
                 to
                 drink
                 liberally
                 ,
                 and
                 for
                 some
                 Weeks
                 ,
                 because
                 those
                 Waters
                 being
                 repleat
                 with
                 a
                 
                   ferrous
                   Vitriol
                
                 ,
                 both
                 powerfully
                 open
                 ,
                 and
                 also
                 sweeten
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 one
                 of
                 the
                 chief
                 Intentions
                 of
                 Cure.
                 
              
               
                 VII
                 .
                 Now
                 because
                 many
                 can
                 neither
                 spare
                 time
                 to
                 go
                 to
                 the
                 Wells
                 ,
                 or
                 by
                 living
                 remote
                 ,
                 cannot
                 well
                 compass
                 to
                 get
                 thither
                 ,
                 we
                 shall
                 here
                 prescribe
                 other
                 Remedies
                 ,
                 which
                 no
                 Place
                 can
                 fail
                 of
                 affording
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Filings
                   of
                   Iron
                   ,
                   white
                   Tartar
                   in
                   Pouder
                
                 ana
                 ;
                 
                   make
                   them
                   into
                   a
                   Mass
                   with
                   Water
                   ,
                   which
                   put
                   into
                   an
                   earthen
                   glased
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   or
                   wooden
                   Bowl
                   ;
                   put
                   it
                   in
                   a
                   warm
                   place
                   till
                   it
                   is
                   dry
                   :
                   Powder
                   it
                   again
                   ,
                   and
                   moisten
                   with
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   and
                   dry
                   again
                   ,
                   repeating
                   this
                   five
                   or
                   six
                   times
                   .
                
                 This
                 
                   prepared
                   Iron
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   made
                   up
                   into
                   Pills
                   with
                   a
                   little
                   Diacassia
                   :
                
                 Or
                 ,
                 if
                 the
                 Sick
                 cannot
                 take
                 Pills
                 ,
                 you
                 may
                 make
                 a
                 Tincture
                 of
                 it
                 with
                 White-Wine
                 ,
                 by
                 digesting
                 the
                 White-Wine
                 upon
                 it
                 for
                 five
                 or
                 six
                 Weeks
                 .
                 And
                 although
                 possibly
                 a
                 Tincture
                 may
                 be
                 made
                 in
                 much
                 lesser
                 time
                 ,
                 yet
                 the
                 longer
                 the
                 White-Wine
                 stands
                 upon
                 the
                 Matter
                 ,
                 (
                 were
                 it
                 a
                 year
                 ,
                 or
                 more
                 ,
                 )
                 the
                 better
                 it
                 is
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   of
                   the
                   Rust
                   aforesaid
                   ,
                   eight
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   White-Wine
                   two
                   Quarts
                   ;
                   digest
                   five
                   or
                   six
                   Weeks
                   ,
                   as
                   aforesaid
                   ;
                   then
                   decant
                   the
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   and
                   upon
                   the
                
                 Faeces
                 
                   put
                   more
                   Wine
                   ,
                   repeating
                   this
                   Work
                   so
                   long
                   ,
                   till
                   no
                   more
                   Tincture
                   will
                   arise
                   :
                
                 Dose
                 from
                 a
                 spoonful
                 ,
                 to
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 .
                 This
                 Tincture
                 you
                 may
                 if
                 you
                 please
                 boil
                 into
                 a
                 Syrup
                 with
                 Sugar
                 .
              
               
                 VIII
                 .
                 If
                 you
                 be
                 in
                 the
                 Country
                 where
                 Tartar
                 cannot
                 
                 be
                 gotten
                 :
                 it
                 may
                 do
                 ,
                 if
                 you
                 only
                 take
                 Scales
                 of
                 Iron
                 from
                 the
                 Smith's
                 Anvil
                 ,
                 and
                 put
                 into
                 White-Wine
                 :
                 The
                 Wine
                 alone
                 will
                 in
                 time
                 ,
                 being
                 in
                 a
                 warm
                 digestion
                 ,
                 extract
                 a
                 most
                 admirable
                 Tincture
                 for
                 the
                 purpose
                 aforesaid
                 ;
                 and
                 truly
                 neither
                 in
                 appearance
                 nor
                 effects
                 will
                 it
                 be
                 much
                 inferiour
                 to
                 the
                 former
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Scales
                   of
                   Iron
                   four
                   Pound
                   ;
                   White-Wine
                   a
                   Gallon
                   ;
                   mix
                   ,
                   digest
                   warm
                   ,
                   for
                   two
                   or
                   three
                   Months
                   ,
                   or
                   more
                   ,
                   shaking
                   the
                   Glass
                   once
                   a
                   day
                   ;
                   and
                   keep
                   it
                   for
                   use
                   upon
                   the
                   faeces
                   :
                
                 Dose
                 from
                 one
                 spoonful
                 to
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 Morning
                 fasting
                 .
                 Now
                 here
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 noted
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 Sick
                 ought
                 to
                 lie
                 in
                 their
                 warm
                 Bed
                 ,
                 two
                 or
                 three
                 hours
                 after
                 taking
                 of
                 it
                 ;
                 or
                 if
                 up
                 ,
                 to
                 walk
                 up
                 and
                 down
                 ,
                 or
                 use
                 some
                 stirring
                 Exercise
                 ,
                 for
                 two
                 or
                 three
                 hours
                 following
                 .
              
               
                 IX
                 .
                 If
                 the
                 Cachexy
                 be
                 attended
                 with
                 vehement
                 pain
                 ,
                 in
                 any
                 particular
                 Part
                 or
                 Limb
                 ,
                 bleeding
                 with
                 Lee
                 ches
                 is
                 of
                 admirable
                 use
                 ;
                 I
                 remember
                 (
                 once
                 more
                 especially
                 )
                 I
                 had
                 a
                 cachectick
                 Person
                 in
                 cure
                 ,
                 who
                 had
                 so
                 vehement
                 Pain
                 in
                 his
                 Shoulder
                 ,
                 that
                 he
                 could
                 not
                 lift
                 his
                 Hand
                 to
                 his
                 Head
                 :
                 I
                 set
                 a
                 dozen
                 Leeches
                 to
                 his
                 Shoulder
                 ,
                 and
                 he
                 was
                 cured
                 of
                 his
                 Pain
                 at
                 once
                 :
                 This
                 method
                 I
                 have
                 pursued
                 several
                 times
                 with
                 good
                 success
                 .
                 And
                 sometimes
                 where
                 Leeches
                 could
                 not
                 be
                 gotten
                 ,
                 I
                 have
                 profitably
                 applied
                 Vesicatories
                 ,
                 which
                 have
                 abundantly
                 answered
                 expectation
                 :
                 Yet
                 this
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 observed
                 ,
                 That
                 though
                 they
                 often
                 are
                 ,
                 and
                 may
                 freely
                 enough
                 be
                 applied
                 to
                 the
                 Legs
                 ,
                 yet
                 it
                 is
                 something
                 dangerous
                 to
                 do
                 it
                 in
                 a
                 Dropsie
                 ,
                 lest
                 they
                 should
                 bring
                 an
                 afflux
                 of
                 Humors
                 upon
                 the
                 Part
                 ,
                 so
                 great
                 ,
                 as
                 to
                 cause
                 a
                 Gangrene
                 ;
                 which
                 yet
                 a
                 prudent
                 Physician
                 ,
                 having
                 this
                 Caution
                 ,
                 may
                 easily
                 avoid
                 .
              
               
                 X.
                 In
                 a
                 Cachexia
                 in
                 Women
                 ,
                 where
                 there
                 is
                 a
                 great
                 Obstruction
                 of
                 the
                 Terms
                 ,
                 you
                 ought
                 not
                 to
                 provoke
                 them
                 ,
                 'till
                 you
                 have
                 opened
                 Obstructions
                 of
                 other
                 Parts
                 cleared
                 the
                 passages
                 ,
                 and
                 prepared
                 the
                 Blood
                 and
                 Humors
                 :
                 
                 For
                 Nature
                 discharges
                 not
                 the
                 Blood
                 by
                 the
                 Veins
                 of
                 the
                 Womb
                 ,
                 'till
                 the
                 Crudities
                 be
                 in
                 a
                 great
                 measure
                 consumed
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Blood
                 has
                 recovered
                 its
                 inward
                 Heat
                 ,
                 Life
                 ,
                 and
                 Vigor
                 :
                 And
                 Crudities
                 being
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Oeconomy
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 restored
                 ,
                 what
                 natural
                 Evacuations
                 were
                 suppressed
                 ,
                 will
                 return
                 of
                 their
                 own
                 accord
                 .
              
               
                 XI
                 .
                 I
                 once
                 had
                 a
                 cachectical
                 Patient
                 ,
                 who
                 formerly
                 had
                 the
                 Pox
                 ,
                 but
                 had
                 been
                 well
                 of
                 that
                 Disease
                 some
                 years
                 ;
                 but
                 fearing
                 there
                 should
                 be
                 yet
                 some
                 Relicks
                 of
                 it
                 ,
                 desired
                 I
                 should
                 proceed
                 in
                 the
                 Cure
                 ,
                 as
                 if
                 it
                 had
                 been
                 the
                 Pox
                 ;
                 nor
                 could
                 I
                 prevail
                 with
                 the
                 Man
                 to
                 admit
                 of
                 any
                 other
                 Cure
                 :
                 At
                 length
                 I
                 fumed
                 him
                 with
                 the
                 following
                 Troches
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   artificial
                   Cinnabar
                   six
                   Drams
                   ;
                   Myrrh
                   ,
                   Amber
                   ,
                   Mastick
                   ,
                   Olibanum
                   ,
                   Cloves
                   ,
                   Nutmegs
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   Mercurius
                   Dulcis
                   two
                   Drams
                   ,
                   with
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Wine
                   ;
                   make
                   thirty
                   two
                   Troches
                   ,
                   for
                   eight
                   Fumigations
                   .
                
                 I
                 fumed
                 him
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 times
                 ,
                 and
                 took
                 away
                 all
                 his
                 swelling
                 ,
                 without
                 any
                 sensible
                 fluxing
                 ;
                 and
                 he
                 became
                 perfectly
                 well
                 .
                 But
                 one
                 thing
                 which
                 was
                 very
                 remarkable
                 in
                 this
                 Cure
                 ,
                 was
                 ,
                 That
                 an
                 old
                 Pain
                 of
                 the
                 Spleen
                 ,
                 which
                 he
                 had
                 been
                 troubled
                 withal
                 for
                 twenty
                 two
                 or
                 twenty
                 three
                 years
                 ,
                 was
                 totally
                 and
                 perfectly
                 removed
                 ,
                 and
                 much
                 of
                 the
                 Disease
                 went
                 away
                 by
                 Urine
                 .
              
               
                 XII
                 .
                 A
                 confirm'd
                 Cachexy
                 is
                 without
                 danger
                 ,
                 and
                 may
                 be
                 cured
                 in
                 short
                 time
                 by
                 Sudorificks
                 only
                 ;
                 the
                 Cause
                 principally
                 proceeding
                 from
                 a
                 Debility
                 of
                 the
                 Blood
                 and
                 noble
                 Parts
                 ,
                 charged
                 either
                 with
                 too
                 great
                 Acidities
                 ,
                 or
                 an
                 aqueous
                 Matter
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 sent
                 into
                 the
                 Habit
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 :
                 For
                 this
                 purpose
                 ,
                 a
                 Tincture
                 of
                 the
                 opening
                 
                   Crocus
                   Martis
                
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 
                   Crocus
                   Martis
                
                 it self
                 is
                 profitably
                 given
                 ;
                 and
                 Grulingius
                 saith
                 ,
                 for
                 this
                 purpose
                 it
                 excels
                 all
                 other
                 Remedies
                 ,
                 because
                 it
                 strengthens
                 so
                 powerfully
                 :
                 For
                 internal
                 Sudorificks
                 ,
                 (
                 which
                 may
                 also
                 absorb
                 the
                 Acid
                 )
                 we
                 commend
                 Bezoar
                 
                 
                   Mineral
                   ,
                   from
                   six
                   to
                   sixteen
                   Gr.
                   our
                   Angelus
                   Mineralis
                   from
                   six
                   to
                   twelve
                   Grains
                   ;
                   Pilulae
                   Angelicae
                   from
                   one
                   to
                   two
                   Scruples
                   ;
                   or
                   a
                   Decoction
                   of
                   Guaiacum
                   ,
                
                 after
                 the
                 usual
                 manner
                 ,
                 the
                 Patient
                 being
                 in
                 a
                 Stove
                 or
                 Bed.
                 
              
               
                 XIII
                 .
                 Barbet
                 saith
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 watery
                 Matter
                 is
                 first
                 gathered
                 in
                 the
                 Face
                 and
                 Limbs
                 ;
                 and
                 if
                 the
                 tumid
                 Parts
                 be
                 prest
                 with
                 your
                 Finger
                 ,
                 that
                 they
                 are
                 not
                 so
                 full
                 as
                 in
                 a
                 true
                 Dropsie
                 ;
                 and
                 that
                 the
                 cause
                 of
                 it
                 is
                 from
                 the
                 lymphatick
                 Vessels
                 being
                 compressed
                 ,
                 broken
                 ,
                 or
                 some
                 other
                 way
                 obstructed
                 ,
                 whereby
                 the
                 natural
                 Motion
                 of
                 the
                 Lympha
                 is
                 himdred
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 thrust
                 into
                 the
                 fleshy
                 and
                 skinny
                 Parts
                 .
                 But
                 all
                 this
                 we
                 cannot
                 concede
                 unto
                 ;
                 nor
                 do
                 we
                 believe
                 that
                 ever
                 the
                 Rupture
                 of
                 the
                 lymphatick
                 Vessels
                 were
                 ,
                 or
                 can
                 be
                 the
                 Cause
                 thereof
                 ,
                 but
                 this
                 possibly
                 may
                 be
                 sometimes
                 a
                 Cause
                 ,
                 the
                 two
                 great
                 thinness
                 of
                 the
                 Lympha
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 weakness
                 or
                 laxness
                 of
                 the
                 Vessels
                 containing
                 it
                 ,
                 whereby
                 it
                 has
                 an
                 emission
                 through
                 their
                 Pores
                 ,
                 and
                 Plicatures
                 into
                 the
                 fleshy
                 Substance
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 .
              
               
                 XIV
                 .
                 If
                 the
                 Sick
                 be
                 of
                 a
                 
                   cholerick
                   habit
                
                 of
                 Body
                 ,
                 if
                 they
                 sweat
                 ,
                 (
                 in
                 a
                 Stove
                 ,
                 Chair
                 ,
                 or
                 Bagnio
                 ,
                 )
                 it
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 with
                 a
                 gentle
                 heat
                 :
                 If
                 they
                 be
                 melancholly
                 ,
                 the
                 heat
                 must
                 be
                 greater
                 ;
                 but
                 if
                 phlegmatick
                 ,
                 the
                 heat
                 must
                 be
                 most
                 intense
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 Humors
                 may
                 be
                 melted
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 preternatural
                 Gelly
                 dissolved
                 ;
                 without
                 which
                 ,
                 it
                 can
                 never
                 pass
                 away
                 by
                 sweat
                 :
                 And
                 this
                 is
                 of
                 use
                 chiefly
                 in
                 Virgins
                 ,
                 where
                 the
                 Disease
                 proceeds
                 from
                 Grief
                 ,
                 drinking
                 cold
                 Water
                 ,
                 eating
                 unripe
                 Fruit
                 ,
                 or
                 other
                 hetrogene
                 Things
                 :
                 But
                 in
                 hot
                 Constitutions
                 ,
                 and
                 such
                 as
                 have
                 been
                 used
                 to
                 eat
                 and
                 drink
                 hot
                 Things
                 ,
                 (
                 whereby
                 the
                 Liver
                 is
                 made
                 exceeding
                 hot
                 and
                 dry
                 ,
                 and
                 much
                 Choler
                 abounds
                 in
                 the
                 first
                 and
                 second
                 Region
                 ,
                 viz.
                 in
                 the
                 Veins
                 of
                 the
                 Liver
                 ,
                 Spleen
                 ,
                 and
                 Mesentery
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 greater
                 Veins
                 and
                 Arteries
                 ,
                 )
                 Baths
                 are
                 much
                 more
                 proper
                 than
                 Stoves
                 ,
                 and
                 such-like
                 ,
                 because
                 they
                 
                 moisten
                 ;
                 whereas
                 a
                 dry
                 sweat
                 irritates
                 the
                 Atribilious
                 Humor
                 .
              
               
                 XV.
                 Being
                 come
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 Bath
                 ,
                 you
                 may
                 anoint
                 the
                 Belly
                 ,
                 Feet
                 ,
                 Legs
                 ,
                 and
                 other
                 swoln
                 Parts
                 ,
                 with
                 the
                 following
                 Unguent
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   tops
                   of
                   Elder
                   ,
                   Dwarf-Elder
                   ,
                   Doves-foot
                   ,
                   musked
                   Cranes-bill
                   ,
                   Mustard
                   ,
                   Rocket
                   ,
                   Camomil
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   Palm-oil
                   one
                   Pound
                   ;
                   boil
                   well
                   ,
                   strain
                   out
                   by
                   pressing
                   ;
                   then
                   add
                   distilled
                   Oils
                   of
                   Amber
                   ,
                   Anniseeds
                   ,
                   and
                   Juniper
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   three
                   Drams
                   ;
                   mix
                   them
                
                 ,
                 to
                 anoint
                 withal
                 ,
                 and
                 inwardly
                 give
                 a
                 Dram
                 or
                 two
                 ,
                 or
                 more
                 ,
                 of
                 our
                 
                   Aqua
                   Bezoartica
                
                 ,
                 or
                 good
                 Cinamon-Water
                 .
              
               
                 XVI
                 .
                 Catharticks
                 are
                 adjudged
                 by
                 most
                 to
                 be
                 of
                 evil
                 consequence
                 ,
                 being
                 given
                 to
                 cachectick
                 Persons
                 ,
                 because
                 they
                 hurt
                 the
                 Liver
                 ,
                 and
                 weaken
                 the
                 Ferment
                 of
                 the
                 Viscera
                 :
                 This
                 is
                 true
                 ,
                 it
                 they
                 be
                 often
                 or
                 long
                 given
                 ,
                 as
                 we
                 noted
                 at
                 Sect.
                 3.
                 above
                 ,
                 for
                 they
                 destroy
                 the
                 Patient
                 ,
                 the
                 〈◊〉
                 and
                 weakned
                 Parts
                 being
                 extreamly
                 hurt
                 ,
                 and
                 more
                 weakened
                 thereby
                 ;
                 but
                 Lenitives
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 and
                 repeated
                 with
                 Strengthners
                 between
                 ;
                 and
                 sometimes
                 
                   stronger
                   Purges
                
                 ,
                 provided
                 there
                 be
                 pretty
                 long
                 intervals
                 between
                 ,
                 and
                 many
                 times
                 Corroboraters
                 of
                 the
                 Bowels
                 be
                 given
                 in
                 the
                 interim
                 ,
                 to
                 support
                 and
                 restore
                 their
                 tone
                 .
              
               
                 XVII
                 .
                 Quercetanus
                 commends
                 this
                 Pouder
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   fine
                   Filings
                   of
                   Iron
                   one
                   Dram
                   ;
                   Feculi
                   Ari
                   one
                   Dram
                   ;
                   Essence
                   of
                   Coral
                   ,
                   Pearl
                   ,
                   Pouder
                   of
                   Amebrgrise
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   half
                   a
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   Amber
                   prepared
                   ,
                   Cinamon
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   four
                   Scruples
                   ;
                   Sugar
                
                 q.
                 s.
                 
                   mix
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   a
                   Pouder
                   .
                
                 It
                 is
                 a
                 good
                 Thing
                 for
                 pale
                 and
                 depraved
                 Colours
                 ,
                 Cachexies
                 in
                 Men
                 ,
                 Women
                 ,
                 and
                 Maids
                 ,
                 whether
                 young
                 or
                 old
                 ,
                 the
                 Body
                 being
                 prepared
                 and
                 purged
                 for
                 some
                 time
                 before
                 hand
                 .
                 Schroder
                 commends
                 his
                 Chalybeated
                 Salt
                 for
                 the
                 same
                 purpose
                 .
                 See
                 it
                 in
                 my
                 
                   Seplasium
                   ,
                   Lib.
                
                 1.
                 
                 Cap.
                 16.
                 
                 Sect.
                 13
                 ,
                 14
                 ,
                 15.
                 
                 
                   &
                   Lib.
                
                 2.
                 
                 Cap.
                 14.
                 
                 Sect.
                 4
                 ,
                 5.
                 
              
               
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   Or
                   this
                
                 :
                 Take
                 Filings
                 of
                 Iron
                 ,
                 sprinkle
                 them
                 with
                 Waters
                 of
                 Wormwood
                 ,
                 
                 Ash
                 ,
                 or
                 Scurvy-Grass
                 ,
                 wherein
                 their
                 Salts
                 have
                 been
                 dissolved
                 ,
                 leave
                 them
                 so
                 long
                 till
                 all
                 is
                 converted
                 to
                 Rust
                 or
                 Crocus
                 ;
                 of
                 which
                 take
                 six
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 burnt
                 Harts-horn
                 prepared
                 ,
                 Magisteries
                 of
                 Coral
                 and
                 Pearl
                 ,
                 ana
                 one
                 Dram
                 and
                 half
                 ;
                 Cinamon
                 ,
                 Crystals
                 of
                 Tartar
                 ,
                 ana
                 one
                 Dram
                 ;
                 Sugar
                 a
                 sufficient
                 quantity
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 and
                 make
                 a
                 Pouder
                 :
                 Dose
                 one
                 Dram.
                 
              
               
                 XIX
                 .
                 Sennertus
                 commends
                 this
                 Wine
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Filings
                   of
                   Iron
                   three
                   Ounces
                   and
                   half
                   ;
                   White
                   Wine
                   two
                   Quarts
                   ;
                   infuse
                   them
                   together
                   in
                   a
                   Boltbead
                   a
                   Month
                   in
                   a
                   warm
                   place
                   ;
                   shaking
                   it
                   three
                   or
                   four
                   times
                   a
                   day
                   :
                
                 Dose
                 five
                 or
                 six
                 Ounces
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 Morning
                 fasting
                 ,
                 and
                 lying
                 two
                 or
                 three
                 hours
                 in
                 Bed
                 after
                 it
                 ;
                 or
                 otherwise
                 walking
                 and
                 stirring
                 two
                 hours
                 after
                 it
                 .
                 As
                 often
                 as
                 you
                 pour
                 out
                 one
                 Glass
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 put
                 in
                 another
                 ,
                 till
                 half
                 the
                 Rust
                 or
                 Crocus
                 seems
                 spent
                 ;
                 then
                 you
                 are
                 to
                 cease
                 ,
                 and
                 put
                 in
                 no
                 more
                 .
                 Our
                 
                   Tinctura
                   ad
                   Chlorosin
                
                 is
                 also
                 of
                 experienced
                 Use.
                 
              
               
                 XX.
                 If
                 the
                 Patient
                 finds
                 any
                 pain
                 in
                 the
                 Abdomen
                 or
                 Belly
                 ,
                 you
                 ought
                 to
                 bathe
                 the
                 Part
                 with
                 
                   Powers
                   of
                   Amber
                
                 twice
                 a
                 day
                 :
                 Or
                 with
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Palm-Oil
                   four
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   Oil
                   of
                   Anniseeds
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   mix
                   ,
                
                 and
                 anoint
                 with
                 it
                 .
                 Or
                 this
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Palm-Oil
                   four
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   Oil
                   of
                   sweet
                   Fennel-seed
                   ,
                   of
                   Oranges
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   two
                   Drams
                   ;
                   mix
                
                 ,
                 and
                 anoint
                 with
                 ,
                 as
                 before
                 .
              
            
             
               
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   XIX
                
                 .
                 Of
                 the
                 STONE
                 in
                 the
                 Reins
                 .
              
               
                 1.
                 
                 AS
                 this
                 is
                 a
                 Disease
                 with
                 which
                 many
                 are
                 afflicted
                 ,
                 so
                 it
                 is
                 of
                 as
                 hard
                 and
                 difficult
                 Cure
                 ,
                 for
                 which
                 variety
                 of
                 Medicaments
                 are
                 instituted
                 .
                 The
                 cause
                 of
                 which
                 is
                 this
                 :
                 That
                 those
                 things
                 which
                 do
                 some
                 good
                 and
                 cure
                 them
                 to
                 boot
                 ,
                 yet
                 do
                 others
                 no
                 good
                 at
                 all
                 ,
                 and
                 sometimes
                 make
                 them
                 worse
                 ;
                 for
                 which
                 Reason
                 sake
                 ,
                 we
                 shall
                 make
                 it
                 it
                 our
                 Business
                 here
                 to
                 examine
                 variety
                 of
                 Authors
                 ,
                 and
                 hear
                 what
                 they
                 all
                 say
                 .
              
               
                 II.
                 It
                 is
                 a
                 Disease
                 like
                 the
                 Colick
                 ;
                 but
                 it
                 is
                 distinguished
                 from
                 it
                 ,
                 because
                 in
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 the
                 pain
                 continues
                 〈◊〉
                 in
                 one
                 place
                 ;
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 beginning
                 the
                 Urine
                 is
                 clear
                 ,
                 but
                 afterwards
                 of
                 a
                 troubled
                 Substance
                 ,
                 bringing
                 forth
                 with
                 it
                 at
                 length
                 Gravel
                 ,
                 Stones
                 ,
                 and
                 such-like
                 ;
                 whereas
                 in
                 the
                 Colick
                 the
                 Pain
                 is
                 different
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 different
                 Parts
                 ,
                 afflicting
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 part
                 the
                 Colon
                 ;
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 beginning
                 the
                 Urine
                 is
                 of
                 a
                 troubled
                 Substance
                 ,
                 afterwards
                 more
                 clear
                 .
              
               
                 III.
                 How
                 Gravel
                 (
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 Progenerator
                 of
                 the
                 Stone
                 )
                 is
                 bred
                 ,
                 there
                 is
                 various
                 Opinions
                 :
                 Spigelius
                 ,
                 by
                 his
                 Discourse
                 ,
                 seems
                 to
                 believe
                 it
                 to
                 be
                 bred
                 in
                 the
                 Veins
                 ;
                 for
                 he
                 saith
                 ,
                 That
                 he
                 has
                 found
                 the
                 Blood
                 in
                 the
                 Veins
                 full
                 of
                 small
                 Gravel
                 ;
                 and
                 if
                 so
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 natural
                 for
                 it
                 to
                 descend
                 with
                 the
                 Substance
                 of
                 the
                 Blood
                 ,
                 into
                 the
                 emulgent
                 Arteries
                 ,
                 and
                 from
                 thence
                 with
                 the
                 Serum
                 to
                 the
                 Reins
                 and
                 Bladder
                 .
              
               
                 IV.
                 But
                 by
                 what
                 Artifice
                 Gravel
                 is
                 generated
                 ,
                 is
                 another
                 
                 Question
                 :
                 II
                 care
                 not
                 greatly
                 if
                 I
                 relate
                 to
                 you
                 a
                 singular
                 Observation
                 which
                 I
                 made
                 whilst
                 I
                 was
                 in
                 the
                 West-Indies
                 .
                 In
                 those
                 Countries
                 ,
                 for
                 clearing
                 of
                 Ground
                 ,
                 the
                 People
                 commonly
                 lay
                 all
                 the
                 Wood
                 on
                 heaps
                 ,
                 and
                 burn
                 it
                 :
                 I
                 did
                 the
                 like
                 of
                 Wood
                 growing
                 upon
                 a
                 very
                 sandy
                 piece
                 of
                 Land
                 ,
                 the
                 Substance
                 of
                 the
                 Earth
                 (
                 under
                 its
                 upper
                 Crust
                 )
                 being
                 a
                 pure
                 white
                 Sand.
                 I
                 had
                 very
                 white
                 and
                 soft
                 Ashes
                 ,
                 not
                 inferiour
                 in
                 softness
                 to
                 our
                 finest
                 Wheat-flour
                 ,
                 or
                 white
                 Starch
                 ,
                 in
                 which
                 not
                 the
                 least
                 appearance
                 of
                 Gravel
                 or
                 Sand
                 could
                 be
                 discerned
                 by
                 any
                 means
                 .
                 Of
                 these
                 Ashes
                 I
                 had
                 occasion
                 to
                 make
                 a
                 Lixivium
                 ,
                 sometimes
                 for
                 Expedition
                 sake
                 by
                 boiling
                 .
                 The
                 Lixivum
                 being
                 decanted
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Ashes
                 cast
                 away
                 ,
                 I
                 had
                 the
                 curiosity
                 to
                 view
                 ,
                 and
                 by
                 an
                 exact
                 scrutiny
                 ,
                 found
                 them
                 to
                 be
                 nothing
                 but
                 pure
                 white
                 Sand
                 ,
                 without
                 any
                 of
                 the
                 small
                 and
                 soft
                 particles
                 of
                 Ashes
                 ,
                 which
                 before
                 the
                 elixiviating
                 of
                 them
                 ,
                 made
                 them
                 feel
                 like
                 pure
                 ,
                 fine
                 ,
                 and
                 soft
                 Wheat-flour
                 .
                 This
                 I
                 did
                 ,
                 't
                 is
                 possible
                 ,
                 an
                 hundred
                 times
                 ,
                 and
                 always
                 produced
                 the
                 same
                 Sand
                 :
                 From
                 whence
                 I
                 deduced
                 these
                 things
                 :
                 1.
                 
                 That
                 those
                 Trees
                 ,
                 (
                 which
                 in
                 those
                 Countries
                 are
                 mostly
                 of
                 a
                 mighty
                 bigness
                 ,
                 chiefly
                 Pine
                 ,
                 Oaks
                 ,
                 Hickeries
                 ,
                 and
                 such-like
                 ,
                 (
                 Herbs
                 ,
                 Plants
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 like
                 ,
                 )
                 growing
                 upon
                 such
                 sandy
                 ground
                 ,
                 have
                 all
                 their
                 Nourishment
                 and
                 Substance
                 from
                 that
                 Sand
                 ,
                 whether
                 white
                 ,
                 red
                 ,
                 yellow
                 ,
                 or
                 of
                 what
                 Colour
                 soever
                 .
                 2.
                 
                 That
                 by
                 the
                 plastick
                 Virtue
                 of
                 the
                 Plant
                 ,
                 the
                 Substance
                 of
                 the
                 said
                 Sand
                 is
                 dissolved
                 and
                 fitted
                 for
                 the
                 Norishment
                 of
                 the
                 same
                 Plant.
                 3.
                 
                 That
                 the
                 said
                 Sand
                 is
                 dissolved
                 into
                 a
                 moist
                 Humor
                 ,
                 and
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 resinous
                 or
                 glutinous
                 ,
                 or
                 aqucous
                 ,
                 consonant
                 to
                 the
                 Nature
                 of
                 the
                 same
                 Vegetable
                 ;
                 the
                 same
                 kind
                 of
                 Sand
                 which
                 produces
                 an
                 Oak
                 ,
                 makes
                 also
                 a
                 
                   Pine
                   ,
                   Hickery
                   ,
                   Ash
                
                 ,
                 or
                 other
                 Plant
                 ,
                 growing
                 upon
                 the
                 same
                 :
                 For
                 if
                 they
                 were
                 not
                 generated
                 or
                 produced
                 of
                 Sand
                 ,
                 (
                 the
                 Earth
                 being
                 scarcely
                 any
                 thing
                 else
                 ,
                 ten
                 or
                 twenry
                 
                 Foot
                 deep
                 ,
                 in
                 those
                 Places
                 ,
                 )
                 Of
                 what
                 other
                 Matter
                 can
                 they
                 be
                 made
                 ?
                 4.
                 
                 That
                 an
                 Analysis
                 being
                 made
                 by
                 burning
                 and
                 elixiviation
                 ,
                 the
                 whole
                 Substance
                 of
                 the
                 Plant
                 (
                 in
                 a
                 manner
                 )
                 resumes
                 its
                 
                   prima
                   Materia
                
                 ,
                 or
                 first
                 Matter
                 again
                 ,
                 converting
                 its
                 Body
                 into
                 Sand
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 into
                 any
                 other
                 Principle
                 .
                 5.
                 
                 That
                 the
                 Extremity
                 and
                 Violence
                 of
                 the
                 Fire
                 ,
                 has
                 not
                 power
                 to
                 destroy
                 the
                 Idea
                 of
                 the
                 prime
                 Cause
                 ;
                 but
                 it
                 still
                 retains
                 the
                 same
                 through
                 all
                 Vicissitudes
                 and
                 Changes
                 ,
                 even
                 of
                 the
                 strongest
                 Fire
                 it self
                 .
              
               
                 V.
                 I.
                 made
                 also
                 another
                 Observation
                 ,
                 of
                 the
                 same
                 kind
                 of
                 Trees
                 ,
                 Herbs
                 ,
                 and
                 Plants
                 ,
                 growing
                 upon
                 the
                 same
                 kind
                 of
                 Land
                 ,
                 from
                 their
                 rotting
                 :
                 Great
                 Pine-Trees
                 ,
                 four
                 or
                 five
                 Foot
                 in
                 Diametre
                 ,
                 and
                 others
                 ,
                 being
                 rotted
                 upon
                 the
                 Ground
                 ,
                 although
                 the
                 rotten
                 Wood
                 at
                 first
                 become
                 only
                 light
                 and
                 chaffie
                 ,
                 then
                 a
                 Slime
                 and
                 Mud
                 ;
                 yet
                 that
                 Slime
                 or
                 Mud
                 ,
                 and
                 Rottenness
                 ,
                 gra
                 dually
                 converted
                 from
                 that
                 brown
                 ,
                 dark
                 ,
                 or
                 black
                 Colour
                 ,
                 and
                 soft
                 ,
                 clammy
                 ,
                 mucillaginous
                 and
                 rotten
                 Substance
                 ,
                 into
                 a
                 pure
                 white
                 Sand
                 ,
                 no
                 ways
                 unlike
                 to
                 the
                 first
                 Substance
                 ,
                 or
                 that
                 of
                 which
                 they
                 were
                 primarily
                 generated
                 ;
                 all
                 which
                 things
                 might
                 clearly
                 be
                 discerned
                 in
                 many
                 of
                 them
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 differing
                 Degrees
                 and
                 Times
                 of
                 Rotting
                 or
                 Putrifying
                 ,
                 as
                 Nature
                 had
                 been
                 several
                 Years
                 in
                 performing
                 that
                 Work
                 and
                 Operation
                 :
                 Those
                 which
                 were
                 produced
                 of
                 white
                 Sand
                 ,
                 reverted
                 into
                 white
                 Sand
                 again
                 ;
                 those
                 of
                 red
                 Sand
                 ,
                 into
                 red
                 Sand
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
              
               
                 VI.
                 Out
                 of
                 what
                 has
                 been
                 said
                 ,
                 it
                 clearly
                 appears
                 ,
                 that
                 Things
                 by
                 resolution
                 naturally
                 return
                 into
                 the
                 Matter
                 of
                 which
                 they
                 were
                 first
                 generated
                 ;
                 so
                 that
                 according
                 to
                 the
                 Food
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Place
                 or
                 Matter
                 that
                 Food
                 was
                 generated
                 from
                 ,
                 being
                 again
                 resolved
                 in
                 Man's
                 Body
                 ,
                 is
                 the
                 Production
                 of
                 Juices
                 ,
                 Humors
                 ,
                 Blood
                 ,
                 Flesh
                 ,
                 and
                 other
                 Substances
                 of
                 the
                 same
                 .
                 So
                 true
                 and
                 faithful
                 is
                 the
                 Work
                 of
                 GOD
                 in
                 the
                 Universe
                 ,
                 that
                 as
                 He
                 cannot
                 
                 deny
                 Himself
                 ,
                 so
                 neither
                 can
                 the
                 Things
                 He
                 causes
                 to
                 be
                 produced
                 ,
                 lose
                 their
                 first
                 Ideas
                 and
                 Potentialities
                 ,
                 though
                 they
                 never
                 so
                 often
                 change
                 their
                 Forms
                 and
                 Appearances
                 ,
                 but
                 will
                 after
                 a
                 long
                 race
                 or
                 course
                 of
                 Vicissitudes
                 and
                 Alterations
                 ,
                 return
                 to
                 their
                 first
                 Matter
                 again
                 .
              
               
                 VII
                 .
                 And
                 thus
                 the
                 first
                 Cause
                 of
                 the
                 Stone
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 sought
                 into
                 farther
                 ,
                 than
                 the
                 Parts
                 in
                 which
                 it
                 is
                 generated
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 natural
                 Spirits
                 possessing
                 the
                 same
                 ;
                 though
                 I
                 do
                 not
                 deny
                 what
                 Riverius
                 says
                 upon
                 the
                 point
                 ,
                 but
                 that
                 there
                 may
                 be
                 a
                 petrifactive
                 Spirit
                 ,
                 which
                 may
                 be
                 assisting
                 in
                 that
                 Generation
                 :
                 Both
                 which
                 considered
                 ,
                 may
                 be
                 the
                 Reason
                 that
                 some
                 People
                 may
                 be
                 troubled
                 with
                 this
                 Disease
                 ,
                 and
                 some
                 not
                 .
              
               
                 VIII
                 .
                 Gravel
                 subsiding
                 does
                 not
                 nocessarily
                 indicate
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 but
                 sometimes
                 the
                 material
                 Cause
                 only
                 thereof
                 ,
                 (
                 for
                 multitudes
                 of
                 People
                 that
                 are
                 perpetually
                 free
                 from
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 do
                 many
                 times
                 make
                 much
                 Gravel
                 ,
                 )
                 yet
                 possibly
                 it
                 may
                 signifie
                 a
                 Disposition
                 to
                 that
                 Disease
                 :
                 For
                 if
                 Gravel
                 ,
                 which
                 used
                 constantly
                 to
                 come
                 away
                 ,
                 is
                 afterwards
                 suppressed
                 ,
                 and
                 Pain
                 is
                 felt
                 ,
                 the
                 Urine
                 being
                 clear
                 and
                 thin
                 ,
                 there
                 is
                 great
                 danger
                 that
                 the
                 Gravel
                 may
                 concrete
                 into
                 a
                 Stone
                 ;
                 and
                 when
                 it
                 is
                 made
                 again
                 with
                 Pain
                 and
                 Stranguary
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 sign
                 there
                 is
                 a
                 Stone
                 generated
                 .
              
               
                 IX
                 .
                 Gravel
                 which
                 is
                 bred
                 in
                 the
                 Veins
                 ,
                 comes
                 away
                 with
                 the
                 Urine
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 mixt
                 with
                 the
                 Sediment
                 ;
                 but
                 what
                 is
                 bred
                 in
                 the
                 Kidneys
                 ,
                 Ureters
                 ,
                 and
                 Bladder
                 ,
                 presently
                 resides
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 Urine
                 is
                 made
                 :
                 Authors
                 say
                 ,
                 it
                 proceeds
                 from
                 adustion
                 of
                 the
                 Humors
                 ;
                 bred
                 in
                 the
                 Liver
                 and
                 Veins
                 ,
                 and
                 sticks
                 to
                 the
                 sides
                 of
                 the
                 Pot
                 ,
                 nor
                 does
                 it
                 sink
                 to
                 the
                 bottom
                 ,
                 as
                 that
                 which
                 comes
                 from
                 the
                 Reins
                 ;
                 it
                 also
                 breaks
                 by
                 rubbing
                 with
                 ones
                 Fingers
                 ,
                 and
                 appears
                 of
                 a
                 more
                 
                   saline
                   Substance
                
                 ,
                 whereas
                 the
                 other
                 neither
                 yields
                 to
                 the
                 Fingers
                 ,
                 nor
                 can
                 it
                 easily
                 be
                 dissolved
                 .
                 This
                 Gravel
                 of
                 a
                 
                   saline
                   Substance
                
                 ,
                 
                 is
                 dissolved
                 in
                 warm
                 Urine
                 ,
                 and
                 appears
                 not
                 whilst
                 it
                 is
                 yet
                 hot
                 ,
                 but
                 the
                 Urine
                 being
                 cold
                 ,
                 it
                 coagulates
                 and
                 sticks
                 to
                 the
                 sides
                 of
                 the
                 Chamber-pot
                 ,
                 or
                 Urinal
                 ,
                 not
                 much
                 unlike
                 Tartar
                 in
                 a
                 Cask
                 of
                 Wine
                 ,
                 or
                 which
                 is
                 dissolved
                 in
                 hot
                 Water
                 ;
                 which
                 cooling
                 again
                 ,
                 sticks
                 to
                 the
                 sides
                 of
                 a
                 Vessel
                 ;
                 so
                 that
                 the
                 very
                 Nature
                 of
                 this
                 Gravel
                 and
                 Tartar
                 ,
                 seem
                 to
                 be
                 much
                 alike
                 .
              
               
                 X.
                 And
                 this
                 possibly
                 may
                 in
                 a
                 great
                 measure
                 proceed
                 from
                 the
                 same
                 Cause
                 ,
                 viz.
                 from
                 drinking
                 Wine
                 ,
                 especially
                 
                   new
                   Wine
                
                 ,
                 not
                 sufficiently
                 enough
                 freed
                 from
                 its
                 Tartar
                 ,
                 the
                 which
                 is
                 evident
                 in
                 all
                 those
                 Countries
                 which
                 abound
                 with
                 ,
                 and
                 drink
                 much
                 Wine
                 ,
                 in
                 which
                 the
                 Stone
                 and
                 Gout
                 ,
                 from
                 those
                 
                   tartarous
                   Concretions
                
                 ,
                 are
                 very
                 familiar
                 and
                 common
                 .
              
               
                 XI
                 .
                 Now
                 why
                 Wine
                 should
                 (
                 by
                 much
                 drinking
                 of
                 it
                 )
                 cause
                 those
                 Diseases
                 ,
                 is
                 apparent
                 from
                 its
                 tartarous
                 or
                 petrefactive
                 quality
                 ;
                 and
                 why
                 Wine
                 should
                 breed
                 or
                 have
                 such
                 plenty
                 of
                 Tartar
                 ,
                 is
                 also
                 as
                 clear
                 from
                 the
                 Principle
                 before-named
                 ,
                 at
                 Sect.
                 6.
                 deduced
                 from
                 the
                 two
                 foregoing
                 Observations
                 at
                 Sect.
                 4
                 ,
                 &
                 5.
                 for
                 that
                 Vines
                 generally
                 delight
                 and
                 grow
                 in
                 
                   sandy
                   Ground
                
                 ,
                 and
                 upon
                 the
                 
                   sandy
                   sides
                
                 of
                 Hills
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 many
                 places
                 upon
                 
                   meer
                   Rocks
                
                 themselves
                 ,
                 out
                 of
                 whose
                 sole
                 Substance
                 ,
                 not
                 only
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 the
                 Wine
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 its
                 Leaves
                 and
                 Fruit
                 ,
                 are
                 wholly
                 made
                 ,
                 and
                 by
                 the
                 plastick
                 Virtue
                 of
                 the
                 Plant
                 formed
                 ;
                 so
                 that
                 it
                 is
                 no
                 wonder
                 ,
                 for
                 a
                 Liquor
                 formed
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 Substance
                 of
                 a
                 Rock
                 ,
                 or
                 out
                 of
                 Stones
                 and
                 Gravel
                 ,
                 being
                 resolved
                 ,
                 to
                 revert
                 into
                 its
                 first
                 Principles
                 again
                 ,
                 and
                 where
                 it
                 can
                 reside
                 ,
                 or
                 dwell
                 ,
                 and
                 have
                 a
                 home
                 ,
                 to
                 breed
                 that
                 Matter
                 of
                 which
                 it
                 is
                 generated
                 .
                 And
                 this
                 your
                 great
                 Claret-Drinkers
                 ,
                 sufficiently
                 afflicted
                 with
                 Gout
                 ,
                 or
                 Stone
                 ,
                 and
                 sometimes
                 
                   with
                   both
                
                 ,
                 can
                 ,
                 by
                 sad
                 Experience
                 ,
                 tell
                 ;
                 for
                 that
                 Red
                 ,
                 or
                 
                   Claret
                   Wine
                
                 abounds
                 with
                 Tartar
                 ,
                 much
                 more
                 than
                 other
                 Wine
                 does
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 very
                 Vessels
                 containing
                 it
                 sufficiently
                 witness
                 .
              
               
               
                 XII
                 .
                 You
                 ought
                 to
                 avoid
                 purging
                 in
                 the
                 height
                 of
                 the
                 Paroxysm
                 ,
                 or
                 till
                 the
                 pain
                 is
                 somewhat
                 asswaged
                 ;
                 for
                 even
                 a
                 strong
                 Cathartick
                 ,
                 being
                 given
                 whilst
                 the
                 Pain
                 is
                 violent
                 ,
                 will
                 many
                 times
                 not
                 purge
                 at
                 all
                 ;
                 because
                 the
                 Parts
                 only
                 mindful
                 of
                 the
                 Pain
                 ,
                 feel
                 not
                 the
                 Cathartick
                 force
                 at
                 all
                 ;
                 or
                 at
                 leastwise
                 they
                 so
                 contract
                 themselves
                 ,
                 as
                 not
                 anywise
                 to
                 assist
                 the
                 Medicine
                 .
              
               
                 XIII
                 .
                 In
                 remedies
                 for
                 the
                 Stone
                 we
                 are
                 to
                 consider
                 ,
                 1.
                 
                 What
                 Things
                 give
                 ease
                 and
                 relief
                 in
                 the
                 Paroxysm
                 .
                 2.
                 
                 What
                 Things
                 open
                 the
                 Passages
                 ,
                 so
                 as
                 to
                 make
                 way
                 for
                 the
                 Water
                 .
                 3.
                 
                 What
                 Things
                 cleanse
                 the
                 Parts
                 of
                 Sand
                 and
                 Gravel
                 .
                 4.
                 
                 What
                 Things
                 naturally
                 or
                 by
                 accident
                 dissolve
                 sandy
                 and
                 stony
                 Concretions
                 .
                 5.
                 
                 What
                 kinds
                 of
                 Purges
                 are
                 most
                 necessary
                 in
                 this
                 case
                 .
              
               
                 XIV
                 :
                 The
                 first
                 of
                 these
                 is
                 done
                 by
                 Opiates
                 ,
                 and
                 Things
                 a-kin
                 to
                 them
                 ;
                 but
                 their
                 Matter
                 and
                 Composition
                 ,
                 and
                 way
                 and
                 manner
                 of
                 Exhibition
                 ,
                 remains
                 to
                 be
                 enquired
                 into
                 .
                 They
                 are
                 given
                 in
                 Liquids
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 a
                 more
                 solid
                 Body
                 :
                 As
                 also
                 either
                 by
                 the
                 Mouth
                 ,
                 or
                 by
                 the
                 Fundament
                 ,
                 or
                 by
                 the
                 Urinary
                 passage
                 .
              
               
                 XV.
                 The
                 Matter
                 of
                 which
                 they
                 are
                 made
                 ,
                 is
                 Opium
                 ,
                 or
                 Things
                 of
                 like
                 Nature
                 with
                 it
                 ,
                 as
                 
                   Purslane
                   ,
                   Lettise
                   ,
                   Nightshade
                   ,
                   Stramonium
                   ,
                
                 &c.
                 
                 As
                 for
                 Preparations
                 made
                 of
                 Opium
                 ,
                 there
                 are
                 scarcely
                 any
                 better
                 than
                 what
                 we
                 have
                 invented
                 ;
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 ,
                 1.
                 
                 Our
                 
                   Guttae
                   Vitae
                
                 ,
                 which
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 from
                 twenty
                 Drops
                 to
                 one
                 hundred
                 ;
                 and
                 in
                 extremity
                 to
                 two
                 hundred
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 full
                 spoonful
                 .
                 2.
                 
                 Our
                 
                   Spiritus
                   Anodynus
                
                 in
                 like
                 Dose
                 and
                 manner
                 .
                 3.
                 
                 Our
                 Antidotus
                 from
                 one
                 Scruple
                 to
                 two
                 Drams
                 ,
                 or
                 more
                 .
                 4.
                 
                 Our
                 
                   Theriaca
                   Londinensis
                
                 from
                 half
                 a
                 Scruple
                 to
                 two
                 Scruples
                 ;
                 and
                 in
                 extremity
                 of
                 Torture
                 to
                 one
                 Dram.
                 5.
                 
                 Our
                 
                   Volatile
                   Laudanum
                
                 from
                 two
                 Grains
                 to
                 six
                 or
                 eight
                 ,
                 or
                 to
                 ten
                 or
                 twelve
                 ,
                 or
                 more
                 ,
                 if
                 gradually
                 given
                 ,
                 and
                 inextremity
                 .
                 I
                 remember
                 once
                 
                 I
                 knew
                 a
                 Gentlewoman
                 ,
                 which
                 had
                 lain
                 about
                 twenty
                 days
                 in
                 extream
                 Torture
                 ,
                 and
                 continually
                 crying
                 out
                 for
                 Death
                 ,
                 making
                 in
                 all
                 that
                 time
                 little
                 or
                 no
                 Water
                 :
                 She
                 sent
                 for
                 a
                 Dram
                 of
                 
                   Crude
                   Opium
                
                 ,
                 resolving
                 upon
                 a
                 fatal
                 ease
                 :
                 She
                 had
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 took
                 it
                 unknown
                 to
                 any
                 about
                 her
                 ;
                 She
                 fell
                 into
                 a
                 Sleep
                 for
                 about
                 twenty
                 four
                 Hours
                 ,
                 then
                 waked
                 in
                 ease
                 ,
                 and
                 freely
                 and
                 plentifully
                 made
                 Water
                 ;
                 nor
                 was
                 she
                 ever
                 after
                 troubled
                 with
                 any
                 more
                 Paroxysms
                 .
                 Though
                 this
                 succeeded
                 well
                 ,
                 yet
                 such
                 bold
                 attempts
                 are
                 not
                 practicable
                 ;
                 I
                 here
                 only
                 recorded
                 this
                 matter
                 of
                 Fact
                 ,
                 for
                 the
                 Gentlemen
                 of
                 our
                 Art
                 to
                 contemplate
                 the
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 thing
                 ,
                 and
                 to
                 consider
                 how
                 far
                 a
                 man
                 may
                 warrantably
                 goe
                 in
                 extremity
                 ,
                 or
                 where
                 the
                 case
                 seems
                 desperate
                 .
              
               
                 XVI
                 .
                 We
                 have
                 also
                 other
                 preparations
                 of
                 Opium
                 ,
                 which
                 we
                 have
                 found
                 extraordinary
                 effecting
                 ,
                 as
                 1.
                 
                 Our
                 
                   Tinctura
                   Opii
                   Sulphurata
                
                 .
                 2.
                 
                 Our
                 
                   Elixir
                   Opiatum
                
                 .
                 3.
                 
                 And
                 our
                 
                   Eaudanum
                   Volatile
                   cum
                   Aloe
                
                 .
                 The
                 first
                 of
                 these
                 we
                 oftentimes
                 give
                 to
                 those
                 who
                 naturally
                 disaffect
                 Opium
                 ,
                 and
                 all
                 other
                 kind
                 of
                 Opiates
                 ;
                 for
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 Acid
                 ,
                 the
                 Opiatick
                 is
                 so
                 corrected
                 ,
                 that
                 it
                 never
                 disaffects
                 the
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 nor
                 alters
                 its
                 Tone
                 ,
                 as
                 the
                 other
                 preparations
                 of
                 it
                 do
                 .
                 The
                 
                   Opiated
                   Elixir
                
                 is
                 a
                 Stomatick
                 ,
                 and
                 of
                 good
                 use
                 where
                 Vomiting
                 is
                 present
                 :
                 And
                 where
                 there
                 is
                 a
                 constipation
                 of
                 the
                 Bowels
                 ,
                 my
                 
                   Laudanum
                   Volatile
                
                 ,
                 with
                 Aloes
                 ,
                 is
                 of
                 singular
                 use
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 effects
                 are
                 more
                 than
                 ordinary
                 ,
                 for
                 that
                 the
                 Aloes
                 ,
                 though
                 joyned
                 with
                 the
                 Opiates
                 ,
                 yet
                 seem
                 not
                 to
                 lose
                 any
                 part
                 of
                 their
                 Cathartick
                 force
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 some
                 Constitutions
                 the
                 Medicine
                 works
                 more
                 ,
                 than
                 if
                 the
                 Aloes
                 were
                 given
                 alone
                 .
              
               
                 XVII
                 .
                 A
                 Tincture
                 drawn
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 Seeds
                 of
                 Stramonium
                 ,
                 or
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 Leaves
                 carefully
                 dried
                 ,
                 gives
                 present
                 ease
                 :
                 So
                 the
                 inspissate
                 Juice
                 of
                 the
                 Leaves
                 ,
                 given
                 from
                 ten
                 Grains
                 to
                 one
                 Scruple
                 ,
                 made
                 up
                 into
                 the
                 form
                 of
                 a
                 Pill
                 or
                 Bolus
                 .
                 
                 Crato
                 commends
                 the
                 Juice
                 of
                 Purslane
                 ,
                 being
                 inspissated
                 and
                 made
                 into
                 Pills
                 ,
                 and
                 given
                 to
                 the
                 quantity
                 of
                 a
                 Dram
                 ,
                 he
                 says
                 it
                 does
                 wonders
                 .
                 
                   Syrup
                   of
                   the
                   Juice
                   of
                   Lettice
                
                 is
                 also
                 of
                 good
                 use
                 ,
                 being
                 given
                 to
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 Spoonfuls
                 ;
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 thus
                 made
                 .
                 Take
                 
                   Juice
                   of
                   Lettice
                   two
                   Pound
                   ,
                   white
                   Sugar
                   as
                   much
                   ;
                   mix
                   ,
                   boyl
                   ,
                   clarifie
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   a
                   Syrup
                   ;
                   the
                   Syrup
                   being
                   made
                   and
                   cold
                   ,
                   add
                   thereto
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Wine
                   a
                   Quart.
                
                 It
                 is
                 a
                 thing
                 not
                 to
                 be
                 despised
                 .
              
               
                 XVIII
                 .
                 But
                 if
                 the
                 Torture
                 be
                 tolerable
                 ,
                 't
                 will
                 be
                 much
                 better
                 to
                 give
                 such
                 things
                 as
                 have
                 an
                 apperitive
                 Virtue
                 and
                 Power
                 ,
                 which
                 may
                 gently
                 open
                 or
                 purge
                 ,
                 or
                 evacuate
                 ;
                 because
                 by
                 emptying
                 ,
                 the
                 parts
                 will
                 become
                 more
                 Lax
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 the
                 easier
                 submit
                 to
                 the
                 opening
                 Medicine
                 :
                 This
                 I
                 commend
                 as
                 a
                 thing
                 familiar
                 for
                 both
                 Intentions
                 .
                 Take
                 
                   Juice
                   or
                   Decoction
                   of
                   Speedwell
                   eight
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   choice
                   Manna
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   mix
                   for
                   a
                   Dose
                   .
                   It
                   opens
                   and
                   purges
                   gently
                   .
                   Asses
                   Milk
                
                 is
                 likewise
                 commended
                 for
                 People
                 troubled
                 with
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 for
                 that
                 it
                 exceeds
                 all
                 sorts
                 of
                 Milk
                 in
                 serosity
                 and
                 subtilty
                 :
                 If
                 the
                 Sick
                 be
                 Costive
                 ,
                 let
                 it
                 be
                 sweetned
                 with
                 Manna
                 ,
                 for
                 Manna
                 has
                 a
                 peculiar
                 property
                 ,
                 both
                 of
                 opening
                 the
                 Urinary
                 Passages
                 ,
                 and
                 giving
                 ease
                 ,
                 whereby
                 the
                 Matter
                 offending
                 is
                 the
                 more
                 fit
                 to
                 be
                 carried
                 off
                 .
                 Authors
                 have
                 commended
                 
                   Camels
                   Milk
                
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 without
                 a
                 shew
                 of
                 Reason
                 ,
                 as
                 being
                 good
                 against
                 the
                 Dropsie
                 ,
                 because
                 they
                 Feed
                 upon
                 
                   Spurge
                   ,
                   Widdow-wail
                   ,
                   Ranunculus
                
                 ,
                 and
                 such
                 like
                 strong
                 ,
                 fiery
                 ,
                 and
                 cathartick
                 Herbs
                 ,
                 whereby
                 their
                 Milk
                 acquires
                 a
                 Purgative
                 Faculty
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Serum
                 becomes
                 detersive
                 .
                 But
                 some
                 Authors
                 will
                 have
                 all
                 Milk
                 to
                 breed
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 because
                 it
                 is
                 caseous
                 ;
                 but
                 this
                 is
                 Error
                 ;
                 For
                 why
                 should
                 the
                 solid
                 Substance
                 of
                 Milk
                 breed
                 the
                 Stone
                 more
                 than
                 other
                 solid
                 Substances
                 Except
                 there
                 be
                 a
                 real
                 petrifactive
                 property
                 in
                 it
                 ,
                 which
                 none
                 ever
                 yet
                 could
                 prove
                 :
                 And
                 truly
                 in
                 this
                 I
                 think
                 Galen
                 was
                 wholly
                 in
                 the
                 wrong
                 :
                 I
                 am
                 
                 clearly
                 of
                 the
                 contrary
                 Opinion
                 ;
                 for
                 the
                 curdy
                 part
                 of
                 Milk
                 is
                 only
                 Nutritive
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 greatest
                 part
                 of
                 it
                 dissolves
                 in
                 the
                 Stomach
                 into
                 a
                 chylous
                 Juice
                 ,
                 (
                 God
                 Almighty
                 Himself
                 seeing
                 it
                 the
                 best
                 and
                 most
                 innocent
                 Nourishment
                 ,
                 even
                 for
                 Infanes
                 as
                 soon
                 as
                 they
                 are
                 Born
                 ;
                 And
                 who
                 dares
                 to
                 doubt
                 His
                 Wisdom
                 ?
                 )
                 whilst
                 the
                 oily
                 and
                 serous
                 parts
                 of
                 it
                 cool
                 ,
                 moisten
                 ,
                 open
                 ,
                 cleanse
                 ,
                 and
                 make
                 slippery
                 the
                 Passages
                 .
              
               
                 XIX
                 .
                 Now
                 things
                 are
                 said
                 to
                 open
                 ,
                 rather
                 in
                 respect
                 to
                 their
                 
                   emollient
                   ,
                   attenuating
                   ,
                   and
                   discussive
                   Qualities
                   ,
                
                 than
                 to
                 their
                 Diuretick
                 ,
                 because
                 there
                 are
                 many
                 things-which
                 powerfully
                 open
                 Obstructions
                 ,
                 that
                 provoke
                 not
                 Urine
                 at
                 all
                 ;
                 amongst
                 which
                 are
                 most
                 
                   bitter
                   Herbs
                
                 and
                 Plants
                 ,
                 which
                 open
                 by
                 a
                 
                   Specifick
                   Virtue
                
                 ,
                 as
                 Centory
                 ,
                 Wormwood
                 ,
                 Hops
                 ,
                 Gentian
                 ,
                 Carduus
                 ,
                 Camomil
                 :
                 and
                 Carminatives
                 ,
                 which
                 do
                 it
                 by
                 a
                 discussive
                 property
                 ,
                 such
                 are
                 Angelica
                 ,
                 Southernwood
                 ,
                 Parsly
                 ,
                 Smallage
                 ,
                 Anniseed
                 ,
                 Cuminseed
                 ,
                 
                   all
                   the
                   sorts
                   of
                   Pepper
                   ,
                   Cloves
                   ,
                   Nutmegs
                   ,
                   Fennelseeds
                   ,
                   Caraways
                   ,
                   Carotseeds
                   ,
                
                 &c.
                 
                 And
                 Emollients
                 which
                 do
                 it
                 by
                 their
                 
                   softning
                   and
                   making
                   slippery
                
                 ;
                 such
                 are
                 Oil
                 Olive
                 ,
                 Mallows
                 ,
                 Marshmallows
                 ,
                 Lillies
                 ,
                 Spinage
                 ,
                 boiled
                 Onions
                 ,
                 Garlick
                 ,
                 Leeks
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
                 But
                 the
                 true
                 ,
                 great
                 ,
                 and
                 chief
                 of
                 all
                 Openers
                 is
                 Iron
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 aperitive
                 Preparations
                 thereof
                 ,
                 which
                 do
                 that
                 in
                 a
                 Day
                 ,
                 which
                 none
                 of
                 the
                 others
                 will
                 do
                 in
                 a
                 Month
                 ;
                 for
                 which
                 purpose
                 I
                 commend
                 my
                 
                   Tinctura
                   Martis
                
                 ,
                 as
                 one
                 of
                 the
                 most
                 famous
                 things
                 in
                 the
                 World
                 ;
                 to
                 which
                 may
                 be
                 added
                 
                   Tinctura
                   ad
                   Chlorosin
                
                 ,
                 an
                 approved
                 thing
                 for
                 opening
                 the
                 most
                 obdurate
                 Obstructions
                 .
              
               
                 XX.
                 The
                 Matter
                 being
                 prepared
                 ,
                 the
                 next
                 thing
                 is
                 to
                 cleanse
                 the
                 Vessels
                 and
                 Passages
                 of
                 slime
                 ,
                 filth
                 ,
                 matter
                 ,
                 sand
                 ,
                 or
                 gravel
                 ,
                 which
                 does
                 ,
                 or
                 may
                 obstruct
                 the
                 Passages
                 of
                 the
                 Urine
                 ;
                 and
                 this
                 is
                 properly
                 done
                 with
                 Diureticks
                 ;
                 of
                 which
                 kind
                 of
                 Medicaments
                 Authors
                 admirably
                 abound
                 :
                 We
                 shall
                 
                 not
                 here
                 tell
                 you
                 all
                 that
                 has
                 been
                 said
                 upon
                 that
                 Subject
                 ,
                 but
                 rather
                 give
                 you
                 an
                 Abstract
                 of
                 the
                 choicest
                 and
                 most
                 approved
                 Experiments
                 of
                 that
                 kind
                 .
                 Take
                 
                   of
                   our
                   Tinctura
                   Stomachica
                   two
                   Dra.
                   Juice
                   of
                   Garlick
                   one
                   Dram
                   ,
                   White
                   or
                   Rhenish-wine
                   ,
                   six
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   mix
                   for
                   a
                   Draught
                   :
                
                 I
                 have
                 often
                 proved
                 it
                 with
                 good
                 success
                 :
                 Or
                 this
                 .
                 
                   Take
                   Juice
                   of
                   Onions
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Juice
                   of
                   Hydropiper
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   White
                   or
                   Rhenish-wine
                   eight
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   mix
                   for
                   a
                   Draught
                   .
                
                 I
                 gave
                 this
                 to
                 one
                 in
                 extremity
                 ,
                 a
                 Woman
                 ,
                 that
                 had
                 not
                 made
                 Water
                 in
                 eight
                 or
                 nine
                 Days
                 ,
                 it
                 made
                 her
                 make
                 Water
                 ,
                 and
                 gave
                 her
                 ease
                 in
                 less
                 than
                 an
                 hour
                 .
                 Take
                 
                   Onions
                   four
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   bruise
                   them
                   ,
                   Anniseeds
                   ,
                   Caraways
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   two
                   Drams
                   ,
                   bruised
                   .
                   Infuse
                   them
                   all
                   Night
                   in
                   White-wine
                   ;
                   then
                   squeeze
                   forth
                   the
                   Wine
                   ,
                   and
                   let
                   the
                   Sick
                   drink
                   it
                
                 ;
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 singular
                 Experiment
                 .
              
               
                 XXI
                 .
                 Sennertus
                 commends
                 Lignum
                 Nephriticum
                 ,
                 and
                 Lapis
                 Nephriticus
                 ;
                 
                   and
                   so
                   does
                   Experience
                   too
                   :
                   Take
                
                 Raspings
                 of
                 Lignum
                 Nephriticum
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Spring
                 water
                 two
                 Pound
                 ;
                 infuse
                 'till
                 the
                 Water
                 is
                 blewish
                 ,
                 for
                 twenty
                 four
                 ,
                 or
                 forty
                 eight
                 Hours
                 ;
                 then
                 decant
                 for
                 three
                 Doses
                 .
                 
                   Or
                   thus
                
                 :
                 Take
                 Raspings
                 of
                 the
                 Wood
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Spring-water
                 ,
                 White-wine
                 ,
                 ana
                 one
                 Pound
                 ;
                 digest
                 for
                 forty
                 eight
                 Hours
                 ,
                 then
                 decant
                 or
                 strain
                 out
                 the
                 clear
                 for
                 use
                 ,
                 
                   for
                   three
                   Doses
                   .
                   Or
                   thus
                   :
                   Take
                
                 Raspings
                 of
                 Lignum
                 Nephriticum
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Winter-Cherries
                 bruised
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 White
                 -
                 or
                 Rhenish
                 wine
                 two
                 Pound
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 digest
                 forty
                 eight
                 Hours
                 ,
                 and
                 strain
                 out
                 for
                 use
                 .
              
               
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   Or
                   you
                   may
                   draw
                   forth
                   the
                   Tincture
                   with
                   our
                
                 Spiritus
                 Universalis
                 ,
                 
                   after
                   this
                   manner
                   :
                   Take
                
                 Raspings
                 of
                 Lignum
                 Nephriticum
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Spiritus
                 Universalis
                 one
                 Pound
                 ;
                 digest
                 twenty
                 four
                 Hours
                 ,
                 so
                 will
                 a
                 substantial
                 Tincture
                 he
                 drawn
                 ;
                 decant
                 and
                 filtre
                 ;
                 to
                 the
                 filtred
                 Liquor
                 put
                 Alchool
                 of
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 one
                 Pound
                 ;
                 digest
                 twenty
                 four
                 Hours
                 more
                 ,
                 so
                 will
                 the
                 Sulphur
                 of
                 the
                 Wood
                 be
                 drawn
                 into
                 the
                 Wine
                 ,
                 which
                 you
                 may
                 decant
                 ,
                 leaving
                 the
                 
                   Spiritus
                   Universalis
                
                 at
                 the
                 bottom
                 ,
                 
                   with
                   which
                
                 
                 you
                 may
                 perform
                 the
                 like
                 again
                 .
                 Dose
                 one
                 Dram
                 to
                 two
                 ,
                 in
                 any
                 convenient
                 Vehicle
                 ,
                 as
                 Waters
                 of
                 Onions
                 ,
                 Parsley
                 ,
                 or
                 Hydropiper
                 ,
                 Mead
                 ,
                 White
                 -
                 or
                 Rhenish-wine
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 like
                 .
                 The
                 
                   Lapis
                   Nephriticus
                
                 is
                 seldom
                 given
                 inwardly
                 ;
                 if
                 you
                 do
                 it
                 ,
                 give
                 the
                 levigated
                 Pouder
                 from
                 one
                 Scruple
                 to
                 half
                 a
                 Dram
                 ,
                 or
                 two
                 Scruples
                 ,
                 in
                 Syrup
                 ,
                 or
                 other
                 fit
                 Liquor
                 .
                 But
                 the
                 usual
                 way
                 of
                 using
                 the
                 Stone
                 is
                 to
                 wear
                 it
                 as
                 a
                 Jewel
                 ,
                 being
                 tied
                 to
                 the
                 Wrist
                 or
                 Arm
                 ,
                 or
                 hung
                 about
                 the
                 Neck
                 or
                 Hip.
                 I
                 once
                 knew
                 a
                 Lady
                 which
                 experimented
                 the
                 truth
                 of
                 this
                 ;
                 as
                 long
                 as
                 the
                 Stone
                 was
                 tied
                 to
                 the
                 brawn
                 of
                 her
                 Arm
                 she
                 had
                 ease
                 ,
                 and
                 voided
                 much
                 Gravel
                 continually
                 upon
                 making
                 Water
                 ;
                 but
                 as
                 soon
                 as
                 the
                 Stone
                 was
                 removed
                 ,
                 the
                 Gravel
                 stopt
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 pains
                 returned
                 ;
                 and
                 that
                 she
                 might
                 be
                 sure
                 this
                 was
                 the
                 effect
                 of
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 she
                 oftentimes
                 laid
                 it
                 by
                 for
                 experiment
                 sake
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 stoppage
                 and
                 pains
                 in
                 some
                 few
                 Hours
                 would
                 return
                 upon
                 the
                 taking
                 it
                 off
                 ;
                 and
                 again
                 ,
                 upon
                 the
                 putting
                 it
                 on
                 ,
                 she
                 would
                 have
                 as
                 sensible
                 ease
                 ,
                 and
                 freedom
                 of
                 passage
                 as
                 before
                 .
              
               
                 XXIII
                 .
                 Trallianus
                 ,
                 Lib.
                 3.
                 
                 Cap.
                 39.
                 saith
                 ,
                 The
                 Herb
                 Peony
                 (
                 in
                 Pouder
                 )
                 drunk
                 with
                 honied
                 Wine
                 ,
                 is
                 an
                 excellent
                 thing
                 against
                 obstruction
                 of
                 Urine
                 ,
                 caused
                 by
                 a
                 Stone
                 so
                 hard
                 as
                 not
                 to
                 be
                 broken
                 :
                 But
                 the
                 Tincture
                 drawn
                 from
                 the
                 Herb
                 ,
                 with
                 our
                 
                   Spiritus
                   Universalis
                
                 ,
                 as
                 above
                 directed
                 ,
                 and
                 then
                 with
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 ,
                 being
                 drunk
                 with
                 the
                 said
                 honied
                 Wine
                 ,
                 is
                 much
                 more
                 effectual
                 :
                 After
                 the
                 same
                 manner
                 you
                 may
                 make
                 a
                 Tincture
                 of
                 Golden-Rod
                 ,
                 which
                 will
                 be
                 no
                 less
                 effectual
                 ;
                 for
                 that
                 the
                 Crude
                 Herb
                 had
                 been
                 proved
                 in
                 this
                 case
                 ,
                 in
                 innumerable
                 Persons
                 ,
                 (
                 as
                 
                   Carolus
                   Piso
                
                 saith
                 )
                 with
                 happy
                 success
                 .
              
               
                 XXIV
                 .
                 
                   Zacutus
                   Lusitanus
                   ,
                   Praxis
                   Lib.
                
                 2.
                 
                 Observ.
                 58.
                 saith
                 ,
                 A
                 Man
                 sixty
                 Years
                 old
                 of
                 a
                 cold
                 Constitution
                 ,
                 was
                 cured
                 of
                 the
                 Stone
                 by
                 Purgations
                 ,
                 made
                 of
                 Turpentine
                 which
                 he
                 took
                 divers
                 ways
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 daily
                 use
                 of
                 a
                 
                 
                   Decoction
                   of
                   Lignum
                   Nephriticum
                
                 ;
                 by
                 which
                 he
                 voided
                 red
                 Gravel
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 Stone
                 ,
                 and
                 was
                 well
                 for
                 two
                 Years
                 together
                 .
                 His
                 Disease
                 afterwards
                 coming
                 upon
                 him
                 again
                 ,
                 Clysters
                 ,
                 Ointments
                 ,
                 Fomentations
                 ,
                 Plasters
                 ;
                 Phlebotomy
                 ,
                 Baths
                 ,
                 were
                 all
                 used
                 in
                 vain
                 ,
                 his
                 Urine
                 being
                 retained
                 eighteen
                 Days
                 ,
                 he
                 began
                 to
                 be
                 afflicted
                 with
                 the
                 Falling-Sickness
                 by
                 Fits
                 and
                 the
                 Sick
                 was
                 given
                 over
                 as
                 desperate
                 ;
                 at
                 length
                 he
                 took
                 
                   Oyl
                   of
                   sweet
                   Almonds
                   ,
                   with
                   drops
                   of
                   Natural
                   Balsam
                
                 ;
                 (
                 I
                 suppose
                 he
                 means
                 Balsam
                 of
                 Peru
                 ;
                 )
                 it
                 made
                 him
                 void
                 a
                 clammy
                 Humor
                 by
                 Stool
                 ,
                 and
                 small
                 Gravel
                 by
                 Urine
                 ;
                 and
                 continuing
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 the
                 said
                 Remedy
                 ,
                 he
                 voided
                 with
                 Bloody
                 Urine
                 ,
                 a
                 Stone
                 of
                 the
                 bigness
                 of
                 a
                 Date-stone
                 ,
                 of
                 a
                 purple
                 colour
                 ,
                 long
                 ,
                 round
                 ,
                 rough
                 ,
                 and
                 very
                 hard
                 ,
                 and
                 now
                 making
                 Water
                 very
                 freely
                 ,
                 he
                 took
                 a
                 greater
                 quantity
                 
                   of
                   the
                   Oyl
                   of
                   sweet
                   Almonds
                
                 viz.
                 
                   to
                   three
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Balsam
                   to
                   the
                   quantity
                   of
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ,
                
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 space
                 of
                 ten
                 days
                 he
                 voided
                 sixty
                 five
                 Stones
                 ,
                 hard
                 ,
                 and
                 of
                 the
                 bigness
                 and
                 shape
                 of
                 Vetches
                 .
                 And
                 with
                 this
                 Remedy
                 alone
                 he
                 was
                 preserved
                 for
                 the
                 future
                 ;
                 for
                 he
                 used
                 every
                 Morning
                 to
                 take
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 of
                 the
                 Oyl
                 ,
                 with
                 six
                 drops
                 of
                 the
                 said
                 Balsam
                 ,
                 by
                 which
                 he
                 voided
                 gravelly
                 Urine
                 ,
                 and
                 lived
                 many
                 Years
                 :
                 By
                 this
                 
                   Balsam
                   ,
                   Avenzoar
                
                 saith
                 he
                 cured
                 a
                 Scrivener
                 ,
                 who
                 was
                 at
                 Death's
                 door
                 with
                 the
                 Stone
                 :
                 If
                 you
                 cannot
                 get
                 the
                 true
                 Balsam
                 ,
                 Zacutus
                 advises
                 to
                 use
                 instead
                 thereof
                 Stacte
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 precious
                 droppings
                 of
                 Myrrh
                 ,
                 and
                 comes
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 East-Indies
                 .
                 also
                 from
                 Peru
                 ;
                 which
                 ,
                 saith
                 he
                 ,
                 works
                 rare
                 effects
                 .
                 In
                 the
                 same
                 Observation
                 he
                 saith
                 ,
                 That
                 he
                 had
                 many
                 times
                 driven
                 out
                 great
                 Stones
                 that
                 were
                 firmly
                 fixed
                 in
                 the
                 cavities
                 of
                 the
                 Kidnies
                 ,
                 by
                 the
                 
                   Water
                   distilled
                
                 out
                 of
                 
                   Green
                   Tobacco
                
                 ,
                 which
                 he
                 gave
                 the
                 Patient
                 to
                 drink
                 .
              
               
                 XXV
                 .
                 Platerus
                 ,
                 in
                 Lib.
                 2.
                 of
                 his
                 Observations
                 ,
                 tells
                 us
                 ,
                 
                   He
                   cured
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   with
                   this
                   Julep
                   :
                   Take
                
                 Pellitory-water
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Fennel
                 water
                 ,
                 Bean-flower-water
                 ,
                 Julep
                 
                 
                   of
                   Roses
                
                 ,
                 ana
                 
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   mix
                   them
                
                 ;
                 giving
                 the
                 Patient
                 to
                 drink
                 after
                 a
                 decoction
                 of
                 
                   Pease
                   ,
                   Bean-shales
                   ,
                   Parsly
                   Roots
                   ,
                   and
                   Restharrow-Roots
                   .
                
                 Another
                 he
                 cured
                 by
                 giving
                 1.
                 
                 
                   A
                   Clyster
                
                 .
                 2.
                 
                 
                   A
                   Narcotick
                
                 .
                 3.
                 
                 
                   Pellitory
                   and
                   Turpentine-water
                
                 ,
                 ana
                 
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                
                 ,
                 by
                 which
                 the
                 Stone
                 got
                 into
                 the
                 Bladder
                 ,
                 and
                 then
                 into
                 the
                 Yard
                 ,
                 and
                 there
                 stopt
                 ;
                 he
                 sate
                 in
                 a
                 Bath
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 little
                 after
                 pissed
                 it
                 forth
                 :
                 And
                 by
                 the
                 taking
                 of
                 this
                 following
                 Pouder
                 ,
                 twice
                 a
                 Week
                 ,
                 a
                 Spoonful
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 ,
                 a
                 Patient
                 of
                 his
                 voided
                 many
                 Stones
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 continued
                 use
                 of
                 it
                 prevented
                 the
                 pain
                 .
                 Take
                 
                   Liquorice
                   in
                   Pouder
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   dried
                   Peach-kernels
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   Anise
                   and
                   Fennel-seeds
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Winter-Cherries
                   one
                   Dram
                   ,
                   Gromwel-seeds
                   half
                   a
                   Dram
                   ,
                   Crabs-Eyes
                   two
                   Drams
                   ,
                   Sugar-Candy
                   one
                   Ounce
                   and
                   a
                   half
                   ;
                   make
                   a
                   fine
                   Pouder
                   :
                
                 He
                 drank
                 after
                 it
                 a
                 decoction
                 of
                 Pease
                 ,
                 Parsley
                 ,
                 and
                 Bean-shales
                 ,
                 with
                 Butter
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 little
                 Salt.
                 And
                 in
                 Lib.
                 3.
                 
                   of
                   his
                   said
                   Observations
                
                 ,
                 he
                 commends
                 this
                 :
                 Take
                 
                   Turpentine
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Honey
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   Yolk
                   of
                   one
                   Egg
                   ;
                   grind
                   them
                   in
                   a
                   Mortar
                   together
                   ,
                   'till
                   they
                   are
                   white
                   ;
                   then
                   add
                   White
                   Wine
                   ,
                   Pellitory-water
                   ,
                   Bean-flower-water
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   one
                   Ounce
                   and
                   a
                   half
                   ,
                   Syrup
                   of
                   Limons
                   ,
                   or
                   Juice
                   of
                   Citrons
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   mix
                   them
                   :
                
                 Dose
                 one
                 Ounce
                 and
                 a
                 half
                 .
                 The
                 Sick
                 took
                 also
                 these
                 Pills
                 :
                 Take
                 
                   Cyprus
                   Turpentine
                   half
                   an
                   ounce
                   ,
                   Sugar-candy
                   two
                   Drams
                   ;
                   with
                   Syrup
                   of
                   Limons
                   make
                   Pills
                   :
                
                 Dose
                 one
                 Dram
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 ,
                 drinking
                 after
                 ,
                 a
                 decoction
                 of
                 
                   red
                   Pease
                
                 ;
                 but
                 while
                 his
                 pain
                 was
                 great
                 he
                 gave
                 him
                 an
                 Opiate
                 ,
                 and
                 sometimes
                 a
                 cleansing
                 Clyster
                 of
                 
                   Whey
                   ,
                   Yolks
                   of
                   Eggs
                   ,
                   Turpentine
                   and
                   Honey
                   .
                   Platerus
                
                 gave
                 this
                 to
                 a
                 Patient
                 thrice
                 ,
                 which
                 had
                 his
                 Urine
                 stopt
                 :
                 Take
                 
                   Turpentine
                   five
                   Drams
                   ,
                   Yolks
                   of
                   Eggs
                   two
                   ,
                   Honey
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   Wine
                   four
                   Ounces
                   :
                
                 By
                 the
                 use
                 whereof
                 he
                 avoided
                 so
                 many
                 Rags
                 ,
                 that
                 he
                 wrote
                 to
                 him
                 ,
                 
                   That
                   a
                   torn
                   Shirt
                   came
                   out
                   of
                   his
                   Bladder
                   :
                
                 Thus
                 was
                 he
                 cured
                 ,
                 and
                 lived
                 many
                 Years
                 after
                 sound
                 :
                 and
                 with
                 the
                 same
                 kind
                 of
                 Potion
                 he
                 cured
                 a
                 French
                 Minister
                 ,
                 who
                 voided
                 
                 the
                 Stone
                 with
                 the
                 first
                 Dose
                 .
              
               
                 XXVI
                 .
                 I
                 cured
                 a
                 Man
                 after
                 he
                 had
                 been
                 twelve
                 Years
                 troubled
                 with
                 the
                 Stone
                 and
                 Gravel
                 ,
                 with
                 this
                 mixture
                 :
                 Take
                 Venice
                 or
                 Strasburgh
                 
                   Turpentine
                   four
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   Oyl
                   of
                   sweet
                   Almonds
                   six
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Honey
                   two
                   Drams
                   ;
                   melt
                   and
                   mix
                   them
                   well
                   together
                
                 ;
                 it
                 opened
                 the
                 Passages
                 ,
                 made
                 him
                 presently
                 piss
                 freely
                 ,
                 and
                 brought
                 away
                 a
                 great
                 quantity
                 of
                 Sand
                 and
                 small
                 Stones
                 :
                 He
                 took
                 it
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 ,
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 or
                 better
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 ,
                 for
                 three
                 Months
                 ,
                 drinking
                 after
                 it
                 Arsmart-water
                 ,
                 and
                 was
                 perfectly
                 cured
                 ,
                 so
                 that
                 for
                 many
                 Years
                 after
                 he
                 had
                 not
                 the
                 least
                 Pain
                 or
                 Symptom
                 .
                 Another
                 I
                 cured
                 with
                 this
                 :
                 Take
                 Strasburgh
                 
                   Turpentine
                   eight
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Yolks
                   of
                   four
                   Eggs
                   ;
                   grind
                   them
                   together
                   in
                   a
                   Mortar
                   ,
                   'till
                   they
                   are
                   white
                   ;
                   then
                   add
                   Oyl
                   of
                   sweet
                   Almonds
                   four
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   and
                   mix
                   them
                   well
                   by
                   grinding
                   :
                
                 Dose
                 ,
                 an
                 Ounce
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 ,
                 drinking
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 Mead
                 after
                 .
                 This
                 he
                 continued
                 for
                 eight
                 or
                 ten
                 Weeks
                 ,
                 it
                 continually
                 brought
                 away
                 Sand
                 and
                 large
                 Gravel
                 ,
                 and
                 he
                 was
                 perfectly
                 cured
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XXVII
                 .
                 Bartholinus
                 tells
                 us
                 ,
                 That
                 he
                 found
                 no
                 ease
                 by
                 any
                 Diuretick
                 ,
                 except
                 Bean-shale-water
                 ,
                 which
                 brought
                 away
                 Gravel
                 ;
                 so
                 that
                 ,
                 saith
                 he
                 ,
                 more
                 may
                 be
                 attributed
                 to
                 it
                 ,
                 in
                 bringing
                 away
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 than
                 to
                 Millepedes
                 :
                 And
                 ,
                 saith
                 he
                 ,
                 Egg-shells
                 are
                 given
                 with
                 singular
                 success
                 ,
                 (
                 after
                 the
                 Chickens
                 are
                 Hatched
                 )
                 either
                 to
                 break
                 ,
                 or
                 expel
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 this
                 Lithontriptick
                 being
                 reckoned
                 among
                 Secrets
                 of
                 this
                 kind
                 .
                 For
                 this
                 purpose
                 
                   Ludovicus
                   Mercatus
                
                 commends
                 the
                 Flower
                 and
                 Seed
                 
                   of
                   Star-Thistle
                
                 ,
                 as
                 a
                 thing
                 highly
                 in
                 request
                 ,
                 for
                 purging
                 and
                 cleansing
                 the
                 Reins
                 and
                 Bladder
                 ;
                 daily
                 experience
                 (
                 saith
                 he
                 )
                 still
                 confirming
                 it
                 ;
                 giving
                 two
                 Ounces
                 of
                 the
                 distilled
                 Water
                 in
                 the
                 Morning
                 Fasting
                 ;
                 but
                 
                   an
                   Essence
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Plant
                
                 (
                 as
                 we
                 have
                 taught
                 in
                 Chap.
                 5.
                 
                 Sect.
                 35
                 ,
                 and
                 37
                 ,
                 aforegoing
                 )
                 is
                 much
                 better
                 .
              
               
               
                 XXVIII
                 .
                 Augenius
                 ,
                 in
                 his
                 Medicinal
                 Epistles
                 ,
                 
                   Lib.
                   12.
                   
                   Ep.
                   1
                   ,
                   and
                   2
                   ,
                   saith
                   ,
                   He
                   has
                   cured
                   near
                   six
                   hundred
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   by
                   this
                   following
                   Syrup
                   ,
                   giving
                   three
                   Ounces
                   at
                   a
                   time
                   ,
                   with
                   six
                   Ounces
                   of
                   the
                   decoction
                   of
                
                 Eringo
                 ,
                 
                   for
                   fifteen
                   days
                   together
                   ,
                   five
                   hours
                   before
                   Dinner
                   ,
                   Universals
                   being
                   premised
                   .
                   Take
                
                 Saxifrage
                 ,
                 Knee-holly
                 ,
                 Eringo
                 ,
                 Lovage
                 ,
                 Restharrow
                 ,
                 Anise
                 ,
                 Fennel
                 ,
                 Parsly
                 ,
                 Grass
                 ,
                 ana
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Horse-Radish
                 Roots
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Leaves
                 of
                 Betony
                 ,
                 Burnet
                 ,
                 Marsh-Mallows
                 ,
                 Nettles
                 ,
                 Penny-royal
                 ,
                 Rocket
                 ,
                 Calamint
                 ,
                 Knot-grass
                 ,
                 Pellitory
                 of
                 the
                 Wall
                 ,
                 ana
                 M.
                 qu.
                 Winter-Cherries
                 twenty
                 ,
                 Sebestens
                 fifteen
                 ,
                 Seeds
                 of
                 Basil
                 ,
                 Burdock
                 ,
                 Parsly
                 ,
                 Seseli
                 ,
                 Millet
                 ,
                 ana
                 three
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Bark
                 of
                 the
                 Bay-Tree
                 Root
                 ,
                 Liquorice
                 ,
                 ana
                 three
                 Drams
                 ,
                 Water
                 five
                 Quarts
                 ;
                 boyl
                 'till
                 three
                 Quarts
                 only
                 remain
                 ;
                 strain
                 ,
                 and
                 with
                 Honey
                 two
                 Pound
                 ,
                 Sugar
                 four
                 Pound
                 ;
                 make
                 a
                 Syrup
                 ,
                 and
                 aromatize
                 it
                 with
                 Cinnamon
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Nutmegs
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 .
                 
                   Probably
                   it
                   may
                   do
                   good
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   no
                   Argument
                   against
                   Experience
                   ,
                   yet
                   it
                   looks
                   like
                   a
                   hotch-potch
                   of
                   all
                   together
                   .
                
              
               
                 XXIX
                 .
                 
                   Crato
                   ,
                   in
                   Consiliis
                
                 ,
                 saith
                 ,
                 That
                 he
                 prefers
                 
                   Eringo
                   Roots
                   candied
                
                 ,
                 or
                 steeped
                 in
                 White-wine
                 ;
                 and
                 
                   Syrup
                   of
                   the
                   Juice
                   of
                   Speedwel
                
                 before
                 all
                 ;
                 though
                 (
                 saith
                 he
                 )
                 I
                 am
                 not
                 Ignorant
                 that
                 the
                 
                   Roots
                   of
                   Brier
                
                 and
                 Restharrow
                 do
                 much
                 good
                 when
                 the
                 Stone
                 is
                 manifest
                 .
                 And
                 for
                 the
                 pain
                 in
                 the
                 Kidneys
                 caused
                 by
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 there
                 is
                 nothing
                 (
                 saith
                 he
                 )
                 better
                 than
                 a
                 
                   Decoction
                   of
                   Speedwel
                
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 
                   Inspissate
                   Juice
                   thereof
                
                 :
                 But
                 
                   an
                   Essence
                   of
                   the
                   Plant
                
                 crude
                 ,
                 as
                 we
                 have
                 directed
                 in
                 Chap.
                 5.
                 
                 Sect.
                 35
                 and
                 37
                 ,
                 much
                 transcends
                 them
                 both
                 .
              
               
                 XXX
                 .
                 Fresh
                 
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Hasle-nuts
                
                 by
                 expression
                 ,
                 given
                 to
                 three
                 Ounces
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 every
                 day
                 ,
                 for
                 some
                 time
                 ,
                 is
                 commended
                 as
                 an
                 excellent
                 thing
                 ;
                 and
                 a
                 certain
                 Physician
                 attests
                 ,
                 That
                 by
                 the
                 daily
                 use
                 thereof
                 he
                 has
                 seen
                 several
                 Stones
                 voided
                 .
                 The
                 same
                 probably
                 may
                 be
                 done
                 with
                 
                   expressed
                   Oyl
                   of
                   sweet
                   Almonds
                
                 ,
                 as
                 also
                 with
                 
                 the
                 
                   expressed
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Wall-nuts
                
                 ,
                 but
                 more
                 with
                 the
                 
                   expressed
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Orange
                   ,
                   Limon
                   ,
                
                 or
                 
                   Citron
                   Kernels
                
                 .
                 Outwardly
                 also
                 to
                 anoint
                 with
                 this
                 following
                 Oyl
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 of
                 good
                 use
                 :
                 Take
                 
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Scorpions
                   four
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Oyl
                   of
                   bitter
                   Almonds
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   Palm
                   Oyl
                   six
                   Drams
                   ,
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Juniper-berries
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   mix
                   them
                   ,
                
                 and
                 anoint
                 the
                 region
                 of
                 the
                 Loyns
                 therewith
                 ,
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 .
              
               
                 XXXI
                 .
                 With
                 this
                 following
                 Remedy
                 I
                 have
                 done
                 almost
                 Miracles
                 in
                 expelling
                 Sand
                 ,
                 Gravel
                 and
                 Stones
                 ,
                 out
                 of
                 both
                 Reins
                 and
                 Bladder
                 :
                 Take
                 
                   Balsamum
                   Copaybae
                
                 (
                 or
                 as
                 we
                 call
                 it
                 
                   Capivi
                   )
                   four
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Yolks
                   of
                   Eggs
                   four
                   ,
                   Oyl
                   of
                   sweet
                   Almonds
                   ,
                   Honey
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   three
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Juniper
                   berries
                   one
                   Dram
                   :
                   Grind
                   all
                   together
                   in
                   a
                   Glass
                   Mortar
                   ,
                   'till
                   they
                   are
                   perfectly
                   mixed
                   ,
                   and
                   keep
                   the
                   Mixture
                   for
                   use
                   .
                
                 Dose
                 ,
                 from
                 six
                 Drams
                 to
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 every
                 Night
                 going
                 to
                 Bed
                 ,
                 drinking
                 after
                 it
                 
                   three
                   Ounces
                   of
                   the
                   Essence
                   of
                   Speedwel
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   Glass
                   of
                   Rhenish-wine
                   and
                   Sugar
                   .
                   Salmon
                   .
                
              
               
                 XXXII
                 .
                 
                   Beverovicius
                   de
                   Calculo
                   ,
                   Cap.
                
                 12.
                 saith
                 ,
                 That
                 when
                 the
                 ways
                 are
                 loosned
                 (
                 I
                 suppose
                 he
                 means
                 with
                 Oily
                 and
                 Mucilaginous
                 things
                 ,
                 )
                 nothing
                 is
                 more
                 effectual
                 to
                 remove
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 than
                 
                   one
                   Dram
                   of
                   Sal
                   Prunellae
                
                 ,
                 to
                 be
                 given
                 in
                 Rhenish-wine
                 ,
                 warm
                 ,
                 by
                 which
                 Medicine
                 alone
                 (
                 saith
                 he
                 )
                 I
                 have
                 often
                 brought
                 away
                 the
                 Stone
                 of
                 the
                 Bladder
                 from
                 Children
                 .
                 Crabs-Eyes
                 are
                 of
                 tenuious
                 Parts
                 and
                 Diuretick
                 ;
                 they
                 break
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 and
                 force
                 it
                 away
                 by
                 Urine
                 ,
                 especially
                 the
                 Liquor
                 of
                 them
                 ,
                 which
                 prepared
                 after
                 this
                 manner
                 is
                 best
                 :
                 Take
                 
                   Crabs-Eyes
                   finely
                   poudred
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Acetum
                   Terebinthinatum
                   four
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   stop
                   ,
                   and
                   digest
                   for
                   a
                   Night
                   in
                   hot
                   Ashes
                   ;
                   the
                   next
                   Day
                   decant
                   what
                   is
                   clear
                   ,
                   and
                   pour
                   on
                   as
                   much
                   more
                   ,
                   repeating
                   this
                   work
                   so
                   often
                   'till
                   all
                   the
                   Pouder
                   is
                   dissolved
                   :
                   These
                   Liquors
                   filterate
                   ,
                   and
                   evaporate
                   to
                   dryness
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Salt
                   will
                   remain
                   at
                   bottom
                   ,
                   which
                   dissolve
                   in
                   a
                   Cellar
                   into
                   Liquor
                   ,
                
                 per
                 deliquium
                 .
                 Dose
                 gut
                 .
                 ten
                 or
                 twelve
                 ,
                 in
                 Horse
                 Radish
                 
                 Water
                 ,
                 or
                 some
                 such
                 like
                 .
                 This
                 Liquor
                 is
                 much
                 more
                 efficacious
                 than
                 the
                 Crabs-Eyes
                 in
                 substance
                 .
              
               
                 XXXIII
                 .
                 Quercetan
                 his
                 Nephritick-water
                 is
                 of
                 great
                 account
                 ;
                 and
                 it
                 is
                 thus
                 made
                 :
                 Take
                 
                   Juice
                   of
                   Horse-Radish
                   ,
                   of
                   Limons
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   one
                   Pound
                   and
                   a
                   half
                   ,
                   Waters
                   of
                   Betony
                   ,
                   Saxifrage
                   ,
                   Wild
                   Tansey
                   ,
                   Vervain
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   one
                   Pound
                   ,
                   Hydromel
                   ,
                   Malmsey
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   two
                   Pound
                   ,
                   Juniper-berries
                   three
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Seeds
                   of
                   Millet
                   ,
                   great
                   Burdock
                   ,
                   Nettles
                   ,
                   Onions
                   ,
                   Anise
                   ,
                   Fennel
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   one
                   Ounoe
                   and
                   a
                   half
                   ;
                   of
                   the
                   four
                   greater
                   cold
                   Seeds
                   ,
                   Marsh-mallows
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   six
                   Drams
                   ,
                   burnt
                   Egg-shells
                   ,
                   Cinnamon
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   three
                   Drams
                   ,
                   Cloves
                   two
                   Drams
                   ;
                   digest
                   all
                   four
                   or
                   five
                   days
                   in
                   a
                   gentle
                   Balneo
                   ;
                   then
                   strain
                   out
                   ,
                   and
                   distill
                   in
                   Ashes
                   .
                
                 He
                 says
                 this
                 Water
                 does
                 wonders
                 in
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 and
                 against
                 suppression
                 of
                 Urine
                 :
                 Dose
                 from
                 two
                 Drams
                 to
                 an
                 Ounce
                 .
                 He
                 adds
                 a
                 Dram
                 of
                 two
                 sorts
                 of
                 Lithontriptick
                 Species
                 to
                 the
                 Composition
                 ;
                 but
                 the
                 smalness
                 of
                 the
                 proportion
                 to
                 the
                 former
                 large
                 quantity
                 ,
                 signifies
                 but
                 little
                 .
                 I
                 am
                 of
                 Opinion
                 the
                 
                   Juice
                   of
                   Limons
                
                 alone
                 depurated
                 ,
                 without
                 that
                 specious
                 preparation
                 ,
                 or
                 given
                 in
                 Malmsey-wine
                 ,
                 as
                 Guarinonius
                 advises
                 ,
                 may
                 be
                 as
                 good
                 ;
                 it
                 is
                 found
                 by
                 experience
                 effectually
                 to
                 purge
                 and
                 cleanse
                 the
                 Reins
                 ,
                 and
                 to
                 give
                 help
                 to
                 many
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 without
                 any
                 harm
                 to
                 the
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 especially
                 if
                 sheathed
                 with
                 Honey
                 or
                 Sugar
                 .
              
               
                 XXXIV
                 .
                 
                   Brannerus
                   de
                   Calculo
                
                 commends
                 the
                 following
                 Syrup
                 as
                 an
                 excellent
                 Remedy
                 ,
                 leaving
                 no
                 calculous
                 Matter
                 behind
                 in
                 the
                 Kidnies
                 ,
                 if
                 after
                 Purging
                 ,
                 two
                 Spoonfuls
                 of
                 it
                 be
                 taken
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 in
                 the
                 Morning
                 Fasting
                 :
                 Take
                 
                   Juice
                   of
                   Speedwell
                   one
                   Pound
                   ,
                   Juice
                   of
                   Ground
                   Ivy
                   six
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   of
                   Purslane
                   three
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   mix
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   a
                   Syrup
                   with
                   Honey
                   one
                   Pound
                   and
                   a
                   half
                   .
                
                 Both
                 Helmont
                 and
                 Faber
                 commend
                 the
                 Liquor
                 of
                 the
                 Birch-Tree
                 ,
                 which
                 we
                 call
                 Birch-wine
                 ,
                 as
                 a
                 Remedy
                 that
                 does
                 not
                 only
                 expel
                 the
                 Stone
                 and
                 Gravel
                 ,
                 but
                 
                 also
                 prevents
                 the
                 Bleeding
                 thereof
                 .
              
               
                 XXXV
                 .
                 Riverius
                 saith
                 ,
                 The
                 
                   Ashes
                   of
                   Egg-shells
                
                 given
                 from
                 half
                 a
                 Dram
                 to
                 one
                 Dram
                 in
                 White-wine
                 ,
                 powerfully
                 expels
                 the
                 Stone
                 lodged
                 in
                 the
                 passages
                 of
                 the
                 Urine
                 :
                 So
                 also
                 ,
                 the
                 
                   Salt
                   of
                   Bean-Cods
                   and
                   Stalks
                
                 ,
                 of
                 which
                 half
                 a
                 Dram
                 in
                 White-wine
                 operates
                 after
                 a
                 wonderful
                 manner
                 :
                 Also
                 
                   Tartar
                   Vitriolate
                
                 given
                 in
                 the
                 same
                 Dose
                 .
                 
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Salt
                
                 is
                 also
                 praised
                 ,
                 some
                 drops
                 of
                 it
                 being
                 taken
                 in
                 the
                 Morning
                 Fasting
                 in
                 Broth
                 ,
                 or
                 some
                 other
                 Liquor
                 ,
                 as
                 Wine
                 ,
                 Decoction
                 of
                 Eringo
                 ,
                 &c.
                 
                 He
                 commends
                 this
                 Potion
                 not
                 a
                 little
                 :
                 Take
                 
                   Strawberry
                   and
                   Saxifrage-waters
                
                 ,
                 ana
                 
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   White
                   wine
                   six
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Oyl
                   of
                   sweet
                   Almonds
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Vitriol
                   one
                   Dram
                   ;
                   mix
                   for
                   three
                   Doses
                   ,
                
                 to
                 be
                 given
                 six
                 Hours
                 one
                 after
                 another
                 .
                 Take
                 
                   Sal
                   Prunellae
                   ,
                   Crystals
                   of
                   Tartar
                   ,
                   Pouder
                   of
                   Ivy-berries
                   ,
                   and
                   Leaves
                   of
                   Cresses
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 partes
                 equales
                 ,
                 
                   with
                   some
                   proper
                   Syrup
                   make
                   Pills
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   take
                   one
                   Dram
                   ,
                
                 every
                 Morning
                 Fasting
                 .
              
               
                 XXXVI
                 .
                 
                   AEtius
                   ,
                   Sextus
                   Platonicus
                
                 ,
                 and
                 Guarinonius
                 ,
                 do
                 all
                 of
                 them
                 commend
                 
                   a
                   Hare
                   baked
                   in
                   an
                   Oven
                   ,
                   'till
                   it
                   is
                   dry
                   ,
                   then
                   poudred
                
                 ;
                 (
                 but
                 Poterius
                 saith
                 the
                 Ashes
                 of
                 a
                 Hare
                 )
                 given
                 from
                 one
                 to
                 two
                 Drams
                 in
                 Wine
                 ,
                 is
                 profitable
                 to
                 expel
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 some
                 say
                 to
                 dissolve
                 it
                 ;
                 as
                 also
                 to
                 prevent
                 its
                 breeding
                 for
                 the
                 future
                 ;
                 made
                 into
                 Pills
                 with
                 Turpentine
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 indeed
                 of
                 good
                 use
                 .
                 The
                 Pouder
                 of
                 Deers-blood
                 given
                 to
                 one
                 Dram
                 ,
                 is
                 commended
                 to
                 expel
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 as
                 Hoferus
                 affirms
                 .
                 Motherwort
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 
                   Roots
                   of
                   Vervain
                
                 in
                 Pouder
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 Essence
                 of
                 those
                 Plants
                 prepared
                 as
                 we
                 have
                 taught
                 in
                 Chap.
                 5.
                 
                 Sect.
                 35
                 ,
                 and
                 37.
                 and
                 drank
                 with
                 White-wine
                 ,
                 or
                 Mead
                 ,
                 a
                 little
                 warmed
                 ,
                 are
                 incredible
                 Remedies
                 in
                 removing
                 all
                 things
                 that
                 hinder
                 the
                 passage
                 of
                 the
                 Urine
                 ,
                 as
                 Hofman
                 and
                 Marquardus
                 say
                 .
              
               
                 XXXVII
                 .
                 For
                 Medicines
                 given
                 Clyster-wise
                 ,
                 Fontanus
                 commends
                 the
                 
                   Decoction
                   of
                   Millet
                
                 ,
                 given
                 to
                 half
                 a
                 Pint
                 ;
                 but
                 ,
                 without
                 doubt
                 ,
                 
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 much
                 more
                 effectual
                 if
                 
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   of
                   Turpentine
                
                 be
                 added
                 to
                 it
                 ,
                 being
                 first
                 ground
                 with
                 the
                 Yolk
                 of
                 an
                 Egg
                 ,
                 to
                 open
                 its
                 body
                 .
              
               
                 XXXVIII
                 .
                 Zecchius
                 in
                 his
                 Consultations
                 commends
                 ,
                 yea
                 ,
                 says
                 nothing
                 is
                 better
                 to
                 bring
                 away
                 the
                 Stone
                 in
                 the
                 Kidnies
                 than
                 warm
                 Water
                 ,
                 or
                 Veal
                 ,
                 or
                 Mutton
                 ,
                 or
                 Chicken-broth
                 ;
                 five
                 or
                 six
                 Ounces
                 being
                 drunk
                 pretty
                 warm
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 before
                 Eating
                 .
                 And
                 the
                 great
                 heat
                 of
                 the
                 Reins
                 will
                 be
                 taken
                 away
                 (
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 essicient
                 cause
                 of
                 the
                 pains
                 of
                 the
                 Stone
                 returning
                 )
                 if
                 boyled
                 Water
                 ,
                 to
                 the
                 quantity
                 of
                 seven
                 or
                 eight
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 be
                 drank
                 before
                 Meals
                 twice
                 a
                 day
                 ,
                 for
                 nothing
                 renders
                 the
                 Kidnies
                 so
                 free
                 from
                 Recrements
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 temperate
                 :
                 and
                 their
                 fiery
                 heat
                 is
                 at
                 length
                 extinguished
                 with
                 the
                 warm
                 Water
                 ,
                 so
                 that
                 they
                 can
                 never
                 after
                 breed
                 the
                 Stone
                 :
                 
                   If
                   to
                   what
                   our
                   Author
                   here
                   says
                   ,
                   you
                   add
                   to
                   each
                   Draught
                   half
                   a
                   Dram
                   of
                   Salt
                   of
                   Tartar
                   ,
                   or
                   pure
                   Nitre
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   ,
                   in
                   my
                   Opinion
                   ,
                   be
                   much
                   more
                   effectual
                   ,
                   because
                   those
                   Salts
                   do
                   in
                   some
                   measure
                   direct
                   the
                   Water
                   to
                   the
                   parts
                   afficted
                   :
                   If
                   also
                   it
                   be
                   sweetned
                   with
                   Honey
                   ,
                   the
                   Medicament
                   will
                   be
                   still
                   the
                   better
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   it
                   will
                   less
                   disaffect
                   the
                   Stomach
                   ,
                   which
                   in
                   some
                   People
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   apt
                   to
                   do
                   .
                   Salmon
                   .
                
              
               
                 XXXIX
                 .
                 Saxonia
                 in
                 prescribing
                 some
                 familiar
                 Purge
                 for
                 such
                 as
                 are
                 troubled
                 with
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 mightily
                 discommends
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 Cassia
                 ,
                 whether
                 for
                 Prevention
                 or
                 Revulsion
                 :
                 
                   Petrus
                   Pigray
                   ,
                   Lib.
                
                 7.
                 
                 Cap.
                 4.
                 says
                 ,
                 That
                 Cassia
                 agrees
                 very
                 ill
                 with
                 those
                 that
                 are
                 troubled
                 with
                 the
                 Stone
                 :
                 Others
                 say
                 that
                 Cassia
                 has
                 increased
                 the
                 Disease
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 the
                 heat
                 of
                 Urine
                 always
                 followed
                 the
                 taking
                 of
                 it
                 .
                 
                   Fabritius
                   Hildanus
                
                 tells
                 us
                 That
                 two
                 Ounces
                 of
                 Cassia
                 being
                 given
                 one
                 in
                 a
                 continual
                 Fever
                 ,
                 it
                 raised
                 such
                 a
                 Flux
                 of
                 Urine
                 ,
                 that
                 for
                 three
                 days
                 together
                 he
                 made
                 his
                 Urine
                 so
                 hot
                 every
                 time
                 ,
                 that
                 he
                 thought
                 a
                 red
                 hot
                 Wire
                 had
                 been
                 drawn
                 through
                 his
                 Yard
                 .
              
               
               
                 XL
                 :
                 To
                 all
                 this
                 we
                 answer
                 ,
                 1
                 :
                 That
                 very
                 famous
                 Physicians
                 ,
                 no
                 ways
                 inferior
                 to
                 the
                 former
                 ,
                 have
                 constantly
                 used
                 Cassia
                 with
                 very
                 good
                 success
                 :
                 Platerus
                 scarcely
                 gave
                 any
                 thing
                 in
                 the
                 Stone
                 without
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 often
                 gave
                 it
                 mixt
                 with
                 Manna
                 :
                 And
                 the
                 learned
                 Deckers
                 ,
                 in
                 his
                 Annotations
                 upon
                 Barbet
                 ,
                 gave
                 it
                 to
                 a
                 Man
                 of
                 sixty
                 years
                 of
                 Age
                 with
                 good
                 success
                 :
                 I
                 have
                 oftentimes
                 given
                 it
                 both
                 alone
                 ,
                 and
                 mixt
                 it
                 with
                 Turpentine
                 ,
                 with
                 a
                 singular
                 Advantage
                 ,
                 never
                 with
                 the
                 ill
                 Effects
                 above-named
                 .
                 2.
                 
                 If
                 we
                 enquire
                 into
                 the
                 Nature
                 of
                 the
                 Medicine
                 ,
                 we
                 find
                 it
                 to
                 be
                 cooling
                 ,
                 and
                 without
                 any
                 sharpness
                 of
                 Parts
                 ,
                 so
                 that
                 I
                 can
                 never
                 think
                 that
                 any
                 Medicine
                 can
                 give
                 that
                 which
                 its
                 self
                 has
                 not
                 .
                 3.
                 
                 We
                 ought
                 to
                 consider
                 the
                 Nature
                 of
                 those
                 Bodies
                 on
                 whom
                 Cassia
                 had
                 so
                 ill
                 an
                 Effect
                 (
                 as
                 they
                 say
                 )
                 in
                 the
                 Stone
                 ;
                 and
                 then
                 probably
                 we
                 may
                 perceive
                 that
                 those
                 supposed
                 Effects
                 ,
                 rather
                 arose
                 from
                 the
                 prevalency
                 of
                 the
                 morbifick
                 Matter
                 ,
                 than
                 the
                 Medicine
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 had
                 any
                 other
                 Medicament
                 been
                 given
                 at
                 that
                 time
                 ,
                 adapted
                 to
                 the
                 Distemper
                 with
                 the
                 highest
                 scrutiny
                 ,
                 and
                 Ingenuity
                 of
                 the
                 most
                 learned
                 in
                 our
                 Profession
                 ,
                 't
                 is
                 possible
                 the
                 same
                 Effects
                 might
                 have
                 ensued
                 ;
                 so
                 that
                 in
                 Prudence
                 we
                 ought
                 to
                 ascribe
                 the
                 afore-enumerated
                 Disadvantages
                 to
                 the
                 Habit
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 and
                 prevalency
                 of
                 some
                 acid
                 Humor
                 abounding
                 at
                 that
                 time
                 ,
                 rather
                 than
                 to
                 the
                 Cassia
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 innocent
                 use
                 of
                 any
                 Medicine
                 whatsoever
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 XLI
                 .
                 Crato
                 prefers
                 the
                 simple
                 
                   Decoction
                   of
                   Speedwel
                   with
                   Sugar
                
                 ,
                 before
                 all
                 the
                 more
                 famous
                 and
                 great
                 Medicines
                 inwardly
                 given
                 for
                 the
                 Stone
                 :
                 The
                 use
                 (
                 saith
                 he
                 )
                 of
                 a
                 Clyster
                 made
                 only
                 of
                 a
                 Decoction
                 of
                 Speedwel
                 with
                 Sugar
                 ,
                 will
                 do
                 more
                 good
                 than
                 any
                 Medicine
                 taken
                 by
                 the
                 mouth
                 ;
                 you
                 may
                 put
                 into
                 the
                 Decoction
                 some
                 fat
                 of
                 a
                 Loin
                 of
                 Mutton
                 or
                 Veal
                 ,
                 of
                 a
                 Rabbet
                 or
                 Capon
                 ,
                 that
                 so
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 more
                 smooth
                 and
                 slippery
                 ,
                 or
                 for
                 want
                 of
                 these
                 you
                 
                 may
                 take
                 some
                 fresh
                 Butter
                 .
                 The
                 Sick
                 often
                 find
                 more
                 relief
                 in
                 the
                 Cholick
                 or
                 Stone
                 ,
                 from
                 a
                 simple
                 Clyster
                 of
                 Milk
                 and
                 Sugar
                 ,
                 boiled
                 either
                 with
                 Speedwel
                 or
                 Cammomil-flowers
                 ,
                 than
                 from
                 Clysters
                 more
                 richly
                 and
                 largely
                 compounded
                 of
                 hot
                 Things
                 ,
                 because
                 they
                 by
                 discussing
                 Pain
                 ,
                 encrease
                 Wind
                 ,
                 whereby
                 the
                 Pain
                 is
                 augmented
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 only
                 to
                 be
                 appeased
                 with
                 Anodines
                 .
              
               
                 XLII
                 .
                 The
                 
                   Decoction
                   of
                   Pease
                   made
                   with
                   Daucus
                   Seed
                   ,
                   Parsley-Seed
                   ,
                   or
                   sweet
                   Fennel-Seed
                   ,
                
                 is
                 a
                 Medicine
                 not
                 to
                 be
                 despised
                 ,
                 and
                 many
                 ,
                 by
                 taking
                 it
                 alone
                 ,
                 have
                 had
                 a
                 perfect
                 Cure
                 :
                 But
                 as
                 Diureticks
                 in
                 the
                 Cure
                 of
                 this
                 Disease
                 are
                 necessary
                 to
                 get
                 the
                 Gravel
                 and
                 Stone
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 Reins
                 :
                 So
                 for
                 prevention
                 ;
                 and
                 in
                 time
                 of
                 Health
                 ,
                 we
                 must
                 abstain
                 from
                 the
                 too
                 much
                 use
                 of
                 them
                 ,
                 lest
                 while
                 they
                 provoke
                 Urine
                 ,
                 by
                 a
                 constant
                 use
                 of
                 them
                 ,
                 they
                 make
                 open
                 the
                 ways
                 and
                 passages
                 to
                 the
                 Kidneys
                 ,
                 whereby
                 all
                 the
                 crude
                 Humors
                 ,
                 and
                 Recrements
                 of
                 the
                 Blood
                 may
                 tend
                 thither
                 ,
                 and
                 make
                 Matter
                 to
                 breed
                 the
                 Gravel
                 and
                 Stone
                 :
                 This
                 is
                 the
                 fear
                 of
                 some
                 Artists
                 ,
                 though
                 causlesly
                 enough
                 where
                 neither
                 the
                 Meat
                 nor
                 Drink
                 received
                 ,
                 tends
                 by
                 resolution
                 to
                 such
                 a
                 generation
                 ,
                 nor
                 a
                 petrifactive
                 Spirit
                 lodges
                 in
                 the
                 Parts
                 .
                 However
                 ,
                 Dieureticks
                 ,
                 for
                 that
                 they
                 quickly
                 run
                 to
                 the
                 Reins
                 ,
                 and
                 carry
                 along
                 with
                 them
                 the
                 Food
                 crude
                 and
                 unconcocted
                 ,
                 thereby
                 loading
                 the
                 Parts
                 already
                 afflicted
                 ,
                 though
                 they
                 are
                 not
                 the
                 Cause
                 of
                 the
                 Matter
                 of
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 yet
                 they
                 are
                 to
                 be
                 given
                 with
                 the
                 more
                 caution
                 ,
                 lest
                 by
                 their
                 violence
                 ,
                 heaping
                 up
                 Matter
                 ,
                 they
                 the
                 more
                 streighten
                 those
                 Parts
                 which
                 are
                 already
                 too
                 much
                 streightned
                 by
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 the
                 petrifactive
                 Matter
                 there
                 lodged
                 already
                 .
                 And
                 therefore
                 it
                 is
                 Prudence
                 to
                 give
                 them
                 a
                 long
                 time
                 after
                 Meat
                 ,
                 or
                 upon
                 an
                 empty
                 Stomach
                 ;
                 and
                 if
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 done
                 ,
                 after
                 the
                 Body
                 is
                 purged
                 or
                 cleansed
                 .
              
               
               
                 XLIII
                 .
                 Paracelsus
                 commends
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Salt
                 ,
                 and
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Juniper
                 ;
                 as
                 also
                 Spirit
                 and
                 Tincture
                 of
                 Nitre
                 ,
                 Salt
                 ,
                 and
                 Antimony
                 .
                 Willis
                 commends
                 several
                 Diureticks
                 whose
                 Basis
                 is
                 a
                 volatile
                 Salt
                 ;
                 and
                 several
                 likewise
                 whose
                 Basis
                 is
                 an
                 alcalisate
                 Salt
                 ;
                 some
                 also
                 whose
                 Basis
                 is
                 an
                 acid
                 Salt.
                 Sylvius
                 says
                 the
                 Stone
                 must
                 either
                 be
                 dissolved
                 ,
                 or
                 expelled
                 undissolved
                 .
                 For
                 dissolving
                 ,
                 he
                 proposes
                 
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Nitre
                
                 ,
                 giving
                 ten
                 or
                 twelve
                 Drops
                 of
                 it
                 in
                 Decoction
                 of
                 Grass-Root
                 .
                 All
                 Stones
                 (
                 says
                 he
                 )
                 that
                 I
                 have
                 yet
                 found
                 ,
                 are
                 dissolved
                 in
                 
                   acid
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Nitre
                
                 ;
                 whence
                 I
                 conceive
                 ,
                 that
                 none
                 can
                 conclude
                 that
                 the
                 coagulation
                 of
                 Stones
                 can
                 proceed
                 from
                 an
                 acid
                 ,
                 but
                 ,
                 on
                 the
                 contrary
                 ,
                 from
                 something
                 opposite
                 to
                 it
                 .
                 The
                 virtue
                 of
                 generating
                 Stones
                 (
                 says
                 he
                 )
                 lies
                 in
                 austere
                 Things
                 ,
                 upon
                 which
                 account
                 they
                 give
                 Glutinosity
                 and
                 toughness
                 to
                 Fluids
                 ;
                 to
                 which
                 if
                 (
                 fixt
                 )
                 earthy
                 and
                 volatile
                 saline
                 Parts
                 be
                 joined
                 ,
                 something
                 not
                 unlike
                 the
                 Stone
                 (
                 he
                 should
                 have
                 said
                 by
                 help
                 of
                 a
                 petrifactive
                 Gass
                 or
                 Spirit
                 )
                 is
                 generated
                 .
                 Now
                 this
                 coagulated
                 Austere
                 ,
                 is
                 infringed
                 by
                 the
                 sharp
                 Acid
                 of
                 the
                 
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Nitre
                
                 .
                 And
                 therefore
                 when
                 the
                 Rudiments
                 and
                 beginnings
                 of
                 a
                 Stone
                 are
                 laying
                 ,
                 we
                 must
                 ,
                 besides
                 volatile
                 oily
                 Salts
                 ,
                 use
                 Things
                 that
                 dissolve
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 amongst
                 which
                 ,
                 we
                 deservedly
                 ascrbe
                 the
                 first
                 place
                 to
                 
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Nitre
                
                 ,
                 seeing
                 in
                 it
                 Stones
                 are
                 so
                 easily
                 and
                 so
                 manifestly
                 dissolved
                 ;
                 and
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 in
                 Beer
                 ,
                 Ale
                 ,
                 Wine-Broth
                 ,
                 &c.
                 to
                 make
                 them
                 a
                 little
                 sharp
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 to
                 be
                 used
                 for
                 some
                 considerable
                 time
                 .
              
               
                 XLIV
                 .
                 To
                 this
                 of
                 Sylvius
                 ,
                 the
                 learned
                 Deckers
                 makes
                 something
                 of
                 answer
                 :
                 The
                 
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Nitre
                
                 (
                 saith
                 he
                 )
                 being
                 put
                 upon
                 the
                 Stone
                 poudered
                 ,
                 and
                 set
                 upon
                 a
                 little
                 Fire
                 dissolves
                 it
                 :
                 First
                 it
                 turns
                 it
                 into
                 a
                 tough
                 ,
                 and
                 then
                 into
                 a
                 watery
                 Matter
                 ;
                 but
                 the
                 Mischef
                 is
                 ,
                 the
                 Consequence
                 in
                 outward
                 and
                 inward
                 means
                 is
                 not
                 the
                 same
                 ;
                 or
                 at
                 least
                 the
                 
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Nitre
                
                 does
                 not
                 answer
                 
                 Expectation
                 .
                 And
                 
                   Fr.
                   Hof-man
                
                 says
                 ,
                 you
                 should
                 rather
                 give
                 Things
                 which
                 confist
                 of
                 an
                 abstersive
                 Virtue
                 ,
                 from
                 a
                 volatile
                 Alcalie
                 and
                 Acid
                 ,
                 that
                 by
                 their
                 gentle
                 sharpness
                 ,
                 do
                 incide
                 and
                 cleanse
                 the
                 filth
                 of
                 the
                 urinary
                 Passages
                 ,
                 as
                 also
                 by
                 their
                 sweet
                 fragrancy
                 affecting
                 of
                 the
                 Reins
                 ,
                 do
                 hinder
                 the
                 faeculency
                 of
                 the
                 Ferment
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 prevent
                 all
                 occasion
                 of
                 the
                 Stone
                 .
              
               
                 XLV
                 .
                 Diureticks
                 are
                 of
                 two
                 kinds
                 ;
                 the
                 one
                 Aperitive
                 ,
                 the
                 other
                 Incisive
                 :
                 Aperitive
                 draw
                 the
                 Matter
                 to
                 the
                 Kidnies
                 ;
                 and
                 therefore
                 if
                 these
                 be
                 affected
                 ,
                 are
                 very
                 suspicious
                 ,
                 because
                 we
                 draw
                 the
                 Matter
                 to
                 the
                 part
                 affected
                 :
                 But
                 Incisives
                 carry
                 not
                 the
                 Matter
                 to
                 the
                 Kidnies
                 ,
                 but
                 only
                 by
                 Inciding
                 ,
                 Subtilize
                 ;
                 and
                 so
                 the
                 Matter
                 being
                 made
                 subtil
                 ,
                 passes
                 the
                 Reins
                 .
                 Hence
                 it
                 is
                 (
                 and
                 I
                 ever
                 use
                 it
                 with
                 success
                 )
                 that
                 if
                 in
                 the
                 beginning
                 I
                 give
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Vitriol
                 to
                 break
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 or
                 cut
                 the
                 gross
                 Humor
                 ,
                 I
                 quickly
                 see
                 a
                 happy
                 Issue
                 .
                 And
                 the
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Vitriol
                 ,
                 though
                 it
                 be
                 Diuretick
                 ,
                 yet
                 it
                 only
                 incides
                 ;
                 upon
                 which
                 Subtililation
                 ,
                 while
                 the
                 Matter
                 passes
                 out
                 ,
                 the
                 Urine
                 appears
                 more
                 copious
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 truly
                 a
                 Diuretick
                 by
                 accident
                 ;
                 not
                 that
                 it
                 carries
                 ought
                 to
                 the
                 Reins
                 ,
                 but
                 because
                 the
                 Matter
                 ,
                 when
                 it
                 has
                 no
                 hinderance
                 ,
                 finds
                 an
                 easie
                 passage
                 .
                 And
                 that
                 is
                 attempted
                 in
                 vain
                 ,
                 after
                 the
                 third
                 or
                 fourth
                 day
                 ,
                 which
                 may
                 be
                 done
                 the
                 first
                 ;
                 without
                 which
                 ,
                 the
                 Pain
                 is
                 prolonged
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 Days
                 ,
                 to
                 the
                 great
                 damage
                 of
                 the
                 Patient
                 ;
                 for
                 then
                 we
                 must
                 stay
                 for
                 universal
                 Evacuation
                 ,
                 which
                 in
                 this
                 case
                 is
                 not
                 necessary
                 in
                 the
                 beginning
                 ,
                 but
                 may
                 very
                 well
                 be
                 done
                 ,
                 when
                 the
                 Pain
                 is
                 over
                 .
                 
                   Panarolus
                   ,
                   Pent.
                   Cap.
                
                 3.
                 
                 Obs.
                 41.
                 
              
               
                 XLVI
                 .
                 Riverius
                 advises
                 ,
                 That
                 in
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 Medicines
                 that
                 break
                 and
                 expel
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 they
                 ought
                 not
                 to
                 be
                 used
                 once
                 or
                 twice
                 only
                 ,
                 but
                 oftner
                 ,
                 'till
                 the
                 obstruoted
                 Passages
                 be
                 opened
                 .
                 And
                 while
                 they
                 are
                 given
                 ,
                 the
                 Reins
                 and
                 Bladder
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 helped
                 with
                 Baths
                 ,
                 Fomentations
                 ,
                 Unctions
                 &c.
                 
                 that
                 they
                 may
                 operate
                 the
                 better
                 .
                 Liquors
                 also
                 that
                 are
                 of
                 thin
                 Parts
                 ,
                 such
                 as
                 White
                 and
                 Rhenish-Wines
                 must
                 be
                 given
                 now
                 and
                 then
                 ,
                 with
                 internal
                 Emollients
                 ,
                 and
                 Laxatives
                 ,
                 and
                 Things
                 slippery
                 ,
                 to
                 make
                 the
                 Passages
                 easie
                 and
                 open
                 ,
                 and
                 qualifie
                 the
                 Acrimony
                 of
                 other
                 Medicines
                 .
              
               
                 XLVII
                 .
                 To
                 a
                 nephritick
                 Person
                 vomiting
                 Blood
                 ,
                 Maebius
                 durst
                 not
                 prescribe
                 Things
                 to
                 force
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 lest
                 when
                 the
                 Vessels
                 are
                 unstopt
                 ,
                 they
                 should
                 open
                 wider
                 ,
                 and
                 by
                 farther
                 vomiting
                 of
                 Blood
                 ,
                 Life
                 should
                 be
                 endangered
                 :
                 He
                 gave
                 therefore
                 〈◊〉
                 Hartshorn
                 ,
                 for
                 several
                 days
                 ,
                 in
                 fresh
                 Broth
                 ,
                 and
                 fomented
                 the
                 Part
                 with
                 Camomil-flowers
                 ,
                 &c.
                 so
                 his
                 vomiting
                 ceased
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Stone
                 fell
                 into
                 the
                 Bladder
                 ,
                 and
                 afterstuck
                 in
                 the
                 neck
                 of
                 his
                 Bladder
                 .
                 Then
                 he
                 gave
                 his
                 Anodyn-salt
                 in
                 Decoction
                 of
                 Mallows
                 ,
                 fomented
                 his
                 Privities
                 with
                 mucilaginous
                 Things
                 ,
                 and
                 anointed
                 the
                 Part
                 with
                 Oil
                 of
                 white
                 Line-Tree
                 ;
                 within
                 six
                 hours
                 he
                 voided
                 a
                 Stone
                 as
                 big
                 as
                 a
                 Bean
                 ,
                 and
                 was
                 restored
                 to
                 perfect
                 Health
                 .
              
               
                 XLVIII
                 .
                 
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Turpentine
                
                 is
                 a
                 good
                 Thing
                 against
                 the
                 Stone
                 ;
                 but
                 before
                 it
                 be
                 used
                 ,
                 Lenitive
                 Purgers
                 should
                 precede
                 ,
                 at
                 least
                 ,
                 before
                 it
                 be
                 continually
                 and
                 daily
                 used
                 .
                 It
                 is
                 a
                 great
                 Medicine
                 ,
                 and
                 has
                 a
                 dispersing
                 Power
                 penetrating
                 deep
                 ,
                 purifying
                 the
                 Bowels
                 ,
                 and
                 healing
                 them
                 ,
                 dissolving
                 coagulated
                 or
                 hardned
                 Tartar
                 ,
                 and
                 expelling
                 it
                 by
                 Urine
                 :
                 Yet
                 in
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 Turpentine
                 it self
                 in
                 substance
                 ,
                 purging
                 before-hand
                 is
                 not
                 needful
                 ,
                 because
                 it
                 has
                 in
                 it self
                 a
                 cathartick
                 Virtue
                 ,
                 especially
                 if
                 mixt
                 with
                 Rheubarb
                 in
                 Pouder
                 ,
                 as
                 Crato
                 ,
                 in
                 
                   Scholtzius
                   Cons.
                
                 152.
                 advises
                 .
                 It
                 helps
                 by
                 its
                 temperate
                 heat
                 ,
                 whereby
                 it
                 befriends
                 the
                 Parts
                 destin'd
                 to
                 Concoction
                 ;
                 for
                 which
                 Reason
                 it
                 is
                 good
                 for
                 those
                 that
                 are
                 troubled
                 with
                 the
                 Stone
                 .
                 You
                 may
                 see
                 in
                 
                   Amatus
                   Lusitanus
                   ,
                   Cent.
                
                 1.
                 
                 Obser
                 .
                 63.
                 the
                 History
                 of
                 a
                 Monk
                 ,
                 who
                 every
                 Morning
                 ,
                 for
                 several
                 Months
                 ,
                 swallowed
                 a
                 piece
                 of
                 Turpenttne
                 as
                 
                 big
                 as
                 a
                 Nut
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 was
                 cured
                 both
                 of
                 Stone
                 and
                 Gout
                 ,
                 when
                 all
                 other
                 Medicines
                 would
                 do
                 no
                 good
                 .
              
               
                 XLIX
                 .
                 When
                 the
                 Stone
                 is
                 voided
                 ,
                 though
                 all
                 danger
                 is
                 over
                 ,
                 yet
                 you
                 ought
                 for
                 two
                 or
                 three
                 days
                 following
                 to
                 use
                 Abstersives
                 and
                 Cleansers
                 ,
                 and
                 Healers
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 Reins
                 may
                 be
                 perfectly
                 cleansed
                 and
                 healed
                 ;
                 for
                 which
                 purpose
                 ,
                 nothing
                 can
                 be
                 better
                 than
                 a
                 Bolus
                 of
                 Turpentine
                 ,
                 made
                 after
                 this
                 manner
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Turpentine
                   one
                   Dram
                   and
                   half
                   ;
                   Rheubarb
                   ,
                   Nutmegs
                   ,
                   Liquorice
                   ,
                   all
                   in
                   Pouder
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   half
                   a
                   Dram
                   ;
                   mix
                   and
                   make
                   a
                   Bolus
                   :
                
                 After
                 which
                 ,
                 an
                 Emulsion
                 of
                 sweet
                 Almonds
                 in
                 Barley-water
                 or
                 Broth
                 ,
                 or
                 Decoction
                 of
                 Pease
                 ,
                 may
                 be
                 profitably
                 drank
                 .
              
               
                 L.
                 How
                 great
                 a
                 Medicine
                 Turpentine
                 is
                 ,
                 is
                 not
                 easie
                 to
                 be
                 declared
                 ,
                 it
                 being
                 a
                 volatile
                 Alcaly
                 ,
                 mixt
                 with
                 a
                 small
                 quantity
                 of
                 a
                 volatile
                 Acid
                 ,
                 but
                 the
                 Alcaly
                 very
                 much
                 over-powering
                 .
                 It
                 purifies
                 and
                 sweetens
                 the
                 whole
                 mass
                 of
                 Blood
                 and
                 Humors
                 ,
                 after
                 a
                 most
                 wonderful
                 and
                 admirable
                 manner
                 ,
                 and
                 after
                 such
                 a
                 way
                 as
                 't
                 is
                 possible
                 no
                 other
                 Medicine
                 (
                 except
                 of
                 the
                 Family
                 of
                 Turpentine
                 ,
                 as
                 all
                 natural
                 Balsams
                 are
                 )
                 upon
                 Earth
                 can
                 do
                 besides
                 :
                 For
                 it
                 momentarily
                 enters
                 into
                 the
                 whose
                 Mass
                 of
                 Blood
                 ,
                 purifies
                 it
                 ,
                 sweetens
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 dissolves
                 all
                 its
                 Coagulums
                 ,
                 entring
                 into
                 its
                 Substance
                 with
                 its
                 whole
                 and
                 entire
                 Body
                 ;
                 where
                 ,
                 by
                 its
                 resolutive
                 Power
                 ,
                 it
                 does
                 that
                 which
                 neither
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 can
                 do
                 by
                 its
                 subtilty
                 ,
                 nor
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Nitre
                 ,
                 Vitriol
                 ,
                 or
                 Sulphur
                 can
                 do
                 by
                 their
                 Acidity
                 ,
                 nor
                 other
                 volatile
                 Salts
                 can
                 do
                 by
                 their
                 penetrability
                 ;
                 being
                 indeed
                 and
                 intruth
                 ,
                 one
                 of
                 the
                 most
                 absolute
                 
                   Antissorbuticks
                   ,
                   Antiphthisictiks
                   ,
                   Antispasmadicks
                   ,
                   Antiarthriticks
                   ,
                   Antepilepticks
                   ,
                   and
                   Antinephriticks
                   ,
                
                 yet
                 to
                 this
                 day
                 discovered
                 to
                 the
                 World.
                 
              
               
                 LI.
                 So
                 that
                 if
                 a
                 Physician
                 knows
                 rightly
                 how
                 to
                 prepare
                 and
                 use
                 that
                 alone
                 Medicine
                 ,
                 he
                 knows
                 a
                 Thing
                 which
                 will
                 do
                 more
                 than
                 a
                 
                 whole
                 Apothecary's
                 shop
                 beside
                 it
                 :
                 It
                 is
                 a
                 Medicament
                 which
                 is
                 a
                 natural
                 piece
                 of
                 Chymistry
                 ,
                 being
                 only
                 a
                 dissolution
                 of
                 sand
                 ,
                 rocks
                 ,
                 or
                 gravelly
                 Bodies
                 ,
                 by
                 the
                 mighty
                 Power
                 of
                 the
                 plastick
                 Spirit
                 of
                 the
                 Plant
                 ,
                 (
                 which
                 destroys
                 the
                 antecedent
                 petrifactive
                 Spirit
                 of
                 the
                 Matter
                 of
                 which
                 it
                 was
                 made
                 ,
                 viz.
                 Sand
                 ,
                 Gravel
                 ,
                 Stones
                 ,
                 Rocks
                 ,
                 &c.
                 )
                 and
                 by
                 a
                 living
                 Alembeck
                 ,
                 to
                 wit
                 ,
                 the
                 Body
                 of
                 the
                 Tree
                 ,
                 and
                 all
                 its
                 Limbs
                 ,
                 is
                 digested
                 ,
                 raised
                 ,
                 exalted
                 ,
                 and
                 subtilized
                 ,
                 purified
                 and
                 made
                 volatile
                 ;
                 and
                 lastly
                 ,
                 impregnated
                 with
                 a
                 mighty
                 Spirit
                 ,
                 in
                 direct
                 antipathy
                 and
                 opposition
                 ,
                 and
                 vastly
                 superiour
                 to
                 the
                 petrifactive
                 Spirit
                 ,
                 as
                 being
                 not
                 only
                 able
                 to
                 do
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 undo
                 that
                 ,
                 which
                 the
                 said
                 petrifactive
                 Power
                 can
                 never
                 do
                 ,
                 or
                 accomplish
                 again
                 .
              
               
                 LII
                 .
                 Nature
                 has
                 done
                 so
                 much
                 already
                 ,
                 towards
                 the
                 perfection
                 of
                 this
                 Medicine
                 ,
                 that
                 little
                 remains
                 to
                 be
                 done
                 by
                 Art
                 ;
                 yet
                 something
                 it
                 wants
                 ,
                 to
                 be
                 fitted
                 effectually
                 for
                 so
                 universal
                 an
                 use
                 ,
                 as
                 it
                 is
                 design'd
                 for
                 ;
                 and
                 without
                 which
                 ,
                 it
                 will
                 not
                 perfectly
                 answer
                 the
                 desired
                 End
                 ;
                 of
                 which
                 we
                 may
                 in
                 some
                 other
                 place
                 discourse
                 more
                 at
                 large
                 :
                 This
                 we
                 could
                 not
                 (
                 even
                 for
                 Piety
                 sake
                 )
                 avoid
                 the
                 speaking
                 of
                 here
                 ,
                 considering
                 that
                 some
                 thousands
                 of
                 times
                 (
                 in
                 about
                 twenty
                 six
                 ,
                 or
                 twenty
                 seven
                 years
                 Practise
                 )
                 we
                 have
                 made
                 use
                 of
                 it
                 with
                 admirable
                 success
                 .
              
               
                 LIII
                 .
                 If
                 in
                 the
                 Stone
                 in
                 the
                 Reins
                 ,
                 the
                 Sick
                 pisses
                 much
                 Blood
                 ,
                 and
                 often
                 ,
                 the
                 case
                 is
                 hazardous
                 ,
                 because
                 two
                 opposite
                 Intentions
                 occur
                 ;
                 and
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 difficult
                 thing
                 to
                 find
                 a
                 Remedy
                 in
                 Art
                 ,
                 to
                 perform
                 opposite
                 Intentions
                 or
                 Operations
                 ,
                 viz.
                 to
                 open
                 and
                 stop
                 ,
                 dissolve
                 and
                 bind
                 ,
                 break
                 and
                 consolidate
                 ,
                 at
                 one
                 and
                 the
                 same
                 time
                 :
                 In
                 this
                 case
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 set
                 aside
                 all
                 other
                 Remedies
                 ,
                 and
                 have
                 recourse
                 to
                 vitriolick
                 Bath-waters
                 ,
                 or
                 Waters
                 running
                 from
                 Iron
                 Mines
                 ,
                 for
                 that
                 their
                 Virtue
                 is
                 most
                 excellent
                 ,
                 there
                 being
                 no
                 safer
                 or
                 better
                 Remedy
                 to
                 be
                 thought
                 of
                 ;
                 for
                 such
                 Waters
                 
                 expel
                 violently
                 and
                 efficaciously
                 ,
                 and
                 are
                 therefore
                 Lithontriptick
                 ;
                 and
                 yet
                 (
                 as
                 being
                 impregnated
                 with
                 Vitriol
                 )
                 they
                 eminently
                 stanch
                 Blood
                 ,
                 strengthen
                 all
                 the
                 Viscera
                 ,
                 and
                 cool
                 the
                 Liver
                 ,
                 Spleen
                 ,
                 and
                 Reins
                 .
              
               
                 LIV.
                 But
                 because
                 every
                 one
                 has
                 not
                 the
                 liberty
                 or
                 conveniency
                 of
                 going
                 to
                 the
                 Wells
                 at
                 Tunbridge
                 ,
                 or
                 other
                 Springs
                 coming
                 off
                 of
                 Iron
                 or
                 vitriolick
                 Mines
                 ,
                 we
                 shall
                 here
                 shew
                 a
                 Way
                 of
                 making
                 those
                 Waters
                 artificially
                 ,
                 to
                 perform
                 the
                 same
                 Intention
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 thus
                 done
                 :
                 1.
                 
                 
                   Take
                   fair
                   Spring-water
                   six
                   Quarts
                   ;
                   Salt
                   ,
                   Vitriol
                   ,
                   or
                   Crystals
                   of
                   Mars
                   one
                   Dram
                   ;
                   mix
                   ,
                   dissolve
                   and
                   filter
                   through
                   brown
                   Paper
                   ,
                   so
                   have
                   you
                   a
                   Water
                   in
                   Virtue
                   and
                   Effects
                   ,
                   like
                   that
                   which
                   runs
                   off
                   from
                   the
                   natural
                   Iron-Mines
                   .
                
                 2.
                 
                 Or
                 thus
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Spring-water
                   a
                   Gallon
                   ,
                   Sal
                   Armoniack
                   one
                   Dram
                   ;
                   Scales
                   of
                   Iron
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   mix
                   ,
                   and
                   digest
                   for
                   some
                   days
                   in
                   a
                   gentle
                   Sand-heat
                   ,
                   'till
                   the
                   Water
                   begins
                   to
                   colour
                   ;
                   then
                   filter
                   and
                   keep
                   it
                   for
                   use
                   .
                
                 3.
                 
                 Or
                 thus
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Spring-water
                   a
                   Gallon
                   ;
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Wine
                   four
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Vitriol
                   two
                   Drams
                   ,
                   or
                   better
                   ;
                   mix
                   them
                   for
                   use
                   .
                
                 These
                 artificial
                 Waters
                 may
                 be
                 taken
                 from
                 a
                 Pint
                 to
                 two
                 Quarts
                 ,
                 or
                 more
                 ;
                 but
                 by
                 degrees
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 little
                 warm
                 ,
                 or
                 made
                 into
                 Posset-drink
                 ,
                 using
                 moderate
                 exercise
                 ,
                 and
                 fasting
                 ,
                 'till
                 the
                 Water
                 is
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 :
                 They
                 purge
                 by
                 Urine
                 ,
                 cleanse
                 the
                 Reins
                 and
                 Bladder
                 ,
                 open
                 Obstructions
                 of
                 the
                 Urine
                 ,
                 take
                 away
                 sharpness
                 of
                 the
                 Humors
                 ,
                 cure
                 inward
                 Ulcers
                 ,
                 strengthen
                 the
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 Liver
                 ,
                 Spleen
                 ,
                 Mesentery
                 and
                 Womb
                 ,
                 are
                 prevalent
                 against
                 the
                 Dropsie
                 ,
                 Cachexy
                 ,
                 Green-sickness
                 ,
                 and
                 Scurvy
                 ,
                 and
                 cure
                 the
                 pissing
                 of
                 Blood.
                 
              
               
                 LV.
                 Experience
                 has
                 for
                 a
                 long
                 time
                 taught
                 us
                 ,
                 that
                 strong
                 Diureticks
                 must
                 be
                 used
                 with
                 much
                 caution
                 ,
                 for
                 that
                 they
                 many
                 times
                 encrease
                 the
                 Pain
                 ,
                 force
                 the
                 Stone
                 into
                 narrow
                 Passages
                 ,
                 excoriate
                 the
                 urinary
                 Vessels
                 ,
                 and
                 many
                 times
                 cause
                 pissing
                 of
                 Blood
                 ,
                 which
                 cause
                 often
                 times
                 Faintings
                 ,
                 Swoonings
                 ,
                 Convulsions
                 ,
                 Epilepsies
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 like
                 .
                 In
                 
                 this
                 case
                 Lenient
                 ,
                 or
                 Emollient
                 Clysters
                 are
                 of
                 singular
                 use
                 ;
                 for
                 by
                 their
                 discussive
                 property
                 ,
                 they
                 melt
                 or
                 dissolve
                 the
                 Humors
                 ,
                 clear
                 the
                 urinary
                 Passages
                 ,
                 making
                 way
                 for
                 Urine
                 and
                 Gravel
                 .
                 A
                 certain
                 Physician
                 had
                 experience
                 of
                 this
                 in
                 his
                 own
                 Person
                 ,
                 who
                 being
                 in
                 extream
                 Torment
                 ,
                 had
                 ease
                 by
                 taking
                 three
                 Emollient
                 Clysters
                 in
                 one
                 day
                 ,
                 the
                 Gravel
                 being
                 loosned
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 thick
                 viscous
                 Matter
                 joyned
                 with
                 it
                 ,
                 being
                 brought
                 away
                 with
                 the
                 Urine
                 for
                 several
                 days
                 together
                 ,
                 that
                 thence-forth
                 he
                 never
                 fell
                 again
                 into
                 any
                 such
                 pain
                 .
              
               
                 LVI
                 .
                 Emollient
                 Clysters
                 may
                 be
                 made
                 of
                 Mallows
                 ,
                 Althaea-Roots
                 ,
                 Millet
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 like
                 ;
                 but
                 Faenugreek-seed
                 is
                 inferiour
                 to
                 none
                 of
                 them
                 .
                 If
                 also
                 with
                 the
                 Clyster
                 
                   Turpentine
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   opened
                   with
                   the
                   Yolk
                   of
                   an
                   Egg
                   ,
                   be
                   added
                   ,
                
                 it
                 will
                 be
                 so
                 much
                 the
                 prevalent
                 and
                 efficacious
                 .
                 Fontanus
                 accounted
                 the
                 Millet
                 seed
                 given
                 to
                 one
                 Pound
                 ,
                 or
                 less
                 ,
                 is
                 an
                 excellent
                 thing
                 ,
                 and
                 kept
                 it
                 as
                 a
                 secret
                 .
                 Dolaeus
                 gives
                 a
                 Milk
                 Clyster
                 ,
                 or
                 one
                 of
                 Milk
                 and
                 Turpentine
                 ,
                 with
                 the
                 Yolk
                 of
                 an
                 Egg
                 ;
                 but
                 he
                 advises
                 against
                 Salt
                 being
                 put
                 in
                 ,
                 because
                 it
                 is
                 apt
                 to
                 make
                 them
                 stay
                 long
                 .
              
               
                 LVII
                 .
                 Doloeus
                 (
                 
                   out
                   of
                
                 Wedelius
                 )
                 
                   prescribes
                   this
                   following
                   Opiate
                   :
                   Take
                
                 Sperma
                 Coeti
                 ,
                 Crabs
                 Eyes
                 ,
                 ana
                 one
                 Dram
                 ,
                 Cinnabar
                 of
                 Antimony
                 one
                 Scruple
                 ,
                 Volatile
                 Salt
                 of
                 Amber
                 four
                 Grains
                 ,
                 Laudanum
                 Opiatum
                 half
                 a
                 Grain
                 ,
                 (
                 but
                 I
                 think
                 one
                 Grain
                 ,
                 or
                 two
                 ,
                 to
                 be
                 better
                 )
                 Troches
                 of
                 Alkakengi
                 ,
                 with
                 Opium
                 half
                 a
                 Scruple
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 and
                 make
                 a
                 Pouder
                 for
                 four
                 Doses
                 .
                 In
                 the
                 Fit
                 (
                 saith
                 he
                 )
                 when
                 the
                 pain
                 is
                 violent
                 ,
                 an
                 Emulsion
                 ,
                 or
                 some
                 Opiate
                 will
                 be
                 good
                 .
              
               
                 LVIII
                 .
                 Out
                 of
                 the
                 Fit
                 (
                 saith
                 the
                 same
                 excellent
                 Man
                 )
                 we
                 must
                 endeavour
                 to
                 extirpate
                 the
                 Coagulator
                 ,
                 and
                 withal
                 ,
                 we
                 must
                 always
                 have
                 regard
                 to
                 the
                 Stomach
                 ,
                 therefore
                 Stomatick
                 Medicines
                 will
                 be
                 good
                 :
                 some
                 say
                 there
                 is
                 nothing
                 better
                 ,
                 either
                 for
                 the
                 cure
                 or
                 prevention
                 of
                 the
                 Stone
                 than
                 this
                 following
                 Antinephritick
                 :
                 
                 Take
                 
                   Seeds
                   of
                   Anise
                   ,
                   Parsly
                   ,
                   Dill
                   ,
                   Leaves
                   of
                   Saxifrage
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   Juice
                   of
                   a
                   Pike
                   ,
                   Crabs-Eyes
                   ,
                   Seeds
                   of
                   Hipps
                   ,
                   or
                   wild
                   Briar
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   mix
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   a
                   Pouder
                   .
                
                 Dose
                 one
                 Dram
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 .
                 The
                 following
                 Pills
                 are
                 also
                 of
                 good
                 use
                 :
                 Take
                 Venice
                 
                   Turpentine
                   dried
                   a
                   little
                   at
                   the
                   Fire
                   two
                   Drams
                   ,
                   Spanish
                   Juice
                   of
                   Liquorice
                   ,
                   Pouder
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   half
                   a
                   Dram
                   ;
                   mix
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   Pills
                   as
                   big
                   as
                   Pease
                   ,
                   which
                   roul
                   in
                   Pouden
                   of
                   Millepedes
                   .
                
                 Dose
                 one
                 Dram
                 and
                 a
                 half
                 at
                 a
                 time
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 .
              
               
                 LIX
                 .
                 Some
                 Physicians
                 commend
                 a
                 Vomit
                 ,
                 for
                 prevention
                 to
                 expel
                 the
                 tartarous
                 Matter
                 before
                 it
                 be
                 derived
                 either
                 to
                 the
                 Reins
                 or
                 Bladder
                 ;
                 some
                 give
                 it
                 in
                 the
                 Fit
                 ,
                 because
                 Nature
                 seems
                 to
                 shew
                 the
                 way
                 by
                 their
                 reaching
                 to
                 Vomit
                 .
                 This
                 I
                 found
                 true
                 by
                 Experience
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 certain
                 Lady
                 ,
                 a
                 Patient
                 of
                 mine
                 ,
                 who
                 had
                 lain
                 Bed-rid
                 fifteen
                 or
                 sixteen
                 Weeks
                 of
                 this
                 Disease
                 ;
                 and
                 though
                 many
                 things
                 were
                 administred
                 ,
                 nothing
                 did
                 good
                 'till
                 I
                 gave
                 her
                 a
                 Vomit
                 ,
                 which
                 was
                 
                   Salt
                   of
                   Vitriol
                
                 one
                 Dram
                 ,
                 which
                 gave
                 her
                 six
                 Vomits
                 ;
                 and
                 this
                 I
                 repeated
                 for
                 five
                 days
                 together
                 ,
                 it
                 made
                 a
                 great
                 revulsion
                 ,
                 and
                 had
                 so
                 wonderful
                 an
                 effect
                 ,
                 that
                 in
                 fourteen
                 or
                 twenty
                 Days
                 she
                 was
                 restored
                 to
                 her
                 perfect
                 Health
                 ;
                 and
                 though
                 through
                 the
                 extremity
                 of
                 the
                 pain
                 she
                 had
                 Convulsion
                 Fits
                 ,
                 and
                 many
                 returns
                 of
                 them
                 in
                 a
                 day
                 ;
                 (
                 so
                 that
                 she
                 was
                 given
                 over
                 for
                 dead
                 ,
                 )
                 yet
                 after
                 the
                 first
                 Emetick
                 Dose
                 those
                 Fits
                 ceased
                 ,
                 and
                 her
                 Pains
                 wonderfully
                 diminished
                 ;
                 the
                 force
                 of
                 the
                 Emetick
                 being
                 over
                 ,
                 I
                 then
                 administred
                 Antinephriticks
                 and
                 Stomaticks
                 ,
                 such
                 as
                 
                   Powers
                   of
                   Juniper
                   ,
                   Salt
                   of
                   Amber
                   ,
                   Ens
                   Veneris
                   ,
                
                 my
                 Tinctura
                 Stomachica
                 ,
                 Syrup
                 of
                 Limons
                 ,
                 with
                 some
                 other
                 things
                 of
                 like
                 nature
                 .
                 And
                 without
                 doubt
                 Vomits
                 conduce
                 much
                 to
                 the
                 Cure
                 ,
                 if
                 there
                 be
                 a
                 real
                 Stone
                 ,
                 or
                 other
                 obstructing
                 Matter
                 ,
                 for
                 by
                 straining
                 much
                 ,
                 it
                 helps
                 the
                 expulsion
                 of
                 the
                 Stone
                 or
                 Gravel
                 ,
                 as
                 sometimes
                 it
                 does
                 to
                 the
                 delivery
                 of
                 a
                 Woman
                 in
                 Travel
                 ,
                 by
                 the
                 
                 violent
                 commotion
                 of
                 the
                 whole
                 Body
                 ,
                 and
                 compression
                 of
                 the
                 Muscles
                 of
                 the
                 Belly
                 .
                 This
                 method
                 I
                 have
                 often
                 taken
                 with
                 success
                 ,
                 and
                 sometimes
                 I
                 have
                 exhibited
                 (
                 especially
                 if
                 the
                 Sick
                 was
                 strong
                 )
                 
                   Vinum
                   Benedictum
                
                 ,
                 or
                 my
                 
                   Catharticum
                   Argenteum
                
                 ,
                 with
                 good
                 success
                 ;
                 but
                 I
                 chose
                 to
                 give
                 Emeticks
                 to
                 such
                 as
                 were
                 apt
                 and
                 easie
                 to
                 Vomit
                 ,
                 and
                 not
                 otherwise
                 .
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 LX.
                 Barbet
                 saith
                 he
                 has
                 done
                 more
                 by
                 Alteratives
                 ,
                 and
                 Narcotick
                 Medicines
                 ,
                 than
                 by
                 any
                 others
                 ;
                 Clysters
                 he
                 also
                 saith
                 are
                 very
                 proper
                 .
                 And
                 because
                 in
                 his
                 
                   Praxis
                   ,
                   Lib.
                
                 3.
                 
                 Cap.
                 8.
                 
                 Sect.
                 8
                 he
                 has
                 given
                 us
                 an
                 ample
                 Catal
                 gue
                 of
                 Antinephriticks
                 ,
                 I
                 care
                 not
                 greatly
                 if
                 I
                 transfer
                 them
                 hither
                 .
                 
                   Roots
                   of
                
                 Rest-harrow
                 ,
                 Eringo
                 ,
                 Grass
                 ,
                 Liquorice
                 ,
                 Orrice
                 ,
                 Parsly
                 ,
                 (
                 Smallage
                 ,
                 )
                 Drop-wort
                 ,
                 Marsh-mallows
                 ,
                 (
                 Onions
                 ,
                 Garlick
                 ,
                 Leeks
                 .
                 )
                 
                   Leaves
                   of
                
                 Mallows
                 ,
                 Maiden-hair
                 ,
                 Germander
                 ,
                 (
                 Arsmart
                 ,
                 Pellitory
                 ,
                 Camomil
                 ,
                 )
                 Ground
                 Ivy
                 ,
                 Lovage
                 ,
                 Cresses
                 ,
                 Saxifrage
                 ,
                 Savin
                 ,
                 Golden-Rod
                 ,
                 Schaenanth
                 ,
                 Garlick
                 ,
                 Cloves
                 .
                 
                   Flowers
                   of
                
                 Elder
                 ,
                 Hops
                 .
                 
                   Seeds
                   of
                
                 Poppy
                 ,
                 Gromwel
                 ,
                 the
                 four
                 great
                 cold
                 Seeds
                 ,
                 Anise
                 ,
                 Fennel
                 ,
                 Carrots
                 ,
                 (
                 Daucus
                 )
                 Carraways
                 ,
                 Barley
                 ,
                 broad
                 Cummin
                 .
                 Fruits
                 ,
                 as
                 Winter-Cherries
                 ,
                 Straw-berries
                 ,
                 Figgs
                 ,
                 (
                 Juniper-berries
                 ,
                 Bay-berries
                 ,
                 Ivy-berries
                 .
                 )
                 Woods
                 ,
                 as
                 Hasle-wood
                 ,
                 Nephritickwood
                 ,
                 Guaiacum
                 ,
                 Sassafras
                 ,
                 Cassia
                 Lignea
                 ,
                 Cinnamon
                 ,
                 Pine-chips
                 .
                 Balsams
                 ,
                 as
                 Turpentine
                 ,
                 (
                 viz.
                 the
                 Laricea
                 ,
                 Venice
                 ,
                 Cypress
                 and
                 Chio
                 ,
                 Balsams
                 of
                 
                   Gilead
                   ,
                   Peru
                   ,
                   Tolu
                
                 ,
                 and
                 
                   Chili
                   ,
                   Capivi
                
                 ;
                 )
                 Balsam
                 of
                 Sulphur
                 ,
                 simple
                 and
                 compound
                 ,
                 with
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Anniseeds
                 ,
                 or
                 Juniper-berries
                 ,
                 Whey
                 ,
                 Tooth
                 of
                 a
                 Boar
                 ,
                 Earth-worms
                 ,
                 Tartar
                 ,
                 and
                 all
                 its
                 compounded
                 Medicines
                 .
                 Salts
                 ,
                 as
                 of
                 Tartar
                 ,
                 Bean-stalks
                 ,
                 Broom
                 ,
                 Pot-ashes
                 ,
                 Ash
                 of
                 Egg-shells
                 ,
                 of
                 Amber
                 ,
                 Nitre
                 ,
                 Sal-armoniack
                 .
                 Baths
                 .
                 Crabs-Eyes
                 .
                 Waters
                 distilled
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 above-said
                 Herbs
                 and
                 Roots
                 ,
                 (
                 Mineral
                 Waters
                 from
                 Iron
                 Mines
                 ,
                 Mineral
                 Waters
                 artificially
                 made
                 .
                 )
                 
                   Spirits
                   of
                
                 Wine
                 ,
                 of
                 Salt
                 ,
                 of
                 Sulphur
                 ,
                 Vitriol
                 ,
                 (
                 Nitre
                 ,
                 )
                 
                 
                   and
                   of
                   Tartar
                   ,
                   both
                   Acid
                   ,
                   and
                   sweetned
                   with
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Wine
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   Ammoniacum
                   .
                
                 Nephritick
                 
                   Tincture
                   of
                   Mynsicht
                
                 .
                 Syrups
                 
                   of
                   Althaea
                   ,
                   of
                   white
                   and
                   wild
                   Poppies
                   ,
                   Diacodium
                   ,
                   Bizantinus
                   .
                
                 Diuretick
                 
                   Oxymel
                   of
                   Quercetan
                
                 .
                 Oils
                 of
                 
                   sweet
                   Almonds
                   ,
                   Anniseeds
                   ,
                   Amber
                   ,
                   and
                   Turpentine
                   ,
                   (
                   of
                   Carraways
                   ,
                   Dill
                   ,
                   Fennel
                   ,
                   Juniper-berries
                   .
                
                 )
                 Nephritick
                 
                   Antidote
                   of
                
                 Quercetan
                 .
                 Montagnana's
                 
                   Electuary
                   .
                   Jaw-bone
                   of
                   a
                   Pike
                   .
                   Oyster-shells
                   calcined
                   .
                   To
                   which
                   we
                   add
                   also
                   ,
                   our
                
                 Guttae
                 Vitae
                 ,
                 Tinctura
                 Martis
                 ,
                 Spiritus
                 Universalis
                 ,
                 Antiscorbuticus
                 ,
                 Anticolicus
                 ,
                 Anodynus
                 ,
                 Aperiens
                 ,
                 Cosmeticus
                 ,
                 Potestates
                 Baccarum
                 Juniperi
                 ,
                 Carvi
                 ,
                 Crinum
                 Humanorum
                 ,
                 Lithontripticae
                 ,
                 Pulegii
                 ,
                 Rosmarini
                 ,
                 Succini
                 ,
                 Terebinthinae
                 ,
                 Anisi
                 Virtutum
                 ,
                 Elixir
                 de
                 Sulphure
                 ,
                 Proprietatis
                 cum
                 Acido
                 ,
                 Opiatum
                 ,
                 Ciroulatum
                 minus
                 .
                 Syrupus
                 Chalybeatus
                 ,
                 Diasulphuus
                 ,
                 Nephriticus
                 .
                 Sal
                 〈◊〉
                 ,
                 Vitriolatunm
                 Antidotus
                 iostra
                 ,
                 Theriaca
                 Londinensis
                 〈◊〉
                 Laudanum
                 Volatile
                 notrum
                 .
                 Pilulae
                 Lunares
                 ,
                 Miabiles
                 nostrae
                 ,
                 Nephriticae
                 .
                 Lau
                 danum
                 Volatile
                 cum
                 Aloe
                 .
                 
                   Manna
                   ,
                   Honey
                   ,
                   Mead
                   and
                   Metheglin
                   ,
                   Rhenish-wine
                   .
                   All
                   these
                   latter
                   Compounds
                   you
                   may
                   see
                   in
                   our
                
                 Phylaxa
                 Medicinae
                 ,
                 Lib.
                 
                   1.
                   and
                   2.
                
                 
                 Salmon
                 .
              
               
                 LXI
                 .
                 
                   In
                   a
                   hot
                   Cause
                   and
                   Constitution
                   ,
                
                 Barbet
                 
                   gives
                   this
                   :
                   Take
                
                 Roots
                 of
                 Al
                 theae
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Liquorice
                 two
                 Drams
                 ,
                 Mallow-Leaves
                 ,
                 
                   M.
                   ij
                
                 .
                 Melon-seeds
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 boyl
                 them
                 in
                 Barley-water
                 ;
                 in
                 a
                 Quart
                 of
                 the
                 Colature
                 dissolve
                 Syrup
                 of
                 Corn
                 Poppies
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 raw
                 Crabs-Eyes
                 bruised
                 one
                 Dram
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 :
                 Dose
                 two
                 Ounces
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 times
                 a
                 Day
                 
                   Or
                   thus
                   :
                   Take
                
                 Rose-water
                 ,
                 Strawberry
                 and
                 Purslane-water
                 ,
                 ana
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Prophylactick-water
                 ,
                 Cinnamon
                 water
                 ,
                 ana
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 raw
                 Crabs
                 Eyes
                 bruised
                 one
                 Scruple
                 ,
                 Laudanum
                 Opiatum
                 two
                 Grains
                 ,
                 Fernelius
                 his
                 Syrupus
                 de
                 Altheae
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 ,
                 and
                 let
                 it
                 be
                 given
                 by
                 Spoonfuls
                 .
              
               
                 LXII
                 .
                 
                   In
                   a
                   cold
                   Cause
                   and
                   Constitution
                   ,
                   Take
                
                 Roots
                 of
                 Rest
                 harrow
                 ,
                 white
                 Saxifrage
                 ,
                 ana
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 Liquorice
                 
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Goats
                 blood
                 six
                 Drams
                 ,
                 Crabs-Eyes
                 bruised
                 ,
                 Nutmegs
                 ,
                 Cinnamon
                 ,
                 ana
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Saffron
                 three
                 Drams
                 ,
                 Cloves
                 two
                 Drams
                 ,
                 Strasburgh
                 Turpentine
                 one
                 Pound
                 ,
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Malmsey-wine
                 five
                 pound
                 :
                 the
                 Ingredients
                 being
                 cut
                 and
                 bruised
                 ,
                 digest
                 fourteen
                 days
                 ,
                 then
                 distil
                 in
                 
                   B.
                   M.
                
                 Dose
                 one
                 Ouuce
                 
                   Fasting
                   ,
                   and
                   twice
                   or
                   thrice
                   a
                   day
                   besides
                   .
                
                 Barbet
                 
                   also
                   saith
                   ,
                   That
                
                 Cochinele
                 ,
                 being
                 taken
                 in
                 fine
                 Pouder
                 in
                 Rhenish-wine
                 to
                 one
                 Scruple
                 ,
                 
                   is
                   a
                   pleasant
                   and
                   sweet
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   great
                   efficacy
                   .
                
              
               
                 LXIII
                 .
                 Deckers
                 advises
                 the
                 following
                 Pouder
                 :
                 Take
                 
                   Mustard-seed
                   ,
                   Tartar
                   Vitriolate
                
                 ,
                 ana
                 
                   one
                   Dram
                   and
                   a
                   half
                   ,
                   Crabs-Eyes
                   ,
                   Salt
                   of
                   Bean-stalks
                   ,
                   of
                   Broom
                   ,
                   of
                   Rest-harrow
                   ,
                   of
                   Pidgeons
                   Dung
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   one
                   Dram
                   ;
                   mix
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   a
                   Pouder
                   .
                
                 Dose
                 from
                 one
                 Scruple
                 to
                 half
                 a
                 Dram
                 in
                 Parsly-water
                 .
                 The
                 Tincture
                 of
                 the
                 Nephritick
                 Stone
                 is
                 also
                 very
                 good
                 ,
                 but
                 it
                 is
                 no
                 where
                 described
                 ;
                 but
                 Moebius
                 has
                 this
                 preparation
                 ;
                 Take
                 
                   Pouder
                   of
                   the
                   Nephritick
                   Stone
                   ,
                   put
                   upon
                   it
                   rectified
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Salt
                   ,
                   digest
                   ,
                   and
                   there
                   will
                   be
                   a
                   green
                   Tincture
                   :
                
                 Dose
                 from
                 six
                 Drops
                 to
                 twelve
                 or
                 twenty
                 ,
                 in
                 Wine
                 or
                 proper
                 Water
                 .
                 
                   Seeds
                   of
                   Violets
                
                 are
                 very
                 convenient
                 ,
                 because
                 they
                 purge
                 and
                 expel
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 especially
                 if
                 they
                 be
                 used
                 in
                 an
                 Emulsion
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 called
                 by
                 Schroder
                 the
                 
                   Nephrocathartick
                   Emulsion
                
                 ;
                 it
                 is
                 much
                 commended
                 both
                 by
                 Crato
                 and
                 Hartman
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 a
                 good
                 thing
                 against
                 suppression
                 of
                 Urine
                 .
              
               
                 LXIV
                 .
                 
                   Spiritus
                   Acetosae
                   Mineralis
                   :
                   Take
                
                 Tartar
                 Vitriolate
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Julep
                 of
                 Roses
                 one
                 Pound
                 ,
                 Cinnamon-water
                 four
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 .
                 
                   Dose
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   't
                   is
                   an
                   excellent
                   thing
                   :
                   Or
                   ,
                   Take
                
                 Tartar
                 Vitriolate
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Radish-water
                 one
                 Pound
                 ,
                 Juice
                 of
                 Limons
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Syrup
                 of
                 Corn-Poppies
                 and
                 de
                 Altheae
                 ,
                 ana
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Crabs-Eyes
                 two
                 Drams
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 .
                 
                   Dose
                   two
                   Ounces
                   .
                   Also
                
                 ,
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Juniper-berries
                 ,
                 affused
                 upon
                 Rob
                 of
                 Elder
                 and
                 Juniper
                 ,
                 and
                 digested
                 ,
                 becomes
                 of
                 a
                 pleasant
                 red
                 Colour
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 Taste
                 like
                 Malmsey-wine
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 truly
                 a
                 Medicine
                 of
                 great
                 
                 efficacy
                 .
                 So
                 also
                 a
                 
                   Nephritick
                   Liquor
                
                 made
                 of
                 
                   Nitre
                   and
                   Sal
                   Gem
                   ,
                   calcin'd
                   and
                   dissolved
                
                 per
                 deliquium
                 ,
                 is
                 a
                 Nephritick
                 of
                 singular
                 use
                 .
              
               
                 
                   LXV
                   .
                   The
                   Urinary
                   Laudanum
                   of
                
                 Michael
                 :
                 Take
                 Spanish
                 Juice
                 of
                 Liquorice
                 dissolved
                 in
                 Winter-cherry-water
                 one
                 Ounce
                 and
                 a
                 half
                 ,
                 Camphire
                 one
                 Dram
                 ,
                 Saffron
                 four
                 Scruples
                 ,
                 Winter-cherries
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Gum
                 Tragacanth
                 ,
                 Mastick
                 ,
                 ana
                 one
                 Dram
                 and
                 a
                 half
                 ,
                 Laudanum
                 Opiatum
                 two
                 Drams
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 .
                 
                   It
                   is
                   much
                   commended
                   for
                   a
                   peculiar
                   Quality
                   of
                   provoking
                   Urine
                   ,
                   opening
                   Obstructions
                   ,
                   and
                   expelling
                   the
                   same
                   .
                
                 Michael
                 
                   his
                   Nephritick
                   Liquor
                   :
                   Take
                
                 Lynx-stone
                 ,
                 Jews-stone
                 ,
                 Nephritick-stone
                 ,
                 Sponge
                 ,
                 Crystal
                 ,
                 Crabs-Eyes
                 ,
                 ana
                 q.
                 v.
                 dissolve
                 them
                 in
                 rectified
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Salt
                 ,
                 filtre
                 the
                 Solutions
                 ,
                 and
                 distil
                 to
                 dryness
                 ;
                 so
                 have
                 you
                 at
                 bottom
                 a
                 coagulated
                 Nephritick
                 Liquor
                 .
              
               
                 LXVI
                 .
                 〈◊〉
                 
                   his
                   Lithontriptick
                   Pouder
                   :
                   Take
                
                 Crabs-Eyes
                 prepared
                 ,
                 Goats-blood
                 prepared
                 ,
                 ana
                 one
                 Dram
                 and
                 a
                 half
                 ,
                 Jews-stone
                 ,
                 Nephritick-stone
                 ,
                 ana
                 one
                 Dram
                 ,
                 Pikes-Eyes
                 ,
                 Millet-seed
                 ,
                 ana
                 two
                 Scruples
                 ,
                 Crystals
                 of
                 Tartar
                 half
                 a
                 Dram
                 ,
                 Salt
                 of
                 Tartar
                 one
                 Scruple
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 and
                 make
                 a
                 Pouder
                 .
                 
                   Dose
                   ,
                   from
                   half
                   a
                   Dram
                   to
                   one
                   Dram
                   ,
                   in
                   any
                   appropriate
                   Water
                   .
                
              
               
                 LXVII
                 .
                 Forrestus
                 
                   his
                   Decoction
                   ,
                   which
                   some
                   say
                   exceeds
                   all
                   other
                   things
                   :
                   Take
                
                 Red
                 Tares
                 three
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Barley
                 hull'd
                 two
                 Drams
                 ,
                 Seeds
                 of
                 Marsh
                 Mallows
                 ,
                 Mallows
                 ,
                 ana
                 three
                 Drams
                 ;
                 of
                 the
                 four
                 greater
                 cold
                 Seeds
                 ,
                 ana
                 one
                 Dram
                 ,
                 fat
                 Figgs
                 nine
                 ,
                 Sebestens
                 seven
                 ,
                 Liquorice
                 scraped
                 six
                 Drams
                 ,
                 fair
                 Water
                 one
                 Pound
                 and
                 a
                 half
                 ;
                 boil
                 'till
                 half
                 be
                 consumed
                 ,
                 then
                 strain
                 for
                 an
                 Apozem
                 .
                 
                   These
                   Pills
                   also
                   are
                   esteemed
                   .
                   Take
                
                 Pouder
                 of
                 Millepedes
                 ,
                 Crabs-Eyes
                 ,
                 Jews-stone
                 ,
                 ana
                 one
                 Dram
                 ,
                 Turpentine
                 two
                 Drams
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 and
                 make
                 Pills
                 .
                 
                   Dose
                   from
                   half
                   a
                   Dram
                   to
                   one
                   Dram
                   every
                   Morning
                   Fasting
                   .
                
                 Deckers
                 
                   his
                   Apozem
                   is
                   yet
                   better
                   .
                   Take
                
                 Spring-water
                 three
                 Pound
                 ,
                 red
                 Vetches
                 ,
                 hull'd
                 Barley
                 ,
                 ana
                 two
                 Drams
                 ,
                 Liquorice
                 bruised
                 ,
                 Juniper-berries
                 
                 bruised
                 ,
                 ana
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Seeds
                 of
                 Daucus
                 ,
                 Violets
                 ,
                 white
                 Poppies
                 ,
                 Nettles
                 ,
                 Mallows
                 ,
                 ana
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 fat
                 Figgs
                 nine
                 ,
                 Sebestens
                 seven
                 ;
                 boil
                 to
                 a
                 Quart
                 ;
                 strain
                 ,
                 and
                 dissolve
                 therein
                 Syrups
                 of
                 Corn
                 Poppies
                 ,
                 of
                 the
                 five
                 opening
                 Roots
                 ,
                 of
                 Diacnicu
                 ,
                 ana
                 one
                 Ounce
                 and
                 a
                 half
                 ,
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Sal
                 Armoniack
                 one
                 Dram
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 .
                 
                   Dose
                   six
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   twice
                   or
                   thrice
                   a
                   Day
                   ,
                   dropping
                   into
                   it
                   at
                   taking
                   ,
                   2
                   or
                   three
                   Drops
                   of
                   the
                   Juniperated
                   Balsam
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   LXVIII
                   .
                   The
                   same
                
                 Deckers
                 
                   commends
                   this
                   Mixture
                   :
                   Take
                
                 Parsly-water
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 Fennel
                 ,
                 and
                 Treacle-water
                 ,
                 ana
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Vinegar
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Crabs-Eyes
                 one
                 Dram
                 ,
                 Oyl
                 of
                 Juniper-berries
                 six
                 Drops
                 ,
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Nitre
                 one
                 Scruple
                 ,
                 Laudanum
                 Opiatum
                 two
                 Grains
                 ,
                 Syrup
                 of
                 the
                 five
                 Roots
                 (
                 or
                 rather
                 Syrup
                 of
                 Corn
                 Poppies
                 ,
                 )
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 .
                 
                   If
                   the
                   same
                   be
                   great
                   ,
                   this
                   Emulsion
                   may
                   be
                   given
                   .
                   Take
                
                 Hull'd
                 Barley
                 (
                 boil'd
                 'till
                 it
                 cracks
                 )
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 sweet
                 Almonds
                 blancht
                 ,
                 Violet-seeds
                 ana
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 white
                 Poppy-seeds
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 with
                 a
                 sufficient
                 quantity
                 of
                 Barley-water
                 make
                 an
                 Emulsion
                 ;
                 to
                 twenty
                 four
                 Ounces
                 of
                 which
                 add
                 Diacodium
                 ,
                 Syrup
                 of
                 Corn
                 Poppies
                 ,
                 ana
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 .
                 
                   He
                   also
                   commends
                   to
                   all
                   the
                
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Sal
                 Armoniack
                 ,
                 given
                 in
                 Rhenish-wine
                 ,
                 or
                 some
                 Diuretick
                 Spirit
                 or
                 Water
                 ,
                 
                   as
                   a
                   Specifick
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   not
                   only
                   to
                   prevent
                   ,
                   but
                   to
                   cure
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   (
                   if
                   brittle
                   ,
                   or
                   easie
                   to
                   be
                   broken
                   ,
                   )
                   Universals
                   being
                   given
                   before-hand
                   .
                
              
               
                 LXIX
                 .
                 Junken
                 ,
                 Medicus
                 
                   Pars
                   2.
                   
                   Sect.
                   1.
                   
                   Cap.
                   18.
                   prescribes
                   this
                   :
                   Take
                
                 Strawberries
                 fresh
                 gathered
                 a
                 Gallon
                 ,
                 Winter-cherries
                 half
                 a
                 Pound
                 ,
                 Horse-Radish
                 Roots
                 scraped
                 two
                 Pound
                 ,
                 Daucus-seeds
                 half
                 a
                 Pound
                 ,
                 Juice
                 of
                 Birch
                 ,
                 or
                 Birch-wine
                 twenty
                 four
                 Pound
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 and
                 distil
                 in
                 B.
                 M.
                 
                   Dose
                   frome
                   one
                   Ounce
                   to
                   three
                   with
                   Syrup
                   de
                   Althaea
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   sweet
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Nitre
                   ten
                   or
                   twelve
                   Drops
                   .
                   Or
                   thus
                   :
                   Take
                
                 ripe
                 Strawberries
                 four
                 Pound
                 ,
                 (
                 Winter-cherries
                 two
                 Pound
                 ,
                 )
                 Malaga-wine
                 two
                 Pound
                 ,
                 Juniper-water
                 ,
                 
                 of
                 Parsly-roots
                 ,
                 ana
                 two
                 Pound
                 ,
                 Ground-Ivy
                 ,
                 white
                 Saxifrage-roots
                 ,
                 ana
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Peach-kernels
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 digest
                 in
                 a
                 Vessel
                 close
                 stopt
                 for
                 a
                 Month
                 ,
                 then
                 distil
                 ,
                 
                   Dose
                   from
                   a
                   Spoonful
                   to
                   four
                   in
                   the
                   Morning
                   Fasting
                   ;
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   both
                   to
                   preserve
                   from
                   ,
                   and
                   cure
                   the
                   Stone
                   .
                   Again
                   ;
                   Take
                
                 Crabs-Eyes
                 ,
                 Sperma
                 Coeti
                 ,
                 ana
                 half
                 a
                 Scruple
                 ,
                 Volatile
                 Salt
                 of
                 Amber
                 six
                 Grains
                 ;
                 mix
                 for
                 a
                 Dose
                 ,
                 
                   and
                   to
                   be
                   often
                   repeated
                   .
                   Or
                   thus
                   :
                   Take
                
                 Wild
                 -
                 Bryar
                 -
                 Seeds
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Crabs
                 Eyes
                 ,
                 pure
                 Nitre
                 ,
                 ana
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 .
                 
                   Dose
                   one
                   Dram.
                   Or
                   thus
                   :
                   Take
                
                 Crabs
                 Eyes
                 one
                 Scruple
                 ,
                 Volatile
                 Salt
                 of
                 Amber
                 six
                 Grains
                 ,
                 Laudanum
                 Opiatum
                 one
                 Grain
                 ,
                 or
                 two
                 ;
                 mix
                 them
                 for
                 a
                 Dose
                 .
                 
                   Again
                   ;
                   Take
                
                 Malaga-Wine
                 one
                 Quart
                 ,
                 Opium
                 in
                 pouder
                 ,
                 Salt
                 of
                 Tartar
                 ,
                 ana
                 two
                 Ounces
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 digest
                 a
                 Week
                 ,
                 or
                 longer
                 ,
                 filter
                 ,
                 and
                 keep
                 it
                 for
                 use
                 .
                 
                   Dose
                   one
                   Spoonful
                   .
                   This
                   has
                   been
                   used
                   with
                   good
                   success
                   .
                   Take
                   Cypress
                
                 Turpentine
                 one
                 Ounce
                 ,
                 Balsam
                 of
                 Peru
                 one
                 Dram
                 ,
                 Pouder
                 of
                 Florentine
                 ,
                 Orrice-Roots
                 ,
                 Crabs
                 Eyes
                 ,
                 ana
                 two
                 Drams
                 ,
                 Extract
                 of
                 Liquorice
                 one
                 Dram
                 ,
                 Volatile
                 Salt
                 of
                 Amber
                 half
                 a
                 Dram
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 and
                 make
                 Pills
                 .
                 
                   Dose
                   from
                   half
                   a
                   Dram
                   to
                   a
                   Scruple
                   .
                
              
               
                 LXX
                 .
                 
                   Syrup
                   made
                   of
                   Juice
                   of
                   Pellitory
                   of
                   the
                   Wall
                   ,
                   with
                   Honey
                   ,
                
                 is
                 a
                 Specifick
                 in
                 this
                 Disease
                 ,
                 it
                 opens
                 all
                 the
                 Passages
                 ,
                 provokes
                 Urine
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 without
                 any
                 straining
                 of
                 the
                 parts
                 or
                 pain
                 ,
                 and
                 expels
                 Sand
                 ,
                 Gravel
                 ,
                 or
                 other
                 Matter
                 which
                 obstructs
                 the
                 Passages
                 :
                 Take
                 
                   of
                   this
                   Syrup
                   four
                   spoonfuls
                   ,
                   White
                   ,
                   or
                   Rhenish-wine
                   ,
                   a
                   quarter
                   of
                   a
                   Pint
                   ;
                   mix
                   for
                   a
                   Dose
                   ,
                
                 to
                 be
                 given
                 Morning
                 and
                 Evening
                 .
              
               
                 LXXI
                 .
                 Where
                 the
                 Disease
                 is
                 extream
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Sick
                 has
                 not
                 made
                 Water
                 for
                 many
                 days
                 ,
                 this
                 following
                 Liquor
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 .
                 Take
                 
                   Rhenish-wine
                   ,
                   Malaga-wine
                
                 ,
                 ana
                 
                   one
                   Pound
                   and
                   a
                   half
                   ,
                   Onions
                   and
                   Garlick
                   bruised
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   twenty
                   ,
                   Horse-radish-roots
                   bruised
                   four
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Juniper-berries
                   bruised
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ,
                
                 
                 Salt
                 of
                 Potashes
                 half
                 an
                 Ounce
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 digest
                 four
                 or
                 five
                 days
                 ,
                 then
                 decant
                 the
                 clear
                 .
                 
                   Dose
                   three
                   or
                   four
                   Spoonfuls
                   several
                   times
                   a
                   day
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   XX.
                
                 Of
                 the
                 STONE
                 in
                 the
                 BLADDER
                 .
              
               
                 I.
                 BEfore
                 we
                 come
                 absolutely
                 to
                 the
                 matter
                 in
                 hand
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 necessary
                 to
                 discuss
                 the
                 Point
                 ,
                 VVhether
                 the
                 Stone
                 in
                 the
                 Bladder
                 can
                 be
                 broken
                 by
                 Medicines
                 ,
                 or
                 not
                 ?
                 That
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 broken
                 many
                 Physicians
                 do
                 affirm
                 ,
                 and
                 bring
                 in
                 proof
                 thereof
                 their
                 Experiences
                 :
                 The
                 reason
                 they
                 render
                 for
                 it
                 is
                 ,
                 That
                 Medicines
                 may
                 do
                 it
                 ,
                 acting
                 by
                 their
                 tenuity
                 ,
                 acidity
                 ,
                 asperity
                 ,
                 and
                 their
                 diuretick
                 force
                 :
                 Or
                 ,
                 that
                 there
                 is
                 a
                 
                   dissolving
                   Salt
                
                 ,
                 as
                 well
                 as
                 a
                 
                   coagulating
                   One
                
                 ,
                 which
                 Virtues
                 are
                 not
                 to
                 be
                 denied
                 to
                 Herbs
                 ,
                 Plants
                 ,
                 Metals
                 ,
                 Stones
                 ,
                 and
                 minerals
                 .
                 
                   AEtius
                   ,
                   Lib.
                
                 2.
                 tells
                 us
                 how
                 Philagarius
                 cured
                 the
                 Stone
                 in
                 the
                 Bladder
                 ,
                 with
                 Goats-blood
                 and
                 a
                 Hedge-Sparrow
                 mixt
                 together
                 .
                 Laurembergius
                 cured
                 one
                 of
                 a
                 great
                 Stone
                 by
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 Millepedes
                 .
                 A
                 Jesuite
                 at
                 Rome
                 cured
                 a
                 Printer's
                 Son
                 of
                 the
                 Stone
                 with
                 Millepedes
                 rightly
                 prepared
                 .
                 Turrianus
                 in
                 
                   Iatro
                   ,
                   Lib.
                
                 4.
                 
                 Pag.
                 262
                 :
                 saith
                 ,
                 He
                 broke
                 a
                 Stone
                 ,
                 which
                 was
                 design'd
                 to
                 be
                 cut
                 ,
                 by
                 giving
                 a
                 little
                 Pouder
                 of
                 Crystial
                 to
                 drink
                 ,
                 or
                 the
                 dissoluble
                 substance
                 thereof
                 ,
                 viz
                 Calcin'd
                 in
                 a
                 Potter's
                 Fornace
                 at
                 least
                 nine
                 times
                 ,
                 and
                 quenched
                 in
                 Nettle-water
                 ,
                 to
                 be
                 reduced
                 to
                 a
                 Calx
                 ,
                 then
                 put
                 into
                 a
                 Cellar
                 to
                 melt
                 
                   per
                   deliquium
                   .
                   Rhasis
                   ,
                   Lib.
                
                 9.
                 saith
                 ,
                 He
                 cured
                 a
                 Stone
                 in
                 the
                 Bladder
                 of
                 long
                 standing
                 with
                 his
                 Pills
                 .
                 
                   Horatius
                   Augenius
                
                 ,
                 and
                 his
                 Father
                 ,
                 with
                 some
                 others
                 ,
                 cured
                 several
                 
                 with
                 the
                 same
                 Medicine
                 .
                 
                   Johannes
                   Prevotius
                
                 saith
                 ,
                 the
                 Stone
                 in
                 the
                 Bladder
                 is
                 broken
                 by
                 a
                 Plaster
                 of
                 white
                 Onions
                 boiled
                 ,
                 and
                 applied
                 to
                 the
                 bottom
                 of
                 the
                 Belly
                 .
                 
                   Hippocrates
                   ,
                   Galen
                   ,
                   Avicenna
                   ,
                   Dioscorides
                   ,
                
                 and
                 others
                 are
                 of
                 the
                 same
                 Opinion
                 .
                 And
                 
                   the
                   Author
                   of
                   this
                   Work
                
                 knew
                 one
                 who
                 was
                 appointed
                 to
                 be
                 cut
                 of
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 by
                 taking
                 Diureticks
                 ,
                 was
                 perfectly
                 cured
                 ,
                 of
                 which
                 
                   Horse
                   Raddish
                
                 was
                 chief
                 ,
                 was
                 perfectly
                 cured
                 ;
                 so
                 that
                 for
                 more
                 than
                 twenty
                 five
                 years
                 since
                 ,
                 he
                 has
                 not
                 been
                 troubled
                 with
                 it
                 .
                 And
                 it
                 is
                 possible
                 that
                 a
                 thousand
                 more
                 of
                 these
                 Examples
                 may
                 be
                 urged
                 .
              
               
                 II.
                 To
                 all
                 these
                 Things
                 we
                 answer
                 ,
                 1.
                 
                 That
                 all
                 these
                 Examples
                 ,
                 and
                 thousands
                 more
                 of
                 the
                 like
                 ,
                 can
                 be
                 no
                 Rule
                 to
                 conclude
                 the
                 thing
                 ;
                 because
                 all
                 the
                 same
                 Things
                 have
                 been
                 used
                 with
                 all
                 care
                 and
                 circumspection
                 to
                 others
                 ,
                 where
                 the
                 success
                 has
                 not
                 been
                 answerable
                 .
                 2.
                 
                 That
                 it
                 is
                 probable
                 that
                 the
                 Stones
                 dissolv'd
                 by
                 the
                 aforesaid
                 Medicaments
                 ,
                 and
                 such
                 other
                 like
                 ,
                 might
                 be
                 only
                 sandy
                 ,
                 gritty
                 Concretions
                 ,
                 friable
                 ,
                 and
                 easily
                 broken
                 ;
                 whereas
                 we
                 say
                 ,
                 had
                 the
                 Stone
                 been
                 great
                 ,
                 and
                 hard
                 like
                 a
                 Flint
                 ,
                 the
                 Event
                 would
                 not
                 have
                 succeeded
                 .
                 3.
                 
                 We
                 can
                 bring
                 also
                 the
                 Opinion
                 &
                 Experience
                 of
                 many
                 great
                 Physicians
                 to
                 the
                 contrary
                 :
                 Hartman
                 is
                 of
                 Opinion
                 the
                 Stone
                 in
                 the
                 Bladder
                 ,
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 confirmed
                 ,
                 and
                 already
                 come
                 to
                 some
                 magnitude
                 ,
                 is
                 scarcely
                 cured
                 by
                 any
                 other
                 way
                 than
                 by
                 cutting
                 .
                 Barbet
                 saith
                 a
                 crumbling
                 Stone
                 is
                 seldom
                 ,
                 a
                 hard
                 Stone
                 can
                 never
                 be
                 wasted
                 away
                 ,
                 or
                 cured
                 by
                 Medicines
                 .
                 Guarinonius
                 saith
                 ,
                 that
                 scarce
                 ever
                 any
                 one
                 saw
                 the
                 Stone
                 broken
                 by
                 Medicines
                 .
                 I
                 could
                 name
                 multitudes
                 of
                 others
                 of
                 this
                 Opinion
                 ;
                 but
                 these
                 may
                 suffice
                 .
                 And
                 truly
                 daily
                 Experience
                 ,
                 to
                 our
                 Grief
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 wretchedness
                 of
                 miserable
                 Patients
                 ,
                 are
                 as
                 demonstrable
                 and
                 irrefutable
                 Arguments
                 of
                 the
                 Impossibility
                 of
                 Cure
                 by
                 Medicines
                 without
                 cutting
                 :
                 Though
                 
                   Wincleras
                   ,
                   in
                   Misc.
                   curios
                   .
                   An.
                
                 76.
                 
                 Obser.
                 102.
                 saith
                 ,
                 he
                 broke
                 the
                 Stone
                 in
                 the
                 
                 Bladder
                 of
                 a
                 Boy
                 12
                 old
                 ,
                 and
                 brought
                 it
                 away
                 peace-meal
                 by
                 this
                 Medicine
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   purple
                   Violet
                   =
                   Seed
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   Waters
                   of
                   Strawberries
                   ,
                   Restbarrow
                   ,
                   Winter
                   =
                   Cherries
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 q.
                 s.
                 
                   make
                   an
                   Emulsion
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   add
                   Goats
                   Blood
                   two
                   pound
                   ;
                   Hog
                   =
                   Lice
                   prepared
                   one
                   Dram
                   ;
                   Species
                   Lithontriptice
                   half
                   a
                   Dram
                   ;
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Turpentine
                   one
                   Scruple
                   ;
                   mix
                   them
                   :
                
                 Dose
                 two
                 spoonfulfs
                 often
                 given
                 ,
                 which
                 made
                 it
                 come
                 away
                 in
                 pieces
                 :
                 Probably
                 this
                 might
                 be
                 such
                 a
                 soft
                 crumbling
                 Stone
                 as
                 Barbet
                 speaks
                 of
                 .
                 I
                 have
                 made
                 trial
                 two
                 or
                 three
                 several
                 times
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Experiment
                 succeeded
                 not
                 ;
                 possibly
                 the
                 Stones
                 might
                 be
                 of
                 a
                 flinty
                 Substance
                 ,
                 and
                 therefore
                 the
                 Experiment
                 not
                 to
                 be
                 despised
                 .
                 The
                 last
                 I
                 tried
                 it
                 upon
                 without
                 success
                 ,
                 was
                 cut
                 of
                 the
                 Stone
                 ;
                 which
                 being
                 extracted
                 ,
                 weighed
                 three
                 Ounces
                 ,
                 and
                 some
                 odd
                 Grains
                 ,
                 and
                 was
                 of
                 a
                 hard
                 and
                 marble
                 =
                 like
                 substance
                 .
              
               
                 III.
                 Moreover
                 ,
                 when
                 it
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 considered
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 distance
                 of
                 Place
                 is
                 far
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 ways
                 by
                 which
                 the
                 Medicines
                 pass
                 many
                 :
                 and
                 that
                 if
                 they
                 
                   be
                   strong
                
                 ,
                 they
                 carry
                 large
                 quantities
                 of
                 Matter
                 from
                 the
                 whole
                 Body
                 to
                 the
                 Bladder
                 ,
                 and
                 do
                 more
                 hurt
                 by
                 their
                 acrimony
                 and
                 tenuity
                 ,
                 in
                 scowring
                 off
                 the
                 
                   Lenter
                   ,
                   Mucus
                
                 ,
                 or
                 
                   slimy
                   Matter
                
                 ,
                 which
                 usually
                 sticks
                 to
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 and
                 serves
                 it
                 for
                 a
                 Bed
                 ;
                 whereby
                 the
                 Stone
                 is
                 made
                 sharper
                 and
                 harder
                 ,
                 and
                 thereby
                 raises
                 more
                 intense
                 pains
                 than
                 before
                 :
                 But
                 if
                 they
                 
                   be
                   weak
                
                 ,
                 they
                 lose
                 their
                 Virtue
                 before
                 they
                 come
                 at
                 the
                 urinary
                 Passages
                 and
                 Bladder
                 ,
                 whereby
                 they
                 do
                 little
                 or
                 no
                 good
                 at
                 all
                 .
                 I
                 say
                 ,
                 all
                 these
                 things
                 being
                 considered
                 ,
                 they
                 still
                 confirm
                 me
                 in
                 my
                 Opinion
                 ,
                 That
                 if
                 a
                 Stone
                 be
                 large
                 ,
                 and
                 of
                 a
                 flinty
                 or
                 Marble-like
                 hardness
                 ,
                 or
                 substance
                 ,
                 there
                 is
                 no
                 Cure
                 for
                 the
                 same
                 by
                 Medicines
                 ,
                 but
                 by
                 the
                 Hand
                 only
                 of
                 the
                 Operator
                 .
              
               
                 IV.
                 Sometimes
                 also
                 we
                 are
                 deceived
                 ,
                 and
                 think
                 there
                 is
                 a
                 Stone
                 ,
                 when
                 indeed
                 there
                 is
                 none
                 ;
                 as
                 is
                 recorded
                 concerning
                 a
                 Noble-Man
                 ,
                 who
                 after
                 he
                 had
                 been
                 tormented
                 
                 with
                 pain
                 and
                 difficulty
                 in
                 making
                 Water
                 ,
                 the
                 Physicians
                 and
                 Chyrurgions
                 doubted
                 whether
                 there
                 was
                 a
                 Stone
                 ,
                 or
                 no
                 ;
                 having
                 used
                 Medicines
                 to
                 no
                 purpose
                 ,
                 he
                 was
                 cut
                 for
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 as
                 is
                 usual
                 ,
                 and
                 was
                 eased
                 of
                 his
                 pain
                 ;
                 yet
                 they
                 found
                 no
                 Stone
                 ,
                 but
                 a
                 fungous
                 Flesh
                 in
                 the
                 neck
                 of
                 the
                 Bladder
                 ,
                 which
                 by
                 degrees
                 was
                 consumed
                 by
                 convenient
                 Medicines
                 .
                 A
                 like
                 Example
                 to
                 this
                 ,
                 I
                 can
                 relate
                 of
                 a
                 Patient
                 of
                 mine
                 ,
                 viz.
                 Mr.
                 S
                 —
                 not
                 long
                 since
                 one
                 of
                 the
                 Shreiffs
                 of
                 the
                 City
                 of
                 London
                 ;
                 who
                 having
                 been
                 for
                 some
                 Months
                 troubled
                 with
                 Pain
                 and
                 Obstruction
                 of
                 Urine
                 ,
                 with
                 most
                 other
                 symptoms
                 of
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 it
                 was
                 believed
                 not
                 only
                 by
                 my self
                 ,
                 but
                 by
                 some
                 others
                 ,
                 to
                 be
                 the
                 Stone
                 :
                 He
                 also
                 for
                 a
                 long
                 time
                 pissed
                 Blood
                 ,
                 and
                 made
                 bloody
                 Urine
                 ,
                 which
                 sometimes
                 I
                 helpt
                 him
                 of
                 ,
                 though
                 it
                 often
                 returned
                 again
                 .
                 He
                 was
                 a
                 strong
                 ,
                 lusty
                 ,
                 and
                 well-look'd
                 Man
                 ,
                 and
                 for
                 all
                 that
                 could
                 be
                 seen
                 ,
                 might
                 have
                 lived
                 many
                 years
                 .
                 Being
                 at
                 his
                 Country-House
                 ,
                 at
                 T
                 —
                 ,
                 he
                 was
                 afresh
                 taken
                 ill
                 ,
                 (
                 as
                 himself
                 ,
                 and
                 we
                 all
                 thought
                 ,
                 with
                 the
                 Stone
                 :
                 )
                 He
                 immediately
                 came
                 home
                 for
                 London
                 ,
                 and
                 sent
                 for
                 me
                 as
                 soon
                 as
                 ever
                 I
                 came
                 into
                 his
                 Company
                 ,
                 I
                 saw
                 Death
                 in
                 his
                 face
                 ;
                 he
                 took
                 me
                 by
                 the
                 hand
                 ,
                 held
                 me
                 ,
                 engaged
                 my
                 Company
                 for
                 that
                 day
                 ,
                 or
                 'till
                 night
                 ;
                 and
                 withal
                 (
                 as
                 one
                 sensible
                 his
                 End
                 was
                 near
                 )
                 told
                 me
                 ,
                 he
                 knew
                 he
                 had
                 not
                 long
                 to
                 be
                 here
                 ,
                 and
                 therefore
                 pray'd
                 me
                 to
                 stay
                 with
                 him
                 as
                 long
                 as
                 he
                 lived
                 :
                 I
                 could
                 not
                 deny
                 the
                 Request
                 of
                 so
                 worthy
                 and
                 good
                 a
                 Man
                 ;
                 however
                 ,
                 after
                 four
                 or
                 five
                 hours
                 stay
                 with
                 him
                 ,
                 he
                 dismist
                 me
                 ;
                 and
                 prayed
                 me
                 .
                 I
                 would
                 come
                 to
                 him
                 the
                 next
                 day
                 ,
                 and
                 sit
                 with
                 him
                 ;
                 which
                 I
                 did
                 five
                 or
                 six
                 hours
                 :
                 He
                 pray'd
                 me
                 I
                 would
                 not
                 leave
                 him
                 ,
                 for
                 that
                 it
                 was
                 the
                 last
                 trouble
                 he
                 should
                 put
                 me
                 to
                 ;
                 yet
                 being
                 late
                 ,
                 dismist
                 me
                 again
                 of
                 his
                 own
                 accord
                 ,
                 engaging
                 my
                 Company
                 again
                 .
                 Going
                 to
                 see
                 him
                 the
                 next
                 day
                 ,
                 he
                 was
                 insensible
                 ,
                 and
                 knew
                 me
                 not
                 ,
                 lying
                 ,
                 as
                 we
                 supposed
                 by
                 his
                 great
                 groaning
                 in
                 dreadful
                 pain
                 ,
                 and
                 under
                 the
                 Agony
                 of
                 Death
                 ;
                 
                 by
                 the
                 force
                 of
                 which
                 Paroxysm
                 ,
                 he
                 surrendred
                 his
                 vital
                 Breath
                 .
                 He
                 was
                 immediately
                 opened
                 by
                 —
                 An
                 excellent
                 Chyrurgion
                 of
                 this
                 City
                 ,
                 nothing
                 was
                 found
                 amiss
                 in
                 his
                 whole
                 Body
                 ,
                 save
                 the
                 Lungs
                 on
                 his
                 lest
                 side
                 grew
                 to
                 his
                 Ribs
                 ;
                 all
                 the
                 Viscera
                 were
                 sound
                 and
                 firm
                 ;
                 nor
                 was
                 there
                 any
                 Stone
                 in
                 either
                 Reins
                 or
                 Bladder
                 :
                 At
                 last
                 opening
                 the
                 Bladder
                 ,
                 we
                 found
                 a
                 Fungus
                 or
                 Polypus
                 of
                 Flesh
                 ,
                 growing
                 to
                 the
                 bottom
                 of
                 the
                 Bladder
                 ,
                 and
                 hanging
                 down
                 to
                 the
                 Neck
                 ,
                 being
                 as
                 near
                 as
                 I
                 could
                 guess
                 about
                 six
                 Inches
                 long
                 ,
                 and
                 an
                 Inch
                 and
                 half
                 Diameter
                 ,
                 which
                 gave
                 a
                 total
                 suppression
                 of
                 Urine
                 at
                 time
                 of
                 Death
                 :
                 It
                 was
                 this
                 Polypus
                 or
                 Fungus
                 which
                 bled
                 ,
                 and
                 almost
                 continually
                 made
                 him
                 make
                 bloody
                 Urine
                 ,
                 by
                 which
                 at
                 length
                 he
                 was
                 something
                 emaciated
                 ;
                 and
                 withal
                 ,
                 it
                 had
                 begun
                 ,
                 or
                 was
                 in
                 part
                 mortified
                 ,
                 whereupon
                 Death
                 ensued
                 .
                 I
                 relate
                 this
                 to
                 shew
                 how
                 easie
                 it
                 is
                 for
                 the
                 best
                 and
                 wisest
                 Men
                 (
                 for
                 there
                 was
                 several
                 skilful
                 ;
                 learned
                 ,
                 and
                 worthy
                 Persons
                 ,
                 in
                 Consultation
                 about
                 this
                 Gentleman
                 ,
                 )
                 to
                 be
                 deceived
                 ;
                 and
                 how
                 easie
                 it
                 is
                 for
                 us
                 (
                 notwithstanding
                 all
                 our
                 Knowledge
                 ,
                 Skill
                 ,
                 and
                 Experience
                 )
                 to
                 err
                 and
                 be
                 mistaken
                 ;
                 and
                 when
                 we
                 think
                 we
                 do
                 for
                 the
                 better
                 ,
                 even
                 then
                 ,
                 to
                 do
                 for
                 the
                 worse
                 ?
                 Though
                 I
                 must
                 conclude
                 concerning
                 this
                 Person
                 ,
                 That
                 if
                 we
                 had
                 truly
                 known
                 what
                 his
                 malady
                 had
                 been
                 ,
                 it
                 had
                 been
                 absolutely
                 impossible
                 for
                 the
                 most
                 skilful
                 Artist
                 ,
                 or
                 wisest
                 Physician
                 .
                 to
                 have
                 cured
                 him
                 ,
                 or
                 saved
                 his
                 Life
                 .
              
               
                 V.
                 Some
                 are
                 against
                 the
                 using
                 of
                 
                   Lapis
                   Spongiae
                   Lyncis
                   ,
                   calcin'd
                   Egg-shells
                   ,
                
                 and
                 such-like
                 ,
                 because
                 't
                 is
                 thought
                 they
                 may
                 hurt
                 the
                 intermediate
                 Parts
                 :
                 But
                 this
                 is
                 not
                 so
                 ;
                 for
                 as
                 Sennertus
                 urges
                 ,
                 their
                 Efficacy
                 does
                 much
                 depend
                 upon
                 their
                 saline
                 Spirits
                 which
                 get
                 into
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 and
                 dissolve
                 it
                 into
                 Atoms
                 ,
                 just
                 as
                 Metals
                 and
                 Minerals
                 are
                 dissolved
                 in
                 Aqua-fortis
                 ;
                 and
                 Coral
                 ,
                 Pearl
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 like
                 ,
                 
                   in
                   Vinegar
                
                 :
                 For
                 which
                 Reason
                 ,
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 such
                 Medicines
                 are
                 not
                 to
                 be
                 neglected
                 ,
              
               
               
                 VI.
                 Universals
                 having
                 been
                 premised
                 ,
                 we
                 must
                 come
                 to
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 Diureticks
                 ,
                 whatsoever
                 some
                 Physicians
                 have
                 said
                 to
                 the
                 contrary
                 ;
                 and
                 such
                 Things
                 are
                 to
                 be
                 used
                 which
                 may
                 be
                 able
                 to
                 cleanse
                 and
                 open
                 the
                 Reins
                 ,
                 but
                 to
                 extend
                 their
                 force
                 to
                 the
                 Bladder
                 also
                 ,
                 that
                 so
                 (
                 if
                 the
                 Stone
                 is
                 too
                 big
                 to
                 be
                 avoided
                 of
                 its
                 own
                 accord
                 the
                 natural
                 way
                 )
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 directed
                 to
                 the
                 neck
                 of
                 the
                 Bladder
                 ,
                 and
                 so
                 be
                 either
                 forced
                 out
                 ,
                 or
                 taken
                 out
                 by
                 the
                 help
                 of
                 Instruments
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Hand
                 of
                 a
                 skilful
                 Artist
                 .
                 'T
                 is
                 true
                 ,
                 that
                 some
                 Physians
                 (
                 as
                 Avicenna
                 for
                 one
                 )
                 forbid
                 the
                 use
                 of
                 Diureticks
                 ,
                 by
                 reason
                 they
                 take
                 away
                 the
                 
                   skinny
                   Coat
                
                 from
                 off
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 thereby
                 causing
                 more
                 vehement
                 pain
                 ;
                 yet
                 if
                 we
                 respect
                 the
                 Cure
                 ,
                 viz.
                 of
                 expelling
                 a
                 Stone
                 which
                 is
                 but
                 small
                 ,
                 (
                 and
                 possibly
                 may
                 come
                 forth
                 of
                 its
                 own
                 accord
                 ,
                 by
                 the
                 help
                 of
                 Diureticks
                 ,
                 through
                 the
                 natural
                 passage
                 ,
                 )
                 Diureticks
                 must
                 be
                 used
                 ,
                 and
                 those
                 which
                 are
                 of
                 the
                 strongest
                 kind
                 also
                 ;
                 not
                 only
                 to
                 prevent
                 its
                 future
                 growth
                 ,
                 but
                 in
                 order
                 to
                 the
                 expelling
                 of
                 it
                 through
                 the
                 neck
                 of
                 the
                 Bladder
                 and
                 Urethra
                 .
              
               
                 VII
                 .
                 
                   Horatius
                   Augenius
                
                 commends
                 this
                 ;
                 as
                 an
                 excellent
                 thing
                 for
                 this
                 purpose
                 ,
                 even
                 to
                 break
                 the
                 Stone
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Millepedes
                   prepared
                   one
                   ounce
                   ;
                   common
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Wine
                   four
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   Red
                   Chick-Pease-Broth
                   five
                   Pound
                   ;
                   mix
                   them
                   for
                   eight
                   Doses
                   :
                
                 One
                 or
                 two
                 of
                 which
                 ,
                 as
                 you
                 see
                 need
                 requires
                 ,
                 may
                 be
                 taken
                 in
                 a
                 day
                 .
                 But
                 the
                 Potestates
                 ,
                 or
                 Powers
                 ,
                 made
                 of
                 them
                 ,
                 as
                 we
                 have
                 taught
                 in
                 the
                 making
                 the
                 Cantharides
                 (
                 in
                 Lib.
                 1.
                 
                 Cap.
                 〈◊〉
                 Sect.
                 1.
                 of
                 our
                 
                   Phylaxa
                   Medicinae
                
                 )
                 will
                 be
                 much
                 more
                 effectual
                 to
                 the
                 same
                 purpose
                 ;
                 and
                 may
                 be
                 given
                 from
                 ten
                 ,
                 to
                 twenty
                 or
                 thirty
                 Drops
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 Ale
                 ,
                 Mead
                 ,
                 or
                 Wine
                 .
                 You
                 may
                 also
                 give
                 the
                 
                   Potestates
                   Lithontripticae
                
                 ,
                 in
                 the
                 place
                 quoted
                 for
                 the
                 same
                 intention
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 the
                 same
                 Dose
                 and
                 manner
                 ;
                 they
                 are
                 a
                 Medicine
                 not
                 enough
                 to
                 be
                 valued
                 for
                 this
                 Disease
                 :
                 For
                 these
                 Powers
                 being
                 of
                 thin
                 ,
                 pricking
                 ,
                 and
                 volatile
                 Parts
                 ,
                 
                 they
                 open
                 Obstructions
                 ,
                 and
                 resolve
                 all
                 tartarous
                 Matter
                 ,
                 which
                 breeds
                 the
                 Stone
                 and
                 Gravel
                 ,
                 but
                 also
                 dissolves
                 a
                 soft
                 and
                 porus
                 Stone
                 if
                 bred
                 ,
                 and
                 then
                 brings
                 it
                 away
                 .
              
               
                 VIII
                 .
                 
                   Goats
                   Blood
                
                 is
                 said
                 to
                 be
                 a
                 Specifick
                 against
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 being
                 taken
                 in
                 substance
                 ,
                 dried
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 pouder
                 ,
                 from
                 half
                 a
                 Dram
                 to
                 a
                 whole
                 Dram
                 ,
                 in
                 White
                 or
                 Rhenish-Wine
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 our
                 
                   Syrupus
                   Nephriticus
                
                 .
                 There
                 is
                 something
                 more
                 than
                 ordinary
                 in
                 it
                 ,
                 as
                 to
                 this
                 matter
                 ,
                 being
                 generated
                 of
                 a
                 food
                 taken
                 from
                 
                   stony
                   ,
                   rocky
                   Mountains
                   ,
                   and
                   Herbs
                   proper
                   against
                   this
                   Disease
                   :
                
                 Besides
                 ,
                 it
                 absorbs
                 the
                 acid
                 Juice
                 ,
                 and
                 encounters
                 the
                 petrefactive
                 Agent
                 in
                 its
                 Root
                 :
                 But
                 it
                 will
                 be
                 much
                 more
                 powerful
                 if
                 you
                 prepare
                 it
                 with
                 our
                 
                   Spiritus
                   Universalis
                
                 ,
                 which
                 will
                 in
                 eight
                 or
                 twelve
                 hours
                 time
                 resolve
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 extract
                 its
                 Essence
                 ;
                 this
                 you
                 may
                 give
                 to
                 half
                 a
                 Dram
                 :
                 But
                 if
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 the
                 unpleasantness
                 thereof
                 the
                 Sick
                 cannot
                 take
                 it
                 ,
                 
                   affuse
                   upon
                   this
                   Essence
                   the
                   best
                   rectified
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Wine
                   ,
                   so
                   much
                   as
                   may
                   over-top
                   it
                   about
                   four
                   Inohes
                   ;
                   and
                   this
                   will
                   extract
                   all
                   the
                   Tincture
                   of
                   Blood
                   ,
                   leaving
                   the
                   Spirit
                   behind
                   ,
                
                 which
                 may
                 serve
                 again
                 for
                 the
                 like
                 occasion
                 .
                 Or
                 thus
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   rectified
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Nitre
                   eight
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   put
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   large
                   ,
                   well-glazed
                   Earthen
                   vessel
                   ,
                   or
                   into
                   a
                   large
                   Glass
                
                 Vesica
                 ;
                 
                   put
                   into
                   it
                
                 Gradatim
                 ,
                 
                   Goats
                   Blood
                   dried
                   eight
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   so
                   will
                   it
                   dissolve
                   ;
                   digest
                   twenty
                   four
                   hours
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   will
                   have
                   a
                   glorious
                   red
                   Essence
                   :
                   Put
                   to
                   it
                   twenty
                   four
                   Ounces
                   of
                   the
                   best
                   rectified
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Wine
                   ,
                   by
                   degrees
                   ;
                   mix
                   well
                   ,
                   digest
                   a
                   Week
                   ,
                   then
                   filter
                   ,
                   and
                   keep
                   it
                   for
                   Use
                   close
                   stopt
                   .
                
                 It
                 is
                 a
                 volatile
                 Acid
                 ,
                 joined
                 with
                 a
                 volatile
                 Alcalie
                 ,
                 and
                 such
                 are
                 the
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 ,
                 and
                 Essence
                 of
                 the
                 Blood
                 ;
                 Dose
                 from
                 ten
                 ,
                 to
                 twenty
                 ,
                 or
                 thirty
                 ,
                 or
                 forty
                 Drops
                 ,
                 in
                 any
                 convenient
                 Liquor
                 .
                 It
                 opens
                 all
                 manner
                 of
                 Obstructions
                 in
                 any
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 Body
                 ,
                 provokes
                 Urine
                 powerfully
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 an
                 admirable
                 good
                 thing
                 against
                 the
                 Disury
                 and
                 Ischury
                 ,
                 viz.
                 where
                 the
                 Water
                 comes
                 scalding
                 ,
                 and
                 by
                 drops
                 ,
                 or
                 where
                 it
                 is
                 totally
                 supprest
                 .
              
               
               
                 IX
                 .
                 I
                 have
                 found
                 much
                 good
                 in
                 this
                 following
                 ,
                 for
                 bringing
                 away
                 
                   Sand
                   ,
                   Gravel
                
                 ,
                 or
                 any
                 
                   mucous
                   Matter
                
                 obstructing
                 the
                 Urine
                 :
                 Take
                 Strasburg
                 
                   Turpentine
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   Oleum
                   Petroleum
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   Oleum
                   Anisii
                   ,
                   Baccarum
                   Juniperi
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   Millepedes
                   prepared
                   ,
                   Earth-worms
                   prepared
                   ,
                   pure
                   Salt
                   of
                   Tartar
                   ,
                   volatile
                   Sal-Armoniack
                
                 ana
                 
                   three
                   Drams
                   ;
                   mix
                   them
                
                 :
                 Dose
                 from
                 six
                 Drops
                 to
                 twelve
                 ,
                 or
                 more
                 ;
                 in
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 Ale
                 ,
                 Wine
                 ,
                 or
                 Mead.
                 Sometimes
                 I
                 prepared
                 it
                 thus
                 :
                 Take
                 Strasburg
                 
                   Turpentine
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   Oleum
                   Petroleum
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   Oil
                   of
                   Limons
                   ,
                   Caraways
                   ,
                   sweet
                   Fen
                   nel-seed
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   Crabs
                   Eyes
                   ,
                   Goats
                   Blood
                   prepared
                   ,
                   volatile
                   Sal-Armoniack
                   ,
                   volatile
                   Salt
                   of
                   Amber
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   three
                   Drams
                   ;
                   strong
                   Tincture
                   of
                   Thebian
                   Opium
                   ,
                   made
                   with
                   the
                   best
                   rectified
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Wine
                   ,
                   an
                   ounce
                   and
                   half
                   ;
                   mix
                   them
                
                 ;
                 Dose
                 from
                 ten
                 Drops
                 ,
                 to
                 twenty
                 ,
                 thirty
                 ,
                 or
                 more
                 ,
                 according
                 to
                 age
                 and
                 strength
                 in
                 any
                 proper
                 Vehicle
                 .
              
               
                 X.
                 This
                 is
                 a
                 thing
                 I
                 have
                 often
                 experienced
                 with
                 good
                 success
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   of
                   our
                   Spiritus
                   Universalis
                   two
                   Pound
                   ;
                   brui
                   sed
                   Onions
                   ,
                   eight
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   Parsley
                   bruised
                   four
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   digest
                   twenty
                   four
                   hours
                   ,
                   strain
                   out
                   by
                   pressing
                   ,
                   then
                   pass
                   it
                   through
                   a
                   Filter
                
                 ;
                 Dose
                 from
                 half
                 a
                 spoonful
                 ,
                 to
                 a
                 spoonful
                 ,
                 or
                 more
                 ,
                 in
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 Ale
                 ,
                 Mead
                 ,
                 Wine
                 ,
                 or
                 Parsley
                 ,
                 or
                 Arsmart-water
                 .
                 Or
                 thus
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   common
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Wine
                   a
                   Quart
                   ;
                   bruised
                   Onions
                   ,
                   Aniseeds
                   ,
                   Parsley
                   roots
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   six
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   mix
                   ,
                   digest
                   three
                   days
                   ;
                   strain
                   ,
                   filter
                   ,
                   and
                   keep
                   it
                   for
                   Use
                   :
                
                 Dose
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 spoonsuls
                 in
                 any
                 fit
                 Vehicle
                 .
              
               
                 XI
                 .
                 
                   Laurenbergius
                   ,
                   Riverius
                
                 ,
                 and
                 others
                 ,
                 mightily
                 commend
                 this
                 ,
                 as
                 a
                 thing
                 almost
                 infallible
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   pure
                   Salt
                   of
                   Tartar
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   Parsley-water
                   a
                   Quart
                   ;
                   mix
                   ,
                   dissolve
                   ,
                   and
                   filter
                   it
                   two
                   or
                   three
                   times
                   through
                   brown
                   Paper
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   become
                   clear
                   ;
                   then
                   put
                   into
                   it
                   the
                   fresh
                   outward
                   Rind
                   of
                   Orange
                   peels
                   ,
                   so
                   much
                   as
                   to
                   colour
                   it
                   of
                   a
                   Citron-colour
                   ,
                
                 (
                 viz.
                 
                   about
                   two
                   Ounces
                
                 ;
                 )
                 
                 
                   after
                   three
                   days
                   ,
                   decant
                   the
                   clear
                   ,
                   and
                   keep
                   it
                   for
                   Use
                   :
                
                 The
                 Dose
                 is
                 a
                 spoonfull
                 ,
                 or
                 more
                 ,
                 in
                 half
                 a
                 Pint
                 of
                 White
                 or
                 Rhenish-Wine
                 ,
                 or
                 Wine
                 in
                 which
                 Mustard-seed
                 ,
                 or
                 Horse-Radish-root
                 has
                 been
                 infused
                 .
              
               
                 XII
                 .
                 This
                 is
                 commended
                 by
                 some
                 for
                 to
                 expel
                 the
                 Stone
                 in
                 the
                 Bladder
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Millepedes
                   prepared
                   ,
                   Bedugar
                   ,
                   or
                   Sponge
                   of
                   the
                   Briar
                   bush
                   ,
                   seeds
                   of
                   purple
                   Violets
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   Species
                   Lithontripticae
                   two
                   Drams
                   ;
                   mix
                   them
                   ,
                   make
                   a
                   Pouder
                
                 ;
                 Dose
                 two
                 Drams
                 ,
                 in
                 ten
                 Ounces
                 of
                 a
                 Diuretick
                 Decoction
                 ,
                 mixt
                 with
                 two
                 Drams
                 of
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Juniper
                 .
                 It
                 was
                 given
                 at
                 five
                 in
                 the
                 Morning
                 for
                 some
                 time
                 ;
                 and
                 a
                 little
                 after
                 ,
                 a
                 great
                 quantity
                 of
                 reddish
                 Urine
                 came
                 away
                 ,
                 with
                 flakes
                 like
                 Scales
                 of
                 Fishes
                 ,
                 which
                 was
                 the
                 Coat
                 or
                 Crust
                 loosned
                 from
                 a
                 larger
                 Stone
                 ;
                 and
                 by
                 the
                 continual
                 use
                 thereof
                 ,
                 the
                 Sick
                 was
                 freed
                 from
                 his
                 Disease
                 .
              
               
                 XIII
                 .
                 This
                 has
                 been
                 approved
                 of
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   a
                   Hare
                   with
                   young
                   ,
                   calcine
                   it
                   to
                   Ashes
                   ;
                   these
                   Ashes
                   mix
                   with
                   an
                   equal
                   quantity
                   of
                   Sugar
                   :
                
                 Dose
                 two
                 Drams
                 in
                 any
                 convenient
                 Vehicle
                 ,
                 as
                 
                   Syrupus
                   Nephriticus
                
                 ,
                 mixt
                 with
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 White
                 or
                 Rhenish-Wine
                 :
                 But
                 
                   Arnoldus
                   de
                   Villa
                   nova
                
                 took
                 a
                 
                   Hare
                   ,
                   and
                   fill'd
                   the
                   Bolly
                   with
                   the
                   skin
                   ,
                   Saxafrage
                   ,
                   Millet
                   ,
                   Lapis
                   Lyncis
                   ,
                   Lapis
                   Judaicus
                   ,
                   Lapis
                   Spongiae
                   ,
                   Cinkfoil
                   ,
                   and
                   golden
                   Rod
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   calcin'd
                   it
                
                 ;
                 of
                 which
                 he
                 gave
                 a
                 spoonful
                 in
                 a
                 Glass
                 of
                 Wine
                 every
                 day
                 ;
                 it
                 broke
                 (
                 says
                 he
                 )
                 and
                 forced
                 away
                 the
                 Stone
                 in
                 the
                 Reins
                 and
                 Bladder
                 .
              
               
                 XIV
                 .
                 I
                 have
                 often
                 given
                 this
                 following
                 Medicine
                 with
                 incredible
                 success
                 :
                 Take
                 Strasburg
                 
                   Turpentine
                   two
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   Hercules
                   noster
                   half
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   Bezoar
                   Minerale
                   ,
                   Crabs
                   Eyes
                   ,
                   Millepedes
                   prepared
                   ,
                
                 ana
                 q.
                 s.
                 
                   mix
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   Pills
                
                 :
                 Dose
                 two
                 Drams
                 twice
                 a
                 day
                 ,
                 drinking
                 after
                 it
                 the
                 following
                 mixture
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Rbenish-Wine
                   eight
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   Syrupus
                   Nephriticus
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   Potestates
                   Litbontripticae
                   fifteen
                   Drops
                   ,
                   mix
                   for
                   a
                   Draught
                   .
                
                 This
                 I
                 have
                 also
                 proved
                 with
                 good
                 Success
                 :
                 
                   Take
                   Balsam
                
                 
                 of
                 Peru
                 half
                 a
                 Dram
                 ;
                 Oils
                 of
                 Nard
                 and
                 Mastich
                 ,
                 ana
                 ten
                 Drops
                 ;
                 Oil
                 of
                 Juniper
                 six
                 Drops
                 ;
                 Lapis
                 Judaicus
                 prepared
                 ,
                 Crabs
                 Eyes
                 fifteen
                 Grains
                 :
                 mix
                 ,
                 and
                 give
                 it
                 in
                 White
                 or
                 Rhenish-Wine
                 ,
                 or
                 a
                 Decoction
                 of
                 Millet
                 .
              
               
                 XV.
                 If
                 by
                 these
                 ,
                 or
                 some
                 of
                 the
                 Medicines
                 mentioned
                 in
                 the
                 former
                 Chapter
                 ,
                 the
                 Sick
                 receives
                 no
                 benefit
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 come
                 to
                 manual
                 operation
                 ;
                 how
                 that
                 is
                 to
                 be
                 performed
                 ,
                 whether
                 by
                 the
                 
                   Apparatus
                   minor
                
                 or
                 major
                 ,
                 we
                 have
                 taught
                 in
                 
                   our
                   Synopsis
                   Medicinae
                   ,
                   Lib.
                
                 3.
                 
                 Cap.
                 16.
                 
                 Sect.
                 7.
                 
                 &
                 8.
                 to
                 which
                 we
                 shall
                 refer
                 you
                 .
                 But
                 there
                 is
                 another
                 way
                 of
                 taking
                 out
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 thus
                 :
                 
                   The
                   Artist
                   puts
                   his
                   Finger
                   up
                   the
                
                 Anus
                 ,
                 
                   and
                   moves
                   the
                   Stone
                   to
                   the
                   fore-part
                   of
                   the
                   Belly
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   by
                   a
                   hole
                   cut
                   in
                   the
                
                 Musculus
                 Rectus
                 ,
                 
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   Duct
                   of
                   the
                   Fibres
                   ,
                   above
                   the
                
                 Os
                 Pubis
                 ,
                 
                   he
                   takes
                   out
                   the
                   Stone
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   the
                
                 Lapidillium
                 ,
                 
                   or
                   a
                   pair
                   of
                   Forceps
                
                 .
                 The
                 Operation
                 being
                 performed
                 this
                 way
                 ,
                 a
                 dripping
                 of
                 the
                 Urine
                 need
                 never
                 be
                 feared
                 ,
                 and
                 besides
                 ,
                 a
                 larger
                 space
                 is
                 allowed
                 to
                 take
                 out
                 the
                 Stone
                 in
                 .
                 However
                 ,
                 this
                 Operations
                 is
                 not
                 without
                 its
                 danger
                 ,
                 besides
                 the
                 trouble
                 ;
                 for
                 if
                 the
                 Lips
                 of
                 the
                 Wound
                 made
                 in
                 the
                 Bladder
                 ,
                 be
                 not
                 united
                 to
                 the
                 Muscles
                 of
                 the
                 
                   Abdomen
                   ,
                
                 ,
                 an
                 Exulceration
                 of
                 the
                 Bladder
                 follows
                 ;
                 which
                 both
                 makes
                 much
                 pain
                 ,
                 and
                 creates
                 an
                 Ulcer
                 more
                 incurable
                 than
                 the
                 Stone
                 it self
                 .
                 Roussetus
                 commends
                 cutting
                 in
                 the
                 Groin
                 ,
                 especially
                 for
                 Children
                 ;
                 and
                 is
                 approved
                 by
                 Hildanus
                 ,
                 in
                 larger
                 Stones
                 ,
                 which
                 cannot
                 be
                 brought
                 to
                 the
                 Perinaeum
                 ,
                 it
                 being
                 there
                 taken
                 out
                 with
                 less
                 pain
                 and
                 danger
                 of
                 an
                 Hemorrhage
                 .
                 The
                 healing
                 of
                 the
                 Bladder
                 is
                 not
                 extraordinary
                 ,
                 because
                 it
                 has
                 
                   fleshy
                   Fibres
                
                 ;
                 by
                 the
                 help
                 whereof
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 innate
                 heat
                 ,
                 the
                 Wound
                 is
                 the
                 more
                 easily
                 cured
                 .
              
               
                 XVI
                 .
                 Some
                 inject
                 by
                 a
                 Catheter
                 into
                 the
                 Bladder
                 ,
                 thinking
                 thereby
                 to
                 break
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 for
                 that
                 the
                 Medicines
                 are
                 not
                 altered
                 in
                 their
                 passage
                 ,
                 nor
                 lose
                 any
                 thing
                 of
                 their
                 Virtue
                 ,
                 as
                 those
                 do
                 which
                 are
                 given
                 by
                 
                 the
                 mouth
                 ,
                 but
                 reach
                 the
                 Stone
                 immediately
                 .
                 I
                 have
                 injected
                 Opiates
                 with
                 good
                 success
                 for
                 giving
                 ease
                 .
                 If
                 the
                 Liquors
                 be
                 sharp
                 ,
                 they
                 ought
                 to
                 be
                 such
                 ,
                 that
                 breaking
                 the
                 Stone
                 ,
                 they
                 may
                 not
                 hurt
                 the
                 Bladder
                 ;
                 as
                 Waters
                 made
                 of
                 the
                 Ashes
                 of
                 Scorpions
                 ,
                 Parsley-roots
                 ,
                 Kneeholm
                 ,
                 Crabs
                 Eyes
                 ,
                 Pellitory
                 of
                 the
                 Wall
                 ,
                 Pigeons
                 dung
                 ,
                 
                   &c.
                   
                   Baverius
                
                 injects
                 Petroleum
                 in
                 which
                 
                   Lapis
                   Lyncis
                
                 has
                 been
                 boiled
                 and
                 strained
                 forth
                 ,
                 embrocating
                 at
                 the
                 same
                 time
                 with
                 a
                 Decoction
                 of
                 Mallows
                 .
                 He
                 says
                 it
                 wonderfully
                 breaks
                 the
                 Stone
                 in
                 the
                 Bladder
                 .
                 Or
                 you
                 may
                 inject
                 with
                 this
                 :
                 Take
                 a
                 small
                 Lixivium
                 of
                 Pot-Ashes
                 one
                 Pound
                 ;
                 crude
                 Opium
                 two
                 Drams
                 ;
                 mix
                 ,
                 digest
                 twenty
                 four
                 hours
                 ;
                 then
                 strain
                 out
                 the
                 Liquor
                 for
                 use
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 CHAP.
                 XXI
                 .
                 
                   Precipiolum
                   :
                   The
                   Universal
                   Medicine
                   of
                
                 PARACELSUS
                 .
              
               
                 WHat
                 we
                 have
                 aenigmatically
                 delivered
                 in
                 
                   our
                   Doron
                   Medicum
                   ,
                   Lib.
                
                 1.
                 
                 Cap.
                 27.
                 concerning
                 the
                 universal
                 Medicine
                 of
                 Paracelsus
                 ,
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 its
                 exceeding
                 usefulness
                 to
                 the
                 World
                 ,
                 we
                 shall
                 in
                 this
                 place
                 unfold
                 ;
                 and
                 what
                 we
                 before
                 delivered
                 in
                 obscure
                 terms
                 ,
                 we
                 shall
                 here
                 explicate
                 with
                 all
                 the
                 sincerity
                 imaginable
                 .
              
               
                 I.
                 Take
                 of
                 the
                 best
                 Quicklilber
                 ,
                 which
                 separate
                 from
                 its
                 Minera
                 :
                 The
                 best
                 is
                 brought
                 from
                 Hungaria
                 ,
                 and
                 is
                 very
                 fine
                 and
                 pure
                 :
                 In
                 one
                 pound
                 you
                 will
                 not
                 have
                 above
                 two
                 ,
                 three
                 ,
                 or
                 four
                 Ounces
                 of
                 the
                 Minera
                 at
                 most
                 .
              
               
                 II.
                 This
                 Quicksilber
                 taken
                 from
                 its
                 own
                 Minera
                 ,
                 (
                 being
                 first
                 Poudred
                 )
                 you
                 shall
                 put
                 into
                 a
                 Glass
                 Retort
                 ,
                 with
                 a
                 Receiver
                 ;
                 then
                 you
                 shall
                 squeeze
                 the
                 Quiklilber
                 through
                 Leather
                 .
                 If
                 you
                 cannot
                 get
                 this
                 
                   Hungarian
                   Mineral
                   Quicklilber
                
                 ,
                 take
                 Spanish
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 next
                 best
                 ,
                 and
                 
                 squeeze
                 it
                 through
                 Leather
                 several
                 times
                 :
                 If
                 you
                 cannot
                 get
                 
                   Spanish
                   Quicksilver
                
                 ,
                 take
                 the
                 purest
                 and
                 best
                 you
                 can
                 get
                 ,
                 whose
                 Goodness
                 you
                 may
                 try
                 ,
                 by
                 evaporating
                 a
                 little
                 of
                 it
                 away
                 in
                 a
                 silver-spoon
                 ;
                 if
                 it
                 flys
                 away
                 ,
                 leaving
                 a
                 yellow
                 or
                 white
                 Spot
                 at
                 bottom
                 ,
                 it
                 will
                 serve
                 ;
                 but
                 if
                 it
                 leaves
                 a
                 black
                 or
                 green
                 Spot
                 ,
                 it
                 is
                 naught
                 for
                 this
                 Work.
                 
              
               
                 III.
                 Take
                 this
                 Quicksilver
                 ,
                 (
                 which
                 is
                 for
                 our
                 purpose
                 ,
                 )
                 wash
                 it
                 ten
                 or
                 twelve
                 times
                 with
                 Salt
                 or
                 Vinegar
                 ,
                 and
                 then
                 squeeze
                 it
                 as
                 many
                 times
                 through
                 Leather
                 ,
                 that
                 it
                 may
                 be
                 pure
                 and
                 clear
                 ,
                 and
                 be
                 freed
                 from
                 all
                 mixture
                 of
                 foulness
                 :
                 The
                 Hungarian
                 and
                 
                   Spanish
                   ,
                   Quicksilver
                
                 ,
                 are
                 pure
                 of
                 themselves
                 ,
                 and
                 need
                 not
                 be
                 washed
                 .
              
               
                 IV.
                 First
                 you
                 are
                 to
                 separate
                 the
                 
                   Mercurium
                   Coagulation
                
                 ,
                 from
                 the
                 
                   Mercury
                   Vive
                
                 ,
                 without
                 any
                 Corrosive
                 ;
                 and
                 that
                 the
                 said
                 
                   Mercury
                   Vive
                
                 shall
                 be
                 alive
                 still
                 ,
                 and
                 as
                 clear
                 as
                 a
                 
                   Venice
                   Looking
                   =
                   Glass
                
                 ;
                 which
                 
                   Mercury
                   coagulate
                   ,
                   Paracelsus
                
                 calls
                 Praecipiolum
                 ;
                 and
                 saith
                 ,
                 that
                 it
                 must
                 be
                 separated
                 dead
                 from
                 its
                 own
                 Minera
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 the
                 
                   Mercury
                   Vive
                
                 shall
                 be
                 still
                 alive
                 ,
                 after
                 that
                 the
                 Praecipiolum
                 is
                 separated
                 from
                 it
                 ;
                 and
                 that
                 the
                 
                   Corpus
                   Mercurii
                   Vivi
                
                 is
                 the
                 
                   Precipioli
                   Minera
                
                 ;
                 and
                 that
                 the
                 
                   Electum
                   Minerale
                   Immaturum
                
                 ,
                 is
                 the
                 
                   Mercurii
                   vivi
                   Minera
                
                 .
              
               
                 V.
                 Paracelsus
                 saith
                 ,
                 that
                 when
                 the
                 
                   Argent
                   Vive
                
                 shall
                 come
                 to
                 its
                 
                   loca
                   destinata
                
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 
                   Argentum
                   Vivum
                
                 shall
                 leave
                 its
                 Praecipiolum
                 behind
                 it
                 ,
                 in
                 form
                 of
                 a
                 
                   coagulated
                   Mercury
                
                 ;
                 and
                 that
                 the
                 
                   Argent
                   Vive
                
                 will
                 go
                 away
                 alive
                 ,
                 and
                 remain
                 a
                 
                   Mercurius
                   Vivus
                
                 .
                 The
                 
                   loca
                   destinata
                
                 ,
                 where
                 the
                 
                   Mercury
                   Vive
                
                 shall
                 leave
                 its
                 Semen
                 or
                 Praecipiolum
                 is
                 Gold
                 and
                 
                   Silver
                   .
                   Gold
                
                 is
                 the
                 best
                 place
                 ,
                 by
                 reason
                 of
                 its
                 fixation
                 and
                 purity
                 ;
                 and
                 after
                 Gold
                 ,
                 is
                 Silver
                 .
                 In
                 this
                 Praecipiolum
                 lieth
                 hidden
                 the
                 whole
                 Art
                 of
                 Chymistry
                 :
                 If
                 a
                 Chymist
                 knows
                 not
                 how
                 to
                 make
                 or
                 separate
                 this
                 Praecipiolum
                 from
                 its
                 Mercurius
                 
                 Vivus
                 ,
                 he
                 will
                 fail
                 of
                 the
                 whole
                 Art.
                 
              
               
                 VI.
                 This
                 Praecipiolum
                 is
                 the
                 Matter
                 whereof
                 is
                 made
                 the
                 
                   Philosophers
                   Mercury
                
                 ;
                 that
                 is
                 ,
                 when
                 it
                 is
                 reduced
                 into
                 its
                 
                   first
                   Matter
                
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 into
                 a
                 
                   most
                   clear
                   Water
                
                 ,
                 transparent
                 as
                 Crystal
                 ;
                 it
                 is
                 then
                 slippery
                 ,
                 and
                 will
                 eat
                 and
                 drink
                 its
                 own
                 Blood
                 ,
                 and
                 multiply
                 it self
                 with
                 it
                 
                   per
                   Infinitum
                
                 .
                 And
                 this
                 Water
                 will
                 bring
                 all
                 the
                 Metals
                 ,
                 as
                 Gold
                 and
                 Silver
                 ,
                 into
                 their
                 first
                 Matter
                 Being
                 thus
                 prepared
                 Philosophically
                 ,
                 (
                 without
                 any
                 thing
                 of
                 a
                 Corrosive
                 )
                 it
                 cures
                 
                   Hydropem
                   ,
                   Podagram
                   ,
                   Morbum
                   Venereum
                   ,
                
                 and
                 many
                 other
                 Diseases
                 .
              
               
                 VII
                 .
                 The
                 Philosophers
                 call
                 this
                 
                   Argent
                   Vive
                
                 their
                 Wine
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 Praecipiolum
                 ,
                 its
                 Tartar
                 ;
                 both
                 make
                 the
                 Philosophers
                 
                   Spiritum
                   Vini
                   Philosophicum
                
                 ,
                 which
                 Paracelsus
                 calls
                 now
                 and
                 then
                 
                   Astrum
                   Mercurii
                
                 ,
                 and
                 
                   Spiritum
                   Mercurii
                
                 ,
                 his
                 
                   Sal
                   Armoniacum
                
                 ,
                 his
                 
                   Sal
                   Minerale
                
                 ,
                 his
                 
                   Balneum
                   Mariae
                
                 ,
                 his
                 
                   Horse
                   Dung
                
                 ,
                 his
                 Fire
                 ,
                 with
                 an
                 hundred
                 other
                 Names
                 to
                 deceive
                 the
                 Vulgar
                 .
              
               
                 VIII
                 .
                 
                   The
                   process
                   of
                   the
                
                 Praecipiolum
                 :
                 Take
                 
                   Argent
                   Vive
                
                 well
                 purified
                 ten
                 parts
                 ;
                 of
                 
                   our
                   Gold
                
                 ,
                 or
                 
                   our
                   Silver
                
                 one
                 part
                 ,
                 (
                 not
                 the
                 common
                 Gold
                 or
                 Silver
                 which
                 the
                 Vulgar
                 use
                 ,
                 but
                 ours
                 ,
                 
                   viz.
                   Gold
                
                 well
                 refined
                 through
                 Antimony
                 ,
                 or
                 Silver
                 refined
                 with
                 Lead
                 )
                 made
                 into
                 fine
                 Leaves
                 ;
                 make
                 an
                 Amalgama
                 of
                 both
                 in
                 a
                 warm
                 Glass-Mortar
                 ,
                 mixing
                 them
                 well
                 ;
                 then
                 put
                 this
                 Amalgama
                 into
                 a
                 Retort
                 ,
                 (
                 as
                 hereafter
                 shall
                 be
                 directed
                 ,
                 )
                 and
                 put
                 it
                 on
                 an
                 earthen
                 Capel
                 ,
                 or
                 an
                 earthen
                 Pan
                 ,
                 with
                 one
                 part
                 clear
                 Sand
                 ,
                 and
                 as
                 much
                 sifted
                 Ashes
                 ;
                 and
                 cover
                 it
                 with
                 another
                 earthen
                 Pan
                 ,
                 and
                 put
                 to
                 it
                 a
                 little
                 Receiver
                 ,
                 without
                 luting
                 of
                 it
                 ;
                 and
                 then
                 make
                 a
                 fire
                 in
                 your
                 Furnace
                 ,
                 and
                 give
                 indifferent
                 heat
                 ,
                 distilling
                 the
                 Mercury
                 from
                 our
                 Gold
                 or
                 Silver
                 with
                 an
                 equal
                 fire
                 :
                 Now
                 and
                 then
                 take
                 the
                 Pan
                 from
                 it
                 ;
                 and
                 when
                 you
                 see
                 the
                 Mercury
                 is
                 distilled
                 from
                 the
                 Gold
                 or
                 Silver
                 ,
                 cover
                 it
                 again
                 ,
                 and
                 let
                 the
                 Fire
                 go
                 out
                 :
                 The
                 next
                 morning
                 take
                 the
                 Retort
                 and
                 Receiver
                 ,
                 and
                 if
                 any
                 
                 part
                 hang
                 in
                 the
                 neck
                 of
                 the
                 Retort
                 (
                 as
                 some
                 will
                 ,
                 )
                 you
                 shall
                 wipe
                 it
                 off
                 with
                 a
                 Feather
                 ,
                 to
                 the
                 other
                 Mercury
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 in
                 the
                 Receiver
                 .
                 If
                 you
                 will
                 ,
                 you
                 may
                 now
                 and
                 then
                 hold
                 a
                 glowing
                 Cole
                 to
                 the
                 neck
                 of
                 the
                 Retort
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 Mercury
                 may
                 run
                 to
                 the
                 other
                 which
                 is
                 in
                 the
                 Retort
                 .
                 When
                 you
                 have
                 separated
                 the
                 Mercury
                 ,
                 then
                 scrape
                 your
                 Gold
                 ,
                 (
                 which
                 will
                 lie
                 at
                 the
                 bottom
                 of
                 the
                 Retort
                 )
                 with
                 a
                 crooked
                 Iron
                 ,
                 and
                 take
                 it
                 out
                 ,
                 and
                 put
                 it
                 into
                 a
                 Glass
                 Mortar
                 ,
                 pouder
                 it
                 small
                 ,
                 and
                 mix
                 or
                 mingle
                 it
                 with
                 ,
                 
                   i.
                   e.
                   Amalgamate
                
                 it
                 with
                 your
                 Mercury
                 again
                 ,
                 by
                 degrees
                 ,
                 or
                 by
                 little
                 and
                 little
                 ;
                 and
                 put
                 this
                 Amalgama
                 again
                 into
                 the
                 Retort
                 ,
                 so
                 shall
                 you
                 find
                 a
                 pouder
                 ,
                 that
                 will
                 not
                 go
                 into
                 the
                 Mercury
                 ,
                 do
                 not
                 cast
                 it
                 away
                 ,
                 but
                 put
                 it
                 with
                 the
                 Amalgama
                 into
                 the
                 Retort
                 ,
                 (
                 or
                 else
                 you
                 will
                 lose
                 your
                 Praecipiolum
                 ,
                 )
                 and
                 distil
                 it
                 again
                 as
                 before
                 ,
                 now
                 and
                 then
                 taking
                 the
                 Pan
                 from
                 it
                 ,
                 to
                 see
                 if
                 the
                 Mercury
                 be
                 almost
                 all
                 gone
                 over
                 ;
                 and
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 ,
                 let
                 the
                 fire
                 go
                 out
                 ,
                 and
                 cover
                 with
                 the
                 earthen
                 Pan
                 again
                 ,
                 and
                 let
                 it
                 stand
                 till
                 the
                 next
                 morning
                 ,
                 and
                 then
                 take
                 the
                 Retort
                 and
                 Recipient
                 again
                 ,
                 from
                 the
                 Furnace
                 ,
                 or
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 Sand
                 ,
                 and
                 and
                 wipe
                 your
                 Mercury
                 again
                 with
                 a
                 Feather
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 neck
                 of
                 the
                 Retort
                 to
                 the
                 other
                 Mercury
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 in
                 the
                 Recipient
                 ,
                 scraping
                 also
                 again
                 ,
                 with
                 your
                 crooked
                 Iron
                 ,
                 your
                 Gold
                 out
                 of
                 your
                 Retort
                 .
                 This
                 done
                 ,
              
               
                 IX
                 .
                 Put
                 it
                 again
                 into
                 a
                 
                   Glass
                   Mortar
                
                 ,
                 (
                 where
                 observe
                 ,
                 you
                 shall
                 distil
                 so
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 
                   Mercury
                   Vibe
                
                 may
                 go
                 from
                 the
                 Gold
                 ,
                 which
                 remains
                 at
                 the
                 bottom
                 of
                 the
                 Retort
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 no
                 Mercury
                 may
                 remain
                 with
                 your
                 said
                 Gold
                 ,
                 )
                 and
                 pouder
                 again
                 very
                 fine
                 ,
                 and
                 amalgamate
                 again
                 your
                 Mercury
                 with
                 your
                 Gold
                 ,
                 and
                 by
                 little
                 and
                 little
                 ,
                 as
                 is
                 before-mentioned
                 ,
                 you
                 will
                 find
                 that
                 the
                 Gold
                 and
                 Mercury
                 will
                 not
                 so
                 well
                 mix
                 together
                 ,
                 as
                 they
                 did
                 at
                 first
                 and
                 second
                 time
                 :
                 Then
                 take
                 it
                 and
                 put
                 it
                 again
                 into
                 the
                 Retort
                 ,
                 distilling
                 as
                 afore
                 (
                 not
                 casting
                 any
                 Pouder
                 away
                 ,
                 which
                 
                 you
                 may
                 think
                 to
                 be
                 faeces
                 ,
                 for
                 then
                 you
                 will
                 lose
                 your
                 Praecipiolum
                 :
                 )
                 Take
                 your
                 Glass
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 Furnace
                 ,
                 or
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 said
                 Capell
                 ,
                 scrape
                 your
                 Gold
                 with
                 your
                 crooked
                 Iron
                 out
                 of
                 your
                 Retort
                 ,
                 and
                 you
                 will
                 find
                 that
                 your
                 Gold
                 is
                 much
                 increased
                 ,
                 if
                 you
                 weigh
                 it
                 :
                 The
                 reason
                 is
                 ,
                 the
                 Gold
                 is
                 the
                 Magnet
                 which
                 hath
                 attracted
                 the
                 Praecipiolum
                 ;
                 or
                 ,
                 the
                 Gold
                 is
                 the
                 Cask
                 wherein
                 the
                 
                   Philosophers
                   Wine
                
                 hath
                 let
                 fall
                 its
                 Tartar
                 ,
                 which
                 Paracelsus
                 calls
                 Praecipiolum
                 .
              
               
                 X.
                 To
                 separate
                 the
                 Praecipiolum
                 from
                 the
                 Gold.
                 Take
                 the
                 Gold
                 which
                 you
                 have
                 scraped
                 out
                 of
                 the
                 Retort
                 ,
                 and
                 pouder
                 it
                 very
                 small
                 in
                 your
                 
                   Glass
                   Mortar
                
                 ,
                 with
                 which
                 mingle
                 your
                 Mercury
                 by
                 degrees
                 ,
                 or
                 by
                 little
                 and
                 little
                 ,
                 (
                 your
                 Mercury
                 will
                 hardly
                 mix
                 with
                 your
                 Gold
                 ;
                 the
                 reason
                 is
                 ,
                 the
                 Gold
                 is
                 full
                 of
                 the
                 Praecipiolum
                 ,
                 and
                 then
                 it
                 is
                 time
                 to
                 separate
                 the
                 Praecipiolum
                 from
                 the
                 Gold
                 and
                 Mercury
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 a
                 Womans
                 work
                 ;
                 when
                 her
                 Cloths
                 are
                 foul
                 ,
                 she
                 washes
                 them
                 from
                 their
                 foulness
                 :
                 The
                 same
                 way
                 you
                 must
                 cleanse
                 or
                 separate
                 the
                 Praecipiolum
                 from
                 the
                 Gold
                 and
                 Mercury
                 ,
                 )
                 as
                 followeth
                 .
              
               
                 XI
                 .
                 When
                 you
                 have
                 the
                 sign
                 that
                 your
                 Mercury
                 will
                 hardly
                 amalgamate
                 ,
                 or
                 mix
                 with
                 your
                 Gold
                 ;
                 or
                 that
                 the
                 Gold
                 will
                 not
                 enter
                 into
                 the
                 Mercury
                 ;
                 then
                 pour
                 on
                 it
                 the
                 fairest
                 Water
                 ,
                 (
                 distilled
                 Water
                 is
                 best
                 )
                 three
                 Fingers
                 breadth
                 above
                 the
                 Sol
                 ,
                 or
                 Luna
                 ,
                 and
                 Mercury
                 ,
                 which
                 wash
                 together
                 in
                 the
                 Mortar
                 with
                 a
                 Pestel
                 very
                 well
                 ,
                 till
                 the
                 Water
                 is
                 
                   blewish
                   black
                
                 ;
                 then
                 it
                 is
                 a
                 sign
                 that
                 the
                 Gold
                 le
                 ts
                 fall
                 its
                 Tartar
                 ,
                 or
                 Praecipiolum
                 into
                 the
                 Water
                 .
                 Pour
                 off
                 this
                 Water
                 into
                 a
                 Glass
                 ;
                 but
                 be
                 careful
                 that
                 not
                 any
                 of
                 the
                 Mercury
                 goes
                 off
                 with
                 it
                 ;
                 (
                 for
                 this
                 Mercury
                 will
                 no
                 more
                 mix
                 with
                 common
                 fair
                 Water
                 ,
                 than
                 Oil
                 and
                 Water
                 will
                 mix
                 .
                 )
                 Put
                 more
                 fresh
                 Water
                 upon
                 your
                 Gold
                 and
                 Mercury
                 ,
                 and
                 wash
                 it
                 again
                 ,
                 'till
                 the
                 Water
                 is
                 blew
                 again
                 ;
                 pour
                 it
                 off
                 as
                 aforesaid
                 :
                 Thus
                 continue
                 washing
                 'till
                 your
                 Water
                 remains
                 white
                 :
                 Put
                 this
                 last
                 Water
                 to
                 the
                 other
                 Waters
                 
                 in
                 the
                 Glass
                 ,
                 and
                 cover
                 the
                 Glass
                 very
                 close
                 ,
                 that
                 not
                 any
                 foulness
                 may
                 fall
                 into
                 the
                 Glass
                 .
              
               
                 XII
                 .
                 The
                 Praecipiolum
                 being
                 thus
                 washed
                 away
                 ,
                 the
                 Mercury
                 will
                 again
                 amalgamate
                 with
                 the
                 Gold
                 ,
                 as
                 Oil
                 will
                 dissolve
                 Wax
                 .
                 Take
                 the
                 Amalgama
                 ,
                 dry
                 it
                 upon
                 warm
                 Ashes
                 very
                 softly
                 with
                 a
                 Sponge
                 ,
                 or
                 on
                 Paper
                 ,
                 and
                 by
                 a
                 little
                 heat
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 Amalgama
                 may
                 be
                 dry
                 ,
                 which
                 put
                 again
                 into
                 the
                 Retort
                 ,
                 and
                 distil
                 it
                 as
                 aforesaid
                 ,
                 (
                 by
                 Sect.
                 8.
                 
                 &
                 9.
                 )
                 so
                 long
                 'till
                 the
                 Gold
                 will
                 hardly
                 Amalgamate
                 with
                 the
                 Mercury
                 ;
                 then
                 separate
                 the
                 Praecipiolum
                 ,
                 as
                 aforesaid
                 ,
                 (
                 by
                 Sect.
                 10.
                 
                 &
                 11.
                 )
              
               
                 XIII
                 .
                 Now
                 observe
                 ,
                 I
                 gave
                 you
                 a
                 charge
                 ,
                 that
                 you
                 should
                 keep
                 your
                 Glass
                 close
                 ,
                 wherein
                 you
                 put
                 your
                 blewest
                 Water
                 ,
                 which
                 will
                 be
                 clear
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 Pouder
                 at
                 bottom
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 some
                 of
                 the
                 Praecipiolum
                 .
                 The
                 clear
                 Water
                 pour
                 off
                 (
                 without
                 disturbing
                 it
                 )
                 as
                 soon
                 as
                 you
                 can
                 into
                 another
                 Glass
                 :
                 Now
                 when
                 you
                 see
                 that
                 your
                 Gold
                 will
                 hardly
                 mit
                 with
                 your
                 Mercury
                 ,
                 or
                 not
                 without
                 great
                 trouble
                 ,
                 pour
                 the
                 same
                 Water
                 which
                 you
                 poured
                 off
                 from
                 the
                 Praecipiolum
                 upon
                 your
                 Amalgama
                 ,
                 and
                 wash
                 it
                 again
                 ,
                 'till
                 the
                 Water
                 is
                 blewish
                 as
                 aforesaid
                 ,
                 which
                 pour
                 off
                 ,
                 and
                 continue
                 so
                 doing
                 'till
                 the
                 Water
                 is
                 colourless
                 ,
                 (
                 by
                 Sect.
                 11.
                 )
              
               
                 XIV
                 .
                 Then
                 take
                 the
                 Amalgama
                 again
                 ,
                 and
                 dry
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 repeat
                 the
                 same
                 Work
                 again
                 (
                 by
                 Sect.
                 12.
                 )
                 'till
                 you
                 have
                 the
                 sign
                 ;
                 which
                 wash
                 again
                 with
                 the
                 aforesaid
                 Water
                 ,
                 (
                 by
                 Sect.
                 13.
                 )
                 and
                 you
                 will
                 find
                 that
                 your
                 Praecipiolum
                 will
                 〈◊〉
                 daily
                 :
                 This
                 distillation
                 and
                 washing
                 you
                 shall
                 continue
                 ,
                 'till
                 the
                 Mercury
                 is
                 freed
                 from
                 the
                 
                   Mercurium
                   coagulatum
                
                 ,
                 or
                 Praecipiolum
                 .
              
               
                 XV.
                 Observe
                 that
                 as
                 the
                 Water
                 grows
                 less
                 ,
                 you
                 add
                 to
                 it
                 (
                 as
                 need
                 requires
                 )
                 fresh
                 Water
                 .
                 Now
                 the
                 sign
                 when
                 the
                 Mercury
                 has
                 lost
                 all
                 its
                 Sperm
                 ,
                 or
                 its
                 Tartar
                 ,
                 or
                 Coagulum
                 ,
                 or
                 Praecipiolum
                 ,
                 is
                 ,
                 That
                 that
                 Mercury
                 will
                 Eternally
                 Amalgamate
                 with
                 the
                 Gold
                 ,
                 so
                 that
                 they
                 will
                 always
                 mix
                 well
                 together
                 :
                 
                 And
                 if
                 you
                 should
                 a
                 thousand
                 times
                 Amalgamate
                 that
                 Gold
                 and
                 Mercury
                 ,
                 and
                 as
                 often
                 distil
                 the
                 one
                 from
                 the
                 other
                 ,
                 yet
                 they
                 will
                 still
                 Amalgamate
                 again
                 ,
                 or
                 mix
                 .
                 And
                 if
                 you
                 should
                 wash
                 them
                 a
                 thousand
                 times
                 with
                 fresh
                 Water
                 ,
                 the
                 Water
                 will
                 be
                 clear
                 ,
                 and
                 
                   not
                   blewish
                
                 .
                 As
                 long
                 as
                 any
                 Salt
                 or
                 Praecipiolum
                 is
                 in
                 the
                 Mercury
                 ,
                 you
                 cannot
                 distil
                 two
                 ,
                 three
                 ,
                 or
                 four
                 times
                 the
                 Mercury
                 from
                 the
                 Sol
                 ,
                 but
                 it
                 will
                 be
                 difficult
                 to
                 Amalgamate
                 or
                 mit
                 the
                 one
                 with
                 the
                 other
                 ;
                 and
                 when
                 you
                 will
                 have
                 it
                 to
                 mix
                 ,
                 you
                 must
                 wash
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 then
                 it
                 will
                 Amalgamate
                 well
                 again
                 .
                 But
                 when
                 that
                 the
                 Salt
                 ,
                 or
                 Praecipiolum
                 is
                 all
                 separated
                 from
                 the
                 Mercury
                 ,
                 it
                 will
                 Amalgamate
                 or
                 mit
                 after
                 a
                 thousand
                 distillations
                 ,
                 as
                 aforesaid
                 :
                 And
                 if
                 it
                 be
                 wash'd
                 a
                 thousand
                 times
                 ,
                 the
                 Water
                 will
                 always
                 be
                 clear
                 .
              
               
                 XVI
                 .
                 
                   To
                   prepare
                   the
                
                 Praecipiolum
                 
                   to
                   a
                   Medicine
                
                 .
                 Pour
                 the
                 clear
                 Waters
                 from
                 the
                 Pouder
                 which
                 lies
                 at
                 the
                 bottom
                 in
                 the
                 Glass
                 ,
                 that
                 no
                 Water
                 may
                 be
                 left
                 on
                 the
                 Pouder
                 ;
                 put
                 the
                 Glass
                 on
                 a
                 little
                 warm
                 Ashes
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 Pouder
                 may
                 dry
                 ,
                 which
                 will
                 look
                 blewish
                 Yellow
                 :
                 Put
                 this
                 Pouder
                 into
                 a
                 little
                 Cucurbit
                 Glass
                 ,
                 or
                 Bolt-head
                 ,
                 and
                 distil
                 off
                 from
                 it
                 the
                 Water
                 of
                 Eggs
                 ,
                 five
                 or
                 six
                 times
                 ,
                 or
                 so
                 long
                 'till
                 the
                 Pouder
                 becomes
                 Red
                 ,
                 and
                 distil
                 off
                 from
                 it
                 five
                 or
                 six
                 times
                 Spirit
                 of
                 Wine
                 ,
                 so
                 is
                 it
                 fitted
                 for
                 Medicine
                 .
                 Dostwo
                 ,
                 or
                 almost
                 three
                 Grains
                 .
              
               
                 XVII
                 .
                 
                   To
                   make
                   the
                   Water
                   of
                   Eggs.
                
                 Take
                 a
                 good
                 quantity
                 of
                 Eggs
                 ,
                 boyl
                 them
                 very
                 hard
                 ,
                 take
                 the
                 Whites
                 and
                 cut
                 them
                 very
                 small
                 ,
                 and
                 distil
                 them
                 in
                 an
                 Alembick
                 
                   per
                   Cineres
                
                 ,
                 very
                 softly
                 ,
                 'till
                 you
                 have
                 got
                 all
                 the
                 Water
                 from
                 the
                 Whites
                 ;
                 then
                 take
                 the
                 Egg-shells
                 ,
                 calcine
                 them
                 ,
                 put
                 them
                 into
                 a
                 Retort
                 ,
                 put
                 upon
                 them
                 the
                 former
                 (
                 that
                 is
                 their
                 own
                 )
                 Water
                 ,
                 and
                 distil
                 
                   per
                   Arenam
                
                 ,
                 with
                 a
                 strong
                 Fire
                 ;
                 put
                 this
                 Water
                 upon
                 Ashes
                 again
                 ,
                 and
                 distil
                 it
                 again
                 :
                 Thus
                 continue
                 it
                 five
                 or
                 six
                 times
                 ;
                 so
                 the
                 Water
                 will
                 be
                 fitted
                 for
                 the
                 Praecipiolum
                 .
              
               
                 XVIII
                 .
                 The
                 Philosophers
                 
                 Key
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 
                   Sal
                   Prae
                   cipioli
                
                 ,
                 or
                 Salt
                 of
                 the
                 
                   Mercury
                   coagulate
                
                 .
                 You
                 may
                 remember
                 that
                 I
                 gave
                 you
                 Instruction
                 ,
                 that
                 you
                 should
                 pour
                 off
                 the
                 clear
                 VVater
                 from
                 the
                 Praecipiolum
                 ,
                 and
                 you
                 should
                 make
                 dry
                 the
                 Praecipiolum
                 ,
                 and
                 bring
                 it
                 into
                 a
                 Medicinal
                 
                   red
                   Pouder
                
                 :
                 Or
                 ,
                 you
                 should
                 bring
                 it
                 into
                 its
                 
                   first
                   Matter
                
                 ,
                 which
                 shall
                 bring
                 all
                 Mettals
                 ,
                 principally
                 its
                 own
                 Body
                 into
                 its
                 first
                 Matter
                 ,
                 which
                 cannot
                 be
                 done
                 without
                 the
                 
                   Sal
                   Praecipioli
                
                 ;
                 which
                 is
                 hidden
                 in
                 the
                 VVater
                 you
                 pour
                 off
                 from
                 the
                 Praecipiolum
                 .
                 That
                 same
                 VVater
                 filtre
                 through
                 brown
                 Paper
                 ,
                 and
                 set
                 the
                 VVater
                 to
                 evaporate
                 in
                 a
                 round
                 Glass
                 ,
                 very
                 softly
                 in
                 Ashes
                 .
                 VVhen
                 the
                 VVater
                 is
                 evaporated
                 away
                 ,
                 you
                 will
                 find
                 at
                 the
                 bottom
                 of
                 the
                 Glass
                 a
                 yellow
                 whitish
                 Salt
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 
                   Sal
                   Praecipioli
                
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 
                   Clavis
                   Philosophorum
                
                 ,
                 wherewith
                 they
                 do
                 unlock
                 the
                 Lock
                 of
                 the
                 Praecipiolum
                 ,
                 which
                 brings
                 the
                 same
                 into
                 its
                 first
                 Matter
                 .
                 If
                 you
                 know
                 not
                 this
                 Salt
                 ,
                 you
                 know
                 nothing
                 of
                 the
                 true
                 Chymistry
                 .
                 This
                 Salt
                 does
                 decrease
                 in
                 the
                 decrease
                 of
                 the
                 Moon
                 ,
                 and
                 increase
                 
                   in
                   the
                   full
                
                 .
                 One
                 Grain
                 will
                 purge
                 very
                 safely
                 all
                 
                   Podagra's
                   ,
                   Struma's
                   ,
                   venerial
                   and
                   hydropical
                
                 Humors
                 ,
                 with
                 two
                 Grains
                 of
                 the
                 Praecipiolum
                 prepared
                 .
              
               
                 XIX
                 .
                 
                   To
                   bring
                   the
                
                 Praecipiolum
                 
                   into
                   its
                   first
                   Matter
                   ,
                   or
                   slippery
                   Water
                   :
                
                 Take
                 of
                 the
                 Salt
                 p.
                 1.
                 of
                 the
                 Praecipiolum
                 ,
                 p.
                 2.
                 being
                 dry
                 ;
                 first
                 dissolve
                 the
                 Salt
                 in
                 warm
                 Water
                 ,
                 and
                 put
                 it
                 upon
                 the
                 Praecipiolum
                 ,
                 and
                 evaporate
                 it
                 away
                 very
                 gently
                 in
                 warm
                 Ashes
                 ,
                 with
                 a
                 very
                 gentle
                 fire
                 ,
                 then
                 is
                 the
                 Praecipiolum
                 with
                 its
                 own
                 Salt
                 ;
                 put
                 it
                 into
                 a
                 little
                 Retort
                 ,
                 nip
                 up
                 the
                 neck
                 of
                 the
                 Retort
                 very
                 close
                 ,
                 put
                 it
                 into
                 
                   Balneum
                   Vaporosum
                
                 ,
                 and
                 let
                 it
                 stand
                 
                   〈◊〉
                   Weeks
                
                 in
                 digestion
                 ,
                 or
                 to
                 putrifie
                 ,
                 and
                 it
                 will
                 become
                 a
                 slimy
                 Water
                 .
                 Take
                 the
                 Retort
                 ,
                 open
                 its
                 neck
                 ,
                 and
                 lay
                 the
                 Retort
                 in
                 a
                 Sand-furnace
                 ,
                 and
                 cover
                 it
                 with
                 an
                 earthen
                 Pan
                 ,
                 fixing
                 to
                 it
                 a
                 Receiver
                 well
                 luted
                 ;
                 give
                 first
                 a
                 slow
                 fire
                 ,
                 then
                 a
                 stronger
                 ,
                 which
                 continue
                 till
                 the
                 Spirits
                 be
                 well
                 resolved
                 into
                 water
                 .
                 First
                 
                 the
                 Spirits
                 will
                 come
                 forth
                 in
                 white
                 Clouds
                 ,
                 or
                 in
                 smoak
                 ;
                 and
                 at
                 last
                 in
                 red
                 Clouds
                 or
                 smoak
                 ;
                 give
                 fire
                 so
                 long
                 till
                 all
                 the
                 Spirits
                 are
                 come
                 over
                 in
                 a
                 clear
                 white
                 water
                 ;
                 and
                 when
                 you
                 have
                 this
                 sign
                 ,
                 take
                 the
                 Receiver
                 from
                 the
                 Retort
                 ,
                 stopping
                 the
                 said
                 Receiver
                 very
                 well
                 with
                 Wax
                 ,
                 that
                 no
                 Spirits
                 may
                 fly
                 away
                 ;
                 then
                 let
                 the
                 Fire
                 go
                 out
                 .
              
               
                 XX.
                 The
                 Matter
                 which
                 remains
                 in
                 the
                 Retort
                 take
                 out
                 ,
                 and
                 put
                 it
                 into
                 a
                 Bolt-head
                 ,
                 and
                 stop
                 it
                 well
                 ,
                 and
                 set
                 it
                 in
                 a
                 warm
                 place
                 ;
                 then
                 rectifie
                 once
                 the
                 Spirits
                 which
                 are
                 in
                 the
                 Receiver
                 ,
                 and
                 keep
                 them
                 carefully
                 :
                 Now
                 observe
                 this
                 ,
                 you
                 remember
                 ,
                 that
                 when
                 the
                 Mercury
                 hath
                 lost
                 its
                 Praecipiolum
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 same
                 Mercury
                 will
                 be
                 as
                 bright
                 as
                 a
                 Venice
                 Looking-glass
                 :
                 Take
                 of
                 this
                 bright
                 Mercury
                 one
                 part
                 ;
                 of
                 the
                 Spirit
                 aforesaid
                 two
                 parts
                 ;
                 put
                 them
                 into
                 a
                 Bolt
                 head
                 ,
                 stop
                 it
                 very
                 close
                 ,
                 and
                 let
                 it
                 stand
                 in
                 a
                 little
                 warmth
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Mercury
                 will
                 mix
                 with
                 the
                 Spirit
                 ;
                 then
                 distil
                 all
                 through
                 a
                 Retort
                 in
                 Sand.
                 Take
                 again
                 of
                 the
                 aforesaid
                 Mercury
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 clear
                 as
                 a
                 Venice
                 Looking-Glass
                 ,
                 p.
                 i.
                 of
                 the
                 Spirit
                 p.
                 ij
                 .
                 put
                 them
                 into
                 a
                 Bolt-head
                 ,
                 and
                 set
                 it
                 in
                 a
                 warm
                 place
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Mercury
                 will
                 mix
                 with
                 the
                 Spirit
                 and
                 dissolve
                 ;
                 then
                 distil
                 again
                 in
                 a
                 Retort
                 in
                 Sand
                 ,
                 (
                 
                   ut
                   supra
                
                 )
                 and
                 it
                 will
                 come
                 over
                 in
                 form
                 of
                 VVater
                 ;
                 this
                 continue
                 so
                 long
                 ,
                 'till
                 all
                 the
                 one
                 half
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 
                   might
                   Mercury
                
                 is
                 brought
                 to
                 a
                 clear
                 thin
                 VVater
                 ,
                 which
                 keep
                 very
                 close
                 stopped
                 with
                 VVax
                 .
                 Take
                 the
                 Pouder
                 which
                 I
                 ordered
                 to
                 be
                 kept
                 in
                 a
                 Bolt-head
                 ,
                 and
                 place
                 it
                 very
                 deep
                 in
                 a
                 sand
                 Capel
                 ,
                 and
                 give
                 a
                 strong
                 Fire
                 for
                 twenty
                 four
                 Hours
                 ;
                 then
                 let
                 the
                 Fire
                 go
                 out
                 ,
                 and
                 take
                 the
                 Bolt-head
                 forth
                 ,
                 and
                 stir
                 the
                 Pouder
                 with
                 a
                 wooden
                 Stick
                 ,
                 and
                 put
                 it
                 upon
                 the
                 half
                 part
                 of
                 the
                 
                   clear
                   Mercurial
                   Water
                
                 ,
                 closing
                 the
                 Glass
                 with
                 
                   Hermes
                   Seal
                
                 :
                 shake
                 it
                 ,
                 and
                 let
                 it
                 stand
                 in
                 digestion
                 in
                 a
                 warm
                 place
                 for
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 days
                 ;
                 then
                 pour
                 off
                 this
                 into
                 another
                 Glass
                 ,
                 and
                 pour
                 upon
                 the
                 remainder
                 of
                 the
                 Pouder
                 
                 the
                 other
                 half
                 of
                 the
                 VVater
                 ,
                 sealing
                 the
                 Glass
                 again
                 ,
                 and
                 letting
                 it
                 stand
                 
                   ut
                   supra
                
                 ,
                 for
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 days
                 ;
                 then
                 put
                 it
                 to
                 the
                 former
                 VVater
                 ,
                 and
                 Seal
                 up
                 the
                 Glass
                 Hermetically
                 ,
                 letting
                 it
                 stand
                 in
                 
                   Balneo
                   Vaporoso
                   eight
                   Days
                
                 ;
                 after
                 distil
                 it
                 through
                 a
                 Retort
                 ,
                 and
                 if
                 any
                 thing
                 remain
                 in
                 the
                 Retort
                 (
                 which
                 will
                 be
                 very
                 little
                 )
                 pour
                 upon
                 it
                 the
                 Spirit
                 again
                 ,
                 and
                 distil
                 it
                 'till
                 all
                 is
                 come
                 over
                 .
                 Now
                 is
                 the
                 Salt
                 with
                 its
                 own
                 Spirit
                 ,
                 and
                 brought
                 into
                 its
                 first
                 Matter
                 ,
                 keep
                 it
                 well
                 stopped
                 .
              
               
                 XXI
                 .
                 This
                 is
                 the
                 VVater
                 which
                 the
                 Philosophers
                 have
                 given
                 divers
                 Names
                 to
                 ,
                 as
                 their
                 
                   Horse-dung
                   ,
                   Balneum
                   Mariae
                
                 ,
                 and
                 
                   Calx
                   Viva
                
                 ,
                 and
                 in
                 Sum
                 this
                 is
                 the
                 
                   Philosophers
                   true
                   Fire
                
                 ,
                 without
                 which
                 no
                 true
                 work
                 can
                 be
                 done
                 in
                 Chymistry
                 .
              
               
                 XXII
                 .
                 The
                 Philosopher
                 has
                 brought
                 forth
                 this
                 Salamander
                 ,
                 which
                 will
                 never
                 wast
                 in
                 the
                 Fire
                 ,
                 the
                 longer
                 the
                 stronger
                 :
                 This
                 Water
                 will
                 increase
                 and
                 multiply
                 
                   per
                   Infinitum
                
                 ;
                 that
                 is
                 to
                 say
                 ,
                 if
                 all
                 the
                 Sea
                 were
                 Mercury
                 ,
                 it
                 would
                 turn
                 the
                 same
                 into
                 its
                 
                   first
                   Matter
                
                 .
                 First
                 you
                 must
                 wash
                 your
                 Mercury
                 with
                 Salt
                 and
                 Vinegar
                 divers
                 times
                 ,
                 and
                 at
                 last
                 with
                 Water
                 ,
                 to
                 wash
                 away
                 the
                 Salt
                 :
                 Then
                 mix
                 this
                 Mercury
                 with
                 
                   Calx
                   Vive
                
                 ,
                 and
                 
                   Calcin'd
                   Tartar
                
                 ,
                 and
                 (
                 by
                 Sect.
                 8.
                 aforegoing
                 )
                 distil
                 it
                 in
                 a
                 Retort
                 in
                 a
                 sand
                 Furnace
                 ,
                 and
                 fix
                 to
                 it
                 a
                 Receiver
                 ,
                 fill'd
                 almost
                 half
                 full
                 of
                 Water
                 ,
                 that
                 the
                 Mercury
                 may
                 fall
                 into
                 it
                 and
                 coagulate
                 ,
                 which
                 dry
                 ,
                 and
                 squeeze
                 eight
                 or
                 ten
                 times
                 through
                 Leather
                 ;
                 so
                 will
                 your
                 Mercury
                 be
                 well
                 purged
                 and
                 cleansed
                 from
                 all
                 its
                 filth
                 and
                 uncleanness
                 .
              
               
                 XXIII
                 .
                 This
                 is
                 the
                 Mercury
                 which
                 you
                 must
                 use
                 in
                 the
                 multiplying
                 your
                 Spirit
                 ,
                 or
                 
                   Astrum
                   Mercurij
                
                 :
                 Take
                 of
                 this
                 Mercury
                 p.
                 i.
                 of
                 the
                 
                   Astrum
                   Mercurij
                
                 p.
                 ij
                 .
                 put
                 them
                 into
                 a
                 Bolt-head
                 ,
                 stop
                 it
                 close
                 ,
                 and
                 let
                 it
                 stand
                 in
                 a
                 warm
                 place
                 one
                 Night
                 ;
                 so
                 will
                 the
                 Mercury
                 melt
                 in
                 the
                 Spirit
                 ,
                 or
                 
                   Astrum
                   Mercurij
                
                 ,
                 and
                 turn
                 into
                 Water
                 ;
                 then
                 distil
                 it
                 through
                 a
                 Retort
                 .
                 Thus
                 may
                 you
                 do
                 by
                 repeating
                 the
                 Spirit
                 with
                 
                 fresh
                 Mercury
                 ,
                 as
                 long
                 as
                 you
                 please
                 .
              
               
                 XXIV
                 .
                 This
                 
                   Water
                   will
                   dissolve
                   Gold
                   and
                   Silver
                   ,
                   and
                   all
                   sorts
                   of
                   Stones
                   ,
                   and
                   bring
                   them
                   over
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   through
                   a
                   Retort
                   .
                   Gold
                   and
                   Silver
                
                 thus
                 dissolved
                 ,
                 can
                 never
                 be
                 separated
                 one
                 from
                 another
                 :
                 The
                 reason
                 is
                 ,
                 because
                 they
                 and
                 all
                 
                   other
                   Mettals
                
                 are
                 of
                 the
                 same
                 Nature
                 ,
                 and
                 have
                 beginning
                 from
                 the
                 same
                 Water
                 ;
                 there
                 is
                 nothing
                 in
                 the
                 World
                 but
                 has
                 its
                 beginning
                 from
                 it
                 .
              
               
                 XXV
                 .
                 
                   Medicina
                   Universalis
                
                 ,
                 the
                 Universal
                 Medicine
                 :
                 Take
                 of
                 your
                 
                   fine
                   Gold
                
                 in
                 Powder
                 ,
                 (
                 viz.
                 the
                 same
                 which
                 did
                 remain
                 when
                 you
                 made
                 the
                 Praecipiolum
                 )
                 one
                 part
                 ;
                 of
                 your
                 
                   finest
                   Silver
                
                 two
                 parts
                 in
                 fine
                 Powder
                 ;
                 put
                 each
                 by
                 it self
                 into
                 a
                 Glass
                 ;
                 pour
                 upon
                 each
                 the
                 
                   Astrum
                   Mercurij
                
                 ,
                 so
                 much
                 as
                 may
                 overtop
                 them
                 a
                 Fingers
                 breadth
                 ;
                 stop
                 each
                 Glass
                 very
                 close
                 ,
                 and
                 let
                 them
                 stand
                 in
                 a
                 warm
                 place
                 for
                 
                   eight
                   days
                
                 ,
                 and
                 the
                 Gold
                 and
                 Silver
                 will
                 be
                 almost
                 all
                 dissolved
                 into
                 Water
                 ;
                 pour
                 off
                 this
                 Water
                 ,
                 each
                 by
                 it self
                 into
                 a
                 Glass
                 ,
                 and
                 put
                 more
                 Water
                 to
                 the
                 Gold
                 and
                 Silver
                 which
                 yet
                 remains
                 ;
                 let
                 it
                 stand
                 again
                 
                   eight
                   days
                
                 in
                 a
                 warm
                 place
                 ,
                 and
                 then
                 pour
                 off
                 these
                 Waters
                 to
                 the
                 former
                 Waters
                 ;
                 so
                 will
                 the
                 Gold
                 and
                 Silver
                 be
                 dissolved
                 into
                 Water
                 ,
                 but
                 there
                 will
                 remain
                 some
                 Foeces
                 .
              
               
                 XXVI
                 .
                 Take
                 of
                 both
                 these
                 Waters
                 a
                 quarter
                 part
                 ,
                 and
                 put
                 them
                 together
                 into
                 a
                 Bolt-head
                 ,
                 so
                 as
                 three
                 quarters
                 may
                 be
                 empty
                 ;
                 seal
                 it
                 Hermetically
                 ,
                 digest
                 it
                 in
                 an
                 Athanor
                 in
                 a
                 continual
                 warm
                 heat
                 ,
                 'till
                 it
                 comes
                 to
                 a
                 fixed
                 
                   red
                   Stone
                
                 or
                 Pouder
                 .
                 Before
                 it
                 becomes
                 a
                 
                   red
                   Pouder
                
                 ,
                 there
                 will
                 appear
                 many
                 Colours
                 ,
                 as
                 Black
                 ,
                 then
                 Green
                 ,
                 then
                 Yellow
                 ,
                 lastly
                 Red
                 :
                 When
                 it
                 is
                 very
                 Red
                 ,
                 and
                 a
                 Pouder
                 ,
                 take
                 the
                 
                   Bolt
                   head
                
                 and
                 bury
                 it
                 in
                 a
                 
                   sand
                   Capel
                
                 very
                 deep
                 ,
                 and
                 give
                 Fire
                 by
                 degrees
                 ,
                 and
                 at
                 last
                 a
                 very
                 strong
                 Fire
                 ,
                 and
                 it
                 will
                 melt
                 like
                 Wax
                 :
                 Let
                 it
                 stand
                 one
                 whole
                 Week
                 ;
                 (
                 but
                 the
                 longer
                 the
                 better
                 ;
                 )
                 then
                 take
                 it
                 out
                 ,
                 and
                 let
                 it
                 cool
                 ;
                 after
                 break
                 up
                 your
                 Glass
                 ,
                 and
                 
                 you
                 will
                 find
                 a
                 
                   fird
                   Stone
                
                 or
                 Pouder
                 ,
                 and
                 Red
                 as
                 Scarlet
                 .
              
               
                 XXVII
                 .
                 Now
                 you
                 may
                 remember
                 that
                 I
                 bid
                 you
                 keep
                 three
                 parts
                 of
                 your
                 Gold
                 and
                 Silver
                 which
                 were
                 dissolved
                 into
                 Water
                 ;
                 put
                 both
                 these
                 Waters
                 together
                 into
                 a
                 Retort
                 ,
                 distil
                 them
                 ,
                 and
                 both
                 the
                 Gold
                 and
                 Silver
                 will
                 go
                 over
                 with
                 the
                 Water
                 through
                 the
                 Retort
                 ,
                 with
                 which
                 Water
                 you
                 shall
                 multiply
                 your
                 Medicine
                 .
                 Now
                 take
                 of
                 your
                 Medicine
                 p.
                 i.
                 in
                 fine
                 Pouder
                 ,
                 and
                 put
                 it
                 into
                 a
                 little
                 
                   Bolt
                   head
                
                 ,
                 putting
                 upon
                 it
                 ,
                 twice
                 as
                 much
                 of
                 your
                 Waters
                 ,
                 as
                 of
                 Gold
                 and
                 Silver
                 ;
                 Seal
                 it
                 again
                 ,
                 and
                 digest
                 it
                 in
                 an
                 Athanor
                 ,
                 'till
                 it
                 comes
                 to
                 a
                 
                   Red
                   Pouder
                
                 ;
                 and
                 then
                 put
                 it
                 again
                 into
                 the
                 
                   Sand
                   Capell
                
                 ,
                 for
                 to
                 give
                 Fixation
                 ,
                 and
                 that
                 it
                 may
                 melt
                 as
                 Wax
                 ;
                 (
                 as
                 
                   at
                   Sect.
                
                 26.
                 )
                 thus
                 may
                 you
                 multiply
                 your
                 Medicine
                 
                   ad
                   Infinitum
                
                 ;
                 and
                 the
                 Pouder
                 will
                 dissolve
                 in
                 any
                 Liquor
                 .
              
               
                 XXVIII
                 .
                 To
                 make
                 the
                 
                   Astrum
                   Horizontale
                
                 ,
                 or
                 
                   Aurum
                   Horizontale
                   ,
                   viz.
                
                 the
                 
                   Golden
                   fix'd
                   Praecipitate
                
                 .
                 Take
                 the
                 
                   most
                   fine
                   Gold
                
                 ,
                 to
                 wit
                 ,
                 that
                 which
                 remains
                 over
                 in
                 the
                 working
                 of
                 the
                 Praecipiolum
                 ,
                 dissolve
                 it
                 in
                 your
                 
                   Astrum
                   Mercurij
                
                 ,
                 as
                 much
                 as
                 you
                 will
                 ;
                 distil
                 it
                 through
                 a
                 Retort
                 once
                 or
                 twice
                 ,
                 and
                 your
                 Gold
                 will
                 go
                 over
                 along
                 with
                 your
                 VVater
                 ,
                 and
                 will
                 never
                 be
                 separated
                 one
                 from
                 another
                 ,
                 for
                 they
                 are
                 both
                 of
                 one
                 nature
                 .
              
               
                 XXIX
                 .
                 Now
                 take
                 the
                 Praecipiolum
                 which
                 is
                 made
                 dry
                 ,
                 (
                 not
                 that
                 which
                 is
                 made
                 already
                 into
                 a
                 Medicine
                 ,
                 )
                 put
                 into
                 a
                 little
                 Glass
                 Cucurbit
                 ,
                 and
                 put
                 upon
                 it
                 your
                 
                   Golden
                   Astrum
                   Mercurii
                
                 ,
                 and
                 distil
                 from
                 it
                 three
                 or
                 four
                 times
                 very
                 slowly
                 ,
                 but
                 at
                 last
                 very
                 strongly
                 ;
                 so
                 will
                 your
                 Praecipiolum
                 be
                 a
                 
                   red
                   and
                   fired
                   Stone
                
                 ,
                 (
                 as
                 some
                 call
                 it
                 ,
                 )
                 or
                 Pouder
                 .
              
               
                 XXX
                 .
                 The
                 same
                 may
                 be
                 done
                 with
                 Mercury
                 purged
                 ,
                 it
                 will
                 fix
                 the
                 same
                 into
                 a
                 
                   red
                   Pouder
                
                 .
                 The
                 same
                 work
                 may
                 be
                 done
                 with
                 Silver
                 ,
                 and
                 with
                 your
                 Praecipiolum
                 ;
                 or
                 with
                 Quicksilver
                 only
                 cleansed
                 .
                 No
                 man
                 can
                 find
                 out
                 all
                 the
                 Secrets
                 which
                 are
                 hid
                 in
                 this
                 
                 
                   Philosophick
                   Menstruum
                
                 ,
                 the
                 true
                 ALKAHEST
                 of
                 the
                 Immortal
                 Paracelsus
                 .
              
               
                 
                   The
                   KEY
                   of
                   HELMONT
                   and
                   LULLY
                   .
                
                 
                   31.
                   
                   TAke
                   Quicksilver
                   purified
                   fix
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   
                     fine
                     Gold
                  
                   purified
                   with
                   Antimony
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   make
                   an
                   Amalgama
                   ;
                   then
                   distil
                   the
                   Mercury
                   from
                   the
                   Gold
                   :
                   mix
                   the
                   same
                   Mercury
                   again
                   with
                   the
                   Gold
                   ,
                   and
                   thus
                   continue
                   'till
                   your
                   Gold
                   will
                   no
                   more
                   Amalgama
                   with
                   your
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   but
                   continue
                   separate
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXII
                   .
                   Then
                   take
                   the
                   Gold
                   ,
                   grind
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   clean
                   Crucible
                   ,
                   and
                   calcine
                   it
                   ,
                   'till
                   it
                   be
                   almost
                   red
                   hot
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   quench
                   it
                   in
                   the
                   best
                   
                     rectified
                     Spirit
                     of
                     Vinegar
                  
                   ;
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   extinguished
                   ,
                   decant
                   the
                   Spirit
                   from
                   the
                   Gold
                   ;
                   make
                   the
                   Gold
                   dry
                   ,
                   heat
                   it
                   again
                   ,
                   and
                   extinguish
                   in
                   the
                   former
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   which
                   work
                   repeat
                   six
                   or
                   seven
                   times
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIII
                   .
                   Then
                   dry
                   your
                   Gold
                   ,
                   and
                   Amalgama
                   it
                   again
                   with
                   the
                   former
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   and
                   distil
                   again
                   as
                   at
                   first
                   ;
                   and
                   this
                   do
                   so
                   long
                   'till
                   the
                   Gold
                   will
                   not
                   Amalgama
                   with
                   the
                   Mercury
                   ;
                   then
                   calcine
                   the
                   Gold
                   again
                   ,
                   and
                   extinguish
                   it
                   in
                   the
                   former
                   
                     Spirit
                     of
                     Vinegar
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   work
                   repeat
                   as
                   before
                   ,
                   six
                   or
                   seven
                   times
                   ,
                   and
                   as
                   your
                   Spirit
                   decays
                   or
                   wastes
                   ,
                   add
                   to
                   it
                   
                     fresh
                     Spirit
                     of
                     Vinegar-All
                  
                   these
                   Operations
                   you
                   must
                   so
                   long
                   continue
                   ,
                   'till
                   all
                   the
                   
                     Semen
                     ,
                     Salt
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     Mercury
                     coagulate
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   extracted
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Quicksilver
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIV
                   .
                   Take
                   then
                   
                     fresh
                     Quicksilver
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   work
                   in
                   all
                   things
                   as
                   before
                   ,
                   by
                   
                     Amalgagamating
                     ,
                     Distilling
                     ,
                     Calcining
                     ,
                     and
                     Extinguishing
                  
                   in
                   the
                   said
                   
                     Spirit
                     of
                     Vinegar
                  
                   ;
                   and
                   continuing
                   still
                   with
                   other
                   
                     fresh
                     Quicksilver
                  
                   so
                   long
                   ,
                   'till
                   you
                   think
                   you
                   have
                   enough
                   from
                   the
                   Gold.
                   
                
                 
                   XXXV
                   .
                   Then
                   take
                   this
                   
                     Spirit
                     of
                     Vinegar
                  
                   ,
                   impregnated
                   with
                   the
                   
                     whole
                     Essence
                     of
                     Gold
                  
                   ,
                   evaporate
                   it
                   ,
                   or
                   distil
                   it
                   very
                   softly
                   off
                   ,
                   so
                   will
                   the
                   
                     Essentia
                     Auri
                  
                   lye
                   at
                   the
                   bottom
                   like
                   a
                   yellow
                   Salt
                   ,
                   which
                   dissolve
                   in
                   fair
                   Rain-water
                   distilled
                   ;
                   filtre
                   and
                   evaporate
                   again
                   softly
                   ,
                   then
                   put
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   small
                   Retort
                   
                   in
                   a
                   Sand-heat
                   ,
                   with
                   an
                   indifferent
                   large
                   Receiver
                   ;
                   give
                   Fire
                   by
                   degrees
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   come
                   over
                   in
                   a
                   
                     white
                     Spirit
                  
                   like
                   Smoak
                   ,
                   and
                   Red
                   like
                   Saffron
                   :
                   Being
                   resolved
                   into
                   a
                   red
                   Liquor
                   ,
                   let
                   the
                   Fire
                   go
                   out
                   ,
                   and
                   keep
                   the
                   Essence
                   for
                   use
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   greatest
                   Medicines
                   under
                   the
                   Sun
                   ;
                   three
                   or
                   four
                   Drops
                   of
                   it
                   are
                   able
                   to
                   extinguish
                   any
                   Sickness
                   curable
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   The
                   OPENING
                   of
                   SOL
                   and
                   LUNA
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXVI
                   .
                   TAke
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Red
                     Lyon
                  
                   twelve
                   parts
                   ,
                   pulverize
                   it
                   well
                   ,
                   and
                   grind
                   it
                   with
                   one
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Calx
                   of
                   
                     fine
                     Gold
                  
                   or
                   Silver
                   :
                   Put
                   all
                   into
                   a
                   small
                   Bolt-head
                   ,
                   set
                   it
                   in
                   Sand
                   to
                   the
                   Neck
                   ,
                   which
                   Neck
                   must
                   be
                   very
                   well
                   Luted
                   ;
                   give
                   the
                   first
                   degree
                   of
                   Fire
                   for
                   a
                   Week
                   ;
                   the
                   next
                   Week
                   the
                   second
                   degree
                   ;
                   the
                   third
                   Week
                   the
                   third
                   degree
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   fourth
                   Week
                   the
                   fourth
                   and
                   last
                   degree
                   ,
                   to
                   a
                   hissing
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   if
                   a
                   drop
                   of
                   Water
                   fall
                   upon
                   the
                   Sand
                   it
                   may
                   hiss
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXVII
                   .
                   Then
                   let
                   the
                   Fire
                   go
                   out
                   ,
                   and
                   cut
                   the
                   Glass
                   with
                   a
                   Ring
                   ;
                   take
                   the
                   Crystalline
                   Matter
                   ,
                   (
                   like
                   a
                   Ring
                   near
                   the
                   Neck
                   of
                   the
                   Glass
                   ,
                   )
                   pulverize
                   and
                   grind
                   it
                   with
                   its
                   weight
                   of
                   the
                   Calx
                   of
                   
                     fine
                     Sol
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Luna
                   ,
                   as
                   aforesaid
                   ;
                   pass
                   the
                   afore-mentioned
                   four
                   degrees
                   in
                   eight
                   Hours
                   ,
                   to
                   a
                   hissing
                   ;
                   open
                   the
                   Glass
                   as
                   before
                   ,
                   and
                   take
                   the
                   
                     starry
                     Crown
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   living
                   Gold
                   or
                   Silver
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXVIII
                   .
                   This
                   
                     Living
                     Gold
                     or
                     Silver
                  
                   augment
                   by
                   digestion
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   twelfth
                   part
                   of
                   fine
                   Sol
                   or
                   Luna
                   at
                   a
                   time
                   ,
                   as
                   often
                   as
                   you
                   please
                   ,
                   or
                   till
                   you
                   have
                   a
                   sufficient
                   quantity
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   :
                   Take
                   of
                   this
                   
                     Living
                     Sol
                     or
                     Luna
                  
                   a
                   small
                   quantity
                   ,
                   digest
                   it
                   in
                   Ashes
                   till
                   it
                   changes
                   Colours
                   ,
                   viz.
                   towards
                   
                     Red
                     or
                     White
                     Earth
                  
                   :
                   Take
                   then
                   this
                   
                     Red
                     or
                     White
                     Earth
                     ,
                     Amalgamate
                  
                   it
                   with
                   
                     Living
                     Gold
                  
                   or
                   Silver
                   ,
                   and
                   Calx
                   ;
                   digest
                   again
                   in
                   a
                   Glass
                   Hermitically
                   Sealed
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   comes
                   to
                   a
                   perfect
                   
                     Redness
                     or
                     Whiteness
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   LIBRI
                   PRIMI
                   .
                   FINIS
                
              
            
          
        
      
       
         
           
             
             
               Clavis
               Alchymiae
               :
               OR
               ,
               
                 HERMES
                 TRISMEGISTVS
                 ,
                 KALID
                 PERSICVS
              
               ,
               AND
               
                 GEBER
                 ARABS
              
               ;
               All
               Translated
               out
               of
               the
               best
               Latin
               Editions
               into
               English
               ,
               and
               Claused
               ,
               for
               the
               sakes
               of
               the
               Lovers
               of
               Learning
               .
            
             
               To
               which
               is
               Added
               ,
               A
               Singular
               Comment
               upon
               the
               First
               Book
               of
               HERMES
               ,
               the
               most
               Ancient
               of
               Philosophers
               .
            
             
               By
               
                 WILLIAM
                 SALMON
              
               ,
               Professor
               of
               Physick
               .
            
             
               The
               Second
               BOOK
               .
            
             
               LONDON
               ,
               
                 Printed
                 for
              
               J.
               Harris
               ,
               and
               T.
               Howkins
               ,
               1692.
               
            
          
           
             
             
             
               Clavis
               Alchymiae
               :
               OR
               ,
               HERMES
               TRISMEGISTVS
               .
            
             
               KALID
               ARABS
               .
               AND
               GEBER
               ARABS
               .
            
             
               All
               Translated
               out
               of
               the
               best
               Latin
               Editions
               into
               English
               ,
               and
               Claused
               ,
               for
               the
               sakes
               of
               the
               Lovers
               of
               Learning
               :
               To
               which
               is
               added
               ,
               a
               singular
               Comment
               upon
               the
               First
               Book
               of
               Hermes
               ,
               the
               most
               Ancient
               of
               Philosophers
               .
            
             
               BY
               WILLIAM
               SALMON
               ,
               Professor
               of
               PHYSICK
               .
            
             
               The
               Second
               BOOK
               .
            
             
               LONDON
               ,
               
                 Printed
                 for
              
               John
               Harris
               ,
               and
               Thomas
               Howkins
               ,
               1691.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
             
             
               
                 Hermetis
                 Trismegisti
                 Tractatus
                 Aureus
                 .
              
               
                 
                   The
                   Golden
                   Work
                   of
                   
                     Hermes
                     Trismegistus
                  
                   ;
                   Translated
                   out
                   of
                   Hebrew
                   into
                   Arabick
                   ,
                   then
                   into
                   Greek
                   ,
                   afterwards
                   into
                   Latin
                   ;
                   and
                   now
                   done
                   out
                   of
                   Latin
                   into
                   English
                   ,
                   Claused
                   ,
                   and
                   largely
                   Commented
                   upon
                   ,
                   By
                   
                     WILLIAM
                     SALMON
                  
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     I.
                  
                   The
                   Preface
                   Explicating
                   ,
                   in
                   part
                   ,
                   the
                   
                     Prima
                     Materia
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     HERMES
                  
                   :
                   Even
                   Hermes
                   himself
                   saith
                   ,
                   I
                   have
                   not
                   in
                   a
                   very
                   long
                   Age
                   ,
                   ceased
                   to
                   try
                   Experiments
                   ,
                   nor
                   have
                   I
                   spared
                   any
                   Labour
                   of
                   mind
                   :
                   But
                   I
                   obtained
                   the
                   knowledge
                   of
                   this
                   Art
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   Inspiration
                   of
                   the
                   Living
                   God
                   only
                   ,
                   who
                   esteeming
                   .
                   me
                   his
                   Servant
                   worthy
                   ,
                   did
                   reveal
                   and
                   open
                   the
                   Secret
                   to
                   me
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   There
                   are
                   three
                   things
                   which
                   are
                   certainly
                   most
                   necessary
                   to
                   the
                   attainment
                   of
                   this
                   knowledge
                   .
                   I.
                   An
                   Unwearied
                   Study
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   A
                   Continued
                   Experience
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   And
                   the
                   Divine
                   Blessing
                   going
                   along
                   with
                   all
                   .
                   Without
                   these
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   probable
                   any
                   Man
                   can
                   attain
                   the
                   knowledge
                   of
                   this
                   Secret.
                   
                   There
                   must
                   be
                   a
                   diligent
                   Study
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   serious
                   Meditation
                   in
                   the
                   Soul
                   ,
                   concerning
                   this
                   thing
                   :
                   Then
                   these
                   things
                   thus
                   meditated
                   on
                   ,
                   must
                   ,
                   by
                   experience
                   ,
                   be
                   brought
                   to
                   ocular
                   demonstration
                   ;
                   nor
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   miss
                   many
                   times
                   ,
                   must
                   you
                   be
                   weary
                   with
                   trying
                   .
                   Lastly
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   all
                   along
                   attend
                   the
                   Blessing
                   of
                   God
                   for
                   his
                   assistance
                   :
                   'T
                   is
                   that
                   Eternal
                   Spirit
                   of
                   God
                   which
                   goes
                   through
                   ,
                   and
                   pierces
                   all
                   things
                   ,
                   which
                   generates
                   ,
                   and
                   preserves
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   generated
                   :
                   His
                   Spirit
                   of
                   heat
                   decocts
                   ,
                   and
                   coagulates
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   thin
                   ,
                   rarifies
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   too
                   thick
                   ,
                   warms
                   the
                   cold
                   ;
                   and
                   raises
                   up
                   to
                   life
                   that
                   which
                   has
                   been
                   dead
                   and
                   buried
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Hermes
                   .
                   Who
                   has
                   given
                   to
                   ,
                   or
                   bestowed
                   upon
                   rational
                   Creatures
                   ,
                   the
                   power
                   and
                   faculties
                   of
                   truly
                   judging
                   and
                   determining
                   ,
                   not
                   forsaking
                   any
                   ,
                   so
                   as
                   to
                   give
                   them
                   an
                   occasion
                   to
                   cease
                   searching
                   after
                   the
                   Truth
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   'T
                   is
                   true
                   ,
                   that
                   Adam
                   before
                   the
                   Fall
                   was
                   adorned
                   with
                   the
                   fulness
                   of
                   light
                   and
                   knowledge
                   above
                   all
                   other
                   Creatures
                   ,
                   shining
                   like
                   Sol
                   among
                   the
                   Stars
                   ;
                   but
                   after
                   his
                   Fall
                   ,
                   that
                   prime
                   perfection
                   was
                   much
                   eclipsed
                   ,
                   and
                   he
                   was
                   drove
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Garden
                   ,
                   into
                   a
                   Wilderness
                   among
                   the
                   Beasts
                   which
                   perish
                   ;
                   yet
                   not
                   without
                   a
                   promise
                   of
                   Restauration
                   ,
                   and
                   remission
                   of
                   his
                   Transgression
                   ,
                   by
                   one
                   Eternal
                   Sacrifice
                   ,
                   through
                   the
                   diffluence
                   and
                   power
                   of
                   whose
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   Man
                   is
                   put
                   into
                   a
                   possibility
                   of
                   attaining
                   a
                   measure
                   of
                   the
                   true
                   and
                   perfect
                   knowledge
                   and
                   understanding
                   even
                   in
                   this
                   life
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Hermes
                   .
                   For
                   my
                   part
                   ,
                   I
                   had
                   never
                   discovered
                   any
                   thing
                   of
                   this
                   matter
                   ,
                   nor
                   revealed
                   it
                   to
                   any
                   one
                   ,
                   had
                   not
                   the
                   fear
                   of
                   the
                   Judgments
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   hazard
                   of
                   the
                   Damnation
                   of
                   my
                   Soul
                   for
                   such
                   a
                   Concealment
                   prevailed
                   with
                   me
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   a
                   debt
                   I
                   am
                   willing
                   to
                   pay
                   to
                   the
                   Just
                   ;
                   as
                   the
                   Father
                   of
                   the
                   Just
                   has
                   liberally
                   bestowed
                   .
                   it
                   upon
                   me
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   That
                   is
                   ,
                   revealed
                   them
                   so
                   as
                   that
                   the
                   Sons
                   of
                   Art
                   might
                   understand
                   them
                   ,
                   not
                   to
                   the
                   Profane
                   and
                   Unworthy
                   ,
                   and
                   Scoffers
                   :
                   For
                   the
                   
                     Oracle
                     of
                     Truth
                  
                   himself
                   has
                   long
                   since
                   told
                   us
                   ,
                   
                     It
                     is
                     not
                     fit
                     to
                     give
                     the
                     Childrens
                     Bread
                     to
                     Dogs
                  
                   ;
                   though
                   they
                   may
                   eat
                   of
                   the
                   Crumbs
                   which
                   fall
                   from
                   the
                   Masters
                   Table
                   .
                   Some
                   Men
                   the
                   Scriptures
                   of
                   Truth
                   have
                   compared
                   to
                   Dogs
                   ,
                   yea
                   ,
                   Greedy
                   Dogs
                   ,
                   Wolves
                   ,
                   Foxes
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                   These
                   can
                   never
                   come
                   to
                   sit
                   at
                   the
                   Table
                   ,
                   and
                   feed
                   of
                   the
                   Divine
                   repast
                   ;
                   'T
                   is
                   a
                   Transgression
                   against
                   the
                   Law
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Law
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   which
                   deserves
                   the
                   Divine
                   Vengeance
                   for
                   a
                   punishment
                   :
                   And
                   such
                   indeed
                   is
                   the
                   revealing
                   of
                   forbidden
                   Secrets
                   to
                   such
                   to
                   whom
                   they
                   do
                   not
                   belong
                   .
                   And
                   saith
                   
                     Raimand
                     Lully
                     ,
                     Thou
                     shalt
                     reserve
                     and
                     keep
                     that
                     Secret
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     proper
                     only
                     to
                     God
                     to
                     reveal
                     ,
                     and
                     thou
                     dost
                     justly
                     conceal
                     those
                     things
                     ,
                     whose
                     revelation
                     belongs
                     to
                     his
                     Honour
                     ;
                     otherwise
                     thou
                     shalt
                     be
                     condemned
                     in
                     the
                     Great
                     day
                     ,
                     as
                     a
                     Traytor
                     to
                     the
                     Majesty
                     of
                     God
                     ,
                     nor
                     shall
                     thy
                     Treason
                     be
                     forgiven
                     thee
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Hermes
                   .
                   Now
                   understand
                   ,
                   O
                   ye
                   Children
                   of
                   Wisdom
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   knowledge
                   of
                   the
                   four
                   Elements
                   of
                   the
                   Ancient
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   was
                   not
                   Corporally
                   ,
                   nor
                   Imprudently
                   sought
                   into
                   :
                   Which
                   are
                   through
                   patience
                   to
                   be
                   attained
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   their
                   kind
                   ,
                   which
                   through
                   their
                   own
                   operation
                   are
                   hidden
                   or
                   obscured
                   .
                   You
                   can
                   do
                   nothing
                   ,
                   except
                   the
                   matter
                   be
                   compounded
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   cannot
                   be
                   perfected
                   ,
                   unless
                   first
                   the
                   various
                   Colours
                   are
                   throughly
                   accomplished
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Salmon
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   now
                   begins
                   to
                   give
                   a
                   description
                   of
                   the
                   Great
                   Work
                   ,
                   which
                   he
                   calls
                   the
                   knowledge
                   of
                   the
                   Elements
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   of
                   those
                   Elements
                   which
                   are
                   foolishly
                   discoursed
                   of
                   in
                   the
                   Schools
                   of
                   the
                   Peripateticks
                   :
                   They
                   speak
                   of
                   an
                   Element
                   to
                   be
                   
                     Corpus
                     Simplex
                  
                   ,
                   but
                   our
                   Hermes
                   saith
                   ,
                   They
                   are
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   understood
                   
                     Corporaliter
                     .
                     Ergò
                  
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   i.
                   e.
                   
                     Spiritualiter
                     &
                     Sapienter
                  
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   Spiritually
                   
                   and
                   Wisely
                   .
                   Thus
                   the
                   Principles
                   of
                   Art
                   are
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   four
                   Elements
                   ,
                   
                     Earth
                     ,
                     Water
                     ,
                     Air
                     ,
                     Fire
                     ,
                  
                   as
                   Hermes
                   indigitates
                   ,
                   but
                   what
                   these
                   are
                   in
                   a
                   Spiritual
                   sense
                   ,
                   the
                   Peripatetick
                   knows
                   not
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   same
                   Hermes
                   interprets
                   in
                   another
                   place
                   ,
                   the
                   
                     Soul
                     ,
                     Spirit
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Body
                   ;
                   and
                   which
                   Paracelsus
                   calls
                   
                     Salt
                     ,
                     Sulphur
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Mercury
                   .
                   Others
                   make
                   but
                   two
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Agent
                   and
                   
                     Patient
                     ;
                     Masculine
                  
                   and
                   
                     Feminine
                     ;
                     Sulphur
                  
                   and
                   Mercury
                   :
                   Others
                   but
                   one
                   only
                   ,
                   viz.
                   The
                   
                     Aqua
                     Philosophica
                  
                   :
                   There
                   are
                   many
                   other
                   Names
                   by
                   which
                   this
                   Matter
                   is
                   called
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   Subject
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     Prima
                     materia
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   one
                   only
                   :
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   ,
                   the
                   Cardinal
                   hinge
                   upon
                   which
                   all
                   the
                   rest
                   turn
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   explicate
                   to
                   be
                   their
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   beginning
                   ,
                   the
                   middle
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   Work
                   ,
                   and
                   without
                   which
                   ,
                   whoever
                   labours
                   ,
                   labours
                   in
                   vain
                   ;
                   and
                   yet
                   it
                   will
                   do
                   nothing
                   without
                   it
                   be
                   compounded
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   cannot
                   be
                   perfected
                   without
                   its
                   colours
                   are
                   throughly
                   accomplished
                   :
                   The
                   Body
                   and
                   the
                   Soul
                   ;
                   or
                   the
                   Salt
                   and
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   cannot
                   be
                   united
                   in
                   their
                   most
                   minute
                   parts
                   ,
                   without
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   the
                   Spirit
                   which
                   is
                   
                     Mercury
                     .
                     Luna
                  
                   and
                   Sol
                   cannot
                   procreate
                   without
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   which
                   extracts
                   the
                   Semen
                   from
                   both
                   the
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   center
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   as
                   its
                   proper
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   digests
                   and
                   perfects
                   it
                   .
                   Therefore
                   Mercury
                   does
                   nothing
                   of
                   its
                   self
                   ,
                   except
                   something
                   be
                   added
                   to
                   it
                   by
                   which
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   mortified
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     V.
                     Harmes
                  
                   .
                   Know
                   then
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Division
                   which
                   was
                   made
                   upon
                   the
                   water
                   by
                   the
                   Ancient
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   separates
                   it
                   ,
                   or
                   converts
                   it
                   into
                   four
                   other
                   substances
                   ;
                   one
                   into
                   two
                   ,
                   and
                   three
                   to
                   one
                   ;
                   the
                   third
                   part
                   of
                   which
                   is
                   color
                   ,
                   or
                   has
                   tincture
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   the
                   coagulating
                   humour
                   or
                   moisture
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   second
                   and
                   third
                   Waters
                   are
                   the
                   Weights
                   of
                   the
                   Wise.
                   
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   This
                   Water
                   to
                   be
                   divided
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   same
                   with
                   the
                   four
                   Elements
                   before
                   spoken
                   of
                   ,
                   viz.
                   The
                   Aqua
                   
                   Philosophica
                   :
                   This
                   must
                   be
                   divided
                   into
                   four
                   parts
                   ,
                   viz.
                   The
                   one
                   part
                   into
                   two
                   ;
                   adding
                   three
                   parts
                   to
                   one
                   ;
                   from
                   whence
                   arises
                   seven
                   parts
                   :
                   He
                   divides
                   the
                   differences
                   of
                   the
                   Colors
                   into
                   two
                   threes
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   into
                   three
                   Red
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   and
                   three
                   White
                   ,
                   which
                   three
                   Spirits
                   have
                   their
                   rise
                   from
                   the
                   one
                   
                     Aqua
                     Philosophica
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   resolved
                   into
                   the
                   same
                   again
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VI.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Take
                   of
                   the
                   humidity
                   or
                   moisture
                   ,
                   an
                   ounce
                   and
                   half
                   :
                   of
                   the
                   Southern
                   Redness
                   ,
                   
                     viz.
                     Anima
                     Solis
                  
                   ,
                   a
                   fourth
                   part
                   ,
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                  
                   half
                   an
                   ounce
                   ;
                   of
                   the
                   Citrine
                   Seyre
                   in
                   like
                   manner
                   half
                   an
                   ounce
                   :
                   of
                   Auripigment
                   half
                   an
                   ounce
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   eight
                   ;
                   that
                   is
                   three
                   ounces
                   :
                   Now
                   understand
                   that
                   the
                   Vine
                   of
                   the
                   Wise
                   Men
                   ,
                   or
                   Tree
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   is
                   extracted
                   or
                   drawn
                   forth
                   in
                   three
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   Wine
                   thereof
                   is
                   not
                   perfected
                   till
                   at
                   length
                   thirty
                   be
                   compleated
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   He
                   Essays
                   to
                   explicate
                   the
                   proportions
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Ingredients
                   ,
                   under
                   various
                   Names
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   which
                   he
                   calls
                   the
                   
                     Humidity
                     ,
                     the
                     Southern
                     Redness
                     ,
                     Anima
                     solis
                     ,
                     Seyre
                     Citrinum
                     ,
                     Auripigment
                     ,
                     the
                     Vine
                     of
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   
                     their
                     Wine
                  
                   ,
                   have
                   no
                   other
                   signification
                   ,
                   but
                   that
                   the
                   
                     Aqua
                     Mercurii
                  
                   should
                   be
                   seven
                   times
                   distilled
                   ,
                   which
                   after
                   the
                   eighth
                   Distillation
                   ,
                   the
                   Compositum
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   force
                   of
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   is
                   converted
                   into
                   Ashes
                   ,
                   or
                   a
                   most
                   subtil
                   pouder
                   ,
                   which
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   its
                   purity
                   and
                   perfection
                   resists
                   the
                   fire
                   :
                   neither
                   wonder
                   that
                   eight
                   parts
                   and
                   three
                   ounces
                   are
                   equivalent
                   ,
                   for
                   by
                   the
                   former
                   Section
                   ,
                   the
                   one
                   part
                   is
                   divided
                   into
                   two
                   ,
                   to
                   each
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   added
                   three
                   parts
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   the
                   true
                   and
                   Philosophick
                   Proportions
                   ,
                   called
                   by
                   Hermes
                   ,
                   the
                   Weights
                   of
                   the
                   Wise.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Understand
                   then
                   the
                   operation
                   .
                   The
                   Decoction
                   doth
                   diminish
                   the
                   matter
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   Tincture
                   does
                   augment
                   it
                   :
                   Because
                   Luna
                   in
                   15
                   days
                   is
                   diminished
                   [
                   in
                   the
                   Heaven
                   ]
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   third
                   operation
                   [
                   viz.
                   after
                   the
                   Conjunction
                   with
                   Sol
                   ]
                   it
                   is
                   augmented
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   
                   then
                   the
                   beginning
                   and
                   the
                   end
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Here
                   Hermes
                   eludicates
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Work
                   by
                   a
                   most
                   familiar
                   Example
                   of
                   the
                   Phases
                   of
                   Luna
                   ;
                   and
                   so
                   it
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   Mineral
                   Process
                   in
                   this
                   Philosophick
                   Work
                   ,
                   exactly
                   answering
                   to
                   that
                   Parallel
                   in
                   Heaven
                   .
                   Some
                   divide
                   the
                   Operation
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   into
                   two
                   parts
                   ,
                   viz.
                   the
                   former
                   and
                   the
                   latter
                   .
                   The
                   former
                   Hermes
                   explicates
                   by
                   the
                   notion
                   of
                   Decoction
                   ,
                   which
                   does
                   diminish
                   the
                   matter
                   ,
                   dissolves
                   it
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   destroys
                   it
                   ;
                   but
                   being
                   thus
                   Dissolved
                   and
                   Corrupted
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   through
                   Regeneration
                   (
                   by
                   the
                   Medium
                   of
                   perfection
                   )
                   restored
                   again
                   .
                   This
                   done
                   ,
                   then
                   follows
                   the
                   latter
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Operation
                   ,
                   by
                   means
                   of
                   which
                   the
                   Virtue
                   and
                   Power
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   is
                   made
                   wonderful
                   ,
                   brought
                   to
                   its
                   highest
                   perfection
                   ,
                   and
                   multiplied
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   )
                   
                     in
                     infinitum
                  
                   .
                   In
                   these
                   few
                   words
                   of
                   Hermes
                   ,
                   are
                   comprehended
                   the
                   whole
                   Work
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   them
                   it
                   is
                   plainly
                   laid
                   open
                   from
                   the
                   beginning
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   .
                   In
                   a
                   word
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   like
                   the
                   Husbandman
                   Sowing
                   his
                   Seed
                   in
                   the
                   Ground
                   ,
                   which
                   must
                   first
                   Die
                   ,
                   be
                   Corrupted
                   and
                   Putrefied
                   ,
                   before
                   it
                   can
                   be
                   possest
                   of
                   a
                   new
                   Life
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   it
                   must
                   arise
                   and
                   yeild
                   its
                   Hundred
                   Fold
                   Increase
                   :
                   the
                   first
                   Life
                   ,
                   the
                   first
                   Birth
                   ,
                   the
                   first
                   Body
                   ,
                   must
                   Die
                   ,
                   and
                   give
                   place
                   to
                   the
                   second
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     II.
                  
                   The
                   First
                   Exposition
                   of
                   the
                   Matter
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     HERMES
                  
                   .
                   Behold
                   ,
                   I
                   have
                   Exposed
                   to
                   you
                   that
                   which
                   was
                   hidden
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   work
                   is
                   both
                   with
                   you
                   and
                   for
                   you
                   :
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   within
                   ,
                   is
                   quickly
                   taken
                   out
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   Permanent
                   or
                   fixt
                   ;
                   and
                   you
                   may
                   have
                   it
                   either
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   or
                   in
                   the
                   Sea.
                   
                
                 
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   This
                   secret
                   Work
                   commends
                   it self
                   to
                   its
                   Children
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   series
                   of
                   the
                   Operation
                   demonstrate
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Regenerating
                   Spirit
                   is
                   within
                   the
                   Matter
                   ,
                   but
                   adhears
                   to
                   it
                   invisibly
                   .
                   In
                   Elementary
                   and
                   Gross
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   manifest
                   ,
                   except
                   they
                   be
                   reduced
                   into
                   their
                   first
                   Essential
                   Nature
                   or
                   Being
                   ;
                   for
                   so
                   this
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Regeneration
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Seed
                   of
                   the
                   Promise
                   ,
                   the
                   Heaven
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   out
                   shining
                   the
                   Glory
                   of
                   the
                   Stars
                   ,
                   is
                   brought
                   forth
                   to
                   View
                   .
                   That
                   which
                   is
                   Sown
                   is
                   not
                   quickned
                   except
                   it
                   Die
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   Sown
                   in
                   Corruption
                   ,
                   it
                   Rises
                   in
                   Incorruption
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   Sown
                   in
                   Dishonour
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   Raised
                   in
                   Glory
                   .
                   The
                   Sea
                   is
                   the
                   
                     Aqua
                     Philosophica
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   entring
                   into
                   ,
                   and
                   Opening
                   the
                   
                     Terra
                     Philosophica
                  
                   ,
                   brings
                   forth
                   the
                   
                     Gold
                     bearing
                     Vine
                  
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                
                 
                   
                     II.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Keep
                   therefore
                   your
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   prepared
                   in
                   the
                   innermist
                   Chamber
                   of
                   the
                   Bridegroom
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   Coagulated
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   is
                   the
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   it self
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   spoken
                   of
                   the
                   remaining
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   is
                   indeed
                   the
                   
                     Prima
                     Materia
                  
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Work
                   ,
                   but
                   (
                   say
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   )
                   beware
                   that
                   you
                   use
                   not
                   the
                   Vulgar
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   or
                   Quick-Silver
                   ;
                   for
                   if
                   you
                   do
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   be
                   deceived
                   .
                   Our
                   Silver
                   is
                   not
                   Vulgar
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   is
                   Dead
                   ,
                   and
                   unfit
                   for
                   Our
                   Work
                   ;
                   you
                   must
                   have
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   Living
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   rightly
                   Prepared
                   by
                   Art
                   for
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   Nature
                   .
                   Our
                   Mercury
                   is
                   Philosophick
                   ,
                   Fiery
                   ,
                   Vital
                   ,
                   Running
                   ,
                   which
                   may
                   be
                   mixed
                   with
                   all
                   the
                   other
                   Metals
                   ,
                   and
                   separated
                   again
                   from
                   them
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   prepared
                   
                     in
                     the
                     innermost
                     Chamber
                     ,
                     there
                     it
                     is
                     Coagulated
                     :
                  
                   Now
                   ,
                   where
                   Metals
                   grow
                   ,
                   there
                   they
                   must
                   be
                   found
                   :
                   If
                   you
                   have
                   found
                   this
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   the
                   residence
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Earth
                   ,
                   keep
                   it
                   safely
                   ,
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   worthy
                   :
                   If
                   you
                   have
                   brought
                   your
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   to
                   Ashes
                   ,
                   or
                   Burnt
                   it
                   by
                   the
                   Power
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   you
                   have
                   an
                   incomparable
                   Treasure
                   ,
                   a
                   thing
                   much
                   
                   more
                   Pretious
                   than
                   Gold.
                   This
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   Generarates
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   is
                   Born
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   whole
                   Secret
                   ,
                   which
                   Converts
                   all
                   the
                   other
                   Metalline
                   Bodies
                   into
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   making
                   Hard
                   Soft
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Soft
                   Hard
                   ,
                   putting
                   Tincture
                   and
                   Fixity
                   upon
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     III.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   He
                   therefore
                   that
                   now
                   hears
                   my
                   Words
                   ,
                   let
                   him
                   search
                   into
                   ,
                   and
                   inquire
                   ,
                   from
                   them
                   ;
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   for
                   the
                   justification
                   of
                   the
                   Work
                   of
                   any
                   Evil
                   Doer
                   ,
                   but
                   to
                   give
                   to
                   every
                   good
                   Man
                   a
                   Reward
                   ,
                   that
                   I
                   have
                   laid
                   Open
                   or
                   Discovered
                   all
                   things
                   which
                   were
                   bid
                   ,
                   relating
                   to
                   this
                   Science
                   ;
                   and
                   Disclosed
                   and
                   made
                   Plain
                   and
                   Open
                   to
                   you
                   the
                   greatest
                   of
                   Secrets
                   ,
                   even
                   the
                   Intellectual
                   knowledg
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   The
                   Philosophers
                   ever
                   Discourse
                   in
                   Parables
                   and
                   Figures
                   ;
                   nor
                   is
                   it
                   fit
                   that
                   all
                   things
                   should
                   be
                   revealed
                   to
                   every
                   Body
                   ;
                   the
                   matter
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   enquired
                   after
                   ,
                   and
                   diligently
                   Searcht
                   into
                   ;
                   without
                   Labour
                   and
                   Pains
                   ,
                   nothing
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   obtained
                   ;
                   but
                   Wisdom
                   enters
                   not
                   in
                   to
                   profane
                   Souls
                   ,
                   nor
                   dwells
                   in
                   a
                   Body
                   subject
                   to
                   sin
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Wise
                   Man
                   affirms
                   .
                   And
                   altho'
                   Hermes
                   has
                   spoken
                   in
                   this
                   Book
                   many
                   things
                   concerning
                   this
                   most
                   noble
                   Arcanum
                   ,
                   and
                   has
                   over-past
                   nothing
                   ,
                   yet
                   he
                   has
                   not
                   spoken
                   so
                   plainly
                   as
                   that
                   every
                   profane
                   and
                   unworthy
                   Person
                   may
                   understand
                   it
                   ,
                   but
                   has
                   left
                   the
                   Mystery
                   to
                   be
                   unfolded
                   by
                   the
                   Sons
                   of
                   Wisdom
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     IV.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Know
                   therefore
                   ye
                   Children
                   of
                   Wisdom
                   ,
                   and
                   ye
                   seekers
                   after
                   the
                   Fame
                   thereof
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Vulture
                   standing
                   upon
                   the
                   Mountain
                   ,
                   cries
                   out
                   with
                   a
                   great
                   Voice
                   ;
                   saying
                   ,
                   I
                   am
                   the
                   White
                   of
                   the
                   Black
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Yellow
                   of
                   the
                   White
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Citrine
                   of
                   the
                   Yellow
                   ,
                   and
                   behold
                   I
                   speak
                   the
                   very
                   Truth
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   The
                   Mountain
                   upon
                   which
                   the
                   Vulture
                   stands
                   ,
                   is
                   a
                   fit
                   Vessel
                   placed
                   in
                   a
                   well
                   Built
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   encompassed
                   with
                   a
                   Wall
                   of
                   Fire
                   ;
                   at
                   the
                   foot
                   of
                   which
                   Mountain
                   is
                   a
                   watchful
                   Dragon
                   ,
                   who
                   is
                   full
                   of
                   Eyes
                   ,
                   and
                   can
                   see
                   before
                   him
                   and
                   behind
                   him
                   ,
                   
                   who
                   is
                   Vigilant
                   and
                   Careful
                   in
                   keeping
                   the
                   Entrance
                   or
                   Passage
                   into
                   the
                   Mountain
                   ,
                   lest
                   the
                   unworthy
                   should
                   Ascend
                   to
                   the
                   height
                   theirof
                   ,
                   where
                   is
                   hid
                   the
                   Secret
                   Stone
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   :
                   It
                   is
                   unpossible
                   for
                   any
                   to
                   enter
                   here
                   ,
                   unless
                   the
                   Dragon
                   be
                   laid
                   a
                   Sleep
                   ;
                   
                     Hoc
                     opus
                     ,
                     hic
                     Labor
                     est
                     ,
                  
                   to
                   find
                   out
                   the
                   means
                   how
                   this
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   done
                   ,
                   how
                   this
                   Beast
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   circumvented
                   ,
                   that
                   we
                   may
                   obtain
                   this
                   so
                   desirable
                   Treasure
                   is
                   the
                   Work
                   of
                   the
                   Philosopher
                   .
                   Three
                   things
                   are
                   commended
                   for
                   this
                   purpose
                   ,
                   first
                   Crude
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   made
                   into
                   Pills
                   ,
                   and
                   Gilded
                   with
                   Gold.
                   Second
                   ,
                   a
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   Mars
                   extracted
                   with
                   Sol.
                   Third
                   ,
                   The
                   water
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   .
                   These
                   things
                   being
                   rightly
                   given
                   ,
                   will
                   so
                   lay
                   him
                   a
                   Sleep
                   ,
                   that
                   Night
                   and
                   Day
                   you
                   may
                   continually
                   have
                   Egress
                   and
                   Regress
                   .
                   Being
                   once
                   entred
                   ,
                   and
                   Ascended
                   the
                   Mountain
                   ,
                   the
                   Vulture
                   or
                   Crow
                   will
                   shew
                   you
                   the
                   way
                   where
                   the
                   Colors
                   appear
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Black
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   Art.
                   2.
                   
                   White
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   middle
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   Red
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   V.
                   Hermes
                   .
                   Now
                   the
                   chief
                   principle
                   of
                   Art
                   is
                   the
                   Crow
                   ,
                   which
                   in
                   the
                   Blackness
                   of
                   the
                   Night
                   ,
                   and
                   Clearness
                   of
                   the
                   Day
                   ,
                   flys
                   without
                   Wings
                   .
                   From
                   the
                   bitterness
                   existing
                   in
                   the
                   Throat
                   ,
                   the
                   Tincture
                   or
                   Tinging
                   matter
                   is
                   taken
                   :
                   But
                   the
                   Red
                   goes
                   forth
                   of
                   its
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   meer
                   Water
                   is
                   taken
                   from
                   its
                   back
                   parts
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   The
                   Vulture
                   and
                   the
                   Crow
                   ,
                   are
                   both
                   but
                   one
                   thing
                   ,
                   but
                   in
                   differing
                   States
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Vulture
                   while
                   it
                   is
                   Active
                   and
                   devouring
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Crow
                   when
                   it
                   lies
                   in
                   a
                   more
                   passive
                   Nature
                   .
                   The
                   Vulture
                   is
                   the
                   Mercury
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   prepared
                   by
                   help
                   of
                   Vulgar
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   :
                   And
                   the
                   Crow
                   is
                   the
                   Infancy
                   of
                   the
                   Work
                   ,
                   wherein
                   the
                   said
                   Philosophick
                   Mercury
                   is
                   United
                   with
                   its
                   Solar
                   Ferment
                   .
                   The
                   blackness
                   of
                   the
                   Night
                   is
                   the
                   Putrefaction
                   thereof
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   clearness
                   of
                   the
                   Day
                   ,
                   its
                   Resurrection
                   into
                   a
                   State
                   of
                   Purity
                   .
                   
                     It
                     flies
                     without
                     Wings
                  
                   ,
                   being
                   Born
                   or
                   carried
                   by
                   
                   the
                   fixt
                   Nature
                   ;
                   and
                   
                     the
                     bitterness
                     in
                     the
                     Throat
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Death
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   Life
                   ,
                   whence
                   is
                   Educed
                   the
                   Soul
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Red
                   and
                   Living
                   Tincture
                   taken
                   from
                   the
                   Body
                   :
                   
                     And
                     the
                     Water
                  
                   is
                   the
                   Viscous
                   Humidity
                   ,
                   made
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   which
                   radically
                   dissolves
                   all
                   Metals
                   ,
                   and
                   reduces
                   them
                   into
                   their
                   first
                   Ens
                   or
                   Water
                   ;
                   and
                   also
                   reduces
                   common
                   Quick-Silver
                   into
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   Simple
                   Imbibition
                   ,
                   for
                   ever
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VI.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Understand
                   and
                   accept
                   of
                   this
                   gift
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   hidden
                   from
                   Ignorant
                   and
                   Foolish
                   Men.
                   This
                   hidden
                   Secret
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Venerable
                   Stone
                   ,
                   splendid
                   in
                   Color
                   ,
                   a
                   sublime
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   an
                   Open
                   Sea
                   ,
                   is
                   hid
                   in
                   theCaverns
                   of
                   the
                   Metals
                   :
                   Behold
                   I
                   have
                   exposed
                   it
                   to
                   you
                   ;
                   and
                   give
                   thanks
                   to
                   the
                   Almighty
                   God
                   ,
                   who
                   teaches
                   you
                   this
                   knowledge
                   :
                   If
                   you
                   be
                   grateful
                   ,
                   be
                   will
                   return
                   you
                   the
                   Tribute
                   of
                   your
                   Love.
                   
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Fools
                   ,
                   and
                   unlearned
                   ,
                   are
                   excluded
                   from
                   the
                   knowledge
                   of
                   this
                   Mystery
                   ,
                   viz.
                   Such
                   as
                   are
                   unacquainted
                   with
                   the
                   gift
                   of
                   God
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   measure
                   of
                   his
                   Holy
                   Spirit
                   .
                   
                     He
                     calls
                     it
                     a
                     Stone
                     ,
                     yet
                     says
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     a
                     Spirit
                  
                   ;
                   for
                   was
                   it
                   not
                   a
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   it
                   could
                   not
                   Penetrate
                   and
                   Tinge
                   other
                   Bodies
                   by
                   an
                   absolute
                   Unity
                   and
                   Conjunction
                   :
                   Bodies
                   and
                   Matter
                   cannot
                   do
                   this
                   ,
                   the
                   most
                   that
                   they
                   can
                   do
                   is
                   but
                   to
                   touch
                   one
                   another
                   in
                   their
                   Superficies
                   ;
                   for
                   all
                   matter
                   is
                   Dead
                   ,
                   and
                   no
                   Dead
                   thing
                   can
                   penetrate
                   into
                   the
                   property
                   of
                   another
                   ,
                   but
                   only
                   (
                   at
                   most
                   )
                   lie
                   side
                   by
                   side
                   with
                   it
                   .
                   And
                   to
                   make
                   the
                   matter
                   the
                   more
                   sensible
                   to
                   your
                   understanding
                   ,
                   
                     he
                     compares
                     it
                     to
                     an
                     open
                     Sea
                     ,
                  
                   for
                   that
                   this
                   Spirit
                   peirces
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   joyned
                   to
                   them
                   ,
                   even
                   as
                   Water
                   is
                   joyned
                   to
                   Water
                   ,
                   or
                   as
                   the
                   Salt
                   Body
                   thereof
                   is
                   joyned
                   with
                   its
                   Aqueous
                   parts
                   .
                   
                     It
                     is
                     hidden
                     in
                     the
                     Caverns
                     of
                     the
                     Metals
                     ,
                  
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   seek
                   for
                   it
                   in
                   any
                   thing
                   that
                   is
                   not
                   Metalline
                   ,
                   you
                   stumble
                   at
                   the
                   Threshold
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   You
                   must
                   put
                   the
                   matter
                   into
                   a
                   moist
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   it
                   to
                   Boil
                   ,
                   which
                   Augments
                   the
                   Heat
                   of
                   the
                   Humour
                   
                   or
                   Matter
                   ,
                   and
                   destroys
                   the
                   Dryness
                   of
                   the
                   incombustible
                   Sulphur
                   ;
                   continue
                   Boiling
                   till
                   the
                   Radix
                   may
                   appear
                   then
                   Extract
                   the
                   Redness
                   and
                   the
                   light
                   parts
                   ,
                   till
                   only
                   about
                   a
                   third
                   remains
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   There
                   are
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   three
                   Species
                   of
                   Decoction
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   An
                   external
                   Fiery
                   heat
                   
                     in
                     Humido
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   called
                   Elixation
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   An
                   external
                   heat
                   
                     in
                     Sicco
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   Assation
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   An
                   internal
                   natural
                   heat
                   
                     in
                     Humido
                  
                   ,
                   called
                   by
                   the
                   Greeks
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                     Maturity
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   Ripening
                   and
                   perfecting
                   heat
                   .
                   Now
                   which
                   of
                   these
                   it
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   Hermes
                   speaks
                   of
                   is
                   the
                   question
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   third
                   differ
                   in
                   this
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   is
                   an
                   external
                   Fiery
                   Heat
                   .
                   The
                   latter
                   an
                   Internal
                   Natural
                   Heat
                   .
                   In
                   my
                   Opinion
                   both
                   are
                   to
                   be
                   admitted
                   .
                   The
                   Natural
                   Heat
                   Internal
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Cause
                   of
                   Generation
                   and
                   without
                   that
                   ,
                   the
                   External
                   Heat
                   can
                   do
                   nothing
                   :
                   Hence
                   we
                   conclude
                   the
                   Heat
                   to
                   be
                   twofold
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   External
                   to
                   excite
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Internal
                   to
                   perfect
                   ,
                   both
                   which
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   
                     in
                     humido
                  
                   :
                   for
                   all
                   Generation
                   is
                   naturally
                   made
                   
                     in
                     Calido
                     Humido
                  
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   moist
                   Heat
                   ,
                   which
                   Hermes
                   calls
                   
                     Ignem
                     Humidum
                  
                   :
                   as
                   if
                   he
                   should
                   say
                   the
                   Fire
                   is
                   twofold
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   must
                   use
                   ,
                   viz.
                   External
                   and
                   Internal
                   .
                   He
                   seems
                   to
                   make
                   his
                   Coction
                   double
                   ,
                   1.
                   
                   In
                   the
                   time
                   of
                   Augmentation
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   In
                   the
                   Ultimate
                   perfection
                   or
                   Maturity
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   long
                   this
                   Fire
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   continued
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   Radix
                   does
                   appear
                   ,
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                  
                   the
                   Seed
                   of
                   Metals
                   .
                   The
                   same
                   method
                   that
                   Nature
                   takes
                   in
                   Generating
                   Herbs
                   and
                   Plants
                   ,
                   she
                   takes
                   in
                   Generating
                   Metals
                   ,
                   whose
                   Seed
                   is
                   extracted
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   Art
                   ,
                   which
                   Seed
                   is
                   only
                   and
                   truly
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   all
                   the
                   Metals
                   are
                   resolved
                   into
                   their
                   first
                   principles
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   which
                   is
                   imprest
                   the
                   Character
                   or
                   Power
                   of
                   Transmutation
                   .
                   They
                   all
                   err
                   who
                   think
                   to
                   reduce
                   Metals
                   only
                   into
                   Crude
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   into
                   their
                   Radix
                   ,
                   as
                   Hermes
                   speaks
                   ,
                   viz.
                   into
                   their
                   Seeds
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   first
                   Matter
                   living
                   in
                   Metals
                   :
                   and
                   from
                   thence
                   Nature
                   ever
                   goes
                   forward
                   ,
                   never
                   back-ward
                   till
                   
                   she
                   comes
                   to
                   perfection
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   For
                   this
                   Cause-sake
                   ,
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   are
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   Envious
                   or
                   Obscure
                   ,
                   not
                   for
                   that
                   they
                   Grudged
                   the
                   thing
                   to
                   the
                   honest
                   or
                   just
                   Man
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   Religious
                   or
                   Wise
                   ;
                   or
                   to
                   the
                   Legitimate
                   Sons
                   of
                   Art
                   ?
                   but
                   to
                   the
                   Ignorant
                   ,
                   the
                   Vitious
                   ,
                   the
                   Dishonest
                   :
                   lest
                   evil
                   Persons
                   should
                   be
                   made
                   powerful
                   to
                   perpetrate
                   sinful
                   things
                   :
                   for
                   such
                   a
                   fault
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   must
                   render
                   an
                   account
                   to
                   God.
                   Evil
                   Men
                   are
                   not
                   worthy
                   of
                   this
                   Wisdom
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   It
                   appears
                   that
                   neither
                   Hermes
                   ,
                   nor
                   any
                   of
                   the
                   other
                   Philosophers
                   did
                   Envy
                   or
                   Grutch
                   the
                   true
                   knowledge
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   to
                   the
                   Pious
                   ,
                   Just
                   ,
                   and
                   good
                   Man
                   ,
                   but
                   only
                   to
                   the
                   Profane
                   and
                   Wicked
                   ,
                   they
                   did
                   not
                   think
                   it
                   fit
                   
                     to
                     give
                     the
                     Childrens
                     Bread
                     to
                     Dogs
                     ,
                  
                   for
                   which
                   Cause-sake
                   ,
                   they
                   always
                   keep
                   the
                   
                     Prima
                     Materia
                  
                   Secret
                   ,
                   and
                   left
                   it
                   as
                   a
                   Legacy
                   to
                   the
                   Legitimate
                   Sons
                   of
                   Art
                   ;
                   but
                   the
                   manner
                   and
                   way
                   of
                   working
                   it
                   ,
                   through
                   all
                   its
                   various
                   Operations
                   ,
                   they
                   have
                   faithfully
                   and
                   plainly
                   declared
                   to
                   the
                   least
                   Iota
                   ,
                   or
                   Tittle
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     III.
                  
                   The
                   Names
                   and
                   First
                   Operation
                   Explicated
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   HERMES
                   .
                   Now
                   this
                   Matter
                   I
                   call
                   by
                   the
                   Name
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   ;
                   the
                   Feminine
                   of
                   the
                   Magnesia
                   ,
                   the
                   Hen
                   ,
                   the
                   White
                   Spittle
                   ,
                   or
                   Froth
                   ,
                   the
                   Volatile
                   Milk
                   ,
                   the
                   Incombustible
                   Ashes
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   it
                   might
                   be
                   hidden
                   from
                   the
                   simple
                   and
                   unwise
                   ,
                   who
                   want
                   understanding
                   ,
                   honesty
                   ,
                   and
                   goodness
                   :
                   which
                   notwithstanding
                   they
                   signified
                   it
                   to
                   the
                   Wise
                   and
                   Prudent
                   by
                   one
                   only
                   Name
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Stone
                   of
                   the
                   Wise
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Stone
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   There
                   are
                   various
                   Names
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   call
                   it
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     Sol
                     ,
                     Gold
                     ,
                     Brass
                  
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   
                   Magnesia
                   ,
                   the
                   pure
                   Body
                   ,
                   clear
                   Ferment
                   ,
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   Masculine
                   ,
                   Fixt
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   Incombustible
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   Red
                   fixed
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   the
                   Rubin
                   ,
                   Kibrick
                   ,
                   Green
                   Vitriol
                   ,
                   the
                   Greenness
                   ,
                   Redness
                   ,
                   burnt
                   Brass
                   ,
                   Red
                   Earth
                   ,
                   the
                   Water
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   
                     Aqua
                     Mundi
                  
                   ,
                   Spittle
                   of
                   Luna
                   ,
                   Shaddow
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   ,
                   Eyes
                   of
                   Fishes
                   ,
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   sharp
                   Wine
                   ,
                   Urin
                   ,
                   Light
                   of
                   Lights
                   ,
                   Father
                   of
                   Minerals
                   ,
                   Fruitful
                   Tree
                   ,
                   Living
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   Venom
                   ,
                   most
                   strange
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   White
                   Gum
                   ,
                   Everlasting
                   Water
                   ,
                   
                     Aqua
                     Vitae
                  
                   ,
                   a
                   Woman
                   ,
                   Man
                   ,
                   Masculine
                   ,
                   Feminine
                   ,
                   a
                   Vile
                   thing
                   ,
                   Azot
                   ,
                   FirstMatter
                   ,
                   
                     Principium
                     Mundi
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                  
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   
                     Azot
                     ,
                     Plentlunam
                     ,
                     Hypostasis
                  
                   ,
                   White
                   Lead
                   ,
                   Red
                   Lead
                   ,
                   Water
                   ,
                   the
                   Crow
                   ,
                   Iron
                   ,
                   Silver
                   ,
                   Lime
                   ,
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   Vermilion
                   ,
                   Whiteness
                   ,
                   all
                   signifie
                   but
                   one
                   thing
                   ,
                   Our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   but
                   in
                   diver
                   times
                   and
                   degrees
                   of
                   Operation
                   .
                   
                     So
                     also
                  
                   ,
                   White
                   Earth
                   ,
                   White
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   Ethel
                   ,
                   Auripigmentum
                   ,
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   Chaos
                   ,
                   a
                   Dragon
                   ,
                   Serpent
                   ,
                   Toad
                   ,
                   Green-Lyon
                   ,
                   Red-Lyon
                   ,
                   Camelion
                   ,
                   Quintessence
                   ,
                   Virgins
                   Milk
                   ,
                   Radical
                   Humidity
                   ,
                   Unctuous
                   Moisture
                   ,
                   Sperm
                   ,
                   Sal
                   Armoniack
                   ,
                   Hair
                   ,
                   Urine
                   ,
                   Antimony
                   ,
                   Philosophers
                   Lead
                   ,
                   Salt
                   ,
                   a
                   Bird
                   ,
                   Microcosmus
                   ,
                   Cinnaber
                   ,
                   do
                   all
                   signifie
                   but
                   one
                   and
                   the
                   same
                   thing
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     II.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Conserve
                   therefore
                   in
                   this
                   the
                   Sea
                   ,
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   heavenly
                   Bird
                   ,
                   even
                   to
                   the
                   last
                   moment
                   of
                   its
                   Exit
                   .
                   But
                   I
                   deprecate
                   ,
                   or
                   wish
                   a
                   Curse
                   from
                   our
                   Benefactor
                   ,
                   the
                   great
                   and
                   Living
                   God
                   ,
                   even
                   to
                   all
                   the
                   Sons
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   to
                   whom
                   it
                   shall
                   please
                   God
                   to
                   give
                   of
                   the
                   Bountifulness
                   of
                   his
                   Goodness
                   ,
                   if
                   they
                   shall
                   undervalue
                   ,
                   or
                   divulge
                   the
                   Name
                   and
                   Power
                   thereof
                   ,
                   to
                   any
                   Foolish
                   or
                   Ignorant
                   Person
                   ,
                   or
                   any
                   Man
                   unfit
                   for
                   the
                   knowledge
                   of
                   this
                   secret
                   :
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   He
                   teaches
                   here
                   ,
                   that
                   in
                   the
                   matter
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   Conserved
                   the
                   Sea
                   ,
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Heavenly
                   Bird
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   Perfection
                   or
                   Consummation
                   of
                   the
                   Word
                   ;
                   
                     by
                     the
                     Sea
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   understood
                   the
                   Humidity
                   of
                   the
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   no
                   Generation
                   can
                   be
                   made
                   
                   in
                   a
                   dry
                   ,
                   but
                   in
                   a
                   humid
                   matter
                   .
                   Therefore
                   Mercury
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   Conserved
                   in
                   a
                   Liquid
                   form
                   ,
                   
                     citrà
                     tamen
                     sui
                     Corruptionem
                  
                   ,
                   but
                   without
                   its
                   Putrefaction
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   hard
                   things
                   or
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     Raymund
                     Lully
                  
                   saith
                   ,
                   receive
                   not
                   the
                   Heavenly
                   Virtue
                   ,
                   nor
                   yeild
                   to
                   the
                   heavenly
                   Influences
                   .
                   A
                   Seal
                   puts
                   not
                   its
                   Print
                   upon
                   a
                   hard
                   Stone
                   ,
                   but
                   upon
                   soft
                   wax
                   :
                   so
                   our
                   matter
                   ,
                   by
                   being
                   made
                   soft
                   and
                   Rarisied
                   ,
                   is
                   made
                   fit
                   to
                   receive
                   the
                   influx
                   of
                   the
                   superior
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                  
                   of
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   made
                   to
                   obey
                   the
                   Government
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Sun.
                     By
                     the
                     Fire
                  
                   and
                   
                     the
                     Heavenly
                     Bird
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   understood
                   the
                   twofold
                   Fire
                   ,
                   the
                   External
                   and
                   the
                   Internal
                   ,
                   with
                   both
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   conserved
                   and
                   nourished
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     III.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Whatever
                   any
                   Man
                   has
                   given
                   to
                   me
                   ,
                   I
                   have
                   returned
                   it
                   again
                   ;
                   nor
                   have
                   I
                   been
                   behind
                   hand
                   with
                   any
                   ,
                   or
                   desisted
                   to
                   return
                   an
                   equal
                   kindness
                   ;
                   even
                   in
                   this
                   Friendship
                   and
                   Unity
                   consists
                   the
                   chief
                   matter
                   of
                   this
                   Operation
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   This
                   not
                   only
                   demonstrates
                   the
                   Generous
                   and
                   Noble
                   Spirit
                   of
                   our
                   great
                   Hermes
                   ;
                   but
                   also
                   the
                   relation
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   parts
                   Composing
                   this
                   Magistery
                   have
                   one
                   to
                   another
                   ;
                   for
                   saith
                   he
                   ,
                   
                     even
                     in
                     this
                     Friendship
                     and
                     Unity
                     consists
                     the
                     chief
                     matter
                     of
                     this
                     Operation
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     IV.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   concealed
                   Stone
                   of
                   many
                   Colors
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Born
                   and
                   brought
                   forth
                   in
                   one
                   Color
                   only
                   :
                   Understand
                   this
                   and
                   conceal
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   By
                   the
                   many
                   Colors
                   ,
                   here
                   is
                   understood
                   the
                   
                     Black
                     ,
                     White
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Red
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   spoken
                   before
                   :
                   and
                   tho'
                   there
                   may
                   appear
                   many
                   other
                   Colors
                   in
                   the
                   course
                   of
                   the
                   Operation
                   ,
                   yet
                   those
                   three
                   are
                   the
                   chief
                   ;
                   of
                   which
                   ,
                   the
                   one
                   Color
                   which
                   for
                   ever
                   remains
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   
                     Never
                     fading
                     Red
                  
                   ,
                   than
                   which
                   ,
                   nothing
                   can
                   be
                   more
                   noble
                   or
                   perfect
                   ;
                   this
                   ,
                   if
                   thou
                   attainest
                   to
                   be
                   an
                   Adept
                   ,
                   a
                   true
                   Son
                   of
                   Art
                   ,
                   be
                   sure
                   to
                   hide
                   and
                   conceal
                   it
                   ,
                   as
                   here
                   thou
                   art
                   admonished
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   
                     V.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   By
                   means
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   (
                   through
                   the
                   permission
                   of
                   the
                   Omnipotent
                   )
                   the
                   greatest
                   Disease
                   is
                   Cured
                   ;
                   and
                   every
                   Sorrow
                   ,
                   Distress
                   ,
                   Evil
                   ,
                   and
                   hurtful
                   thing
                   may
                   be
                   Evaded
                   :
                   and
                   through
                   the
                   help
                   thereof
                   ,
                   you
                   may
                   come
                   from
                   Darkness
                   to
                   Light
                   ;
                   from
                   a
                   Desert
                   or
                   Wilderness
                   to
                   a
                   Habitation
                   or
                   Home
                   ;
                   and
                   from
                   straightness
                   and
                   necessities
                   ,
                   to
                   a
                   large
                   and
                   ample
                   Fortune
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   This
                   Our
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   Our
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   Cures
                   not
                   only
                   all
                   the
                   Diseases
                   of
                   Metals
                   ,
                   but
                   all
                   the
                   cureable
                   Diseases
                   in
                   Humane
                   Bodies
                   :
                   It
                   gives
                   also
                   ,
                   not
                   only
                   Health
                   and
                   long
                   Life
                   ,
                   but
                   removes
                   Poverty
                   and
                   Want
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   attendant
                   Evils
                   of
                   a
                   narrow
                   and
                   pinching
                   Fortune
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   indeed
                   the
                   great
                   preservative
                   against
                   all
                   the
                   Afflictions
                   ,
                   Sorrows
                   and
                   Miseries
                   of
                   Humane
                   kind
                   ,
                   of
                   what
                   Nature
                   and
                   quality
                   soever
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   Nectar
                   and
                   Ambrosia
                   ,
                   to
                   all
                   the
                   Vital
                   Powers
                   ,
                   through
                   the
                   Efficacy
                   of
                   which
                   ,
                   Nature
                   is
                   made
                   able
                   to
                   contend
                   ,
                   resist
                   ,
                   and
                   overcome
                   all
                   her
                   adversaries
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     IV.
                  
                   A
                   Continuation
                   of
                   the
                   Explication
                   of
                   the
                   First
                   Operation
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     HERMES
                  
                   .
                   Now
                   my
                   Son
                   ,
                   before
                   all
                   things
                   ,
                   Iadminish
                   thee
                   to
                   fear
                   God
                   ,
                   in
                   whom
                   is
                   the
                   Blessing
                   of
                   your
                   undertakings
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Uniting
                   and
                   disposing
                   of
                   every
                   thing
                   which
                   you
                   Segregate
                   ,
                   put
                   together
                   ,
                   or
                   Design
                   for
                   this
                   purpose
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   This
                   great
                   Philosopher
                   well
                   knew
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   only
                   way
                   to
                   attain
                   to
                   the
                   Mystery
                   ,
                   was
                   to
                   be
                   acquainted
                   with
                   that
                   Spirit
                   which
                   knew
                   all
                   things
                   ,
                   yea
                   the
                   deep
                   things
                   of
                   God
                   ;
                   and
                   to
                   be
                   acquainted
                   with
                   that
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   was
                   
                     to
                     feur
                     God
                  
                   ,
                   for
                   
                   so
                   says
                   the
                   Holy
                   Spirit
                   it self
                   .
                   
                     The
                     fear
                     of
                     the
                     Lord
                     is
                     the
                     beginning
                     of
                     Wisdom
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Knowledg
                     of
                     the
                     Holy
                     is
                     understanding
                     :
                  
                   And
                   therefore
                   our
                   Hermes
                   advises
                   us
                   ,
                   
                     above
                     all
                     things
                     to
                     fear
                     God
                     ,
                  
                   in
                   whom
                   is
                   the
                   Blessing
                   of
                   this
                   undertaking
                   .
                   He
                   shall
                   not
                   Err
                   ,
                   who
                   becomes
                   acquainted
                   with
                   ,
                   and
                   joyned
                   to
                   ,
                   that
                   Spirit
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Fountain
                   of
                   all
                   Knowledge
                   and
                   Wisdom
                   :
                   For
                   being
                   United
                   with
                   that
                   ,
                   you
                   are
                   Centred
                   into
                   the
                   very
                   Root
                   from
                   whence
                   all
                   Wisdom
                   and
                   Knowledg
                   spring
                   ,
                   and
                   being
                   Ingrasted
                   into
                   that
                   Root
                   ,
                   the
                   true
                   understanding
                   will
                   grow
                   up
                   in
                   you
                   ,
                   and
                   fill
                   you
                   even
                   as
                   the
                   Soul
                   is
                   filled
                   with
                   Life
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     II.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Whatever
                   I
                   speak
                   or
                   write
                   ,
                   consider
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   reason
                   about
                   it
                   in
                   your
                   mind
                   :
                   I
                   advise
                   not
                   them
                   who
                   are
                   depraved
                   in
                   their
                   Reason
                   and
                   Understanding
                   ,
                   nor
                   the
                   Ignorant
                   ,
                   or
                   Insipid
                   of
                   Judgment
                   .
                   Lay
                   hold
                   of
                   my
                   Instructions
                   ,
                   and
                   Meditate
                   upon
                   them
                   ;
                   and
                   so
                   fit
                   your
                   Mind
                   and
                   Undestanding
                   [
                   to
                   conceive
                   what
                   I
                   say
                   ,
                   ]
                   as
                   if
                   you
                   your self
                   were
                   the
                   Author
                   of
                   these
                   things
                   I
                   Write
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   He
                   here
                   speaks
                   to
                   such
                   as
                   fear
                   God
                   ,
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   depraved
                   in
                   their
                   understandings
                   ,
                   (
                   as
                   all
                   Profane
                   and
                   Wicked
                   Men
                   are
                   )
                   nor
                   the
                   Ignorant
                   (
                   who
                   are
                   unacquainted
                   with
                   the
                   true
                   Fountain
                   of
                   knowledge
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Spirit
                   of
                   the
                   Living
                   God
                   ,
                   as
                   he
                   himself
                   has
                   instructed
                   ,
                   Chap.
                   1.
                   
                   Sect.
                   1.
                   aforegoing
                   :
                   )
                   nor
                   to
                   the
                   Insipid
                   of
                   Judgment
                   ,
                   (
                   who
                   has
                   not
                   Pondered
                   nor
                   Meditated
                   upon
                   these
                   things
                   .
                   )
                   You
                   must
                   Enter
                   with
                   your
                   Spirit
                   and
                   Soul
                   into
                   the
                   Center
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   and
                   there
                   behold
                   how
                   all
                   things
                   are
                   begun
                   ,
                   continued
                   ,
                   and
                   perfected
                   ;
                   but
                   you
                   must
                   first
                   enter
                   into
                   that
                   Universal
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Former
                   of
                   all
                   things
                   ,
                   which
                   pierces
                   through
                   ,
                   and
                   dwells
                   in
                   that
                   Central
                   Root
                   ;
                   and
                   by
                   entering
                   into
                   that
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   ,
                   like
                   as
                   a
                   Vehicle
                   ,
                   carry
                   you
                   into
                   the
                   same
                   Root
                   ,
                   where
                   all
                   things
                   are
                   hidden
                   ,
                   and
                   reveal
                   to
                   you
                   the
                   most
                   abscondite
                   Mysteries
                   ,
                   and
                   shew
                   you
                   as
                   in
                   a
                   Glass
                   the
                   whole
                   work
                   ,
                   and
                   all
                   the
                   Operations
                   of
                   Nature
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   
                     III.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   For
                   to
                   what
                   Nature
                   is
                   hot
                   ,
                   if
                   it
                   shall
                   be
                   made
                   cold
                   ,
                   it
                   shall
                   do
                   no
                   hurt
                   or
                   injury
                   to
                   it
                   ;
                   so
                   in
                   like
                   manner
                   ,
                   he
                   to
                   whom
                   Reason
                   is
                   become
                   a
                   guide
                   ,
                   does
                   shut
                   against
                   himself
                   ,
                   the
                   Door
                   of
                   Ignorance
                   ,
                   lest
                   he
                   should
                   be
                   securely
                   deceived
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   That
                   is
                   ,
                   if
                   the
                   Spirit
                   and
                   Soul
                   ,
                   or
                   hot
                   Mercury
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   be
                   made
                   more
                   cold
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   Conjunction
                   with
                   the
                   cold
                   Body
                   ,
                   you
                   shall
                   not
                   do
                   a
                   miss
                   ,
                   but
                   proceed
                   rightly
                   on
                   in
                   the
                   Work
                   :
                   and
                   this
                   you
                   must
                   apprehend
                   by
                   your
                   Reason
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   the
                   thing
                   .
                   He
                   to
                   whom
                   (
                   saith
                   he
                   )
                   Reason
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                  
                   the
                   Spirit
                   of
                   knowledge
                   ,
                   is
                   become
                   a
                   guide
                   ,
                   does
                   shut
                   from
                   himself
                   the
                   Door
                   of
                   Ignorance
                   ,
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                  
                   open
                   to
                   himself
                   the
                   Door
                   of
                   knowledge
                   ,
                   leading
                   into
                   the
                   Mysteries
                   of
                   this
                   Our
                   Philosophick
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     IV.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Take
                   (
                   my
                   Son
                   )
                   the
                   Flying
                   Bird
                   ,
                   and
                   Dround
                   it
                   Flying
                   ;
                   then
                   divide
                   ,
                   separate
                   ,
                   or
                   cleanse
                   it
                   from
                   its
                   Filth
                   ,
                   which
                   keeps
                   it
                   in
                   Death
                   ;
                   expel
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   it
                   away
                   from
                   it
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   made
                   Living
                   ,
                   and
                   answer
                   thee
                   ,
                   not
                   by
                   Flying
                   in
                   the
                   Regions
                   above
                   ,
                   but
                   truly
                   by
                   forbearing
                   to
                   Flie.
                   
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   In
                   this
                   our
                   Art
                   are
                   two
                   Principles
                   which
                   spring
                   from
                   one
                   Root
                   ,
                   and
                   which
                   are
                   the
                   subject
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   viz.
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   ;
                   of
                   which
                   ,
                   the
                   one
                   is
                   Volatile
                   and
                   superior
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   fixt
                   and
                   below
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   Conjunction
                   of
                   which
                   often
                   repeated
                   ,
                   is
                   made
                   the
                   true
                   and
                   Philosophical
                   sublimation
                   and
                   fixation
                   .
                   And
                   that
                   is
                   the
                   fixation
                   when
                   the
                   Body
                   receives
                   the
                   Tinging
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   and
                   takes
                   from
                   it
                   its
                   Volatility
                   ;
                   this
                   is
                   done
                   by
                   frequent
                   Reiterations
                   ,
                   till
                   a
                   Calx
                   of
                   perpetual
                   duration
                   is
                   produced
                   ,
                   and
                   will
                   remain
                   for
                   ever
                   in
                   the
                   Fire
                   :
                   But
                   in
                   the
                   very
                   beginning
                   of
                   this
                   work
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   which
                   in
                   it self
                   is
                   most
                   fixed
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   Spirit
                   not
                   fixed
                   or
                   Volatile
                   ,
                   as
                   Sea
                   Water
                   ,
                   
                     acetum
                     radicatum
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   such
                   like
                   ,
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   Volatile
                   .
                   And
                   by
                   this
                   means
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   more
                   fit
                   to
                   be
                   cleansed
                   of
                   its
                   Filth
                   ,
                   
                   or
                   Rust
                   ,
                   which
                   in
                   metals
                   is
                   a
                   most
                   certain
                   sign
                   of
                   Imperfection
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     V.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   If
                   therefore
                   you
                   shall
                   deliver
                   it
                   out
                   of
                   its
                   Imprisonment
                   ,
                   or
                   Cage
                   ,
                   or
                   Straights
                   then
                   afterwards
                   you
                   shall
                   Order
                   and
                   Govern
                   it
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   number
                   of
                   days
                   I
                   shall
                   note
                   to
                   you
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   Reason
                   ;
                   and
                   then
                   it
                   shall
                   be
                   a
                   Companion
                   to
                   thee
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   it
                   ,
                   thou
                   shalt
                   be
                   made
                   great
                   and
                   powerful
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   That
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   fixed
                   Body
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   lifted
                   up
                   by
                   sublimation
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   be
                   so
                   often
                   repeated
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   Volatile
                   is
                   made
                   fixed
                   ,
                   or
                   fixed
                   with
                   it
                   :
                   But
                   this
                   is
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   done
                   hastily
                   ,
                   or
                   all
                   at
                   once
                   ,
                   but
                   by
                   little
                   and
                   little
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   degrees
                   .
                   Lest
                   by
                   too
                   great
                   a
                   haste
                   you
                   break
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   or
                   come
                   to
                   some
                   other
                   hurt
                   .
                   God
                   himself
                   ,
                   
                     made
                     all
                     things
                     in
                     Number
                     ,
                     Weight
                     ,
                     and
                     Measure
                  
                   ;
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   in
                   due
                   and
                   just
                   proportion
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   Time
                   as
                   Matter
                   .
                   If
                   you
                   proceed
                   wisely
                   in
                   this
                   Case
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   receive
                   the
                   fulness
                   of
                   your
                   expectations
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VI.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Extract
                   from
                   the
                   Sun
                   Beams
                   the
                   shadow
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   sordid
                   Matter
                   ,
                   by
                   that
                   which
                   makes
                   the
                   Clouds
                   hang
                   over
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   Corrupts
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   keeps
                   it
                   from
                   the
                   Light
                   ,
                   because
                   by
                   its
                   Torture
                   and
                   Red
                   Fiery
                   Heat
                   ,
                   or
                   Redness
                   it
                   is
                   Burned
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   The
                   shadow
                   always
                   goes
                   along
                   with
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   walking
                   in
                   the
                   Sun.
                   Now
                   that
                   a
                   clearer
                   Light
                   may
                   appear
                   through
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   without
                   any
                   shadow
                   ,
                   the
                   Body
                   must
                   be
                   opened
                   ,
                   made
                   thin
                   ,
                   and
                   dissolved
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Patient
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   Spirit
                   or
                   Sun-Beams
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   the
                   Agent
                   ,
                   the
                   living
                   Fire
                   ,
                   by
                   whose
                   Power
                   it
                   is
                   brought
                   to
                   a
                   Calx
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Corruptible
                   part
                   is
                   Burnt
                   up
                   and
                   destroyed
                   ,
                   or
                   made
                   fit
                   to
                   be
                   separated
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Take
                   this
                   Redness
                   Corrupted
                   with
                   the
                   Water
                   (
                   which
                   resembles
                   the
                   Matter
                   ,
                   holding
                   the
                   Fire
                   as
                   in
                   a
                   live
                   Coal
                   )
                   from
                   it
                   :
                   As
                   often
                   as
                   you
                   take
                   this
                   Redness
                   Corrupted
                   in
                   Water
                   ,
                   away
                   from
                   it
                   ,
                   so
                   often
                   you
                   have
                   the
                   Redness
                   
                   Purified
                   ,
                   then
                   will
                   it
                   Associate
                   it self
                   ,
                   viz.
                   become
                   fixed
                   ,
                   and
                   Tinged
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   〈◊〉
                   it
                   will
                   rest
                   for
                   ever
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   That
                   is
                   Our
                   Magnesia
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   sown
                   in
                   our
                   Philosophick
                   Earth
                   ,
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   Corrupted
                   or
                   Putrefied
                   ;
                   and
                   then
                   to
                   be
                   Digested
                   ,
                   Coagulated
                   ,
                   Sublimated
                   ,
                   Incerated
                   ,
                   and
                   Fixed
                   .
                   This
                   Magnesia
                   ,
                   or
                   Redness
                   is
                   thus
                   made
                   pure
                   by
                   separation
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   it
                   becomes
                   Dissolved
                   ,
                   Digested
                   ,
                   Coagulated
                   ,
                   Sublimed
                   ,
                   Incerated
                   ,
                   and
                   Fixed
                   ,
                   and
                   Tinged
                   ,
                   being
                   first
                   lift
                   up
                   into
                   the
                   highest
                   Heavens
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   Buried
                   again
                   in
                   the
                   deepest
                   Earth
                   ,
                   that
                   therewith
                   it
                   may
                   arise
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   have
                   a
                   Habitation
                   ,
                   and
                   be
                   fixt
                   for
                   ever
                   .
                   The
                   Water
                   is
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ;
                   the
                   Redness
                   is
                   the
                   Soul
                   or
                   Tincture
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Earth
                   is
                   the
                   Body
                   .
                   Now
                   the
                   Spirit
                   is
                   the
                   Life
                   of
                   the
                   Soul
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Body
                   is
                   the
                   Clothing
                   or
                   Habitation
                   thereof
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   the
                   Body
                   is
                   a
                   substance
                   ,
                   fixed
                   ,
                   dry
                   ,
                   and
                   containing
                   both
                   the
                   Spirit
                   and
                   the
                   Soul.
                   The
                   Spirit
                   Penetrates
                   the
                   Body
                   ;
                   the
                   Body
                   fixes
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ;
                   the
                   Soul
                   conjoyned
                   ,
                   Tinges
                   of
                   its
                   own
                   Color
                   ,
                   whether
                   it
                   is
                   White
                   or
                   Red.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Return
                   the
                   Coal
                   ,
                   being
                   extinct
                   in
                   its
                   life
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   thirty
                   days
                   I
                   note
                   to
                   thee
                   ,
                   so
                   will
                   you
                   have
                   a
                   Crowned
                   King
                   ,
                   resting
                   upon
                   the
                   Fountain
                   or
                   Well
                   ,
                   but
                   drawing
                   it
                   from
                   the
                   Auripigment
                   ,
                   and
                   wanting
                   the
                   Humour
                   or
                   Moisture
                   :
                   Now
                   have
                   I
                   made
                   the
                   Hearts
                   of
                   the
                   attentive
                   ,
                   who
                   hope
                   in
                   thee
                   ,
                   glad
                   ,
                   and
                   their
                   Eyes
                   beholding
                   thee
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   hope
                   of
                   that
                   which
                   thou
                   possessest
                   ?
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   The
                   Life
                   of
                   the
                   Coal
                   is
                   Fire
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   removed
                   from
                   it
                   ,
                   is
                   like
                   a
                   Dead
                   Body
                   ;
                   nor
                   in
                   a
                   Coal
                   only
                   ,
                   but
                   in
                   all
                   other
                   things
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   Fire
                   that
                   excites
                   or
                   stirs
                   up
                   the
                   Life
                   ,
                   comforts
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   conserves
                   it
                   :
                   Yea
                   ,
                   the
                   Essence
                   of
                   Life
                   is
                   nothing
                   else
                   than
                   Pure
                   ,
                   Naked
                   ,
                   Unmixed
                   Fire
                   :
                   not
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   Corrupting
                   and
                   Elementary
                   ,
                   but
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   Subtil
                   ,
                   Coelestial
                   ,
                   and
                   Generating
                   all
                   things
                   .
                   This
                   in
                   Metals
                   is
                   the
                   
                     Aqua
                     Philosophica
                     ,
                     Oleaginosa
                  
                   ,
                   
                   
                     &
                     Sulphurea
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   this
                   the
                   Earth
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   raised
                   up
                   in
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   30
                   days
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   certain
                   Number
                   for
                   an
                   uncertain
                   :
                   By
                   the
                   Crowned
                   King
                   ,
                   is
                   meant
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   the
                   Tincture
                   .
                   The
                   Well
                   is
                   the
                   Fountain
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   inexhaustible
                   ;
                   out
                   of
                   which
                   it
                   draws
                   the
                   Auripigment
                   or
                   eternal
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   but
                   wanting
                   indeed
                   its
                   moisture
                   ,
                   or
                   Running-Water
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   for
                   so
                   long
                   time
                   to
                   be
                   Digested
                   and
                   Boiled
                   with
                   Fires
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Now
                   the
                   Water
                   was
                   first
                   in
                   the
                   Air
                   ,
                   then
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   restore
                   thou
                   it
                   then
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   superior
                   places
                   ,
                   through
                   its
                   own
                   meanders
                   or
                   passages
                   ,
                   and
                   (
                   not
                   foolishly
                   or
                   indiscreetly
                   )
                   change
                   or
                   alter
                   it
                   :
                   and
                   then
                   to
                   the
                   former
                   Spirit
                   gathered
                   in
                   its
                   Redness
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   carefully
                   and
                   leisurly
                   joyn
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Convert
                   the
                   Elements
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   shall
                   have
                   what
                   you
                   seek
                   .
                   The
                   Earth
                   which
                   is
                   Cold
                   and
                   Dry
                   ,
                   agrees
                   with
                   the
                   Water
                   in
                   one
                   quality
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   cold
                   .
                   The
                   Air
                   which
                   is
                   Hot
                   and
                   Moist
                   ,
                   participates
                   with
                   the
                   Fire
                   which
                   is
                   Hot
                   and
                   dry
                   ;
                   and
                   consequently
                   the
                   Earth
                   with
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   because
                   of
                   its
                   Driness
                   .
                   The
                   Earth
                   is
                   the
                   only
                   true
                   and
                   first
                   Element
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   which
                   by
                   a
                   Philosophical
                   Calcination
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   Burnt
                   up
                   ,
                   and
                   Rarified
                   ,
                   afterwards
                   to
                   be
                   Dissolved
                   in
                   a
                   Moist
                   place
                   into
                   a
                   Ponderous
                   Water
                   :
                   This
                   by
                   Sublimation
                   is
                   made
                   more
                   subtil
                   and
                   converted
                   into
                   Fire
                   .
                   This
                   Oyl
                   by
                   a
                   most
                   strong
                   Fire
                   into
                   Ashes
                   ,
                   or
                   a
                   Red
                   Rubicund
                   Earth
                   .
                   Thus
                   the
                   Dragon
                   devours
                   his
                   own
                   Tail
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Pelican
                   with
                   her
                   own
                   Blood
                   ,
                   nourishes
                   her
                   Young
                   ones
                   .
                   The
                   Blood
                   of
                   the
                   Pelican
                   is
                   this
                   Red
                   Spirit
                   .
                   Now
                   nothing
                   is
                   joyned
                   together
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   but
                   that
                   which
                   before
                   was
                   separated
                   from
                   it
                   .
                   This
                   Mixtion
                   of
                   the
                   Elements
                   is
                   not
                   Corporeal
                   ,
                   but
                   Spiritual
                   ;
                   not
                   with
                   Hands
                   done
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   work
                   of
                   the
                   Metalline
                   Archeus
                   or
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   ought
                   well
                   to
                   know
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   you
                   will
                   not
                   long
                   err
                   from
                   the
                   Truth
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     V.
                  
                   A
                   Dialogue
                   between
                   Hermes
                   and
                   his
                   Son.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     HERMES
                  
                   .
                   Know
                   thou
                   my
                   Son
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   fat
                   of
                   our
                   Earth
                   is
                   Sulphur
                   ;
                   that
                   Sulphur
                   is
                   Auripigment
                   ,
                   Siretz
                   ,
                   or
                   Colcothar
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   Auripigment
                   ,
                   Sulphurs
                   ,
                   and
                   such
                   like
                   ,
                   some
                   are
                   more
                   vile
                   or
                   mean
                   than
                   others
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   difference
                   or
                   diversity
                   .
                   Of
                   this
                   kind
                   also
                   is
                   the
                   Fat
                   of
                   Glewy
                   substances
                   ;
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   of
                   Hair
                   ,
                   Nails
                   ,
                   Hoofs
                   ,
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   it self
                   ;
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Peter
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Brain
                   or
                   Marrow
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Auripigment
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   same
                   kind
                   also
                   is
                   the
                   Cats
                   or
                   Lyons
                   Claw
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Sirezt
                   :
                   The
                   Fat
                   of
                   the
                   White
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Fat
                   of
                   the
                   two
                   Oriental
                   Argent
                   Vives
                   ,
                   which
                   Sulphurs
                   are
                   caught
                   hold
                   of
                   ,
                   and
                   retained
                   by
                   the
                   Bodies
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   All
                   these
                   are
                   only
                   Various
                   Names
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   call
                   the
                   one
                   thing
                   ,
                   and
                   under
                   which
                   they
                   Cloud
                   it
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   most
                   Acute
                   Ripley
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     it
                     is
                     Argent
                     Vive
                     ,
                     but
                     not
                     the
                     Vulgar
                     ,
                     that
                     without
                     which
                     nothing
                     that
                     exists
                     ,
                     is
                     able
                     to
                     be
                     .
                  
                   If
                   therefore
                   ,
                   there
                   be
                   nothing
                   under
                   the
                   Sun
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   this
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   is
                   not
                   ,
                   Our
                   Hermes
                   has
                   not
                   done
                   absurdly
                   ,
                   to
                   call
                   it
                   by
                   these
                   Names
                   ;
                   tho'
                   possibly
                   there
                   may
                   be
                   some
                   one
                   thing
                   ,
                   which
                   may
                   contain
                   more
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   more
                   pure
                   ,
                   also
                   generous
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   ripe
                   or
                   perfectly
                   digested
                   ,
                   than
                   all
                   the
                   other
                   things
                   besides
                   .
                   Authors
                   say
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   chieflly
                   found
                   in
                   the
                   Roots
                   of
                   Metals
                   ,
                   which
                   Roots
                   are
                   in
                   the
                   Air
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Tops
                   of
                   the
                   Mountains
                   .
                   It
                   behoves
                   you
                   therefore
                   ,
                   to
                   have
                   a
                   perfect
                   and
                   solid
                   knowledge
                   of
                   this
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   before
                   you
                   attempt
                   any
                   thing
                   in
                   this
                   Art.
                   And
                   this
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   Communicated
                   only
                   to
                   the
                   Faithful
                   Disciples
                   of
                   this
                   Science
                   .
                   Be
                   diligent
                   with
                   your
                   whole
                   
                   mind
                   ,
                   consider
                   ,
                   think
                   ,
                   ruminate
                   ,
                   volve
                   and
                   revolve
                   ,
                   meditate
                   and
                   reason
                   with
                   your self
                   concerning
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   through
                   the
                   Divine
                   Assistance
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   certainly
                   attain
                   to
                   the
                   knowledge
                   there
                   of
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     II.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   I
                   say
                   more
                   ,
                   that
                   this
                   Sulphur
                   does
                   Tinge
                   and
                   Fix
                   ;
                   and
                   is
                   contained
                   and
                   held
                   by
                   the
                   Conjunctions
                   of
                   the
                   Tinctures
                   .
                   Fat
                   's
                   also
                   Tinge
                   ,
                   but
                   withal
                   they
                   fly
                   away
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Body
                   which
                   is
                   contained
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   Conjunction
                   of
                   Fugitives
                   only
                   with
                   Sulphurs
                   and
                   Aluminous
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   which
                   also
                   contain
                   and
                   hold
                   the
                   Fugitive
                   Matter
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   He
                   distinguisheth
                   here
                   between
                   the
                   true
                   and
                   Philosophick
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Fictitious
                   or
                   Sophisticate
                   .
                   The
                   true
                   is
                   made
                   of
                   a
                   Fixt
                   and
                   Incombustible
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   for
                   which
                   Cause
                   also
                   ,
                   the
                   Bodies
                   are
                   rendred
                   fixt
                   and
                   Incombustible
                   :
                   for
                   every
                   Transmutation
                   is
                   made
                   subject
                   to
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   the
                   thing
                   Transmuting
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   of
                   the
                   thing
                   to
                   be
                   Transmuted
                   ;
                   it
                   is
                   needful
                   therefore
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   make
                   choice
                   of
                   the
                   best
                   Sulphur
                   for
                   this
                   Work.
                   The
                   Vulgar
                   is
                   Forreign
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   deficient
                   ,
                   Blackens
                   ,
                   and
                   Corrupts
                   ,
                   having
                   also
                   a
                   double
                   superfluity
                   ,
                   viz.
                   an
                   Inflamable
                   substance
                   ,
                   and
                   an
                   Earthly
                   Faeculency
                   .
                   Therefore
                   you
                   must
                   find
                   out
                   another
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   simple
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   Living
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   able
                   to
                   Revivifie
                   Dead
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   to
                   bring
                   them
                   to
                   the
                   highest
                   perfection
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   perfect
                   them
                   with
                   the
                   ultimate
                   maturity
                   .
                   Such
                   a
                   Sulphur
                   saith
                   Avieenna
                   is
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   found
                   upon
                   Earth
                   ,
                   except
                   in
                   the
                   Bodies
                   of
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   .
                   In
                   Sol
                   indeeed
                   is
                   the
                   highest
                   of
                   Perfection
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   more
                   digested
                   and
                   decocted
                   ;
                   when
                   therefore
                   ,
                   the
                   Tincture
                   is
                   prepared
                   with
                   this
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   down
                   below
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Bottom
                   of
                   Obscurity
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   carried
                   Gradatim
                   up
                   for
                   the
                   highest
                   Glory
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   greatest
                   splendor
                   of
                   spirituality
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   any
                   Body
                   whatsoever
                   being
                   melted
                   with
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   it
                   Tinges
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   firmly
                   adheres
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   cannot
                   for
                   ever
                   be
                   any
                   more
                   separated
                   therefrom
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   
                   Sophisticate
                   Tincture
                   which
                   is
                   made
                   from
                   the
                   middle
                   Minerals
                   ,
                   from
                   burning
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   Arsenical
                   ,
                   Aluminous
                   ,
                   and
                   such
                   like
                   ,
                   are
                   not
                   able
                   to
                   defend
                   either
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   upon
                   which
                   they
                   are
                   projected
                   ,
                   nor
                   yet
                   their
                   own
                   proper
                   substance
                   from
                   the
                   violence
                   of
                   Fire
                   ,
                   but
                   together
                   with
                   the
                   Bodies
                   they
                   flie
                   away
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   the
                   force
                   of
                   Fire
                   Vanish
                   into
                   Air.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     III.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   The
                   order
                   ,
                   method
                   ,
                   managment
                   and
                   dis
                   position
                   of
                   the
                   Matter
                   sought
                   after
                   by
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   is
                   but
                   one
                   ,
                   in
                   Our
                   Egg.
                   Now
                   this
                   in
                   the
                   Hens
                   Egg
                   ,
                   is
                   in
                   no
                   wise
                   to
                   be
                   found
                   .
                   But
                   lest
                   so
                   much
                   of
                   the
                   Divine
                   Wisdom
                   ,
                   as
                   is
                   seen
                   in
                   a
                   Hens
                   Egg
                   ,
                   should
                   be
                   distinguished
                   ;
                   we
                   make
                   in
                   imitation
                   thereof
                   ,
                   a
                   Compositum
                   from
                   the
                   four
                   Elements
                   ,
                   joyntly
                   fitted
                   and
                   compacted
                   together
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   The
                   Description
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Egg
                   is
                   various
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   divide
                   into
                   four
                   parts
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   number
                   of
                   the
                   four
                   Elements
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Putamen
                   ,
                   the
                   Shell
                   ,
                   which
                   they
                   make
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Albumen
                   ,
                   the
                   White
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Water
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   Pellicula
                   ,
                   the
                   Skin
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Air.
                   4.
                   
                   Vitellus
                   ,
                   the
                   Yolk
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Fire
                   .
                   Some
                   make
                   only
                   three
                   parts
                   thereof
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Vitellus
                   ,
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Albumen
                   ,
                   the
                   Mercury
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   Putamen
                   ,
                   the
                   Salt.
                   Some
                   again
                   will
                   have
                   
                     the
                     Yolk
                  
                   to
                   signifie
                   
                     Mars
                     ,
                     Sol
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Venus
                   ;
                   and
                   
                     the
                     White
                     ,
                     Saturn
                     ,
                     Jupiter
                     ;
                     Mercury
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   Luna
                   :
                   and
                   
                     the
                     Shell
                  
                   ,
                   the
                   Firmament
                   ,
                   and
                   Earth
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     Combustible
                     Ashes
                  
                   :
                   but
                   to
                   speak
                   plainly
                   ,
                   the
                   Shell
                   represents
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Glass
                   ;
                   wherein
                   the
                   Skin
                   ,
                   the
                   White
                   ,
                   the
                   Tread
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Yolk
                   ,
                   answer
                   to
                   the
                   four
                   Elements
                   :
                   
                     Fire
                     Air
                     ,
                     Water
                  
                   and
                   Earth
                   .
                   Or
                   rather
                   the
                   
                     Tread
                     ,
                     Yolk
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   White
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   three
                   pure
                   principles
                   ,
                   
                     Salt
                     ,
                     Sulphur
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     Soul
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Body
                   ;
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   
                     Fixity
                     ,
                     Tincture
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Subsistence
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     IV.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Now
                   in
                   a
                   Hens
                   Egg
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   the
                   greatest
                   help
                   that
                   may
                   be
                   ,
                   for
                   herein
                   is
                   a
                   nearness
                   of
                   the
                   Matters
                   in
                   their
                   Natures
                   :
                   a
                   spirituality
                   ,
                   and
                   gathering
                   ,
                   and
                   joyning
                   
                   together
                   of
                   the
                   Elements
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Earth
                   which
                   is
                   Gold
                   in
                   its
                   Nature
                   :
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   The
                   
                     Ovum
                     Philosophorum
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   our
                   Mercury
                   has
                   in
                   it self
                   whatever
                   is
                   necessary
                   thereto
                   :
                   We
                   call
                   it
                   Our
                   Mercury
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   reduced
                   into
                   one
                   pure
                   Homogene
                   Body
                   ,
                   where
                   is
                   1.
                   
                   A
                   Propinquity
                   of
                   Natures
                   ,
                   as
                   Earth
                   ,
                   Water
                   ,
                   Air
                   ,
                   and
                   Fire
                   ;
                   or
                   Salt
                   ,
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   and
                   Mercury
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   A
                   Spirituality
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   formative
                   faculty
                   ,
                   the
                   hidden
                   Work-Master
                   which
                   brings
                   the
                   Stone
                   to
                   perfection
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   A
                   gathering
                   together
                   of
                   the
                   Elements
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   the
                   Earth
                   is
                   made
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   Air
                   ,
                   and
                   Fire
                   ,
                   by
                   Sublimation
                   ,
                   and
                   they
                   are
                   made
                   Earth
                   again
                   ;
                   which
                   Earth
                   is
                   Gold
                   in
                   its
                   inward
                   principle
                   or
                   Nature
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     V.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Son
                   saith
                   to
                   him
                   ,
                   the
                   Sulphurs
                   which
                   are
                   convenient
                   or
                   fit
                   for
                   Our
                   Work
                   ,
                   are
                   they
                   Coelestial
                   or
                   Terrestial
                   ,
                   Heavenly
                   or
                   Earthly
                   ?
                   To
                   whom
                   Hermes
                   answers
                   :
                   some
                   of
                   them
                   are
                   Heavenly
                   ,
                   and
                   some
                   are
                   from
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   a
                   short
                   Dialogue
                   between
                   the
                   Father
                   and
                   the
                   Son
                   ,
                   Hermes
                   makes
                   answer
                   to
                   his
                   Son
                   ,
                   concerning
                   the
                   Sulphurs
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   are
                   not
                   of
                   one
                   or
                   the
                   same
                   kind
                   ,
                   but
                   that
                   some
                   are
                   of
                   a
                   Heavenly
                   ,
                   and
                   some
                   are
                   of
                   an
                   Earthly
                   Nature
                   ,
                   yet
                   he
                   confesses
                   both
                   to
                   be
                   Sulphurs
                   :
                   by
                   the
                   Heavenly
                   is
                   meant
                   the
                   Solar
                   Sulphur
                   ;
                   and
                   by
                   the
                   Earthly
                   ,
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   Luna
                   .
                   For
                   Sol
                   is
                   a
                   Body
                   Masculine
                   ,
                   hot
                   ,
                   fixt
                   ,
                   red
                   ,
                   and
                   incombustible
                   ,
                   which
                   perfects
                   Luna
                   ,
                   who
                   is
                   Feminine
                   ,
                   Cold
                   ,
                   Volatile
                   ,
                   White
                   ,
                   and
                   Combustible
                   ,
                   exalting
                   her
                   to
                   his
                   own
                   Glory
                   and
                   Splendor
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VI.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Son
                   saith
                   ,
                   Father
                   ,
                   I
                   think
                   the
                   Heart
                   in
                   the
                   Superiors
                   to
                   prenote
                   Heaven
                   ;
                   in
                   the
                   Inferiors
                   ,
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                   To
                   whom
                   Hermes
                   saith
                   :
                   It
                   is
                   not
                   so
                   ,
                   the
                   Masculine
                   truly
                   is
                   the
                   Heaven
                   of
                   the
                   Feminine
                   :
                   and
                   the
                   Feminine
                   the
                   Earth
                   of
                   the
                   Masculine
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   The
                   Heaven
                   is
                   
                   the
                   Masculine
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   and
                   Earth
                   is
                   the
                   Feminine
                   of
                   the
                   Heaven
                   :
                   Heaven
                   or
                   Sol
                   which
                   is
                   pure
                   ,
                   fixt
                   ,
                   and
                   incombustible
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   generating
                   Seed
                   ;
                   and
                   Mercury
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Magical
                   Earth
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Womb
                   ,
                   or
                   Feminine
                   principle
                   receiving
                   the
                   Seed
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   the
                   Seed
                   is
                   keept
                   ,
                   nourished
                   ,
                   digested
                   and
                   brought
                   to
                   the
                   Birth
                   or
                   Perfection
                   :
                   Even
                   that
                   in
                   which
                   it
                   obtains
                   ,
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   Blood
                   ,
                   and
                   Flesh
                   ,
                   viz.
                   Fixity
                   ,
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   and
                   Substance
                   .
                   The
                   Earth
                   or
                   Mercury
                   is
                   the
                   subject
                   or
                   receptacle
                   of
                   all
                   the
                   Coelestial
                   Radiations
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Son
                   saith
                   ,
                   Father
                   ,
                   which
                   of
                   these
                   is
                   more
                   worthy
                   ,
                   one
                   than
                   another
                   ,
                   whether
                   is
                   the
                   Heaven
                   or
                   the
                   Earth
                   ?
                   The
                   Father
                   answers
                   :
                   Both
                   want
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   one
                   another
                   ;
                   but
                   a
                   Medium
                   is
                   proposed
                   by
                   precepts
                   .
                   But
                   if
                   thou
                   shalt
                   say
                   ,
                   that
                   Wisdom
                   or
                   the
                   Wise
                   Man
                   does
                   Rule
                   or
                   Command
                   among
                   all
                   Mankind
                   ;
                   to
                   this
                   Hermes
                   :
                   The
                   indifferent
                   or
                   ordinary
                   things
                   are
                   better
                   with
                   them
                   ,
                   because
                   every
                   Nature
                   delights
                   ;
                   or
                   desires
                   to
                   be
                   joyned
                   in
                   Society
                   with
                   its
                   own
                   kind
                   .
                   We
                   find
                   even
                   in
                   Wisdom
                   it self
                   ,
                   that
                   equal
                   things
                   are
                   joyned
                   together
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   If
                   by
                   a
                   Magical
                   Matrimony
                   ,
                   the
                   Heavens
                   and
                   the
                   Earth
                   are
                   Conjoyned
                   ,
                   neither
                   seems
                   to
                   be
                   more
                   worthy
                   ;
                   for
                   as
                   the
                   Earth
                   cannot
                   Generate
                   without
                   the
                   Heavens
                   ,
                   so
                   neither
                   can
                   the
                   Heavenly
                   Influences
                   multiply
                   themselves
                   without
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   But
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   mean
                   proposed
                   ,
                   which
                   he
                   explicates
                   in
                   the
                   following
                   Paragraph
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   making
                   the
                   one
                   equal
                   with
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   viz.
                   by
                   bringing
                   forth
                   a
                   new
                   Off-spring
                   out
                   of
                   both
                   ,
                   which
                   shall
                   excede
                   Sol
                   himself
                   in
                   perfection
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   more
                   than
                   perfect
                   ,
                   and
                   able
                   to
                   make
                   the
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   or
                   Metals
                   perfect
                   ,
                   which
                   Sol
                   himself
                   cannot
                   do
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   also
                   able
                   to
                   make
                   the
                   most
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   more
                   than
                   perfect
                   ,
                   by
                   multiplying
                   their
                   Tincture
                   a
                   thousand
                   times
                   more
                   than
                   what
                   they
                   had
                   Originally
                   by
                   Nature
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   performed
                   
                     by
                     Precepts
                  
                   
                   saith
                   Hermes
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   
                     by
                     Art.
                  
                   And
                   since
                   every
                   Nature
                   Delights
                   to
                   be
                   joyned
                   with
                   its
                   own
                   kind
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   be
                   sure
                   to
                   joyn
                   Metalline
                   Bodies
                   only
                   with
                   Metalline
                   Principles
                   ,
                   for
                   Water
                   joyned
                   with
                   Water
                   cannot
                   be
                   separated
                   ,
                   no
                   more
                   can
                   Silver
                   being
                   joyned
                   with
                   Silver
                   ,
                   or
                   Gold
                   with
                   Gold
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   to
                   say
                   ,
                   their
                   Seed
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Son
                   saith
                   ;
                   But
                   what
                   is
                   the
                   mean
                   among
                   them
                   ?
                   To
                   whom
                   Hermes
                   answers
                   :
                   To
                   every
                   thing
                   in
                   Nature
                   ,
                   there
                   are
                   three
                   things
                   from
                   two
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   The
                   Beginning
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   The
                   Middle
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   The
                   End
                   ,
                   viz.
                   First
                   ,
                   the
                   profitable
                   and
                   necessary
                   Water
                   .
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   the
                   Fat
                   or
                   Oyl
                   .
                   Thirdl'y
                   ,
                   the
                   Foeces
                   ,
                   or
                   Earth
                   ,
                   which
                   remains
                   below
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   By
                   
                     the
                     Beginning
                  
                   ,
                   he
                   me
                   ans
                   the
                   Deundation
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   Principles
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   
                     Prima
                     Materia
                  
                   must
                   be
                   prepared
                   and
                   made
                   fit
                   for
                   the
                   Operation
                   :
                   
                     the
                     Middle
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   the
                   Operations
                   of
                   the
                   Work
                   from
                   the
                   Beginning
                   to
                   the
                   End
                   :
                   
                     the
                     End
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Perfection
                   or
                   consummation
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   ;
                   these
                   are
                   
                     the
                     three
                     things
                     from
                     the
                     two
                     Principles
                     ,
                     Sulphur
                     and
                     Mercury
                     :
                  
                   Or
                   possibly
                   
                     by
                     the
                     three
                     things
                     from
                     the
                     two
                     ,
                  
                   he
                   may
                   mean
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   Soul
                   ,
                   and
                   Body
                   ;
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                  
                   Fixity
                   ,
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   and
                   Substance
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   two
                   Principles
                   ,
                   
                     Sulphur
                     ,
                     and
                     Mercury
                  
                   ,
                   being
                   in
                   Conjunction
                   :
                   Other
                   Interpret
                   it
                   thus
                   ;
                   by
                   
                     the
                     two
                     things
                  
                   he
                   means
                   
                     Heaven
                     and
                     Earth
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   cannot
                   be
                   Conjoyned
                   without
                   a
                   Medium
                   ,
                   (
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Air
                   )
                   no
                   otherwise
                   than
                   Soul
                   and
                   Body
                   ,
                   which
                   cannot
                   be
                   Conjoyned
                   in
                   one
                   Body
                   without
                   the
                   Spirit
                   to
                   Unite
                   them
                   .
                   
                     The
                     Spirit
                  
                   then
                   is
                   the
                   Legitimate
                   Mediator
                   of
                   the
                   true
                   and
                   perfect
                   Conjunction
                   ,
                   whether
                   Natural
                   or
                   Supernatural
                   .
                   By
                   
                     the
                     Heaven
                  
                   is
                   understood
                   the
                   Soul
                   :
                   By
                   
                     the
                     Earth
                  
                   the
                   Body
                   :
                   By
                   
                     the
                     Spirit
                  
                   the
                   Uniting
                   Principles
                   ;
                   these
                   indeed
                   are
                   
                     the
                     three
                     things
                     from
                     the
                     two
                     ,
                  
                   i.
                   e.
                   the
                   two
                   Principles
                   ,
                   
                     Sulphur
                     and
                     Mercury
                     ,
                     the
                     Spirit
                  
                   being
                   Latent
                   in
                   them
                   both
                   .
                   But
                   however
                   ,
                   Our
                   Hermes
                   lest
                   he
                   should
                   not
                   be
                   understood
                   
                   has
                   explicated
                   them
                   himself
                   ,
                   
                     viz.
                     the
                     profitable
                     Water
                     ,
                     the
                     Fat
                     Oyl
                     ,
                     the
                     Foeces
                     or
                     Earth
                     .
                  
                   By
                   
                     the
                     Water
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   meant
                   the
                   Mercury
                   ;
                   by
                   
                     the
                     Fat
                     or
                     Oyl
                  
                   ;
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   which
                   by
                   the
                   Mediation
                   of
                   the
                   Internal
                   or
                   
                     Latent
                     Spirit
                  
                   ,
                   are
                   United
                   into
                   one
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   the
                   
                     Foeces
                     or
                     Earth
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   Dragon
                   dwells
                   in
                   ,
                   or
                   Inhabits
                   in
                   all
                   these
                   things
                   .
                   And
                   his
                   Houses
                   are
                   the
                   darkness
                   and
                   blackness
                   in
                   them
                   ;
                   and
                   by
                   them
                   he
                   Ascends
                   into
                   the
                   Air
                   ,
                   (
                   from
                   his
                   rising
                   )
                   which
                   is
                   their
                   Heaven
                   :
                   But
                   while
                   the
                   Fume
                   or
                   Vapour
                   remains
                   in
                   them
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   not
                   perpetual
                   ,
                   Permanant
                   ,
                   remaining
                   or
                   fixt
                   .
                   Take
                   but
                   away
                   the
                   Fume
                   or
                   Vapor
                   from
                   the
                   Water
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   blackness
                   from
                   the
                   Fat
                   or
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   and
                   Death
                   from
                   the
                   Foeces
                   :
                   and
                   by
                   Dissolution
                   ,
                   you
                   shall
                   possess
                   a
                   Tryumphant
                   Gift
                   ,
                   even
                   that
                   in
                   and
                   by
                   which
                   the
                   Possessors
                   Live.
                   
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   We
                   have
                   spoken
                   now
                   concerning
                   the
                   Heavens
                   and
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   their
                   Matrimonial
                   Conjunction
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   Medium
                   ,
                   viz.
                   the
                   Air
                   or
                   Water
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   also
                   call
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ;
                   for
                   the
                   Water
                   is
                   nothing
                   but
                   the
                   Air
                   Coagulated
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Air
                   is
                   the
                   Vital
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   running
                   through
                   ,
                   and
                   peircing
                   all
                   beings
                   ,
                   giving
                   Life
                   and
                   Consistency
                   to
                   every
                   thing
                   ;
                   the
                   very
                   Agent
                   which
                   Ties
                   the
                   Particles
                   of
                   all
                   Matter
                   and
                   Bodies
                   together
                   ,
                   and
                   without
                   which
                   every
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   Metal
                   would
                   fall
                   to
                   pieces
                   ,
                   and
                   become
                   nothing
                   but
                   Dust
                   and
                   Ashes
                   ,
                   even
                   the
                   smallest
                   of
                   Atoms
                   :
                   And
                   this
                   Spirit
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   moves
                   and
                   sills
                   all
                   things
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Heaven
                   ,
                   which
                   in
                   its
                   prime
                   Resolution
                   or
                   putrefaction
                   ,
                   is
                   wonderfully
                   defiled
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   like
                   the
                   most
                   Poisonous
                   Dragon
                   or
                   Serpent
                   ,
                   it
                   destroys
                   all
                   things
                   it
                   touches
                   ;
                   from
                   whence
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   to
                   have
                   its
                   House
                   in
                   Darkness
                   and
                   Blackness
                   ;
                   and
                   to
                   possess
                   Blackness
                   ,
                   and
                   Clouds
                   ,
                   and
                   defilements
                   ,
                   and
                   Death
                   it self
                   :
                   So
                   long
                   therefore
                   as
                   the
                   Heaven
                   shall
                   be
                   thus
                   infected
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   impossible
                   for
                   it
                   to
                   return
                   to
                   its
                   Pristine
                   Nature
                   ,
                   Simplicity
                   ,
                   Purity
                   ,
                   Fixity
                   ,
                   and
                   Permanency
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   By
                   the
                   Dragon
                   then
                   is
                   signified
                   this
                   Black
                   Matter
                   Ascending
                   into
                   Air
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   difficultly
                   done
                   ,
                   by
                   Reason
                   ,
                   of
                   its
                   thick
                   glutinous
                   and
                   Ponderous
                   Body
                   ,
                   which
                   would
                   not
                   tend
                   upwards
                   ,
                   unless
                   it
                   be
                   first
                   resolved
                   by
                   Force
                   and
                   Power
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   in
                   a
                   Philosophick
                   Glass
                   into
                   an
                   Aereal
                   and
                   Vaporous
                   substance
                   :
                   being
                   thus
                   Dissolved
                   by
                   a
                   frequent
                   Ventilation
                   of
                   the
                   Air
                   or
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   perfectly
                   purged
                   ,
                   and
                   recover
                   its
                   Primaeval
                   Nature
                   of
                   Heaven
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   thing
                   sought
                   after
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     VI.
                  
                   The
                   Several
                   Operations
                   by
                   ,
                   and
                   Various
                   Matters
                   of
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Stone
                   is
                   Composed
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     HERMES
                  
                   :
                   Now
                   the
                   temperate
                   Fat
                   or
                   Sulphur
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Medium
                   or
                   Middle
                   Nature
                   ,
                   between
                   the
                   Foeces
                   and
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   through
                   Searcher
                   of
                   the
                   Water
                   :
                   The
                   Fat
                   's
                   are
                   called
                   Sulphurs
                   ,
                   for
                   between
                   Fire
                   ,
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   so
                   little
                   difference
                   ,
                   that
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   propinquity
                   ,
                   or
                   nearness
                   ;
                   because
                   as
                   the
                   Fire
                   does
                   Burn
                   ,
                   so
                   also
                   does
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   He
                   here
                   makes
                   the
                   Fire
                   to
                   be
                   the
                   Medium
                   between
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   the
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   which
                   Fire
                   we
                   have
                   before
                   declared
                   to
                   be
                   both
                   Internal
                   and
                   External
                   :
                   The
                   first
                   is
                   Innate
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Principles
                   and
                   Essential
                   ;
                   the
                   latter
                   Elemental
                   and
                   Accidental
                   ;
                   
                     it
                     is
                     the
                     through
                     Searcher
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     ,
                  
                   that
                   is
                   the
                   stirer
                   up
                   of
                   Internal
                   Life
                   and
                   Efficacy
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   the
                   Internal
                   Fire
                   may
                   properly
                   be
                   called
                   the
                   Spirit
                   of
                   the
                   Matter
                   ,
                   which
                   disposes
                   the
                   Particles
                   of
                   it
                   to
                   their
                   Change
                   :
                   But
                   the
                   difference
                   between
                   this
                   Fire
                   ,
                   or
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   
                   and
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   or
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   is
                   so
                   little
                   ,
                   that
                   we
                   want
                   fit
                   Words
                   to
                   express
                   it
                   ,
                   but
                   it
                   is
                   like
                   the
                   Spirit
                   to
                   the
                   Soul
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   inseparable
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   understood
                   ,
                   that
                   of
                   Sulphurs
                   ,
                   such
                   only
                   are
                   to
                   be
                   chosen
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   the
                   more
                   near
                   in
                   their
                   principles
                   ;
                   the
                   Sulphurs
                   of
                   Minerals
                   are
                   to
                   be
                   taken
                   ;
                   not
                   those
                   of
                   Vegetables
                   or
                   Animals
                   :
                   and
                   of
                   Minerals
                   ,
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   drawn
                   from
                   Mercury
                   or
                   Quick-Silver
                   ,
                   Gold
                   and
                   Silver
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   Purified
                   and
                   exalted
                   by
                   some
                   Power
                   or
                   Principle
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   without
                   length
                   ,
                   breadth
                   ,
                   or
                   thickness
                   ,
                   viz.
                   Incorporeal
                   ,
                   and
                   yet
                   comprehends
                   all
                   those
                   properties
                   in
                   it
                   :
                   without
                   form
                   or
                   shape
                   ;
                   yet
                   comprehending
                   under
                   its
                   formless
                   being
                   ,
                   the
                   highest
                   and
                   most
                   exact
                   of
                   Beauties
                   ;
                   this
                   is
                   the
                   Internal
                   Fire
                   of
                   the
                   Mineral
                   Sulphur
                   .
                   And
                   of
                   these
                   ,
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   Mercury
                   is
                   yet
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   the
                   most
                   noble
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   more
                   at
                   Liberty
                   and
                   free
                   to
                   Act
                   ,
                   than
                   the
                   Sulphurs
                   either
                   of
                   Sol
                   or
                   Luna
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   Fixt
                   and
                   bound
                   up
                   in
                   a
                   Dead
                   or
                   Lifeless
                   Body
                   :
                   The
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   all
                   the
                   other
                   Metals
                   are
                   yet
                   more
                   remote
                   .
                   And
                   tho'
                   they
                   might
                   serve
                   the
                   end
                   ,
                   yet
                   it
                   is
                   with
                   more
                   labour
                   ,
                   trouble
                   ,
                   and
                   difficulty
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     II.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   All
                   the
                   Wisdom
                   of
                   the
                   World
                   is
                   comprehended
                   within
                   this
                   ,
                   Learning
                   the
                   Art
                   is
                   placed
                   in
                   these
                   wonful
                   hidden
                   Elements
                   ,
                   which
                   it
                   does
                   obtain
                   ,
                   finish
                   ,
                   or
                   compleat
                   .
                   It
                   behoves
                   him
                   therefore
                   ,
                   who
                   would
                   be
                   introduced
                   into
                   this
                   our
                   hidden
                   Wisdom
                   ,
                   to
                   quit
                   himself
                   from
                   the
                   Usurpation
                   of
                   Vice
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   Just
                   and
                   Good
                   ,
                   of
                   a
                   profound
                   Reason
                   ,
                   and
                   ready
                   at
                   Hand
                   to
                   help
                   Mankind
                   of
                   a
                   Serene
                   and
                   pleasing
                   Countenance
                   ,
                   Courteous
                   in
                   his
                   Conversation
                   to
                   others
                   ;
                   and
                   to
                   himself
                   a
                   Faithful
                   Keeper
                   of
                   the
                   Arcanums
                   ,
                   being
                   once
                   revealed
                   to
                   him
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   The
                   knowledge
                   of
                   this
                   
                     nearest
                     Sulphur
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   how
                   to
                   prepare
                   and
                   use
                   it
                   in
                   this
                   work
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Summ
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Art
                   ;
                   it
                   begins
                   ,
                   compleats
                   ,
                   and
                   finishes
                   the
                   whole
                   thing
                   .
                   But
                   how
                   
                     this
                     Sulphur
                  
                   is
                   educed
                   out
                   of
                   a
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   determined
                   Matter
                   ,
                   few
                   Authors
                   have
                   yet
                   taught
                   .
                   The
                   Volatile
                   must
                   be
                   first
                   fixed
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Wild
                   Tamed
                   ,
                   before
                   you
                   can
                   Operate
                   rightly
                   ,
                   else
                   you
                   will
                   never
                   be
                   able
                   to
                   hold
                   the
                   Matter
                   ,
                   to
                   Operate
                   upon
                   it
                   ;
                   the
                   Dragon
                   must
                   be
                   then
                   Mastered
                   and
                   overcome
                   ;
                   being
                   once
                   Slain
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   endeavour
                   to
                   give
                   it
                   again
                   a
                   new
                   Life
                   ,
                   by
                   raising
                   it
                   up
                   into
                   a
                   new
                   form
                   ,
                   and
                   restoring
                   to
                   it
                   a
                   new
                   Volatility
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   the
                   Life
                   of
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ;
                   which
                   by
                   a
                   Conjunction
                   ,
                   and
                   Legitimate
                   Digestion
                   ,
                   with
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   Mercury
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   gives
                   to
                   the
                   new
                   generation
                   ,
                   a
                   new
                   Body
                   ,
                   yet
                   such
                   a
                   one
                   as
                   is
                   Spiritual
                   ,
                   Subtil
                   ,
                   full
                   of
                   Life
                   and
                   Power
                   ,
                   and
                   able
                   to
                   penetrate
                   into
                   the
                   most
                   inward
                   recesses
                   of
                   the
                   most
                   solid
                   and
                   compact
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   enriching
                   even
                   Vulgar
                   Sol
                   himself
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   thousand
                   fold
                   a
                   greater
                   Treasure
                   than
                   he
                   contained
                   before
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     III.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   And
                   this
                   know
                   ,
                   that
                   except
                   you
                   know
                   how
                   to
                   Mortifie
                   and
                   induce
                   Generation
                   ,
                   to
                   Vivifie
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   to
                   Cleanse
                   ,
                   and
                   introduce
                   Light
                   ,
                   how
                   things
                   fight
                   and
                   contend
                   one
                   with
                   another
                   ,
                   are
                   made
                   Colorless
                   and
                   freed
                   from
                   their
                   defedations
                   ,
                   or
                   Spots
                   and
                   Foulnesses
                   ,
                   like
                   as
                   from
                   Blackness
                   and
                   Darkness
                   ,
                   you
                   know
                   nothing
                   ,
                   nor
                   can
                   you
                   perform
                   any
                   thing
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   This
                   Mortification
                   ,
                   is
                   intended
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   Life
                   and
                   form
                   ,
                   without
                   which
                   you
                   can
                   do
                   nothing
                   ,
                   in
                   order
                   to
                   Generation
                   .
                   You
                   must
                   make
                   Alive
                   by
                   Killing
                   ,
                   and
                   Cleanse
                   by
                   first
                   defiling
                   or
                   bringing
                   to
                   Putrefaction
                   ,
                   and
                   bring
                   forth
                   Light
                   by
                   first
                   introducing
                   Darkness
                   .
                   The
                   two
                   contrary
                   Principles
                   must
                   first
                   fight
                   and
                   contend
                   one
                   with
                   another
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   Fatal
                   War
                   must
                   be
                   begun
                   and
                   carried
                   on
                   to
                   the
                   Destruction
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   form
                   and
                   Life
                   ,
                   before
                   the
                   second
                   form
                   and
                   Life
                   can
                   appear
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Matter
                   must
                   be
                   first
                   made
                   Colorless
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   able
                   to
                   receive
                   the
                   true
                   Color
                   and
                   Tincture
                   .
                   In
                   Order
                   to
                   this
                   ,
                   the
                   Philosophical
                   Calcination
                   is
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   Work
                   ,
                   then
                   Dissolution
                   ,
                   
                   that
                   the
                   sublimed
                   Matter
                   may
                   receive
                   its
                   determination
                   .
                   To
                   mortifie
                   is
                   to
                   Dissolve
                   any
                   thing
                   into
                   the
                   principles
                   of
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   Compounded
                   :
                   Therefore
                   saith
                   Senior
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   no
                   Generation
                   without
                   Corruption
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   this
                   Putrefaction
                   is
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   our
                   Secret
                   ,
                   which
                   none
                   but
                   the
                   initiated
                   Sons
                   of
                   Doctrine
                   and
                   Philosophy
                   do
                   rightly
                   understand
                   .
                   There
                   must
                   be
                   a
                   most
                   close
                   Conjunction
                   or
                   Matrimony
                   ,
                   between
                   the
                   Superiors
                   and
                   the
                   Inferiors
                   ,
                   between
                   the
                   Spirit
                   and
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   made
                   by
                   Ascention
                   and
                   Descention
                   ,
                   through
                   the
                   Power
                   of
                   the
                   Invisible
                   Life
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     IV.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   you
                   may
                   know
                   ,
                   that
                   this
                   great
                   Arcanum
                   is
                   a
                   Matter
                   of
                   so
                   great
                   Worth
                   ,
                   that
                   even
                   Kings
                   themselves
                   shall
                   Venerate
                   it
                   ;
                   the
                   which
                   Secrets
                   ,
                   it
                   behoves
                   us
                   to
                   keep
                   close
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   hide
                   them
                   from
                   every
                   profane
                   and
                   worthless
                   Person
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   That
                   is
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   such
                   a
                   Vital
                   Power
                   ,
                   Strength
                   ,
                   Efficacy
                   and
                   Virtue
                   in
                   this
                   our
                   Philosophick
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   able
                   to
                   transmute
                   all
                   the
                   Mercury
                   in
                   the
                   World
                   into
                   fine
                   Gold
                   ;
                   and
                   not
                   noly
                   all
                   simple
                   Quick-Silver
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   the
                   Mercury
                   of
                   all
                   other
                   Bodies
                   as
                   of
                   
                     Saturn
                     ,
                     Jupiter
                     ,
                     Mars
                     ,
                     Venus
                     ,
                     and
                     Luna
                  
                   ;
                   which
                   Power
                   it
                   exerts
                   not
                   only
                   in
                   those
                   Inferiour
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   but
                   is
                   also
                   able
                   to
                   transmute
                   the
                   whole
                   Body
                   of
                   Gold
                   into
                   pure
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   exalt
                   it
                   to
                   a
                   thousand
                   Degrees
                   above
                   what
                   Nature
                   has
                   determined
                   it
                   to
                   be
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     V.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Understand
                   also
                   that
                   our
                   Stone
                   is
                   Conjoyned
                   with
                   ,
                   and
                   Composed
                   of
                   many
                   things
                   ,
                   of
                   Various
                   Colours
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   Four
                   Elements
                   ,
                   which
                   it
                   behoves
                   us
                   to
                   Divide
                   and
                   Cut
                   in
                   Pieces
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   Disjoynt
                   them
                   ;
                   and
                   partly
                   to
                   Mortifie
                   the
                   Nature
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   in
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   The
                   Various
                   things
                   are
                   Salt
                   ,
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   and
                   Mercury
                   ;
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   Soul
                   and
                   Spirit
                   ;
                   which
                   Spirit
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   joyns
                   the
                   Soul
                   and
                   Body
                   together
                   .
                   In
                   Mercury
                   it self
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   Salt
                   ,
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   Spirit
                   :
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   The
                   Salt
                   of
                   that
                   Mercury
                   is
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Earth
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   Dryed
                   or
                   Drained
                   ,
                   Ploughed
                   up
                   ,
                   Manured
                   and
                   Cultivated
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   thereof
                   is
                   the
                   Internal
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   which
                   Transmutes
                   ;
                   but
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Spirit
                   or
                   living
                   Principle
                   which
                   gives
                   the
                   Permanency
                   or
                   Fixity
                   ,
                   and
                   without
                   which
                   all
                   Bodies
                   whatsoever
                   would
                   fall
                   to
                   Dust
                   and
                   Ashes
                   ;
                   that
                   is
                   it
                   which
                   ties
                   the
                   Particles
                   and
                   Atoms
                   of
                   every
                   thing
                   together
                   .
                   In
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   Volatile
                   Body
                   ,
                   but
                   a
                   Fixing
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   Rubine
                   Soul
                   which
                   tinges
                   :
                   This
                   Body
                   in
                   the
                   Putrefaction
                   is
                   cast
                   away
                   ,
                   and
                   only
                   the
                   Spirit
                   and
                   Soul
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   without
                   Parts
                   ,
                   or
                   Proportion
                   ,
                   without
                   length
                   ,
                   breadth
                   ,
                   or
                   thickness
                   ,
                   without
                   substance
                   or
                   corporeity
                   are
                   retained
                   ,
                   and
                   Conjoyned
                   to
                   the
                   Mercury
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   by
                   the
                   Medium
                   of
                   Salt
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   Salt
                   lies
                   the
                   depth
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Secret
                   .
                   This
                   Salt
                   is
                   Vegetable
                   ,
                   Mineral
                   and
                   Animal
                   ,
                   from
                   whence
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   were
                   wont
                   to
                   say
                   ,
                   that
                   their
                   Stone
                   was
                   Threefold
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   that
                   Ternary
                   of
                   Generations
                   .
                   In
                   this
                   Salt
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   Corporeity
                   joyned
                   whith
                   a
                   Soul
                   and
                   a
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   with
                   a
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   Mercury
                   spiritual
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   the
                   Chains
                   which
                   tie
                   all
                   the
                   Particles
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   together
                   .
                   All
                   these
                   must
                   be
                   Cut
                   in
                   Pieces
                   ,
                   separated
                   and
                   divided
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   Work
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   done
                   by
                   joyning
                   of
                   the
                   three
                   together
                   ;
                   this
                   is
                   a
                   Mystery
                   which
                   only
                   the
                   true
                   Philosophers
                   and
                   Sons
                   of
                   Doctrine
                   can
                   understand
                   .
                   You
                   must
                   joyn
                   Body
                   to
                   Body
                   ,
                   Soul
                   to
                   Soul
                   ,
                   and
                   Spirit
                   to
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   means
                   you
                   will
                   make
                   the
                   separation
                   ;
                   because
                   the
                   Soul
                   will
                   joyn
                   with
                   Soul
                   ,
                   yet
                   the
                   Soul
                   of
                   the
                   one
                   will
                   not
                   joyn
                   with
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   but
                   separate
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VI.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   And
                   also
                   to
                   keep
                   safe
                   the
                   Water
                   and
                   the
                   Fire
                   dwelling
                   therein
                   ,
                   which
                   does
                   contain
                   its
                   own
                   Water
                   ,
                   drawn
                   from
                   the
                   Four
                   Elements
                   and
                   their
                   Waters
                   ;
                   This
                   is
                   not
                   Water
                   in
                   its
                   form
                   ,
                   but
                   Fire
                   ,
                   containing
                   in
                   a
                   strong
                   and
                   pure
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   the
                   Ascending
                   Waters
                   ,
                   
                   lest
                   the
                   Spirits
                   should
                   flie
                   away
                   from
                   the
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   for
                   by
                   this
                   means
                   are
                   they
                   made
                   Tinging
                   ,
                   and
                   Permanent
                   ,
                   or
                   Fixed
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   That
                   is
                   the
                   Mercury
                   and
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   dwelling
                   in
                   the
                   Salt
                   ;
                   or
                   the
                   Spirit
                   and
                   the
                   Soul
                   dwelling
                   in
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   our
                   Stone
                   .
                   
                     The
                     Fire
                  
                   (
                   saith
                   he
                   )
                   
                     contains
                     its
                     own
                     Water
                     drawn
                     from
                     the
                     Four
                     Elements
                     :
                  
                   That
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   contains
                   the
                   Mercury
                   drawn
                   from
                   its
                   Original
                   Fountains
                   .
                   
                     This
                     is
                     not
                     Water
                     in
                     Form
                     but
                     Fire
                     .
                  
                   Nor
                   is
                   it
                   Quick-Silver
                   in
                   form
                   ,
                   but
                   Sulphur
                   ;
                   nor
                   Spirit
                   in
                   form
                   but
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   or
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   containing
                   the
                   Clouds
                   ,
                   and
                   Ascending
                   Waters
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   of
                   a
                   dry
                   consistency
                   or
                   Body
                   ,
                   sticking
                   to
                   the
                   sides
                   of
                   the
                   Glass
                   ,
                   lest
                   they
                   should
                   flie
                   away
                   in
                   sublimation
                   from
                   the
                   Bodies
                   ;
                   by
                   this
                   means
                   ,
                   being
                   often
                   iterated
                   ,
                   at
                   least
                   three
                   times
                   ,
                   (
                   but
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   six
                   or
                   seven
                   times
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   yet
                   better
                   ,
                   )
                   the
                   Spirit
                   enters
                   into
                   ,
                   and
                   peirces
                   and
                   penetrates
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   in
                   Order
                   to
                   its
                   Fixation
                   :
                   which
                   at
                   length
                   is
                   perfected
                   which
                   the
                   highest
                   Fixation
                   and
                   Tincture
                   by
                   the
                   Fixing
                   Oyl
                   or
                   Sulphur
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   O
                   Blessed
                   Water
                   in
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   Sea
                   ,
                   which
                   Element
                   thou
                   dissolvest
                   !
                   Now
                   it
                   behoves
                   us
                   ,
                   with
                   this
                   watery
                   Soul
                   ,
                   to
                   possess
                   a
                   Sulphurous
                   Form
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   mix
                   or
                   joyn
                   the
                   same
                   with
                   our
                   Vinegar
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Great
                   is
                   the
                   Virtue
                   and
                   Power
                   which
                   dwells
                   in
                   the
                   
                     Aqua
                     Philosophica
                  
                   ,
                   from
                   whence
                   it
                   is
                   caled
                   Blessed
                   .
                   For
                   as
                   common
                   Water
                   ,
                   washes
                   away
                   the
                   Filth
                   from
                   things
                   ,
                   and
                   cleanses
                   them
                   outwardiy
                   ;
                   so
                   this
                   our
                   Elementated
                   Water
                   ,
                   not
                   only
                   Dissolves
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   Washes
                   away
                   and
                   Cleanses
                   them
                   inwardly
                   from
                   all
                   manner
                   of
                   Defilemens
                   and
                   Impurities
                   ;
                   and
                   being
                   joyned
                   with
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   brings
                   forth
                   from
                   them
                   their
                   incombustible
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   which
                   by
                   projection
                   ,
                   tinges
                   and
                   transmutes
                   all
                   imperfect
                   Metals
                   into
                   most
                   pure
                   fine
                   Gold
                   and
                   Silver
                   .
                   This
                   Water
                   is
                   the
                   Key
                   of
                   the
                   Art
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   the
                   Bodies
                   are
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   oftentimes
                   to
                   be
                   opened
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   to
                   be
                   Dissolved
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   the
                   same
                   to
                   be
                   again
                   Coagulated
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   more
                   noble
                   ,
                   pure
                   ,
                   and
                   perfect
                   :
                   So
                   that
                   no
                   Foot-steps
                   of
                   Death
                   ,
                   Blackness
                   ,
                   Corruption
                   ,
                   or
                   Imperfection
                   may
                   any
                   more
                   remain
                   in
                   them
                   .
                   The
                   preparation
                   of
                   this
                   Water
                   is
                   known
                   but
                   to
                   a
                   few
                   ,
                   nor
                   do
                   many
                   attain
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   Well
                   is
                   Deep
                   out
                   of
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   drawn
                   ,
                   nor
                   do
                   the
                   Vulgar
                   Chymists
                   understand
                   it
                   .
                   But
                   whatever
                   you
                   do
                   ,
                   you
                   can
                   do
                   no
                   great
                   Matter
                   without
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   Nature
                   :
                   and
                   tho'
                   
                     Aqua
                     Fortis
                  
                   and
                   
                     Aqua
                     Regis
                  
                   and
                   such-like
                   ,
                   are
                   usefull
                   in
                   their
                   places
                   ,
                   to
                   dissolve
                   and
                   Tear
                   Bodies
                   into
                   Atoms
                   ,
                   yet
                   are
                   they
                   Alien
                   ,
                   and
                   far
                   from
                   the
                   true
                   
                     Aqua
                     Philosophica
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   has
                   the
                   Power
                   to
                   enter
                   into
                   the
                   insides
                   of
                   Metals
                   ,
                   whereas
                   they
                   ,
                   only
                   divide
                   them
                   into
                   many
                   Superficies
                   .
                   And
                   therefore
                   say
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   the
                   preparation
                   of
                   this
                   Water
                   is
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   Learned
                   of
                   Masters
                   ,
                   but
                   it
                   must
                   be
                   taught
                   by
                   the
                   Dictates
                   of
                   Nature
                   her self
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   For
                   when
                   by
                   the
                   Power
                   of
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   the
                   Compositum
                   also
                   is
                   Dissolved
                   ,
                   you
                   have
                   the
                   Key
                   of
                   the
                   Restauration
                   ;
                   then
                   Death
                   and
                   Blackness
                   flie
                   away
                   ,
                   and
                   Wisdom
                   proceeds
                   on
                   to
                   the
                   Finishing
                   of
                   the
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   This
                   Water
                   does
                   not
                   Tear
                   or
                   Gnaw
                   Bodies
                   into
                   Pieces
                   and
                   Bits
                   ,
                   but
                   it
                   Radically
                   Dissolves
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   reduces
                   them
                   into
                   their
                   
                     Prima
                     Materia
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   they
                   were
                   in
                   their
                   Original
                   Generation
                   .
                   Of
                   this
                   Nature
                   are
                   those
                   Fountains
                   &
                   Springs
                   in
                   Hungaria
                   ,
                   which
                   have
                   a
                   Faculty
                   of
                   Transmuting
                   what
                   Iron
                   soever
                   is
                   cast
                   into
                   them
                   into
                   good
                   Coper
                   ;
                   and
                   those
                   other
                   Fountains
                   ,
                   into
                   which
                   if
                   any
                   Wood
                   be
                   cast
                   ,
                   so
                   as
                   it
                   remains
                   but
                   some
                   certain
                   time
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   Lapidescent
                   Virtue
                   of
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   transmuted
                   through
                   its
                   whole
                   substance
                   into
                   Stone
                   ;
                   which
                   Memorable
                   and
                   well
                   known
                   Powers
                   and
                   Operations
                   of
                   Nature
                   in
                   these
                   particular
                   things
                   ,
                   are
                   in
                   part
                   a
                   demonstration
                   ,
                   or
                   at
                   least
                   an
                   Argument
                   to
                   persuade
                   
                   one
                   to
                   the
                   belief
                   of
                   other
                   Operations
                   and
                   Transmutations
                   in
                   the
                   Metalline
                   Kingdom
                   .
                   
                     Ignis
                     &
                     Azoth
                  
                   say
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   are
                   enough
                   for
                   the
                   whole
                   Work
                   :
                   Learn
                   therefore
                   from
                   Nature
                   ,
                   the
                   preparation
                   of
                   this
                   Azoth
                   ,
                   or
                   Water
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   :
                   which
                   Water
                   being
                   prepared
                   ,
                   does
                   with
                   a
                   simple
                   Operation
                   ,
                   through
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   gently
                   boyling
                   in
                   a
                   soft
                   Fire
                   ,
                   bring
                   the
                   work
                   to
                   a
                   conclusion
                   ,
                   and
                   perfect
                   the
                   same
                   .
                   This
                   Operation
                   indeed
                   ,
                   or
                   simple
                   Coction
                   ,
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   opens
                   the
                   Door
                   into
                   the
                   Chambers
                   of
                   Life
                   ,
                   making
                   Putrefaction
                   and
                   Death
                   ,
                   and
                   blackness
                   ,
                   and
                   darkness
                   to
                   vanish
                   and
                   flie
                   away
                   .
                   This
                   Water
                   and
                   this
                   Fire
                   ,
                   tho'
                   simple
                   ,
                   and
                   simple
                   in
                   their
                   Operation
                   ,
                   yet
                   are
                   they
                   hid
                   ;
                   and
                   known
                   but
                   to
                   a
                   few
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   they
                   lead
                   into
                   the
                   most
                   recluse
                   and
                   abscondite
                   recesses
                   of
                   Nature
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     VII
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Operations
                   of
                   Nature
                   in
                   the
                   
                     Aqua
                     Philosophica
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   a
                   Seed
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     HERMES
                  
                   .
                   Now
                   know
                   my
                   Son
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   chain
                   up
                   [
                   
                     the
                     Matter
                  
                   ]
                   with
                   a
                   strong
                   chain
                   ,
                   or
                   band
                   ,
                   when
                   they
                   make
                   it
                   to
                   contend
                   with
                   the
                   fire
                   :
                   because
                   the
                   Spirits
                   in
                   the
                   washed
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   desire
                   to
                   dwell
                   therein
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   rejoyce
                   there
                   .
                   In
                   these
                   habitations
                   ,
                   they
                   vivifie
                   themselves
                   ,
                   and
                   dwell
                   therein
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Bodies
                   hold
                   ,
                   or
                   contain
                   them
                   ,
                   nor
                   from
                   them
                   can
                   they
                   ever
                   be
                   separated
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   The
                   Bodies
                   before
                   they
                   can
                   be
                   〈◊〉
                   united
                   with
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   and
                   joyned
                   one
                   to
                   another
                   in
                   a
                   strong
                   Confederation
                   ,
                   must
                   first
                   be
                   purified
                   and
                   washed
                   with
                   Azoth
                   and
                   〈◊〉
                   :
                   for
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   the
                   washing
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   puts
                   an
                   end
                   to
                   the
                   blackness
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   purification
                   is
                   made
                   and
                   continued
                   till
                   the
                   White
                   Elixir
                   is
                   made
                   perfectly
                   white
                   ,
                   and
                   till
                   the
                   red
                   is
                   made
                   perfectly
                   red
                   ;
                   being
                   thus
                   cleansed
                   and
                   purified
                   ,
                   the
                   Spirit
                   out
                   of
                   a
                   natural
                   propension
                   is
                   drawn
                   to
                   the
                   Bodies
                   ;
                   in
                   which
                   being
                   ardently
                   inflamed
                   ,
                   it
                   immediately
                   commixes
                   with
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   they
                   are
                   conjoyned
                   ,
                   with
                   an
                   indissoluble
                   conjunction
                   ,
                   under
                   the
                   Chains
                   of
                   which
                   they
                   remain
                   inseparable
                   for
                   ever
                   .
                   Now
                   this
                   conjunction
                   is
                   not
                   made
                   by
                   chance
                   ,
                   but
                   from
                   the
                   meer
                   affinity
                   which
                   is
                   between
                   the
                   Bodies
                   and
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   for
                   they
                   both
                   proceed
                   from
                   one
                   fountain
                   and
                   principle
                   ,
                   though
                   of
                   the
                   two
                   ,
                   the
                   spirit
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   it
                   vivifies
                   ,
                   and
                   holds
                   the
                   Particles
                   of
                   the
                   Bodies
                   together
                   ,
                   is
                   much
                   the
                   more
                   noble
                   ,
                   the
                   more
                   excellent
                   ,
                   and
                   most
                   powerful
                   Agent
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     II.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Then
                   the
                   dead
                   Elements
                   are
                   revived
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Compositum
                   ,
                   or
                   〈◊〉
                   Bodies
                   are
                   tinged
                   and
                   altered
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   wonderful
                   operations
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   made
                   permanent
                   ,
                   or
                   fixed
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Philosopher
                   saith
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   The
                   Domicils
                   of
                   themselves
                   remain
                   dead
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   Inhabitants
                   in
                   them
                   are
                   alive
                   .
                   Now
                   the
                   Bodies
                   of
                   the
                   Metals
                   ,
                   are
                   the
                   Domicils
                   of
                   their
                   Spirits
                   ;
                   which
                   when
                   they
                   are
                   received
                   by
                   the
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   their
                   terrestrial
                   substance
                   is
                   by
                   little
                   and
                   little
                   made
                   thin
                   ,
                   extended
                   ,
                   and
                   Purified
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   their
                   Vivifying
                   Power
                   the
                   Life
                   and
                   Fire
                   ,
                   hitherto
                   lying
                   Dormant
                   ,
                   is
                   excited
                   and
                   stirred
                   up
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   Life
                   which
                   dwells
                   in
                   the
                   Metals
                   ,
                   is
                   laid
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   asleep
                   ,
                   nor
                   can
                   it
                   exert
                   its
                   Power
                   ,
                   or
                   shew
                   it self
                   ,
                   unless
                   the
                   Bodies
                   be
                   first
                   Dissolved
                   ,
                   Exalted
                   ,
                   and
                   turned
                   into
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   (
                   for
                   that
                   the
                   Spirit
                   does
                   only
                   Vivifie
                   ;
                   )
                   being
                   brought
                   to
                   this
                   Degree
                   of
                   purity
                   and
                   spirituality
                   ,
                   and
                   at
                   length
                   to
                   perfection
                   ,
                   by
                   their
                   abundant
                   Virtue
                   ,
                   they
                   communicate
                   their
                   tinging
                   property
                   to
                   the
                   other
                   imperfect
                   .
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   Transmute
                   them
                   into
                   a
                   fixed
                   and
                   permanent
                   
                   Substance
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   property
                   of
                   our
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   into
                   which
                   the
                   Bodies
                   are
                   reduced
                   ;
                   that
                   at
                   first
                   ,
                   one
                   part
                   thereof
                   will
                   tinge
                   ten
                   parts
                   of
                   an
                   imperfect
                   body
                   ;
                   then
                   an
                   hundred
                   ,
                   after
                   a
                   thousand
                   ,
                   then
                   ten
                   thousand
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   infinitely
                   on
                   .
                   By
                   which
                   the
                   Efficacy
                   of
                   the
                   Creators
                   Word
                   is
                   most
                   apparently
                   Evident
                   ,
                   
                     Crescite
                     &
                     Multiplicamini
                  
                   ,
                   encrease
                   and
                   multitiply
                   .
                   And
                   by
                   how
                   much
                   the
                   oftner
                   the
                   Medicine
                   is
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   by
                   so
                   much
                   the
                   more
                   it
                   encreases
                   in
                   Virtue
                   and
                   Power
                   ,
                   which
                   otherwise
                   without
                   any
                   more
                   solutions
                   ,
                   would
                   remain
                   in
                   its
                   simple
                   or
                   single
                   State
                   of
                   perfection
                   ;
                   Here
                   is
                   a
                   Celestial
                   and
                   Divine
                   Fountain
                   set
                   Open
                   ,
                   which
                   no
                   Man
                   is
                   able
                   to
                   draw
                   dry
                   ,
                   nor
                   can
                   it
                   be
                   wholly
                   exhausted
                   ,
                   should
                   the
                   World
                   endure
                   to
                   Eternal
                   Generations
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     III.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   O
                   Beautiful
                   and
                   Permanent
                   ,
                   or
                   Fixed
                   Water
                   ,
                   the
                   Formator
                   of
                   the
                   Royal
                   Elements
                   ,
                   who
                   having
                   obtained
                   (
                   with
                   thy
                   Brethren
                   joyned
                   with
                   a
                   moderate
                   Government
                   )
                   the
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   hast
                   found
                   a
                   place
                   of
                   rest
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   He
                   does
                   not
                   call
                   the
                   Matter
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   simply
                   Water
                   ,
                   but
                   a
                   fixed
                   Watery
                   form
                   ,
                   which
                   whoso
                   is
                   ignorant
                   of
                   ,
                   knows
                   nothing
                   of
                   the
                   principles
                   of
                   this
                   Science
                   .
                   This
                   Fountain
                   (
                   saith
                   
                     Bernard
                     Trevisan
                  
                   )
                   is
                   a
                   wonderful
                   Fountain
                   of
                   Virtue
                   ,
                   above
                   all
                   other
                   Fountains
                   in
                   the
                   whole
                   World
                   ;
                   it
                   is
                   as
                   clear
                   as
                   Silver
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   a
                   Celestial
                   Color
                   .
                   
                     It
                     is
                     the
                     Formator
                     of
                     the
                     Royal
                     Elements
                  
                   ;
                   that
                   is
                   (
                   as
                   Bernard
                   explicates
                   it
                   )
                   it
                   draws
                   to
                   its
                   self
                   the
                   King
                   ,
                   who
                   after
                   130
                   days
                   ,
                   it
                   brings
                   forth
                   splendid
                   ,
                   shining
                   ,
                   and
                   Crowned
                   with
                   a
                   Royal
                   Diadem
                   ,
                   who
                   afterwards
                   Adorns
                   his
                   Brethren
                   ,
                   they
                   being
                   first
                   Purified
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   Fountain
                   ,
                   and
                   freed
                   from
                   all
                   their
                   Internal
                   Leprosie
                   and
                   Impurities
                   :
                   By
                   this
                   he
                   means
                   ,
                   Concord
                   and
                   Peace
                   is
                   produced
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   Stable
                   Place
                   of
                   Rest
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   is
                   prefigured
                   ,
                   Tincture
                   and
                   Fixation
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     IV.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Our
                   Stone
                   is
                   a
                   most
                   pretious
                   thing
                   yet
                   cast
                   forth
                   upon
                   the
                   Dunghil
                   .
                   It
                   a
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   most
                   dear
                   and
                   Valuable
                   ,
                   yet
                   Vile
                   and
                   the
                   most
                   Vile
                   ;
                   [
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                     found
                     among
                     the
                     most
                     Vile
                     things
                     .
                  
                   ]
                   Because
                   it
                   behoves
                   us
                   to
                   kill
                   two
                   Argent
                   Vive's
                   together
                   ,
                   and
                   yet
                   to
                   Value
                   ,
                   Prize
                   ,
                   and
                   Esteem
                   them
                   ,
                   Viz.
                   the
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   of
                   Auripigment
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Oriental
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   of
                   Magnesia
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Salmon
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     the
                     most
                     pretious
                     ,
                  
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Fountain
                   of
                   all
                   Treasures
                   ,
                   
                     but
                     cast
                     forth
                     upon
                     a
                     Dunghil
                     ,
                  
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   found
                   in
                   the
                   Putrefaction
                   of
                   the
                   Matters
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   filthy
                   and
                   stinks
                   like
                   a
                   Dunghil
                   ;
                   and
                   so
                   tho'
                   it
                   be
                   most
                   dear
                   being
                   perfected
                   ,
                   yet
                   it
                   is
                   most
                   Vile
                   ,
                   as
                   being
                   found
                   amongst
                   the
                   most
                   Vile
                   things
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   midst
                   of
                   Corruption
                   and
                   defilements
                   .
                   Our
                   Stone
                   is
                   Composed
                   of
                   a
                   double
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   :
                   The
                   first
                   of
                   which
                   Argent
                   Vive's
                   is
                   Vile
                   and
                   Abject
                   ,
                   and
                   found
                   in
                   all
                   places
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Dunghil
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   High-way
                   ,
                   in
                   Plains
                   ,
                   in
                   Mountains
                   and
                   in
                   Vallies
                   ,
                   and
                   without
                   which
                   Man
                   ,
                   is
                   not
                   able
                   to
                   live
                   one
                   Moment
                   of
                   an
                   hour
                   ;
                   for
                   it
                   enlivens
                   all
                   things
                   ,
                   both
                   Animals
                   and
                   Vegetables
                   ,
                   even
                   Herbs
                   ,
                   Plants
                   ,
                   and
                   Trees
                   stand
                   in
                   need
                   thereof
                   ;
                   it
                   preserves
                   all
                   things
                   from
                   Corruption
                   ,
                   and
                   every
                   Mineral
                   without
                   exception
                   .
                   But
                   would
                   you
                   know
                   what
                   it
                   is
                   ;
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   Gold
                   nor
                   Silver
                   ,
                   nor
                   Gems
                   ,
                   nor
                   pretious
                   Stones
                   ,
                   these
                   are
                   things
                   of
                   great
                   Price
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   enumerated
                   among
                   those
                   things
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   Vile
                   and
                   Mean.
                   What
                   is
                   it
                   then
                   ?
                   It
                   is
                   Salt
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   the
                   Vulgar
                   Salt
                   ,
                   with
                   which
                   Food
                   is
                   Drest
                   ,
                   altho'
                   that
                   has
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   Qualities
                   of
                   this
                   our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   viz.
                   that
                   of
                   Dissolving
                   ;
                   but
                   it
                   is
                   
                     Sal
                     Petrae
                  
                   ,
                   Salt
                   of
                   the
                   Rock
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   Rock
                   I
                   say
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   running
                   Mercury
                   is
                   transmuted
                   into
                   the
                   best
                   and
                   most
                   perfect
                   of
                   Metals
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Flint
                   into
                   the
                   most
                   hard
                   Adamant
                   :
                   but
                   few
                   will
                   believe
                   this
                   ,
                   but
                   such
                   whom
                   Experience
                   and
                   true
                   Philosophy
                   has
                   taught
                   ,
                   how
                   it
                   is
                   found
                   in
                   all
                   things
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   what
                   Artifice
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   extracted
                   out
                   of
                   them
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   without
                   doubt
                   our
                   Author
                   as
                   under
                   a
                   Veil
                   ,
                   calls
                   Auripigment
                   .
                   And
                   this
                   is
                   
                   enough
                   to
                   be
                   said
                   concerning
                   this
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   Vile
                   and
                   most
                   Vile
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   other
                   which
                   he
                   calls
                   Oriental
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   of
                   Magnesia
                   ,
                   is
                   most
                   Valuable
                   and
                   Pretious
                   ;
                   this
                   is
                   not
                   spoke
                   of
                   Vulgar
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   nor
                   of
                   the
                   Vulgar
                   Magnesia
                   .
                   But
                   by
                   this
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   he
                   means
                   the
                   humidity
                   of
                   the
                   Mixture
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Radical
                   Humidity
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   .
                   By
                   Magnesia
                   ,
                   he
                   understands
                   the
                   Total
                   Mixion
                   ,
                   or
                   Compositum
                   ,
                   from
                   which
                   this
                   Humidity
                   is
                   extracted
                   ,
                   and
                   which
                   Moisture
                   is
                   called
                   our
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ;
                   which
                   Humidity
                   does
                   indeed
                   run
                   in
                   the
                   Fire
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   does
                   dissolve
                   the
                   whole
                   Compositum
                   ,
                   and
                   also
                   congeal
                   it
                   ,
                   makes
                   it
                   grow
                   Black
                   ,
                   makes
                   it
                   grow
                   White
                   ,
                   and
                   also
                   makes
                   it
                   grow
                   Red
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   compleatly
                   perfects
                   it
                   ;
                   and
                   it
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   does
                   all
                   in
                   all
                   ,
                   being
                   a
                   most
                   pretious
                   Treasure
                   to
                   such
                   as
                   know
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   possess
                   it
                   .
                   This
                   Magnesia
                   is
                   the
                   Power
                   and
                   Virtue
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   which
                   like
                   an
                   Universal
                   Magnet
                   draws
                   all
                   things
                   to
                   their
                   Center
                   ,
                   whether
                   in
                   the
                   superior
                   or
                   inferior
                   Worlds
                   .
                   And
                   the
                   greater
                   part
                   of
                   this
                   Secret
                   Arcanum
                   lies
                   rather
                   in
                   this
                   pretious
                   Magnesia
                   ,
                   than
                   in
                   the
                   former
                   Vile
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   :
                   of
                   which
                   ,
                   tho
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   variously
                   hid
                   it
                   under
                   Clouds
                   and
                   Veils
                   ,
                   we
                   have
                   here
                   said
                   enough
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     V.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   O
                   Nature
                   ,
                   the
                   greatest
                   ,
                   the
                   Creator
                   of
                   Natures
                   ,
                   which
                   makest
                   ,
                   containest
                   ,
                   and
                   separatest
                   Natures
                   in
                   a
                   middle
                   principle
                   !
                   Our
                   Stone
                   comes
                   with
                   Light
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   Light
                   it
                   is
                   Generated
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   it
                   Generates
                   or
                   brings
                   forth
                   the
                   Black
                   Clouds
                   or
                   Darkness
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Mother
                   of
                   all
                   things
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Universal
                   Nature
                   is
                   but
                   one
                   thing
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   very
                   principle
                   of
                   Motion
                   and
                   Rest
                   ,
                   and
                   which
                   ,
                   as
                   Hermes
                   saith
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Creator
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   producer
                   of
                   all
                   things
                   .
                   But
                   God
                   Almighty
                   is
                   the
                   Supream
                   Work-Master
                   ,
                   and
                   great
                   Architect
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   World
                   ,
                   who
                   created
                   and
                   brought
                   forth
                   this
                   Universal
                   Nature
                   ,
                   that
                   according
                   to
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   his
                   Determination
                   it
                   might
                   bring
                   forth
                   all
                   other
                   things
                   in
                   a
                   middle
                   principle
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   that
                   of
                   Generation
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   proper
                   and
                   specifick
                   Power
                   .
                   So
                   if
                   Grain
                   be
                   cast
                   into
                   the
                   Ground
                   ,
                   God
                   Almighty
                   by
                   his
                   Instrument
                   ,
                   Nature
                   ,
                   causes
                   it
                   to
                   Spring
                   ,
                   and
                   Grow
                   ;
                   but
                   this
                   Eduction
                   is
                   in
                   the
                   middle
                   principle
                   ,
                   viz.
                   the
                   inward
                   and
                   latent
                   Life
                   ,
                   and
                   energetick
                   Spirit
                   which
                   specificates
                   it
                   to
                   its
                   own
                   right
                   &
                   particular
                   form
                   ,
                   bringing
                   forth
                   from
                   Wheat
                   ,
                   Wheat
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   Barly
                   ,
                   Rye
                   ,
                   Oats
                   or
                   Pease
                   ,
                   &c.
                   so
                   if
                   the
                   Seed
                   of
                   Gold
                   which
                   is
                   Light
                   ,
                   be
                   Sown
                   in
                   a
                   proper
                   and
                   fit
                   Earth
                   ,
                   Meliorated
                   and
                   made
                   fit
                   for
                   the
                   purpose
                   ,
                   Nature
                   by
                   Virtue
                   of
                   the
                   energetick
                   Spirit
                   or
                   Light.
                   lodged
                   in
                   the
                   Seed
                   of
                   Gold
                   ,
                   specificates
                   that
                   production
                   ,
                   and
                   makes
                   it
                   bring
                   forth
                   Gold
                   again
                   ,
                   10.
                   100.
                   or
                   a
                   1000.
                   fold
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   goodness
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   in
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   Sown
                   :
                   But
                   before
                   it
                   is
                   brought
                   to
                   perfection
                   ,
                   the
                   Light
                   must
                   be
                   Eclipsed
                   ,
                   the
                   Seed
                   must
                   Die
                   ,
                   Corruption
                   must
                   prevail
                   ,
                   and
                   Darkness
                   must
                   Over-spread
                   the
                   Face
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   By
                   which
                   say
                   some
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   nothing
                   else
                   is
                   understood
                   but
                   the
                   
                     Magnesia
                     of
                     Saturn
                  
                   ,
                   now
                   Saturn
                   by
                   the
                   Greeks
                   is
                   called
                   Chronos
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   Time
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   all
                   things
                   are
                   produced
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Magnesia
                   it self
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Mother
                   and
                   the
                   Generatrix
                   of
                   our
                   whole
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     VI.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   But
                   when
                   we
                   Conjoyn
                   the
                   Crowned
                   King
                   to
                   our
                   Red
                   Daughter
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   a
                   Gentle
                   Fire
                   ,
                   not
                   yet
                   too
                   great
                   or
                   hurtful
                   ,
                   she
                   does
                   Conceive
                   ,
                   and
                   will
                   bring
                   forth
                   a
                   faithful
                   and
                   excellent
                   Son
                   ;
                   which
                   she
                   does
                   feed
                   with
                   a
                   little
                   Heat
                   ,
                   and
                   nourishes
                   the
                   permanent
                   or
                   fixed
                   Matter
                   ,
                   making
                   it
                   to
                   abide
                   even
                   the
                   greatest
                   Fire
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   The
                   Queen
                   or
                   the
                   Red
                   Daughter
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   is
                   Luna
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   the
                   Metalick
                   or
                   Philosophick
                   Luna
                   ,
                   which
                   now
                   puts
                   on
                   the
                   Masculine
                   Nature
                   ,
                   by
                   being
                   Conjoyned
                   to
                   our
                   Sol
                   ,
                   our
                   Crowned
                   King
                   ,
                   and
                   she
                   brings
                   forth
                   a
                   Son
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   call
                   
                     their
                     Mercury
                  
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   wonderful
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   
                   Parents
                   who
                   before
                   were
                   the
                   
                     Nurses
                     and
                     Feeders
                  
                   ,
                   are
                   now
                   by
                   the
                   same
                   
                     Nursed
                     and
                     Fed
                  
                   ,
                   but
                   it
                   is
                   so
                   in
                   this
                   Our
                   Work.
                   It
                   is
                   nourished
                   with
                   a
                   gentle
                   Heat
                   ,
                   (
                   not
                   in
                   the
                   Vulgar
                   way
                   of
                   Decocting
                   )
                   answerable
                   to
                   that
                   of
                   the
                   Heavenly
                   Fire
                   or
                   Sun.
                   And
                   it
                   is
                   fed
                   10
                   or
                   12
                   times
                   with
                   its
                   proper
                   Food
                   and
                   Drink
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Mercurial
                   Bread
                   and
                   Water
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   it
                   grows
                   ,
                   increases
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   brought
                   to
                   perfection
                   ,
                   resplendent
                   in
                   Glory
                   like
                   the
                   most
                   sparkling
                   Fire
                   .
                   This
                   Son
                   ought
                   indeed
                   to
                   be
                   fed
                   to
                   Satiety
                   ,
                   even
                   so
                   many
                   times
                   till
                   it
                   neither
                   Hungers
                   nor
                   Thirsts
                   any
                   more
                   ,
                   then
                   is
                   it
                   Tinged
                   and
                   Fixed
                   for
                   ever
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   But
                   when
                   you
                   send
                   forth
                   the
                   Fire
                   upon
                   the
                   Leaves
                   or
                   enfoldings
                   of
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   the
                   Boundary
                   of
                   Hearts
                   does
                   enter
                   in
                   above
                   it
                   ,
                   is
                   washed
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   and
                   his
                   Putrefied
                   and
                   stinking
                   Matter
                   is
                   extracted
                   ;
                   then
                   he
                   is
                   altered
                   or
                   changed
                   ,
                   and
                   his
                   Tincture
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   remains
                   Red
                   as
                   Flesh.
                   
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Every
                   thing
                   which
                   lives
                   ,
                   lives
                   by
                   Virtue
                   of
                   its
                   inward
                   Fire
                   or
                   Heat
                   ;
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   contains
                   within
                   it
                   a
                   hidden
                   Fire
                   ,
                   which
                   by
                   the
                   External
                   Fire
                   is
                   excited
                   and
                   stirred
                   up
                   ;
                   Life
                   made
                   manifest
                   begins
                   to
                   live
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   which
                   before
                   was
                   hid
                   in
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   now
                   exists
                   and
                   is
                   made
                   manifest
                   ;
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   business
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   not
                   only
                   to
                   Vivifie
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   to
                   Depurate
                   ,
                   and
                   Segregate
                   the
                   things
                   which
                   are
                   Heterogene
                   ,
                   till
                   (
                   being
                   separated
                   )
                   there
                   appears
                   at
                   length
                   in
                   the
                   Foeces
                   a
                   most
                   pure
                   and
                   Rubicund
                   Tincture
                   of
                   the
                   Color
                   of
                   Flesh
                   newly
                   Killed
                   and
                   Bloody
                   :
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   Blood
                   of
                   the
                   Green
                   Lyon
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   speak
                   of
                   ;
                   and
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   Green
                   ,
                   not
                   for
                   any
                   external
                   Green
                   Color
                   ,
                   but
                   from
                   its
                   Viridity
                   or
                   strength
                   of
                   Life
                   .
                   The
                   Tincture
                   :
                   is
                   like
                   Bloody
                   Flesh
                   new
                   Killed
                   ,
                   or
                   Blood
                   yet
                   flowing
                   and
                   moist
                   ,
                   which
                   then
                   is
                   said
                   to
                   have
                   attained
                   the
                   Degree
                   of
                   perfection
                   .
                   And
                   as
                   Flesh
                   is
                   nothing
                   but
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   Blood
                   Coagulated
                   ,
                   abounding
                   with
                   a
                   ful
                   vigorous
                   and
                   perfect
                   Spirit
                   ;
                   so
                   also
                   Our
                   Tincture
                   is
                   nothing
                   but
                   the
                   Coagulated
                   Blood
                   (
                   which
                   Blood
                   is
                   the
                   boundary
                   or
                   satisfaction
                   of
                   Hearts
                   )
                   even
                   the
                   Blood
                   of
                   the
                   Green
                   or
                   Virescent
                   Lyon
                   ,
                   vastly
                   repleat
                   with
                   a
                   Fountain
                   of
                   Vital
                   Spirits
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   But
                   Our
                   Son
                   the
                   begotten
                   King
                   ,
                   doth
                   take
                   his
                   Tincture
                   from
                   the
                   Fire
                   ;
                   And
                   Death
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Sea
                   ,
                   and
                   Darkness
                   fly
                   away
                   from
                   him
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Now
                   if
                   you
                   know
                   what
                   this
                   Tincture
                   is
                   ,
                   Our
                   Hermes
                   here
                   tells
                   you
                   very
                   plainly
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   made
                   and
                   remains
                   Red
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   ;
                   and
                   again
                   ,
                   Our
                   Son
                   the
                   begotten
                   King
                   
                     Sumit
                     Tincturam
                     exigne
                  
                   ,
                   doth
                   take
                   his
                   Tincture
                   from
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   from
                   whence
                   plainly
                   it
                   is
                   taken
                   ;
                   the
                   fire
                   is
                   that
                   strong
                   Fortitude
                   ,
                   or
                   invincible
                   strength
                   ,
                   which
                   brings
                   forth
                   this
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   or
                   true
                   Viridity
                   of
                   the
                   Lyon.
                   Whatso
                   ever
                   tincture
                   flies
                   away
                   from
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   is
                   Immature
                   and
                   imperfect
                   ;
                   nothing
                   can
                   be
                   right
                   and
                   perfect
                   but
                   what
                   can
                   endure
                   the
                   strongest
                   Tryal
                   of
                   that
                   Element
                   ;
                   and
                   therefore
                   by
                   consequence
                   the
                   Tincture
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   so
                   long
                   nourished
                   by
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   comes
                   to
                   the
                   height
                   of
                   Perfection
                   .
                   And
                   thus
                   our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   which
                   before
                   ,
                   viz.
                   in
                   its
                   beginning
                   ,
                   lay
                   in
                   Death
                   ,
                   and
                   was
                   drowned
                   in
                   the
                   Sea
                   or
                   Waters
                   ,
                   and
                   surrounded
                   with
                   Darkness
                   ,
                   which
                   was
                   the
                   Corruption
                   of
                   the
                   Matter
                   ,
                   is
                   by
                   the
                   Power
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   gentle
                   Coction
                   ,
                   assimulated
                   to
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   at
                   length
                   wholly
                   turned
                   into
                   Fire
                   ,
                   where
                   it
                   dwells
                   as
                   in
                   its
                   proper
                   Matrix
                   or
                   Element
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   only
                   rejoyces
                   and
                   is
                   delighted
                   ,
                   till
                   by
                   length
                   of
                   time
                   it
                   is
                   converted
                   into
                   a
                   Quintessence
                   the
                   true
                   Philosophick
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   Triumphs
                   over
                   Death
                   ,
                   the
                   Sea
                   ,
                   and
                   Darkness
                   as
                   having
                   really
                   Conquered
                   them
                   ,
                   becoming
                   a
                   Medicine
                   for
                   the
                   Bodies
                   both
                   of
                   Metals
                   and
                   Humane
                   kind
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Dragon
                   flies
                   from
                   the
                   Beams
                   of
                   the
                   
                   Sun
                   ,
                   who
                   observes
                   the
                   Holes
                   or
                   passages
                   ,
                   where
                   they
                   enter
                   in
                   ;
                   and
                   our
                   Dead
                   Son
                   Lives
                   .
                   The
                   King
                   comes
                   from
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   rejoyces
                   with
                   his
                   Wife
                   ,
                   laying
                   Open
                   the
                   hidden
                   things
                   ;
                   and
                   Obscured
                   Virgins
                   Milk.
                   
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   The
                   Dragon
                   here
                   signifies
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Black
                   ,
                   blacker
                   than
                   Black
                   :
                   Now
                   Serpents
                   and
                   Dragons
                   delight
                   rather
                   in
                   places
                   under
                   Ground
                   ,
                   Holes
                   of
                   Rocks
                   ,
                   and
                   obscure
                   Dens
                   ,
                   than
                   abroad
                   in
                   the
                   Open
                   Air
                   and
                   Light
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   they
                   avoid
                   the
                   shining
                   Sun
                   ,
                   viz.
                   the
                   Spirit
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   .
                   This
                   Dragon
                   must
                   be
                   inclosed
                   in
                   a
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   little
                   and
                   round
                   ,
                   well
                   defended
                   and
                   Luted
                   ,
                   and
                   close
                   stopped
                   up
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   exposed
                   to
                   the
                   Heat
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   for
                   one
                   Philosophick
                   Month
                   ,
                   or
                   space
                   of
                   40
                   days
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   time
                   it
                   is
                   destroyed
                   ,
                   the
                   parts
                   being
                   wholly
                   Dissolved
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   deadly
                   stink
                   of
                   which
                   the
                   King's
                   Son
                   happens
                   also
                   to
                   be
                   Killed
                   :
                   Both
                   being
                   therefore
                   slain
                   and
                   put
                   into
                   another
                   clean
                   Glass
                   ,
                   are
                   put
                   in
                   the
                   Heat
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   for
                   other
                   40
                   days
                   ,
                   or
                   other
                   the
                   like
                   Heat
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   that
                   space
                   of
                   time
                   ,
                   the
                   Dead
                   Son
                   by
                   little
                   and
                   little
                   is
                   revived
                   and
                   restored
                   to
                   life
                   ;
                   but
                   the
                   Dragon
                   by
                   the
                   same
                   heat
                   ,
                   being
                   vehemently
                   over
                   born
                   is
                   wholly
                   Consumed
                   and
                   Reduced
                   to
                   nothing
                   .
                   Now
                   the
                   King
                   seing
                   the
                   Heat
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   to
                   be
                   too
                   weak
                   to
                   Work
                   a
                   Total
                   deliverance
                   from
                   the
                   Poyson
                   of
                   the
                   Dragon
                   ,
                   prepares
                   a
                   Bath
                   for
                   himself
                   and
                   his
                   Son
                   to
                   wash
                   in
                   ;
                   in
                   the
                   mean
                   time
                   the
                   Virgins
                   Milk
                   is
                   brought
                   to
                   its
                   Whiteness
                   ,
                   with
                   which
                   the
                   Son
                   is
                   Copiously
                   Fed
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   hidden
                   Tincture
                   is
                   brought
                   to
                   light
                   ,
                   and
                   advanced
                   to
                   the
                   height
                   of
                   its
                   Glory
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     X.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Now
                   the
                   Son
                   Vivified
                   ,
                   or
                   made
                   to
                   Live
                   ,
                   is
                   made
                   a
                   Warior
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   superexcellent
                   in
                   his
                   Tinctures
                   ;
                   for
                   the
                   Son
                   has
                   got
                   the
                   Blessing
                   ,
                   having
                   also
                   the
                   Root
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   in
                   him
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   The
                   Father
                   can
                   never
                   Desert
                   the
                   Son
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   Son
                   is
                   of
                   him
                   and
                   from
                   him
                   ,
                   participating
                   of
                   his
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   Life
                   and
                   substance
                   :
                   and
                   is
                   like
                   unto
                   him
                   in
                   all
                   things
                   ;
                   and
                   by
                   this
                   new
                   Generation
                   is
                   made
                   patient
                   and
                   strong
                   ,
                   able
                   to
                   endure
                   the
                   most
                   vehement
                   and
                   lasting
                   fire
                   ,
                   without
                   the
                   least
                   Diminution
                   or
                   hurt
                   ,
                   to
                   its
                   substance
                   .
                   
                     The
                     Son
                     has
                     got
                     the
                     Blessing
                     ,
                  
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   Tincture
                   and
                   Fixity
                   of
                   parts
                   .
                   
                     And
                     the
                     Root
                     of
                     the
                     Matter
                     is
                     in
                     him
                     ,
                  
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   
                     Prima
                     Materia
                  
                   ,
                   the
                   Aurifick
                   Seed
                   ,
                   out
                   of
                   which
                   the
                   Golden
                   Tree
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   is
                   said
                   to
                   Spring
                   and
                   Grow
                   ,
                   bringing
                   forth
                   much
                   Fruit.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Come
                   ye
                   Sons
                   of
                   Wisdom
                   ,
                   and
                   rejoyce
                   ;
                   be
                   ye
                   glad
                   and
                   exceeding
                   joyful
                   together
                   ;
                   for
                   Death
                   has
                   received
                   its
                   Consummation
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Son
                   does
                   Reign
                   ,
                   he
                   is
                   invested
                   with
                   his
                   Red
                   Garment
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Scarlet
                   Color
                   is
                   put
                   on
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Having
                   Conquered
                   and
                   overcome
                   this
                   horrible
                   Monster
                   ;
                   this
                   terrible
                   Dragon
                   ,
                   this
                   Poysonous
                   Serpent
                   ,
                   this
                   Malign
                   and
                   profligating
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   this
                   Putrefaction
                   ,
                   Corruption
                   ,
                   and
                   Darkness
                   ,
                   this
                   almost
                   invincible
                   Death
                   ,
                   and
                   brought
                   forth
                   a
                   new
                   Off-spring
                   to
                   Life
                   ,
                   Glory
                   ,
                   and
                   Perpetuity
                   ;
                   full
                   of
                   Spirit
                   and
                   Power
                   ,
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   even
                   the
                   highest
                   Redness
                   ,
                   enjoying
                   a
                   most
                   fixt
                   substance
                   ,
                   always
                   encreasing
                   
                     ad
                     infinitum
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Reign
                   and
                   Dominion
                   of
                   this
                   new
                   Birth
                   ,
                   Clothed
                   with
                   his
                   Red
                   Garment
                   of
                   Scarlet
                   Color
                   ;
                   I
                   say
                   ,
                   having
                   done
                   all
                   this
                   ,
                   Hermes
                   advises
                   us
                   to
                   rejoyce
                   and
                   be
                   glad
                   ,
                   yea
                   exceeding
                   joyful
                   ;
                   for
                   this
                   is
                   the
                   final
                   end
                   of
                   Care
                   ,
                   and
                   Trouble
                   and
                   Sorrow
                   ;
                   making
                   Rich
                   with
                   a
                   Treasure
                   that
                   can
                   never
                   be
                   Consumed
                   ,
                   Wasted
                   ,
                   or
                   brought
                   to
                   an
                   end
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     VIII
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Philosophick
                   Riddle
                   laid
                   down
                   after
                   a
                   new
                   Manner
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     HERMES
                  
                   .
                   Now
                   understand
                   that
                   this
                   Stone
                   cries
                   out
                   ,
                   nourish
                   and
                   perfect
                   me
                   ,
                   and
                   I
                   will
                   reward
                   you
                   ;
                   give
                   to
                   me
                   mine
                   ,
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   my
                   own
                   ,
                   and
                   I
                   will
                   bountifully
                   recompence
                   you
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   It
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   nourished
                   and
                   brought
                   to
                   perfection
                   with
                   proper
                   Food
                   of
                   its
                   own
                   Nature
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   with
                   
                     Fire
                     and
                     Azoth
                  
                   ;
                   with
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Virgins
                   Milk
                   :
                   The
                   true
                   
                     Aqua
                     Philosophica
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   gives
                   it
                   substance
                   ,
                   Tincture
                   and
                   Fixity
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   its
                   own
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   like
                   Leven
                   made
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   Paste
                   ,
                   which
                   for
                   ever
                   afterwards
                   levens
                   the
                   whole
                   Lump
                   ;
                   if
                   you
                   do
                   this
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   reap
                   the
                   Recompence
                   of
                   reward
                   ,
                   the
                   Fruits
                   of
                   your
                   Labour
                   ,
                   Riches
                   ,
                   and
                   Honour
                   ,
                   and
                   Glory
                   ,
                   and
                   every
                   good
                   thing
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     II.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   My
                   Sol
                   ,
                   and
                   my
                   Beams
                   are
                   most
                   inward
                   ,
                   and
                   secretly
                   in
                   me
                   :
                   my
                   own
                   Luna
                   also
                   ,
                   is
                   my
                   Light
                   ,
                   exceeding
                   every
                   Light
                   ;
                   and
                   my
                   good
                   things
                   are
                   better
                   than
                   all
                   other
                   good
                   things
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   That
                   is
                   ,
                   our
                   Mercury
                   contains
                   inwardly
                   within
                   its
                   own
                   Bowels
                   the
                   Aurifick
                   Seed
                   ,
                   but
                   it
                   is
                   most
                   inward
                   ,
                   even
                   Centeral
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   it
                   seems
                   to
                   be
                   hid
                   from
                   the
                   Vulgar
                   Eye
                   ;
                   this
                   substance
                   must
                   be
                   turned
                   the
                   inside
                   outward
                   ,
                   which
                   can
                   be
                   done
                   no
                   ways
                   but
                   by
                   Putrefaction
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   solar
                   Sulphur
                   may
                   be
                   made
                   to
                   appear
                   .
                   It
                   contains
                   also
                   in
                   its
                   self
                   Luna
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   unripe
                   ,
                   untinged
                   Gold
                   ;
                   yet
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   the
                   Light
                   ,
                   as
                   being
                   the
                   Seed
                   from
                   which
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Tree
                   ,
                   the
                   good
                   things
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   do
                   proceed
                   ;
                   the
                   Aurora
                   ,
                   the
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   Morning
                   of
                   the
                   Glorious
                   Day
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     III.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   I
                   give
                   largly
                   and
                   plentifully
                   :
                   I
                   reward
                   the
                   understanding
                   with
                   Joy
                   and
                   Gladness
                   ,
                   with
                   Delight
                   ,
                   with
                   Riches
                   and
                   Honour
                   and
                   Glory
                   :
                   And
                   they
                   that
                   seek
                   after
                   me
                   ,
                   I
                   give
                   them
                   oportunities
                   ,
                   to
                   Know
                   and
                   Understand
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   possess
                   Divine
                   things
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   a
                   Prosopopaeia
                   ,
                   shewing
                   the
                   liberality
                   of
                   the
                   Donor
                   ,
                   the
                   Infinite
                   and
                   immense
                   Treasures
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   may
                   in
                   a
                   sense
                   be
                   said
                   )
                   with
                   which
                   all
                   the
                   worthy
                   Searchers
                   after
                   this
                   wonderfull
                   Mystery
                   are
                   Blessed
                   :
                   the
                   Rewards
                   are
                   Honour
                   ,
                   and
                   Glory
                   ,
                   and
                   Treasure
                   ,
                   infinitly
                   exceeding
                   that
                   of
                   Kings
                   :
                   The
                   possessors
                   of
                   which
                   slight
                   ,
                   and
                   undervalue
                   all
                   temporal
                   things
                   ,
                   in
                   comparison
                   thereof
                   ,
                   and
                   despise
                   their
                   uncertain
                   ,
                   and
                   fading
                   satisfactions
                   for
                   that
                   this
                   can
                   never
                   be
                   lost
                   ,
                   nor
                   spent
                   ,
                   never
                   be
                   Exhausted
                   ,
                   or
                   consumed
                   ,
                   but
                   remains
                   as
                   a
                   fountain
                   always
                   running
                   ,
                   an
                   Eternal
                   Spring
                   for
                   ever
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     IIII.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Now
                   know
                   that
                   which
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   hidden
                   and
                   obscured
                   is
                   written
                   with
                   seven
                   Letters
                   .
                   Alpha
                   and
                   Yda
                   ,
                   follow
                   the
                   two
                   :
                   And
                   Sol
                   in
                   like
                   manner
                   follows
                   the
                   Book
                   [
                   
                     of
                     Nature
                  
                   ]
                   notwithstanding
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   are
                   willing
                   ,
                   or
                   desire
                   that
                   he
                   should
                   have
                   the
                   Dominion
                   you
                   must
                   watch
                   the
                   motions
                   of
                   Art
                   ,
                   to
                   joyn
                   the
                   Son
                   to
                   the
                   Daughter
                   of
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Jupiter
                   :
                   This
                   is
                   a
                   hidden
                   Secret.
                   
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Under
                   the
                   notion
                   of
                   seven
                   Letters
                   (
                   signifying
                   the
                   seven
                   Planets
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   seven
                   Metals
                   answering
                   to
                   them
                   )
                   Hermes
                   has
                   hid
                   the
                   Secret
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   following
                   words
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   an
                   AEnigma
                   ,
                   has
                   lockt
                   up
                   the
                   Great
                   Mystery
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   hard
                   for
                   any
                   one
                   positively
                   to
                   give
                   a
                   true
                   interpretation
                   .
                   Tho'
                   by
                   Alpha
                   and
                   Yda
                   ,
                   t
                   is
                   probable
                   he
                   means
                   the
                   Spirit
                   and
                   the
                   Soul
                   ,
                   
                     which
                     follow
                     the
                     two
                  
                   ,
                   Mercury
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Conjunction
                   of
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   a
                   Mercury
                   and
                   a
                   Sulphur
                   fixed
                   and
                   Incombustible
                   .
                   And
                   
                     by
                     Sol
                     following
                     the
                     Book
                  
                   
                   [
                   of
                   Nature
                   ]
                   is
                   meant
                   the
                   natural
                   Course
                   of
                   Generation
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   same
                   thing
                   in
                   Metals
                   as
                   in
                   all
                   other
                   things
                   .
                   By
                   
                     the
                     Daughter
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                  
                   or
                   Jupiter
                   is
                   meant
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   
                     the
                     Son
                  
                   ,
                   a
                   Sulphur
                   fixt
                   and
                   incombustible
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   Sol
                   ,
                   and
                   Luna
                   :
                   in
                   the
                   Conjunction
                   of
                   which
                   
                     Mercury
                     and
                     Sulphur
                  
                   lies
                   the
                   whole
                   Secret.
                   These
                   two
                   when
                   conjoyned
                   are
                   but
                   one
                   thing
                   :
                   but
                   there
                   are
                   two
                   several
                   kinds
                   of
                   fixed
                   Sulphurs
                   ,
                   the
                   one
                   and
                   the
                   more
                   excellent
                   is
                   Solar
                   and
                   Red
                   ;
                   the
                   other
                   Inferior
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   is
                   Lunar
                   ,
                   and
                   White
                   ,
                   out
                   of
                   which
                   are
                   made
                   the
                   different
                   Ferments
                   for
                   the
                   Elixirs
                   
                     White
                     and
                     Red.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   
                     V.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Auditor
                   understand
                   ,
                   let
                   us
                   then
                   use
                   our
                   Reason
                   :
                   Consider
                   what
                   I
                   have
                   written
                   with
                   the
                   most
                   accurate
                   Investigation
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   Contemplative
                   part
                   have
                   demonstrated
                   to
                   you
                   .
                   The
                   whole
                   matter
                   I
                   know
                   to
                   be
                   but
                   only
                   one
                   thing
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   He
                   which
                   easily
                   believes
                   ,
                   may
                   easily
                   be
                   deceived
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   he
                   advises
                   us
                   to
                   use
                   our
                   Reason
                   ;
                   not
                   to
                   take
                   things
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   Naked
                   sound
                   of
                   the
                   Letter
                   ,
                   but
                   to
                   consider
                   the
                   weight
                   of
                   the
                   Matter
                   ,
                   the
                   Power
                   of
                   the
                   words
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   attendant
                   circumstances
                   to
                   the
                   same
                   ;
                   what
                   he
                   has
                   here
                   most
                   subtilly
                   investigated
                   ,
                   you
                   ought
                   to
                   consider
                   with
                   a
                   profound
                   contemplation
                   :
                   However
                   ,
                   the
                   Root
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   he
                   positively
                   and
                   plainly
                   tells
                   you
                   is
                   but
                   one
                   thing
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   
                     Aqua
                     Philosophica
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VI.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   But
                   who
                   is
                   it
                   that
                   understands
                   the
                   sincere
                   investigation
                   ,
                   and
                   inquires
                   into
                   the
                   Reason
                   of
                   this
                   Matter
                   ?
                   It
                   is
                   not
                   made
                   from
                   Man
                   ,
                   nor
                   from
                   any
                   thing
                   like
                   ,
                   or
                   akin
                   to
                   him
                   ,
                   nor
                   from
                   the
                   Ox
                   or
                   Bullock
                   .
                   If
                   any
                   living
                   Creature
                   conjoyns
                   with
                   one
                   of
                   another
                   Species
                   ,
                   the
                   thing
                   is
                   Neutral
                   indeed
                   which
                   is
                   brought
                   forth
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Our
                   Hermes
                   has
                   given
                   us
                   the
                   sincere
                   investigation
                   of
                   Matter
                   ,
                   the
                   true
                   and
                   right
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   Operation
                   ,
                   consentaneous
                   to
                   the
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   Laws
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   but
                   in
                   some
                   things
                   he
                   has
                   left
                   us
                   in
                   the
                   Dark
                   ,
                   at
                   least
                   to
                   the
                   use
                   and
                   exercise
                   of
                   our
                   Reason
                   and
                   Judgment
                   .
                   And
                   tho'
                   he
                   does
                   not
                   expresly
                   say
                   what
                   the
                   matter
                   is
                   taken
                   from
                   ,
                   yet
                   he
                   plainly
                   tells
                   you
                   what
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   taken
                   from
                   ;
                   you
                   cannot
                   gather
                   Grapes
                   of
                   Thorns
                   ,
                   nor
                   Figs
                   of
                   Thistles
                   ,
                   is
                   a
                   Dictate
                   from
                   the
                   Oracle
                   of
                   Truth
                   ;
                   and
                   so
                   Hermes
                   tells
                   you
                   ,
                   a
                   Metalline
                   Body
                   and
                   Substance
                   cannot
                   be
                   taken
                   from
                   an
                   Animal
                   being
                   :
                   But
                   Man
                   brings
                   forth
                   Man
                   ,
                   and
                   Beast
                   ,
                   Beasts
                   ;
                   the
                   Ordination
                   of
                   God
                   in
                   the
                   Creation
                   of
                   things
                   remains
                   inviolable
                   ;
                   and
                   if
                   different
                   Species
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   Genus
                   mix
                   together
                   ,
                   a
                   contamination
                   of
                   both
                   the
                   Species
                   follows
                   ;
                   this
                   is
                   plain
                   to
                   the
                   senses
                   :
                   the
                   same
                   thing
                   happens
                   also
                   in
                   Metals
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Now
                   Venus
                   saith
                   ,
                   I
                   beget
                   the
                   Light
                   ,
                   nor
                   is
                   the
                   Darkness
                   of
                   my
                   Nature
                   ;
                   and
                   unless
                   my
                   Metal
                   be
                   dryed
                   ,
                   all
                   Bodies
                   would
                   cleave
                   unto
                   me
                   ;
                   because
                   I
                   should
                   make
                   them
                   Liquid
                   :
                   Also
                   I
                   Blot
                   out
                   ,
                   or
                   Wipe
                   away
                   their
                   Rust
                   and
                   Filthiness
                   ,
                   and
                   I
                   extract
                   their
                   substance
                   :
                   Nothing
                   therefore
                   is
                   better
                   than
                   me
                   and
                   my
                   Brother
                   ,
                   being
                   Conjoyned
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   spoken
                   Allegorically
                   ,
                   because
                   Venus
                   as
                   the
                   Morning
                   Star
                   is
                   the
                   Harbinger
                   or
                   Forerunner
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   Rising
                   .
                   Where
                   is
                   Light
                   there
                   is
                   Life
                   ,
                   the
                   Light
                   being
                   the
                   Vehicle
                   of
                   the
                   Life
                   :
                   There
                   is
                   nothing
                   in
                   
                     Rerum
                     Natura
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   not
                   brought
                   forth
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   this
                   Light
                   ,
                   viz.
                   by
                   a
                   Natural
                   Generation
                   :
                   Metals
                   are
                   thus
                   produced
                   in
                   their
                   Mines
                   :
                   But
                   this
                   Light
                   is
                   not
                   found
                   in
                   Metallick
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   because
                   of
                   their
                   too
                   great
                   dryness
                   and
                   Terrestreity
                   ;
                   and
                   therefore
                   because
                   of
                   the
                   moistness
                   of
                   Venus
                   ,
                   they
                   would
                   gladly
                   stick
                   to
                   her
                   .
                   This
                   moist
                   Metal
                   Venus
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   neither
                   Copper
                   nor
                   Brass
                   ,
                   is
                   endued
                   with
                   Lucidity
                   and
                   Splendor
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   a
                   Fiery
                   Virtue
                   and
                   Power
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   it
                   melts
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   as
                   if
                   it
                   was
                   with
                   a
                   Fire
                   of
                   Coals
                   ;
                   but
                   it
                   melts
                   or
                   liquifies
                   them
                   not
                   simply
                   ,
                   but
                   by
                   melting
                   
                   them
                   ,
                   washes
                   away
                   their
                   Rust
                   and
                   Corruptible
                   matter
                   ;
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   extracts
                   and
                   brings
                   forth
                   to
                   light
                   their
                   Purity
                   and
                   incorruptible
                   substance
                   ,
                   even
                   their
                   inward
                   and
                   hidden
                   Tincture
                   .
                   What
                   is
                   done
                   then
                   ?
                   Truly
                   if
                   
                     Venus
                     and
                     her
                     Brother
                     copulate
                     together
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   at
                   length
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   Craft
                   of
                   Vulcan
                   ,
                   are
                   taken
                   and
                   held
                   bound
                   together
                   (
                   by
                   some
                   invisible
                   Power
                   or
                   Spirit
                   )
                   in
                   Chains
                   ;
                   she
                   will
                   be
                   impregnated
                   ,
                   and
                   after
                   a
                   Revolution
                   of
                   ten
                   Months
                   ,
                   bring
                   forth
                   a
                   Son
                   more
                   Noble
                   and
                   Excellent
                   than
                   the
                   Parents
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   pretious
                   Stone
                   ,
                   a
                   Pearl
                   of
                   great
                   price
                   ,
                   the
                   invaluable
                   Treasure
                   ,
                   which
                   even
                   the
                   Kings
                   and
                   Princes
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Great
                   Ones
                   of
                   this
                   World
                   seek
                   after
                   ;
                   but
                   it
                   is
                   hid
                   from
                   their
                   Eyes
                   ,
                   being
                   only
                   the
                   proper
                   Inheritance
                   of
                   the
                   abject
                   and
                   humble
                   in
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   who
                   are
                   the
                   true
                   Sons
                   of
                   Wisdom
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     IX
                  
                   .
                   The
                   last
                   Act
                   ,
                   or
                   Conclusion
                   of
                   the
                   Theory
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Tincture
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     HERMES
                  
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   King
                   ,
                   and
                   Lord
                   ,
                   or
                   Dominator
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   Witnesses
                   his
                   Brethren
                   saith
                   ,
                   I
                   am
                   Crowned
                   ,
                   and
                   Adorned
                   with
                   a
                   Royal
                   Diadem
                   ,
                   I
                   am
                   cloathed
                   with
                   the
                   Royal
                   Garment
                   ,
                   and
                   I
                   bring
                   joy
                   and
                   gladness
                   of
                   Heart
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   By
                   the
                   King
                   is
                   meant
                   Gold
                   ;
                   and
                   by
                   his
                   Brethren
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   inferiour
                   Metals
                   ,
                   which
                   all
                   possess
                   the
                   Kingdom
                   in
                   common
                   ,
                   the
                   supream
                   power
                   of
                   which
                   resides
                   in
                   Sol
                   alone
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   he
                   sustains
                   himself
                   in
                   the
                   fire
                   without
                   hurt
                   ,
                   even
                   to
                   the
                   longest
                   period
                   of
                   time
                   .
                   By
                   
                     the
                     Royal
                     Diadem
                  
                   he
                   means
                   Fixity
                   ;
                   and
                   by
                   
                     the
                     Royal
                     Garment
                  
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   even
                   the
                   
                     red
                     Tincture
                  
                   of
                   the
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   Stone
                   ,
                   which
                   as
                   Ferment
                   or
                   Leven
                   ,
                   Leavens
                   all
                   the
                   inferior
                   Metals
                   ,
                   and
                   transmutes
                   them
                   into
                   its
                   own
                   Nature
                   and
                   Property
                   ,
                   and
                   this
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   our
                   Mercury
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Hermes
                   .
                   And
                   being
                   overcome
                   by
                   Force
                   ,
                   I
                   made
                   my
                   substance
                   to
                   lay
                   hold
                   of
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   rest
                   within
                   the
                   Arms
                   and
                   Brest
                   ,
                   [
                   
                     i.e.
                     the
                     Body
                     or
                     Womb
                  
                   ]
                   of
                   my
                   Mother
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   lay
                   bold
                   and
                   fasten
                   upon
                   her
                   Substance
                   :
                   making
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   Visible
                   to
                   be
                   Invisible
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   hidden
                   Matter
                   to
                   appear
                   :
                   for
                   every
                   thing
                   which
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   Vailed
                   or
                   Obscured
                   ,
                   is
                   Generated
                   by
                   Us.
                   
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   That
                   which
                   is
                   thus
                   overcome
                   by
                   Force
                   is
                   Sol
                   ;
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   dissolved
                   and
                   its
                   Body
                   Opened
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   to
                   joyn
                   and
                   Unite
                   with
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Womb
                   in
                   which
                   the
                   solar
                   Seed
                   is
                   Sown
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Mother
                   thereof
                   :
                   in
                   which
                   Womb
                   being
                   digested
                   and
                   Ripened
                   ,
                   it
                   lays
                   hold
                   of
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   fastens
                   upon
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   converts
                   it
                   into
                   its
                   own
                   Nature
                   :
                   Thus
                   Sol
                   which
                   before
                   was
                   Visible
                   ,
                   its
                   substance
                   being
                   attenuated
                   ,
                   is
                   made
                   invisible
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   Spirit
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   which
                   was
                   before
                   hidden
                   and
                   invisible
                   ,
                   is
                   made
                   to
                   appear
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Internal
                   Soul
                   and
                   Spirit
                   ;
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   Tincture
                   and
                   Fixity
                   ,
                   which
                   by
                   Virtue
                   of
                   the
                   Ferment
                   is
                   put
                   upon
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   whereby
                   the
                   Vailed
                   or
                   Obscured
                   Matter
                   is
                   Generated
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   whereby
                   a
                   Door
                   is
                   Opened
                   into
                   the
                   Chambers
                   of
                   infinite
                   Treasures
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     III.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Understand
                   these
                   words
                   ,
                   keep
                   them
                   ,
                   Meditate
                   upon
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   enquire
                   after
                   nothing
                   else
                   :
                   Man
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   is
                   Generated
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   whose
                   Bowels
                   or
                   inwards
                   are
                   Fleshy
                   ;
                   and
                   not
                   from
                   any
                   thing
                   else
                   .
                   Upon
                   these
                   words
                   Meditate
                   ;
                   and
                   reject
                   what
                   is
                   superfluous
                   [
                   
                     to
                     the
                     Work.
                  
                   ]
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   With
                   what
                   Vehemency
                   and
                   Earnestness
                   does
                   Hermes
                   here
                   speak
                   ,
                   as
                   tho'
                   the
                   whole
                   Mystery
                   lay
                   in
                   these
                   words
                   :
                   And
                   truly
                   not
                   in
                   Vain
                   does
                   he
                   bid
                   
                     understand
                     them
                     ,
                     keep
                     them
                  
                   ,
                   
                   
                     meditate
                     upon
                     them
                     ,
                     and
                     to
                     enquire
                     after
                     nothing
                     else
                     :
                  
                   You
                   cannot
                   gather
                   Grapes
                   of
                   Thorns
                   ,
                   nor
                   Figs
                   of
                   Thistles
                   :
                   As
                   a
                   Man
                   Begets
                   or
                   Generates
                   a
                   Man
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   Beast
                   a
                   Beast
                   ,
                   and
                   as
                   every
                   Hearb
                   ,
                   and
                   Plant
                   ,
                   and
                   Tree
                   are
                   produced
                   from
                   their
                   proper
                   Seed
                   ;
                   so
                   in
                   the
                   Metalline
                   Kingdom
                   ,
                   Metals
                   are
                   only
                   produced
                   from
                   Metalline
                   Seeds
                   or
                   Roots
                   ,
                   cast
                   into
                   a
                   proper
                   Womb
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   the
                   Earth
                   whence
                   they
                   draw
                   their
                   Nourishment
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   which
                   they
                   Grow
                   ,
                   Encrease
                   ,
                   and
                   proceed
                   on
                   to
                   Perfection
                   .
                   All
                   other
                   things
                   whatsoever
                   are
                   Vain
                   and
                   Fruitless
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     IV.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   From
                   thence
                   saith
                   the
                   Philosopher
                   Botri
                   is
                   made
                   ;
                   from
                   the
                   Yellow
                   or
                   Citrine
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   extracted
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Red
                   Root
                   ,
                   and
                   from
                   nothing
                   else
                   ;
                   which
                   if
                   it
                   shall
                   be
                   Citrine
                   ,
                   thou
                   hast
                   sought
                   it
                   at
                   the
                   Mouth
                   of
                   Wisdom
                   ,
                   it
                   was
                   not
                   obtained
                   by
                   thy
                   Care
                   or
                   Industry
                   :
                   You
                   need
                   not
                   study
                   to
                   exalt
                   or
                   change
                   it
                   from
                   the
                   Redness
                   :
                   See
                   I
                   have
                   not
                   Limited
                   you
                   ,
                   or
                   Circumscribed
                   you
                   under
                   Darkness
                   ;
                   I
                   have
                   made
                   almost
                   all
                   things
                   plain
                   to
                   you
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   By
                   Botri
                   he
                   means
                   the
                   two
                   Stones
                   ,
                   the
                   White
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Yellow
                   or
                   Red
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   extracted
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   White
                   and
                   the
                   Red
                   Roots
                   ,
                   viz.
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   Nature
                   .
                   That
                   which
                   Whitens
                   ,
                   
                     the
                     same
                  
                   also
                   makes
                   Red
                   ;
                   and
                   
                     the
                     same
                  
                   that
                   Kills
                   ,
                   
                     the
                     same
                  
                   also
                   makes
                   Alive
                   :
                   (
                   
                     Qui
                     mecum
                     moritur
                     ,
                     mecum
                     oritur
                     .
                  
                   )
                   But
                   this
                   is
                   true
                   ,
                   only
                   of
                   the
                   great
                   Work
                   it self
                   ;
                   and
                   not
                   of
                   any
                   Branch
                   thereof
                   ;
                   in
                   particular
                   Works
                   and
                   Operations
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   have
                   particular
                   Ferments
                   ,
                   which
                   must
                   be
                   taken
                   from
                   Luna
                   for
                   the
                   White
                   ,
                   and
                   from
                   Sol
                   for
                   the
                   Red
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   
                     Arabian
                     Geber
                  
                   has
                   at
                   large
                   and
                   plainly
                   taught
                   us
                   .
                   Nature
                   does
                   only
                   and
                   alone
                   conjoyn
                   and
                   separate
                   ,
                   and
                   all
                   its
                   Operations
                   are
                   subtil
                   and
                   spiritual
                   ;
                   but
                   if
                   you
                   will
                   be
                   Wise
                   above
                   Nature
                   ,
                   you
                   shall
                   certainly
                   Err
                   and
                   suffer
                   an
                   irreparable
                   loss
                   :
                   And
                   having
                   once
                   brought
                   it
                   to
                   the
                   fixed
                   Redness
                   ;
                   there
                   is
                   nothing
                   beyond
                   that
                   ,
                   in
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   that
                   is
                   the
                   Ultimate
                   perfection
                   ,
                   where
                   you
                   must
                   take
                   up
                   your
                   rest
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     V.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Burn
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   Laton
                   or
                   Brass
                   with
                   a
                   very
                   great
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   give
                   you
                   Gratis
                   what
                   you
                   desire
                   ;
                   it
                   will
                   Stain
                   ,
                   Dye
                   ,
                   and
                   Ting
                   ,
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   you
                   can
                   wish
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   with
                   Glory
                   and
                   Excellency
                   .
                   And
                   see
                   that
                   you
                   make
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   Fugitive
                   and
                   Volatile
                   ,
                   or
                   flying
                   away
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   not
                   fly
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   means
                   of
                   that
                   which
                   flies
                   not
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   By
                   
                     the
                     Body
                     of
                     Laton
                     or
                     Brass
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   by
                   
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     Fugitive
                  
                   ,
                   he
                   means
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   and
                   Volatile
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   which
                   by
                   a
                   Sulphur
                   fixed
                   and
                   incombustible
                   (
                   such
                   as
                   is
                   taken
                   from
                   Luna
                   and
                   Sol
                   )
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   fixed
                   in
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   so
                   as
                   it
                   may
                   rest
                   and
                   remain
                   therein
                   tho'
                   most
                   Vehement
                   ,
                   and
                   Fusory
                   ,
                   or
                   in
                   the
                   strongest
                   reverberation
                   ,
                   without
                   the
                   least
                   Diminution
                   ,
                   Detriment
                   ,
                   or
                   Corruption
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   Mercury
                   is
                   fixed
                   by
                   the
                   Spirit
                   of
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   not
                   by
                   its
                   Corporeity
                   ;
                   the
                   Corpo
                   real
                   Particles
                   only
                   give
                   form
                   ,
                   and
                   convey
                   the
                   Spirit
                   to
                   the
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   which
                   could
                   not
                   be
                   brought
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   in
                   or
                   by
                   any
                   other
                   Vehicle
                   .
                   By
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   all
                   the
                   Heterogene
                   or
                   impure
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Mercury
                   are
                   destroyed
                   ,
                   the
                   pure
                   left
                   behind
                   ,
                   and
                   held
                   fast
                   by
                   the
                   Power
                   of
                   the
                   fixing
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   which
                   otherwise
                   without
                   the
                   assistance
                   and
                   help
                   of
                   that
                   Spirit
                   would
                   have
                   vanished
                   also
                   :
                   This
                   Volatile
                   substance
                   it
                   seizes
                   upon
                   ,
                   changes
                   or
                   trans
                   mutes
                   ,
                   and
                   fixes
                   ,
                   
                     that
                     is
                  
                   ,
                   brings
                   over
                   into
                   its
                   own
                   property
                   .
                   This
                   tho'
                   a
                   Spirit
                   contains
                   in
                   it
                   the
                   highest
                   fixity
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   Body
                   being
                   Opened
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   or
                   Seed
                   which
                   must
                   be
                   sown
                   in
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Earth
                   or
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   (
                   as
                   we
                   have
                   often
                   said
                   )
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   there
                   Die
                   ,
                   and
                   resume
                   a
                   new
                   Body
                   ,
                   a
                   thousand
                   fold
                   more
                   in
                   quantity
                   than
                   its
                   own
                   ,
                   which
                   by
                   the
                   enforming
                   Power
                   of
                   the
                   Energetick
                   Spirit
                   will
                   be
                   made
                   to
                   live
                   ,
                   spring
                   up
                   and
                   grow
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   a
                   Tree
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   Magnitude
                   ,
                   bearing
                   Golden
                   Apples
                   ,
                   whose
                   Seed
                   will
                   be
                   and
                   remain
                   in
                   its
                   self
                   for
                   
                   ever
                   ,
                   and
                   bring
                   forth
                   a
                   new
                   to
                   infinity
                   of
                   Generations
                   :
                   It
                   s
                   perpetual
                   new
                   Substance
                   or
                   Body
                   being
                   made
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Substance
                   of
                   the
                   Mercurial
                   Earth
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   Power
                   of
                   the
                   transmuting
                   or
                   Vegetating
                   Spirit
                   and
                   Soul.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     VI.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   And
                   that
                   which
                   rests
                   or
                   remains
                   upon
                   a
                   strong
                   Fire
                   [
                   
                     is
                     fixed
                  
                   ,
                   ]
                   and
                   is
                   also
                   a
                   strong
                   Fire
                   it self
                   :
                   And
                   that
                   which
                   in
                   the
                   heat
                   of
                   a
                   strong
                   or
                   boyling
                   Fire
                   is
                   corrupted
                   ,
                   or
                   destroyed
                   ,
                   or
                   made
                   to
                   sly
                   ,
                   is
                   Cambar
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   By
                   Cambar
                   also
                   he
                   means
                   the
                   self
                   same
                   thing
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   our
                   Volatile
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   in
                   its
                   Corruptible
                   State
                   ;
                   or
                   rather
                   the
                   Corrubtible
                   and
                   impure
                   part
                   thereof
                   ,
                   which
                   must
                   be
                   corrupted
                   ,
                   or
                   destroyed
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   to
                   fly
                   away
                   ,
                   that
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   pure
                   and
                   will
                   not
                   fly
                   ,
                   may
                   appear
                   and
                   remain
                   ;
                   but
                   the
                   purifying
                   Fire
                   must
                   be
                   known
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   the
                   great
                   Secret
                   of
                   the
                   Operation
                   lies
                   ;
                   and
                   without
                   which
                   nothing
                   can
                   be
                   done
                   ,
                   which
                   Fire
                   ,
                   as
                   we
                   have
                   formerly
                   said
                   ,
                   is
                   two
                   fold
                   ,
                   viz.
                   Internal
                   and
                   External
                   ,
                   the
                   latter
                   being
                   used
                   only
                   to
                   excite
                   the
                   former
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   And
                   know
                   ye
                   that
                   Our
                   AEs
                   ,
                   Brass
                   or
                   Laton
                   ,
                   is
                   Gold
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Art
                   of
                   the
                   premanent
                   or
                   fixed
                   Water
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Coloration
                   of
                   its
                   Tincture
                   and
                   Blackness
                   ,
                   is
                   then
                   turned
                   or
                   changed
                   into
                   Redness
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   That
                   is
                   ,
                   Our
                   Gold
                   or
                   Stone
                   ,
                   or
                   Tincture
                   is
                   the
                   product
                   of
                   the
                   permanent
                   or
                   fixed
                   Water
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   he
                   means
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Mercury
                   impregnated
                   with
                   the
                   Spirit
                   of
                   the
                   fixed
                   and
                   incombustible
                   Sulphur
                   .
                   And
                   by
                   this
                   you
                   may
                   perceive
                   he
                   puts
                   a
                   difference
                   between
                   the
                   
                     AEs
                     ,
                     Brass
                  
                   or
                   Laton
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   made
                   by
                   this
                   permanent
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   
                     Corpus
                     aeris
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Body
                   of
                   common
                   Brass
                   .
                   Now
                   the
                   
                     Aqua
                     permanens
                  
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   contains
                   in
                   it self
                   the
                   Tinctures
                   of
                   all
                   Colors
                   ,
                   Black
                   only
                   excepted
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   taken
                   away
                   from
                   it
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   a
                   sign-of
                   imperfection
                   and
                   impurity
                   :
                   By
                   this
                   Water
                   alone
                   Mercury
                   is
                   turned
                   or
                   changed
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   into
                   the
                   true
                   Red
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   into
                   the
                   Tincture
                   of
                   Sol.
                   But
                   to
                   take
                   away
                   its
                   Corruption
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   reduce
                   it
                   into
                   the
                   incorruptible
                   and
                   fixt
                   Nature
                   of
                   Sol
                   ,
                   that
                   must
                   be
                   done
                   by
                   Sol
                   alone
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   by
                   any
                   corruptible
                   and
                   Forreign
                   Matter
                   or
                   Substance
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   Sol
                   contains
                   in
                   himself
                   the
                   Seeds
                   of
                   fixity
                   and
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   which
                   no
                   other
                   Body
                   in
                   the
                   World
                   does
                   besides
                   .
                   But
                   to
                   make
                   Sol
                   do
                   ,
                   or
                   perform
                   these
                   things
                   ,
                   its
                   Body
                   must
                   be
                   opened
                   ,
                   prepared
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   fit
                   for
                   this
                   purpose
                   ,
                   by
                   Virtue
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Aqua
                     permanens
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     Aqua
                     Philosophica
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   :
                   I
                   confess
                   that
                   through
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   I
                   have
                   spoken
                   nothing
                   but
                   the
                   Truth
                   :
                   That
                   which
                   is
                   destroyed
                   must
                   be
                   restored
                   and
                   renewed
                   ,
                   and
                   from
                   thence
                   Corruption
                   is
                   seen
                   in
                   the
                   Matter
                   to
                   be
                   Renovated
                   ,
                   and
                   from
                   thence
                   the
                   Renovation
                   appears
                   :
                   And
                   on
                   both
                   or
                   either
                   side
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   sign
                   of
                   Art.
                   
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   He
                   has
                   〈◊〉
                   erto
                   been
                   teaching
                   you
                   the
                   first
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Work
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Destruction
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   Birth
                   and
                   Life
                   ;
                   concerning
                   which
                   he
                   assures
                   us
                   ,
                   he
                   has
                   spoken
                   nothing
                   but
                   the
                   Truth
                   :
                   
                     Our
                     Mercury
                  
                   must
                   be
                   undone
                   ,
                   and
                   unmade
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   corrupted
                   and
                   destroyed
                   ,
                   and
                   brought
                   through
                   Putrefaction
                   into
                   a
                   pure
                   and
                   Limpid
                   Water
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   able
                   to
                   peirce
                   the
                   Metalline
                   Bodies
                   ;
                   from
                   which
                   State
                   ,
                   by
                   Conjunction
                   with
                   a
                   pure
                   ,
                   fixt
                   ,
                   and
                   incombustible
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   Virtue
                   of
                   a
                   subtle
                   ,
                   living
                   and
                   fixing
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   invisible
                   ,
                   without
                   length
                   ,
                   breadth
                   ,
                   or
                   thickness
                   ,
                   (
                   which
                   Spirit
                   is
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Fire
                   ,
                   )
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   renewed
                   and
                   regenerated
                   ;
                   the
                   Water
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   dryed
                   up
                   ,
                   the
                   spiritual
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   corporeal
                   ;
                   the
                   thin
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   thick
                   ,
                   the
                   Volatile
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   fixt
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   changeable
                   Colors
                   reduced
                   to
                   a
                   Unity
                   and
                   Permanency
                   ,
                   either
                   White
                   or
                   Red
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   Order
                   and
                   Root
                   of
                   the
                   Operation
                   ;
                   one
                   and
                   the
                   same
                   Mercury
                   does
                   corrupt
                   and
                   destroy
                   the
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   again
                   exalt
                   ,
                   perfect
                   ,
                   and
                   fix
                   them
                   ;
                   The
                   Matter
                   of
                   
                   Our
                   Stone
                   is
                   but
                   one
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   nothing
                   can
                   be
                   more
                   Alien
                   from
                   the
                   Art
                   ,
                   than
                   to
                   fetch
                   it
                   from
                   many
                   things
                   ;
                   Nature
                   is
                   not
                   mended
                   or
                   made
                   better
                   ,
                   but
                   by
                   a
                   Nature
                   of
                   its
                   own
                   kind
                   ;
                   as
                   Vinegar
                   makes
                   Vinegar
                   ;
                   so
                   Our
                   Art
                   begins
                   with
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   the
                   same
                   Mercury
                   it
                   is
                   Finished
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   a
                   kind
                   of
                   Proteus
                   ,
                   which
                   ,
                   creeping
                   upon
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   assumes
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   a
                   Serpent
                   ;
                   but
                   being
                   Immersed
                   in
                   Water
                   ,
                   it
                   represents
                   a
                   Fish
                   ;
                   presently
                   taking
                   to
                   it self
                   Wings
                   ,
                   it
                   ascends
                   a
                   loft
                   ,
                   and
                   flies
                   like
                   a
                   Bird
                   ;
                   yet
                   notwithstanding
                   it
                   is
                   but
                   one
                   and
                   the
                   same
                   Mercury
                   ;
                   with
                   this
                   the
                   Artist
                   does
                   Work
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   it
                   he
                   transacts
                   all
                   the
                   necessary
                   Operations
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   being
                   fit
                   and
                   proper
                   for
                   them
                   all
                   ,
                   viz.
                   for
                   Putrefying
                   ,
                   Distilling
                   ,
                   Coagulating
                   ,
                   Mortifying
                   ,
                   Vivifying
                   ,
                   Subliming
                   ,
                   and
                   Tinging
                   ,
                   without
                   which
                   seven
                   Operations
                   you
                   labour
                   wholly
                   in
                   vain
                   .
                   Till
                   you
                   have
                   Putrefied
                   the
                   Matter
                   ,
                   you
                   have
                   not
                   made
                   one
                   step
                   in
                   the
                   true
                   way
                   ;
                   but
                   that
                   being
                   done
                   ,
                   you
                   have
                   accomplished
                   the
                   first
                   sign
                   of
                   the
                   Art
                   ,
                   as
                   Hermes
                   testifies
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     X.
                  
                   The
                   Practical
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     HERMES
                  
                   .
                   My
                   Son
                   ,
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   born
                   of
                   the
                   Crow
                   is
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   this
                   Art.
                   
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   The
                   Crow
                   is
                   the
                   Blackness
                   and
                   Darkness
                   of
                   the
                   Matter
                   being
                   Corrupted
                   :
                   Now
                   nothing
                   was
                   ever
                   Generated
                   or
                   brought
                   to
                   light
                   ,
                   which
                   had
                   not
                   its
                   beginning
                   from
                   blackness
                   and
                   darkness
                   ,
                   
                     ex
                     nocte
                     Orphei
                  
                   ,
                   i.
                   e.
                   from
                   principles
                   Invisible
                   ;
                   for
                   so
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   concerning
                   the
                   Creation
                   of
                   the
                   great
                   World.
                   
                     In
                     the
                     beginning
                     when
                     God
                     Created
                     the
                     Heavens
                  
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                     and
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     the
                     Earth
                     was
                     empty
                     and
                     void
                     ,
                     and
                     darkness
                     was
                     upon
                     the
                     Face
                     of
                     the
                     Deep
                     ;
                     and
                     God
                     said
                     ,
                     let
                     there
                     be
                     Light
                     and
                     it
                     was
                     so
                     :
                  
                   From
                   whence
                   we
                   may
                   gather
                   ,
                   that
                   Darkness
                   was
                   Prior
                   to
                   Light
                   :
                   And
                   so
                   it
                   is
                   in
                   this
                   our
                   Philosophick
                   Work
                   ;
                   and
                   altho'
                   it
                   is
                   commonly
                   thought
                   that
                   the
                   darkness
                   or
                   Dark
                   principle
                   is
                   taken
                   for
                   the
                   true
                   Seed
                   of
                   things
                   ,
                   yet
                   it
                   is
                   no
                   such
                   thing
                   ,
                   but
                   only
                   certain
                   Rudiments
                   ,
                   or
                   rather
                   the
                   Domicil
                   wherein
                   the
                   true
                   Seeds
                   of
                   things
                   dwell
                   :
                   Nor
                   is
                   the
                   Spirit
                   by
                   it self
                   the
                   Seed
                   of
                   things
                   ,
                   nor
                   yet
                   the
                   Corporeal
                   Particles
                   by
                   themselves
                   ;
                   but
                   a
                   certain
                   portion
                   of
                   Spirit
                   joyned
                   with
                   a
                   fit
                   proportion
                   of
                   Idoneous
                   .
                   Matter
                   conjoyned
                   with
                   an
                   Eternal
                   Soul
                   ;
                   which
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   our
                   Work
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   Putrefied
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   blackness
                   and
                   darkness
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   whole
                   Corporeal
                   form
                   may
                   be
                   made
                   spiritual
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Seed
                   which
                   before
                   was
                   Corporeal
                   and
                   Visible
                   ,
                   or
                   a
                   Spirit
                   joyned
                   with
                   a
                   Soul
                   and
                   a
                   Body
                   ,
                   may
                   become
                   wholly
                   spiritual
                   :
                   From
                   this
                   third
                   ,
                   Immixt
                   ,
                   Incorporeal
                   ,
                   and
                   Invisible
                   Seed
                   ,
                   as
                   from
                   the
                   Crow
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   blackness
                   and
                   darkness
                   of
                   the
                   Night
                   ,
                   is
                   our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   the
                   true
                   Seed
                   brought
                   forth
                   ,
                   which
                   ,
                   saith
                   
                     Our
                     Hermes
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   this
                   Art.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     II.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   See
                   here
                   ,
                   how
                   I
                   have
                   obscured
                   the
                   matter
                   spoken
                   of
                   to
                   you
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   kind
                   of
                   Circumlocution
                   ;
                   and
                   I
                   have
                   deprived
                   you
                   of
                   seeing
                   the
                   light
                   [
                   
                     by
                     giving
                     you
                     too
                     much
                     light
                     :
                  
                   ]
                   And
                   1.
                   
                   This
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   2.
                   
                   This
                   joyned
                   ,
                   3.
                   
                   This
                   nearest
                   and
                   longest
                   ,
                   I
                   have
                   named
                   to
                   you
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   He
                   tells
                   us
                   he
                   has
                   not
                   nakedly
                   demonstrated
                   the
                   whole
                   thing
                   to
                   us
                   ,
                   but
                   he
                   has
                   Indigitated
                   the
                   Matter
                   with
                   what
                   fincerity
                   he
                   could
                   ,
                   Circumscribendo
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   certain
                   going
                   about
                   or
                   Circumlocution
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Sons
                   of
                   Art
                   by
                   thinking
                   and
                   Meditating
                   upon
                   ,
                   may
                   at
                   length
                   happily
                   find
                   out
                   .
                   The
                   Philosophers
                   say
                   ,
                   there
                   are
                   three
                   several
                   Birds
                   ,
                   which
                   from
                   the
                   Name
                   of
                   Hermes
                   ,
                   they
                   call
                   
                     Aves
                     Hermeticae
                  
                   which
                   fly
                   by
                   Night
                   without
                   Wings
                   .
                   
                   The
                   first
                   is
                   Corvus
                   the
                   Crow
                   or
                   Raven
                   ,
                   which
                   from
                   its
                   blackness
                   is
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   Art
                   ;
                   and
                   is
                   of
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   the
                   Element
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                   Another
                   is
                   
                     the
                     Swan
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   so
                   called
                   from
                   the
                   Whiteness
                   in
                   the
                   middle
                   ,
                   and
                   answers
                   to
                   the
                   Element
                   of
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   the
                   Swan
                   is
                   Conversant
                   .
                   The
                   third
                   is
                   
                     the
                     Eagle
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   
                     Oleum
                     seu
                     Sulphur
                     Philosophorum
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   answers
                   to
                   the
                   Air
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   it
                   flys
                   longest
                   in
                   the
                   Air
                   ,
                   and
                   nearest
                   to
                   the
                   Sun.
                   But
                   that
                   you
                   may
                   not
                   be
                   deceived
                   by
                   Names
                   ,
                   these
                   Birds
                   ,
                   answer
                   to
                   so
                   many
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   or
                   rather
                   to
                   one
                   only
                   Spirit
                   under
                   that
                   threefold
                   appearance
                   ,
                   or
                   manifestation
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     III.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Roast
                   them
                   therefore
                   ,
                   then
                   boyl
                   them
                   in
                   that
                   which
                   proceeds
                   from
                   the
                   Horse
                   Belly
                   ,
                   for
                   
                     7
                     ,
                     14
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   21
                   days
                   ;
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   eat
                   its
                   own
                   Wings
                   ,
                   and
                   kill
                   or
                   destroy
                   it self
                   .
                   This
                   done
                   ,
                   let
                   it
                   be
                   put
                   in
                   
                     Petta
                     Panni
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   fire
                   of
                   a
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   which
                   dili
                   gently
                   lute
                   and
                   take
                   care
                   of
                   ,
                   that
                   none
                   of
                   the
                   Spirit
                   may
                   go
                   forth
                   :
                   And
                   observe
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   times
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   are
                   in
                   the
                   Water
                   ;
                   which
                   let
                   be
                   as
                   long
                   as
                   you
                   put
                   the
                   same
                   upon
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Hitherto
                   he
                   has
                   for
                   the
                   most
                   part
                   ,
                   delivered
                   the
                   Art
                   Theorically
                   ,
                   now
                   he
                   comes
                   to
                   the
                   Practical
                   part
                   ,
                   ordering
                   the
                   matter
                   (
                   before
                   demonstrated
                   in
                   divers
                   manners
                   )
                   to
                   be
                   roasted
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   boil
                   it
                   in
                   Horse-dung
                   ,
                   for
                   a
                   certain
                   number
                   of
                   days
                   .
                   There
                   is
                   a
                   time
                   of
                   digestion
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   prime
                   ,
                   or
                   first
                   Assation
                   ,
                   or
                   Decoction
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   fire
                   weak
                   and
                   soft
                   ,
                   like
                   that
                   of
                   horse-dung
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   sufficient
                   for
                   the
                   first
                   degree
                   of
                   Digestion
                   :
                   This
                   being
                   done
                   ,
                   the
                   Dragon
                   will
                   eat
                   his
                   own
                   Wings
                   ,
                   and
                   kill
                   or
                   destroy
                   himself
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   matter
                   will
                   begin
                   in
                   the
                   
                     Terra
                     Philosophica
                  
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   dissolved
                   and
                   corrupted
                   .
                   Then
                   after
                   the
                   time
                   of
                   the
                   solution
                   is
                   absolved
                   or
                   compleated
                   ,
                   the
                   heat
                   of
                   the
                   fire
                   is
                   by
                   little
                   and
                   little
                   to
                   be
                   augmented
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   matter
                   to
                   be
                   decocted
                   in
                   a
                   Philosophick
                   Fornace
                   or
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   continual
                   fire
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   Vessel
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   which
                   must
                   hold
                   the
                   matter
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   exactly
                   sealed
                   ,
                   lest
                   the
                   Mineral
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   (
                   which
                   have
                   a
                   most
                   vehement
                   and
                   penetrating
                   fire
                   )
                   should
                   transpire
                   ,
                   or
                   go
                   forth
                   ,
                   and
                   leave
                   the
                   dead
                   Body
                   :
                   This
                   may
                   be
                   done
                   with
                   
                     Lutum
                     Sapientiae
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   may
                   prepare
                   after
                   this
                   manner
                   .
                   Take
                   
                     Glue
                     dried
                     into
                     powder
                     ,
                     one
                     ounce
                     ,
                     Barly
                     flower
                     two
                     ounces
                     ,
                     green
                     Wood
                     Ashes
                     ,
                     Salt
                     ,
                     Calx
                     Vive
                     ,
                     Sand
                     ,
                     Crocus
                     martis
                     ,
                     or
                     Caput
                     mort
                     of
                     Vitriol
                     ,
                  
                   ana
                   
                     one
                     ounce
                     ,
                     all
                     being
                     in
                     fine
                     powder
                     ,
                     let
                     them
                     be
                     mixed
                     with
                     juice
                     of
                     Comfrey
                     ,
                     and
                     Whites
                     of
                     Eggs
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     just
                     consistency
                     of
                     Lute
                     :
                  
                   with
                   this
                   the
                   Mouths
                   and
                   junctures
                   of
                   the
                   Vessels
                   must
                   be
                   stopt
                   and
                   closed
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   the
                   least
                   Spirit
                   or
                   Vapour
                   may
                   not
                   go
                   forth
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     IV.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   The
                   mat
                   ter
                   then
                   being
                   melted
                   or
                   dissolved
                   and
                   burnt
                   ,
                   take
                   the
                   brain
                   thereof
                   ,
                   and
                   grind
                   it
                   in
                   most
                   sharp
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   or
                   Childrens
                   Urine
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   obscured
                   or
                   hid
                   :
                   this
                   done
                   ;
                   it
                   does
                   live
                   in
                   putrefaction
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Our
                   Stone
                   contains
                   secretly
                   or
                   hiddenly
                   in
                   its
                   self
                   all
                   the
                   Colors
                   of
                   the
                   World
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   not
                   manifested
                   ,
                   unless
                   it
                   be
                   first
                   melted
                   or
                   dissolved
                   .
                   As
                   often
                   therefore
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   melted
                   in
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   so
                   often
                   a
                   new
                   color
                   arises
                   from
                   it
                   ,
                   till
                   all
                   the
                   colours
                   are
                   vanished
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   whole
                   matter
                   is
                   reduced
                   to
                   ashes
                   :
                   And
                   in
                   these
                   Philosophick
                   Ashes
                   is
                   the
                   Phoenix
                   hidden
                   ,
                   and
                   out
                   of
                   them
                   will
                   it
                   arise
                   with
                   glory
                   and
                   splendour
                   ;
                   at
                   first
                   weak
                   like
                   a
                   Worm
                   ,
                   which
                   in
                   success
                   of
                   time
                   will
                   become
                   a
                   Bird
                   ,
                   even
                   the
                   most
                   glorious
                   Phoenix
                   .
                   By
                   
                     the
                     Brain
                     thereof
                  
                   ,
                   he
                   means
                   
                     the
                     Spirit
                  
                   :
                   But
                   here
                   he
                   calls
                   the
                   Ashes
                   the
                   Brain
                   ,
                   Metaphorically
                   ;
                   for
                   as
                   the
                   Brain
                   is
                   the
                   Seat
                   of
                   the
                   most
                   pure
                   and
                   subtil
                   Animal
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   in
                   an
                   Animal
                   ;
                   so
                   these
                   Ashes
                   are
                   the
                   place
                   of
                   the
                   most
                   subtil
                   Mineral
                   ,
                   or
                   Metallick
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   matter
                   in
                   which
                   the
                   said
                   Spirit
                   is
                   hidden
                   ,
                   even
                   the
                   most
                   noble
                   ,
                   and
                   most
                   pretious
                   Spirit
                   of
                   this
                   whole
                   greater
                   World.
                   By
                   
                     the
                     most
                     sharp
                     Vinegar
                     ,
                     or
                     Childrens
                     Urine
                     ,
                  
                   he
                   means
                   the
                   Acidity
                   ,
                   or
                   Spiritual
                   
                   juices
                   of
                   the
                   Metals
                   ,
                   or
                   Metalick
                   bodies
                   :
                   And
                   
                     by
                     grinding
                     the
                     Ashes
                     therewith
                  
                   ,
                   he
                   means
                   dissolving
                   them
                   therein
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   way
                   of
                   speaking
                   :
                   And
                   this
                   dissolution
                   must
                   be
                   so
                   long
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   putrefies
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   first
                   color
                   of
                   the
                   operation
                   appears
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   blackness
                   ;
                   which
                   color
                   must
                   twice
                   appear
                   :
                   The
                   Stone
                   must
                   become
                   Black
                   twice
                   ,
                   twice
                   White
                   ,
                   and
                   twice
                   Red
                   ;
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   which
                   is
                   but
                   one
                   only
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   the
                   putrefaction
                   is
                   twice
                   repeated
                   ;
                   and
                   therefore
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   the
                   second
                   time
                   to
                   live
                   in
                   Putrefaction
                   ;
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   being
                   once
                   corrupted
                   and
                   putrefied
                   ;
                   the
                   second
                   time
                   it
                   does
                   putrefie
                   .
                   
                     By
                     the
                     Brain
                  
                   (
                   as
                   I
                   have
                   said
                   )
                   is
                   understood
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   most
                   subtil
                   Mineral
                   substance
                   dissolved
                   in
                   the
                   
                     Radicated
                     Vinegar
                  
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ;
                   if
                   you
                   know
                   not
                   the
                   preparation
                   or
                   rectification
                   of
                   this
                   
                     Radicated
                     Vinegar
                  
                   ,
                   you
                   know
                   nothing
                   of
                   the
                   true
                   Philosophick
                   Menstruum
                   ,
                   or
                   dissolvent
                   ;
                   there
                   is
                   no
                   other
                   
                     Aqua
                     Vitae
                     Metalica
                     ,
                     Aqua
                     Vitae
                     Mercurialis
                     ,
                     Aqua
                     Lapidis
                     ,
                  
                   but
                   this
                   
                     Acetum
                     Radicatum
                  
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   it
                   contains
                   in
                   it self
                   all
                   things
                   necessary
                   for
                   this
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     V.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Dark
                   Clouds
                   will
                   be
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   before
                   it
                   is
                   Kill'd
                   ;
                   let
                   them
                   be
                   converted
                   into
                   its
                   own
                   Body
                   ;
                   and
                   this
                   to
                   be
                   reiterated
                   as
                   I
                   have
                   described
                   :
                   Again
                   let
                   it
                   be
                   Killed
                   as
                   aforesaid
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   it
                   does
                   Live.
                   
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   That
                   is
                   to
                   say
                   ,
                   while
                   the
                   Matter
                   is
                   in
                   Dissolution
                   and
                   Putrefaction
                   ,
                   in
                   Killing
                   but
                   not
                   Killed
                   ,
                   the
                   Clouds
                   like
                   a
                   Tempest
                   ,
                   will
                   arise
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   an
                   effervescence
                   caused
                   from
                   the
                   contest
                   of
                   the
                   contending
                   principles
                   ,
                   as
                   is
                   evident
                   in
                   all
                   sorts
                   of
                   Fermentations
                   :
                   These
                   Clouds
                   must
                   revert
                   again
                   ,
                   and
                   be
                   converted
                   into
                   their
                   own
                   Body
                   ;
                   and
                   this
                   Work
                   must
                   be
                   so
                   often
                   reiterated
                   ,
                   till
                   no
                   more
                   Clouds
                   arise
                   ,
                   viz.
                   till
                   the
                   Dragon
                   is
                   wholly
                   Slain
                   .
                   This
                   done
                   he
                   must
                   be
                   restored
                   to
                   Life
                   again
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   to
                   live
                   ,
                   and
                   
                     then
                     killed
                     again
                     ,
                     as
                     aforesaid
                     ,
                     and
                     then
                     it
                     does
                     live
                     ,
                  
                   (
                   as
                   we
                   have
                   demonstrated
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   in
                   the
                   Explication
                   of
                   the
                   former
                   Paragraph
                   ,
                   )
                   
                     even
                     in
                     Putrefaction
                  
                   ,
                   from
                   which
                   it
                   must
                   at
                   length
                   (
                   by
                   the
                   order
                   and
                   course
                   of
                   the
                   Operations
                   )
                   be
                   freed
                   and
                   brought
                   to
                   its
                   Ultimate
                   Perfection
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VI.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   Life
                   and
                   Death
                   thereof
                   the
                   Spirits
                   Work
                   :
                   For
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   Killed
                   by
                   taking
                   away
                   of
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   being
                   restored
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   again
                   made
                   Alive
                   ,
                   and
                   rejoyces
                   therein
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   The
                   Spirit
                   is
                   used
                   both
                   in
                   the
                   Killing
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   making
                   of
                   it
                   Alive
                   again
                   :
                   but
                   this
                   is
                   by
                   some
                   doubtfully
                   understood
                   ,
                   whether
                   it
                   be
                   meant
                   of
                   the
                   innate
                   or
                   indwelling
                   Spirit
                   only
                   ,
                   or
                   of
                   that
                   Spirit
                   joyned
                   with
                   another
                   Metallick
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   because
                   he
                   uses
                   Spirits
                   in
                   the
                   Plural
                   number
                   :
                   However
                   this
                   is
                   certain
                   ,
                   that
                   as
                   Death
                   is
                   induced
                   by
                   taking
                   away
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ;
                   so
                   Life
                   is
                   retrieved
                   ,
                   by
                   restoring
                   it
                   again
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   But
                   coming
                   to
                   this
                   ,
                   that
                   which
                   ye
                   seek
                   by
                   affirmation
                   ,
                   ye
                   shall
                   see
                   :
                   I
                   declare
                   also
                   to
                   you
                   the
                   signs
                   of
                   joy
                   and
                   rejoycing
                   ,
                   even
                   that
                   thing
                   which
                   does
                   fix
                   its
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   That
                   is
                   ,
                   he
                   declares
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   life
                   and
                   death
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   in
                   the
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   in
                   the
                   natural
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   whether
                   Animal
                   ,
                   Vegetable
                   ,
                   or
                   Mineral
                   .
                   He
                   who
                   knows
                   how
                   to
                   revive
                   dead
                   Minerals
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   purify
                   them
                   ,
                   knows
                   how
                   to
                   exert
                   their
                   powers
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   in
                   the
                   High-way
                   to
                   the
                   greatest
                   of
                   Secrets
                   .
                   'T
                   is
                   this
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   joyned
                   with
                   its
                   Philosophick
                   Earth
                   ,
                   which
                   has
                   power
                   to
                   fix
                   both
                   perfect
                   and
                   imperfect
                   bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   tinge
                   them
                   into
                   the
                   highest
                   perfection
                   of
                   Silver
                   and
                   Gold
                   ,
                   which
                   he
                   calls
                   the
                   signs
                   of
                   joy
                   and
                   rejoycing
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Now
                   these
                   things
                   our
                   Ancestors
                   gave
                   us
                   only
                   in
                   Figures
                   and
                   Types
                   ,
                   how
                   they
                   attained
                   to
                   the
                   knowledge
                   of
                   this
                   Secret
                   ;
                   but
                   behold
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   dead
                   :
                   I
                   have
                   now
                   opened
                   the
                   Riddle
                   ,
                   I
                   have
                   demonstrated
                   the
                   proposition
                   so
                   much
                   desired
                   ,
                   so
                   much
                   aimed
                   at
                   :
                   I
                   have
                   opened
                   the
                   Book
                   [
                   
                     of
                     Secrets
                  
                   ]
                   to
                   the
                   Skilful
                   and
                   Learned
                   ;
                   
                   yet
                   I
                   have
                   also
                   a
                   little
                   concealed
                   the
                   hidden
                   Mystery
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   He
                   declares
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   ancient
                   Philosophers
                   delivered
                   the
                   Matter
                   ,
                   and
                   Process
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Tincture
                   in
                   AEnigma's
                   ,
                   and
                   Types
                   &
                   Shadows
                   only
                   ;
                   they
                   left
                   no
                   footsteps
                   of
                   the
                   true
                   thing
                   behind
                   them
                   ,
                   but
                   what
                   every
                   one
                   might
                   think
                   of
                   at
                   pleasure
                   ;
                   therefore
                   from
                   them
                   our
                   Hermes
                   could
                   receive
                   nothing
                   ;
                   and
                   he
                   professes
                   ,
                   
                     Ch.
                     1.
                     
                     Sect.
                     1.
                     
                     That
                     he
                     obtained
                     the
                     knowledge
                     of
                     this
                     Art
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     inspiration
                     of
                     the
                     Living
                     God
                     only
                     ;
                     God
                     it
                     was
                     who
                     did
                     reveal
                     and
                     open
                     the
                     Secret
                     to
                     him
                     .
                  
                   This
                   Secret
                   he
                   has
                   opened
                   in
                   this
                   Work
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   so
                   plain
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   skilful
                   and
                   learned
                   may
                   understand
                   it
                   :
                   'T
                   is
                   true
                   ,
                   he
                   has
                   not
                   unfolded
                   every
                   particular
                   ;
                   but
                   yet
                   he
                   has
                   made
                   things
                   so
                   plain
                   ,
                   that
                   he
                   who
                   can
                   read
                   him
                   with
                   a
                   Philosophick
                   mind
                   ,
                   may
                   at
                   length
                   haply
                   find
                   out
                   the
                   truth
                   :
                   notwithstanding
                   what
                   he
                   has
                   revealed
                   ,
                   he
                   declares
                   ,
                   he
                   has
                   a
                   little
                   concealed
                   the
                   hidden
                   Mistery
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   I
                   have
                   kept
                   the
                   things
                   (
                   which
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   put
                   a
                   part
                   )
                   within
                   their
                   own
                   bounds
                   :
                   I
                   conjoyned
                   the
                   various
                   and
                   divers
                   figures
                   and
                   forms
                   [
                   
                     of
                     its
                     appearance
                     in
                     the
                     operation
                  
                   ]
                   and
                   I
                   have
                   confederated
                   or
                   joyned
                   together
                   [
                   
                     with
                     them
                  
                   ]
                   the
                   Spirit
                   .
                   Receive
                   you
                   this
                   as
                   the
                   gift
                   of
                   God.
                   
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   The
                   meaning
                   of
                   which
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   he
                   has
                   first
                   separated
                   what
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   separated
                   ,
                   viz.
                   the
                   pure
                   from
                   the
                   impure
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Spirit
                   from
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   first
                   work
                   in
                   order
                   to
                   putrefaction
                   ,
                   corruption
                   ,
                   and
                   death
                   .
                   Then
                   secondly
                   ,
                   he
                   has
                   joyned
                   again
                   what
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   conjoyned
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   the
                   various
                   and
                   divers
                   figures
                   and
                   forms
                   ,
                   the
                   Soul
                   with
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   again
                   be
                   enformed
                   with
                   Tincture
                   and
                   Substance
                   .
                   Thirdly
                   ,
                   he
                   has
                   confederated
                   ,
                   or
                   joyned
                   together
                   with
                   them
                   ;
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   which
                   ties
                   the
                   Particles
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   and
                   Tincture
                   so
                   firmly
                   together
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   can
                   never
                   be
                   separated
                   ,
                   and
                   unites
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   them
                   in
                   a
                   perpetual
                   conjunction
                   with
                   a
                   fixity
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   endure
                   for
                   ever
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XI
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Practical
                   part
                   farther
                   Explicated
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     HERMES
                  
                   .
                   It
                   behoves
                   you
                   therefore
                   to
                   give
                   thanks
                   to
                   God
                   ,
                   who
                   has
                   largely
                   given
                   [
                   
                     of
                     his
                     bounty
                  
                   ]
                   to
                   all
                   the
                   Wise
                   ;
                   who
                   delivers
                   us
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Snares
                   and
                   Clutches
                   of
                   Misery
                   and
                   Poverty
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   For
                   this
                   inestimable
                   Gift
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   but
                   gratitude
                   to
                   return
                   him
                   the
                   Tributes
                   of
                   Humility
                   and
                   Thanksgiving
                   ;
                   to
                   abase
                   our selves
                   before
                   his
                   Divine
                   Majesty
                   ,
                   with
                   all
                   humbleness
                   and
                   submission
                   ;
                   who
                   thus
                   raises
                   you
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Dust
                   to
                   sit
                   among
                   Princes
                   ,
                   making
                   you
                   to
                   despise
                   the
                   Glories
                   of
                   Crowns
                   and
                   Scepters
                   as
                   insignificant
                   Baubles
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   rest
                   with
                   infinite
                   content
                   in
                   the
                   meanness
                   of
                   a
                   despicable
                   Cottage
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   you
                   carry
                   within
                   your
                   Brests
                   the
                   true
                   Treasure
                   ,
                   more
                   valuable
                   than
                   all
                   the
                   whole
                   World
                   besides
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     II.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   I
                   am
                   proved
                   and
                   tried
                   with
                   the
                   fulness
                   of
                   his
                   Riches
                   and
                   Goodness
                   ;
                   with
                   his
                   probable
                   miracles
                   ;
                   and
                   I
                   humbly
                   pray
                   God
                   ,
                   that
                   whilst
                   I
                   live
                   ,
                   I
                   may
                   pass
                   the
                   whole
                   Course
                   of
                   my
                   life
                   ,
                   so
                   as
                   I
                   may
                   attain
                   him
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   When
                   a
                   Man
                   becomes
                   Master
                   of
                   this
                   Arcanum
                   ,
                   he
                   is
                   then
                   tried
                   and
                   proved
                   indeed
                   ,
                   how
                   in
                   the
                   midst
                   of
                   such
                   a
                   fulness
                   of
                   Riches
                   and
                   Happiness
                   he
                   can
                   humble
                   himself
                   ,
                   and
                   sink
                   in
                   to
                   the
                   deep
                   Abyss
                   of
                   nothingness
                   ,
                   abstracting
                   himself
                   from
                   all
                   the
                   goodly
                   things
                   of
                   this
                   life
                   :
                   In
                   this
                   humble
                   state
                   God
                   is
                   only
                   to
                   be
                   met
                   with
                   ,
                   (
                   for
                   the
                   proud
                   he
                   beholds
                   afar
                   off
                   )
                   and
                   in
                   this
                   abjection
                   
                   and
                   self-denial
                   ,
                   in
                   this
                   mortification
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   life
                   and
                   birth
                   ,
                   a
                   second
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   found
                   ,
                   a
                   being
                   brought
                   forth
                   in
                   the
                   love
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   the
                   birth
                   of
                   the
                   new
                   Man
                   formed
                   after
                   the
                   Image
                   of
                   the
                   second
                   Adam
                   ,
                   a
                   new
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   a
                   new
                   Life
                   joyned
                   and
                   United
                   to
                   the
                   Life
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   which
                   can
                   never
                   Perish
                   or
                   Decay
                   ,
                   a
                   Fountain
                   of
                   Eternal
                   Delights
                   ,
                   an
                   inexhaustible
                   Treasure
                   ,
                   infinitely
                   exceeding
                   that
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   all
                   this
                   while
                   thus
                   earnestly
                   been
                   seeking
                   after
                   ,
                   and
                   pursuing
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     III.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Take
                   then
                   from
                   thence
                   the
                   Fat
                   's
                   or
                   Sulphurous
                   Matter
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   take
                   from
                   Suets
                   ,
                   Grease
                   ,
                   Hair
                   ,
                   Verdigrease
                   ,
                   Tragacanth
                   ,
                   and
                   Bones
                   ,
                   which
                   things
                   are
                   written
                   in
                   the
                   Books
                   of
                   the
                   Ancients
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   By
                   the
                   Fat
                   's
                   or
                   Sulphurous
                   Matter
                   understand
                   ,
                   the
                   Sulphurs
                   of
                   all
                   kinds
                   educed
                   by
                   the
                   Alchymick
                   Art
                   ,
                   out
                   of
                   Natural
                   things
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   Sulphurs
                   ,
                   one
                   only
                   is
                   fixed
                   ,
                   and
                   incombustible
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   is
                   a
                   thing
                   which
                   is
                   both
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   Heavens
                   ;
                   it
                   is
                   in
                   Act
                   ,
                   Animal
                   ,
                   Vegetable
                   ,
                   and
                   Mineral
                   ,
                   found
                   every
                   where
                   ,
                   known
                   but
                   by
                   a
                   few
                   ,
                   and
                   expressed
                   by
                   its
                   proper
                   Name
                   by
                   no
                   Body
                   ,
                   shadowed
                   forth
                   under
                   Various
                   Figures
                   and
                   AEnigmaes
                   .
                   This
                   fixed
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   understand
                   to
                   be
                   nothing
                   else
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   true
                   Balsam
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   with
                   which
                   the
                   Dead
                   Bodies
                   of
                   the
                   Metals
                   are
                   imbibed
                   ,
                   and
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   throughly
                   moistned
                   ,
                   to
                   preserve
                   them
                   perpetually
                   from
                   Corruption
                   .
                   The
                   more
                   any
                   thing
                   abounds
                   with
                   this
                   Balsam
                   ,
                   the
                   longer
                   it
                   lives
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   preserved
                   from
                   perishing
                   :
                   From
                   things
                   therefore
                   abounding
                   with
                   a
                   Balsam
                   of
                   this
                   kind
                   ,
                   is
                   this
                   Our
                   Universal
                   Medicine
                   drawn
                   ;
                   which
                   (
                   as
                   well
                   as
                   for
                   Metals
                   )
                   is
                   made
                   most
                   effectual
                   to
                   conserve
                   Humane
                   Bodies
                   in
                   a
                   State
                   of
                   Health
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   root
                   out
                   all
                   sorts
                   of
                   Diseases
                   ,
                   whether
                   accidental
                   after
                   the
                   Birth
                   ,
                   or
                   Hereditary
                   by
                   Propagation
                   ,
                   restoring
                   the
                   Sick
                   to
                   their
                   pristine
                   Health
                   and
                   Integrity
                   .
                   This
                   Sulphur
                   is
                   not
                   taken
                   from
                   Suets
                   ,
                   Grease
                   ,
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   Hair
                   ,
                   Verdigrease
                   ,
                   Tragacanth
                   ,
                   Bones
                   ,
                   &c.
                   But
                   under
                   these
                   and
                   other
                   the
                   like
                   Names
                   ,
                   our
                   Hermes
                   by
                   a
                   Philosophick
                   Liberty
                   ,
                   has
                   vailed
                   the
                   Verity
                   from
                   impious
                   and
                   unworthy
                   Men.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     IV.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   Fat
                   's
                   which
                   contain
                   the
                   Tinctures
                   ,
                   which
                   coagulate
                   the
                   Fugitive
                   ,
                   and
                   set
                   forth
                   ,
                   or
                   adorn
                   the
                   Sulphurs
                   ,
                   it
                   behoves
                   us
                   to
                   explicate
                   their
                   disposition
                   [
                   
                     more
                     fully
                     hereafter
                  
                   .
                   ]
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Here
                   ,
                   in
                   more
                   words
                   ,
                   Hermes
                   explicates
                   the
                   Condition
                   ,
                   or
                   Qualities
                   ,
                   and
                   Properties
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   true
                   Balsam
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   or
                   Philosophick
                   Sulphur
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   
                     He
                     says
                     it
                     contains
                     the
                     Tinctures
                     .
                  
                   2.
                   
                   
                     It
                     Coagulates
                     Fugitive
                     Substances
                  
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   
                     It
                     exalts
                     the
                     Power
                     of
                     the
                     Sulphurs
                     ,
                     by
                     fixing
                     the
                     Volatile
                     ,
                     and
                     making
                     Bright
                     and
                     Shining
                     the
                     things
                     .
                     which
                     were
                     Dark
                     and
                     obscure
                     .
                  
                   The
                   Volatiles
                   of
                   this
                   kind
                   ,
                   are
                   nothing
                   else
                   but
                   all
                   the
                   inferior
                   and
                   imperfect
                   Metals
                   ,
                   which
                   by
                   this
                   〈◊〉
                   or
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   are
                   〈◊〉
                   into
                   the
                   best
                   and
                   〈◊〉
                   Silver
                   and
                   Gold.
                   Now
                   this
                   hidden
                   Sulphur
                   dwells
                   in
                   the
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   just
                   as
                   Fire
                   in
                   a
                   Coal
                   ,
                   or
                   Natural
                   Heat
                   in
                   a
                   Humane
                   Body
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   Vegetative
                   Life
                   in
                   the
                   Spring
                   time
                   ,
                   in
                   Herbs
                   ,
                   Plants
                   ,
                   and
                   Trees
                   ,
                   which
                   in
                   Process
                   of
                   time
                   ,
                   makes
                   them
                   bring
                   forth
                   Buds
                   ,
                   Leaves
                   ,
                   Flowers
                   ,
                   and
                   at
                   length
                   perfect
                   Ripe
                   Fruits
                   and
                   Seeds
                   .
                   Or
                   like
                   Heat
                   in
                   the
                   inward
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   Bowels
                   of
                   the
                   Mountains
                   ,
                   where
                   the
                   most
                   simple
                   Bodies
                   of
                   things
                   ,
                   or
                   Elements
                   are
                   first
                   mixed
                   ,
                   and
                   produce
                   Metals
                   ,
                   Minerals
                   ,
                   Stones
                   ,
                   &c.
                   according
                   to
                   their
                   several
                   varieties
                   and
                   kinds
                   :
                   So
                   this
                   our
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   Nature
                   contains
                   in
                   it self
                   the
                   true
                   Tinctures
                   ,
                   which
                   by
                   the
                   revolution
                   of
                   time
                   it
                   explicates
                   ;
                   making
                   ripe
                   the
                   unripe
                   ,
                   purifying
                   the
                   impure
                   ,
                   fixing
                   the
                   Volatile
                   and
                   ennobling
                   the
                   Ignoble
                   and
                   Vile
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     V.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   And
                   to
                   Unveil
                   the
                   figure
                   or
                   form
                   ,
                   from
                   all
                   other
                   Fat
                   's
                   or
                   Sulphurs
                   ,
                   (
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Hidden
                   and
                   Buried
                   Fat
                   or
                   Sulphur
                   )
                   which
                   is
                   seen
                   in
                   no
                   disposition
                   ,
                   but
                   
                   dwells
                   in
                   its
                   own
                   Body
                   ,
                   as
                   fire
                   or
                   heat
                   in
                   Trees
                   and
                   Stones
                   ,
                   which
                   by
                   the
                   most
                   subtle
                   Art
                   and
                   Ingenuity
                   it
                   behoves
                   us
                   to
                   extract
                   without
                   Burning
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   4.
                   
                   
                     It
                     unveils
                     the
                     Figure
                     or
                     Form
                     ,
                     distinguishing
                     it self
                     from
                     all
                     other
                     Fat
                     's
                     ,
                     Balsams
                     ,
                     or
                     Sulphurs
                  
                   ;
                   He
                   calls
                   it
                   
                     Hidden
                     and
                     Buried
                  
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   Vulgarly
                   known
                   ,
                   but
                   only
                   to
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   Adepts
                   :
                   
                     And
                     Buried
                  
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   lies
                   Centrally
                   in
                   the
                   Bodies
                   of
                   
                     Sol
                     ,
                     Luna
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   as
                   a
                   thing
                   Buried
                   in
                   the
                   bowels
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   
                     It
                     is
                     seen
                     in
                     no
                     disposition
                     ,
                     but
                     dwells
                     in
                     its
                     own
                     Body
                     ,
                  
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   perceptible
                   in
                   any
                   of
                   the
                   imperfect
                   Metals
                   ,
                   because
                   they
                   have
                   not
                   Bodies
                   able
                   to
                   hold
                   it
                   ,
                   till
                   by
                   it
                   they
                   are
                   made
                   pure
                   and
                   fixt
                   ,
                   where
                   they
                   may
                   become
                   as
                   its
                   own
                   Body
                   is
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   takes
                   up
                   its
                   habitation
                   and
                   dwells
                   in
                   them
                   ,
                   as
                   Heat
                   does
                   in
                   Trees
                   in
                   the
                   Spring
                   time
                   ,
                   when
                   the
                   External
                   Heat
                   of
                   Sol
                   ,
                   stirring
                   up
                   their
                   internal
                   or
                   Mercurial
                   Heat
                   latent
                   within
                   them
                   ,
                   makes
                   them
                   bud
                   ,
                   and
                   bring
                   forth
                   Leaves
                   ,
                   Flowers
                   ,
                   Fruits
                   ,
                   and
                   Seeds
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   to
                   perfection
                   .
                   
                     This
                     Sulphur
                  
                   (
                   saith
                   Hermes
                   )
                   
                     it
                     behoves
                     us
                     to
                     extract
                     without
                     Burning
                  
                   ;
                   for
                   in
                   the
                   Mercury
                   it
                   is
                   yet
                   Volatile
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   by
                   subliming
                   of
                   it
                   more
                   and
                   more
                   ,
                   it
                   must
                   be
                   exalted
                   ,
                   till
                   at
                   length
                   it
                   is
                   fixt
                   ,
                   but
                   with
                   great
                   care
                   and
                   industry
                   ,
                   lest
                   you
                   err
                   in
                   the
                   Degrees
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   ;
                   which
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   too
                   great
                   ,
                   it
                   burns
                   ,
                   or
                   breaks
                   our
                   Body
                   or
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   (
                   which
                   in
                   this
                   place
                   we
                   call
                   the
                   Matter
                   it self
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   the
                   Domicil
                   ,
                   )
                   in
                   which
                   this
                   Celestial
                   and
                   Astral
                   Spirit
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   dwells
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   makes
                   it
                   Vanish
                   and
                   Fly
                   away
                   .
                   Now
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   Volatile
                   ,
                   only
                   in
                   respect
                   to
                   the
                   Body
                   which
                   holds
                   it
                   :
                   in
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   absolutely
                   fixt
                   ;
                   but
                   in
                   Mercury
                   this
                   same
                   Sulphur
                   seems
                   to
                   be
                   Volatile
                   ;
                   not
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   Volatile
                   in
                   its
                   own
                   Nature
                   ,
                   but
                   is
                   only
                   contained
                   in
                   a
                   Volatile
                   Body
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Immature
                   and
                   Weak
                   ,
                   and
                   cannot
                   hold
                   it
                   :
                   This
                   Body
                   therefore
                   must
                   be
                   maturated
                   and
                   strengthned
                   and
                   made
                   fixt
                   ,
                   by
                   Virtue
                   of
                   this
                   inherent
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   being
                   digested
                   and
                   Decocted
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   with
                   an
                   Idoneus
                   or
                   fit
                   Heat
                   for
                   a
                   certain
                   Revolution
                   of
                   time
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VI.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   And
                   know
                   that
                   the
                   Heaven
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   joyned
                   in
                   a
                   mean
                   with
                   the
                   Earth
                   :
                   But
                   the
                   Figure
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   in
                   a
                   middle
                   Nature
                   ,
                   between
                   the
                   Heaven
                   and
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   which
                   thing
                   is
                   Our
                   Water
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Here
                   he
                   speaks
                   of
                   the
                   Three
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Heaven
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   our
                   prepared
                   Gold.
                   2.
                   
                   The
                   mean
                   or
                   Medium
                   of
                   Conjuction
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   our
                   
                     Aqua
                     Philosophica
                  
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   The
                   Earth
                   or
                   Foeces
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Gold
                   it self
                   :
                   Now
                   wonder
                   not
                   that
                   Gold
                   is
                   here
                   converted
                   into
                   Foeces
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   esteemed
                   more
                   vile
                   ,
                   than
                   the
                   Heaven
                   and
                   the
                   Water
                   :
                   But
                   this
                   is
                   not
                   spoken
                   of
                   Vulgar
                   Gold
                   ,
                   but
                   of
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   Philosophick
                   ;
                   which
                   while
                   it
                   lies
                   in
                   Putrefaction
                   ,
                   seems
                   to
                   be
                   a
                   vile
                   thing
                   ;
                   now
                   that
                   it
                   contains
                   in
                   it self
                   all
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   both
                   perfect
                   and
                   imperfect
                   ,
                   precious
                   and
                   vile
                   ,
                   Gold
                   and
                   Lead
                   ,
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                     Plumbum
                     Philosophicum
                     ,
                     Aurum
                     Leprosum
                     &
                     Imperfectum
                     ,
                     &
                     Plumbum
                     Fixum
                     &
                     Perfectum
                  
                   ;
                   but
                   this
                   is
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   in
                   a
                   mean
                   ;
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   tho'
                   it
                   may
                   have
                   the
                   Color
                   and
                   Weight
                   of
                   Gold
                   ,
                   and
                   other
                   properties
                   ,
                   yet
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   made
                   much
                   more
                   Spiritual
                   ,
                   and
                   Excellent
                   ,
                   and
                   Efficacious
                   ,
                   almost
                   infinitely
                   ,
                   exceeding
                   the
                   Virtues
                   and
                   Excellencies
                   of
                   the
                   Vulgar
                   or
                   Common
                   Gold
                   ;
                   and
                   this
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   a
                   middle
                   Nature
                   ,
                   (
                   which
                   is
                   not
                   so
                   Volatile
                   as
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   nor
                   so
                   Dead
                   as
                   common
                   Gold
                   ,
                   )
                   which
                   middle
                   principle
                   is
                   
                     Our
                     Water
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Now
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   place
                   of
                   all
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   which
                   goes
                   forth
                   from
                   this
                   .
                   Our
                   Stone
                   :
                   The
                   second
                   is
                   Gold
                   :
                   But
                   the
                   third
                   is
                   Gold
                   in
                   a
                   mean
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   more
                   noble
                   than
                   the
                   Water
                   and
                   the
                   Foeces
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   The
                   three
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   are
                   here
                   more
                   plainly
                   exprest
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   The
                   Water
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   our
                   Mercury
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Gold
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Sulphur
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   The
                   mean
                   ,
                   or
                   almost
                   Gold
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Our
                   Salt
                   ,
                   or
                   Philosophick
                   Earth
                   ,
                   
                   and
                   is
                   more
                   worthy
                   than
                   either
                   the
                   Water
                   or
                   the
                   Foeces
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   Vulgar
                   Gold
                   may
                   by
                   projection
                   be
                   tinged
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   more
                   than
                   perfect
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   that
                   pretious
                   Stone
                   ,
                   in
                   comparison
                   of
                   which
                   ,
                   Gold
                   it self
                   ,
                   the
                   most
                   pure
                   Gold
                   ,
                   is
                   esteemed
                   but
                   as
                   a
                   little
                   Sand
                   ,
                   and
                   Silver
                   as
                   Clay
                   in
                   respect
                   thereof
                   .
                   This
                   
                     Gold
                     in
                     a
                     mean
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   Gold
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   middle
                   principle
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   Essential
                   Gold
                   in
                   the
                   Root
                   of
                   the
                   Aurifick
                   Agent
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   in
                   the
                   possibility
                   of
                   augmentation
                   or
                   encrease
                   ,
                   even
                   as
                   a
                   very
                   little
                   Plant
                   which
                   becomes
                   a
                   great
                   and
                   mighty
                   Tree
                   ;
                   now
                   this
                   third
                   principle
                   which
                   he
                   calls
                   
                     Gold
                     in
                     a
                     mean
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   very
                   Soul
                   it self
                   ,
                   which
                   makes
                   this
                   our
                   Philosophick
                   Plant
                   to
                   grow
                   ,
                   giving
                   it
                   form
                   and
                   Beauty
                   ,
                   and
                   making
                   it
                   become
                   a
                   Golden
                   Tree
                   of
                   a
                   vast
                   and
                   almost
                   infinite
                   magnitude
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   And
                   in
                   these
                   three
                   are
                   the
                   Vapors
                   ,
                   the
                   Blackness
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Death
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   That
                   is
                   in
                   one
                   only
                   Subject
                   composed
                   of
                   three
                   ,
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   Soul
                   ,
                   and
                   Body
                   ,
                   these
                   three
                   Vapor
                   ,
                   Blackness
                   ,
                   and
                   Death
                   are
                   latent
                   ,
                   which
                   three
                   are
                   also
                   one
                   .
                   The
                   
                     Caput
                     mortuum
                  
                   must
                   be
                   dissolved
                   ;
                   for
                   except
                   the
                   Body
                   be
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   there
                   can
                   be
                   no
                   Coagulation
                   of
                   the
                   Spirits
                   :
                   for
                   the
                   Solution
                   of
                   the
                   impure
                   and
                   vaporous
                   Body
                   ,
                   induces
                   and
                   brings
                   forth
                   more
                   pure
                   and
                   Noble
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   indued
                   with
                   a
                   mighty
                   Strength
                   and
                   Power
                   .
                   And
                   by
                   means
                   of
                   this
                   Solution
                   ,
                   a
                   more
                   perfect
                   mixtion
                   is
                   made
                   as
                   of
                   Water
                   with
                   Water
                   ,
                   which
                   cannot
                   be
                   separated
                   ;
                   not
                   like
                   that
                   of
                   Sand
                   with
                   Sand
                   ,
                   whose
                   Superficies
                   only
                   touch
                   one
                   another
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   indeed
                   no
                   true
                   mixtion
                   .
                   And
                   thus
                   by
                   making
                   a
                   dissolution
                   of
                   the
                   Metalline
                   Principle
                   ,
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   not
                   Metalline
                   ,
                   nor
                   will
                   dissolve
                   ,
                   nor
                   mix
                   with
                   the
                   dissolved
                   Matter
                   ,
                   (
                   as
                   the
                   Vapor
                   ,
                   the
                   Blackness
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Death
                   or
                   Putrefaction
                   ,
                   )
                   comes
                   to
                   be
                   separated
                   and
                   removed
                   ,
                   whereby
                   the
                   Dead
                   comes
                   to
                   Live
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   which
                   was
                   in
                   Captivity
                   and
                   Chains
                   comes
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   free
                   ,
                   delivered
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   and
                   set
                   at
                   Liberty
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   It
                   behoves
                   us
                   therefore
                   to
                   chase
                   or
                   drive
                   away
                   ,
                   and
                   expel
                   the
                   Superexistent
                   Fume
                   or
                   Vapor
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   Water
                   ;
                   the
                   Blackness
                   from
                   the
                   Fat
                   ;
                   And
                   the
                   Death
                   from
                   the
                   Foeces
                   ,
                   and
                   this
                   by
                   Dissolution
                   :
                   By
                   which
                   means
                   we
                   attain
                   to
                   the
                   knowledge
                   of
                   the
                   greatest
                   Philosophy
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   sublime
                   Secret
                   of
                   all
                   Secrets
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   In
                   these
                   three
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   One
                   ,
                   Composed
                   of
                   the
                   three
                   ,
                   lie
                   these
                   other
                   three
                   ,
                   the
                   Fume
                   ,
                   the
                   Blackness
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Death
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   want
                   of
                   Ponderosity
                   ,
                   of
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   Fixity
                   ,
                   both
                   which
                   threes
                   in
                   their
                   own
                   principles
                   ,
                   are
                   also
                   but
                   
                     one
                     thing
                  
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   the
                   
                     Caput
                     mortuum
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   depurated
                   and
                   revived
                   by
                   Dissolution
                   only
                   .
                   And
                   except
                   the
                   Body
                   is
                   Dissolved
                   ,
                   there
                   can
                   be
                   no
                   Coagulation
                   of
                   the
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   as
                   we
                   have
                   said
                   before
                   .
                   And
                   therefore
                   if
                   you
                   would
                   remove
                   the
                   Fumes
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   dissolve
                   the
                   Fumous
                   ,
                   or
                   imperfect
                   Body
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   mix
                   with
                   the
                   Ponderating
                   Spirit
                   .
                   The
                   Fat
                   or
                   Sulphur
                   is
                   cleared
                   from
                   the
                   blackness
                   by
                   manifold
                   Sublimations
                   ,
                   bringing
                   forth
                   the
                   pure
                   Philosophick
                   White
                   and
                   Red
                   Flowers
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   the
                   Tincture
                   .
                   And
                   the
                   Death
                   is
                   expelled
                   by
                   the
                   Mercurial
                   or
                   Metallick
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   which
                   gives
                   the
                   Eternal
                   fixity
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XII
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Praxis
                   exemplified
                   from
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   Leven
                   and
                   Paste
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     HERMES
                  
                   .
                   Now
                   there
                   are
                   seven
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   ,
                   the
                   first
                   is
                   Gold
                   ,
                   the
                   most
                   perfect
                   ,
                   the
                   King
                   and
                   the
                   Head
                   of
                   them
                   :
                   which
                   the
                   Water
                   cannot
                   alter
                   ,
                   nor
                   the
                   Earth
                   Corrupt
                   ,
                   nor
                   Fire
                   Devastate
                   ;
                   because
                   its
                   Complexion
                   is
                   Temperate
                   ,
                   or
                   in
                   a
                   mean
                   ;
                   and
                   its
                   Nature
                   direct
                   ,
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   
                   Heat
                   ,
                   Cold
                   ,
                   Moisture
                   ,
                   or
                   Dryness
                   ;
                   nor
                   is
                   any
                   thing
                   that
                   is
                   in
                   it
                   Superfluous
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   The
                   seven
                   Bodies
                   are
                   the
                   seven
                   Metals
                   ,
                   the
                   first
                   of
                   which
                   is
                   Gold
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   most
                   perfect
                   of
                   them
                   :
                   Now
                   tho'
                   it
                   be
                   all
                   that
                   can
                   be
                   ,
                   or
                   is
                   requisite
                   to
                   be
                   in
                   a
                   Body
                   truly
                   perfect
                   ;
                   yet
                   something
                   more
                   than
                   perfect
                   is
                   designed
                   by
                   our
                   Tincture
                   :
                   For
                   Sol
                   of
                   him self
                   cannot
                   tinge
                   nor
                   melio
                   rate
                   any
                   other
                   Body
                   ,
                   nor
                   bring
                   it
                   to
                   his
                   own
                   perfection
                   ,
                   therefore
                   he
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   more
                   than
                   perfect
                   by
                   Virtue
                   of
                   this
                   Philosophick
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   which
                   opening
                   his
                   Body
                   ,
                   shall
                   exalt
                   it
                   a
                   thousand
                   fold
                   beyond
                   the
                   degree
                   of
                   its
                   perfection
                   ,
                   making
                   him
                   able
                   to
                   transmute
                   other
                   Bodies
                   into
                   his
                   own
                   form
                   ,
                   fixity
                   ,
                   and
                   likeness
                   .
                   The
                   other
                   six
                   Bodies
                   are
                   Silver
                   ,
                   Tin
                   ,
                   Copper
                   ,
                   Iron
                   ,
                   Lead
                   ,
                   and
                   Quick
                   Silver
                   ,
                   which
                   last
                   is
                   also
                   among
                   the
                   number
                   of
                   Spirits
                   .
                   Now
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   difference
                   between
                   the
                   Common
                   and
                   Vulgar
                   Gold
                   ,
                   and
                   our
                   Gold
                   ,
                   say
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   .
                   Ours
                   〈◊〉
                   the
                   AEs
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     Electrum
                     Minerale
                  
                   ,
                   whose
                   Composition
                   ,
                   comprehends
                   in
                   it self
                   all
                   the
                   Metals
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   this
                   saying
                   ,
                   
                     Omne
                     Aurum
                     est
                     AEs
                     ,
                     sed
                     non
                     omne
                     AEs
                     est
                     Aurum
                     .
                  
                   This
                   AEs
                   or
                   Aurum
                   is
                   rightly
                   compared
                   to
                   Sol
                   ,
                   who
                   by
                   the
                   Testimony
                   of
                   Hermes
                   next
                   after
                   God
                   ,
                   governs
                   the
                   World
                   ,
                   and
                   Illuminates
                   all
                   things
                   ,
                   both
                   Animate
                   and
                   Inanimate
                   ,
                   of
                   whom
                   well
                   Sung
                   Palingenius
                   ,
                   
                     
                       
                         —
                         O
                         Sol
                         ,
                         qui
                         tempora
                         mutas
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Et
                         cum
                         temporibus
                         ,
                         quicquid
                         generatur
                         in
                         Orbe
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                   And
                   as
                   the
                   Stars
                   and
                   all
                   the
                   other
                   Planets
                   receive
                   their
                   Light
                   and
                   Virtues
                   from
                   the
                   Sun
                   so
                   also
                   do
                   all
                   the
                   other
                   six
                   Metals
                   and
                   Minerals
                   receive
                   theirs
                   from
                   Our
                   Gold
                   ,
                   almost
                   in
                   like
                   manner
                   by
                   the
                   Emission
                   of
                   its
                   Rays
                   or
                   Beams
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   indeed
                   its
                   tinging
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   and
                   multiplying
                   and
                   fixing
                   Spirit
                   .
                   All
                   that
                   is
                   perfect
                   〈◊〉
                   Sol
                   is
                   its
                   Viridity
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   eternally
                   generates
                   〈◊〉
                   multiplying
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   Ferment
                   of
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   Elixir
                   saith
                   the
                   Rosary
                   ,
                   the
                   compleat
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   the
                   most
                   depurated
                   and
                   digested
                   Substance
                   ,
                   more
                   than
                   perfect
                   ,
                   and
                   perfecting
                   all
                   other
                   bodies
                   whether
                   perfect
                   or
                   imperfect
                   ,
                   making
                   those
                   that
                   are
                   perfect
                   ,
                   much
                   more
                   than
                   perfect
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   true
                   Philosophick
                   Gold
                   (
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                     Gold
                     in
                     a
                     mean
                     ,
                     or
                     Gold
                     after
                     a
                     manner
                  
                   )
                   more
                   worthy
                   ,
                   more
                   Noble
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   Pretious
                   than
                   Vulgar
                   Silver
                   or
                   Gold
                   ,
                   or
                   any
                   Gem
                   ,
                   or
                   Pretious
                   Stone
                   .
                   Many
                   have
                   sought
                   this
                   
                     AEris
                     Viriditatem
                  
                   in
                   Vitriol
                   ;
                   and
                   Copper
                   or
                   Vulgar
                   Brass
                   ,
                   but
                   they
                   erred
                   ,
                   and
                   were
                   deceived
                   ,
                   following
                   the
                   literal
                   Discourse
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   their
                   Sense
                   :
                   For
                   they
                   ought
                   not
                   to
                   have
                   contemplated
                   the
                   Metals
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   but
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   redu-Ced
                   into
                   a
                   most
                   Subtil
                   ,
                   Spirituous
                   ,
                   and
                   Celestial
                   Substance
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     II.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Therefore
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   bear
                   up
                   ,
                   and
                   magnifie
                   themselves
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   saying
                   ,
                   that
                   such
                   Gold
                   in
                   Bodies
                   is
                   like
                   the
                   Sun
                   among
                   the
                   Stars
                   ,
                   most
                   Light
                   and
                   Splendid
                   .
                   And
                   as
                   by
                   the
                   Power
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   every
                   Vegetable
                   ,
                   and
                   all
                   the
                   Fruits
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   are
                   perfected
                   ;
                   so
                   by
                   the
                   same
                   Power
                   ,
                   the
                   Gold
                   ,
                   and
                   [
                   
                     the
                     Seed
                     thereof
                  
                   ]
                   which
                   contains
                   all
                   these
                   seven
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   makes
                   them
                   to
                   spring
                   to
                   be
                   ripened
                   ,
                   and
                   brought
                   to
                   perfection
                   ,
                   and
                   without
                   which
                   this
                   Work
                   can
                   in
                   no
                   wise
                   be
                   performed
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   ,
                   As
                   Sol
                   is
                   among
                   the
                   Stars
                   and
                   other
                   Planets
                   ,
                   and
                   Vulgar
                   Gold
                   among
                   the
                   other
                   Vulgar
                   Metals
                   and
                   Minerals
                   ;
                   so
                   also
                   is
                   our
                   Gold
                   (
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   true
                   Philosophick
                   Tincture
                   )
                   among
                   the
                   other
                   Metals
                   or
                   Bodys
                   reduced
                   to
                   a
                   Spirituality
                   and
                   pure
                   Tincture
                   :
                   And
                   as
                   Sol
                   in
                   the
                   Heavens
                   is
                   the
                   Medium
                   that
                   perfects
                   all
                   Sublunary
                   or
                   Inferior
                   things
                   by
                   his
                   Beams
                   ,
                   Light
                   ,
                   and
                   Heat
                   :
                   So
                   also
                   Our
                   Sol
                   ,
                   (
                   the
                   true
                   Seed
                   of
                   Gold
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Seminal
                   Power
                   of
                   the
                   Aurifick
                   Principle
                   )
                   is
                   also
                   the
                   Medium
                   which
                   makes
                   all
                   the
                   other
                   seven
                   Bodies
                   not
                   only
                   perfect
                   ,
                   but
                   more
                   than
                   perfect
                   ;
                   that
                   they
                   thereby
                   may
                   perfect
                   other
                   quantities
                   of
                   their
                   own
                   kind
                   ,
                   yet
                   lying
                   in
                   imperfection
                   ,
                   
                   viz.
                   wanting
                   
                     Purity
                     ,
                     Tincture
                     and
                     Fixation
                  
                   :
                   All
                   which
                   is
                   done
                   by
                   Virtue
                   of
                   its
                   subtle
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   and
                   Fire
                   .
                   Therefore
                   say
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   Our
                   Gold
                   is
                   not
                   Corporeal
                   ,
                   but
                   a
                   depurated
                   substance
                   in
                   the
                   highest
                   degree
                   ,
                   and
                   brought
                   to
                   an
                   Astral
                   ,
                   or
                   Heavenly
                   Nature
                   :
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   
                     Ixir
                     ,
                     Elixir
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Fermentum
                   ,
                   the
                   true
                   Tincture
                   and
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   tinging
                   and
                   fixing
                   all
                   other
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   without
                   which
                   they
                   cannot
                   be
                   perfected
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     III.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   And
                   like
                   as
                   Paste
                   or
                   Dough
                   is
                   impossible
                   to
                   be
                   Fermented
                   ,
                   or
                   Levened
                   without
                   Leven
                   ;
                   so
                   is
                   it
                   in
                   this
                   case
                   ,
                   without
                   the
                   proper
                   Ferment
                   ,
                   you
                   can
                   do
                   nothing
                   :
                   When
                   you
                   sublime
                   the
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   Purifie
                   them
                   separating
                   the
                   filthiness
                   and
                   uncleanness
                   from
                   them
                   ,
                   or
                   from
                   the
                   Foeces
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   conjoyn
                   and
                   mix
                   them
                   to
                   gether
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   in
                   the
                   Ferment
                   ,
                   making
                   up
                   the
                   Earth
                   with
                   the
                   Water
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Our
                   Hermes
                   ,
                   a
                   little
                   before
                   has
                   made
                   mention
                   of
                   Ferment
                   ,
                   which
                   he
                   has
                   in
                   plain
                   ,
                   open
                   and
                   manifest
                   Words
                   ,
                   declared
                   to
                   be
                   Gold
                   :
                   He
                   now
                   comes
                   to
                   demonstrate
                   the
                   necessity
                   of
                   Fermentation
                   ,
                   setting
                   some
                   of
                   its
                   Operations
                   in
                   Order
                   .
                   The
                   other
                   Imperfect
                   Bodies
                   are
                   the
                   Meal
                   or
                   Dough
                   ,
                   and
                   unless
                   they
                   be
                   Fermented
                   with
                   their
                   proper
                   Leven
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Gold
                   ,
                   they
                   cannot
                   be
                   brought
                   into
                   the
                   property
                   of
                   the
                   Leven
                   or
                   Gold
                   :
                   but
                   this
                   Gold
                   must
                   be
                   made
                   spiritual
                   and
                   living
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Bodies
                   must
                   be
                   Dissolved
                   ,
                   Sublimed
                   ,
                   and
                   Putrefied
                   ,
                   before
                   they
                   can
                   be
                   mixed
                   with
                   the
                   Ferment
                   ;
                   this
                   being
                   done
                   ,
                   viz.
                   being
                   made
                   clean
                   ,
                   subtil
                   ,
                   and
                   spiritual
                   ,
                   the
                   Ferment
                   or
                   
                     prepared
                     Gold
                  
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   mixed
                   therewith
                   ,
                   
                     making
                     up
                     the
                     Earth
                     with
                     the
                     Water
                     ,
                  
                   that
                   is
                   the
                   Body
                   with
                   the
                   Spirit
                   .
                   Now
                   to
                   bring
                   the
                   Bodies
                   into
                   this
                   State
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   fit
                   to
                   be
                   joyned
                   with
                   the
                   Ferment
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   sublime
                   them
                   ,
                   purifie
                   them
                   ,
                   make
                   a
                   separation
                   of
                   the
                   Foeces
                   ,
                   then
                   conjoyn
                   and
                   mix
                   ;
                   all
                   which
                   are
                   necessary
                   in
                   Order
                   to
                   this
                   Fermentation
                   .
                   The
                   Ferment
                   to
                   
                     the
                     prepared
                     Body
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   as
                   the
                   Soul
                   to
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   or
                   as
                   Leven
                   to
                   Paste
                   ,
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   without
                   which
                   the
                   Mass
                   could
                   not
                   be
                   levened
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     IV.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   And
                   you
                   must
                   Decoct
                   and
                   Digest
                   till
                   Ixir
                   ,
                   the
                   Ferment
                   ,
                   makes
                   the
                   alteration
                   or
                   change
                   ,
                   like
                   as
                   Leven
                   does
                   in
                   Paste
                   .
                   Meditate
                   upon
                   this
                   ,
                   and
                   see
                   whether
                   the
                   Ferment
                   to
                   this
                   Compositum
                   ,
                   does
                   make
                   or
                   change
                   it
                   from
                   its
                   former
                   Nature
                   to
                   another
                   thing
                   .
                   Consider
                   also
                   that
                   there
                   is
                   no
                   Leven
                   or
                   Ferment
                   but
                   from
                   the
                   Paste
                   it self
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Now
                   he
                   teaches
                   us
                   
                     the
                     Art
                     of
                     Levening
                  
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   to
                   Decoct
                   or
                   Digest
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   Ferment
                   makes
                   an
                   alteration
                   or
                   change
                   ,
                   like
                   as
                   Leven
                   does
                   in
                   Paste
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   a
                   high
                   point
                   of
                   Art
                   ,
                   and
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   seriously
                   considered
                   ,
                   even
                   what
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   intention
                   is
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   to
                   produce
                   or
                   generate
                   Gold
                   ;
                   and
                   therefore
                   (
                   as
                   I
                   said
                   above
                   )
                   Gold
                   must
                   be
                   your
                   Ferment
                   .
                   As
                   Leaven
                   is
                   to
                   Paste
                   ,
                   so
                   is
                   this
                   Gold
                   or
                   Ferment
                   to
                   
                     Our
                     Mercury
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   prepared
                   Body
                   :
                   And
                   as
                   Leven
                   is
                   made
                   out
                   of
                   
                     the
                     same
                     matter
                  
                   ,
                   out
                   of
                   which
                   the
                   Paste
                   is
                   made
                   :
                   so
                   this
                   Gold
                   or
                   Ferment
                   is
                   made
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   prin
                   ciples
                   ,
                   viz.
                   Mercury
                   and
                   Su
                   l
                   phur
                   ,
                   which
                   our
                   prepared
                   Bodies
                   come
                   from
                   ;
                   therefore
                   Hermes
                   bids
                   you
                   consider
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   tells
                   you
                   plainly
                   ,
                   that
                   there
                   is
                   no
                   Leven
                   ,
                   or
                   Ferment
                   ,
                   but
                   from
                   the
                   Paste
                   it self
                   ;
                   and
                   therefore
                   
                     Our
                     Philosophick
                     Gold
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Ixir
                   ,
                   the
                   Ferment
                   must
                   be
                   prepared
                   from
                   the
                   
                     Philosophick
                     Mercury
                     and
                     Sulphur
                  
                   in
                   a
                   fit
                   proportion
                   ;
                   that
                   when
                   it
                   Works
                   ,
                   it
                   may
                   purge
                   out
                   the
                   
                     Old
                     Leven
                  
                   with
                   all
                   its
                   effects
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   uncleanness
                   ,
                   want
                   of
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   and
                   want
                   of
                   fixity
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   bring
                   forth
                   a
                   regenerate
                   matter
                   ,
                   even
                   a
                   new
                   substance
                   or
                   body
                   ,
                   not
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   
                     Old
                     Leven
                  
                   ,
                   but
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   
                     the
                     New
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   wholly
                   purity
                   in
                   the
                   height
                   of
                   Tincture
                   and
                   the
                   strongest
                   fixity
                   .
                   Now
                   this
                   Fermentum
                   is
                   said
                   sometimestobe
                   two
                   fold
                   ,
                   
                     viz.
                     Fermentum
                     Lapidis
                     Aurifici
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   from
                   Gold
                   ,
                   and
                   
                     Fermentum
                     Lapidis
                     Argentifici
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   from
                   Silver
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   a
                   weighty
                   thing
                   ,
                   and
                   worthy
                   to
                   be
                   seriously
                   considered
                   of
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   advises
                   us
                   
                     to
                     meditate
                     upon
                     it
                  
                   :
                   except
                   the
                   Paste
                   does
                   receive
                   the
                   Virtues
                   and
                   Properties
                   
                   of
                   the
                   Leven
                   into
                   it self
                   ,
                   it
                   cannot
                   be
                   Levened
                   :
                   If
                   it
                   does
                   ,
                   it
                   becomes
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   sufficient
                   Digestion
                   ,
                   absolutely
                   the
                   same
                   thing
                   with
                   the
                   Leven
                   ,
                   both
                   in
                   its
                   substance
                   and
                   properties
                   ,
                   and
                   all
                   other
                   respects
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     V.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   also
                   to
                   be
                   noted
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Ferment
                   does
                   Whiten
                   the
                   Confection
                   or
                   Compositum
                   ;
                   and
                   forbids
                   or
                   hinders
                   the
                   Burning
                   :
                   It
                   contains
                   ,
                   holds
                   ,
                   or
                   fixes
                   the
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   it
                   cannot
                   fly
                   away
                   ,
                   and
                   rejoyces
                   the
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   makes
                   them
                   mutually
                   to
                   joyn
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   enter
                   one
                   into
                   another
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   He
                   says
                   here
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Ferment
                   does
                   Whiten
                   the
                   Confection
                   ,
                   concerning
                   which
                   Ferment
                   a
                   great
                   doubt
                   does
                   arise
                   ,
                   but
                   it
                   is
                   easily
                   solved
                   Philosophically
                   thus
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   not
                   Gold
                   ,
                   except
                   it
                   be
                   first
                   Silver
                   .
                   Our
                   Gold
                   is
                   the
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   or
                   Soul
                   ,
                   or
                   Nourisher
                   of
                   the
                   Work
                   ,
                   without
                   which
                   it
                   can
                   never
                   be
                   done
                   :
                   nor
                   is
                   it
                   made
                   Silver
                   ,
                   unless
                   it
                   be
                   first
                   Mercury
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   our
                   Sol
                   seems
                   to
                   appear
                   with
                   3
                   Faces
                   ;
                   first
                   Black
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Putrefaction
                   of
                   the
                   Mercury
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   White
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   change
                   or
                   transmutation
                   of
                   the
                   black
                   Mercury
                   into
                   a
                   White
                   body
                   ,
                   or
                   Silver
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   Red
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   also
                   the
                   transmutation
                   of
                   the
                   White
                   body
                   ,
                   or
                   Silver
                   into
                   a
                   Red
                   Tincture
                   or
                   Gold
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   you
                   may
                   see
                   that
                   this
                   Fermentum
                   not
                   only
                   Whitens
                   the
                   Confection
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   keeps
                   it
                   from
                   Burning
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   fixes
                   the
                   Tincture
                   that
                   it
                   cannot
                   change
                   ,
                   vanish
                   ,
                   or
                   fly
                   away
                   .
                   By
                   
                     rejoycing
                     the
                     Bodies
                  
                   ,
                   he
                   means
                   a
                   replenishing
                   them
                   with
                   a
                   fixed
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   fixed
                   substance
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   
                     the
                     Ingression
                  
                   of
                   the
                   Ferment
                   into
                   them
                   by
                   Projection
                   :
                   but
                   because
                   the
                   Ferment
                   is
                   not
                   able
                   to
                   enter
                   into
                   Dead
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   therefore
                   they
                   must
                   be
                   removed
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   Alive
                   by
                   help
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Aqua
                     Medians
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Mediating
                   Water
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   
                     Aqua
                     Philosophica
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   dissolves
                   ,
                   subtilizes
                   and
                   spiritualizes
                   ,
                   them
                   ,
                   which
                   makes
                   also
                   a
                   Marriage
                   or
                   Conjunction
                   between
                   the
                   said
                   Ferment
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   
                     White
                     Earth
                  
                   :
                   And
                   in
                   every
                   Fermentation
                   you
                   ought
                   to
                   take
                   notice
                   of
                   the
                   Weight
                   of
                   every
                   thing
                   .
                   If
                   therefore
                   you
                   would
                   Ferment
                   the
                   White
                   Foliated
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   Earth
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   White
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   projected
                   upon
                   bodies
                   diminished
                   from
                   perfection
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   
                     take
                     of
                     the
                     White
                     or
                     Foliated
                     Earth
                     three
                     parts
                     :
                     Of
                     the
                     reserved
                  
                   Aqua
                   Vitae
                   
                     two
                     parts
                     :
                     Of
                     the
                     Ferment
                     half
                     part
                     :
                  
                   Now
                   if
                   you
                   work
                   for
                   
                     the
                     White
                  
                   ,
                   your
                   Ferment
                   must
                   be
                   so
                   prepared
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   made
                   a
                   White
                   Calx
                   ,
                   fixt
                   and
                   subtil
                   :
                   but
                   if
                   for
                   
                     the
                     Red
                  
                   a
                   most
                   pure
                   Yellow
                   or
                   Citrine
                   Calx
                   of
                   Gold.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     VI.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   And
                   this
                   is
                   the
                   Key
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   all
                   their
                   Works
                   .
                   And
                   by
                   this
                   Science
                   the
                   Bodies
                   are
                   meliorated
                   ,
                   and
                   restored
                   :
                   and
                   the
                   Work
                   of
                   them
                   (
                   
                     Deo
                     annuente
                  
                   )
                   is
                   performed
                   and
                   perfected
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   This
                   Art
                   of
                   Levening
                   or
                   Fermentation
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   he
                   calls
                   
                     the
                     Key
                     of
                     the
                     Philosophers
                  
                   ,
                   i.
                   e.
                   
                     the
                     Key
                  
                   which
                   opens
                   the
                   Door
                   into
                   the
                   Secrets
                   and
                   Mysteries
                   of
                   this
                   whole
                   Work
                   :
                   Of
                   so
                   great
                   Virtue
                   and
                   Power
                   is
                   this
                   Work
                   of
                   Fermenting
                   ,
                   that
                   he
                   is
                   bold
                   to
                   call
                   it
                   even
                   the
                   Key
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   :
                   that
                   is
                   the
                   beginning
                   ,
                   middle
                   and
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   Work
                   ,
                   both
                   for
                   the
                   White
                   and
                   the
                   Red
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   by
                   the
                   Power
                   and
                   Efficacy
                   thereof
                   ,
                   the
                   Bodies
                   may
                   be
                   Renovated
                   ,
                   and
                   Exalted
                   into
                   a
                   higher
                   State
                   of
                   Perfection
                   ,
                   than
                   what
                   they
                   are
                   by
                   Nature
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XIII
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Nature
                   of
                   the
                   Ferment
                   farther
                   Explicated
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     HERMES
                  
                   .
                   But
                   by
                   Negligence
                   and
                   an
                   ill
                   Opinion
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   the
                   Operations
                   may
                   be
                   spoiled
                   and
                   destroyed
                   ;
                   as
                   in
                   a
                   Mass
                   of
                   Levened
                   Paste
                   :
                   Or
                   Milk
                   turned
                   with
                   Rennet
                   for
                   Cheese
                   ;
                   and
                   Musk
                   among
                   Aromaticks
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Without
                   doubt
                   an
                   error
                   may
                   easily
                   be
                   committed
                   in
                   the
                   Work
                   of
                   Fermentation
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   have
                   a
                   a
                   false
                   Conception
                   thereof
                   ,
                   or
                   be
                   ignorant
                   of
                   its
                   Power
                   ,
                   whereby
                   you
                   may
                   miss
                   the
                   
                   end
                   ;
                   and
                   be
                   frustrate
                   of
                   your
                   Expectations
                   ,
                   losing
                   all
                   your
                   cost
                   and
                   time
                   ;
                   as
                   is
                   seen
                   in
                   the
                   Levening
                   of
                   Bread
                   ;
                   if
                   you
                   trouble
                   the
                   Mass
                   of
                   Meal
                   and
                   Water
                   too
                   soon
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   not
                   be
                   Levened
                   :
                   If
                   it
                   lies
                   too
                   long
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   over
                   done
                   ;
                   so
                   in
                   our
                   Work
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   be
                   too
                   hasty
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   perform
                   nothing
                   at
                   all
                   :
                   If
                   too
                   long
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   too
                   Violent
                   a
                   Fire
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   hazard
                   the
                   breaking
                   of
                   your
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   an
                   over
                   Volatility
                   ,
                   frustrate
                   the
                   fixity
                   of
                   your
                   Medicine
                   :
                   The
                   making
                   of
                   Cheese
                   is
                   Famous
                   ,
                   for
                   almost
                   every
                   Housewife
                   can
                   tell
                   you
                   how
                   easie
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   ruin
                   or
                   spoil
                   all
                   ,
                   (
                   how
                   good
                   soever
                   your
                   Milk
                   and
                   Rennet
                   may
                   be
                   ,
                   )
                   if
                   you
                   be
                   unskilful
                   in
                   the
                   Art
                   :
                   If
                   the
                   Milk
                   be
                   too
                   hot
                   ,
                   or
                   too
                   cold
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   Rennet
                   be
                   too
                   much
                   or
                   too
                   little
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   
                     Coagu
                     lum
                  
                   lies
                   too
                   short
                   a
                   time
                   ,
                   or
                   too
                   long
                   ,
                   you
                   may
                   spoil
                   your
                   Cheese
                   ,
                   and
                   miss
                   the
                   Perfection
                   ,
                   or
                   Goodness
                   ,
                   which
                   therein
                   you
                   seek
                   after
                   .
                   These
                   are
                   Familiar
                   examples
                   ,
                   and
                   need
                   no
                   farther
                   exposition
                   .
                   The
                   Matter
                   therefore
                   is
                   ,
                   first
                   by
                   our
                   Ferment
                   corrupted
                   ,
                   and
                   brought
                   into
                   a
                   blackness
                   by
                   Death
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   such
                   a
                   blackness
                   ,
                   out
                   of
                   which
                   it
                   cannot
                   be
                   recovered
                   ;
                   but
                   so
                   that
                   in
                   the
                   Course
                   of
                   the
                   Fermentation
                   ,
                   the
                   Mass
                   of
                   the
                   Confection
                   may
                   pass
                   through
                   the
                   mutation
                   or
                   changes
                   of
                   all
                   the
                   Colors
                   .
                   Now
                   Heat
                   working
                   at
                   the
                   first
                   in
                   humidity
                   brings
                   forth
                   the
                   blackness
                   ;
                   but
                   Heat
                   working
                   in
                   the
                   dryness
                   ,
                   causeth
                   Whiteness
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   White
                   the
                   Citrinity
                   and
                   wonderful
                   deep
                   Redness
                   .
                   These
                   Varieties
                   of
                   Colors
                   are
                   caused
                   only
                   by
                   the
                   Ferment
                   in
                   a
                   proper
                   and
                   fit
                   heat
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   the
                   Corruption
                   of
                   one
                   is
                   the
                   Generation
                   of
                   another
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Ferment
                   becomes
                   the
                   
                     Ferment
                     of
                     the
                     Ferment
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   speak
                   .
                   He
                   who
                   cannot
                   taste
                   the
                   Sapor
                   of
                   Salt
                   ,
                   will
                   never
                   attain
                   to
                   this
                   desired
                   
                     Ferment
                     of
                     Ferments
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Soul
                   ,
                   even
                   before
                   Fermentation
                   .
                   If
                   therefore
                   this
                   Ferment
                   be
                   not
                   well
                   prepared
                   ,
                   your
                   Magistery
                   will
                   be
                   nothing
                   worth
                   :
                   and
                   know
                   ,
                   that
                   this
                   Fermentum
                   is
                   taken
                   only
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   from
                   Gold
                   and
                   Silver
                   ,
                   and
                   converts
                   the
                   other
                   Bodies
                   into
                   its
                   own
                   Nature
                   :
                   Therefore
                   it
                   behoves
                   you
                   to
                   know
                   how
                   to
                   introduce
                   this
                   Ferment
                   into
                   Dead
                   and
                   imperfect
                   Bodys
                   ,
                   (
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   
                     to
                     make
                     Ingression
                  
                   )
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Soul
                   ;
                   and
                   this
                   Soul
                   gives
                   to
                   them
                   Life
                   and
                   Perfection
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   together
                   with
                   this
                   living
                   and
                   perfect
                   Soul
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   made
                   alive
                   and
                   perfect
                   ,
                   and
                   one
                   perfect
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     II.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   The
                   certain
                   Color
                   of
                   the
                   Golden
                   matter
                   for
                   the
                   Red
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Nature
                   thereof
                   is
                   not
                   sweetness
                   ,
                   therefore
                   of
                   them
                   we
                   make
                   Sericum
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   
                     Ixir
                     ,
                     [
                     the
                     Ferment
                  
                   :
                   ]
                   and
                   of
                   them
                   we
                   make
                   Enamel
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   Written
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Altho'
                   it
                   does
                   not
                   here
                   sufficiently
                   appear
                   what
                   our
                   Author
                   means
                   by
                   Sweetness
                   and
                   Sericum
                   ,
                   yet
                   afterwards
                   he
                   so
                   explains
                   himself
                   that
                   we
                   may
                   guess
                   at
                   it
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   
                     Golden
                     Ferment
                     for
                     the
                     Red
                  
                   ;
                   the
                   adumbration
                   whereof
                   he
                   gives
                   us
                   under
                   the
                   Mask
                   of
                   Encaustum
                   or
                   Enamel
                   ;
                   and
                   truly
                   by
                   Figures
                   .
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   and
                   Tropical
                   ways
                   of
                   speaking
                   ,
                   he
                   has
                   been
                   pleased
                   to
                   deliver
                   himself
                   through
                   this
                   whole
                   Work.
                   I
                   suppose
                   he
                   uses
                   the
                   Similitude
                   of
                   Sweetness
                   here
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   Leven
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   Leven
                   is
                   not
                   Sweet
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     III.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   And
                   with
                   the
                   King's
                   Seal
                   we
                   have
                   tinged
                   the
                   Clay
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   that
                   we
                   have
                   put
                   or
                   placed
                   the
                   color
                   of
                   Heaven
                   ,
                   which
                   augments
                   the
                   sight
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   who
                   can
                   already
                   in
                   some
                   measure
                   see
                   :
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   By
                   the
                   King's
                   Seal
                   is
                   meant
                   the
                   Virtue
                   ,
                   Power
                   ,
                   Character
                   ,
                   or
                   Tincture
                   of
                   Gold
                   ,
                   which
                   tinges
                   Lutum
                   the
                   Clay
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   Mercurial
                   Mass
                   ,
                   or
                   Earth
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   now
                   but
                   one
                   thing
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   Secret
                   drawn
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Fountains
                   of
                   the
                   Wise
                   ,
                   for
                   which
                   reason
                   it
                   is
                   by
                   some
                   called
                   
                     Sigillum
                     Sapientum
                  
                   :
                   Also
                   
                     Sigillum
                     Hermetis
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   
                     Sigillum
                     Mercurii
                  
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   thing
                   which
                   many
                   have
                   sought
                   after
                   in
                   vain
                   ,
                   and
                   could
                   never
                   find
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   outward
                   turned
                   inward
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   inward
                   parts
                   turned
                   
                   outwards
                   ;
                   that
                   which
                   was
                   below
                   raised
                   up
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   which
                   was
                   above
                   ,
                   laid
                   down
                   below
                   ;
                   the
                   Superiors
                   and
                   Inferiors
                   ,
                   the
                   Heavens
                   and
                   the
                   Earth
                   joyned
                   together
                   in
                   one
                   Globe
                   or
                   Mass
                   ,
                   and
                   digested
                   together
                   in
                   one
                   ,
                   till
                   they
                   produce
                   the
                   heavenly
                   color
                   ,
                   the
                   light
                   of
                   Sol
                   ,
                   which
                   gives
                   such
                   as
                   have
                   Eyes
                   to
                   see
                   ,
                   the
                   happiness
                   of
                   seeing
                   a
                   Fountain
                   inexhaustible
                   ,
                   an
                   Eternal
                   Spring
                   ,
                   the
                   permanent
                   and
                   endless
                   Treasure
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     IV.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Gold
                   therefore
                   is
                   the
                   most
                   pretious
                   Stone
                   without
                   Spots
                   ,
                   also
                   temperate
                   ,
                   which
                   neither
                   Fire
                   ,
                   nor
                   Air
                   ,
                   nor
                   Water
                   ,
                   nor
                   Earth
                   ,
                   is
                   able
                   to
                   corrupt
                   or
                   destroy
                   ,
                   the
                   universal
                   ferment
                   ,
                   rectifying
                   all
                   things
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   middle
                   or
                   tempe
                   rate
                   Composition
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   of
                   a
                   Yellow
                   ,
                   or
                   true
                   Citrine
                   colour
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Our
                   Hermes
                   here
                   confesses
                   plainly
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Gold
                   ,
                   is
                   this
                   most
                   pretious
                   Stone
                   ,
                   without
                   blemish
                   and
                   incorruptible
                   ,
                   and
                   differs
                   as
                   much
                   from
                   vulgar
                   Gold
                   ,
                   as
                   Leven
                   does
                   from
                   the
                   Paste
                   ,
                   or
                   Yest
                   from
                   the
                   Ale
                   or
                   Beer
                   which
                   is
                   made
                   by
                   it
                   :
                   For
                   as
                   clear
                   ,
                   well-wrought
                   Ale
                   ,
                   cannot
                   change
                   other
                   Wort
                   into
                   Ale
                   ,
                   nor
                   
                     Levened
                     Paste
                  
                   leven
                   another
                   Mass
                   of
                   Meal
                   and
                   Water
                   ,
                   (
                   till
                   it
                   〈◊〉
                   brought
                   to
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   Leven
                   ,
                   )
                   so
                   neither
                   can
                   vulgar
                   Gold
                   (
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   product
                   of
                   Mercury
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   )
                   transmute
                   ,
                   or
                   change
                   any
                   other
                   body
                   into
                   its
                   own
                   Purity
                   ,
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   and
                   Fixity
                   .
                   No
                   :
                   This
                   is
                   only
                   the
                   work
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   the
                   true
                   Philosophick
                   Gold.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     V.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Gold
                   of
                   the
                   Wise
                   Men
                   ,
                   boiled
                   and
                   well
                   digested
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   fiery
                   Water
                   makes
                   Ixir
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   The
                   Gold
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   exquisitely
                   boiled
                   ,
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   you
                   please
                   with
                   a
                   fiery
                   water
                   ,
                   and
                   digested
                   :
                   This
                   fire
                   is
                   found
                   no
                   where
                   more
                   perfect
                   ,
                   better
                   ,
                   or
                   more
                   powerful
                   than
                   in
                   Minerals
                   and
                   their
                   Roots
                   ,
                   which
                   Roots
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   say
                   ,
                   are
                   in
                   the
                   Air
                   :
                   And
                   the
                   Gold
                   is
                   Spiritual
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   Gold
                   ,
                   not
                   the
                   body
                   of
                   vulgar
                   Gold
                   unprepared
                   .
                   This
                   
                     Aqua
                     Ignea
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   nothing
                   else
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   Mercury
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   drawn
                   from
                   its
                   Mineral
                   Root
                   .
                   This
                   Water
                   is
                   the
                   Mother
                   ,
                   which
                   does
                   dissolve
                   the
                   Gold
                   conceived
                   in
                   its
                   Belly
                   ,
                   being
                   digested
                   and
                   nourished
                   there
                   for
                   forty
                   Weeks
                   ,
                   at
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   which
                   digestion
                   ,
                   like
                   as
                   in
                   the
                   hour
                   of
                   a
                   mans
                   Nativity
                   ,
                   the
                   Soul
                   [
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                  
                   the
                   Tincture
                   arises
                   ]
                   but
                   not
                   first
                   nor
                   quickly
                   .
                   In
                   this
                   point
                   is
                   all
                   the
                   hazard
                   ;
                   but
                   this
                   being
                   past
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   no
                   more
                   peril
                   ,
                   the
                   danger
                   is
                   wholly
                   over
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VI.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   Gold
                   of
                   the
                   Wise
                   Men
                   is
                   more
                   weighty
                   or
                   heavy
                   than
                   Lead
                   ,
                   which
                   in
                   a
                   Temperate
                   [
                   
                     or
                     due
                  
                   ]
                   composition
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   ferment
                   of
                   Ixir
                   :
                   and
                   contrariwise
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   distemperature
                   [
                   
                     or
                     undue
                  
                   ]
                   Composition
                   ;
                   the
                   distemperature
                   ,
                   or
                   hurt
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Work
                   or
                   Matter
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Our
                   Gold
                   ,
                   the
                   Off-spring
                   of
                   this
                   great
                   Work
                   ,
                   is
                   much
                   heavier
                   than
                   Lead
                   ,
                   because
                   of
                   its
                   Weakness
                   ,
                   Volatility
                   ,
                   and
                   Intemperature
                   :
                   Our
                   Infant
                   is
                   of
                   a
                   most
                   strong
                   and
                   temperate
                   Composition
                   ,
                   healing
                   the
                   Infirmities
                   of
                   its
                   proper
                   Parents
                   ,
                   and
                   tinging
                   the
                   Mercury
                   of
                   all
                   Bodies
                   whatsoever
                   ,
                   into
                   the
                   best
                   and
                   most
                   pure
                   fine
                   Gold.
                   By
                   this
                   is
                   understood
                   the
                   Vital
                   Roots
                   of
                   the
                   Minerals
                   ,
                   into
                   which
                   ,
                   if
                   the
                   Bodies
                   be
                   reduced
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   made
                   apt
                   ,
                   or
                   fit
                   for
                   a
                   new
                   Regeneration
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   from
                   the
                   same
                   you
                   may
                   have
                   the
                   true
                   Tincture
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   work
                   is
                   first
                   made
                   from
                   the
                   Vegetable
                   :
                   Secondly
                   from
                   the
                   Animal
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   Hens
                   Egg
                   ;
                   in
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   greatest
                   assistance
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   constancy
                   of
                   the
                   Elements
                   .
                   And
                   Gold
                   is
                   our
                   Earth
                   ;
                   of
                   all
                   which
                   ,
                   we
                   make
                   Sericum
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   our
                   Ferment
                   ,
                   or
                   Ixir
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   He
                   here
                   divides
                   the
                   great
                   Work
                   into
                   two
                   parts
                   ,
                   viz.
                   Vegetable
                   and
                   Animal
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   Philosophical
                   fiction
                   :
                   But
                   the
                   true
                   Work
                   is
                   but
                   one
                   ,
                   consisting
                   
                   of
                   an
                   equal
                   and
                   temperate
                   mixtion
                   of
                   the
                   Elements
                   ,
                   to
                   a
                   perfect
                   fixity
                   .
                   The
                   Foundation
                   .
                   〈◊〉
                   this
                   Work
                   ,
                   is
                   laid
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   of
                   the
                   Gold
                   of
                   which
                   〈◊〉
                   
                     Ixir
                     ,
                     Elixir
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Ferment
                   is
                   made
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   two
                   fold
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   For
                   Luna
                   ,
                   2.
                   
                   For
                   Sol.
                   By
                   the
                   Ferment
                   of
                   Sol
                   is
                   understood
                   the
                   Seed
                   of
                   the
                   Male
                   :
                   and
                   by
                   that
                   of
                   Luna
                   ,
                   the
                   Seed
                   of
                   the
                   Female
                   :
                   of
                   these
                   there
                   must
                   be
                   made
                   ,
                   1.
                   
                   A
                   Conjunction
                   2.
                   
                   A
                   Generation
                   .
                   The
                   Ferment
                   of
                   Sol
                   ,
                   is
                   from
                   Sol
                   ;
                   as
                   Leaven
                   is
                   made
                   of
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   the
                   Bread
                   ;
                   and
                   as
                   a
                   little
                   Leaven
                   ,
                   Ferments
                   ,
                   or
                   Leavens
                   ,
                   a
                   great
                   quantity
                   of
                   Paste
                   (
                   at
                   least
                   〈◊〉
                   .
                   times
                   its
                   quantity
                   ;
                   )
                   so
                   likewise
                   a
                   little
                   Portion
                   of
                   this
                   our
                   Earth
                   suffices
                   to
                   nourish
                   and
                   perfect
                   the
                   whole
                   Stone
                   .
                   The
                   Ferment
                   ,
                   saith
                   
                     Avicenna
                     ,
                     reduces
                     the
                     Matter
                     to
                     its
                     own
                     Nature
                     ,
                     Color
                     ,
                     Sapor
                     ,
                     and
                     Form
                  
                   reducing
                   Power
                   into
                   Act.
                   For
                   it
                   Whitens
                   the
                   Confection
                   ,
                   Multipies
                   it
                   ,
                   makes
                   it
                   Spiritual
                   ,
                   Strengthens
                   it
                   makes
                   it
                   resist
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   makes
                   it
                   contain
                   the
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   shall
                   not
                   fly
                   away
                   ,
                   opens
                   the
                   Bodies
                   and
                   makes
                   them
                   ,
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   to
                   enter
                   one
                   into
                   another
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   be
                   perfectly
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   as
                   Water
                   with
                   Water
                   ,
                   which
                   cannot
                   be
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   Work.
                   Without
                   this
                   Ferment
                   ,
                   no
                   Elixir
                   can
                   be
                   made
                   ,
                   no
                   more
                   than
                   Paste
                   or
                   Dough
                   can
                   be
                   Levened
                   without
                   Leven
                   .
                   And
                   this
                   Elixir
                   is
                   the
                   Ferment
                   of
                   Ferments
                   and
                   the
                   Coagulum
                   of
                   the
                   Coagulum
                   .
                   For
                   ,
                   it
                   not
                   only
                   ,
                   Ferments
                   the
                   Inferior
                   and
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   Gold
                   :
                   it self
                   ;
                   making
                   it
                   from
                   a
                   
                     perfect
                     Body
                  
                   ,
                   much
                   
                     more
                     than
                     perfect
                  
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   the
                   most
                   〈◊〉
                   Mother
                   which
                   by
                   how
                   much
                   the
                   〈◊〉
                   it
                   is
                   impregnated
                   ,
                   by
                   so
                   much
                   the
                   more
                   it
                   conveives
                   and
                   brings
                   forth
                   propagating
                   its
                   Off-Spring
                   to
                   an
                   〈◊〉
                   of
                   Generations
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   the
                   only
                   Key
                   which
                   opens
                   and
                   shuts
                   the
                   Gates
                   leading
                   to
                   the
                   Kingdom
                   of
                   the
                   Mineral
                   Treasure
                   ,
                   the
                   Golden
                   Mountain
                   ,
                   the
                   Gardens
                   of
                   the
                   Hespenides
                   ,
                   where
                   all
                   the
                   Trees
                   perpetually
                   bear
                   Golden
                   Fruit.
                   Without
                   this
                   Key
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   possible
                   for
                   any
                   Man
                   to
                   attain
                   to
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   this
                   Art.
                   
                
              
               
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XIV
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Smaragdine
                   Table
                   of
                   Hermes
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     HERMES
                  
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   true
                   ,
                   and
                   far
                   distant
                   from
                   a
                   Lie
                   ;
                   whatsoever
                   is
                   below
                   ,
                   is
                   like
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   above
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   above
                   ,
                   is
                   like
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   below
                   :
                   By
                   this
                   are
                   acquired
                   and
                   perfected
                   the
                   Miracles
                   of
                   the
                   One
                   Thing
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   That
                   is
                   to
                   say
                   .
                   the
                   truth
                   of
                   this
                   our
                   Art
                   is
                   confirmed
                   by
                   Experience
                   ,
                   we
                   know
                   it
                   to
                   be
                   truth
                   by
                   very
                   matter
                   of
                   Fact
                   ;
                   and
                   notwithstanding
                   all
                   the
                   Sophisms
                   ,
                   and
                   Logomachia
                   of
                   the
                   Schools
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   no
                   Argument
                   can
                   stand
                   against
                   Experience
                   .
                   The
                   Waters
                   of
                   the
                   Cataracts
                   of
                   Heaven
                   above
                   ,
                   are
                   like
                   to
                   the
                   Waters
                   below
                   ,
                   when
                   the
                   great
                   Fountain
                   of
                   the
                   deep
                   is
                   broken
                   up
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Waters
                   below
                   ,
                   are
                   like
                   to
                   the
                   Waters
                   above
                   .
                   There
                   are
                   two
                   parts
                   in
                   our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   a
                   Superior
                   part
                   that
                   ascends
                   up
                   ,
                   and
                   an
                   Inferior
                   part
                   which
                   remains
                   beneath
                   ;
                   and
                   yet
                   these
                   two
                   parts
                   agree
                   in
                   One.
                   The
                   inferior
                   Part
                   or
                   Earth
                   ,
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   Body
                   or
                   Ferment
                   .
                   The
                   superior
                   part
                   or
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   Soul
                   or
                   Life
                   ,
                   which
                   quickens
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   and
                   raises
                   it
                   up
                   :
                   The
                   first
                   must
                   be
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   Water
                   ,
                   like
                   the
                   Superior
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Superior
                   must
                   be
                   coagulated
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   Earth
                   ,
                   like
                   the
                   Lower
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   may
                   be
                   united
                   ,
                   and
                   become
                   the
                   Miracle
                   of
                   the
                   one
                   Thing
                   ;
                   then
                   will
                   it
                   be
                   evidently
                   demonstrated
                   ,
                   that
                   whatsoever
                   is
                   below
                   ,
                   is
                   like
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   above
                   ,
                   and
                   contrarywise
                   .
                   Nor
                   do
                   they
                   differ
                   one
                   from
                   another
                   but
                   by
                   Accident
                   ,
                   as
                   Corruptible
                   and
                   Incorruptble
                   ,
                   Pure
                   and
                   Impure
                   ,
                   Heavy
                   and
                   Light
                   ,
                   Clear
                   and
                   Opake
                   ,
                   Agent
                   and
                   Patient
                   ,
                   Masculine
                   and
                   Feminine
                   ,
                   &c.
                   all
                   which
                   are
                   Accidents
                   ,
                   not
                   
                   Substances
                   .
                   Heaven
                   or
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   above
                   is
                   Incorruptible
                   ,
                   where
                   the
                   pure
                   Elements
                   are
                   made
                   ,
                   from
                   a
                   Corruptible
                   matter
                   elevated
                   or
                   lifted
                   up
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Concavity
                   of
                   which
                   Firmament
                   ,
                   the
                   Body
                   or
                   Substance
                   of
                   Luna
                   is
                   Graduared
                   .
                   Hence
                   it
                   is
                   apparent
                   that
                   this
                   our
                   Medicine
                   must
                   resemble
                   Heaven
                   it self
                   ,
                   in
                   Activity
                   ,
                   Penetrativeness
                   ,
                   and
                   Incorruptibility
                   ;
                   nor
                   must
                   it
                   work
                   as
                   the
                   Elements
                   in
                   Natural
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   Dead
                   ,
                   and
                   destitute
                   of
                   any
                   Power
                   or
                   Action
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     II.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Also
                   ,
                   as
                   all
                   things
                   were
                   made
                   from
                   One
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   One
                   :
                   So
                   all
                   things
                   are
                   made
                   from
                   One
                   thing
                   by
                   Conjunction
                   .
                
                 
                   Salm.
                   That
                   is
                   ,
                   as
                   all
                   things
                   were
                   made
                   or
                   came
                   from
                   One
                   Confused
                   Chaos
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   One
                   Omnipotent
                   or
                   Almighty
                   God
                   ;
                   so
                   Our
                   Stone
                   is
                   born
                   or
                   brought
                   fourth
                   out
                   of
                   one
                   Confused
                   Mass
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   one
                   particular
                   Matter
                   or
                   Thing
                   ,
                   which
                   contains
                   in
                   it
                   four
                   Elements
                   ,
                   Created
                   by
                   the
                   determination
                   of
                   God.
                   Here
                   Hermes
                   points
                   forth
                   the
                   Universal
                   Medicine
                   in
                   imitation
                   of
                   the
                   Worlds
                   Creation
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   performed
                   by
                   one
                   Universal
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   by
                   a
                   Supernatural
                   Experiment
                   ,
                   points
                   forth
                   this
                   Our
                   Natural
                   Work.
                   It
                   is
                   the
                   Opinion
                   of
                   many
                   Philosophers
                   that
                   the
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Natural
                   things
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Nature
                   is
                   the
                   Medium
                   between
                   the
                   Soul
                   and
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   as
                   being
                   that
                   which
                   makes
                   the
                   absolute
                   and
                   firm
                   Conjunction
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   Opinion
                   of
                   some
                   is
                   though
                   the
                   Spirit
                   may
                   be
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   the
                   more
                   subtile
                   Subsistance
                   ;
                   yet
                   it
                   can
                   be
                   no
                   more
                   separated
                   from
                   the
                   Soul
                   ,
                   than
                   Light
                   from
                   the
                   Sun.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     III.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Father
                   thereof
                   is
                   the
                   Sun
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Mother
                   thereof
                   is
                   the
                   Moon
                   :
                   the
                   Wind
                   carries
                   it
                   in
                   its
                   Belly
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Nurse
                   thereof
                   is
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   As
                   living
                   Creatures
                   beget
                   their
                   Like
                   or
                   Kind
                   ,
                   so
                   Gold
                   generates
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   Gold
                   by
                   the
                   Virtue
                   of
                   Our
                   Stone
                   :
                   The
                   Sun
                   is
                   its
                   Father
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   Our
                   Philoso
                   phical
                   or
                   Living
                   Gold.
                   And
                   as
                   in
                   every
                   natural
                   Generation
                   ,
                   there
                   must
                   be
                   a
                   fit
                   and
                   convenient
                   receptacle
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   certain
                   likeness
                   of
                   kind
                   to
                   the
                   Father
                   ;
                   so
                   likewise
                   in
                   this
                   Our
                   Artificial
                   Generation
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   requisite
                   that
                   the
                   Sun
                   ,
                   or
                   Our
                   Living
                   Gold
                   ,
                   should
                   have
                   a
                   fit
                   and
                   agreeable
                   Receptacle
                   or
                   Womb
                   ,
                   for
                   its
                   Seed
                   or
                   Tincture
                   ;
                   and
                   this
                   is
                   Our
                   Philosophical
                   or
                   Living
                   Silver
                   ,
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                     Mercury
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Mother
                   thereof
                   .
                   What
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   are
                   in
                   the
                   Heavens
                   above
                   ,
                   the
                   same
                   are
                   Our
                   Gold
                   and
                   Silver
                   in
                   Our
                   Heavens
                   below
                   .
                   The
                   Universal
                   Masculine
                   Seed
                   is
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   Nature
                   ,
                   the
                   first
                   and
                   most
                   Potent
                   cause
                   of
                   all
                   Generation
                   :
                   And
                   if
                   Sol
                   does
                   Live
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   necessary
                   as
                   Paracelsus
                   saith
                   ,
                   to
                   live
                   in
                   some
                   things
                   ,
                   viz.
                   in
                   its
                   own
                   Radical
                   Humidity
                   ,
                   and
                   most
                   pure
                   and
                   simple
                   Air
                   ,
                   which
                   contemperates
                   the
                   heat
                   there
                   of
                   by
                   its
                   Humidity
                   .
                   The
                   Wind
                   is
                   the
                   Air
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Air
                   is
                   the
                   Life
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Life
                   is
                   the
                   Soul
                   ,
                   which
                   quickens
                   the
                   whole
                   Stone
                   .
                   And
                   therefore
                   the
                   Wind
                   ,
                   Air
                   ,
                   Life
                   or
                   Soul
                   must
                   carry
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   viz.
                   bring
                   forth
                   Our
                   Magistery
                   which
                   being
                   brought
                   forth
                   ,
                   it
                   must
                   be
                   nourished
                   by
                   its
                   Nurse
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   for
                   
                     The
                     Earth
                  
                   (
                   saith
                   
                     Hermes
                     )
                     is
                     its
                     Nurse
                     .
                     The
                     Wind
                     Carries
                     it
                     in
                     its
                     Belly
                  
                   ;
                   by
                   which
                   the
                   Universal
                   ,
                   Inferior
                   ,
                   and
                   Feminine
                   Seed
                   is
                   dilated
                   through
                   the
                   Air
                   ,
                   and
                   joyned
                   to
                   the
                   Universal
                   Superior
                   and
                   Masculine
                   Seed
                   ,
                   the
                   Air
                   or
                   is
                   the
                   VVomb
                   wherein
                   the
                   two
                   Seeds
                   are
                   conjoyned
                   .
                   The
                   Air
                   arises
                   from
                   Fire
                   and
                   Water
                   ,
                   as
                   he
                   Heaven
                   from
                   Fire
                   and
                   Air.
                   Under
                   the
                   Appellation
                   of
                   Fire
                   ,
                   is
                   comprehended
                   the
                   most
                   pure
                   substance
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   ascending
                   with
                   Fire
                   :
                   and
                   under
                   the
                   Name
                   of
                   Air
                   the
                   most
                   pure
                   Substance
                   of
                   Water
                   ;
                   The
                   Belly
                   or
                   Wonib
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   is
                   a
                   most
                   pure
                   Breath
                   or
                   Matter
                   ,
                   raised
                   from
                   all
                   the
                   inferior
                   Elements
                   ,
                   converted
                   into
                   a
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   Air
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   is
                   conceived
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   Luna
                   ,
                   the
                   Universal
                   Seed
                   
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   specificated
                   also
                   by
                   the
                   other
                   Lights
                   or
                   Stars
                   .
                   Hermes
                   will
                   have
                   three
                   Elements
                   ,
                   two
                   under
                   the
                   Names
                   of
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   the
                   third
                   under
                   the
                   Name
                   of
                   Ventus
                   ,
                   the
                   Wind.
                   The
                   Earth
                   is
                   the
                   Nurse
                   of
                   this
                   Birth
                   of
                   the
                   Air
                   ,
                   by
                   whose
                   Breasts
                   it
                   is
                   Nourished
                   ,
                   whence
                   it
                   Sucks
                   the
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   (
                   that
                   is
                   the
                   more
                   thick
                   substance
                   of
                   the
                   Inferior
                   Water
                   remaining
                   yet
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   )
                   by
                   which
                   it
                   grows
                   and
                   〈◊〉
                   to
                   its
                   Substance
                   and
                   Perfection
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   to
                   the
                   〈◊〉
                   and
                   Strength
                   of
                   a
                   Man.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     IV.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   〈◊〉
                   Fountain
                   of
                   all
                   Perfection
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   Power
                   is
                   Perfect
                   and
                   Intire
                   ,
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   changed
                   into
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   As
                   if
                   he
                   should
                   say
                   this
                   〈◊〉
                   which
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   shew
                   you
                   is
                   the
                   Original
                   and
                   Fountain
                   of
                   all
                   Arcanums
                   and
                   Mysteries
                   ,
                   the
                   secret
                   treasure
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   〈◊〉
                   .
                   But
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   brought
                   to
                   its
                   Perfection
                   till
                   it
                   is
                   〈◊〉
                   into
                   Earth
                   ;
                   then
                   indeed
                   is
                   its
                   Power
                   perfect
                   and
                   intire
                   :
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   if
                   the
                   Soul
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   (
                   of
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   spoken
                   before
                   and
                   which
                   may
                   be
                   called
                   the
                   Wind
                   or
                   Air
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   also
                   the
                   Life
                   ,
                   Virtue
                   ,
                   Power
                   and
                   Spirit
                   )
                   be
                   converted
                   into
                   Earth
                   ,
                   viz.
                   a
                   fixt
                   Substance
                   or
                   Matter
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   the
                   whole
                   Air
                   ,
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   Life
                   and
                   Soul
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   may
                   be
                   conjoyned
                   to
                   its
                   Earth
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   its
                   Nurse
                   ,
                   and
                   be
                   all
                   turned
                   into
                   Ferment
                   .
                   As
                   in
                   making
                   of
                   Bread
                   ,
                   a
                   little
                   Leaven
                   Ferments
                   and
                   Transmutes
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   great
                   deal
                   of
                   Meal
                   or
                   Paste
                   :
                   so
                   also
                   must
                   Our
                   Stone
                   be
                   Fermented
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   come
                   Ferment
                   to
                   the
                   〈◊〉
                   Multiplication
                   thereof
                   .
                   That
                   which
                   the
                   Wind
                   does
                   bear
                   in
                   its
                   Belly
                   must
                   be
                   converred
                   into
                   Earth
                   ,
                   then
                   is
                   the
                   Work
                   compleated
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   done
                   by
                   a
                   long
                   and
                   Unwearied
                   Decoction
                   (
                   not
                   by
                   evaporating
                   ,
                   but
                   〈◊〉
                   the
                   Spirits
                   )
                   till
                   it
                   becomes
                   〈◊〉
                   and
                   in
                   success
                   of
                   time
                   is
                   dryed
                   into
                   a
                   Pouder
                   or
                   〈◊〉
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   time
                   will
                   be
                   long
                   and
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   you
                   must
                   attend
                   :
                   it
                   with
                   Patience
                   ,
                   
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   Matter
                   you
                   work
                   upon
                   .
                   Some
                   things
                   are
                   remote
                   from
                   Perfection
                   ,
                   other
                   things
                   more
                   remote
                   ,
                   and
                   others
                   most
                   remote
                   ,
                   whilst
                   other
                   things
                   are
                   near
                   to
                   Perfection
                   ,
                   others
                   neerer
                   ,
                   and
                   some
                   things
                   nearest
                   of
                   all
                   .
                   He
                   that
                   knows
                   not
                   these
                   things
                   before
                   he
                   begins
                   his
                   Work
                   ,
                   may
                   afterwards
                   deplore
                   his
                   Error
                   ,
                   with
                   very
                   great
                   loss
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     V.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   Separate
                   the
                   Earth
                   from
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Subtile
                   and
                   Thin
                   from
                   the
                   Gross
                   and
                   Thick
                   ;
                   but
                   prudently
                   with
                   long
                   Sufferance
                   ,
                   Gentleness
                   and
                   Patience
                   ,
                   and
                   Wisdom
                   ,
                   and
                   Judgment
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Hetherto
                   he
                   has
                   only
                   discoursed
                   the
                   Theory
                   ,
                   he
                   now
                   comes
                   to
                   shew
                   you
                   the
                   Practical
                   part
                   ,
                   shewing
                   first
                   the
                   Purification
                   of
                   the
                   Matter
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   .
                   You
                   must
                   do
                   it
                   gentlv
                   ,
                   by
                   little
                   and
                   little
                   ,
                   not
                   Violently
                   ,
                   but
                   Prudently
                   and
                   Wisely
                   ,
                   after
                   a
                   Philosophick
                   manner
                   :
                   By
                   Separating
                   he
                   means
                   Dissolving
                   :
                   for
                   Dissolution
                   is
                   the
                   Separation
                   of
                   parts
                   :
                   Some
                   will
                   have
                   it
                   ,
                   that
                   by
                   the
                   Earth
                   here
                   ,
                   he
                   means
                   the
                   Lees
                   or
                   Dreggs
                   of
                   the
                   Matter
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   Separated
                   from
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   the
                   Air
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   whole
                   Substance
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   become
                   Pure
                   ,
                   and
                   free
                   from
                   any
                   Putrefaction
                   or
                   Defiled
                   Matter
                   :
                   and
                   this
                   the
                   Spagyrick
                   Philosophers
                   say
                   is
                   the
                   first
                   Operation
                   or
                   Preparation
                   of
                   the
                   Matter
                   or
                   Parts
                   of
                   their
                   Stone
                   .
                   But
                   some
                   understand
                   hereby
                   ,
                   the
                   Separation
                   of
                   the
                   four
                   Elements
                   ,
                   and
                   this
                   doubtless
                   is
                   the
                   thing
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   spoken
                   of
                   a
                   Spagyrick
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   Vulgar
                   Separation
                   .
                   Under
                   the
                   Appellation
                   of
                   Fire
                   ,
                   the
                   two
                   other
                   are
                   understood
                   ,
                   viz.
                   Air
                   and
                   Water
                   ;
                   for
                   the
                   Fire
                   cannot
                   want
                   or
                   subsist
                   without
                   Air
                   ,
                   nor
                   is
                   the
                   Air
                   without
                   Water
                   ;
                   for
                   Air
                   is
                   made
                   of
                   Water
                   by
                   the
                   Mediation
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   forced
                   to
                   Ascend
                   upwards
                   .
                   But
                   as
                   to
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   it
                   partly
                   Ascends
                   and
                   is
                   made
                   Volatile
                   ,
                   and
                   partly
                   remains
                   fixed
                   below
                   .
                   By
                   separating
                   the
                   Earth
                   
                   from
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   some
                   will
                   have
                   it
                   ,
                   that
                   he
                   would
                   have
                   the
                   Thick
                   to
                   be
                   separated
                   from
                   the
                   Thin
                   ,
                   not
                   the
                   Thin
                   from
                   the
                   Thick
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   Earth
                   is
                   thicker
                   than
                   the
                   Fire
                   .
                   But
                   by
                   separating
                   the
                   subtil
                   from
                   the
                   gross
                   ,
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   understood
                   ,
                   the
                   subtilizing
                   of
                   the
                   Thick
                   Matter
                   ,
                   and
                   Spagyrically
                   to
                   reduce
                   that
                   subtilized
                   Matter
                   into
                   AEther
                   or
                   Spiritual
                   Air.
                   
                     But
                     this
                     must
                     prudently
                     be
                     done
                     ,
                     with
                     gentleness
                     ,
                     long
                     Suffering
                     ,
                     Patience
                  
                   &c.
                   that
                   is
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   Laws
                   of
                   Art
                   ,
                   but
                   gently
                   ,
                   even
                   with
                   a
                   gentle
                   Heat
                   according
                   to
                   Natural
                   Generation
                   .
                   The
                   Instrument
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   the
                   Spagyrists
                   Fire
                   ,
                   without
                   which
                   the
                   Work
                   cannot
                   be
                   done
                   .
                   This
                   Fire
                   is
                   either
                   Internal
                   or
                   External
                   .
                   The
                   Internal
                   is
                   proper
                   to
                   the
                   substance
                   or
                   Matter
                   ,
                   and
                   Naturally
                   dwells
                   within
                   it
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   must
                   prudently
                   stir
                   up
                   and
                   Excite
                   .
                   The
                   External
                   is
                   either
                   Violent
                   ,
                   or
                   Temperated
                   in
                   four
                   several
                   Degrees
                   .
                   The
                   Violent
                   is
                   that
                   with
                   which
                   some
                   things
                   are
                   Calcined
                   ,
                   others
                   Sublimed
                   ,
                   others
                   (
                   as
                   Metalls
                   )
                   Liquified
                   or
                   Melted
                   .
                   The
                   Temperate
                   in
                   its
                   several
                   Degrees
                   ,
                   imitate
                   or
                   resemble
                   Nature
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   used
                   for
                   Putrefaction
                   ,
                   Digestion
                   ,
                   and
                   Congelation
                   ,
                   or
                   Circulatorily
                   to
                   dissolve
                   and
                   fix
                   .
                   But
                   Various
                   are
                   these
                   kinds
                   of
                   Fire
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   to
                   be
                   applyed
                   according
                   as
                   the
                   Subject
                   requires
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Prudence
                   of
                   the
                   Artist
                   directs
                   ,
                   being
                   continual
                   without
                   interruption
                   from
                   beginning
                   to
                   the
                   End.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     VI
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   It
                   Ascends
                   from
                   the
                   Earth
                   up
                   to
                   Heaven
                   ,
                   and
                   Descends
                   again
                   from
                   the
                   Heaven
                   to
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   receives
                   the
                   Powers
                   and
                   Efficacy
                   of
                   the
                   Superiors
                   and
                   Inferiors
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Here
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   observed
                   that
                   though
                   Our
                   Stone
                   be
                   divided
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   Operation
                   into
                   four
                   Parts
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   the
                   four
                   Elements
                   ,
                   yet
                   as
                   we
                   have
                   already
                   said
                   there
                   is
                   but
                   two
                   principal
                   Parts
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   One
                   which
                   Ascends
                   upwards
                   and
                   is
                   Volatile
                   ,
                   and
                   another
                   which
                   remains
                   below
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   fixed
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   called
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   ferment
                   which
                   Nourishes
                   and
                   Ferments
                   the
                   whole
                   Stone
                   .
                   But
                   of
                   the
                   unfixed
                   or
                   Volatile
                   part
                   we
                   must
                   have
                   a
                   great
                   quantity
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   Nourish
                   the
                   purified
                   Matter
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   made
                   to
                   Ascend
                   ,
                   is
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   and
                   subtilized
                   :
                   then
                   being
                   thus
                   subtilized
                   and
                   made
                   Volatile
                   ,
                   it
                   must
                   be
                   incerated
                   with
                   the
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   extracted
                   from
                   it
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   Operation
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   Water
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   often
                   Boyled
                   by
                   Sublimation
                   ,
                   till
                   by
                   Virtue
                   of
                   the
                   Fermentation
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   exalted
                   with
                   it
                   ;
                   the
                   whole
                   Stone
                   again
                   does
                   descend
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   Heaven
                   to
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   remains
                   fixed
                   and
                   flowing
                   ;
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Corporeal
                   be
                   made
                   Spiritual
                   by
                   Sublimation
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Spiritual
                   be
                   made
                   Corporeal
                   by
                   Descension
                   :
                   Here
                   is
                   a
                   Circulatory
                   Distillation
                   admirably
                   declared
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Construction
                   of
                   a
                   Spagyrical
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   Similitude
                   of
                   Nature
                   .
                   It
                   Ascends
                   from
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                  
                   from
                   the
                   inferiour
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   vessel
                   :
                   to
                   Heaven
                   ,
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                  
                   the
                   superiour
                   part
                   :
                   The
                   matter
                   generated
                   of
                   Sol
                   ,
                   and
                   Luna
                   ascends
                   ,
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                  
                   the
                   thick
                   Terrean
                   substance
                   thereof
                   is
                   converted
                   or
                   resolved
                   ,
                   into
                   Heaven
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   into
                   a
                   subtile
                   substance
                   like
                   to
                   Heaven
                   :
                   he
                   demonstrates
                   the
                   Spagyrick
                   solution
                   ,
                   by
                   what
                   Instrument
                   and
                   Artifice
                   it
                   is
                   done
                   ;
                   then
                   he
                   teaches
                   the
                   Fixation
                   ,
                   
                     It
                     Decends
                     again
                     to
                     the
                     Earth
                  
                   ;
                   as
                   if
                   he
                   should
                   say
                   ,
                   after
                   its
                   substance
                   is
                   dissolved
                   and
                   made
                   to
                   Ascend
                   under
                   the
                   Obedience
                   of
                   the
                   Internal
                   Celestial
                   Virtues
                   or
                   Powers
                   ,
                   standing
                   there
                   the
                   determined
                   time
                   of
                   its
                   Maturity
                   ,
                   it
                   returns
                   again
                   ,
                   or
                   descends
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   to
                   say
                   ,
                   the
                   Spirit
                   is
                   made
                   Corporeal
                   ,
                   which
                   was
                   before
                   a
                   Body
                   or
                   made
                   from
                   a
                   Body
                   ,
                   Spiritual
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   nothing
                   but
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Riddle
                   .
                   
                     Fac
                     Fixum
                     Volatile
                     ,
                     &
                     rursus
                     Volatile
                     fixum
                     ,
                     &
                     totum
                     habebis
                     Magisterium
                     .
                  
                   And
                   by
                   this
                   means
                   it
                   will
                   obtain
                   
                     the
                     Virtues
                     of
                     the
                     Superiour
                     and
                     Inferiour
                     Powers
                     ,
                     i.
                     e.
                  
                   the
                   Heavenly
                   and
                   Volatile
                   Power
                   ,
                   to
                   penetrate
                   ,
                   grow
                   ,
                   increase
                   
                   or
                   multiply
                   :
                   and
                   the
                   Earthly
                   Power
                   to
                   give
                   Substance
                   ,
                   Corporeity
                   ,
                   and
                   Fixity
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   In
                   this
                   Work
                   ,
                   you
                   acquire
                   to
                   your self
                   the
                   Wealth
                   and
                   Glory
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   World
                   :
                   Drive
                   therefore
                   from
                   you
                   all
                   Cloudiness
                   or
                   Obscurity
                   ,
                   Darkness
                   and
                   Blindness
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   Possessing
                   this
                   Stone
                   thus
                   perfected
                   ,
                   you
                   possess
                   all
                   the
                   Wealth
                   and
                   Treasures
                   of
                   the
                   World
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   you
                   may
                   live
                   free
                   from
                   Care
                   and
                   Trouble
                   ,
                   from
                   Discontent
                   and
                   Fears
                   ,
                   from
                   every
                   Sickness
                   and
                   Disease
                   :
                   It
                   is
                   a
                   Remedy
                   for
                   all
                   Diseases
                   both
                   of
                   Body
                   and
                   Mind
                   :
                   It
                   strikes
                   at
                   the
                   root
                   of
                   Infirmities
                   ;
                   and
                   destroyes
                   that
                   which
                   would
                   destroy
                   or
                   undermine
                   the
                   Health
                   and
                   Prosperity
                   of
                   the
                   Humane
                   Body
                   .
                   This
                   Stone
                   ,
                   this
                   Wealth
                   ,
                   this
                   Treasure
                   ,
                   though
                   it
                   be
                   but
                   like
                   to
                   a
                   Grain
                   of
                   Mustard-seed
                   ,
                   yet
                   it
                   grows
                   to
                   be
                   the
                   greatest
                   of
                   all
                   Trees
                   ,
                   in
                   whose
                   Branches
                   the
                   Birds
                   of
                   the
                   Air
                   make
                   their
                   Nests
                   ,
                   and
                   under
                   whose
                   shadow
                   the
                   Beasts
                   of
                   the
                   Field
                   dwell
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   Work
                   increasing
                   or
                   going
                   on
                   in
                   Strength
                   ,
                   adds
                   Strength
                   to
                   Strength
                   ,
                   forestalling
                   and
                   over-topping
                   all
                   other
                   Fortitudes
                   and
                   Powers
                   ;
                   and
                   is
                   able
                   to
                   Subjugate
                   and
                   Conquer
                   all
                   things
                   whether
                   they
                   be
                   thin
                   and
                   Subtil
                   ,
                   or
                   thick
                   and
                   Solid
                   Bodies
                   .
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   There
                   is
                   no
                   Comparison
                   of
                   the
                   Powers
                   of
                   other
                   Natural
                   things
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   Power
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   able
                   to
                   overcome
                   and
                   master
                   all
                   other
                   Powers
                   :
                   it
                   can
                   convert
                   common
                   Quick
                   Silver
                   into
                   a
                   Congealed
                   substance
                   ,
                   and
                   Transmute
                   it
                   into
                   fine
                   Gold
                   or
                   Silver
                   :
                   and
                   it
                   can
                   Penetrate
                   and
                   Peirce
                   through
                   all
                   other
                   hard
                   solid
                   or
                   compact
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   strike
                   them
                   with
                   a
                   never
                   fading
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   so
                   firm
                   and
                   fixt
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Power
                   and
                   Strength
                   of
                   the
                   Strongest
                   and
                   most
                   Violent
                   Fire
                   can
                   never
                   conquer
                   or
                   overcome
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   if
                   he
                   should
                   say
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   compleat
                   Virtue
                   of
                   total
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   Nature
                   ,
                   the
                   Power
                   ,
                   Efficacy
                   and
                   Potency
                   of
                   all
                   things
                   ,
                   and
                   even
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   )
                   above
                   Nature
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   not
                   improperly
                   be
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   a
                   Work
                   Metaphysical
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   it
                   seems
                   to
                   act
                   above
                   or
                   beyond
                   Nature
                   .
                   
                     It
                     overcomes
                     or
                     conquers
                     all
                     things
                     ,
                  
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   it
                   makes
                   all
                   subtil
                   and
                   thin
                   things
                   (
                   as
                   Quicksilver
                   )
                   thick
                   and
                   coagulates
                   them
                   :
                   and
                   on
                   the
                   contrary
                   
                     it
                     Penetrates
                     all
                     thick
                     and
                     solid
                     things
                     ,
                     i.
                     e.
                  
                   It
                   makes
                   every
                   hard
                   Metal
                   whether
                   Perfect
                   or
                   Imperfect
                   (
                   as
                   Sol
                   ,
                   Luna
                   ,
                   Saturn
                   ,
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   Mars
                   and
                   Venus
                   )
                   subtile
                   and
                   thin
                   ,
                   and
                   brings
                   them
                   to
                   the
                   greatest
                   Perfection
                   ,
                   expelling
                   all
                   the
                   Malign
                   and
                   Dark
                   Spirits
                   possessing
                   them
                   and
                   giving
                   to
                   them
                   Tincture
                   and
                   Fixity
                   ,
                   by
                   its
                   Subtility
                   and
                   Spiritualty
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   In
                   this
                   manner
                   was
                   the
                   World
                   made
                   ;
                   and
                   hence
                   are
                   the
                   wonderful
                   Conjunctions
                   or
                   Joynings
                   together
                   of
                   the
                   Matter
                   and
                   Parts
                   thereof
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Marvellous
                   Effects
                   ,
                   when
                   in
                   this
                   way
                   it
                   is
                   done
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   these
                   Wonders
                   are
                   Effected
                   ,
                
                 
                   Salmon
                   .
                   The
                   Creation
                   of
                   the
                   World
                   he
                   brings
                   as
                   a
                   Prior
                   Example
                   ,
                   or
                   Exemplification
                   of
                   the
                   VVork
                   of
                   Our
                   Philosophick
                   Stone
                   ,
                   for
                   as
                   the
                   VVorld
                   was
                   Created
                   ,
                   so
                   is
                   Our
                   Stone
                   composed
                   .
                   As
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   the
                   whole
                   VVorld
                   and
                   all
                   that
                   is
                   therein
                   was
                   a
                   Chaos
                   or
                   confused
                   Mass
                   ,
                   but
                   afterwards
                   by
                   the
                   Virtue
                   VVord
                   ,
                   Power
                   ,
                   or
                   Spirit
                   of
                   the
                   Great
                   Creator
                   ,
                   a
                   Separation
                   was
                   made
                   ,
                   the
                   Elements
                   were
                   divided
                   and
                   rectified
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Universal
                   VVorld
                   was
                   produced
                   and
                   brought
                   forth
                   Beautiful
                   and
                   Perfect
                   
                     in
                     Number
                     ,
                     Weight
                     and
                     Measure
                     .
                  
                   So
                   also
                   in
                   this
                   our
                   work
                   ,
                   we
                   separate
                   the
                   Elements
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   divide
                   and
                   rectifie
                   by
                   many
                   sublimations
                   ,
                   depressions
                   ,
                   and
                   precipitations
                   ,
                   whereby
                   the
                   perpetual
                   and
                   wonderful
                   conjunction
                   is
                   made
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   product
                   of
                   the
                   prime
                   matter
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   root
                   of
                   the
                   Golden
                   Kingdom
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   power
                   is
                   produced
                   into
                   Act.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     X.
                     Hermes
                  
                   .
                   And
                   for
                   this
                   Cause
                   I
                   am
                   called
                   Hermes
                   
                   Trismegistus
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   I
                   have
                   the
                   knowledge
                   or
                   understanding
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophy
                   of
                   the
                   three
                   principles
                   of
                   the
                   Universe
                   .
                   My
                   Doctrine
                   or
                   Discourse
                   ,
                   which
                   I
                   have
                   here
                   delivered
                   concerning
                   this
                   solar
                   Work
                   ,
                   is
                   compleat
                   and
                   perfect
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Salmon
                     .
                     Hermes
                     Trismegistus
                  
                   signifies
                   
                     the
                     Thrice
                     greatest
                     Hermes
                  
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   he
                   had
                   the
                   knowledge
                   of
                   the
                   three
                   Principals
                   of
                   the
                   Universe
                   ,
                   
                     viz.
                     Salt
                     ,
                     Sulphur
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   answering
                   to
                   the
                   
                     Body
                     ,
                     Soul
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   
                     Spirit
                     ;
                     Mineral
                     ,
                     Vegetable
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Animal
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   he
                   had
                   the
                   true
                   Knowledge
                   ,
                   he
                   knew
                   the
                   way
                   how
                   to
                   seperate
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   conjoyn
                   them
                   again
                   ,
                   to
                   make
                   the
                   fixt
                   Volatile
                   and
                   the
                   Volatile
                   fixt
                   ,
                   to
                   take
                   away
                   Tinctures
                   ,
                   and
                   restore
                   better
                   again
                   ,
                   all
                   which
                   are
                   contained
                   in
                   Our
                   Philosophick
                   Mercury
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   VVomb
                   in
                   which
                   Our
                   Philosophick
                   (
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   true
                   )
                   Gold
                   is
                   Generated
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   perfect
                   ,
                   because
                   1.
                   
                   It
                   contains
                   all
                   the
                   Principles
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   From
                   its
                   never
                   fading
                   Coler
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   Its
                   never
                   perishing
                   Body
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   resembled
                   to
                   a
                   grain
                   of
                   VVheat
                   ,
                   which
                   unless
                   it
                   Dies
                   ,
                   it
                   brings
                   forth
                   no
                   Fruit
                   ;
                   but
                   if
                   it
                   Die
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   Putrefied
                   ,
                   passing
                   through
                   Death
                   and
                   Putrefaction
                   or
                   Dissolution
                   ,
                   to
                   Life
                   and
                   Heaven
                   ,
                   there
                   by
                   perfecting
                   its
                   Nature
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   infinitely
                   profitable
                   .
                   VVhat
                   he
                   has
                   delivered
                   concerning
                   this
                   Matter
                   ,
                   viz.
                   of
                   the
                   three
                   Colers
                   ,
                   
                     Black
                     ,
                     White
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Red
                   ;
                   of
                   the
                   three
                   Principles
                   ,
                   
                     Salt
                     ,
                     Sulphur
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Mercury
                   ;
                   of
                   the
                   three
                   Subsistences
                   ,
                   
                     Body
                     ,
                     Soul
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Spirit
                   ;
                   of
                   the
                   three
                   Operations
                   ,
                   
                     Volatilization
                     ,
                     Tincture
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Fixation
                   ;
                   of
                   the
                   three
                   States
                   ,
                   
                     Imperfection
                     ,
                     Anihilation
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Perfection
                   ,
                   he
                   declares
                   to
                   be
                   True
                   and
                   Compleat
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   the
                   Stone
                   thus
                   Generated
                   (
                   existing
                   and
                   being
                   in
                   one
                   only
                   thing
                   ,
                   viz.
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Mercrry
                   )
                   by
                   a
                   series
                   of
                   Natural
                   Operations
                   ,
                   is
                   Perfect
                   and
                   Intire
                   ,
                   wanting
                   nothing
                   .
                
                 
                   Libri
                   Hermetis
                   Primi
                   .
                   FINIS
                   .
                
                 
                 
                 
                 
              
            
             
               
               
                 THE
                 SECOND
                 BOOK
                 OF
                 
                   HERMES
                   TRISMEGISTVS
                
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XV.
                  
                   The
                   Enterance
                   into
                   the
                   Work
                   ,
                   beginning
                   with
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   HERMES
                   the
                   Wise
                   saith
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   Conserve
                   a
                   third
                   part
                   of
                   your
                   Camels
                   ,
                   [
                   
                     viz.
                     of
                     the
                     swift
                     or
                     Volatile
                     Matter
                     ,
                     or
                     that
                     which
                     must
                     bear
                     the
                     Bur
                     then
                     ,
                  
                   ]
                   and
                   Consume
                   the
                   remaining
                   two
                   thirds
                   ,
                   you
                   have
                   attained
                   to
                   the
                   thing
                   desired
                   ;
                   you
                   have
                   perfected
                   the
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   II.
                   In
                   like
                   manner
                   you
                   must
                   be
                   careful
                   of
                   your
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ;
                   for
                   the
                   black
                   Matter
                   does
                   Whiten
                   the
                   Flesh
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Work
                   is
                   perfected
                   by
                   the
                   Fire
                   of
                   the
                   Wise.
                   
                
                 
                   III.
                   And
                   the
                   Work
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   performed
                   by
                   a
                   Spiritual
                   Water
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   the
                   blackness
                   is
                   washed
                   away
                   ;
                   and
                   by
                   that
                   Instrument
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   the
                   Foundation
                   of
                   the
                   Work
                   is
                   laid
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   that
                   time
                   and
                   moment
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   the
                   Clouds
                   appear
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Now
                   that
                   Water
                   ,
                   in
                   or
                   by
                   which
                   the
                   blackness
                   is
                   washed
                   away
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Sweat
                   
                   or
                   Moisture
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   ,
                   and
                   Childrens
                   Urine
                   ,
                   [
                   i.
                   e.
                   
                     the
                     Virgins
                     Water
                  
                   .
                   ]
                   The
                   thing
                   which
                   I
                   tell
                   you
                   is
                   sufficient
                   for
                   you
                   to
                   know
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   In
                   like
                   manner
                   ,
                   take
                   the
                   Water
                   of
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   [
                   
                     Mercury
                     of
                     Mercury
                  
                   ,
                   ]
                   and
                   with
                   it
                   cleanse
                   and
                   purifie
                   the
                   Wind
                   ,
                   Fume
                   ,
                   or
                   Vapor
                   ,
                   and
                   Abolish
                   the
                   blackness
                   .
                   Understand
                   what
                   this
                   signifies
                   ,
                   and
                   rejoyce
                   therein
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Also
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   manner
                   ,
                   take
                   the
                   blackness
                   and
                   Conjoyn
                   it
                   ;
                   then
                   have
                   respect
                   to
                   the
                   White
                   ,
                   and
                   Conjoyn
                   the
                   Red
                   ;
                   so
                   will
                   you
                   go
                   through
                   the
                   thing
                   desired
                   ,
                   and
                   come
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   also
                   to
                   be
                   noted
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Fire-Stone
                   which
                   Governs
                   the
                   Matter
                   or
                   Work
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   good
                   pleasure
                   of
                   God
                   :
                   Boyl
                   it
                   therefore
                   with
                   a
                   gentle
                   Fire
                   ,
                   Night
                   and
                   Day
                   ,
                   lest
                   the
                   Water
                   should
                   be
                   separated
                   from
                   it
                   ;
                   even
                   till
                   it
                   becomes
                   of
                   a
                   Golden
                   Color
                   :
                   Understand
                   well
                   what
                   I
                   say
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   That
                   also
                   which
                   Congeals
                   ,
                   does
                   Dissolve
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   which
                   does
                   Whiten
                   ,
                   does
                   in
                   like
                   manner
                   make
                   Red.
                   
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   I
                   have
                   made
                   plain
                   to
                   you
                   the
                   nearest
                   way
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   may
                   be
                   easie
                   and
                   satisfied
                   :
                   Understand
                   therefore
                   these
                   things
                   ,
                   and
                   Meditate
                   upon
                   them
                   ;
                   and
                   you
                   shall
                   certainly
                   attain
                   to
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   the
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   X.
                   It
                   is
                   also
                   to
                   be
                   noted
                   ,
                   that
                   as
                   Sol
                   is
                   among
                   the
                   Stars
                   ;
                   so
                   is
                   Gold
                   among
                   the
                   other
                   Metalline
                   Bodies
                   :
                   For
                   as
                   the
                   Light
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   ,
                   is
                   joyned
                   to
                   the
                   Lights
                   ,
                   and
                   contains
                   the
                   Fruit
                   of
                   this
                   Operation
                   ;
                   so
                   in
                   like
                   manner
                   Gold
                   :
                   Meditate
                   upon
                   these
                   Words
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   the
                   Permission
                   of
                   God
                   you
                   may
                   find
                   it
                   out
                   .
                
                 
                 
                 
                 
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XVI
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Nature
                   of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   and
                   Government
                   of
                   the
                   Metals
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   HERMES
                   Moreover
                   saith
                   ,
                   he
                   that
                   outwardly
                   takes
                   in
                   this
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   it
                   Kills
                   him
                   :
                   but
                   he
                   that
                   inwardly
                   drinks
                   it
                   in
                   ,
                   it
                   makes
                   him
                   to
                   Live
                   and
                   rejoyce
                   .
                   Understand
                   what
                   this
                   means
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   And
                   as
                   for
                   this
                   cause
                   sake
                   ,
                   this
                   Water
                   is
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   Divine
                   ,
                   so
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   the
                   greatest
                   Poyson
                   :
                   and
                   it
                   is
                   preferred
                   before
                   all
                   other
                   things
                   ,
                   by
                   so
                   much
                   as
                   that
                   without
                   it
                   nothing
                   of
                   the
                   Work
                   can
                   be
                   done
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   It
                   is
                   also
                   called
                   Divine
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   it
                   cannot
                   be
                   mixed
                   or
                   joyned
                   with
                   any
                   filth
                   or
                   defiled
                   thing
                   :
                   and
                   this
                   Water
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   purifies
                   and
                   cleanses
                   the
                   Natures
                   of
                   the
                   Metals
                   ,
                   and
                   washes
                   away
                   their
                   defoedations
                   or
                   defilements
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   And
                   as
                   Sol
                   Acts
                   upon
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   so
                   also
                   does
                   this
                   Water
                   upon
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Stone
                   :
                   Yea
                   ,
                   it
                   penetates
                   and
                   sinks
                   through
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   constant
                   ,
                   fixed
                   ,
                   and
                   perfect
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   This
                   indeed
                   is
                   seen
                   in
                   Sol
                   ;
                   but
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   understood
                   that
                   the
                   Work
                   may
                   be
                   made
                   through
                   all
                   the
                   seven
                   Planets
                   :
                   as
                   first
                   from
                   Saturn
                   ,
                   then
                   from
                   
                     Jupiter
                     ,
                     Mars
                     ,
                     Venus
                     ,
                     Mercury
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   lastly
                   from
                   Luna
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   The
                   first
                   is
                   the
                   government
                   of
                   Saturn
                   ;
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   to
                   cause
                   Sol
                   to
                   putrefie
                   ,
                   or
                   bring
                   the
                   Body
                   to
                   putrefaction
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   done
                   in
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   40
                   days
                   and
                   nights
                   .
                   The
                   second
                   is
                   the
                   government
                   of
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   to
                   grind
                   or
                   break
                   the
                   matter
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   12
                   days
                   and
                   nights
                   to
                   Imbue
                   or
                   moisten
                   it
                   ,
                   
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   Regiment
                   of
                   Tin.
                   
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   The
                   third
                   is
                   the
                   government
                   of
                   Mars
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   to
                   induce
                   Death
                   or
                   blackness
                   ,
                   or
                   to
                   separate
                   the
                   Spirit
                   from
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   changed
                   .
                   The
                   fourth
                   is
                   the
                   government
                   of
                   Sol
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   to
                   Work
                   away
                   the
                   Blackness
                   and
                   Poyson
                   ;
                   and
                   is
                   indeed
                   to
                   make
                   it
                   White
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   The
                   fifth
                   is
                   the
                   government
                   of
                   Venus
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   to
                   joyn
                   the
                   moist
                   to
                   the
                   dry
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   hot
                   to
                   the
                   cold
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   Unite
                   them
                   together
                   in
                   one
                   :
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   Dominion
                   of
                   Brass
                   or
                   Copper
                   ,
                   [
                   
                     or
                     the
                     the
                     making
                     of
                     the
                     matter
                     of
                     a
                     changeable
                     Yellow
                     .
                  
                   ]
                   The
                   sixth
                   is
                   the
                   government
                   of
                   Mercury
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   to
                   burn
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   Dominion
                   of
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   The
                   seventh
                   is
                   the
                   government
                   of
                   Luna
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   to
                   Decoct
                   or
                   Boyl
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   Hot
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   to
                   perfect
                   the
                   matter
                   ,
                   [
                   
                     with
                     the
                     fixed
                     Citrine
                     Tincture
                  
                   ]
                   in
                   25
                   days
                   :
                   and
                   this
                   is
                   the
                   Dominion
                   of
                   Silver
                   .
                   See
                   here
                   ,
                   I
                   have
                   gone
                   with
                   you
                   through
                   the
                   whole
                   Work
                   ;
                   take
                   heed
                   therefore
                   lest
                   you
                   err
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XVII
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Difference
                   of
                   the
                   Ferments
                   ,
                   and
                   Quality
                   of
                   the
                   Spirit
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   AND
                   know
                   that
                   the
                   White
                   Body
                   is
                   made
                   with
                   the
                   Whiteness
                   ;
                   and
                   its
                   Ferment
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   you
                   already
                   know
                   :
                   Whiten
                   therefore
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   understand
                   what
                   I
                   say
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Also
                   in
                   like
                   manner
                   you
                   are
                   to
                   note
                   ;
                   that
                   the
                   Stone
                   sought
                   after
                   ,
                   has
                   not
                   its
                   like
                   or
                   equal
                   in
                   the
                   whole
                   Earth
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   both
                   outwardly
                   and
                   inwardly
                   of
                   a
                   Citrine
                   Golden
                   Color
                   ;
                   but
                   when
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   it
                   is
                   altered
                   or
                   changed
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   made
                   a
                   Body
                   dark
                   and
                   black
                   ,
                   like
                   burnt
                   Coals
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Now
                   the
                   Color
                   of
                   the
                   Spirit
                   taken
                   from
                   it
                   is
                   White
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   substance
                   thereof
                   is
                   Liquid
                   as
                   Water
                   ;
                   but
                   the
                   Color
                   of
                   the
                   Soul
                   thereof
                   is
                   Red.
                   
                
                 
                   IV.
                   But
                   the
                   Soul
                   and
                   the
                   Spirit
                   thereof
                   is
                   returned
                   to
                   it
                   again
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   doth
                   Live
                   and
                   Rejoyce
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   Light
                   and
                   Glory
                   returns
                   again
                   ;
                   and
                   you
                   shall
                   see
                   it
                   overcome
                   and
                   Triumph
                   :
                   And
                   that
                   which
                   was
                   even
                   now
                   Dead
                   ,
                   shall
                   have
                   Conquered
                   Death
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   it
                   shall
                   Live
                   ,
                   and
                   arise
                   from
                   the
                   Dead
                   ,
                   and
                   Live
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   for
                   ever
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Happy
                   and
                   Blessed
                   therefore
                   is
                   he
                   in
                   whose
                   Power
                   the
                   disposition
                   of
                   this
                   Matter
                   is
                   ,
                   who
                   Kills
                   and
                   makes
                   Alive
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   Omnipotent
                   over
                   all
                   for
                   ever
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   I
                   therefore
                   advise
                   you
                   ,
                   not
                   to
                   do
                   any
                   thing
                   in
                   this
                   work
                   ,
                   till
                   you
                   get
                   an
                   understanding
                   thereof
                   :
                   For
                   if
                   you
                   be
                   Ignorant
                   and
                   void
                   of
                   true
                   Knowledge
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   err
                   in
                   whatsoever
                   you
                   do
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   wholly
                   Labour
                   in
                   Vain
                   ,
                   and
                   your
                   work
                   will
                   Perish
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   So
                   that
                   thus
                   mistaking
                   in
                   your
                   Operation
                   ,
                   you
                   blame
                   presently
                   your
                   instructors
                   (
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   )
                   and
                   think
                   that
                   they
                   have
                   erred
                   ,
                   or
                   taught
                   you
                   wrong
                   ,
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   only
                   your
                   Ignorance
                   ,
                   and
                   none
                   understanding
                   of
                   their
                   words
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   This
                   then
                   know
                   and
                   understand
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Day
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Nativity
                   or
                   bringing
                   forth
                   of
                   the
                   Light
                   ;
                   but
                   the
                   Night
                   ,
                   the
                   Nativity
                   or
                   bringing
                   forth
                   of
                   the
                   Darkness
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Sol
                   also
                   is
                   the
                   Light
                   of
                   the
                   Day
                   ;
                   and
                   Luna
                   the
                   Light
                   of
                   the
                   Night
                   ;
                   which
                   God
                   Created
                   to
                   govern
                   the
                   World.
                   
                
                 
                   X.
                   But
                   Luna
                   does
                   receive
                   her
                   Light
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   by
                   Combustion
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   dilated
                   or
                   enlarged
                   therewith
                   :
                   and
                   by
                   so
                   much
                   as
                   she
                   receives
                   
                   of
                   the
                   Light
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   ,
                   or
                   does
                   contain
                   in
                   her
                   ,
                   of
                   his
                   Light
                   ;
                   by
                   so
                   much
                   does
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   Sol
                   bear
                   Rule
                   over
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   Luna
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   If
                   therefore
                   you
                   contemplate
                   what
                   I
                   say
                   ,
                   and
                   Meditate
                   upon
                   my
                   Words
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   find
                   that
                   I
                   have
                   spoken
                   the
                   Truth
                   ;
                   and
                   you
                   will
                   understand
                   the
                   signification
                   ,
                   of
                   all
                   that
                   I
                   have
                   said
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   demonstration
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Matter
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Know
                   then
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   is
                   enfolded
                   or
                   circumscribed
                   ,
                   within
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   )
                   its
                   Marble
                   House
                   or
                   Walls
                   :
                   Open
                   therefore
                   the
                   Passages
                   that
                   the
                   Dead
                   Spirit
                   may
                   go
                   out
                   ,
                   and
                   be
                   cast
                   forth
                   from
                   our
                   Bodies
                   :
                   then
                   it
                   will
                   become
                   beautiful
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   only
                   a
                   Work
                   or
                   undertaking
                   of
                   Wisdom
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Sow
                   therefore
                   [
                   O
                   God
                   ]
                   thy
                   Wisdom
                   in
                   our
                   Hearts
                   ,
                   and
                   Root
                   out
                   the
                   corrupt
                   Principles
                   which
                   lodge
                   therein
                   ,
                   and
                   leads
                   us
                   in
                   the
                   way
                   of
                   thy
                   Saints
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   our
                   Spirits
                   and
                   Souls
                   may
                   be
                   Purified
                   .
                   Thou
                   art
                   Omnipotent
                   ,
                   O
                   Lord
                   God
                   Almighty
                   ,
                   and
                   canst
                   do
                   whatever
                   thou
                   pleasest
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XVIII
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   Order
                   of
                   the
                   Operation
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   THere
                   is
                   one
                   thing
                   which
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   wondered
                   at
                   ,
                   viz.
                   after
                   what
                   manner
                   Carmine
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   
                     Grana
                     Nostra
                  
                   ,
                   doth
                   tinge
                   or
                   Dye
                   Silk
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   of
                   a
                   contrary
                   Natue
                   ,
                   and
                   tinges
                   not
                   a
                   Dead
                   thing
                   :
                   and
                   after
                   what
                   manner
                   Uzifur
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   Our
                   Vermilion
                   doth
                   tinge
                   Vestem
                   which
                   is
                   of
                   a
                   contrary
                   Nature
                   and
                   tinges
                   not
                   Live
                   or
                   growing
                   things
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   For
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   Natural
                   for
                   any
                   thing
                   to
                   tinge
                   other
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   substances
                   ,
                   not
                   agreeable
                   to
                   their
                   Natures
                   .
                   If
                   therefore
                   you
                   put
                   into
                   your
                   Composition
                   ,
                   
                     Red
                     Gold
                  
                   ,
                   you
                   shall
                   find
                   in
                   the
                   Tincture
                   a
                   pure
                   and
                   perfect
                   Red
                   :
                   and
                   if
                   you
                   put
                   into
                   it
                   
                     White
                     Gold
                  
                   ;
                   the
                   most
                   passive
                   Red
                   will
                   vanish
                   or
                   go
                   forth
                   .
                   There
                   is
                   nothing
                   indeed
                   does
                   tinge
                   any
                   thing
                   ,
                   but
                   what
                   is
                   Consimilar
                   to
                   ,
                   or
                   like
                   it self
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   And
                   I
                   testifie
                   to
                   you
                   by
                   the
                   Living
                   God
                   ,
                   maker
                   of
                   Heaven
                   and
                   Earth
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Stone
                   which
                   I
                   have
                   described
                   ,
                   you
                   have
                   permanent
                   or
                   fixed
                   ,
                   nor
                   are
                   you
                   kept
                   from
                   it
                   by
                   the
                   Earth
                   or
                   the
                   Sea
                   ,
                   or
                   any
                   other
                   matter
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Keep
                   then
                   your
                   congealed
                   Quick-Silver
                   ,
                   many
                   parts
                   of
                   which
                   are
                   lost
                   because
                   of
                   its
                   subtilty
                   .
                   Also
                   the
                   Mountain
                   in
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Tabernacle
                   which
                   crys
                   out
                   ;
                   I
                   am
                   the
                   Black
                   of
                   the
                   White
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   White
                   of
                   the
                   Black
                   ;
                   I
                   speak
                   the
                   Truth
                   indeed
                   ,
                   and
                   I
                   lye
                   not
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Now
                   know
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Root
                   of
                   the
                   Matter
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   Head
                   of
                   the
                   Crow
                   flying
                   without
                   Wings
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   dark
                   and
                   black
                   of
                   the
                   Night
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   appearance
                   of
                   the
                   Day
                   :
                   from
                   the
                   Throat
                   the
                   fixing
                   Spirit
                   :
                   from
                   its
                   Gall
                   the
                   Coloring
                   or
                   Tinging
                   Matter
                   is
                   taken
                   ,
                   from
                   its
                   Tail
                   ,
                   the
                   desication
                   ,
                   or
                   drying
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   ;
                   from
                   its
                   Wings
                   the
                   liquid
                   Water
                   ;
                   and
                   from
                   its
                   Body
                   the
                   Redness
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Understand
                   the
                   meaning
                   of
                   the
                   words
                   ,
                   for
                   hereby
                   is
                   understood
                   our
                   venerable
                   Stone
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Fume
                   or
                   Vapour
                   thereof
                   which
                   is
                   exalted
                   [
                   
                     lifted
                     up
                     or
                     sublimed
                  
                   ]
                   and
                   the
                   Sea
                   eradicated
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   Light
                   shining
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   You
                   are
                   also
                   to
                   note
                   ,
                   what
                   Alums
                   and
                   Salts
                   are
                   ,
                   which
                   flow
                   from
                   Bodies
                   :
                   if
                   you
                   put
                   the
                   Medicines
                   [
                   
                     or
                     Matters
                     of
                     the
                     Medicine
                  
                   ]
                   in
                   a
                   just
                   or
                   true
                   proportion
                   ,
                   you
                   shall
                   not
                   fear
                   to
                   err
                   ;
                   but
                   if
                   you
                   mistake
                   the
                   proportion
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   add
                   or
                   diminish
                   ,
                   according
                   as
                   you
                   see
                   it
                   tends
                   to
                   the
                   emendation
                   or
                   performing
                   of
                   the
                   Work
                   ,
                   lest
                   a
                   Deluge
                   should
                   
                   come
                   and
                   overflow
                   all
                   ,
                   drowning
                   the
                   Regions
                   ,
                   and
                   overturning
                   the
                   Trees
                   by
                   the
                   Roots
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   And
                   tho
                   the
                   Matter
                   be
                   unknown
                   ,
                   yet
                   consider
                   these
                   things
                   ,
                   how
                   ,
                   or
                   after
                   what
                   manner
                   these
                   two
                   Colors
                   are
                   distinguished
                   ,
                   or
                   diversified
                   ,
                   by
                   their
                   Vapours
                   :
                   look
                   into
                   the
                   sweetness
                   of
                   Sugar
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   one
                   kind
                   of
                   sweet
                   Juice
                   ;
                   and
                   into
                   the
                   sweetness
                   of
                   Honey
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   yet
                   more
                   intense
                   or
                   inward
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Except
                   you
                   make
                   the
                   Bodies
                   spiritual
                   and
                   impalpable
                   ,
                   you
                   know
                   not
                   how
                   to
                   putrefie
                   Ixir
                   ,
                   or
                   proceed
                   on
                   in
                   the
                   Work
                   ;
                   nor
                   how
                   the
                   three
                   Volatile
                   Matters
                   or
                   Principles
                   ,
                   fight
                   one
                   against
                   another
                   ;
                   and
                   how
                   they
                   fail
                   not
                   ,
                   each
                   in
                   their
                   turns
                   ,
                   to
                   devour
                   one
                   another
                   ,
                   till
                   of
                   two
                   being
                   left
                   ,
                   one
                   ,
                   only
                   remains
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   Be
                   careful
                   also
                   ,
                   how
                   you
                   increase
                   your
                   Fire
                   (
                   tho
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   very
                   small
                   when
                   you
                   dry
                   up
                   the
                   Water
                   )
                   and
                   take
                   heed
                   that
                   you
                   burn
                   not
                   the
                   Matter
                   ,
                   because
                   if
                   the
                   Vessel
                   breaks
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   with
                   a
                   mighty
                   impetus
                   or
                   force
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   And
                   unless
                   the
                   Matter
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   prove
                   inimical
                   one
                   to
                   another
                   ,
                   or
                   contend
                   and
                   fight
                   with
                   ,
                   and
                   strive
                   to
                   destroy
                   one
                   another
                   ,
                   you
                   shall
                   never
                   attain
                   to
                   the
                   thing
                   you
                   seek
                   after
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   If
                   you
                   mix
                   your
                   Calx
                   with
                   Auripigment
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   in
                   a
                   mean
                   or
                   due
                   proportion
                   ,
                   the
                   splendor
                   and
                   glory
                   of
                   the
                   Operation
                   will
                   not
                   succeed
                   ;
                   but
                   if
                   you
                   interpose
                   a
                   medium
                   ,
                   the
                   effect
                   will
                   immediately
                   follow
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Now
                   know
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   our
                   Water
                   ,
                   which
                   extracts
                   the
                   hidden
                   Tincture
                   .
                   Behold
                   the
                   Example
                   and
                   understand
                   it
                   ;
                   if
                   you
                   have
                   once
                   brought
                   the
                   Body
                   into
                   Ashes
                   ,
                   you
                   have
                   operated
                   rightly
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   And
                   the
                   blood
                   (
                   which
                   is
                   in
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Water
                   )
                   of
                   the
                   animated
                   Body
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Earth
                   of
                   the
                   Wise
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   the
                   permanent
                   or
                   enduring
                   perfection
                   .
                
                 
                 
                 
                 
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XIX
                  
                   .
                   That
                   the
                   Beginning
                   of
                   this
                   Work
                   is
                   in
                   the
                   Blackness
                   and
                   Darkness
                   :
                   and
                   of
                   conjoyning
                   the
                   Body
                   with
                   the
                   Soul.
                   
                
                 
                   I.
                   NOW
                   it
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   dead
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   ought
                   to
                   vivisie
                   or
                   make
                   alive
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   sick
                   ,
                   which
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   cured
                   :
                   It
                   is
                   the
                   White
                   which
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   rubified
                   ;
                   the
                   Black
                   which
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   purified
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Cold
                   which
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   hot
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   It
                   is
                   God
                   himself
                   who
                   does
                   create
                   ,
                   and
                   inspire
                   or
                   give
                   life
                   ,
                   and
                   replenishes
                   Nature
                   with
                   his
                   Power
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   might
                   follow
                   and
                   imitate
                   his
                   Wisdom
                   ,
                   and
                   act
                   as
                   an
                   Instrument
                   subservient
                   to
                   him
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Iron
                   is
                   our
                   Gold
                   ;
                   and
                   Brass
                   or
                   Copper
                   is
                   our
                   Tincture
                   ;
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   is
                   our
                   Glory
                   ;
                   Tin
                   is
                   our
                   Silver
                   ;
                   Blackness
                   is
                   our
                   Whiteness
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Whitness
                   is
                   our
                   Redness
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   From
                   hence
                   it
                   appears
                   necessary
                   ,
                   that
                   we
                   should
                   have
                   a
                   Body
                   purifying
                   Bodies
                   ;
                   and
                   a
                   Water
                   subliming
                   Water
                   .
                   Our
                   Stone
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   Vessel
                   of
                   Fire
                   ,
                   is
                   made
                   of
                   Fire
                   ;
                   and
                   is
                   converted
                   into
                   the
                   same
                   again
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   And
                   if
                   you
                   would
                   walk
                   in
                   the
                   true
                   way
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   persue
                   it
                   in
                   the
                   evident
                   or
                   visible
                   Blackness
                   :
                   for
                   (
                   saith
                   our
                   Stone
                   )
                   it
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   hidden
                   within
                   ,
                   which
                   does
                   make
                   me
                   white
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   same
                   thing
                   which
                   makes
                   me
                   White
                   ,
                   makes
                   me
                   also
                   Red.
                   
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Conceal
                   this
                   thing
                   from
                   Men
                   ,
                   like
                   as
                   a
                   word
                   which
                   is
                   yet
                   in
                   thy
                   Mouth
                   ,
                   which
                   no
                   Man
                   understands
                   ;
                   
                   and
                   as
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   Light
                   ,
                   or
                   Sight
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   in
                   thine
                   Eye
                   :
                   I
                   will
                   not
                   tell
                   it
                   plainly
                   to
                   thee
                   thy self
                   ,
                   left
                   by
                   thy
                   words
                   thou
                   conveyest
                   my
                   Breath
                   to
                   another
                   ,
                   to
                   thine
                   own
                   damage
                   :
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   caution
                   I
                   give
                   thee
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Now
                   know
                   that
                   this
                   our
                   Work
                   ,
                   is
                   made
                   [
                   
                     or
                     compounded
                  
                   ]
                   of
                   two
                   Figures
                   [
                   
                     or
                     Substances
                  
                   ]
                   the
                   one
                   of
                   which
                   wants
                   the
                   White
                   Rust
                   [
                   Ceruse
                   ]
                   and
                   the
                   other
                   the
                   Redish
                   Rust
                   [
                   Crocus
                   ]
                   Our
                   Matters
                   also
                   are
                   searsed
                   thro
                   our
                   Sieves
                   or
                   Searses
                   ,
                   made
                   of
                   pure
                   or
                   clean
                   Rinds
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   most
                   blessed
                   Wood.
                   
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   You
                   are
                   also
                   to
                   take
                   notice
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Fire-stone
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   sought
                   after
                   ,
                   wants
                   Extention
                   ,
                   but
                   it
                   has
                   quantity
                   .
                   It
                   behoves
                   you
                   therefore
                   ,
                   to
                   support
                   and
                   nourish
                   it
                   on
                   every
                   side
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   continue
                   it
                   as
                   in
                   the
                   middle
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   You
                   must
                   also
                   conoyn
                   the
                   Body
                   with
                   the
                   Soul
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   beating
                   and
                   grinding
                   it
                   〈◊〉
                   the
                   Sun
                   ,
                   and
                   imbuing
                   it
                   with
                   the
                   Stone
                   ;
                   then
                   puting
                   it
                   into
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   so
                   long
                   till
                   all
                   its
                   Stains
                   and
                   Defilements
                   are
                   taken
                   away
                   ;
                   let
                   it
                   be
                   a
                   gentle
                   Fire
                   for
                   about
                   seven
                   hours
                   space
                   ;
                   thus
                   will
                   you
                   get
                   that
                   which
                   will
                   make
                   you
                   to
                   live
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   I
                   also
                   tell
                   you
                   ,
                   that
                   its
                   habitation
                   or
                   dwelling
                   place
                   ,
                   is
                   posited
                   in
                   the
                   Bowels
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   for
                   without
                   Earth
                   it
                   cannot
                   be
                   perfected
                   :
                   Also
                   ,
                   its
                   habitation
                   is
                   posited
                   in
                   the
                   Bowels
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   nor
                   without
                   Fire
                   can
                   it
                   be
                   perfected
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   our
                   Art.
                   
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Again
                   ,
                   Except
                   you
                   mix
                   with
                   the
                   White
                   the
                   Red
                   ,
                   and
                   presently
                   bring
                   or
                   reduce
                   the
                   same
                   into
                   a
                   perfect
                   Water
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   tinge
                   nothing
                   ;
                   for
                   it
                   never
                   tinges
                   any
                   thing
                   Red
                   ,
                   but
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   White
                   :
                   and
                   while
                   the
                   Work
                   is
                   now
                   perfecting
                   ,
                   add
                   them
                   to
                   the
                   light
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   compleated
                   
                     Regimine
                     Marino
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   we
                   have
                   already
                   declared
                   :
                   and
                   by
                   this
                   conjunction
                   above
                   ,
                   your
                   Stone
                   will
                   attain
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   to
                   its
                   Beauty
                   and
                   Glory
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Thus
                   have
                   you
                   a
                   dry
                   Fire
                   which
                   does
                   tinge
                   :
                   an
                   Air
                   or
                   Vapour
                   ,
                   which
                   fixes
                   and
                   chains
                   the
                   Volatile
                   Matter
                   ,
                   binding
                   the
                   Fugitive
                   in
                   Fetters
                   ;
                   and
                   also
                   whitens
                   ,
                   expelling
                   the
                   blackness
                   from
                   Bodies
                   ;
                   and
                   a
                   fixed
                   Earth
                   ,
                   also
                   receiving
                   the
                   Tincture
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XX.
                  
                   The
                   Order
                   of
                   the
                   Practical
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Operation
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   WAsh
                   your
                   Mercury
                   with
                   the
                   Water
                   of
                   the
                   Sea
                   ,
                   till
                   you
                   have
                   taken
                   away
                   from
                   it
                   all
                   its
                   Blackness
                   ,
                   so
                   will
                   you
                   accomplish
                   your
                   work
                   to
                   perfection
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   rejoyce
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   If
                   you
                   understand
                   how
                   a
                   Resurrection
                   is
                   ac
                   complished
                   ,
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                  
                   how
                   the
                   living
                   [
                   
                     Principle
                     or
                     Spirit
                  
                   ]
                   comes
                   forth
                   from
                   the
                   dead
                   [
                   
                     Matter
                     or
                     Substance
                  
                   ]
                   how
                   that
                   is
                   made
                   apparent
                   which
                   was
                   hidden
                   ,
                   and
                   how
                   Strength
                   is
                   drawn
                   forth
                   through
                   Weakness
                   ;
                   you
                   cannot
                   be
                   Ignorant
                   how
                   to
                   compleat
                   and
                   perfect
                   this
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   III.
                   How
                   Manifest
                   and
                   Clear
                   are
                   the
                   Words
                   of
                   the
                   Wise
                   ,
                   yet
                   so
                   as
                   the
                   internal
                   Life
                   and
                   Principal
                   is
                   still
                   hidden
                   ;
                   you
                   understand
                   them
                   not
                   perfectly
                   by
                   their
                   Expressions
                   .
                
                 
                   IIII.
                   Two
                   Bodies
                   equally
                   taken
                   from
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   grind
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Oyl
                   of
                   the
                   Decocted
                   Matter
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   Milk
                   of
                   the
                   White
                   Volatile
                   :
                   Now
                   mighty
                   and
                   wonderful
                   are
                   the
                   powers
                   and
                   force
                   of
                   these
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   freely
                   bestowed
                   upon
                   you
                   ,
                   through
                   this
                   whole
                   Science
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   shall
                   possess
                   ,
                   and
                   therewith
                   a
                   long
                   and
                   enduring
                   Life
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   V.
                   Take
                   by
                   force
                   the
                   most
                   Intense
                   Wisdom
                   ,
                   from
                   whence
                   you
                   must
                   draw
                   forth
                   the
                   Eternal
                   [
                   
                     perpetual
                     or
                     fixed
                  
                   ]
                   Life
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   till
                   your
                   Stone
                   is
                   congealed
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   dulness
                   is
                   vanished
                   ;
                   so
                   will
                   you
                   accomplish
                   the
                   Life
                   thereof
                   sought
                   after
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Give
                   therefore
                   of
                   this
                   Life
                   sufficienly
                   to
                   your
                   Matter
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   mortifie
                   it
                   [
                   
                     or
                     bring
                     it
                     to
                     putrefaction
                  
                   ]
                   but
                   repleat
                   your
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   shall
                   make
                   it
                   to
                   live
                   [
                   
                     Spring
                     ,
                     Bud
                     ,
                     Grow
                     ,
                     Germinate
                     .
                  
                   ]
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Plant
                   this
                   Tree
                   upon
                   your
                   Stone
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   not
                   be
                   in
                   danger
                   of
                   the
                   violence
                   of
                   Winds
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Volatile
                   Iufluences
                   or
                   Bird
                   of
                   Heaven
                   ,
                   may
                   fall
                   upon
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   virtue
                   thereof
                   ,
                   its
                   Branches
                   may
                   bring
                   forth
                   much
                   Fruit
                   ;
                   from
                   thence
                   Wisdom
                   does
                   arise
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Take
                   this
                   Volatile
                   Bird
                   ,
                   cut
                   off
                   its
                   Head
                   with
                   a
                   fiery
                   Sword
                   ,
                   then
                   strip
                   it
                   of
                   its
                   Feathers
                   or
                   Wings
                   ,
                   undo
                   its
                   Joynts
                   ,
                   and
                   boil
                   it
                   upon
                   Coals
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   is
                   made
                   ,
                   or
                   becomes
                   of
                   one
                   only
                   Color
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Then
                   put
                   the
                   Venom
                   ,
                   or
                   Poyson
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   so
                   much
                   as
                   is
                   enough
                   to
                   bury
                   or
                   cover
                   it
                   ;
                   govern
                   it
                   now
                   with
                   a
                   gentle
                   Fire
                   ,
                   till
                   your
                   Matter
                   is
                   mortified
                   or
                   putrefied
                   ;
                   which
                   done
                   ,
                   grind
                   it
                   with
                   White
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   manage
                   it
                   rightly
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   For
                   we
                   bought
                   two
                   Black
                   —
                   [
                   Crows
                   ]
                   and
                   we
                   put
                   them
                   into
                   a
                   Paropsidem
                   ,
                   or
                   Crucible
                   [
                   
                     or
                     Cupel
                  
                   ]
                   which
                   we
                   had
                   by
                   us
                   ,
                   and
                   Eggs
                   or
                   Silver
                   Gobbets
                   came
                   out
                   ,
                   White
                   as
                   Salt
                   ,
                   these
                   we
                   tinged
                   with
                   our
                   Saffron
                   :
                   of
                   them
                   we
                   sold
                   publickly
                   two
                   hundred
                   times
                   ,
                   with
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   been
                   made
                   Rich
                   ,
                   and
                   our
                   Treasures
                   are
                   multiplied
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   And
                   whosoever
                   you
                   shall
                   imbue
                   or
                   fill
                   with
                   the
                   Powers
                   thereof
                   ,
                   should
                   they
                   be
                   hurt
                   with
                   the
                   Poyson
                   of
                   Vipers
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   Malignity
                   of
                   Brass
                   or
                   Verdigrise
                   ,
                   they
                   shall
                   be
                   in
                   no
                   danger
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   it
                   quickens
                   and
                   revives
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   the
                   Dead
                   ,
                   and
                   kills
                   the
                   Living
                   :
                   It
                   destroys
                   and
                   restores
                   again
                   ;
                   it
                   casts
                   down
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   elevated
                   and
                   lift
                   up
                   ,
                   and
                   elevates
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   abjected
                   and
                   cast
                   down
                   ,
                   and
                   gives
                   you
                   a
                   dominion
                   over
                   the
                   Heavens
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Now
                   you
                   must
                   note
                   ,
                   that
                   there
                   are
                   two
                   Stones
                   of
                   the
                   Wise
                   ,
                   found
                   in
                   the
                   Shores
                   of
                   the
                   Rivers
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Arms
                   of
                   the
                   Mountains
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Bowels
                   of
                   the
                   Floods
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   back
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Kings
                   House
                   ,
                   which
                   by
                   instruction
                   and
                   prudent
                   management
                   may
                   be
                   brought
                   forth
                   ,
                   Male
                   and
                   Female
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   By
                   these
                   being
                   conjoyned
                   and
                   made
                   complex
                   [
                   
                     or
                     perfectly
                     united
                     into
                     one
                     consimiliar
                     substance
                  
                   ]
                   you
                   will
                   be
                   made
                   wiser
                   [
                   
                     you
                     will
                     see
                     the
                     reason
                     of
                     the
                     Operation
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     the
                     Work
                  
                   ]
                   Blessed
                   God
                   ,
                   how
                   great
                   and
                   how
                   wonderful
                   a
                   thing
                   is
                   this
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   A
                   certain
                   Philosopher
                   dreamed
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Kings
                   Messenger
                   came
                   to
                   a
                   certain
                   Podagrick
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Podagrick
                   desired
                   that
                   he
                   might
                   go
                   with
                   him
                   ;
                   to
                   whom
                   the
                   Messenger
                   answered
                   ,
                   since
                   thou
                   hast
                   the
                   Gout
                   ,
                   how
                   canst
                   thou
                   go
                   with
                   me
                   ,
                   for
                   thou
                   canst
                   not
                   walk
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   To
                   whom
                   the
                   Podagrick
                   answered
                   ,
                   Thou
                   knowest
                   that
                   in
                   the
                   Root
                   of
                   this
                   Mountain
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   certain
                   Tabernacle
                   ,
                   bearing
                   me
                   then
                   thither
                   ,
                   leave
                   there
                   the
                   burthen
                   ,
                   so
                   shall
                   I
                   be
                   presently
                   freed
                   or
                   delivered
                   from
                   my
                   Gout
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Then
                   said
                   he
                   to
                   me
                   ,
                   thou
                   art
                   not
                   able
                   to
                   touch
                   the
                   foot
                   thereof
                   :
                   but
                   going
                   back
                   ,
                   he
                   took
                   him
                   up
                   and
                   placed
                   him
                   in
                   the
                   Tabernacle
                   ,
                   the
                   foot
                   of
                   which
                   ,
                   the
                   Messenger
                   said
                   ,
                   he
                   was
                   not
                   able
                   to
                   touch
                   :
                   And
                   waking
                   from
                   his
                   Dream
                   ,
                   he
                   saw
                   nothing
                   .
                   Behold
                   the
                   Similitude
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   Another
                   also
                   saw
                   in
                   a
                   Dream
                   ,
                   wherein
                   it
                   was
                   said
                   ,
                   if
                   any
                   one
                   truly
                   should
                   sit
                   down
                   by
                   the
                   way
                   ,
                   and
                   should
                   ask
                   you
                   ,
                   whether
                   
                   you
                   would
                   think
                   fit
                   to
                   do
                   this
                   thing
                   ,
                   would
                   you
                   do
                   it
                   ?
                   He
                   answered
                   ,
                   I
                   know
                   not
                   ;
                   the
                   other
                   said
                   ,
                   thar
                   he
                   should
                   lie
                   or
                   generate
                   with
                   his
                   Mother
                   in
                   the
                   middle
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   then
                   awaking
                   ,
                   he
                   saw
                   nothing
                   .
                   Consider
                   well
                   this
                   similitude
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXI
                  
                   .
                   The
                   remaining
                   Operations
                   ,
                   and
                   conclusion
                   of
                   this
                   whole
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   I.
                   BUT
                   leading
                   you
                   to
                   the
                   knowledge
                   of
                   Phylosophy
                   ,
                   and
                   exposing
                   the
                   Demonstrations
                   thereof
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   Philosophick
                   manner
                   ,
                   we
                   should
                   make
                   it
                   the
                   dirision
                   and
                   mockery
                   of
                   Women
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   play
                   of
                   Children
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Take
                   also
                   the
                   fresh
                   Bark
                   or
                   Rind
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   moment
                   ;
                   in
                   which
                   you
                   shall
                   after
                   another
                   manner
                   ,
                   extract
                   the
                   matter
                   or
                   thing
                   it self
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   place
                   where
                   it
                   is
                   generated
                   ;
                   and
                   put
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   Cucurbit
                   ,
                   and
                   sublime
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   And
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   or
                   shall
                   be
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   separate
                   it
                   ,
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Vinegar
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   and
                   their
                   Sapience
                   [
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                     their
                     Salt.
                  
                   ]
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Then
                   take
                   this
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   and
                   melt
                   or
                   pour
                   it
                   forth
                   upon
                   another
                   Cortex
                   ,
                   Bark
                   ,
                   or
                   Superfices
                   of
                   the
                   Sea
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   Glass
                   Vesica
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   put
                   so
                   much
                   of
                   your
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   as
                   may
                   over
                   top
                   it
                   the
                   heighth
                   of
                   Four
                   Inches
                   ;
                   this
                   bury
                   in
                   warm
                   Horse
                   dung
                   ,
                   for
                   Thirty
                   One
                   [
                   
                     or
                     Forty
                  
                   ]
                   Daies
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   This
                   time
                   being
                   past
                   ,
                   take
                   the
                   Vessel
                   forth
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   will
                   find
                   it
                   now
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   and
                   turned
                   into
                   a
                   black
                   and
                   stinking
                   Water
                   ;
                   more
                   black
                   and
                   stinking
                   than
                   any
                   thing
                   in
                   the
                   whole
                   World.
                   
                
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                   VI.
                   Take
                   then
                   this
                   very
                   thing
                   it self
                   ,
                   and
                   very
                   gently
                   elevate
                   it
                   in
                   its
                   tabernacle
                   ,
                   till
                   all
                   the
                   moisture
                   is
                   consumed
                   ,
                   so
                   as
                   no
                   more
                   will
                   ascend
                   ,
                   this
                   sublimed
                   Matter
                   keep
                   carefully
                   for
                   your
                   use
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Then
                   take
                   the
                   Foeces
                   ,
                   which
                   remain
                   in
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   the
                   Cucurbit
                   ,
                   and
                   keep
                   them
                   ,
                   for
                   they
                   are
                   the
                   crown
                   [
                   
                     and
                     rejoycing
                  
                   ]
                   of
                   the
                   Heart
                   :
                   Die
                   then
                   the
                   same
                   and
                   grind
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   add
                   there
                   to
                   fresh
                   or
                   new
                   Cortex
                   of
                   the
                   Sea
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   say
                   ,
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   and
                   grind
                   them
                   together
                   ,
                   drying
                   them
                   in
                   a
                   warm
                   Sun.
                   
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   And
                   the
                   Waters
                   from
                   the
                   same
                   first
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   sink
                   down
                   to
                   the
                   bottom
                   ,
                   which
                   diligently
                   grind
                   and
                   dry
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   them
                   in
                   the
                   Crucible
                   or
                   Test
                   of
                   Ethel
                   ,
                   and
                   sublime
                   :
                   and
                   the
                   Matter
                   being
                   sublimed
                   purely
                   White
                   ,
                   as
                   fine
                   Salt
                   ,
                   keep
                   it
                   safely
                   ,
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Auripigment
                   ,
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   Magnesia
                   of
                   the
                   Philosopers
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   Understand
                   now
                   ,
                   and
                   see
                   that
                   you
                   govern
                   your
                   Work
                   with
                   Wisdom
                   and
                   Prudence
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   not
                   too
                   much
                   haste
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   Then
                   take
                   the
                   Cucurbit
                   ,
                   put
                   half
                   way
                   into
                   lute
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   into
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   your
                   dissolved
                   black
                   Water
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   have
                   sublimed
                   ;
                   that
                   is
                   to
                   say
                   ,
                   nine
                   parts
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   this
                   whitned
                   Auripigmentum
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   sublimed
                   from
                   the
                   Ethel
                   two
                   parts
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   I
                   say
                   ,
                   that
                   this
                   opened
                   or
                   decocted
                   Auripigment
                   ,
                   is
                   immediately
                   dissolved
                   in
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   like
                   to
                   Water
                   ;
                   that
                   nothing
                   can
                   be
                   seen
                   by
                   mankind
                   ,
                   of
                   a
                   more
                   intense
                   ,
                   fixt
                   ,
                   and
                   perfect
                   Whiteness
                   ,
                   nor
                   any
                   thing
                   more
                   beautiful
                   to
                   the
                   Eye
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Philosopers
                   call
                   their
                   
                     Sal
                     Virginis
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Virgin
                   Salt.
                   
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Put
                   this
                   into
                   a
                   little
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   called
                   a
                   Cucurbit
                   ,
                   close
                   well
                   the
                   Joynts
                   ,
                   which
                   put
                   upon
                   a
                   gentle
                   Fire
                   ,
                   making
                   it
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   ,
                   but
                   
                   with
                   two
                   Coals
                   at
                   first
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   adding
                   two
                   others
                   :
                   and
                   look
                   into
                   it
                   ,
                   to
                   see
                   how
                   the
                   Water
                   ascends
                   and
                   descends
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   When
                   you
                   see
                   the
                   Vapour
                   is
                   consumed
                   ,
                   and
                   nothing
                   more
                   will
                   ascend
                   ,
                   of
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   elevated
                   ,
                   nor
                   descend
                   ,
                   know
                   that
                   the
                   Matter
                   it self
                   is
                   now
                   coagulated
                   :
                   make
                   therefore
                   a
                   more
                   intense
                   and
                   vehement
                   Fire
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   three
                   hours
                   of
                   the
                   day
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Then
                   lastly
                   ,
                   take
                   away
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   or
                   let
                   it
                   go
                   out
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   next
                   day
                   (
                   all
                   things
                   being
                   cold
                   )
                   open
                   the
                   mouth
                   of
                   your
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   and
                   take
                   forth
                   the
                   Matter
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   of
                   a
                   substance
                   ,
                   white
                   ,
                   sincere
                   ,
                   and
                   melted
                   or
                   dissolved
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   This
                   is
                   your
                   Substance
                   sought
                   after
                   ;
                   and
                   now
                   you
                   have
                   comethrough
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   your
                   Work
                   ;
                   manage
                   it
                   according
                   to
                   your
                   Reason
                   and
                   Prudence
                   ,
                   for
                   (
                   God
                   assisting
                   )
                   you
                   may
                   make
                   of
                   it
                   what
                   you
                   please
                   .
                
                 
                 
                 
                 
              
            
             
               
               
               
               
               
               
                 KALIDIS
                 PERSICI
                 
                   SECRETA
                   ALCHYMIAE
                
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Written
                   Originally
                   in
                   Hebrew
                   ,
                   and
                   Translated
                   thence
                   into
                   Arabick
                   ,
                   and
                   out
                   of
                   Arabick
                   into
                   Latin
                   :
                   Now
                   faithfully
                   rendred
                   into
                   English
                   ,
                
                 
                   By
                   WILLIAM
                   SALMON
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXII
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Difficulties
                   of
                   this
                   Art.
                   
                
                 
                   I.
                   THanks
                   be
                   given
                   to
                   God
                   ,
                   the
                   Creator
                   of
                   all
                   things
                   ,
                   who
                   hath
                   made
                   us
                   ,
                   renewed
                   us
                   ,
                   taught
                   us
                   ,
                   and
                   given
                   us
                   knowledge
                   and
                   understanding
                   ;
                   for
                   except
                   he
                   should
                   keep
                   us
                   ,
                   preserve
                   us
                   ,
                   and
                   direct
                   us
                   ,
                   we
                   should
                   wander
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   right
                   way
                   ,
                   as
                   having
                   no
                   Guide
                   or
                   Teacher
                   :
                   Nor
                   can
                   we
                   know
                   any
                   thing
                   in
                   this
                   World
                   ,
                   unless
                   he
                   teach
                   us
                   ,
                   who
                   is
                   the
                   begining
                   of
                   all
                   things
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Wisdom
                   it self
                   ,
                   his
                   power
                   and
                   goodness
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   ,
                   with
                   which
                   he
                   over-shadows
                   his
                   People
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   He
                   directs
                   and
                   instructs
                   whom
                   he
                   pleases
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   his
                   long-suffering
                   ,
                   and
                   tender
                   Mercies
                   ,
                   brings
                   
                   them
                   back
                   into
                   the
                   way
                   of
                   Righteousness
                   .
                   For
                   he
                   has
                   sent
                   his
                   Angels
                   [
                   
                     or
                     Spirit
                  
                   ]
                   into
                   the
                   dark
                   places
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   plain
                   the
                   Ways
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   his
                   loving
                   kindness
                   replenishes
                   such
                   as
                   love
                   him
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Know
                   then
                   my
                   Brother
                   ,
                   that
                   this
                   Magistery
                   of
                   our
                   Secret
                   Stone
                   ,
                   and
                   this
                   Valuable
                   Art
                   ,
                   is
                   a
                   secret
                   of
                   the
                   Secrets
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   which
                   he
                   has
                   hidden
                   with
                   his
                   own
                   People
                   ;
                   not
                   revealing
                   it
                   to
                   any
                   ,
                   but
                   to
                   such
                   ,
                   who
                   as
                   Sons
                   faithfully
                   have
                   deserved
                   it
                   ,
                   who
                   have
                   known
                   his
                   Goodness
                   ,
                   and
                   Almightiness
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   If
                   you
                   would
                   request
                   any
                   Earthly
                   thing
                   at
                   the
                   Hand
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   the
                   Secret
                   of
                   this
                   Magistery
                   is
                   more
                   to
                   be
                   desired
                   ,
                   than
                   any
                   thing
                   else
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   Wise
                   Men
                   ,
                   who
                   have
                   perfected
                   the
                   knowledge
                   thereof
                   ,
                   have
                   not
                   been
                   wholly
                   plain
                   ,
                   but
                   speaking
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   have
                   partly
                   concealed
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   partly
                   revealed
                   it
                   :
                   And
                   in
                   this
                   very
                   thing
                   ,
                   I
                   have
                   found
                   the
                   preceeding
                   Philosophers
                   to
                   agree
                   ,
                   in
                   all
                   their
                   so
                   much
                   valued
                   Books
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Know
                   therefore
                   ,
                   that
                   Musa
                   ,
                   my
                   own
                   Disciple
                   ,
                   (
                   more
                   valuable
                   to
                   me
                   than
                   any
                   other
                   )
                   having
                   diligently
                   studied
                   their
                   Books
                   ,
                   and
                   laboured
                   much
                   in
                   the
                   Work
                   of
                   this
                   Magistery
                   ,
                   was
                   much
                   perplexed
                   ,
                   not
                   knowing
                   the
                   Natures
                   of
                   things
                   belonging
                   thereto
                   :
                   Whereupon
                   he
                   humbly
                   begged
                   at
                   my
                   Hands
                   ,
                   my
                   Explanation
                   thereof
                   ,
                   and
                   my
                   Directions
                   therein
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   But
                   I
                   gave
                   him
                   no
                   other
                   Answer
                   ,
                   Than
                   that
                   he
                   should
                   read
                   over
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Books
                   ,
                   and
                   therein
                   to
                   seek
                   that
                   which
                   he
                   desired
                   of
                   me
                   :
                   Going
                   his
                   way
                   ,
                   he
                   read
                   above
                   an
                   hundred
                   Books
                   ,
                   as
                   he
                   found
                   ,
                   or
                   could
                   get
                   them
                   ,
                   the
                   true
                   Books
                   of
                   the
                   Secret
                   of
                   the
                   Great
                   Philosophers
                   :
                   But
                   by
                   them
                   he
                   could
                   not
                   attain
                   the
                   knowledge
                   of
                   that
                   Mistery
                   which
                   he
                   desired
                   ,
                   tho
                   continually
                   studying
                   it
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   a
                   Year
                   ,
                   for
                   which
                   reason
                   ,
                   he
                   was
                   as
                   one
                   astonished
                   ,
                   and
                   much
                   troubled
                   in
                   mind
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   If
                   then
                   Musa
                   my
                   Scholar
                   ,
                   (
                   who
                   has
                   deserved
                   to
                   be
                   accounted
                   among
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   )
                   has
                   thus
                   failed
                   in
                   the
                   knowledge
                   of
                   this
                   Mistery
                   ;
                   what
                   may
                   be
                   supposed
                   from
                   the
                   Ignorant
                   and
                   Unlearned
                   ,
                   who
                   under
                   stand
                   not
                   the
                   Natures
                   of
                   things
                   ,
                   nor
                   apprehend
                   whereof
                   they
                   consist
                   ?
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Now
                   when
                   I
                   saw
                   this
                   in
                   my
                   most
                   dear
                   and
                   chosen
                   Disciple
                   ,
                   moved
                   with
                   Piety
                   and
                   Love
                   to
                   him
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   Will
                   also
                   and
                   Appointment
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   I
                   wrote
                   this
                   my
                   Book
                   near
                   the
                   time
                   of
                   my
                   Death
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   ,
                   tho'
                   I
                   have
                   pretermitted
                   many
                   things
                   which
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   before
                   me
                   have
                   mentioned
                   in
                   their
                   Books
                   ;
                   yet
                   have
                   I
                   handled
                   some
                   things
                   which
                   they
                   have
                   concealed
                   ,
                   and
                   could
                   not
                   be
                   prevailed
                   withal
                   to
                   reveal
                   or
                   discover
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Yea
                   ,
                   I
                   have
                   explicated
                   ,
                   and
                   laid
                   open
                   certain
                   things
                   ,
                   which
                   they
                   hid
                   under
                   AEnigmatical
                   and
                   dark
                   Expressions
                   ;
                   and
                   this
                   my
                   Book
                   I
                   have
                   Named
                   ,
                   
                     The
                     Secrets
                     of
                     Alchymie
                  
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   I
                   have
                   revealed
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   whatsoever
                   is
                   necessary
                   to
                   the
                   knowledge
                   of
                   this
                   Learning
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   Language
                   befiting
                   the
                   matter
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   your
                   sence
                   and
                   understanding
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   I
                   have
                   taught
                   four
                   Magisteries
                   far
                   greater
                   and
                   better
                   than
                   the
                   other
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   done
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   number
                   ,
                   The
                   one
                   is
                   a
                   Mineral
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   another
                   Animal
                   :
                   The
                   other
                   two
                   are
                   Mineral
                   Elixirs
                   ;
                   but
                   not
                   
                     the
                     one
                     Mineral
                  
                   ,
                   whose
                   Virtue
                   is
                   to
                   wash
                   ,
                   cleanse
                   ,
                   or
                   purifie
                   those
                   which
                   they
                   call
                   the
                   Bodies
                   .
                   And
                   another
                   is
                   to
                   make
                   Gold
                   of
                   
                     Azot
                     vive
                  
                   ;
                   whose
                   Composition
                   or
                   Generation
                   is
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   Natural
                   Generation
                   in
                   the
                   Mines
                   ,
                   or
                   in
                   the
                   Heart
                   and
                   Bowels
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   And
                   these
                   four
                   Magisteries
                   or
                   Works
                   ,
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   discoursed
                   of
                   ,
                   in
                   their
                   Books
                   of
                   the
                   Composition
                   thereof
                   ,
                   but
                   they
                   are
                   wanting
                   in
                   many
                   things
                   ,
                   nor
                   would
                   they
                   clearly
                   shew
                   the
                   Operation
                   of
                   it
                   
                   in
                   their
                   Books
                   :
                   And
                   when
                   by
                   chance
                   any
                   one
                   found
                   it
                   out
                   ,
                   yet
                   could
                   he
                   not
                   throughly
                   understand
                   it
                   ;
                   than
                   which
                   nothing
                   was
                   more
                   grievous
                   to
                   him
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   I
                   will
                   therefore
                   in
                   this
                   Work
                   declare
                   it
                   ,
                   toge
                   ther
                   with
                   the
                   way
                   and
                   manner
                   how
                   to
                   make
                   it
                   ,
                   but
                   if
                   you
                   read
                   me
                   ,
                   learn
                   to
                   understand
                   Geometrical
                   proportion
                   ,
                   that
                   so
                   you
                   may
                   rightly
                   frame
                   your
                   Fornaces
                   ,
                   not
                   exceeding
                   the
                   mean
                   ,
                   either
                   in
                   greatness
                   or
                   smalness
                   ;
                   with
                   all
                   you
                   must
                   understand
                   the
                   proportion
                   of
                   your
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   fit
                   for
                   your
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Also
                   you
                   must
                   consider
                   ,
                   what
                   is
                   the
                   ground
                   work
                   and
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   Magistery
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   as
                   the
                   Seed
                   and
                   Womb
                   to
                   the
                   Generation
                   of
                   Living
                   Creatures
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   shaped
                   in
                   the
                   Womb
                   ,
                   and
                   therein
                   receive
                   their
                   Fabrick
                   ,
                   Increase
                   and
                   Nourishment
                   .
                   For
                   if
                   the
                   
                     prima
                     materia
                  
                   of
                   our
                   Magistery
                   is
                   not
                   conveniently
                   managed
                   ,
                   the
                   Work
                   will
                   be
                   spoiled
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   will
                   not
                   find
                   that
                   which
                   you
                   seek
                   after
                   ,
                   nor
                   shall
                   you
                   bring
                   your
                   Work
                   to
                   perfection
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   For
                   where
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   Generation
                   is
                   wanting
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   root
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   ,
                   and
                   heat
                   it self
                   ,
                   your
                   labour
                   will
                   be
                   lost
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Work
                   come
                   to
                   nothing
                   .
                   The
                   same
                   also
                   will
                   happen
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   mistake
                   in
                   the
                   proportion
                   or
                   weight
                   ;
                   for
                   if
                   that
                   be
                   not
                   right
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   the
                   proportion
                   of
                   the
                   parts
                   compounding
                   ,
                   the
                   matter
                   compounded
                   missing
                   of
                   its
                   just
                   temperature
                   will
                   be
                   destroyed
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   you
                   shall
                   reap
                   no
                   fruit
                   ,
                   the
                   which
                   I
                   will
                   shew
                   you
                   by
                   an
                   Example
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   See
                   you
                   not
                   that
                   in
                   Soap
                   ,
                   (
                   with
                   which
                   Cloaths
                   are
                   washt
                   clean
                   and
                   white
                   )
                   that
                   it
                   has
                   its
                   virtue
                   and
                   property
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   just
                   proportion
                   of
                   its
                   Ingredients
                   ,
                   which
                   spread
                   themselves
                   in
                   length
                   and
                   breadth
                   ,
                   and
                   because
                   of
                   which
                   they
                   agree
                   to
                   the
                   same
                   end
                   ;
                   by
                   which
                   it
                   appears
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   Compositum
                   was
                   truly
                   made
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   power
                   and
                   efficacy
                   which
                   before
                   lay
                   hid
                   ,
                   (
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   Property
                   )
                   is
                   now
                   brought
                   to
                   light
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   quality
                   of
                   washing
                   and
                   cleansing
                   in
                   a
                   proper
                   Laver
                   ?
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   But
                   should
                   the
                   Ingredients
                   have
                   been
                   put
                   together
                   without
                   proportion
                   ,
                   being
                   either
                   too
                   little
                   or
                   too
                   much
                   ,
                   the
                   virtue
                   and
                   efficacy
                   of
                   the
                   Soap
                   would
                   be
                   destroyed
                   ,
                   nor
                   would
                   it
                   any
                   ways
                   answer
                   the
                   end
                   desired
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   that
                   end
                   or
                   effect
                   ariseth
                   from
                   the
                   just
                   proportion
                   and
                   mixion
                   of
                   each
                   Ingredient
                   :
                   The
                   same
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   understand
                   ,
                   to
                   happen
                   in
                   the
                   Composition
                   of
                   Our
                   Magistery
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXIII
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   four
                   principal
                   Operations
                   ,
                   Solution
                   ,
                   Congelation
                   ,
                   Albification
                   and
                   Rubification
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   BEgining
                   now
                   to
                   speak
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Great
                     Work
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   they
                   call
                   Alchymie
                   )
                   I
                   shall
                   open
                   the
                   matter
                   without
                   concealing
                   ought
                   ,
                   or
                   keeping
                   back
                   any
                   thing
                   ,
                   save
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   not
                   fit
                   to
                   be
                   declared
                   :
                   We
                   say
                   then
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   great
                   work
                   contains
                   four
                   Operations
                   ,
                   viz.
                   to
                   Dissolve
                   ,
                   to
                   Congeal
                   ,
                   to
                   make
                   White
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   make
                   Red.
                   
                
                 
                   II.
                   There
                   are
                   four
                   quantities
                   partakers
                   together
                   ;
                   of
                   which
                   ,
                   two
                   are
                   partakers
                   between
                   themselves
                   ;
                   so
                   also
                   have
                   the
                   other
                   two
                   a
                   coherence
                   between
                   themselves
                   .
                   And
                   either
                   of
                   these
                   double
                   quantities
                   ,
                   has
                   another
                   quantity
                   partaker
                   with
                   them
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   greater
                   than
                   these
                   two
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   I
                   understand
                   by
                   these
                   quantities
                   ,
                   the
                   quantity
                   of
                   the
                   Natures
                   ,
                   and
                   weight
                   of
                   the
                   Medicines
                   ,
                   
                   which
                   are
                   in
                   order
                   dissolved
                   and
                   congealed
                   ,
                   wherein
                   neither
                   addition
                   ,
                   nor
                   diminution
                   have
                   any
                   place
                   .
                   But
                   these
                   two
                   ,
                   viz.
                   Solution
                   and
                   Congelation
                   ,
                   are
                   in
                   one
                   Operation
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   but
                   one
                   Work
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   before
                   Composition
                   ;
                   but
                   after
                   Composition
                   those
                   Operations
                   be
                   divers
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   And
                   this
                   Solution
                   and
                   Congelation
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   spoken
                   of
                   ,
                   are
                   the
                   solution
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   congelation
                   of
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   which
                   two
                   ,
                   have
                   indeed
                   but
                   one
                   Operation
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   Spirits
                   are
                   not
                   congealed
                   ,
                   except
                   the
                   Bodies
                   be
                   dissolved
                   ;
                   as
                   also
                   the
                   Bodies
                   are
                   not
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   unless
                   the
                   Spirit
                   be
                   congealed
                   .
                   And
                   when
                   the
                   Soul
                   and
                   the
                   Body
                   are
                   joyned
                   together
                   ,
                   each
                   of
                   them
                   works
                   its
                   Companion
                   into
                   its
                   own
                   likeness
                   and
                   pro
                   perty
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   As
                   for
                   Example
                   .
                   When
                   Water
                   is
                   put
                   to
                   Earth
                   ,
                   it
                   strives
                   to
                   dissolve
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   by
                   its
                   virtue
                   ,
                   property
                   ,
                   and
                   moisture
                   ,
                   making
                   it
                   softer
                   than
                   it
                   was
                   before
                   ,
                   bringing
                   it
                   to
                   be
                   like
                   it self
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   Water
                   was
                   more
                   thin
                   than
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                   And
                   thus
                   does
                   the
                   Soul
                   work
                   in
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   after
                   the
                   same
                   manner
                   is
                   the
                   Water
                   thickened
                   with
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   becomes
                   like
                   the
                   Earth
                   in
                   thickness
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   Earth
                   was
                   more
                   thick
                   than
                   the
                   Water
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Know
                   also
                   ,
                   that
                   between
                   the
                   solution
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   congelation
                   of
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   no
                   distance
                   of
                   time
                   ,
                   nor
                   diversity
                   of
                   work
                   ,
                   as
                   though
                   the
                   one
                   should
                   be
                   without
                   the
                   other
                   ;
                   as
                   there
                   is
                   no
                   difference
                   of
                   time
                   in
                   the
                   conjunction
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   and
                   Water
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   one
                   might
                   be
                   distinguished
                   from
                   the
                   other
                   by
                   its
                   operation
                   .
                   But
                   they
                   have
                   both
                   one
                   instant
                   ,
                   and
                   one
                   fact
                   ;
                   and
                   one
                   and
                   the
                   same
                   work
                   performs
                   both
                   at
                   once
                   ,
                   before
                   Composition
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   I
                   say
                   ,
                   before
                   Composition
                   ,
                   lest
                   he
                   that
                   should
                   read
                   my
                   Book
                   ,
                   and
                   hear
                   the
                   terms
                   of
                   Solution
                   and
                   Congelation
                   .
                   should
                   suppose
                   it
                   to
                   be
                   the
                   Composition
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   which
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   treat
                   of
                   ,
                   which
                   would
                   be
                   a
                   grand
                   Error
                   both
                   in
                   Work
                   and
                   Judgment
                   :
                   Because
                   Composition
                   in
                   this
                   Work
                   is
                   a
                   Conjunction
                   or
                   Marriage
                   of
                   the
                   congealed
                   Spirit
                   with
                   the
                   dissolved
                   Body
                   ,
                   which
                   Conjunction
                   is
                   made
                   upon
                   the
                   fire
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   For
                   heat
                   is
                   its
                   nourishment
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Soul
                   forsakes
                   not
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   neither
                   is
                   it
                   otherwise
                   knit
                   unto
                   it
                   ,
                   than
                   by
                   the
                   alteration
                   of
                   both
                   from
                   their
                   own
                   virtues
                   and
                   properties
                   ,
                   after
                   the
                   Conversion
                   of
                   their
                   Natures
                   :
                   and
                   this
                   is
                   the
                   solution
                   and
                   congelation
                   which
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   first
                   speak
                   of
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Which
                   nevertheless
                   they
                   have
                   absconded
                   by
                   their
                   AEnigmatical
                   Discourses
                   ,
                   with
                   dark
                   and
                   obscure
                   Words
                   ,
                   whereby
                   they
                   alienate
                   and
                   estrange
                   the
                   minds
                   of
                   their
                   Followers
                   ,
                   from
                   understanding
                   the
                   Truth
                   :
                   whereof
                   I
                   will
                   now
                   give
                   you
                   the
                   following
                   Examples
                   .
                
                 
                   X
                   ,
                   Besmear
                   the
                   Leaf
                   with
                   Poyson
                   ,
                   so
                   shall
                   you
                   obtain
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Operation
                   thereof
                   .
                   Again
                   ,
                   Work
                   upon
                   the
                   strong
                   Bodies
                   with
                   one
                   solution
                   ,
                   till
                   either
                   of
                   them
                   are
                   reduced
                   to
                   subtilty
                   .
                   Also
                   Except
                   you
                   bring
                   the
                   Bodies
                   to
                   such
                   a
                   subtilty
                   that
                   they
                   may
                   be
                   impalpable
                   ,
                   you
                   shall
                   not
                   obtain
                   that
                   you
                   seek
                   after
                   .
                   And
                   ,
                   If
                   you
                   have
                   not
                   ground
                   them
                   ,
                   repeat
                   the
                   Work
                   till
                   they
                   be
                   sufficiently
                   ground
                   and
                   made
                   subtil
                   ,
                   so
                   shall
                   you
                   have
                   your
                   desire
                   .
                   
                     With
                     a
                     thousand
                     such
                     other
                     like
                     ,
                     unintelligable
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     to
                     be
                     understood
                     ,
                     without
                     a
                     particular
                     demonstration
                     thereof
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   And
                   in
                   like
                   manner
                   have
                   they
                   spoken
                   of
                   that
                   Composition
                   which
                   is
                   after
                   solution
                   ,
                   and
                   congelation
                   ,
                   Thus.
                   
                     Our
                     Composition
                     is
                     not
                     perfect
                     without
                     Conjunction
                     and
                     Putrefaction
                     .
                  
                   Again
                   ,
                   
                     You
                     must
                     dissolve
                     ,
                     congeal
                     ,
                     separate
                     ,
                     conjoyn
                     ,
                     putrefie
                     and
                     compound
                     ,
                     because
                     Composition
                     is
                     the
                     beginning
                     and
                     very
                     life
                     of
                     the
                     thing
                     .
                  
                   These
                   things
                   who
                   can
                   understand
                   without
                   being
                   taught
                   ?
                
                 
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   But
                   't
                   is
                   true
                   ,
                   that
                   unless
                   there
                   be
                   a
                   compounding
                   ,
                   the
                   Stone
                   can
                   never
                   be
                   brought
                   to
                   light
                   :
                   There
                   must
                   be
                   a
                   separation
                   of
                   the
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Compound
                   ,
                   which
                   separation
                   is
                   in
                   order
                   also
                   to
                   a
                   conjunction
                   .
                   I
                   tell
                   you
                   again
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Spirit
                   will
                   not
                   dwell
                   with
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   nor
                   enter
                   into
                   it
                   ,
                   nor
                   abide
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   until
                   the
                   Body
                   be
                   made
                   subtil
                   and
                   thin
                   as
                   the
                   Spirit
                   is
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   But
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   attenuated
                   and
                   made
                   subtil
                   ,
                   and
                   has
                   caste
                   off
                   its
                   thickness
                   and
                   grossness
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   on
                   that
                   thinness
                   ;
                   has
                   forsaken
                   its
                   Corporeity
                   ,
                   and
                   become
                   Spiritual
                   ;
                   then
                   shall
                   it
                   be
                   conjoyned
                   with
                   the
                   subtil
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   and
                   imbibe
                   them
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   both
                   shall
                   become
                   one
                   and
                   the
                   same
                   thing
                   ,
                   nor
                   shall
                   they
                   for
                   ever
                   be
                   severed
                   ,
                   but
                   become
                   like
                   water
                   mixt
                   with
                   water
                   ,
                   which
                   no
                   Man
                   can
                   separate
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXIV
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   latter
                   two
                   Operations
                   ,
                   viz.
                   Albification
                   and
                   Rubification
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   SUppose
                   that
                   of
                   two
                   like
                   quantities
                   which
                   are
                   in
                   solution
                   and
                   congelation
                   ,
                   the
                   larger
                   is
                   the
                   Soul
                   ,
                   the
                   lesser
                   is
                   the
                   Body
                   :
                   Add
                   afterwards
                   to
                   the
                   quantity
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Soul
                   ,
                   that
                   quantity
                   which
                   is
                   in
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   shall
                   participate
                   with
                   the
                   first
                   quantity
                   in
                   virtue
                   only
                   :
                   Then
                   working
                   them
                   as
                   we
                   have
                   wrought
                   them
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   have
                   your
                   desire
                   ,
                   and
                   understand
                   Euclid
                   his
                   Line
                   or
                   Proportion
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Then
                   take
                   this
                   quantity
                   ,
                   weigh
                   it
                   exactly
                   ,
                   and
                   add
                   to
                   it
                   as
                   much
                   moisture
                   as
                   it
                   will
                   drink
                   up
                   ,
                   the
                   weight
                   of
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   not
                   determined
                   :
                   Then
                   
                   work
                   them
                   as
                   before
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   same
                   Operations
                   of
                   a
                   first
                   imbibing
                   and
                   subliming
                   it
                   :
                   This
                   Operation
                   is
                   called
                   Albification
                   ,
                   and
                   they
                   name
                   it
                   Yarit
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   Silver
                   or
                   White
                   Lead
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   When
                   you
                   have
                   made
                   this
                   Compound
                   white
                   ,
                   add
                   to
                   it
                   so
                   much
                   of
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   as
                   will
                   make
                   half
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   ,
                   and
                   set
                   it
                   to
                   working
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   grows
                   red
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   of
                   the
                   colour
                   of
                   
                     Al
                     -
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   [
                   Cinnabar
                   ]
                   which
                   is
                   very
                   red
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   likened
                   it
                   to
                   Gold
                   ,
                   whose
                   effects
                   lead
                   to
                   that
                   which
                   the
                   Philosopher
                   said
                   to
                   his
                   Scholar
                   Arda
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   We
                   call
                   the
                   Clay
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   white
                   Yarit
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   Silver
                   :
                   But
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   red
                   ,
                   we
                   name
                   it
                   Temeynch
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   Gold
                   :
                   Whiteness
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   tinges
                   Copper
                   ,
                   and
                   makes
                   it
                   Yarit
                   :
                   And
                   it
                   is
                   redness
                   which
                   tinges
                   
                     Yarit
                     ,
                     i.
                     e.
                  
                   Silver
                   ,
                   and
                   makes
                   it
                   Temeynch
                   ,
                   or
                   Gold.
                   
                
                 
                   V.
                   He
                   therefore
                   that
                   is
                   able
                   to
                   dissolve
                   these
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   to
                   subtilize
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   make
                   them
                   white
                   and
                   red
                   ,
                   as
                   I
                   have
                   said
                   ;
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   to
                   compound
                   them
                   by
                   imbibing
                   ,
                   and
                   convert
                   them
                   to
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   shall
                   without
                   doubt
                   perform
                   the
                   work
                   ,
                   and
                   attain
                   to
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   the
                   Magistery
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   I
                   have
                   spoken
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Now
                   to
                   perform
                   these
                   things
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   know
                   the
                   Vessels
                   for
                   this
                   purpose
                   :
                   The
                   one
                   is
                   an
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   the
                   parts
                   are
                   separated
                   and
                   cleansed
                   ;
                   in
                   them
                   the
                   matter
                   of
                   the
                   Magistery
                   is
                   depurated
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   compleat
                   and
                   perfect
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Every
                   one
                   of
                   these
                   Aludels
                   must
                   have
                   a
                   Furnace
                   fit
                   for
                   them
                   ,
                   which
                   must
                   have
                   a
                   similitude
                   and
                   figure
                   fit
                   for
                   the
                   Work.
                   Mezleme
                   and
                   some
                   other
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   have
                   named
                   all
                   these
                   things
                   in
                   their
                   Books
                   ,
                   shewing
                   the
                   manner
                   and
                   form
                   thereof
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   And
                   herein
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   agree
                   together
                   in
                   their
                   Writings
                   ;
                   concealing
                   the
                   matter
                   under
                   Symbols
                   ,
                   
                   in
                   many
                   Books
                   ,
                   but
                   seting
                   forth
                   the
                   necessary
                   Instruments
                   for
                   the
                   said
                   four
                   Operations
                   .
                   The
                   Instruments
                   are
                   chiefly
                   two
                   in
                   number
                   ,
                   one
                   is
                   a
                   Cucurbit
                   with
                   its
                   Alembick
                   ;
                   the
                   other
                   is
                   a
                   well
                   made
                   Aludel
                   ,
                   or
                   sublimatory
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   There
                   are
                   also
                   four
                   things
                   necessary
                   to
                   these
                   ,
                   
                     viz.
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     Souls
                     ,
                     Spirits
                     ,
                     Waters
                  
                   ;
                   and
                   of
                   these
                   four
                   does
                   the
                   Mineral
                   Work
                   ,
                   and
                   Magistery
                   consist
                   ,
                   all
                   which
                   are
                   made
                   plain
                   in
                   the
                   Books
                   of
                   Philosophers
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   I
                   have
                   therefore
                   omitted
                   them
                   in
                   mine
                   ,
                   only
                   touching
                   at
                   them
                   ;
                   and
                   created
                   of
                   those
                   things
                   which
                   they
                   over-passed
                   with
                   silence
                   ;
                   which
                   what
                   they
                   are
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   sequel
                   of
                   the
                   Discourse
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   easily
                   discern
                   ;
                   but
                   these
                   things
                   write
                   I
                   ,
                   not
                   for
                   the
                   Ignorant
                   and
                   Unlearned
                   ,
                   but
                   for
                   the
                   Wise
                   and
                   Prudent
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   may
                   know
                   them
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXV
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   Things
                   appertaining
                   to
                   this
                   Work
                   :
                   Of
                   Decoction
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   Effects
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   KNow
                   then
                   that
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   called
                   them
                   by
                   divers
                   names
                   :
                   Sometimes
                   they
                   call
                   them
                   Minerals
                   ,
                   sometimes
                   Animals
                   ,
                   sometimes
                   Vegetables
                   ,
                   sometimes
                   Natures
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   they
                   are
                   things
                   natural
                   :
                   and
                   others
                   have
                   called
                   them
                   by
                   other
                   names
                   at
                   their
                   Pleasures
                   ,
                   or
                   as
                   they
                   liked
                   best
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   But
                   their
                   Medicines
                   are
                   near
                   to
                   Natures
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   taught
                   in
                   their
                   Books
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   Nature
                   comes
                   nigh
                   to
                   Nature
                   ,
                   and
                   Nature
                   is
                   like
                   to
                   Nature
                   ,
                   Nature
                   is
                   joyned
                   to
                   Nature
                   ,
                   Nature
                   is
                   drowned
                   in
                   Nature
                   ,
                   Nature
                   makes
                   Nature
                   white
                   ,
                   and
                   Nature
                   makes
                   Nature
                   red
                   .
                
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                   III.
                   And
                   Corruption
                   is
                   in
                   conjunction
                   with
                   Generation
                   ,
                   Generation
                   is
                   retained
                   with
                   Generation
                   ,
                   and
                   Generation
                   conquereth
                   with
                   Generation
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Now
                   for
                   the
                   performance
                   of
                   these
                   things
                   ,
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   in
                   their
                   Books
                   taught
                   us
                   how
                   to
                   decoct
                   ,
                   and
                   how
                   decoction
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   in
                   the
                   matter
                   of
                   our
                   Magistery
                   :
                   This
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   generates
                   ,
                   and
                   changes
                   them
                   from
                   their
                   Substances
                   and
                   Colours
                   ,
                   into
                   other
                   Substances
                   and
                   Colours
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   If
                   you
                   err
                   not
                   in
                   the
                   begining
                   you
                   may
                   happily
                   attain
                   the
                   end
                   :
                   But
                   you
                   ought
                   to
                   consider
                   the
                   seed
                   of
                   the
                   Farth
                   whereon
                   we
                   live
                   ,
                   how
                   the
                   heat
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   works
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   Seed
                   is
                   impregnated
                   with
                   its
                   influences
                   and
                   Virtues
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   to
                   spring
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   grows
                   up
                   to
                   ripeness
                   :
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   first
                   change
                   or
                   transmutation
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   After
                   this
                   ,
                   Men
                   and
                   other
                   Creatures
                   feed
                   upon
                   it
                   ;
                   and
                   Nature
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   heat
                   that
                   is
                   innate
                   in
                   Man
                   ,
                   changes
                   it
                   again
                   ,
                   into
                   Flesh
                   ,
                   Blood
                   ,
                   and
                   Bones
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Now
                   like
                   to
                   this
                   is
                   the
                   Operation
                   or
                   Work
                   of
                   our
                   Magistery
                   ,
                   the
                   Seed
                   whereof
                   ,
                   (
                   as
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   say
                   )
                   is
                   such
                   ,
                   that
                   its
                   progress
                   and
                   perfection
                   consifts
                   in
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   its
                   Life
                   and
                   Death
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Nor
                   is
                   there
                   any
                   thing
                   which
                   comes
                   between
                   the
                   Body
                   and
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   fire
                   ;
                   nor
                   is
                   there
                   any
                   thing
                   mingled
                   therewith
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   fire
                   which
                   brings
                   the
                   Magistery
                   to
                   its
                   perfection
                   ;
                   this
                   is
                   the
                   truth
                   which
                   I
                   have
                   told
                   you
                   ,
                   and
                   I
                   have
                   both
                   seen
                   and
                   done
                   it
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXVI
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   Subtilization
                   ,
                   Solution
                   ,
                   Coagulation
                   ,
                   and
                   Commixion
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   NOW
                   except
                   you
                   subtilize
                   the
                   Body
                   till
                   it
                   becomes
                   water
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   not
                   corrupt
                   and
                   putrefie
                   ,
                   nor
                   can
                   it
                   congeal
                   the
                   Fugitive
                   Souls
                   when
                   the
                   fire
                   touches
                   them
                   ;
                   for
                   the
                   fire
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   by
                   its
                   force
                   and
                   spirit
                   congeals
                   and
                   unites
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   In
                   like
                   manner
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   commanded
                   to
                   dissolve
                   the
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   that
                   the
                   heat
                   might
                   enter
                   into
                   their
                   Bowels
                   ,
                   or
                   inward
                   parts
                   :
                   So
                   we
                   return
                   to
                   dissolve
                   these
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   congeal
                   them
                   after
                   their
                   solution
                   ,
                   with
                   that
                   thing
                   which
                   comes
                   near
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   till
                   all
                   the
                   things
                   mixed
                   together
                   by
                   an
                   apt
                   and
                   fit
                   commixtion
                   ,
                   in
                   proportional
                   quantities
                   ,
                   are
                   firmly
                   conjoyned
                   together
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Wherefore
                   we
                   joyn
                   Fire
                   and
                   Water
                   ,
                   Earth
                   and
                   Air
                   together
                   ,
                   mixing
                   the
                   thick
                   with
                   the
                   thin
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   thin
                   with
                   the
                   thick
                   ,
                   so
                   as
                   they
                   may
                   abide
                   together
                   ,
                   and
                   their
                   Natures
                   may
                   be
                   changed
                   the
                   one
                   into
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   like
                   ,
                   and
                   one
                   thing
                   in
                   the
                   compound
                   which
                   before
                   were
                   simple
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Because
                   that
                   part
                   which
                   generates
                   or
                   ferments
                   ,
                   bestows
                   its
                   virtue
                   upon
                   the
                   subtil
                   and
                   thin
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Air
                   ;
                   for
                   like
                   cleaves
                   to
                   its
                   like
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   a
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Generation
                   ,
                   from
                   whence
                   it
                   receives
                   power
                   to
                   move
                   and
                   ascend
                   upwards
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Cold
                   has
                   power
                   over
                   the
                   thick
                   matter
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   has
                   lost
                   its
                   heat
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   water
                   is
                   gone
                   out
                   of
                   it
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   driness
                   appears
                   upon
                   it
                   .
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   This
                   ,
                   moisture
                   departs
                   by
                   ascending
                   up
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   〈◊〉
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Air
                   has
                   mingled
                   〈◊〉
                   self
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   like
                   unto
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   nature
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Now
                   when
                   the
                   thick
                   body
                   has
                   lost
                   its
                   heat
                   and
                   moisture
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   the
                   cold
                   and
                   dryness
                   has
                   power
                   over
                   it
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   their
                   parts
                   have
                   mixed
                   themselves
                   ,
                   by
                   being
                   first
                   divided
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   there
                   is
                   no
                   moisture
                   left
                   to
                   joyn
                   the
                   parts
                   divided
                   ,
                   the
                   parts
                   withdraw
                   themselves
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   And
                   then
                   the
                   part
                   which
                   is
                   contrary
                   to
                   cold
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   it
                   has
                   continued
                   ,
                   and
                   sent
                   its
                   heat
                   and
                   decoction
                   to
                   the
                   cold
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   having
                   power
                   over
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   exercising
                   such
                   dominion
                   over
                   the
                   coldness
                   which
                   was
                   hidden
                   in
                   the
                   said
                   thick
                   Body
                   ;
                   that
                   ,
                   by
                   virtue
                   of
                   its
                   generative
                   power
                   ,
                   changes
                   the
                   thick
                   cold
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   makes
                   it
                   become
                   subtil
                   and
                   hot
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   strives
                   to
                   dry
                   it
                   up
                   again
                   by
                   its
                   heat
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   But
                   afterwards
                   ,
                   the
                   subtil
                   part
                   ,
                   (
                   which
                   causes
                   the
                   Natures
                   to
                   ascend
                   )
                   when
                   it
                   has
                   lost
                   its
                   Occidental
                   heat
                   ,
                   and
                   waxes
                   cold
                   ,
                   then
                   the
                   Natures
                   are
                   changed
                   ,
                   and
                   become
                   thick
                   ,
                   and
                   descend
                   to
                   the
                   center
                   ,
                   where
                   the
                   earthly
                   Natures
                   are
                   joyned
                   together
                   ,
                   which
                   were
                   subtilized
                   ,
                   and
                   converted
                   in
                   their
                   generation
                   ,
                   and
                   imbibed
                   in
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   And
                   so
                   the
                   moisture
                   joyneth
                   together
                   the
                   parts
                   divided
                   :
                   But
                   the
                   Earth
                   labours
                   to
                   dry
                   up
                   that
                   moisture
                   ,
                   compassing
                   it
                   about
                   ,
                   and
                   hindering
                   it
                   for
                   going
                   out
                   ;
                   by
                   means
                   whereof
                   ,
                   that
                   which
                   before
                   lay
                   hid
                   ,
                   does
                   now
                   appear
                   ;
                   nor
                   can
                   the
                   moisture
                   be
                   separated
                   ,
                   but
                   is
                   held
                   fast
                   ,
                   and
                   firmly
                   retained
                   by
                   dryness
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   In
                   like
                   manner
                   we
                   see
                   ,
                   that
                   whatsoever
                   is
                   in
                   the
                   World
                   ,
                   is
                   held
                   or
                   retained
                   by
                   or
                   with
                   its
                   contrary
                   ,
                   as
                   heat
                   with
                   cold
                   ,
                   and
                   dryness
                   with
                   moisture
                   :
                   thus
                   when
                   each
                   of
                   them
                   has
                   besieged
                   its
                   Companion
                   ,
                   the
                   thin
                   is
                   mixed
                   with
                   the
                   thick
                   ,
                   and
                   those
                   things
                   are
                   
                   made
                   one
                   substance
                   ,
                   viz.
                   their
                   hot
                   and
                   moist
                   Soul
                   ,
                   and
                   their
                   cold
                   and
                   dry
                   Body
                   ,
                   are
                   united
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   one
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Then
                   it
                   strives
                   to
                   dissolve
                   and
                   subtilize
                   by
                   its
                   heat
                   and
                   moisture
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Soul
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Body
                   labours
                   to
                   enclose
                   ,
                   and
                   retain
                   the
                   hot
                   and
                   moist
                   Soul
                   in
                   its
                   cold
                   and
                   dry
                   substance
                   .
                   And
                   in
                   this
                   manner
                   is
                   their
                   Virtues
                   and
                   Properties
                   altered
                   and
                   changed
                   from
                   one
                   thing
                   to
                   another
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   I
                   have
                   told
                   you
                   the
                   Truth
                   ,
                   which
                   I
                   have
                   seen
                   ,
                   and
                   my
                   own
                   self
                   has
                   done
                   :
                   And
                   therefore
                   I
                   charge
                   you
                   to
                   change
                   or
                   convert
                   the
                   Natures
                   from
                   their
                   Substances
                   and
                   Subtilties
                   ,
                   with
                   heat
                   and
                   moisture
                   ,
                   into
                   their
                   Substances
                   and
                   Colours
                   .
                   If
                   you
                   proceed
                   aright
                   in
                   this
                   Work
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   not
                   pass
                   the
                   bounds
                   I
                   have
                   set
                   you
                   in
                   this
                   Book
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXVII
                  
                   .
                   The
                   manner
                   of
                   Fixation
                   of
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   Decoction
                   ,
                   Trituration
                   ,
                   and
                   Washing
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   WHen
                   the
                   Body
                   is
                   mingled
                   with
                   moisture
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   the
                   heat
                   of
                   the
                   fire
                   meets
                   therewith
                   ,
                   the
                   moisture
                   is
                   converted
                   into
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   dissolves
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   the
                   Spirit
                   cannot
                   go
                   forth
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   imbibed
                   with
                   the
                   Fire
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   The
                   Spirits
                   are
                   fugitive
                   ,
                   so
                   long
                   as
                   the
                   Bodies
                   are
                   mixed
                   with
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   strive
                   to
                   resist
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   its
                   heat
                   and
                   flame
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   these
                   parts
                   can
                   scarcely
                   agree
                   without
                   a
                   good
                   and
                   continual
                   Operation
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   steadfast
                   ,
                   permanent
                   ,
                   and
                   natural
                   heat
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   III.
                   For
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   the
                   Soul
                   is
                   to
                   ascend
                   upwards
                   ,
                   where
                   its
                   Center
                   is
                   ;
                   and
                   he
                   that
                   is
                   not
                   able
                   to
                   joyn
                   two
                   or
                   more
                   divers
                   things
                   together
                   ,
                   whose
                   Centers
                   are
                   divers
                   ,
                   knows
                   nothing
                   of
                   this
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   IV.
                   But
                   this
                   must
                   be
                   done
                   after
                   the
                   conversion
                   of
                   their
                   Natures
                   ,
                   and
                   change
                   of
                   their
                   Substances
                   ,
                   and
                   matter
                   ,
                   from
                   their
                   natural
                   Properties
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   difficult
                   to
                   find
                   out
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Whoever
                   therefore
                   can
                   convert
                   or
                   change
                   the
                   Soul
                   into
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Body
                   into
                   the
                   Soul
                   ,
                   and
                   therewith
                   mingle
                   the
                   subtil
                   and
                   volatile
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   they
                   shall
                   be
                   able
                   to
                   tinge
                   any
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   You
                   must
                   also
                   understand
                   ,
                   that
                   Decoction
                   ,
                   Contrition
                   ,
                   Cribation
                   ,
                   Munidification
                   ,
                   and
                   Ablution
                   ,
                   with
                   Sweet
                   Water
                   ,
                   are
                   most
                   necessary
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   Secret
                   of
                   our
                   Magistery
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   And
                   if
                   you
                   bestow
                   pains
                   herein
                   ,
                   you
                   may
                   cleanse
                   it
                   purely
                   ;
                   for
                   you
                   must
                   clear
                   it
                   from
                   its
                   blackness
                   and
                   darkness
                   ,
                   which
                   appear
                   in
                   the
                   Operation
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   And
                   you
                   must
                   subtilize
                   the
                   Body
                   to
                   the
                   highest
                   point
                   of
                   Volatility
                   and
                   Subtility
                   ;
                   and
                   then
                   mix
                   therewith
                   the
                   Souls
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Spirits
                   cleansed
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   digest
                   and
                   decoct
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXVIII
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Fire
                   fit
                   for
                   this
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   I.
                   YOu
                   must
                   not
                   be
                   unacquainted
                   with
                   the
                   strength
                   and
                   proportion
                   of
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   perfection
                   ,
                   or
                   destruction
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   depends
                   thereupon
                   :
                   For
                   Plato
                   said
                   ,
                   
                     The
                     fire
                     gives
                     profit
                     to
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     perfect
                     ,
                     but
                     brings
                     hurt
                     and
                     destruction
                     to
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     Corrupt
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   II.
                   So
                   that
                   when
                   its
                   quantity
                   or
                   proportion
                   shall
                   be
                   fit
                   and
                   convenient
                   ,
                   your
                   Work
                   will
                   thrice
                   prosper
                   ,
                   and
                   go
                   on
                   as
                   it
                   ought
                   to
                   do
                   :
                   but
                   if
                   it
                   exceed
                   the
                   measure
                   ,
                   it
                   shall
                   without
                   measure
                   corrupt
                   and
                   destroy
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   And
                   for
                   this
                   cause
                   it
                   was
                   requisite
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   instituted
                   several
                   proofs
                   of
                   the
                   strength
                   of
                   their
                   Fires
                   ;
                   that
                   they
                   might
                   prevent
                   and
                   hinder
                   their
                   burning
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   hurt
                   of
                   a
                   violent
                   heat
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     IV.
                     In
                  
                   Hermes
                   
                     it
                     is
                     said
                  
                   ,
                   I
                   am
                   afraid
                   ,
                   Father
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   Enemy
                   in
                   my
                   House
                   :
                   
                     To
                     whom
                     he
                     made
                     Answer
                  
                   ;
                   Son
                   ,
                   Take
                   the
                   Dog
                   of
                   Corascene
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Bitch
                   of
                   Armenia
                   ,
                   and
                   joyn
                   them
                   together
                   ;
                   so
                   shall
                   you
                   have
                   a
                   Dog
                   of
                   the
                   colour
                   of
                   Heaven
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Dip
                   him
                   once
                   in
                   the
                   Water
                   of
                   the
                   Sea
                   ;
                   so
                   will
                   he
                   become
                   thy
                   Friend
                   ,
                   and
                   defend
                   thee
                   from
                   thine
                   Enemy
                   ,
                   and
                   shall
                   go
                   along
                   with
                   thee
                   ,
                   and
                   help
                   thee
                   ,
                   and
                   defend
                   thee
                   wheresoever
                   thou
                   goest
                   ,
                   nor
                   shall
                   he
                   ever
                   forsake
                   theee
                   ,
                   but
                   abide
                   with
                   thee
                   for
                   ever
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Now
                   Hermes
                   meant
                   by
                   the
                   Dog
                   and
                   Bitch
                   ,
                   such
                   Powers
                   or
                   Spirits
                   as
                   have
                   power
                   to
                   preserve
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   hurt
                   ,
                   strength
                   ,
                   or
                   force
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   VII
                   .
                   And
                   these
                   thing
                   are
                   Waters
                   of
                   Calces
                   and
                   Salts
                   ,
                   the
                   Composition
                   whereof
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   found
                   in
                   the
                   Writings
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   who
                   have
                   discoursed
                   of
                   this
                   Magistery
                   ;
                   among
                   whom
                   ,
                   some
                   of
                   them
                   have
                   named
                   Sea-water
                   ,
                   Virgins
                   Milk
                   ,
                   food
                   of
                   Birds
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   like
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXIX
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Separation
                   of
                   the
                   Elements
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   AFterwards
                   take
                   this
                   precious
                   Stone
                   ,
                   (
                   which
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   named
                   ,
                   yet
                   hidden
                   and
                   concealed
                   )
                   put
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   Cucurbit
                   with
                   its
                   Alembick
                   ,
                   and
                   divide
                   its
                   Natures
                   ,
                   viz.
                   the
                   four
                   Elements
                   ,
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   Water
                   ,
                   Air
                   ,
                   and
                   Fire
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   These
                   are
                   the
                   Body
                   and
                   Soul
                   ,
                   the
                   Spirit
                   and
                   Tincture
                   :
                   when
                   you
                   have
                   divided
                   the
                   Water
                   from
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Air
                   from
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   keep
                   each
                   of
                   them
                   by
                   themselves
                   ,
                   and
                   take
                   that
                   ,
                   which
                   descends
                   to
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   the
                   Glass
                   ,
                   being
                   the
                   Faeces
                   ,
                   and
                   wash
                   it
                   with
                   a
                   warm
                   fire
                   ,
                   till
                   its
                   black
                   ness
                   be
                   gone
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   thickness
                   be
                   vanished
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Then
                   make
                   it
                   very
                   white
                   ,
                   causing
                   the
                   superfluous
                   moisture
                   to
                   fly
                   away
                   ,
                   for
                   then
                   it
                   shall
                   be
                   changed
                   and
                   become
                   a
                   white
                   Calx
                   ,
                   wherein
                   there
                   is
                   no
                   cloudy
                   darkness
                   ,
                   nor
                   uncleanness
                   ,
                   nor
                   contrariety
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Afterwards
                   return
                   it
                   back
                   to
                   the
                   first
                   Natures
                   which
                   ascended
                   from
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   purifie
                   them
                   likewise
                   from
                   uncleanness
                   ,
                   blackness
                   and
                   contrariety
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   And
                   reiterate
                   these
                   Works
                   upon
                   them
                   so
                   often
                   ,
                   till
                   they
                   be
                   subtilized
                   ,
                   purified
                   ,
                   
                   and
                   made
                   thin
                   ,
                   which
                   when
                   you
                   have
                   done
                   ,
                   render
                   up
                   thanks
                   and
                   acknowledgments
                   to
                   the
                   most
                   Gracious
                   God.
                   
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Know
                   then
                   that
                   this
                   Work
                   is
                   but
                   one
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   produceth
                   one
                   Stone
                   ,
                   into
                   which
                   Garib
                   shall
                   not
                   enter
                   ,
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                  
                   any
                   strange
                   or
                   foreign
                   thing
                   .
                   The
                   Philosopher
                   works
                   with
                   this
                   ,
                   and
                   therefrom
                   proceeds
                   a
                   Medicine
                   which
                   gives
                   perfection
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Nothing
                   must
                   be
                   mingled
                   herewith
                   ,
                   either
                   in
                   part
                   or
                   whole
                   :
                   And
                   this
                   Stone
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   found
                   at
                   all
                   times
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   every
                   place
                   ,
                   and
                   about
                   every
                   Man
                   ;
                   the
                   search
                   whereof
                   is
                   yet
                   difficult
                   to
                   him
                   that
                   seeks
                   it
                   ,
                   wheresoever
                   he
                   be
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   This
                   Stone
                   is
                   vile
                   ,
                   black
                   ,
                   and
                   stinking
                   ;
                   it
                   costs
                   nothing
                   ;
                   it
                   must
                   be
                   taken
                   alone
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   somewhat
                   heavy
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   Original
                   of
                   the
                   World
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   rises
                   up
                   ,
                   like
                   things
                   that
                   bud
                   forth
                   ;
                   this
                   is
                   the
                   manifestation
                   and
                   appearance
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   to
                   them
                   that
                   seek
                   truly
                   after
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Take
                   it
                   therefore
                   ,
                   and
                   work
                   it
                   as
                   the
                   Philosopher
                   has
                   told
                   you
                   in
                   the
                   the
                   Book
                   ,
                   where
                   he
                   speaks
                   of
                   it
                   after
                   this
                   manner
                   .
                   
                     Take
                     the
                     Stone
                     and
                     no
                     Stone
                     ,
                     or
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     not
                     a
                     Stone
                     ,
                     neither
                     of
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     a
                     Stone
                     ;
                     it
                     is
                     a
                     Stone
                     whose
                     Mine
                     is
                     in
                     the
                     top
                     of
                     the
                     Mountains
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     X.
                     By
                     which
                     the
                     Philosopher
                     understands
                     Animals
                     ,
                     or
                     living
                     Creatures
                     ;
                     whereupon
                     he
                     said
                     ,
                  
                   Son
                   ,
                   go
                   to
                   the
                   Mountains
                   of
                   India
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   its
                   Caves
                   ,
                   and
                   take
                   thence
                   precious
                   Stones
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   melt
                   in
                   the
                   water
                   ,
                   when
                   they
                   are
                   put
                   into
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   This
                   Water
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   taken
                   from
                   other
                   Mountains
                   and
                   hollow
                   places
                   ;
                   they
                   are
                   Stones
                   and
                   no
                   Stones
                   ,
                   but
                   we
                   call
                   them
                   so
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   resemblance
                   they
                   have
                   to
                   Stones
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   And
                   you
                   must
                   know
                   that
                   the
                   Roots
                   of
                   their
                   Mines
                   are
                   in
                   the
                   Air
                   ,
                   and
                   their
                   Tops
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   and
                   they
                   make
                   a
                   noise
                   when
                   they
                   are
                   taken
                   out
                   of
                   their
                   
                   places
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   noise
                   is
                   very
                   great
                   .
                   Make
                   use
                   of
                   them
                   very
                   suddenly
                   ,
                   for
                   otherwise
                   they
                   will
                   quickly
                   vanish
                   away
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXX
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Commixtion
                   of
                   the
                   Elements
                   which
                   were
                   separated
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   NOW
                   you
                   must
                   begin
                   to
                   commix
                   the
                   Elements
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   compass
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Work
                   ;
                   there
                   can
                   be
                   no
                   commixti
                   on
                   without
                   a
                   Marriage
                   and
                   putrefaction
                   .
                   The
                   Marriage
                   is
                   to
                   mingle
                   the
                   thin
                   with
                   the
                   thick
                   :
                   and
                   Putrefaction
                   is
                   to
                   rost
                   ,
                   grind
                   ,
                   water
                   or
                   imbibe
                   so
                   long
                   ,
                   till
                   all
                   be
                   mixt
                   together
                   and
                   become
                   one
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   there
                   be
                   no
                   diversity
                   in
                   them
                   ,
                   nor
                   separation
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   water
                   mixed
                   with
                   water
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Then
                   will
                   the
                   thick
                   strive
                   to
                   retain
                   the
                   thin
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Soul
                   shall
                   strive
                   with
                   the
                   fire
                   and
                   endeavour
                   to
                   sustain
                   it
                   ,
                   then
                   shall
                   the
                   Spirit
                   suffer
                   it self
                   to
                   be
                   swallowed
                   up
                   by
                   the
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   be
                   poured
                   forth
                   into
                   them
                   :
                   which
                   must
                   needs
                   be
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   dissolved
                   body
                   ,
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   commixed
                   with
                   the
                   Soul
                   ,
                   is
                   also
                   commixed
                   with
                   every
                   part
                   thereof
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   And
                   other
                   things
                   enter
                   into
                   other
                   things
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   their
                   similitude
                   and
                   likeness
                   ,
                   and
                   both
                   are
                   changed
                   into
                   one
                   and
                   the
                   same
                   thing
                   :
                   For
                   this
                   cause
                   the
                   Soul
                   must
                   partake
                   with
                   the
                   conveniency
                   ,
                   propensity
                   ,
                   durability
                   ,
                   hardness
                   corporcity
                   and
                   permanency
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   body
                   had
                   in
                   its
                   commixtion
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   The
                   like
                   also
                   must
                   happen
                   to
                   the
                   spirit
                   in
                   this
                   state
                   or
                   condition
                   of
                   the
                   Soul
                   and
                   Body
                   :
                   For
                   when
                   
                   the
                   Spirit
                   shall
                   be
                   commixt
                   with
                   the
                   Soul
                   by
                   alaborious
                   operation
                   ,
                   and
                   all
                   its
                   parts
                   with
                   all
                   the
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   other
                   two
                   ,
                   viz.
                   of
                   the
                   Soul
                   and
                   Body
                   ;
                   then
                   shall
                   the
                   Spirit
                   and
                   the
                   said
                   two
                   ,
                   be
                   changed
                   into
                   an
                   inseparable
                   substance
                   ,
                   whose
                   natures
                   are
                   preserved
                   ,
                   and
                   their
                   Particles
                   ,
                   agreed
                   and
                   conjoyned
                   perfectly
                   together
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Whereby
                   it
                   comes
                   to
                   pass
                   ,
                   that
                   when
                   this
                   Compositum
                   has
                   met
                   with
                   a
                   body
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   heat
                   has
                   got
                   hold
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   the
                   moisture
                   which
                   was
                   in
                   it
                   is
                   swallowed
                   up
                   in
                   the
                   dissolved
                   body
                   ,
                   and
                   has
                   passed
                   into
                   it
                   ,
                   [
                   into
                   its
                   most
                   inward
                   parts
                   ,
                   ]
                   and
                   united
                   or
                   conjoyned
                   it self
                   with
                   that
                   which
                   was
                   of
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   moisture
                   ,
                   it
                   becomes
                   inflamed
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   fire
                   defends
                   it self
                   with
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Then
                   when
                   the
                   fire
                   would
                   enflame
                   it
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   not
                   suffer
                   the
                   said
                   fire
                   to
                   take
                   hold
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   to
                   cleave
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                  
                   to
                   the
                   Spirit
                   commixt
                   with
                   the
                   water
                   :
                   The
                   fire
                   will
                   not
                   abide
                   by
                   it
                   until
                   it
                   be
                   pure
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   And
                   in
                   like
                   manner
                   does
                   the
                   Water
                   naturally
                   fly
                   from
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   when
                   the
                   fire
                   takes
                   hold
                   ,
                   it
                   does
                   by
                   little
                   and
                   little
                   evaporate
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   And
                   thus
                   is
                   the
                   Body
                   the
                   means
                   to
                   retain
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Water
                   to
                   retain
                   the
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   might
                   not
                   burn
                   and
                   consume
                   away
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Oyl
                   to
                   retain
                   the
                   Tincture
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   absolute
                   matter
                   and
                   cause
                   ,
                   to
                   make
                   the
                   colours
                   appear
                   in
                   that
                   ,
                   wherein
                   otherwise
                   there
                   would
                   be
                   neither
                   light
                   nor
                   life
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   This
                   then
                   is
                   the
                   true
                   life
                   and
                   perfection
                   of
                   this
                   great
                   Work
                   ,
                   even
                   the
                   work
                   of
                   our
                   Magistery
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   seek
                   after
                   :
                   Be
                   wise
                   and
                   understand
                   ,
                   search
                   diligently
                   ,
                   and
                   through
                   the
                   goodness
                   and
                   permission
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   you
                   shall
                   find
                   what
                   you
                   look
                   for
                   .
                
                 
                 
                 
                 
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXXI
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Solution
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   compounded
                   ,
                   and
                   Coagulation
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   dissolved
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   THE
                   Philosophers
                   take
                   great
                   pains
                   in
                   dissolving
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Body
                   and
                   Soul
                   might
                   the
                   better
                   be
                   incorporated
                   and
                   united
                   :
                   for
                   all
                   those
                   things
                   which
                   are
                   together
                   in
                   Contrition
                   ,
                   Assation
                   ,
                   and
                   Rigation
                   ,
                   have
                   a
                   certain
                   affinity
                   and
                   Alliance
                   between
                   themselves
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   So
                   that
                   the
                   fire
                   may
                   hurt
                   or
                   spoil
                   the
                   weaker
                   principle
                   in
                   nature
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   utterly
                   destroyed
                   and
                   vanish
                   away
                   ;
                   and
                   then
                   it
                   turns
                   it self
                   also
                   upon
                   the
                   stronger
                   parts
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   divests
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   the
                   Soul
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   spoils
                   all
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   But
                   when
                   they
                   are
                   thus
                   dissolved
                   and
                   congealed
                   ,
                   they
                   take
                   one
                   anothers
                   parts
                   ,
                   striving
                   in
                   each
                   others
                   mutual
                   defence
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   the
                   great
                   as
                   the
                   small
                   ,
                   and
                   they
                   incorporate
                   and
                   joyn
                   them
                   well
                   together
                   ,
                   till
                   they
                   be
                   converted
                   and
                   changed
                   into
                   one
                   and
                   the
                   same
                   thing
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   When
                   this
                   is
                   done
                   ,
                   the
                   fire
                   takes
                   as
                   much
                   from
                   the
                   Soul
                   as
                   it
                   does
                   from
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   nor
                   can
                   it
                   hurt
                   the
                   one
                   more
                   than
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   neither
                   more
                   nor
                   less
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   cause
                   of
                   perfection
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   For
                   this
                   reason
                   it
                   is
                   necessary
                   ,
                   in
                   teaching
                   the
                   composition
                   of
                   the
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   to
                   afford
                   one
                   place
                   for
                   expounding
                   the
                   solution
                   of
                   simple
                   Bodies
                   and
                   Souls
                   ;
                   because
                   Bodies
                   do
                   not
                   enter
                   into
                   Souls
                   ,
                   but
                   do
                   rather
                   prevent
                   and
                   hinder
                   them
                   from
                   Sublimation
                   ,
                   Fixation
                   ,
                   Retention
                   ,
                   Commixtion
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   like
                   Operations
                   ,
                   
                   except
                   purification
                   go
                   before
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Now
                   understand
                   ,
                   that
                   Solution
                   is
                   done
                   by
                   one
                   of
                   these
                   two
                   ways
                   ;
                   either
                   by
                   extracting
                   the
                   inward
                   parts
                   of
                   things
                   unto
                   their
                   Superficies
                   (
                   an
                   Example
                   whereof
                   we
                   have
                   in
                   Silver
                   ,
                   which
                   seems
                   cold
                   and
                   dry
                   ,
                   but
                   being
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   the
                   inward
                   parts
                   appear
                   outward
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   hot
                   and
                   moist
                   :
                   )
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   to
                   reduce
                   it
                   to
                   an
                   accidental
                   moisture
                   which
                   it
                   had
                   not
                   before
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   added
                   to
                   its
                   own
                   natural
                   humidity
                   ;
                   by
                   which
                   means
                   its
                   parts
                   are
                   dissolved
                   :
                   and
                   this
                   is
                   likewise
                   called
                   Solution
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     But
                     as
                     to
                     Congelation
                     ,
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     have
                     said
                     ,
                  
                   Congeal
                   in
                   a
                   Bath
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   good
                   Congelation
                   :
                   This
                   ,
                   I
                   tell
                   you
                   is
                   Sulphur
                   shining
                   in
                   Darkness
                   a
                   Red
                   Hyacinth
                   ,
                   a
                   fiery
                   and
                   deadly
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   the
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   the
                   which
                   there
                   is
                   nothing
                   better
                   ,
                   a
                   Lyon
                   ,
                   a
                   Conqueror
                   ,
                   a
                   Malefactor
                   ,
                   a
                   cutting
                   Sword
                   ,
                   a
                   healing
                   Antidote
                   ,
                   which
                   cures
                   all
                   Infirmities
                   and
                   Diseases
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     And
                  
                   Geber
                   
                     the
                     Son
                     of
                  
                   Hayen
                   said
                   ,
                   That
                   all
                   the
                   Operations
                   of
                   this
                   Magistery
                   are
                   comprehended
                   under
                   these
                   six
                   things
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   To
                   make
                   fly
                   ,
                   ascend
                   ,
                   or
                   sublime
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   To
                   melt
                   or
                   liquify
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   To
                   incerate
                   .
                   4.
                   
                   To
                   make
                   white
                   as
                   Marble
                   .
                   5.
                   
                   To
                   dissolve
                   .
                   6.
                   
                   To
                   congeal
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   To
                   make
                   fly
                   ,
                   is
                   to
                   drive
                   away
                   and
                   remove
                   blackness
                   and
                   foulness
                   from
                   the
                   Spirit
                   and
                   Soul
                   ;
                   to
                   melt
                   is
                   to
                   make
                   the
                   Body
                   liqnid
                   :
                   To
                   incerate
                   ,
                   is
                   properly
                   to
                   subtilize
                   the
                   Body
                   :
                   To
                   whiten
                   ,
                   is
                   to
                   melt
                   speedily
                   :
                   To
                   dissolve
                   ,
                   is
                   to
                   separate
                   the
                   parts
                   :
                   And
                   to
                   congeal
                   ,
                   is
                   to
                   mix
                   ,
                   joyn
                   ,
                   and
                   fix
                   the
                   Body
                   with
                   the
                   Soul
                   already
                   prepared
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Again
                   ,
                   To
                   fly
                   ,
                   of
                   ascend
                   ,
                   appertains
                   both
                   to
                   Body
                   and
                   Soul
                   :
                   To
                   melt
                   ,
                   to
                   incerate
                   ;
                   to
                   whiten
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   dissolve
                   ,
                   are
                   accidents
                   belonging
                   to
                   the
                   Body
                   :
                   But
                   congelation
                   ,
                   or
                   fixation
                   ,
                   only
                   belongs
                   to
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   the
                   property
                   of
                   the
                   Soul
                   :
                   Be
                   wise
                   ,
                   understand
                   ,
                   and
                   learn.
                   
                
                 
                 
                 
                 
              
               
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXXII
                  
                   .
                   That
                   Our
                   Stone
                   is
                   but
                   One
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   the
                   Nature
                   thereof
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   WHEN
                   it
                   was
                   demanded
                   of
                   Bauzan
                   a
                   Greek
                   Philosopher
                   ,
                   whether
                   a
                   Stone
                   may
                   be
                   made
                   of
                   a
                   thing
                   which
                   budeth
                   ?
                   Answered
                   ,
                   Yea
                   ,
                   viz.
                   the
                   two
                   first
                   Stones
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   the
                   Stone
                   Aleali
                   ,
                   and
                   our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Workmanship
                   and
                   Life
                   of
                   him
                   who
                   knows
                   and
                   underftands
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   But
                   he
                   that
                   is
                   ignorant
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   who
                   has
                   not
                   made
                   ,
                   nor
                   knows
                   how
                   it
                   is
                   generated
                   ,
                   supposing
                   it
                   to
                   be
                   no
                   Stone
                   ,
                   or
                   apprehends
                   not
                   in
                   his
                   own
                   mind
                   ,
                   all
                   the
                   things
                   which
                   I
                   have
                   spoken
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   yet
                   will
                   attempt
                   to
                   compose
                   it
                   ,
                   spends
                   away
                   foolishly
                   his
                   precious
                   time
                   ,
                   and
                   loses
                   his
                   Money
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Except
                   he
                   finds
                   out
                   this
                   precious
                   Treasure
                   ,
                   he
                   finds
                   indeed
                   nothing
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   no
                   second
                   thing
                   or
                   matter
                   ,
                   that
                   can
                   rise
                   up
                   and
                   take
                   its
                   place
                   ,
                   or
                   stand
                   it self
                   instead
                   thereof
                   ;
                   there
                   is
                   no
                   other
                   Natures
                   that
                   can
                   triumph
                   over
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Much
                   heat
                   is
                   the
                   nature
                   thereof
                   ,
                   but
                   with
                   a
                   certain
                   temperature
                   :
                   If
                   by
                   this
                   saying
                   ,
                   you
                   come
                   to
                   know
                   it
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   reap
                   profit
                   ;
                   but
                   if
                   yet
                   you
                   remain
                   ignorant
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   lose
                   all
                   your
                   labour
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   It
                   has
                   many
                   singular
                   Properties
                   and
                   Virtues
                   in
                   curing
                   the
                   Infirmities
                   of
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   their
                   accidental
                   Diseases
                   ,
                   and
                   preserves
                   sound
                   Substances
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   there
                   appears
                   not
                   in
                   them
                   any
                   Heterogenities
                   ,
                   or
                   Contrarieties
                   :
                   No
                   possibility
                   of
                   the
                   dissolution
                   of
                   their
                   Union
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   VI.
                   It
                   is
                   the
                   Sapo
                   ,
                   or
                   Soap
                   of
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   yea
                   ,
                   their
                   Spirit
                   and
                   Soul
                   ,
                   which
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   incorporate
                   with
                   them
                   ,
                   dissolves
                   them
                   without
                   any
                   loss
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   Life
                   of
                   the
                   Dead
                   ,
                   and
                   their
                   Resurrection
                   ;
                   a
                   Medicine
                   preserving
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   cleansing
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   purging
                   away
                   their
                   Superfluities
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   He
                   that
                   understands
                   ,
                   let
                   him
                   understand
                   ,
                   and
                   he
                   that
                   is
                   ignorant
                   ,
                   let
                   him
                   be
                   ignorant
                   still
                   :
                   For
                   this
                   Treasure
                   is
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   bought
                   with
                   Money
                   ,
                   and
                   as
                   it
                   cannot
                   be
                   bought
                   ,
                   so
                   neither
                   can
                   it
                   be
                   sold.
                   
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Conceive
                   therefore
                   its
                   Virtue
                   and
                   Excellency
                   aright
                   ,
                   consider
                   its
                   value
                   and
                   Worth
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   begin
                   to
                   Work
                   :
                   How
                   excellently
                   speaks
                   a
                   Learned
                   Philosopher
                   to
                   this
                   purpose
                   ?
                
                 
                   X.
                   God
                   (
                   saith
                   he
                   )
                   
                     gives
                     thee
                     not
                     this
                     Magistery
                     for
                     thy
                     sole
                     Courage
                     ,
                     Boldness
                     ,
                     Strength
                     ,
                     or
                     Wisdom
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     labour
                     ;
                     but
                     thou
                     must
                     labour
                     ,
                     that
                     God
                     may
                     give
                     thee
                     success
                     .
                  
                   Adore
                   then
                   God
                   Almighty
                   the
                   Creator
                   of
                   all
                   things
                   ,
                   who
                   is
                   pleased
                   thus
                   to
                   favour
                   thee
                   ,
                   with
                   so
                   great
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   precious
                   a
                   Treasure
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXXIII
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Way
                   and
                   Manner
                   how
                   to
                   make
                   the
                   Stone
                   both
                   White
                   and
                   Red.
                   
                
                 
                   I.
                   WHen
                   you
                   attempt
                   to
                   do
                   this
                   ,
                   take
                   this
                   our
                   precious
                   Stone
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   Cucurbit
                   ,
                   covering
                   it
                   with
                   an
                   Alembick
                   ,
                   which
                   close
                   well
                   with
                   
                     Lutum
                     sapientiae
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   set
                   it
                   in
                   Horse-dung
                   ,
                   and
                   fixing
                   a
                   Receiver
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   distil
                   the
                   matter
                   into
                   the
                   Receiver
                   ,
                   till
                   all
                   the
                   water
                   is
                   come
                   over
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   moisture
                   dry
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   up
                   ,
                   and
                   dryness
                   prevail
                   over
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Then
                   take
                   it
                   out
                   dry
                   ,
                   reserving
                   the
                   water
                   that
                   is
                   distilled
                   for
                   a
                   future
                   occasion
                   ;
                   take
                   ,
                   I
                   say
                   ,
                   the
                   dry
                   body
                   ,
                   that
                   remained
                   in
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   the
                   Cucurbit
                   ,
                   and
                   grind
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   Vessel
                   answerable
                   in
                   magnitude
                   to
                   the
                   quantity
                   of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Bury
                   it
                   in
                   as
                   very
                   hot
                   Horse-dung
                   as
                   you
                   can
                   get
                   ,
                   the
                   Vessel
                   being
                   well
                   luted
                   with
                   
                     Lutum
                     sapientiae
                  
                   :
                   And
                   in
                   this
                   manner
                   let
                   it
                   digest
                   .
                   But
                   when
                   you
                   perceive
                   the
                   Dung
                   to
                   grow
                   cold
                   ,
                   get
                   other
                   fresh
                   Dung
                   which
                   is
                   very
                   hot
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   your
                   Vessel
                   therein
                   to
                   digest
                   as
                   before
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Thus
                   shall
                   you
                   do
                   for
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   forty
                   days
                   ,
                   renewing
                   your
                   Dung
                   so
                   often
                   as
                   the
                   occasion
                   or
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   Work
                   shall
                   require
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Medicine
                   shall
                   dissolve
                   of
                   it self
                   ,
                   and
                   become
                   a
                   thick
                   White
                   water
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Which
                   when
                   you
                   shall
                   see
                   ,
                   you
                   shall
                   weigh
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   thereto
                   half
                   so
                   much
                   by
                   weight
                   of
                   the
                   water
                   which
                   you
                   reserved
                   ;
                   close
                   and
                   lute
                   your
                   Vessel
                   well
                   with
                   
                     Lutum
                     sapientiae
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   it
                   again
                   into
                   hot
                   Horse-dung
                   (
                   which
                   is
                   hot
                   and
                   moist
                   )
                   to
                   digest
                   ,
                   not
                   omitting
                   to
                   renew
                   the
                   Dung
                   when
                   it
                   begins
                   to
                   cool
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   course
                   of
                   forty
                   days
                   be
                   expired
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   So
                   will
                   your
                   Medicine
                   be
                   congealed
                   in
                   the
                   like
                   number
                   of
                   days
                   ,
                   as
                   before
                   it
                   was
                   dissolved
                   in
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Again
                   ,
                   take
                   it
                   ,
                   weigh
                   it
                   justly
                   ,
                   and
                   according
                   to
                   its
                   quantity
                   ,
                   add
                   to
                   it
                   of
                   the
                   reserved
                   water
                   you
                   made
                   before
                   ,
                   grind
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   subtilize
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   the
                   water
                   upon
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   set
                   it
                   again
                   in
                   hot
                   Horse-dung
                   for
                   a
                   Week
                   and
                   half
                   or
                   ten
                   days
                   ;
                   then
                   take
                   it
                   out
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   shall
                   see
                   that
                   the
                   Body
                   has
                   already
                   drunk
                   up
                   the
                   Water
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Afterwards
                   grind
                   it
                   again
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   thereto
                   the
                   like
                   Quantity
                   of
                   your
                   reserved
                   water
                   as
                   you
                   did
                   before
                   ;
                   bury
                   it
                   in
                   very
                   hot
                   Horse
                   dung
                   ,
                   and
                   leave
                   it
                   therefore
                   ten
                   days
                   more
                   ,
                   take
                   it
                   out
                   again
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   shall
                   find
                   that
                   the
                   Body
                   has
                   already
                   drunk
                   up
                   the
                   Water
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Then
                   (
                   as
                   before
                   )
                   grind
                   it
                   ,
                   putting
                   thereto
                   of
                   the
                   afore
                   reserved
                   Water
                   ,
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   quantity
                   ,
                   and
                   bury
                   it
                   in
                   like
                   manner
                   in
                   hot
                   Horse-dung
                   ,
                   digesting
                   it
                   10
                   days
                   longer
                   ,
                   then
                   taking
                   it
                   forth
                   ,
                   and
                   this
                   do
                   the
                   fourth
                   time
                   also
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   Which
                   done
                   ,
                   take
                   it
                   forth
                   and
                   grind
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   bury
                   it
                   in
                   Horse-dung
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   dissolved
                   :
                   Afterwards
                   take
                   it
                   out
                   ,
                   and
                   reiterate
                   it
                   once
                   more
                   ,
                   for
                   then
                   the
                   Birth
                   will
                   be
                   perfect
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Work
                   ended
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Now
                   when
                   this
                   is
                   done
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   have
                   brought
                   your
                   matter
                   to
                   this
                   great
                   perfection
                   ,
                   then
                   take
                   of
                   Lead
                   or
                   Steel
                   250
                   Drams
                   ,
                   melt
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   caste
                   thereon
                   1
                   Dram
                   of
                   Cinnabar
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   of
                   this
                   our
                   Medicine
                   thus
                   perfected
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   shall
                   fix
                   the
                   Lead
                   or
                   Steel
                   that
                   it
                   shall
                   not
                   fly
                   the
                   fire
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   It
                   shall
                   make
                   it
                   white
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   cleanse
                   it
                   from
                   all
                   its
                   dross
                   and
                   blackness
                   ,
                   and
                   convert
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   Tincture
                   perpetually
                   abiding
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Then
                   take
                   a
                   Dram
                   from
                   these
                   250
                   Drams
                   ,
                   and
                   project
                   it
                   upon
                   250
                   Drams
                   of
                   Steel
                   ,
                   or
                   Copper
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   shall
                   whiten
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   convert
                   it
                   into
                   Silver
                   ,
                   better
                   than
                   that
                   of
                   the
                   Mine
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   greatest
                   and
                   last
                   Work
                   of
                   the
                   White
                   ,
                   which
                   it
                   performs
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   
                     To
                     convert
                     the
                     said
                     Stone
                     into
                     Red.
                  
                   And
                   if
                   you
                   desire
                   to
                   convert
                   this
                   Magistry
                   into
                   Sol
                   ,
                   or
                   Gold
                   ,
                   take
                   of
                   this
                   Medicine
                   thus
                   perfected
                   (
                   at
                   —
                   10.
                   above
                   )
                   the
                   weight
                   of
                   one
                   Dram
                   ,
                   (
                   after
                   the
                   manner
                   of
                   the
                   former
                   Example
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   and
                   bury
                   it
                   in
                   Horse-dung
                   for
                   forty
                   
                   days
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   dissolved
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   Then
                   give
                   it
                   the
                   Water
                   of
                   the
                   dissolved
                   Body
                   to
                   drink
                   ,
                   first
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   amounts
                   to
                   half
                   its
                   weight
                   ,
                   afterwards
                   bury
                   it
                   in
                   hot
                   Horse-dung
                   ,
                   digesting
                   it
                   till
                   it
                   is
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   as
                   aforesaid
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Then
                   proceed
                   in
                   this
                   Golden
                   Work
                   ,
                   as
                   before
                   in
                   the
                   Silver
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   shall
                   have
                   fine
                   Gold
                   ,
                   even
                   pure
                   Gold.
                   Keep
                   (
                   my
                   Son
                   )
                   this
                   most
                   secret
                   Book
                   ,
                   containing
                   the
                   Secret
                   of
                   Secrets
                   ,
                   reserving
                   it
                   from
                   Ignorant
                   and
                   Profane
                   Hands
                   ,
                   so
                   shall
                   you
                   obtain
                   your
                   desire
                   .
                
                 
                   Amen
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXXIV
                     .
                     Kalid's
                  
                   Secret
                   of
                   Secrets
                   ,
                   or
                   Stone
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Explicated
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   IF
                   you
                   would
                   be
                   so
                   happy
                   as
                   to
                   obtain
                   the
                   Blessing
                   of
                   the
                   Philosphers
                   ,
                   as
                   God
                   doth
                   live
                   for
                   ever
                   ,
                   so
                   let
                   this
                   verity
                   live
                   with
                   you
                   .
                   Now
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   say
                   ,
                   it
                   abides
                   in
                   the
                   Shell
                   ,
                   and
                   contains
                   in
                   it self
                   both
                   White
                   and
                   Red
                   ,
                   the
                   one
                   is
                   called
                   Masculine
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   Feminine
                   ;
                   and
                   they
                   are
                   Animal
                   ,
                   Vegetable
                   ,
                   and
                   Mineral
                   ,
                   the
                   like
                   of
                   which
                   is
                   not
                   found
                   in
                   the
                   World
                   besides
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   It
                   has
                   power
                   both
                   Active
                   and
                   Passive
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   has
                   also
                   in
                   it
                   a
                   substance
                   dead
                   and
                   living
                   ,
                   Spirit
                   and
                   Soul
                   ,
                   which
                   ,
                   among
                   the
                   ignorant
                   ,
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   call
                   the
                   most
                   vile
                   thing
                   :
                   It
                   contains
                   in
                   it self
                   the
                   four
                   Elements
                   which
                   are
                   found
                   in
                   its
                   Skirts
                   ,
                   and
                   may
                   commonly
                   be
                   bought
                   for
                   a
                   small
                   price
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   It
                   ascends
                   by
                   it self
                   ,
                   it
                   waxes
                   black
                   ,
                   it
                   descends
                   and
                   waxes
                   white
                   ,
                   increases
                   
                   and
                   decreases
                   of
                   it self
                   :
                   It
                   is
                   a
                   matter
                   which
                   the
                   Earth
                   brings
                   forth
                   ,
                   and
                   descends
                   from
                   Heaven
                   ,
                   grows
                   pale
                   and
                   red
                   ,
                   is
                   born
                   ,
                   dieth
                   ,
                   rises
                   again
                   ,
                   and
                   afterwards
                   lives
                   for
                   ever
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   By
                   many
                   ways
                   it
                   is
                   brought
                   to
                   its
                   end
                   ,
                   but
                   its
                   proper
                   decoction
                   is
                   upon
                   a
                   fire
                   soft
                   ,
                   mean
                   ,
                   strong
                   ,
                   by
                   various
                   degrees
                   augmented
                   ,
                   until
                   you
                   are
                   certain
                   it
                   is
                   quietly
                   fixed
                   with
                   the
                   Red
                   in
                   the
                   fire
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Stone
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Read
                   ,
                   and
                   Read
                   again
                   ,
                   so
                   will
                   all
                   things
                   become
                   more
                   clear
                   to
                   you
                   :
                   But
                   if
                   hereby
                   you
                   understand
                   not
                   the
                   matter
                   ,
                   you
                   are
                   withheld
                   by
                   the
                   Chains
                   of
                   Ignorance
                   ;
                   for
                   you
                   shall
                   never
                   otherwise
                   know
                   or
                   learn
                   this
                   Art.
                   
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Hermes
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     The
                     Dragon
                     is
                     not
                     killed
                     ,
                     but
                     by
                     his
                     Brother
                     and
                     his
                     Sister
                     ;
                     not
                     by
                     one
                     of
                     them
                     alone
                     ,
                     but
                     by
                     both
                     together
                     :
                  
                   Note
                   these
                   things
                   :
                   There
                   are
                   three
                   Heads
                   ,
                   yet
                   but
                   one
                   Body
                   ,
                   one
                   Nature
                   ,
                   and
                   one
                   Mineral
                   :
                   This
                   is
                   sufficient
                   for
                   you
                   if
                   you
                   have
                   a
                   disposition
                   to
                   understand
                   this
                   Art.
                   
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   The
                   Dragon
                   is
                   not
                   mortified
                   ,
                   nor
                   made
                   fixed
                   ,
                   but
                   with
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   no
                   other
                   :
                   In
                   the
                   Mountains
                   of
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Plains
                   of
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   look
                   for
                   it
                   ,
                   there
                   this
                   Water
                   is
                   created
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   concourse
                   of
                   these
                   two
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   called
                   by
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   their
                   permanent
                   or
                   fixed
                   Water
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Our
                   Sublimation
                   is
                   to
                   decoct
                   the
                   Bodies
                   with
                   Golden
                   Water
                   ,
                   to
                   dissolve
                   ,
                   to
                   liquifie
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   sublime
                   them
                   :
                   Our
                   Calcination
                   is
                   to
                   purifie
                   and
                   digest
                   in
                   four
                   ways
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   otherwise
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   many
                   have
                   been
                   deceived
                   in
                   Sublimation
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Know
                   also
                   that
                   our
                   Brass
                   ,
                   or
                   Latten
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Gold
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   true
                   Gold
                   :
                   But
                   you
                   strive
                   to
                   expel
                   the
                   Greenness
                   ,
                   thinking
                   that
                   our
                   Latten
                   or
                   Brass
                   ,
                   is
                   a
                   Leprous
                   Body
                   ,
                   because
                   of
                   that
                   Greenness
                   ,
                   but
                   I
                   tell
                   you
                   ,
                   that
                   that
                   Greenness
                   is
                   all
                   that
                   is
                   perfect
                   therein
                   ,
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   and
                   all
                   that
                   is
                   perfect
                   ,
                   is
                   in
                   that
                   Greenness
                   only
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   in
                   our
                   Latten
                   ,
                   or
                   Brass
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   For
                   that
                   Greenness
                   ,
                   by
                   our
                   Magistery
                   is
                   in
                   a
                   very
                   little
                   time
                   transmuted
                   into
                   the
                   most
                   fine
                   Gold
                   :
                   And
                   of
                   this
                   thing
                   we
                   have
                   experience
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   may
                   try
                   by
                   the
                   following
                   Directions
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Take
                   burnt
                   ,
                   or
                   calcined
                   Brass
                   ,
                   and
                   perfectly
                   rubified
                   :
                   Grind
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   decoct
                   it
                   with
                   Water
                   ,
                   seaven
                   times
                   ,
                   as
                   much
                   every
                   time
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   able
                   to
                   drink
                   ,
                   in
                   all
                   the
                   ways
                   of
                   Rubifying
                   and
                   Assating
                   it
                   again
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Then
                   make
                   it
                   to
                   discend
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   green
                   color
                   ,
                   will
                   be
                   made
                   Red
                   ,
                   and
                   as
                   clear
                   as
                   a
                   Hyacinth
                   ;
                   and
                   so
                   much
                   redness
                   will
                   descend
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   able
                   to
                   tinge
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   in
                   some
                   measure
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   very
                   color
                   of
                   Gold
                   ;
                   all
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   done
                   and
                   perfected
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   indeed
                   a
                   very
                   great
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Yet
                   you
                   cannot
                   prepare
                   the
                   Stone
                   by
                   any
                   means
                   ,
                   with
                   any
                   green
                   and
                   moist
                   liquor
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   found
                   and
                   brought
                   forth
                   in
                   our
                   Minerals
                   ;
                   this
                   blessed
                   might
                   ,
                   power
                   ,
                   or
                   virtue
                   ,
                   which
                   generates
                   all
                   things
                   ,
                   will
                   not
                   yet
                   cause
                   a
                   vegetation
                   ,
                   springing
                   ,
                   budding
                   forth
                   ,
                   or
                   fruitfulness
                   ,
                   unless
                   there
                   be
                   a
                   Green
                   color
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Wherefore
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   call
                   it
                   their
                   Bud
                   ,
                   and
                   their
                   Water
                   of
                   Purification
                   ,
                   or
                   Putrefaction
                   ;
                   and
                   they
                   say
                   truth
                   herein
                   ;
                   for
                   with
                   its
                   water
                   it
                   is
                   putrefied
                   ,
                   and
                   purified
                   ,
                   and
                   washed
                   from
                   its
                   blackness
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   White
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   And
                   afterwards
                   it
                   is
                   made
                   the
                   higheft
                   Red
                   ;
                   whereby
                   you
                   may
                   learn
                   and
                   understand
                   ,
                   that
                   no
                   true
                   Tincture
                   is
                   made
                   but
                   with
                   our
                   Brass
                   ,
                   or
                   Latten
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Decoct
                   it
                   therefore
                   with
                   its
                   Soul
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   Spirit
                   be
                   joyned
                   with
                   its
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   be
                   made
                   one
                   ,
                   so
                   shall
                   you
                   have
                   your
                   desire
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   The
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   spoken
                   of
                   this
                   under
                   many
                   Names
                   ,
                   but
                   know
                   certainly
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   but
                   one
                   matter
                   which
                   does
                   cleave
                   or
                   joyn
                   it self
                   to
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   shall
                   have
                   the
                   true
                   signs
                   of
                   :
                   Now
                   you
                   must
                   know
                   what
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   will
                   cleave
                   ,
                   or
                   perfectly
                   joyn
                   and
                   unite
                   it self
                   unto
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   That
                   the
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   will
                   cleave
                   ,
                   joyn
                   ,
                   or
                   unite
                   it self
                   to
                   Bodies
                   is
                   false
                   :
                   And
                   they
                   err
                   who
                   think
                   that
                   they
                   understand
                   that
                   place
                   in
                   Geber
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   where
                   he
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     When
                     in
                     searching
                     among
                     other
                     things
                     ,
                     you
                     shall
                     not
                     find
                     by
                     our
                     Invention
                     ,
                     any
                     matter
                     to
                     be
                     more
                     agreeable
                     to
                     Nature
                     ,
                     than
                  
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   
                     of
                     the
                     Bodies
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   By
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   in
                   this
                   place
                   ,
                   is
                   understood
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   Philosophical
                   ;
                   and
                   it
                   is
                   that
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   only
                   which
                   sticks
                   to
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   fixed
                   in
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   the
                   Bodies
                   :
                   The
                   old
                   Philosophers
                   could
                   find
                   no
                   other
                   matter
                   ;
                   nor
                   can
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   now
                   ,
                   invent
                   any
                   other
                   matter
                   or
                   thing
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   abide
                   with
                   the
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   but
                   this
                   Philosophick
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   only
                   .
                
                 
                   XX.
                   That
                   common
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   does
                   not
                   stick
                   ,
                   or
                   cleave
                   to
                   the
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   is
                   evident
                   by
                   Experience
                   ,
                   for
                   if
                   common
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   be
                   joyned
                   to
                   the
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   it
                   abides
                   in
                   its
                   proper
                   nature
                   ,
                   or
                   flys
                   away
                   ,
                   not
                   being
                   able
                   to
                   transmute
                   the
                   Body
                   into
                   its
                   own
                   nature
                   and
                   substance
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   does
                   not
                   cleave
                   unto
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   For
                   this
                   cause
                   ,
                   many
                   are
                   deceived
                   in
                   working
                   with
                   the
                   vulgar
                   Quicksilver
                   :
                   For
                   our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   to
                   say
                   ,
                   our
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   accidental
                   ,
                   does
                   exalt
                   it self
                   far
                   above
                   the
                   most
                   fine
                   Gold
                   ,
                   and
                   does
                   overcome
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   kill
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   make
                   it
                   alive
                   again
                   .
                
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   And
                   this
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Father
                   of
                   all
                   the
                   Wonderful
                   things
                   of
                   this
                   our
                   Magistery
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   congealed
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   both
                   Spirit
                   
                   and
                   Body
                   :
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   which
                   Geher
                   speaks
                   of
                   ,
                   the
                   consideration
                   of
                   which
                   is
                   of
                   moment
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   very
                   matter
                   which
                   does
                   make
                   perfect
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIII
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   a
                   chosen
                   pure
                   substance
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ;
                   but
                   out
                   of
                   what
                   matter
                   it
                   is
                   chiefly
                   to
                   be
                   drawn
                   ,
                   is
                   a
                   thing
                   to
                   be
                   enquired
                   into
                   .
                   To
                   which
                   we
                   say
                   ,
                   That
                   it
                   can
                   only
                   be
                   drawn
                   out
                   of
                   that
                   matter
                   in
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   :
                   Consider
                   therefore
                   my
                   Son
                   ,
                   and
                   see
                   from
                   whence
                   that
                   Substance
                   is
                   ,
                   taking
                   that
                   and
                   nothing
                   else
                   :
                   By
                   no
                   other
                   Principle
                   can
                   you
                   obtain
                   this
                   Magistery
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIV
                   .
                   Nor
                   could
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ever
                   find
                   any
                   other
                   matter
                   ,
                   which
                   would
                   continually
                   abide
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   but
                   this
                   only
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   of
                   an
                   Unctuous
                   substance
                   ,
                   perfect
                   and
                   incombustible
                   .
                
                 
                   XXV
                   .
                   And
                   this
                   matter
                   ,
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   prepared
                   as
                   it
                   ought
                   ,
                   will
                   transmute
                   ,
                   or
                   change
                   all
                   Bodies
                   of
                   a
                   Metallick
                   substance
                   ,
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   rightly
                   projected
                   upon
                   ,
                   into
                   the
                   most
                   perfect
                   Sol
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   most
                   pure
                   fine
                   Gold
                   ;
                   but
                   most
                   easily
                   ,
                   and
                   above
                   all
                   other
                   Bodies
                   Luna
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVI
                   .
                   Decoct
                   first
                   with
                   Wind
                   or
                   Air
                   ,
                   and
                   afterwards
                   without
                   Wind
                   ,
                   until
                   you
                   have
                   drawn
                   forth
                   the
                   Venom
                   [
                   
                     or
                     Virtue
                  
                   ]
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   Soul
                   ,
                   out
                   of
                   your
                   matter
                   ;
                   this
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   you
                   seek
                   ,
                   the
                   everlasting
                   
                     Aqua
                     vitae
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   cures
                   all
                   Diseases
                   .
                   Now
                   the
                   whole
                   Magistery
                   is
                   in
                   the
                   Vapour
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVII
                   .
                   Let
                   the
                   Body
                   be
                   put
                   into
                   a
                   fire
                   for
                   40
                   days
                   ,
                   of
                   Elemental
                   heat
                   :
                   and
                   in
                   that
                   decoction
                   of
                   40
                   days
                   ,
                   the
                   Body
                   will
                   rejoyce
                   with
                   the
                   Soul
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Soul
                   will
                   rejoyce
                   with
                   the
                   Body
                   and
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Spirit
                   will
                   rejoyce
                   with
                   the
                   Body
                   and
                   Soul
                   ,
                   and
                   they
                   will
                   be
                   fixed
                   together
                   ,
                   and
                   dwell
                   one
                   with
                   another
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   Life
                   they
                   will
                   be
                   made
                   perpetual
                   and
                   immortal
                   without
                   separation
                   for
                   ever
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXXV
                  
                   .
                   A
                   farther
                   Explication
                   of
                   this
                   matter
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   OUR
                   Medicine
                   is
                   made
                   of
                   3
                   things
                   ,
                   viz.
                   of
                   a
                   Body
                   ,
                   Soul
                   ,
                   and
                   Spirit
                   .
                   There
                   are
                   two
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   Sol
                   and
                   
                     Luna
                     :
                     Sol
                  
                   is
                   a
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   where
                   with
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   are
                   tinged
                   into
                   Sol
                   ;
                   and
                   Luna
                   tingeth
                   into
                   Luna
                   ;
                   for
                   nature
                   brings
                   forth
                   only
                   its
                   like
                   ,
                   a
                   Man
                   ,
                   a
                   Man
                   ,
                   a
                   Horse
                   ,
                   a
                   Horse
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   II.
                   We
                   have
                   named
                   the
                   Bodies
                   which
                   serve
                   to
                   this
                   Work
                   ,
                   which
                   of
                   some
                   are
                   called
                   ferment
                   ;
                   for
                   as
                   a
                   little
                   leven
                   levens
                   the
                   whole
                   lump
                   ,
                   so
                   Luna
                   and
                   
                     Sol
                     ,
                     leven
                     Mercury
                  
                   as
                   their
                   Meal
                   into
                   their
                   Nature
                   and
                   Virtue
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   If
                   it
                   be
                   demanded
                   ,
                   Why
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   having
                   a
                   prefixed
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   do
                   not
                   yet
                   tinge
                   imperfect
                   Metals
                   ?
                   I
                   Answer
                   :
                   A
                   Child
                   ,
                   tho'
                   born
                   of
                   humane
                   kind
                   ,
                   acts
                   not
                   the
                   Man
                   ;
                   it
                   must
                   first
                   be
                   nourisht
                   and
                   bred
                   up
                   till
                   it
                   comes
                   to
                   Maturity
                   :
                   So
                   is
                   it
                   with
                   Metals
                   also
                   ;
                   they
                   cannot
                   shew
                   their
                   power
                   and
                   force
                   ,
                   unless
                   they
                   be
                   first
                   reduced
                   from
                   their
                   Terrestreity
                   to
                   a
                   Spirituality
                   ,
                   and
                   nourisht
                   and
                   fed
                   in
                   their
                   Tinctures
                   through
                   heat
                   and
                   humidity
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   For
                   the
                   Spirit
                   is
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   matter
                   and
                   nature
                   with
                   our
                   Medicine
                   :
                   We
                   say
                   our
                   Medicines
                   are
                   of
                   a
                   siery
                   nature
                   ,
                   and
                   much
                   subtiler
                   ,
                   but
                   of
                   themselves
                   ,
                   they
                   cannot
                   be
                   subtil
                   nor
                   simple
                   ,
                   but
                   must
                   be
                   maturated
                   ,
                   or
                   ripened
                   with
                   subtil
                   and
                   penetrating
                   things
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Earth
                   of
                   it self
                   is
                   not
                   subtil
                   ,
                   but
                   may
                   be
                   made
                   so
                   through
                   moist
                   water
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   dissolving
                   ,
                   and
                   makes
                   an
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   ingress
                   for
                   Sol
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   penetrate
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   its
                   heat
                   make
                   the
                   Earth
                   subtile
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   this
                   way
                   the
                   Earth
                   must
                   be
                   subtilized
                   so
                   long
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   as
                   subtil
                   as
                   a
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   which
                   then
                   is
                   the
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   more
                   dissolving
                   than
                   common
                   water
                   ,
                   and
                   apt
                   to
                   dissolve
                   the
                   said
                   Metals
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   through
                   the
                   heat
                   of
                   fire
                   ,
                   to
                   penetrate
                   and
                   subtilize
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   There
                   are
                   several
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   as
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   Orpiment
                   ,
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   Antimony
                   ,
                   Nitre
                   ,
                   Sal-armoniack
                   ,
                   Tutia
                   ,
                   Marchisits
                   ,
                   &c.
                   but
                   Mercury
                   is
                   a
                   better
                   Spirit
                   than
                   all
                   others
                   ;
                   for
                   being
                   put
                   into
                   the
                   fire
                   they
                   are
                   carried
                   away
                   ,
                   and
                   we
                   know
                   not
                   what
                   becomes
                   of
                   them
                   :
                   But
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   much
                   subtiler
                   ,
                   clearer
                   ,
                   and
                   penetrative
                   ,
                   so
                   it
                   is
                   joyned
                   to
                   the
                   Metals
                   ,
                   and
                   changed
                   into
                   them
                   ,
                   whereas
                   the
                   others
                   burn
                   and
                   destroy
                   them
                   ,
                   making
                   them
                   more
                   gross
                   than
                   they
                   were
                   before
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Now
                   Mercury
                   is
                   of
                   such
                   a
                   subtil
                   nature
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   transmutes
                   Metals
                   into
                   simple
                   and
                   pure
                   substances
                   as
                   it self
                   is
                   ,
                   and
                   attracts
                   them
                   to
                   its
                   self
                   :
                   But
                   no
                   Metal
                   can
                   be
                   transmuted
                   by
                   any
                   of
                   the
                   other
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   but
                   they
                   burn
                   it
                   to
                   Earth
                   and
                   Ashes
                   :
                   which
                   Mercury
                   it
                   becomes
                   impalpahle
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   is
                   called
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   We
                   take
                   nothing
                   else
                   to
                   subtilize
                   Metals
                   ,
                   to
                   make
                   them
                   penetrative
                   ,
                   or
                   to
                   tinge
                   other
                   Metals
                   :
                   Some
                   call
                   it
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   a
                   Water
                   ,
                   an
                   Acetum
                   ,
                   a
                   Poyson
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   destroys
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   dividing
                   them
                   into
                   several
                   parts
                   and
                   forms
                   ;
                   our
                   Medicine
                   is
                   made
                   of
                   two
                   things
                   ,
                   viz.
                   of
                   Body
                   and
                   Spirit
                   :
                   And
                   this
                   is
                   true
                   ,
                   that
                   all
                   Metals
                   have
                   but
                   one
                   Root
                   and
                   Original
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   But
                   why
                   cannot
                   this
                   Medicine
                   be
                   made
                   of
                   two
                   compounded
                   together
                   ?
                   I
                   Answer
                   :
                   It
                   may
                   be
                   made
                   of
                   all
                   these
                   together
                   ;
                   but
                   they
                   must
                   be
                   reduced
                   into
                   a
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   which
                   would
                   be
                   difficult
                   of
                   the
                   shortness
                   of
                   Man's
                   Life
                   :
                   Therefore
                   
                   we
                   take
                   the
                   next
                   matter
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   the
                   two
                   aforesaid
                   things
                   ,
                   viz.
                   Body
                   and
                   Spirit
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   Some
                   Philosophers
                   say
                   ,
                   our
                   Medicine
                   is
                   made
                   of
                   four
                   things
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   it
                   is
                   :
                   For
                   in
                   Metals
                   ,
                   and
                   their
                   Spirits
                   are
                   the
                   four
                   Elements
                   .
                   Others
                   say
                   true
                   also
                   ,
                   That
                   Metals
                   must
                   be
                   turned
                   into
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   :
                   Here
                   many
                   Learned
                   and
                   Wise
                   Men
                   err
                   ,
                   and
                   loose
                   themselves
                   in
                   this
                   path
                   .
                   Thus
                   far
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   of
                   which
                   our
                   Medicine
                   is
                   made
                   ,
                   or
                   with
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   ioyned
                   :
                   Now
                   of
                   the
                   Vessels
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   The
                   Vessel
                   ought
                   to
                   resemble
                   the
                   Firmament
                   ,
                   to
                   enclose
                   and
                   encompass
                   the
                   whole
                   Work
                   :
                   For
                   our
                   Medicine
                   is
                   nothing
                   else
                   but
                   a
                   change
                   of
                   Elements
                   one
                   into
                   another
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   done
                   by
                   the
                   motion
                   of
                   the
                   Firmament
                   ;
                   for
                   which
                   reason
                   it
                   must
                   needs
                   be
                   round
                   and
                   circular
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   The
                   other
                   ,
                   or
                   second
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   must
                   also
                   be
                   round
                   ,
                   and
                   be
                   less
                   than
                   the
                   outward
                   Vessel
                   :
                   6
                   or
                   7
                   Inches
                   high
                   ,
                   called
                   a
                   containing
                   Cucurbit
                   ;
                   on
                   which
                   you
                   must
                   place
                   an
                   Alembick
                   or
                   Head
                   ,
                   through
                   which
                   the
                   Vapors
                   may
                   ascend
                   ,
                   which
                   must
                   be
                   well
                   luted
                   ,
                   with
                   Lute
                   made
                   of
                   Meal
                   ,
                   sifted
                   Ashes
                   ,
                   Whites
                   of
                   Eggs
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                   Or
                   of
                   Meal
                   ,
                   Calx
                   Vive
                   ,
                   
                     ana
                     j.
                  
                   part
                   tempered
                   with
                   Whites
                   of
                   Eggs
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   must
                   immediately
                   use
                   :
                   Lute
                   it
                   so
                   well
                   ,
                   that
                   no
                   Spirits
                   may
                   fly
                   away
                   ;
                   the
                   loss
                   of
                   which
                   will
                   prejudice
                   your
                   Work
                   extreamly
                   ;
                   therefore
                   be
                   wary
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   The
                   Fornace
                   or
                   Oven
                   must
                   be
                   round
                   ,
                   12
                   or
                   14
                   Inches
                   high
                   ,
                   and
                   6
                   or
                   7
                   Inches
                   broad
                   ,
                   and
                   3
                   or
                   4
                   Inches
                   in
                   thickness
                   to
                   keep
                   in
                   the
                   heat
                   the
                   better
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Our
                   matter
                   is
                   generated
                   through
                   ,
                   or
                   by
                   help
                   of
                   the
                   heat
                   of
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   through
                   the
                   Vapour
                   of
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   also
                   of
                   the
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   which
                   must
                   be
                   nourished
                   ;
                   be
                   wise
                   and
                   consider
                   ,
                   and
                   meditate
                   well
                   upon
                   the
                   matter
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   XV.
                   Now
                   in
                   order
                   to
                   this
                   Work
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   1.
                   
                   Dissolution
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Separation
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   Sublimation
                   .
                   4.
                   
                   Fixation
                   ,
                   or
                   Congelation
                   .
                   5.
                   
                   Calcination
                   .
                   6.
                   
                   Ingression
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Dissolution
                   is
                   the
                   changing
                   of
                   a
                   dry
                   thing
                   into
                   a
                   moist
                   one
                   ,
                   and
                   belongs
                   only
                   to
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   as
                   to
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   which
                   serve
                   for
                   our
                   Art
                   :
                   For
                   a
                   Spirit
                   needs
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   being
                   a
                   liquid
                   thing
                   of
                   it self
                   ;
                   but
                   Metals
                   are
                   gross
                   and
                   dry
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   a
                   gross
                   nature
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   must
                   be
                   subtilized
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   First
                   ,
                   Because
                   unless
                   they
                   be
                   subtilized
                   through
                   dissolution
                   ,
                   they
                   cannot
                   be
                   reduced
                   into
                   water
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   to
                   ascend
                   through
                   the
                   Alembick
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   converted
                   into
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   whose
                   remaining
                   foeces
                   are
                   reserved
                   for
                   a
                   farther
                   use
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   Because
                   the
                   Body
                   and
                   Spirit
                   must
                   be
                   made
                   indivisible
                   and
                   one
                   :
                   For
                   no
                   gross
                   matter
                   joyns
                   or
                   mixes
                   with
                   a
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   unless
                   it
                   be
                   first
                   subtilized
                   ,
                   and
                   reduced
                   into
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   then
                   the
                   one
                   embraces
                   the
                   other
                   inseperably
                   .
                   For
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   meeting
                   with
                   a
                   thing
                   like
                   it self
                   ,
                   rejoyceth
                   in
                   it
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   dissolved
                   Body
                   embraces
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   and
                   suffers
                   it
                   not
                   to
                   fly
                   away
                   ,
                   making
                   it
                   to
                   endure
                   the
                   fire
                   ;
                   and
                   it
                   rejoyces
                   because
                   it
                   has
                   found
                   an
                   equal
                   ,
                   viz.
                   one
                   like
                   it self
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   nature
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   Dissolution
                   is
                   thus
                   done
                   :
                   Take
                   Leaves
                   of
                   Sol
                   ,
                   or
                   Luna
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   add
                   a
                   good
                   quantity
                   of
                   pure
                   Mercury
                   ;
                   putting
                   in
                   the
                   Leaves
                   by
                   little
                   and
                   little
                   ,
                   into
                   a
                   Vessel
                   placed
                   in
                   so
                   gentle
                   a
                   heat
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Mercury
                   may
                   not
                   fume
                   :
                   when
                   all
                   is
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Mass
                   feems
                   to
                   be
                   one
                   Homogene
                   body
                   ,
                   you
                   have
                   done
                   well
                   :
                   If
                   there
                   be
                   any
                   foeces
                   ,
                   or
                   matter
                   undissolved
                   ,
                   add
                   more
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   till
                   all
                   seems
                   to
                   be
                   melted
                   together
                   .
                
                 
                   XX.
                   Take
                   the
                   matter
                   thus
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   set
                   it
                   in
                   
                     B.
                     M.
                  
                   for
                   7
                   days
                   ,
                   then
                   let
                   it
                   cool
                   :
                   and
                   strain
                   all
                   through
                   a
                   Cloth
                   or
                   Skin
                   ;
                   if
                   all
                   goes
                   through
                   ,
                   the
                   dissolution
                   is
                   
                   perfect
                   ;
                   if
                   not
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   begin
                   again
                   ,
                   and
                   add
                   more
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   so
                   long
                   till
                   all
                   be
                   dissolved
                   .
                
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   Separation
                   is
                   the
                   dividing
                   of
                   a
                   thing
                   into
                   parts
                   ,
                   as
                   of
                   pure
                   from
                   impure
                   .
                   We
                   take
                   our
                   dissolved
                   matter
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   it
                   into
                   the
                   smaller
                   Vessel
                   which
                   stands
                   in
                   the
                   Cucurbite
                   ,
                   well
                   luting
                   to
                   the
                   Alembick
                   ,
                   and
                   seting
                   it
                   in
                   Ashes
                   ,
                   continuing
                   the
                   fire
                   for
                   a
                   Week
                   :
                   One
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Spirit
                   sublimes
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   call
                   the
                   Spirit
                   or
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   the
                   subtilest
                   part
                   ;
                   the
                   other
                   which
                   is
                   not
                   yet
                   subtil
                   ,
                   sticks
                   about
                   the
                   Cucurbite
                   ,
                   and
                   some
                   of
                   it
                   falls
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   to
                   the
                   bottom
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   warm
                   and
                   moist
                   ,
                   this
                   we
                   call
                   the
                   Air.
                   And
                   a
                   third
                   part
                   remaining
                   in
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   the
                   inner
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   yet
                   grosser
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   called
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   Each
                   of
                   these
                   we
                   put
                   into
                   a
                   Vessel
                   apart
                   ;
                   but
                   to
                   the
                   third
                   we
                   put
                   more
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   and
                   proceed
                   as
                   before
                   ,
                   reserving
                   always
                   each
                   principle
                   or
                   Element
                   apart
                   by
                   it self
                   ,
                   and
                   thus
                   proceeding
                   ,
                   till
                   nothing
                   remains
                   in
                   the
                   inner
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   but
                   a
                   black
                   pouder
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   call
                   the
                   black
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   the
                   dregs
                   of
                   Metals
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   thing
                   causing
                   the
                   obstruction
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Metals
                   cannot
                   be
                   united
                   with
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ;
                   this
                   black
                   pouder
                   is
                   of
                   no
                   use
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIII
                   .
                   Having
                   thus
                   separated
                   the
                   four
                   Elements
                   from
                   the
                   Metals
                   ,
                   or
                   divided
                   them
                   ,
                   you
                   may
                   demand
                   ,
                   What
                   then
                   is
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   one
                   of
                   these
                   four
                   ?
                   To
                   which
                   I
                   Answer
                   :
                   That
                   the
                   Fire
                   and
                   the
                   Air
                   are
                   of
                   one
                   nature
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   mixed
                   together
                   ,
                   and
                   changed
                   the
                   one
                   into
                   the
                   other
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   dividing
                   of
                   the
                   Elements
                   ,
                   they
                   have
                   their
                   natural
                   force
                   and
                   power
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   the
                   whole
                   ,
                   so
                   in
                   the
                   parts
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIV
                   .
                   We
                   call
                   that
                   Air
                   which
                   remained
                   in
                   the
                   bigger
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   more
                   hot
                   than
                   moist
                   ,
                   cold
                   ,
                   or
                   dry
                   :
                   The
                   same
                   understand
                   of
                   the
                   other
                   Elements
                   .
                   Hence
                   Plato
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     We
                     turned
                     the
                     moist
                     into
                     dry
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     dry
                     we
                     made
                     moist
                     ,
                     and
                     we
                     turned
                  
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   the
                   Body
                   into
                   Water
                   and
                   Air.
                   
                
                 
                   XXV
                   .
                   Sublimation
                   is
                   the
                   ascending
                   from
                   below
                   upwards
                   ,
                   the
                   subtil
                   matter
                   arising
                   ,
                   leaving
                   the
                   gross
                   matter
                   still
                   below
                   ,
                   as
                   he
                   said
                   before
                   in
                   the
                   changing
                   of
                   the
                   Elements
                   :
                   Thus
                   the
                   matter
                   must
                   be
                   subtilized
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   not
                   subtil
                   enough
                   ,
                   all
                   which
                   must
                   be
                   done
                   through
                   heat
                   and
                   moisture
                   ,
                   viz.
                   through
                   Fire
                   and
                   Water
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVI
                   .
                   You
                   must
                   then
                   take
                   the
                   thing
                   which
                   remained
                   in
                   the
                   greater
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   it
                   to
                   other
                   fresh
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   well
                   dissolved
                   and
                   subtilized
                   :
                   set
                   it
                   in
                   
                     B.
                     M.
                  
                   for
                   three
                   days
                   as
                   before
                   .
                   We
                   mention
                   not
                   the
                   quantity
                   of
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   but
                   leave
                   that
                   to
                   your
                   discretion
                   ,
                   taking
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   you
                   need
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   may
                   make
                   it
                   fusible
                   ,
                   and
                   clear
                   like
                   a
                   Spirit
                   .
                   But
                   you
                   must
                   not
                   take
                   too
                   much
                   of
                   the
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   lest
                   it
                   become
                   a
                   Sea
                   ;
                   then
                   you
                   must
                   set
                   it
                   again
                   to
                   sublime
                   ,
                   as
                   formerly
                   ,
                   and
                   do
                   this
                   Work
                   so
                   often
                   ,
                   till
                   you
                   have
                   brought
                   it
                   through
                   the
                   Alembick
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   be
                   very
                   subtil
                   ,
                   one
                   united
                   thing
                   ,
                   clear
                   ,
                   pure
                   ,
                   and
                   fusible
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVII
                   .
                   Then
                   we
                   put
                   it
                   again
                   into
                   the
                   inner
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   and
                   let
                   it
                   go
                   once
                   more
                   through
                   the
                   Alembick
                   ,
                   to
                   see
                   whether
                   any
                   thing
                   be
                   left
                   behind
                   ;
                   which
                   if
                   so
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   same
                   we
                   add
                   more
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   becomes
                   all
                   one
                   thing
                   ;
                   and
                   leaves
                   no
                   more
                   sediment
                   ,
                   and
                   be
                   separated
                   from
                   all
                   its
                   Impurity
                   and
                   Superfluity
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVIII
                   .
                   Thus
                   have
                   we
                   made
                   out
                   of
                   two
                   ,
                   one
                   only
                   thing
                   ,
                   viz.
                   out
                   of
                   Body
                   and
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   one
                   only
                   congenerous
                   substance
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   Spirit
                   and
                   light
                   ;
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   which
                   before
                   was
                   heavy
                   and
                   fixed
                   ,
                   ascending
                   upwards
                   ,
                   is
                   become
                   light
                   and
                   volatile
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   mere
                   Spirit
                   :
                   Thus
                   have
                   we
                   made
                   a
                   Spirit
                   out
                   of
                   a
                   Body
                   ,
                   we
                   must
                   now
                   make
                   a
                   Body
                   out
                   of
                   a
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   one
                   thing
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIX
                   .
                   Fixation
                   ,
                   or
                   Congelation
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   making
                   the
                   
                   flowing
                   and
                   volatile
                   matter
                   fixt
                   ,
                   and
                   able
                   to
                   endure
                   the
                   fire
                   ;
                   and
                   this
                   is
                   the
                   changing
                   of
                   the
                   Spirit
                   into
                   a
                   Body
                   :
                   We
                   before
                   turned
                   the
                   dryness
                   and
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   into
                   moistness
                   and
                   a
                   Spirit
                   ;
                   now
                   we
                   must
                   turn
                   the
                   Spirit
                   into
                   a
                   Body
                   ,
                   making
                   that
                   which
                   ascended
                   to
                   stay
                   below
                   ;
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   we
                   must
                   make
                   it
                   a
                   thing
                   fixed
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   Sayings
                   of
                   the
                   Philo
                   sophers
                   ,
                   reducing
                   each
                   Element
                   into
                   its
                   contrary
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   find
                   what
                   you
                   seek
                   after
                   ,
                   viz.
                   making
                   a
                   fixt
                   thing
                   to
                   be
                   volatile
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   volatile
                   fixt
                   ;
                   this
                   can
                   only
                   be
                   done
                   through
                   Congelation
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   we
                   turn
                   the
                   Spirit
                   into
                   a
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   XXX
                   .
                   But
                   how
                   is
                   this
                   done
                   ?
                   We
                   take
                   a
                   little
                   of
                   the
                   ferment
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   made
                   of
                   our
                   Medicine
                   be
                   it
                   Luna
                   or
                   Sol
                   ;
                   as
                   if
                   you
                   have
                   10
                   Ounces
                   of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   you
                   take
                   but
                   1
                   Ounce
                   of
                   the
                   ferment
                   ,
                   which
                   must
                   be
                   soliated
                   ;
                   and
                   this
                   ferment
                   we
                   amalgamate
                   with
                   the
                   matter
                   which
                   you
                   had
                   before
                   prepared
                   ,
                   the
                   same
                   we
                   put
                   into
                   the
                   Glass
                   Vial
                   with
                   a
                   long
                   Neck
                   ,
                   and
                   set
                   it
                   in
                   warm
                   Ashes
                   :
                   Then
                   to
                   the
                   said
                   ferment
                   ,
                   add
                   the
                   said
                   Spirit
                   which
                   you
                   drew
                   through
                   the
                   Alembick
                   ,
                   so
                   much
                   as
                   may
                   overtop
                   it
                   the
                   height
                   of
                   2
                   or
                   3
                   Inches
                   ;
                   put
                   to
                   it
                   a
                   good
                   fire
                   for
                   3
                   days
                   ,
                   then
                   will
                   the
                   dissolved
                   Body
                   find
                   its
                   Companion
                   ,
                   and
                   they
                   will
                   embrace
                   each
                   other
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXI
                   .
                   Then
                   the
                   gross
                   ferment
                   ,
                   laying
                   hold
                   of
                   the
                   subtil
                   ferment
                   ,
                   attracts
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   joyns
                   it self
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   will
                   not
                   let
                   it
                   go
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   dissolved
                   Body
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   now
                   subtil
                   ,
                   keeps
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   they
                   are
                   of
                   equal
                   subtilty
                   ,
                   and
                   like
                   one
                   to
                   another
                   ;
                   and
                   are
                   become
                   so
                   one
                   and
                   the
                   same
                   thing
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   fire
                   can
                   never
                   be
                   able
                   to
                   separate
                   them
                   any
                   more
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXII
                   .
                   By
                   this
                   means
                   you
                   come
                   to
                   make
                   one
                   thing
                   like
                   another
                   ;
                   the
                   ferment
                   becomes
                   the
                   abiding
                   place
                   of
                   the
                   subtil
                   body
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   subtil
                   body
                   the
                   habitation
                   of
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   not
                   fly
                   away
                   .
                   Then
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   we
                   make
                   a
                   Fire
                   for
                   a
                   Week
                   ,
                   more
                   or
                   less
                   ,
                   till
                   we
                   see
                   the
                   matter
                   congealed
                   :
                   which
                   time
                   is
                   longer
                   or
                   shorter
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   condition
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   Furnaces
                   ,
                   and
                   Fires
                   you
                   make
                   use
                   of
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIII
                   .
                   When
                   you
                   see
                   the
                   Matter
                   Coagulated
                   ,
                   put
                   of
                   the
                   abovesaid
                   Matter
                   or
                   Spirit
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   to
                   over
                   top
                   it
                   two
                   or
                   three
                   inches
                   ,
                   which
                   digest
                   as
                   before
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   coagulated
                   also
                   ,
                   and
                   thus
                   proceed
                   ,
                   till
                   all
                   the
                   Matter
                   or
                   Spirit
                   be
                   congealed
                   .
                   This
                   Secret
                   of
                   the
                   Congelation
                   ,
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   consealed
                   in
                   their
                   Books
                   ,
                   none
                   of
                   them
                   that
                   we
                   know
                   of
                   having
                   disclosed
                   it
                   ,
                   except
                   only
                   Larkalix
                   ,
                   who
                   composed
                   it
                   in
                   many
                   Chapters
                   ;
                   and
                   also
                   revealed
                   it
                   unto
                   me
                   ,
                   without
                   any
                   Reservation
                   or
                   Deceipt
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIV
                   .
                   Calcination
                   .
                   We
                   take
                   the
                   known
                   Matter
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   Vesica
                   ,
                   setting
                   a
                   Head
                   upon
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   luting
                   it
                   well
                   ,
                   put
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   Sand
                   Furnace
                   ,
                   making
                   a
                   continued
                   great
                   Fire
                   for
                   a
                   Week
                   :
                   then
                   the
                   Volatile
                   ascends
                   into
                   the
                   Alembeck
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   call
                   
                     Avis
                     Hermetis
                  
                   :
                   that
                   which
                   remains
                   in
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   the
                   Glass
                   ,
                   is
                   like
                   Ashes
                   or
                   sifted
                   Earth
                   ,
                   called
                   ,
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Earth
                   ,
                   out
                   of
                   which
                   they
                   make
                   their
                   Foundation
                   ,
                   and
                   out
                   of
                   which
                   they
                   make
                   their
                   increase
                   or
                   augmentation
                   ,
                   through
                   heat
                   and
                   moisture
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXV
                   .
                   This
                   Earth
                   is
                   composed
                   of
                   four
                   Elements
                   ,
                   but
                   are
                   not
                   contrary
                   one
                   to
                   another
                   ,
                   for
                   their
                   contrariety
                   is
                   changed
                   to
                   an
                   agreement
                   ,
                   unto
                   an
                   homogene
                   and
                   uniform
                   nature
                   :
                   Then
                   we
                   take
                   the
                   moist
                   part
                   ,
                   and
                   reserve
                   it
                   a
                   part
                   to
                   a
                   farther
                   use
                   .
                   This
                   Earth
                   ,
                   or
                   Ashes
                   ,
                   (
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   very
                   fixed
                   thing
                   )
                   we
                   put
                   into
                   a
                   very
                   strong
                   Earthen
                   Pot
                   or
                   Crucible
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   we
                   lute
                   its
                   Cover
                   ,
                   and
                   set
                   it
                   in
                   a
                   calcining
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   or
                   Reverberatory
                   ,
                   for
                   3
                   days
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   always
                   red
                   hot
                   :
                   Thus
                   we
                   make
                   of
                   a
                   Stone
                   ,
                   a
                   white
                   Calx
                   ;
                   and
                   of
                   things
                   of
                   an
                   earthy
                   and
                   watery
                   nature
                   ,
                   a
                   fiery
                   nature
                   :
                   For
                   every
                   Calx
                   is
                   of
                   
                   a
                   fiery
                   nature
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   hot
                   and
                   dry
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXVI
                   .
                   We
                   have
                   brought
                   things
                   to
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   fire
                   ;
                   we
                   must
                   now
                   further
                   subtilize
                   the
                   four
                   Elements
                   ;
                   we
                   take
                   apart
                   ,
                   a
                   small
                   quantity
                   of
                   this
                   Calx
                   ,
                   viz.
                   a
                   fourth
                   part
                   :
                   The
                   other
                   we
                   set
                   to
                   dissolve
                   with
                   a
                   good
                   quantity
                   of
                   fresh
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   even
                   as
                   we
                   had
                   done
                   formerly
                   (
                   in
                   all
                   the
                   Processes
                   of
                   the
                   aforegoing
                   Paragraphs
                   )
                   and
                   so
                   proceed
                   on
                   from
                   time
                   to
                   time
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   is
                   wholly
                   dissolved
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXVII
                   .
                   Now
                   that
                   you
                   may
                   change
                   the
                   fixt
                   into
                   a
                   Volatile
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   Fire
                   into
                   Water
                   ,
                   know
                   ,
                   that
                   that
                   which
                   was
                   of
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   Fire
                   ,
                   is
                   now
                   become
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   Water
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   fixt
                   thereby
                   is
                   made
                   volatile
                   and
                   very
                   subtil
                   .
                   Take
                   of
                   this
                   water
                   one
                   part
                   ,
                   put
                   it
                   to
                   the
                   reserved
                   Calx
                   ;
                   and
                   add
                   to
                   it
                   as
                   much
                   of
                   the
                   water
                   ,
                   as
                   may
                   over
                   top
                   the
                   Calx
                   2
                   or
                   3
                   Inches
                   ,
                   making
                   a
                   fire
                   under
                   it
                   for
                   3
                   days
                   ;
                   thus
                   it
                   congeals
                   sooner
                   than
                   at
                   first
                   ,
                   for
                   Calx
                   is
                   hot
                   and
                   dry
                   ,
                   and
                   drinks
                   up
                   the
                   humidity
                   greedily
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXVIII
                   .
                   This
                   Congelation
                   must
                   be
                   continued
                   till
                   all
                   be
                   quite
                   congealed
                   ;
                   afterwards
                   you
                   must
                   calcine
                   it
                   as
                   formerly
                   ;
                   being
                   quite
                   calcined
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   quintessence
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   of
                   a
                   more
                   subtil
                   nature
                   than
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   because
                   of
                   the
                   Transmutation
                   formerly
                   made
                   .
                   All
                   this
                   being
                   done
                   our
                   Medicine
                   is
                   finished
                   ,
                   and
                   nothing
                   but
                   Ingression
                   is
                   wanting
                   ,
                   viz.
                   that
                   the
                   matter
                   may
                   have
                   an
                   Ingress
                   into
                   Imperfect
                   Metals
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIX
                   .
                   Plato
                   ,
                   and
                   many
                   other
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   began
                   this
                   Work
                   again
                   ,
                   with
                   dissolving
                   ,
                   subliming
                   ,
                   or
                   subtilizing
                   ,
                   congealing
                   ,
                   and
                   calcining
                   ,
                   as
                   at
                   first
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   our
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   call
                   a
                   ferment
                   ,
                   transmutes
                   Mercury
                   into
                   its
                   own
                   na-nature
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   dissolved
                   and
                   sublimed
                   .
                   They
                   say
                   also
                   ,
                   our
                   Medicine
                   transmutes
                   infinitely
                   imperfect
                   Metals
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   he
                   who
                   attains
                   once
                   to
                   the
                   perfection
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   shall
                   never
                   have
                   any
                   need
                   to
                   make
                   more
                   ,
                   all
                   which
                   is
                   Philosophically
                   to
                   be
                   understood
                   ,
                   as
                   to
                   the
                   first
                   Original
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   XL.
                   Seeing
                   then
                   that
                   our
                   Medicine
                   transmutes
                   imperfect
                   Metals
                   into
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   nature
                   and
                   form
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   out
                   of
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   made
                   ;
                   therefore
                   we
                   now
                   a
                   second
                   time
                   say
                   ,
                   That
                   this
                   our
                   Medicine
                   is
                   of
                   that
                   nature
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   transmutes
                   or
                   changes
                   ,
                   converts
                   ,
                   divides
                   asunder
                   like
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   of
                   a
                   more
                   subtil
                   nature
                   than
                   fire
                   ,
                   being
                   of
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   a
                   quintessence
                   as
                   aforesaid
                   ,
                   converting
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   an
                   imperfect
                   substance
                   ,
                   into
                   its
                   own
                   nature
                   ,
                   turning
                   the
                   grossness
                   of
                   Metal
                   into
                   Dust
                   and
                   Ashes
                   ,
                   as
                   you
                   see
                   fire
                   ,
                   which
                   does
                   not
                   turn
                   all
                   things
                   into
                   its
                   nature
                   ,
                   but
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   homogene
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   turning
                   the
                   hetero
                   gene
                   matter
                   into
                   Ashes
                   .
                
                 
                   XLI
                   .
                   We
                   have
                   taught
                   how
                   a
                   Body
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   changed
                   into
                   a
                   Spirit
                   ;
                   and
                   again
                   how
                   the
                   Spirit
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   turned
                   into
                   a
                   Body
                   ,
                   viz.
                   how
                   the
                   fixed
                   is
                   made
                   volatile
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   volatile
                   fixed
                   again
                   :
                   How
                   the
                   Earth
                   is
                   turned
                   into
                   Water
                   and
                   Air
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Air
                   into
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Fire
                   into
                   Earth
                   again
                   :
                   Then
                   the
                   Earth
                   into
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Fire
                   into
                   Air
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Air
                   into
                   Water
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Water
                   again
                   into
                   Earth
                   .
                   Now
                   the
                   Earth
                   which
                   was
                   of
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   Fire
                   ,
                   is
                   brought
                   to
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   a
                   quintessence
                   .
                
                 
                   XLII
                   .
                   Thus
                   we
                   have
                   taught
                   the
                   ways
                   of
                   transmuting
                   ,
                   performed
                   through
                   heat
                   and
                   moisture
                   ;
                   making
                   out
                   of
                   a
                   dry
                   a
                   moist
                   thing
                   ,
                   and
                   out
                   of
                   a
                   moist
                   a
                   dry
                   one
                   :
                   otherwise
                   Natures
                   which
                   are
                   of
                   several
                   Properties
                   ,
                   or
                   Families
                   ,
                   could
                   not
                   be
                   brought
                   to
                   one
                   uniform
                   thing
                   ,
                   if
                   the
                   one
                   should
                   be
                   turned
                   into
                   the
                   others
                   nature
                   .
                
                 
                   XLIII
                   .
                   And
                   this
                   is
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   advice
                   of
                   the
                   Philosopher
                   :
                   Ascend
                   from
                   the
                   Earth
                   into
                   Heaven
                   
                   and
                   descend
                   from
                   the
                   Heaven
                   to
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   to
                   the
                   intent
                   to
                   make
                   the
                   body
                   which
                   is
                   Earth
                   ,
                   into
                   a
                   Spirit
                   which
                   is
                   subtil
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   to
                   reduce
                   that
                   Spirit
                   into
                   a
                   Body
                   again
                   which
                   is
                   gross
                   ,
                   changing
                   one
                   Element
                   into
                   another
                   ,
                   as
                   Earth
                   into
                   Water
                   ,
                   Water
                   into
                   Air
                   ,
                   Air
                   into
                   Fire
                   ;
                   and
                   Fire
                   again
                   into
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   Water
                   into
                   Fire
                   :
                   and
                   that
                   into
                   a
                   more
                   subtil
                   Nature
                   and
                   quintescence
                   .
                   Thus
                   have
                   you
                   accomplished
                   the
                   Treasure
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   World.
                   
                
                 
                   XLIII
                   .
                   Ingression
                   .
                   Take
                   Sulphur
                   Vive
                   ,
                   Melt
                   it
                   in
                   an
                   Earthen
                   Vessel
                   well
                   glazed
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   to
                   it
                   a
                   strong
                   Lye
                   made
                   of
                   Calx
                   vive
                   and
                   Pot
                   Ashes
                   :
                   Boyl
                   gently
                   together
                   ,
                   so
                   will
                   an
                   Oyl
                   swim
                   on
                   the
                   top
                   ,
                   which
                   take
                   and
                   keep
                   :
                   Having
                   enough
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   mix
                   it
                   with
                   Sand
                   ,
                   distil
                   it
                   through
                   an
                   Alembick
                   or
                   Retort
                   ,
                   so
                   long
                   till
                   it
                   becomes
                   incombustible
                   .
                   With
                   this
                   Oyl
                   we
                   imbibe
                   Our
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   be
                   like
                   Soap
                   ,
                   then
                   we
                   distil
                   by
                   an
                   Alembick
                   ,
                   and
                   cohobate
                   3
                   or
                   4
                   times
                   ,
                   adding
                   more
                   Oyl
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   not
                   imbibed
                   enough
                   .
                
                 
                   XLV
                   .
                   Being
                   thus
                   imbibed
                   ,
                   put
                   fire
                   under
                   it
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   moisture
                   may
                   Vanish
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Medicine
                   be
                   fit
                   and
                   fusible
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   body
                   of
                   Glass
                   .
                   Then
                   take
                   the
                   
                     Avis
                     Hermetis
                  
                   before
                   reserved
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   it
                   to
                   it
                   Gradatim
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   all
                   becomes
                   perfectly
                   fixt
                   .
                
                 
                   XLVI
                   .
                   Now
                   according
                   to
                   Avicen
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   possible
                   to
                   convert
                   or
                   transmute
                   Metals
                   ,
                   unless
                   they
                   be
                   reduced
                   to
                   their
                   first
                   Matter
                   ;
                   then
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   Art
                   they
                   are
                   transmuted
                   into
                   another
                   Metal
                   .
                   The
                   Alchymist
                   does
                   like
                   the
                   Physitian
                   ,
                   who
                   first
                   Purges
                   off
                   the
                   Corrupt
                   or
                   Morbifick
                   Matter
                   ,
                   the
                   Enemy
                   to
                   Mans
                   Health
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   administers
                   a
                   Cordial
                   to
                   restore
                   the
                   Vital
                   Powers
                   :
                   So
                   we
                   first
                   Purge
                   the
                   Mercury
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   in
                   Metals
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   strengthen
                   the
                   Heavenly
                   Elements
                   in
                   them
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   their
                   various
                   Preparations
                   .
                
                 
                   XLVII
                   .
                   This
                   Nature
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   works
                   farther
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   Art
                   ,
                   as
                   her
                   Instrument
                   ;
                   and
                   really
                   makes
                   the
                   most
                   pure
                   and
                   fine
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   :
                   for
                   as
                   the
                   heavenly
                   Elemental
                   Virtues
                   work
                   in
                   natural
                   Vessels
                   ;
                   even
                   so
                   do
                   the
                   artificial
                   ,
                   being
                   made
                   uniform
                   .
                   agreeable
                   with
                   nature
                   ;
                   and
                   as
                   nature
                   works
                   by
                   means
                   of
                   the
                   heats
                   of
                   Fire
                   and
                   of
                   the
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   so
                   also
                   Art
                   work
                   〈◊〉
                   by
                   a
                   like
                   temperate
                   and
                   proportionate
                   fire
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   moving
                   and
                   living
                   virtue
                   in
                   the
                   matter
                   .
                
                 
                   XLVIII
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   heavenly
                   virtue
                   ,
                   mixed
                   with
                   it
                   at
                   first
                   ,
                   and
                   inclinable
                   to
                   this
                   or
                   that
                   is
                   furthered
                   by
                   Art
                   :
                   Heavenly
                   Virtues
                   are
                   communicated
                   to
                   their
                   Subjects
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   in
                   all
                   natural
                   things
                   ,
                   chiefly
                   in
                   things
                   generated
                   by
                   putrefaction
                   where
                   the
                   Astral
                   Influences
                   are
                   apparent
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   capacity
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   .
                
                 
                   XLIX
                   .
                   The
                   Alchymist
                   imitates
                   the
                   same
                   thing
                   ,
                   destroying
                   one
                   form
                   to
                   beget
                   another
                   ,
                   and
                   his
                   Operations
                   are
                   best
                   when
                   they
                   are
                   according
                   to
                   nature
                   ,
                   as
                   by
                   purifying
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   by
                   digesting
                   ,
                   subliming
                   and
                   purging
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   by
                   an
                   exact
                   mixtion
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   Metalick
                   matter
                   ;
                   and
                   thus
                   out
                   of
                   their
                   Principles
                   ,
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   every
                   Metal
                   is
                   produced
                   .
                
                 
                   L.
                   The
                   power
                   and
                   virtue
                   of
                   the
                   converting
                   Element
                   must
                   prevail
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   parts
                   of
                   it
                   may
                   appear
                   in
                   the
                   converted
                   Element
                   ;
                   and
                   being
                   thus
                   mixed
                   with
                   the
                   Elementated
                   thing
                   ,
                   then
                   that
                   Element
                   will
                   have
                   that
                   matter
                   which
                   made
                   it
                   an
                   Element
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   virtue
                   of
                   the
                   other
                   converting
                   Element
                   will
                   be
                   predominant
                   and
                   remain
                   ;
                   this
                   is
                   the
                   great
                   Arcanum
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Art.
                   
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXXVI
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Key
                   which
                   opens
                   the
                   Mystery
                   of
                   this
                   Grand
                   Elixir
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   THIS
                   is
                   the
                   true
                   Copy
                   of
                   a
                   Writing
                   found
                   in
                   a
                   Coffin
                   upon
                   the
                   Breast
                   of
                   a
                   Religious
                   Man
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   Soldier
                   making
                   a
                   Grave
                   at
                   Ostend
                   ,
                   to
                   bury
                   some
                   slain
                   Soldiers
                   ,
                   Anno
                   1450.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   My
                   Dear
                   Brother
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   intend
                   to
                   follow
                   or
                   study
                   the
                   Art
                   of
                   Alchymie
                   ,
                   and
                   work
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   let
                   me
                   give
                   you
                   warning
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   follow
                   not
                   the
                   literal
                   prescripts
                   of
                   Arnoldus
                   nor
                   Raymundus
                   ,
                   nor
                   indeed
                   of
                   most
                   other
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   for
                   in
                   all
                   their
                   Books
                   they
                   have
                   delivered
                   nothing
                   but
                   figuratively
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   Men
                   not
                   only
                   loose
                   their
                   time
                   ,
                   but
                   their
                   Money
                   also
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   I
                   my self
                   have
                   studdied
                   in
                   these
                   Books
                   for
                   more
                   than
                   30
                   Years
                   ,
                   and
                   never
                   could
                   find
                   out
                   the
                   Secret
                   or
                   Mistery
                   by
                   them
                   :
                   But
                   at
                   length
                   ,
                   through
                   the
                   goodness
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   I
                   have
                   found
                   out
                   one
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   good
                   ,
                   true
                   ,
                   and
                   absolutely
                   certain
                   ,
                   and
                   has
                   restored
                   to
                   me
                   my
                   Credit
                   and
                   Reputation
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Now
                   knowing
                   (
                   as
                   I
                   do
                   )
                   how
                   much
                   time
                   you
                   have
                   lost
                   ,
                   and
                   what
                   Wealth
                   you
                   have
                   consumed
                   ,
                   being
                   touched
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   as
                   a
                   Friend
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   regard
                   of
                   our
                   faithful
                   promise
                   to
                   each
                   other
                   in
                   our
                   beginning
                   ,
                   to
                   participate
                   each
                   of
                   others
                   Fortunes
                   ,
                   I
                   have
                   thought
                   it
                   fit
                   ,
                   here
                   to
                   perswade
                   you
                   ,
                   not
                   to
                   loose
                   your self
                   any
                   longer
                   in
                   the
                   Books
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   but
                   to
                   put
                   you
                   in
                   the
                   right
                   way
                   ,
                   which
                   after
                   long
                   Wanderings
                   I
                   have
                   found
                   out
                   ,
                   and
                   now
                   at
                   this
                   present
                   ,
                   I
                   on
                   my
                   Death-Bed
                   bequeath
                   you
                   .
                
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                   V.
                   I
                   advise
                   you
                   to
                   take
                   nothing
                   from
                   it
                   ,
                   nor
                   add
                   any
                   thing
                   to
                   it
                   ;
                   but
                   to
                   do
                   just
                   as
                   I
                   have
                   set
                   it
                   down
                   ,
                   and
                   observe
                   these
                   following
                   directions
                   ;
                   so
                   will
                   you
                   succeed
                   and
                   prosper
                   in
                   the
                   work
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   First
                   ,
                   Never
                   work
                   with
                   a
                   great
                   Man
                   ,
                   lest
                   your
                   life
                   come
                   into
                   danger
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Let
                   your
                   Earthen
                   Vessels
                   be
                   well
                   made
                   and
                   strong
                   ,
                   lest
                   you
                   lose
                   your
                   Medicine
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   Learn
                   to
                   know
                   all
                   your
                   Materials
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   be
                   not
                   cheated
                   with
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   sophisticate
                   and
                   nothing
                   worth
                   .
                   4.
                   
                   Let
                   your
                   Fire
                   be
                   neither
                   stronger
                   nor
                   soster
                   ,
                   but
                   what
                   is
                   fit
                   ,
                   and
                   just
                   as
                   I
                   have
                   here
                   directed
                   .
                   5.
                   
                   Let
                   the
                   Bellows
                   and
                   all
                   the
                   other
                   Materials
                   be
                   your
                   own
                   .
                   6.
                   
                   Let
                   no
                   man
                   come
                   where
                   you
                   Work
                   ,
                   and
                   seem
                   Ignorant
                   to
                   all
                   such
                   as
                   shall
                   enquire
                   any
                   thing
                   of
                   you
                   touching
                   the
                   Secret.
                   7.
                   
                   Learn
                   to
                   know
                   Metals
                   well
                   ,
                   especially
                   Gold
                   and
                   Silver
                   ;
                   and
                   put
                   them
                   not
                   into
                   the
                   Work
                   till
                   they
                   be
                   first
                   purified
                   by
                   your
                   own
                   hands
                   ,
                   as
                   fine
                   as
                   may
                   be
                   .
                   8.
                   
                   Reveal
                   not
                   this
                   Secret
                   to
                   any
                   one
                   ,
                   but
                   let
                   this
                   Writing
                   be
                   Buried
                   with
                   you
                   ,
                   giving
                   a
                   confirmed
                   charge
                   concerning
                   the
                   same
                   to
                   him
                   you
                   Trust.
                   9.
                   
                   Get
                   a
                   Servant
                   that
                   may
                   be
                   Trusty
                   and
                   Secret
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   a
                   good
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   to
                   attend
                   you
                   ,
                   but
                   never
                   leave
                   him
                   alone
                   .
                   10.
                   
                   Lastly
                   ,
                   when
                   you
                   have
                   ended
                   the
                   Work
                   ,
                   be
                   Kind
                   and
                   Generous
                   ,
                   Charitable
                   to
                   the
                   Poor
                   ,
                   publick
                   Spirited
                   ,
                   and
                   return
                   your
                   Tribute
                   of
                   Thanks
                   to
                   the
                   Great
                   and
                   most
                   Merciful
                   God
                   ,
                   the
                   Giver
                   of
                   all
                   good
                   Things
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Take
                   mineral
                   Quick
                   Silver
                   three
                   pounds
                   (
                   made
                   neither
                   of
                   Lead
                   nor
                   Tin
                   )
                   and
                   cause
                   an
                   Earthen
                   Pot
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   ,
                   well
                   burned
                   the
                   first
                   time
                   :
                   glaze
                   it
                   all
                   over
                   except
                   the
                   bottom
                   ,
                   the
                   which
                   anoint
                   with
                   hogs
                   Grease
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   not
                   Glaze
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   done
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Earth
                   of
                   the
                   Quick
                   Silver
                   may
                   sink
                   to
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   the
                   Pot
                   ,
                   which
                   it
                   would
                   not
                   do
                   ,
                   being
                   glazed
                   ,
                   nor
                   become
                   Earth
                   again
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   The
                   Pot
                   must
                   be
                   made
                   a
                   good
                   foot
                   long
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   Fashion
                   of
                   an
                   Urinal
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   Pipe
                   in
                   the
                   midst
                   of
                   it
                   :
                   The
                   Fornace
                   must
                   be
                   made
                   on
                   purpose
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Pot
                   may
                   go
                   in
                   close
                   to
                   the
                   sides
                   of
                   the
                   Mouth
                   of
                   the
                   Furnace
                   :
                   Set
                   on
                   the
                   Pot
                   a
                   good
                   great
                   Cap
                   or
                   Head
                   ,
                   with
                   its
                   Receiver
                   ,
                   without
                   Luting
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   give
                   it
                   a
                   good
                   fire
                   of
                   Coals
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   Pot
                   be
                   all
                   on
                   fire
                   and
                   very
                   red
                   ;
                   then
                   take
                   the
                   fire
                   out
                   quickly
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   in
                   the
                   Quick
                   Silver
                   at
                   the
                   Pipe
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   with
                   as
                   much
                   hast
                   as
                   you
                   can
                   ,
                   stop
                   it
                   close
                   with
                   Lute
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Then
                   will
                   the
                   Quick
                   Silver
                   by
                   the
                   heat
                   and
                   force
                   it
                   finds
                   ,
                   both
                   Break
                   and
                   Work
                   ;
                   a
                   part
                   thereof
                   you
                   shall
                   see
                   in
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   a
                   few
                   drops
                   ;
                   and
                   a
                   part
                   will
                   stick
                   to
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   the
                   Pot
                   in
                   black
                   Earth
                   :
                   Now
                   let
                   the
                   Pot
                   cool
                   within
                   the
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   ,
                   then
                   open
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   shall
                   find
                   the
                   Quick
                   Silver
                   in
                   it
                   all
                   Black
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   must
                   take
                   out
                   ,
                   and
                   wash
                   very
                   clean
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Pot
                   also
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   As
                   for
                   the
                   Water
                   which
                   does
                   distil
                   out
                   ,
                   put
                   it
                   a
                   side
                   ,
                   or
                   cast
                   it
                   away
                   ,
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   nothing
                   worth
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   all
                   Flegm
                   .
                   Set
                   the
                   Pot
                   into
                   the
                   Fornace
                   again
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   it
                   red
                   hot
                   ;
                   put
                   in
                   the
                   Quick
                   Silver
                   lute
                   well
                   the
                   Pipe
                   ,
                   and
                   do
                   as
                   you
                   did
                   the
                   first
                   time
                   ,
                   and
                   do
                   this
                   so
                   often
                   ,
                   until
                   the
                   Mercury
                   becomes
                   no
                   more
                   black
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   be
                   in
                   ten
                   or
                   eleven
                   times
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Then
                   take
                   it
                   out
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   shall
                   find
                   the
                   Mercury
                   to
                   be
                   without
                   Flegm
                   ,
                   but
                   joyned
                   with
                   Earth
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   two
                   Qualities
                   it
                   must
                   be
                   freed
                   ,
                   being
                   Enemies
                   to
                   Nature
                   ;
                   thus
                   the
                   Quick
                   Silver
                   will
                   remain
                   pure
                   ,
                   in
                   color
                   Caelestial
                   like
                   to
                   Azure
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   may
                   know
                   by
                   this
                   sign
                   ,
                   viz.
                   Take
                   a
                   piece
                   of
                   Iron
                   ,
                   heat
                   it
                   red
                   hot
                   ,
                   and
                   quench
                   it
                   in
                   this
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   become
                   soft
                   and
                   white
                   ,
                   like
                   Luna
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Then
                   put
                   the
                   Mercury
                   into
                   a
                   Retort
                   of
                   Glass
                   ,
                   between
                   two
                   Cups
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   it
                   touches
                   neither
                   bottom
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   nor
                   sides
                   of
                   the
                   Cups
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   a
                   good
                   fire
                   under
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   lay
                   Embers
                   on
                   the
                   top
                   ,
                   the
                   better
                   to
                   keep
                   the
                   heat
                   of
                   the
                   fire
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   Forty
                   hours
                   the
                   Mercury
                   will
                   Distil
                   into
                   a
                   slimy
                   Water
                   (
                   hanging
                   together
                   )
                   which
                   will
                   neither
                   wet
                   your
                   Hands
                   ,
                   nor
                   any
                   other
                   thing
                   ,
                   but
                   Metals
                   only
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   true
                   
                     Aqua
                     Vitae
                  
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ;
                   the
                   true
                   Spirit
                   so
                   many
                   have
                   sought
                   for
                   ,
                   and
                   which
                   has
                   been
                   desired
                   of
                   all
                   Wise
                   Men
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   
                     Essence
                     ,
                     Quintessence
                     ,
                     Powers
                     ,
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     Substance
                     ,
                     Water
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   
                     Mixture
                     of
                     Mercury
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   many
                   other
                   the
                   like
                   Names
                   ,
                   without
                   strange
                   things
                   ,
                   and
                   without
                   offence
                   to
                   any
                   Man.
                   
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Save
                   well
                   this
                   precious
                   Liquor
                   or
                   Water
                   ,
                   obscured
                   by
                   all
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   for
                   without
                   it
                   you
                   can
                   do
                   no
                   good
                   or
                   perfect
                   Work
                   :
                   Let
                   all
                   other
                   things
                   go
                   ,
                   and
                   keep
                   this
                   only
                   ;
                   for
                   any
                   one
                   that
                   sees
                   this
                   Water
                   ,
                   if
                   he
                   has
                   any
                   Practice
                   or
                   Knowledge
                   ,
                   will
                   hold
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   Precious
                   and
                   worth
                   a
                   Treasure
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   Now
                   resteth
                   to
                   make
                   the
                   Soul
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   the
                   Red
                   ,
                   without
                   which
                   you
                   can
                   neither
                   make
                   Sol
                   nor
                   Luna
                   ,
                   which
                   shall
                   be
                   Pure
                   and
                   Perfect
                   :
                   With
                   this
                   Spirit
                   you
                   may
                   make
                   things
                   Apparent
                   and
                   Fair
                   ,
                   yea
                   ,
                   most
                   True
                   and
                   Perfect
                   ;
                   all
                   Philosophers
                   affirm
                   that
                   the
                   Soul
                   is
                   the
                   substance
                   ,
                   whichsustains
                   and
                   preserves
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   making
                   it
                   Perfect
                   as
                   long
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   in
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Our
                   Body
                   must
                   have
                   a
                   Soul
                   ,
                   otherwise
                   it
                   would
                   neither
                   move
                   nor
                   work
                   ;
                   for
                   which
                   reason
                   you
                   must
                   consider
                   and
                   understand
                   ,
                   that
                   all
                   Metals
                   are
                   compounded
                   of
                   Mercury
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   Matter
                   and
                   Form
                   ;
                   Mercury
                   is
                   the
                   Matter
                   ,
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   is
                   the
                   Form.
                   According
                   to
                   the
                   pureness
                   of
                   Mercury
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   such
                   is
                   the
                   Influence
                   they
                   assume
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   Thus
                   Sol
                   is
                   engendred
                   of
                   most
                   pure
                   fine
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   pure
                   red
                   
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   Influence
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   ;
                   and
                   Luna
                   is
                   made
                   of
                   a
                   pure
                   fine
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   pure
                   white
                   Sulphur
                   by
                   the
                   Influence
                   of
                   the
                   Moon
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   Thence
                   it
                   is
                   that
                   Luna
                   is
                   more
                   pure
                   than
                   the
                   other
                   five
                   Metals
                   ,
                   which
                   have
                   need
                   of
                   cleansing
                   ;
                   being
                   cleansed
                   ,
                   they
                   need
                   but
                   onely
                   the
                   pure
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   .
                   Sulphur
                   is
                   the
                   Form
                   of
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   other
                   Metals
                   ;
                   their
                   other
                   parts
                   are
                   gross
                   matters
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   Mercury
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   Husband-Men
                   know
                   many
                   times
                   more
                   than
                   we
                   do
                   :
                   They
                   when
                   they
                   reap
                   their
                   Corn
                   growing
                   on
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   gather
                   it
                   with
                   the
                   Straw
                   and
                   Ears
                   :
                   The
                   Straw
                   and
                   Ears
                   are
                   the
                   Matter
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   Corn
                   or
                   Grain
                   is
                   the
                   Form
                   or
                   Soul.
                   
                
                 
                   XX.
                   Now
                   when
                   they
                   sow
                   their
                   Corn
                   ,
                   then
                   they
                   sow
                   not
                   the
                   Matter
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Straw
                   and
                   the
                   Chaff
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   Corn
                   or
                   Grain
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Form
                   or
                   Soul
                   :
                   So
                   if
                   we
                   will
                   reap
                   Sol
                   or
                   Luna
                   ,
                   we
                   must
                   use
                   their
                   Form
                   or
                   Soul
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   the
                   Matter
                   .
                
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   The
                   Form
                   or
                   Soul
                   is
                   made
                   by
                   Gods
                   help
                   ,
                   after
                   this
                   manner
                   .
                   You
                   must
                   make
                   a
                   good
                   Sublimate
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   seven
                   times
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   the
                   last
                   time
                   of
                   the
                   seven
                   you
                   must
                   fublime
                   it
                   with
                   Cinnaber
                   without
                   Vitriol
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   a
                   certain
                   Quintessence
                   of
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   that
                   Antimony
                   .
                
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   When
                   this
                   is
                   done
                   ,
                   take
                   of
                   the
                   finest
                   Sol
                   one
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   or
                   of
                   the
                   finest
                   Luna
                   as
                   much
                   ,
                   file
                   it
                   very
                   fine
                   ,
                   or
                   else
                   take
                   leaf
                   Gold
                   or
                   Silver
                   ;
                   then
                   take
                   of
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   Sublimate
                   four
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   sublime
                   them
                   together
                   for
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   Sixteen
                   hours
                   ;
                   then
                   let
                   it
                   cool
                   again
                   ,
                   and
                   mix
                   them
                   all
                   together
                   ,
                   and
                   sublime
                   again
                   :
                   Do
                   this
                   four
                   times
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   fourth
                   time
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   have
                   a
                   certain
                   Rundle
                   ,
                   like
                   unto
                   the
                   Matter
                   of
                   the
                   White
                   Rose
                   ,
                   transparent
                   and
                   most
                   clear
                   as
                   any
                   Orient
                   Pearl
                   ,
                   weighing
                   about
                   five
                   Ounces
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   XXIII
                   .
                   The
                   sublimate
                   will
                   stick
                   to
                   the
                   brims
                   and
                   sides
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   bottom
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   like
                   good
                   black
                   Pitch
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Corruption
                   of
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIV
                   .
                   Take
                   the
                   Rundle
                   aforesaid
                   ,
                   and
                   dissolve
                   it
                   in
                   most
                   strong
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   two
                   or
                   three
                   times
                   ,
                   by
                   puting
                   it
                   into
                   an
                   Urinal
                   ,
                   and
                   seting
                   it
                   in
                   B.
                   M.
                   for
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   three
                   daies
                   ,
                   every
                   time
                   pouring
                   it
                   into
                   new
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   as
                   at
                   the
                   first
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   quite
                   dissolved
                   :
                   Then
                   distill
                   it
                   by
                   a
                   filter
                   ,
                   and
                   save
                   that
                   which
                   remains
                   in
                   the
                   Pot
                   ,
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   good
                   to
                   whiten
                   Brass
                   .
                
                 
                   XXV
                   .
                   That
                   which
                   passed
                   the
                   filter
                   with
                   the
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   set
                   upon
                   hot
                   Ashes
                   ,
                   and
                   evaporate
                   the
                   Moisture
                   and
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Vinegar
                   with
                   a
                   soft
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   set
                   it
                   in
                   the
                   Sun
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   become
                   most
                   White
                   ,
                   like
                   unto
                   White
                   Starch
                   ;
                   or
                   Red
                   if
                   you
                   work
                   with
                   Sol
                   ;
                   which
                   are
                   the
                   Form
                   or
                   Soul
                   or
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   Luna
                   and
                   Sol
                   ,
                   and
                   will
                   weigh
                   a
                   quarter
                   of
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   rather
                   more
                   than
                   less
                   ,
                   save
                   that
                   well
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVI
                   .
                   Take
                   an
                   Urinal
                   half
                   a
                   foot
                   high
                   ,
                   and
                   take
                   of
                   the
                   firm
                   body
                   five
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   of
                   the
                   Soul
                   or
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   Sol
                   or
                   Luna
                   ,
                   a
                   quarter
                   of
                   an
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   and
                   of
                   the
                   Spirit
                   four
                   Ounces
                   :
                   Put
                   all
                   of
                   them
                   into
                   the
                   Urinal
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   on
                   its
                   head
                   or
                   Cover
                   ,
                   with
                   its
                   Receiver
                   well
                   closed
                   or
                   Luted
                   .
                   Distil
                   the
                   Water
                   from
                   it
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   most
                   soft
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   there
                   will
                   come
                   off
                   the
                   first
                   time
                   ,
                   almost
                   three
                   Ounces
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVII
                   .
                   Put
                   the
                   Water
                   .
                   on
                   again
                   ,
                   without
                   moving
                   the
                   Urinal
                   ,
                   and
                   distil
                   it
                   again
                   ,
                   until
                   no
                   more
                   liquor
                   will
                   distil
                   ,
                   which
                   do
                   6
                   or
                   7
                   times
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   every
                   thing
                   will
                   be
                   firm
                   .
                   Then
                   set
                   the
                   same
                   Urinal
                   in
                   Horse-dung
                   seven
                   days
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   the
                   virtue
                   and
                   subtilty
                   of
                   the
                   heat
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   converted
                   into
                   water
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVIII
                   .
                   Distil
                   or
                   filter
                   this
                   water
                   ,
                   with
                   stripes
                   or
                   
                   shreds
                   of
                   Woolen-cloth
                   :
                   a
                   gross
                   part
                   will
                   remain
                   in
                   the
                   bottom
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   nothing
                   worth
                   :
                   All
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   passed
                   the
                   filter
                   congeal
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   be
                   about
                   4
                   or
                   5
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   and
                   save
                   it
                   .
                   When
                   you
                   have
                   congealed
                   it
                   three
                   times
                   ,
                   melt
                   ten
                   ounces
                   of
                   the
                   most
                   fine
                   Sol
                   or
                   Luna
                   ,
                   and
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   red
                   hot
                   put
                   upon
                   it
                   4
                   Ounces
                   (
                   one
                   Coppy
                   said
                   13
                   Ounces
                   )
                   of
                   this
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   all
                   true
                   and
                   good
                   Medicine
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIX
                   .
                   Likewise
                   melt
                   Borax
                   and
                   Wax
                   ,
                   ana
                   ,
                   one
                   ounce
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   put
                   of
                   the
                   former
                   Medicine
                   1
                   ounce
                   :
                   Put
                   all
                   these
                   upon
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   or
                   any
                   other
                   Metal
                   3
                   pound
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   most
                   fine
                   Sol
                   or
                   Luna
                   ,
                   to
                   all
                   Judgments
                   and
                   Aslays
                   .
                   Thus
                   have
                   I
                   ended
                   this
                   process
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   have
                   any
                   practise
                   or
                   judgment
                   ,
                   and
                   know
                   how
                   to
                   follow
                   the
                   Work
                   ,
                   you
                   may
                   finish
                   it
                   ,
                   or
                   compleat
                   it
                   in
                   40
                   days
                   .
                
                 
                   XXX
                   .
                   
                     An
                     Appendix
                     teaching
                     how
                     to
                     make
                     Aurum
                     Potabile
                     .
                  
                   Take
                   Sal
                   Armoniack
                   ,
                   Sal
                   Nitre
                   ,
                   ana
                   1
                   pound
                   :
                   beat
                   them
                   together
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   thereof
                   an
                   AR
                   :
                   Then
                   take
                   of
                   the
                   most
                   fine
                   Sol
                   q.
                   v.
                   in
                   thin
                   leaves
                   ,
                   and
                   cut
                   into
                   very
                   small
                   pieces
                   ,
                   which
                   roul
                   into
                   very
                   thin
                   Rowls
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   them
                   into
                   an
                   Urinal
                   ,
                   or
                   like
                   Glass
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   put
                   the
                   AR
                   ,
                   so
                   much
                   as
                   to
                   overtop
                   it
                   the
                   depth
                   of
                   an
                   inch
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXI
                   .
                   Then
                   nip
                   up
                   the
                   Glass
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   it
                   to
                   putrefie
                   in
                   Sand
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   gentle
                   heat
                   ,
                   like
                   that
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   ,
                   for
                   3
                   or
                   4
                   days
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   time
                   it
                   will
                   come
                   to
                   dissolution
                   ;
                   then
                   break
                   the
                   Glass
                   off
                   at
                   the
                   Neck
                   ,
                   and
                   pouring
                   off
                   the
                   AR.
                   easily
                   and
                   leisurely
                   ,
                   leave
                   the
                   dissolved
                   Sol
                   in
                   the
                   bottom
                   ,
                   and
                   repeat
                   this
                   work
                   with
                   fresh
                   AR.
                   3
                   or
                   4
                   times
                   ,
                   and
                   keep
                   the
                   first
                   water
                   ,
                   then
                   put
                   on
                   a
                   Helme
                   with
                   Lute
                   ,
                   and
                   distil
                   off
                   in
                   Sand
                   :
                   Being
                   cold
                   break
                   the
                   Glass
                   ,
                   and
                   take
                   the
                   Sol
                   ,
                   and
                   wash
                   it
                   3
                   or
                   4
                   times
                   in
                   pure
                   warm
                   water
                   .
                
                 
                 
                 
                 
                 
                   XXXII
                   .
                   When
                   the
                   Sol
                   is
                   clean
                   from
                   the
                   AR
                   ,
                   take
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   it
                   into
                   the
                   like
                   Glasses
                   ,
                   with
                   rectified
                   S.
                   V.
                   2
                   or
                   3
                   inches
                   above
                   it
                   ;
                   put
                   it
                   into
                   putrefaction
                   as
                   before
                   in
                   Sand
                   ,
                   stoping
                   the
                   mouth
                   thereof
                   very
                   close
                   for
                   3
                   or
                   4
                   days
                   ;
                   then
                   put
                   the
                   S.
                   V.
                   out
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   be
                   all
                   blood
                   red
                   .
                   If
                   any
                   thing
                   remains
                   in
                   the
                   Glass
                   undissolved
                   ,
                   put
                   in
                   more
                   S.
                   V.
                   and
                   let
                   it
                   stand
                   as
                   before
                   :
                   Do
                   this
                   as
                   long
                   as
                   you
                   find
                   any
                   Tincture
                   therein
                   .
                   
                     This
                     is
                     Aurum
                     Potabile
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIII
                   .
                   But
                   if
                   you
                   would
                   have
                   the
                   Tincture
                   alone
                   ,
                   distil
                   off
                   the
                   S.
                   V.
                   with
                   a
                   very
                   gentle
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   shall
                   find
                   the
                   Tincture
                   at
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   the
                   Glass
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   may
                   project
                   upon
                   Luna
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 Gebri
                 Arabis
                 Summa
                 :
                 
                   The
                   Sum
                   of
                
                 GEBER
                 ARABS
                 ,
                 
                   Collected
                   and
                   Digested
                   ,
                   By
                
                 WILLIAM
                 SALMON
                 ,
                 
                   Professor
                   of
                   Physick
                
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXXVII
                  
                   .
                   An
                   Introduction
                   into
                   the
                   whole
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   I.
                   PErfection
                   and
                   Imperfection
                   of
                   Metalline
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Subject
                   of
                   this
                   present
                   discourse
                   ;
                   and
                   therefore
                   we
                   treat
                   of
                   things
                   perfecting
                   and
                   corrupting
                   ,
                   or
                   destroying
                   ,
                   because
                   opposites
                   set
                   near
                   to
                   each
                   other
                   ,
                   are
                   the
                   more
                   manifest
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   That
                   which
                   perfects
                   Imperfect
                   Minerals
                   ,
                   is
                   a
                   commixtion
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   in
                   due
                   proportion
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   due
                   and
                   temperate
                   decoction
                   in
                   the
                   bowels
                   of
                   clean
                   ,
                   inspissate
                   ,
                   and
                   fixed
                   Earth
                   ,
                   joyned
                   with
                   an
                   incorruptible
                   radical
                   humidity
                   ,
                   whereby
                   it
                   is
                   brought
                   to
                   a
                   solid
                   ,
                   fusible
                   substance
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   convenient
                   fire
                   and
                   made
                   maleable
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   III.
                   But
                   Imperfect
                   Minerals
                   are
                   made
                   of
                   a
                   commixtion
                   of
                   pure
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   without
                   due
                   proportion
                   ,
                   or
                   a
                   due
                   de
                   coction
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   bowels
                   of
                   unclean
                   ,
                   not
                   fully
                   inspissated
                   ,
                   nor
                   fixed
                   Earth
                   ,
                   joyned
                   with
                   a
                   corrupting
                   humi
                   dity
                   ,
                   whereby
                   are
                   brought
                   forth
                   Metals
                   of
                   a
                   porous
                   substance
                   ,
                   and
                   though
                   fusible
                   ,
                   not
                   sufficiently
                   ,
                   or
                   so
                   perfectly
                   maleable
                   as
                   the
                   others
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Under
                   the
                   first
                   definition
                   ,
                   are
                   concluded
                   ,
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   each
                   according
                   to
                   their
                   perfection
                   :
                   Under
                   the
                   second
                   
                     Saturn
                     ,
                     Jupiter
                     ,
                     Mars
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Venus
                   ,
                   each
                   according
                   to
                   their
                   imperfection
                   :
                   in
                   which
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   manifest
                   must
                   be
                   hidden
                   ,
                   or
                   taken
                   away
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   hidden
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   made
                   manifest
                   and
                   brought
                   into
                   operation
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   done
                   by
                   preparing
                   them
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   ,
                   their
                   Superstuities
                   will
                   be
                   removed
                   ,
                   and
                   their
                   defects
                   ,
                   or
                   imperfection
                   supplied
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   true
                   perfection
                   inserted
                   into
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   But
                   the
                   perfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   as
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   need
                   none
                   of
                   this
                   preparation
                   ,
                   yet
                   such
                   a
                   preparation
                   they
                   must
                   have
                   ,
                   as
                   may
                   subtilize
                   their
                   parts
                   ,
                   and
                   reduce
                   them
                   from
                   a
                   Corporality
                   to
                   a
                   fixed
                   Spirituality
                   ,
                   that
                   from
                   thence
                   may
                   be
                   made
                   a
                   fixed
                   Spiritual
                   Body
                   ,
                   in
                   order
                   to
                   compleat
                   the
                   
                     Great
                     Elixir
                  
                   ,
                   whether
                   White
                   or
                   Red.
                   
                
                 
                   VI.
                   In
                   both
                   these
                   ,
                   viz.
                   the
                   White
                   and
                   Red
                   Elixirs
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   no
                   other
                   thing
                   than
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   one
                   cannot
                   act
                   ,
                   nor
                   be
                   without
                   the
                   other
                   :
                   It
                   would
                   be
                   a
                   foolish
                   and
                   vain
                   thing
                   to
                   think
                   to
                   make
                   this
                   Great
                   Elixir
                   or
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   from
                   any
                   thing
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   ,
                   this
                   was
                   never
                   the
                   intention
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   though
                   they
                   speak
                   many
                   things
                   by
                   similitude
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   And
                   because
                   all
                   Metalick
                   Bodies
                   are
                   compounded
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   pure
                   ,
                   or
                   impure
                   ,
                   by
                   accident
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   innate
                   in
                   their
                   first
                   nature
                   ,
                   therefore
                   by
                   convenient
                   preparation
                   ,
                   
                   't
                   is
                   possible
                   to
                   take
                   away
                   their
                   impurity
                   ;
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   preparation
                   is
                   to
                   take
                   away
                   Superfluities
                   ,
                   and
                   supply
                   the
                   defects
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   For
                   we
                   have
                   considered
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   Metaline
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   perfect
                   and
                   imperfect
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   but
                   one
                   ,
                   
                     viz.
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   pure
                   and
                   clean
                   before
                   their
                   commixtion
                   ;
                   and
                   by
                   consideration
                   and
                   experience
                   ,
                   we
                   found
                   the
                   Corruption
                   of
                   Imperfect
                   Bodies
                   to
                   be
                   by
                   accident
                   ;
                   but
                   that
                   being
                   pre
                   pared
                   and
                   cleansed
                   from
                   all
                   their
                   Superfluities
                   ,
                   Corruption
                   ,
                   and
                   fugitive
                   Uncleanness
                   ,
                   we
                   found
                   them
                   of
                   greater
                   brightness
                   ,
                   clearness
                   ,
                   and
                   purity
                   ,
                   than
                   the
                   naturally
                   perfect
                   Metals
                   not
                   prepared
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   consideration
                   we
                   attained
                   to
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   this
                   Science
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   The
                   Imperfect
                   Bodies
                   have
                   accidentally
                   
                     Superfluous
                     Humidities
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   
                     a
                     Combustible
                     Sulphureity
                  
                   ,
                   with
                   
                     a
                     Primary
                     Blackness
                  
                   in
                   them
                   and
                   corrupting
                   them
                   ;
                   to
                   gether
                   with
                   
                     an
                     Unclean
                     ,
                     Faeculent
                     ,
                     Combustible
                     ,
                     and
                     very
                     gross
                     Earthiness
                     ,
                  
                   impedeing
                   Ingress
                   and
                   Fusion
                   :
                   Therefore
                   it
                   behoves
                   us
                   with
                   artificial
                   fire
                   ;
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   purified
                   Salts
                   and
                   Vinegars
                   ;
                   to
                   remove
                   superfluous
                   accidents
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   only
                   radical
                   substance
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   may
                   remain
                   ;
                   which
                   may
                   indeed
                   be
                   done
                   by
                   various
                   ways
                   and
                   methods
                   ,
                   according
                   as
                   the
                   Elixir
                   requires
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   The
                   general
                   way
                   of
                   preparation
                   is
                   this
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   With
                   fire
                   proportional
                   ,
                   the
                   whole
                   superfluous
                   and
                   
                     Corrupt
                     humidity
                  
                   in
                   its
                   essence
                   must
                   be
                   elevated
                   :
                   and
                   the
                   subtil
                   and
                   
                     burning
                     Sulphureity
                  
                   removed
                   ,
                   and
                   this
                   by
                   Calcination
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   The
                   whole
                   Corrupt
                   substance
                   of
                   their
                   superfluous
                   
                     burning
                     humidity
                  
                   and
                   blackness
                   ,
                   remaining
                   in
                   their
                   calx
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   corroded
                   with
                   the
                   following
                   cleansed
                   Salts
                   and
                   Vinegars
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   Calx
                   be
                   White
                   or
                   Red
                   (
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   the
                   body
                   )
                   and
                   is
                   made
                   clean
                   ,
                   and
                   pure
                   from
                   all
                   Superfluity
                   and
                   Corruption
                   :
                   These
                   Calxe
                   are
                   cleansed
                   with
                   the
                   〈◊〉
                   
                   Salts
                   and
                   Vinegars
                   ,
                   by
                   grinding
                   ,
                   imbibing
                   and
                   washing
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   The
                   ,
                   whole
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     Earthiness
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   
                     Combustible
                     ,
                     gross
                     Faeculency
                  
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   taken
                   away
                   with
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   things
                   ,
                   not
                   having
                   Metallick
                   Fusion
                   ,
                   by
                   commixing
                   and
                   grinding
                   them
                   together
                   with
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   Calx
                   ,
                   depurated
                   in
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   manner
                   :
                   Forthese
                   in
                   the
                   Fusion
                   or
                   Reduction
                   of
                   the
                   Calx
                   ,
                   will
                   remain
                   with
                   themselves
                   the
                   said
                   uncleanness
                   and
                   gross
                   Earthiness
                   ,
                   the
                   Body
                   remaining
                   pure
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Being
                   thus
                   cleansed
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   Meliorated
                   thus
                   .
                   First
                   ,
                   This
                   Purged
                   and
                   Reduced
                   Body
                   is
                   again
                   Calcined
                   by
                   Fire
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   Salts
                   as
                   aforesaid
                   .
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   Then
                   with
                   such
                   of
                   these
                   as
                   are
                   Solutive
                   ,
                   it
                   must
                   be
                   Dissolved
                   .
                   For
                   this
                   Water
                   is
                   
                     Our
                     Stone
                     ,
                     and
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   of
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   abstracted
                   from
                   the
                   Spiritual
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   subtilized
                   or
                   attenuated
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   Meliorated
                   ,
                   by
                   confirming
                   the
                   Elemental
                   Virtues
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   with
                   other
                   prepared
                   things
                   of
                   its
                   own
                   kind
                   ,
                   which
                   ,
                   augment
                   the
                   
                     Colour
                     ,
                     Fixion
                     Weight
                     ,
                     Purity
                     and
                     Fusion
                     ,
                  
                   with
                   all
                   other
                   things
                   appertaining
                   to
                   the
                   true
                   Elixir
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   The
                   Salts
                   and
                   Vinegars
                   for
                   this
                   work
                   are
                   thus
                   prepared
                   and
                   cleansed
                   .
                   
                     Common
                     Salt
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   
                     Salt
                     Gem
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   also
                   
                     Sal
                     Alcali
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Sandiver
                   ,
                   are
                   cleansed
                   by
                   Calciing
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   casting
                   them
                   into
                   hot
                   water
                   to
                   be
                   Dissolved
                   ,
                   which
                   Solution
                   being
                   Filtred
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   coagulated
                   by
                   a
                   gentle
                   fire
                   ,
                   then
                   to
                   be
                   Calcined
                   for
                   a
                   Day
                   and
                   a
                   Night
                   in
                   a
                   moderate
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   kept
                   for
                   use
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   
                     Sal
                     Armoniack
                  
                   is
                   cleansed
                   ,
                   by
                   Grinding
                   it
                   with
                   a
                   preparation
                   of
                   Common
                   Salt
                   cleansed
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   subliming
                   it
                   in
                   an
                   high
                   Body
                   and
                   Head
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   ascends
                   all
                   pure
                   :
                   then
                   dissolving
                   it
                   in
                   a
                   Porphyrie
                   in
                   the
                   open
                   Air
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   would
                   have
                   it
                   in
                   a
                   water
                   ,
                   or
                   otherwise
                   keeping
                   the
                   sublimate
                   in
                   a
                   Glass
                   close
                   stopt
                   for
                   use
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Roch
                   Alums
                   ,
                   or
                   
                   
                     Factitious
                     ,
                     or
                     other
                     Alums
                  
                   ,
                   are
                   cleansed
                   ,
                   by
                   putting
                   them
                   in
                   an
                   Alembick
                   ,
                   and
                   extracting
                   their
                   whole
                   Humidity
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   of
                   great
                   use
                   in
                   this
                   Art.
                   The
                   Faeces
                   remaining
                   in
                   the
                   Bottom
                   ,
                   Dissolve
                   on
                   a
                   Porphyrie
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   moist
                   place
                   ,
                   or
                   in
                   water
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   again
                   extract
                   ,
                   and
                   keep
                   it
                   for
                   use
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   Vitriol
                   of
                   all
                   kinds
                   is
                   cleansed
                   ,
                   by
                   dissolving
                   it
                   in
                   pure
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   then
                   Distilling
                   and
                   Coagulating
                   .
                   Or
                   first
                   abstract
                   its
                   Humidity
                   over
                   a
                   gentle
                   fire
                   :
                   the
                   Faeces
                   Caleine
                   ,
                   and
                   Dissolve
                   
                     per
                     deliquium
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   in
                   their
                   own
                   water
                   ,
                   filtre
                   ,
                   and
                   Coagulate
                   (
                   or
                   if
                   you
                   please
                   ,
                   the
                   water
                   ,
                   )
                   and
                   keep
                   it
                   for
                   use
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Vinegars
                   of
                   what
                   kind
                   or
                   how
                   acute
                   and
                   sharp
                   soever
                   ,
                   are
                   cleansed
                   by
                   subtilization
                   ,
                   and
                   their
                   Virtues
                   and
                   Effects
                   are
                   Me
                   liorated
                   by
                   Distillation
                   .
                   With
                   these
                   Salts
                   and
                   Vinegars
                   ,
                   the
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   may
                   be
                   prepared
                   ,
                   purified
                   ,
                   meliorated
                   and
                   subtilized
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   .
                   
                     Glass
                     and
                     Borax
                  
                   are
                   pure
                   ,
                   and
                   need
                   no
                   preparation
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   Out
                   of
                   the
                   Metalline
                   Bodies
                   we
                   compose
                   the
                   
                     Great
                     Elixir
                  
                   ,
                   making
                   One
                   substance
                   of
                   many
                   ,
                   yet
                   so
                   permanently
                   fixed
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   strongest
                   or
                   greatest
                   force
                   of
                   Fire
                   cannot
                   hurt
                   it
                   ,
                   or
                   make
                   it
                   flie
                   away
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   mix
                   with
                   Metals
                   in
                   Flux
                   ,
                   and
                   flow
                   with
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   enter
                   into
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   be
                   permixed
                   with
                   the
                   fixed
                   substance
                   which
                   is
                   in
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   be
                   fixed
                   with
                   that
                   in
                   them
                   which
                   is
                   incombustible
                   ;
                   receiving
                   no
                   hurt
                   by
                   any
                   thing
                   which
                   Gold
                   and
                   Silver
                   cannot
                   be
                   hurt
                   by
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   Hence
                   we
                   define
                   Our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   agenerating
                   or
                   Fruitful
                   Spirit
                   and
                   Living
                   water
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   name
                   the
                   
                     Dry
                     water
                  
                   ,
                   by
                   Natural
                   proportion
                   cleansed
                   and
                   United
                   with
                   such
                   Union
                   ,
                   that
                   its
                   principles
                   can
                   never
                   be
                   separated
                   one
                   from
                   another
                   ;
                   to
                   which
                   two
                   must
                   be
                   added
                   ,
                   a
                   third
                   ,
                   (
                   for
                   shortning
                   the
                   work
                   )
                   
                   and
                   that
                   is
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   perfect
                   Bodies
                   attenuated
                   ,
                   or
                   subtilized
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   The
                   generating
                   or
                   Fruitful
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   is
                   White
                   
                     in
                     Occulto
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Red
                   and
                   Black
                   on
                   either
                   side
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Magistery
                   of
                   this
                   work
                   :
                   but
                   in
                   Manifesto
                   ,
                   on
                   both
                   sides
                   tending
                   to
                   Redness
                   .
                   And
                   because
                   the
                   Earthy
                   parts
                   are
                   throughly
                   and
                   in
                   their
                   least
                   particles
                   United
                   with
                   the
                   Airy
                   ,
                   Watery
                   ,
                   and
                   Fiery
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   in
                   Resolution
                   ,
                   no
                   one
                   of
                   them
                   can
                   be
                   separated
                   ,
                   but
                   each
                   with
                   all
                   and
                   every
                   one
                   is
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   strong
                   Union
                   ,
                   which
                   they
                   have
                   with
                   each
                   other
                   in
                   their
                   said
                   least
                   particles
                   ,
                   the
                   Compositum
                   is
                   made
                   one
                   solid
                   ,
                   uniform
                   substance
                   ,
                   the
                   same
                   in
                   Nature
                   ,
                   Properties
                   ,
                   and
                   all
                   other
                   respects
                   as
                   that
                   of
                   Gold.
                   
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXXVIII
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Alchymie
                   of
                   Sulphur
                
                 
                   I.
                   SUlphur
                   is
                   a
                   Fatness
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   thickened
                   by
                   a
                   temperate
                   Decoction
                   in
                   the
                   Mines
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   until
                   it
                   be
                   hardened
                   and
                   made
                   dry
                   ,
                   homogeneal
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   an
                   Uniform
                   substance
                   as
                   to
                   its
                   parts
                   .
                   It
                   cannot
                   be
                   Calcined
                   ,
                   (
                   without
                   great
                   industry
                   )
                   but
                   with
                   much
                   loss
                   of
                   its
                   substance
                   ;
                   nor
                   can
                   it
                   be
                   fixed
                   unless
                   it
                   be
                   first
                   Calcined
                   :
                   but
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   mixed
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   flight
                   in
                   some
                   measure
                   hindred
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   Adustion
                   repressed
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   the
                   more
                   easily
                   Calcined
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   By
                   Sulphur
                   alone
                   nothing
                   can
                   be
                   done
                   ,
                   our
                   work
                   from
                   it
                   alone
                   cannot
                   be
                   perfected
                   ,
                   the
                   Magistry
                   would
                   be
                   prolonged
                   even
                   to
                   desperation
                   :
                   but
                   with
                   its
                   Compere
                   [
                   Arsenick
                   for
                   the
                   White
                   ,
                   and
                   Antimony
                   for
                   the
                   Red
                   ]
                   a
                   Tincture
                   
                   is
                   made
                   ,
                   which
                   gives
                   compleat
                   weight
                   to
                   every
                   of
                   the
                   Metals
                   ,
                   cleanses
                   and
                   exalts
                   them
                   :
                   and
                   it
                   is
                   perfected
                   with
                   our
                   Magistery
                   ,
                   without
                   which
                   it
                   performs
                   to
                   us
                   none
                   of
                   these
                   things
                   ,
                   but
                   either
                   corrupts
                   or
                   blackens
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   He
                   who
                   knows
                   how
                   to
                   commix
                   and
                   Unite
                   it
                   amicably
                   with
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   knows
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   greatest
                   Secrets
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   and
                   one
                   way
                   to
                   perfection
                   :
                   for
                   there
                   are
                   many
                   ways
                   to
                   that
                   Elixir
                   or
                   Tincture
                   .
                   Whatsoever
                   Body
                   is
                   Calcin'd
                   with
                   it
                   receives
                   weight
                   :
                   Copper
                   from
                   it
                   assumes
                   the
                   likeness
                   of
                   
                     Sol.
                     Mercury
                  
                   sublimed
                   with
                   it
                   becomes
                   Cinnabar
                   .
                   All
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   except
                   Sol
                   and
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   are
                   easily
                   Calcin'd
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   but
                   Sol
                   most
                   difficulty
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   The
                   less
                   Humidity
                   any
                   body
                   has
                   ,
                   the
                   easier
                   it
                   is
                   Calcin'd
                   with
                   Sulphur
                   ;
                   it
                   Illuminates
                   every
                   body
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   Light
                   ,
                   Alum
                   ,
                   or
                   Salt
                   ,
                   and
                   Tincture
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   difficulty
                   Dissolved
                   ,
                   because
                   of
                   its
                   deficiency
                   of
                   Saline
                   parts
                   ,
                   but
                   abounding
                   with
                   Oleaginous
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   easily
                   sublimed
                   because
                   of
                   its
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   but
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   mixed
                   with
                   Venus
                   ,
                   and
                   United
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   it
                   makes
                   a
                   wonderful
                   Violet
                   Colour
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   That
                   Sulphur
                   is
                   a
                   Fatness
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   appears
                   from
                   its
                   easie
                   Liquefaction
                   ,
                   and
                   Inflamability
                   ,
                   for
                   nothing
                   is
                   inflamed
                   but
                   what
                   is
                   Oleaginous
                   ,
                   or
                   melts
                   easily
                   by
                   Heat
                   ,
                   but
                   what
                   has
                   such
                   a
                   Nature
                   :
                   yet
                   has
                   it
                   a
                   perfecting
                   middle
                   Nature
                   in
                   it
                   ;
                   but
                   this
                   middle
                   substance
                   ,
                   is
                   not
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   or
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   unless
                   it
                   be
                   fixed
                   :
                   'T
                   is
                   true
                   ,
                   it
                   s
                   not
                   easily
                   made
                   to
                   fly
                   ;
                   [
                   this
                   he
                   means
                   doubtless
                   of
                   its
                   Spirit
                   or
                   Oyl
                   ;
                   ]
                   yet
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   perfectly
                   fixed
                   :
                   from
                   whence
                   it
                   is
                   evident
                   ,
                   that
                   Sulphur
                   is
                   not
                   the
                   whole
                   perfection
                   of
                   the
                   Magistery
                   ,
                   but
                   only
                   a
                   part
                   thereof
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Sulphur
                   commixed
                   with
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   burns
                   ,
                   some
                   more
                   ,
                   others
                   less
                   ;
                   and
                   some
                   resist
                   its
                   combustion
                   ,
                   and
                   some
                   not
                   ;
                   by
                   which
                   maybe
                   known
                   the
                   difference
                   between
                   
                   those
                   Bodies
                   which
                   are
                   wanting
                   in
                   perfection
                   ,
                   tho'
                   prepared
                   for
                   the
                   great
                   work
                   .
                   Sol
                   is
                   not
                   easily
                   to
                   be
                   burned
                   by
                   Sulphur
                   :
                   The
                   next
                   to
                   this
                   is
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   then
                   Luna
                   ,
                   after
                   that
                   Saturn
                   ,
                   then
                   Venus
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   more
                   easily
                   burnt
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   farther
                   distant
                   from
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   the
                   Perfect
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Also
                   from
                   what
                   Radix
                   the
                   imperfect
                   Body
                   proceeded
                   or
                   was
                   generated
                   ,
                   it
                   appears
                   from
                   the
                   diversity
                   of
                   Colours
                   after
                   Combustion
                   :
                   Thus
                   Luna
                   obtains
                   a
                   black
                   mixt
                   with
                   Azure
                   :
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   a
                   black
                   mixt
                   with
                   a
                   little
                   Redness
                   :
                   Saturn
                   a
                   dull
                   black
                   ,
                   with
                   much
                   Redness
                   and
                   a
                   Livid
                   Colour
                   :
                   Venus
                   ,
                   a
                   black
                   with
                   a
                   Livid
                   ;
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   much
                   burnt
                   ,
                   if
                   but
                   a
                   little
                   ,
                   a
                   pleasant
                   Violet
                   :
                   Mars
                   ,
                   a
                   black
                   dull
                   Colour
                   .
                   But
                   if
                   Sulphur
                   be
                   commixt
                   with
                   Sol
                   ,
                   he
                   obtains
                   an
                   Intense
                   Citrine
                   Colour
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   Calcin'd
                   with
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   being
                   reduced
                   ,
                   return
                   into
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   their
                   own
                   proper
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   Calcin'd
                   and
                   reduced
                   ,
                   recedes
                   its
                   greater
                   part
                   :
                   Saturn
                   has
                   sometimes
                   a
                   greater
                   ,
                   sometimes
                   a
                   lesser
                   part
                   destroyed
                   .
                   But
                   Saturn
                   and
                   Jupiter
                   are
                   both
                   preserved
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   right
                   and
                   gentle
                   Reduction
                   ,
                   yet
                   they
                   rather
                   tend
                   to
                   another
                   Body
                   than
                   their
                   own
                   ,
                   as
                   Saturn
                   into
                   a
                   dull
                   Coloured
                   [
                   Regulus
                   of
                   ]
                   
                     Antimony
                     ,
                     Jupiter
                  
                   into
                   a
                   bright
                   Coloured
                   [
                   Regulus
                   of
                   ]
                   
                     Antimony
                     .
                     Venus
                  
                   is
                   diminished
                   in
                   the
                   Impressions
                   of
                   Fire
                   in
                   her
                   reduction
                   ,
                   but
                   withal
                   ponderous
                   ,
                   augmented
                   in
                   weight
                   ,
                   soft
                   ,
                   of
                   a
                   dull
                   Citrine
                   Colour
                   ,
                   partaking
                   of
                   blackness
                   :
                   And
                   Mars
                   is
                   more
                   diminished
                   in
                   the
                   Impression
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   than
                   Venus
                   ;
                   by
                   which
                   things
                   are
                   found
                   out
                   ,
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   all
                   Bodies
                   that
                   are
                   altered
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   The
                   Preparation
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   
                     1.
                     
                     Take
                  
                   the
                   best
                   Green
                   Sulphur
                   Vive
                   ,
                   Grind
                   it
                   to
                   a
                   subtil
                   Pouder
                   ,
                   Boyl
                   it
                   in
                   
                     a
                     Lixivium
                  
                   of
                   Pot-Ashes
                   and
                   Quicklime
                   ,
                   gathering
                   from
                   the
                   Superficies
                   its
                   Oyliness
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   appears
                   to
                   be
                   clear
                   .
                   Stir
                   the
                   whole
                   with
                   a
                   Stick
                   ,
                   and
                   immediately
                   
                   decant
                   the
                   Lixivium
                   with
                   the
                   pure
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   leaving
                   the
                   more
                   gross
                   parts
                   behind
                   :
                   let
                   the
                   Liquor
                   cool
                   ,
                   and
                   pour
                   upon
                   it
                   a
                   fourth
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   quantity
                   ,
                   of
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Vinegar
                   ;
                   so
                   will
                   a
                   white
                   Pouder
                   precipitate
                   ,
                   white
                   as
                   Milk
                   ,
                   which
                   dry
                   with
                   a
                   gentle
                   Heat
                   ,
                   and
                   keep
                   for
                   use
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     X.
                     2.
                     
                     Take
                  
                   of
                   this
                   prepared
                   white
                   Sulphur
                   ;
                   Scales
                   of
                   Iron
                   Calcin'd
                   to
                   Redness
                   ;
                   Roch-Alum
                   well
                   Calcin'd
                   ,
                   ana
                   One
                   Pound
                   ,
                   Common
                   Salt
                   prepared
                   ,
                   Half
                   a
                   Pound
                   :
                   Incorporate
                   all
                   these
                   well
                   by
                   Grinding
                   them
                   together
                   with
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   whole
                   may
                   be
                   Liquid
                   ,
                   which
                   then
                   boil
                   ,
                   stirring
                   it
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   all
                   very
                   black
                   :
                   then
                   dry
                   and
                   grind
                   to
                   a
                   fine
                   Pouder
                   ,
                   which
                   put
                   into
                   an
                   Aludel
                   of
                   a
                   Foot
                   and
                   half
                   high
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   large
                   Cover
                   ,
                   and
                   let
                   the
                   Cover
                   of
                   the
                   Alembick
                   have
                   a
                   broad
                   Zone
                   or
                   Girdle
                   ,
                   for
                   Conservation
                   of
                   the
                   Spirits
                   elevated
                   ,
                   then
                   sublime
                   according
                   to
                   Art
                   :
                   the
                   light
                   Flos
                   which
                   adheres
                   to
                   the
                   sides
                   of
                   the
                   Alembick
                   ,
                   cast
                   away
                   ,
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   combustibe
                   ,
                   defiled
                   ,
                   and
                   defiling
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   close
                   ,
                   compact
                   ,
                   or
                   dense
                   Matter
                   sublimed
                   in
                   the
                   Zone
                   ,
                   put
                   by
                   it self
                   into
                   a
                   Phial
                   ,
                   and
                   Decoct
                   it
                   upon
                   an
                   Ash
                   Heat
                   ,
                   so
                   long
                   till
                   its
                   
                     Combustible
                     Humidity
                  
                   be
                   exterminated
                   ,
                   then
                   keep
                   it
                   in
                   a
                   clean
                   Vessel
                   for
                   use
                   :
                   
                     Note
                     ,
                     that
                  
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   Arsenick
                   
                     sublimed
                     from
                     the
                  
                   Calx
                   
                     of
                     Copper
                     ,
                     are
                     more
                     whitened
                     ,
                     than
                     when
                     sublimed
                     from
                     the
                  
                   Calx
                   
                     of
                     Iron
                  
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXXIX
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Alchymie
                   of
                   Arsenick
                   .
                
                 
                   1.
                   
                   ARsenick
                   ,
                   is
                   also
                   a
                   fatness
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   as
                   is
                   afore
                   declared
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   having
                   an
                   inflamable
                   substance
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   subtil
                   matter
                   like
                   to
                   Sulphur
                   ;
                   but
                   it
                   is
                   diversified
                   from
                   Sulphur
                   in
                   this
                   ,
                   viz.
                   That
                   it
                   is
                   easily
                   made
                   a
                   
                   Tincture
                   of
                   Whiteness
                   ,
                   but
                   of
                   Redness
                   with
                   great
                   difficulty
                   ;
                   whereas
                   Sulphur
                   is
                   easily
                   made
                   a
                   Tincture
                   of
                   Redness
                   ,
                   but
                   of
                   Whiteness
                   ,
                   most
                   difficultly
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Of
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   Citrine
                   and
                   a
                   Red
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   profitable
                   in
                   this
                   art
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   other
                   kinds
                   not
                   so
                   :
                   Arsenick
                   is
                   fixed
                   as
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   sublimation
                   of
                   either
                   is
                   best
                   from
                   the
                   Calx
                   of
                   Metals
                   :
                   But
                   neither
                   Sulphur
                   nor
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   are
                   the
                   perfective
                   matter
                   of
                   this
                   Work
                   ,
                   they
                   not
                   being
                   compleat
                   to
                   perfection
                   ,
                   though
                   they
                   may
                   be
                   a
                   help
                   to
                   perfection
                   ,
                   as
                   they
                   may
                   be
                   used
                   .
                   The
                   best
                   kinds
                   of
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   are
                   the
                   Scissile
                   ,
                   the
                   Lucid
                   ,
                   and
                   Scaly
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   This
                   Mineral
                   also
                   (
                   like
                   as
                   Sulphur
                   )
                   has
                   a
                   perfecting
                   middle
                   Nature
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   which
                   yet
                   is
                   not
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   or
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ;
                   unless
                   it
                   be
                   fixed
                   ;
                   but
                   being
                   fixed
                   ,
                   this
                   Spirit
                   is
                   an
                   agent
                   of
                   the
                   White
                   Tincture
                   :
                   What
                   we
                   have
                   said
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   in
                   the
                   former
                   Chapter
                   ,
                   at
                   Sect.
                   5.
                   may
                   be
                   understood
                   here
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Because
                   in
                   Arsenick
                   the
                   Radix
                   of
                   its
                   Minera
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   action
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   has
                   many
                   inflamable
                   parts
                   of
                   it
                   resolved
                   ,
                   therefore
                   the
                   work
                   of
                   its
                   separation
                   is
                   easie
                   ,
                   this
                   being
                   the
                   Tincture
                   of
                   Whiteness
                   ,
                   as
                   Sulphur
                   is
                   of
                   Redness
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   To
                   prepare
                   Arsenick
                   .
                   
                     Being
                     beaten
                     into
                     fine
                     pouder
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     be
                     boiled
                     in
                     Vinegar
                     ,
                     and
                     all
                     its
                     combustible
                     fatness
                     extracted
                     as
                     in
                     Sulphur
                     ,
                     Chap.
                     38.
                     
                     Sect.
                     9.
                     
                     Then
                     take
                  
                   of
                   the
                   prepared
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   Copper
                   calcin'd
                   ,
                   ana
                   one
                   Pound
                   :
                   Alum
                   calcin'd
                   ,
                   common
                   Salt
                   prepared
                   ,
                   ana
                   half
                   a
                   Pound
                   :
                   Having
                   ground
                   them
                   well
                   together
                   ,
                   moisten
                   the
                   mixture
                   with
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   liquid
                   ,
                   and
                   boil
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   as
                   you
                   did
                   in
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   :
                   Then
                   sublime
                   it
                   in
                   an
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   with
                   an
                   Alembick
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   heighth
                   of
                   one
                   foot
                   :
                   what
                   ascends
                   white
                   ,
                   dense
                   ,
                   clear
                   ,
                   and
                   lucid
                   ,
                   gather
                   and
                   keep
                   it
                   ,
                   (
                   as
                   sufficiently
                   prepared
                   )
                   for
                   the
                   use
                   of
                   the
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                 
                   
                     VI.
                     Or
                     thus
                  
                   :
                   Take
                   of
                   Arsenick
                   prepared
                   by
                   boiling
                   ,
                   filings
                   of
                   Copper
                   ,
                   ana
                   one
                   Pound
                   :
                   Common
                   Salt
                   ,
                   half
                   a
                   Pound
                   :
                   Alum
                   calcined
                   four
                   Ounces
                   ;
                   grind
                   them
                   exactly
                   with
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   then
                   moisten
                   till
                   they
                   be
                   liquid
                   ,
                   and
                   stir
                   them
                   over
                   a
                   fire
                   till
                   the
                   whole
                   be
                   blackened
                   :
                   Again
                   ,
                   Imbibe
                   and
                   dry
                   ,
                   stirring
                   as
                   before
                   ,
                   do
                   this
                   a
                   third
                   time
                   ,
                   then
                   sublime
                   as
                   above
                   directed
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   
                     To
                     fix
                     Arsenick
                     and
                     Sulphur
                  
                   .
                   They
                   are
                   fixed
                   two
                   ways
                   ,
                   viz.
                   1.
                   
                   By
                   manifold
                   Sublimations
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   By
                   precipitation
                   of
                   them
                   sublimed
                   into
                   heat
                   .
                   
                     The
                     first
                     way
                     .
                     Reiterate
                     their
                     Subli
                     mations
                     in
                     the
                     Vessel
                     Aludel
                     ,
                     till
                     they
                     remain
                     fixed
                     .
                  
                   This
                   Reiteration
                   is
                   made
                   by
                   two
                   Aludels
                   ,
                   with
                   their
                   two
                   Heads
                   ,
                   or
                   Covers
                   in
                   the
                   following
                   order
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   may
                   never
                   cease
                   from
                   the
                   Work
                   of
                   Sublimation
                   ,
                   until
                   you
                   have
                   fixed
                   them
                   .
                   Therefore
                   so
                   soon
                   as
                   they
                   have
                   ascended
                   into
                   one
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   put
                   them
                   into
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   do
                   continually
                   ,
                   never
                   suffering
                   them
                   long
                   to
                   abide
                   ,
                   adhering
                   to
                   the
                   sides
                   of
                   either
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   but
                   constantly
                   keep
                   them
                   in
                   the
                   elevation
                   of
                   fire
                   ,
                   till
                   they
                   cease
                   to
                   sublime
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   
                     The
                     second
                     way
                  
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   by
                   praecipitating
                   it
                   sublimed
                   into
                   heat
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   constantly
                   abide
                   therein
                   ,
                   until
                   it
                   be
                   fixed
                   :
                   and
                   this
                   is
                   done
                   by
                   a
                   long
                   glass
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   it
                   (
                   made
                   of
                   Earth
                   not
                   of
                   Glass
                   ,
                   because
                   that
                   would
                   crack
                   )
                   must
                   be
                   artificially
                   joyned
                   with
                   good
                   luting
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   ascending
                   matter
                   ,
                   when
                   it
                   adheres
                   to
                   the
                   sides
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   must
                   with
                   a
                   Spatula
                   of
                   Iron
                   ,
                   or
                   Stone
                   ,
                   be
                   put
                   down
                   to
                   the
                   heat
                   of
                   the
                   bottom
                   ,
                   and
                   this
                   precipitation
                   repeated
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   whole
                   be
                   fixed
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   To
                   sublime
                   Arsenick
                   .
                   Take
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   filings
                   of
                   Venus
                   ana
                   one
                   Pound
                   ,
                   Common
                   Salt
                   half
                   a
                   Pound
                   :
                   Alum
                   Calcin'd
                   four
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   mortifie
                   with
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   stirring
                   over
                   a
                   fire
                   till
                   all
                   be
                   black
                   :
                   Again
                   ,
                   Imbibe
                   and
                   dry
                   ,
                   stirring
                   as
                   before
                   ,
                   which
                   repeat
                   again
                   ;
                   then
                   sublime
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   profitable
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XL.
                  
                   Of
                   the
                   Alchymie
                   of
                   the
                   Marchasite
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   THE
                   Marchasite
                   is
                   sublimed
                   two
                   ways
                   ,
                   1.
                   
                   Without
                   Ignition
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   With
                   Ignition
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   has
                   a
                   two-fold
                   substance
                   ,
                   
                     viz.
                     One
                     pure
                     Sulphur
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   mortified
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   is
                   profitable
                   as
                   Sulphur
                   ;
                   the
                   second
                   as
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   mortified
                   ,
                   and
                   moderately
                   prepared
                   .
                   Therefore
                   we
                   take
                   in
                   this
                   last
                   ,
                   because
                   by
                   it
                   we
                   are
                   excused
                   from
                   the
                   former
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   labour
                   of
                   mortifying
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   The
                   intire
                   way
                   of
                   the
                   sublimation
                   of
                   this
                   Mineral
                   is
                   ,
                   by
                   grinding
                   it
                   to
                   pouder
                   ,
                   and
                   putting
                   it
                   into
                   an
                   Aludel
                   ,
                   subliming
                   its
                   Sulphur
                   without
                   Ignition
                   ;
                   always
                   and
                   very
                   often
                   removing
                   what
                   is
                   sublimed
                   .
                   Then
                   augment
                   the
                   force
                   of
                   the
                   fire
                   into
                   Ignition
                   of
                   the
                   Aludel
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   sublimation
                   must
                   be
                   made
                   in
                   a
                   Vessel
                   of
                   Sublimation
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   long
                   continued
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   is
                   separated
                   ;
                   the
                   process
                   being
                   successively
                   and
                   orderly
                   continued
                   ,
                   until
                   it
                   is
                   manifest
                   that
                   it
                   has
                   lost
                   all
                   its
                   Sulphur
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Which
                   may
                   be
                   known
                   thus
                   :
                   When
                   its
                   whole
                   Sulphur
                   shall
                   be
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   see
                   the
                   colour
                   thereof
                   changed
                   into
                   a
                   most
                   pure
                   White
                   ,
                   mixt
                   with
                   a
                   very
                   clear
                   ,
                   pleasant
                   ,
                   and
                   coelestine
                   colour
                   :
                   Also
                   you
                   may
                   know
                   it
                   thus
                   :
                   Because
                   if
                   it
                   has
                   any
                   Sulphur
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   burn
                   and
                   flame
                   like
                   Sulphur
                   ;
                   but
                   what
                   shall
                   be
                   secondly
                   sublimed
                   after
                   that
                   sublimate
                   ,
                   will
                   neither
                   be
                   inflamed
                   ,
                   nor
                   shew
                   any
                   properties
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   but
                   
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   mortified
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   reiteration
                   of
                   sublimation
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   You
                   must
                   get
                   a
                   solid
                   ,
                   strong
                   ,
                   well
                   baked
                   Earthen
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   about
                   three
                   foot
                   high
                   ,
                   but
                   in
                   breadth
                   Diametrically
                   no
                   more
                   than
                   that
                   a
                   hand
                   may
                   commodiously
                   enter
                   :
                   The
                   bottom
                   of
                   this
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   (
                   which
                   must
                   be
                   made
                   so
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   separated
                   and
                   conjoyned
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   made
                   after
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   a
                   plain
                   wooden
                   Dish
                   ,
                   but
                   very
                   deep
                   ,
                   viz.
                   from
                   its
                   brim
                   to
                   the
                   bottom
                   about
                   seven
                   or
                   eight
                   Inches
                   ;
                   from
                   that
                   place
                   ,
                   or
                   moveable
                   bot
                   tom
                   to
                   the
                   head
                   ,
                   the
                   Vessel
                   must
                   be
                   very
                   thickly
                   and
                   accurately
                   glazed
                   within
                   :
                   Upon
                   the
                   head
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   must
                   be
                   fitted
                   an
                   Alembick
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   wide
                   Beak
                   or
                   Nose
                   :
                   Joyn
                   the
                   bottom
                   to
                   the
                   middle
                   ,
                   with
                   good
                   tenacious
                   lute
                   (
                   the
                   Marchasite
                   being
                   within
                   that
                   bottom
                   )
                   then
                   set
                   on
                   the
                   Alembick
                   ,
                   and
                   place
                   it
                   in
                   a
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   where
                   you
                   may
                   give
                   as
                   strong
                   fire
                   ,
                   as
                   for
                   the
                   fusion
                   of
                   Silver
                   or
                   Copper
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   The
                   top
                   of
                   the
                   Fornace
                   must
                   be
                   fixed
                   with
                   a
                   flat
                   Hoop
                   ,
                   or
                   Ring
                   of
                   Iron
                   ,
                   having
                   a
                   hole
                   in
                   its
                   middle
                   ,
                   fitted
                   to
                   the
                   greatness
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Vessel
                   may
                   stand
                   fast
                   within
                   it
                   :
                   Then
                   lute
                   the
                   junctures
                   in
                   the
                   circuit
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   and
                   the
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   lest
                   the
                   fire
                   passing
                   out
                   there
                   ,
                   should
                   hinder
                   the
                   adherency
                   of
                   the
                   subliming
                   flowers
                   ,
                   leaving
                   only
                   four
                   small
                   holes
                   ,
                   which
                   may
                   be
                   opened
                   or
                   shut
                   in
                   the
                   flat
                   Ring
                   or
                   Hoop
                   aforesaid
                   ,
                   through
                   which
                   Coals
                   may
                   be
                   put
                   in
                   round
                   about
                   the
                   sides
                   of
                   the
                   Fornace
                   :
                   Likewise
                   four
                   other
                   holes
                   must
                   be
                   left
                   under
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   between
                   their
                   spaces
                   for
                   the
                   putting
                   in
                   of
                   Coals
                   ,
                   and
                   six
                   or
                   eight
                   lesser
                   holes
                   ,
                   proportionate
                   to
                   the
                   magnitude
                   of
                   ones
                   little
                   finger
                   ,
                   which
                   must
                   never
                   be
                   shut
                   ,
                   that
                   thereby
                   the
                   fire
                   may
                   burn
                   clear
                   :
                   Let
                   these
                   holes
                   be
                   just
                   below
                   the
                   juncture
                   of
                   the
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   said
                   Iron
                   Hoop
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   That
                   Fornace
                   is
                   of
                   great
                   heat
                   ,
                   the
                   sides
                   of
                   
                   which
                   are
                   to
                   the
                   height
                   of
                   two
                   Cubits
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   midst
                   whereof
                   is
                   a
                   Round
                   ,
                   Grate
                   ,
                   or
                   Wheel
                   filled
                   full
                   of
                   very
                   many
                   small
                   holes
                   close
                   together
                   ,
                   (
                   wide
                   below
                   or
                   underneath
                   ,
                   but
                   small
                   above
                   ,
                   or
                   in
                   the
                   superior
                   part
                   ,
                   )
                   and
                   strongly
                   annexed
                   to
                   the
                   Fornace
                   by
                   luting
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Ashes
                   or
                   Coals
                   may
                   the
                   more
                   freely
                   fall
                   away
                   from
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   said
                   Grate
                   be
                   continually
                   open
                   for
                   the
                   more
                   free
                   reception
                   of
                   the
                   air
                   ,
                   which
                   mightily
                   augments
                   the
                   heat
                   of
                   the
                   fire
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   The
                   Vessel
                   is
                   of
                   the
                   asoresaid
                   length
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Fumes
                   ascending
                   may
                   find
                   a
                   cool
                   place
                   and
                   adhere
                   to
                   the
                   sides
                   ,
                   otherwise
                   was
                   it
                   short
                   ,
                   the
                   whole
                   Vessels
                   would
                   be
                   almost
                   of
                   an
                   equal
                   heat
                   ,
                   whereby
                   the
                   sublimate
                   would
                   fly
                   away
                   ,
                   and
                   be
                   lost
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   also
                   Glased
                   well
                   within
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Fumes
                   may
                   not
                   peirce
                   its
                   Pores
                   and
                   so
                   be
                   lost
                   ;
                   but
                   the
                   Bottom
                   which
                   stands
                   in
                   the
                   Fire
                   is
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   Glazed
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   the
                   Fire
                   would
                   melt
                   it
                   ;
                   nor
                   unglazed
                   would
                   the
                   matter
                   go
                   through
                   it
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   the
                   Fire
                   makes
                   it
                   rather
                   to
                   ascend
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Now
                   let
                   your
                   Fire
                   be
                   continued
                   under
                   your
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   till
                   you
                   know
                   that
                   the
                   whole
                   matter
                   is
                   ascended
                   into
                   flowers
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   may
                   prove
                   by
                   putting
                   in
                   a
                   Rod
                   of
                   Earth
                   well
                   burned
                   with
                   a
                   Hole
                   in
                   its
                   end
                   ,
                   through
                   a
                   Hole
                   in
                   the
                   Head
                   ,
                   about
                   the
                   bigness
                   of
                   ones
                   little
                   Finger
                   ,
                   putting
                   it
                   down
                   almost
                   to
                   the
                   middle
                   there
                   ,
                   or
                   nigh
                   the
                   matter
                   from
                   whence
                   the
                   sublimate
                   is
                   raised
                   ;
                   and
                   if
                   any
                   thing
                   ascends
                   and
                   adheres
                   to
                   the
                   Hole
                   in
                   the
                   Rod
                   ,
                   the
                   whole
                   matter
                   is
                   not
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   but
                   if
                   not
                   ,
                   the
                   sublimation
                   is
                   ended
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   That
                   the
                   Marchasite
                   consists
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   sufficiently
                   evident
                   ;
                   for
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   put
                   into
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   no
                   sooner
                   Red
                   Hot
                   ,
                   but
                   it
                   is
                   Inflamed
                   and
                   burns
                   :
                   also
                   if
                   mixed
                   with
                   Venus
                   ,
                   it
                   gives
                   it
                   the
                   Whiteness
                   of
                   pure
                   Silver
                   ;
                   so
                   also
                   if
                   mixed
                   with
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   its
                   sublimation
                   it
                   yields
                   a
                   Coelestial
                   
                   Colour
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   Metalick
                   Lucidity
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   To
                   prepare
                   the
                   Marchasite
                   .
                   Take
                   the
                   fine
                   Pouder
                   of
                   the
                   Mineral
                   ,
                   spread
                   it
                   an
                   Inch
                   thick
                   over
                   the
                   Bottom
                   of
                   a
                   large
                   Aludel
                   ,
                   and
                   gather
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   with
                   a
                   gentle
                   fire
                   .
                   When
                   that
                   is
                   ascended
                   ;
                   take
                   off
                   the
                   Head
                   or
                   Alembick
                   ,
                   and
                   having
                   applied
                   another
                   ,
                   augment
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   then
                   that
                   which
                   has
                   the
                   place
                   of
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   Ascends
                   ,
                   as
                   we
                   have
                   before
                   declared
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XLI
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Alchymie
                   of
                   Magnesia
                   ,
                   Tutia
                   ,
                   and
                   other
                   Minerals
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   THE
                   Sublimation
                   of
                   Magnesia
                   and
                   
                     Tutia
                     is
                  
                   the
                   same
                   with
                   that
                   of
                   the
                   Marchasite
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   they
                   cannot
                   be
                   sublimed
                   without
                   Ignition
                   ,
                   having
                   the
                   same
                   cause
                   ,
                   the
                   same
                   Operation
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   same
                   General
                   method
                   :
                   likewise
                   all
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   are
                   sublimed
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   order
                   ,
                   without
                   any
                   difference
                   ,
                   except
                   that
                   the
                   Bodies
                   of
                   the
                   Metals
                   must
                   have
                   a
                   more
                   vehement
                   fire
                   than
                   the
                   
                     Marchasite
                     ,
                     Magnetia
                  
                   and
                   Tutia
                   :
                   nor
                   is
                   there
                   any
                   diversity
                   in
                   Metaline
                   sublimation
                   save
                   ,
                   that
                   some
                   need
                   the
                   addition
                   of
                   some
                   other
                   substance
                   to
                   make
                   them
                   sublime
                   or
                   rise
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   But
                   in
                   the
                   sublimation
                   of
                   Imperfect
                   Metaline
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   no
                   great
                   quantity
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   to
                   be
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   at
                   once
                   put
                   into
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   because
                   much
                   Metaline
                   substance
                   ,
                   holds
                   the
                   parts
                   faster
                   ,
                   and
                   hinders
                   the
                   subliming
                   :
                   also
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   the
                   sublimatory
                   should
                   be
                   
                   flat
                   ,
                   not
                   Concave
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Body
                   equally
                   and
                   thinly
                   spread
                   upon
                   the
                   bottom
                   ,
                   may
                   the
                   more
                   easily
                   sublime
                   in
                   all
                   its
                   parts
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Such
                   Bodies
                   as
                   need
                   the
                   admixtion
                   of
                   other
                   substances
                   ,
                   are
                   Venus
                   and
                   Mars
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   slowness
                   of
                   their
                   fusion
                   :
                   Venus
                   needs
                   Tutia
                   ;
                   and
                   
                     Mars
                     Arsenick
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   these
                   they
                   are
                   easily
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   they
                   well
                   agree
                   with
                   them
                   .
                   Therefore
                   their
                   sublimation
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   as
                   in
                   Tutia
                   ,
                   and
                   other
                   like
                   things
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   be
                   performed
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   method
                   and
                   order
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   the
                   former
                   Chapter
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Now
                   Magnesia
                   has
                   a
                   more
                   Turbid
                   and
                   Fixed
                   ,
                   and
                   less
                   inflamable
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   more
                   Earthy
                   and
                   faeculent
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   than
                   the
                   Marchasite
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   the
                   more
                   approximate
                   to
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   Mars
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   But
                   Tutia
                   is
                   the
                   fume
                   of
                   White
                   Bodies
                   ;
                   for
                   the
                   Fume
                   of
                   Jupiter
                   and
                   Venus
                   adhering
                   to
                   the
                   sides
                   of
                   the
                   Fornaces
                   where
                   these
                   Metals
                   are
                   wrought
                   ,
                   does
                   the
                   same
                   thing
                   that
                   Tutia
                   does
                   :
                   and
                   what
                   a
                   metalick
                   Fume
                   does
                   not
                   ,
                   without
                   the
                   admixtion
                   of
                   some
                   other
                   Body
                   ,
                   neither
                   will
                   this
                   likewise
                   do
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   And
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   its
                   subtilty
                   ,
                   it
                   more
                   penetrates
                   the
                   profundity
                   of
                   a
                   Metaline
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   alters
                   it
                   more
                   than
                   it
                   does
                   its
                   own
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   adhears
                   more
                   in
                   the
                   Examen
                   ,
                   as
                   by
                   experience
                   you
                   may
                   find
                   :
                   and
                   whatever
                   Bodies
                   are
                   altered
                   by
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   will
                   also
                   necessarily
                   be
                   altered
                   by
                   this
                   ,
                   because
                   of
                   their
                   Unity
                   in
                   Nature
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   
                     To
                     prepare
                     Tutia
                  
                   .
                   Pouder
                   it
                   very
                   fine
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   it
                   into
                   and
                   Aludel
                   and
                   by
                   strong
                   Ignition
                   ,
                   or
                   help
                   of
                   vehement
                   fire
                   ,
                   cause
                   the
                   Flowers
                   to
                   ascend
                   or
                   sublime
                   ,
                   so
                   is
                   it
                   prepared
                   for
                   use
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   also
                   dissolved
                   in
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   having
                   been
                   first
                   Calcin'd
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   it
                   is
                   also
                   well
                   prepared
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Also
                   it
                   is
                   certain
                   ,
                   that
                   many
                   necessary
                   things
                   for
                   our
                   purpose
                   ,
                   are
                   extracted
                   from
                   Imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   which
                   need
                   yet
                   a
                   farther
                   preparation
                   ,
                   as
                   first
                   Ceruse
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   thus
                   prepared
                   :
                   Wash
                   it
                   in
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   and
                   separate
                   it
                   from
                   its
                   more
                   gross
                   parts
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Milk
                   coagulate
                   in
                   the
                   Sun
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   is
                   prepared
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   
                     Spanish
                     White
                     ,
                     Tin
                     ,
                     Putty
                     ,
                     and
                     Minium
                     ,
                  
                   are
                   prepared
                   after
                   the
                   same
                   manner
                   ,
                   by
                   dissolving
                   them
                   in
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Urine
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   filterating
                   and
                   coagulating
                   in
                   the
                   Sun
                   as
                   before
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   Verdegrise
                   is
                   dissolved
                   in
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   and
                   rubified
                   ,
                   being
                   gently
                   congealed
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   soft
                   heat
                   of
                   a
                   gentle
                   fire
                   ;
                   and
                   then
                   it
                   is
                   prepared
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   fit
                   for
                   the
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   
                     Crocus
                     Martis
                  
                   is
                   dissolved
                   in
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   and
                   filtred
                   :
                   This
                   Red
                   Water
                   being
                   congealed
                   ,
                   yields
                   an
                   excellent
                   Crocus
                   fit
                   for
                   use
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   
                     AEs
                     Ustum
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Copper
                   calcin'd
                   ,
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   ground
                   to
                   pouder
                   ,
                   and
                   washed
                   with
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   after
                   the
                   same
                   manner
                   as
                   we
                   taught
                   in
                   the
                   preparation
                   of
                   Ceruse
                   :
                   So
                   in
                   like
                   manner
                   Litharge
                   of
                   Gold
                   and
                   Silver
                   :
                   You
                   may
                   also
                   dissolve
                   these
                   things
                   again
                   ,
                   and
                   they
                   will
                   be
                   purer
                   :
                   You
                   may
                   also
                   use
                   them
                   either
                   dissolved
                   or
                   congealed
                   ;
                   this
                   is
                   a
                   profound
                   Investigation
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Antimony
                   is
                   Calcined
                   ,
                   Dissolved
                   ,
                   Filtred
                   ,
                   Congealed
                   ,
                   and
                   ground
                   to
                   pouder
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   it
                   is
                   prepared
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Cinnabar
                   must
                   be
                   sublimed
                   from
                   Common
                   Salt
                   once
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   it
                   is
                   well
                   prepared
                   for
                   use
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   
                     The
                     fixation
                     of
                     Marchasite
                     ,
                     Magnesia
                     and
                     Tutia
                     .
                  
                   You
                   must
                   after
                   the
                   first
                   sublimation
                   of
                   them
                   is
                   finished
                   ,
                   cast
                   away
                   their
                   foeces
                   ;
                   and
                   then
                   reiterate
                   their
                   sublimation
                   ,
                   
                   so
                   often
                   returning
                   what
                   sublimes
                   to
                   that
                   which
                   remains
                   below
                   of
                   either
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   till
                   they
                   be
                   fixed
                   ,
                   which
                   must
                   be
                   done
                   in
                   proper
                   subliming
                   Vessels
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   LXV
                   .
                   
                     Of
                     the
                     Alchymie
                     of
                     Saturn
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   TO
                   prepare
                   Lead
                   .
                   Set
                   it
                   in
                   a
                   Fornace
                   of
                   Calcination
                   ,
                   stirring
                   it
                   while
                   it
                   is
                   in
                   Flux
                   ,
                   with
                   an
                   Iron
                   Spatula
                   full
                   of
                   Holes
                   ,
                   and
                   drawing
                   off
                   the
                   scum
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   converted
                   into
                   a
                   most
                   fine
                   pouder
                   :
                   Sift
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   set
                   it
                   in
                   the
                   Fire
                   of
                   Calcination
                   ,
                   till
                   its
                   fugitive
                   and
                   inflamable
                   substance
                   be
                   abolished
                   :
                   Then
                   take
                   out
                   this
                   Red
                   Calx
                   ,
                   imbibe
                   ,
                   and
                   grind
                   it
                   often
                   with
                   Common
                   Salt
                   cleansed
                   ,
                   Vitriol
                   purified
                   ,
                   and
                   most
                   sharp
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   the
                   things
                   to
                   be
                   used
                   for
                   the
                   Red
                   ;
                   but
                   for
                   the
                   White
                   ,
                   Common
                   Salt
                   ,
                   Common
                   Alum
                   ,
                   and
                   Vinegar
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Your
                   matter
                   must
                   be
                   often
                   imbibed
                   ,
                   dryed
                   ,
                   and
                   ground
                   ,
                   till
                   by
                   the
                   benefit
                   of
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   things
                   ,
                   the
                   uncleanness
                   be
                   totally
                   removed
                   :
                   Then
                   mix
                   Glass
                   therewith
                   ,
                   and
                   cause
                   the
                   pure
                   body
                   to
                   descend
                   ,
                   that
                   descending
                   (
                   by
                   means
                   of
                   a
                   vehement
                   heat
                   )
                   the
                   pure
                   body
                   may
                   be
                   reduced
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Calcine
                   it
                   again
                   with
                   pure
                   
                     Sal
                     Armoniack
                  
                   (
                   as
                   you
                   do
                   Jupiter
                   )
                   and
                   most
                   subtily
                   grind
                   and
                   dissolve
                   it
                   by
                   the
                   way
                   aforesaid
                   ,
                   for
                   this
                   is
                   the
                   water
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   proportionally
                   made
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   use
                   in
                   the
                   Composition
                   of
                   the
                   Red
                   Elixir
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Lead
                   is
                   a
                   Metalick
                   Body
                   ,
                   livid
                   ,
                   earthy
                   ,
                   ponderous
                   ,
                   mute
                   ,
                   partaking
                   of
                   a
                   little
                   Whiteness
                   ,
                   with
                   much
                   
                   paleness
                   ,
                   refusing
                   the
                   Cineritium
                   ,
                   and
                   Cement
                   ,
                   easily
                   extensible
                   in
                   all
                   its
                   dimensions
                   ,
                   with
                   small
                   Compression
                   ,
                   and
                   very
                   fusible
                   without
                   Ignition
                   .
                   Yet
                   some
                   Men
                   say
                   ,
                   that
                   Lead
                   in
                   its
                   own
                   Nature
                   ,
                   is
                   much
                   approximated
                   to
                   Gold
                   ;
                   these
                   judge
                   of
                   things
                   ,
                   not
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   in
                   themselves
                   ,
                   but
                   according
                   to
                   sense
                   ,
                   being
                   void
                   of
                   Reason
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   conceiving
                   the
                   Truth
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   It
                   has
                   much
                   of
                   an
                   Earthy
                   substance
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   is
                   washed
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   a
                   Lavament
                   converted
                   into
                   Tin
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   it
                   appears
                   ,
                   that
                   Tin
                   is
                   more
                   assimilated
                   to
                   the
                   perfect
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   also
                   by
                   Calcination
                   made
                   Minium
                   ;
                   and
                   by
                   hanging
                   over
                   the
                   Vapour
                   of
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   made
                   Ceruse
                   .
                   And
                   tho
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   near
                   to
                   perfection
                   ,
                   yet
                   by
                   our
                   Art
                   ,
                   we
                   easily
                   convert
                   it
                   into
                   Silver
                   ,
                   not
                   keeping
                   its
                   Weight
                   in
                   transmutation
                   ,
                   but
                   acquiring
                   a
                   new
                   Weight
                   ,
                   which
                   it
                   obtains
                   by
                   our
                   Magistry
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   also
                   the
                   Tryal
                   of
                   Silver
                   in
                   the
                   Cupel
                   ,
                   as
                   we
                   shall
                   hereafter
                   shew
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   It
                   differs
                   not
                   from
                   Tin
                   ,
                   after
                   repeating
                   its
                   Calcination
                   to
                   the
                   reduction
                   thereof
                   ,
                   save
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   has
                   a
                   more
                   uncleansubstance
                   commixed
                   of
                   a
                   more
                   grose
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   and
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   being
                   more
                   burning
                   and
                   adhaesive
                   to
                   the
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   .
                   It
                   has
                   a
                   greater
                   Earthy
                   〈◊〉
                   than
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   which
                   appears
                   by
                   washing
                   of
                   it
                   with
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ;
                   and
                   more
                   Faeculency
                   comes
                   from
                   it
                   by
                   washing
                   than
                   from
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   first
                   Calcination
                   is
                   easier
                   performed
                   than
                   in
                   Tin
                   ,
                   because
                   of
                   its
                   Earthiness
                   :
                   and
                   because
                   its
                   foulness
                   is
                   not
                   rectified
                   as
                   in
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   by
                   repeated
                   Calcinations
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   a
                   sign
                   of
                   greater
                   impurity
                   in
                   its
                   principles
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   its
                   own
                   Nature
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   It
                   s
                   Sulphur
                   is
                   not
                   separated
                   from
                   it
                   in
                   fume
                   ,
                   but
                   is
                   of
                   a
                   Citrine
                   Colour
                   ,
                   of
                   much
                   Yellowness
                   ,
                   the
                   like
                   of
                   which
                   is
                   remaining
                   below
                   at
                   the
                   bottom
                   ,
                   which
                   shews
                   that
                   it
                   has
                   much
                   of
                   a
                   Combustible
                   Sulphur
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   because
                   the
                   Odour
                   of
                   
                   Sulphureity
                   is
                   not
                   removed
                   from
                   it
                   in
                   a
                   short
                   time
                   ,
                   it
                   shews
                   that
                   it
                   approaches
                   to
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   fixed
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   Uniformly
                   commixed
                   with
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   .
                   Therefore
                   when
                   the
                   fume
                   ascends
                   ,
                   it
                   ascends
                   with
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   not
                   burning
                   ,
                   whose
                   property
                   is
                   to
                   create
                   Citrinity
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   And
                   that
                   the
                   quantity
                   of
                   its
                   not
                   burning
                   Sulphur
                   is
                   more
                   than
                   in
                   Tin
                   ,
                   appears
                   for
                   that
                   its
                   whole
                   Colour
                   is
                   changed
                   into
                   Citrinity
                   ,
                   in
                   Calcination
                   ,
                   but
                   of
                   Tin
                   into
                   White
                   :
                   Whence
                   the
                   cause
                   appear
                   why
                   Jupiter
                   in
                   Calcination
                   is
                   more
                   easily
                   changed
                   into
                   a
                   hard
                   Body
                   than
                   Saturn
                   :
                   the
                   burning
                   Sulphureity
                   being
                   more
                   easily
                   removed
                   from
                   Jupiter
                   than
                   Saturn
                   ,
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   causes
                   of
                   its
                   softness
                   is
                   removed
                   ;
                   whence
                   (
                   being
                   Calcined
                   )
                   it
                   necessarily
                   follows
                   it
                   must
                   be
                   hardened
                   :
                   but
                   Saturn
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   has
                   both
                   the
                   causes
                   of
                   softness
                   strongly
                   conjoyned
                   ,
                   viz.
                   much
                   burning
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   much
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   easily
                   hardened
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Bodies
                   having
                   much
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   have
                   much
                   of
                   Extension
                   ,
                   but
                   such
                   as
                   have
                   little
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   have
                   little
                   Extension
                   .
                   Thus
                   Jupiter
                   is
                   more
                   easily
                   and
                   subtily
                   extended
                   than
                   
                     Saturn
                     .
                     Saturn
                  
                   more
                   easily
                   than
                   
                     Venus
                     .
                     Venus
                  
                   more
                   easily
                   than
                   
                     Mars
                     .
                     Luna
                  
                   more
                   subtily
                   than
                   Jupiter
                   .
                   And
                   Sol
                   more
                   subtily
                   than
                   Luna
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   The
                   Cause
                   of
                   Induration
                   or
                   hardening
                   is
                   fixed
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   or
                   fixed
                   Sulphur
                   ;
                   but
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   softness
                   is
                   Opposite
                   .
                   The
                   cause
                   of
                   Fusion
                   is
                   also
                   twofold
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   not
                   fixed
                   ,
                   and
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   of
                   what
                   kind
                   soever
                   ;
                   Sulphur
                   not
                   fixed
                   is
                   necessarily
                   a
                   cause
                   of
                   Fusion
                   without
                   Ignition
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   evident
                   in
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   for
                   projected
                   on
                   Bodies
                   
                     difficult
                     to
                     be
                     Fused
                  
                   ,
                   it
                   makes
                   them
                   of
                   easie
                   Fufion
                   ,
                   without
                   Ignition
                   :
                   and
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   
                     Fusion
                     with
                     Ignition
                  
                   is
                   fixed
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   Impediment
                   of
                   Fusion
                   is
                   fixed
                   Sulphur
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   From
                   hence
                   it
                   appears
                   ,
                   That
                   seeing
                   Bodies
                   of
                   greatest
                   perfection
                   ,
                   con
                   tain
                   the
                   greatest
                   quantity
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   :
                   Those
                   Imperfect
                   Bodies
                   holding
                   more
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   must
                   needs
                   be
                   more
                   approximate
                   to
                   the
                   perfect
                   —
                   whence
                   it
                   follows
                   ,
                   that
                   Bodies
                   of
                   much
                   Sulphureity
                   ,
                   are
                   Bodies
                   of
                   much
                   Corruption
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   From
                   hence
                   it
                   is
                   e
                   vident
                   ,
                   that
                   Jupiter
                   is
                   near
                   to
                   the
                   perfect
                   ,
                   seeing
                   it
                   participates
                   more
                   of
                   Perfection
                   ,
                   but
                   Saturn
                   less
                   ;
                   Venus
                   yet
                   :
                   less
                   ,
                   and
                   Mars
                   least
                   of
                   all
                   .
                   And
                   as
                   to
                   the
                   Medicines
                   ,
                   compleating
                   them
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   clear
                   ,
                   that
                   Venus
                   is
                   the
                   most
                   perfective
                   of
                   Medicine
                   ;
                   Mars
                   less
                   ,
                   Jupiter
                   yet
                   less
                   ;
                   and
                   Saturn
                   least
                   of
                   all
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Thus
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   diversity
                   of
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   diversity
                   of
                   Medicines
                   are
                   found
                   out
                   :
                   A
                   hard
                   Body
                   ,
                   that
                   can
                   endure
                   Ignition
                   re
                   quires
                   one
                   Medicine
                   ;
                   but
                   the
                   soft
                   ,
                   that
                   abides
                   not
                   Ignition
                   another
                   ;
                   that
                   one
                   may
                   be
                   softned
                   and
                   attenuated
                   in
                   its
                   profundity
                   ,
                   and
                   equalized
                   in
                   its
                   substance
                   ;
                   but
                   the
                   other
                   hardned
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   occult
                   parts
                   inspissated
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   There
                   are
                   three
                   degrees
                   which
                   the
                   Imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   chiefly
                   Saturn
                   and
                   Jupiter
                   must
                   obtain
                   ,
                   in
                   order
                   to
                   perfection
                   :
                   First
                   ,
                   Cleanness
                   ,
                   or
                   Brightness
                   :
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   Hardness
                   ,
                   or
                   Densness
                   ,
                   with
                   Ignition
                   in
                   fusion
                   .
                   Thirdly
                   ,
                   Fixation
                   ,
                   by
                   taking
                   away
                   their
                   fugitive
                   substance
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   They
                   are
                   cleansed
                   (
                   
                     viz.
                     Saturn
                  
                   and
                   Jupiter
                   )
                   in
                   a
                   threefold
                   manner
                   :
                   1.
                   
                   By
                   Mundifying
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   By
                   Calcination
                   and
                   Reduction
                   :
                   5.
                   
                   By
                   Solution
                   .
                   First
                   ,
                   By
                   things
                   purifying
                   they
                   are
                   cleansed
                   two
                   ways
                   ,
                   either
                   by
                   reducing
                   them
                   into
                   a
                   Calx
                   ,
                   or
                   into
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   Bodies
                   :
                   reducing
                   into
                   a
                   Calx
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   purified
                   either
                   by
                   Salts
                   ,
                   or
                   Alum
                   ,
                   or
                   Glass
                   :
                   Thus
                   ,
                   when
                   the
                   Body
                   is
                   Calcin'd
                   ,
                   put
                   upon
                   its
                   Calx
                   ,
                   water
                   of
                   Alums
                   ,
                   or
                   Salts
                   ,
                   or
                   Glass
                   mixed
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   reduce
                   it
                   to
                   a
                   Body
                   ,
                   
                   which
                   so
                   often
                   reiterate
                   till
                   they
                   look
                   purely
                   clean
                   :
                   For
                   seeing
                   
                     Alums
                     ,
                     Salts
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Glass
                   ,
                   are
                   fused
                   with
                   another
                   kind
                   of
                   fusion
                   than
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   therefore
                   they
                   are
                   separated
                   from
                   them
                   ,
                   retaining
                   with
                   themselves
                   the
                   earthy
                   substance
                   ,
                   the
                   purity
                   of
                   the
                   Bodies
                   being
                   only
                   left
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Or
                   thus
                   .
                   Let
                   Saturn
                   or
                   Jupiter
                   be
                   filed
                   ,
                   and
                   mix
                   therewith
                   Alums
                   ,
                   Salts
                   ,
                   and
                   Glass
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   reduced
                   into
                   a
                   body
                   ,
                   and
                   this
                   so
                   often
                   to
                   be
                   repeated
                   till
                   they
                   be
                   well
                   cleansed
                   :
                   They
                   are
                   also
                   cleansed
                   by
                   way
                   of
                   Lavement
                   with
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   spoken
                   before
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   
                     The
                     second
                     way
                     of
                     cleansing
                  
                   Saturn
                   and
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   
                     by
                     Calcination
                     and
                     Reduction
                  
                   with
                   sufficient
                   fire
                   ,
                   whereby
                   they
                   are
                   freed
                   from
                   a
                   twofold
                   corrupting
                   substance
                   ,
                   1.
                   
                   One
                   inflamable
                   and
                   fugitive
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Another
                   earthy
                   and
                   faeculent
                   ;
                   because
                   the
                   Fire
                   elevates
                   and
                   consumes
                   every
                   fugitive
                   substance
                   .
                   And
                   by
                   reduction
                   the
                   same
                   fire
                   ,
                   divides
                   every
                   substance
                   of
                   earth
                   ,
                   with
                   its
                   proportion
                   :
                   See
                   Sect.
                   1
                   ,
                   2
                   ,
                   3.
                   above
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   
                     The
                     third
                     way
                     of
                     cleansing
                  
                   Saturn
                   and
                   Jupiter
                   
                     by
                     Solution
                  
                   of
                   their
                   substance
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   reduction
                   of
                   that
                   likewise
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   dissolved
                   from
                   them
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   solution
                   reduced
                   makes
                   them
                   more
                   clean
                   ,
                   than
                   any
                   other
                   way
                   or
                   kind
                   of
                   preparation
                   whatsoever
                   ,
                   except
                   that
                   by
                   Sublimation
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   this
                   is
                   equivalent
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   
                     Induration
                     ,
                     or
                     hardning
                     of
                     their
                     soft
                     substance
                     .
                  
                   This
                   is
                   done
                   with
                   Ignition
                   in
                   their
                   Fusion
                   ,
                   thus
                   .
                   With
                   Saturn
                   or
                   Jupiter
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     Sulphur
                     fixed
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   of
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   mixed
                   in
                   their
                   profundity
                   :
                   Or
                   ,
                   they
                   must
                   be
                   mixed
                   with
                   hard
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   fusible
                   things
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Calx
                   of
                   Marchasite
                   ,
                   and
                   Tutia
                   ,
                   for
                   these
                   are
                   united
                   with
                   ,
                   and
                   embraced
                   by
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   harden
                   them
                   so
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   flow
                   not
                   ,
                   till
                   they
                   are
                   red
                   hot
                   .
                   The
                   same
                   thing
                   is
                   also
                   compleated
                   by
                   our
                   Medicine
                   
                   perfecting
                   them
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   hereafter
                   .
                
                 
                   XX.
                   
                     Fixation
                     ,
                     by
                     removal
                     of
                     their
                     fugitive
                     substance
                     .
                  
                   This
                   is
                   done
                   by
                   calcination
                   in
                   a
                   fire
                   proportional
                   to
                   their
                   substance
                   :
                   In
                   order
                   to
                   which
                   ,
                   1.
                   
                   All
                   their
                   corrupting
                   adustive
                   substance
                   must
                   be
                   cleansed
                   from
                   them
                   as
                   aforesaid
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Then
                   their
                   earthy
                   superfluity
                   must
                   be
                   taken
                   away
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   They
                   must
                   be
                   dissolved
                   and
                   Reduced
                   ,
                   or
                   compleatly
                   washed
                   in
                   a
                   
                     Lavement
                     of
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   necessary
                   and
                   profitable
                   .
                
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   Saturn
                   is
                   specially
                   hardened
                   by
                   a
                   Calcination
                   with
                   the
                   Acuity
                   of
                   Salt
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   Talk
                   it
                   is
                   especially
                   dealbated
                   ,
                   as
                   also
                   by
                   Marchasite
                   and
                   Tutia
                   .
                   Calcine
                   Saturn
                   fluxed
                   with
                   common
                   Salt
                   putrefied
                   ,
                   stirring
                   it
                   continually
                   with
                   an
                   Iron
                   Spatula
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   comes
                   to
                   Ashes
                   .
                   Decoct
                   it
                   for
                   one
                   Natural
                   day
                   ,
                   and
                   let
                   it
                   be
                   a
                   little
                   Fiery
                   hot
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   much
                   ;
                   then
                   wash
                   it
                   with
                   pure
                   clean
                   water
                   ,
                   and
                   Calcine
                   it
                   for
                   3
                   daies
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   Red
                   both
                   within
                   ,
                   and
                   without
                   .
                   If
                   you
                   would
                   have
                   it
                   to
                   be
                   prepared
                   for
                   the
                   White
                   ,
                   Imbibe
                   it
                   with
                   water
                   of
                   
                     White
                     Alum
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   reduce
                   it
                   with
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Tartar
                   ,
                   or
                   its
                   Salt.
                   But
                   if
                   you
                   would
                   have
                   it
                   for
                   the
                   Red
                   ,
                   Imbibe
                   it
                   with
                   the
                   water
                   of
                   
                     Crocus
                     Martis
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   Verdigrise
                   ,
                   and
                   reduce
                   it
                   with
                   Salt
                   of
                   Tartar
                   as
                   before
                   :
                   This
                   work
                   Reiterate
                   as
                   often
                   as
                   need
                   requires
                   .
                
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   
                     The
                     Calcination
                     of
                  
                   Saturn
                   and
                   Jupiter
                   .
                   Let
                   a
                   great
                   Test
                   (
                   or
                   Calcining
                   Pan
                   )
                   be
                   placed
                   in
                   a
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   Saturn
                   and
                   Jupiter
                   into
                   it
                   ,
                   with
                   as
                   much
                   common
                   Salt
                   prepared
                   ,
                   and
                   Roch
                   Alum
                   Calcined
                   :
                   being
                   in
                   Flux
                   ,
                   let
                   the
                   Metal
                   be
                   continually
                   .
                   stirred
                   with
                   an
                   Iron
                   Spatula
                   full
                   of
                   holes
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   whole
                   be
                   reduced
                   to
                   Ashes
                   ,
                   which
                   sift
                   ,
                   and
                   set
                   chem
                   in
                   the
                   Fire
                   again
                   ,
                   keeping
                   them
                   continually
                   
                     Red
                     Fire
                     Hot
                  
                   till
                   the
                   Calx
                   of
                   Jupiter
                   is
                   whitened
                   or
                   that
                   of
                   Jupiter
                   is
                   rubified
                   as
                   Minium
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIII
                   .
                   
                     The
                     Regimen
                     of
                  
                   
                   Saturn
                   and
                   Jupiter
                   for
                   the
                   White
                   .
                   
                     Take
                     Saturn
                  
                   purified
                   three
                   Pound
                   ,
                   melt
                   or
                   add
                   to
                   it
                   clean
                   or
                   purified
                   Mercury
                   twelve
                   Pound
                   ,
                   stirring
                   the
                   whole
                   that
                   they
                   may
                   be
                   mixed
                   :
                   This
                   mixture
                   put
                   into
                   a
                   Bolt-Head
                   of
                   a
                   Foot
                   in
                   Length
                   ,
                   which
                   place
                   in
                   the
                   Athanor
                   with
                   a
                   gentle
                   Fre
                   for
                   a
                   week
                   .
                   Take
                   purified
                   Jupiter
                   one
                   Poind
                   ,
                   melt
                   and
                   add
                   purified
                   
                     Mercury
                     12
                  
                   Pound
                   ,
                   doing
                   in
                   all
                   respects
                   as
                   before
                   with
                   
                     Saturn
                     .
                     In
                     this
                     weeks
                     time
                     you
                     will
                     have
                     a
                     Paste
                     dissolved
                     ,
                     fit
                     to
                     be
                     Fermented
                     with
                     the
                     White
                     Ferment
                     ,
                     Thus.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   
                     XXIV
                     .
                     Take
                  
                   of
                   the
                   White
                   Ferment
                   one
                   Pound
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   Paste
                   of
                   Saturn
                   two
                   Pounds
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   Paste
                   of
                   Jupiter
                   three
                   Pounds
                   :
                   These
                   being
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   mix
                   through
                   their
                   least
                   parts
                   ,
                   and
                   set
                   in
                   putrefaction
                   ,
                   (
                   in
                   a
                   moderate
                   Fire
                   ,
                   like
                   as
                   in
                   dissolution
                   )
                   for
                   seven
                   daies
                   :
                   Then
                   take
                   them
                   out
                   well
                   mixed
                   and
                   Strain
                   or
                   Squeeze
                   their
                   more
                   Liquid
                   parts
                   through
                   a
                   Cloth
                   :
                   The
                   thick
                   Matter
                   remaining
                   ,
                   put
                   into
                   a
                   Glass
                   ,
                   Seal
                   it
                   well
                   up
                   ,
                   and
                   place
                   it
                   in
                   an
                   Athanor
                   for
                   the
                   time
                   aforesaid
                   ,
                   which
                   do
                   thrice
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   has
                   Imbibed
                   all
                   the
                   humidity
                   .
                   Then
                   put
                   the
                   Vessel
                   with
                   its
                   Matter
                   into
                   a
                   Fornace
                   of
                   Fixation
                   for
                   twelve
                   daies
                   ,
                   which
                   done
                   ,
                   take
                   it
                   forth
                   ,
                   and
                   reduce
                   it
                   with
                   things
                   reducing
                   ;
                   
                     so
                     will
                     you
                     find
                     that
                     which
                     our
                     Ancestors
                     found
                     not
                     without
                     great
                     Study
                     ,
                  
                   viz.
                   
                     The
                     Generated
                     ,
                     generating
                     .
                     Prove
                     this
                     upon
                     the
                  
                   Cineritium
                   or
                   Cupel
                   with
                   Lead
                   ,
                   
                     and
                     you
                     will
                     find
                     the
                     Body
                     perfect
                     in
                     Whiteness
                     ,
                     perpetually
                     generating
                     its
                     like
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XXV
                   .
                   The
                   Regimen
                   of
                   Saturn
                   is
                   also
                   compleated
                   ,
                   if
                   being
                   prepared
                   and
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   (
                   I
                   suppose
                   he
                   means
                   in
                   his
                   dissolutive
                   Water
                   ,
                   made
                   of
                   Nitre
                   and
                   Vitriol
                   )
                   it
                   be
                   mixed
                   with
                   a
                   third
                   part
                   of
                   its
                   Red
                   Ferment
                   dissolved
                   also
                   ;
                   and
                   then
                   Distilling
                   off
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   Cohobating
                   seven
                   times
                   .
                   Reduce
                   it
                   to
                   a
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   prove
                   it
                   by
                   its
                   Examen
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   will
                   rejoyce
                   in
                   the
                   bountiful
                   Body
                   which
                   is
                   generated
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVI
                   .
                   
                     White
                     Medicines
                     for
                  
                   Saturn
                   :
                   
                     also
                     solar
                     Medicines
                     for
                  
                   Saturn
                   .
                   Because
                   the
                   Medicines
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   work
                   are
                   
                   wholly
                   or
                   altogether
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   as
                   for
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   in
                   the
                   Chapter
                   of
                   Jupiter
                   we
                   have
                   explicitely
                   and
                   largely
                   declared
                   the
                   matter
                   ,
                   we
                   shall
                   refer
                   you
                   thither
                   ,
                   saying
                   no
                   more
                   thereof
                   in
                   this
                   place
                   ,
                   see
                   Chap.
                   43.
                   
                   Sect.
                   16
                   ,
                   17
                   ,
                   18
                   ,
                   19
                   ,
                   20
                   ,
                   21.
                   following
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XLIII
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Alchymie
                   of
                   Jupiter
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   TO
                   prepare
                   Jupiter
                   .
                   Put
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   fit
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   Fornace
                   of
                   Calcination
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   a
                   good
                   Fusion
                   ,
                   stirring
                   the
                   melted
                   Metal
                   with
                   an
                   Iron
                   Spatula
                   full
                   of
                   holes
                   ,
                   drawing
                   off
                   the
                   Scum
                   as
                   it
                   arises
                   ,
                   and
                   again
                   stirring
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   thus
                   continuing
                   till
                   the
                   whole
                   quantity
                   is
                   reduced
                   to
                   Pouder
                   or
                   Ashes
                   .
                   This
                   Pouder
                   sift
                   ,
                   and
                   replace
                   it
                   in
                   the
                   Fornace
                   again
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   heat
                   of
                   Fire
                   ,
                   stirring
                   it
                   often
                   ,
                   for
                   24
                   hours
                   ,
                   till
                   its
                   whole
                   accidental
                   and
                   superfluous
                   humidity
                   is
                   abolished
                   with
                   all
                   its
                   combustible
                   and
                   corrupting
                   Sulphur
                   .
                   Then
                   often
                   well
                   wash
                   it
                   with
                   common
                   Salt
                   cleansed
                   ,
                   and
                   Alum
                   purified
                   ,
                   and
                   sharp
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   and
                   dry
                   it
                   in
                   the
                   Sun
                   or
                   Air.
                   Grind
                   it
                   again
                   ,
                   washing
                   and
                   drying
                   it
                   ;
                   doing
                   this
                   so
                   long
                   till
                   by
                   the
                   acuity
                   of
                   the
                   Salts
                   ,
                   Alums
                   ,
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   its
                   whole
                   humidity
                   ,
                   blackness
                   and
                   uncleanness
                   is
                   taken
                   away
                   .
                   This
                   done
                   ,
                   add
                   Glass
                   in
                   fine
                   Pouder
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   impaste
                   the
                   whole
                   together
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   a
                   sufficient
                   Fire
                   make
                   it
                   flow
                   in
                   a
                   Crucible
                   with
                   a
                   hole
                   in
                   its
                   bottom
                   ,
                   set
                   within
                   another
                   ,
                   so
                   will
                   the
                   pure
                   and
                   clean
                   Body
                   descend
                   ,
                   the
                   whole
                   Earthy
                   and
                   Faeculent
                   substance
                   remaining
                   above
                   with
                   the
                   Glass
                   ,
                   Salts
                   ,
                   and
                   Alums
                   ;
                   in
                   which
                   pure
                   Body
                   is
                   an
                   equal
                   and
                   perfect
                   proportion
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   
                   
                     White
                     Sulphur
                  
                   not
                   burning
                   .
                   Then
                   Calcine
                   this
                   pure
                   Body
                   with
                   pure
                   and
                   clean
                   
                     Sal
                     Armoniack
                  
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   in
                   weight
                   ,
                   equal
                   or
                   thereabout
                   :
                   being
                   well
                   and
                   perfectly
                   Calcined
                   ,
                   Grind
                   the
                   whole
                   well
                   and
                   long
                   upon
                   a
                   Porphyrie
                   ,
                   and
                   set
                   it
                   in
                   the
                   open
                   Air
                   in
                   a
                   Cold
                   moist
                   place
                   ;
                   or
                   in
                   a
                   Glass
                   Vessel
                   in
                   a
                   Fornace
                   of
                   Solution
                   ,
                   or
                   in
                   Horse-Dung
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   whole
                   be
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   augmenting
                   the
                   Salt
                   if
                   need
                   be
                   .
                   This
                   Water
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   esteemed
                   ,
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   what
                   we
                   seek
                   for
                   in
                   the
                   whole
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Tin
                   is
                   a
                   Metallick
                   Body
                   ,
                   White
                   ,
                   Livid
                   ,
                   not
                   pure
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   little
                   sounding
                   ,
                   partaking
                   of
                   little
                   Earthiness
                   ,
                   possessing
                   in
                   its
                   Root
                   harshness
                   ,
                   softness
                   ,
                   easiness
                   of
                   Liquefaction
                   without
                   Ignition
                   not
                   abiding
                   the
                   Cupel
                   or
                   Cement
                   ,
                   but
                   extensible
                   un
                   der
                   the
                   Hammer
                   .
                   Therefore
                   Jupiter
                   among
                   Bodies
                   diminished
                   from
                   perfection
                   ,
                   is
                   in
                   the
                   Radix
                   of
                   its
                   Nature
                   of
                   affinity
                   to
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   but
                   more
                   to
                   Luna
                   ,
                   and
                   less
                   to
                   Sol.
                   
                
                 
                   III.
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   receives
                   much
                   whiteness
                   from
                   the
                   Radix
                   of
                   its
                   generation
                   ,
                   it
                   whitens
                   all
                   other
                   Bodies
                   which
                   are
                   not
                   White
                   ,
                   but
                   it
                   has
                   a
                   fault
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   breaks
                   or
                   makes
                   brittle
                   all
                   other
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   except
                   Saturn
                   and
                   most
                   pure
                   
                     Sol
                     :
                     Jupiter
                  
                   adheres
                   much
                   to
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   does
                   not
                   easily
                   receede
                   from
                   them
                   in
                   the
                   examen
                   or
                   Tryal
                   by
                   the
                   Cupel
                   .
                   The
                   Magistery
                   of
                   this
                   Art
                   ,
                   gives
                   it
                   a
                   Tincture
                   of
                   Redness
                   ,
                   that
                   shines
                   in
                   it
                   with
                   inestimable
                   brightness
                   :
                   It
                   is
                   hardened
                   and
                   cleansed
                   more
                   easily
                   than
                   Saturn
                   .
                   He
                   who
                   knows
                   how
                   to
                   take
                   away
                   its
                   Vice
                   of
                   breaking
                   ,
                   will
                   suddenly
                   reap
                   the
                   Fruit
                   of
                   his
                   Labour
                   with
                   joy
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   agrees
                   so
                   well
                   with
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   and
                   will
                   never
                   be
                   separated
                   from
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   In
                   Calcining
                   Tin
                   ,
                   a
                   Sulphureous
                   stink
                   arises
                   ,
                   from
                   its
                   Sulphur
                   not
                   fixed
                   ;
                   and
                   tho
                   it
                   gives
                   no
                   flame
                   ,
                   yet
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   fixed
                   ,
                   for
                   it
                   s
                   not
                   flaming
                   is
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   great
                   abundancy
                   of
                   
                   its
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   preserving
                   from
                   Combustion
                   :
                   So
                   that
                   in
                   Tin
                   is
                   a
                   two-fold
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   two-fold
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   :
                   one
                   Sulphur
                   less
                   fixed
                   ,
                   sending
                   forth
                   a
                   stink
                   ;
                   the
                   other
                   more
                   fixed
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   abides
                   with
                   the
                   Calx
                   in
                   the
                   Fire
                   and
                   stinks
                   not
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   there
                   is
                   also
                   a
                   twofold
                   substance
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   one
                   not
                   fixed
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   other
                   sixed
                   :
                   because
                   it
                   makes
                   a
                   Crashing
                   noise
                   before
                   its
                   Calcination
                   ,
                   but
                   after
                   it
                   has
                   been
                   thrice
                   Calcined
                   ,
                   that
                   Crashing
                   ceases
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   caused
                   by
                   its
                   fugitive
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   being
                   flown
                   away
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   evident
                   in
                   Lead
                   being
                   wash't
                   with
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   melted
                   in
                   a
                   very
                   gentle
                   fire
                   ,
                   some
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Mercury
                   will
                   remain
                   with
                   the
                   Lead
                   ,
                   and
                   will
                   give
                   to
                   it
                   this
                   stridor
                   ,
                   converting
                   the
                   Lead
                   into
                   Tin.
                   
                
                 
                   VI.
                   On
                   the
                   contrary
                   also
                   ,
                   Tin
                   may
                   be
                   converted
                   into
                   Lead
                   :
                   For
                   by
                   a
                   mani
                   fold
                   repetition
                   of
                   its
                   Calcination
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   fire
                   fit
                   for
                   its
                   reduction
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   turned
                   into
                   Lead
                   ;
                   but
                   especially
                   when
                   by
                   subtraction
                   of
                   its
                   Scoria
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   calcin'd
                   with
                   a
                   great
                   fire
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Now
                   after
                   the
                   removal
                   of
                   these
                   two
                   Substances
                   ,
                   
                     viz.
                     Sulphur
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   from
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   find
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   livid
                   ,
                   and
                   weighty
                   as
                   Lead
                   ,
                   yet
                   partaking
                   of
                   greater
                   whiteness
                   than
                   Lead
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   more
                   pure
                   than
                   Lead
                   :
                   In
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   equality
                   of
                   fixation
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   two
                   compounding
                   things
                   ,
                   
                     viz.
                     Sulphur
                  
                   and
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   the
                   equality
                   of
                   quantity
                   ,
                   because
                   in
                   the
                   Commixtion
                   ,
                   the
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   super-eminent
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Now
                   if
                   there
                   were
                   not
                   in
                   its
                   proper
                   nature
                   a
                   greater
                   quantity
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   than
                   of
                   
                     Sulphur
                     ,
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   would
                   not
                   easily
                   adhere
                   to
                   it
                   :
                   For
                   which
                   reason
                   it
                   adheres
                   with
                   difficulty
                   to
                   Venus
                   ;
                   but
                   with
                   much
                   greater
                   difficulty
                   to
                   Mars
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   small
                   quantity
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   contained
                   therein
                   ;
                   the
                   sign
                   of
                   which
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   easie
                   fusion
                   of
                   the
                   one
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   difficult
                   fusion
                   of
                   the
                   other
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   fixation
                   of
                   these
                   two
                   substances
                   remaining
                   ,
                   approaches
                   nigh
                   to
                   firm
                   fixation
                   ,
                   yet
                   is
                   it
                   not
                   absolutely
                   fixed
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   evident
                   from
                   the
                   calcination
                   of
                   its
                   body
                   ,
                   and
                   after
                   calcination
                   ,
                   the
                   exposing
                   the
                   same
                   to
                   the
                   most
                   strong
                   fire
                   ;
                   for
                   by
                   that
                   ,
                   division
                   is
                   not
                   made
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   whole
                   substance
                   ascends
                   ,
                   yet
                   more
                   purified
                   ,
                   from
                   whence
                   it
                   appears
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   burning
                   Sulphur
                   in
                   Tin
                   ,
                   is
                   more
                   easily
                   separated
                   than
                   that
                   in
                   Lead
                   :
                   And
                   ,
                   that
                   ,
                   because
                   its
                   corrupting
                   Properties
                   are
                   not
                   radical
                   ,
                   but
                   accidental
                   ,
                   therefore
                   they
                   are
                   the
                   more
                   easily
                   separated
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   mundification
                   ,
                   Induration
                   ,
                   and
                   fixation
                   ,
                   the
                   more
                   speedy
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   And
                   because
                   ,
                   that
                   after
                   Calcination
                   and
                   Reduction
                   ,
                   we
                   found
                   in
                   its
                   fume
                   a
                   citrinity
                   ,
                   through
                   the
                   great
                   force
                   of
                   fire
                   ;
                   we
                   judged
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   contained
                   in
                   its
                   body
                   much
                   
                     sixed
                     Sulphur
                  
                   :
                   By
                   these
                   Operations
                   you
                   may
                   find
                   out
                   the
                   Principles
                   of
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Properties
                   of
                   Spirits
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   At
                   Sect.
                   14
                   ,
                   15
                   ,
                   16
                   ,
                   17
                   ,
                   18
                   ,
                   19
                   ,
                   20
                   ,
                   21
                   ,
                   22.
                   of
                   the
                   former
                   Chapter
                   ,
                   we
                   have
                   shewn
                   the
                   farther
                   preparations
                   of
                   Tin
                   ,
                   which
                   because
                   they
                   are
                   so
                   plainly
                   expressed
                   there
                   ,
                   are
                   needless
                   to
                   be
                   again
                   repeated
                   here
                   .
                   Yet
                   there
                   are
                   other
                   special
                   Preparations
                   which
                   are
                   the
                   following
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   
                     by
                     Calci
                     nation
                  
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   its
                   substance
                   is
                   more
                   hardened
                   ,
                   which
                   happens
                   not
                   to
                   Saturn
                   .
                   Also
                   ,
                   
                     by
                     Alums
                  
                   ,
                   for
                   these
                   properly
                   harden
                   Jupiter
                   .
                   Also
                   ,
                   
                     by
                     Conservation
                  
                   of
                   it
                   in
                   the
                   fire
                   of
                   its
                   Calcination
                   ,
                   for
                   by
                   this
                   it
                   loose
                   its
                   stridor
                   or
                   Crashing
                   ,
                   and
                   fraction
                   of
                   bodies
                   likewise
                   ,
                   the
                   which
                   in
                   like
                   manner
                   happens
                   not
                   to
                   Saturn
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Calcine
                   Jupiter
                   (
                   as
                   Saturn
                   at
                   Sect.
                   21.
                   of
                   the
                   former
                   Chapter
                   with
                   Common
                   Salt
                   purified
                   )
                   and
                   whiten
                   its
                   Calx
                   for
                   three
                   days
                   as
                   in
                   Saturn
                   :
                   But
                   see
                   you
                   err
                   not
                   in
                   its
                   Reduction
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   is
                   difficult
                   unless
                   it
                   be
                   made
                   in
                   the
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   by
                   Cineritium
                   or
                   Cement
                   ;
                   then
                   it
                   is
                   done
                   with
                   ease
                   .
                   But
                   
                   that
                   you
                   may
                   not
                   err
                   ,
                   joyn
                   that
                   Body
                   which
                   you
                   would
                   reduce
                   ,
                   in
                   equal
                   parts
                   with
                   that
                   by
                   which
                   you
                   make
                   the
                   reduction
                   ,
                   and
                   co-unite
                   the
                   divided
                   Calx
                   :
                   But
                   in
                   Tinctures
                   there
                   is
                   another
                   consideration
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   matrer
                   tinging
                   must
                   be
                   multiplied
                   upon
                   the
                   matter
                   to
                   be
                   tinged
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   Tincture
                   appear
                   in
                   the
                   Body
                   or
                   Medicine
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   After
                   you
                   have
                   found
                   these
                   two
                   Leads
                   ,
                   and
                   found
                   their
                   color
                   and
                   brightness
                   ,
                   with
                   other
                   things
                   according
                   to
                   your
                   desire
                   ;
                   possibly
                   they
                   may
                   yet
                   want
                   Ignition
                   ;
                   then
                   you
                   must
                   thus
                   proceed
                   .
                   Dissolve
                   Tutia
                   calcined
                   ,
                   and
                   Tin
                   calcined
                   ,
                   mix
                   both
                   Solutions
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   that
                   water
                   imbibe
                   the
                   
                     Calx
                     of
                     Tin
                  
                   time
                   after
                   time
                   ,
                   until
                   the
                   Calx
                   has
                   imbibed
                   an
                   eighth
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Tutia
                   ,
                   then
                   reduce
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   will
                   find
                   it
                   to
                   have
                   Ignition
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   good
                   :
                   if
                   not
                   ,
                   reiterate
                   the
                   same
                   labour
                   ,
                   till
                   
                     due
                     Ignition
                  
                   be
                   acquired
                   .
                   All
                   Waters
                   dissolutive
                   of
                   Bodies
                   and
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   we
                   shall
                   hereafter
                   shew
                   you
                   ,
                   every
                   one
                   of
                   them
                   according
                   to
                   their
                   kind
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   With
                   Talck
                   ,
                   or
                   Mercury
                   or
                   pure
                   Luna
                   (
                   which
                   is
                   more
                   profitable
                   )
                   deduced
                   to
                   this
                   by
                   calcining
                   and
                   dissolving
                   ,
                   you
                   may
                   acquire
                   the
                   compleat
                   Ignition
                   and
                   hardness
                   of
                   Saturn
                   and
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   with
                   incomparable
                   brightness
                   :
                   but
                   Speculations
                   in
                   these
                   things
                   without
                   practise
                   ,
                   is
                   not
                   very
                   available
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   To
                   Grind
                   ,
                   to
                   Decoct
                   ,
                   to
                   Inhumate
                   ,
                   to
                   Calcine
                   ,
                   to
                   Fuse
                   ,
                   to
                   Destroy
                   ,
                   to
                   Restore
                   or
                   Reduce
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   cleanse
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   are
                   effectuall
                   works
                   :
                   with
                   these
                   Keys
                   you
                   may
                   open
                   the
                   Occult
                   Inclosures
                   of
                   our
                   Arcanum
                   ,
                   and
                   without
                   them
                   ,
                   you
                   shall
                   never
                   sit
                   down
                   at
                   the
                   Repasts
                   of
                   satisfactions
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   A
                   White
                   Medicine
                   for
                   Jupiter
                   and
                   Saturn
                   prepared
                   .
                   Take
                   
                     of
                     fine
                  
                   Luna
                   
                     one
                     Pound
                     ,
                     living
                  
                   Mercury
                   
                     eight
                     Pound
                  
                   ,
                   Amalgamate
                   ,
                   
                     and
                     waste
                     the
                  
                   Amalgama
                   
                     with
                     spirit
                     of
                     Vinegar
                     and
                     common
                     Salt
                     prepared
                     ,
                     until
                     it
                     acquires
                  
                   
                   a
                   Coelestial
                   or
                   Azure
                   Colour
                   .
                   Then
                   extract
                   as
                   much
                   of
                   Mercury
                   as
                   you
                   can
                   ,
                   by
                   strongly
                   expressing
                   the
                   mixture
                   through
                   a
                   thick
                   Cloth.
                   To
                   this
                   add
                   
                     Mercury
                     sublimate
                  
                   ,
                   double
                   the
                   weight
                   of
                   the
                   Luna
                   ,
                   grind
                   them
                   well
                   together
                   ,
                   then
                   Decoct
                   the
                   mixture
                   〈◊〉
                   a
                   Bolt-Head
                   ,
                   firmly
                   closed
                   for
                   24
                   hours
                   :
                   Decoct
                   the
                   same
                   again
                   ,
                   then
                   break
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   separate
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   Sublimed
                   from
                   the
                   
                     Inferior
                     Reddish
                     Pouder
                  
                   .
                   But
                   take
                   heed
                   of
                   giving
                   too
                   great
                   a
                   Fire
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   would
                   cause
                   the
                   whole
                   to
                   flow
                   into
                   one
                   black
                   Mass.
                   Put
                   the
                   Pouder
                   upon
                   a
                   Porphyrie
                   stone
                   ,
                   add
                   to
                   it
                   two
                   parts
                   of
                   
                     Sal
                     Armoniack
                  
                   prepared
                   ,
                   and
                   one
                   part
                   of
                   Mercury
                   sublimed
                   ;
                   grind
                   all
                   very
                   well
                   together
                   ,
                   and
                   imbibe
                   the
                   mixture
                   with
                   the
                   Water
                   of
                   
                     Sal
                     Alcali
                  
                   or
                   
                     Sal
                     Nitre
                  
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   cannot
                   get
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   or
                   Salt
                   of
                   Pot-Ashes
                   :
                   when
                   imbibed
                   ,
                   Distil
                   off
                   with
                   a
                   gentle
                   Fire
                   the
                   whole
                   Water
                   ,
                   till
                   that
                   remains
                   in
                   the
                   bottom
                   is
                   melted
                   like
                   Pitch
                   :
                   Cohebate
                   the
                   same
                   Water
                   ,
                   repeating
                   this
                   Work
                   thrice
                   .
                   Then
                   take
                   out
                   the
                   Matter
                   ,
                   grind
                   it
                   on
                   a
                   stone
                   ,
                   and
                   dry
                   it
                   very
                   well
                   :
                   Imbibe
                   again
                   with
                   rectified
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Eggs
                   ,
                   or
                   with
                   
                     Sal
                     Alkali
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Salt
                   of
                   Pot-Ashes
                   ,
                   or
                   of
                   Nitre
                   ,
                   or
                   Tartar
                   ,
                   until
                   it
                   will
                   flow
                   with
                   Ingress
                   .
                   Project
                   one
                   part
                   upon
                   five
                   parts
                   of
                   Tin
                   prepared
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   perfect
                   Luna
                   of
                   the
                   second
                   Order
                   ,
                   without
                   Error
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XVII
                     .
                     Another
                     White
                     Medicine
                     for
                  
                   Jupiter
                   and
                   Saturn
                   prepared
                   .
                   Take
                   Talk
                   Calcined
                   ,
                   and
                   grind
                   it
                   with
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   it self
                   of
                   
                     Sal
                     Armoniack
                  
                   ;
                   sublime
                   it
                   three
                   or
                   four
                   times
                   ;
                   dissolve
                   into
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   therewith
                   Imbibe
                   Luna
                   calcined
                   
                     (
                     as
                     you
                     did
                     in
                     the
                     former
                     )
                  
                   so
                   often
                   as
                   until
                   it
                   has
                   drunk
                   in
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   its
                   own
                   weight
                   is
                   ,
                   and
                   give
                   ingress
                   to
                   it
                   with
                   the
                   Oyls
                   aforesaid
                   ,
                   and
                   project
                   one
                   part
                   upon
                   10
                   parts
                   of
                   Jupiter
                   prepared
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   all
                   fine
                   Luna
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XVIII
                     .
                     Another
                     White
                     Medicine
                     for
                  
                   Saturn
                   and
                   Jupiter
                   prepared
                   .
                   Take
                   
                     Luna
                     1
                  
                   pound
                   dissolved
                   in
                   its
                   own
                   water
                   (
                   made
                   of
                   Nitre
                   and
                   Vitriol
                   )
                   to
                   which
                   add
                   Talck
                   calcined
                   and
                   dissolved
                   1
                   pound
                   :
                   Distil
                   off
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   
                   cohobating
                   3
                   or
                   4
                   times
                   ,
                   congeal
                   and
                   incerate
                   with
                   Arsenick
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   until
                   it
                   flow
                   and
                   have
                   Ingress
                   :
                   project
                   1
                   part
                   upon
                   8
                   parts
                   of
                   Jupiter
                   prepared
                   ,
                   and
                   't
                   will
                   be
                   all
                   fine
                   
                     Luna
                     .
                     These
                     three
                     Medicines
                     you
                     may
                     project
                     upon
                  
                   Saturn
                   
                     prepared
                     for
                     the
                     White
                     ,
                     but
                     then
                     the
                  
                   Saturn
                   
                     must
                     be
                     prepared
                     and
                     calcined
                     for
                     three
                     days
                     ,
                     by
                  
                   Sect.
                   
                     21.
                     of
                     the
                     former
                     Chapter
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XIX
                     .
                     A
                     Solar
                     Medicine
                     for
                  
                   Jupiter
                   and
                   Saturn
                   prepared
                   .
                   Calcine
                   Sol
                   ,
                   amalgating
                   first
                   with
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   Luna
                   ,
                   express
                   the
                   Mercury
                   through
                   a
                   Cloth
                   ;
                   then
                   grind
                   it
                   with
                   twice
                   so
                   much
                   as
                   it self
                   of
                   common
                   Salt
                   prepared
                   ;
                   set
                   the
                   whole
                   over
                   a
                   gentle
                   fire
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   remaining
                   Mercury
                   may
                   receed
                   .
                   Extract
                   the
                   Salt
                   with
                   sweet
                   water
                   ,
                   dry
                   the
                   Calx
                   ,
                   from
                   which
                   sublime
                   as
                   much
                   
                     Sal
                     Armoniack
                  
                   ,
                   reverting
                   the
                   sublimed
                   Salt
                   four
                   times
                   ;
                   dissolve
                   it
                   in
                   
                     A.
                     F.
                  
                   made
                   of
                   
                     Vitriol
                     ,
                     Nitre
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Alum
                   ;
                   dissolve
                   also
                   
                     Crocus
                     Martis
                  
                   made
                   by
                   calcination
                   ,
                   or
                   Copper
                   calcined
                   red
                   :
                   joyn
                   these
                   Waters
                   in
                   equal
                   parts
                   ;
                   draw
                   off
                   the
                   Water
                   by
                   distillation
                   ,
                   and
                   cohobate
                   four
                   times
                   :
                   then
                   dry
                   the
                   matter
                   and
                   imbibe
                   it
                   with
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Tartar
                   rectified
                   
                     (
                     as
                     heretofore
                     is
                     taught
                  
                   )
                   until
                   it
                   flows
                   as
                   Wax
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   projection
                   will
                   tinge
                   four
                   parts
                   of
                   Saturn
                   or
                   Jupiter
                   into
                   
                     Gold
                     Obrizon
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XX.
                     Another
                     Solar
                     Medicine
                     for
                  
                   Saturn
                   and
                   Jupiter
                   
                     prepared
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     made
                     with
                     Sol
                  
                   dissolved
                   
                     (
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     former
                  
                   )
                   and
                   a
                   like
                   quantity
                   of
                   Verdigrise
                   calcin'd
                   and
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   being
                   both
                   mixed
                   and
                   incerated
                   ,
                   by
                   distilling
                   and
                   incerating
                   with
                   Sulphur
                   prepared
                   ,
                   until
                   it
                   flow
                   like
                   Wax
                   ,
                   and
                   tinge
                   8
                   parts
                   of
                   Saturn
                   or
                   Jupiter
                   prepared
                   ,
                   splendidly
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XXI
                     .
                     A
                     third
                     Solar
                     Medicine
                     for
                  
                   Saturn
                   and
                   Jupiter
                   
                     prepared
                     for
                     the
                     Red.
                     It
                     is
                     made
                     of
                     Sol
                  
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   Sulphur
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   and
                   Verdigrise
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   mixt
                   and
                   prepared
                   
                     (
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     last
                     Sect
                     )
                     .
                  
                   and
                   then
                   increated
                   with
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Hair
                   prepared
                   ;
                   or
                   of
                   Eggs
                   ,
                   
                     (
                     for
                     both
                     are
                     one
                  
                   )
                   one
                   part
                   of
                   this
                   projects
                   upon
                   10
                   parts
                   of
                   Saturn
                   or
                   Jupiter
                   prepared
                   
                   for
                   the
                   red
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   most
                   fine
                   Gold
                   according
                   to
                   its
                   degree
                   ,
                   these
                   Medicines
                   only
                   altering
                   in
                   the
                   second
                   Order
                   .
                
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   There
                   is
                   also
                   another
                   preparation
                   of
                   Jupiter
                   by
                   Sect.
                   22.
                   of
                   the
                   former
                   Chapter
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIII
                   .
                   And
                   in
                   Sect.
                   23.
                   of
                   the
                   former
                   Chapter
                   ,
                   you
                   have
                   the
                   Regimen
                   of
                   Jupiter
                   for
                   the
                   White
                   ,
                   which
                   generates
                   or
                   produces
                   fine
                   Luna
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   being
                   tryed
                   upon
                   the
                   Test
                   ,
                   produces
                   a
                   Body
                   perfect
                   in
                   Whiteness
                   ,
                   and
                   perpetually
                   generating
                   its
                   life
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   XLIV
                   .
                   
                     Of
                     the
                     Alchemy
                     of
                  
                   Mars
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   TO
                   prepare
                   Mars
                   or
                   Iron
                   .
                   
                     Calcine
                     it
                     as
                  
                   Venus
                   
                     with
                     common
                     Salt
                     cleansed
                     ,
                     and
                     let
                     it
                     he
                     washed
                     with
                     pure
                     Vinegar
                     :
                     Being
                     washed
                     ,
                     dry
                     it
                     in
                     the
                     Sun
                     ,
                     and
                     when
                     dried
                     ,
                     grind
                     and
                     imbibe
                     it
                     with
                     new
                     Salt
                     and
                     Vinegar
                     ,
                     and
                     put
                     it
                     into
                     the
                     same
                     Fornace
                  
                   (
                   as
                   we
                   shall
                   direct
                   in
                   Venus
                   )
                   for
                   3
                   days
                   .
                   Esteem
                   and
                   value
                   this
                   Solution
                   ,
                   viz.
                   The
                   water
                   of
                   fixed
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   wonderfully
                   augmenting
                   the
                   color
                   of
                   the
                   Elixir
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   The
                   whole
                   Secret
                   of
                   Mars
                   is
                   from
                   the
                   Work
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   a
                   Metalick
                   body
                   ,
                   very
                   livid
                   ,
                   a
                   little
                   Red
                   ,
                   partaking
                   of
                   Whiteness
                   ,
                   not
                   pure
                   ,
                   sustaining
                   Ignition
                   ,
                   fusible
                   with
                   violent
                   fire
                   ,
                   extensive
                   under
                   the
                   Hammer
                   ,
                   and
                   sounding
                   much
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   It
                   is
                   hard
                   to
                   be
                   managed
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   its
                   impotency
                   of
                   fusion
                   ;
                   which
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   made
                   to
                   flow
                   by
                   a
                   Medicine
                   changing
                   its
                   nature
                   ,
                   is
                   so
                   conjoyned
                   to
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   cannot
                   be
                   separated
                   by
                   examen
                   without
                   great
                   Industry
                   ;
                   but
                   if
                   prepared
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   conjoyned
                   ,
                   and
                   cannot
                   be
                   separated
                   by
                   
                   any
                   Artisice
                   ,
                   if
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   that
                   fixation
                   be
                   not
                   changed
                   by
                   it
                   ,
                   the
                   defilement
                   of
                   the
                   Mars
                   being
                   only
                   removed
                   .
                   Therefore
                   it
                   is
                   easily
                   a
                   
                     Tincture
                     of
                     Redness
                  
                   ;
                   but
                   difficultly
                   of
                   Whiteness
                   .
                   And
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   conjoyned
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   altred
                   ,
                   nor
                   does
                   it
                   change
                   the
                   colour
                   of
                   the
                   commixtion
                   ,
                   but
                   augments
                   it
                   in
                   quantity
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Among
                   all
                   Bodies
                   Jupiter
                   is
                   more
                   splendidly
                   ,
                   more
                   clearly
                   ,
                   more
                   brightly
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   perfectly
                   transmuted
                   into
                   a
                   Solar
                   or
                   Lunar
                   Body
                   ,
                   than
                   other
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   Work
                   is
                   of
                   long
                   labour
                   ,
                   though
                   easie
                   to
                   be
                   handled
                   :
                   Next
                   to
                   Jupiter
                   is
                   Venus
                   chosen
                   ,
                   of
                   more
                   difficult
                   handling
                   ,
                   but
                   of
                   shorter
                   labour
                   than
                   Jupiter
                   .
                   Next
                   after
                   Venus
                   comes
                   Saturn
                   ,
                   which
                   has
                   a
                   diminished
                   perfection
                   in
                   Transmutation
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   easie
                   to
                   be
                   hand
                   led
                   ,
                   but
                   of
                   most
                   tedious
                   labour
                   .
                   Lastly
                   ,
                   Mars
                   among
                   all
                   the
                   Bodies
                   of
                   least
                   perfection
                   ,
                   is
                   in
                   transmutation
                   ,
                   most
                   difficult
                   to
                   be
                   handled
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   exceeding
                   long
                   labour
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   And
                   the
                   more
                   difficult
                   any
                   Bodies
                   are
                   of
                   fusion
                   ,
                   the
                   more
                   difficult
                   they
                   are
                   in
                   handling
                   in
                   the
                   Work
                   of
                   Transmutation
                   :
                   the
                   easier
                   to
                   be
                   fused
                   ,
                   the
                   easier
                   to
                   be
                   handled
                   :
                   and
                   what
                   diversity
                   of
                   perfections
                   are
                   found
                   in
                   any
                   particular
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   lesser
                   ,
                   or
                   middle
                   Works
                   ;
                   yet
                   in
                   the
                   Great
                   Work
                   all
                   Bodies
                   are
                   of
                   one
                   perfection
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   all
                   of
                   a
                   like
                   easie
                   handling
                   or
                   labour
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Hence
                   it
                   appears
                   ,
                   that
                   Mars
                   or
                   Iron
                   ,
                   is
                   a
                   commixture
                   of
                   fixed
                   Earthy
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   with
                   fixed
                   earthy
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   of
                   a
                   livid
                   whiteness
                   ,
                   the
                   highly
                   fixed
                   Sulphur
                   predominating
                   ,
                   which
                   prohibits
                   fusion
                   :
                   Whence
                   it
                   is
                   evident
                   ,
                   that
                   fixed
                   Sulphur
                   hinders
                   fusion
                   more
                   than
                   fixed
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   :
                   But
                   Sulphur
                   not
                   fixed
                   ,
                   hastens
                   fusion
                   more
                   than
                   unfixed
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   :
                   By
                   which
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   speedy
                   or
                   slow
                   fusion
                   in
                   every
                   body
                   is
                   seen
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   What
                   has
                   more
                   of
                   a
                   fixed
                   Sulphur
                   is
                   harder
                   to
                   
                   fuse
                   ,
                   than
                   what
                   partakes
                   of
                   a
                   burning
                   fugitive
                   Sulphur
                   ;
                   which
                   appears
                   because
                   Sulphur
                   cannot
                   be
                   fixed
                   without
                   Calcination
                   ,
                   and
                   no
                   Calx
                   gives
                   fusion
                   ,
                   therefore
                   in
                   all
                   things
                   it
                   ,
                   viz.
                   fixt
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   must
                   impede
                   the
                   same
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   The
                   causes
                   of
                   the
                   corruption
                   of
                   the
                   Metals
                   by
                   fire
                   ,
                   are
                   ,
                   1.
                   
                   The
                   inclusion
                   of
                   a
                   burning
                   Sulphur
                   in
                   the
                   profundity
                   of
                   their
                   substance
                   ,
                   diminishing
                   them
                   by
                   Inflammation
                   ,
                   and
                   exterminating
                   into
                   Fume
                   ,
                   whatever
                   fixed
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   was
                   in
                   them
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   A
                   Vehemency
                   of
                   the
                   Exterior
                   flame
                   ,
                   penetrating
                   ,
                   and
                   resolving
                   them
                   ,
                   with
                   it self
                   into
                   Fume
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   most
                   fixed
                   matter
                   in
                   them
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   The
                   rarefaction
                   of
                   them
                   by
                   calcination
                   ,
                   the
                   flame
                   or
                   fire
                   ,
                   penetrating
                   into
                   ,
                   and
                   exterminating
                   them
                   .
                   Where
                   all
                   these
                   causes
                   of
                   Corruption
                   concur
                   ,
                   those
                   Bodies
                   must
                   be
                   exceedingly
                   corrupted
                   .
                   Where
                   they
                   all
                   concur
                   not
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   by
                   so
                   much
                   the
                   less
                   corrupted
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   The
                   causes
                   of
                   the
                   goodness
                   of
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   is
                   their
                   abounding
                   with
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   .
                   For
                   seeing
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   for
                   no
                   cause
                   of
                   Extermination
                   ,
                   will
                   be
                   divided
                   into
                   parts
                   in
                   its
                   composition
                   (
                   because
                   it
                   either
                   with
                   its
                   whole
                   substance
                   flies
                   from
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   or
                   with
                   its
                   whole
                   substance
                   remains
                   permanent
                   in
                   it
                   ;
                   )
                   it
                   is
                   necessarily
                   concluded
                   to
                   be
                   a
                   cause
                   of
                   Perfection
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   Therefore
                   Praised
                   and
                   Blessed
                   be
                   the
                   most
                   Glorious
                   and
                   High
                   God
                   ,
                   who
                   created
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   gave
                   it
                   a
                   Substance
                   and
                   Properties
                   ,
                   which
                   nothing
                   else
                   in
                   the
                   World
                   does
                   possess
                   besides
                   ;
                   that
                   this
                   perfection
                   might
                   be
                   found
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   (
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   Art
                   )
                   as
                   we
                   have
                   found
                   therein
                   with
                   great
                   power
                   .
                   For
                   it
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   overcomes
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   Fire
                   cannot
                   be
                   overcome
                   ,
                   but
                   in
                   it
                   amicably
                   rests
                   ,
                   and
                   rejoyces
                   therein
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Mars
                   is
                   prepared
                   either
                   with
                   sublimation
                   ,
                   or
                   without
                   sublimation
                   ,
                   with
                   sublimation
                   we
                   endeavour
                   
                   to
                   unite
                   it
                   with
                   Arsenick
                   not
                   fixed
                   ,
                   as
                   profoundly
                   as
                   we
                   can
                   ,
                   that
                   in
                   fusion
                   it
                   may
                   melt
                   with
                   the
                   same
                   ;
                   but
                   afterwards
                   it
                   is
                   sublimed
                   in
                   a
                   proper
                   Vessel
                   of
                   sublimation
                   ,
                   the
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   best
                   and
                   most
                   perfect
                   of
                   all
                   other
                   Preparations
                   .
                   Mars
                   is
                   also
                   prepared
                   ,
                   by
                   Arsenick
                   oftentimes
                   sublimed
                   from
                   it
                   ,
                   until
                   some
                   quantity
                   of
                   the
                   Arsenick
                   it self
                   remain
                   :
                   For
                   if
                   this
                   be
                   reduced
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   flow
                   out
                   white
                   ,
                   clean
                   ,
                   fusible
                   ,
                   and
                   well
                   prepared
                   :
                   Mars
                   is
                   also
                   prepared
                   by
                   fusion
                   of
                   it
                   with
                   Lead
                   and
                   Tutia
                   ,
                   for
                   from
                   these
                   it
                   flows
                   clean
                   and
                   white
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   
                     To
                     Indurate
                     or
                     harden
                     soft
                     Bodies
                     .
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   precipitated
                   must
                   be
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   calcin'd
                   Body
                   (
                   which
                   you
                   have
                   a
                   design
                   to
                   harden
                   )
                   dissolved
                   likewise
                   :
                   mix
                   both
                   these
                   solutions
                   together
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   calcin'd
                   body
                   mixed
                   with
                   them
                   by
                   frequent
                   imbibitions
                   ,
                   &c.
                   continually
                   grinding
                   ,
                   imbibing
                   ,
                   calcining
                   and
                   reducing
                   ,
                   until
                   it
                   be
                   made
                   hard
                   and
                   fusible
                   with
                   Ignition
                   .
                   The
                   very
                   same
                   may
                   also
                   be
                   compleatly
                   effected
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   
                     Calx
                     of
                     Bodies
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Tutia
                   ,
                   and
                   Marchasite
                   ,
                   calcined
                   ,
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   and
                   imbibed
                   .
                   The
                   more
                   clean
                   these
                   are
                   ,
                   the
                   more
                   perfectly
                   do
                   they
                   change
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   
                     To
                     soften
                     hard
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     as
                  
                   Mars
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                   They
                   must
                   be
                   conjoyned
                   and
                   sublimed
                   often
                   with
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   and
                   after
                   sublimation
                   of
                   the
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   assated
                   ,
                   or
                   calcined
                   with
                   their
                   due
                   proportion
                   of
                   fire
                   ,
                   the
                   measure
                   of
                   which
                   we
                   shall
                   declare
                   in
                   our
                   Discourse
                   of
                   Fornaces
                   .
                   Lastly
                   ,
                   They
                   must
                   be
                   reduced
                   with
                   the
                   force
                   of
                   their
                   proper
                   fire
                   ,
                   until
                   in
                   fusion
                   they
                   grow
                   soft
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   degree
                   of
                   the
                   hardness
                   of
                   their
                   Bodies
                   .
                   All
                   these
                   alterations
                   are
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   Order
                   ,
                   without
                   which
                   our
                   Magistery
                   is
                   not
                   perfected
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   
                     Medicines
                     dealbating
                  
                   Mars
                   ,
                   
                     of
                     the
                     first
                     Order
                  
                   .
                   That
                   which
                   dealbates
                   it
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   Order
                   ,
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   makes
                   it
                   to
                   flow
                   :
                   The
                   special
                   fusive
                   of
                   it
                   is
                   Arsenick
                   of
                   every
                   kind
                   :
                   But
                   
                   with
                   whatsoever
                   it
                   is
                   deal
                   bated
                   and
                   fused
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   necessary
                   it
                   be
                   conjoyned
                   and
                   washed
                   with
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   until
                   all
                   its
                   impurity
                   be
                   removed
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   be
                   white
                   and
                   fusible
                   .
                   Or
                   else
                   let
                   it
                   be
                   red
                   hot
                   with
                   vehement
                   ignition
                   ,
                   and
                   upon
                   it
                   Arsenick
                   projected
                   ;
                   and
                   when
                   it
                   shall
                   be
                   in
                   flux
                   ,
                   cast
                   a
                   quantity
                   of
                   Luna
                   thereon
                   ;
                   for
                   when
                   that
                   is
                   united
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   separated
                   therefrom
                   ,
                   by
                   any
                   easie
                   Artifice
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   Or
                   thus
                   :
                   Calcine
                   Mars
                   ,
                   and
                   wash
                   away
                   from
                   it
                   all
                   its
                   soluble
                   Aluminosity
                   (
                   inferring
                   corruption
                   )
                   by
                   the
                   way
                   of
                   solution
                   ,
                   but
                   now
                   mentioned
                   [
                   with
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ]
                   then
                   let
                   cleansed
                   Arsenick
                   be
                   sublimed
                   from
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   reiterate
                   that
                   sublimation
                   many
                   times
                   ,
                   until
                   some
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Arsenick
                   be
                   fixed
                   therewith
                   .
                   Then
                   with
                   a
                   solution
                   of
                   Litharge
                   mix
                   ,
                   imbibe
                   ,
                   grind
                   ,
                   and
                   moderately
                   calcine
                   ,
                   several
                   times
                   :
                   And
                   lastly
                   ,
                   reduce
                   it
                   with
                   the
                   Fire
                   we
                   mentioned
                   in
                   the
                   Reduction
                   of
                   Jupiter
                   from
                   its
                   Calx
                   ;
                   so
                   will
                   it
                   come
                   forth
                   white
                   ,
                   clean
                   ,
                   and
                   fusible
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Or
                   ,
                   Only
                   with
                   sublimed
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   in
                   its
                   Calx
                   ,
                   let
                   it
                   be
                   reduced
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   flow
                   out
                   white
                   ,
                   clean
                   ,
                   and
                   fusible
                   :
                   But
                   here
                   observe
                   the
                   Caution
                   we
                   shall
                   give
                   in
                   the
                   Chapter
                   of
                   Venus
                   ,
                   concerning
                   the
                   reiteration
                   of
                   the
                   sublimation
                   of
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   (
                   fixing
                   it self
                   in
                   its
                   profundity
                   )
                   from
                   it
                   .
                   Mars
                   is
                   likewise
                   whitened
                   after
                   the
                   same
                   manner
                   with
                   Marchasite
                   and
                   Tutia
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   To
                   prepare
                   
                     Mars
                     .
                     Grind
                     one
                     pound
                     of
                     the
                     filings
                     thereof
                     ,
                     with
                     half
                     a
                     pound
                     of
                  
                   Arsenick
                   
                     sublimed
                     ;
                     imbibe
                     the
                     mixture
                     with
                     the
                     water
                     of
                  
                   Salt
                   Peter
                   and
                   Sal
                   Alcali
                   ,
                   
                     reiterating
                     this
                     Imbibition
                     thrice
                     ,
                     then
                     make
                     it
                     flow
                     with
                     a
                     violent
                     fire
                     ,
                     so
                     will
                     it
                     be
                     white
                     :
                     Repeat
                     this
                     so
                     long
                     till
                     it
                     flow
                     sufficiently
                     ,
                     with
                     a
                     good
                     whiteness
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   White
                   Medicine
                   for
                   Mars
                   and
                   Venus
                   .
                   Take
                   
                     Silver
                     calcined
                  
                   1
                   pound
                   ,
                   Arsenick
                   prepared
                   2
                   pound
                   ,
                   Mercury
                   precipitate
                   
                   1
                   
                     pound
                     ,
                     grind
                     them
                     together
                     ,
                     and
                     imbibe
                     the
                     whole
                     with
                     water
                     of
                  
                   Salt
                   Nitre
                   ,
                   Litharge
                   ,
                   and
                   Sal
                   Armoniack
                   ,
                   
                     in
                     equal
                     parts
                  
                   ,
                   [
                   
                     I
                     suppose
                     there
                     is
                     meant
                  
                   Aqua
                   Regis
                   ]
                   
                     till
                     it
                     has
                     drunk
                     in
                     its
                     own
                     weight
                     of
                     that
                     water
                     :
                     Then
                     dry
                     ,
                     and
                     incerate
                     with
                     white
                     Oyl
                     (
                     as
                     in
                     others
                     )
                     until
                     it
                     flow
                     ,
                     and
                     one
                     part
                     full
                     upon
                  
                   4
                   
                     parts
                     of
                  
                   Mars
                   or
                   Venus
                   prepared
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   The
                   second
                   White
                   Medicine
                   for
                   Mars
                   and
                   
                     Venus
                     .
                     Take
                  
                   Luna
                   calcined
                   ,
                   Jupiter
                   
                     calcined
                     and
                     dissolved
                  
                   ,
                   ana
                   :
                   
                     mix
                     ,
                     dry
                     ,
                     and
                     increase
                     with
                     double
                     their
                     quantity
                     of
                  
                   Arsenick
                   
                     sublimed
                     ,
                     until
                     the
                     Medicine
                     flows
                     well
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XX.
                   The
                   third
                   White
                   Medicine
                   for
                   Mars
                   and
                   
                     Venus
                     .
                     Take
                  
                   Luna
                   calcined
                   ,
                   Arsenick
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   
                     sublimed
                     ,
                     and
                     ground
                     with
                     it
                     ,
                     and
                     then
                     sublimed
                     with
                     a
                     like
                     quantity
                     of
                  
                   Sal
                   Armoniack
                   .
                   
                     This
                     sublimation
                     repeat
                     thrice
                     ,
                     and
                     then
                     project
                  
                   1
                   
                     pound
                     upon
                  
                   4
                   
                     pound
                     of
                  
                   Mars
                   or
                   Venus
                   prepared
                   .
                
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   A
                   Red
                   ,
                   or
                   Solar
                   Medicine
                   for
                   Mars
                   and
                   
                     Venus
                     .
                     Take
                  
                   Tutia
                   1
                   
                     pound
                     ,
                     Calcine
                     or
                     dissolve
                     it
                     in
                  
                   AF
                   ,
                   
                     then
                     with
                     that
                     water
                     imbibe
                     the
                     Calx
                     of
                  
                   Sol
                   ,
                   
                     that
                     it
                     may
                     drink
                     in
                     double
                     its
                     own
                     weight
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     water
                     :
                     Afterwards
                     by
                     distillation
                     draw
                     off
                     the
                     same
                     water
                     from
                     it
                     ,
                     cohobating
                     four
                     times
                     .
                     Lastly
                     ,
                     incerate
                     with
                     Oyl
                     of
                     Hair
                     ,
                     or
                     Bulls
                     Gall
                     ,
                     and
                     Verdigrise
                     prepared
                     ,
                     and
                     it
                     will
                     be
                     excellent
                     .
                  
                   But
                   be
                   sure
                   to
                   pursue
                   the
                   Operation
                   according
                   to
                   our
                   Directions
                   ,
                   otherwise
                   you
                   will
                   labour
                   in
                   vain
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   your
                   heart
                   understand
                   our
                   Intentions
                   (
                   expressed
                   in
                   our
                   Volumes
                   )
                   so
                   will
                   you
                   know
                   truth
                   from
                   falsehood
                   .
                
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   
                     To
                     Calcine
                  
                   Mars
                   .
                   Mars
                   being
                   filed
                   ,
                   is
                   calcined
                   in
                   our
                   Calcinatory
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   until
                   it
                   is
                   very
                   well
                   rubified
                   ,
                   and
                   becomes
                   a
                   pouder
                   impalpable
                   without
                   grinding
                   .
                   And
                   this
                   is
                   called
                   ,
                   
                     Crocus
                     Martis
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIII
                   .
                   The
                   Regimen
                   of
                   Mars
                   .
                   Take
                   
                     of
                     the
                     Paste
                     of
                  
                   Mars
                   2
                   
                     pound
                     ,
                     of
                     the
                     Pastes
                     of
                  
                   Venus
                   
                     and
                     of
                  
                   Saturn
                   ,
                   ana
                   3
                   
                     pound
                     ,
                     mix
                     these
                     without
                  
                   
                   Ferment
                   ,
                   and
                   decoct
                   the
                   mixture
                   for
                   seven
                   days
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   will
                   find
                   the
                   whole
                   dry
                   .
                   Fix
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   add
                   to
                   it
                   half
                   its
                   weight
                   of
                   Litharge
                   in
                   powder
                   ,
                   which
                   put
                   into
                   a
                   Reductory
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   
                     so
                     will
                     you
                     have
                     a
                     Mineral
                     substance
                     very
                     profitable
                     if
                     you
                     be
                     wise
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   XLV
                   .
                   
                     Of
                     the
                     Alchymie
                     of
                  
                   Venus
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   THE
                   Preparation
                   of
                   
                     Venus
                     .
                     Lay
                     thin
                     Copper
                     Plates
                  
                   stratum
                   superstratum
                   
                     with
                     Common
                     Salt
                     prepared
                     ,
                     till
                     the
                     Vessel
                     be
                     full
                     ,
                     which
                     cover
                     ,
                     firmly
                     Lute
                     ,
                     and
                     calcine
                     in
                     a
                     fit
                     Fornace
                     for
                  
                   24
                   
                     hours
                     :
                     Then
                     take
                     it
                     out
                     ,
                     scrape
                     off
                     what
                     is
                     calcined
                     ,
                     and
                     repeat
                     the
                     calcination
                     of
                     the
                     Plates
                     with
                     new
                     Salt
                     as
                     before
                     ,
                     repeating
                     the
                     Calcination
                     so
                     often
                     till
                     all
                     the
                     Plates
                     are
                     consumed
                     .
                  
                   For
                   the
                   Salt
                   corrodes
                   the
                   superfluous
                   humidity
                   ,
                   and
                   combustible
                   sulphureity
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   fire
                   elevates
                   the
                   fugitive
                   and
                   inflamable
                   substance
                   with
                   due
                   proportion
                   .
                   
                     This
                     Calx
                     grind
                     to
                     a
                     most
                     subtil
                     pouder
                     ,
                     wash
                     it
                     with
                     Vinegar
                     ,
                     till
                     water
                     will
                     come
                     from
                     it
                     free
                     from
                     blackness
                     .
                  
                   Again
                   ,
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     it
                     with
                     more
                     Salt
                     and
                     Vinagar
                     ,
                     and
                     grind
                     ,
                     and
                     then
                     calcine
                     again
                     in
                     an
                     open
                     Vessel
                     for
                  
                   3
                   
                     days
                     and
                     nights
                     :
                     Take
                     it
                     out
                     ,
                     grind
                     it
                     subtily
                     and
                     long
                     ,
                     and
                     wash
                     it
                     with
                     Vinegar
                     ,
                     till
                     it
                     is
                     cleansed
                     from
                     all
                     uncleanness
                     .
                     This
                     done
                     ,
                     dry
                     it
                     in
                     the
                     Sun
                     :
                     Add
                     to
                     it
                     half
                     its
                     weight
                     of
                  
                   Sal
                   Armoniack
                   ,
                   
                     grinding
                     it
                     long
                     ,
                     to
                     an
                     impalpable
                     substance
                     :
                     Then
                     expose
                     it
                     to
                     the
                     Air
                     ,
                     or
                     set
                     it
                     in
                     Horse-dung
                     to
                     be
                     dissolved
                     :
                     To
                     what
                     is
                     undissolved
                     add
                     a
                     new
                     ,
                     clean
                  
                   Sal
                   Armoniack
                   ;
                   
                     thus
                     continuing
                     till
                     the
                     whole
                     be
                     made
                     water
                     .
                  
                   Esteem
                   and
                   value
                   this
                   water
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   call
                   the
                   water
                   of
                   fixed
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   with
                   which
                   the
                   Elixir
                   is
                   tinged
                   to
                   infinity
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Venus
                   is
                   a
                   Metalick
                   Body
                   ,
                   livid
                   ,
                   pertaking
                   of
                   a
                   
                   dusky
                   redness
                   ,
                   subject
                   to
                   ignition
                   ,
                   fusible
                   ,
                   extensible
                   under
                   the
                   Hammer
                   ,
                   but
                   refusing
                   the
                   Cupel
                   and
                   Cement
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   in
                   the
                   profundity
                   of
                   its
                   substance
                   of
                   the
                   color
                   and
                   essence
                   of
                   Gold
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   hammered
                   being
                   red
                   hot
                   ,
                   as
                   Silver
                   and
                   Gold
                   is
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   the
                   medium
                   of
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   and
                   easily
                   converts
                   it
                   nature
                   to
                   either
                   ,
                   being
                   of
                   good
                   conversion
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   little
                   labour
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   It
                   agrees
                   very
                   well
                   with
                   Tutia
                   ,
                   which
                   citrinizes
                   it
                   with
                   a
                   good
                   yellow
                   ,
                   from
                   whence
                   you
                   may
                   reap
                   profit
                   :
                   we
                   need
                   not
                   labour
                   to
                   indurate
                   it
                   ,
                   or
                   make
                   it
                   ignitible
                   ,
                   therefore
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   chosen
                   before
                   other
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   in
                   
                     the
                     lesser
                     and
                     middle
                     Work
                  
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   in
                   the
                   greater
                   .
                   Yet
                   this
                   has
                   a
                   Vice
                   beyond
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   easily
                   grows
                   livid
                   ,
                   and
                   receives
                   foulness
                   from
                   sharp
                   things
                   ,
                   to
                   erradicate
                   which
                   ,
                   is
                   not
                   an
                   easie
                   ,
                   but
                   a
                   profound
                   Art.
                   
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Copper
                   therefore
                   is
                   unclean
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   mixed
                   with
                   Sulphur
                   unclean
                   ,
                   gross
                   ,
                   and
                   fixed
                   ,
                   as
                   to
                   its
                   greater
                   part
                   ;
                   but
                   as
                   to
                   its
                   lesser
                   part
                   ,
                   not
                   fixed
                   ,
                   red
                   ,
                   and
                   livid
                   ,
                   in
                   relation
                   to
                   the
                   whole
                   ,
                   not
                   overcoming
                   nor
                   overcome
                   .
                   It
                   s
                   volatile
                   Sulphur
                   is
                   evident
                   from
                   its
                   sulphurous
                   fume
                   ,
                   and
                   loss
                   of
                   quantity
                   by
                   frequent
                   fluxing
                   and
                   combustion
                   .
                   Itt
                   fixt
                   Sulphur
                   is
                   evident
                   from
                   its
                   slowness
                   of
                   fusion
                   ,
                   and
                   induration
                   of
                   its
                   substance
                   .
                   And
                   that
                   there
                   is
                   an
                   unclean
                   red
                   Sulphur
                   joyned
                   with
                   unclean
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   evident
                   even
                   to
                   the
                   senses
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   When
                   the
                   fixed
                   Sulphur
                   comes
                   to
                   fixation
                   by
                   heat
                   of
                   Fire
                   ,
                   its
                   parts
                   are
                   subtilized
                   ;
                   but
                   that
                   part
                   which
                   is
                   in
                   the
                   aptitude
                   of
                   solution
                   of
                   its
                   substance
                   is
                   dissolved
                   ;
                   the
                   sign
                   of
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   exposing
                   it
                   to
                   the
                   vapours
                   of
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   which
                   makes
                   the
                   Aluminosity
                   of
                   its
                   Sulphur
                   flow
                   in
                   its
                   Superficies
                   .
                   And
                   being
                   put
                   into
                   a
                   saline
                   liquor
                   ,
                   many
                   parts
                   of
                   it
                   are
                   easily
                   dissolved
                   by
                   Ebulition
                   ;
                   this
                   Aluminosity
                   by
                   a
                   saline
                   watriness
                   ,
                   and
                   easie
                   solution
                   ,
                   is
                   changed
                   into
                   water
                   :
                   For
                   
                   nothing
                   is
                   watery
                   ,
                   and
                   easily
                   soluble
                   ,
                   except
                   Alum
                   ,
                   and
                   what
                   is
                   of
                   its
                   nature
                   .
                   This
                   understand
                   also
                   of
                   the
                   body
                   os
                   Iron
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   But
                   the
                   blackness
                   in
                   either
                   Venus
                   or
                   Mars
                   ,
                   created
                   by
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   is
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   not
                   fixed
                   ,
                   (
                   much
                   indeed
                   in
                   Venus
                   ,
                   but
                   little
                   in
                   Mars
                   )
                   and
                   it
                   approaches
                   nigh
                   to
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   fixed
                   Sulphur
                   .
                   Hence
                   it
                   is
                   evident
                   ,
                   that
                   fusion
                   is
                   helped
                   ,
                   and
                   partly
                   made
                   by
                   Sulphur
                   not
                   fixed
                   ,
                   but
                   hindred
                   from
                   Sulphur
                   fixed
                   .
                   This
                   he
                   certainly
                   knew
                   to
                   be
                   true
                   ,
                   who
                   by
                   no
                   art
                   of
                   fusion
                   could
                   make
                   Sulphur
                   to
                   flow
                   after
                   its
                   fixation
                   :
                   But
                   having
                   fixed
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   by
                   frequently
                   repeating
                   the
                   sublimation
                   thereof
                   ,
                   found
                   it
                   apt
                   to
                   admit
                   good
                   fusion
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Hence
                   it
                   is
                   evident
                   that
                   those
                   Bodies
                   are
                   of
                   greater
                   perfection
                   ,
                   which
                   contain
                   more
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   those
                   of
                   lesser
                   perfection
                   which
                   contain
                   lesser
                   .
                   Therefore
                   study
                   in
                   all
                   your
                   Works
                   to
                   make
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   to
                   exceed
                   in
                   the
                   Commixtion
                   .
                   And
                   if
                   you
                   could
                   perfect
                   by
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   only
                   ,
                   you
                   would
                   have
                   attained
                   to
                   the
                   
                     highest
                     perfection
                  
                   ,
                   even
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   that
                   which
                   overcomes
                   the
                   Works
                   of
                   Nature
                   :
                   For
                   you
                   may
                   cleanse
                   it
                   most
                   inwardly
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   purification
                   nature
                   cannot
                   reach
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   manifest
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   those
                   Bodies
                   which
                   contain
                   a
                   greater
                   quantity
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   should
                   be
                   of
                   greater
                   perfection
                   ,
                   arises
                   from
                   their
                   easie
                   reception
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   into
                   their
                   substance
                   :
                   and
                   we
                   see
                   Bodies
                   of
                   perfection
                   amicably
                   to
                   embrace
                   each
                   other
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Out
                   of
                   what
                   has
                   been
                   said
                   it
                   is
                   also
                   apparent
                   ,
                   that
                   in
                   Bodies
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   two
                   fold
                   sulphureity
                   :
                   One
                   indeed
                   included
                   in
                   the
                   profundity
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   .
                   in
                   the
                   begining
                   of
                   their
                   mixtion
                   :
                   The
                   other
                   supervenient
                   from
                   other
                   Accidents
                   .
                   The
                   one
                   of
                   them
                   may
                   be
                   removed
                   with
                   labour
                   ;
                   but
                   the
                   other
                   cannot
                   possibly
                   be
                   taken
                   away
                   by
                   any
                   Artisice
                   or
                   Operation
                   of
                   the
                   
                   Fire
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   we
                   can
                   profitably
                   come
                   ,
                   it
                   being
                   so
                   firmly
                   and
                   radically
                   united
                   therein
                   .
                   And
                   this
                   is
                   proved
                   by
                   experiment
                   ;
                   for
                   we
                   see
                   the
                   aductible
                   sulphureity
                   to
                   be
                   abolished
                   or
                   destroyed
                   by
                   fire
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   fixed
                   sulphureity
                   not
                   so
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   Therefore
                   when
                   we
                   say
                   ,
                   Bodies
                   are
                   cleansed
                   by
                   Calcination
                   ,
                   understand
                   that
                   to
                   be
                   meant
                   of
                   the
                   earthy
                   substance
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   not
                   united
                   to
                   the
                   Radix
                   of
                   their
                   nature
                   :
                   For
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   possible
                   by
                   Art
                   ,
                   or
                   force
                   of
                   fire
                   ,
                   to
                   cleanse
                   or
                   separate
                   what
                   is
                   united
                   ,
                   unless
                   the
                   Medicine
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   has
                   access
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Now
                   the
                   separation
                   of
                   an
                   earthy
                   substance
                   from
                   its
                   compound
                   ,
                   which
                   in
                   the
                   root
                   of
                   nature
                   is
                   united
                   to
                   a
                   Metal
                   ,
                   is
                   this
                   :
                   Either
                   it
                   is
                   made
                   by
                   elevation
                   ,
                   with
                   things
                   elevating
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   leaving
                   the
                   sulphureity
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   its
                   conveniency
                   ,
                   with
                   them
                   :
                   of
                   which
                   nature
                   are
                   Tutia
                   and
                   Marchasite
                   ;
                   because
                   they
                   are
                   Fumes
                   ,
                   part
                   of
                   which
                   has
                   a
                   greater
                   quantity
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   than
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   The
                   proof
                   of
                   this
                   you
                   may
                   see
                   ,
                   when
                   you
                   joyn
                   those
                   things
                   with
                   Bodies
                   in
                   a
                   strong
                   and
                   sudden
                   fusion
                   ,
                   for
                   these
                   Spirits
                   in
                   their
                   flight
                   ,
                   carry
                   up
                   the
                   Bodies
                   with
                   them
                   ;
                   and
                   therefore
                   you
                   may
                   elevate
                   them
                   with
                   them
                   .
                   Or
                   else
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   Lavation
                   or
                   Commixtion
                   with
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   we
                   have
                   already
                   said
                   :
                   For
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   holds
                   what
                   is
                   of
                   its
                   own
                   nature
                   ,
                   but
                   casts
                   out
                   what
                   is
                   alien
                   or
                   forreign
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   
                     The
                     preparation
                     of
                     Venus
                  
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   manifold
                   ;
                   one
                   by
                   Elevation
                   ,
                   another
                   
                     without
                     Elevation
                  
                   .
                   The
                   way
                   
                     by
                     Elevation
                  
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   Tutia
                   be
                   taken
                   (
                   with
                   which
                   Venus
                   well
                   agrees
                   )
                   and
                   that
                   it
                   be
                   ingeniously
                   united
                   therewith
                   :
                   Then
                   put
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   Vessel
                   of
                   sublimation
                   to
                   be
                   sublimed
                   ;
                   and
                   by
                   a
                   most
                   exceeding
                   degree
                   of
                   Fire
                   ,
                   it
                   s
                   most
                   subtil
                   part
                   will
                   be
                   elevated
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   be
                   of
                   most
                   bright
                   splendor
                   .
                   Or
                   ,
                   
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   mixed
                   with
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   elevated
                   by
                   sublimation
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   But
                   without
                   sublimation
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   prepared
                   either
                   by
                   cleansing
                   things
                   in
                   its
                   Calx
                   ,
                   or
                   in
                   its
                   Body
                   :
                   As
                   by
                   
                     Tutia
                     ,
                     Salts
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Alums
                   :
                   Or
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   Lavament
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   all
                   other
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   are
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   
                     The
                     Preparation
                     ,
                     or
                     Purgation
                     of
                  
                   Venus
                   ,
                   also
                   is
                   two-fold
                   ,
                   
                     viz.
                     one
                     for
                     the
                     White
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   
                     the
                     other
                     for
                     the
                     red
                     ;
                     for
                     the
                     White
                     it
                     is
                     thus
                     .
                  
                   Take
                   Venus
                   
                     calcin'd
                     by
                     fire
                     only
                  
                   (
                   as
                   aforesaid
                   )
                   
                     ground
                     fine
                  
                   1
                   pound
                   :
                   Arsenick
                   sublimed
                   4
                   
                     ounces
                     :
                     Grind
                     them
                     together
                     ,
                     and
                     imbibe
                     the
                     mixture
                  
                   3
                   or
                   4
                   
                     times
                     with
                     water
                     of
                  
                   Litharge
                   ,
                   
                     and
                     reduce
                     the
                     whole
                     with
                  
                   Sal
                   Nitre
                   ,
                   
                     and
                     Oyl
                     of
                  
                   Tartar
                   ,
                   
                     and
                     you
                     will
                     find
                     the
                     Body
                     of
                  
                   Venus
                   
                     white
                     and
                     splendid
                     ,
                     and
                     fit
                     for
                     receiving
                     its
                     Medicine
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   The
                   Preparation
                   for
                   the
                   Red.
                   Take
                   
                     filings
                     of
                  
                   Venus
                   1
                   pound
                   ,
                   Sulphur
                   4
                   
                     ounces
                     ,
                     grind
                     them
                     together
                     :
                     Or
                     cement
                     ,
                     Plates
                     of
                     Copper
                     with
                  
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   
                     and
                     so
                     calcine
                     :
                     wash
                     the
                     calcin'd
                     with
                     water
                     of
                  
                   Salt
                   and
                   Alum
                   ;
                   
                     and
                     then
                     with
                     things
                     reducing
                     ,
                     reduce
                     it
                     into
                     a
                     body
                     ,
                     clean
                     and
                     fit
                     for
                     the
                     reception
                     of
                     the
                     Red
                     Tincture
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     XVII
                     .
                     Another
                     Preparation
                     for
                     the
                     Red.
                  
                   Calcine
                   it
                   with
                   fire
                   only
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   dissolve
                   a
                   part
                   thereof
                   ,
                   and
                   likewise
                   dissolve
                   a
                   part
                   of
                   Tutia
                   calcin'd
                   ;
                   joyn
                   both
                   solutions
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   the
                   same
                   imbibe
                   the
                   remaining
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Calx
                   of
                   
                     Venus
                     4
                  
                   or
                   5
                   times
                   :
                   Or
                   ,
                   you
                   may
                   make
                   this
                   Imbibition
                   with
                   Tutia
                   alone
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   provided
                   that
                   more
                   of
                   the
                   Tutia
                   (
                   than
                   half
                   of
                   the
                   Calx
                   is
                   )
                   be
                   imbibed
                   in
                   the
                   said
                   Calx
                   This
                   done
                   ,
                   reduce
                   with
                   things
                   reducing
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   will
                   have
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   Venus
                   clean
                   and
                   splendid
                   ;
                   
                     which
                     with
                     a
                     little
                     help
                     may
                     be
                     brought
                     to
                     an
                     higher
                     state
                     ,
                     if
                     you
                     have
                     studiously
                     penetrated
                     into
                     the
                     Truth
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   Another
                   Preparation
                   for
                   the
                   Red.
                   Of
                   Venus
                   calcined
                   per
                   se
                   ,
                   
                     or
                     with
                     the
                     fire
                     alone
                     you
                     may
                     make
                     an
                     intense
                     greenness
                     ,
                     called
                  
                   Flos
                   
                   
                     Cupri
                     vel
                     Veneris
                  
                   :
                   Dissolve
                   this
                   greenness
                   in
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   congeal
                   it
                   ;
                   afterwards
                   with
                   things
                   reducing
                   ,
                   reduce
                   the
                   congelate
                   ,
                   
                     which
                     when
                     reduced
                     ,
                     will
                     be
                     a
                     Body
                     fit
                     for
                     many
                     Works
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   
                     Medicines
                     dealbating
                     Venus
                     ,
                     of
                     the
                     first
                     Order
                     .
                  
                   There
                   is
                   one
                   Medicine
                   for
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   another
                   for
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   Bodies
                   ;
                   one
                   is
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   Order
                   ;
                   another
                   of
                   the
                   second
                   ;
                   and
                   another
                   of
                   the
                   third
                   :
                   and
                   so
                   likewise
                   the
                   first
                   ,
                   second
                   ,
                   and
                   third
                   ,
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   of
                   Bodies
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   Order
                   ,
                   we
                   say
                   there
                   is
                   one
                   of
                   hard
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   one
                   of
                   soft
                   :
                   of
                   hard
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   one
                   of
                   Mars
                   (
                   of
                   which
                   in
                   the
                   former
                   Chapter
                   )
                   one
                   for
                   Venus
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   in
                   this
                   place
                   ;
                   and
                   one
                   for
                   Luna
                   (
                   of
                   which
                   in
                   the
                   next
                   Chapter
                   .
                   )
                   Of
                   soft
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   one
                   for
                   Saturn
                   ,
                   and
                   another
                   for
                   Jupiter
                   .
                   That
                   of
                   Venus
                   and
                   Mars
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   pure
                   dealbation
                   of
                   their
                   substance
                   ;
                   but
                   that
                   of
                   Luna
                   the
                   rubification
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   with
                   citrinity
                   of
                   a
                   pleasing
                   brightness
                   ,
                   which
                   rubification
                   is
                   not
                   given
                   to
                   Mars
                   and
                   Venus
                   ,
                   by
                   Medicines
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   Order
                   :
                   For
                   being
                   totally
                   unclean
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   unapt
                   to
                   receive
                   the
                   splendor
                   of
                   redness
                   ,
                   before
                   they
                   are
                   fitted
                   with
                   a
                   preparation
                   inducing
                   brightness
                   .
                   There
                   is
                   one
                   Medicine
                   whitening
                   Venus
                   by
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   another
                   by
                   Arsenick
                   .
                   The
                   Medicine
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   is
                   thus
                   made
                   .
                   First
                   ,
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   
                     precipitated
                     ,
                     is
                     dissolved
                     ;
                     then
                     calcined
                  
                   Venus
                   
                     dissolved
                     likewise
                     :
                     These
                     solutions
                     are
                     mixed
                     and
                     after
                     they
                     are
                     coagulated
                     ,
                     they
                     are
                     projected
                     upon
                     the
                     Body
                     of
                  
                   Venus
                   .
                
                 
                   XX.
                   
                     Another
                     way
                     by
                  
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   .
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   and
                   Litharge
                   are
                   dissolved
                   a
                   part
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   solutions
                   joyned
                   together
                   .
                   Calx
                   of
                   Venus
                   also
                   is
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   solution
                   joyned
                   with
                   the
                   former
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   coagulated
                   together
                   ,
                   which
                   projected
                   upon
                   Venus
                   whitens
                   it
                   .
                   
                     Or
                     thus
                  
                   .
                   A
                   quantity
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   is
                   sublimed
                   often
                   from
                   its
                   body
                   ,
                   till
                   part
                   
                   thereof
                   remain
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   with
                   compleat
                   ignition
                   :
                   and
                   this
                   mixture
                   is
                   very
                   often
                   imbibed
                   and
                   ground
                   with
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   the
                   better
                   be
                   mixed
                   in
                   the
                   profundity
                   thereof
                   ,
                   then
                   it
                   is
                   assated
                   ,
                   or
                   moderately
                   calcined
                   ,
                   and
                   lastly
                   fresh
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   is
                   in
                   like
                   manner
                   sublimed
                   from
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   remaining
                   matter
                   again
                   imbibed
                   ,
                   and
                   moderately
                   calcined
                   as
                   before
                   ,
                   which
                   work
                   is
                   so
                   often
                   to
                   be
                   repeated
                   ,
                   till
                   a
                   large
                   quantity
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   reside
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   with
                   compleat
                   ignition
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   a
                   good
                   dealbation
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   Order
                   .
                
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   
                     Another
                     way
                     thus
                     .
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   in
                   its
                   proper
                   nature
                   is
                   so
                   often
                   sublimed
                   from
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                     precipitated
                  
                   ,
                   till
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   the
                   same
                   is
                   fixed
                   ,
                   and
                   admits
                   good
                   fusion
                   :
                   This
                   fused
                   matter
                   projected
                   upon
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   Venus
                   peculiarly
                   whitens
                   it
                   .
                   
                     Or
                     thus
                  
                   .
                   A
                   Solution
                   of
                   Luna
                   ,
                   mixt
                   with
                   a
                   solution
                   of
                   Litharge
                   ,
                   coagulated
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   projected
                   upon
                   Venus
                   ;
                   but
                   is
                   indeed
                   better
                   whitened
                   if
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   be
                   perpetrated
                   in
                   all
                   the
                   Medicines
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XXII
                     .
                     The
                     whitening
                     of
                  
                   Venus
                   with
                   Arsenick
                   
                     of
                     the
                     first
                     Order
                     .
                     Take
                  
                   Calx
                   of
                   Venus
                   ,
                   from
                   it
                   sublime
                   Arsenick
                   by
                   many
                   Repetitions
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   remains
                   therewith
                   and
                   whitens
                   it
                   ;
                   but
                   if
                   you
                   be
                   not
                   well
                   skilled
                   in
                   the
                   ways
                   of
                   sublimation
                   ,
                   the
                   Arsenick
                   will
                   not
                   persevere
                   in
                   it
                   without
                   alteration
                   :
                   Therefore
                   ,
                   after
                   the
                   first
                   degree
                   of
                   sublimation
                   ,
                   repeat
                   the
                   work
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   manner
                   as
                   in
                   the
                   sublimation
                   of
                   Marchasite
                   .
                   
                     Chap.
                     40.
                     
                     Sect.
                     2.10
                     .
                     Or
                     thus
                     .
                  
                   Project
                   Arsenick
                   sublimed
                   upon
                   Luna
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   the
                   whole
                   upon
                   Venus
                   ,
                   it
                   dealbates
                   it
                   peculiarly
                   :
                   Or
                   ,
                   first
                   mix
                   Litharge
                   ,
                   or
                   burnt
                   Lead
                   ,
                   dissolved
                   with
                   Luna
                   ,
                   and
                   cast
                   these
                   upon
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   and
                   project
                   the
                   whole
                   upon
                   Venus
                   ,
                   so
                   will
                   it
                   be
                   whitened
                   ;
                   
                     and
                     this
                     is
                     a
                     good
                     dealbation
                     of
                     the
                     first
                     Order
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     XXIII
                     .
                     Another
                     way
                     thus
                  
                   .
                   Upon
                   Litharge
                   alone
                   dissolved
                   and
                   reduced
                   ,
                   project
                   Arsenick
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   whole
                   upon
                   Venus
                   in
                   flux
                   ,
                   it
                   whitens
                   the
                   same
                   admirably
                   ,
                   
                   Or
                   thus
                   .
                   Let
                   Venus
                   and
                   Luna
                   
                     be
                     commixed
                     ,
                     and
                     upon
                     them
                     project
                     any
                     of
                     the
                     above
                     described
                     dealbative
                     Medicines
                     :
                  
                   For
                   Luna
                   is
                   more
                   friendly
                   to
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   than
                   to
                   any
                   of
                   the
                   other
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   takes
                   away
                   fraction
                   from
                   it
                   ;
                   and
                   Saturn
                   secondarily
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   we
                   mix
                   it
                   with
                   them
                   .
                   Also
                   we
                   melt
                   Arsenick
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   all
                   in
                   a
                   Lump
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   broken
                   ,
                   we
                   project
                   piece
                   after
                   piece
                   upon
                   Venus
                   :
                   We
                   do
                   it
                   in
                   pieces
                   ,
                   rather
                   than
                   in
                   pouder
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   pouder
                   is
                   more
                   easily
                   inflamed
                   ,
                   than
                   a
                   Lump
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   more
                   easily
                   Vanishes
                   ,
                   before
                   it
                   can
                   fall
                   fiery
                   hot
                   upon
                   the
                   body
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   In
                   like
                   manner
                   ,
                   the
                   Redness
                   is
                   taken
                   away
                   from
                   Venus
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   is
                   whitened
                   with
                   Tutia
                   :
                   But
                   Tutia
                   suffices
                   not
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   gives
                   only
                   a
                   Citrine
                   colour
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   yet
                   of
                   affinity
                   to
                   Whiteness
                   .
                   Any
                   kind
                   of
                   Tutia
                   is
                   calcined
                   and
                   dissolved
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Calx
                   of
                   Venus
                   also
                   :
                   These
                   Solutions
                   are
                   conjoyned
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   them
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   Venus
                   is
                   citrinated
                   .
                   If
                   you
                   be
                   well
                   skill'd
                   in
                   this
                   Work
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   find
                   profit
                   .
                   
                     Or
                     thus
                     .
                     Take
                  
                   Marchasite
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   
                     and
                     proceed
                     with
                     it
                     as
                     with
                  
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   sublimed
                   ;
                   
                     the
                     way
                     is
                     the
                     same
                     ,
                     and
                     it
                     whitens
                     well
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XXV
                   .
                   
                     To
                     make
                     the
                     White
                     and
                     the
                     Red
                     Medicines
                     for
                  
                   Venus
                   .
                   They
                   are
                   exactly
                   made
                   by
                   the
                   Rules
                   or
                   Prescripts
                   delivered
                   in
                   Chap.
                   44.
                   
                   Sect.
                   19
                   ,
                   20
                   ,
                   21
                   ,
                   22.
                   aforegoing
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   ,
                   I
                   shall
                   here
                   refer
                   you
                   ;
                   for
                   the
                   Operations
                   of
                   those
                   Medicines
                   both
                   for
                   the
                   White
                   and
                   Red
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Bodies
                   of
                   both
                   Mars
                   and
                   Venus
                   ,
                   are
                   one
                   and
                   the
                   same
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XXVI
                     .
                     To
                     Calcine
                  
                   Venus
                   .
                   Take
                   Filings
                   of
                   Copper
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   them
                   to
                   calcine
                   either
                   
                     per
                     se
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   with
                   Arsenick
                   poudred
                   ,
                   or
                   with
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   being
                   anointed
                   with
                   common
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   calcine
                   3
                   or
                   4
                   days
                   with
                   a
                   most
                   strong
                   fire
                   :
                   strike
                   what
                   is
                   calcin'd
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   fall
                   from
                   the
                   Plates
                   ,
                   
                     (
                     if
                     you
                     use
                     Plates
                  
                   )
                   which
                   again
                   calcine
                   .
                   The
                   Calx
                   beat
                   fine
                   ,
                   re-calcine
                   it
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   is
                   well
                   rubified
                   ,
                   and
                   keep
                   it
                   for
                   use
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   XXVII
                   .
                   The
                   Regiment
                   of
                   Venus
                   and
                   Saturn
                   .
                   Take
                   
                     of
                     the
                     Paste
                     of
                  
                   Venus
                   ,
                   3
                   
                     Pounds
                     ;
                     of
                  
                   Saturn
                   ,
                   2
                   
                     Pounds
                     ;
                     of
                     the
                     Ferment
                  
                   ,
                   1
                   
                     pound
                     :
                     Of
                     these
                     ,
                     perfectly
                     dissolved
                     ,
                     make
                     a
                     commixtion
                     through
                     their
                     least
                     parts
                     ,
                     which
                     keep
                     in
                     sufficient
                     heat
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     White
                     is
                     said
                     .
                     Extract
                     the
                     Water
                     ,
                     and
                     what
                     remains
                     in
                     the
                     Cloth
                     ,
                     put
                     into
                     a
                     well
                     sealed
                     Glass
                     ,
                     for
                  
                   3
                   
                     Weeks
                     :
                     Then
                     take
                     it
                     out
                     ,
                     and
                     add
                     to
                     it
                     a
                     third
                     part
                     of
                     its
                     own
                     reserved
                     water
                     ,
                     and
                     decoct
                     by
                  
                   Chap.
                   42.
                   
                   Sect.
                   23.
                   aforegoing
                   ,
                   
                     which
                     Work
                     do
                     thrice
                     .
                     When
                     it
                     has
                     imbibed
                     all
                     its
                     proper
                     Water
                     ,
                     put
                     it
                     in
                     its
                     proper
                     Vessel
                     and
                     Fornace
                     to
                     be
                     fixed
                     .
                     When
                     fixed
                     ,
                     with
                     things
                     ,
                     reducing
                     ,
                     reduce
                     it
                     into
                     a
                     Body
                     ,
                     ready
                     to
                     be
                     reduced
                     and
                     tinged
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XXVIII
                   .
                   We
                   more
                   espe
                   cially
                   handling
                   the
                   Regimen
                   of
                   Venus
                   ,
                   do
                   declare
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   ought
                   seven
                   times
                   ,
                   or
                   oftner
                   to
                   rectifie
                   it
                   ,
                   when
                   prepared
                   and
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   distilling
                   off
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   cohobating
                   thereon
                   each
                   time
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   coagulate
                   ,
                   thence
                   make
                   a
                   most
                   noble
                   Greenness
                   ,
                   with
                   
                     Sal
                     Armoniack
                  
                   dissolved
                   in
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Vinegar
                   .
                   That
                   greenness
                   rubisie
                   in
                   a
                   Vessel
                   of
                   Mars
                   ,
                   and
                   again
                   dissolve
                   it
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   solution
                   adjoyn
                   a
                   third
                   part
                   of
                   prepared
                   and
                   dissolved
                   Luna
                   ;
                   afterwards
                   extracting
                   and
                   cohobating
                   the
                   water
                   of
                   Ferment
                   7
                   times
                   .
                   Then
                   reduce
                   this
                   into
                   a
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   will
                   rejoyce
                   .
                   The
                   Regimen
                   of
                   Mars
                   ,
                   is
                   as
                   of
                   Venus
                   ,
                   but
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   its
                   foulness
                   ,
                   no
                   great
                   good
                   arises
                   from
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIX
                   .
                   Grind
                   Luna
                   ,
                   
                     amal
                     .
                     gamated
                     with
                  
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   
                     with
                     twice
                     so
                     much
                     Metaline
                  
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   [
                   Quaere
                   ,
                   Whether
                   Regulus
                   of
                   Arsenick
                   be
                   not
                   intended
                   ?
                   ]
                   
                     To
                     which
                     adjoyn
                     a
                     tenfold
                     proportion
                     of
                  
                   Venus
                   
                     amalgamated
                     with
                  
                   Mercury
                   :
                   
                     Grind
                     the
                     whole
                     ,
                     and
                     fix
                     ,
                     and
                     reduce
                     into
                     a
                     Body
                     ,
                     so
                     will
                     you
                     have
                     a
                     pure
                     White
                     Metal
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XXX
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   Dealbation
                   of
                   Venus
                   .
                   Take
                   Realgar
                   1
                   ounce
                   ,
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   sublimed
                   3
                   
                     Ounces
                     and
                     half
                  
                   ,
                   Tartar
                   calcin'd
                   ,
                   1
                   
                     ounce
                     ,
                     grind
                     and
                     incorporate
                     ,
                     put
                     them
                     into
                     a
                     Bolt
                     head
                     ,
                     a
                     Foot
                     and
                  
                   
                   half
                   high
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   Orifice
                   so
                   wide
                   ,
                   as
                   two
                   Fingers
                   may
                   go
                   into
                   it
                   :
                   lute
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   set
                   it
                   over
                   a
                   Fire
                   ,
                   covered
                   with
                   a
                   Cloth
                   :
                   First
                   make
                   a
                   gentle
                   Fire
                   for
                   a
                   quarter
                   of
                   an
                   hour
                   ,
                   afterwards
                   augment
                   the
                   Fire
                   underneath
                   ,
                   and
                   round
                   about
                   ,
                   until
                   the
                   Fornace
                   be
                   very
                   hot
                   with
                   Ignition
                   ;
                   when
                   all
                   is
                   cold
                   ,
                   break
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   and
                   take
                   out
                   what
                   you
                   find
                   Metalline
                   ;
                   
                     and
                     make
                     of
                     this
                     a
                     great
                     quantity
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XXXI
                   .
                   A
                   Second
                   Dealbation
                   ,
                   
                     Upon
                     Tutia
                     sublime
                     one
                     part
                     of
                  
                   Mercury
                   
                     sublimate
                     ,
                     and
                     two
                     parts
                     of
                     Arsnick
                     sublimed
                     ,
                     until
                     it
                     shall
                     have
                     ingress
                     .
                  
                   This
                   clearly
                   and
                   very
                   speciously
                   whitens
                   Veuus
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXII
                   .
                   A
                   Third
                   Dealbation
                   ,
                   Take
                   Mercury
                   sublimate
                   3
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Arsenick
                   sublimed
                   2
                   
                     Ounces
                     ,
                     dissolved
                     with
                     Litharge
                     ,
                     till
                     they
                     become
                  
                   8
                   
                     Ounces
                     :
                     to
                     these
                  
                   8
                   
                     Ounces
                     ,
                     adjoyn
                     other
                  
                   8
                   
                     Ounces
                     ,
                     of
                  
                   Arsenick
                   
                     sublimed
                     ;
                     grind
                     them
                     together
                     ,
                     and
                     flux
                     them
                     with
                     Oyl
                     of
                     Tartar
                     ,
                     and
                     there
                     with
                     you
                     may
                     whiten
                     prepared
                  
                   Venus
                   
                     at
                     pleasure
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIII
                   .
                   A
                   Fourth
                   Dealbation
                   ,
                   
                     Grind
                     Metaline
                  
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   
                     with
                     as
                     much
                     of
                     the
                     Calx
                     of
                  
                   Luna
                   ,
                   
                     and
                     imbibe
                     the
                     Mixture
                     with
                     the
                     Water
                     of
                  
                   Sal
                   Armoniack
                   ,
                   
                     and
                     dry
                     and
                     grind
                     :
                     then
                     dissolve
                  
                   Salt
                   of
                   Tartar
                   ,
                   
                     in
                     the
                     Water
                     of
                  
                   Salt
                   Nitre
                   [
                   some
                   suppose
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Nitre
                   ]
                   
                     with
                     which
                     Oyl
                     imbibe
                     the
                     Medicine
                     :
                     repeat
                     this
                     thrice
                     ,
                     incerating
                     and
                     drying
                     ,
                     and
                     you
                     will
                     rejoyce
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XXXIV
                   .
                   A
                   Fifth
                   Dealbation
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   of
                   our
                   own
                   Invention
                   .
                   Imbibe
                   Jupiter
                   
                     calcined
                     ,
                     washed
                     and
                     dryed
                     ,
                     so
                     often
                     with
                     metaline
                  
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   
                     and
                     hals
                     so
                     much
                  
                   Mercury
                   
                     sublimate
                     ,
                     as
                     untill
                     it
                     flows
                     and
                     enters
                  
                   Venus
                   ,
                   
                     which
                     ,
                     (
                     if
                     first
                     prepared
                     )
                     it
                     whitens
                     speedily
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XXXV
                   ,
                   A
                   Sixth
                   Dealbation
                   .
                   
                     Vpon
                     Tutia
                     calcined
                     ,
                     dissolved
                     and
                     Coagulated
                     ,
                     sublime
                     White
                  
                   Arsenick
                   (
                   
                     so
                     that
                     the
                  
                   Arsenick
                   be
                   3
                   
                     parts
                     to
                  
                   1
                   
                     of
                     the
                     Tutia
                  
                   )
                   
                     reiterating
                     the
                     sublimation
                     upon
                     it
                     four
                     times
                     ;
                     for
                     it
                     has
                     Ingress
                     .
                     With
                     them
                     mix
                     half
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     the
                     whole
                     is
                     of
                  
                   Mercury
                   
                     sublimate
                     ;
                     grinding
                     and
                     incerating
                  
                   
                   4
                   times
                   with
                   the
                   Water
                   of
                   Sal
                   Armoniack
                   ,
                   Nitre
                   and
                   Tartar
                   ,
                   ana
                   .
                   
                     [
                     Quere
                     whether
                     that
                     may
                     not
                     be
                     Aq.
                     Regis
                     ]
                  
                   with
                   this
                   when
                   coagulated
                   ,
                   cement
                   prepared
                   plates
                   of
                   Venus
                   ,
                   and
                   melt
                   ,
                   
                     so
                     will
                     you
                     have
                     a
                     very
                     beautiful
                     Body
                  
                
                 
                   
                     XXXVI
                     .
                     A
                     Seventh
                     Dealbation
                  
                   .
                   Grind
                   Venus
                   ,
                   calcined
                   and
                   incerated
                   ,
                   adding
                   to
                   it
                   Arsenick
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   and
                   half
                   a
                   part
                   of
                   Mercury
                   sublimate
                   ;
                   with
                   which
                   being
                   well
                   ground
                   and
                   mixed
                   ,
                   add
                   a
                   little
                   of
                   the
                   Water
                   of
                   Sal
                   Armonoick
                   
                     [
                     Quer.
                     if
                     not
                     A.
                     R
                     ]
                  
                   incerating
                   upon
                   a
                   marble
                   ;
                   after
                   dry
                   and
                   sublime
                   .
                   Revert
                   the
                   sublimate
                   upon
                   the
                   Foeces
                   ,
                   again
                   imbibing
                   ,
                   which
                   do
                   thrice
                   :
                   the
                   fourth
                   time
                   imbibe
                   with
                   Water
                   of
                   Nitre
                   
                     [
                     Spirit
                     of
                     Nitre
                  
                   ]
                   and
                   sublime
                   what
                   can
                   be
                   sublimed
                   :
                   reiterate
                   this
                   Labor
                   till
                   it
                   remains
                   fluid
                   in
                   the
                   bottom
                   .
                   This
                   in
                   Copper
                   prepared
                   ,
                   will
                   be
                   Resplendent
                   with
                   brightness
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XXXVII
                     .
                     An
                     Eighth
                     De
                     albation
                  
                   Upon
                   the
                   prepared
                   Calx
                   of
                   Venus
                   ,
                   so
                   often
                   sublime
                   Arsenick
                   sublimate
                   ,
                   till
                   some
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Arsenick
                   remaine
                   with
                   it
                   in
                   the
                   strongest
                   Fire
                   .
                   That
                   imbibed
                   with
                   the
                   Water
                   of
                   Nitre
                   
                     [
                     Spirit
                     of
                     Nitre
                  
                   ]
                   and
                   lastly
                   incerated
                   with
                   Water
                   of
                   Luna
                   ,
                   and
                   Mercury
                   precipitate
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   with
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Tartar
                   Rectified
                   ,
                   until
                   it
                   flows
                   ,
                   wonderfully
                   whetens
                   Venus
                   ,
                   and
                   enters
                   the
                   second
                   order
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   have
                   operated
                   right
                   .
                   For
                   I
                   have
                   else
                   where
                   said
                   ,
                   that
                   if
                   you
                   obtain
                   any
                   part
                   of
                   Mercury
                   precipitated
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   mixture
                   ,
                   your
                   Work
                   wil
                   be
                   more
                   splendid
                   ;
                   especially
                   ,
                   if
                   the
                   White
                   .
                   Ferment
                   ,
                   dissolved
                   with
                   the
                   Mercury
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   after
                   a
                   certain
                   fixation
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   be
                   added
                   by
                   the
                   medium
                   of
                   Inceration
                   ;
                   by
                   which
                   you
                   will
                   find
                   you
                   have
                   traced
                   the
                   high
                   way
                   it self
                   .
                
                 
                   Geber
                   our
                   Author
                   ,
                   here
                   saith
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   last
                   8
                   Sections
                   are
                   all
                   proved
                   Experiments
                   :
                   the
                   first
                   4
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   being
                   Experiments
                   of
                   the
                   Ancients
                   ,
                   by
                   him
                   again
                   proved
                   ;
                   the
                   latter
                   4
                   ,
                   Rectifications
                   of
                   the
                   Practises
                   of
                   the
                   Ancients
                   ,
                   or
                   rather
                   Experiments
                   of
                   his
                   Own
                   :
                   All
                   which
                   he
                   affirms
                   to
                   be
                   absolutly
                   true
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   him
                   proved
                   so
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   CHAP.
                   XLVI
                   .
                   
                     Of
                     the
                     Alchymie
                     of
                  
                   Luna
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   
                     THE
                     preparation
                     of
                     Luna
                  
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   subtilized
                   ,
                   attenuated
                   and
                   re
                   duced
                   to
                   a
                   Spirituality
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   manner
                   ,
                   as
                   hereafter
                   
                     in
                     Chap.
                  
                   47.
                   
                   Sect.
                   1.
                   we
                   shall
                   teach
                   concerning
                   Sol.
                   Therefore
                   in
                   all
                   ,
                   and
                   every
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Work
                   ,
                   do
                   the
                   same
                   as
                   we
                   shall
                   there
                   teachwith
                   Gold
                   :
                   and
                   this
                   work
                   of
                   Luna
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Ferment
                   for
                   the
                   White
                   Elixir
                   made
                   Spitual
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   It
                   is
                   a
                   metalick
                   Body
                   ,
                   white
                   ,
                   which
                   pure
                   whiteness
                   ,
                   clean
                   ,
                   hard
                   ,
                   sounding
                   ,
                   very
                   durable
                   in
                   the
                   Cupel
                   ,
                   extensible
                   under
                   the
                   Hammer
                   ,
                   and
                   fusible
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   the
                   Tincture
                   of
                   whiteness
                   ,
                   hardens
                   Tin
                   by
                   Artifice
                   ,
                   and
                   converts
                   it
                   to
                   it self
                   ;
                   and
                   being
                   mixed
                   with
                   Sol
                   ,
                   it
                   breaks
                   not
                   ,
                   but
                   in
                   the
                   examination
                   ,
                   it
                   perseveres
                   without
                   Artifice
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   He
                   who
                   knows
                   how
                   to
                   subtilize
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   to
                   inspissate
                   and
                   fix
                   it
                   associated
                   with
                   Gold
                   ,
                   brings
                   it
                   into
                   such
                   a
                   State
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   will
                   remain
                   with
                   Sol
                   in
                   the
                   Test
                   ,
                   and
                   be
                   in
                   no
                   wise
                   separated
                   from
                   it
                   ,
                   being
                   put
                   over
                   the
                   fumes
                   of
                   sharp
                   things
                   ,
                   as
                   Vinegar
                   A.
                   F.
                   or
                   Salarmoniack
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   of
                   a
                   wonderful
                   Caelestine
                   Color
                   :
                   It
                   is
                   a
                   noble
                   Body
                   ,
                   but
                   wants
                   of
                   the
                   Nobility
                   of
                   Sol
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   Minera
                   is
                   found
                   determinate
                   ;
                   but
                   it
                   has
                   often
                   a
                   Minera
                   confused
                   with
                   other
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   which
                   Silver
                   is
                   not
                   so
                   Noble
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   likewise
                   dissolved
                   and
                   Calcin'd
                   with
                   great
                   Labor
                   ,
                   and
                   no
                   Profit
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   IV.
                   If
                   therefore
                   clean
                   ,
                   fixed
                   ,
                   Red
                   and
                   clear
                   Sulpher
                   ,
                   fall
                   upon
                   the
                   pure
                   substance
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   thereof
                   is
                   made
                   pure
                   Gold
                   ;
                   then
                   in
                   like
                   manner
                   ,
                   if
                   clean
                   ,
                   fixed
                   ,
                   white
                   and
                   clear
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   falls
                   upon
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   made
                   pure
                   Silver
                   ,
                   if
                   in
                   quantity
                   it
                   exceed
                   not
                   :
                   yet
                   this
                   has
                   a
                   purity
                   short
                   of
                   the
                   purity
                   of
                   Gold
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   more
                   gross
                   inspissation
                   than
                   Gold
                   hath
                   ;
                   the
                   sign
                   of
                   which
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   its
                   parts
                   are
                   not
                   so
                   condensed
                   ,
                   as
                   that
                   it
                   can
                   be
                   equal
                   in
                   Weight
                   with
                   Gold
                   ,
                   nor
                   has
                   it
                   so
                   fixed
                   a
                   substance
                   as
                   that
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   known
                   by
                   its
                   diminution
                   in
                   the
                   Fire
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   neither
                   fixed
                   nor
                   incumbustible
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   that
                   diminution
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   But
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   impossible
                   or
                   improbable
                   to
                   give
                   Judgment
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   as
                   fixed
                   and
                   not
                   fixed
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   respect
                   of
                   one
                   Body
                   to
                   another
                   :
                   for
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   Luna
                   compared
                   with
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   Sol
                   ,
                   is
                   not
                   fixed
                   and
                   burning
                   ;
                   but
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   other
                   bodies
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   fixed
                   and
                   not
                   burning
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   
                     The
                     Citrinating
                     of
                  
                   Luna
                   ,
                   
                     by
                     medicines
                     of
                     the
                     first
                     Order
                     :
                  
                   This
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   adheres
                   to
                   it
                   in
                   its
                   profondity
                   ,
                   and
                   adding
                   color
                   either
                   by
                   its
                   proper
                   Nature
                   ,
                   or
                   by
                   the
                   Artifice
                   of
                   this
                   Magistery
                   .
                   We
                   declare
                   therefore
                   that
                   Medicine
                   which
                   arising
                   from
                   its
                   own
                   root
                   ,
                   adhers
                   to
                   it
                   ;
                   but
                   there
                   are
                   Artifices
                   by
                   which
                   we
                   make
                   a
                   thing
                   of
                   every
                   kind
                   to
                   adhere
                   with
                   firm
                   ingress
                   .
                   But
                   Our
                   Medicine
                   we
                   extract
                   either
                   from
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   a
                   commixture
                   of
                   both
                   :
                   from
                   Sulphur
                   less
                   perfectly
                   ;
                   but
                   from
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   more
                   perfectly
                   .
                   This
                   Medicine
                   may
                   also
                   be
                   made
                   of
                   certain
                   mineral
                   things
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   not
                   of
                   this
                   kind
                   ;
                   as
                   of
                   Vitrol
                   ,
                   and
                   Copperas
                   ,
                   (
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   Gum
                   of
                   Copper
                   .
                   )
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   
                     The
                     method
                     by
                  
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   .
                   Take
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   precipitated
                   ,
                   viz.
                   mortified
                   and
                   fixed
                   by
                   precipitation
                   ,
                   put
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   Fornace
                   of
                   
                   
                     great
                     Ignition
                  
                   ,
                   (
                   after
                   the
                   manner
                   of
                   Conservation
                   of
                   Calces
                   )
                   
                     until
                     it
                     be
                     red
                     as
                     Usifur
                     ,
                  
                   [
                   Cinabar
                   .
                   ]
                   
                     But
                     if
                     it
                     be
                     not
                     red
                     ,
                     take
                     a
                     part
                     of
                  
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   
                     not
                     mortified
                     ,
                     and
                     with
                  
                   Sulphur
                   
                     reiterate
                     the
                     sublimation
                     thereof
                     :
                     The
                  
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   
                     must
                     be
                     cleansed
                     from
                     all
                     impurity
                     :
                     Repeat
                     the
                     sublimation
                     of
                     it
                     twenty
                     times
                     upon
                     the
                     praecipitate
                     ,
                     then
                     dissolve
                     it
                     with
                     dissolving
                     water
                     ,
                     and
                     again
                     calcine
                     and
                     dissolve
                     ,
                     till
                     it
                     be
                     Exuberally
                     done
                     .
                     Then
                     dissolve
                     a
                     part
                     of
                  
                   Luna
                   ,
                   
                     mix
                     the
                     Solutions
                     ,
                     and
                     coagulate
                     them
                     ,
                     and
                     project
                     the
                     coagulated
                     matter
                     upon
                  
                   Luna
                   
                     in
                     flux
                     ,
                     and
                     it
                     will
                     colour
                     it
                     with
                     a
                     peculiar
                     Citrinity
                     .
                     But
                     if
                  
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   
                     be
                     in
                     its
                     precipitation
                     Red
                     ,
                     the
                     aforesaid
                     Administration
                     ,
                     without
                     commixtion
                     of
                     any
                     thing
                     tinging
                     it
                     ,
                     is
                     sufficient
                     for
                     the
                     compleatment
                     of
                     its
                     perfection
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   
                     The
                     Method
                     by
                  
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   is
                   difficult
                   ,
                   and
                   immensly
                   laborious
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   Citrinated
                   with
                   a
                   solution
                   of
                   Mars
                   ,
                   but
                   then
                   you
                   must
                   first
                   calcine
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   fix
                   it
                   with
                   abundance
                   of
                   Labour
                   ,
                   then
                   administer
                   it
                   with
                   the
                   same
                   preparation
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   same
                   projection
                   upon
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   Luna
                   :
                   But
                   hence
                   results
                   not
                   a
                   splendid
                   bright
                   colour
                   ,
                   but
                   a
                   dull
                   ,
                   and
                   livid
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   mortiferous
                   Citrinity
                   :
                
                 
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     The
                     Citrinating
                     of
                     it
                     with
                  
                   Vitriol
                   ,
                   or
                   Copperas
                   .
                   Take
                   of
                   either
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   
                     q.
                     v.
                  
                   and
                   sublime
                   as
                   much
                   thereof
                   as
                   can
                   be
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   until
                   the
                   fire
                   be
                   increased
                   to
                   the
                   highest
                   degree
                   .
                   Then
                   sublime
                   this
                   sublimate
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   fit
                   fire
                   ,
                   that
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   part
                   after
                   part
                   may
                   be
                   fixed
                   ,
                   until
                   its
                   greater
                   part
                   be
                   fixed
                   .
                   Afterwards
                   warily
                   calcine
                   it
                   ,
                   that
                   a
                   greater
                   fire
                   may
                   be
                   administred
                   for
                   its
                   perfection
                   :
                   This
                   done
                   ,
                   dissolve
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   most
                   red
                   Water
                   ,
                   
                     (
                     which
                     has
                     no
                     equal
                  
                   )
                   and
                   so
                   operate
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   may
                   give
                   it
                   ingress
                   into
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   
                     Luna
                     .
                     These
                     three
                     last
                     Sections
                     ,
                     are
                     all
                     Medicines
                     of
                     the
                     first
                     Order
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   X.
                   We
                   thus
                   seeing
                   things
                   of
                   this
                   kind
                   ,
                   profoundly
                   ,
                   and
                   amicably
                   to
                   adhere
                   to
                   Luna
                   ,
                   have
                   considered
                   ,
                   (
                   and
                   it
                   is
                   certain
                   )
                   that
                   these
                   are
                   
                   from
                   its
                   own
                   Radix
                   ;
                   and
                   thence
                   it
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   Luna
                   is
                   altered
                   by
                   them
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   also
                   to
                   be
                   noted
                   ,
                   that
                   Medicines
                   of
                   
                     〈◊〉
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   if
                   they
                   alter
                   Luna
                   with
                   more
                   than
                   one
                   only
                   difference
                   ,
                   in
                   order
                   to
                   a
                   total
                   compleatment
                   :
                   They
                   are
                   not
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   Order
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   
                     A
                     Lunar
                     Medicine
                     of
                     the
                     third
                     Order
                     for
                     the
                     White
                     .
                  
                   It
                   is
                   as
                   well
                   for
                   perfecting
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   as
                   for
                   coagulating
                   Mercury
                   it self
                   into
                   true
                   Luna
                   :
                   And
                   is
                   thus
                   made
                   .
                   Take
                   
                     Luna
                     calcined
                     ,
                     dissolve
                     it
                     in
                     solutive
                     water
                     .
                  
                   [
                   Aqua
                   fortis
                   ,
                   ]
                   
                     then
                     decoct
                     it
                     in
                     a
                     Phial
                     with
                     a
                     long
                     Neck
                     ,
                     the
                     Orifice
                     of
                     which
                     must
                     be
                     left
                     unstopt
                     ,
                     for
                     one
                     day
                     only
                     ,
                     until
                     a
                     third
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     be
                     consumed
                     :
                     Then
                     p
                     t
                     the
                     vessel
                     into
                     a
                     cold
                     place
                     ,
                     to
                     convert
                     into
                     fusible
                     Crystals
                     ,
                     or
                  
                   Vitriol
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   Silver
                   reduced
                   to
                   our
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   fixed
                   ,
                   and
                   fusible
                   .
                   Take
                   
                     of
                     this
                  
                   4
                   
                     Ounces
                     ,
                     of
                  
                   White
                   Arsenick
                   prepared
                   6
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   Sulphur
                   prepared
                   2
                   
                     Ounces
                     ;
                     mix
                     altogether
                     well
                     ,
                     grinding
                     them
                     with
                  
                   Nitre
                   and
                   Sal
                   Armoniack
                   ;
                   
                     put
                     the
                     mixture
                     into
                     a
                     Bolt-heat
                     ,
                     keeping
                     the
                     same
                     in
                     heat
                     for
                     a
                     Week
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     matter
                     may
                     be
                     hard
                     as
                     Pitch
                     .
                     This
                     take
                     out
                     ,
                     and
                     again
                     incerate
                     the
                     third
                     time
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                  
                   3
                   
                     days
                     you
                     will
                     find
                     it
                     an
                     Oyl
                     in
                     flux
                     :
                     when
                     the
                     vessel
                     is
                     cold
                     ,
                     break
                     it
                     ,
                     and
                     take
                     what
                     you
                     find
                     therein
                     ,
                     which
                     will
                     be
                     in
                     a
                     lump
                     fixed
                     ,
                     and
                     flowing
                     as
                     Wax
                     .
                  
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   first
                   degree
                   .
                   Again
                   ,
                   Take
                   
                     of
                     new
                     Matter
                     ,
                     as
                     much
                     as
                     before
                     ,
                     and
                     joyn
                     the
                     same
                     with
                     this
                     ferment
                     ,
                     and
                     do
                     as
                     before
                     ;
                     and
                     consequently
                     ,
                     a
                  
                   third
                   ,
                   
                     and
                     a
                  
                   fourth
                   time
                   .
                   Thus
                   doing
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   find
                   a
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   great
                   and
                   excellent
                   in
                   goodness
                   ;
                   for
                   1
                   part
                   falls
                   upon
                   10
                   of
                   any
                   other
                   Body
                   ,
                   or
                   of
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   and
                   converts
                   it
                   into
                   true
                   Luna
                   .
                   Keep
                   this
                   Stone
                   ,
                   and
                   considerately
                   ruminate
                   upon
                   the
                   things
                   we
                   teach
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   will
                   attain
                   unto
                   higher
                   things
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     A
                     Lunar
                     Medicine
                     of
                     the
                     third
                     Order
                     for
                     the
                     White
                     .
                     Take
                  
                   the
                   known
                   Stone
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   way
                   of
                   separation
                   ,
                   divide
                   its
                   most
                   pure
                   substance
                   and
                   keep
                   it
                   apart
                   .
                   Then
                   fix
                   some
                   of
                   that
                   part
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   most
                   pure
                   ,
                   leaving
                   
                   the
                   remainder
                   ,
                   and
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   fixed
                   ,
                   dissolve
                   what
                   is
                   soluble
                   of
                   it
                   ;
                   but
                   what
                   is
                   not
                   soluble
                   ,
                   put
                   to
                   be
                   calcined
                   ,
                   and
                   again
                   dissolve
                   the
                   calcinate
                   ,
                   until
                   again
                   what
                   is
                   soluble
                   of
                   it
                   be
                   altogether
                   dissolved
                   .
                   Continue
                   this
                   process
                   until
                   the
                   greater
                   quantity
                   be
                   dissolved
                   .
                   Then
                   mix
                   all
                   the
                   solutions
                   together
                   ,
                   and
                   coagulate
                   them
                   ;
                   this
                   done
                   ,
                   gently
                   decocting
                   ,
                   keep
                   the
                   coagulate
                   in
                   a
                   temperate
                   fire
                   ,
                   until
                   greater
                   fire
                   may
                   be
                   fitly
                   added
                   for
                   its
                   perfection
                   Therefore
                   reiterate
                   all
                   these
                   Orders
                   of
                   Preparation
                   upon
                   it
                   4
                   times
                   ;
                   and
                   lastly
                   ,
                   calcine
                   it
                   by
                   its
                   own
                   way
                   ;
                   
                     for
                     thus
                     administring
                     you
                     have
                     sufficiently
                     governed
                     ,
                     the
                     most
                     precious
                     Earth
                     of
                     the
                     Stone
                     .
                  
                   Then
                   subtily
                   ,
                   and
                   ingeniously
                   conjoyn
                   a
                   quantity
                   of
                   the
                   part
                   reserved
                   ,
                   with
                   part
                   of
                   this
                   prepared
                   Earth
                   ,
                   through
                   its
                   least
                   Particles
                   ,
                   then
                   sublime
                   by
                   way
                   of
                   sublimation
                   ,
                   until
                   the
                   fixed
                   with
                   the
                   not
                   fixed
                   ,
                   be
                   wholly
                   elevated
                   ;
                   which
                   if
                   you
                   see
                   not
                   ,
                   again
                   add
                   a
                   quantity
                   of
                   the
                   not
                   fixed
                   part
                   ,
                   until
                   enough
                   be
                   added
                   for
                   elevation
                   thereof
                   .
                   When
                   it
                   is
                   all
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   repeat
                   the
                   sublimation
                   ,
                   until
                   by
                   repetition
                   of
                   this
                   Operation
                   ,
                   it
                   be
                   wholly
                   fixed
                   .
                   Being
                   fixed
                   ,
                   again
                   imbibe
                   it
                   with
                   quantity
                   after
                   quantity
                   of
                   the
                   not
                   fixed
                   ,
                   after
                   the
                   same
                   manner
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   whole
                   shall
                   be
                   again
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   then
                   again
                   fix
                   it
                   ,
                   until
                   it
                   have
                   easie
                   fusion
                   with
                   Ignition
                   .
                   
                     This
                     is
                     the
                     true
                     Medicine
                     which
                     transmutes
                     all
                     imperfect
                     Metals
                     ,
                     and
                     every
                  
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   
                     into
                     most
                     fine
                     and
                     perfect
                  
                   Luna
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   
                     The
                     Regiment
                     of
                  
                   Luna
                   .
                   Dissolve
                   and
                   Coagulate
                   it
                   7
                   times
                   ,
                   or
                   at
                   least
                   4
                   times
                   ;
                   and
                   to
                   it
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   adjoyn
                   the
                   fixed
                   Rubifying
                   Waters
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   shall
                   declare
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   will
                   find
                   the
                   body
                   aptly
                   solar
                   ,
                   for
                   it
                   agrees
                   with
                   Sol
                   ,
                   and
                   remains
                   quietly
                   with
                   it
                   .
                   In
                   this
                   ,
                   Venus
                   admirably
                   well
                   purged
                   and
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   a
                   great
                   help
                   to
                   you
                   ,
                   because
                   a
                   most
                   clean
                   ,
                   tinging
                   ,
                   and
                   fixed
                   Sulphur
                   may
                   be
                   extracted
                   from
                   it
                   .
                   And
                   I
                   tell
                   you
                   ,
                   that
                   Mercury
                   purified
                   and
                   fixed
                   ,
                   has
                   power
                   to
                   palliate
                   ,
                   or
                   illustrate
                   the
                   foulness
                   of
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ;
                   and
                   fixed
                   Sulphur
                   extracted
                   pure
                   from
                   bodies
                   ,
                   to
                   tinge
                   them
                   with
                   splendor
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Hence
                   you
                   may
                   gather
                   a
                   great
                   Secret
                   ,
                   viz.
                   That
                   Mercury
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   may
                   be
                   extracted
                   as
                   well
                   from
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   as
                   from
                   perfect
                   :
                   For
                   purified
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   and
                   middle
                   Minerals
                   are
                   an
                   help
                   ,
                   and
                   very
                   peculiar
                   for
                   deducing
                   the
                   Work
                   to
                   perfection
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   Another
                   Regiment
                   of
                   
                     Luna
                     .
                     This
                     is
                     to
                     reduce
                     it
                     to
                     a
                     more
                     noble
                     state
                     .
                  
                   Take
                   Luna
                   dissolved
                   3
                   Pounds
                   ,
                   of
                   Venus
                   dissolved
                   4
                   Pounds
                   ,
                   of
                   Ferment
                   dissolved
                   1
                   Pound
                   ;
                   conjoyn
                   the
                   dissolutions
                   ,
                   decoct
                   them
                   sor
                   7
                   days
                   ,
                   with
                   gentle
                   fire
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   sealed
                   glass
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   Mars
                   ,
                   with
                   their
                   whole
                   water
                   ;
                   then
                   augment
                   the
                   fire
                   leisurely
                   for
                   other
                   7
                   days
                   ,
                   and
                   let
                   it
                   be
                   as
                   a
                   fire
                   of
                   Sublimation
                   .
                   For
                   other
                   7
                   days
                   give
                   it
                   fire
                   yet
                   stronger
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   whole
                   water
                   may
                   be
                   fixed
                   with
                   it
                   .
                   This
                   pouder
                   reduce
                   in
                   a
                   small
                   quantity
                   ;
                   and
                   if
                   it
                   retains
                   with
                   it self
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   (
                   which
                   you
                   will
                   easily
                   perceive
                   if
                   you
                   know
                   how
                   to
                   calcine
                   )
                   it
                   is
                   well
                   indeed
                   ;
                   but
                   if
                   not
                   put
                   it
                   again
                   to
                   be
                   fixed
                   ,
                   until
                   it
                   is
                   sufficiently
                   fixt
                   .
                   
                     This
                     must
                     be
                     reduced
                     with
                     red
                     reducing
                     Medicines
                     ,
                     so
                     will
                     you
                     find
                     your
                  
                   Luna
                   ,
                   
                     tinged
                     ,
                     transmuted
                     ,
                     and
                     fixed
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   
                     The
                     Ferment
                     of
                  
                   Luna
                   
                     for
                     the
                     White
                  
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   made
                   by
                   dissolving
                   Luna
                   in
                   its
                   own
                   Corrosive
                   water
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   boiling
                   this
                   water
                   away
                   to
                   a
                   third
                   part
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   exposed
                   to
                   the
                   Air
                   ,
                   or
                   set
                   in
                   
                     B.
                     M.
                  
                   or
                   in
                   Dung
                   for
                   certain
                   days
                   ;
                   so
                   will
                   it
                   be
                   
                     Oyl
                     of
                  
                   Luna
                   ,
                   and
                   Ferment
                   ,
                   which
                   keep
                   for
                   the
                   White
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     XVII
                     .
                     The
                     Ferment
                     of
                     Ferments
                     upon
                  
                   Mercury
                   
                     for
                     the
                     White
                  
                   .
                   Take
                   of
                   the
                   Ferment
                   of
                   Luna
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   its
                   Oyl
                   ;
                   add
                   to
                   it
                   twice
                   as
                   much
                   of
                   Arsenick
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   and
                   dissolved
                   in
                   water
                   ,
                   
                     [
                     Quaer
                     .
                     what
                     Water
                     ?
                     ]
                  
                   then
                   to
                   both
                   these
                   add
                   of
                   Mercury
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   of
                   the
                   Arsenick
                   :
                   mix
                   the
                   Waters
                   ,
                   set
                   them
                   over
                   the
                   fire
                   for
                   one
                   day
                   to
                   be
                   incorporated
                   ,
                   then
                   draw
                   off
                   the
                   water
                   by
                   an
                   Alembick
                   ,
                   and
                   cohobate
                   fifteen
                   times
                   ;
                   so
                   incerating
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   fluid
                   as
                   fusible
                   Wax
                   .
                   Add
                   to
                   it
                   as
                   
                   much
                   Virgin-Wax
                   melted
                   ;
                   commix
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   project
                   the
                   mixture
                   upon
                   Mercury
                   washed
                   ,
                   
                     [
                     Quaere
                     ,
                     What
                     is
                     meant
                     by
                     washing
                     here
                     ?
                     ]
                  
                   according
                   as
                   you
                   see
                   fit
                   :
                   for
                   that
                   resolved
                   ,
                   is
                   augmented
                   in
                   Virtue
                   and
                   Weight
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XVIII
                     .
                     A
                     Work
                     upon
                  
                   Luna
                   and
                   Mercury
                   .
                   Take
                   Litharge
                   ,
                   Salt
                   of
                   Pot-Ashes
                   ,
                   mix
                   and
                   make
                   a
                   Cement
                   :
                   Put
                   the
                   Cement
                   first
                   into
                   a
                   Crucible
                   an
                   Inch
                   thick
                   ,
                   upon
                   which
                   put
                   a
                   Ball
                   of
                   the
                   Amalgamation
                   of
                   Mercury
                   and
                   Luna
                   ;
                   upon
                   which
                   ,
                   put
                   the
                   remainder
                   of
                   the
                   Cement
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Ball
                   may
                   be
                   in
                   the
                   middle
                   :
                   Dry
                   ,
                   lute
                   ,
                   and
                   set
                   the
                   Crucible
                   in
                   a
                   gentle
                   fire
                   for
                   half
                   a
                   day
                   ,
                   leisurely
                   ,
                   augmenting
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   continue
                   its
                   leisurely
                   in
                   crease
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   Evening
                   unto
                   the
                   dawning
                   of
                   the
                   day
                   ,
                   with
                   moderate
                   ignition
                   at
                   last
                   ;
                   then
                   take
                   it
                   out
                   ,
                   and
                   prove
                   it
                   by
                   Cineritium
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   Luna
                   in
                   weight
                   and
                   surdity
                   ,
                   and
                   much
                   better
                   in
                   fixation
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XIX
                     .
                     Another
                     Work.
                  
                   Amalgamate
                   Luna
                   with
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   add
                   as
                   much
                   Saturn
                   ,
                   as
                   there
                   is
                   Luna
                   ;
                   put
                   it
                   into
                   such
                   a
                   Crucible
                   that
                   a
                   fourth
                   part
                   of
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   empty
                   :
                   Affuse
                   on
                   it
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   and
                   decoct
                   it
                   unto
                   the
                   consumption
                   of
                   the
                   Oyl
                   :
                   Afterwards
                   keep
                   it
                   for
                   two
                   hours
                   in
                   a
                   moderate
                   fire
                   ;
                   and
                   there
                   will
                   be
                   generated
                   a
                   black
                   Stone
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   little
                   Redness
                   .
                   This
                   Stone
                   prove
                   by
                   Cineritium
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   will
                   find
                   your
                   Luna
                   augmented
                   in
                   Weight
                   ,
                   Surdity
                   ,
                   and
                   Fixation
                   .
                
                 
                   XX.
                   Another
                   Work
                   :
                   Take
                   Luna
                   
                     amalgamated
                     with
                  
                   Mercury
                   :
                   
                     Grind
                     it
                     with
                     twice
                     so
                     much
                     Metaline
                  
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   
                     to
                     which
                     a
                     tenfold
                     proportion
                     of
                     amalgamated
                  
                   Venus
                   ,
                   (
                   viz.
                   That
                   the
                   Amalgamation
                   of
                   Venus
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   10
                   times
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   the
                   whole
                   Amalgama
                   of
                   Luna
                   and
                   Mercury
                   mixed
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   duple
                   quantity
                   of
                   Arsenick
                   )
                   
                     grind
                     the
                     whole
                     and
                     fix
                     :
                     Then
                     reduce
                     it
                     into
                     a
                     Body
                     ,
                     and
                     you
                     will
                     find
                     a
                     good
                     augmentation
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Citrination
                   of
                   Luna
                   ,
                   or
                   tinging
                   its
                   Body
                   yellow
                   .
                   
                     Dissolve
                     〈◊〉
                     Philosophick
                  
                   Zyniar
                   ,
                   [
                   which
                   is
                   Verdigrise
                   ]
                   
                     deduced
                     from
                  
                   
                   Venus
                   prepared
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   water
                   of
                   the
                   dissolution
                   of
                   
                     Luna
                     ,
                     [
                     Aqua
                     Fortis
                  
                   ]
                   to
                   which
                   adjoyn
                   half
                   so
                   much
                   as
                   its
                   self
                   is
                   of
                   Mercury
                   rubified
                   by
                   sublimation
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   some
                   sort
                   fixed
                   ,
                   and
                   dissolved
                   ;
                   to
                   these
                   add
                   ,
                   as
                   much
                   of
                   Luna
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   
                     Zyniar
                     [
                     Verdigrise
                  
                   ]
                   is
                   ;
                   from
                   which
                   
                     (
                     fermented
                     for
                     one
                     day
                  
                   )
                   extract
                   the
                   water
                   by
                   distillation
                   ,
                   and
                   cohobate
                   10
                   times
                   ,
                   then
                   coagulate
                   and
                   reduce
                   into
                   a
                   body
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   will
                   find
                   it
                   a
                   good
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     XXII
                     .
                     Or
                     thus
                  
                   .
                   Dissolve
                   
                     Zyniar
                     1
                  
                   Ounce
                   ,
                   and
                   our
                   Crocus
                   prepared
                   with
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   sublimate
                   till
                   it
                   wax
                   red
                   1
                   Ounce
                   ;
                   add
                   as
                   much
                   
                     Sal
                     Armoniack
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   sublime
                   it
                   thrice
                   from
                   that
                   Crocus
                   ,
                   which
                   dissolve
                   :
                   To
                   which
                   add
                   of
                   Luna
                   dissolved
                   2
                   Ounces
                   :
                   Then
                   do
                   as
                   in
                   the
                   former
                   ,
                   incerating
                   and
                   reducing
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   will
                   find
                   satisfaction
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XXIII
                     .
                     Or
                     thus
                  
                   .
                   Take
                   of
                   Crocus
                   and
                   Zyniar
                   dissolved
                   ana
                   ;
                   add
                   as
                   much
                   Sol
                   dissol
                   ved
                   ,
                   incerate
                   as
                   before
                   ,
                   then
                   coagulate
                   ;
                   to
                   the
                   coagulate
                   add
                   a
                   fourth
                   part
                   of
                   its
                   weight
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Salt-peter
                   ;
                   and
                   project
                   upon
                   so
                   much
                   of
                   Luna
                   ,
                   and
                   will
                   be
                   a
                   Tincture
                   of
                   a
                   Citrine
                   aspect
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XXIV
                     .
                     Or
                     thus
                  
                   .
                   Make
                   a
                   Water
                   of
                   our
                   Zyniar
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   our
                   said
                   Crocus
                   ,
                   and
                   imbibe
                   the
                   Calces
                   of
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   of
                   each
                   equal
                   parts
                   ,
                   therewith
                   ,
                   until
                   they
                   have
                   drunk
                   in
                   their
                   own
                   weight
                   of
                   it
                   :
                   Then
                   incerate
                   with
                   the
                   Oyl
                   of
                   
                     Sal
                     Armoniack
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Nitre
                   ,
                   and
                   reduce
                   the
                   Mass
                   into
                   a
                   Noble
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XXV
                     .
                     Or
                     thus
                  
                   .
                   Sublime
                   
                     Sal
                     Armoniack
                  
                   from
                   our
                   greenness
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   add
                   Crocus
                   and
                   Zyniar
                   ;
                   from
                   which
                   well
                   commixed
                   ,
                   sublime
                   the
                   
                     Sal
                     Armoniack
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   repeat
                   it
                   twice
                   or
                   thrice
                   :
                   Then
                   dissolve
                   the
                   whole
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   add
                   a
                   third
                   part
                   of
                   Gold
                   dissolved
                   ;
                   incerate
                   as
                   before
                   and
                   congeal
                   ;
                   then
                   project
                   upon
                   
                     Sol
                     1
                  
                   ounce
                   ,
                   
                     Luna
                     2
                  
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   mixed
                   together
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   good
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XLVII
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Alchimie
                   of
                   Sol.
                   
                
                 
                   I.
                   PErfect
                   Bodies
                   (
                   as
                   Sol
                   is
                   )
                   need
                   no
                   preparation
                   ,
                   in
                   relation
                   to
                   their
                   farther
                   perfection
                   ;
                   but
                   that
                   they
                   may
                   be
                   more
                   subtilized
                   and
                   attenuated
                   ,
                   we
                   give
                   you
                   this
                   Preparation
                   .
                   
                     Take
                     Leaves
                     of
                     fine
                  
                   Sol
                   ,
                   
                     which
                     lay
                  
                   stratum
                   superstratum
                   ,
                   
                     with
                     common
                     Salt
                     well
                     prepared
                     ,
                     in
                     a
                     Vessel
                     of
                     Calcination
                     :
                     Set
                     it
                     into
                     a
                     Fornace
                     ,
                     and
                     calcine
                     well
                     for
                  
                   3
                   
                     days
                     ,
                     until
                     the
                     whole
                     be
                     subtily
                     calcined
                     :
                     Then
                     take
                     it
                     ,
                     grind
                     it
                     well
                     ,
                     wash
                     it
                     with
                     Vinegar
                  
                   [
                   Quaer
                   .
                   Whether
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   or
                   some
                   other
                   acid
                   Spirit
                   ?
                   ]
                   
                     and
                     dry
                     it
                     in
                     the
                     Sun
                     :
                     Then
                     grind
                     it
                     well
                     with
                     half
                     its
                     weight
                     of
                     prepared
                     or
                     purified
                  
                   Sal
                   Armoniack
                   ,
                   
                     and
                     set
                     it
                     to
                     be
                     dissolved
                     ,
                     until
                     the
                     whole
                  
                   (
                   by
                   help
                   of
                   the
                   Common
                   Salt
                   ,
                   and
                   Sal
                   Armoniack
                   )
                   
                     is
                     reduced
                     into
                     a
                     most
                     clear
                     water
                     .
                  
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   pretious
                   ferment
                   for
                   the
                   Red
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   true
                   Body
                   made
                   spiritual
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Gold
                   is
                   a
                   metalick
                   body
                   ,
                   citrine
                   ,
                   ponderous
                   ,
                   mute
                   ,
                   fulgid
                   ,
                   equally
                   digested
                   in
                   the
                   Bowels
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   very
                   long
                   washed
                   with
                   mineral
                   water
                   ;
                   under
                   the
                   Hammer
                   extensible
                   ,
                   fusible
                   ,
                   and
                   sustaining
                   the
                   tryal
                   of
                   the
                   Cupel
                   and
                   Cement
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   From
                   this
                   definition
                   you
                   may
                   conclude
                   ,
                   That
                   nothing
                   is
                   true
                   Gold
                   ,
                   unless
                   it
                   has
                   all
                   the
                   Causes
                   and
                   Differences
                   of
                   the
                   definition
                   of
                   Gold
                   :
                   Yet
                   whatever
                   Metal
                   is
                   radically
                   Citrine
                   ,
                   and
                   brings
                   to
                   equality
                   ,
                   and
                   cleanses
                   ,
                   it
                   makes
                   Gold
                   of
                   it
                   ;
                   from
                   whence
                   we
                   discern
                   ,
                   that
                   Copper
                   may
                   be
                   transmuted
                   into
                   Gold
                   by
                   Artisice
                   .
                   For
                   we
                   see
                   in
                   Copper
                   Mines
                   ,
                   a
                   certain
                   
                   water
                   ,
                   which
                   flows
                   out
                   ,
                   and
                   carries
                   with
                   it
                   thin
                   scales
                   of
                   Copper
                   ,
                   which
                   by
                   a
                   long
                   continued
                   course
                   it
                   washes
                   and
                   cleanses
                   :
                   But
                   after
                   such
                   water
                   ceases
                   to
                   flow
                   ,
                   we
                   find
                   these
                   thin
                   scales
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   dry
                   Sand
                   ,
                   in
                   3
                   years
                   time
                   to
                   be
                   digested
                   with
                   the
                   heat
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   ;
                   and
                   among
                   those
                   Scales
                   the
                   purest
                   Gold
                   is
                   found
                   .
                   Therefore
                   we
                   judge
                   ,
                   that
                   those
                   Scales
                   were
                   cleansed
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   the
                   water
                   ,
                   but
                   equally
                   digested
                   by
                   the
                   heat
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   dryness
                   of
                   the
                   Sand
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   brought
                   to
                   perfection
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Also
                   Gold
                   is
                   of
                   Metals
                   the
                   most
                   pretious
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Tincture
                   of
                   Redness
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   tinges
                   and
                   transforms
                   every
                   Body
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   calcined
                   and
                   dissolved
                   without
                   profit
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   a
                   Medicine
                   rejoycing
                   ,
                   and
                   conserving
                   the
                   Body
                   in
                   Youthfulness
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   most
                   easily
                   broken
                   with
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   the
                   Odour
                   of
                   Lead
                   .
                   There
                   is
                   not
                   any
                   Body
                   that
                   in
                   Act
                   more
                   agrees
                   with
                   it
                   in
                   their
                   substance
                   than
                   Luna
                   and
                   Jupiter
                   ;
                   but
                   in
                   weight
                   ,
                   deafness
                   ,
                   and
                   putrescibility
                   ,
                   Saturn
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   colour
                   Venus
                   :
                   But
                   indeed
                   Venus
                   in
                   Potency
                   is
                   nearer
                   Luna
                   than
                   either
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   or
                   Saturn
                   ,
                   then
                   Saturn
                   ,
                   lastly
                   Mars
                   ,
                   Spirits
                   are
                   also
                   commixed
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   (
                   
                     viz.
                     Sol
                  
                   )
                   and
                   by
                   it
                   fixed
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   without
                   great
                   ingenuity
                   and
                   industry
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   sloathful
                   Artist
                   shall
                   never
                   attain
                   to
                   the
                   knowledge
                   of
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   
                     Of
                     the
                     Nature
                     of
                  
                   Sol.
                   It
                   is
                   created
                   of
                   the
                   most
                   subtil
                   substance
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   most
                   absolute
                   fixedness
                   ;
                   and
                   of
                   a
                   most
                   small
                   quantity
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   clean
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   pure
                   redness
                   ,
                   fixed
                   ,
                   clear
                   ,
                   and
                   changed
                   from
                   its
                   own
                   nature
                   ,
                   tinging
                   that
                   .
                   And
                   because
                   there
                   happens
                   a
                   diversity
                   in
                   colours
                   of
                   that
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   the
                   Citrinity
                   or
                   Yellowness
                   of
                   Gold
                   ,
                   must
                   needs
                   have
                   a
                   like
                   Density
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   That
                   Gold
                   is
                   of
                   the
                   most
                   subtil
                   substance
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   most
                   evident
                   ,
                   because
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   easily
                   retains
                   it
                   ;
                   for
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   retains
                   not
                   any
                   thing
                   which
                   is
                   not
                   of
                   its
                   own
                   Nature
                   .
                   
                   And
                   that
                   it
                   has
                   the
                   clear
                   ,
                   and
                   clean
                   substance
                   of
                   that
                   ,
                   is
                   manifest
                   by
                   its
                   splendid
                   and
                   Radiant
                   brightness
                   ,
                   manifesting
                   it self
                   not
                   only
                   in
                   the
                   Day
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   in
                   the
                   Night
                   .
                   And
                   that
                   it
                   has
                   a
                   fixed
                   substance
                   ,
                   void
                   of
                   all
                   burning
                   Sulphureity
                   ,
                   is
                   evident
                   by
                   every
                   Operation
                   in
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   neither
                   diminished
                   ,
                   nor
                   inflamed
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   And
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   tinging
                   Sulphur
                   is
                   manifest
                   ,
                   for
                   being
                   mixt
                   with
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   it
                   transforms
                   the
                   same
                   into
                   a
                   Red
                   color
                   :
                   And
                   being
                   sublimed
                   with
                   strong
                   Ignition
                   from
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   them
                   ascends
                   ,
                   with
                   them
                   it
                   creates
                   a
                   most
                   Yellow
                   color
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   yellow
                   ,
                   is
                   evident
                   even
                   to
                   the
                   sence
                   it self
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Therefore
                   the
                   most
                   subtil
                   substance
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   brought
                   to
                   Fixation
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   purity
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   most
                   subtil
                   matter
                   of
                   Sulpur
                   ,
                   fixed
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   burning
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   whole
                   Essential
                   matter
                   of
                   Gold.
                   
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   But
                   in
                   it
                   is
                   found
                   a
                   greater
                   quantity
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   than
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   :
                   Therefore
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   has
                   greater
                   ingress
                   into
                   it
                   .
                   For
                   this
                   cause
                   ,
                   whatsoever
                   body
                   you
                   would
                   alter
                   ,
                   alter
                   them
                   according
                   to
                   this
                   Exemplar
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   may
                   deduce
                   them
                   to
                   the
                   equality
                   thereof
                   .
                   For
                   Gold
                   having
                   a
                   subtil
                   and
                   fixt
                   part
                   ,
                   those
                   parts
                   would
                   in
                   its
                   Creation
                   be
                   much
                   condensed
                   ;
                   and
                   this
                   was
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   its
                   great
                   weight
                   .
                   Now
                   by
                   great
                   decoction
                   made
                   by
                   nature
                   ,
                   a
                   leisurely
                   and
                   gradual
                   resolution
                   of
                   it
                   was
                   made
                   ,
                   together
                   with
                   good
                   inspissation
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   ultimate
                   mixtion
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   might
                   melt
                   in
                   the
                   fire
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   From
                   what
                   has
                   been
                   said
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   evident
                   ,
                   that
                   a
                   large
                   quantity
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   perfection
                   ;
                   but
                   much
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   is
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   Corruption
                   .
                   And
                   uniformity
                   of
                   substance
                   ,
                   which
                   through
                   the
                   mixtion
                   ,
                   is
                   made
                   by
                   a
                   natural
                   decoction
                   ,
                   is
                   cause
                   of
                   perfection
                   ;
                   but
                   diversity
                   of
                   substance
                   is
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   imperfection
                   .
                   Also
                   Induration
                   ,
                   and
                   Inspissation
                   ,
                   
                   which
                   is
                   made
                   by
                   a
                   long
                   and
                   temperate
                   decoction
                   ,
                   is
                   a
                   cause
                   of
                   perfection
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   contrary
                   ,
                   of
                   corruption
                   and
                   imperfection
                   .
                   Therefore
                   if
                   Sulphur
                   shall
                   not
                   duly
                   fall
                   upon
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   divers
                   Corruptions
                   must
                   necessarily
                   be
                   inferred
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   diversity
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   as
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   all
                   ,
                   or
                   part
                   of
                   it
                   fixed
                   ,
                   or
                   not
                   fixed
                   ;
                   all
                   ,
                   or
                   part
                   of
                   it
                   adustible
                   ,
                   or
                   not
                   adustible
                   ;
                   all
                   clean
                   ,
                   or
                   half
                   unclean
                   ,
                   or
                   it
                   be
                   much
                   or
                   little
                   in
                   quantity
                   ,
                   exceeding
                   ,
                   or
                   being
                   diminished
                   in
                   proportion
                   ,
                   neither
                   overcoming
                   nor
                   overcome
                   ,
                   White
                   or
                   Red
                   ,
                   or
                   between
                   both
                   :
                   From
                   all
                   which
                   Diversities
                   ,
                   divers
                   Bodies
                   were
                   generated
                   in
                   Nature
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   
                     A
                     Solar
                     Medicine
                     of
                     the
                     Third
                     Order
                     .
                  
                   It
                   is
                   made
                   by
                   the
                   Additament
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   not
                   burning
                   ,
                   by
                   way
                   of
                   fixation
                   ,
                   and
                   calcination
                   ,
                   prudently
                   and
                   perfectly
                   administred
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   manifold
                   repetition
                   of
                   solution
                   ,
                   until
                   it
                   be
                   rendered
                   clean
                   :
                   For
                   by
                   the
                   perfect
                   doing
                   of
                   these
                   things
                   ,
                   its
                   cleansing
                   by
                   sublimation
                   will
                   be
                   compleated
                   ,
                   Thus.
                   
                     Reiterate
                     the
                     sublimation
                     of
                     the
                     not
                     fixed
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Stone
                     ,
                     with
                     this
                     said
                     Sulphur
                     ,
                     conjoyning
                     them
                     according
                     to
                     Art
                     ,
                     till
                     they
                     be
                     first
                     elevated
                     together
                     ,
                     and
                     then
                     fixed
                     so
                     ,
                     as
                     to
                     abide
                     in
                     the
                     heat
                     of
                     the
                     fire
                     without
                     ascension
                     .
                  
                   The
                   oftner
                   this
                   Order
                   of
                   compleating
                   the
                   Exuberancy
                   ,
                   shall
                   be
                   repeated
                   ,
                   the
                   more
                   will
                   the
                   Exuberancy
                   of
                   this
                   Medicine
                   be
                   multiplied
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   more
                   its
                   goodness
                   augmented
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   augmentation
                   of
                   the
                   perfection
                   thereof
                   highly
                   multiplyed
                   also
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   
                     The
                     whole
                     compleatment
                     of
                     the
                     Magistery
                     is
                     thus
                     .
                  
                   By
                   the
                   way
                   of
                   sublimation
                   ,
                   the
                   Stone
                   and
                   its
                   Additament
                   may
                   most
                   perfectly
                   be
                   cleansed
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   by
                   the
                   Laws
                   of
                   Art
                   ,
                   the
                   fugitive
                   must
                   be
                   fixed
                   in
                   them
                   :
                   And
                   in
                   this
                   order
                   is
                   compleated
                   the
                   most
                   pretious
                   Arcanum
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   above
                   every
                   secret
                   of
                   the
                   Sciences
                   of
                   this
                   World
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   Treasure
                   inestimable
                   .
                   Dispose
                   your self
                   by
                   exercise
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   with
                   great
                   industry
                   and
                   labor
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   continued
                   
                   Depth
                   of
                   Meditation
                   ;
                   for
                   by
                   these
                   you
                   will
                   find
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   otherwise
                   .
                   And
                   indeed
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   preparation
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   the
                   reiteration
                   of
                   the
                   Goodness
                   of
                   Administration
                   upon
                   this
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   may
                   with
                   industrious
                   wariness
                   ,
                   be
                   so
                   far
                   a
                   vailable
                   ,
                   as
                   to
                   enable
                   it
                   to
                   change
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   into
                   an
                   infinite
                   true
                   Solifick
                   ,
                   and
                   Lunifick
                   ,
                   without
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   any
                   thing
                   more
                   than
                   its
                   Multiplication
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   The
                   most
                   high
                   God
                   the
                   maker
                   of
                   all
                   things
                   ,
                   blessed
                   and
                   Glorious
                   ,
                   be
                   praised
                   ;
                   who
                   has
                   revealed
                   to
                   us
                   the
                   series
                   and
                   order
                   of
                   all
                   Medicines
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   Experience
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   which
                   through
                   his
                   goodness
                   ,
                   and
                   our
                   incessant
                   Labor
                   ,
                   we
                   have
                   searched
                   out
                   ;
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   seen
                   with
                   our
                   Eyes
                   ,
                   and
                   handled
                   with
                   our
                   Hands
                   ,
                   even
                   the
                   whole
                   compleatment
                   of
                   the
                   Magistery
                   .
                   But
                   if
                   we
                   have
                   concealed
                   any
                   thing
                   ,
                   ye
                   Sons
                   of
                   Learning
                   wonder
                   not
                   ;
                   for
                   we
                   have
                   not
                   concealed
                   it
                   from
                   you
                   ,
                   but
                   have
                   delivered
                   it
                   in
                   such
                   Language
                   ,
                   as
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   hid
                   from
                   evil
                   Men
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   the
                   unjust
                   and
                   Vile
                   might
                   not
                   know
                   it
                   .
                   But
                   ye
                   Sons
                   of
                   Doctrine
                   ,
                   search
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   shall
                   find
                   this
                   most
                   excellent
                   gift
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   which
                   he
                   has
                   reserved
                   for
                   you
                   .
                   Ye
                   Sons
                   of
                   folly
                   ,
                   impiety
                   and
                   prophaneness
                   ,
                   avoid
                   you
                   the
                   seeking
                   after
                   this
                   Knowledge
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   Enimical
                   and
                   destructive
                   to
                   you
                   ,
                   and
                   precipitate
                   you
                   into
                   the
                   State
                   of
                   Contempt
                   and
                   Misery
                   .
                   This
                   gift
                   of
                   God
                   is
                   absolutely
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   Judgment
                   of
                   the
                   Divine
                   providence
                   ,
                   hid
                   from
                   you
                   ,
                   and
                   denyed
                   you
                   for
                   ever
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   
                     A
                     solar
                     Medicine
                     of
                     the
                     third
                     Order
                     .
                  
                   It
                   is
                   made
                   of
                   Sol
                   dissolved
                   and
                   prepared
                   after
                   the
                   manner
                   of
                   Luna
                   ,
                   in
                   Chap.
                   46.
                   
                   Sect.
                   11.
                   aforegoing
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   you
                   must
                   add
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   dissolved
                   3
                   parts
                   ,
                   of
                   Arsenick
                   one
                   part
                   (
                   as
                   afterwards
                   is
                   shewed
                   )
                   through
                   all
                   things
                   doing
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   the
                   place
                   now
                   cited
                   is
                   directed
                   ;
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   a
                   Medicine
                   tinging
                   every
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   Mercury
                   it self
                   into
                   true
                   Sol
                   ,
                   or
                   better
                   ,
                   
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   way
                   now
                   shewed
                   .
                   Read
                   and
                   peruse
                   what
                   we
                   shall
                   direct
                   ,
                   and
                   thereby
                   you
                   will
                   be
                   able
                   to
                   tinge
                   to
                   Infinity
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   have
                   understanding
                   ,
                   and
                   erre
                   not
                   by
                   the
                   ambiguous
                   sayings
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   
                     The
                     Ferment
                     of
                  
                   Sol
                   
                     for
                     the
                     Red.
                  
                   The
                   Ferment
                   of
                   Sol
                   is
                   made
                   of
                   Gold
                   ,
                   dissolved
                   into
                   its
                   own
                   Water
                   [
                   
                     Aqua
                     Regis
                  
                   ]
                   and
                   decocted
                   and
                   prepared
                   by
                   the
                   directions
                   in
                   Chap.
                   46.
                   
                   Sect.
                   16.
                   aforegoing
                   :
                   So
                   will
                   you
                   have
                   the
                   Ferment
                   of
                   Sol
                   for
                   the
                   Red
                   ,
                   which
                   keep
                   for
                   use
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   The
                   Ferment
                   of
                   Ferments
                   upon
                   Mercury
                   for
                   the
                   Red.
                   Dissolve
                   Sol
                   
                     in
                     its
                     own
                     water
                  
                   (
                   
                     which
                     we
                     shall
                     hereafter
                     teach
                  
                   )
                   [
                   i.
                   e.
                   Aqua
                   Regis
                   ]
                   
                     to
                     this
                     Gold
                     dissolved
                  
                   1
                   
                     ounce
                     ,
                     add
                  
                   Sulphur
                   2
                   
                     ounces
                     ,
                     dissolved
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     Water
                     together
                     with
                     it
                     ,
                  
                   Mercury
                   3
                   
                     ounces
                     ,
                     also
                     disolved
                     .
                     Let
                     all
                     these
                     be
                     truly
                     dissolved
                     into
                     most
                     clear
                     Water
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     mixt
                     ,
                     decoct
                     for
                     one
                     day
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     may
                     be
                     Fermented
                     ;
                     then
                     draw
                     off
                     the
                     Water
                  
                   15
                   
                     times
                     ,
                     each
                     time
                     cohobating
                     .
                     Incerate
                     with
                     Yellow
                     Virgins
                     Wax
                     ,
                     that
                     is
                     with
                     half
                     its
                     Weight
                     of
                     Oyl
                     of
                     Blood
                     ,
                     or
                     Oyl
                     of
                     Eggs
                     :
                     then
                     project
                     upon
                     crude
                  
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   
                     as
                     you
                     see
                     requisite
                  
                   .
                   Here
                   note
                   ,
                   that
                   if
                   you
                   perfect
                   this
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   as
                   we
                   teach
                   in
                   our
                   third
                   Order
                   ,
                   in
                   Chap.
                   47.
                   
                   Sect.
                   21.22
                   .
                   &c.
                   following
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   Congelative
                   Medicine
                   of
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   find
                   by
                   Reiteration
                   of
                   the
                   Work
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   Subtilization
                   thereof
                   ,
                   that
                   one
                   part
                   ,
                   will
                   tinge
                   infinite
                   parts
                   of
                   Mercury
                   into
                   most
                   fine
                   and
                   high
                   Gold
                   ,
                   more
                   Noble
                   than
                   any
                   natural
                   Gold
                   whatsoever
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   CHAP.
                   XLVIII
                   .
                   
                     Of
                     the
                     Alchymie
                     of
                  
                   Mercury
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   
                     ARgent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   also
                   called
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   is
                   a
                   Viscous
                   Water
                   in
                   the
                   Bowels
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   by
                   most
                   temperate
                   heat
                   United
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   total
                   Union
                   ,
                   through
                   its
                   least
                   parts
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   White
                   subtil
                   Earth
                   ,
                   until
                   the
                   humid
                   be
                   contemperated
                   with
                   the
                   Dry
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Dry
                   with
                   the
                   humid
                   equally
                   .
                   There
                   fore
                   it
                   easily
                   runs
                   upon
                   a
                   plain
                   Superfices
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   its
                   watery
                   humidity
                   ,
                   but
                   it
                   adhers
                   not
                   ,
                   although
                   it
                   has
                   a
                   Viscous
                   humidity
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   dryness
                   of
                   that
                   which
                   Contemperatesit
                   ,
                   and
                   permits
                   it
                   not
                   to
                   adhere
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   This
                   is
                   also
                   as
                   some
                   say
                   ,
                   the
                   matter
                   of
                   Metals
                   with
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   and
                   easily
                   adheres
                   to
                   three
                   Minerals
                   ,
                   
                     viz.
                     Saturn
                     Jupiter
                  
                   and
                   Sol
                   ,
                   but
                   to
                   Luna
                   more
                   difficulty
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   Venus
                   more
                   difficulty
                   than
                   to
                   Luna
                   ;
                   but
                   to
                   Mars
                   in
                   no
                   wise
                   but
                   by
                   Artifice
                   .
                   Hence
                   you
                   may
                   collect
                   a
                   very
                   great
                   Secret.
                   For
                   it
                   is
                   amicable
                   and
                   pleasing
                   to
                   the
                   Metals
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Medium
                   of
                   conjoyning
                   Tinctures
                   ;
                   and
                   nothing
                   is
                   submerged
                   in
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   unless
                   it
                   is
                   Sol.
                   Yet
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   and
                   
                     Saturn
                     ,
                     Luna
                  
                   and
                   Venus
                   ,
                   are
                   dissolved
                   by
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   mixed
                   ;
                   and
                   without
                   it
                   ,
                   can
                   none
                   of
                   the
                   Metals
                   be
                   gilded
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   fixed
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Tincture
                   of
                   Redness
                   ,
                   of
                   most
                   exuberant
                   perfection
                   .
                   and
                   fulgid
                   splendor
                   ;
                   and
                   receeds
                   not
                   from
                   the
                   Commixtion
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   is
                   in
                   its
                   own
                   nature
                   .
                   But
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   our
                   Medicine
                   in
                   its
                   Nature
                   ,
                   but
                   it
                   may
                   sometimes
                   help
                   in
                   the
                   Case
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   
                     Of
                     the
                     Sublimation
                     of
                     Argent
                     Vive
                     .
                  
                   This
                   Work
                   is
                   compleated
                   with
                   its
                   Terrestreity
                   
                   is
                   highly
                   purified
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   Aquosity
                   wholy
                   removed
                   .
                   We
                   remove
                   it
                   not
                   by
                   adustion
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   has
                   none
                   ,
                   so
                   the
                   Art
                   of
                   separating
                   its
                   superfluous
                   Earth
                   is
                   to
                   mix
                   it
                   with
                   things
                   ,
                   where
                   with
                   it
                   has
                   not
                   Affinity
                   ,
                   and
                   often
                   to
                   reiterate
                   the
                   Sublimation
                   from
                   them
                   .
                   Of
                   this
                   kind
                   is
                   Talck
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Calx
                   of
                   Egg-shells
                   ,
                   and
                   Calx
                   of
                   white
                   Marble
                   ,
                   as
                   also
                   Glass
                   in
                   most
                   subtil
                   Pouder
                   ,
                   and
                   every
                   kind
                   of
                   Salt
                   prepared
                   ,
                   for
                   by
                   these
                   it
                   is
                   cleansed
                   ;
                   but
                   by
                   other
                   things
                   having
                   affinity
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   (
                   unless
                   they
                   be
                   bodies
                   of
                   perfection
                   )
                   it
                   is
                   rather
                   Corrupted
                   ,
                   because
                   all
                   such
                   things
                   have
                   a
                   Sulphureity
                   ,
                   which
                   ,
                   ascending
                   with
                   it
                   in
                   Sublimation
                   ,
                   corrupt
                   it
                   .
                   And
                   this
                   you
                   may
                   find
                   to
                   be
                   true
                   by
                   Experience
                   ,
                   because
                   ,
                   when
                   you
                   sublime
                   it
                   from
                   Tin
                   ,
                   or
                   Lead
                   ,
                   you
                   find
                   it
                   ,
                   after
                   Sublimation
                   ,
                   infected
                   with
                   blackness
                   .
                   Therefore
                   its
                   Sublimation
                   is
                   better
                   made
                   by
                   those
                   things
                   which
                   agree
                   not
                   with
                   it
                   ;
                   but
                   it
                   would
                   be
                   better
                   ,
                   by
                   things
                   with
                   which
                   it
                   does
                   agree
                   ,
                   if
                   they
                   had
                   not
                   Sulphureity
                   .
                   Wherefore
                   this
                   Sublimation
                   is
                   better
                   from
                   Calx
                   ,
                   than
                   from
                   all
                   other
                   things
                   ,
                   because
                   that
                   agrees
                   little
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   has
                   not
                   Sulphureity
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   But
                   the
                   way
                   of
                   removing
                   its
                   superfluous
                   aquosity
                   ,
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   mixed
                   with
                   Calces
                   ,
                   from
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   it
                   be
                   well
                   Ground
                   and
                   commixt
                   with
                   them
                   by
                   Imbibition
                   ,
                   untill
                   nothing
                   of
                   it
                   appear
                   ,
                   and
                   afterwards
                   the
                   Wateriness
                   of
                   Imbibition
                   removed
                   by
                   a
                   most
                   gentle
                   heat
                   of
                   Fire
                   ,
                   which
                   receeding
                   ,
                   the
                   Aquosity
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   receeds
                   with
                   it
                   ;
                   yet
                   the
                   Fire
                   must
                   be
                   so
                   very
                   Gentle
                   ,
                   as
                   that
                   by
                   it
                   ,
                   the
                   whole
                   substance
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ascend
                   not
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Therefore
                   from
                   the
                   manifold
                   reiteration
                   of
                   Imbibition
                   ,
                   with
                   Contrition
                   ,
                   and
                   gentle
                   Assation
                   ,
                   it
                   s
                   greater
                   Aquosity
                   is
                   abolished
                   ,
                   the
                   residue
                   of
                   which
                   is
                   removed
                   ,
                   by
                   repeating
                   the
                   Sublimation
                   often
                   .
                   And
                   when
                   you
                   see
                   it
                   is
                   most
                   white
                   ,
                   excelling
                   Snow
                   in
                   
                   its
                   whiteness
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   adhere
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   dead
                   )
                   to
                   the
                   sides
                   of
                   the
                   Vessell
                   ;
                   then
                   again
                   reiterate
                   its
                   Sub
                   limation
                   ,
                   without
                   the
                   feces
                   ,
                   because
                   part
                   of
                   it
                   adheres
                   fixed
                   with
                   the
                   Feces
                   ,
                   and
                   can
                   never
                   by
                   any
                   Art
                   or
                   Ingenuity
                   be
                   separated
                   from
                   them
                   .
                   Or
                   ,
                   afterwards
                   ,
                   fix
                   part
                   of
                   it
                   as
                   we
                   shall
                   teach
                   you
                   ;
                   and
                   when
                   you
                   have
                   fixed
                   it
                   ,
                   then
                   reiterate
                   Sublimation
                   of
                   the
                   part
                   remaining
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   likewise
                   be
                   fixed
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Being
                   fixed
                   ,
                   reserve
                   it
                   ,
                   but
                   first
                   prove
                   it
                   upon
                   Fire
                   :
                   if
                   it
                   flow
                   well
                   ,
                   then
                   you
                   have
                   administred
                   sufficient
                   Sublimation
                   ;
                   but
                   if
                   not
                   ,
                   add
                   to
                   it
                   some
                   small
                   part
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   sublim'd
                   ,
                   and
                   reiterate
                   the
                   Sublima
                   tion
                   till
                   your
                   end
                   be
                   accom
                   plished
                   :
                   for
                   if
                   it
                   has
                   a
                   Lucid
                   and
                   most
                   white
                   Color
                   ,
                   and
                   be
                   porous
                   ,
                   then
                   you
                   have
                   well
                   sublimed
                   it
                   ;
                   otherwise
                   ,
                   not
                   therefore
                   in
                   the
                   preparation
                   of
                   it
                   made
                   by
                   Sublimation
                   ,
                   be
                   not
                   negligent
                   ,
                   because
                   such
                   as
                   its
                   cleansing
                   shall
                   be
                   ,
                   such
                   will
                   be
                   its
                   Perfection
                   ,
                   in
                   projecting
                   of
                   it
                   upon
                   any
                   of
                   the
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   upon
                   its
                   own
                   Body
                   unprepared
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Yet
                   here
                   note
                   ,
                   that
                   some
                   have
                   by
                   it
                   formed
                   Iron
                   ,
                   some
                   Lead
                   ,
                   others
                   Copper
                   ,
                   and
                   others
                   Tin
                   ;
                   which
                   happened
                   to
                   them
                   through
                   negligence
                   in
                   the
                   Preparation
                   ;
                   sometimes
                   of
                   
                     it
                     alone
                  
                   ,
                   sometimes
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   or
                   of
                   its
                   Compeer
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   mix
                   with
                   it
                   .
                   But
                   if
                   you
                   shall
                   by
                   Subliming
                   ,
                   directly
                   cleanse
                   and
                   perfect
                   this
                   Subject
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   a
                   firm
                   and
                   perfect
                   Tincture
                   of
                   Whiteness
                   ,
                   the
                   like
                   of
                   which
                   is
                   not
                   in
                   being
                   besides
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Coagulation
                   of
                   Mercury
                   
                     Coagulation
                     is
                     the
                     reducing
                     a
                     Liquid
                     body
                     to
                     a
                     solid
                     Substance
                     ,
                     by
                     privation
                     of
                     the
                     humidity
                     :
                     and
                     is
                     of
                     Service
                     .
                     1.
                     
                  
                   For
                   Indurating
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   which
                   needs
                   one
                   kind
                   of
                   Coagulation
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   For
                   freeing
                   dissolved
                   Medicines
                   from
                   their
                   watriness
                   ,
                   which
                   requires
                   another
                   .
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   
                     is
                     coagulated
                     two
                     ways
                     :
                     One
                     by
                  
                   
                   washing
                   away
                   its
                   whole
                   innate
                   humidity
                   from
                   it
                   :
                   the
                   other
                   by
                   Inspissation
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   hardned
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   laborious
                   work
                   .
                   Some
                   thought
                   the
                   Art
                   of
                   its
                   Coagulation
                   was
                   to
                   keep
                   it
                   long
                   in
                   a
                   temperate
                   Fire
                   ,
                   who
                   when
                   they
                   thought
                   they
                   had
                   coagulated
                   it
                   ,
                   after
                   removal
                   of
                   it
                   from
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   found
                   it
                   to
                   flow
                   as
                   before
                   ;
                   whence
                   they
                   judged
                   the
                   work
                   Impossible
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Others
                   ,
                   from
                   natural
                   principles
                   ,
                   supposing
                   that
                   every
                   humidity
                   must
                   necessarily
                   by
                   heat
                   of
                   Fire
                   be
                   converted
                   into
                   Dryness
                   ,
                   indeavored
                   by
                   Constancy
                   and
                   perseverance
                   ,
                   to
                   continue
                   the
                   Conservation
                   of
                   it
                   in
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   till
                   some
                   of
                   them
                   converted
                   it
                   ,
                   into
                   a
                   White-Stone
                   ;
                   others
                   into
                   a
                   Red
                   ;
                   others
                   into
                   a
                   Citrine
                   ;
                   which
                   neither
                   had
                   Fusion
                   ,
                   nor
                   Ingress
                   ;
                   for
                   which
                   cause
                   they
                   also
                   cast
                   it
                   a
                   way
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   Others
                   endeavoured
                   to
                   coagulate
                   it
                   with
                   Medicines
                   ,
                   but
                   effected
                   it
                   not
                   and
                   so
                   were
                   deluded
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   ,
                   1.
                   
                   They
                   either
                   coagulated
                   it
                   not
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Or
                   else
                   it
                   was
                   insensibly
                   extenuated
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   Or
                   the
                   Coagulation
                   was
                   not
                   in
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   a
                   body
                   :
                   the
                   reason
                   of
                   which
                   things
                   they
                   knew
                   not
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Others
                   compounding
                   Artificial
                   Medicines
                   ,
                   coagulated
                   it
                   in
                   projection
                   ;
                   but
                   that
                   was
                   not
                   profitable
                   ,
                   because
                   they
                   converted
                   it
                   into
                   an
                   imperfect
                   Body
                   ,
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   which
                   they
                   could
                   not
                   see
                   .
                   The
                   reason
                   ,
                   and
                   causes
                   of
                   these
                   things
                   therefore
                   we
                   think
                   fit
                   to
                   declare
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Artificer
                   may
                   come
                   to
                   the
                   knowledg
                   of
                   his
                   Art.
                   
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Now
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   is
                   Uniform
                   ,
                   so
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   possible
                   in
                   a
                   short
                   time
                   ,
                   by
                   keeping
                   it
                   constantly
                   in
                   a
                   continued
                   Fire
                   to
                   remove
                   its
                   Aquosity
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   too
                   much
                   haste
                   was
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   Error
                   .
                   And
                   being
                   of
                   a
                   subtile
                   substance
                   ,
                   it
                   receeds
                   from
                   the
                   Fire
                   ;
                   therefore
                   excessive
                   Fire
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   the
                   Error
                   of
                   those
                   Men
                   ,
                   from
                   whom
                   it
                   flies
                
                 
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   easily
                   mixed
                   with
                   
                     Sulphur
                     ,
                     Arsenick
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Marchasite
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   Community
                   in
                   their
                   Natures
                   :
                   therefore
                   it
                   appears
                   to
                   be
                   Coagulated
                   by
                   them
                   ,
                   not
                   into
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   a
                   Body
                   ,
                   but
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   mixed
                   with
                   Lead
                   ;
                   for
                   these
                   being
                   fugitive
                   ,
                   cannot
                   retain
                   it
                   in
                   the
                   Contest
                   of
                   Fire
                   ,
                   until
                   it
                   can
                   attain
                   to
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   a
                   Body
                   ;
                   but
                   through
                   the
                   Impression
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   they
                   fly
                   with
                   it
                   ;
                   and
                   this
                   is
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   the
                   Error
                   of
                   them
                   who
                   so
                   Coaagulate
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Also
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   has
                   much
                   humidity
                   joyned
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   which
                   cannot
                   possibly
                   be
                   separated
                   from
                   it
                   ,
                   but
                   by
                   Violence
                   of
                   Fire
                   warily
                   adhibited
                   ,
                   with
                   conservation
                   of
                   it
                   in
                   its
                   own
                   Fire
                   :
                   and
                   they
                   by
                   augmenting
                   this
                   its
                   own
                   Fire
                   ,
                   as
                   far
                   as
                   it
                   can
                   bear
                   ,
                   take
                   a
                   way
                   the
                   humidity
                   of
                   
                     Ar
                     gent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   leaving
                   no
                   part
                   sufficient
                   for
                   
                     Metalick
                     Fusion
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   taken
                   away
                   it
                   cannot
                   be
                   Melted
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   their
                   Error
                   ,
                   who
                   coagulate
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   Stone
                   not
                   fusible
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   In
                   like
                   manner
                   ,
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   has
                   Sulphureous
                   parts
                   naturally
                   mixt
                   with
                   it
                   ;
                   yet
                   some
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   has
                   more
                   ,
                   some
                   less
                   ,
                   which
                   to
                   remove
                   by
                   Artifice
                   is
                   impossible
                   .
                   Now
                   seeing
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   property
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   mixt
                   with
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   to
                   create
                   a
                   Red
                   or
                   Citrine
                   Color
                   (
                   according
                   to
                   its
                   measure
                   )
                   the
                   ablation
                   of
                   that
                   being
                   Made
                   ,
                   the
                   property
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   is
                   by
                   Fire
                   to
                   give
                   a
                   white
                   Color
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   the
                   variety
                   of
                   Colors
                   ,
                   after
                   its
                   Coagulation
                   into
                   a
                   Stone
                   .
                   Likewise
                   it
                   has
                   the
                   Earthiness
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   mixt
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   all
                   its
                   Coagulations
                   must
                   necessarily
                   be
                   infected
                   .
                   And
                   this
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   the
                   Error
                   of
                   those
                   who
                   coagulate
                   it
                   into
                   an
                   imperfect
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Therefore
                   it
                   happens
                   from
                   the
                   diversity
                   of
                   the
                   Medicines
                   of
                   its
                   Coagulation
                   ,
                   that
                   divers
                   bodies
                   are
                   Created
                   in
                   its
                   Coagulation
                   ;
                   and
                   from
                   the
                   Diversity
                   of
                   that
                   likewise
                   ,
                   
                   what
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   coagulated
                   .
                   For
                   if
                   either
                   the
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   or
                   that
                   ,
                   has
                   a
                   Sulphur
                   not
                   fixed
                   ,
                   the
                   body
                   created
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   must
                   needs
                   be
                   soft
                   :
                   but
                   if
                   fixed
                   the
                   body
                   must
                   necessarily
                   be
                   hard
                   .
                   Also
                   ,
                   if
                   White
                   ,
                   White
                   ;
                   and
                   if
                   Red
                   ,
                   Red
                   ;
                   and
                   if
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   be
                   remiss
                   from
                   White
                   or
                   Red
                   ;
                   the
                   Body
                   likewise
                   must
                   be
                   remiss
                   ;
                   and
                   if
                   Earthy
                   ,
                   the
                   body
                   must
                   be
                   imperfect
                   ;
                   if
                   not
                   ,
                   not
                   so
                   .
                   Also
                   every
                   
                     not
                     fixed
                  
                   Sulphur
                   creates
                   a
                   
                     Livid
                     body
                  
                   ;
                   but
                   the
                   fixed
                   ,
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   in
                   it
                   lies
                   ,
                   the
                   Contrary
                   :
                   and
                   the
                   pure
                   substance
                   of
                   it
                   creates
                   a
                   pure
                   body
                   ;
                   the
                   not
                   pure
                   ,
                   not
                   so
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   Also
                   the
                   same
                   di
                   versity
                   doth
                   in
                   like
                   manner
                   happen
                   in
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   alone
                   ,
                   without
                   the
                   Commixtion
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   diversity
                   of
                   Purifications
                   and
                   preparations
                   of
                   it
                   in
                   Medicines
                   .
                   Therefore
                   an
                   Illusion
                   happens
                   from
                   the
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Diversity
                   of
                   the
                   Medicines
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   sometimes
                   in
                   the
                   Coagulation
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   made
                   Lead
                   ,
                   sometimes
                   Tin
                   ,
                   sometimes
                   Copper
                   ,
                   sometimes
                   Iron
                   ;
                   which
                   happens
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   Impurity
                   .
                   And
                   sometimes
                   Silver
                   or
                   Gold
                   is
                   made
                   thence
                   ,
                   which
                   must
                   needs
                   proceed
                   from
                   Purity
                   ,
                   with
                   conside
                   ration
                   of
                   the
                   Colors
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   But
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   is
                   Coagulated
                   by
                   the
                   frequent
                   precipitation
                   of
                   it
                   with
                   Violence
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   force
                   able
                   heat
                   of
                   strong
                   Fire
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   Asperity
                   of
                   Fire
                   easily
                   removes
                   its
                   Aquosity
                   ,
                   and
                   this
                   Work
                   is
                   best
                   done
                   by
                   a
                   Vessel
                   of
                   a
                   great
                   length
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   sides
                   of
                   which
                   it
                   may
                   finde
                   place
                   to
                   Coole
                   and
                   Adhere
                   ,
                   and
                   (
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   Length
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   )
                   to
                   abide
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   fly
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   can
                   again
                   be
                   precipitated
                   to
                   the
                   
                     Fiery
                     hottom
                  
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   ;
                   which
                   must
                   always
                   stand
                   very
                   hot
                   ,
                   with
                   great
                   Ignition
                   :
                   and
                   the
                   same
                   precipitation
                   be
                   continued
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   totally
                   fixed
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   also
                   Coagulated
                   ,
                   with
                   long
                   and
                   constant
                   retention
                   in
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   Glass
                   Vessell
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   very
                   long
                   Neck
                   ,
                   and
                   round
                   
                   belly
                   ,
                   the
                   Orifice
                   of
                   the
                   Neck
                   being
                   kept
                   open
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   humidity
                   may
                   vanish
                   thereby
                   .
                   Also
                   it
                   is
                   coagulated
                   by
                   a
                   Medicine
                   convenient
                   for
                   it
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   will
                   shew
                   anon
                   :
                   which
                   Medicine
                   is
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   that
                   ,
                   which
                   most
                   nearly
                   adheres
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   in
                   its
                   profundity
                   ;
                   and
                   is
                   commixed
                   throughly
                   in
                   its
                   least
                   parts
                   ,
                   before
                   it
                   can
                   fly
                   away
                   .
                   Therefore
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   necessity
                   of
                   collecting
                   that
                   ,
                   from
                   things
                   convenient
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   or
                   agreeing
                   with
                   the
                   same
                   :
                   Of
                   this
                   kind
                   are
                   all
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   also
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   and
                   Arsenick
                   .
                
                 
                   XX.
                   But
                   because
                   we
                   see
                   not
                   any
                   of
                   the
                   Bodies
                   in
                   its
                   nature
                   to
                   coagulate
                   it
                   ;
                   but
                   that
                   it
                   flys
                   from
                   them
                   ,
                   how
                   neerly
                   soever
                   they
                   agree
                   together
                   ;
                   we
                   have
                   therefore
                   considered
                   ,
                   that
                   no
                   Body
                   adheres
                   to
                   it
                   in
                   its
                   inmost
                   parts
                   .
                   Wherefore
                   ,
                   that
                   Medicine
                   must
                   needs
                   be
                   of
                   a
                   more
                   subtil
                   substance
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   liquid
                   fusion
                   than
                   Metals
                   themselves
                   are
                   .
                   Also
                   by
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   remaining
                   in
                   their
                   nature
                   ,
                   we
                   see
                   not
                   a
                   Coagulation
                   of
                   it
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   firm
                   and
                   stable
                   ;
                   but
                   fugitive
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   much
                   infection
                   .
                   Which
                   indeed
                   happens
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   flight
                   of
                   the
                   Spirits
                   ;
                   but
                   the
                   other
                   from
                   the
                   commixtion
                   of
                   the
                   Adustible
                   and
                   Earthy
                   substance
                   of
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   Hence
                   then
                   it
                   is
                   manifestly
                   evident
                   ,
                   that
                   from
                   whatsoever
                   thing
                   the
                   Medicine
                   thereof
                   is
                   extracted
                   that
                   must
                   necessarily
                   be
                   of
                   a
                   most
                   subtil
                   and
                   most
                   pure
                   substance
                   ,
                   of
                   its
                   own
                   nature
                   adhereing
                   to
                   it
                   ;
                   and
                   of
                   liquefaction
                   most
                   easie
                   ,
                   and
                   thin
                   as
                   water
                   ;
                   and
                   also
                   be
                   fixed
                   against
                   the
                   violence
                   of
                   fire
                   .
                   For
                   this
                   will
                   coagulate
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   convert
                   the
                   same
                   either
                   into
                   a
                   Solar
                   or
                   Lunar
                   nature
                   :
                   Studiously
                   exercise
                   your self
                   upon
                   what
                   we
                   have
                   spoken
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   will
                   find
                   the
                   Mystery
                   out
                   .
                
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   But
                   that
                   you
                   may
                   not
                   blame
                   us
                   ,
                   as
                   if
                   we
                   had
                   not
                   sufficiently
                   spoken
                   thereof
                   ,
                   we
                   say
                   ,
                   that
                   this
                   Medicine
                   is
                   extracted
                   from
                   
                     Metalick
                     Bodies
                  
                   themselves
                   ,
                   
                   with
                   their
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   or
                   Arsenick
                   prepared
                   :
                   Likewise
                   from
                   Sulphur
                   alone
                   ,
                   or
                   Arsenick
                   prepared
                   ;
                   and
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   extracted
                   from
                   Bodies
                   only
                   .
                   But
                   from
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   alone
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   more
                   easily
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   nearly
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   perfectly
                   found
                   ;
                   because
                   nature
                   more
                   amicably
                   embraceth
                   its
                   proper
                   nature
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   it
                   more
                   rejoyces
                   than
                   in
                   any
                   extraneous
                   nature
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   it
                   is
                   a
                   facility
                   of
                   extraction
                   of
                   the
                   substance
                   thereof
                   ,
                   seeing
                   it
                   already
                   hath
                   a
                   substance
                   subtil
                   in
                   Act.
                   Now
                   the
                   ways
                   of
                   acquiring
                   this
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   are
                   by
                   sublimation
                   ,
                   as
                   is
                   by
                   us
                   sufficiently
                   declared
                   :
                   And
                   the
                   way
                   of
                   fixing
                   it
                   follows
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   way
                   of
                   Coagulating
                   things
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   is
                   by
                   a
                   Glass
                   in
                   Sand
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   temperate
                   fire
                   ,
                   until
                   their
                   aquosity
                   vanish
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIII
                   .
                   
                     The
                     way
                     of
                     fixing
                     Argent
                     Vive
                     ,
                  
                   is
                   the
                   same
                   with
                   the
                   way
                   of
                   fixing
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   Arsenick
                   ;
                   and
                   these
                   waies
                   differ
                   not
                   ,
                   unless
                   that
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   Arsnick
                   cannot
                   be
                   fixed
                   if
                   their
                   most
                   thin
                   inflamable
                   parts
                   ,
                   be
                   not
                   separated
                   from
                   them
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   subtil
                   Artifice
                   of
                   dividing
                   ,
                   by
                   this
                   ultimate
                   way
                   of
                   fixation
                   .
                   But
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   has
                   not
                   this
                   confideration
                   ,
                   therefore
                   in
                   this
                   method
                   ,
                   they
                   need
                   a
                   greater
                   heat
                   than
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   .
                   In
                   like
                   manner
                   they
                   are
                   diversified
                   ,
                   because
                   these
                   (
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   Arsenick
                   )
                   must
                   be
                   elevated
                   higher
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   their
                   slowness
                   ,
                   than
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ;
                   and
                   also
                   because
                   they
                   require
                   a
                   longer
                   time
                   to
                   be
                   fixt
                   in
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   longer
                   Vessel
                   for
                   their
                   fixation
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIV
                   .
                   
                     Of
                     the
                     Medicine
                     Coagulating
                     of
                     Argent
                     Vive
                     .
                  
                   It
                   is
                   taken
                   from
                   such
                   matter
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   matter
                   it self
                   is
                   (
                   viz.
                   as
                   we
                   have
                   before
                   declared
                   )
                   and
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   because
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   (
                   seeing
                   it
                   is
                   easily
                   made
                   to
                   fly
                   ,
                   without
                   any
                   Inflamation
                   ,
                   )
                   may
                   suddenly
                   adhere
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   in
                   its
                   profundity
                   ,
                   and
                   be
                   conjoyned
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   in
                   its
                   least
                   parts
                   ,
                   and
                   likewise
                   inspissate
                   ,
                   and
                   conserve
                   it
                   in
                   the
                   fire
                   by
                   its
                   own
                   fixation
                   ,
                   until
                   it
                   be
                   better
                   able
                   to
                   sustain
                   the
                   force
                   of
                   Fire
                   ,
                   consuming
                   its
                   humidity
                   ;
                   and
                   convert
                   it
                   by
                   the
                   
                   benefit
                   of
                   this
                   ,
                   
                     in
                     a
                     moment
                  
                   ,
                   into
                   true
                   Solifick
                   and
                   Lunifick
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   that
                   for
                   which
                   the
                   Medicine
                   was
                   prepared
                   .
                
                 
                   XXV
                   .
                   But
                   seeing
                   ,
                   we
                   find
                   not
                   any
                   thiug
                   more
                   to
                   agree
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   then
                   That
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   of
                   its
                   own
                   nature
                   ,
                   therefore
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   this
                   ,
                   we
                   judged
                   ,
                   that
                   with
                   That
                   ,
                   the
                   Medicine
                   thereof
                   might
                   be
                   compleated
                   ;
                   and
                   we
                   endeavoured
                   by
                   Art
                   to
                   make
                   the
                   Form
                   of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   agreeable
                   to
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   viz.
                   That
                   it
                   be
                   prepared
                   in
                   the
                   method
                   and
                   way
                   now
                   mentioned
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   instance
                   of
                   long
                   continued
                   labour
                   ;
                   by
                   which
                   all
                   the
                   subtil
                   and
                   most
                   pure
                   substance
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   rendred
                   perfectly
                   
                     White
                     in
                     Luna
                  
                   ,
                   but
                   intensly
                   
                     Citrine
                     in
                     Sol.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   XXVI
                   .
                   Now
                   this
                   cannot
                   be
                   compleated
                   ,
                   so
                   as
                   to
                   create
                   a
                   Citrine
                   Color
                   ,
                   without
                   the
                   mixtion
                   of
                   a
                   Thing
                   tinging
                   it
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   of
                   its
                   own
                   nature
                   .
                   But
                   with
                   this
                   most
                   pure
                   substance
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   the
                   Medicine
                   is
                   perfected
                   by
                   this
                   our
                   Art
                   ,
                   which
                   most
                   nearly
                   adheres
                   to
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   most
                   easily
                   fluxed
                   ,
                   and
                   coagulates
                   it
                   ,
                   for
                   it
                   converts
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   true
                   Solifick
                   and
                   Lunifick
                   ,
                   with
                   Preparation
                   of
                   that
                   always
                   preceeding
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVII
                   .
                   
                     The
                     grand
                     Question
                     is
                  
                   ,
                   from
                   what
                   things
                   this
                   substance
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   may
                   best
                   be
                   extracted
                   ?
                   To
                   which
                   we
                   Answer
                   :
                   It
                   must
                   be
                   taken
                   from
                   those
                   things
                   in
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   :
                   But
                   according
                   to
                   Nature
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   as
                   well
                   in
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   it self
                   ,
                   seeing
                   they
                   are
                   found
                   to
                   be
                   of
                   one
                   Nature
                   :
                   In
                   Bodies
                   more
                   difficultly
                   ;
                   in
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   more
                   nigh
                   ,
                   or
                   easily
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   more
                   perfectly
                   .
                   Therefore
                   of
                   what
                   kind
                   soever
                   the
                   Medicine
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   ,
                   the
                   Medicine
                   of
                   this
                   Pretious
                   Stone
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   as
                   well
                   sought
                   in
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVIII
                   .
                   
                     But
                     as
                     to
                     the
                     Fixing
                     of
                  
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   know
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   done
                   ,
                   without
                   being
                   turned
                   into
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   likewise
                   fixed
                   with
                   conversion
                   of
                   it
                   
                   into
                   Earth
                   .
                   For
                   by
                   hastening
                   to
                   its
                   fixation
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   made
                   by
                   precipitation
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   fixed
                   and
                   turned
                   into
                   Earth
                   .
                   Also
                   by
                   the
                   successive
                   sublimation
                   of
                   it
                   often
                   repeated
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   fixed
                   likewise
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   changed
                   into
                   Earth
                   ,
                   but
                   gives
                   Metallick
                   fusion
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   manifest
                   to
                   ,
                   and
                   proved
                   by
                   him
                   who
                   has
                   experienced
                   both
                   fixations
                   thereof
                   ,
                   even
                   to
                   the
                   
                     Consummation
                     of
                     the
                     Work
                  
                   ;
                   both
                   by
                   the
                   hasty
                   precipitation
                   ;
                   and
                   also
                   by
                   the
                   slow
                   ,
                   with
                   continually
                   repeated
                   sublimations
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIX
                   .
                   This
                   therefore
                   is
                   because
                   it
                   has
                   a
                   viscous
                   and
                   dense
                   substance
                   ,
                   the
                   sign
                   of
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   grinding
                   of
                   it
                   by
                   Imbibition
                   ,
                   and
                   mixtion
                   with
                   other
                   things
                   .
                   For
                   Viscosity
                   is
                   manifestly
                   perceived
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   much
                   adherency
                   thereof
                   .
                   That
                   it
                   has
                   a
                   
                     dense
                     substance
                  
                   ,
                   he
                   that
                   has
                   but
                   one
                   Eye
                   ,
                   may
                   manifestly
                   see
                   by
                   its
                   aspect
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   poising
                   the
                   vast
                   Weight
                   thereof
                   .
                   For
                   while
                   it
                   is
                   in
                   its
                   own
                   Nature
                   ,
                   it
                   exceeds
                   Gold
                   in
                   weight
                   ,
                   being
                   of
                   a
                   most
                   strong
                   Composition
                   .
                   Whence
                   it
                   is
                   manifest
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   fixed
                   without
                   consumption
                   of
                   its
                   humidity
                   ,
                   and
                   without
                   conversion
                   of
                   it
                   into
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   XXX
                   .
                   For
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   good
                   adherency
                   of
                   parts
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   strength
                   of
                   its
                   mixtion
                   ;
                   if
                   the
                   parts
                   of
                   it
                   be
                   any
                   wise
                   inspissate
                   by
                   Fire
                   ,
                   it
                   permits
                   it self
                   no
                   farther
                   to
                   be
                   corrupted
                   ;
                   nor
                   suffers
                   it self
                   (
                   by
                   the
                   Ingress
                   of
                   a
                   furious
                   flame
                   into
                   it
                   )
                   to
                   be
                   elevated
                   into
                   fume
                   ;
                   because
                   it
                   admits
                   not
                   of
                   Rarefaction
                   ,
                   of
                   its
                   self
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   its
                   density
                   ,
                   and
                   want
                   of
                   Adustion
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   made
                   by
                   combustible
                   sulphureity
                   ,
                   which
                   it
                   hath
                   not
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXI
                   .
                   Hence
                   is
                   seen
                   ;
                   First
                   ,
                   
                     The
                     Causes
                     of
                     the
                     Corruption
                     of
                     every
                     of
                     the
                     Metals
                     by
                     fire
                     ,
                  
                   which
                   is
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   .
                   From
                   the
                   Inclusion
                   of
                   a
                   burning
                   sulphureity
                   in
                   the
                   profundity
                   of
                   their
                   substance
                   ,
                   diminishing
                   them
                   by
                   Inflamation
                   ,
                   and
                   exterminating
                   them
                   also
                   into
                   fume
                   ,
                   with
                   extream
                   consumption
                   of
                   whatever
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   in
                   them
                   of
                   
                   good
                   Fixation
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   From
                   a
                   multiplication
                   upon
                   them
                   ,
                   of
                   an
                   exterior
                   flame
                   ,
                   penetrating
                   ,
                   and
                   resolving
                   them
                   with
                   it self
                   into
                   fume
                   ,
                   of
                   how
                   great
                   fixation
                   soever
                   ,
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   in
                   them
                   is
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   From
                   the
                   Rarefaction
                   of
                   them
                   by
                   Calcination
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   the
                   flame
                   or
                   fire
                   ,
                   does
                   then
                   penetrate
                   into
                   ,
                   and
                   exterminate
                   them
                   .
                   Therefore
                   if
                   all
                   Causes
                   of
                   Corruption
                   concur
                   ,
                   such
                   Bodies
                   must
                   needs
                   be
                   exceedingly
                   corrupt
                   :
                   But
                   if
                   not
                   all
                   ,
                   the
                   corruption
                   is
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   number
                   and
                   proportion
                   of
                   the
                   Causes
                   which
                   remain
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXII
                   .
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   
                     The
                     Causes
                     of
                     Goodness
                     ,
                     and
                     purity
                     of
                     each
                     Metal
                     .
                  
                   For
                   seeing
                   that
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   for
                   no
                   Causes
                   of
                   Extermination
                   ,
                   permits
                   it self
                   to
                   be
                   divided
                   into
                   parts
                   in
                   its
                   composition
                   ,
                   (
                   because
                   it
                   either
                   with
                   its
                   whole
                   substance
                   receeds
                   from
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   or
                   with
                   its
                   whole
                   remains
                   permanent
                   in
                   it
                   )
                   there
                   is
                   necessarily
                   observed
                   in
                   it
                   a
                   cause
                   of
                   perfection
                   :
                   For
                   it
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   overcomes
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   Fire
                   is
                   not
                   overcome
                   ,
                   but
                   it
                   amicably
                   rests
                   ,
                   rejoycing
                   therein
                   ,
                   possessing
                   Perfection
                   ,
                   as
                   we
                   have
                   found
                   ,
                   with
                   an
                   Approximate
                   Potency
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIII
                   .
                   
                     Of
                     the
                     Purification
                     of
                  
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   cleansed
                   two
                   ways
                   ,
                   either
                   by
                   sublimation
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   shewed
                   the
                   way
                   already
                   ;
                   or
                   by
                   way
                   of
                   a
                   Lavament
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   the
                   way
                   is
                   this
                   .
                   Put
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   into
                   a
                   Stone
                   ,
                   or
                   Earthen
                   Dish
                   ,
                   and
                   pour
                   upon
                   it
                   as
                   much
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   as
                   is
                   sufficient
                   to
                   cover
                   it
                   :
                   Set
                   it
                   over
                   a
                   gentle
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   let
                   it
                   heat
                   so
                   far
                   ,
                   as
                   you
                   may
                   well
                   hold
                   your
                   Fingers
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   no
                   more
                   .
                   Then
                   stir
                   it
                   about
                   with
                   your
                   Fingers
                   until
                   it
                   be
                   divided
                   into
                   most
                   small
                   Particles
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   similitude
                   of
                   Powder
                   ;
                   and
                   continue
                   stirring
                   it
                   ,
                   until
                   all
                   the
                   Vinegar
                   be
                   wholly
                   consumed
                   :
                   After
                   which
                   wash
                   away
                   the
                   Earthiness
                   remaining
                   with
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   and
                   cast
                   it
                   away
                   :
                   Repeating
                   this
                   washing
                   so
                   often
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   Earthiness
                   of
                   the
                   Mercury
                   is
                   changed
                   into
                   a
                   most
                   perfect
                   Coelestine
                   colour
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   sign
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   throughly
                   washed
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   XXXIV
                   .
                   
                     Of
                     the
                     Nature
                     of
                  
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   .
                   There
                   is
                   a
                   necessity
                   of
                   removing
                   its
                   Superfluities
                   ,
                   for
                   it
                   has
                   Causes
                   of
                   Corruption
                   ,
                   viz.
                   an
                   Earthy
                   substance
                   ,
                   and
                   an
                   adustible
                   watriness
                   without
                   Inflamation
                   .
                   yet
                   some
                   have
                   thought
                   it
                   to
                   have
                   no
                   superfluous
                   Earth
                   and
                   Uncleanness
                   ,
                   but
                   that
                   is
                   vain
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   true
                   :
                   For
                   we
                   see
                   it
                   to
                   consist
                   of
                   much
                   lividness
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   of
                   whiteness
                   ;
                   we
                   see
                   also
                   a
                   black
                   and
                   Feculent
                   Earth
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   separated
                   from
                   it
                   ,
                   with
                   easie
                   Artifice
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   Lavation
                   ,
                   as
                   abovesaid
                   .
                   But
                   because
                   we
                   are
                   by
                   that
                   to
                   acquire
                   a
                   two-fold
                   perfe
                   ction
                   ,
                   viz.
                   1.
                   
                   
                     To
                     make
                     a
                     Medicine
                  
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   
                     To
                     perfect
                     it
                  
                   .
                   Therefore
                   we
                   must
                   necessarily
                   prepare
                   the
                   same
                   by
                   the
                   degrees
                   of
                   a
                   two-fold
                   purification
                   ;
                   for
                   two
                   cleansings
                   of
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   are
                   necessary
                   .
                   One
                   by
                   Sublimation
                   for
                   the
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   which
                   shall
                   be
                   here
                   shewed
                   :
                   The
                   other
                   by
                   a
                   Lavament
                   for
                   coagulation
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   shewed
                   at
                   Sect.
                   33.
                   above
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXV
                   .
                   For
                   if
                   we
                   would
                   make
                   a
                   Medicine
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   then
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   necessity
                   to
                   cleanse
                   it
                   from
                   the
                   foeculency
                   of
                   its
                   Earthiness
                   by
                   sublimation
                   ,
                   least
                   it
                   create
                   a
                   livid
                   color
                   in
                   projection
                   ;
                   and
                   also
                   to
                   remove
                   its
                   sugitive
                   watriness
                   ,
                   lest
                   it
                   make
                   the
                   whole
                   Medicine
                   fugitive
                   in
                   projection
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   keep
                   safe
                   the
                   middle
                   substance
                   thereof
                   sor
                   Medicine
                   ;
                   of
                   which
                   the
                   Property
                   is
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   burned
                   ,
                   but
                   to
                   defend
                   from
                   combustion
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   to
                   fly
                   it self
                   ,
                   but
                   to
                   make
                   sixed
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   perfection
                   by
                   manifold
                   Experiences
                   .
                   For
                   we
                   see
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   more
                   nearly
                   to
                   adhere
                   to
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   be
                   more
                   beloved
                   by
                   the
                   same
                   ;
                   but
                   next
                   to
                   it
                   Gold
                   has
                   place
                   ,
                   and
                   after
                   that
                   Silver
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXVI
                   .
                   Wherefore
                   bence
                   it
                   follows
                   ,
                   that
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   is
                   more
                   friendly
                   to
                   its
                   own
                   nature
                   ;
                   but
                   we
                   see
                   other
                   Bodies
                   not
                   to
                   have
                   so
                   great
                   conformity
                   to
                   ,
                   or
                   unity
                   with
                   it
                   ;
                   and
                   therefore
                   we
                   find
                   them
                   in
                   very
                   deed
                   ,
                   less
                   to
                   partake
                   of
                   the
                   nature
                   thereof
                   .
                   And
                   whatsoever
                   Bodies
                   we
                   see
                   more
                   to
                   defend
                   
                   from
                   adustion
                   ,
                   those
                   we
                   judge
                   to
                   partake
                   more
                   of
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   it
                   ;
                   therefore
                   it
                   is
                   manifest
                   ,
                   that
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   is
                   the
                   perfective
                   and
                   salvative
                   from
                   Adustion
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   
                     Vltimate
                     of
                     Perfection
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXVII
                   .
                   The
                   second
                   degree
                   of
                   its
                   Purification
                   ,
                   is
                   for
                   its
                   Coagulation
                   :
                   And
                   the
                   washing
                   away
                   of
                   its
                   earthiness
                   ,
                   for
                   one
                   day
                   only
                   is
                   sufficient
                   for
                   it
                   ;
                   the
                   method
                   of
                   which
                   washing
                   we
                   have
                   largely
                   declared
                   ,
                   at
                   Sect.
                   33.
                   aloregoing
                   :
                   Being
                   therefore
                   so
                   throughly
                   washed
                   ,
                   project
                   upon
                   it
                   the
                   Medicine
                   of
                   Coagulation
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   coagulated
                   into
                   a
                   Solifick
                   or
                   Lunifick
                   substance
                   ,
                   according
                   as
                   the
                   Medicine
                   was
                   prepared
                   .
                   From
                   what
                   is
                   now
                   said
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   manifest
                   ,
                   that
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   is
                   not
                   perfective
                   in
                   its
                   nature
                   ;
                   but
                   that
                   matter
                   is
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   produced
                   of
                   it
                   by
                   our
                   Art.
                   And
                   so
                   likewise
                   ,
                   is
                   it
                   in
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   Arsenick
                   .
                   Therefore
                   in
                   these
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   possible
                   to
                   follow
                   nature
                   ,
                   but
                   by
                   our
                   natural
                   Artifice
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXVIII
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   also
                   undeniably
                   manifest
                   that
                   bodies
                   containing
                   the
                   greatest
                   quantity
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   are
                   bodies
                   of
                   perfection
                   .
                   Wherefore
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   supposed
                   ,
                   that
                   those
                   bodies
                   are
                   more
                   nigh
                   to
                   perfection
                   ,
                   which
                   more
                   amicably
                   imbibe
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   .
                   The
                   sign
                   of
                   this
                   is
                   the
                   easie
                   susception
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     ,
                     Vive
                  
                   by
                   a
                   Solar
                   or
                   Lunar
                   body
                   of
                   Perfection
                   .
                   For
                   this
                   same
                   reason
                   ,
                   if
                   a
                   body
                   altered
                   do
                   not
                   easily
                   receive
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   into
                   its
                   Substance
                   ,
                   it
                   must
                   needs
                   be
                   very
                   remote
                   from
                   this
                   perfection
                   spoken
                   of
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIX
                   .
                   
                     The
                     preparation
                     of
                     Argent
                     Vive
                     .
                     Take
                     of
                     it
                     one
                     pound
                     :
                     Vitriol
                     Rubified
                     ,
                     two
                     pounds
                     :
                     Roch
                     Alum
                     Calcin'd
                     ,
                     one
                     pound
                     :
                     Common
                     Salt
                     ,
                     half
                     a
                     pound
                     :
                     Nitre
                     ,
                     four
                     ounces
                     :
                     Incorporate
                     all
                     together
                     and
                     sublime
                     .
                  
                   Gather
                   the
                   white
                   and
                   Dense
                   ,
                   and
                   ponderous
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   be
                   found
                   about
                   the
                   side
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   and
                   keep
                   it
                   for
                   use
                   .
                   Now
                   ,
                   if
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   Sublimation
                   ,
                   you
                   shall
                   finde
                   it
                   Turbid
                   or
                   Unclean
                   (
                   which
                   
                   may
                   be
                   thro
                   Carlesness
                   )
                   sublime
                   it
                   again
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   same
                   Foeces
                   ,
                   and
                   reserve
                   it
                   as
                   before
                   .
                
                 
                   XL.
                   
                     The
                     Regiment
                     of
                     Mercury
                  
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   done
                   two
                   ways
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   You
                   must
                   Amalgamate
                   it
                   ,
                   well
                   washed
                   and
                   purified
                   as
                   under
                   directed
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   You
                   must
                   Distill
                   it
                   and
                   thence
                   make
                   an
                   
                     Aqua
                     Vitae
                  
                   or
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Wine
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   wav
                   .
                   Take
                   
                     of
                     Mercu
                     ry
                  
                   40
                   
                     Ounces
                     ,
                     of
                  
                   Sol.
                   of
                   Luna
                   ,
                   of
                   Venus
                   ,
                   of
                   Saturn
                   ,
                   ana
                   
                     one
                     Ounce
                     ,
                     melt
                     these
                     bodies
                     first
                     the
                  
                   Venus
                   
                     and
                     Luna
                     ,
                     secondly
                     the
                  
                   Sol
                   ,
                   thirdly
                   Saturn
                   :
                   
                     Take
                     all
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Fire
                     ;
                     having
                     melted
                     them
                     in
                     a
                     large
                     Crucible
                     ,
                     and
                     your
                  
                   Mercury
                   
                     in
                     readiness
                     ,
                     made
                     hot
                     in
                     another
                     :
                     and
                     when
                     the
                     said
                     Metals
                     begin
                     to
                     harden
                     ,
                     pouer
                     in
                     the
                  
                   Mercury
                   
                     Leisurly
                     ,
                     stirring
                     the
                     mixture
                     with
                     a
                     stick
                     ,
                     setting
                     it
                     again
                     on
                     the
                     Fire
                     ,
                     and
                     taking
                     it
                     off
                     ,
                     untill
                     they
                     be
                     all
                     amalgamated
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     whole
                  
                   Mercury
                   .
                   
                     This
                     Amal
                     gama
                     put
                     to
                     be
                     dissolved
                     for
                     seven
                     days
                     ,
                     Extract
                     the
                     water
                     with
                     a
                     Cloth
                     ,
                     make
                     the
                     residue
                     Volatile
                     ,
                     giving
                     Fire
                     of
                     Ignition
                     .
                     This
                     again
                     imbibe
                     with
                     its
                     whole
                     water
                     ,
                     and
                     put
                     it
                     to
                     be
                     generated
                     ,
                     and
                     again
                     to
                     be
                     dryed
                     for
                     forty
                     days
                     ,
                     and
                     you
                     will
                     finde
                     a
                     Stone
                     ,
                     which
                     put
                     to
                     be
                     fixed
                     ,
                     so
                     will
                     you
                     have
                     a
                     Stone
                     augmentable
                     to
                     Infinity
                     .
                  
                   In
                   this
                   Book
                   we
                   have
                   expounded
                   all
                   things
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   written
                   in
                   divers
                   Books
                   .
                
                 
                   XLI
                   .
                   
                     The
                     sublimation
                     of
                     Mercury
                  
                   .
                   If
                   you
                   would
                   perfectly
                   sublime
                   it
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   add
                   to
                   every
                   pound
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   common
                   Salt
                   two
                   pound
                   and
                   a
                   half
                   ,
                   Salt-Peter
                   half
                   a
                   pound
                   :
                   mortify
                   the
                   Mercury
                   wholly
                   ,
                   grinding
                   it
                   all
                   together
                   with
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   until
                   nothing
                   of
                   the
                   Mercury
                   appear
                   living
                   in
                   the
                   mixture
                   ,
                   then
                   sublime
                   it
                   according
                   to
                   Art.
                   It
                   is
                   a
                   thing
                   profitable
                   .
                
                 
                   XLII
                   .
                   The
                   Sublimatioa
                   of
                   Red
                   Mercury
                   .
                   Take
                   one
                   pound
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   mix
                   and
                   perfectly
                   grind
                   it
                   with
                   
                     Vitroil
                     ,
                     Nitre
                     ,
                     ana
                  
                   one
                   pound
                   ,
                   and
                   sublime
                   it
                   from
                   them
                   Red
                   and
                   splendid
                   .
                
                 
                   XLIII
                   .
                   Out
                   of
                   all
                   that
                   has
                   been
                   said
                   it
                   appears
                   
                   with
                   evident
                   Demonstration
                   ,
                   that
                   our
                   Stone
                   is
                   procreated
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   :
                   But
                   to
                   unlock
                   the
                   Closure
                   of
                   Art
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   study
                   to
                   resolve
                   Luna
                   or
                   Sol
                   into
                   their
                   
                     own
                     dry
                     water
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   vulgar
                   call
                   Mercury
                   :
                   And
                   it
                   is
                   so
                   ,
                   that
                   a
                   duodenary
                   proportion
                   (
                   of
                   the
                   solutive
                   water
                   )
                   may
                   contain
                   only
                   one
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   perfect
                   body
                   .
                   For
                   if
                   with
                   gentle
                   fire
                   ,
                   you
                   well
                   govern
                   these
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   find
                   (
                   in
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   40
                   days
                   )
                   the
                   body
                   converted
                   into
                   mere
                   water
                   :
                   and
                   the
                   sign
                   of
                   its
                   perfect
                   dissolution
                   is
                   blackness
                   ,
                   appearing
                   on
                   its
                   Superfices
                   .
                
                 
                   XLIV
                   .
                   But
                   if
                   you
                   endeavour
                   to
                   perfect
                   both
                   Works
                   ,
                   the
                   White
                   and
                   the
                   Red
                   ,
                   dissolve
                   each
                   of
                   the
                   ferments
                   by
                   themselves
                   ,
                   and
                   keep
                   them
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   
                     Our
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   extracted
                   from
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   intend
                   for
                   Ferment
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   Paste
                   to
                   be
                   fermented
                   ,
                   we
                   extract
                   in
                   the
                   usual
                   man
                   ner
                   from
                   imperfect
                   bodies
                   .
                   And
                   of
                   this
                   we
                   give
                   you
                   a
                   general
                   Rule
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   ,
                   
                     That
                     the
                     White
                     Paste
                     is
                     extracted
                     from
                  
                   Jupiter
                   and
                   Saturn
                   ;
                   
                     but
                     the
                     Red
                     from
                  
                   Venus
                   and
                   Saturn
                   :
                   
                     But
                     every
                  
                   Body
                   
                     must
                     be
                     dissolved
                     by
                     its
                     self
                     in
                     the
                     Ferment
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XLV
                   .
                   Sulphur
                   we
                   have
                   proved
                   is
                   corruptive
                   of
                   every
                   kind
                   of
                   Perfection
                   :
                   But
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   is
                   perfective
                   in
                   the
                   Works
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   with
                   compleat
                   Regiment
                   .
                   So
                   we
                   ,
                   not
                   changing
                   ,
                   but
                   imitating
                   Nature
                   ,
                   (
                   in
                   Works
                   possible
                   )
                   do
                   likewise
                   assume
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   in
                   the
                   Magistery
                   of
                   this
                   Work
                   ,
                   for
                   a
                   Medicine
                   of
                   each
                   kind
                   of
                   Perfection
                   ,
                   viz.
                   both
                   Lunar
                   and
                   Solar
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   of
                   
                     Imperfect
                     Bodies
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   Coagulable
                   .
                   And
                   seeing
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   twofold
                   difference
                   of
                   Medicines
                   ,
                   one
                   of
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   other
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   truly
                   coagulable
                   ,
                   we
                   shall
                   here
                   discourse
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   XLVI
                   .
                   The
                   matter
                   
                     per
                     se
                  
                   ,
                   of
                   this
                   Medicine
                   of
                   every
                   kind
                   is
                   one
                   only
                   ,
                   already
                   sufficiently
                   known
                   .
                   Take
                   therefore
                   that
                   ,
                   and
                   if
                   you
                   will
                   work
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   
                     Lunar
                     Order
                  
                   ,
                   learn
                   to
                   be
                   
                   expert
                   in
                   Operating
                   ,
                   and
                   prepare
                   that
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   known
                   ways
                   of
                   this
                   Magistery
                   .
                   The
                   intention
                   of
                   which
                   is
                   ,
                   That
                   you
                   should
                   divide
                   the
                   pure
                   substance
                   from
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   fixt
                   part
                   thereof
                   ,
                   but
                   leave
                   a
                   part
                   for
                   cerating
                   ;
                   and
                   so
                   proceeding
                   through
                   the
                   whole
                   Magistery
                   ,
                   till
                   you
                   compleat
                   its
                   desired
                   fusion
                   .
                   If
                   it
                   suddenly
                   flows
                   in
                   
                     hard
                     Bodies
                  
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   perfect
                   ;
                   but
                   in
                   
                     soft
                     Bodies
                  
                   ,
                   the
                   contrary
                   .
                   For
                   this
                   Medicine
                   projected
                   upon
                   any
                   of
                   the
                   Imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   changes
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   perfect
                   
                     Lunar
                     Body
                  
                   ,
                   if
                   the
                   known
                   Preparations
                   have
                   been
                   first
                   given
                   to
                   this
                   Medicine
                   :
                   But
                   if
                   not
                   ,
                   it
                   leaves
                   the
                   same
                   diminished
                   ,
                   yet
                   in
                   one
                   only
                   difference
                   of
                   Perfection
                   it
                   perfects
                   ,
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   depends
                   on
                   the
                   Administration
                   of
                   the
                   Order
                   of
                   a
                   Medicine
                   of
                   this
                   kind
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   due
                   Administration
                   not
                   preceeding
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   third
                   Order
                   ,
                   it
                   perfects
                   in
                   projection
                   only
                   .
                
                 
                   XLVII
                   .
                   A
                   Solar
                   Medicine
                   (
                   of
                   the
                   Second
                   Order
                   )
                   of
                   every
                   of
                   the
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   same
                   matter
                   ,
                   and
                   participates
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   Regiment
                   of
                   Preparation
                   .
                   Yet
                   in
                   this
                   it
                   differs
                   ,
                   viz.
                   in
                   the
                   greater
                   subtilization
                   of
                   parts
                   ,
                   by
                   proper
                   ways
                   of
                   digestion
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   commixtion
                   of
                   subtil
                   Sulphur
                   (
                   under
                   the
                   Regimen
                   of
                   Preparation
                   administred
                   )
                   with
                   the
                   addition
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   now
                   known
                   .
                
                 
                   XLVIII
                   .
                   The
                   Regiment
                   of
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   fixation
                   of
                   pure
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   solution
                   thereof
                   :
                   For
                   with
                   this
                   the
                   Medicine
                   is
                   tinged
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   it
                   projected
                   upon
                   every
                   of
                   the
                   Bodies
                   diminished
                   from
                   perfection
                   ;
                   it
                   compleats
                   the
                   same
                   in
                   a
                   
                     Solar
                     Complement
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   depends
                   upon
                   a
                   Medicine
                   of
                   the
                   Second
                   Order
                   ,
                   the
                   known
                   and
                   certain
                   preparation
                   of
                   the
                   imperfect
                   body
                   preceeding
                   .
                   Also
                   the
                   same
                   projected
                   upon
                   Luna
                   ,
                   perfects
                   it
                   much
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   peculiar
                   Solar
                   compleatment
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 THE
                 SECOND
                 BOOK
                 OF
                 
                   GEBER
                   ARABS
                
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XLIX
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Introduction
                   to
                   this
                   Second
                   Book
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   THERE
                   are
                   two
                   things
                   to
                   be
                   determined
                   ,
                   viz.
                   the
                   Principles
                   of
                   this
                   Magistery
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   .
                   The
                   Principles
                   of
                   this
                   Art
                   ,
                   are
                   the
                   Ways
                   or
                   Methods
                   ,
                   of
                   its
                   Operations
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   the
                   Artist
                   applys
                   himself
                   in
                   the
                   Work
                   of
                   this
                   Magistery
                   :
                   These
                   ways
                   are
                   divers
                   in
                   themselves
                   :
                   As
                   ,
                   1.
                   
                   Sublimation
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Descension
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   Distillation
                   .
                   4.
                   
                   Calcination
                   .
                   5.
                   
                   Solution
                   .
                   6.
                   
                   Coagulation
                   .
                   7.
                   
                   Fixation
                   .
                   8.
                   
                   Ceration
                   .
                   All
                   which
                   we
                   shall
                   with
                   much
                   plainness
                   declare
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   The
                   perfection
                   consists
                   1.
                   
                   Of
                   those
                   things
                   ,
                   and
                   from
                   the
                   consideration
                   of
                   those
                   things
                   by
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   attained
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   From
                   the
                   consideration
                   of
                   things
                   helping
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   From
                   the
                   consideration
                   of
                   that
                   thing
                   which
                   lastly
                   perfects
                   .
                   4.
                   
                   And
                   from
                   that
                   by
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   known
                   ,
                   whether
                   the
                   Magistery
                   was
                   in
                   perfection
                   or
                   not
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   III.
                   The
                   consideration
                   of
                   those
                   things
                   by
                   which
                   we
                   attain
                   to
                   the
                   Compleatment
                   of
                   the
                   Work
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   consideration
                   of
                   the
                   Substance
                   manifest
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   manifest
                   Colors
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   the
                   weight
                   in
                   every
                   of
                   the
                   Bodies
                   to
                   be
                   changed
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   those
                   Bodies
                   that
                   are
                   not
                   changed
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   Radix
                   of
                   their
                   Nature
                   ,
                   without
                   that
                   Artifice
                   :
                   and
                   the
                   consideration
                   of
                   those
                   likewise
                   that
                   are
                   changed
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Radix
                   of
                   their
                   Nature
                   by
                   Artifice
                   :
                   with
                   the
                   consideration
                   of
                   the
                   Principles
                   of
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   according
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   profound
                   ,
                   occult
                   ,
                   or
                   manifest
                   ;
                   and
                   according
                   to
                   their
                   Natures
                   ,
                   with
                   or
                   without
                   Artifice
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   For
                   if
                   Bodies
                   and
                   their
                   Principles
                   ,
                   be
                   not
                   known
                   in
                   the
                   profound
                   or
                   manifest
                   properties
                   of
                   their
                   Natures
                   ,
                   both
                   with
                   and
                   without
                   Artifice
                   ,
                   what
                   is
                   superfluous
                   ,
                   and
                   what
                   is
                   wanting
                   or
                   defective
                   in
                   them
                   ,
                   cannot
                   be
                   known
                   ,
                   and
                   our
                   not
                   knowing
                   those
                   ,
                   would
                   of
                   necessity
                   hinder
                   us
                   ,
                   from
                   ever
                   attaining
                   to
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   their
                   Transmutation
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   The
                   consideration
                   of
                   things
                   helping
                   Perfection
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   consideration
                   of
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   those
                   things
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   see
                   adhere
                   to
                   Bodies
                   without
                   Artifice
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   make
                   Mutation
                   :
                   And
                   these
                   are
                   ,
                   
                     Marchasite
                     ,
                     Magnesia
                     ,
                     Tutia
                     ,
                     Antimony
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   
                     Lapis
                     Lazuli
                  
                   .
                   And
                   the
                   consideration
                   of
                   those
                   which
                   ,
                   without
                   adherency
                   ,
                   cleanse
                   Bodies
                   ;
                   such
                   are
                   
                     Salts
                     ,
                     Allums
                     ,
                     Nitre
                     ,
                     Borax
                     ,
                     Vitriol
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   other
                   things
                   of
                   like
                   nature
                   ,
                   :
                   And
                   the
                   consideration
                   of
                   
                     Glass
                     of
                     all
                     sorts
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   things
                   cleansing
                   by
                   a
                   like
                   nature
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   But
                   the
                   consideration
                   of
                   the
                   thing
                   that
                   perfects
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   consideration
                   of
                   chusing
                   the
                   pure
                   Substance
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ;
                   and
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Matter
                   ,
                   which
                   from
                   the
                   Substance
                   of
                   that
                   ,
                   took
                   beginning
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   which
                   it
                   was
                   created
                   .
                   This
                   Matter
                   is
                   not
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   in
                   its
                   Nature
                   ,
                   nor
                   in
                   its
                   whole
                   Substance
                   ,
                   but
                   it
                   is
                   part
                   of
                   it
                   :
                   nor
                   is
                   it
                   now
                   ,
                   but
                   when
                   the
                   Stone
                   is
                   made
                   :
                   
                   for
                   that
                   illustrates
                   and
                   conserves
                   from
                   Adustion
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   signification
                   of
                   Perfection
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Lastly
                   ,
                   The
                   consideration
                   of
                   the
                   thing
                   ,
                   or
                   certain
                   Tryal
                   and
                   Examination
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   known
                   ,
                   whether
                   the
                   Magistery
                   be
                   in
                   Perfection
                   or
                   not
                   ;
                   arises
                   from
                   the
                   consideration
                   of
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     Cupel
                  
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Cement
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   Ignition
                   .
                   4.
                   
                   
                     Exposing
                     it
                     to
                     the
                     Vapours
                     of
                     Acid
                     Things
                     .
                  
                   5.
                   
                   Extinction
                   .
                   6.
                   
                   
                     Commixtion
                     of
                     Sulphur
                     burning
                     Bodies
                  
                   :
                   7.
                   
                   
                     Reduction
                     after
                     Calcination
                  
                   .
                   8.
                   
                   
                     Susception
                     of
                  
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   .
                   All
                   which
                   with
                   the
                   former
                   we
                   declare
                   ,
                   with
                   their
                   Causes
                   from
                   Experiences
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   you
                   may
                   certainly
                   know
                   ,
                   we
                   have
                   not
                   erred
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   L.
                   
                     Of
                     Sublimation
                  
                   ,
                   Vessels
                   ,
                   Furnaces
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   THe
                   cause
                   of
                   the
                   Invention
                   of
                   Sublimation
                   ,
                   was
                   to
                   unite
                   Bodies
                   with
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   (
                   since
                   nothing
                   can
                   possibly
                   be
                   united
                   with
                   a
                   Body
                   but
                   a
                   Spirit
                   .
                   )
                   Or
                   to
                   find
                   something
                   that
                   can
                   contain
                   in
                   its
                   self
                   the
                   nature
                   both
                   of
                   Body
                   and
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   cast
                   upon
                   bodies
                   ,
                   (
                   without
                   being
                   first
                   purified
                   ,
                   )
                   either
                   give
                   not
                   perfect
                   Colors
                   ,
                   or
                   else
                   totally
                   corrupt
                   ,
                   blacken
                   ,
                   defile
                   ,
                   and
                   burn
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   this
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   diversitie
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   Spirit
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   For
                   
                     Sulphur
                     ,
                     Arsenick
                  
                   and
                   Marchasite
                   ,
                   are
                   burnings
                   and
                   wholly
                   corrupt
                   :
                   Tutia
                   (
                   of
                   every
                   kind
                   )
                   burns
                   not
                   ,
                   yet
                   gives
                   an
                   imperfect
                   Color
                   ,
                   1.
                   
                   Because
                   its
                   adustive
                   Sulphureity
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   easily
                   inflamed
                   and
                   blackens
                   is
                   not
                   removed
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Because
                   its
                   Earthmess
                   is
                   not
                   separated
                   :
                   for
                   Adustion
                   may
                   create
                   a
                   Livid
                   Color
                   ,
                   and
                   Earthiness
                   may
                   form
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   III.
                   These
                   things
                   therefore
                   we
                   are
                   constrained
                   to
                   cleanse
                   from
                   their
                   burning
                   Sulphuriety
                   or
                   Unctuosity
                   ,
                   and
                   Earthy
                   superfluity
                   ,
                   and
                   this
                   can
                   be
                   done
                   by
                   no
                   Artifice
                   but
                   by
                   Sublimation
                   :
                   for
                   when
                   Fire
                   elvevates
                   ,
                   it
                   makes
                   ascend
                   always
                   the
                   more
                   subtile
                   parts
                   ,
                   leaving
                   behind
                   the
                   more
                   Gross
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Hence
                   it
                   is
                   manifest
                   that
                   Spirits
                   are
                   cleansed
                   from
                   their
                   Earthiness
                   by
                   Sublimation
                   ,
                   which
                   Earthiness
                   impeded
                   Ingress
                   ,
                   and
                   gave
                   an
                   impure
                   or
                   diminished
                   Color
                   :
                   from
                   which
                   being
                   separated
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   freed
                   from
                   their
                   Impurity
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   made
                   more
                   splendid
                   ,
                   more
                   pervious
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   easily
                   to
                   enter
                   and
                   penetrate
                   the
                   density
                   of
                   bodies
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   pure
                   and
                   perfect
                   Tincture
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Adustion
                   is
                   also
                   taken
                   away
                   by
                   Sublimation
                   ;
                   for
                   Arsenick
                   which
                   before
                   Sublimation
                   was
                   apt
                   to
                   adustion
                   after
                   Sublimation
                   ,
                   will
                   not
                   be
                   Inflamed
                   ,
                   but
                   receeds
                   without
                   Inflamation
                   ;
                   the
                   same
                   you
                   may
                   find
                   in
                   Sulphur
                   .
                   And
                   because
                   in
                   no
                   other
                   things
                   than
                   in
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   we
                   saw
                   an
                   adherency
                   to
                   Bodies
                   with
                   Alteration
                   ,
                   we
                   were
                   necessitated
                   to
                   make
                   choice
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   purifie
                   them
                   by
                   Sublimation
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Sublimation
                   then
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Elevation
                   of
                   a
                   Dry
                   thing
                   by
                   Fire
                   ,
                   with
                   adherency
                   to
                   its
                   Vessel
                   but
                   is
                   done
                   diversly
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   diversity
                   of
                   Spirits
                   to
                   be
                   sublimed
                   :
                   for
                   some
                   are
                   Sublimed
                   with
                   strong
                   Ignition
                   ,
                   others
                   with
                   moderate
                   ,
                   and
                   some
                   again
                   with
                   a
                   remiss
                   heat
                   of
                   Fire
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   are
                   Sublimed
                   with
                   a
                   remiss
                   Fire
                   ;
                   for
                   otherwise
                   ,
                   having
                   their
                   most
                   subtil
                   parts
                   uniformly
                   mixt
                   and
                   conjoyned
                   with
                   the
                   Gross
                   ,
                   their
                   whole
                   substance
                   would
                   ascend
                   black
                   or
                   burnt
                   ,
                   without
                   any
                   Purification
                   :
                   therefore
                   you
                   must
                   find
                   out
                   the
                   proportion
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Purification
                   ,
                   with
                   commixtion
                   of
                   the
                   Feces
                   or
                   Gosser
                   parts
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   may
                   be
                   kept
                   deprest
                   ,
                   
                   and
                   not
                   suffered
                   to
                   ascend
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   In
                   Sublimation
                   a
                   threefold
                   degree
                   of
                   Fire
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   observed
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   One
                   ,
                   so
                   proportioned
                   ,
                   as
                   to
                   make
                   to
                   ascend
                   only
                   the
                   Altered
                   ,
                   more
                   pure
                   ,
                   and
                   Livid
                   parts
                   ,
                   till
                   you
                   manifestly
                   see
                   they
                   are
                   cleansed
                   from
                   their
                   Earthly
                   feculency
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Another
                   degree
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   what
                   is
                   of
                   the
                   
                     pure
                     Essence
                  
                   remaining
                   in
                   the
                   Feces
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   sublimed
                   with
                   greater
                   force
                   of
                   Fire
                   ,
                   viz.
                   with
                   Ignition
                   of
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   the
                   Feces
                   therein
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   may
                   see
                   with
                   your
                   Eye
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   The
                   other
                   degree
                   is
                   ,
                   
                     a
                     most
                     weak
                     Fire
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   given
                   to
                   the
                   Sublimate
                   without
                   the
                   Feces
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   scarcely
                   any
                   thing
                   of
                   it
                   may
                   ascend
                   ,
                   but
                   that
                   only
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   most
                   subtil
                   part
                   thereof
                   ,
                   and
                   which
                   in
                   our
                   work
                   is
                   of
                   no
                   value
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   a
                   thing
                   by
                   help
                   of
                   which
                   Adustion
                   is
                   made
                   in
                   Sulphurs
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   The
                   whole
                   intention
                   therefore
                   of
                   Sublimation
                   is
                   ,
                   That
                   1.
                   
                   The
                   Earthiness
                   being
                   removed
                   by
                   a
                   due
                   proportion
                   of
                   Fire
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   And
                   the
                   most
                   subtil
                   and
                   fumous
                   part
                   ,
                   which
                   brings
                   Adustion
                   with
                   Corruption
                   ,
                   being
                   cast
                   away
                   ,
                   we
                   may
                   have
                   the
                   pure
                   Substance
                   ,
                   consisting
                   in
                   Equality
                   ,
                   of
                   simple
                   Fusion
                   upon
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   without
                   any
                   Adustion
                   ,
                   or
                   flying
                   from
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   or
                   Inflamation
                   thereof
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   Now
                   that
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   most
                   subtil
                   is
                   adustive
                   ,
                   is
                   evident
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   Fire
                   converts
                   to
                   its
                   own
                   nature
                   ,
                   all
                   those
                   things
                   which
                   are
                   of
                   affinity
                   to
                   it
                   :
                   it
                   is
                   of
                   affinity
                   to
                   every
                   adustible
                   thing
                   ;
                   and
                   every
                   thing
                   the
                   more
                   subtil
                   the
                   more
                   adustible
                   ,
                   therefore
                   Fire
                   is
                   of
                   most
                   affinity
                   to
                   what
                   is
                   most
                   subtle
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   The
                   same
                   is
                   proved
                   by
                   Experience
                   ;
                   for
                   Sulphur
                   or
                   Arsnick
                   not
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   are
                   most
                   easily
                   inflamed
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   the
                   two
                   ,
                   Sulphur
                   the
                   more
                   easily
                   :
                   but
                   either
                   being
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   are
                   not
                   directly
                   inflamed
                   ,
                   but
                   fly
                   away
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   extenuated
                   without
                   Inflamation
                   ,
                   yet
                   
                   with
                   a
                   preceeding
                   Fusion
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Now
                   the
                   proof
                   in
                   the
                   administration
                   of
                   〈◊〉
                   with
                   their
                   proportion
                   ,
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   such
                   Matter
                   be
                   chosen
                   ,
                   with
                   which
                   the
                   Spirits
                   to
                   be
                   sublimed
                   may
                   best
                   agree
                   ,
                   and
                   wherewith
                   they
                   may
                   be
                   the
                   more
                   intimately
                   mixed
                   :
                   for
                   that
                   Matter
                   with
                   which
                   they
                   are
                   or
                   may
                   be
                   most
                   united
                   ,
                   will
                   be
                   more
                   potent
                   in
                   the
                   retention
                   of
                   the
                   Faeces
                   of
                   the
                   Matter
                   to
                   be
                   sublimed
                   ;
                   the
                   reason
                   of
                   which
                   is
                   evident
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   addition
                   of
                   Foeces
                   is
                   necessary
                   ,
                   because
                   Sulphur
                   or
                   Arsenick
                   to
                   be
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   if
                   they
                   be
                   not
                   conjoyned
                   with
                   the
                   Foeces
                   of
                   some
                   fixed
                   thing
                   ,
                   would
                   necessarily
                   ascend
                   with
                   their
                   whole
                   substance
                   not
                   cleansed
                   ,
                   which
                   thing
                   we
                   know
                   by
                   experience
                   to
                   be
                   truth
                   :
                   this
                   is
                   proved
                   ,
                   because
                   ,
                   if
                   the
                   Foeces
                   be
                   not
                   permixed
                   with
                   them
                   thro'
                   their
                   least
                   parts
                   ,
                   then
                   the
                   same
                   happens
                   as
                   if
                   they
                   had
                   not
                   Faeces
                   ,
                   for
                   their
                   whole
                   Essence
                   will
                   ascend
                   without
                   any
                   cleansing
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Experience
                   also
                   proves
                   this
                   to
                   be
                   true
                   ,
                   because
                   when
                   we
                   sublime
                   from
                   a
                   thing
                   forraign
                   to
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   we
                   sublime
                   in
                   vain
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   they
                   are
                   found
                   in
                   no
                   wise
                   purified
                   after
                   the
                   ascension
                   :
                   but
                   subliming
                   with
                   the
                   Calx
                   of
                   any
                   Body
                   ,
                   the
                   sublimation
                   is
                   well
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   facility
                   it
                   is
                   perfectly
                   cleansed
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   The
                   intention
                   of
                   Faeces
                   then
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   be
                   administred
                   or
                   taken
                   from
                   the
                   Calxes
                   of
                   Metals
                   ;
                   for
                   in
                   them
                   the
                   work
                   of
                   sublimation
                   is
                   easie
                   ,
                   but
                   in
                   other
                   things
                   most
                   difficult
                   ;
                   for
                   which
                   cause
                   there
                   is
                   nothing
                   that
                   can
                   be
                   instituted
                   in
                   their
                   stead
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   without
                   the
                   Calxes
                   of
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   the
                   Labor
                   will
                   be
                   long
                   ,
                   tedious
                   ,
                   and
                   most
                   difficult
                   ,
                   almost
                   to
                   desparation
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   But
                   in
                   this
                   there
                   is
                   some
                   benefit
                   ,
                   for
                   what
                   is
                   sublimed
                   without
                   Faeces
                   or
                   the
                   Calces
                   of
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   is
                   of
                   greater
                   quantity
                   ,
                   but
                   with
                   Faeces
                   of
                   lesser
                   :
                   So
                   also
                   ,
                   what
                   is
                   calcined
                   with
                   the
                   
                   Calces
                   of
                   Bodies
                   is
                   of
                   least
                   quantity
                   ,
                   but
                   of
                   easiest
                   and
                   most
                   speedy
                   Labor
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   However
                   every
                   kind
                   of
                   Salt
                   prepared
                   ,
                   and
                   things
                   of
                   like
                   nature
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   excuses
                   us
                   from
                   using
                   the
                   Foeces
                   of
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   with
                   them
                   we
                   make
                   sublimation
                   in
                   a
                   greater
                   quantity
                   ;
                   for
                   separation
                   of
                   things
                   to
                   be
                   sublimed
                   from
                   the
                   Foeces
                   ,
                   is
                   easily
                   made
                   by
                   solution
                   of
                   the
                   Salts
                   ,
                   which
                   happens
                   not
                   in
                   other
                   things
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   proportion
                   of
                   Faeces
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   be
                   equal
                   to
                   the
                   quantity
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   to
                   be
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   you
                   cannot
                   easily
                   err
                   :
                   Yet
                   if
                   the
                   Foeces
                   be
                   but
                   half
                   the
                   weight
                   ,
                   it
                   may
                   serve
                   with
                   care
                   ,
                   to
                   an
                   experienced
                   Man
                   :
                   For
                   the
                   less
                   the
                   Foeces
                   are
                   ,
                   the
                   greater
                   will
                   be
                   the
                   Exuberation
                   of
                   the
                   sublimate
                   ,
                   provided
                   ,
                   that
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   Subtraction
                   of
                   the
                   Foeces
                   ,
                   an
                   abatement
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   be
                   in
                   proportion
                   thereto
                   :
                   For
                   in
                   a
                   
                     small
                     quantity
                  
                   ,
                   a
                   
                     small
                     fire
                  
                   serves
                   for
                   perfection
                   ;
                   in
                   
                     a
                     great
                     ,
                     a
                     great
                  
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   a
                   
                     greater
                     quantity
                  
                   ,
                   a
                   
                     greater
                     fire
                  
                   is
                   required
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   Now
                   because
                   fire
                   is
                   a
                   thing
                   which
                   cannot
                   be
                   measured
                   ;
                   therefore
                   it
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   error
                   is
                   often
                   committed
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   when
                   the
                   Artist
                   is
                   unskilful
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   in
                   respect
                   to
                   the
                   variety
                   of
                   Fornaces
                   ,
                   as
                   Woods
                   and
                   Vessels
                   to
                   be
                   used
                   ,
                   and
                   their
                   due
                   joyning
                   .
                
                 
                   XX.
                   Therefore
                   in
                   things
                   to
                   be
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   remove
                   their
                   wateriness
                   only
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   very
                   small
                   Fire
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   removed
                   ,
                   if
                   any
                   thing
                   ascend
                   by
                   it
                   ,
                   then
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   ,
                   this
                   Fire
                   must
                   not
                   be
                   increased
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   most
                   subtil
                   part
                   may
                   (
                   by
                   this
                   most
                   weak
                   fire
                   )
                   be
                   separated
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   aside
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   Adustion
                   .
                
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   But
                   when
                   little
                   or
                   nothing
                   shall
                   ascend
                   (
                   which
                   you
                   may
                   prove
                   by
                   putting
                   a
                   little
                   
                     Cotton
                     Weik
                  
                   into
                   the
                   hole
                   in
                   the
                   top
                   of
                   the
                   Aludel
                   )
                   increase
                   the
                   fire
                   under
                   it
                   ;
                   and
                   how
                   strong
                   the
                   fire
                   should
                   be
                   ,
                   the
                   
                     Cotton
                     Weik
                  
                   
                   will
                   shew
                   :
                   For
                   if
                   little
                   of
                   the
                   sublimate
                   comes
                   forth
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   or
                   it
                   be
                   clean
                   ,
                   it
                   shews
                   your
                   fire
                   is
                   small
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   must
                   be
                   encreased
                   :
                   But
                   if
                   much
                   and
                   unclean
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   too
                   great
                   ,
                   and
                   must
                   be
                   diminished
                   .
                
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   When
                   then
                   you
                   find
                   your
                   sublimate
                   to
                   come
                   forth
                   with
                   the
                   Weik
                   Clean
                   ,
                   and
                   much
                   ,
                   you
                   have
                   the
                   due
                   proportion
                   of
                   your
                   Fire
                   ,
                   but
                   if
                   unclean
                   the
                   contrary
                   :
                   For
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   quantity
                   of
                   cleanness
                   ,
                   or
                   uncleanness
                   of
                   the
                   sublimate
                   adhereing
                   to
                   the
                   Cotton
                   ,
                   must
                   you
                   order
                   your
                   Fire
                   in
                   the
                   whole
                   fablimaiton
                   :
                   by
                   this
                   means
                   you
                   may
                   bring
                   it
                   to
                   its
                   due
                   height
                   without
                   any
                   error
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIII
                   .
                   Yet
                   the
                   way
                   of
                   Faeces
                   is
                   better
                   ,
                   viz.
                   To
                   take
                   
                     Scales
                     of
                     Iron
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     Copper
                     calcined
                  
                   :
                   these
                   indeed
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   privation
                   of
                   an
                   Evil
                   humiditity
                   ,
                   do
                   easily
                   imbibe
                   Sulphur
                   or
                   Arsenicck
                   ,
                   and
                   Unite
                   them
                   with
                   themselves
                   ;
                   the
                   method
                   of
                   which
                   the
                   experienced
                   only
                   know
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIV
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   fit
                   therefore
                   ,
                   that
                   we
                   should
                   rightly
                   inform
                   you
                   in
                   the
                   sublimation
                   of
                   these
                   two
                   Spirits
                   [
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   Arsenick
                   ]
                   least
                   you
                   should
                   erre
                   through
                   Ignorance
                   :
                   We
                   say
                   then
                   ,
                   that
                   if
                   you
                   put
                   in
                   many
                   Faeces
                   ,
                   and
                   augment
                   not
                   the
                   Fire
                   proportionally
                   ,
                   nothing
                   of
                   the
                   Matter
                   to
                   be
                   sublimed
                   will
                   ascend
                   .
                
                 
                   XXV
                   .
                   If
                   you
                   put
                   in
                   a
                   small
                   quantity
                   of
                   foeces
                   ,
                   or
                   none
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Calx
                     of
                     Bodies
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   have
                   not
                   a
                   fit
                   proportion
                   of
                   Fire
                   ,
                   the
                   matter
                   will
                   ascend
                   with
                   its
                   whole
                   substance
                   :
                   So
                   likewise
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   you
                   may
                   err
                   :
                   For
                   a
                   great
                   Fornace
                   gives
                   a
                   great
                   heat
                   of
                   Fire
                   ;
                   a
                   small
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   a
                   small
                   ,
                   if
                   the
                   Fewel
                   and
                   Vent-holes
                   be
                   proportionate
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVI
                   .
                   If
                   you
                   sublime
                   a
                   great
                   quantity
                   of
                   matter
                   in
                   a
                   small
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   you
                   cannot
                   make
                   a
                   fire
                   great
                   enough
                   for
                   Elevation
                   :
                   If
                   a
                   small
                   quantity
                   in
                   a
                   great
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   exterminate
                   the
                   sublimation
                   by
                   excess
                   of
                   
                   heat
                   .
                   Again
                   ,
                   a
                   thick
                   Fornace
                   gives
                   a
                   condensate
                   and
                   strong
                   Fire
                   :
                   A
                   thin
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   a
                   rare
                   and
                   weak
                   fire
                   ,
                   in
                   both
                   which
                   you
                   may
                   easily
                   err
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVII
                   .
                   So
                   also
                   ,
                   a
                   Fornace
                   with
                   large
                   Vent
                   holes
                   ,
                   gives
                   a
                   clear
                   and
                   strong
                   fire
                   ,
                   but
                   with
                   small
                   Vent-holes
                   ,
                   a
                   weak
                   fire
                   :
                   And
                   if
                   the
                   distance
                   of
                   space
                   between
                   the
                   Fornace
                   and
                   the
                   Vessel
                   be
                   large
                   ,
                   the
                   fire
                   will
                   be
                   the
                   greater
                   ,
                   but
                   if
                   small
                   ,
                   the
                   less
                   ;
                   in
                   all
                   which
                   ,
                   without
                   care
                   ,
                   you
                   may
                   easily
                   also
                   err
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVIII
                   .
                   You
                   must
                   there
                   fore
                   build
                   your
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   strength
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   you
                   would
                   have
                   ,
                   viz.
                   thick
                   ,
                   with
                   free
                   Vent-holes
                   ,
                   so
                   as
                   there
                   may
                   be
                   a
                   good
                   distance
                   between
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   and
                   sides
                   of
                   the
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   would
                   have
                   a
                   great
                   fire
                   :
                   But
                   if
                   a
                   mean
                   fire
                   ,
                   in
                   all
                   these
                   things
                   you
                   must
                   find
                   a
                   mean
                   proportion
                   :
                   All
                   which
                   we
                   shall
                   teach
                   you
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIX
                   .
                   If
                   you
                   would
                   elevate
                   a
                   great
                   quantity
                   of
                   matter
                   to
                   be
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   first
                   be
                   provided
                   of
                   a
                   sublimatory
                   of
                   such
                   a
                   capacity
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   contain
                   your
                   matter
                   to
                   be
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   the
                   height
                   of
                   ones
                   hand
                   breadth
                   above
                   the
                   bottom
                   :
                   To
                   this
                   fit
                   your
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   so
                   as
                   the
                   Aludel
                   ,
                   or
                   Sublimatory
                   may
                   be
                   received
                   into
                   it
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   distance
                   of
                   two
                   Fingers
                   round
                   about
                   the
                   Walls
                   ,
                   or
                   Sides
                   of
                   the
                   Fornace
                   ;
                   which
                   being
                   made
                   ,
                   make
                   also
                   to
                   it
                   ten
                   Vent-holes
                   ,
                   in
                   one
                   proportion
                   ,
                   equally
                   distant
                   ,
                   that
                   there
                   may
                   be
                   an
                   equallity
                   of
                   the
                   fire
                   in
                   all
                   parts
                   thereof
                   .
                
                 
                   XXX
                   .
                   Then
                   put
                   a
                   Bar
                   of
                   Iron
                   into
                   the
                   Fornace
                   transverse
                   ,
                   which
                   fasten
                   at
                   each
                   end
                   in
                   the
                   sides
                   of
                   the
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   which
                   Bar
                   let
                   be
                   distant
                   from
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   the
                   Fornace
                   about
                   a
                   Span
                   ,
                   or
                   9
                   Inches
                   :
                   About
                   an
                   Inch
                   above
                   it
                   the
                   Sublimatory
                   must
                   be
                   firmly
                   placed
                   ,
                   and
                   inclosed
                   round
                   about
                   to
                   the
                   Fornace
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXI
                   .
                   Now
                   ,
                   if
                   your
                   Fornace
                   can
                   well
                   and
                   clearly
                   
                   discharge
                   it self
                   of
                   the
                   Fumosities
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Flame
                   can
                   freely
                   pass
                   through
                   the
                   whole
                   Fornace
                   in
                   the
                   circuit
                   of
                   the
                   Aludel
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   well
                   proportioned
                   ;
                   if
                   not
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   so
                   .
                   Then
                   you
                   must
                   open
                   its
                   Vent-holes
                   ,
                   and
                   if
                   by
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   mended
                   ,
                   all
                   is
                   well
                   ;
                   if
                   not
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   necessarily
                   alter
                   it
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   distance
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   from
                   the
                   sides
                   of
                   the
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   is
                   too
                   small
                   :
                   Wherefore
                   enlarge
                   the
                   distance
                   ,
                   and
                   try
                   it
                   ,
                   continuing
                   these
                   Tryals
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   can
                   freely
                   quit
                   it self
                   of
                   the
                   smoak
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   flame
                   is
                   bright
                   and
                   clear
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXII
                   .
                   But
                   as
                   to
                   the
                   thickness
                   of
                   the
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   intend
                   a
                   great
                   fire
                   ,
                   it
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   about
                   5
                   or
                   6
                   Inches
                   ;
                   but
                   if
                   a
                   moderate
                   fire
                   ,
                   3
                   or
                   4
                   Inches
                   ;
                   if
                   a
                   lesser
                   fire
                   ,
                   2
                   or
                   3
                   Inches
                   thick
                   will
                   be
                   sufficient
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIII
                   .
                   Then
                   as
                   to
                   the
                   Fewel
                   ,
                   solid
                   Wood
                   gives
                   a
                   strong
                   and
                   durable
                   fire
                   ;
                   lighter
                   Wood
                   a
                   weak
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   soon
                   ended
                   ;
                   dry
                   Wood
                   gives
                   a
                   great
                   fire
                   and
                   〈◊〉
                   green
                   Wood
                   a
                   small
                   and
                   long
                   lasting
                   .
                   From
                   the
                   consideration
                   of
                   all
                   these
                   things
                   ,
                   the
                   diversity
                   of
                   Fires
                   may
                   easily
                   be
                   found
                   out
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIV
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   sublimation
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   the
                   cover
                   of
                   the
                   Sublimatory
                   must
                   be
                   made
                   with
                   a
                   great
                   and
                   large
                   concavity
                   within
                   ,
                   after
                   the
                   manner
                   of
                   an
                   Alembick
                   with
                   a
                   Nose
                   ,
                   for
                   otherwise
                   the
                   whole
                   sublimate
                   may
                   descend
                   to
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   through
                   too
                   great
                   heat
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   sublimation
                   ,
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   ascends
                   not
                   ,
                   unless
                   with
                   force
                   of
                   fire
                   ,
                   even
                   to
                   Ignition
                   of
                   the
                   Alndel
                   :
                   And
                   if
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   be
                   not
                   retained
                   in
                   the
                   Concavity
                   above
                   ,
                   seeing
                   it
                   easily
                   flows
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   descend
                   again
                   by
                   the
                   sides
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   very
                   bottom
                   ,
                   and
                   nothing
                   will
                   be
                   found
                   sublimed
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXV
                   .
                   The
                   Aludel
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   of
                   thick
                   Glass
                   ,
                   for
                   other
                   matter
                   is
                   not
                   sufficient
                   ,
                   unless
                   it
                   be
                   thick
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   the
                   like
                   substance
                   with
                   Glass
                   ;
                   because
                   Glass
                   only
                   ,
                   or
                   what
                   is
                   like
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   wanting
                   Pores
                   ,
                   is
                   able
                   to
                   retain
                   Spirits
                   
                   from
                   flying
                   away
                   :
                   For
                   through
                   Porous
                   Vessels
                   ,
                   the
                   Spirits
                   would
                   pass
                   and
                   vanish
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXVI
                   .
                   Nor
                   are
                   Metals
                   serviceable
                   in
                   this
                   case
                   ,
                   because
                   Spirits
                   (
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   their
                   Amity
                   and
                   Sympathy
                   )
                   penetrate
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   united
                   therewith
                   :
                   Therefore
                   in
                   the
                   Composition
                   of
                   your
                   Aludel
                   ,
                   let
                   a
                   round
                   Glass
                   ,
                   or
                   Concha
                   ,
                   be
                   made
                   with
                   a
                   flat
                   round
                   bottom
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   middle
                   of
                   the
                   sides
                   thereof
                   ,
                   a
                   Zone
                   ,
                   or
                   Girdle
                   surrounding
                   the
                   same
                   ;
                   and
                   above
                   that
                   Girdle
                   ,
                   cause
                   a
                   round
                   Wall
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   ,
                   equidistant
                   from
                   the
                   sides
                   of
                   the
                   Concha
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   in
                   this
                   space
                   ,
                   the
                   sides
                   of
                   the
                   Cover
                   may
                   freely
                   fall
                   without
                   pressure
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXVII
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   height
                   of
                   this
                   Wall
                   (
                   above
                   the
                   Girdle
                   )
                   must
                   be
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   height
                   of
                   the
                   Wall
                   of
                   the
                   Concha
                   ,
                   little
                   more
                   ,
                   or
                   less
                   .
                   This
                   done
                   ,
                   let
                   two
                   Covers
                   or
                   Heads
                   be
                   made
                   equal
                   to
                   the
                   measure
                   of
                   this
                   Concavity
                   of
                   the
                   two
                   Walls
                   the
                   length
                   of
                   the
                   two
                   Covers
                   must
                   be
                   equal
                   ,
                   and
                   each
                   a
                   Span
                   ,
                   or
                   9
                   Inches
                   The
                   Figure
                   of
                   one
                   of
                   them
                   also
                   Pyramidal
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   superior
                   parts
                   of
                   which
                   Covers
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   two
                   equal
                   holes
                   ,
                   one
                   in
                   each
                   ,
                   so
                   made
                   that
                   a
                   Hens
                   Feather
                   may
                   conveniently
                   be
                   put
                   in
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXVIII
                   .
                   The
                   intention
                   of
                   this
                   Concha
                   is
                   ,
                   That
                   its
                   Cover
                   may
                   be
                   moved
                   at
                   pleasure
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   the
                   juncture
                   might
                   be
                   ingenious
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   through
                   it
                   ,
                   though
                   without
                   any
                   luting
                   ,
                   the
                   Spirits
                   might
                   not
                   pass
                   .
                   But
                   if
                   you
                   can
                   better
                   contrive
                   this
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   you
                   may
                   do
                   so
                   ,
                   notwithstanding
                   this
                   our
                   description
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIX
                   .
                   Yet
                   in
                   this
                   we
                   have
                   a
                   special
                   intention
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   interiour
                   Concha
                   ,
                   with
                   its
                   sides
                   ,
                   should
                   enter
                   half
                   way
                   within
                   its
                   Cover
                   ,
                   for
                   seeing
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   property
                   of
                   Fumes
                   to
                   ascend
                   ,
                   not
                   to
                   descend
                   ,
                   by
                   this
                   means
                   they
                   are
                   kept
                   from
                   vanishing
                   :
                   Also
                   that
                   the
                   Head
                   of
                   the
                   Aludel
                   should
                   be
                   often
                   emptied
                   ,
                   left
                   part
                   of
                   what
                   is
                   sublimed
                   (
                   being
                   over
                   
                   much
                   )
                   should
                   fall
                   down
                   to
                   the
                   bottom
                   again
                   .
                
                 
                   XL.
                   Another
                   intention
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   what
                   ascends
                   up
                   in
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   pouder
                   ,
                   near
                   the
                   hole
                   of
                   the
                   head
                   of
                   the
                   Aludel
                   ,
                   be
                   always
                   kept
                   apart
                   ,
                   from
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   found
                   to
                   have
                   ascended
                   fused
                   and
                   dense
                   in
                   small
                   lumps
                   ;
                   porous
                   and
                   clear
                   at
                   bottom
                   thereof
                   ,
                   with
                   adherency
                   to
                   the
                   sides
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   known
                   to
                   have
                   less
                   of
                   Adustion
                   ,
                   than
                   what
                   is
                   found
                   to
                   ascend
                   nigh
                   to
                   the
                   hole
                   of
                   the
                   Head
                   :
                   Now
                   the
                   sublimation
                   is
                   well
                   performed
                   ,
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   found
                   clear
                   and
                   lucid
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   burnt
                   with
                   inflammation
                   :
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   the
                   subliming
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   Arsenick
                   :
                   And
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   not
                   so
                   found
                   ,
                   the
                   Work
                   must
                   so
                   often
                   be
                   repeated
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   is
                   so
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LI.
                  
                   Of
                   Descension
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   way
                   of
                   Purifying
                   by
                   Pastils
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   THERE
                   is
                   a
                   threefold
                   Cause
                   of
                   its
                   invention
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   That
                   when
                   any
                   matter
                   is
                   included
                   in
                   that
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   ,
                   a
                   
                     Chymical
                     Descensory
                  
                   ,
                   that
                   after
                   its
                   fusion
                   ,
                   it
                   may
                   descend
                   through
                   the
                   Holes
                   thereof
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   descent
                   ,
                   we
                   are
                   assured
                   ,
                   it
                   has
                   admitted
                   a
                   fluxing
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   2.
                   
                   That
                   weak
                   Bodies
                   may
                   by
                   it
                   be
                   preserved
                   from
                   Combustion
                   ,
                   after
                   reduction
                   from
                   their
                   Calces
                   :
                   For
                   when
                   we
                   reduce
                   weak
                   Bodies
                   from
                   their
                   Calces
                   ,
                   we
                   cannot
                   reduce
                   all
                   their
                   whole
                   substance
                   at
                   one
                   time
                   :
                   If
                   then
                   that
                   part
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   first
                   reduced
                   into
                   a
                   body
                   ,
                   should
                   lie
                   while
                   the
                   whole
                   is
                   reduced
                   ,
                   a
                   great
                   
                   quantity
                   would
                   vanish
                   by
                   the
                   force
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   it
                   was
                   neeessarily
                   devised
                   ,
                   that
                   one
                   part
                   so
                   soon
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   reduced
                   ,
                   may
                   fall
                   from
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   through
                   this
                   descensory
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   3.
                   
                   That
                   the
                   Depuration
                   of
                   Bodies
                   might
                   be
                   so
                   excellently
                   performed
                   ,
                   as
                   to
                   be
                   freed
                   from
                   every
                   extraneous
                   thing
                   :
                   For
                   the
                   body
                   descends
                   in
                   a
                   Flux
                   clean
                   ,
                   and
                   leaves
                   every
                   thing
                   which
                   is
                   alien
                   thereto
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Concavity
                   thereof
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Therefore
                   as
                   to
                   the
                   way
                   or
                   method
                   thereof
                   ,
                   we
                   say
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   it
                   must
                   be
                   such
                   as
                   its
                   bottom
                   may
                   be
                   pointed
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   sides
                   of
                   it
                   without
                   roughness
                   ,
                   equally
                   terminating
                   in
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   Acuity
                   ,
                   or
                   point
                   of
                   the
                   bottom
                   :
                   And
                   its
                   cover
                   (
                   if
                   any
                   be
                   needful
                   )
                   must
                   be
                   made
                   in
                   the
                   like
                   ness
                   of
                   a
                   plain
                   or
                   flat
                   Dish
                   ,
                   and
                   well
                   fitted
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Vessel
                   with
                   its
                   Cover
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   made
                   of
                   good
                   firm
                   Earth
                   ,
                   not
                   easie
                   to
                   break
                   ,
                   or
                   crack
                   in
                   the
                   fire
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Then
                   put
                   in
                   the
                   matter
                   which
                   you
                   would
                   have
                   to
                   descend
                   ,
                   upon
                   round
                   Rods
                   or
                   Bars
                   made
                   of
                   like
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   placed
                   ,
                   as
                   they
                   may
                   be
                   more
                   nigh
                   the
                   top
                   than
                   bottom
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   .
                   Then
                   covering
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   and
                   luting
                   the
                   juncture
                   ,
                   set
                   it
                   into
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   blow
                   it
                   until
                   it
                   is
                   in
                   Flux
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   whole
                   matterdescend
                   into
                   a
                   subjacent
                   Vessel
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   But
                   ,
                   if
                   the
                   matter
                   be
                   of
                   difficult
                   fusion
                   ,
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   put
                   upon
                   a
                   Table
                   plain
                   ,
                   or
                   of
                   small
                   Concavity
                   ,
                   from
                   which
                   it
                   may
                   easily
                   descend
                   by
                   inclining
                   the
                   head
                   of
                   the
                   Descensory
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   in
                   Flux
                   ;
                   for
                   by
                   this
                   means
                   Bodies
                   are
                   purified
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   But
                   they
                   are
                   yet
                   better
                   purified
                   by
                   Pastils
                   ,
                   which
                   method
                   of
                   Purification
                   is
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   force
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   way
                   of
                   purifying
                   by
                   descension
                   :
                   For
                   it
                   holds
                   the
                   foeces
                   of
                   Bodies
                   as
                   well
                   as
                   a
                   Descensory
                   and
                   better
                   ,
                   the
                   way
                   of
                   which
                   is
                   thus
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Take
                   the
                   body
                   which
                   you
                   intend
                   to
                   cleanse
                   ,
                   and
                   granulate
                   it
                   ,
                   or
                   file
                   it
                   ,
                   or
                   reduce
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   Calx
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   yet
                   better
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   perfect
                   :
                   Mix
                   it
                   with
                   some
                   other
                   Calx
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   melted
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   make
                   the
                   body
                   to
                   flow
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   By
                   this
                   method
                   ,
                   often
                   repeated
                   ,
                   Bodies
                   are
                   cleansed
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   with
                   a
                   perfect
                   Mundification
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   to
                   perfection
                   ;
                   yet
                   it
                   is
                   a
                   profitable
                   purifying
                   ,
                   that
                   Bodies
                   capable
                   of
                   perfection
                   ,
                   may
                   the
                   better
                   and
                   more
                   perfectly
                   be
                   transmuted
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   For
                   there
                   is
                   an
                   Administration
                   always
                   to
                   go
                   before
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   proceed
                   such
                   a
                   Transmutation
                   ,
                   all
                   which
                   shall
                   be
                   declared
                   in
                   its
                   proper
                   place
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   The
                   Descensory
                   Fornace
                   is
                   made
                   ,
                   as
                   before
                   described
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   wonderfully
                   useful
                   to
                   the
                   melting
                   of
                   Metals
                   by
                   Cineritiums
                   and
                   Cements
                   .
                   For
                   all
                   Calcined
                   ,
                   Combust
                   ,
                   Dissolved
                   ,
                   and
                   Coagulated
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   are
                   reduced
                   by
                   this
                   Fornace
                   into
                   a
                   solid
                   Mass
                   ,
                   or
                   Metal
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Cineritiums
                   also
                   ,
                   and
                   Cements
                   ,
                   and
                   Tests
                   ,
                   or
                   Crucibles
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   Silver
                   is
                   often
                   melted
                   ,
                   are
                   put
                   into
                   this
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   recovering
                   the
                   Metal
                   imbibed
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LII
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   Distillation
                   ,
                   Causes
                   ,
                   Kinds
                   ,
                   and
                   Fornaces
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   DIstillation
                   is
                   the
                   elevating
                   of
                   Aqueous
                   Vapours
                   in
                   their
                   proper
                   Vessel
                   ;
                   and
                   is
                   of
                   divers
                   kinds
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Either
                   with
                   fire
                   ,
                   or
                   without
                   fire
                   .
                   Those
                   
                   made
                   by
                   fire
                   is
                   also
                   twofold
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Ascending
                   by
                   an
                   Alembick
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Descending
                   by
                   a
                   Descensory
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   The
                   Cause
                   why
                   Distillation
                   was
                   invented
                   ,
                   was
                   the
                   purification
                   of
                   a
                   liquid
                   matter
                   from
                   its
                   filth
                   ,
                   and
                   conservation
                   of
                   it
                   from
                   putrefaction
                   .
                   For
                   we
                   see
                   things
                   distilled
                   (
                   by
                   what
                   kinds
                   soever
                   of
                   Distillation
                   )
                   are
                   made
                   more
                   pure
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   pure
                   to
                   be
                   preserved
                   from
                   putrefaction
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   But
                   the
                   special
                   cause
                   of
                   Distillation
                   by
                   Ascent
                   ,
                   or
                   an
                   Alembick
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   separating
                   of
                   a
                   pure
                   Water
                   ,
                   without
                   Earth
                   or
                   Foecs
                   ;
                   for
                   water
                   so
                   distilled
                   has
                   no
                   feculency
                   :
                   And
                   the
                   Cause
                   of
                   the
                   invention
                   of
                   such
                   pure
                   water
                   ,
                   was
                   for
                   the
                   Imbibition
                   of
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   clean
                   Medicines
                   ,
                   lest
                   by
                   the
                   fe
                   culency
                   of
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   our
                   Medicines
                   ,
                   or
                   Spirits
                   might
                   be
                   defiled
                   or
                   currupted
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   But
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   the
                   Invention
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   made
                   by
                   Descent
                   ,
                   or
                   a
                   Descensory
                   ,
                   was
                   the
                   extracting
                   its
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   pure
                   in
                   its
                   Nature
                   ;
                   because
                   by
                   Ascent
                   ,
                   Oyls
                   are
                   not
                   so
                   easily
                   had
                   in
                   their
                   combustible
                   Nature
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   And
                   the
                   Distillation
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   made
                   without
                   fire
                   ,
                   or
                   by
                   Filter
                   ,
                   was
                   invented
                   for
                   this
                   cause
                   sake
                   ,
                   to
                   clear
                   water
                   (
                   whether
                   distilled
                   ,
                   or
                   not
                   distilled
                   )
                   from
                   all
                   manner
                   of
                   Impurities
                   whatsoever
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Distillation
                   by
                   Ascent
                   is
                   two-fold
                   ,
                   1.
                   
                   In
                   Ashes
                   ,
                   or
                   Sand.
                   2.
                   
                   In
                   Balneo
                   ,
                   without
                   Hay
                   ,
                   or
                   Wool
                   in
                   its
                   proper
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   so
                   disposed
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Cucurbit
                   ,
                   or
                   Vesica
                   may
                   not
                   be
                   broken
                   before
                   the
                   Work
                   is
                   finished
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Distillation
                   by
                   Ashes
                   or
                   Sand
                   ,
                   is
                   done
                   with
                   a
                   greater
                   ,
                   stronger
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   acute
                   fire
                   :
                   But
                   that
                   by
                   Balneo
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   mild
                   ,
                   soft
                   ,
                   or
                   gentle
                   and
                   equal
                   fire
                   ;
                   for
                   Water
                   admits
                   not
                   the
                   Acuity
                   of
                   Ignition
                   ,
                   as
                   Ashes
                   or
                   Sand
                   do
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Therefore
                   by
                   that
                   Distillation
                   which
                   is
                   made
                   
                     in
                     Ashes
                  
                   ,
                   colours
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   
                   more
                   gross
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   are
                   elevated
                   ;
                   but
                   by
                   that
                   in
                   Balneo
                   ,
                   the
                   parts
                   more
                   subtil
                   ,
                   and
                   without
                   color
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   approaching
                   to
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   simple
                   Water
                   ,
                   only
                   arise
                   .
                   So
                   that
                   a
                   more
                   subtil
                   separation
                   is
                   made
                   
                     by
                     distillation
                     in
                     Balneo
                  
                   ,
                   than
                   
                     by
                     a
                     Distillation
                     in
                     Ashes
                     or
                     Sand.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   evident
                   ;
                   for
                   Oyl
                   distilled
                   
                     by
                     Ashes
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   gross
                   ,
                   thick
                   ,
                   and
                   foetid
                   :
                   But
                   that
                   being
                   rectified
                   
                     in
                     Balneo
                  
                   ,
                   the
                   Oyl
                   is
                   separated
                   into
                   its
                   Elemental
                   parts
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   from
                   a
                   most
                   Red
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   you
                   have
                   another
                   most
                   limpid
                   ,
                   white
                   ,
                   and
                   serene
                   ,
                   the
                   whole
                   redness
                   remaining
                   in
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   By
                   this
                   Operation
                   ,
                   we
                   come
                   to
                   the
                   determinate
                   separation
                   of
                   all
                   the
                   Elements
                   of
                   every
                   Vegetable
                   ;
                   and
                   of
                   that
                   which
                   from
                   Vegetables
                   proceeds
                   to
                   a
                   Being
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   every
                   like
                   thing
                   .
                   But
                   by
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   made
                   by
                   Descent
                   ,
                   we
                   at
                   tain
                   the
                   Oyl
                   of
                   every
                   thing
                   Vegetable
                   ,
                   determinately
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   their
                   like
                   :
                   and
                   by
                   Filteration
                   we
                   accomplish
                   the
                   clearness
                   of
                   every
                   liquid
                   thing
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     To
                     Distil
                     in
                     Ashes
                     .
                  
                   You
                   must
                   have
                   a
                   strong
                   earthen
                   Pan
                   ,
                   and
                   fitted
                   to
                   the
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   like
                   to
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   Fornace
                   of
                   Sublimation
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   same
                   distance
                   from
                   the
                   sides
                   of
                   the
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   like
                   Vent-holes
                   ;
                   upon
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   which
                   Pan
                   sifted
                   Ashes
                   must
                   be
                   put
                   to
                   the
                   thickness
                   of
                   one
                   Fingers
                   breadth
                   
                     [
                     length
                     almost
                  
                   ]
                   and
                   upon
                   the
                   Ashes
                   ,
                   the
                   Retort
                   ,
                   or
                   Distillatory
                   must
                   be
                   set
                   ,
                   and
                   covered
                   round
                   about
                   with
                   the
                   same
                   Ashes
                   ,
                   almost
                   as
                   high
                   as
                   to
                   the
                   neck
                   of
                   the
                   Alembick
                   ,
                   
                     [
                     Retort
                     ,
                     or
                     Distillatory
                     .
                     ]
                  
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   This
                   done
                   ,
                   put
                   in
                   the
                   matter
                   to
                   be
                   distilled
                   ,
                   cover
                   the
                   Vessel
                   with
                   its
                   Alembick
                   ,
                   the
                   neck
                   of
                   which
                   must
                   inclose
                   the
                   neck
                   of
                   the
                   Cucurbit
                   ,
                   or
                   Vesica
                   ,
                   lest
                   what
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   distilled
                   should
                   fly
                   away
                   :
                   Then
                   lute
                   the
                   juncture
                   ,
                   and
                   begin
                   the
                   Distillatiou
                   :
                   But
                   the
                   
                     Vesica
                     ,
                     Cucurbit
                     ,
                     Retort
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Distillatory
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   Alembick
                   Head
                   ,
                   or
                   Recipient
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   both
                   of
                   Glass
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   fire
                   must
                   be
                   of
                   strength
                   ,
                   according
                   
                   to
                   the
                   exigency
                   ,
                   or
                   nature
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   to
                   be
                   distilled
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   be
                   continued
                   till
                   all
                   that
                   should
                   be
                   distilled
                   is
                   come
                   off
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     To
                     distil
                     in
                  
                   Balneo
                   ,
                   
                     is
                     like
                     the
                     former
                     ,
                     in
                     a
                  
                   Cucurbit
                   and
                   Alembick
                   ;
                   
                     save
                     that
                     you
                     must
                     have
                     an
                     Iron
                     or
                     Brass
                     Pot
                     fitted
                     to
                     the
                     Fornace
                     :
                  
                   Upon
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   the
                   pot
                   within
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   laid
                   a
                   Bed
                   of
                   Hay
                   or
                   Wooll
                   ,
                   or
                   other
                   like
                   matter
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   thickness
                   of
                   3
                   Inches
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Cucurbit
                   may
                   not
                   be
                   broken
                   ;
                   and
                   with
                   the
                   same
                   the
                   Cucurbit
                   must
                   be
                   covered
                   round
                   about
                   ,
                   almost
                   as
                   high
                   as
                   the
                   neck
                   of
                   the
                   Alembick
                   ,
                   upon
                   which
                   lay
                   sticks
                   cross
                   ,
                   and
                   upon
                   them
                   stones
                   ,
                   to
                   hold
                   the
                   Cucurbit
                   to
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   the
                   Pot
                   ,
                   and
                   keep
                   it
                   firm
                   and
                   steady
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   be
                   not
                   raised
                   by
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   nor
                   be
                   broken
                   by
                   its
                   moving
                   up
                   and
                   down
                   .
                   Lastly
                   ,
                   Put
                   in
                   Water
                   till
                   the
                   Pot
                   be
                   full
                   ,
                   which
                   done
                   ,
                   kindle
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   distil
                   off
                   the
                   matter
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XIV
                     .
                     To
                     Distil
                     by
                     Descent
                     .
                  
                   You
                   must
                   have
                   a
                   
                     Glass
                     Descensory
                  
                   ,
                   with
                   its
                   Cover
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   put
                   in
                   which
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   Distilled
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   the
                   Cover
                   luted
                   on
                   ,
                   and
                   fire
                   made
                   on
                   the
                   top
                   ,
                   or
                   over
                   it
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Liquor
                   may
                   descend
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XV.
                     To
                     Distil
                     by
                     Filtre
                  
                   .
                   Put
                   the
                   Liquor
                   to
                   be
                   Distilled
                   ,
                   into
                   an
                   Earthen
                   ,
                   Stone
                   ,
                   or
                   Glass
                   Concha
                   ,
                   under
                   which
                   set
                   another
                   Vessel
                   to
                   receive
                   the
                   Distillation
                   :
                   The
                   larger
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Filter
                   put
                   into
                   the
                   Liquor
                   ,
                   even
                   to
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   the
                   Concha
                   ,
                   leting
                   the
                   narrower
                   part
                   hang
                   over
                   the
                   side
                   thereof
                   ,
                   and
                   over
                   the
                   under
                   Vessel
                   ;
                   so
                   will
                   the
                   Liquor
                   fall
                   down
                   through
                   the
                   Filter
                   in
                   the
                   lower
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   without
                   ceasing
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   last
                   drop
                   .
                   
                     Where
                     note
                     ,
                     That
                     if
                     the
                     Liquor
                     be
                     not
                     clear
                     enough
                     the
                     first
                     time
                     ,
                     it
                     must
                     be
                     so
                     often
                     repeated
                     ,
                     till
                     it
                     is
                     as
                     you
                     desire
                     it
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   The
                   
                     Distillatory
                     Fornace
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   same
                   with
                   the
                   Sublimatory
                   :
                   But
                   Fire
                   must
                   be
                   administred
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   exigency
                   of
                   things
                   to
                   be
                   Distilled
                   :
                   The
                   way
                   of
                   doing
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   just
                   now
                   taught
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   CHAP.
                   LIII
                   .
                   
                     Of
                     Calcination
                     of
                     Bodies
                     and
                     Spirits
                     ,
                     with
                     their
                     Causes
                     and
                     Methods
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   I.
                   CAlcination
                   is
                   the
                   bringing
                   a
                   thing
                   to
                   Dust
                   by
                   Fire
                   ,
                   through
                   an
                   abstraction
                   of
                   its
                   humidity
                   ,
                   holding
                   the
                   particles
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   together
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   The
                   cause
                   of
                   the
                   invention
                   thereof
                   ,
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Adustive
                   ,
                   corrupting
                   and
                   defiling
                   sulphureity
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   abolished
                   by
                   Fire
                   ;
                   and
                   it
                   is
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   diversity
                   of
                   the
                   things
                   to
                   be
                   calcined
                   :
                   for
                   Bodies
                   are
                   calcined
                   ;
                   and
                   Spirits
                   are
                   calcined
                   ;
                   as
                   also
                   other
                   things
                   foreign
                   to
                   these
                   ,
                   but
                   with
                   a
                   divers
                   intention
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   And
                   seeing
                   there
                   are
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   of
                   two
                   kinds
                   ,
                   
                     viz.
                     Hard
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   Venus
                   and
                   Mars
                   ;
                   and
                   Soft
                   ,
                   as
                   Saturn
                   and
                   Jupiter
                   ;
                   all
                   which
                   are
                   calcined
                   ;
                   there
                   was
                   a
                   necessity
                   of
                   calcining
                   them
                   with
                   a
                   several
                   intention
                   ,
                   viz.
                   General
                   and
                   Special
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   They
                   are
                   calcined
                   with
                   one
                   general
                   Intention
                   ,
                   when
                   that
                   their
                   corrupting
                   and
                   defiling
                   Sulphureity
                   may
                   be
                   abolished
                   by
                   Fire
                   :
                   for
                   every
                   adustive
                   Sulphureity
                   ,
                   which
                   could
                   not
                   be
                   removed
                   without
                   Calcination
                   ,
                   is
                   thereby
                   abolished
                   from
                   every
                   thing
                   whatsoever
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   And
                   because
                   the
                   Body
                   it self
                   is
                   solid
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   that
                   solidity
                   ,
                   the
                   internal
                   Sulphureity
                   concealed
                   within
                   the
                   continuity
                   of
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   defended
                   from
                   Adustion
                   ;
                   therefore
                   it
                   was
                   necessary
                   to
                   separate
                   the
                   Continuity
                   thereof
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Fire
                   coming
                   freely
                   to
                   every
                   its
                   least
                   parts
                   ,
                   might
                   burn
                   the
                   Sulphureity
                   from
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   
                   the
                   Continuity
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   might
                   not
                   defend
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   The
                   common
                   inten
                   tion
                   also
                   of
                   Calcination
                   ,
                   is
                   Depuration
                   of
                   the
                   Earthiness
                   ;
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   found
                   that
                   Bodies
                   are
                   cleansed
                   by
                   reiterated
                   Calcination
                   and
                   Reduction
                   ,
                   as
                   we
                   shall
                   hereafter
                   shew
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Special
                   Calcination
                   is
                   of
                   
                     Soft
                     Bodies
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   these
                   two
                   intentions
                   ,
                   that
                   through
                   it
                   there
                   may
                   be
                   an
                   intention
                   of
                   Hardning
                   and
                   Fixing
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   accomplished
                   by
                   an
                   Ignitious
                   repition
                   of
                   Calcination
                   upon
                   them
                   ;
                   and
                   this
                   is
                   found
                   true
                   by
                   Experience
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   But
                   why
                   the
                   Calcination
                   of
                   Spirits
                   was
                   invented
                   ,
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   may
                   the
                   better
                   be
                   fixed
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   more
                   easily
                   dissolved
                   in
                   to
                   Water
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   every
                   kind
                   of
                   thing
                   Calcined
                   is
                   more
                   fixed
                   ,
                   then
                   the
                   not
                   Calcined
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   easier
                   solution
                   :
                   and
                   because
                   the
                   Particles
                   of
                   the
                   Calcinated
                   ,
                   more
                   subtilized
                   by
                   Fire
                   ,
                   are
                   more
                   easily
                   mixed
                   with
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   turned
                   into
                   Water
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   The
                   Calcination
                   of
                   other
                   things
                   ,
                   is
                   subservient
                   to
                   the
                   Exigency
                   of
                   the
                   Preparation
                   of
                   Spirits
                   and
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   Preparation
                   we
                   shall
                   speak
                   more
                   at
                   large
                   in
                   the
                   following
                   :
                   but
                   these
                   are
                   not
                   of
                   Perfection
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   The
                   way
                   of
                   Calcination
                   is
                   divers
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   diversity
                   of
                   things
                   to
                   be
                   Calcined
                   :
                   for
                   Bodies
                   are
                   otherwise
                   Calcined
                   than
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     other
                     things
                  
                   .
                   And
                   Bodies
                   divers
                   from
                   each
                   other
                   ,
                   are
                   diversly
                   Calcined
                   .
                   
                     Soft
                     Bodies
                  
                   have
                   one
                   general
                   way
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   intention
                   ,
                   viz.
                   That
                   both
                   may
                   be
                   Calcined
                   by
                   Fire
                   only
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   the
                   acuity
                   of
                   Salt
                   prepared
                   or
                   unprepared
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   Calcination
                   by
                   Fire
                   is
                   thus
                   :
                   Have
                   a
                   Vessel
                   of
                   Iron
                   or
                   Earth
                   ,
                   formed
                   like
                   a
                   Porringer
                   ,
                   which
                   let
                   be
                   very
                   strong
                   and
                   firm
                   ,
                   and
                   fitted
                   to
                   the
                   Fornace
                   of
                   Calcination
                   ,
                   so
                   ,
                   that
                   underit
                   ,
                   the
                   Coles
                   may
                   be
                   cast
                   in
                   and
                   blowed
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Then
                   cast
                   in
                   your
                   Lead
                   or
                   Tin
                   (
                   the
                   vessel
                   being
                   firmly
                   set
                   upon
                   a
                   Trivet
                   of
                   Iron
                   or
                   Stone
                   ,
                   and
                   fastned
                   to
                   the
                   Walls
                   of
                   the
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   with
                   3
                   or
                   4
                   Stones
                   being
                   thrust
                   in
                   ,
                   stiff
                   ,
                   between
                   the
                   Fornace
                   sides
                   and
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   not
                   move
                   :
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   the
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   the
                   same
                   with
                   the
                   Form
                   of
                   the
                   Fornace
                   of
                   Great
                   Ignition
                   ,
                   )
                   of
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   spoken
                   ,
                   and
                   shall
                   speak
                   more
                   in
                   the
                   following
                   .
                   )
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   And
                   the
                   Fire
                   being
                   kindled
                   sufficient
                   for
                   the
                   fusion
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   to
                   be
                   calcined
                   ,
                   a
                   skin
                   will
                   arise
                   on
                   the
                   Top
                   ,
                   which
                   con
                   tinually
                   rake
                   together
                   ,
                   and
                   take
                   off
                   with
                   a
                   Slice
                   ,
                   or
                   other
                   fit
                   Iron
                   or
                   Stone
                   instument
                   ,
                   so
                   long
                   till
                   the
                   whole
                   body
                   is
                   converted
                   into
                   Pouder
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   If
                   it
                   be
                   Saturn
                   ,
                   there
                   must
                   be
                   a
                   greater
                   fire
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   Calx
                   be
                   changed
                   into
                   a
                   compleat
                   whiteness
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   Now
                   understand
                   ,
                   that
                   Saturn
                   is
                   easily
                   reduced
                   again
                   into
                   a
                   Body
                   from
                   its
                   Calx
                   :
                   but
                   Jupiter
                   with
                   most
                   difficulty
                   :
                   therefore
                   be
                   carefull
                   that
                   you
                   err
                   not
                   in
                   exposing
                   Saturn
                   after
                   its
                   first
                   Pulverization
                   to
                   too
                   great
                   a
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   reduce
                   the
                   Calx
                   into
                   a
                   Body
                   ,
                   before
                   it
                   is
                   perfected
                   :
                   in
                   this
                   you
                   must
                   use
                   temperance
                   of
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   leisurly
                   augmented
                   by
                   degrees
                   with
                   Caution
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   confirmed
                   in
                   its
                   Calx
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   not
                   so
                   easily
                   reducible
                   ,
                   but
                   that
                   a
                   gentle
                   fire
                   must
                   be
                   given
                   to
                   the
                   last
                   compleating
                   of
                   the
                   Calx
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Likewise
                   be
                   careful
                   that
                   you
                   err
                   not
                   in
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   its
                   difficult
                   Reduction
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   intending
                   to
                   reduce
                   it
                   ,
                   you
                   find
                   it
                   not
                   reduced
                   ,
                   but
                   a
                   Calx
                   still
                   ,
                   or
                   turned
                   into
                   Glass
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   then
                   conclude
                   its
                   reduction
                   impossible
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   Now
                   we
                   say
                   ,
                   that
                   if
                   a
                   great
                   Fire
                   be
                   not
                   given
                   in
                   the
                   reduction
                   of
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   it
                   reduceth
                   not
                   :
                   and
                   if
                   a
                   great
                   Fire
                   be
                   given
                   ,
                   sometimes
                   it
                   reduces
                   not
                   ,
                   but
                   
                   Possibly
                   may
                   be
                   converted
                   into
                   Glass
                   :
                   the
                   reason
                   of
                   which
                   is
                   ,
                   because
                   Jupiter
                   in
                   the
                   profundity
                   of
                   its
                   nature
                   has
                   the
                   fugitive
                   substance
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   included
                   :
                   which
                   if
                   long
                   kept
                   in
                   the
                   Fire
                   flies
                   away
                   ;
                   and
                   leaves
                   the
                   Body
                   deprived
                   of
                   humidity
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   found
                   more
                   apt
                   to
                   Vitrifie
                   ,
                   than
                   to
                   be
                   reduced
                   again
                   into
                   a
                   metallick
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   For
                   every
                   thing
                   deprived
                   of
                   its
                   proper
                   Humidity
                   ,
                   gives
                   no
                   other
                   than
                   a
                   
                     Vitrifying
                     fusion
                  
                   ,
                   whence
                   it
                   naturally
                   follows
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   must
                   hasten
                   to
                   reduce
                   it
                   with
                   the
                   speedy
                   force
                   of
                   a
                   Violent
                   Fire
                   ;
                   for
                   otherwise
                   it
                   will
                   not
                   be
                   reduced
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   The
                   Calcination
                   of
                   these
                   Bodies
                   by
                   the
                   Acuity
                   of
                   Salt
                   ,
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   quantity
                   after
                   quantity
                   of
                   Salt
                   be
                   very
                   often
                   cast
                   upon
                   them
                   in
                   their
                   fusion
                   ,
                   and
                   permixed
                   by
                   much
                   agitation
                   with
                   an
                   Iron
                   Rod
                   ,
                   while
                   in
                   fusion
                   ,
                   till
                   by
                   the
                   mixtion
                   of
                   the
                   Salt
                   ,
                   they
                   be
                   turned
                   into
                   Ashes
                   :
                   and
                   afterwards
                   by
                   the
                   same
                   way
                   of
                   perfection
                   the
                   Calces
                   of
                   them
                   are
                   perfected
                   ,
                   with
                   their
                   considerations
                   .
                
                 
                   XX.
                   But
                   herein
                   also
                   is
                   a
                   difference
                   in
                   the
                   Calces
                   of
                   these
                   two
                   Bodies
                   :
                   for
                   Lead
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   work
                   of
                   Calcination
                   is
                   more
                   easily
                   converted
                   into
                   Pouder
                   or
                   Ashes
                   than
                   Tin
                   ;
                   and
                   yet
                   the
                   Calx
                   is
                   not
                   more
                   easily
                   perfected
                   than
                   that
                   of
                   Tin.
                   The
                   cause
                   of
                   which
                   diversity
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   Saturn
                   has
                   a
                   more
                   fixed
                   humidity
                   than
                   Jupiter
                   .
                
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   The
                   Calcination
                   of
                   Venus
                   and
                   Mars
                   is
                   one
                   ,
                   yet
                   divers
                   from
                   the
                   former
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   dificulty
                   of
                   their
                   Liquefaction
                   .
                   Make
                   either
                   of
                   these
                   Bodies
                   into
                   thin
                   Plates
                   ,
                   heat
                   them
                   red
                   hot
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   to
                   Melting
                   :
                   for
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   their
                   great
                   Earthiness
                   ,
                   and
                   large
                   quantity
                   of
                   Adustive
                   flying
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   easily
                   thus
                   reduced
                   into
                   Calx
                   :
                   for
                   the
                   much
                   Earthiness
                   being
                   mixed
                   with
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   the
                   due
                   Continuity
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   is
                   frustrated
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   And
                   thence
                   comes
                   their
                   porosity
                   ,
                   through
                   which
                   the
                   flying
                   Sulphur
                   passes
                   away
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Fire
                   by
                   that
                   means
                   having
                   access
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   Burns
                   and
                   Elevates
                   the
                   same
                   ;
                   whence
                   it
                   comes
                   to
                   pass
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   parts
                   are
                   made
                   more
                   rare
                   ,
                   and
                   through
                   discontinuity
                   converted
                   into
                   Ashes
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIII
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   manifest
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   plates
                   of
                   Copper
                   exposed
                   to
                   Ignition
                   ,
                   yeild
                   a
                   Sulphurous
                   Flame
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   pulverizable
                   Scales
                   in
                   their
                   Superfices
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   done
                   ,
                   because
                   from
                   the
                   parts
                   more
                   nigh
                   ,
                   a
                   more
                   easy
                   combustion
                   of
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   must
                   be
                   made
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIV
                   .
                   The
                   form
                   of
                   this
                   Calcinatory
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   same
                   with
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   the
                   Distillatory
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   save
                   only
                   ,
                   that
                   this
                   must
                   have
                   one
                   great
                   hole
                   in
                   the
                   Crown
                   of
                   it
                   to
                   free
                   it self
                   from
                   Fumosities
                   :
                   and
                   the
                   place
                   of
                   the
                   things
                   to
                   be
                   Calcined
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   in
                   the
                   midst
                   of
                   the
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Fire
                   may
                   have
                   free
                   access
                   to
                   them
                   round
                   about
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   Vessel
                   must
                   be
                   of
                   Earth
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   Crucibles
                   .
                
                 
                   XXV
                   .
                   
                     The
                     Calcination
                     of
                     Spirits
                  
                   You
                   must
                   give
                   Fire
                   to
                   them
                   gradually
                   ,
                   and
                   leisurly
                   increase
                   it
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   may
                   not
                   fly
                   ,
                   till
                   they
                   be
                   able
                   to
                   sustain
                   the
                   greatest
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   approach
                   to
                   Fixation
                   :
                   their
                   Vessel
                   must
                   be
                   round
                   ,
                   every
                   way
                   closed
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Fornace
                   the
                   same
                   with
                   the
                   last
                   mentioned
                   .
                   But
                   you
                   need
                   not
                   use
                   greater
                   Labour
                   than
                   what
                   is
                   to
                   prevent
                   their
                   flight
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVI
                   .
                   
                     Or
                     thus
                  
                   ,
                   As
                   to
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   the
                   Fornace
                   .
                   Let
                   it
                   be
                   made
                   square
                   in
                   length
                   four
                   Feet
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   breadth
                   three
                   Feet
                   :
                   
                     Luna
                     ,
                     Venus
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Mars
                   ,
                   or
                   other
                   things
                   must
                   be
                   Calcined
                   in
                   strong
                   Dishes
                   or
                   Pans
                   made
                   of
                   Clay
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   that
                   of
                   which
                   Crucibles
                   are
                   made
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   may
                   endure
                   the
                   strongest
                   force
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   total
                   combustion
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   to
                   be
                   Calcined
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVII
                   .
                   
                     Calcination
                     is
                  
                   
                   
                     the
                     Treasure
                     of
                     the
                     thing
                  
                   ,
                   Be
                   not
                   weary
                   therefore
                   ,
                   for
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   are
                   cleansed
                   by
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   reduction
                   of
                   the
                   Calcinate
                   into
                   a
                   solid
                   Body
                   or
                   Mass
                   of
                   Metal
                   again
                   :
                   then
                   is
                   our
                   Medicine
                   projected
                   upon
                   them
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   matter
                   of
                   Joy
                   and
                   Rejoycing
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVIII
                   .
                   
                     The
                     Ablutions
                     of
                     the
                     Calces
                  
                   .
                   Have
                   a
                   large
                   Earthen
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   full
                   of
                   pure
                   hot
                   fresh
                   Water
                   ,
                   with
                   this
                   wash
                   the
                   Calx
                   ,
                   stirring
                   it
                   often
                   ,
                   that
                   all
                   the
                   Salt
                   and
                   Allom
                   may
                   be
                   dissolved
                   (
                   with
                   which
                   they
                   have
                   been
                   Calcined
                   )
                   then
                   being
                   setled
                   ,
                   decant
                   the
                   Water
                   gently
                   :
                   put
                   the
                   Calx
                   again
                   into
                   hot
                   Water
                   and
                   do
                   as
                   before
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   perfectly
                   washed
                   ,
                   then
                   dry
                   and
                   keep
                   it
                   for
                   inceration
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIX
                   .
                   The
                   Inceration
                   of
                   Calces
                   washed
                   .
                   Take
                   the
                   former
                   Calx
                   ,
                   dissolve
                   it
                   in
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   2
                   pounds
                   of
                   Common
                   
                     Salt
                     ,
                     Roch
                     Allom
                     ,
                     Sal
                     gem
                     ,
                     ana
                     2
                  
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   in
                   this
                   water
                   imbibe
                   4
                   Ounces
                   of
                   of
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   dryed
                   Calx
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   has
                   drank
                   in
                   all
                   the
                   said
                   Water
                   ,
                   then
                   dry
                   it
                   and
                   keep
                   it
                   for
                   use
                   .
                
                 
                   XXX
                   .
                   The
                   Reduction
                   of
                   Calces
                   into
                   a
                   solid
                   Mass.
                   Take
                   the
                   former
                   incerated
                   Calx
                   ,
                   wash
                   it
                   with
                   distilled
                   Urine
                   ,
                   till
                   you
                   have
                   extracted
                   all
                   the
                   Salts
                   and
                   Alums
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   filth
                   of
                   the
                   Calcined
                   Body
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   dryed
                   imbibe
                   4
                   pounds
                   of
                   this
                   Calx
                   ,
                   with
                   Oyl
                   of
                   
                     Tarter
                     1
                  
                   pound
                   ,
                   in
                   1
                   pound
                   of
                   which
                   dissolve
                   
                     Sal
                     armoniack
                     2
                  
                   Ounces
                   ,
                   
                     Salt-Peter
                     1
                  
                   Ounce
                   :
                   This
                   Imbibition
                   do
                   at
                   several
                   times
                   ,
                   drying
                   and
                   imbibing
                   .
                   Lastly
                   dry
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   it
                   descend
                   through
                   a
                   great
                   descensory
                   ,
                   and
                   reduce
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   solid
                   Mass
                   ,
                   being
                   purged
                   from
                   its
                   Combustible
                   Sulphureity
                   by
                   Calcination
                   ;
                   and
                   from
                   its
                   Terrestreity
                   by
                   its
                   Reduction
                   ,
                   so
                   have
                   you
                   it
                   purified
                   from
                   all
                   accidental
                   Impirities
                   and
                   defements
                   ,
                   which
                   happned
                   to
                   it
                   in
                   its
                   Minera
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXI
                   .
                   But
                   it
                   s
                   innate
                   foulness
                   ,
                   which
                   dwels
                   in
                   the
                   Root
                   of
                   its
                   Generation
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   obliterated
                   or
                   done
                   away
                   ,
                   with
                   our
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   the
                   greater
                   part
                   of
                   which
                   ,
                   
                   contains
                   in
                   it self
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   according
                   as
                   the
                   necessity
                   of
                   the
                   Art
                   requires
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXII
                   .
                   Again
                   you
                   must
                   note
                   ,
                   that
                   Bodies
                   are
                   found
                   to
                   be
                   of
                   Perfection
                   ,
                   if
                   in
                   the
                   reiteration
                   of
                   their
                   Cal
                   cination
                   and
                   Reduction
                   ,
                   they
                   loose
                   nothing
                   of
                   their
                   Goodness
                   ,
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   Color
                   ,
                   Weight
                   ,
                   Quantity
                   ,
                   or
                   Lustre
                   ,
                   (
                   of
                   which
                   great
                   care
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   taken
                   in
                   the
                   manifold
                   reiterations
                   of
                   these
                   Operations
                   )
                   if
                   therefore
                   by
                   repeating
                   the
                   Calcination
                   and
                   Reduction
                   of
                   altered
                   Metals
                   ,
                   they
                   loose
                   any
                   thing
                   in
                   their
                   differences
                   of
                   Goodness
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   supposed
                   you
                   have
                   not
                   rightly
                   persued
                   the
                   Art.
                   
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LIV.
                  
                   Of
                   Solution
                   and
                   its
                   Cause
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   SOlution
                   is
                   the
                   reduction
                   of
                   a
                   dry
                   thing
                   into
                   Water
                   :
                   and
                   every
                   perfection
                   of
                   Solution
                   is
                   compleated
                   with
                   subtile
                   Waters
                   ,
                   such
                   especially
                   as
                   are
                   acute
                   and
                   sharp
                   ,
                   and
                   Saline
                   ,
                   hav
                   ing
                   no
                   Feces
                   ;
                   as
                   Spirits
                   of
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   of
                   sower
                   Grapes
                   ,
                   of
                   acid
                   Pears
                   ,
                   of
                   Pomgranates
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   like
                   Distillod
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   The
                   case
                   of
                   this
                   Invention
                   ,
                   was
                   the
                   Subtilezation
                   of
                   those
                   things
                   ,
                   which
                   neither
                   have
                   Fusion
                   nor
                   Ingress
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   was
                   lost
                   the
                   great
                   advantage
                   of
                   fixed
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   those
                   things
                   which
                   are
                   of
                   their
                   Nature
                   .
                   For
                   every
                   thing
                   which
                   is
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   must
                   necessarily
                   have
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   Salt
                   or
                   Alum
                   ,
                   or
                   their
                   like
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   And
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   them
                   is
                   that
                   they
                   give
                   Fusion
                   before
                   their
                   Vitrification
                   ;
                   
                   therefore
                   Spirits
                   dissolved
                   will
                   likewise
                   give
                   Fusion
                   :
                   And
                   since
                   they
                   in
                   their
                   own
                   nature
                   ,
                   agree
                   with
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   each
                   with
                   other
                   ,
                   Fusion
                   being
                   acquired
                   ,
                   they
                   must
                   by
                   that
                   of
                   necessity
                   penetrate
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   penetrating
                   them
                   ,
                   transmute
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   But
                   they
                   neither
                   penetrate
                   nor
                   transmute
                   without
                   our
                   Magistery
                   or
                   Art
                   ,
                   viz.
                   That
                   after
                   Solution
                   and
                   Coagulation
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   there
                   be
                   added
                   to
                   it
                   some
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   Spirits
                   purified
                   ,
                   not
                   fixed
                   ;
                   and
                   then
                   to
                   be
                   so
                   often
                   sublimed
                   from
                   it
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   remains
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   gives
                   to
                   it
                   a
                   more
                   swift
                   fusion
                   ,
                   and
                   conserves
                   the
                   same
                   in
                   Fusion
                   from
                   Vitrification
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   For
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   Spirits
                   is
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   Vitrified
                   ,
                   but
                   to
                   preserve
                   the
                   mixture
                   from
                   Vitrification
                   ,
                   as
                   long
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   in
                   it
                   :
                   Therefore
                   the
                   Spirit
                   which
                   more
                   retains
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   more
                   defends
                   or
                   preserves
                   from
                   Vitrification
                   :
                   And
                   a
                   Spirit
                   only
                   purified
                   ,
                   more
                   preserves
                   than
                   a
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   purified
                   ,
                   calcined
                   ,
                   and
                   dissolved
                   :
                   Therefore
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   necessity
                   of
                   mingling
                   such
                   a
                   Spirit
                   with
                   the
                   body
                   ;
                   for
                   from
                   these
                   there
                   results
                   good
                   Fusion
                   and
                   Ingress
                   ,
                   and
                   true
                   Fixation
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Now
                   we
                   can
                   demonstrate
                   by
                   natural
                   operation
                   ,
                   that
                   things
                   only
                   holding
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   Salts
                   ,
                   Alums
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   like
                   ,
                   are
                   soluble
                   :
                   for
                   in
                   all
                   nature
                   we
                   find
                   no
                   other
                   things
                   to
                   dissolved
                   but
                   them
                   ;
                   therefore
                   ,
                   what
                   things
                   soever
                   are
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   must
                   of
                   necessity
                   be
                   dissolved
                   by
                   their
                   nature
                   or
                   property
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Yet
                   since
                   we
                   see
                   all
                   things
                   truly
                   calcined
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   by
                   reiteration
                   of
                   Calcination
                   and
                   Solution
                   ;
                   therefore
                   we
                   by
                   that
                   prove
                   ,
                   that
                   all
                   Calcinates
                   approach
                   to
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   Salts
                   and
                   Alums
                   ,
                   and
                   must
                   of
                   necessity
                   be
                   themselves
                   ,
                   attended
                   with
                   these
                   properties
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   The
                   way
                   of
                   solution
                   ,
                   is
                   two-fold
                   :
                   1.
                   
                   By
                   hot
                   
                   Dung
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   boilng
                   ,
                   or
                   hot
                   water
                   ;
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   in
                   Balneo
                   ;
                   of
                   both
                   which
                   there
                   is
                   one
                   intention
                   and
                   one
                   effect
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   To
                   dissolve
                   by
                   Dung
                   ,
                   is
                   ,
                   That
                   the
                   Calcinate
                   be
                   put
                   into
                   a
                   Glass
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   up
                   on
                   which
                   must
                   be
                   affused
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   like
                   ,
                   double
                   its
                   weight
                   :
                   Then
                   the
                   mouth
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   must
                   be
                   so
                   closed
                   ,
                   or
                   stopt
                   ,
                   that
                   nothing
                   may
                   go
                   forth
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   matter
                   with
                   its
                   Vessel
                   set
                   in
                   hot
                   Dung
                   to
                   be
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   solution
                   afterwards
                   filterated
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   But
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   not
                   yet
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   again
                   calcined
                   ,
                   and
                   after
                   Calcination
                   ,
                   in
                   like
                   manner
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   until
                   by
                   repeating
                   the
                   labour
                   ,
                   the
                   whole
                   be
                   dissolved
                   as
                   before
                   ,
                   which
                   also
                   filter
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   The
                   way
                   of
                   dissolving
                   by
                   boiling
                   water
                   is
                   more
                   speedy
                   ,
                   thus
                   :
                   Put
                   the
                   Calcinate
                   in
                   like
                   manner
                   into
                   its
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   with
                   Vinegar
                   poured
                   on
                   it
                   as
                   before
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   mouth
                   being
                   well
                   clofed
                   ,
                   that
                   nothing
                   expire
                   ,
                   set
                   the
                   Vessel
                   buried
                   in
                   Straw
                   ,
                   into
                   a
                   Pot
                   full
                   of
                   water
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   Distillation
                   in
                   Balneo
                   ,
                   then
                   kindling
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   make
                   the
                   water
                   boil
                   for
                   an
                   hour
                   :
                   which
                   done
                   ,
                   decant
                   the
                   Solution
                   ,
                   and
                   filtrate
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   And
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   undissolved
                   ,
                   let
                   it
                   again
                   be
                   calcined
                   ;
                   and
                   then
                   again
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   manner
                   dissolved
                   ;
                   which
                   Work
                   so
                   often
                   repeat
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   whole
                   is
                   finished
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   The
                   Dissolutory
                   ,
                   or
                   dissolving
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   is
                   made
                   with
                   a
                   pot
                   full
                   of
                   water
                   ,
                   with
                   Iron
                   Instruments
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   other
                   Vessels
                   are
                   artificially
                   retained
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   fall
                   not
                   :
                   These
                   are
                   the
                   Vessels
                   in
                   which
                   every
                   Dissolution
                   is
                   made
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Bodies
                   are
                   in
                   a
                   twofold
                   way
                   brought
                   to
                   perfection
                   ,
                   either
                   1.
                   
                   By
                   the
                   way
                   of
                   Prepararion
                   ,
                   or
                   2.
                   
                   By
                   commixtion
                   of
                   
                     perfect
                     Bodies
                  
                   with
                   the
                   
                     Imperfect
                     ,
                     i.
                     e.
                  
                   by
                   Medicine
                   prepared
                   for
                   the
                   purpose
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   XV.
                   Now
                   we
                   say
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Body
                   cleansed
                   by
                   the
                   way
                   of
                   Calcination
                   (
                   as
                   aforesaid
                   )
                   and
                   Reduced
                   ,
                   must
                   either
                   be
                   filed
                   or
                   Granulated
                   thus
                   ;
                   being
                   melted
                   ,
                   we
                   pour
                   it
                   upon
                   a
                   Table-board
                   full
                   of
                   small
                   holes
                   ,
                   over
                   cold
                   water
                   ,
                   the
                   water
                   being
                   well
                   stirred
                   while
                   this
                   is
                   doing
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   The
                   body
                   thus
                   granulated
                   ,
                   we
                   put
                   into
                   our
                   
                     Dissolving
                     water
                  
                   ,
                   [
                   or
                   AF.
                   made
                   of
                   Nitre
                   and
                   Vitriol
                   ,
                   ]
                   as
                   to
                   one
                   half
                   thereof
                   ;
                   or
                   dissolve
                   the
                   filings
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   body
                   in
                   the
                   said
                   AF
                   ,
                   into
                   a
                   limpid
                   water
                   ;
                   then
                   add
                   to
                   it
                   of
                   Ferment
                   prepared
                   ,
                   to
                   a
                   third
                   part
                   of
                   its
                   own
                   weight
                   :
                   Abstract
                   the
                   water
                   ,
                   and
                   revert
                   ,
                   or
                   cohobate
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   repeat
                   this
                   7
                   times
                   .
                   After
                   it
                   is
                   reduced
                   into
                   a
                   Body
                   ,
                   prove
                   it
                   in
                   its
                   Examen
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   will
                   rejoyce
                   for
                   the
                   Treasure
                   you
                   have
                   found
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   And
                   because
                   we
                   have
                   treated
                   of
                   the
                   perfect
                   administration
                   of
                   
                     Imperfect
                     Bodies
                  
                   ,
                   we
                   should
                   now
                   give
                   you
                   the
                   special
                   ,
                   true
                   ,
                   and
                   certain
                   Rule
                   for
                   every
                   particular
                   body
                   ;
                   but
                   that
                   being
                   already
                   done
                   for
                   
                     Saturn
                     ,
                     Jupiter
                     ,
                     Mars
                     ,
                     Venus
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   in
                   their
                   respective
                   Chapters
                   aforegoing
                   ,
                   where
                   we
                   treat
                   of
                   their
                   Regiment
                   ,
                   we
                   shall
                   refer
                   you
                   thither
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   Mercury
                   
                     also
                     purified
                     and
                     fixed
                  
                   ,
                   has
                   power
                   to
                   take
                   off
                   or
                   away
                   the
                   foulness
                   of
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   brighten
                   ,
                   or
                   illustrate
                   them
                   .
                   And
                   
                     Fixed
                     Sulphur
                  
                   extracted
                   from
                   bodies
                   ,
                   to
                   tinge
                   or
                   colour
                   them
                   with
                   splendor
                   .
                   Hence
                   you
                   may
                   learn
                   a
                   great
                   Secret
                   ,
                   
                     viz.
                     That
                  
                   Mercury
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   
                     may
                     be
                     extracted
                     ,
                     as
                     well
                     from
                     imperfect
                     bodies
                     rightly
                     prepared
                     ,
                     as
                     from
                     the
                     perfect
                     .
                  
                   Purified
                   Spirits
                   also
                   ,
                   and
                   middle
                   Minerals
                   ,
                   are
                   a
                   great
                   help
                   ,
                   and
                   very
                   peculiar
                   ,
                   for
                   bringing
                   on
                   the
                   Work
                   to
                   perfection
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   The
                   Dissolving
                   Water
                   ,
                   or
                   AF.
                   Take
                   Cyprus
                   Vitriol
                   1
                   Pound
                   ,
                   Sal-Nitre
                   
                     half
                     a
                     Pound
                  
                   ,
                   Roch
                   Alum
                   
                     a
                     fourth
                     part
                     :
                     Distil
                  
                   
                   
                     off
                     the
                     water
                     with
                     a
                     red
                     hot
                     heat
                     ,
                     for
                     it
                     is
                     very
                     solutive
                     ;
                     and
                     use
                     it
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     have
                     before
                     in
                     several
                     places
                     taught
                     .
                  
                   This
                   may
                   be
                   made
                   more
                   acute
                   ,
                   if
                   in
                   it
                   you
                   dissolve
                   a
                   fourth
                   part
                   of
                   
                     Sal
                     Armoniack
                  
                   ,
                   because
                   that
                   dissolves
                   
                     Gold
                     ,
                     Sulphur
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Silver
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   LV.
                   
                     Of
                     Coagulation
                     ,
                     and
                     its
                     Causes
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   I.
                   COagulation
                   is
                   the
                   Reduction
                   of
                   a
                   thing
                   Liquid
                   ,
                   to
                   a
                   solid
                   substance
                   ,
                   by
                   deprivation
                   of
                   its
                   moisture
                   ;
                   for
                   which
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   two-fold
                   Cause
                   ;
                   one
                   is
                   the
                   Induration
                   or
                   hardening
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   (
                   of
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   already
                   treated
                   ,
                   Chap.
                   48.
                   
                   Sect.
                   8.
                   ad
                   23.
                   
                   The
                   other
                   is
                   the
                   freeing
                   of
                   Medicines
                   dissolved
                   from
                   their
                   Aquosity
                   which
                   is
                   mixed
                   or
                   joyned
                   with
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   is
                   varied
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   kinds
                   of
                   things
                   to
                   be
                   Coagulated
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   The
                   way
                   of
                   Coagulating
                   things
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   is
                   by
                   a
                   Glass
                   placed
                   in
                   Ashes
                   up
                   to
                   its
                   Neck
                   ,
                   and
                   an
                   equal
                   Fire
                   not
                   too
                   hot
                   put
                   under
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   be
                   continued
                   till
                   the
                   whole
                   Aquosity
                   is
                   Vanished
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Now
                   seeing
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   possible
                   to
                   remove
                   the
                   true
                   Essence
                   of
                   any
                   thing
                   in
                   nature
                   ,
                   the
                   thing
                   it self
                   remaining
                   ,
                   therefore
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   impossible
                   to
                   separate
                   these
                   corrupt
                   things
                   from
                   them
                   :
                   for
                   this
                   cause
                   some
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   thought
                   this
                   Art
                   not
                   possible
                   to
                   be
                   attained
                   ,
                   and
                   We
                   ,
                   and
                   indeed
                   other
                   Searchers
                   in
                   this
                   Science
                   have
                   been
                   brought
                   to
                   this
                   very
                   State
                   of
                   belief
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   By
                   reason
                   of
                   this
                   ,
                   we
                   as
                   well
                   as
                   they
                   were
                   driven
                   to
                   Amazement
                   ,
                   and
                   
                   for
                   a
                   long
                   space
                   of
                   time
                   lay
                   under
                   the
                   shade
                   of
                   Desparation
                   ,
                   yet
                   returning
                   to
                   our selves
                   ,
                   and
                   being
                   perplexed
                   with
                   the
                   immense
                   trouble
                   of
                   dispairing
                   thoughts
                   and
                   meditations
                   ,
                   we
                   considered
                   Bodies
                   diminished
                   from
                   Perfection
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   foul
                   in
                   the
                   profundity
                   of
                   their
                   Nature
                   ,
                   and
                   nothing
                   pure
                   or
                   clean
                   to
                   be
                   found
                   in
                   them
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   was
                   not
                   in
                   them
                   according
                   to
                   Nature
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   not
                   in
                   a
                   thing
                   cannot
                   be
                   found
                   there
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Seeing
                   then
                   nothing
                   of
                   perfection
                   is
                   found
                   in
                   them
                   ,
                   therefore
                   necessarily
                   also
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   nothing
                   superfluous
                   remains
                   to
                   be
                   found
                   ,
                   in
                   separation
                   of
                   the
                   divers
                   substances
                   in
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   profundity
                   of
                   their
                   Nature
                   ,
                   therefore
                   by
                   this
                   ,
                   we
                   found
                   somewhat
                   to
                   be
                   diminished
                   in
                   them
                   ,
                   which
                   must
                   necessarily
                   be
                   compleated
                   ,
                   by
                   matter
                   fit
                   for
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   repairing
                   the
                   defect
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Diminution
                   in
                   them
                   is
                   the
                   Paucity
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   right
                   Spissation
                   or
                   Coagulation
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   therefore
                   to
                   compleat
                   them
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   sufficiently
                   augment
                   the
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   :
                   then
                   rightly
                   Inspissate
                   or
                   Coagulate
                   ;
                   and
                   lastly
                   induce
                   a
                   permanent
                   fixion
                   (
                   of
                   which
                   we
                   shall
                   speak
                   in
                   the
                   next
                   Chapter
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   is
                   performed
                   by
                   a
                   Medicine
                   created
                   of
                   that
                   :
                   And
                   this
                   Medicine
                   when
                   brought
                   forth
                   into
                   being
                   from
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   benefit
                   of
                   its
                   brightness
                   and
                   splendor
                   ,
                   it
                   hides
                   and
                   covers
                   their
                   Cloudiness
                   ,
                   draws
                   forth
                   their
                   Lucidity
                   ,
                   and
                   converts
                   the
                   same
                   into
                   Splendor
                   ,
                   Brightness
                   and
                   Glory
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   For
                   which
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   is
                   prepared
                   into
                   a
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   and
                   cleansed
                   by
                   our
                   Artifice
                   ;
                   it
                   is
                   reduced
                   to
                   a
                   most
                   pure
                   and
                   bright
                   Substance
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   projected
                   upon
                   Bodies
                   wanting
                   of
                   perfection
                   ,
                   will
                   illustrate
                   or
                   Tinge
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   its
                   fixing
                   power
                   perfect
                   them
                   :
                   which
                   Medicine
                   we
                   declare
                   in
                   its
                   due
                   time
                   and
                   place
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   CHAP.
                   LVI
                   .
                   
                     Of
                     Fixation
                     ,
                     and
                     its
                     Causes
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   I.
                   Fixation
                   is
                   right
                   disposing
                   a
                   Volatile
                   or
                   Fugitive
                   thing
                   to
                   abide
                   and
                   endure
                   in
                   the
                   fire
                   :
                   The
                   cause
                   of
                   the
                   invention
                   thereof
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   every
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   and
                   every
                   Alterati
                   on
                   may
                   be
                   perpetuated
                   in
                   the
                   thing
                   altered
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   vanish
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   It
                   is
                   manifold
                   ,
                   accord
                   ing
                   to
                   the
                   diversity
                   of
                   things
                   to
                   be
                   fixed
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   all
                   the
                   Bodies
                   diminished
                   from
                   perfection
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     Saturn
                     ,
                     Jupiter
                     ,
                     Mars
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Venus
                   ;
                   and
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   diversity
                   of
                   Spirits
                   also
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   
                     Sulphur
                     and
                     Arsenick
                  
                   in
                   one
                   degree
                   ,
                   and
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   in
                   another
                   :
                   Also
                   
                     Marchasite
                     ,
                     Magnesia
                     ,
                     Tutia
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   such
                   like
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Third
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Therefore
                   those
                   Bodies
                   diminished
                   from
                   perfection
                   ,
                   are
                   fixed
                   by
                   their
                   Calcination
                   ,
                   because
                   thereby
                   they
                   are
                   freed
                   from
                   their
                   volatile
                   and
                   corrupting
                   Sulphureity
                   ;
                   the
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   sufficiently
                   declared
                   in
                   the
                   Chapter
                   of
                   Calcination
                   .
                   Also
                   the
                   manifold
                   repititions
                   of
                   sublimation
                   ,
                   more
                   swiftly
                   and
                   better
                   do
                   abbreviate
                   the
                   time
                   of
                   Fixation
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   For
                   this
                   cause
                   there
                   was
                   a
                   second
                   way
                   of
                   fixation
                   found
                   out
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   by
                   precipitating
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   sublimed
                   into
                   heat
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   constantly
                   abide
                   therein
                   ,
                   until
                   it
                   be
                   fixed
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   And
                   this
                   is
                   done
                   by
                   a
                   long
                   glass
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   which
                   (
                   made
                   of
                   Earth
                   ,
                   not
                   of
                   Glass
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   it
                   would
                   crack
                   )
                   must
                   be
                   artificially
                   connexed
                   with
                   good
                   luting
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   ascending
                   matter
                   ,
                   when
                   it
                   adheres
                   to
                   the
                   sides
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   must
                   with
                   a
                   Spatula
                   
                   of
                   Iron
                   or
                   Stone
                   be
                   thrust
                   down
                   to
                   the
                   heat
                   at
                   bottom
                   ,
                   and
                   this
                   precipitation
                   reapted
                   till
                   the
                   whole
                   matter
                   be
                   fixed
                   .
                   How
                   
                     Sulphur
                     ,
                     Arsenick
                     ,
                     Argent
                     Tive
                     ,
                     Marchasite
                     ,
                     Magnesia
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   Tutia
                   are
                   to
                   be
                   fixed
                   ,
                   we
                   have
                   taught
                   in
                   their
                   proper
                   Chapters
                   aforegoing
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   
                     The
                     Fixatory
                     ,
                     Fornace
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Athanor
                   .
                   It
                   must
                   be
                   made
                   after
                   the
                   manner
                   of
                   the
                   Fornace
                   of
                   Calcination
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   it
                   must
                   be
                   set
                   a
                   deep
                   Pan
                   full
                   of
                   Ashes
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   matter
                   to
                   be
                   fixed
                   ,
                   being
                   firmly
                   sealed
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   placed
                   in
                   the
                   middle
                   of
                   the
                   Ashes
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   the
                   thickness
                   of
                   the
                   Ashes
                   underneath
                   ,
                   and
                   above
                   in
                   the
                   compass
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   about
                   four
                   Inches
                   ,
                   or
                   according
                   to
                   that
                   which
                   you
                   desire
                   to
                   fix
                   :
                   Because
                   in
                   fixing
                   One
                   ,
                   a
                   greater
                   fire
                   is
                   required
                   ,
                   than
                   in
                   fixing
                   another
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   By
                   this
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   and
                   this
                   way
                   the
                   Ancient
                   Philosophers
                   attained
                   to
                   the
                   Work
                   of
                   the
                   Magistery
                   ;
                   which
                   to
                   Men
                   truly
                   Philosophizing
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   easily
                   known
                   ,
                   from
                   what
                   we
                   have
                   more
                   than
                   enough
                   demonstrated
                   in
                   these
                   our
                   Books
                   .
                   And
                   by
                   those
                   especially
                   who
                   are
                   real
                   searchers
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Truth
                   ;
                   we
                   have
                   given
                   you
                   the
                   Figure
                   of
                   the
                   Athanor
                   ,
                   yet
                   let
                   not
                   this
                   stop
                   your
                   farther
                   invention
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   can
                   possibly
                   find
                   out
                   any
                   thing
                   more
                   fit
                   and
                   ingenious
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   LVII
                   .
                   
                     Of
                     Ceration
                     ,
                     and
                     its
                     Cause
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   I.
                   CEration
                   is
                   the
                   mollification
                   ,
                   or
                   softening
                   of
                   an
                   hard
                   thing
                   ,
                   not
                   fusible
                   ,
                   unto
                   Liquefaction
                   ;
                   Whence
                   it
                   is
                   evident
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   the
                   Invention
                   of
                   it
                   was
                   ,
                   That
                   the
                   matter
                   which
                   had
                   not
                   ingress
                   into
                   the
                   Body
                   
                   for
                   Alteration
                   ,
                   (
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   Privation
                   of
                   its
                   Liquefaction
                   )
                   might
                   be
                   softned
                   ,
                   so
                   as
                   to
                   flow
                   ,
                   and
                   have
                   Ingress
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Wherefore
                   some
                   thought
                   Ceration
                   was
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   with
                   liquid
                   Oyls
                   and
                   Waters
                   ,
                   but
                   that
                   is
                   error
                   ,
                   and
                   wholly
                   remote
                   from
                   the
                   Principles
                   of
                   this
                   Natural
                   Magistery
                   ,
                   and
                   denied
                   by
                   the
                   manifest
                   Operations
                   of
                   Nature
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   For
                   we
                   find
                   not
                   ,
                   in
                   those
                   Metalick
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   that
                   Nature
                   has
                   placed
                   an
                   humidity
                   soon
                   ,
                   or
                   easie
                   to
                   be
                   taken
                   away
                   ,
                   but
                   rather
                   one
                   of
                   long
                   duration
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   necessity
                   of
                   their
                   Fusion
                   and
                   Mollification
                   :
                   For
                   had
                   they
                   been
                   replenished
                   with
                   an
                   humidity
                   easie
                   ,
                   or
                   soon
                   to
                   be
                   removed
                   ,
                   it
                   would
                   necessarily
                   follow
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Bodies
                   would
                   be
                   totally
                   deprived
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   in
                   one
                   only
                   Ignition
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   none
                   of
                   the
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   could
                   afterwards
                   be
                   either
                   hammered
                   or
                   melted
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Therefore
                   imitating
                   the
                   Operations
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   we
                   follow
                   her
                   way
                   in
                   Cerating
                   .
                   Nature
                   Cerates
                   in
                   the
                   Radix
                   of
                   fusible
                   things
                   ,
                   with
                   an
                   humidity
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   above
                   all
                   humidities
                   ,
                   and
                   able
                   to
                   endure
                   the
                   heat
                   of
                   fire
                   :
                   Therefore
                   it
                   is
                   necessary
                   for
                   us
                   also
                   to
                   Cerate
                   with
                   the
                   like
                   humidity
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   But
                   this
                   Cerative
                   Humidity
                   is
                   in
                   nothing
                   better
                   ,
                   more
                   possibly
                   ,
                   or
                   more
                   nearly
                   found
                   ,
                   than
                   in
                   these
                   ,
                   viz.
                   in
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   in
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   nearly
                   ;
                   but
                   more
                   nearly
                   in
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   :
                   Whose
                   humidity
                   we
                   see
                   not
                   to
                   leave
                   their
                   Earth
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   strong
                   union
                   which
                   they
                   have
                   ,
                   and
                   which
                   nature
                   has
                   bestowed
                   upon
                   them
                   in
                   the
                   Work
                   of
                   their
                   Mixture
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   But
                   in
                   all
                   other
                   things
                   having
                   humidity
                   ,
                   you
                   may
                   find
                   by
                   experience
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   same
                   is
                   separated
                   in
                   Resolution
                   from
                   their
                   Earthy
                   substance
                   ;
                   and
                   after
                   separation
                   thereof
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   are
                   deprived
                   of
                   all
                   humidity
                   :
                   In
                   Spirits
                   aforesaid
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   so
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   we
                   cannot
                   omit
                   taking
                   them
                   into
                   the
                   Work
                   of
                   Ceration
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   The
                   way
                   of
                   Ceration
                   by
                   them
                   ,
                   is
                   thus
                   .
                   
                     You
                     must
                     sublime
                     them
                     so
                     often
                     ,
                     upon
                     the
                     thing
                     to
                     be
                  
                   Cerated
                   ,
                   
                     until
                     remaining
                     with
                     their
                     humidity
                     in
                     it
                     ,
                     they
                     give
                     good
                     Fusion
                     :
                  
                   But
                   this
                   cannot
                   be
                   effected
                   before
                   the
                   perfect
                   cleansing
                   of
                   them
                   from
                   every
                   Corrupting
                   thing
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   And
                   it
                   seems
                   better
                   to
                   me
                   that
                   these
                   should
                   be
                   first
                   fixed
                   by
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Tartar
                   ,
                   and
                   every
                   Ceration
                   ,
                   fit
                   and
                   necessary
                   in
                   this
                   Art
                   be
                   made
                   with
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   
                     Our
                     Philosophick
                     Cerative
                     Water
                  
                   is
                   thus
                   made
                   .
                   Take
                   
                     Oyl
                     Distilled
                     from
                     the
                     Whites
                     of
                     Eggs
                     :
                     Grind
                     it
                     with
                     half
                     so
                     much
                     of
                  
                   Sal
                   Nitre
                   ,
                   and
                   Sal
                   Armoniack
                   ,
                   ana
                   ,
                   
                     and
                     it
                     will
                     be
                     very
                     good
                     .
                  
                   Or
                   ,
                   
                     Mix
                     it
                     with
                  
                   Sal
                   Alkoli
                   ,
                   
                     and
                     distil
                     as
                     before
                  
                   :
                   And
                   the
                   more
                   you
                   reiterate
                   this
                   labour
                   ,
                   the
                   better
                   it
                   Incerates
                   .
                   Or
                   ,
                   
                     Conjoyn
                     the
                     aforesaid
                     Oyl
                     ,
                     with
                     Oyl
                     of
                  
                   Tartar
                   ,
                   
                     and
                     thence
                     Distil
                     a
                  
                   White
                   Incerative
                   Oyl
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   
                     A
                     Red
                     Incerative
                     Oyl
                  
                   is
                   thus
                   made
                   .
                   Take
                   
                     Oyl
                     of
                     Yolks
                     of
                     Eggs
                     ,
                     or
                     of
                     Humans
                     Hair
                     ,
                     to
                     which
                     adjoyn
                     as
                     much
                  
                   Sal
                   Armoniack
                   ;
                   
                     mix
                     and
                     distil
                     :
                     Repeat
                     this
                     Distillation
                     three
                     times
                     ,
                     and
                     you
                     will
                     have
                     a
                     most
                     Red
                     Incerative
                     Oyl
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   
                     Oyl
                     of
                     Verdigrise
                  
                   is
                   thus
                   made
                   .
                   Dissolve
                   Verdigrise
                   
                     in
                     Water
                     of
                  
                   Sal
                   Armoniack
                   ,
                   
                     with
                     the
                     same
                     coagulated
                     ,
                     mix
                     Oyl
                     of
                     Eggs
                     ,
                     and
                     distil
                     the
                     mixture
                     ,
                     which
                     Distillation
                     repeat
                     thrice
                  
                   ;
                   so
                   shall
                   you
                   have
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Verdigrise
                   ,
                   fit
                   ,
                   and
                   profitable
                   for
                   Inceration
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   
                     Oyl
                     of
                     Gall
                  
                   ;
                   it
                   is
                   made
                   by
                   Distilling
                   an
                   Oyl
                   from
                   the
                   Gall
                   ,
                   as
                   from
                   human
                   Hair
                   ;
                   doing
                   in
                   all
                   things
                   as
                   in
                   the
                   former
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   I
                   do
                   not
                   say
                   ,
                   that
                   these
                   Oyls
                   can
                   give
                   a
                   Radical
                   Mineral
                   Humidity
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   Arsenick
                   :
                   But
                   they
                   preserve
                   the
                   Tincture
                   from
                   Combustion
                   ,
                   until
                   it
                   enters
                   ,
                   or
                   makes
                   an
                   Ingress
                   ;
                   and
                   afterwards
                   they
                   fly
                   in
                   the
                   Augmentation
                   of
                   the
                   fire
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   After
                   the
                   Matter
                   is
                   Incerated
                   ,
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   necessary
                   to
                   melt
                   it
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   must
                   do
                   in
                   a
                   Fusory
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     Melting
                     Fornace
                  
                   .
                   This
                   Fornace
                   is
                   that
                   in
                   which
                   all
                   Bodies
                   are
                   easily
                   melted
                   by
                   themselves
                   :
                   It
                   is
                   a
                   Fornace
                   much
                   in
                   use
                   among
                   
                     Melters
                     of
                     Metals
                  
                   :
                   Also
                   Aurichalcum
                   is
                   melted
                   in
                   this
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   and
                   Tinged
                   with
                   Tutia
                   ,
                   or
                   Calaminaris
                   ,
                   as
                   is
                   known
                   to
                   such
                   as
                   have
                   made
                   Tryal
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   LVIII
                   .
                   
                     That
                     Our
                     Medicine
                     is
                     two-fold
                     ,
                     One
                     for
                     the
                     White
                     ,
                     and
                     One
                     for
                     the
                     Red.
                     Yet
                     that
                     we
                     have
                     One
                     only
                     Medicine
                     for
                     both
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     most
                     perfect
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   I.
                   WE
                   Demonstrate
                   that
                   Spirits
                   are
                   more
                   assinuated
                   to
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   than
                   any
                   other
                   thing
                   in
                   nature
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   they
                   are
                   more
                   United
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   friendly
                   to
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   than
                   all
                   other
                   things
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   we
                   affirm
                   ,
                   that
                   these
                   alterations
                   of
                   Bodies
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   Invention
                   ,
                   are
                   their
                   true
                   Medicines
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   And
                   as
                   we
                   have
                   been
                   exercised
                   in
                   all
                   kinds
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   tranformation
                   of
                   imperfec
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   with
                   firmutation
                   into
                   a
                   perfect
                   
                     Lunar
                     and
                     Solar
                     Body
                  
                   ;
                   so
                   we
                   find
                   that
                   the
                   Medicine
                   for
                   them
                   must
                   be
                   divers
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   intention
                   of
                   the
                   Bodies
                   to
                   be
                   transmuted
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   And
                   since
                   Metals
                   to
                   be
                   transmuted
                   are
                   of
                   a
                   twofold
                   kind
                   ,
                   
                     viz.
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   Coagulable
                   in
                   Perfection
                   ,
                   and
                   Bodies
                   diminished
                   from
                   Perfection
                   :
                   and
                   these
                   again
                   manifold
                   ,
                   some
                   being
                   hard
                   ,
                   sustaining
                   Ignition
                   ,
                   as
                   Mars
                   
                   and
                   Venus
                   ;
                   others
                   soft
                   ,
                   not
                   enduring
                   it
                   as
                   Saturn
                   and
                   Jupiter
                   ;
                   the
                   Medicine
                   perfective
                   must
                   also
                   be
                   necessarily
                   manifold
                   ,
                
                 
                   IV.
                   And
                   altho
                   Mars
                   and
                   Venus
                   be
                   of
                   one
                   kind
                   ,
                   yet
                   they
                   differ
                   in
                   a
                   certain
                   special
                   property
                   ,
                   the
                   one
                   being
                   not
                   Fusible
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   fusible
                   ;
                   therefore
                   Mars
                   is
                   perfected
                   with
                   one
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   and
                   Venus
                   with
                   another
                   :
                   The
                   first
                   indeed
                   is
                   totally
                   unclean
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   other
                   not
                   :
                   the
                   former
                   has
                   a
                   
                     Dull
                     whiteness
                  
                   ;
                   the
                   latter
                   that
                   of
                   Redness
                   and
                   Greenness
                   :
                   all
                   which
                   force
                   a
                   necessity
                   of
                   a
                   Diversity
                   in
                   the
                   Medicine
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Also
                   the
                   soft
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   Saturn
                   and
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   seeing
                   they
                   less
                   〈◊〉
                   do
                   necessarily
                   require
                   also
                   a
                   Divers
                   Medicine
                   :
                   the
                   first
                   of
                   them
                   is
                   indeed
                   Unclean
                   ,
                   the
                   latter
                   Clean
                   ;
                   and
                   they
                   are
                   all
                   rendered
                   more
                   Mutable
                   ,
                   now
                   made
                   Lunar
                   than
                   Solar
                   Bodies
                   :
                   therefore
                   the
                   Medicine
                   for
                   each
                   of
                   them
                   must
                   be
                   two-fold
                   ;
                   
                     One
                     White
                  
                   ,
                   changeing
                   into
                   a
                   
                     White
                     Lunar
                     Body
                  
                   :
                   and
                   
                     one
                     Citrine
                  
                   ,
                   changeing
                   into
                   a
                   
                     Citrine
                     Solar
                     Body
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Since
                   then
                   in
                   every
                   of
                   the
                   Imperfect
                   Bodies
                   is
                   found
                   a
                   two
                   fold
                   Matter
                   ,
                   Solar
                   and
                   Lunar
                   ;
                   the
                   Medicines
                   perfecting
                   all
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   will
                   be
                   in
                   number
                   Eight
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   So
                   also
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   is
                   perfected
                   into
                   a
                   Lunar
                   and
                   Solar
                   Body
                   ;
                   therefore
                   of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   altering
                   or
                   perfecting
                   it
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   twofold
                   difference
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   all
                   the
                   Medicines
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   invented
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   Compleat
                   alteration
                   of
                   every
                   imperfect
                   Body
                   ,
                   will
                   be
                   in
                   number
                   Ten.
                   
                
                 
                   VIII-However
                   ,
                   with
                   constant
                   and
                   continued
                   Labor
                   ,
                   and
                   great
                   search
                   and
                   invention
                   ,
                   we
                   have
                   been
                   desirous
                   to
                   exclude
                   the
                   Use
                   of
                   these
                   
                     Ten
                     Medicenes
                  
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   Invention
                   and
                   advantage
                   of
                   
                     One
                     Only
                     Medicine
                  
                   :
                   and
                   with
                   our
                   long
                   and
                   very
                   Laborious
                   search
                   ,
                   by
                   certain
                   Experience
                   ,
                   we
                   have
                   found
                   
                     One
                     Medicine
                  
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   the
                   hard
                   was
                   softned
                   ;
                   the
                   soft
                   
                   Body
                   hardned
                   ;
                   the
                   fugitive
                   fixed
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Soul
                   illustrated
                   with
                   Splendor
                   or
                   Brightness
                   ineffable
                   ,
                   and
                   beyond
                   Nature
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Notwithstanding
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   here
                   expedient
                   ,
                   that
                   we
                   should
                   particularly
                   speak
                   of
                   all
                   these
                   Medicines
                   with
                   their
                   Causes
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   evident
                   experiences
                   of
                   their
                   probations
                   .
                   We
                   will
                   first
                   then
                   declare
                   the
                   series
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Ten
                     Medicines
                  
                   ,
                   fitted
                   to
                   all
                   the
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   then
                   to
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   lastly
                   proceed
                   to
                   the
                   
                     Medicine
                     of
                     the
                     Magistery
                  
                   ,
                   perfecting
                   all
                   Bodies
                   ;
                   yet
                   with
                   the
                   preparation
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   need
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   And
                   least
                   we
                   should
                   be
                   carped
                   at
                   by
                   the
                   Envious
                   ,
                   as
                   Writing
                   an
                   insufficient
                   Treatise
                   of
                   Art
                   ,
                   We
                   here
                   first
                   of
                   all
                   present
                   the
                   preparation
                   of
                   all
                   the
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   assigning
                   the
                   Causes
                   of
                   the
                   necessity
                   thereof
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   (
                   in
                   Our
                   artifice
                   )
                   they
                   are
                   made
                   apt
                   to
                   receive
                   the
                   Medicine
                   of
                   Perfection
                   ,
                   in
                   every
                   degree
                   of
                   Whiteness
                   and
                   Redness
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   be
                   perfected
                   by
                   the
                   same
                   :
                   and
                   after
                   these
                   a
                   Narration
                   of
                   all
                   the
                   Medicines
                   before
                   mentioned
                   ,
                   themselves
                   .
                   The
                   Preparations
                   of
                   
                     Saturn
                     ,
                     Jupiter
                     ,
                     Mars
                     ,
                     Venus
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   here
                   mentioned
                   .
                   See
                   Chap.
                   42.
                   
                   Sect.
                   14.
                   ad
                   20.
                   
                   Chap.
                   43.
                   
                   Sect.
                   11.
                   
                   Chap.
                   44.
                   
                   Sect
                   ,
                   12
                   ,
                   13
                   ,
                   14.
                   
                   Chap.
                   45.
                   
                   Sect.
                   12
                   ,
                   13.
                   
                   Chap.
                   48.
                   
                   Sect.
                   33.
                   
                   The
                   preparation
                   of
                   the
                   Medicines
                   ,
                   see
                   Chap.
                   44.
                   
                   Sect.
                   15
                   ,
                   16
                   ,
                   17.
                   
                   Chap.
                   45.
                   
                   Sect
                   -
                   18.
                   ad
                   23.
                   
                   Chap.
                   46.
                   
                   Scte.
                   6.
                   
                   Chap.
                   48.
                   
                   Sect.
                   33.
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   From
                   what
                   has
                   been
                   said
                   ,
                   't
                   is
                   evident
                   ,
                   that
                   what
                   Nature
                   left
                   Superfluous
                   or
                   deficient
                   in
                   every
                   of
                   those
                   Bodies
                   that
                   are
                   imperfect
                   ,
                   has
                   been
                   in
                   part
                   declared
                   :
                   and
                   since
                   it
                   happens
                   that
                   the
                   mutable
                   Bodies
                   of
                   Imperfection
                   ,
                   are
                   of
                   a
                   twofold
                   kind
                   ,
                   viz
                   ,
                   soft
                   and
                   Ignible
                   ,
                   as
                   Saturn
                   and
                   Jupiter
                   :
                   and
                   hard
                   and
                   not
                   fusible
                   with
                   Ignition
                   ,
                   as
                   Mars
                   and
                   Venus
                   ,
                   the
                   first
                   indeed
                   not
                   fusible
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   other
                   fusible
                   with
                   Ignition
                   ;
                   Nature
                   has
                   taught
                   us
                   ,
                   That
                   according
                   
                   to
                   the
                   diversity
                   of
                   Essences
                   in
                   the
                   Radix
                   of
                   their
                   Nature
                   ,
                   divers
                   Preparations
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   their
                   Wants
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   administred
                   to
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   There
                   are
                   two
                   Bodies
                   of
                   Imperfection
                   of
                   one
                   kind
                   ,
                   
                     viz.
                     Lead
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Black
                   ,
                   or
                   Saturn
                   ;
                   and
                   Tin
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   White
                   ,
                   or
                   Jupiter
                   ;
                   which
                   from
                   the
                   innate
                   Root
                   of
                   their
                   nature
                   ,
                   are
                   divers
                   each
                   from
                   other
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   profundity
                   of
                   their
                   hidden
                   parts
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   as
                   in
                   those
                   which
                   are
                   outward
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   For
                   Saturn
                   is
                   cloudy
                   ,
                   livid
                   ,
                   ponderous
                   ,
                   black
                   ,
                   without
                   stridor
                   or
                   crashing
                   ,
                   totally
                   mute
                   :
                   But
                   Jupiter
                   is
                   white
                   ,
                   a
                   little
                   livid
                   ,
                   crashing
                   much
                   ,
                   a
                   little
                   sounding
                   ,
                   and
                   something
                   bright
                   ;
                   Of
                   the
                   Differences
                   of
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   already
                   spoken
                   in
                   their
                   particular
                   Chapters
                   aforegoing
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   From
                   which
                   Causes
                   of
                   Difference
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   more
                   and
                   less
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   collect
                   the
                   order
                   of
                   the
                   Preparations
                   ;
                   wherein
                   we
                   have
                   shewed
                   ,
                   first
                   ,
                   The
                   Preparation
                   of
                   Bodies
                   ;
                   afterwards
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   coagulable
                   .
                   Now
                   in
                   the
                   preparation
                   of
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   nothing
                   of
                   Superfluity
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   removed
                   from
                   their
                   profound
                   ,
                   or
                   inward
                   Parts
                   ,
                   but
                   rather
                   from
                   their
                   manifest
                   or
                   outward
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LIX
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   or
                   Stone
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   in
                   General
                   .
                
                 
                   1.
                   
                   The
                   five
                   different
                   Properties
                   constituting
                   this
                   Medicine
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   UNless
                   every
                   thing
                   superfluous
                   be
                   taken
                   away
                   ,
                   either
                   by
                   Medicine
                   or
                   preparation
                   from
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   viz.
                   Every
                   superfluous
                   Sulphureity
                   ,
                   and
                   every
                   unclean
                   Earthiness
                   ,
                   
                   they
                   cannot
                   be
                   purified
                   ,
                   so
                   ,
                   as
                   that
                   in
                   Fusion
                   they
                   be
                   not
                   separated
                   from
                   the
                   Commixtion
                   after
                   prolection
                   of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   altering
                   them
                   :
                   when
                   you
                   have
                   formed
                   this
                   you
                   have
                   found
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   five
                   differences
                   of
                   perfection
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Also
                   ,
                   if
                   the
                   Medicine
                   do
                   not
                   illustrate
                   ,
                   and
                   alter
                   and
                   alter
                   into
                   a
                   White
                   or
                   Citrine
                   Color
                   (
                   according
                   to
                   what
                   your
                   intention
                   is
                   )
                   inducing
                   a
                   splendent
                   brightness
                   ,
                   and
                   admirable
                   Lucidity
                   ;
                   Bodies
                   diminished
                   from
                   perfection
                   are
                   not
                   perfected
                   to
                   the
                   utmost
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   So
                   also
                   ,
                   if
                   it
                   abides
                   not
                   Lunar
                   or
                   Solar
                   Fusion
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   changed
                   into
                   perfection
                   ;
                   because
                   it
                   abides
                   not
                   in
                   the
                   Tryal
                   ;
                   but
                   is
                   altogether
                   separated
                   ,
                   and
                   receeds
                   from
                   the
                   Commixtion
                   ;
                   which
                   you
                   may
                   more
                   amply
                   determine
                   by
                   the
                   Cineritium
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   we
                   shall
                   speak
                   hereafter
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   If
                   likewise
                   the
                   Medicine
                   be
                   not
                   perpetuated
                   with
                   〈◊〉
                   firm
                   alteration
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   the
                   Impression
                   of
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   and
                   Finity
                   is
                   not
                   permanent
                   but
                   vanishes
                   in
                   the
                   Fire
                   upon
                   probation
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   If
                   it
                   attains
                   not
                   to
                   the
                   weight
                   of
                   Perfection
                   ,
                   [
                   
                     having
                     the
                     true
                     ponderosity
                     of
                  
                   Luna
                   and
                   Sol
                   ,
                   ]
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   firmly
                   changed
                   to
                   a
                   perfect
                   compleatment
                   of
                   Nature
                   :
                   for
                   this
                   weight
                   is
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   signs
                   of
                   perfection
                   .
                   Seeing
                   therefore
                   these
                   differences
                   of
                   perfection
                   are
                   five
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   necessity
                   that
                   our
                   Medicine
                   should
                   exhibit
                   these
                   Differences
                   in
                   Projection
                   .
                   Also
                   it
                   is
                   evident
                   from
                   hence
                   ,
                   That
                   this
                   Medicine
                   must
                   be
                   prepared
                   from
                   Things
                   having
                   Affinity
                   to
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   readily
                   altering
                   ,
                   and
                   amicably
                   adhering
                   to
                   them
                   in
                   their
                   profundity
                   :
                   But
                   searching
                   through
                   Universal
                   Nature
                   ,
                   we
                   have
                   found
                   nothing
                   which
                   can
                   do
                   all
                   this
                   so
                   well
                   as
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   prepared
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   our
                   Directions
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   the
                   true
                   Medicine
                   is
                   made
                   to
                   the
                   highest
                   Perfection
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   2.
                   
                   The
                   Preparations
                   of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   give
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   different
                   Properties
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Now
                   since
                   it
                   changes
                   not
                   ,
                   without
                   the
                   alteration
                   of
                   its
                   Nature
                   ,
                   therefore
                   it
                   ought
                   necessarily
                   to
                   be
                   prepared
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   mixed
                   even
                   in
                   the
                   profundity
                   of
                   
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     viz.
                  
                   That
                   its
                   substance
                   may
                   be
                   made
                   such
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   mixed
                   even
                   in
                   the
                   profundity
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   alterable
                   ,
                   without
                   separation
                   for
                   ever
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   cannot
                   be
                   done
                   ,
                   without
                   it
                   be
                   very
                   much
                   subtilized
                   with
                   certain
                   and
                   determinate
                   sublimations
                   ,
                   as
                   we
                   have
                   taught
                   in
                   Chap.
                   48.
                   
                   Sect.
                   3
                   ,
                   4
                   ,
                   5
                   ,
                   6
                   ,
                   7.
                   aforegoing
                   :
                   Likewise
                   its
                   Impression
                   cannot
                   be
                   permanent
                   ,
                   unless
                   it
                   be
                   fixed
                   ,
                   nor
                   can
                   it
                   illustrate
                   ,
                   unless
                   its
                   most
                   splendid
                   substance
                   be
                   extracted
                   from
                   it
                   according
                   to
                   Art
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   fit
                   fire
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Nor
                   can
                   this
                   Medicine
                   have
                   perfect
                   Fusion
                   unless
                   great
                   Caution
                   be
                   used
                   in
                   its
                   fixation
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   soften
                   hard
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   harden
                   the
                   soft
                   .
                   And
                   it
                   can
                   only
                   do
                   that
                   ,
                   when
                   a
                   sufficiency
                   of
                   its
                   humidity
                   is
                   preserved
                   ,
                   proportionate
                   to
                   the
                   necessity
                   of
                   the
                   〈◊〉
                   desired
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Whence
                   it
                   is
                   evident
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   should
                   have
                   such
                   a
                   Preparation
                   ,
                   as
                   may
                   make
                   it
                   a
                   most
                   fulgent
                   and
                   purely
                   clean
                   substance
                   ,
                   and
                   fixed
                   also
                   ;
                   but
                   these
                   things
                   must
                   be
                   done
                   with
                   such
                   great
                   Caution
                   ,
                   (
                   in
                   respect
                   to
                   the
                   regulation
                   of
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   way
                   of
                   fixing
                   )
                   that
                   in
                   removing
                   its
                   Humidity
                   ,
                   so
                   much
                   may
                   be
                   still
                   left
                   ,
                   for
                   compleat
                   and
                   perfect
                   Fufion
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   If
                   by
                   this
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   you
                   would
                   soften
                   Bodies
                   hard
                   of
                   Fusion
                   ;
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   its
                   Preparation
                   ,
                   a
                   gentle
                   sire
                   must
                   be
                   adhibited
                   :
                   For
                   a
                   soft
                   fire
                   is
                   Conservative
                   of
                   Humidity
                   ,
                   and
                   Perfective
                   of
                   Fusion
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   There
                   is
                   also
                   many
                   other
                   Considerations
                   of
                   the
                   Weight
                   ,
                   with
                   their
                   Causes
                   
                   and
                   Order
                   .
                   The
                   Cause
                   of
                   great
                   weight
                   ,
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   subtiltv
                   of
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   uniformity
                   in
                   their
                   Essence
                   :
                   By
                   which
                   the
                   parts
                   of
                   them
                   may
                   be
                   so
                   condensed
                   ,
                   that
                   nothing
                   can
                   come
                   between
                   .
                   And
                   the
                   Density
                   of
                   Parts
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   encrease
                   of
                   weight
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Perfection
                   thereof
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   The
                   Six
                   Properties
                   of
                   things
                   from
                   which
                   the
                   Medicine
                   is
                   extracted
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   First
                   ,
                   They
                   have
                   in
                   themselves
                   an
                   Earth
                   most
                   subtil
                   and
                   incombustible
                   ,
                   altogether
                   fixed
                   with
                   its
                   own
                   proper
                   Radical
                   Humidity
                   ,
                   and
                   apt
                   for
                   fixing
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   They
                   have
                   an
                   airy
                   and
                   fiery
                   Humidity
                   ,
                   so
                   uniformly
                   conjoyned
                   to
                   that
                   Earth
                   ,
                   that
                   if
                   one
                   be
                   Volatile
                   ,
                   so
                   is
                   the
                   residue
                   :
                   And
                   this
                   same
                   Humidity
                   abides
                   the
                   fire
                   beyond
                   all
                   Humidities
                   ,
                   even
                   to
                   the
                   compleat
                   termination
                   of
                   its
                   own
                   Inspissation
                   ,
                   without
                   Evaporation
                   ,
                   inse
                   parable
                   from
                   the
                   Earth
                   annexed
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   compleat
                   permanency
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Thirdly
                   ,
                   The
                   Disposition
                   of
                   their
                   Natural
                   Humidity
                   is
                   such
                   ,
                   that
                   by
                   help
                   of
                   its
                   own
                   Oleaginity
                   in
                   all
                   differences
                   of
                   its
                   Properties
                   ,
                   it
                   contemperates
                   the
                   Earth
                   annexed
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   with
                   such
                   an
                   Unctuosity
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   such
                   a
                   Homogene
                   and
                   equal
                   Union
                   ,
                   and
                   bond
                   of
                   inseparable
                   Conjunction
                   ,
                   that
                   after
                   the
                   degree
                   of
                   final
                   Preparation
                   ,
                   it
                   gives
                   a
                   good
                   Fusion
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   Fourthly
                   ,
                   The
                   Oleaginous
                   Property
                   ,
                   is
                   of
                   so
                   great
                   purity
                   of
                   Essence
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   artificially
                   cleansed
                   from
                   all
                   Combustible
                   matter
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   burns
                   not
                   any
                   Bodies
                   with
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   conjoyned
                   through
                   their
                   least
                   parts
                   ,
                   but
                   preserves
                   them
                   from
                   Combustion
                   .
                   
                     Hermes
                     .
                     Chap.
                  
                   12.
                   
                   Sect.
                   5.
                   aforegoing
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Fifthly
                   ,
                   It
                   has
                   a
                   Tincture
                   in
                   it self
                   so
                   clear
                   and
                   splendid
                   ,
                   White
                   ,
                   or
                   Red
                   ,
                   clean
                   and
                   incombustible
                   ,
                   stable
                   and
                   fixed
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   fire
                   cannot
                   prevail
                   against
                   
                   it
                   to
                   change
                   it
                   :
                   Nor
                   can
                   Sulphurous
                   ,
                   Adustive
                   ,
                   or
                   Sharp
                   ,
                   Corroding
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   Corrupt
                   and
                   Defile
                   the
                   same
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   Sixthly
                   ,
                   The
                   whole
                   Compositum
                   ,
                   incerated
                   with
                   its
                   final
                   Compleatment
                   ,
                   is
                   of
                   so
                   great
                   Subtilty
                   and
                   Tenuity
                   of
                   Matter
                   ,
                   that
                   after
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   its
                   Decoction
                   ,
                   it
                   remains
                   in
                   Projection
                   of
                   most
                   thin
                   Fusion
                   like
                   water
                   ,
                   andis
                   is
                   of
                   profound
                   Penetration
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   greatest
                   perfection
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   to
                   be
                   Transmuted
                   ,
                   how
                   Fixed
                   soever
                   it
                   be
                   ;
                   adhering
                   thereto
                   with
                   an
                   inseparable
                   Unity
                   or
                   Conjunction
                   ,
                   against
                   the
                   force
                   of
                   the
                   strongest
                   Fire
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   that
                   very
                   hour
                   ,
                   by
                   virtue
                   of
                   its
                   own
                   Spirituality
                   ,
                   reducing
                   Bodies
                   to
                   Volatility
                   .
                
                 
                   4.
                   
                   The
                   Seven
                   Properties
                   of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   it self
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   
                     First
                     ,
                     Oleaginity
                  
                   ,
                   Giving
                   in
                   Projection
                   Universal
                   Fusion
                   ,
                   and
                   Diffusion
                   of
                   the
                   Matter
                   :
                   For
                   the
                   first
                   thing
                   after
                   Projection
                   of
                   the
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   sudden
                   and
                   due
                   Diffusion
                   of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   it self
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   perfected
                   and
                   rendered
                   Viscous
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   Mineral
                   Oleaginity
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     Tenuity
                     of
                     Matter
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   Spiritual
                   substance
                   thereof
                   ,
                   flowing
                   very
                   thin
                   in
                   its
                   Fusion
                   ,
                   like
                   Water
                   ,
                   Penetrating
                   to
                   the
                   Profundity
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   to
                   be
                   Transmuted
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   immediately
                   after
                   Fusion
                   ,
                   the
                   Ingression
                   thereof
                   is
                   necessary
                   .
                
                 
                   XX.
                   
                     Thirdly
                     ,
                     Affinity
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Vicinity
                   ,
                   between
                   the
                   Elixir
                   or
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Body
                   to
                   be
                   Transmuted
                   ,
                   giving
                   adherency
                   in
                   Obviation
                   and
                   Retention
                   of
                   its
                   like
                   ;
                   because
                   immediately
                   after
                   Ingress
                   of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   Adherency
                   is
                   convenient
                   and
                   necessary
                   .
                
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   
                     Fourthly
                     ,
                     Radical
                     Humidity
                  
                   ,
                   Fiery
                   ,
                   Congealing
                   ,
                   and
                   Consolidating
                   the
                   Parts
                   retained
                   ,
                   with
                   adherence
                   ,
                   to
                   what
                   is
                   Homogene
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   union
                   of
                   all
                   it
                   s
                   said
                   Homogene
                   parts
                   ,
                   inseparably
                   for
                   ever
                   :
                   Because
                   
                   after
                   Adherency
                   ,
                   Consolidation
                   of
                   the
                   parts
                   by
                   a
                   Radical
                   and
                   Viscous
                   Humidity
                   is
                   necessary
                   .
                
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   
                     Fifthly
                     ,
                     Purity
                     and
                     Clearness
                  
                   ,
                   giving
                   a
                   manifest
                   Splendor
                   in
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   burning
                   :
                   for
                   after
                   consolidation
                   of
                   the
                   purified
                   parts
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   left
                   to
                   the
                   actual
                   Fire
                   to
                   burn
                   up
                   or
                   consume
                   all
                   extraneous
                   Superfluities
                   not
                   consolidated
                   :
                   wherefore
                   purification
                   is
                   necessary
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIII
                   .
                   
                     Sixthly
                     ,
                     A
                     Fixing
                     Earth
                  
                   ,
                   temperate
                   ,
                   thin
                   ,
                   subtil
                   ,
                   fixed
                   ,
                   and
                   incombustible
                   ,
                   giving
                   permanency
                   of
                   Fixation
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   solution
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   adherring
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   standing
                   and
                   persevering
                   against
                   the
                   force
                   of
                   the
                   strongest
                   Fire
                   :
                   for
                   immediately
                   after
                   Purification
                   ,
                   fixation
                   necessarily
                   follows
                   of
                   course
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIV
                   .
                   
                     Seventhly
                     ,
                     Tincture
                     White
                  
                   or
                   Red
                   ,
                   giving
                   a
                   splendid
                   or
                   perfect
                   Color
                   White
                   ,
                   or
                   intenfly
                   Citrine
                   ,
                   viz.
                   the
                   Lunification
                   or
                   Solification
                   of
                   the
                   Bodies
                   to
                   be
                   transmuted
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   after
                   fixation
                   a
                   pure
                   Tincture
                   or
                   Color
                   tinging
                   another
                   Bady
                   ;
                   Or
                   a
                   Tinsture
                   ,
                   tinging
                   the
                   Matter
                   to
                   be
                   transmuted
                   into
                   true
                   Silver
                   or
                   Gold
                   ,
                   is
                   absolutely
                   necessary
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LX.
                  
                   Of
                   the
                   three
                   Orders
                   of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   Of
                   Medicines
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   Order
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   SUbtilty
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   is
                   necessarily
                   required
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   in
                   the
                   preparation
                   of
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   the
                   perfecting
                   of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   ;
                   because
                   of
                   how
                   much
                   the
                   greater
                   weight
                   ,
                   Bodies
                   to
                   be
                   transmuted
                   are
                   ,
                   so
                   much
                   greater
                   is
                   the
                   perfection
                   they
                   are
                   brought
                   to
                   by
                   Art
                   ;
                   for
                   which
                   reason
                   we
                   
                   shall
                   here
                   declare
                   the
                   differences
                   of
                   all
                   Medicines
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   three
                   fold
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   three
                   Orders
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   A
                   Medicine
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   Order
                   is
                   every
                   preparation
                   of
                   Minerals
                   ,
                   which
                   projected
                   upon
                   the
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   impresses
                   upon
                   them
                   an
                   Alteration
                   ,
                   but
                   induces
                   not
                   a
                   sufficient
                   Compleatment
                   ;
                   yet
                   the
                   altered
                   Body
                   is
                   thereby
                   changed
                   and
                   Corrupted
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   total
                   evanishing
                   of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   and
                   all
                   its
                   Impressions
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Of
                   this
                   kind
                   is
                   every
                   Sublimation
                   dealbative
                   of
                   Mars
                   or
                   Venus
                   which
                   receives
                   not
                   Fixation
                   :
                   and
                   of
                   this
                   kind
                   ,
                   is
                   every
                   additament
                   of
                   the
                   Color
                   of
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   or
                   of
                   Venus
                   commixed
                   ,
                   and
                   Zyniar
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   like
                   ,
                   set
                   in
                   a
                   Fornace
                   of
                   Cementation
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   This
                   Order
                   changes
                   with
                   a
                   mutation
                   not
                   durable
                   ,
                   by
                   diminishing
                   it self
                   by
                   Exhalation
                   or
                   Evaporation
                   .
                   And
                   of
                   this
                   kind
                   are
                   these
                   described
                   ,
                   Chap.
                   44.
                   
                   Sect.
                   15
                   ,
                   16
                   ,
                   17.
                   
                   Chap.
                   45.
                   
                   Sect.
                   18
                   ,
                   19
                   ,
                   20
                   ,
                   21
                   ,
                   12
                   ,
                   23.
                   and
                   Chap.
                   46.
                   
                   Sect.
                   6
                   ,
                   7
                   ,
                   8
                   ,
                   9.
                   aforegoing
                   .
                   And
                   the
                   Work
                   of
                   this
                   first
                   Order
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   lesser
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   2.
                   
                   Of
                   Medicines
                   of
                   the
                   second
                   Order
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   A
                   Medicine
                   of
                   the
                   second
                   Order
                   ,
                   I
                   call
                   every
                   preparation
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   projected
                   upon
                   Bodies
                   diminished
                   from
                   perfection
                   ,
                   alters
                   them
                   to
                   some
                   certain
                   degrees
                   of
                   perfection
                   ,
                   wholly
                   leaving
                   other
                   degrees
                   of
                   Corruption
                   ,
                   as
                   is
                   the
                   Calcination
                   of
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   all
                   that
                   is
                   fugitive
                   is
                   burnt
                   away
                   and
                   Consumed
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   And
                   of
                   this
                   Order
                   are
                   the
                   Medicines
                   Tinging
                   Luna
                   perpetually
                   yellow
                   ,
                   or
                   perpetually
                   dealbating
                   Venus
                   ,
                   leaving
                   other
                   differences
                   of
                   Corruption
                   in
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Now
                   seeing
                   the
                   Medicine
                   of
                   Bodies
                   to
                   be
                   cleansed
                   is
                   one
                   ;
                   but
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   perfectly
                   Coagulable
                   another
                   ,
                   we
                   will
                   first
                   
                   of
                   all
                   declare
                   the
                   Medicines
                   for
                   Bodies
                   :
                   and
                   then
                   afterwards
                   the
                   Medicine
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   coagulable
                   into
                   a
                   true
                   Solifick
                   and
                   
                     Lunifick
                     Body
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   A
                   Medicine
                   of
                   the
                   second
                   Order
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   does
                   indeed
                   perfect
                   
                     imperfect
                     Bodies
                  
                   ,
                   but
                   with
                   one
                   only
                   difference
                   of
                   perfection
                   .
                   But
                   seeing
                   there
                   are
                   many
                   causes
                   of
                   Corruption
                   in
                   every
                   of
                   the
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   
                     Saturn
                     a
                     Volatile
                     Sulphureity
                     ,
                     fugitive
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   (
                   by
                   both
                   which
                   Corruption
                   must
                   necessarily
                   be
                   induced
                   ,
                   )
                   and
                   its
                   
                     Ter
                     restreity
                  
                   :
                   therefore
                   Medicines
                   of
                   this
                   second
                   Order
                   ,
                   are
                   such
                   as
                   can
                   only
                   remove
                   one
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   or
                   covering
                   it
                   ,
                   adorn
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   leaving
                   behind
                   it
                   ,
                   all
                   the
                   other
                   causes
                   of
                   Imperfection
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Since
                   then
                   in
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   somewhat
                   impermutable
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   innate
                   to
                   them
                   in
                   their
                   Radix
                   ,
                   and
                   which
                   cannot
                   be
                   taken
                   away
                   by
                   a
                   Medicine
                   of
                   
                     this
                     Order
                  
                   :
                   that
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   which
                   totally
                   removes
                   that
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   mixtion
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   a
                   Medicine
                   of
                   the
                   third
                   and
                   Greater
                   Order
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   And
                   because
                   we
                   find
                   the
                   Superfluities
                   of
                   things
                   Volatile
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   removed
                   by
                   way
                   of
                   Calcination
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Earthiness
                   ,
                   not
                   innate
                   ,
                   abolished
                   by
                   repeated
                   Reductions
                   ;
                   therefore
                   there
                   was
                   a
                   necessity
                   of
                   inventing
                   of
                   a
                   Medicine
                   of
                   this
                   second
                   Order
                   ,
                   which
                   might
                   indeed
                   palliate
                   the
                   innate
                   ,
                   soften
                   the
                   hard
                   ,
                   and
                   harden
                   the
                   soft
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   their
                   Natures
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   Sophistically
                   ;
                   but
                   perfectly
                   constitute
                   a
                   true
                   Lunifick
                   ,
                   or
                   Solifick
                   ,
                   of
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Since
                   then
                   it
                   is
                   manifest
                   ,
                   that
                   in
                   
                     Bodies
                     only
                     Soft
                  
                   the
                   hastiness
                   of
                   Melting
                   cannot
                   be
                   taken
                   away
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   Artifices
                   of
                   this
                   Work
                   ;
                   nor
                   the
                   innate
                   impurity
                   in
                   the
                   Radix
                   of
                   their
                   principles
                   be
                   removed
                   ;
                   the
                   Invention
                   of
                   this
                   Medicine
                   was
                   necessary
                   ,
                   which
                   in
                   projection
                   might
                   Inspissate
                   their
                   Tenuity
                   ,
                   and
                   Inspissating
                   
                   harden
                   them
                   ,
                   to
                   a
                   sufficiency
                   of
                   Ignition
                   with
                   their
                   Melting
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   So
                   also
                   in
                   
                     hard
                     Bodies
                  
                   ,
                   attenuating
                   their
                   Spissitude
                   ,
                   to
                   deduce
                   them
                   to
                   a
                   sufficient
                   Velocity
                   ,
                   Liquefaction
                   or
                   Melting
                   ,
                   with
                   their
                   own
                   property
                   of
                   Ignition
                   ;
                   and
                   palliating
                   them
                   ,
                   to
                   adorn
                   the
                   Clowdiness
                   of
                   Bodies
                   of
                   either
                   kind
                   ,
                   transmuting
                   the
                   one
                   into
                   White
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   into
                   Red
                   most
                   perfect
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   ,
                   This
                   Medicine
                   is
                   differenced
                   from
                   a
                   Medicine
                   of
                   the
                   
                     third
                     Order
                  
                   ,
                   only
                   by
                   Imperfection
                   of
                   a
                   lesser
                   or
                   meaner
                   preparation
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   
                     Medicine
                     Inspissating
                  
                   the
                   Tenuity
                   of
                   
                     soft
                     Bodies
                  
                   ,
                   requires
                   one
                   kind
                   of
                   preparation
                   with
                   a
                   Consumptive
                   Fire
                   :
                   and
                   that
                   Attenuating
                   the
                   Spissitude
                   of
                   hard
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   another
                   ,
                   with
                   conservation
                   of
                   their
                   Humidity
                   :
                   of
                   which
                   kind
                   are
                   those
                   in
                   Chap.
                   43.
                   
                   Sect.
                   16
                   ,
                   17
                   ,
                   18
                   ,
                   19
                   ,
                   20
                   ,
                   21.
                   and
                   Chap.
                   44.
                   
                   Sect.
                   19
                   ,
                   20
                   ,
                   21
                   ,
                   22.
                   aforegoing
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   in
                   a
                   mean
                   or
                   middle
                   Order
                   .
                
                 
                   3.
                   
                   Of
                   Medicines
                   of
                   the
                   third
                   Order
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   every
                   preparation
                   ,
                   which
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   projected
                   upon
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   takes
                   away
                   all
                   Corruption
                   and
                   perfects
                   them
                   ,
                   with
                   all
                   the
                   differences
                   or
                   signs
                   of
                   perfection
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   is
                   one
                   only
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   we
                   are
                   not
                   obliged
                   to
                   the
                   use
                   of
                   the
                   ten
                   Medicines
                   of
                   the
                   second
                   Order
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   Of
                   this
                   Order
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   twofold
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   
                     viz.
                     Solar
                  
                   and
                   Lunar
                   ,
                   yet
                   but
                   one
                   in
                   Essence
                   ,
                   and
                   which
                   have
                   but
                   one
                   way
                   in
                   Operating
                   ;
                   and
                   therefore
                   by
                   our
                   Ancestors
                   ,
                   whose
                   writings
                   we
                   have
                   read
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   called
                   One
                   only
                   Medicine
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   However
                   there
                   is
                   an
                   addition
                   of
                   a
                   Citrine
                   Color
                   ,
                   made
                   of
                   the
                   most
                   clean
                   substance
                   of
                   fixed
                   Sulphur
                   which
                   constitutes
                   the
                   difference
                   between
                   the
                   one
                   for
                   the
                   white
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   other
                   for
                   the
                   yellow
                   ,
                   viz.
                   the
                   Lunar
                   and
                   Solar
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   the
                   latter
                   containing
                   that
                   
                   Color
                   in
                   it self
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   other
                   not
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   third
                   Order
                   ,
                   or
                   Order
                   of
                   the
                   Greater
                   Work
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   because
                   greater
                   Care
                   ,
                   Prudence
                   ,
                   and
                   Industry
                   is
                   required
                   in
                   the
                   Administration
                   thereof
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   preparation
                   thereof
                   to
                   perfecti
                   on
                   ,
                   than
                   in
                   any
                   of
                   the
                   former
                   ;
                   and
                   also
                   for
                   that
                   it
                   needs
                   greater
                   Labor
                   and
                   longer
                   time
                   to
                   compleat
                   it
                   for
                   the
                   highest
                   Purity
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   Therefore
                   the
                   Medicine
                   of
                   this
                   Order
                   is
                   not
                   diverse
                   in
                   Essence
                   from
                   the
                   Medicines
                   of
                   the
                   second
                   Order
                   ,
                   but
                   only
                   in
                   respect
                   of
                   Degrees
                   ,
                   as
                   being
                   more
                   subtilized
                   ,
                   and
                   exalted
                   to
                   a
                   much
                   higher
                   degree
                   of
                   Purity
                   ,
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   and
                   Fixity
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   making
                   and
                   preparation
                   thereof
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   long
                   continued
                   course
                   of
                   Labour
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   All
                   which
                   degrees
                   in
                   their
                   proper
                   place
                   are
                   declared
                   with
                   fincerity
                   of
                   Speech
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   way
                   of
                   preparation
                   Exactly
                   ,
                   with
                   its
                   Causes
                   ,
                   and
                   manifest
                   Verity
                   ;
                   as
                   also
                   the
                   many
                   degrees
                   by
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   brought
                   to
                   Perfection
                   :
                
                 
                   XX.
                   For
                   the
                   Lunar
                   Medicine
                   needs
                   one
                   way
                   of
                   preparation
                   :
                   but
                   the
                   Solar
                   another
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   perfect
                   preparation
                   of
                   its
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   Administration
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   Tinging
                   it
                   :
                   of
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   abundantly
                   Spoken
                   Chap.
                   46.
                   
                   Sect.
                   11
                   ,
                   12
                   ,
                   13.
                   
                   Chap.
                   47.
                   
                   Sect.
                   11
                   ,
                   12
                   ,
                   14.
                   and
                   Chap.
                   48.
                   
                   Sect.
                   43
                   ,
                   44.
                   aforegoing
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LXI
                  
                   .
                   How
                   Ingression
                   is
                   procured
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   BEcause
                   it
                   happens
                   that
                   a
                   Medicine
                   will
                   sometimes
                   mix
                   ,
                   and
                   sometime
                   not
                   ,
                   therefore
                   we
                   shall
                   
                   here
                   declare
                   the
                   way
                   of
                   permixing
                   ,
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                  
                   how
                   every
                   thing
                   ,
                   or
                   each
                   particular
                   Medicine
                   not
                   entering
                   ,
                   may
                   most
                   profoundly
                   acquire
                   Ingress
                   into
                   a
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   The
                   way
                   is
                   by
                   dissolution
                   of
                   that
                   which
                   Enters
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   dissolution
                   of
                   that
                   which
                   Enters
                   not
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   commixing
                   both
                   Solutions
                   :
                   for
                   it
                   makes
                   every
                   thing
                   to
                   be
                   Ingressive
                   ,
                   of
                   what
                   kind
                   soever
                   it
                   be
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   be
                   corjoyned
                   through
                   its
                   least
                   parts
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Yet
                   this
                   is
                   compleated
                   by
                   Sublution
                   :
                   And
                   Fusion
                   is
                   also
                   accomplished
                   by
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   in
                   things
                   not
                   otherwise
                   Fusible
                   :
                   whereby
                   they
                   are
                   more
                   apt
                   to
                   have
                   Ingress
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   transmute
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   cause
                   why
                   we
                   Calcine
                   some
                   things
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   not
                   of
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   these
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   may
                   be
                   the
                   better
                   dissolved
                   :
                   and
                   they
                   are
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   may
                   the
                   better
                   receive
                   Impression
                   from
                   them
                   ;
                   and
                   from
                   them
                   likewise
                   ,
                   by
                   these
                   be
                   prepared
                   and
                   cleansed
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Or
                   ,
                   We
                   give
                   Ingress
                   to
                   these
                   which
                   are
                   not
                   suffered
                   to
                   enter
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   their
                   Spissitude
                   ,
                   or
                   Thickness
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   manifold
                   Repetition
                   of
                   the
                   Sublimation
                   ,
                   of
                   Spirits
                   not
                   Inflamable
                   upon
                   them
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   of
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   and
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   not
                   fixed
                   ;
                   or
                   with
                   manifold
                   Reiteration
                   of
                   the
                   Solution
                   of
                   that
                   which
                   has
                   not
                   Ingress
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Yet
                   this
                   is
                   a
                   good
                   Caution
                   concerning
                   things
                   Impermixable
                   ,
                   viz.
                   That
                   the
                   Body
                   be
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   would
                   have
                   to
                   be
                   changed
                   and
                   altered
                   by
                   these
                   :
                   and
                   the
                   things
                   likewise
                   Dissolved
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   would
                   have
                   both
                   to
                   enter
                   and
                   to
                   alter
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Nevertheless
                   Solution
                   cannot
                   be
                   made
                   of
                   all
                   parts
                   ,
                   but
                   of
                   some
                   ;
                   with
                   which
                   this
                   or
                   that
                   Body
                   ,
                   not
                   another
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   imbibed
                   time
                   after
                   time
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   For
                   by
                   this
                   means
                   
                   it
                   has
                   Ingress
                   only
                   into
                   this
                   or
                   that
                   ,
                   necessarily
                   ;
                   but
                   this
                   does
                   not
                   necessarily
                   happen
                   into
                   any
                   other
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Every
                   thing
                   then
                   must
                   needs
                   have
                   Ingress
                   by
                   these
                   ways
                   ;
                   by
                   the
                   benefit
                   whereof
                   ,
                   it
                   depends
                   on
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   that
                   ,
                   to
                   have
                   Ingress
                   (
                   as
                   we
                   said
                   before
                   )
                   and
                   to
                   Transmute
                   with
                   the
                   Commixtion
                   found
                   out
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   By
                   this
                   precedent
                   Discourse
                   ,
                   is
                   compleated
                   our
                   said
                   number
                   of
                   Ten
                   Medicines
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   sufficient
                   Production
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   [
                   
                     in
                     order
                     to
                     the
                     Great
                     Work
                     it self
                     .
                  
                   ]
                
              
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   LXII
                   .
                   
                     Of
                     the
                  
                   Cineritium
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   THE
                   Solar
                   and
                   Lunar
                   substance
                   is
                   on
                   ly
                   permanent
                   in
                   the
                   Tryal
                   by
                   the
                   Cineritium
                   :
                   Therefore
                   searching
                   out
                   the
                   true
                   Differences
                   of
                   the
                   Substances
                   of
                   these
                   perfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   likewise
                   the
                   Causes
                   of
                   the
                   Cineritium
                   ,
                   we
                   shall
                   make
                   tryal
                   which
                   of
                   the
                   Imperfect
                   Bodies
                   do
                   more
                   ,
                   and
                   which
                   do
                   less
                   endure
                   or
                   abide
                   in
                   the
                   Examen
                   of
                   this
                   Magistery
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   But
                   we
                   have
                   already
                   sufficiently
                   declared
                   the
                   Secret
                   of
                   these
                   two
                   Bodies
                   in
                   the
                   profundity
                   of
                   their
                   substance
                   ,
                   viz.
                   That
                   their
                   Radix
                   ,
                   or
                   first
                   Principle
                   of
                   being
                   ,
                   was
                   a
                   large
                   quantity
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   purest
                   substance
                   of
                   it
                   ;
                   at
                   first
                   more
                   Subtil
                   ,
                   but
                   afterwards
                   Inspissate
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   could
                   admit
                   Fusion
                   with
                   Ignition
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Therefore
                   whatsoever
                   Bodies
                   diminished
                   from
                   Perfection
                   ,
                   have
                   more
                   of
                   Earthiness
                   ,
                   the
                   less
                   abide
                   or
                   endure
                   in
                   this
                   Examen
                   ;
                   but
                   what
                   have
                   less
                   Earthiness
                   ,
                   do
                   more
                   endure
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Because
                   these
                   do
                   indeed
                   more
                   adhere
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   
                   of
                   the
                   Subtilty
                   of
                   their
                   Parts
                   ,
                   closely
                   Permixing
                   and
                   Uniting
                   them
                   :
                   So
                   likewise
                   ,
                   Bodies
                   that
                   are
                   of
                   greater
                   Tenuity
                   ,
                   or
                   on
                   the
                   contrary
                   ,
                   of
                   greater
                   Spissitude
                   ,
                   than
                   those
                   which
                   are
                   in
                   Perfection
                   ,
                   must
                   necessarily
                   be
                   wholly
                   separated
                   from
                   the
                   Commixtion
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   For
                   being
                   not
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   Fusion
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   for
                   that
                   cause
                   sake
                   separated
                   :
                   And
                   indeed
                   Bodies
                   which
                   partake
                   of
                   a
                   lesser
                   quantity
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   are
                   more
                   easily
                   separated
                   from
                   the
                   said
                   Commixtion
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   'T
                   is
                   evident
                   then
                   ,
                   that
                   seeing
                   Saturn
                   is
                   of
                   much
                   Earthiness
                   ,
                   and
                   contains
                   but
                   a
                   small
                   quantity
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   an
                   easie
                   Tenuity
                   for
                   Liquefaction
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   mostly
                   opposite
                   to
                   a
                   
                     Cineritious
                     Examen
                  
                   ;
                   therefore
                   of
                   all
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   Artifice
                   of
                   the
                   Cineritum
                   ,
                   it
                   least
                   endures
                   in
                   the
                   Commixtion
                   ,
                   yea
                   it
                   is
                   separated
                   and
                   vanishes
                   most
                   speedily
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Seeing
                   therefore
                   of
                   all
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   it
                   most
                   gives
                   way
                   and
                   receeds
                   ;
                   by
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   more
                   fit
                   for
                   the
                   Examen
                   of
                   our
                   Magistery
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   reason
                   is
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   sooner
                   takes
                   its
                   flight
                   ,
                   and
                   sooner
                   draws
                   every
                   of
                   the
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   with
                   its
                   self
                   from
                   the
                   mixture
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Also
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   this
                   ,
                   the
                   greater
                   quantity
                   of
                   the
                   perfect
                   Bodies
                   is
                   preserved
                   for
                   the
                   strong
                   Combustion
                   ,
                   or
                   mighty
                   devouring
                   force
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   of
                   the
                   Examen
                   :
                   and
                   therefore
                   by
                   the
                   tryal
                   of
                   Lead
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   less
                   burnt
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   easily
                   purified
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   And
                   because
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   consists
                   more
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   partakes
                   of
                   a
                   lesser
                   quantity
                   of
                   Earthiness
                   ,
                   whereby
                   it
                   is
                   of
                   greater
                   purity
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   a
                   more
                   subtil
                   substance
                   ;
                   therefore
                   it
                   is
                   more
                   safe
                   in
                   the
                   Mixtion
                   ,
                   than
                   Saturn
                   and
                   Venus
                   ;
                   because
                   it
                   more
                   adheres
                   in
                   the
                   profundity
                   thereof
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   And
                   for
                   this
                   cause
                   a
                   larger
                   quantity
                   of
                   the
                   perfect
                   
                   Body
                   is
                   absumed
                   ,
                   before
                   Jupiter
                   conjoyned
                   can
                   be
                   separated
                   from
                   the
                   Commixion
                   :
                   Venus
                   gives
                   Fusion
                   with
                   Ignition
                   ;
                   but
                   because
                   its
                   Fusion
                   is
                   slower
                   of
                   a
                   perfect
                   Body
                   ,
                   therefore
                   it
                   is
                   separated
                   from
                   the
                   Commixtion
                   ,
                   yet
                   more
                   slowly
                   than
                   Saturn
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   Ignition
                   of
                   its
                   fusible
                   Substance
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   But
                   because
                   it
                   contains
                   less
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   has
                   more
                   of
                   Earthiness
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   more
                   thick
                   Substance
                   ,
                   therefore
                   it
                   is
                   more
                   easily
                   separated
                   from
                   the
                   Mixtion
                   than
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   because
                   
                     Jupi
                     .
                     ter
                  
                   more
                   adheres
                   in
                   the
                   profundity
                   than
                   Venus
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Mars
                   has
                   not
                   Fusion
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   is
                   not
                   permixed
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   caused
                   for
                   want
                   of
                   Humidity
                   :
                   but
                   if
                   it
                   happens
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   permixed
                   with
                   vehemency
                   of
                   Fire
                   ;
                   then
                   because
                   it
                   has
                   not
                   Humidity
                   enough
                   of
                   its
                   own
                   ,
                   by
                   imbibing
                   the
                   Humidity
                   of
                   Sol
                   or
                   Luna
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   united
                   thereto
                   in
                   its
                   least
                   parts
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Therefore
                   ,
                   Tho'
                   it
                   has
                   much
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   little
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   wants
                   Fusion
                   ,
                   yet
                   it
                   can
                   by
                   no
                   slight
                   Artifice
                   be
                   separated
                   from
                   them
                   .
                   By
                   this
                   Artifice
                   [
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                     of
                     the
                     Cineritium
                  
                   ]
                   you
                   come
                   to
                   the
                   true
                   rectification
                   of
                   every
                   Body
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   understand
                   perfectly
                   what
                   we
                   have
                   writ
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   There
                   are
                   two
                   Bodies
                   perfect
                   ,
                   abiding
                   this
                   tryal
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   their
                   good
                   Composition
                   ,
                   which
                   results
                   from
                   their
                   good
                   Mixtion
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   pure
                   Substance
                   of
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XV.
                     The
                     way
                     of
                     working
                     this
                     Tryal
                     is
                     thus
                     ,
                  
                   Take
                   sifted
                   
                     Ashes
                     or
                  
                   Calx
                   ,
                   or
                   Pouder
                   der
                   of
                   the
                   Bones
                   of
                   Animals
                   Calcined
                   ,
                   or
                   a
                   Commixtion
                   of
                   all
                   ,
                   or
                   some
                   of
                   them
                   ;
                   moisten
                   with
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   the
                   mixture
                   firm
                   and
                   solid
                   with
                   your
                   hands
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   midst
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   work
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   round
                   flatish
                   lump
                   ;
                   make
                   a
                   round
                   and
                   smooth
                   hollowness
                   ,
                   and
                   upon
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   it
                   strew
                   a
                   small
                   quantity
                   of
                   Glass
                   beaten
                   to
                   Pouder
                   ,
                   which
                   lay
                   to
                   dry
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   When
                   dry
                   ,
                   Put
                   your
                   Metal
                   into
                   the
                   Hollowness
                   thereof
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   would
                   try
                   or
                   prove
                   ;
                   put
                   Coals
                   of
                   Fire
                   upon
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   blow
                   with
                   Bellows
                   upon
                   the
                   Surface
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   Metal
                   flows
                   :
                   upon
                   which
                   ,
                   being
                   in
                   flux
                   ,
                   cast
                   part
                   after
                   part
                   of
                   Lead
                   ,
                   and
                   blow
                   with
                   a
                   flame
                   of
                   strong
                   Ignition
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   Whilst
                   you
                   see
                   it
                   agitated
                   with
                   a
                   strong
                   Concusssion
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   pure
                   ;
                   cast
                   wait
                   till
                   all
                   the
                   Lead
                   ,
                   be
                   Exhaled
                   :
                   when
                   that
                   is
                   gon
                   off
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Motion
                   yet
                   ceases
                   not
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   yet
                   pure
                   :
                   cast
                   Lead
                   then
                   again
                   upon
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   blow
                   as
                   before
                   ,
                   until
                   the
                   Lead
                   vanish
                   .
                   If
                   it
                   do
                   not
                   yet
                   rest
                   ,
                   repeat
                   the
                   casting
                   in
                   of
                   more
                   Lead
                   ,
                   and
                   blowing
                   upon
                   it
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   still
                   or
                   quiet
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   see
                   it
                   clean
                   and
                   clear
                   in
                   its
                   Su
                   perfices
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   This
                   done
                   ,
                   take
                   away
                   the
                   Coals
                   ,
                   scatter
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   Water
                   upon
                   the
                   Test
                   ,
                   for
                   you
                   will
                   find
                   it
                   throughly
                   proved
                   :
                   and
                   if
                   while
                   you
                   are
                   blowing
                   this
                   proof
                   ,
                   you
                   cast
                   in
                   Glass
                   ,
                   the
                   Bodies
                   will
                   be
                   the
                   better
                   and
                   more
                   perfectly
                   purified
                   ;
                   because
                   that
                   takes
                   away
                   the
                   Impurities
                   ,
                   and
                   separates
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   Or
                   ,
                   
                     Instead
                     of
                     Glass
                     ,
                     you
                     may
                     cast
                     in
                  
                   Salt
                   ,
                   Borax
                   ,
                   
                     or
                     a
                     little
                  
                   Alum
                   :
                   This
                   Examen
                   of
                   the
                   Cineritium
                   or
                   Test
                   ,
                   may
                   in
                   like
                   manner
                   be
                   made
                   in
                   a
                   Crucible
                   of
                   Earth
                   ,
                   if
                   the
                   fire
                   round
                   about
                   it
                   be
                   blowed
                   ,
                   and
                   upon
                   the
                   surface
                   also
                   of
                   the
                   Crucible
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Body
                   to
                   be
                   proved
                   ,
                   may
                   the
                   sooner
                   flow
                   ,
                   and
                   be
                   perfected
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LXIII
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   Cementation
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   Causes
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   WE
                   now
                   come
                   to
                   the
                   Examen
                   of
                   Cement
                   :
                   And
                   whereas
                   some
                   Bodies
                   are
                   more
                   ,
                   and
                   others
                   
                   less
                   burned
                   by
                   the
                   Calcination
                   of
                   fire
                   ,
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                  
                   they
                   which
                   contain
                   a
                   greater
                   quantity
                   of
                   burning
                   Sulphur
                   more
                   ,
                   but
                   they
                   which
                   contain
                   less
                   ,
                   less
                   :
                   Therefore
                   seeing
                   Sol
                   ,
                   has
                   a
                   lesser
                   quantity
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   than
                   other
                   Metallick
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   (
                   in
                   the
                   midst
                   of
                   all
                   Mineral
                   Bodies
                   )
                   burnt
                   by
                   the
                   force
                   of
                   fire
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   And
                   seeing
                   Luna
                   also
                   ,
                   next
                   to
                   Sol
                   ,
                   partakes
                   of
                   a
                   less
                   quantity
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   than
                   the
                   other
                   four
                   Bodies
                   ;
                   yet
                   has
                   more
                   Sulphur
                   than
                   Sol
                   ;
                   therefore
                   it
                   can
                   less
                   bear
                   the
                   strong
                   Ignition
                   of
                   a
                   violent
                   Fire
                   for
                   a
                   long
                   space
                   of
                   time
                   ,
                   than
                   Sol
                   can
                   :
                   And
                   by
                   consequence
                   ,
                   less
                   bear
                   things
                   burning
                   by
                   a
                   like
                   nature
                   ,
                   but
                   Venus
                   less
                   than
                   it
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   consists
                   of
                   more
                   Sulphur
                   still
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   greater
                   Earthiness
                   than
                   Luna
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   can
                   less
                   bear
                   the
                   violent
                   force
                   of
                   Fire
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Jupiter
                   also
                   less
                   than
                   Sol
                   or
                   Luna
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   partakes
                   of
                   greater
                   Sulphureity
                   ,
                   and
                   Earthiness
                   ,
                   than
                   either
                   of
                   them
                   ;
                   yet
                   it
                   is
                   less
                   burnt
                   by
                   violence
                   of
                   Fire
                   than
                   Venus
                   ,
                   but
                   more
                   than
                   Sol
                   ,
                   or
                   Luna
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Saturn
                   in
                   its
                   Commixtion
                   by
                   nature
                   ,
                   holds
                   more
                   of
                   Earthiness
                   and
                   Sulphureity
                   ,
                   than
                   either
                   of
                   these
                   before
                   named
                   ;
                   and
                   therefore
                   is
                   more
                   burnt
                   ,
                   by
                   Inflamation
                   or
                   violence
                   of
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   sooner
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   easily
                   inflamed
                   ;
                   than
                   all
                   the
                   said
                   Bodies
                   ;
                   because
                   it
                   has
                   Sulphureity
                   more
                   nearly
                   conjoyned
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   fixed
                   than
                   Jupiter
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Mars
                   is
                   not
                   burnt
                   by
                   it self
                   but
                   by
                   Accident
                   ;
                   for
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   mixed
                   with
                   Bodies
                   of
                   much
                   humidity
                   ,
                   it
                   imbibes
                   that
                   Humidity
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   its
                   own
                   want
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   ;
                   and
                   therefore
                   being
                   conjoyned
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   neither
                   inflamed
                   nor
                   burned
                   ,
                   if
                   the
                   Bodies
                   with
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   joyned
                   or
                   united
                   ,
                   be
                   neither
                   Inflamable
                   nor
                   Combustible
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   But
                   if
                   Combustible
                   Bodies
                   be
                   mixed
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   it
                   necessarily
                   happens
                   (
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   the
                   Combustion
                   )
                   that
                   Mars
                   is
                   
                   burnt
                   and
                   inflamed
                   .
                   Seeing
                   therefore
                   ,
                   that
                   Cement
                   is
                   made
                   of
                   
                     Inflamable
                     things
                  
                   ,
                   the
                   necessary
                   cause
                   of
                   its
                   Invention
                   is
                   manifest
                   ,
                   viz.
                   that
                   all
                   Combustible
                   things
                   might
                   be
                   burned
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   And
                   since
                   there
                   is
                   but
                   one
                   only
                   body
                   incombustible
                   ,
                   that
                   alone
                   ,
                   or
                   what
                   is
                   prepared
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   is
                   kept
                   safe
                   in
                   Cement
                   .
                   But
                   which
                   abide
                   more
                   ,
                   and
                   which
                   less
                   ,
                   are
                   known
                   with
                   their
                   Causes
                   :
                   Luna
                   abides
                   more
                   ,
                   but
                   Mars
                   less
                   ,
                   Jupiter
                   yet
                   less
                   ,
                   and
                   Venus
                   less
                   than
                   Jupiter
                   ,
                   but
                   Saturn
                   least
                   of
                   all
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   The
                   way
                   of
                   Examination
                   by
                   Cement
                   is
                   thus
                   .
                   
                     You
                     must
                     compound
                     it
                     of
                     Infla
                     mable
                     things
                     ,
                     of
                     which
                     kind
                     are
                     all
                     blackening
                     ,
                     flying
                     ,
                     penetrating
                     things
                     ,
                  
                   viz.
                   Vitriol
                   ,
                   Sal
                   Armoniack
                   ,
                   Verdigrise
                   ,
                   Alum
                   ,
                   or
                   Plumous
                   Alum
                   ,
                   
                     and
                     a
                     very
                     small
                     quantity
                     of
                  
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   with
                   Humane
                   Urine
                   ,
                   
                     and
                     other
                     like
                     acute
                     ,
                     and
                     penetrating
                     things
                     :
                     All
                     which
                     are
                     made
                     into
                     a
                     Paste
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     Urine
                     aforesaid
                     ,
                     and
                     spread
                     upon
                     thin
                     plates
                     of
                     that
                  
                   Body
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   intend
                   to
                   examine
                   by
                   this
                   way
                   of
                   Probation
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Then
                   the
                   said
                   plates
                   must
                   be
                   laid
                   upon
                   a
                   Grate
                   of
                   Iron
                   ,
                   included
                   in
                   an
                   Earthen
                   Vessel
                   ;
                   but
                   so
                   as
                   not
                   to
                   touch
                   one
                   another
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   power
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   may
                   have
                   free
                   and
                   equal
                   access
                   to
                   them
                   .
                   Thus
                   the
                   whole
                   must
                   be
                   kept
                   in
                   Fire
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   strong
                   Earthen
                   Vessel
                   for
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   3
                   days
                   ,
                   but
                   with
                   this
                   Caution
                   ,
                   That
                   the
                   plates
                   may
                   be
                   kept
                   Red
                   Fire
                   hot
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   melt
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   After
                   the
                   third
                   day
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   find
                   the
                   Plates
                   cleansed
                   from
                   all
                   impurity
                   ,
                   if
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   them
                   was
                   perfect
                   ;
                   if
                   not
                   ,
                   they
                   will
                   be
                   wholly
                   corrupted
                   and
                   burnt
                   in
                   the
                   Calcination
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Some
                   expose
                   Plates
                   of
                   Metal
                   to
                   Calcination
                   ,
                   without
                   a
                   Composition
                   of
                   Cement
                   ,
                   and
                   they
                   are
                   purified
                   in
                   like
                   manner
                   ,
                   if
                   the
                   Body
                   be
                   perfect
                   :
                   If
                   not
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   totally
                   consumed
                   :
                   But
                   in
                   this
                   kind
                   of
                   Examen
                   they
                   must
                   have
                   a
                   longer
                   space
                   of
                   time
                   ,
                   (
                   for
                   that
                   
                   they
                   are
                   purified
                   by
                   the
                   only
                   force
                   of
                   Fire
                   )
                   than
                   if
                   they
                   were
                   Examined
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   Cement
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   And
                   for
                   that
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   Luna
                   differs
                   not
                   much
                   from
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   Sol
                   ,
                   therefore
                   of
                   necessity
                   it
                   rests
                   with
                   it
                   in
                   the
                   Tryal
                   by
                   Cement
                   ,
                   and
                   there
                   is
                   no
                   separation
                   of
                   Bodies
                   one
                   from
                   another
                   in
                   these
                   two
                   kinds
                   of
                   Tryal
                   ,
                   unless
                   that
                   be
                   caused
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   Diversity
                   of
                   the
                   Composition
                   of
                   their
                   substances
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   For
                   from
                   thence
                   results
                   the
                   Diversity
                   of
                   Fusion
                   ,
                   and
                   Thickness
                   ,
                   or
                   Thinness
                   or
                   Rarity
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   indeed
                   the
                   causes
                   of
                   Separation
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   strong
                   Composition
                   of
                   some
                   ,
                   their
                   substance
                   is
                   not
                   corrupted
                   by
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Extraneous
                     Body
                  
                   ,
                   in
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   a
                   mixtion
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   cannot
                   be
                   made
                   through
                   their
                   least
                   parts
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Therefore
                   in
                   such
                   a
                   commixture
                   ,
                   they
                   must
                   necessarily
                   be
                   separated
                   each
                   from
                   other
                   ,
                   without
                   the
                   total
                   corruption
                   of
                   their
                   Essences
                   .
                   And
                   the
                   perfecting
                   of
                   
                     imperfect
                     Bodies
                  
                   is
                   discerned
                   ,
                   when
                   they
                   are
                   by
                   Ingenuity
                   of
                   preparation
                   found
                   to
                   be
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   Fusion
                   ,
                   Ignition
                   ,
                   and
                   Solidity
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   LXIV
                   .
                   
                     The
                     Examen
                     by
                     Ignition
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   SInce
                   Bodies
                   of
                   greatest
                   Perfection
                   ,
                   with
                   determinate
                   Ignition
                   ,
                   are
                   found
                   to
                   receive
                   the
                   Fire
                   before
                   fusion
                   of
                   them
                   ;
                   therefore
                   we
                   say
                   ,
                   if
                   our
                   design
                   is
                   to
                   find
                   out
                   the
                   com
                   pleat
                   alteration
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   necessity
                   to
                   bring
                   such
                   Bodies
                   to
                   their
                   Fusion
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   And
                   before
                   these
                   
                     perfect
                     Bodies
                  
                   be
                   Fused
                   ,
                   to
                   see
                   them
                   admit
                   Iguition
                   with
                   Inflamation
                   of
                   a
                   pleasing
                   Celestine
                   Color
                   ,
                   and
                   this
                   ,
                   
                   before
                   their
                   Ignition
                   comes
                   to
                   the
                   whiteness
                   of
                   Fire
                   ,
                   which
                   by
                   the
                   Eye
                   can
                   in
                   in
                   no
                   wise
                   be
                   discerned
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   'T
                   is
                   evident
                   then
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   
                     perfect
                     Ignition
                  
                   of
                   them
                   is
                   before
                   Fusion
                   ,
                   with
                   intense
                   Redness
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   with
                   whiteness
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Eye
                   cannot
                   behold
                   :
                   for
                   if
                   the
                   prepared
                   Bodies
                   be
                   Melted
                   ,
                   before
                   they
                   are
                   
                     red
                     hot
                  
                   with
                   Fire
                   ,
                   they
                   stand
                   not
                   in
                   perfection
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   And
                   if
                   they
                   be
                   made
                   
                     Red
                     Fire
                     hot
                  
                   with
                   labor
                   ,
                   and
                   great
                   Violence
                   of
                   Fire
                   ,
                   their
                   preparation
                   is
                   not
                   true
                   and
                   perfect
                   ;
                   and
                   this
                   indeed
                   if
                   it
                   happen
                   in
                   
                     soft
                     Bodies
                  
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   the
                   same
                   is
                   only
                   found
                   in
                   Mars
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Because
                   
                     Ignible
                     Bodies
                  
                   do
                   not
                   easily
                   in
                   the
                   way
                   of
                   preparation
                   admit
                   Ignition
                   ;
                   nor
                   
                     Fusible
                     Bodies
                  
                   the
                   
                     right
                     Fusion
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   find
                   to
                   be
                   in
                   Bodies
                   perfect
                   according
                   to
                   Nature
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   If
                   Bodies
                   prepared
                   ,
                   in
                   their
                   Ignition
                   ,
                   give
                   not
                   a
                   flame
                   of
                   a
                   pleasing
                   Celestine
                   Color
                   ,
                   their
                   preparation
                   is
                   not
                   compleat
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   And
                   if
                   any
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Weight
                     ,
                     Color
                     ,
                     Beauty
                     ,
                     Ignition
                  
                   and
                   the
                   like
                   ,
                   be
                   found
                   diminished
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   Differences
                   ,
                   or
                   force
                   of
                   the
                   Preparation
                   ,
                   you
                   have
                   not
                   rightly
                   proceeded
                   :
                   therefore
                   you
                   must
                   search
                   again
                   till
                   you
                   find
                   out
                   your
                   Error
                   ,
                   and
                   chance
                   to
                   hit
                   upon
                   the
                   right
                   way
                   through
                   the
                   Divine
                   goodness
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   LXV
                   .
                   
                     The
                     Examen
                     by
                     Fusion
                     or
                     Melting
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   I.
                   FUsion
                   with
                   Ignition
                   is
                   the
                   only
                   Argument
                   of
                   Perfection
                   ;
                   yet
                   not
                   with
                   every
                   kind
                   of
                   Ignition
                   ,
                   but
                   with
                   Ignition
                   in
                   which
                   the
                   Body
                   waxeth
                   not
                   altogether
                   white
                   ;
                   and
                   with
                   Ignition
                   in
                   which
                   is
                   not
                   made
                   a
                   dull
                   paleness
                   of
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   which
                   ,
                   the
                   body
                   is
                   not
                   suddenly
                   
                   Melted
                   ,
                   or
                   flowes
                   not
                   immediately
                   after
                   Ignition
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   For
                   when
                   a
                   body
                   flows
                   with
                   the
                   very
                   small
                   force
                   of
                   a
                   weak
                   Fire
                   ,
                   either
                   without
                   Ignition
                   ,
                   or
                   with
                   a
                   
                     pallid
                     Ignition
                  
                   ;
                   the
                   body
                   thus
                   prepared
                   ,
                   must
                   needs
                   be
                   still
                   an
                   imperfect
                   body
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   And
                   if
                   a
                   body
                   after
                   Fusion
                   ,
                   be
                   not
                   suffered
                   presently
                   to
                   coole
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   Ignition
                   be
                   presently
                   turned
                   wholly
                   into
                   blackness
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   reason
                   thereof
                   ,
                   looseth
                   its
                   Ignition
                   ,
                   before
                   it
                   becomes
                   hard
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   a
                   body
                   brought
                   to
                   perfection
                   ,
                   of
                   what
                   kind
                   soever
                   it
                   be
                   .
                   Now
                   this
                   is
                   from
                   its
                   softness
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   kinds
                   of
                   
                     imperfect
                     bodies
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   If
                   the
                   Ignition
                   of
                   a
                   body
                   before
                   Fusion
                   thereof
                   be
                   made
                   with
                   great
                   Labor
                   ,
                   and
                   Violence
                   of
                   a
                   strong
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   a
                   Ray
                   of
                   brightness
                   Inestimable
                   ,
                   altogether
                   white
                   and
                   shining
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   a
                   
                     perfect
                     body
                  
                   ,
                   but
                   a
                   body
                   of
                   hardness
                   altered
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   If
                   also
                   after
                   Fusion
                   thereof
                   ,
                   and
                   when
                   taken
                   from
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   it
                   be
                   presently
                   hardned
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   flows
                   not
                   ,
                   the
                   fulgent
                   Ignition
                   thereof
                   yet
                   remaining
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   a
                   body
                   of
                   Lunar
                   or
                   Solar
                   perfection
                   ,
                   but
                   comes
                   under
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   the
                   differences
                   of
                   Mars
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   By
                   what
                   has
                   been
                   said
                   ,
                   then
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   evident
                   ,
                   that
                   in
                   
                     bodies
                     Fusible
                  
                   ,
                   a
                   threefold
                   Ignition
                   may
                   be
                   found
                   before
                   Melting
                   of
                   their
                   Substances
                   ,
                   viz.
                   one
                   Pallid
                   ;
                   another
                   
                     Red
                     and
                     clear
                  
                   ;
                   and
                   a
                   third
                   most
                   white
                   ,
                   shining
                   with
                   Rays
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   of
                   these
                   is
                   an
                   Ignition
                   of
                   
                     soft
                     Bodies
                  
                   ;
                   the
                   second
                   of
                   
                     perfect
                     bodies
                  
                   ,
                   the
                   third
                   of
                   hard
                   bodies
                   ,
                   as
                   is
                   proved
                   by
                   Reason
                   and
                   Experience
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   If
                   you
                   would
                   find
                   out
                   the
                   Degree
                   of
                   all
                   these
                   Ignitions
                   ,
                   to
                   compleat
                   all
                   
                     Fusible
                     bodies
                  
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   learn
                   the
                   Compleat
                   sufficiency
                   for
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   Fusion
                   ;
                   and
                   by
                   considering
                   ,
                   recollect
                   
                   the
                   difference
                   of
                   all
                   the
                   Signs
                   of
                   the
                   Degree
                   of
                   Fufion
                   ;
                   thus
                   may
                   you
                   find
                   it
                   out
                   ,
                   otherwise
                   not
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LXVI
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Exlmen
                   by
                   Vapors
                   of
                   acute
                   things
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   
                     PErfect
                     Bodies
                  
                   exposed
                   over
                   the
                   Vapors
                   of
                   acute
                   things
                   ,
                   viz.
                   things
                   Sharp
                   ,
                   Sowre
                   ,
                   and
                   Saline
                   ,
                   are
                   apt
                   either
                   little
                   or
                   nothing
                   at
                   all
                   to
                   flower
                   ,
                   or
                   to
                   emit
                   a
                   most
                   pleasant
                   Celestine
                   Flos.
                   
                
                 
                   II.
                   But
                   Sol
                   or
                   Gold
                   flowers
                   not
                   :
                   yet
                   Sol
                   or
                   Luna
                   not
                   pure
                   ,
                   being
                   exposed
                   over
                   the
                   Vapors
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   acute
                   things
                   we
                   find
                   to
                   Flower
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   yield
                   a
                   most
                   delectable
                   
                     Celestine
                     Flos
                  
                   :
                   of
                   which
                   ,
                   that
                   of
                   Sol
                   is
                   more
                   delightful
                   than
                   that
                   of
                   Luna
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   We
                   then
                   (
                   from
                   seeing
                   this
                   )
                   imitating
                   Nature
                   ,
                   do
                   in
                   manner
                   produce
                   a
                   Celestine
                   Color
                   in
                   prepared
                   bodies
                   ,
                   which
                   Color
                   is
                   perfected
                   by
                   the
                   goodness
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   we
                   have
                   formerly
                   declared
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Whatever
                   prepared
                   bodies
                   then
                   ,
                   being
                   put
                   over
                   the
                   Vapors
                   of
                   acute
                   things
                   ,
                   do
                   not
                   produce
                   a
                   pleasant
                   Celestine
                   Color
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   not
                   yet
                   brought
                   to
                   the
                   total
                   Perfection
                   of
                   their
                   preparation
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   There
                   are
                   some
                   bodies
                   ,
                   which
                   in
                   the
                   Examen
                   of
                   Saline
                   things
                   ,
                   flower
                   in
                   their
                   Superfices
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   
                     dull
                     Red
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     dull
                     Citrine
                  
                   Color
                   mixt
                   with
                   Greenness
                   :
                   of
                   this
                   kind
                   is
                   Mars
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Some
                   flower
                   with
                   a
                   
                     dull
                     Greenness
                  
                   ,
                   mixt
                   with
                   a
                   Turbid
                   Celestine
                   Color
                   ;
                   of
                   this
                   kind
                   is
                   Venus
                   .
                   Some
                   are
                   found
                   to
                   yield
                   a
                   
                     dull
                     White
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   this
                   kind
                   is
                   Saturn
                   :
                   And
                   some
                   a
                   
                     clear
                     White
                  
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   kind
                   is
                   Jupiter
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Hence
                   it
                   is
                   evident
                   that
                   the
                   most
                   perfect
                   Body
                   flowers
                   least
                   ,
                   or
                   nothing
                   at
                   all
                   ;
                   and
                   if
                   it
                   yields
                   any
                   
                   Flos
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   in
                   a
                   long
                   space
                   of
                   time
                   .
                   And
                   indeed
                   among
                   
                     imperfect
                     Bodies
                  
                   ,
                   the
                   Gummosity
                   of
                   Jupiter
                   most
                   slowly
                   admits
                   any
                   Flowers
                   ;
                   whence
                   by
                   the
                   Examen
                   of
                   this
                   Magistery
                   ,
                   we
                   find
                   
                     Ju
                     piter
                  
                   in
                   the
                   work
                   of
                   the
                   greater
                   Order
                   ,
                   more
                   nearly
                   approximate
                   to
                   perfection
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   And
                   by
                   this
                   Tryal
                   or
                   probation
                   ,
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   known
                   ,
                   in
                   what
                   kind
                   of
                   temperament
                   ,
                   the
                   proposed
                   Body
                   does
                   consist
                   ;
                   if
                   you
                   rightly
                   conceive
                   the
                   Order
                   of
                   these
                   things
                   here
                   declared
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   LXVII
                   .
                   
                     The
                     Examen
                     by
                     Extinction
                     of
                     Bodies
                     Red
                     Fire-hot
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   I.
                   IF
                   the
                   Body
                   heat
                   red
                   Fire
                   hot
                   be
                   extinguished
                   in
                   Liquor
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Lunar
                   yeild
                   not
                   a
                   white
                   Color
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Solar
                   a
                   bright
                   Citrine
                   ,
                   but
                   is
                   changed
                   into
                   a
                   Foreign
                   Color
                   ,
                   the
                   Body
                   is
                   not
                   transmuted
                   into
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   a
                   perfect
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   And
                   if
                   in
                   repeating
                   its
                   Ignition
                   and
                   Extinction
                   in
                   the
                   Waters
                   of
                   Salts
                   or
                   Alums
                   ,
                   by
                   whatsoever
                   kind
                   of
                   preparation
                   ,
                   it
                   yeilds
                   ,
                   a
                   Scoria
                   ,
                   of
                   Affinity
                   to
                   Blackness
                   in
                   its
                   Superfices
                   ;
                   Or
                   ,
                   if
                   in
                   the
                   Extinction
                   of
                   it
                   in
                   Sulphurs
                   ,
                   and
                   from
                   the
                   Extinction
                   with
                   often
                   repeated
                   Ignition
                   it
                   vanishes
                   or
                   infects
                   it self
                   with
                   a
                   foul
                   Blackness
                   ,
                   or
                   by
                   force
                   of
                   the
                   Hammer
                   breaks
                   into
                   peices
                   ,
                   the
                   Work
                   is
                   not
                   perfect
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Or
                   ,
                   if
                   it
                   with
                   Cementation
                   of
                   the
                   mixture
                   of
                   
                     Sal-armoniack
                     ,
                     Verdigrise
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Urine
                   ,
                   or
                   things
                   of
                   like
                   Nature
                   ,
                   be
                   exposed
                   to
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   ,
                   and
                   after
                   the
                   Ignition
                   and
                   Extinction
                   of
                   it
                   (
                   whether
                   Lunar
                   or
                   Solar
                   )
                   it
                   totally
                   looses
                   its
                   proper
                   Color
                   ,
                   or
                   makes
                   a
                   Scoria
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   
                   evident
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Body
                   does
                   remain
                   in
                   imperfection
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   And
                   this
                   we
                   farther
                   give
                   you
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     one
                     certain
                     general
                     Rule
                  
                   ,
                   that
                   as
                   well
                   in
                   these
                   present
                   Examens
                   ,
                   or
                   Probations
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   the
                   three
                   Examens
                   following
                   ;
                   if
                   among
                   the
                   differences
                   of
                   perfection
                   ,
                   the
                   altered
                   or
                   changed
                   Body
                   shall
                   change
                   any
                   thing
                   of
                   its
                   weight
                   or
                   color
                   from
                   those
                   of
                   perfection
                   ,
                   (
                   and
                   which
                   it
                   ought
                   not
                   to
                   do
                   )
                   you
                   have
                   erred
                   in
                   your
                   Work
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   alteration
                   or
                   change
                   made
                   ,
                   is
                   a
                   thing
                   of
                   no
                   good
                   ,
                   or
                   profit
                   ,
                   but
                   destructive
                   and
                   of
                   disadvantage
                   rather
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   There
                   remains
                   yet
                   three
                   other
                   ways
                   of
                   Examination
                   ,
                   as
                   appears
                   by
                   Chap.
                   49.
                   
                   Sect.
                   7.
                   aforegoing
                   ,
                   which
                   should
                   here
                   immediately
                   follow
                   ,
                   but
                   that
                   they
                   are
                   treated
                   off
                   in
                   the
                   Chapters
                   ,
                   under
                   their
                   several
                   ,
                   and
                   respective
                   Titles
                   ,
                   
                     viz.
                     The
                     Examen
                     by
                     Admixtion
                     of
                     burning
                  
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   in
                   Chap.
                   38.
                   
                   Sect.
                   6
                   ,
                   7
                   ,
                   and
                   8.
                   
                   
                     The
                     Examen
                     by
                     Calcination
                     and
                     Reduction
                     ,
                  
                   in
                   Chap.
                   53.
                   
                   Sect.
                   32.
                   
                   
                     The
                     Examen
                     by
                     the
                     easie
                     susception
                     of
                  
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   in
                   Chap.
                   48.
                   
                   Sect.
                   38.
                   where
                   the
                   matter
                   is
                   explained
                   at
                   large
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   which
                   we
                   refer
                   you
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   LXVIII
                   .
                   
                     A
                     Recapitulation
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Art.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   I.
                   HAving
                   now
                   handled
                   the
                   Experiences
                   and
                   Causes
                   of
                   the
                   power
                   of
                   this
                   our
                   Magistery
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   necessity
                   ,
                   order
                   and
                   method
                   of
                   our
                   proposed
                   Discourse
                   ,
                   it
                   only
                   remains
                   ,
                   that
                   we
                   should
                   at
                   once
                   declare
                   the
                   compleating
                   of
                   this
                   whole
                   Divine
                   Work
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   few
                   words
                   contract
                   the
                   dispersed
                   Magistery
                   into
                   one
                   Sum
                   ,
                   in
                   general
                   heads
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   We
                   say
                   then
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Sum
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Art
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   the
                   Operations
                   of
                   this
                   whole
                   Work
                   ,
                   is
                   no
                   other
                   ,
                   than
                   that
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   
                   Magistery
                   ,
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   or
                   Tincture
                   (
                   declared
                   in
                   its
                   Chapters
                   )
                   should
                   be
                   taken
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   diligent
                   Labour
                   and
                   Industry
                   ,
                   that
                   Sublimation
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   degree
                   be
                   repeated
                   upon
                   it
                   :
                   for
                   by
                   this
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   cleansed
                   from
                   corrupting
                   Impurity
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   And
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   Sublimation
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Subtilization
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   by
                   it
                   ,
                   until
                   it
                   can
                   be
                   brought
                   to
                   the
                   ultimate
                   purity
                   of
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   and
                   lastly
                   be
                   made
                   volatile
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   This
                   being
                   done
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   way
                   of
                   Fixation
                   ,
                   it
                   must
                   be
                   fixed
                   ,
                   until
                   it
                   can
                   dwell
                   and
                   remain
                   in
                   the
                   highest
                   Violence
                   or
                   Force
                   os
                   Fire
                   :
                   and
                   herein
                   consists
                   the
                   measure
                   of
                   the
                   second
                   degree
                   of
                   preparation
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   The
                   Stone
                   is
                   likewise
                   prepared
                   in
                   the
                   third
                   degree
                   ,
                   which
                   consists
                   in
                   the
                   Ultimate
                   compleating
                   of
                   the
                   work
                   ,
                   or
                   perfection
                   of
                   the
                   preparation
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   this
                   :
                   The
                   now
                   fixed
                   Stone
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   make
                   by
                   the
                   way
                   of
                   Sublimation
                   Volatile
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Volatile
                   fixed
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   The
                   fixed
                   you
                   must
                   also
                   dissolve
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   dissolved
                   again
                   make
                   Volatile
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Volatile
                   again
                   make
                   fixed
                   ,
                   until
                   it
                   flow
                   and
                   alter
                   or
                   change
                   into
                   Solifick
                   or
                   Lunifick
                   with
                   all
                   the
                   signs
                   of
                   perfection
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   From
                   the
                   reiteration
                   of
                   the
                   preparations
                   of
                   this
                   third
                   degree
                   ,
                   results
                   the
                   Multiplication
                   of
                   the
                   Virtue
                   and
                   Quantity
                   of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   in
                   goodness
                   and
                   purity
                   to
                   the
                   highest
                   perfection
                   in
                   kind
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   From
                   the
                   diversity
                   then
                   of
                   the
                   Operations
                   reiterated
                   upon
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   or
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   in
                   its
                   degrees
                   ,
                   results
                   the
                   variety
                   of
                   the
                   Multiplication
                   of
                   the
                   goodness
                   of
                   the
                   Alteration
                   ,
                   and
                   quantity
                   of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   for
                   Transmutation
                   according
                   to
                   their
                   kind
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   So
                   that
                   among
                   the
                   Medicines
                   ,
                   some
                   transmute
                   into
                   a
                   true
                   Lunifick
                   Body
                   of
                   perfection
                   ,
                   and
                   fome
                   into
                   a
                   true
                   Solifick
                   Body
                   of
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   the
                   Solar
                   kind
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   And
                   of
                   these
                   Medicines
                   ,
                   some
                   transmute
                   an
                   hundred-fold
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   their
                   own
                   weight
                   is
                   ,
                   some
                   two
                   hundred
                   fold
                   ,
                   some
                   three
                   hundred
                   fold
                   ,
                   some
                   a
                   thousand
                   fold
                   ,
                   and
                   some
                   to
                   infinity
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   from
                   hence
                   it
                   may
                   easily
                   be
                   known
                   whether
                   the
                   magistery
                   is
                   brought
                   up
                   to
                   perfection
                   or
                   not
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Now
                   that
                   the
                   Envious
                   may
                   not
                   Calumniate
                   us
                   ,
                   we
                   declare
                   ,
                   that
                   we
                   have
                   not
                   treated
                   of
                   this
                   our
                   Art
                   with
                   a
                   continued
                   Series
                   of
                   Discourse
                   ,
                   but
                   have
                   dispersed
                   it
                   in
                   divers
                   Chapters
                   :
                   and
                   this
                   was
                   done
                   ,
                   that
                   evil
                   men
                   might
                   not
                   usurp
                   it
                   unworthily
                   :
                   Therefore
                   we
                   have
                   concealed
                   it
                   in
                   its
                   places
                   ,
                   where
                   yet
                   we
                   indeed
                   speak
                   openly
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   under
                   an
                   AEnigma
                   ,
                   but
                   in
                   a
                   clear
                   and
                   plain
                   Discourse
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Therefore
                   let
                   not
                   the
                   Sons
                   of
                   Doctrine
                   despair
                   ,
                   for
                   if
                   they
                   seek
                   it
                   ,
                   they
                   may
                   find
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   tho'
                   he
                   who
                   seeks
                   it
                   ,
                   following
                   Books
                   only
                   ,
                   will
                   very
                   slowly
                   attain
                   to
                   this
                   most
                   desirable
                   Art.
                   As
                   for
                   us
                   ,
                   we
                   have
                   〈◊〉
                   it
                   in
                   such
                   a
                   way
                   of
                   speaking
                   as
                   is
                   submissive
                   to
                   the
                   Will
                   of
                   the
                   Most
                   High
                   ,
                   Blessed
                   ,
                   and
                   Glorious
                   God
                   ,
                   writing
                   the
                   same
                   as
                   it
                   chanced
                   to
                   be
                   recollected
                   ,
                   or
                   was
                   infused
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   Grace
                   of
                   his
                   Divine
                   Goodness
                   ,
                   who
                   gives
                   it
                   to
                   whom
                   he
                   pleases
                   ,
                   and
                   withholds
                   it
                   from
                   the
                   Foolish
                   and
                   Unworthy
                   .
                
                 
                   Here
                   is
                   the
                   Sum
                   and
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   all
                   GEBER'S
                   Works
                   .
                
                 
                   Libri
                   Secundl
                   FINIS
                   .
                
              
            
          
        
      
       
         
           
             
             
               Clavis
               Alchymiae
               :
               OR
               ,
               
                 ARTEFIVS
                 LONGAEVUS
                 ,
                 NICHOLAS
                 FLAMMEL
                 ,
                 ROGER
                 BACHON
                 ,
              
               AND
               
                 GEORGE
                 RIPLEY
              
               ;
               ALL
               Translated
               out
               of
               the
               best
               Latin
               Editions
               into
               English
               ,
               for
               the
               sakes
               of
               the
               Lovers
               of
               Learning
               ;
               and
               claused
               or
               divided
               into
               Chapters
               and
               Sections
               ,
               for
               the
               more
               pleasant
               Reading
               ,
               and
               full
               Understanding
               of
               the
               Mind
               of
               those
               Authors
               .
            
             
               By
               
                 WILLIAM
                 SALMON
              
               ,
               Professor
               of
               Physick
               .
            
             
               The
               Third
               BOOK
               .
            
             
               LONDON
               :
               Printed
               for
               
                 J.
                 Harris
              
               ,
               and
               
                 T.
                 Howkins
              
               ,
               1692.
               
            
          
           
             
             
               
            
             
               
            
             
             
               
            
             
               
            
             
             
               
            
             
               
            
             
             
               
            
             
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               
               
               
                 ARTEPHII
                 LIBER
                 SECRETUS
                 .
              
               
                 ARTEPHIUS
                 
                   Translated
                   out
                   of
                   the
                
                 Latin-Copy
                 ,
                 (
                 Printed
                 Anno
                 1659.
                 )
                 into
                 English
                 BY
                 WILLIAM
                 SALMON
                 ,
                 Professor
                 of
                 PHYSICK
                 .
                 BOOK
                 III.
                 
              
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   I.
                   
                     The
                     Preface
                     to
                     the
                  
                   Reader
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       I.
                       ARtephius
                    
                     noster
                     (
                     benevole
                     Lector
                     )
                     solus
                     inter
                     Philosophos
                     invidiâ
                     caret
                     ,
                     ut
                     infra
                     de
                     so
                     pluribus
                     in
                     locis
                     asserit
                     ,
                     &
                     〈◊〉
                     apertissimis
                     verbis
                     artem
                     omnem
                     explicat
                     ,
                     ac
                     ambages
                     &
                     sophismata
                     sapientum
                     quantum
                     ipse
                     potest
                     solvit
                     ac
                     dirimit
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     II.
                     Verum
                     ne
                     etiam
                     impiis
                     ,
                     ignaris
                     ,
                     &
                     malis
                     modum
                     nocendi
                     praestaret
                     ,
                  
                   
                     III.
                     Sub
                     artificiosa
                     methedo
                     ,
                     modò
                     asserens
                     ,
                     modò
                     negans
                     ,
                     in
                     repetitionibus
                     suis
                     veritatem
                     velavit
                     ,
                     relinquens
                     judicio
                     Lectoris
                     viam
                     virtutis
                     ,
                     veritatis
                     ,
                     &
                     veri
                     laboris
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     Quam
                     si
                     quis
                     capere
                     possit
                     ,
                     gratias
                     immortales
                     soli
                     reddat
                     Deo
                     ,
                     si
                     verò
                     videat
                     se
                     in
                     vero
                     tramite
                     non
                     ambulare
                     ,
                     〈◊〉
                     relegat
                     ,
                     quousque
                     ejus
                     mentem
                     penitùs
                     attingere
                     possit
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     V.
                     
                       Sic
                       fecit
                       doctissimus
                    
                     Joannes
                     Pontanus
                     ,
                     
                       qui
                       dicit
                       in
                       Epistola
                       in
                       Theatro
                       Chimico
                       impressâ
                       .
                    
                     Errant
                     ,
                     (
                     
                       loquitur
                       de
                       laborantibus
                       in
                       arte
                    
                     ,
                     )
                     erraverunt
                     ,
                     ac
                     errabunt
                     ,
                     eò
                     quod
                     proprium
                     agens
                     non
                     posuerunt
                     Philosophi
                     ,
                     excepto
                     uno
                     ,
                     qui
                     Artephius
                     nominatur
                     ,
                     sed
                     pro
                     se
                     loquitur
                     ,
                     &
                     nisi
                     Artephium
                     legissem
                     ,
                     &
                     loqui
                     sensissem
                     ,
                     nunquam
                     ad
                     operis
                     complementum
                     pervenissem
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Ergo
                     hunc
                     lege
                     ,
                     &
                     relege
                     ,
                     quousque
                     loqui
                     sentias
                     ,
                     finemque
                     optatum
                     obtinere
                     possis
                     .
                     Non
                     est
                     quod
                     multa
                     faciam
                     de
                     Authore
                     nostro
                     ,
                     sufficiat
                     illum
                     vixisse
                     per
                     mille
                     annos
                     ,
                     gratiâ
                     (
                     inquit
                     )
                     Dei
                     
                     
                       &
                       usu
                       hujus
                       mirabilis
                       quintae
                       essentiae
                       :
                       ut
                       etiam
                       testatur
                    
                     Rogerus
                     Bacon
                     in
                     Libro
                     de
                     Mirabilibus
                     Naturae
                     operibus
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Et
                     etiam
                     doctissinus
                     ,
                     
                       Theophrastus
                       Paracelsus
                       in
                       Libro
                       de
                       vita
                       longa
                       ,
                    
                     quod
                     tempus
                     mille
                     annorum
                     caeteri
                     Philosophi
                     ,
                     neque
                     etiam
                     pater
                     ipse
                     Hermes
                     ,
                     potuerunt
                     attingere
                     .
                     Vide
                     ne
                     ergo
                     forsan
                     hic
                     Author
                     virtutes
                     nostri
                     lapidis
                     melius
                     caeteris
                     noscat
                     .
                     Tu
                     tamen
                     utut
                     est
                     ,
                     fruere
                     illo
                     ,
                     laboribusque
                     nostris
                     ad
                     Dei
                     Gloriam
                     &
                     Regni
                     utilitatem
                     .
                     Vale.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     I.
                     AMong
                     the
                     number
                     of
                     other
                     Philosophers
                     (
                     Friendly
                     Reader
                     )
                     this
                     our
                     Artephius
                     ,
                     without
                     Envy
                     ,
                     in
                     many
                     places
                     ,
                     with
                     most
                     significant
                     Words
                     (
                     as
                     he
                     affirms
                     of
                     himself
                     )
                     lays
                     open
                     the
                     whole
                     Art
                     of
                     Transmutation
                     ,
                     and
                     admirably
                     explicates
                     it
                     ,
                     without
                     Fallacy
                     ,
                     solving
                     a
                     much
                     as
                     may
                     be
                     ,
                     all
                     〈◊〉
                     Ambages
                     and
                     Sophisms
                     〈◊〉
                     the
                     Antient
                     Wise
                     Men
                     ,
                     and
                     Doctors
                     of
                     this
                     Science
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     II.
                     However
                     ,
                     that
                     he
                     might
                     not
                     profligate
                     his
                     Art
                     ,
                     nor
                     prostitute
                     it
                     to
                     the
                     Abuses
                     of
                     Impious
                     ,
                     Ignorant
                     ,
                     and
                     Evil
                     Men
                     ,
                     he
                     has
                     drawn
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     ,
                     a
                     thin
                     Veile
                     before
                     the
                     Illustrious
                     and
                     Dazling
                     Face
                     of
                     Truth
                     ,
                     in
                     nothing
                     more
                     pregnant
                     than
                     in
                     the
                     Principles
                     of
                     this
                     Sciences
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     And
                     by
                     an
                     Artificial
                     Method
                     ,
                     both
                     by
                     affirming
                     and
                     denying
                     ,
                     with
                     various
                     repetitions
                     of
                     one
                     and
                     the
                     same
                     thing
                     ,
                     does
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     ,
                     screen
                     the
                     sublime
                     Verity
                     from
                     the
                     Prophanation
                     of
                     unworthy
                     Men
                     ;
                     leaving
                     to
                     the
                     Sons
                     of
                     Art
                     (
                     which
                     can
                     only
                     understandingly
                     read
                     his
                     Lines
                     )
                     the
                     mystery
                     ,
                     power
                     ,
                     and
                     true
                     way
                     of
                     working
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     This
                     thing
                     ,
                     if
                     any
                     Man
                     shall
                     find
                     out
                     ,
                     let
                     him
                     render
                     perpetual
                     Thanks
                     to
                     the
                     only
                     Immortal
                     God
                     :
                     But
                     if
                     he
                     perceives
                     himself
                     to
                     be
                     yet
                     Ignorant
                     ,
                     let
                     him
                     review
                     this
                     Work
                     ,
                     and
                     read
                     it
                     over
                     ,
                     and
                     over
                     again
                     ,
                     till
                     he
                     understands
                     the
                     true
                     
                     Sense
                     and
                     Meaning
                     ,
                     and
                     may
                     be
                     able
                     to
                     comprehend
                     the
                     Mystery
                     thereof
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     By
                     such
                     an
                     unwearied
                     Search
                     did
                     the
                     most
                     Learned
                     
                       John
                       Pontanus
                    
                     attain
                     to
                     the
                     true
                     knowledge
                     ,
                     who
                     saith
                     in
                     his
                     Epistle
                     ,
                     (
                     Printed
                     in
                     
                       Theatrum
                       Chymicum
                    
                     ,
                     )
                     
                       They
                       Err
                    
                     ,
                     (
                     speaking
                     of
                     the
                     workers
                     in
                     this
                     Art
                     )
                     
                       they
                       have
                       Erred
                       ,
                       and
                       they
                       will
                       Err
                       ;
                       because
                       none
                       of
                       the
                       Philosophers
                       have
                       in
                       any
                       of
                       their
                       Books
                       explicated
                       ,
                       or
                       indigitated
                       the
                       prime
                       or
                       proper
                       Agent
                       ,
                       excepting
                       only
                    
                     Artephius
                     .
                     
                       If
                       I
                       had
                       not
                    
                     (
                     saith
                     he
                     )
                     read
                     Artephius
                     ,
                     
                       and
                       understood
                       whereof
                       he
                       speaks
                       ,
                       I
                       had
                       never
                       attained
                       to
                       the
                       Complement
                       of
                       the
                       Work
                       ,
                       but
                       remained
                       in
                       Ignorance
                       for
                       ever
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Read
                     therefore
                     this
                     Book
                     ,
                     Read
                     ,
                     and
                     Read
                     it
                     again
                     ,
                     till
                     you
                     understand
                     the
                     Sense
                     of
                     his
                     Language
                     ,
                     by
                     which
                     only
                     you
                     can
                     obtain
                     your
                     purpose
                     .
                     But
                     to
                     what
                     purpose
                     should
                     we
                     enlarge
                     any
                     farther
                     concerning
                     this
                     most
                     excellent
                     Author
                     ;
                     it
                     is
                     enough
                     to
                     let
                     you
                     understand
                     ,
                     that
                     by
                     
                     the
                     good
                     pleasure
                     of
                     God
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     use
                     of
                     this
                     wonderful
                     Arcanum
                     ,
                     he
                     lived
                     a
                     Thousand
                     Years
                     ,
                     as
                     
                       Roger
                       Bacon
                    
                     testifies
                     
                       in
                       Libro
                       de
                       Mirabilibus
                       Naturae
                       Operibus
                       .
                    
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     And
                     also
                     the
                     most
                     Learned
                     
                       Theophrastus
                       Paracelsus
                       in
                       Libro
                       de
                       vita
                       longa
                       ,
                    
                     (
                     speaking
                     of
                     long
                     Life
                     ,
                     )
                     saith
                     ,
                     To
                     which
                     term
                     of
                     a
                     Thousand
                     Years
                     ,
                     none
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                     no
                     nor
                     Hermes
                     himself
                     ,
                     the
                     Father
                     of
                     them
                     ,
                     ever
                     attained
                     ,
                     but
                     only
                     Artephius
                     our
                     Author
                     :
                     See
                     then
                     whether
                     it
                     be
                     not
                     doubtless
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     great
                     Man
                     knew
                     this
                     Stone
                     ,
                     and
                     understood
                     the
                     Virtues
                     thereof
                     ,
                     better
                     than
                     all
                     others
                     .
                     In
                     the
                     mean
                     season
                     enjoy
                     it
                     ,
                     and
                     this
                     our
                     Labour
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     Glory
                     of
                     God
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     profit
                     and
                     good
                     of
                     Mankind
                     .
                     Vale.
                     
                  
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CAP.
                     II.
                     Epistola
                     Johannis
                     Pontani
                     ,
                     ex
                     Theatri
                     Chymici
                     excerpta
                     ,
                     Vol.
                     6.
                     
                     Pag.
                     487.
                     
                  
                   
                     I.
                     EGO
                     
                       Johannes
                       Pontanus
                    
                     multas
                     perlustravi
                     Regiones
                     ,
                     ut
                     certum
                     quid
                     de
                     Lapide
                     Philosophorum
                     agnoscerem
                     ,
                     &
                     quasi
                     totum
                     mundum
                     ambiens
                     ,
                     deceptores
                     falsos
                     inveni
                     ,
                     &
                     non
                     Philosophos
                     ,
                     semper
                     tamen
                     Studens
                     ,
                     &
                     multipliciter
                     dubitans
                     ,
                     veritatem
                     inveni
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Sed
                     cum
                     materiam
                     agnoscerem
                     ,
                     ducenties
                     erravi
                     ,
                     antequam
                     veram
                     materiam
                     ,
                     operationem
                     ,
                     &
                     practicam
                     invenissem
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     III.
                     Primò
                     ,
                     materiae
                     operationes
                     ,
                     &
                     putrefactionis
                     novem
                     mensibus
                     coepi
                     ,
                     &
                     nihil
                     inveni
                     :
                     Etiam
                     in
                     Balneo
                     Mariae
                     per
                     tempus
                     aliquod
                     posui
                     &
                     similiter
                     erravi
                     :
                     Enimverò
                     in
                     Calcinationis
                     igne
                     tribus
                     mensibus
                     posui
                     ,
                     &
                     malè
                     operatus
                     sum
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     Omnia
                     Distillationum
                     &
                     Sublimationum
                     genera
                     ,
                     prout
                     dicunt
                     ,
                     seu
                     dicere
                     videntur
                     Philosophi
                     ,
                     sicut
                     
                       Geber
                       ,
                       Archelaus
                    
                     ,
                     &
                     alij
                     ferè
                     omnes
                     tractavi
                     &
                     nihil
                     inveni
                     .
                     Denique
                     subjectum
                     totius
                     Artis
                     Alchemiae
                     omnibus
                     modis
                     qui
                     excogitandi
                     sunt
                     ,
                     &
                     qui
                     fiunt
                     per
                     fimum
                     ,
                     Balneum
                     ,
                     Cineres
                     ,
                     &
                     alios
                     lgnes
                     multiplicis
                     generis
                     ,
                     qui
                     tamen
                     in
                     Philosophorum
                     Libris
                     inveniuntur
                     perficere
                     tentavi
                     ,
                     sed
                     nihil
                     boni
                     reperi
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Quapropter
                     annis
                     tribus
                     continuis
                     Philosophorum
                     Libris
                     studui
                     ,
                     in
                     solo
                     praesertim
                     Hermete
                     ,
                     cujus
                     verba
                     breviora
                     totum
                     comprehendunt
                     Lapidem
                     ,
                     licèt
                     obscurè
                     
                     loquatur
                     de
                     Superiore
                     &
                     Inferiore
                     ,
                     de
                     Coelo
                     &
                     Terrâ
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Nostrum
                     igitur
                     Instrumentum
                     ,
                     quod
                     materiam
                     ducit
                     in
                     esse
                     ,
                     in
                     primo
                     ,
                     secundo
                     ,
                     &
                     tertio
                     Opere
                     ,
                     non
                     est
                     ignis
                     Bal
                     nei
                     ,
                     neque
                     Fimi
                     ,
                     neque
                     Cinerum
                     ,
                     neque
                     aliorum
                     Ignium
                     quos
                     Philosophi
                     in
                     Libris
                     suis
                     posuerunt
                     :
                     Quis
                     igitur
                     Ignis
                     ille
                     est
                     ,
                     qui
                     totum
                     perficit
                     Opus
                     à
                     Principio
                     usque
                     in
                     Finem
                     ?
                     Certè
                     Philosophi
                     eum
                     celaverunt
                     ,
                     sed
                     ego
                     pietate
                     motus
                     ,
                     eum
                     vobis
                     unà
                     cum
                     complemento
                     totius
                     Operis
                     declarare
                     volo
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Lapis
                     ergò
                     Philosophorum
                     unus
                     est
                     ,
                     sed
                     multipli
                     citer
                     nominatur
                     ,
                     &
                     antequam
                     agnoscas
                     erit
                     tibi
                     difficile
                     .
                     Est
                     enim
                     Aqueus
                     ,
                     Aereus
                     ,
                     Igneus
                     ,
                     Terreus
                     ,
                     Phlegmaticus
                     ,
                     Cholericus
                     ,
                     Sanguineus
                     ,
                     &
                     Melancholicus
                     .
                     Est
                     Sulphureus
                     ,
                     &
                     est
                     similiter
                     Argentum
                     Vivum
                     ,
                     &
                     habet
                     multas
                     superfluitates
                     ,
                     quae
                     per
                     Deum
                     Vivum
                     convertuntur
                     in
                     veram
                     
                     Essentiam
                     ,
                     mediante
                     igne
                     nostro
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Et
                     qui
                     aliquid
                     à
                     subjecto
                     separat
                     ,
                     putans
                     id
                     necessarium
                     esse
                     ,
                     is
                     profectò
                     in
                     Philosophia
                     nihil
                     novit
                     ,
                     quia
                     superfluum
                     ,
                     immundum
                     ,
                     turpe
                     ,
                     foeculentum
                     ,
                     &
                     tota
                     denique
                     substantia
                     subjecti
                     perficitur
                     in
                     corpus
                     Spirituale
                     Fixum
                     ,
                     mediante
                     Igne
                     nostro
                     .
                     Et
                     hoc
                     sapientes
                     nunquam
                     revelârunt
                     :
                     propterea
                     pauci
                     ad
                     Artem
                     perveniunt
                     ,
                     putantes
                     aliquid
                     tale
                     superfluum
                     &
                     immundum
                     debere
                     separari
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Nunc
                     oportet
                     elicere
                     proprietates
                     Ignis
                     nostri
                     ,
                     &
                     an
                     conveniat
                     nostrae
                     materiae
                     secundùm
                     eum
                     quem
                     dixi
                     modum
                     ;
                     scilicet
                     ut
                     transmutetur
                     ,
                     cùm
                     Ignis
                     ille
                     non
                     comburat
                     materiam
                     ,
                     nihil
                     de
                     materia
                     separet
                     ,
                     non
                     segreget
                     partes
                     puras
                     ab
                     impuris
                     ,
                     (
                     ut
                     dicunt
                     omnes
                     Philosophi
                     .
                     )
                     sed
                     totum
                     subjectum
                     in
                     puritatem
                     convertit
                     ;
                     non
                     Sublimat
                     sicut
                     Geber
                     suas
                     Sublimationes
                     facit
                     ,
                     (
                     similiter
                     &
                     Arnoldus
                     ,
                     
                     &
                     alij
                     de
                     Sublimationibus
                     &
                     Distillationibus
                     loquentes
                     ,
                     )
                     inque
                     brevi
                     tempore
                     perficit
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     Mineralis
                     est
                     ,
                     aequales
                     est
                     ,
                     continuus
                     est
                     ,
                     non
                     vaporat
                     nisi
                     nimium
                     excitetur
                     ,
                     de
                     Sulphure
                     participat
                     ,
                     aliundè
                     sumitur
                     quàm
                     à
                     materia
                     ;
                     omnia
                     diruit
                     ,
                     solvat
                     ,
                     &
                     congelat
                     ,
                     &
                     est
                     artificialis
                     ad
                     inveniendum
                     ;
                     est
                     compendium
                     sine
                     sumptu
                     aliquo
                     saltem
                     parvo
                     .
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     Et
                     ille
                     Ignis
                     est
                     cum
                     mediocri
                     ignitione
                     ,
                     qui
                     cum
                     remisso
                     Igne
                     totum
                     Opus
                     perficitur
                     ,
                     simulque
                     omnes
                     debitas
                     Sublimationes
                     facit
                     .
                     Qui
                     Gebrum
                     legerent
                     ,
                     &
                     omnes
                     alios
                     Philosophos
                     ,
                     si
                     centum
                     millibus
                     annorum
                     viverent
                     ,
                     non
                     comprehenderent
                     ,
                     quia
                     per
                     solam
                     &
                     profundam
                     cogitationem
                     Ignis
                     ille
                     reperitur
                     ,
                     tunc
                     verò
                     potest
                     in
                     Libris
                     comprehendi
                     ,
                     &
                     non
                     prius
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     Error
                     igitur
                     istius
                     Artis
                     est
                     ,
                     non
                     reperire
                     Ignem
                     qui
                     totam
                     materiam
                     convertit
                     in
                     verum
                     Lapidem
                     Philosophorum
                     .
                     Studeas
                     igitur
                     Igni
                     ;
                     quia
                     si
                     ego
                     hunc
                     primo
                     inve
                     nissem
                     ,
                     non
                     errassem
                     ducenties
                     in
                     Practica
                     super
                     materiam
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     Propterea
                     non
                     miror
                     si
                     tot
                     &
                     tanti
                     ad
                     Opus
                     non
                     pervenerunt
                     .
                     Errant
                     ,
                     Erraverunt
                     ,
                     Errabunt
                     ,
                     eò
                     quod
                     proprium
                     agens
                     non
                     posuerunt
                     Philosophi
                     ,
                     excepto
                     uno
                     ,
                     qui
                     Artephius
                     nominatur
                     ,
                     sed
                     pro
                     se
                     loquitur
                     .
                     Et
                     nisi
                     Artephium
                     legissem
                     ,
                     &
                     loqui
                     senfissem
                     ,
                     nunquam
                     ad
                     complementum
                     Oper
                     is
                     pervenissem
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIV
                     .
                     Practica
                     verò
                     haec
                     est
                     :
                     Sumitur
                     ,
                     &
                     diligenter
                     
                     quam
                     fieri
                     potest
                     teratur
                     contritione
                     Physicâ
                     ,
                     &
                     ad
                     Ignem
                     dimittatur
                     ,
                     ignisque
                     proportio
                     sciatur
                     ,
                     scilicet
                     ,
                     ut
                     tantùm
                     modò
                     excitet
                     materiam
                     ,
                     &
                     in
                     brevi
                     tempore
                     Ig
                     nis
                     ille
                     ,
                     absque
                     alia
                     manuum
                     appositione
                     ,
                     de
                     certo
                     totum
                     Opus
                     complebit
                     ,
                     quia
                     putrefaciet
                     ,
                     corrumpet
                     ,
                     generabit
                     ,
                     &
                     perficiet
                     ,
                     &
                     tres
                     faciet
                     apparere
                     Colores
                     principales
                     ,
                     Nigrum
                     ,
                     Album
                     ,
                     &
                     Rubeum
                     .
                  
                   
                     XV.
                     Et
                     mediante
                     Igne
                     nostro
                     multiplicabitur
                     Medicina
                     ,
                     si
                     cum
                     cruda
                     conjungatur
                     Materia
                     ,
                     non
                     solùm
                     in
                     quantitate
                     ,
                     sed
                     etiam
                     in
                     Virtute
                     .
                     Tot
                     is
                     igitur
                     viribus
                     tuum
                     Ignem
                     inquirere
                     scias
                     &
                     ad
                     scopum
                     pervenies
                     ,
                     quia
                     totum
                     facit
                     Opus
                     ,
                     &
                     est
                     Clavis
                     omnium
                     Philosophorum
                     ,
                     quam
                     nunquàm
                     revelaverunt
                     .
                     Sed
                     si
                     benè
                     &
                     profundè
                     super
                     praedicta
                     de
                     proprietatibus
                     Ignis
                     cogitaveris
                     ,
                     scies
                     ,
                     &
                     non
                     aliter
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     XVI
                     .
                     Pietate
                     ergò
                     motus
                     haec
                     scripsi
                     ,
                     sed
                     ut
                     satisfaciam
                     ,
                     Ignis
                     non
                     Transmutatur
                     cum
                     Materia
                     ,
                     quia
                     non
                     est
                     de
                     Materia
                     ,
                     ut
                     supra
                     dixi
                     .
                     Haec
                     igitur
                     dicere
                     Volui
                     ,
                     prudentesque
                     admonere
                     ,
                     ne
                     pecunias
                     suas
                     inutiliter
                     consumant
                     ,
                     sed
                     sciant
                     quid
                     inquirere
                     debeant
                     ;
                     eo
                     modo
                     ad
                     Artis
                     veritatem
                     pervenient
                     ,
                     &
                     non
                     aliter
                     .
                     Vale.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     CHAP.
                     II.
                     
                       The
                       Epistle
                       of
                    
                     John
                     Pontanus
                     ,
                     
                       before-mentioned
                       in
                    
                     Theatrum
                     Chymicum
                     ,
                     Vol.
                     6.
                     
                     Pag.
                     487.
                     
                  
                   
                     I.
                     I
                     
                       John
                       Pontanus
                    
                     have
                     travelled
                     through
                     many
                     Countries
                     ,
                     that
                     I
                     might
                     know
                     the
                     certainty
                     of
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     Stone
                     ;
                     and
                     passing
                     through
                     the
                     Universe
                     ,
                     I
                     found
                     many
                     Deceivers
                     ,
                     but
                     no
                     true
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                     which
                     put
                     me
                     upon
                     incessant
                     Studying
                     ,
                     and
                     making
                     many
                     doubts
                     ,
                     'till
                     at
                     length
                     I
                     found
                     out
                     the
                     Truth
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     When
                     I
                     attained
                     the
                     knowledge
                     of
                     the
                     Matter
                     in
                     general
                     ,
                     yet
                     I
                     erred
                     at
                     least
                     two
                     hundred
                     times
                     ,
                     before
                     I
                     could
                     attain
                     to
                     know
                     the
                     singular
                     thing
                     it self
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     work
                     and
                     practice
                     thereof
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     III
                     First
                     ,
                     I
                     began
                     with
                     the
                     putrefaction
                     of
                     the
                     Matter
                     ,
                     which
                     I
                     continued
                     for
                     nine
                     Months
                     together
                     ,
                     and
                     obtained
                     nothing
                     .
                     I
                     then
                     for
                     some
                     certain
                     time
                     proved
                     a
                     
                       Balneum
                       Mariae
                    
                     ,
                     but
                     in
                     vain
                     :
                     After
                     that
                     ,
                     I
                     used
                     a
                     Fire
                     of
                     Calcination
                     for
                     threemonths
                     space
                     ,
                     and
                     still
                     found
                     my self
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     way
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     I
                     essayed
                     all
                     sorts
                     of
                     Distillations
                     and
                     Sublimations
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                     
                       Geber
                       ,
                       Archelaus
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     all
                     the
                     rest
                     of
                     them
                     have
                     prescribed
                     ,
                     and
                     yet
                     found
                     nothing
                     :
                     In
                     sum
                     ,
                     I
                     attempted
                     to
                     perfect
                     the
                     whole
                     work
                     of
                     Alchymy
                     by
                     all
                     imaginable
                     and
                     likely
                     means
                     ,
                     as
                     by
                     Horse-dung
                     ,
                     Baths
                     ,
                     Ashes
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     heats
                     of
                     divers
                     kinds
                     ,
                     all
                     which
                     are
                     found
                     in
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     Books
                     ,
                     yet
                     without
                     any
                     success
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     I
                     yet
                     continually
                     for
                     three
                     Years
                     together
                     studied
                     the
                     Books
                     of
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     chiefly
                     in
                     Hermes
                     ,
                     (
                     whose
                     concise
                     Words
                     comprehend
                     the
                     sum
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Matter
                     ,
                     viz.
                     
                     the
                     Secret
                     of
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     Stone
                     ,
                     by
                     an
                     obscure
                     way
                     of
                     Speaking
                     ,
                     of
                     what
                     is
                     Superior
                     ,
                     and
                     what
                     is
                     Inferior
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     of
                     Heaven
                     and
                     of
                     Earth
                     .
                     )
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Therefore
                     our
                     Operation
                     which
                     brings
                     the
                     Matter
                     into
                     being
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     ,
                     second
                     ,
                     and
                     third
                     Work
                     ,
                     is
                     not
                     the
                     heat
                     of
                     a
                     Bath
                     ,
                     nor
                     Horse-dung
                     ,
                     nor
                     Ashes
                     ,
                     nor
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     Fires
                     ,
                     which
                     Philosophers
                     excogitate
                     in
                     their
                     Books
                     :
                     Shall
                     I
                     demand
                     then
                     ,
                     what
                     it
                     is
                     that
                     perfects
                     the
                     Work
                     ,
                     since
                     the
                     Wisemen
                     have
                     thus
                     concealed
                     it
                     ?
                     Truly
                     ,
                     being
                     moved
                     with
                     a
                     generous
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     I
                     will
                     declare
                     it
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     complement
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Work.
                     
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     The
                     
                       Lapis
                       Philosophorum
                    
                     therefore
                     is
                     but
                     one
                     ,
                     though
                     it
                     has
                     many
                     Names
                     ,
                     which
                     before
                     you
                     conceive
                     them
                     ,
                     will
                     be
                     very
                     difficult
                     .
                     For
                     it
                     is
                     Watery
                     ,
                     Airey
                     ,
                     Fiery
                     ,
                     Earthy
                     :
                     It
                     is
                     Salt
                     ,
                     Sulphur
                     ,
                     Mercury
                     ,
                     and
                     Phlegm
                     :
                     It
                     is
                     Sulphureous
                     yet
                     is
                     
                       Argent
                       vive
                    
                     ;
                     it
                     has
                     many
                     Superfluities
                     ,
                     which
                     are
                     turned
                     into
                     the
                     true
                     Essence
                     ,
                     
                     by
                     the
                     help
                     of
                     our
                     Fire
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     He
                     which
                     separates
                     any
                     thing
                     from
                     the
                     Subject
                     or
                     Matter
                     ,
                     thinking
                     it
                     to
                     be
                     necessary
                     ,
                     wholly
                     Errs
                     in
                     his
                     Philosophy
                     :
                     That
                     which
                     is
                     superfluous
                     ,
                     unclean
                     ,
                     filthy
                     ,
                     feculent
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                     a
                     word
                     ,
                     the
                     whole
                     substance
                     of
                     the
                     subject
                     is
                     transmuted
                     or
                     changed
                     into
                     a
                     perfect
                     ,
                     fixt
                     ,
                     and
                     spiritual
                     Body
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     help
                     of
                     our
                     Fire
                     ,
                     which
                     the
                     Wise
                     Men
                     never
                     revealed
                     ;
                     and
                     therefore
                     it
                     is
                     ,
                     that
                     few
                     attain
                     to
                     this
                     Art
                     ,
                     as
                     thinking
                     that
                     to
                     be
                     superfluous
                     and
                     impure
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     not
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     It
                     behoves
                     us
                     now
                     to
                     enquire
                     after
                     the
                     properties
                     of
                     our
                     Fire
                     ,
                     and
                     how
                     it
                     agrees
                     with
                     our
                     Matter
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     that
                     which
                     I
                     have
                     said
                     ,
                     viz.
                     That
                     a
                     Transmutation
                     may
                     be
                     made
                     ,
                     though
                     the
                     Fire
                     is
                     not
                     such
                     as
                     to
                     burn
                     the
                     Matter
                     ,
                     separating
                     nothing
                     from
                     it
                     ,
                     nor
                     dividing
                     the
                     pure
                     parts
                     from
                     the
                     impure
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     teach
                     ,
                     but
                     transmuting
                     and
                     changing
                     the
                     whole
                     
                     Subject
                     iuto
                     Purity
                     :
                     Nor
                     does
                     it
                     sublime
                     after
                     the
                     manner
                     of
                     Geber's
                     Sublimation
                     ,
                     nor
                     the
                     Sublimations
                     or
                     Distillations
                     of
                     Arnoldus
                     ,
                     or
                     others
                     ;
                     but
                     it
                     is
                     perfected
                     in
                     a
                     short
                     time
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     It
                     is
                     a
                     Matter
                     Mineral
                     ,
                     equal
                     ,
                     continuous
                     ,
                     vapours
                     or
                     fumes
                     not
                     ,
                     unless
                     too
                     much
                     provoked
                     ;
                     partakes
                     of
                     Sulphur
                     ,
                     and
                     is
                     taken
                     otherwise
                     than
                     from
                     Matter
                     ;
                     it
                     destroys
                     all
                     things
                     ,
                     dissolves
                     ,
                     congeals
                     ,
                     coagulates
                     and
                     calcines
                     ,
                     adapted
                     to
                     penetrate
                     ,
                     and
                     is
                     a
                     compendium
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     great
                     cost
                     .
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     And
                     that
                     is
                     the
                     Fire
                     ,
                     with
                     a
                     gentle
                     heat
                     ,
                     soft
                     or
                     remiss
                     ,
                     by
                     which
                     the
                     whole
                     Work
                     is
                     perfected
                     ,
                     together
                     with
                     all
                     the
                     proper
                     Sublimations
                     .
                     They
                     who
                     read
                     Geber
                     ,
                     with
                     all
                     the
                     rest
                     of
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                     though
                     they
                     should
                     survive
                     an
                     hundred
                     thousand
                     Years
                     ,
                     yet
                     would
                     they
                     not
                     be
                     able
                     to
                     comprehend
                     it
                     ,
                     for
                     that
                     this
                     Fire
                     is
                     found
                     by
                     a
                     profound
                     cogitation
                     only
                     ,
                     which
                     being
                     once
                     apprehended
                     ,
                     may
                     
                     be
                     gathered
                     out
                     of
                     Books
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     before
                     .
                  
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     The
                     error
                     therefore
                     in
                     this
                     Work
                     proceeds
                     chiefly
                     from
                     a
                     not
                     knowing
                     ,
                     or
                     understanding
                     of
                     the
                     true
                     Fire
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     moving
                     Principles
                     that
                     Transmutes
                     the
                     whole
                     Matter
                     into
                     the
                     true
                     Philosophers
                     Stone
                     ;
                     and
                     therefore
                     diligently
                     find
                     it
                     out
                     :
                     Had
                     I
                     found
                     that
                     first
                     ,
                     I
                     had
                     never
                     been
                     two
                     hundred
                     times
                     mistaken
                     in
                     the
                     pursuit
                     of
                     the
                     Matter
                     I
                     so
                     long
                     sought
                     after
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     For
                     which
                     cause
                     sake
                     ,
                     I
                     wonder
                     not
                     that
                     so
                     many
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     great
                     Men
                     ,
                     have
                     not
                     attained
                     unto
                     the
                     Work
                     :
                     They
                     have
                     erred
                     ,
                     they
                     do
                     err
                     ,
                     and
                     they
                     will
                     err
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     (
                     Artephius
                     only
                     excepted
                     )
                     have
                     concealed
                     the
                     principal
                     or
                     proper
                     Agent
                     .
                     And
                     unless
                     I
                     had
                     read
                     Artephius
                     ,
                     and
                     sensibly
                     understood
                     his
                     Speech
                     ,
                     I
                     had
                     never
                     arrived
                     to
                     the
                     complement
                     of
                     the
                     Work.
                     
                  
                   
                     XIV
                     .
                     Now
                     the
                     practical
                     Part
                     is
                     this
                     :
                     Let
                     the
                     Matter
                     
                     be
                     taken
                     and
                     dilligently
                     ground
                     with
                     a
                     Philosophical
                     Contrition
                     ,
                     put
                     it
                     upon
                     the
                     Fire
                     ,
                     with
                     such
                     a
                     proportion
                     of
                     heat
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     only
                     excite
                     or
                     stir
                     up
                     the
                     Matter
                     ;
                     and
                     in
                     a
                     short
                     time
                     that
                     Fire
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     laying
                     on
                     of
                     hands
                     ,
                     will
                     compleat
                     the
                     whole
                     Work
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     putrefies
                     ,
                     corrupts
                     ,
                     generates
                     ,
                     and
                     perfects
                     ,
                     and
                     makes
                     the
                     three
                     principal
                     Colours
                     ,
                     viz.
                     the
                     Black
                     ,
                     White
                     ,
                     and
                     Red
                     to
                     appear
                     .
                  
                   
                     XV.
                     And
                     by
                     the
                     means
                     of
                     this
                     our
                     Fire
                     ,
                     the
                     Medicine
                     will
                     be
                     multiplied
                     ,
                     (
                     by
                     addition
                     of
                     the
                     crude
                     Matter
                     ,
                     )
                     not
                     only
                     in
                     Quantity
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     in
                     Quality
                     or
                     Virtue
                     :
                     Therefore
                     seek
                     out
                     this
                     Fire
                     with
                     all
                     thy
                     Industry
                     ,
                     for
                     having
                     once
                     found
                     it
                     ,
                     thou
                     shalt
                     accomplish
                     thy
                     desire
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     performs
                     the
                     whole
                     Work
                     ,
                     and
                     is
                     the
                     true
                     Key
                     of
                     all
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                     which
                     they
                     never
                     yet
                     revealed
                     .
                     Consider
                     well
                     of
                     what
                     I
                     have
                     spoken
                     concerning
                     the
                     Properties
                     of
                     this
                     Fire
                     ,
                     and
                     thou
                     must
                     know
                     it
                     ,
                     otherwise
                     it
                     will
                     be
                     hid
                     from
                     thine
                     Eyes
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     XVI
                     .
                     Being
                     moved
                     with
                     Generosity
                     ,
                     I
                     have
                     written
                     these
                     things
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     I
                     might
                     speak
                     plainly
                     ,
                     this
                     Fire
                     is
                     not
                     Transmuted
                     with
                     the
                     Matter
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     nothing
                     of
                     the
                     Matter
                     ,
                     as
                     I
                     have
                     before
                     declared
                     .
                     And
                     these
                     things
                     I
                     thought
                     fit
                     to
                     speak
                     ,
                     as
                     a
                     warning
                     to
                     the
                     prudent
                     Sons
                     of
                     Art
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     spend
                     not
                     their
                     Money
                     unprofitably
                     ,
                     but
                     may
                     know
                     what
                     they
                     ought
                     to
                     look
                     after
                     ,
                     for
                     by
                     this
                     only
                     they
                     may
                     attain
                     to
                     the
                     perfection
                     of
                     this
                     Secret
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     no
                     other
                     means
                     .
                     Farewel
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   The
                   Secret
                   Book
                   of
                   Artephius
                   .
                
                 
                   CHAP.
                   III.
                   
                     Of
                     the
                     Composition
                     of
                     our
                     Antimonial
                     Vinegar
                     ,
                     or
                     Secret
                     Water
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     ANtimonium
                     est
                     de
                     partibus
                     Saturni
                     ,
                     &
                     in
                     omnibus
                     modis
                     habet
                     naturam
                     ejus
                     ,
                     &
                     Antimonium
                     Saturninum
                     convenit
                     Soli
                     ,
                     &
                     in
                     eo
                     
                     est
                     argentum
                     vivum
                     in
                     qu●
                     non
                     submergitur
                     aliquod
                     metallum
                     nisi
                     aurum
                     ;
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     Sol
                     submergitur
                     verè
                     tantum
                     in
                     argento
                     vivo
                     Antimoniali
                     Saturniali
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Et
                     sine
                     illo
                     Argento
                     vivo
                     aliquod
                     metallum
                     dealbari
                     non
                     potest
                     :
                     Dealbat
                     ergo
                     latonem
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     aurum
                     ,
                     &
                     reducit
                     corpus
                     perfectum
                     in
                     suam
                     primam
                     materiam
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     in
                     sulphur
                     &
                     argentum
                     vivum
                     albi
                     coloris
                     ,
                     &
                     plusquam
                     speculum
                     splendentis
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     Dissolvit
                     (
                     inquam
                     )
                     corpus
                     perfectum
                     quod
                     est
                     de
                     sua
                     natura
                     .
                     Nam
                     illa
                     aqua
                     est
                     amicabilis
                     ,
                     &
                     metallis
                     placabilis
                     ,
                     dealbans
                     Solem
                     ,
                     quia
                     continet
                     argentum
                     vivum
                     album
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     Et
                     ex
                     hoc
                     utrique
                     maximum
                     elicias
                     secretum
                     ,
                     videlicet
                     quod
                     aqua
                     Antimonij
                     Saturnini
                     debet
                     esse
                     Mercurialis
                     &
                     alba
                     ,
                     ut
                     dealbet
                     aurum
                     ,
                     non
                     urens
                     ,
                     sed
                     dissolvens
                     &
                     postea
                     se
                     congelans
                     in
                     formam
                     cremoris
                     albi
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     V.
                     Ideo
                     dicit
                     Philosophus
                     ,
                     quod
                     aqua
                     ista
                     facit
                     corpus
                     volatile
                     ,
                     propterea
                     quod
                     postquam
                     in
                     haec
                     aqua
                     dissolutum
                     fuerit
                     &
                     infrigidatum
                     ,
                     ascendit
                     superius
                     in
                     superficie
                     aquae
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Recipe
                     (
                     inquit
                     )
                     〈◊〉
                     crudum
                     foliatum
                     ,
                     vel
                     laminatum
                     ,
                     vel
                     calcinatum
                     per
                     Mercurium
                     &
                     ipsum
                     pone
                     in
                     aceto
                     nostro
                     Antimoniali
                     ,
                     Saturniali
                     ,
                     Mercuriali
                     &
                     salis
                     armoniaci
                     (
                     ut
                     dicitur
                     )
                     in
                     vase
                     vitreo
                     ,
                     lato
                     ,
                     &
                     alto
                     quatuor
                     digitorum
                     ,
                     vel
                     plus
                     ,
                     &
                     dimitte
                     ibi
                     in
                     calore
                     temperato
                     ,
                     &
                     videbis
                     brevi
                     tempore
                     elevari
                     quasi
                     liquorem
                     olei
                     desuper
                     natantem
                     in
                     modum
                     pelliculae
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Collige
                     illud
                     cum
                     cocleari
                     vel
                     pennâ
                     ,
                     intingendo
                     ,
                     &
                     sic
                     pluribus
                     vicibus
                     in
                     die
                     collige
                     ,
                     donec
                     nihil
                     amplius
                     ascendat
                     ;
                     &
                     ad
                     ignem
                     facies
                     evaporare
                     aquam
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     superfluam
                     humiditatem
                     aceti
                     ,
                     &
                     remanebit
                     tibi
                     quinta
                     essentia
                     
                     auri
                     ,
                     in
                     modum
                     olei
                     albi
                     incombustibilis
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     In
                     quo
                     oleo
                     Philosophi
                     posuerunt
                     maxima
                     secreta
                     ,
                     &
                     hoc
                     oleum
                     habet
                     dulcedi
                     nem
                     maximam
                     ,
                     atque
                     valet
                     ad
                     mitigandos
                     dolores
                     vulnerum
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     I.
                     ANtimony
                     is
                     a
                     Mineral
                     participating
                     of
                     Saturnine
                     parts
                     ,
                     and
                     has
                     in
                     all
                     respects
                     the
                     nature
                     thereof
                     :
                     This
                     Saturnine
                     Antimony
                     
                     agrees
                     with
                     Sol
                     ,
                     and
                     contains
                     in
                     it self
                     Argent
                     vive
                     ,
                     in
                     which
                     no
                     Metal
                     is
                     swallowed
                     up
                     ,
                     except
                     Gold
                     ;
                     and
                     Gold
                     is
                     truly
                     swallowed
                     up
                     by
                     this
                     Antimonial
                     Argent
                     Vive
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Without
                     this
                     Argent
                     Vive
                     no
                     Metal
                     whatsoever
                     can
                     be
                     whitened
                     ;
                     it
                     whitens
                     Laton
                     ,
                     
                       i.
                       e.
                    
                     Gold
                     ;
                     and
                     reduceth
                     a
                     perfect
                     Body
                     into
                     its
                     
                       prima
                       Materia
                    
                     ,
                     or
                     first
                     Matter
                     ,
                     (
                     viz.
                     into
                     Sulphur
                     and
                     Argent
                     Vive
                     ,
                     )
                     of
                     a
                     white
                     Colour
                     ,
                     and
                     out-shining
                     a
                     Looking-Glass
                  
                   
                     III.
                     It
                     dissolves
                     (
                     I
                     say
                     )
                     the
                     perfect
                     Body
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     so
                     in
                     its
                     own
                     Nature
                     ;
                     for
                     this
                     Water
                     is
                     friendly
                     and
                     agreeable
                     with
                     the
                     Metals
                     ,
                     whitening
                     Sol
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     contains
                     in
                     it self
                     white
                     ,
                     or
                     pure
                     Argent
                     Vive
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     And
                     from
                     both
                     these
                     you
                     may
                     draw
                     a
                     great
                     Arcanum
                     ,
                     viz.
                     a
                     Water
                     of
                     Saturnine
                     Antimony
                     ,
                     mercurial
                     and
                     white
                     ;
                     to
                     the
                     end
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     may
                     whiten
                     Sol
                     ,
                     not
                     burning
                     ,
                     but
                     dissolving
                     ,
                     and
                     afterwards
                     congealing
                     to
                     the
                     
                     consistence
                     or
                     likeness
                     of
                     white
                     Cream
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Therefore
                     ,
                     saith
                     the
                     Philosopher
                     ,
                     this
                     Water
                     makes
                     the
                     Body
                     to
                     be
                     volatile
                     ;
                     because
                     after
                     it
                     has
                     been
                     dissolved
                     in
                     it
                     ,
                     and
                     infrigidated
                     ,
                     it
                     ascends
                     above
                     ,
                     and
                     swims
                     upon
                     the
                     surface
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Take
                     (
                     saith
                     he
                     )
                     crude
                     Leaf-Gold
                     ,
                     or
                     calcin'd
                     with
                     Mercury
                     ,
                     and
                     put
                     it
                     into
                     our
                     Vinegar
                     ,
                     made
                     of
                     Saturnine
                     Antimony
                     ,
                     Mercurial
                     ,
                     and
                     Sal
                     Armoniack
                     ,
                     (
                     as
                     is
                     said
                     )
                     in
                     a
                     broad
                     Glass
                     Vessel
                     ,
                     and
                     four
                     Inches
                     high
                     ,
                     or
                     more
                     ;
                     put
                     it
                     into
                     a
                     gentle
                     heat
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                     a
                     short
                     time
                     you
                     will
                     see
                     elevated
                     a
                     Liquor
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     Oyl
                     ,
                     swimming
                     a
                     top
                     ,
                     much
                     like
                     a
                     Scum.
                     
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Gather
                     this
                     with
                     a
                     Spoon
                     ,
                     or
                     a
                     Feather
                     ,
                     dipping
                     it
                     in
                     ;
                     and
                     so
                     doing
                     oftentimes
                     a
                     day
                     ,
                     till
                     nothing
                     more
                     arise
                     :
                     Evapourate
                     away
                     the
                     Water
                     with
                     a
                     gentle
                     heat
                     ,
                     
                       i.
                       e.
                    
                     the
                     superfluous
                     humidity
                     of
                     the
                     Vinegar
                     ,
                     
                     and
                     there
                     will
                     remain
                     the
                     Quintessence
                     ,
                     Potestates
                     ,
                     or
                     Powers
                     of
                     Gold
                     ,
                     in
                     form
                     of
                     a
                     white
                     Oyl
                     incombustible
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     In
                     this
                     Oyl
                     the
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     have
                     placed
                     their
                     greatest
                     Secrets
                     ;
                     it
                     is
                     exceeding
                     sweet
                     ,
                     and
                     of
                     great
                     virtue
                     for
                     easing
                     the
                     pains
                     of
                     Wounds
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     IV.
                  
                   Of
                   the
                   Operations
                   of
                   our
                   Antimonial
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   or
                   Mineral
                   Water
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     EST
                     igitur
                     totum
                     secretum
                     istius
                     secreti
                     Antimonialis
                     ,
                     ut
                     per
                     hoc
                     sciamus
                     extrahere
                     argentum
                     viv
                     .
                     de
                     corpore
                     magnesiae
                     non
                     urens
                     ,
                     &
                     hoc
                     est
                     Antimonium
                     ,
                     &
                     sublimatum
                     Mercuriale
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Id
                     est
                     ,
                     opportet
                     extrahere
                     unam
                     aquam
                     vivam
                     ,
                     incombustibilem
                     ,
                     dein
                     illam
                     congelare
                     cum
                     corpore
                     perfecto
                     Solis
                     ,
                     quod
                     inibi
                     dissolvitur
                     in
                     
                     naturam
                     &
                     substantiam
                     albam
                     congelatam
                     ac
                     si
                     esset
                     cremor
                     ,
                     &
                     totum
                     deveniat
                     album
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     Sed
                     prius
                     Sol
                     iste
                     in
                     sua
                     putrefactione
                     &
                     resolutione
                     in
                     hac
                     aqua
                     ,
                     in
                     principio
                     amittet
                     lumen
                     suum
                     ,
                     obscurabitur
                     &
                     nigrescet
                     ,
                     demum
                     elevabit
                     se
                     super
                     aquam
                     ,
                     &
                     paulatim
                     illi
                     albus
                     supernatabit
                     color
                     in
                     substantiam
                     albam
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     Et
                     hoc
                     est
                     ,
                     dealbare
                     latonem
                     rubeum
                     ;
                     eum
                     sublimare
                     Philosophicè
                     ,
                     &
                     reducere
                     in
                     suam
                     primam
                     materiam
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     in
                     sulphur
                     Album
                     ,
                     incombustibile
                     &
                     in
                     argentum
                     vivum
                     fixum
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Et
                     sic
                     humidum
                     terminatum
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     Aurum
                     corpus
                     nostrum
                     ,
                     per
                     reiterationem
                     liquefactionis
                     in
                     aqua
                     nostra
                     dissolutiva
                     ,
                     convertitur
                     &
                     reducitur
                     in
                     sulphur
                     &
                     argentum
                     vivum
                     fixum
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Et
                     sic
                     corpus
                     perfectum
                     Solis
                     accipit
                     vitam
                     in
                     tali
                     aqua
                     ,
                     
                     vivificatur
                     ,
                     inspiratur
                     ,
                     crescit
                     ,
                     &
                     multiplicatur
                     in
                     sua
                     specie
                     ,
                     sicut
                     res
                     caeterae
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Nam
                     in
                     ipsa
                     aqua
                     corpus
                     ex
                     duobus
                     corporibus
                     Solis
                     &
                     Eunae
                     sit
                     ,
                     ut
                     〈◊〉
                     ,
                     tumeat
                     ,
                     ingrossetur
                     ,
                     elevetur
                     ,
                     &
                     crescat
                     accipiendo
                     substantiam
                     &
                     naturam
                     animatam
                     &
                     vegetabilem
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Nostra
                     etiam
                     Aqua
                     ,
                     ceu
                     acetum
                     supradictum
                     ,
                     est
                     acetum
                     montium
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     Solis
                     &
                     Lunae
                     ,
                     &
                     ideo
                     miscetur
                     Soli
                     &
                     Lunae
                     ,
                     illisque
                     adhaeret
                     in
                     perpetuum
                     ,
                     ac
                     corpus
                     ab
                     illa
                     accipit
                     tincturam
                     albedinis
                     ,
                     &
                     splendet
                     cum
                     ea
                     fulgore
                     inaestimabili
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Qui
                     sciverit
                     igitur
                     convertere
                     corpus
                     in
                     Argentum
                     album
                     medicinale
                     ,
                     facile
                     deinde
                     poterit
                     convertere
                     per
                     istud
                     Aurum
                     album
                     ,
                     omnia
                     metalla
                     imperfecta
                     in
                     optimum
                     Argentum
                     finum
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     X.
                     Et
                     〈◊〉
                     Aurum
                     album
                     dicitur
                     a
                     Philosophis
                     Luna
                     alba
                     Philosophorum
                     ,
                     Argentum
                     vivum
                     album
                     fixum
                     ,
                     aurum
                     Alchimiae
                     ,
                     &
                     fumus
                     albus
                     .
                     Ergo
                     sine
                     illo
                     aceto
                     nostro
                     Antimoniali
                     ,
                     Aurum
                     album
                     Al
                     chimiae
                     non
                     〈◊〉
                     .
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     Et
                     quia
                     in
                     aceto
                     nostro
                     est
                     duplex
                     substantia
                     Argenti
                     vivi
                     ,
                     una
                     ,
                     ex
                     Antimonio
                     ,
                     altera
                     ex
                     Mercurio
                     sublimato
                     ,
                     &
                     ideo
                     dat
                     duplex
                     pondus
                     &
                     substantiam
                     Argenti
                     vivi
                     fixi
                     ,
                     &
                     etiam
                     augmentat
                     in
                     eo
                     suum
                     nativum
                     colorem
                     ,
                     pondus
                     ,
                     substantiam
                     ,
                     &
                     tincturam
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     I.
                     THE
                     whole
                     ,
                     then
                     ,
                     of
                     this
                     Antimonial
                     Secret
                     is
                     ,
                     That
                     we
                     know
                     how
                     by
                     it
                     to
                     extract
                     or
                     draw
                     forth
                     Argent
                     Vive
                     ,
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Body
                     of
                     Magnesia
                     ,
                     not
                     burning
                     ,
                     and
                     this
                     is
                     Antimony
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     Mercurial
                     Sublimate
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     That
                     is
                     ,
                     you
                     must
                     extract
                     a
                     living
                     and
                     incombustible
                     Water
                     ,
                     and
                     then
                     congeal
                     ,
                     or
                     coagulate
                     it
                     with
                     the
                     perfect
                     body
                     of
                     Sol
                     ,
                     
                       i.
                       e.
                    
                     
                     fine
                     Gold
                     ,
                     without
                     allay
                     ;
                     which
                     is
                     done
                     by
                     dissolving
                     it
                     into
                     a
                     nature
                     and
                     white
                     Substance
                     ,
                     of
                     the
                     consistency
                     of
                     Cream
                     ,
                     and
                     made
                     throughly
                     white
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     But
                     first
                     this
                     Sol
                     by
                     putrefaction
                     and
                     resolution
                     in
                     this
                     Water
                     ,
                     loseth
                     all
                     its
                     light
                     or
                     brightness
                     ,
                     and
                     will
                     grow
                     dark
                     and
                     black
                     ;
                     afterwards
                     it
                     will
                     ascend
                     above
                     the
                     Water
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     little
                     and
                     little
                     will
                     swim
                     upon
                     it
                     ,
                     in
                     a
                     substance
                     of
                     a
                     white
                     colour
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     And
                     this
                     is
                     the
                     whitening
                     of
                     Red
                     Laton
                     ,
                     to
                     sublime
                     it
                     philosophically
                     ,
                     and
                     to
                     reduce
                     it
                     into
                     its
                     first
                     Matter
                     ,
                     viz.
                     into
                     a
                     white
                     incombustible
                     Sulphur
                     ,
                     and
                     into
                     a
                     fixed
                     Argent
                     Vive
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     And
                     so
                     the
                     fixed
                     moisture
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     Gold
                     ,
                     our
                     Body
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     reiterating
                     of
                     the
                     Liquifaction
                     or
                     Dissolution
                     in
                     this
                     our
                     dissolving
                     Water
                     ,
                     is
                     changed
                     and
                     reduced
                     into
                     fixed
                     Sulphur
                     ,
                     and
                     fixed
                     Argent
                     Vive
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Thus
                     the
                     perfect
                     body
                     of
                     Sol
                     ,
                     resumeth
                     Life
                     in
                     
                     this
                     Water
                     ;
                     it
                     is
                     revived
                     ,
                     inspired
                     ,
                     grows
                     ,
                     and
                     is
                     multiplied
                     in
                     its
                     kind
                     ,
                     as
                     all
                     other
                     things
                     are
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     For
                     in
                     this
                     Water
                     ,
                     it
                     so
                     happens
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     body
                     compounded
                     of
                     two
                     bodies
                     ,
                     viz.
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     ,
                     is
                     puffed
                     up
                     ,
                     swells
                     ,
                     putrefies
                     ,
                     is
                     raised
                     up
                     ,
                     and
                     does
                     increase
                     by
                     receiving
                     from
                     the
                     Vegetable
                     and
                     animated
                     Nature
                     and
                     Substance
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Our
                     Water
                     also
                     ,
                     or
                     Vinegar
                     aforesaid
                     ,
                     is
                     the
                     Vinegar
                     of
                     the
                     Mountains
                     ,
                     
                       i.
                       e.
                    
                     of
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     ;
                     and
                     therefore
                     it
                     is
                     mixed
                     with
                     Gold
                     and
                     Silver
                     ,
                     and
                     sticks
                     close
                     to
                     them
                     perpetually
                     ;
                     and
                     the
                     body
                     receiveth
                     from
                     this
                     Water
                     a
                     white
                     Tincture
                     ,
                     and
                     shines
                     with
                     an
                     inestimable
                     brightness
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Who
                     so
                     therefore
                     knows
                     how
                     to
                     convert
                     ,
                     or
                     change
                     the
                     body
                     into
                     a
                     medicinal
                     white
                     Gold
                     ,
                     may
                     easily
                     by
                     the
                     same
                     white
                     Gold
                     ,
                     change
                     all
                     imperfect
                     Metals
                     into
                     the
                     best
                     and
                     finest
                     Silver
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     X.
                     And
                     this
                     white
                     Gold
                     is
                     called
                     by
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     
                       Luna
                       alba
                       Philosophorum
                       ,
                       Argentum
                       vivum
                       album
                       fixum
                       ,
                       Aurum
                       Alchymiae
                       ,
                    
                     and
                     
                       fumus
                       albus
                    
                     :
                     And
                     therefore
                     without
                     this
                     our
                     Antimonial
                     Vinegar
                     ,
                     the
                     Aurum
                     album
                     of
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     cannot
                     be
                     made
                     .
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     And
                     because
                     in
                     our
                     Vinegar
                     ,
                     there
                     is
                     a
                     double
                     substance
                     of
                     Argentum
                     vivum
                     ,
                     the
                     one
                     from
                     Antimony
                     ,
                     the
                     other
                     from
                     Mercury
                     Sublimate
                     ;
                     it
                     does
                     give
                     a
                     double
                     weight
                     and
                     substance
                     of
                     fixed
                     Argent
                     vive
                     ,
                     and
                     also
                     augments
                     therein
                     the
                     native
                     colour
                     ,
                     weight
                     ,
                     substance
                     ,
                     and
                     tincture
                     thereof
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     V.
                  
                   Of
                   other
                   Operations
                   of
                   our
                   secret
                   Mineral
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   Tincture
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     NOstra
                     igitur
                     Aqua
                     dissolutiva
                     portat
                     magnam
                     Tincturam
                     ,
                     magnamque
                     fusionem
                     ,
                     propterea
                     quod
                     quando
                     
                     sentit
                     ignem
                     communem
                     ,
                     si
                     in
                     ea
                     est
                     conpus
                     perfectum
                     Solis
                     ,
                     vel
                     Lunae
                     ,
                     subitò
                     illud
                     fudi
                     facit
                     &
                     liquefieri
                     ,
                     &
                     conperti
                     in
                     suam
                     substantiam
                     albam
                     ,
                     ut
                     ipsa
                     est
                     ,
                     &
                     addit
                     colorem
                     ,
                     pondus
                     &
                     Tincturam
                     corpori
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Est
                     etiam
                     solutiva
                     omnium
                     liquabilium
                     ,
                     &
                     est
                     Aqua
                     ponderosa
                     ,
                     viscosa
                     ,
                     praetiosa
                     &
                     honoranda
                     ,
                     resolvens
                     omnia
                     corpora
                     cruda
                     in
                     eorum
                     primam
                     Materiam
                     ;
                     hoc
                     est
                     ,
                     in
                     Terram
                     &
                     pulverem
                     viscosum
                     ;
                     id
                     est
                     ;
                     in
                     Sulphur
                     &
                     Argentum
                     vivum
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     Si
                     ergo
                     posueris
                     in
                     illa
                     Aqua
                     quodcunque
                     Metallum
                     ,
                     limatum
                     vel
                     attenuatum
                     ,
                     &
                     demittas
                     per
                     tempus
                     in
                     calore
                     leni
                     ,
                     dissolvetur
                     totum
                     ,
                     &
                     vertetur
                     in
                     aquam
                     viscosam
                     ,
                     sive
                     Oleum
                     album
                     ,
                     ut
                     dictum
                     est
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     Et
                     sic
                     mollificat
                     corpus
                     ,
                     &
                     praeparat
                     ad
                     fusionem
                     &
                     liquefactionem
                     ,
                     imò
                     facit
                     omnia
                     fusibilia
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     lapides
                     
                     &
                     Metalla
                     ,
                     &
                     postea
                     illis
                     dat
                     Spiritum
                     &
                     Vitam
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Dissolvit
                     ergo
                     omnia
                     solutione
                     mirabili
                     ,
                     convertens
                     corpus
                     perfectum
                     in
                     Medicinam
                     fusibilem
                     ,
                     fundentem
                     ,
                     penetrantem
                     ,
                     &
                     magis
                     fixam
                     ,
                     augens
                     pondus
                     &
                     colorem
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Operare
                     ergo
                     cum
                     ea
                     ,
                     &
                     consequeris
                     quod
                     desideras
                     ab
                     ea
                     .
                     Nam
                     est
                     Spiritus
                     &
                     anima
                     Solis
                     &
                     Lunae
                     ,
                     Oleum
                     ,
                     &
                     Aqua
                     dissolutiva
                     ,
                     fons
                     ,
                     balneum
                     Mariae
                     ,
                     ignis
                     contra
                     naturam
                     ,
                     ignis
                     bumidus
                     ,
                     ignis
                     secretus
                     ,
                     occultus
                     ,
                     &
                     in
                     visibilis
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Atque
                     acetum
                     acerrimum
                     ,
                     de
                     quo
                     quidam
                     antiquus
                     Philosophus
                     dicit
                     ,
                     Rogavi
                     Dominum
                     ,
                     &
                     ostendit
                     mihi
                     〈◊〉
                     aquam
                     nitidam
                     ,
                     quam
                     cognovi
                     esse
                     purum
                     acetum
                     ,
                     alterans
                     ,
                     penetrans
                     ,
                     &
                     digerens
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Acetum
                     (
                     inquam
                     )
                     penetrativum
                     ,
                     &
                     Instrumentum
                     
                     movens
                     ad
                     putrefaciendum
                     ,
                     resolvendum
                     ,
                     &
                     reducendum
                     aurum
                     vel
                     argentum
                     in
                     sui
                     primam
                     materiam
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Et
                     est
                     unicum
                     agens
                     in
                     toto
                     mundo
                     in
                     hac
                     arte
                     quod
                     videlicet
                     potest
                     resolvere
                     &
                     reincrudare
                     corpora
                     metallica
                     sub
                     conservatione
                     suae
                     speciei
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     Est
                     igitur
                     solum
                     medium
                     aptum
                     &
                     naturale
                     ,
                     per
                     quod
                     debemus
                     resolvere
                     corpora
                     perfecta
                     Solis
                     &
                     Lunae
                     mirabili
                     &
                     solemni
                     solutione
                     sub
                     conservatione
                     suae
                     speciei
                     ,
                     &
                     absque
                     ulla
                     destructione
                     ,
                     nisi
                     ad
                     novam
                     ,
                     nobiliorem
                     ,
                     &
                     meliorem
                     formam
                     ,
                     sive
                     generationem
                     ,
                     scilicet
                     ,
                     in
                     lapidem
                     perfectum
                     philosophorum
                     ,
                     quod
                     est
                     secretum
                     &
                     arcanum
                     eorum
                     mirabile
                     .
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     Est
                     autem
                     aqua
                     illa
                     media
                     quaedam
                     substantia
                     ,
                     clara
                     ut
                     argentum
                     purum
                     ,
                     quae
                     debet
                     recipere
                     tincturas
                     Solis
                     &
                     Lunae
                     ,
                     ut
                     congeletur
                     &
                     convertatur
                     in
                     terram
                     albam
                     vivam
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     Ista
                     enim
                     aqua
                     eget
                     corporibus
                     perfectis
                     ,
                     ut
                     cum
                     illis
                     post
                     dissolutionem
                     congeletur
                     ,
                     fixetur
                     ,
                     &
                     coaguletur
                     in
                     terram
                     albam
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     Solutio
                     autem
                     eorum
                     est
                     etiam
                     congelatio
                     eorum
                     ,
                     Nam
                     unam
                     &
                     eandem
                     habent
                     opera
                     tionem
                     ,
                     quia
                     non
                     solvitur
                     unum
                     ,
                     quin
                     congeletur
                     &
                     alterum
                     :
                     nec
                     est
                     alia
                     aqua
                     quae
                     possit
                     dissolvere
                     corpora
                     ,
                     nisi
                     illa
                     quae
                     permanet
                     cum
                     eis
                     ,
                     in
                     materia
                     &
                     forma
                     :
                  
                   
                     XIV
                     .
                     Imo
                     permanens
                     esse
                     non
                     potest
                     ,
                     nisi
                     sit
                     ex
                     alterius
                     natura
                     ,
                     ut
                     fiant
                     simul
                     unum
                     .
                  
                   
                     XV.
                     Cum
                     videris
                     igitur
                     a
                     quam
                     coagulare
                     seipsam
                     cum
                     corporibus
                     in
                     ea
                     solutis
                     ,
                     ratus
                     esto
                     ,
                     scientiam
                     ,
                     methodum
                     &
                     operationes
                     tuas
                     esse
                     veras
                     ac
                     philosophicas
                     ,
                     teque
                     in
                     arte
                     rectè
                     procedere
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     I
                     OUR
                     dissolving
                     Water
                     therefore
                     carries
                     with
                     it
                     a
                     great
                     Tincture
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     great
                     melting
                     or
                     dissolving
                     ;
                     
                     because
                     that
                     when
                     it
                     feels
                     the
                     vulgar
                     Fire
                     ,
                     if
                     there
                     be
                     in
                     it
                     the
                     pure
                     or
                     fine
                     bodies
                     of
                     Sol
                     or
                     Luna
                     ,
                     it
                     immediately
                     melts
                     them
                     ,
                     and
                     converts
                     them
                     into
                     its
                     white
                     Substance
                     ,
                     such
                     as
                     it self
                     is
                     ,
                     and
                     gives
                     to
                     the
                     Body
                     colour
                     ,
                     weight
                     ,
                     and
                     tincture
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     In
                     it
                     also
                     is
                     a
                     power
                     of
                     liquifying
                     or
                     melting
                     all
                     things
                     that
                     can
                     be
                     melted
                     or
                     dissolved
                     ;
                     it
                     is
                     a
                     Water
                     ponderous
                     ,
                     viscous
                     ,
                     precious
                     ,
                     and
                     worthy
                     to
                     be
                     esteemed
                     ,
                     resolving
                     all
                     crude
                     Bodies
                     into
                     their
                     
                       prima
                       Materia
                    
                     ,
                     or
                     first
                     Matter
                     ,
                     viz.
                     into
                     Earth
                     and
                     a
                     viscous
                     Pouder
                     ;
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     into
                     Sulphur
                     ,
                     and
                     Argentum
                     vivum
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     If
                     therefore
                     you
                     put
                     into
                     this
                     Water
                     ,
                     Leaves
                     ,
                     Filings
                     ,
                     or
                     Calx
                     of
                     any
                     Metal
                     ,
                     and
                     set
                     it
                     in
                     a
                     gentle
                     Heat
                     for
                     a
                     time
                     ,
                     the
                     whole
                     will
                     be
                     dissolved
                     ,
                     and
                     converted
                     into
                     a
                     viscous
                     Water
                     ,
                     or
                     white
                     Oil
                     ,
                     as
                     aforesaid
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     Thus
                     it
                     mollifies
                     the
                     Body
                     ,
                     and
                     prepares
                     it
                     for
                     fusion
                     and
                     liquesaction
                     ;
                     yea
                     ,
                     it
                     makes
                     all
                     things
                     fusible
                     ,
                     
                     viz.
                     Stones
                     and
                     Metals
                     ,
                     and
                     afterwards
                     gives
                     them
                     Spirit
                     and
                     Life
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     And
                     it
                     dissolves
                     all
                     things
                     with
                     an
                     admirable
                     solution
                     ,
                     transmuting
                     the
                     perfect
                     Body
                     into
                     a
                     sufible
                     Medicine
                     ,
                     melting
                     ,
                     or
                     liquifying
                     ,
                     moreover
                     fixing
                     ,
                     and
                     augmenting
                     the
                     weight
                     and
                     colour
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Work
                     therefore
                     with
                     it
                     ,
                     and
                     you
                     shall
                     obtain
                     from
                     it
                     what
                     you
                     desire
                     ,
                     for
                     it
                     is
                     the
                     Spirit
                     and
                     Soul
                     of
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     ;
                     it
                     is
                     the
                     Oyl
                     ,
                     the
                     dissolving
                     Water
                     ,
                     the
                     Fountain
                     ,
                     the
                     Balneum
                     Mariae
                     ,
                     the
                     praeternatural
                     Fire
                     ,
                     the
                     moist
                     Fire
                     ,
                     the
                     secret
                     ,
                     hidden
                     and
                     invisible
                     Fire
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     also
                     the
                     most
                     acrid
                     Vinegar
                     ,
                     concerning
                     which
                     an
                     ancient
                     Philosopher
                     saith
                     ,
                     I
                     bosought
                     the
                     Lord
                     ,
                     and
                     He
                     shewed
                     me
                     a
                     pure
                     clear
                     Water
                     ,
                     which
                     I
                     knew
                     to
                     be
                     the
                     pure
                     Vinegar
                     ,
                     altering
                     ,
                     penetrating
                     and
                     digesting
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     I
                     say
                     a
                     penetrating
                     Vinegar
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     moving
                     
                     Instrument
                     for
                     putrifying
                     ,
                     resolving
                     and
                     reducing
                     Gold
                     or
                     Silver
                     into
                     their
                     
                       Prima
                       materia
                    
                     or
                     first
                     matter
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     And
                     it
                     is
                     the
                     only
                     agent
                     in
                     the
                     Universe
                     ,
                     which
                     in
                     this
                     Art
                     is
                     able
                     to
                     reincrudate
                     Metallick
                     Bodies
                     with
                     the
                     conservation
                     of
                     their
                     Species
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     It
                     is
                     therefore
                     the
                     only
                     apt
                     and
                     natural
                     medium
                     ,
                     by
                     which
                     we
                     ought
                     to
                     resolve
                     the
                     perfect
                     Bodies
                     of
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     ,
                     by
                     a
                     wonderful
                     and
                     solemn
                     dissolution
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     conservation
                     of
                     the
                     species
                     ,
                     and
                     without
                     any
                     destruction
                     ,
                     unless
                     it
                     be
                     to
                     a
                     new
                     ,
                     more
                     noble
                     ,
                     and
                     better
                     form
                     or
                     generation
                     ,
                     viz.
                     into
                     the
                     perfect
                     Philosophers
                     Stone
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     their
                     wonderful
                     Secret
                     and
                     Arcanum
                     .
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     Now
                     this
                     Water
                     is
                     a
                     certain
                     middle
                     substance
                     ,
                     clear
                     as
                     fine
                     Silver
                     ,
                     which
                     ought
                     to
                     receive
                     the
                     Tinctures
                     of
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     ,
                     so
                     as
                     they
                     may
                     be
                     congealed
                     and
                     changed
                     into
                     a
                     white
                     and
                     living
                     Earth
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     For
                     this
                     water
                     needs
                     the
                     perfect
                     bodies
                     ,
                     that
                     with
                     them
                     after
                     the
                     dissolution
                     ,
                     it
                     may
                     be
                     congealed
                     ,
                     fixed
                     ,
                     and
                     coagulated
                     into
                     a
                     white
                     Earth
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     But
                     their
                     solution
                     ,
                     is
                     also
                     their
                     coagulation
                     ,
                     for
                     they
                     have
                     one
                     and
                     the
                     same
                     operation
                     ,
                     because
                     one
                     is
                     not
                     dissolved
                     ,
                     but
                     the
                     other
                     is
                     congealed
                     :
                     Nor
                     is
                     there
                     any
                     other
                     water
                     which
                     can
                     dissolve
                     the
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     but
                     that
                     which
                     abideth
                     with
                     them
                     in
                     the
                     matter
                     and
                     the
                     form
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIV
                     .
                     It
                     cannot
                     be
                     permanent
                     unless
                     it
                     be
                     of
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     may
                     be
                     made
                     one
                     .
                  
                   
                     XV.
                     When
                     therefore
                     you
                     see
                     the
                     water
                     coagulate
                     it self
                     with
                     the
                     Bodies
                     that
                     be
                     dissolved
                     therein
                     ;
                     be
                     assured
                     that
                     thy
                     knowledge
                     ,
                     way
                     of
                     working
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     work
                     it self
                     are
                     true
                     and
                     Philosophick
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     you
                     have
                     done
                     rightly
                     according
                     to
                     art
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     VI.
                  
                   Of
                   what
                   Substance
                   Metalls
                   are
                   to
                   consist
                   in
                   order
                   to
                   this
                   work
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     ERgo
                     natura
                     emendatur
                     in
                     sua
                     consimili
                     natura
                     ;
                     id
                     est
                     ;
                     aurum
                     &
                     argen
                     tum
                     ,
                     in
                     nostra
                     aqua
                     emendantur
                     ,
                     &
                     aqua
                     etiam
                     cum
                     ipsis
                     corporibus
                     ;
                     quae
                     etiam
                     dicitur
                     medium
                     animae
                     ,
                     sine
                     quo
                     nihil
                     agere
                     possumus
                     in
                     arte
                     ista
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Et
                     est
                     ignis
                     vegetabilis
                     ,
                     animabilis
                     ,
                     &
                     mineralis
                     ,
                     conservativus
                     spiritus
                     fixi
                     Solis
                     &
                     Lunae
                     ,
                     destructor
                     corporum
                     ac
                     victor
                     :
                     quia
                     destruit
                     ,
                     diruit
                     ,
                     atque
                     mutat
                     corpora
                     &
                     formas
                     metallicas
                     ,
                     facitque
                     illas
                     non
                     esse
                     corpora
                     ,
                     sed
                     spiritum
                     fixum
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     Illasque
                     convertit
                     in
                     substantiam
                     humidam
                     ,
                     mollem
                     &
                     fluidam
                     ,
                     habentem
                     ingressum
                     &
                     virtutem
                     intrandi
                     in
                     alia
                     corpora
                     imperfecta
                     ,
                     &
                     misceri
                     
                     cum
                     cis
                     per
                     minima
                     ,
                     &
                     illa
                     tingere
                     &
                     perficere
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     Quod
                     quidem
                     non
                     poterant
                     ,
                     cum
                     essent
                     corpora
                     metallica
                     ,
                     sicca
                     ,
                     &
                     dura
                     ,
                     quae
                     nonhabent
                     ingressum
                     ,
                     neque
                     virtutem
                     tingendi
                     &
                     perficiendi
                     imperfecta
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Benè
                     igitur
                     corpora
                     convertimus
                     in
                     substantiam
                     fluidam
                     ,
                     quia
                     unaquaeque
                     tinctura
                     plus
                     in
                     millesima
                     parte
                     tingit
                     in
                     liquida
                     substantia
                     &
                     molli
                     ,
                     quam
                     in
                     sicca
                     ,
                     ut
                     patet
                     de
                     creco
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Ergo
                     transmutatio
                     metallorum
                     imperfectorum
                     ,
                     est
                     impossibilis
                     fieri
                     per
                     corpora
                     perfecta
                     sicca
                     ,
                     nisi
                     prius
                     reducantur
                     in
                     primam
                     materiam
                     mollem
                     &
                     fluidam
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Ex
                     his
                     oportet
                     ,
                     quod
                     reventatur
                     humidum
                     ,
                     &
                     reveletur
                     absconditum
                     .
                     Et
                     hoc
                     est
                     ,
                     reincrudare
                     corpora
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     decoquere
                     &
                     mollire
                     ,
                     donec
                     priventur
                     corporalitate
                     durâ
                     &
                     siccâ
                     :
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Quia
                     siccum
                     non
                     ingreditur
                     nec
                     tingit
                     ,
                     nisi
                     seipsum
                     .
                     Corpus
                     igitur
                     siccum
                     terreum
                     non
                     tingit
                     ,
                     nisi
                     tingatur
                     ,
                     quia
                     (
                     ut
                     dictum
                     )
                     spissum
                     terreum
                     non
                     ingreditur
                     nec
                     tingit
                     ,
                     quia
                     non
                     intrat
                     ,
                     ergo
                     non
                     alterat
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Non
                     idcirco
                     tingit
                     aurum
                     ,
                     donec
                     spiritus
                     ejus
                     occultus
                     extrahatur
                     à
                     ventre
                     ejus
                     per
                     aquam
                     nostram
                     albam
                     ,
                     &
                     fiat
                     omnino
                     spiritualis
                     ,
                     &
                     albus
                     fumus
                     ,
                     albus
                     spiritus
                     ,
                     &
                     anima
                     mirabilis
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     I.
                     THus
                     you
                     see
                     that
                     Nature
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     amended
                     by
                     its
                     own
                     like
                     Nature
                     ;
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     Gold
                     and
                     Silver
                     are
                     to
                     be
                     exalted
                     in
                     our
                     water
                     ,
                     as
                     our
                     water
                     also
                     with
                     those
                     Bodies
                     ;
                     which
                     water
                     is
                     called
                     the
                     medium
                     of
                     the
                     Soul
                     ,
                     without
                     which
                     nothing
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     done
                     in
                     this
                     Art.
                     
                  
                   
                     II.
                     It
                     is
                     a
                     Vegetable
                     ,
                     Mineral
                     ,
                     and
                     Animal
                     fire
                     ,
                     which
                     conserves
                     the
                     fixed
                     Spirits
                     of
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     ,
                     but
                     destroys
                     and
                     conquers
                     their
                     Bodies
                     :
                     For
                     it
                     destroys
                     ,
                     overturns
                     ,
                     and
                     changes
                     Bodies
                     and
                     metallick
                     forms
                     ,
                     making
                     them
                     to
                     be
                     no
                     Bodies
                     but
                     a
                     fixed
                     Spirit
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     And
                     it
                     turns
                     them
                     into
                     a
                     humid
                     substance
                     ,
                     soft
                     and
                     fluid
                     ,
                     which
                     hath
                     ingression
                     and
                     power
                     to
                     enter
                     into
                     other
                     imperfect
                     bodies
                     ,
                     
                     and
                     to
                     mix
                     with
                     them
                     in
                     their
                     smallest
                     parts
                     ,
                     and
                     to
                     tinge
                     them
                     and
                     make
                     them
                     perfect
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     But
                     this
                     they
                     could
                     not
                     do
                     while
                     they
                     remained
                     in
                     their
                     metallick
                     Forms
                     or
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     which
                     were
                     dry
                     and
                     hard
                     ,
                     whereby
                     they
                     could
                     have
                     no
                     entrance
                     into
                     other
                     things
                     ,
                     so
                     as
                     to
                     tinge
                     &
                     make
                     perfect
                     ,
                     what
                     was
                     before
                     imperfect
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     It
                     is
                     necessary
                     therefore
                     to
                     convert
                     the
                     Bodies
                     of
                     Metals
                     into
                     a
                     fluid
                     substance
                     ;
                     for
                     that
                     every
                     tincture
                     will
                     tinge
                     a
                     thousand
                     times
                     more
                     in
                     a
                     soft
                     and
                     liquid
                     substance
                     ,
                     than
                     when
                     it
                     is
                     in
                     a
                     dry
                     one
                     ,
                     as
                     is
                     plainly
                     apparent
                     in
                     Saffron
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Therefore
                     the
                     transmutation
                     of
                     imperfect
                     Metals
                     ,
                     is
                     impossible
                     to
                     be
                     done
                     by
                     perfect
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     while
                     they
                     are
                     dry
                     and
                     hard
                     :
                     for
                     which
                     cause
                     sake
                     ,
                     they
                     must
                     be
                     brought
                     back
                     into
                     their
                     first
                     matter
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     soft
                     and
                     fluid
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     It
                     appears
                     therefore
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     moisture
                     must
                     be
                     reverted
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     hidden
                     treasure
                     may
                     be
                     revealed
                     .
                     And
                     this
                     is
                     called
                     the
                     reincrudation
                     of
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     decocting
                     &
                     softning
                     them
                     ,
                     till
                     they
                     lose
                     their
                     hard
                     and
                     dry
                     substance
                     or
                     form
                     ;
                     because
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     dry
                     does
                     not
                     enter
                     into
                     ,
                     nor
                     tinge
                     any
                     thing
                     besides
                     it self
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Therefore
                     the
                     dry
                     terrene
                     Body
                     doth
                     not
                     enter
                     into
                     nor
                     tinge
                     ,
                     except
                     its
                     own
                     body
                     ,
                     nor
                     can
                     it
                     tinge
                     except
                     it
                     be
                     tinged
                     ;
                     because
                     (
                     as
                     I
                     said
                     before
                     )
                     a
                     thick
                     drie
                     earthy
                     matter
                     does
                     not
                     penetrate
                     nor
                     tinge
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     cannot
                     enter
                     or
                     penetrate
                     it
                     can
                     make
                     no
                     alteration
                     in
                     the
                     matter
                     to
                     be
                     altered
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     For
                     this
                     reason
                     it
                     is
                     ,
                     that
                     Gold
                     coloureth
                     not
                     ,
                     until
                     its
                     internal
                     or
                     hidden
                     spirit
                     be
                     drawn
                     forth
                     out
                     of
                     it
                     bowels
                     by
                     this
                     our
                     white
                     water
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     it
                     be
                     made
                     altogether
                     a
                     spiritual
                     substance
                     ,
                     a
                     white
                     Vapour
                     ,
                     a
                     white
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     wonderful
                     Soul.
                     
                  
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   CHAP
                   VII
                   .
                   
                     Of
                     the
                     wonderful
                     things
                     done
                     by
                     our
                     Water
                     in
                     altering
                     and
                     changing
                     Bodies
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     QUare
                     debemus
                     per
                     Aquam
                     nostram
                     perfecta
                     corpora
                     attenuare
                     ,
                     alterare
                     ,
                     &
                     mollificare
                     ,
                     ut
                     deinde
                     misceantur
                     caeteris
                     corporibus
                     imperfectis
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Unde
                     si
                     aliud
                     beneficium
                     non
                     haberemus
                     ab
                     illa
                     aqua
                     Antimoniali
                     ,
                     nisi
                     quod
                     readit
                     corpora
                     subtilia
                     ,
                     mollia
                     ,
                     &
                     fluida
                     ad
                     sui
                     naturam
                     ,
                     sufficeret
                     nobis
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     Nam
                     reducit
                     corpora
                     ad
                     primam
                     originem
                     sulphuris
                     &
                     Mercurii
                     ,
                     ut
                     ex
                     his
                     postea
                     in
                     brevi
                     tempore
                     ,
                     minus
                     quàm
                     in
                     hora
                     diei
                     ,
                     faciamus
                     super
                     terram
                     ,
                     quod
                     natura
                     operata
                     est
                     subtus
                     in
                     mineriis
                     terrae
                     in
                     millibus
                     annis
                     ,
                     quod
                     est
                     quasi
                     miraculosum
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     IV.
                     Est
                     igitur
                     nostrum
                     finale
                     secretum
                     ,
                     per
                     aquam
                     nostram
                     ,
                     corpora
                     facere
                     volatilia
                     &
                     spiritualia
                     ,
                     &
                     aquam
                     tingentem
                     ,
                     habentem
                     ingressum
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Facit
                     enim
                     corpora
                     merum
                     esse
                     spiritum
                     ;
                     quia
                     incerat
                     corpora
                     dura
                     &
                     sicca
                     &
                     praeparat
                     ad
                     fusionem
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     convertit
                     in
                     aquam
                     permanentem
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Facit
                     ergo
                     ex
                     corporibus
                     oleum
                     pretiosissimum
                     benedictum
                     ,
                     quod
                     est
                     vera
                     tinctura
                     &
                     aqua
                     permanens
                     alba
                     ,
                     de
                     natura
                     ,
                     calida
                     &
                     humida
                     ,
                     temperata
                     ,
                     subtili
                     ,
                     &
                     fusibili
                     ut
                     cera
                     ;
                     quod
                     penetrat
                     ,
                     profundat
                     ,
                     tingit
                     &
                     perficit
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Aqua
                     ergo
                     nostra
                     incontinenti
                     solvit
                     aurum
                     &
                     argentum
                     ,
                     &
                     facit
                     oleum
                     incombustible
                     ,
                     quod
                     tunc
                     potest
                     com
                     
                     〈◊〉
                     corporibus
                     〈◊〉
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Nam
                     〈◊〉
                     nostra
                     convertit
                     corpora
                     in
                     naturam
                     salis
                     fusibilis
                     ,
                     qui
                     dicitur
                     Sal
                     Albrot
                     philosophorum
                     ,
                     omnium
                     salium
                     melior
                     &
                     nobilior
                     ,
                     in
                     regimine
                     fixus
                     non
                     fugiens
                     ignem
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Et
                     ipse
                     quidem
                     est
                     oleum
                     de
                     natura
                     calida
                     ,
                     subtilis
                     ,
                     penetrans
                     ,
                     profundans
                     ,
                     &
                     ingrediens
                     ,
                     dictus
                     Elixir
                     completum
                     ,
                     &
                     est
                     secretum
                     occultum
                     sapientum
                     Alchimistarum
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     Qui
                     scit
                     ergo
                     hunc
                     salem
                     Solis
                     &
                     Lunae
                     ,
                     &
                     ejus
                     generationem
                     sive
                     praeparationem
                     ,
                     &
                     postea
                     ipsum
                     commiscere
                     &
                     amicari
                     caeteris
                     corporibus
                     imperfectis
                     ,
                     scit
                     profectò
                     unum
                     de
                     secretis
                     naturae
                     maximum
                     &
                     viam
                     perfectionis
                     unam
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     I.
                     IT
                     behoves
                     us
                     therefore
                     by
                     this
                     our
                     Water
                     to
                     attenuate
                     ,
                     alter
                     ,
                     and
                     soften
                     the
                     perfect
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     ,
                     that
                     so
                     they
                     may
                     be
                     mixed
                     with
                     other
                     imperfect
                     Bodies
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     From
                     whence
                     ,
                     if
                     we
                     had
                     no
                     other
                     benefit
                     by
                     this
                     our
                     Antimonial
                     water
                     ,
                     than
                     that
                     it
                     rendred
                     Bodies
                     more
                     subtil
                     ,
                     soft
                     ,
                     and
                     fluid
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     its
                     own
                     nature
                     ,
                     it
                     would
                     be
                     sufficient
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     But
                     more
                     than
                     that
                     ,
                     it
                     brings
                     back
                     Bodies
                     to
                     their
                     first
                     original
                     of
                     Sulphur
                     and
                     Mercury
                     ,
                     that
                     of
                     them
                     we
                     may
                     afterwards
                     in
                     a
                     little
                     time
                     (
                     in
                     less
                     than
                     an
                     hours
                     time
                     )
                     do
                     that
                     above
                     ground
                     ,
                     which
                     Nature
                     was
                     a
                     thousand
                     years
                     a
                     doing
                     of
                     under
                     ground
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     Mines
                     of
                     the
                     
                     Earth
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     work
                     almost
                     miraculous
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     And
                     therefore
                     our
                     ultimate
                     ,
                     or
                     highest
                     Secret
                     is
                     ,
                     by
                     this
                     our
                     water
                     ,
                     to
                     make
                     Bodies
                     volatile
                     ,
                     spiritual
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     Tincture
                     ,
                     or
                     tinging
                     water
                     ,
                     which
                     may
                     have
                     ingress
                     or
                     entrance
                     into
                     other
                     Bodies
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     For
                     it
                     makes
                     Bodies
                     to
                     be
                     meerly
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     reduces
                     hard
                     and
                     dry
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     and
                     prepares
                     them
                     for
                     fusion
                     ,
                     melting
                     ,
                     or
                     dissolving
                     ;
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     it
                     converts
                     them
                     into
                     a
                     permanent
                     or
                     fixed
                     water
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     And
                     so
                     it
                     makes
                     of
                     Bodies
                     a
                     most
                     precious
                     and
                     desirable
                     Oyl
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     true
                     Tincture
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     permanent
                     or
                     fixed
                     white
                     water
                     ,
                     by
                     nature
                     hot
                     and
                     moist
                     ,
                     or
                     rather
                     temperate
                     ,
                     subtile
                     ,
                     fusible
                     as
                     Wax
                     ,
                     which
                     does
                     penetrate
                     ,
                     sink
                     ,
                     tinge
                     ,
                     and
                     make
                     perfect
                     the
                     Work.
                     
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     And
                     this
                     our
                     water
                     immediately
                     dissolves
                     Bodies
                     (
                     as
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     )
                     and
                     makes
                     them
                     into
                     an
                     incombustible
                     
                     Oyl
                     ,
                     which
                     then
                     may
                     be
                     mixed
                     with
                     other
                     imperfect
                     Bodies
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     It
                     also
                     converts
                     other
                     Bodies
                     into
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     a
                     fusible
                     Salt
                     ,
                     which
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     call
                     
                       Sal
                       Alebrot
                       Philosophorum
                    
                     ,
                     better
                     and
                     more
                     noble
                     than
                     any
                     other
                     Salt
                     ,
                     being
                     in
                     its
                     own
                     nature
                     fixed
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     subject
                     to
                     vanish
                     in
                     fire
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     an
                     Oyl
                     indeed
                     by
                     nature
                     hot
                     ,
                     subtile
                     ,
                     penetrating
                     ,
                     sinking
                     through
                     and
                     entring
                     into
                     other
                     Bodies
                     :
                     it
                     is
                     called
                     the
                     Perfect
                     or
                     Great
                     Elixir
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     hidden
                     Secret
                     of
                     the
                     wise
                     Searchers
                     of
                     Nature
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     He
                     therefore
                     that
                     knows
                     this
                     Salt
                     of
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     ,
                     and
                     its
                     generation
                     and
                     preparation
                     ,
                     and
                     afterwards
                     how
                     to
                     commix
                     it
                     ,
                     and
                     make
                     it
                     homogene
                     with
                     other
                     imperfect
                     Bodies
                     ;
                     he
                     in
                     truth
                     knows
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     greatest
                     Secrets
                     of
                     Nature
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     only
                     way
                     that
                     leads
                     to
                     perfection
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   CHAP.
                   VIII
                   .
                   
                     Of
                     the
                     Affinity
                     of
                     our
                     Water
                     ,
                     and
                     other
                     wonderful
                     things
                     done
                     by
                     it
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     Haec
                     corpora
                     sic
                     soluta
                     per
                     aquam
                     nostram
                     dicuntur
                     argentum
                     vivum
                     ,
                     quod
                     non
                     est
                     sine
                     sulphure
                     ,
                     nec
                     sulphur
                     sine
                     natura
                     luminarium
                     ,
                     quia
                     luminaria
                     sunt
                     principalia
                     media
                     in
                     forma
                     ,
                     per
                     quae
                     natura
                     transit
                     perficiendo
                     &
                     complendo
                     suam
                     generationem
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Et
                     istud
                     argentum
                     vivum
                     vocatur
                     sal
                     honoratum
                     &
                     animatum
                     ,
                     &
                     praegnans
                     ,
                     &
                     ignis
                     ,
                     cum
                     non
                     sit
                     nisi
                     ignis
                     ;
                     nec
                     ignis
                     ,
                     nisi
                     sulphur
                     ;
                     nec
                     sulphur
                     ,
                     nisi
                     argentum
                     vivum
                     ,
                     extractum
                     à
                     Sole
                     &
                     Luna
                     per
                     aquam
                     nostram
                     ,
                     &
                     reductum
                     in
                     lapidem
                     alti
                     pretii
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     III.
                     Id
                     est
                     ,
                     erit
                     materia
                     alterata
                     luminarium
                     &
                     mutata
                     de
                     vilitate
                     in
                     nobilitatem
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     Nota
                     ,
                     quod
                     sulphur
                     illud
                     album
                     ,
                     est
                     pater
                     metallorum
                     ,
                     ac
                     mater
                     illorum
                     ;
                     Mercurius
                     noster
                     ,
                     &
                     minera
                     auri
                     ,
                     &
                     anima
                     ,
                     &
                     fermentum
                     ,
                     &
                     virtus
                     mineralis
                     ,
                     &
                     corpus
                     vivum
                     ,
                     &
                     medicina
                     perfecta
                     ,
                     &
                     sulphur
                     ,
                     &
                     argentum
                     vivum
                     ,
                     nostrum
                     ;
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     sulphur
                     de
                     sulphure
                     ,
                     &
                     argentum
                     vivum
                     de
                     argento
                     vivo
                     ,
                     &
                     Mercurius
                     de
                     Mercurio
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Proprietas
                     ergo
                     aquae
                     nostrae
                     est
                     ,
                     quod
                     liquefacit
                     aurum
                     &
                     argentum
                     ;
                     &
                     augmentat
                     in
                     eis
                     nativum
                     colorem
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Convertit
                     enim
                     corpora
                     à
                     corporalitate
                     in
                     spiritualitatem
                     ,
                     &
                     ipsa
                     est
                     quae
                     immittit
                     in
                     corpus
                     fumum
                     album
                     ,
                     qui
                     est
                     anima
                     alba
                     ,
                     subtilis
                     ,
                     calida
                     ,
                     multae
                     igneitatis
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Haec
                     aqua
                     dicitur
                     etiam
                     lapis
                     sanguinaris
                     ,
                     est
                     etiam
                     virtus
                     spiritualis
                     sanguinis
                     sine
                     quo
                     nil
                     fit
                     ,
                     &
                     subjectum
                     omnium
                     liquabilium
                     ,
                     &
                     liquefactionis
                     ,
                     quod
                     multum
                     Soli
                     &
                     Lunae
                     convenit
                     &
                     adhaeret
                     ,
                     nec
                     separatur
                     ab
                     eis
                     semper
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Est
                     ergo
                     affinis
                     Soli
                     &
                     Lunae
                     ,
                     sed
                     magis
                     Soli
                     quam
                     Lunae
                     ;
                     nota
                     bene
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Dicitur
                     etiam
                     medium
                     conjungendi
                     tincturas
                     Solis
                     &
                     Lunae
                     cum
                     metallis
                     imperfectis
                     ,
                     nam
                     aqua
                     illa
                     convertit
                     corpora
                     in
                     veram
                     tincturam
                     ad
                     tingenda
                     reliqua
                     imperfecta
                     ,
                     &
                     est
                     aqua
                     quae
                     dealbat
                     ,
                     ut
                     est
                     alba
                     ;
                     quae
                     vivifisat
                     ,
                     ut
                     est
                     anima
                     ;
                     &
                     ideo
                     citò
                     corpus
                     suum
                     ingreditur
                     ,
                     ait
                     Philosophus
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     X.
                     Nam
                     est
                     aqua
                     viva
                     quae
                     venit
                     suam
                     irrigare
                     terram
                     ut
                     germinet
                     ,
                     &
                     fructum
                     producat
                     in
                     tempore
                     〈◊〉
                     ,
                     nam
                     ex
                     roratu
                     omnia
                     generantur
                     ex
                     terra
                     nascentia
                     :
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     Terra
                     ergo
                     non
                     germinat
                     absque
                     irrigatione
                     &
                     humiditate
                     ,
                     aqua
                     roris
                     Maij
                     ipsa
                     abluit
                     corpora
                     ,
                     tanquam
                     pluviali
                     penetrat
                     ,
                     &
                     dealbat
                     ,
                     ac
                     facit
                     corpus
                     novum
                     ex
                     duobus
                     corporibus
                     .
                  
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     Aqua
                     illa
                     .
                     vitae
                     gubernata
                     cum
                     corpore
                     ,
                     ipsum
                     dealbat
                     ,
                     convertens
                     ipsum
                     in
                     suum
                     colorem
                     album
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     Illa
                     namque
                     aqua
                     ,
                     fumus
                     albus
                     est
                     ,
                     ideo
                     cum
                     illa
                     dealbatur
                     corpus
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIV
                     .
                     Oportet
                     ergo
                     dealbare
                     corpus
                     ,
                     &
                     rumpere
                     libros
                     ,
                     &
                     inter
                     illa
                     duo
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     inter
                     corpus
                     
                     &
                     aquam
                     est
                     libido
                     &
                     societas
                     ut
                     Maris
                     &
                     Foeminae
                     ,
                     propter
                     natura
                     similis
                     propinquitatem
                     .
                  
                   
                     XV.
                     Nam
                     Aqua
                     nostra
                     viva
                     secunda
                     ,
                     dicitur
                     Azot
                     abluens
                     Latonem
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     Corpus
                     ,
                     compositum
                     ex
                     Sole
                     &
                     Luna
                     per
                     Aquam
                     nostram
                     primam
                     ,
                     dicitur
                     etiam
                     Anima
                     corporum
                     solutorum
                     qusrum
                     animas
                     jam
                     simul
                     ligavimus
                     ,
                     ut
                     serviant
                     Sapientibus
                     Philosophis
                     .
                  
                   
                     XVI
                     .
                     Quantum
                     ergo
                     pretiosa
                     est
                     &
                     magnifica
                     haec
                     Aqua
                     ?
                     Namque
                     absque
                     illa
                     Opus
                     non
                     posset
                     perfici
                     .
                     Dicitur
                     etiam
                     vas
                     naturae
                     ,
                     uterus
                     ,
                     matrix
                     ,
                     receptaculum
                     tincturae
                     ,
                     terra
                     ,
                     &
                     nutrix
                     .
                  
                   
                     XVII
                     .
                     Et
                     est
                     Fons
                     in
                     quo
                     se
                     lavant
                     Rex
                     ,
                     &
                     Regina
                     ,
                     &
                     Mater
                     quam
                     oportet
                     ponere
                     &
                     sigillare
                     in
                     ventre
                     sui
                     infantis
                     ,
                     qui
                     est
                     Sol
                     qui
                     ab
                     ea
                     processit
                     
                     &
                     ipsum
                     parturiit
                     ideo
                     sese
                     mutuo
                     amant
                     &
                     diligunt
                     ut
                     Mater
                     &
                     Filius
                     ,
                     &
                     conjunguntur
                     simul
                     ,
                     quoniam
                     ab
                     una
                     &
                     eadem
                     radice
                     venerunt
                     ,
                     &
                     ejusdem
                     substantiae
                     &
                     naturae
                     .
                  
                   
                     XVIII
                     .
                     Et
                     quoniam
                     Aqua
                     ista
                     ,
                     est
                     Aqua
                     vitae
                     Vegetabilis
                     ,
                     ideo
                     ipsa
                     dat
                     vitam
                     ,
                     &
                     facit
                     vegetare
                     ,
                     crescere
                     &
                     pullulare
                     ipsum
                     Corpus
                     mortuum
                     ,
                     &
                     ipsum
                     resuscitare
                     de
                     morte
                     ad
                     vitam
                     solutione
                     &
                     subli
                     matione
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIX
                     .
                     Et
                     in
                     tali
                     operatione
                     vertitur
                     Corpus
                     in
                     Spiritum
                     ,
                     &
                     Spiritus
                     in
                     Corpus
                     ,
                     &
                     tunc
                     facta
                     est
                     amicitia
                     ,
                     pax
                     ,
                     concordia
                     ,
                     &
                     unio
                     contrariorum
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     Corporis
                     &
                     Spiritus
                     ,
                     qui
                     mutant
                     invicem
                     naturas
                     suas
                     quas
                     recipiunt
                     ,
                     &
                     sibi
                     communicant
                     per
                     minima
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     XX.
                     Sic
                     quod
                     calidum
                     miscetur
                     frigido
                     ,
                     &
                     siccum
                     humido
                     ,
                     &
                     durum
                     molli
                     ,
                     &
                     hoc
                     modo
                     fit
                     mixtio
                     naturarum
                     contrararum
                     ,
                     frigidi
                     scilicet
                     cum
                     calido
                     ,
                     &
                     humidi
                     cum
                     sicco
                     ,
                     at
                     que
                     admirabilis
                     inter
                     inimicos
                     connexio
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     I.
                     THese
                     Bodies
                     thus
                     dissolved
                     by
                     our
                     water
                     are
                     called
                     Argent
                     Vive
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     not
                     without
                     its
                     Sulphur
                     ,
                     nor
                     the
                     Sulphur
                     without
                     the
                     fixedness
                     of
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     ;
                     because
                     Gold
                     and
                     Silver
                     are
                     the
                     particular
                     means
                     ,
                     or
                     medium
                     in
                     the
                     form
                     through
                     which
                     Nature
                     passes
                     in
                     the
                     perfecting
                     and
                     compleating
                     thereof
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     And
                     this
                     Argent
                     Vive
                     is
                     called
                     our
                     esteemed
                     and
                     valuable
                     Salt
                     ,
                     being
                     animated
                     and
                     pregnant
                     ,
                     and
                     our
                     fire
                     ,
                     for
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     nothing
                     but
                     Fire
                     :
                     yet
                     not
                     fire
                     ,
                     but
                     Sulphur
                     ;
                     and
                     not
                     Sulphur
                     only
                     ,
                     but
                     also
                     Quicksilver
                     drawn
                     from
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     by
                     our
                     water
                     ,
                     and
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     to
                     a
                     Stone
                     of
                     Great
                     price
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     III.
                     That
                     is
                     to
                     say
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     the
                     matter
                     or
                     substance
                     of
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     ,
                     or
                     Silver
                     and
                     Gold
                     ,
                     altered
                     from
                     Vileness
                     to
                     Nobility
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     Now
                     you
                     must
                     note
                     that
                     this
                     white
                     Sulphur
                     is
                     the
                     Father
                     and
                     Mother
                     of
                     the
                     Metals
                     ;
                     it
                     is
                     our
                     Mercury
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Mineral
                     of
                     Gold
                     ;
                     also
                     the
                     Soul
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     ferment
                     ;
                     yea
                     ,
                     the
                     Mineral
                     Virtue
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     living
                     Body
                     ;
                     our
                     Sulphur
                     ,
                     and
                     our
                     Quicksilver
                     ;
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     Sulphur
                     of
                     Sulphur
                     ;
                     Quicksilver
                     of
                     Quicksilver
                     ,
                     and
                     Mercury
                     of
                     Mercury
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     The
                     Property
                     therefore
                     of
                     our
                     Water
                     is
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     melts
                     or
                     dissolves
                     Gold
                     and
                     Silver
                     ,
                     and
                     encreases
                     their
                     native
                     Tincture
                     or
                     Color
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     For
                     it
                     changes
                     their
                     Bodies
                     from
                     being
                     Corporeal
                     ,
                     into
                     a
                     Spirituality
                     :
                     and
                     it
                     is
                     this
                     water
                     which
                     turns
                     the
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     or
                     corporeal
                     substance
                     into
                     a
                     white
                     vapour
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     Soul
                     that
                     is
                     whiteness
                     it self
                     ,
                     subtile
                     ,
                     hot
                     ,
                     and
                     full
                     of
                     fire
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     This
                     water
                     is
                     also
                     called
                     the
                     tinging
                     or
                     bloodcolour-making
                     stone
                     ,
                     being
                     the
                     virtue
                     of
                     the
                     Spiritual
                     Tincture
                     ,
                     without
                     which
                     nothing
                     can
                     be
                     done
                     :
                     and
                     it
                     is
                     the
                     subject
                     of
                     all
                     things
                     that
                     may
                     be
                     melted
                     ,
                     and
                     of
                     liquefaction
                     it
                     selt
                     ,
                     which
                     agrees
                     perfectly
                     ,
                     and
                     unites
                     closely
                     with
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     ,
                     from
                     which
                     it
                     can
                     never
                     be
                     separated
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     For
                     it
                     is
                     joyned
                     in
                     affinity
                     to
                     the
                     Gold
                     and
                     Silver
                     ,
                     but
                     more
                     immediately
                     to
                     the
                     Gold
                     than
                     to
                     the
                     Silver
                     :
                     which
                     you
                     are
                     to
                     take
                     special
                     notice
                     of
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     also
                     called
                     the
                     medium
                     of
                     conjoyning
                     the
                     Tinctures
                     of
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     with
                     the
                     inferior
                     or
                     imperfect
                     Metals
                     ;
                     for
                     it
                     turns
                     the
                     Bodies
                     into
                     the
                     true
                     Tincture
                     ,
                     to
                     tinge
                     the
                     said
                     other
                     imperfect
                     Metals
                     :
                     also
                     it
                     is
                     the
                     water
                     which
                     whiteneth
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     whiteness
                     it self
                     ;
                     which
                     quickeneth
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     a
                     Soul
                     ;
                     and
                     therefore
                     (
                     as
                     the
                     Philosopher
                     saith
                     )
                     quickly
                     entreth
                     into
                     its
                     Body
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     X.
                     For
                     it
                     is
                     a
                     living
                     water
                     which
                     comes
                     to
                     moisten
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     may
                     spring
                     out
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                     its
                     due
                     season
                     bring
                     forth
                     much
                     fruit
                     ;
                     for
                     all
                     things
                     springing
                     from
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     are
                     educed
                     through
                     Dew
                     or
                     Moisture
                     .
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     The
                     Earth
                     therefore
                     springeth
                     not
                     forth
                     without
                     watering
                     and
                     moisture
                     :
                     It
                     is
                     the
                     water
                     proceeding
                     from
                     May
                     Dew
                     ,
                     that
                     cleanseth
                     the
                     Body
                     ;
                     and
                     like
                     Rain
                     it
                     penetrates
                     them
                     ,
                     and
                     makes
                     one
                     new
                     Body
                     of
                     two
                     Bodies
                     .
                  
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     This
                     Aqua
                     Vitae
                     ,
                     or
                     Water
                     of
                     Life
                     ,
                     being
                     rightly
                     ordered
                     and
                     disposed
                     with
                     the
                     body
                     ,
                     it
                     whitens
                     it
                     ,
                     and
                     converts
                     or
                     changes
                     it
                     into
                     its
                     white
                     colour
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     For
                     this
                     water
                     is
                     a
                     white
                     vapour
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     the
                     Body
                     is
                     whitened
                     with
                     it
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIV
                     .
                     It
                     behoves
                     you
                     therefore
                     to
                     whiten
                     the
                     Body
                     ,
                     and
                     open
                     its
                     infoldings
                     :
                     
                     for
                     between
                     these
                     two
                     ,
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     between
                     the
                     Body
                     and
                     the
                     Water
                     ,
                     there
                     is
                     a
                     desire
                     and
                     friendship
                     ,
                     like
                     as
                     between
                     the
                     Male
                     and
                     Female
                     ,
                     because
                     of
                     the
                     propinquity
                     and
                     likeness
                     of
                     their
                     Natures
                     .
                  
                   
                     XV.
                     Now
                     this
                     our
                     second
                     and
                     living
                     water
                     is
                     called
                     Azoth
                     ,
                     the
                     Water
                     washing
                     the
                     Laten
                     ,
                     viz.
                     the
                     Body
                     compounded
                     of
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     by
                     our
                     first
                     Water
                     :
                     It
                     is
                     also
                     called
                     the
                     Soul
                     of
                     the
                     dissolved
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     which
                     Souls
                     we
                     have
                     even
                     now
                     tied
                     together
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     use
                     of
                     the
                     wise
                     Philosopher
                     .
                  
                   
                     XVI
                     .
                     How
                     precious
                     then
                     ,
                     and
                     how
                     great
                     a
                     thing
                     is
                     this
                     Water
                     !
                     For
                     without
                     it
                     the
                     Work
                     could
                     never
                     be
                     done
                     or
                     perfected
                     :
                     It
                     is
                     also
                     called
                     the
                     
                       Vas
                       Naturae
                    
                     ,
                     the
                     Belly
                     ,
                     the
                     Womb
                     ,
                     the
                     Receptacle
                     of
                     the
                     Tincture
                     ,
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     the
                     Nurse
                     .
                  
                   
                     XVII
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     the
                     Royal
                     Fountain
                     in
                     which
                     the
                     King
                     and
                     Queen
                     bathe
                     themselves
                     ;
                     and
                     the
                     Mother
                     which
                     must
                     be
                     put
                     into
                     ,
                     and
                     
                     sealed
                     up
                     within
                     the
                     belly
                     of
                     her
                     Infant
                     ;
                     and
                     that
                     is
                     Sol
                     himself
                     ,
                     who
                     proceeded
                     from
                     her
                     ,
                     and
                     whom
                     she
                     brought
                     forth
                     ;
                     and
                     therefore
                     they
                     have
                     loved
                     one
                     another
                     as
                     Mother
                     and
                     Son
                     ,
                     and
                     are
                     conjoyned
                     together
                     ,
                     because
                     they
                     come
                     from
                     one
                     and
                     the
                     same
                     Root
                     ,
                     and
                     are
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     Substance
                     and
                     Nature
                     .
                  
                   
                     XVIII
                     .
                     And
                     because
                     this
                     Water
                     is
                     the
                     Water
                     of
                     the
                     Vegetable
                     Life
                     ,
                     it
                     causes
                     the
                     dead
                     Body
                     to
                     vegetate
                     ,
                     increase
                     ,
                     and
                     spring
                     forth
                     ,
                     and
                     to
                     rise
                     from
                     Death
                     to
                     Life
                     ,
                     by
                     being
                     dissolved
                     first
                     ,
                     and
                     then
                     sublimed
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIX
                     .
                     And
                     in
                     doing
                     this
                     ,
                     the
                     Body
                     is
                     converted
                     into
                     a
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Spirit
                     (
                     afterwards
                     )
                     into
                     a
                     Body
                     ;
                     and
                     then
                     is
                     made
                     the
                     Amity
                     ,
                     the
                     Peace
                     ,
                     the
                     Concord
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Union
                     of
                     the
                     Contraries
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     between
                     the
                     Body
                     and
                     the
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     which
                     reciprocally
                     ,
                     or
                     mutually
                     change
                     their
                     Natures
                     which
                     they
                     receive
                     ,
                     and
                     communicate
                     one
                     to
                     another
                     through
                     their
                     most
                     minute
                     parts
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     XX.
                     So
                     that
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     hot
                     ,
                     is
                     mixed
                     with
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     cold
                     ,
                     the
                     dry
                     with
                     the
                     moist
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     hard
                     with
                     the
                     soft
                     ;
                     by
                     which
                     means
                     there
                     is
                     a
                     mixture
                     made
                     of
                     contrary
                     Natures
                     ,
                     viz.
                     of
                     cold
                     with
                     hot
                     ,
                     and
                     moist
                     with
                     dry
                     ,
                     even
                     a
                     most
                     admirable
                     Unity
                     between
                     Enemies
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     IX
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   Sublimation
                   ;
                   Or
                   ,
                   the
                   separating
                   of
                   the
                   Pure
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   Impure
                   ,
                   by
                   this
                   Water
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     NOstra
                     ergo
                     dissolutio
                     Corporum
                     quae
                     fit
                     in
                     tali
                     prima
                     Aqua
                     ,
                     non
                     est
                     ,
                     nisi
                     mortificatio
                     humidi
                     cum
                     sicco
                     ,
                     humidum
                     verò
                     coagulatur
                     per
                     siccum
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Quia
                     humiditas
                     tantum
                     siccitate
                     continetur
                     ,
                     terminatur
                     ,
                     ac
                     coagulatur
                     in
                     Corpus
                     sive
                     in
                     terram
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     III.
                     Corpora
                     igitur
                     dura
                     &
                     sicca
                     ,
                     ponantur
                     in
                     nostra
                     prima
                     Aqua
                     in
                     vase
                     bene
                     clauso
                     ,
                     ubi
                     maneant
                     donec
                     solventur
                     ,
                     &
                     ascendant
                     in
                     altum
                     ,
                     quae
                     tunc
                     dici
                     possunt
                     novum
                     Corpus
                     ,
                     aurum
                     album
                     Alchimiae
                     ,
                     &
                     Lapis
                     albus
                     ,
                     &
                     Sulphur
                     album
                     non
                     urens
                     ,
                     &
                     Lapis
                     Paradisi
                     ,
                     hoc
                     est
                     ,
                     convertens
                     Metalla
                     imperfecta
                     in
                     Argentum
                     album
                     finum
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     Tunc
                     etiam
                     habemus
                     simul
                     ,
                     Corpus
                     ,
                     Animam
                     &
                     Spiritum
                     ,
                     de
                     quo
                     Spiritu
                     ,
                     &
                     Anima
                     dictum
                     est
                     ,
                     quod
                     non
                     possunt
                     extrahi
                     à
                     Corporibus
                     perfectis
                     ,
                     nisi
                     per
                     conjunctionem
                     nostrae
                     Aquae
                     dissolutivae
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Quia
                     certum
                     est
                     ,
                     quod
                     res
                     fixa
                     non
                     potest
                     elevari
                     ,
                     nisi
                     per
                     conjunctionem
                     rei
                     volatilis
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Spiritus
                     igitur
                     mediante
                     Aqua
                     &
                     Anima
                     ,
                     ab
                     ipsis
                     Corporibus
                     extrahitur
                     &
                     
                     redditur
                     Corpus
                     non
                     Corpus
                     ,
                     quia
                     statim
                     Spiritus
                     cum
                     Anima
                     Corporum
                     sursum
                     ascendit
                     in
                     superiori
                     parte
                     ,
                     quae
                     est
                     perfectio
                     Lapidis
                     ,
                     &
                     vocatur
                     sublimatio
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Haec
                     sublimatio
                     ,
                     in
                     quit
                     
                       Florentius
                       Cathalanus
                    
                     ,
                     fit
                     per
                     res
                     accidas
                     Spirituales
                     ,
                     Volatiles
                     ,
                     quae
                     sunt
                     de
                     natura
                     Sulphurea
                     &
                     viscosa
                     ,
                     quae
                     dissolvunt
                     ,
                     &
                     faciunt
                     elevari
                     Corpora
                     in
                     Aeram
                     in
                     Spiritum
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Et
                     in
                     hac
                     Sublimatione
                     pars
                     quaedam
                     dictae
                     Aquae
                     primae
                     ,
                     ascendit
                     cum
                     Corporibus
                     simul
                     se
                     jungendo
                     ,
                     ascendo
                     ,
                     &
                     sublimando
                     in
                     unam
                     mediam
                     substantiam
                     ,
                     quae
                     tenet
                     de
                     natura
                     duorum
                     ,
                     scilicet
                     Corporum
                     &
                     Aquae
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Proinde
                     dicitur
                     Corporale
                     &
                     Spirituale
                     Compositum
                     ,
                     Corjufle
                     ,
                     Cambar
                     ,
                     Ethelia
                     ,
                     Zandarith
                     ,
                     Duenech
                     bonus
                     ;
                     
                     sed
                     proprie
                     ,
                     tantum
                     nominatur
                     Aqua
                     permanens
                     ,
                     quia
                     non
                     fugit
                     in
                     igne
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     Perpetuò
                     adhaerens
                     Corporibus
                     commixtis
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     Soli
                     &
                     Lunae
                     ,
                     illisque
                     communicans
                     Tincturam
                     vivam
                     ,
                     incombustibilem
                     ,
                     ac
                     firmissimam
                     ,
                     praecedenti
                     nobilicrum
                     &
                     pretiosiorem
                     .
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     Quia
                     potest
                     currere
                     debinc
                     haec
                     Tinctura
                     ,
                     sicut
                     Oleum
                     ,
                     omnia
                     perforando
                     &
                     penetrando
                     cum
                     fixione
                     mirabili
                     ,
                     quoniam
                     haee
                     Tinctura
                     est
                     Spi
                     ritus
                     ,
                     &
                     Spiritus
                     est
                     Anima
                     ,
                     &
                     Anima
                     Corpus
                     .
                  
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     Quia
                     in
                     hac
                     operatione
                     Corpus
                     efficitur
                     Spiritus
                     ,
                     de
                     natura
                     subtilissima
                     ,
                     &
                     pariter
                     Spiritus
                     incorporatur
                     ,
                     &
                     fit
                     de
                     natura
                     Corporis
                     cum
                     Corporibus
                     ,
                     &
                     sic
                     Lapis
                     noster
                     〈◊〉
                     Corpus
                     ,
                     Animam
                     ,
                     &
                     Spiritum
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     O
                     Natura
                     ,
                     quomodo
                     vertis
                     Corpus
                     in
                     Spiritum
                     !
                     quod
                     non
                     fieret
                     si
                     Spiritus
                     non
                     incorporaretur
                     cum
                     Corporibus
                     ,
                     &
                     Corpora
                     cum
                     Spiritu
                     fierent
                     volatilia
                     ,
                     &
                     postea
                     permanentia
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIV
                     .
                     Transivit
                     igitur
                     unus
                     in
                     alterum
                     ,
                     &
                     sese
                     invicem
                     conversi
                     sunt
                     per
                     Sapientiam
                     .
                     O
                     Sapientia
                     !
                     quomodo
                     facis
                     Aurum
                     esse
                     volatile
                     ,
                     ac
                     fugitivum
                     ,
                     etiamsi
                     naturaliter
                     fixissimum
                     esset
                     !
                  
                   
                     XV.
                     Oportet
                     igitur
                     dissolvere
                     &
                     liquefacere
                     Corpora
                     ista
                     per
                     Aquam
                     nostram
                     ,
                     &
                     illa
                     facere
                     Aquam
                     permanentem
                     ,
                     Aquam
                     auream
                     sublimatam
                     ,
                     relinquendo
                     in
                     fundo
                     grossum
                     ,
                     terrestreum
                     &
                     superfluum
                     siccum
                     .
                  
                   
                     XVI
                     .
                     Et
                     in
                     ista
                     Sublimatione
                     ignis
                     debet
                     esse
                     lentus
                     ,
                     quia
                     si
                     per
                     hanc
                     Sublimationem
                     in
                     Igne
                     lento
                     ,
                     Corpora
                     purificata
                     
                     non
                     fuerint
                     ,
                     &
                     〈◊〉
                     ejus
                     partes
                     [
                     nota
                     bene
                     ]
                     terrestres
                     seperatae
                     à
                     Mortui
                     immunditia
                     ,
                     impedieris
                     quominus
                     ex
                     his
                     possis
                     perficere
                     Opus
                     .
                  
                   
                     XVII
                     .
                     Non
                     indiges
                     enim
                     ,
                     nisi
                     tenui
                     ,
                     &
                     subtili
                     naturâ
                     Corporum
                     dissolutorum
                     quam
                     tibi
                     dabit
                     Aqua
                     nostra
                     silento
                     Igne
                     procedis
                     ,
                     separando
                     beterogenea
                     ab
                     homogeneis
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     I.
                     OUR
                     Dissolution
                     then
                     of
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     made
                     such
                     in
                     this
                     first
                     Water
                     ,
                     is
                     nothing
                     else
                     ,
                     but
                     a
                     destroying
                     or
                     overcoming
                     of
                     the
                     moist
                     with
                     the
                     dry
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     moist
                     is
                     coagulated
                     with
                     the
                     dry
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     For
                     the
                     moisture
                     is
                     contained
                     under
                     ,
                     terminated
                     with
                     ,
                     and
                     coagulated
                     in
                     the
                     dry
                     Body
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     in
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     Earthy
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     III.
                     Let
                     therefore
                     the
                     hard
                     and
                     the
                     dry
                     Bodies
                     be
                     put
                     into
                     our
                     first
                     Water
                     in
                     a
                     Vessel
                     ,
                     which
                     close
                     well
                     ,
                     and
                     there
                     let
                     them
                     abide
                     till
                     they
                     be
                     dissolved
                     ,
                     and
                     ascend
                     to
                     the
                     top
                     ;
                     then
                     may
                     they
                     be
                     called
                     a
                     new
                     Body
                     ,
                     the
                     white
                     Gold
                     made
                     by
                     Art
                     ,
                     the
                     white
                     Stone
                     ,
                     the
                     white
                     Sulphur
                     ,
                     not
                     inflamable
                     ,
                     the
                     Paradisical
                     Stone
                     ,
                     viz.
                     the
                     Stone
                     Transmuting
                     imperfect
                     Metals
                     ,
                     into
                     fine
                     white
                     Silver
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     Then
                     have
                     we
                     also
                     the
                     Body
                     ,
                     Soul
                     ,
                     and
                     Spirit
                     altogether
                     ;
                     of
                     which
                     Spirit
                     and
                     Soul
                     it
                     is
                     said
                     ,
                     That
                     they
                     cannot
                     be
                     extracted
                     from
                     the
                     perfect
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     but
                     by
                     the
                     help
                     or
                     conjunction
                     of
                     our
                     dissolving
                     Water
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Because
                     it
                     is
                     certain
                     ,
                     That
                     the
                     thing
                     fixed
                     cannot
                     be
                     lifted
                     up
                     ,
                     or
                     made
                     to
                     ascend
                     ,
                     but
                     by
                     the
                     conjunction
                     or
                     help
                     of
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     volatile
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     The
                     Spirit
                     therefore
                     by
                     the
                     help
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     and
                     the
                     Soul
                     ,
                     is
                     drawn
                     forth
                     
                     from
                     the
                     Bodies
                     themselves
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Body
                     thereby
                     is
                     made
                     Spiritual
                     ;
                     for
                     that
                     at
                     the
                     same
                     instant
                     of
                     time
                     ,
                     the
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     Soul
                     of
                     the
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     ascend
                     on
                     high
                     to
                     the
                     superiour
                     part
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     perfection
                     of
                     the
                     Stone
                     ,
                     and
                     is
                     called
                     Sublimation
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     This
                     Sublimation
                     ,
                     saith
                     
                       Florentius
                       Cathalanus
                    
                     ,
                     is
                     made
                     by
                     things
                     Acid
                     ,
                     Spiritual
                     ,
                     Volatile
                     ,
                     and
                     which
                     are
                     in
                     their
                     own
                     nature
                     Sulphurous
                     and
                     Viscous
                     ,
                     which
                     dissolve
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     and
                     make
                     them
                     to
                     ascend
                     ,
                     and
                     be
                     changed
                     into
                     Air
                     and
                     Spirit
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     And
                     in
                     this
                     Sublimation
                     a
                     certain
                     part
                     of
                     our
                     said
                     first
                     Water
                     ascends
                     with
                     the
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     joyning
                     it self
                     with
                     them
                     ,
                     ascending
                     and
                     subliming
                     into
                     one
                     neutral
                     or
                     complex
                     Substance
                     ,
                     which
                     contains
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     two
                     ,
                     viz.
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     two
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     and
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     And
                     therefore
                     it
                     is
                     called
                     the
                     Corporeal
                     and
                     Spiritual
                     〈◊〉
                     ,
                     Cor
                     jufle
                     ,
                     Cambar
                     ,
                     Ethelia
                     ,
                     Zandarith
                     ,
                     
                     Dueneck
                     ,
                     the
                     Good
                     ;
                     but
                     properly
                     it
                     is
                     called
                     the
                     permanent
                     or
                     fixed
                     Water
                     only
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     flies
                     not
                     in
                     the
                     Fire
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     But
                     it
                     perpetually
                     adheres
                     to
                     the
                     commixed
                     or
                     compounded
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     to
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     ,
                     and
                     communicates
                     to
                     them
                     the
                     Living
                     Tincture
                     ,
                     incombustible
                     and
                     most
                     fixed
                     ,
                     much
                     more
                     noble
                     and
                     precious
                     than
                     the
                     former
                     which
                     those
                     Bodies
                     had
                     .
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     Because
                     from
                     henceforth
                     this
                     Tincture
                     runs
                     like
                     Oil
                     ,
                     running
                     through
                     ,
                     and
                     penetrating
                     the
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     and
                     giving
                     to
                     them
                     its
                     wonderful
                     Fixity
                     ;
                     and
                     this
                     Tincture
                     is
                     the
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Spirit
                     is
                     the
                     Soul
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Soul
                     is
                     the
                     Body
                     .
                  
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     For
                     in
                     this
                     operation
                     the
                     Body
                     is
                     made
                     a
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     of
                     a
                     most
                     subtile
                     nature
                     ;
                     and
                     again
                     ,
                     the
                     Spirit
                     is
                     corporified
                     and
                     changed
                     into
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     the
                     Body
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     whereby
                     our
                     Stone
                     consists
                     of
                     a
                     Body
                     ,
                     a
                     Soul
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     Spirit
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     O
                     God
                     ,
                     how
                     thro'
                     Nature
                     dost
                     thou
                     change
                     a
                     Body
                     into
                     a
                     Spirit
                     !
                     Which
                     could
                     not
                     be
                     done
                     ,
                     if
                     the
                     Spirit
                     were
                     not
                     incorporated
                     with
                     the
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Bodies
                     made
                     volatile
                     with
                     the
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     and
                     afterwards
                     permanent
                     or
                     fixed
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIV
                     .
                     For
                     this
                     Cause
                     sake
                     ,
                     they
                     have
                     passed
                     over
                     into
                     one
                     another
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     the
                     Influence
                     of
                     Wisdom
                     are
                     converted
                     the
                     one
                     into
                     the
                     other
                     .
                     O
                     Wisdom
                     !
                     How
                     thou
                     makest
                     the
                     most
                     fix'd
                     Gold
                     to
                     be
                     volatile
                     and
                     fugitive
                     ,
                     yea
                     ,
                     though
                     by
                     nature
                     it
                     is
                     the
                     most
                     fixed
                     of
                     all
                     things
                     in
                     the
                     World
                     !
                  
                   
                     XV.
                     It
                     is
                     necessary
                     there
                     fore
                     to
                     dissolve
                     and
                     liquifie
                     these
                     Bodies
                     by
                     our
                     Water
                     ,
                     and
                     to
                     make
                     them
                     a
                     permanent
                     or
                     fixed
                     Water
                     ,
                     a
                     pure
                     golden
                     Water
                     ,
                     leaving
                     in
                     the
                     bottom
                     the
                     gross
                     ,
                     earthy
                     ,
                     superfluous
                     and
                     dry
                     Matter
                     .
                  
                   
                     XVI
                     .
                     And
                     in
                     this
                     Subliming
                     ,
                     making
                     thin
                     and
                     pure
                     ,
                     the
                     Fire
                     ought
                     to
                     be
                     gentle
                     ;
                     but
                     if
                     in
                     this
                     Sublimation
                     
                     with
                     a
                     soft
                     Fire
                     ,
                     the
                     Bodies
                     be
                     not
                     purified
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     grofs
                     or
                     earthy
                     parts
                     thereof
                     ,
                     [
                     note
                     this
                     well
                     ,
                     ]
                     be
                     not
                     separated
                     from
                     teh
                     impurities
                     of
                     the
                     Dead
                     ,
                     you
                     shall
                     not
                     be
                     able
                     to
                     perfect
                     the
                     Work.
                     
                  
                   
                     XVII
                     .
                     For
                     thou
                     needest
                     nothing
                     but
                     that
                     thin
                     and
                     subtil
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     dissolved
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     which
                     our
                     Water
                     will
                     give
                     thee
                     ,
                     if
                     thou
                     proceedest
                     with
                     a
                     slow
                     or
                     gentle
                     Fire
                     ,
                     by
                     separating
                     the
                     things
                     heterogene
                     ,
                     from
                     the
                     things
                     homogene
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     X.
                  
                   Of
                   the
                   Separation
                   of
                   the
                   pure
                   Parts
                   from
                   the
                   Impure
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     REcipit
                     ergo
                     compositum
                     ,
                     mundationem
                     per
                     Ignem
                     nostrum
                     humidum
                     ,
                     aissol
                     vendo
                     scilicet
                     &
                     sublimando
                     quod
                     purum
                     &
                     album
                     est
                     ,
                     ejectis
                     foecibus
                     ut
                     vomitus
                     qui
                     sponte
                     fit
                     ,
                     (
                     inquit
                     
                       Azinabam
                       .
                    
                     )
                  
                   
                   
                     II.
                     Nam
                     in
                     tali
                     dissolutione
                     ,
                     &
                     sublimatione
                     naturali
                     fit
                     Elementorum
                     deligatio
                     mun
                     dificatio
                     ,
                     &
                     separatio
                     puri
                     ab
                     impuro
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     Ita
                     ut
                     purum
                     &
                     album
                     ascendat
                     sursum
                     ,
                     &
                     impurum
                     &
                     terreum
                     fixum
                     remaneat
                     in
                     fundo
                     Aquae
                     &
                     vasis
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     Quod
                     est
                     dimittendum
                     &
                     removendum
                     ,
                     quoniam
                     nullius
                     est
                     valoris
                     ,
                     recipiendo
                     solum
                     mediam
                     substantiam
                     albam
                     ,
                     fluentem
                     ,
                     &
                     fundentem
                     ,
                     &
                     dimittendo
                     terram
                     foeculentam
                     ,
                     quae
                     remansit
                     inferius
                     in
                     fundo
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Ex
                     parte
                     praecipuè
                     Aquae
                     ,
                     quae
                     est
                     scoria
                     &
                     Terra
                     damnata
                     ,
                     quae
                     nihil
                     valet
                     ,
                     nec
                     unquam
                     aliquid
                     boni
                     praestare
                     potest
                     ,
                     ut
                     illa
                     clara
                     Materia
                     alba
                     ,
                     pura
                     ,
                     &
                     nitida
                     ;
                     quam
                     solam
                     debemus
                     accipere
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     VI.
                     Et
                     ad
                     hunc
                     Caphareum
                     Scopulum
                     saepe
                     numerò
                     navis
                     atque
                     scientia
                     discipulorum
                     Philosophiae
                     ,
                     (
                     ut
                     mihi
                     etiam
                     aliquando
                     accidit
                     )
                     imprudentissimè
                     colliditur
                     ,
                     quia
                     Philosophi
                     saepissimè
                     centrarium
                     asserunt
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Nempe
                     ,
                     nihil
                     removendum
                     ,
                     praeter
                     humiditatem
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     nigredinem
                     ,
                     quod
                     tamen
                     dicunt
                     ac
                     scribunt
                     tantum
                     ,
                     ut
                     possint
                     decipere
                     incautos
                     ,
                     qui
                     absque
                     Magistro
                     ,
                     aut
                     indefatigabili
                     lectura
                     ,
                     &
                     oratione
                     ad
                     Deum
                     omnipotentem
                     ,
                     aureum
                     hoc
                     vellus
                     avellere
                     cupiunt
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Notate
                     igitur
                     ,
                     quod
                     separatio
                     ,
                     diviso
                     &
                     sublimatio
                     ista
                     absque
                     dubio
                     est
                     Clavis
                     totius
                     Operis
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Igitur
                     ,
                     post
                     putrefactionem
                     &
                     dissolutionem
                     horum
                     Corporum
                     ,
                     Corpora
                     nostra
                     se
                     elevant
                     in
                     altum
                     ,
                     usque
                     ad
                     superficiem
                     Aquae
                     dissolventis
                     ,
                     
                     in
                     colorem
                     albedinis
                     ,
                     &
                     haec
                     albedo
                     est
                     vita
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     Nam
                     in
                     illa
                     albedine
                     Anima
                     Antimonialis
                     ,
                     &
                     Mercurialis
                     ,
                     infunditur
                     cum
                     spiritibus
                     Solis
                     &
                     Lunae
                     nutu
                     naturae
                     ,
                     quae
                     separat
                     subtile
                     ab
                     spisso
                     ,
                     &
                     purum
                     ab
                     impuro
                     .
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     Elevando
                     paulatim
                     partem
                     subtilem
                     Corporis
                     à
                     suis
                     foecibus
                     ,
                     donec
                     totum
                     purum
                     separetur
                     &
                     elevetur
                     .
                  
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     Et
                     in
                     hoc
                     completur
                     nostra
                     sublimatio
                     philosophica
                     &
                     naturalis
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     Et
                     cum
                     haec
                     albedine
                     ,
                     infusa
                     est
                     in
                     Corpore
                     Anima
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     virtus
                     mineralis
                     ,
                     quae
                     subtilior
                     est
                     Igne
                     ,
                     cum
                     sit
                     vera
                     quinta
                     essentia
                     ,
                     &
                     Vita
                     ,
                     quae
                     nasci
                     appetit
                     ,
                     &
                     sese
                     spoliare
                     à
                     grossis
                     foecibus
                     terrestribus
                     ,
                     quae
                     illi
                     advenerant
                     
                     ex
                     parte
                     menstrualis
                     ,
                     &
                     corruptionis
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIV
                     .
                     Et
                     in
                     hoc
                     est
                     nostra
                     philosophica
                     sublimatio
                     ,
                     non
                     in
                     vulgari
                     iniquo
                     Mercurio
                     ,
                     qui
                     nullas
                     habet
                     qualitates
                     similes
                     illisquibus
                     ornatur
                     Mercurius
                     noster
                     extractus
                     à
                     cavernis
                     suis
                     vitriolicis
                     ,
                     sed
                     redeamus
                     ad
                     sublimationem
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     I.
                     THis
                     Compositum
                     then
                     has
                     its
                     mundification
                     or
                     cleansing
                     ,
                     by
                     our
                     moist
                     Fire
                     ,
                     which
                     (
                     as
                     Azinabam
                     saith
                     )
                     by
                     dissolving
                     and
                     subliming
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     pure
                     and
                     white
                     ,
                     it
                     casts
                     forth
                     or
                     rejects
                     its
                     foecis
                     or
                     filth
                     ,
                     like
                     a
                     voluntary
                     Vomit
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     II.
                     For
                     in
                     such
                     a
                     dissolution
                     and
                     natural
                     Sublimation
                     or
                     lifting
                     up
                     ,
                     there
                     is
                     a
                     loosening
                     or
                     untying
                     of
                     the
                     Elements
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     cleansing
                     and
                     separation
                     of
                     the
                     Pure
                     ,
                     from
                     the
                     Impure
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     So
                     that
                     the
                     pure
                     and
                     white
                     substance
                     ascends
                     upwards
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     impure
                     and
                     earthy
                     remains
                     fixed
                     in
                     the
                     bottom
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     and
                     the
                     Vessel
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     This
                     must
                     be
                     taken
                     away
                     and
                     removed
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     of
                     no
                     value
                     ,
                     taking
                     only
                     the
                     middle
                     white
                     substance
                     ,
                     flowing
                     ,
                     and
                     melted
                     or
                     dissolved
                     ,
                     rejecting
                     the
                     foeculent
                     Earth
                     ,
                     which
                     remains
                     below
                     in
                     the
                     bottom
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     These
                     Foeces
                     were
                     separated
                     partly
                     by
                     the
                     Water
                     ,
                     and
                     are
                     the
                     Dross
                     and
                     
                       Terra
                       damnata
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     of
                     no
                     value
                     ,
                     nor
                     can
                     do
                     any
                     such
                     service
                     as
                     the
                     clear
                     ,
                     white
                     ,
                     pure
                     and
                     clean
                     Matter
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     wholly
                     and
                     only
                     to
                     be
                     taken
                     and
                     made
                     use
                     of
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     VI.
                     And
                     against
                     this
                     Capharean
                     Rock
                     ,
                     the
                     Ship
                     and
                     Knowledge
                     ,
                     or
                     Art
                     of
                     the
                     young
                     Philosopher
                     is
                     often
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     happened
                     also
                     to
                     me
                     sometimes
                     ,
                     )
                     dasht
                     together
                     in
                     pieces
                     ,
                     or
                     destroyed
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     for
                     the
                     most
                     part
                     speak
                     by
                     the
                     contraries
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     That
                     is
                     to
                     say
                     ,
                     That
                     nothing
                     must
                     be
                     removed
                     or
                     taken
                     away
                     ,
                     except
                     the
                     moisture
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     blackness
                     ;
                     which
                     notwithstanding
                     they
                     speak
                     and
                     write
                     only
                     to
                     the
                     unwary
                     ,
                     who
                     without
                     a
                     Master
                     ,
                     indefatigable
                     Reading
                     ,
                     or
                     humble
                     supplications
                     to
                     God
                     Almighty
                     ,
                     would
                     ravish
                     away
                     the
                     Golden
                     Fleece
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     therefore
                     to
                     be
                     observed
                     ,
                     That
                     this
                     separation
                     ,
                     division
                     ,
                     and
                     sublimation
                     ,
                     is
                     (
                     without
                     doubt
                     )
                     the
                     Key
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     Work.
                     
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     After
                     the
                     putrefaction
                     then
                     and
                     dissolution
                     of
                     these
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     our
                     Bodies
                     also
                     ascend
                     up
                     to
                     the
                     top
                     ,
                     even
                     to
                     the
                     surface
                     of
                     the
                     
                     dissolving
                     Water
                     ,
                     in
                     a
                     whiteness
                     of
                     colour
                     ,
                     which
                     whiteness
                     is
                     Life
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     And
                     in
                     this
                     whiteness
                     the
                     Antimonial
                     and
                     Mercurial
                     Soul
                     ,
                     is
                     by
                     a
                     natural
                     compact
                     infused
                     into
                     ,
                     and
                     joyned
                     with
                     the
                     Spirits
                     of
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     ,
                     which
                     separate
                     the
                     thin
                     from
                     the
                     thick
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     pure
                     from
                     the
                     impure
                     .
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     That
                     is
                     ,
                     by
                     lifting
                     up
                     by
                     little
                     and
                     little
                     the
                     thin
                     and
                     pure
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Body
                     ,
                     from
                     the
                     Foeces
                     and
                     Impurity
                     ,
                     until
                     all
                     the
                     pure
                     parts
                     are
                     separated
                     and
                     ascended
                     .
                  
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     And
                     in
                     this
                     work
                     is
                     our
                     natural
                     and
                     philosophical
                     Sublimation
                     compleated
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     Now
                     in
                     this
                     whiteness
                     is
                     the
                     Soul
                     infused
                     into
                     the
                     body
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     the
                     mineral
                     virtue
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     more
                     subtil
                     than
                     Fire
                     ,
                     being
                     indeed
                     the
                     true
                     Quintessence
                     and
                     Life
                     ,
                     which
                     desires
                     or
                     hungers
                     to
                     be
                     born
                     again
                     ,
                     
                     &
                     to
                     put
                     off
                     the
                     defilements
                     and
                     be
                     spoiled
                     of
                     its
                     gross
                     &
                     earthy
                     Foeces
                     ,
                     which
                     it
                     has
                     taken
                     from
                     its
                     menstruous
                     Womb
                     ,
                     and
                     corrupt
                     place
                     of
                     its
                     original
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIV
                     .
                     And
                     in
                     this
                     is
                     our
                     Philosophical
                     Sublimation
                     ,
                     not
                     in
                     the
                     impure
                     ,
                     corrupt
                     ,
                     vulgar
                     Mercury
                     ,
                     which
                     has
                     no
                     properties
                     or
                     qualities
                     like
                     to
                     those
                     ,
                     with
                     which
                     our
                     Mercury
                     (
                     drawn
                     from
                     its
                     vitriolick
                     Caverns
                     )
                     is
                     adorned
                     .
                     But
                     let
                     us
                     return
                     to
                     our
                     Sublimation
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XI
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Soul
                   which
                   is
                   extracted
                   by
                   our
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   to
                   ascend
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     CErtissimum
                     igitur
                     est
                     in
                     arte
                     ista
                     ,
                     quod
                     Anima
                     haec
                     extracta
                     à
                     Corporibus
                     ,
                     elevari
                     non
                     potest
                     ,
                     nisi
                     per
                     appositionem
                     rei
                     volatilis
                     ,
                     quae
                     est
                     sui
                     generis
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Per
                     quam
                     Corpora
                     redduntur
                     volatilia
                     &
                     spiritualia
                     ,
                     
                     sese
                     elevando
                     ,
                     subtiliando
                     ,
                     &
                     sublimando
                     ,
                     contra
                     naturam
                     propriam
                     ,
                     corpoream
                     ,
                     gravem
                     &
                     ponderosam
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     Et
                     hoc
                     modo
                     fiunt
                     non
                     Corpora
                     ,
                     &
                     quinta
                     essentia
                     ,
                     de
                     natura
                     Spiritus
                     ,
                     quae
                     vocatur
                     Avis
                     Hermetis
                     ,
                     &
                     Mercurius
                     extractus
                     à
                     servo
                     rubeo
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     Et
                     sic
                     remanent
                     inferius
                     partes
                     terrestres
                     ,
                     aut
                     potius
                     grossiores
                     Corporum
                     ,
                     quae
                     perfectissimè
                     non
                     possunt
                     solvi
                     ullo
                     ingeniorum
                     modo
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Et
                     fumus
                     ille
                     albus
                     ,
                     album
                     illud
                     aurum
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     haec
                     quintessentia
                     ,
                     dicitur
                     etiam
                     magnesia
                     composita
                     quae
                     continet
                     ut
                     Homo
                     ,
                     vel
                     composita
                     est
                     ut
                     Homo
                     ,
                     ex
                     Corpore
                     ,
                     Anima
                     ,
                     &
                     Spiritu
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Corpus
                     ejus
                     est
                     terra
                     Solaris
                     fixa
                     ,
                     plusquam
                     subtilissima
                     ,
                     
                     per
                     vim
                     Aquae
                     nostrae
                     divinae
                     ponderositer
                     elevata
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Anima
                     ejus
                     est
                     Tinctura
                     Solis
                     &
                     Lunae
                     ,
                     procedens
                     excommunicatione
                     horum
                     duoruns
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Spiritus
                     verò
                     ,
                     est
                     virtus
                     mineralis
                     amborum
                     &
                     aquae
                     ,
                     quae
                     defert
                     animam
                     ,
                     five
                     tincturam
                     albam
                     super
                     Corpora
                     ,
                     &
                     ex
                     corporibus
                     ,
                     sicut
                     portatur
                     tinctura
                     tinctorum
                     ,
                     per
                     aquam
                     supra
                     pannum
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Et
                     ille
                     spiritus
                     Mercurialis
                     ,
                     est
                     vinculum
                     animae
                     Solaris
                     ,
                     &
                     corpus
                     Solare
                     ,
                     est
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     continens
                     cum
                     Luna
                     spiritum
                     ,
                     &
                     animam
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     X.
                     Spiritus
                     ergo
                     penetrat
                     ,
                     corpus
                     figit
                     ,
                     anima
                     copulat
                     ,
                     tingit
                     &
                     dealbat
                     .
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     Ex
                     his
                     tribus
                     simul
                     unitis
                     fit
                     lapis
                     noster
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     ex
                     Sole
                     ,
                     Luna
                     &
                     Mercurio
                     .
                  
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     Cum
                     ergo
                     aqud
                     nostra
                     aurea
                     ,
                     extrahitur
                     natura
                     omnem
                     superans
                     naturam
                     ,
                     ideoque
                     nisi
                     corpora
                     per
                     aquam
                     hanc
                     diruantur
                     ,
                     imbibantur
                     ,
                     terantur
                     ,
                     parce
                     &
                     diligenter
                     regantur
                     ,
                     donec
                     ab
                     spissitudine
                     abstrahantur
                     ,
                     &
                     in
                     tenuem
                     spiritum
                     ,
                     &
                     impalpabilem
                     vertantur
                     ,
                     vacuus
                     est
                     labor
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     Quia
                     nisi
                     corpora
                     vertantur
                     in
                     non
                     corpora
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     in
                     Mercurium
                     Philosophorum
                     ,
                     nondum
                     operis
                     rogula
                     inventa
                     est
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIV
                     .
                     Et
                     illud
                     ideo
                     quoniam
                     impossibile
                     est
                     illam
                     tenuissimam
                     
                     animam
                     omnem
                     in
                     se
                     tincturam
                     habentem
                     à
                     corpori
                     bus
                     extrahere
                     ,
                     nisi
                     prius
                     resolvantur
                     in
                     aqua
                     nostra
                     .
                  
                   
                     XV.
                     Solve
                     ergo
                     corpora
                     in
                     aurea
                     aqua
                     ,
                     &
                     decoque
                     quousque
                     tota
                     egrediatur
                     tinctura
                     per
                     aquam
                     in
                     colorem
                     album
                     sive
                     in
                     oleum
                     album
                     ,
                     cumque
                     vide
                     ris
                     illam
                     albedinem
                     super
                     aquam
                     ,
                     scias
                     tunc
                     corpora
                     esse
                     liquefacta
                     .
                  
                   
                     XVI
                     .
                     Continua
                     ergo
                     decccti
                     onem
                     donec
                     pariant
                     nebulam
                     quam
                     conceperunt
                     tenebrosam
                     ,
                     nigram
                     &
                     albam
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     I.
                     IT
                     is
                     most
                     certain
                     therefore
                     in
                     this
                     Art
                     ,
                     That
                     this
                     Soul
                     extracted
                     from
                     the
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     cannot
                     be
                     made
                     to
                     ascend
                     ,
                     but
                     by
                     adding
                     to
                     it
                     a
                     volatile
                     Matter
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     of
                     its
                     own
                     kind
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     By
                     the
                     which
                     the
                     Bodies
                     will
                     be
                     made
                     volatile
                     
                     and
                     spiritual
                     ,
                     lifting
                     themselves
                     up
                     ,
                     subtillizing
                     and
                     subliming
                     themselves
                     ,
                     contrary
                     to
                     their
                     own
                     proper
                     nature
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     corporeal
                     ,
                     heavy
                     ,
                     and
                     ponderous
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     And
                     by
                     this
                     means
                     they
                     are
                     unbodied
                     ,
                     or
                     made
                     no
                     bodies
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     incorporeal
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     Quintessence
                     of
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     a
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     called
                     
                       Avis
                       Hermetis
                    
                     ,
                     and
                     
                       Mercurius
                       Extractus
                    
                     ,
                     drawn
                     from
                     a
                     red
                     Subject
                     or
                     Matter
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     And
                     so
                     the
                     terrene
                     or
                     earthy
                     parts
                     remain
                     below
                     ,
                     or
                     rather
                     the
                     grosser
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     which
                     can
                     by
                     no
                     Industry
                     or
                     Ingenuity
                     of
                     Man
                     be
                     brought
                     to
                     a
                     perfect
                     dissolution
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     And
                     this
                     white
                     Vapor
                     ,
                     this
                     white
                     Gold
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     this
                     Quintessence
                     ,
                     is
                     called
                     also
                     the
                     
                       Compound
                       Magnesia
                    
                     ,
                     which
                     like
                     Man
                     does
                     contain
                     ,
                     or
                     like
                     Man
                     is
                     composed
                     of
                     a
                     Body
                     ,
                     Soul
                     ,
                     and
                     Spirit
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Now
                     the
                     Body
                     is
                     the
                     fixed
                     solar
                     Earth
                     ,
                     exceeding
                     
                     the
                     most
                     subtile
                     Matter
                     ,
                     which
                     by
                     the
                     help
                     of
                     our
                     divine
                     Water
                     is
                     with
                     difficulty
                     lifted
                     up
                     or
                     separated
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     The
                     Soul
                     is
                     the
                     Tincture
                     of
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     ,
                     proceeding
                     from
                     the
                     conjunction
                     ,
                     or
                     communicating
                     of
                     these
                     two
                     ,
                     (
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     the
                     Bodies
                     of
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     ,
                     and
                     our
                     Water
                     .
                     )
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     And
                     the
                     Spirit
                     is
                     the
                     mineral
                     power
                     ,
                     or
                     virtue
                     of
                     the
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     and
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     which
                     carries
                     the
                     Soul
                     or
                     white
                     Tincture
                     in
                     or
                     upon
                     the
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     and
                     also
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Bodies
                     ;
                     like
                     as
                     the
                     Tinctures
                     or
                     Colours
                     in
                     Dying
                     Cloth
                     are
                     by
                     the
                     Water
                     put
                     upon
                     ,
                     and
                     diffused
                     in
                     and
                     through
                     the
                     whole
                     Cloth.
                     
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     And
                     this
                     Mercurial
                     Spirit
                     is
                     the
                     Chain
                     or
                     Band
                     of
                     the
                     solar
                     Soul
                     ;
                     and
                     the
                     solar
                     Body
                     ;
                     is
                     that
                     Body
                     which
                     contains
                     the
                     Spirit
                     &
                     Soul
                     ,
                     having
                     the
                     power
                     of
                     fixing
                     in
                     it self
                     ,
                     being
                     joyned
                     with
                     Luna
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     X.
                     The
                     Spirit
                     therefore
                     penetrates
                     ,
                     the
                     Body
                     fixes
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Soul
                     joyns
                     together
                     ,
                     tinges
                     and
                     whitens
                     .
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     From
                     these
                     three
                     united
                     together
                     ,
                     is
                     our
                     Stone
                     made
                     ;
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     of
                     Sol
                     ,
                     Luna
                     ,
                     and
                     Mercury
                     .
                  
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     Therefore
                     with
                     this
                     our
                     Golden-Water
                     ,
                     a
                     natural
                     Substance
                     is
                     extracted
                     ,
                     exceeding
                     all
                     natural
                     Substances
                     ;
                     and
                     so
                     ,
                     except
                     the
                     Bodies
                     be
                     broken
                     and
                     destroyed
                     ,
                     imbibed
                     ,
                     made
                     subtile
                     and
                     fine
                     ,
                     thriftily
                     and
                     diligently
                     managed
                     ,
                     'till
                     they
                     are
                     abstracted
                     from
                     ,
                     or
                     lose
                     their
                     grossness
                     or
                     solid
                     Substance
                     ,
                     and
                     be
                     changed
                     into
                     a
                     thin
                     and
                     subtil
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     all
                     our
                     Labour
                     will
                     be
                     in
                     vain
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     And
                     unless
                     the
                     Bodies
                     be
                     made
                     no
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     or
                     incorporeal
                     ,
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     be
                     converted
                     into
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     Mercury
                     ,
                     there
                     is
                     no
                     Rule
                     of
                     Art
                     yet
                     found
                     out
                     to
                     work
                     by
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIV
                     .
                     The
                     reason
                     is
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     impossible
                     to
                     
                     draw
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Bodies
                     all
                     that
                     most
                     thin
                     and
                     subtile
                     Soul
                     ,
                     which
                     has
                     in
                     it self
                     the
                     Tincture
                     ,
                     except
                     it
                     be
                     first
                     resolved
                     in
                     our
                     Water
                  
                   
                     XV.
                     Dissolve
                     then
                     the
                     Bodies
                     in
                     this
                     our
                     Goldenwater
                     ,
                     and
                     boil
                     them
                     till
                     all
                     the
                     Tincture
                     is
                     brought
                     forth
                     by
                     the
                     Water
                     ,
                     in
                     a
                     white
                     Colour
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     white
                     Oil
                     ;
                     and
                     when
                     you
                     see
                     this
                     whiteness
                     upon
                     the
                     Water
                     ,
                     then
                     know
                     that
                     the
                     Bodies
                     are
                     melted
                     ,
                     liquified
                     ,
                     or
                     dissolved
                     .
                  
                   
                     XVI
                     .
                     Continue
                     then
                     this
                     boyling
                     ,
                     till
                     the
                     dark
                     ,
                     black
                     ,
                     and
                     white
                     Cloud
                     is
                     brought
                     forth
                     ,
                     which
                     they
                     have
                     conceived
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   XII
                   .
                   
                     Of
                     Digestion
                     ,
                     and
                     how
                     the
                     Spirit
                     is
                     made
                     thereby
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     PONE
                     ergo
                     corpora
                     perfecta
                     in
                     aqua
                     nostra
                     ,
                     in
                     vase
                     Hermeticè
                     sigillato
                     ,
                     super
                     
                     ignem
                     lenem
                     ,
                     &
                     coque
                     continuò
                     donec
                     perfectè
                     resolvantur
                     in
                     oleum
                     pretiosissimum
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Coque
                     [
                     inquit
                     Adfar
                     ]
                     igne
                     leni
                     sicut
                     per
                     ovorum
                     nutritionem
                     ,
                     donec
                     solvantur
                     corpora
                     ,
                     &
                     eorum
                     tinctura
                     conjunctissima
                     [
                     nota
                     ]
                     extrahatur
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     Non
                     autem
                     extrahitur
                     tota
                     simul
                     ,
                     sed
                     parum
                     ad
                     parum
                     egreditur
                     ,
                     omni
                     die
                     ,
                     omni
                     borâ
                     ,
                     donec
                     in
                     longo
                     tempore
                     compleatur
                     hujusmodi
                     solutio
                     ,
                     &
                     quod
                     solvitur
                     semper
                     petit
                     superius
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     Et
                     in
                     tali
                     dissolutione
                     sit
                     ignis
                     lenis
                     ,
                     &
                     continuus
                     ,
                     donec
                     in
                     aquam
                     viscosam
                     solvantur
                     impalpabilem
                     ,
                     &
                     tota
                     egrediatur
                     tinctura
                     in
                     colore
                     nigredinis
                     primum
                     ,
                     quod
                     est
                     signum
                     verae
                     solutionis
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     V.
                     Continua
                     deinde
                     decoctionem
                     quousque
                     fiat
                     aqua
                     permanens
                     alba
                     ,
                     quia
                     in
                     suo
                     regens
                     balneo
                     ,
                     fiet
                     postea
                     clara
                     &
                     tandem
                     deveniet
                     ,
                     sicut
                     argentum
                     vivum
                     vulgare
                     ,
                     scandens
                     per
                     aêra
                     super
                     aquam
                     primam
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Ideoque
                     cum
                     videris
                     corpora
                     soluta
                     in
                     aquam
                     viscosam
                     ,
                     scias
                     tunc
                     corpor
                     is
                     esse
                     conversa
                     in
                     vaporem
                     ,
                     &
                     te
                     habere
                     animas
                     à
                     corporibus
                     mortuis
                     separatas
                     ,
                     &
                     in
                     spirituum
                     ordinem
                     sublimatione
                     delatas
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Unde
                     ambo
                     cum
                     parte
                     aquae
                     nostrae
                     ,
                     facta
                     sunt
                     spiritus
                     in
                     aêra
                     scandentes
                     ,
                     ibique
                     corpus
                     compositum
                     ex
                     mare
                     &
                     foemina
                     ,
                     ex
                     Sole
                     &
                     Luna
                     ,
                     &
                     ex
                     illa
                     subtillissimanatura
                     mundata
                     per
                     sublimationem
                     ,
                     accipit
                     vitam
                     ,
                     inspiratur
                     à
                     suo
                     humore
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Id
                     est
                     ,
                     à
                     sua
                     aqua
                     ,
                     sicut
                     homo
                     ab
                     aêre
                     ,
                     quare
                     multiplicabitur
                     deinceps
                     ac
                     crescet
                     in
                     sua
                     specie
                     ,
                     sicut
                     res
                     omnes
                     caeterae
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     In
                     tali
                     ergo
                     elevatione
                     ,
                     &
                     sublimatione
                     philosophica
                     ,
                     conjunguntur
                     omnes
                     ad
                     invicem
                     ,
                     &
                     corpus
                     novum
                     inspiratum
                     ab
                     aêre
                     vivit
                     vegetabiliter
                     ,
                     quod
                     est
                     miraculosum
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     Quare
                     nisi
                     corpora
                     igne
                     ,
                     &
                     aqua
                     attenuentur
                     ,
                     quousque
                     ascendant
                     in
                     spiritus
                     ,
                     &
                     quousque
                     fiant
                     ,
                     ut
                     aqua
                     &
                     fumus
                     ,
                     vel
                     Mercurius
                     ,
                     nihil
                     fit
                     in
                     Arte.
                     
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     Illis
                     tamen
                     ascendentibus
                     in
                     aêre
                     nascuntur
                     ,
                     &
                     in
                     aêre
                     vertuntur
                     ,
                     fiuntque
                     vita
                     cum
                     vita
                     ,
                     ut
                     numquam
                     possint
                     separari
                     ,
                     sicut
                     aqua
                     mixta
                     aquae
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     Ideoque
                     natus
                     in
                     aēre
                     sapienter
                     dicitur
                     ,
                     quoniam
                     omnino
                     spiritualis
                     efficitur
                     :
                  
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     Ipse
                     namque
                     Vultur
                     sine
                     alis
                     volans
                     ,
                     supra
                     montem
                     clamitat
                     dicens
                     ,
                     Ego
                     sum
                     albus
                     nigri
                     ,
                     &
                     rubeus
                     albi
                     ,
                     &
                     citrinus
                     rubei
                     filius
                     ,
                     vera
                     dicens
                     non
                     mentior
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     I.
                     PUT
                     the
                     refore
                     the
                     perfect
                     Bodies
                     of
                     Metals
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     ,
                     
                     into
                     our
                     Water
                     in
                     a
                     Vessel
                     ,
                     Hermetically
                     sealed
                     ,
                     upon
                     a
                     gentle
                     Fire
                     ,
                     and
                     digest
                     continually
                     ,
                     'till
                     they
                     are
                     perfectly
                     resolved
                     into
                     a
                     most
                     precious
                     Oyl
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Digest
                     (
                     saith
                     Adfar
                     )
                     with
                     a
                     gentle
                     Fire
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     for
                     the
                     hatching
                     of
                     Chickens
                     ,
                     so
                     long
                     ,
                     'till
                     the
                     Bodies
                     are
                     dissolved
                     ,
                     and
                     their
                     perfectly
                     conjoyned
                     Tincture
                     (
                     mark
                     this
                     well
                     )
                     is
                     extracted
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     But
                     it
                     is
                     not
                     extracted
                     all
                     at
                     once
                     ,
                     but
                     it
                     is
                     drawn
                     out
                     by
                     little
                     and
                     little
                     ,
                     day
                     by
                     day
                     ,
                     and
                     hour
                     by
                     hour
                     ,
                     till
                     after
                     a
                     long
                     time
                     the
                     Solution
                     thereof
                     is
                     compleated
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     dissolved
                     ,
                     always
                     swims
                     a
                     top
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     And
                     while
                     this
                     dissolution
                     is
                     in
                     hand
                     ,
                     let
                     the
                     Fire
                     be
                     gentle
                     and
                     continual
                     ,
                     till
                     the
                     Bodies
                     are
                     dissolved
                     into
                     a
                     viscous
                     and
                     most
                     subtile
                     Water
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     whole
                     Tincture
                     be
                     educed
                     ,
                     in
                     colour
                     first
                     black
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     sign
                     of
                     a
                     true
                     dissolution
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     V.
                     Then
                     continue
                     the
                     digestion
                     ,
                     till
                     it
                     becomes
                     a
                     white
                     fixed
                     Water
                     ;
                     for
                     being
                     digested
                     in
                     Balneo
                     [
                     Mariae
                     ]
                     it
                     will
                     afterwards
                     become
                     clear
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                     the
                     end
                     become
                     like
                     to
                     common
                     Argent
                     vive
                     ,
                     ascending
                     by
                     the
                     Spirit
                     above
                     the
                     first
                     Water
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     When
                     therefore
                     you
                     see
                     the
                     Bodies
                     dissolved
                     in
                     the
                     first
                     viscous
                     Water
                     ,
                     then
                     know
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     are
                     turned
                     into
                     a
                     Vapour
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     the
                     Soul
                     is
                     separated
                     from
                     the
                     dead
                     Body
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     Sublimation
                     ,
                     brought
                     into
                     the
                     order
                     of
                     Spirits
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Whence
                     both
                     of
                     them
                     ,
                     with
                     a
                     part
                     of
                     our
                     Water
                     ,
                     are
                     made
                     Spirits
                     flying
                     up
                     into
                     the
                     Air
                     ;
                     and
                     there
                     the
                     compounded
                     Body
                     ,
                     made
                     of
                     the
                     Male
                     and
                     the
                     Female
                     ,
                     viz.
                     of
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     ,
                     and
                     of
                     that
                     most
                     subtile
                     Nature
                     ,
                     cleansed
                     by
                     Sublimation
                     ,
                     taketh
                     Life
                     ,
                     and
                     is
                     made
                     Spiritual
                     by
                     its
                     own
                     humidity
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     That
                     is
                     ,
                     by
                     its
                     own
                     Water
                     ;
                     like
                     as
                     a
                     Man
                     is
                     sustained
                     by
                     the
                     Air
                     ;
                     whereby
                     from
                     thenceforth
                     it
                     is
                     multiplied
                     ,
                     and
                     increases
                     in
                     its
                     own
                     kind
                     ,
                     as
                     do
                     all
                     other
                     things
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     In
                     such
                     an
                     ascension
                     therefore
                     ,
                     and
                     philosophical
                     Sublimation
                     ,
                     all
                     are
                     joyned
                     one
                     with
                     another
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     new
                     Body
                     subtilized
                     ,
                     or
                     made
                     living
                     by
                     the
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     miraculously
                     liveth
                     or
                     iprings
                     like
                     a
                     Vegetable
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     Wherefore
                     ,
                     unless
                     the
                     Bodies
                     be
                     attenuated
                     ,
                     or
                     made
                     thin
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     Fire
                     and
                     Water
                     ,
                     'till
                     they
                     ascend
                     in
                     a
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     and
                     are
                     made
                     ,
                     or
                     do
                     become
                     like
                     Water
                     and
                     Vapour
                     ,
                     or
                     Mercury
                     ,
                     you
                     labour
                     wholly
                     in
                     vain
                     .
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     But
                     when
                     they
                     arise
                     or
                     ascend
                     ,
                     they
                     are
                     born
                     or
                     brought
                     forth
                     in
                     the
                     Air
                     or
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     and
                     in
                     the
                     same
                     they
                     are
                     changed
                     ,
                     and
                     made
                     Life
                     with
                     Life
                     ,
                     so
                     as
                     they
                     can
                     never
                     be
                     separated
                     ,
                     but
                     are
                     as
                     Water
                     mixt
                     with
                     Water
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     And
                     therefore
                     it
                     is
                     wisely
                     said
                     ,
                     That
                     the
                     Stone
                     is
                     born
                     of
                     the
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     altogether
                     Spiritual
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     Vulture
                     himself
                     flying
                     without
                     Wings
                     cries
                     upon
                     the
                     top
                     of
                     the
                     Mountain
                     ,
                     saying
                     ,
                     I
                     am
                     the
                     white
                     ,
                     brought
                     forth
                     from
                     the
                     black
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     red
                     ,
                     brought
                     forth
                     from
                     the
                     white
                     ,
                     the
                     citrine
                     Son
                     of
                     the
                     red
                     ;
                     I
                     speak
                     the
                     Truth
                     ,
                     and
                     lye
                     not
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   XIII
                   .
                   
                     Of
                     the
                     beginning
                     of
                     the
                     Work
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     Summary
                     of
                     what
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     done
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     SUfficit
                     ergo
                     tibi
                     corpora
                     in
                     vase
                     ,
                     &
                     in
                     aqua
                     semel
                     ponere
                     ,
                     &
                     diligenter
                     claudere
                     vas
                     ,
                     quousque
                     vero
                     separatio
                     sit
                     facta
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Quae
                     vocatur
                     ab
                     invidis
                     conjunctio
                     ,
                     sublimatio
                     ,
                     assatio
                     ,
                     extractio
                     ,
                     putrefactio
                     ,
                     ligatio
                     ,
                     
                     desponsatio
                     ,
                     subtiliatio
                     ,
                     generatio
                     ,
                     &c.
                     
                  
                   
                     III.
                     Et
                     totum
                     perficiatur
                     magisterium
                     ,
                     Fac
                     igitur
                     sicut
                     ad
                     generationem
                     hominis
                     ,
                     &
                     omnis
                     vegetabilis
                     ,
                     imponito
                     semel
                     matrici
                     semen
                     ,
                     &
                     bene
                     claude
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     Vides
                     ergo
                     quomodo
                     pluribus
                     rebus
                     non
                     indiges
                     ,
                     &
                     quod
                     opus
                     nostrum
                     magnas
                     non
                     requiret
                     expensas
                     ,
                     quoniam
                     unus
                     est
                     lapis
                     ,
                     una
                     medicina
                     ,
                     unum
                     vas
                     ,
                     unum
                     regimen
                     ,
                     una
                     dispositio
                     ad
                     album
                     .
                     &
                     rubeum
                     successivè
                     faciendum
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Et
                     quamvis
                     dicamus
                     in
                     pluribus
                     locis
                     ponito
                     hoc
                     ,
                     ponito
                     istud
                     ,
                     tamen
                     non
                     intelligimus
                     nos
                     opportere
                     ,
                     nisi
                     unam
                     rem
                     accipere
                     ,
                     &
                     semel
                     ponere
                     ,
                     &
                     claudere
                     vas
                     usque
                     ad
                     operis
                     complementum
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Quia
                     haec
                     tantum
                     ponuntur
                     à
                     philosophis
                     invidis
                     ,
                     ut
                     decipiant
                     ,
                     ut
                     dictum
                     est
                     ,
                     incautos
                     .
                     Nunquid
                     enim
                     etiam
                     haec
                     ars
                     est
                     Cabalistica
                     ?
                     arcanis
                     
                     plena
                     ?
                     &
                     tu
                     fatue
                     credis
                     nos
                     docere
                     apertè
                     arcana
                     arcanorum
                     ,
                     verbaque
                     accipis
                     secundum
                     sonum
                     verborum
                     ?
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Scito
                     verè
                     ,
                     [
                     nullo
                     modo
                     sum
                     ego
                     invidus
                     ut
                     caeteri
                     ]
                     qui
                     verba
                     aliorum
                     philosophorum
                     accipit
                     secundum
                     prolationem
                     ,
                     ac
                     significationem
                     vulgarem
                     nominum
                     ,
                     jam
                     ille
                     absque
                     filo
                     Ariadnae
                     ,
                     in
                     medio
                     amfractuam
                     Labyrinthi
                     multipliciter
                     errat
                     ,
                     pecuniamque
                     suam
                     destinavit
                     perditioni
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     :
                     Ego
                     vero
                     Artephius
                     postquam
                     adeptus
                     sum
                     veram
                     ac
                     completam
                     sapientiam
                     in
                     libris
                     veridici
                     Hermetis
                     ,
                     fui
                     aliquando
                     〈◊〉
                     caeteri
                     omnes
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Sed
                     cum
                     per
                     mille
                     annos
                     ,
                     aut
                     circiter
                     [
                     quae
                     jam
                     transierunt
                     super
                     me
                     à
                     nativitate
                     mea
                     ,
                     gratia
                     Soli
                     Dei
                     omnipotentis
                     ,
                     
                     &
                     usu
                     hujus
                     mirabilis
                     quintae
                     essentiae
                     .
                     ]
                  
                   
                     X.
                     Cum
                     per
                     haec
                     ,
                     inquam
                     ,
                     longissima
                     tempora
                     ,
                     viderem
                     neminem
                     magisterium
                     Hermeticum
                     obtinere
                     posse
                     ,
                     propter
                     obscuritatem
                     verborum
                     philosophorum
                     .
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     Pietate
                     motus
                     ac
                     probitate
                     boni
                     viri
                     ,
                     decrevi
                     in
                     his
                     ultimis
                     temporibus
                     vitae
                     meae
                     ,
                     omnia
                     scribere
                     sineere
                     ac
                     veraciter
                     ,
                     ut
                     nihil
                     ad
                     perficiendum
                     lapidem
                     philosophorum
                     possis
                     desiderare
                     .
                  
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     (
                     Dempto
                     aliquo
                     ,
                     quod
                     nemini
                     licet
                     scribere
                     ,
                     quia
                     revelatur
                     per
                     Deum
                     ,
                     aut
                     magistrum
                     ,
                     &
                     tamen
                     in
                     hoc
                     libro
                     ,
                     ille
                     qui
                     non
                     erit
                     durae
                     cervicis
                     ,
                     cum
                     pauca
                     experientia
                     faciliter
                     addiscet
                     .
                     )
                  
                   
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     Scripsi
                     ergo
                     in
                     hoc
                     libro
                     nudam
                     veritatem
                     ,
                     quia
                     paucis
                     coloribus
                     vestivi
                     ,
                     ut
                     omnis
                     bonus
                     &
                     sapiens
                     ,
                     mala
                     Hesperidum
                     mirabilia
                     feliciter
                     pos
                     sit
                     ex
                     arbore
                     hac
                     philosophica
                     decerpere
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIV
                     .
                     Quare
                     laudetur
                     Deus
                     altissimus
                     ,
                     qui
                     posuit
                     in
                     anima
                     nostra
                     hanc
                     benignitatem
                     ,
                     &
                     cum
                     senectute
                     longinquissima
                     dedit
                     nobis
                     veram
                     cordis
                     dilectionem
                     ,
                     qua
                     omnes
                     simul
                     ho
                     mines
                     (
                     ut
                     mihi
                     videtur
                     )
                     amplector
                     ,
                     diligo
                     &
                     verè
                     amo
                     .
                  
                   
                     XV.
                     Sed
                     ad
                     artem
                     redeundum
                     Sanè
                     opus
                     nostrum
                     citò
                     persicitur
                     ,
                     nani
                     quod
                     calor
                     Solis
                     in
                     100.
                     annis
                     coquit
                     in
                     minerij
                     terrae
                     ad
                     generandum
                     unum
                     metallum
                     (
                     ut
                     sepissime
                     vidi
                     )
                     Ignis
                     noster
                     secretus
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     aqua
                     nostra
                     ignea
                     ,
                     sulphurea
                     ,
                     quae
                     dicitur
                     Balneum
                     Mariae
                     ,
                     operatur
                     brevi
                     tempere
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     I.
                     IT
                     sufficeth
                     thee
                     then
                     to
                     put
                     the
                     Bodies
                     in
                     the
                     Vessel
                     ,
                     and
                     into
                     the
                     Water
                     once
                     for
                     all
                     ,
                     and
                     to
                     close
                     the
                     Vessel
                     well
                     ,
                     until
                     a
                     true
                     separation
                     be
                     made
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     This
                     the
                     Obscure
                     Artist
                     calls
                     Conjunction
                     ,
                     Sublimation
                     ,
                     Assation
                     ,
                     Extraction
                     ,
                     
                     Putrefaction
                     ,
                     Ligation
                     ,
                     Desponsation
                     ,
                     Subtilization
                     ,
                     Generation
                     ,
                     &c.
                     
                  
                   
                     III.
                     Now
                     that
                     the
                     whole
                     Magistery
                     may
                     be
                     perfected
                     ,
                     Work
                     ,
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     Generation
                     of
                     Man
                     ,
                     and
                     of
                     every
                     Vegetable
                     ;
                     put
                     the
                     Seed
                     once
                     into
                     the
                     Womb
                     ,
                     and
                     shut
                     it
                     up
                     well
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     Thus
                     you
                     may
                     see
                     ,
                     that
                     you
                     need
                     not
                     many
                     things
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     this
                     our
                     work
                     requires
                     no
                     great
                     Charges
                     ,
                     for
                     that
                     as
                     there
                     is
                     but
                     one
                     Stone
                     ,
                     there
                     is
                     but
                     one
                     Medicine
                     ,
                     one
                     Vessel
                     ,
                     one
                     order
                     of
                     working
                     ,
                     and
                     one
                     successive
                     Disposition
                     to
                     the
                     White
                     and
                     the
                     Red.
                     
                  
                   
                     V.
                     And
                     altho
                     we
                     say
                     in
                     many
                     places
                     ,
                     take
                     this
                     ,
                     and
                     take
                     that
                     ;
                     yet
                     we
                     understand
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     behoves
                     us
                     to
                     take
                     but
                     one
                     thing
                     ,
                     and
                     put
                     it
                     once
                     into
                     the
                     Vessel
                     ,
                     until
                     the
                     Work
                     be
                     perfected
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     But
                     these
                     things
                     are
                     so
                     set
                     down
                     by
                     the
                     Obscure
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                     to
                     deceive
                     the
                     unwary
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     have
                     before
                     spoken
                     ;
                     for
                     is
                     not
                     this
                     Ars
                     
                     Cabalistica
                     ,
                     or
                     a
                     secret
                     and
                     hidden
                     Art
                     ?
                     Is
                     it
                     not
                     an
                     Art
                     full
                     of
                     Secrets
                     ?
                     And
                     believest
                     thou
                     O
                     Fool
                     that
                     we
                     plainly
                     teach
                     this
                     Secret
                     of
                     Secrets
                     ,
                     taking
                     out
                     Words
                     according
                     to
                     their
                     litteral
                     Signification
                     ?
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Truly
                     ,
                     I
                     tell
                     thee
                     ,
                     (
                     that
                     as
                     for
                     my Self
                     I
                     am
                     no
                     ways
                     self-seeking
                     or
                     envious
                     as
                     others
                     are
                     ;
                     but
                     )
                     he
                     that
                     takes
                     the
                     Words
                     of
                     the
                     other
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     their
                     common
                     Signification
                     ;
                     he
                     even
                     already
                     (
                     having
                     lost
                     Ariadnes
                     clue
                     of
                     Thread
                     )
                     wanders
                     in
                     the
                     midst
                     of
                     the
                     Labyrinth
                     ,
                     multiplies
                     Errors
                     ,
                     and
                     casts
                     away
                     his
                     Money
                     for
                     nought
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     And
                     I
                     Artephius
                     ,
                     after
                     I
                     became
                     an
                     Adept
                     ,
                     and
                     had
                     attained
                     to
                     the
                     true
                     and
                     compleat
                     Wisdom
                     ,
                     by
                     studying
                     the
                     Books
                     of
                     the
                     most
                     faithful
                     Hermes
                     ,
                     the
                     speaker
                     of
                     Truth
                     ,
                     was
                     sometimes
                     Obscure
                     also
                     ,
                     as
                     the
                     others
                     were
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     But
                     when
                     I
                     had
                     for
                     the
                     space
                     of
                     a
                     Thousand
                     Years
                     ,
                     or
                     there
                     abouts
                     (
                     which
                     are
                     now
                     passed
                     over
                     
                     my
                     Head
                     ,
                     since
                     the
                     time
                     I
                     was
                     born
                     to
                     this
                     day
                     ,
                     through
                     the
                     alone
                     goodness
                     of
                     God
                     Almighty
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     use
                     of
                     this
                     wonderful
                     Quintessence
                     .
                     )
                  
                   
                     X.
                     When
                     I
                     say
                     for
                     so
                     very
                     long
                     a
                     time
                     (
                     as
                     a
                     Thousand
                     Years
                     )
                     I
                     found
                     no
                     Man
                     that
                     had
                     found
                     out
                     or
                     obtained
                     this
                     Hermetick
                     Secret
                     ,
                     because
                     of
                     the
                     obscurity
                     of
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     Words
                     .
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     Being
                     moved
                     with
                     a
                     Generous
                     Mind
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     integrity
                     of
                     a
                     good
                     Man
                     ,
                     I
                     have
                     determined
                     in
                     these
                     latter
                     days
                     of
                     my
                     Life
                     ,
                     to
                     declare
                     all
                     things
                     truly
                     and
                     sincerely
                     ,
                     that
                     you
                     may
                     not
                     want
                     any
                     thing
                     for
                     the
                     perfecting
                     of
                     this
                     Stone
                     of
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     .
                  
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     (
                     Excepting
                     one
                     certain
                     thing
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     not
                     lawful
                     for
                     me
                     to
                     discover
                     to
                     any
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     either
                     revealed
                     or
                     made
                     known
                     ,
                     by
                     God
                     himself
                     ,
                     or
                     taught
                     by
                     some
                     Master
                     ,
                     which
                     notwithstanding
                     he
                     that
                     can
                     bend
                     himself
                     to
                     the
                     search
                     of
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     help
                     of
                     little
                     Experience
                     ,
                     may
                     easily
                     learn
                     in
                     this
                     Book
                     .
                     )
                  
                   
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     And
                     in
                     this
                     Book
                     I
                     have
                     therefore
                     written
                     the
                     naked
                     Truth
                     ,
                     altho
                     clothed
                     or
                     disguised
                     with
                     a
                     few
                     Colours
                     ;
                     yet
                     so
                     that
                     every
                     good
                     and
                     wise
                     Man
                     may
                     happily
                     gather
                     those
                     desirable
                     Apples
                     of
                     the
                     Hesperides
                     from
                     this
                     our
                     Philosophers
                     Tree
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIV
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     Praises
                     be
                     given
                     to
                     the
                     most
                     high
                     God
                     ,
                     who
                     has
                     poured
                     into
                     our
                     Soul
                     of
                     his
                     goodness
                     ,
                     and
                     through
                     a
                     good
                     old
                     Age
                     ,
                     even
                     an
                     almost
                     infinite
                     number
                     of
                     Years
                     ,
                     has
                     truly
                     fill'd
                     our
                     Heart
                     with
                     his
                     Love
                     ,
                     in
                     which
                     (
                     methinks
                     )
                     I
                     embrace
                     ,
                     cherish
                     ,
                     and
                     truly
                     love
                     all
                     Mankind
                     together
                     .
                  
                   
                     XV.
                     But
                     to
                     return
                     to
                     our
                     business
                     .
                     Truly
                     our
                     Work
                     is
                     presently
                     performed
                     ;
                     for
                     that
                     which
                     the
                     heat
                     of
                     the
                     Sun
                     is
                     an
                     hundred
                     Years
                     in
                     doing
                     of
                     ,
                     for
                     the
                     Generation
                     of
                     one
                     Mettal
                     in
                     the
                     bowels
                     of
                     the
                     Earth
                     ;
                     our
                     Secret
                     Fire
                     ,
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     our
                     Fiery
                     and
                     Sulphurous
                     Water
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     called
                     Balneum
                     Mariae
                     ,
                     doth
                     (
                     as
                     I
                     have
                     often
                     seen
                     )
                     in
                     a
                     very
                     short
                     time
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP
                     XIV
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Easiness
                   and
                   Simplicity
                   of
                   this
                   Work
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   Our
                   Philosophick
                   Fire
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     ET
                     hoc
                     opus
                     non
                     est
                     gravis
                     laboris
                     illi
                     qui
                     scit
                     &
                     intelligit
                     ,
                     atque
                     non
                     est
                     materia
                     illius
                     tam
                     chara
                     (
                     cum
                     parva
                     quantitas
                     sufficiat
                     )
                     quod
                     excusari
                     quis
                     possit
                     ut
                     ab
                     opere
                     manum
                     suspendat
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Quia
                     est
                     adeo
                     breve
                     &
                     facile
                     ,
                     ut
                     meritò
                     dicatur
                     opus
                     mulierum
                     ,
                     &
                     ludus
                     puerorum
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     Age
                     ergo
                     gnaviter
                     ,
                     fili
                     mi
                     ,
                     ora
                     Deum
                     ,
                     lege
                     assiduè
                     libros
                     ,
                     liber
                     enim
                     librum
                     aperit
                     ,
                     cogita
                     profundè
                     ,
                     fuge
                     res
                     evanescentes
                     in
                     igne
                     ,
                     quia
                     non
                     habes
                     intentum
                     tuum
                     in
                     his
                     re
                     bus
                     adustibilibus
                     ,
                     sed
                     tantum
                     
                     in
                     decoctione
                     aquae
                     tua
                     ex
                     luminaribus
                     extractae
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     Nam
                     ex
                     ista
                     aqua
                     color
                     ,
                     &
                     pondus
                     adducitur
                     usque
                     ad
                     infinitum
                     ,
                     &
                     haec
                     aqua
                     est
                     fumus
                     albus
                     ,
                     qui
                     in
                     corporibus
                     perfectis
                     veluti
                     anima
                     defluit
                     ,
                     &
                     eorem
                     nigredinem
                     &
                     immunditiem
                     ab
                     eis
                     penitus
                     aufert
                     ,
                     &
                     corpora
                     in
                     unum
                     consolidat
                     ,
                     &
                     eorum
                     aquam
                     multiplicat
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Et
                     nihil
                     est
                     quod
                     à
                     corporibus
                     perfectis
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     a
                     Sole
                     &
                     Luna
                     colorena
                     possit
                     auffere
                     nisi
                     Azoth
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     nostra
                     aqua
                     quae
                     colorat
                     ,
                     &
                     album
                     reddit
                     corpus
                     rubeum
                     secundum
                     regimina
                     sua
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Sed
                     loquamur
                     de
                     ignibus
                     .
                     Ignis
                     ergo
                     noster
                     mineralis
                     est
                     ,
                     aequalis
                     est
                     ,
                     continuus
                     est
                     ,
                     non
                     vaporat
                     ,
                     nisi
                     nimium
                     
                     excitetur
                     ,
                     de
                     sulphure
                     participat
                     ,
                     aliunde
                     sumitur
                     quàm
                     à
                     materia
                     ,
                     omnia
                     diruit
                     ,
                     solvit
                     ,
                     congelat
                     ,
                     &
                     calcinat
                     ,
                     &
                     est
                     artificialis
                     ad
                     inveniendum
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Et
                     compendium
                     sine
                     sumptu
                     etiam
                     saltem
                     parvo
                     ,
                     est
                     etiam
                     humidus
                     ,
                     vaporosus
                     ,
                     digerens
                     ,
                     alterans
                     ,
                     penetrans
                     ,
                     subtilis
                     ,
                     aereus
                     ,
                     non
                     violentus
                     ,
                     incomburens
                     ,
                     circundans
                     ,
                     continens
                     ,
                     unicus
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Et
                     est
                     fons
                     ,
                     aquae
                     vivae
                     ,
                     quae
                     circuit
                     &
                     continet
                     locum
                     ablutionis
                     Regis
                     &
                     Reginae
                     ,
                     in
                     toto
                     opere
                     ignis
                     iste
                     humidus
                     tibi
                     sufficit
                     ,
                     in
                     principio
                     ,
                     medio
                     ,
                     &
                     fine
                     ,
                     quia
                     in
                     ipso
                     tota
                     ars
                     consistit
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Et
                     est
                     ignis
                     naturalis
                     ,
                     contra
                     naturam
                     ,
                     in
                     naturalis
                     ,
                     &
                     sine
                     adustione
                     ,
                     &
                     pro
                     corrollario
                     est
                     ignis
                     calidus
                     ,
                     siccus
                     ,
                     humidus
                     ,
                     &
                     frigidus
                     ,
                     cogitate
                     
                     super
                     haec
                     ,
                     &
                     facite
                     recte
                     absque
                     natura
                     extranea
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     Quod
                     si
                     hos
                     ignes
                     non
                     intelligitis
                     ,
                     audite
                     haec
                     ex
                     abstrusiori
                     ,
                     &
                     occulta
                     antiquorum
                     de
                     ignibus
                     cavilatione
                     ,
                     nunquam
                     in
                     libris
                     hucusque
                     scripta
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     I.
                     NOW
                     this
                     Operation
                     or
                     Work
                     is
                     a
                     thing
                     of
                     no
                     great
                     Labour
                     to
                     him
                     that
                     knows
                     and
                     understands
                     it
                     ;
                     nor
                     is
                     the
                     Matter
                     so
                     dear
                     ,
                     (
                     considering
                     how
                     small
                     a
                     quantity
                     does
                     suffice
                     )
                     that
                     it
                     may
                     cause
                     any
                     Man
                     to
                     withdraw
                     his
                     hand
                     from
                     it
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     It
                     is
                     indeed
                     a
                     Work
                     so
                     short
                     and
                     easie
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     may
                     well
                     be
                     called
                     a
                     Womans
                     Work
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Play
                     of
                     Children
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     Go
                     to
                     then
                     ,
                     my
                     Son
                     ,
                     put
                     up
                     thy
                     Supplications
                     to
                     God
                     Almighty
                     ;
                     be
                     dilligent
                     in
                     searching
                     the
                     Books
                     of
                     the
                     Learned
                     in
                     this
                     Science
                     ;
                     (
                     for
                     one
                     Book
                     openeth
                     another
                     ;
                     )
                     think
                     and
                     meditate
                     of
                     these
                     
                     things
                     profoundly
                     ;
                     and
                     avoid
                     all
                     things
                     which
                     vanish
                     in
                     ,
                     or
                     will
                     not
                     endure
                     the
                     Fire
                     ,
                     because
                     from
                     those
                     adustible
                     ,
                     perishing
                     or
                     consuming
                     things
                     ,
                     you
                     can
                     never
                     attain
                     to
                     the
                     perfect
                     matter
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     only
                     found
                     in
                     the
                     digesting
                     of
                     your
                     Water
                     ,
                     extracted
                     from
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     For
                     by
                     this
                     Water
                     Colour
                     and
                     Ponderosity
                     or
                     Weight
                     ,
                     are
                     infinitely
                     given
                     to
                     the
                     matter
                     ;
                     and
                     this
                     Water
                     is
                     a
                     white
                     Vapor
                     ,
                     which
                     like
                     a
                     Soul
                     ,
                     flows
                     through
                     the
                     perfect
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     taking
                     wholly
                     from
                     them
                     their
                     blackness
                     ,
                     and
                     impurities
                     ,
                     uniting
                     the
                     two
                     bodies
                     in
                     one
                     ,
                     and
                     increasing
                     their
                     Water
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Nor
                     is
                     there
                     any
                     other
                     thing
                     than
                     Azoth
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     this
                     our
                     Water
                     ,
                     which
                     can
                     take
                     from
                     the
                     perfect
                     bodies
                     of
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     ,
                     their
                     natural
                     Colour
                     ,
                     making
                     the
                     red
                     Body
                     white
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     Disposition
                     thereof
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Now
                     let
                     us
                     speak
                     of
                     the
                     Fire
                     .
                     Our
                     Fire
                     then
                     is
                     Mineral
                     ,
                     equal
                     ,
                     continuous
                     ;
                     it
                     fumes
                     not
                     ,
                     unless
                     it
                     be
                     too
                     
                     much
                     stirred
                     up
                     ,
                     participates
                     of
                     Sulphur
                     ,
                     and
                     is
                     taken
                     from
                     other
                     things
                     than
                     from
                     the
                     Matter
                     ;
                     it
                     over-turns
                     all
                     things
                     ,
                     dissolves
                     ,
                     congeals
                     ,
                     and
                     calcines
                     ,
                     and
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     found
                     out
                     by
                     Art
                     ,
                     or
                     after
                     an
                     Artificial
                     manner
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     a
                     compendious
                     thing
                     ,
                     gotten
                     without
                     cost
                     or
                     charge
                     ,
                     or
                     at
                     least
                     without
                     any
                     great
                     purchase
                     ;
                     it
                     is
                     humid
                     ,
                     vaporous
                     ,
                     digestive
                     ,
                     altering
                     ,
                     penetrating
                     ,
                     subtile
                     ,
                     spirituous
                     ,
                     not
                     violent
                     ,
                     incombustible
                     ,
                     circumspective
                     ,
                     continent
                     ,
                     and
                     one
                     only
                     thing
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     It
                     is
                     also
                     a
                     Fountain
                     of
                     living
                     Water
                     ,
                     which
                     circumvolveth
                     and
                     contains
                     the
                     place
                     in
                     which
                     the
                     King
                     and
                     Queen
                     bathe
                     themselves
                     ;
                     through
                     the
                     whole
                     Work
                     this
                     moist
                     Fire
                     is
                     sufficient
                     ;
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     ,
                     middle
                     ,
                     and
                     end
                     ,
                     because
                     in
                     it
                     ,
                     the
                     whole
                     Art
                     does
                     consist
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     This
                     is
                     the
                     natural
                     Fire
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     yet
                     against
                     Nature
                     ,
                     not
                     natural
                     ,
                     and
                     which
                     burns
                     not
                     ;
                     and
                     lastly
                     ,
                     this
                     Fire
                     is
                     hot
                     ,
                     cold
                     ,
                     dry
                     ,
                     
                     moist
                     ;
                     meditate
                     on
                     these
                     things
                     ,
                     and
                     proceed
                     directly
                     ,
                     without
                     any
                     thing
                     of
                     a
                     forreign
                     Nature
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     If
                     you
                     understand
                     not
                     these
                     Fires
                     ,
                     give
                     ear
                     to
                     what
                     I
                     have
                     yet
                     to
                     say
                     ,
                     never
                     as
                     yet
                     written
                     in
                     any
                     book
                     ,
                     but
                     drawn
                     from
                     the
                     more
                     abstruse
                     and
                     occult
                     Riddles
                     of
                     the
                     Ancients
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XV.
                  
                   Of
                   the
                   three
                   kinds
                   of
                   Fires
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   in
                   particular
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     TRES
                     proprìe
                     habemus
                     ignes
                     ,
                     sine
                     quibus
                     ars
                     non
                     perficitur
                     ,
                     &
                     qui
                     absque
                     illis
                     laborat
                     in
                     unum
                     curas
                     sus
                     cipit
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Primus
                     est
                     lampadis
                     ,
                     &
                     is
                     continuus
                     est
                     ,
                     humidus
                     ,
                     vaporosus
                     ,
                     aêreus
                     ,
                     &
                     artificialis
                     ad
                     inveniendum
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     III.
                     Nam
                     lampas
                     debet
                     esse
                     proportionata
                     ad
                     clausuram
                     ,
                     &
                     in
                     hac
                     utendum
                     est
                     magno
                     judicio
                     ,
                     quod
                     non
                     pervenit
                     ad
                     artificem
                     dura
                     cervicis
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     Quia
                     si
                     ignis
                     lampadis
                     non
                     est
                     geometricè
                     &
                     debitè
                     proportionatus
                     ,
                     aut
                     per
                     defectum
                     caloris
                     non
                     videbis
                     signa
                     in
                     tempore
                     designata
                     ,
                     atque
                     prae
                     nimia
                     mora
                     ,
                     expectatio
                     aufugiet
                     tua
                     ,
                     aut
                     〈◊〉
                     ardore
                     nimio
                     flores
                     auri
                     cemburentur
                     ,
                     &
                     laborem
                     tuum
                     iniquè
                     deflebis
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Secundus
                     ignis
                     est
                     cinerum
                     ,
                     in
                     quibus
                     vasrecluditur
                     Hermeticè
                     sigillatum
                     ,
                     aut
                     polius
                     est
                     calor
                     ille
                     suavissimus
                     qui
                     ex
                     vapore
                     temperato
                     lampadis
                     ,
                     circuit
                     aequaliter
                     vas
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     VI.
                     Hic
                     violentus
                     non
                     eft
                     ,
                     nisi
                     nimium
                     excitetur
                     ,
                     digerens
                     est
                     ,
                     alterans
                     est
                     ,
                     ex
                     alio
                     corpore
                     quam
                     à
                     materia
                     sumitur
                     ,
                     unicus
                     est
                     ,
                     est
                     etiam
                     humidus
                     ,
                     &
                     innaturalis
                     ,
                     &c.
                     
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Tertius
                     est
                     ignis
                     ille
                     naturalis
                     aquae
                     nostrae
                     ,
                     quae
                     vocatur
                     etiam
                     contra
                     naturam
                     ,
                     quia
                     est
                     aqua
                     ,
                     &
                     nihilominus
                     ex
                     auro
                     facit
                     merum
                     spiritum
                     ,
                     quod
                     ignis
                     communis
                     facere
                     non
                     potest
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Hic
                     mineralis
                     est
                     ,
                     aequalis
                     est
                     ,
                     de
                     sulphure
                     participat
                     ,
                     omnia
                     diruit
                     ,
                     congelat
                     ,
                     solvit
                     ,
                     ac
                     calcinat
                     ,
                     hic
                     est
                     penetrans
                     ,
                     subtilis
                     ,
                     incomburens
                     &
                     est
                     fons
                     aquae
                     vivae
                     in
                     quo
                     se
                     lavant
                     Rex
                     &
                     Regina
                     ,
                     quo
                     indigemus
                     in
                     toto
                     opere
                     ,
                     in
                     principio
                     ,
                     medio
                     ,
                     &
                     fine
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Aliis
                     vero
                     duobus
                     supradictis
                     ,
                     non
                     ,
                     sed
                     tantum
                     aliquando
                     ,
                     &c.
                     
                  
                   
                     X.
                     Conjunge
                     ergo
                     in
                     legendis
                     libris
                     philosophorum
                     ,
                     hos
                     tres
                     ignes
                     ,
                     &
                     proculdubio
                     intellectus
                     eorum
                     de
                     ignibus
                     non
                     te
                     latebit
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     I.
                     WE
                     have
                     properly
                     three
                     Fires
                     ,
                     without
                     which
                     this
                     our
                     Art
                     cannot
                     be
                     perfected
                     ;
                     and
                     whosoever
                     works
                     without
                     them
                     ,
                     takes
                     a
                     great
                     deal
                     of
                     Labour
                     in
                     vain
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     The
                     First
                     Fire
                     is
                     that
                     of
                     the
                     Lamp
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     continuous
                     ,
                     humid
                     ,
                     vaporous
                     ,
                     Spiritous
                     ,
                     and
                     found
                     out
                     by
                     Art.
                     
                  
                   
                   
                     III.
                     This
                     Lamp-fire
                     ought
                     to
                     be
                     proportioned
                     to
                     the
                     enclosure
                     ;
                     wherein
                     you
                     must
                     use
                     great
                     Judgment
                     ,
                     which
                     none
                     can
                     attain
                     to
                     ,
                     but
                     he
                     that
                     can
                     bend
                     to
                     the
                     search
                     thereof
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     For
                     if
                     this
                     Fire
                     of
                     the
                     Lamp
                     be
                     not
                     measured
                     ,
                     and
                     duly
                     proportioned
                     or
                     fitted
                     (
                     to
                     the
                     Fornace
                     )
                     it
                     will
                     be
                     ,
                     that
                     either
                     for
                     want
                     of
                     heat
                     you
                     will
                     not
                     see
                     the
                     expected
                     Signs
                     ,
                     in
                     their
                     limited
                     times
                     ,
                     whereby
                     you
                     will
                     lose
                     your
                     hopes
                     and
                     expectation
                     by
                     a
                     too
                     long
                     delay
                     :
                     Or
                     else
                     ,
                     by
                     reason
                     of
                     too
                     much
                     heat
                     ,
                     you
                     will
                     burn
                     the
                     
                       Flores
                       Auri
                    
                     ,
                     the
                     Golden
                     Flowers
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     foolishly
                     bewail
                     your
                     lost
                     Expence
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     The
                     Second
                     Fire
                     is
                     
                       Ignis
                       Cinerum
                    
                     ,
                     an
                     Ash
                     heat
                     ,
                     in
                     which
                     the
                     Vessel
                     hermetically
                     sealed
                     is
                     recluded
                     ,
                     or
                     buried
                     :
                     Or
                     rather
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     that
                     most
                     sweet
                     and
                     gentle
                     heat
                     ,
                     which
                     proceeding
                     from
                     the
                     temperate
                     Vapours
                     of
                     the
                     Lamp
                     ,
                     does
                     equally
                     surround
                     your
                     Vessel
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     VI.
                     This
                     Fire
                     is
                     not
                     violent
                     or
                     forcing
                     ,
                     except
                     it
                     be
                     too
                     much
                     excited
                     or
                     stirred
                     up
                     ;
                     it
                     is
                     a
                     Fire
                     digestive
                     ,
                     alterative
                     ,
                     and
                     taken
                     from
                     another
                     body
                     than
                     the
                     matter
                     ;
                     being
                     but
                     one
                     only
                     ,
                     moist
                     also
                     ,
                     and
                     not
                     natural
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     The
                     Third
                     Fire
                     ,
                     is
                     the
                     natural
                     Fire
                     of
                     our
                     Water
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     also
                     called
                     the
                     Fire
                     against
                     nature
                     ,
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     Water
                     ;
                     and
                     yet
                     nevertheless
                     ,
                     it
                     makes
                     a
                     mere
                     Spirit
                     of
                     Gold
                     ,
                     which
                     common
                     Fire
                     is
                     not
                     able
                     to
                     do
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     This
                     Fire
                     is
                     Mineral
                     ,
                     equal
                     ,
                     and
                     participates
                     of
                     Sulphur
                     ;
                     it
                     overturns
                     or
                     destroys
                     ,
                     congeals
                     ,
                     dissolves
                     ,
                     and
                     calcines
                     ;
                     it
                     is
                     penetrating
                     ,
                     subtil
                     ,
                     incombustible
                     and
                     not
                     burning
                     ,
                     and
                     is
                     the
                     fountain
                     of
                     Living
                     Water
                     ,
                     wherein
                     the
                     King
                     and
                     Queen
                     bathe
                     themselves
                     ,
                     whose
                     help
                     we
                     stand
                     in
                     need
                     of
                     ,
                     through
                     the
                     whole
                     Work
                     ,
                     through
                     the
                     beginning
                     ,
                     middle
                     and
                     end
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     But
                     the
                     other
                     Two
                     above-mentioned
                     ,
                     we
                     have
                     not
                     always
                     occasion
                     for
                     ,
                     but
                     only
                     at
                     some
                     times
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     In
                     reading
                     therefore
                     the
                     books
                     of
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                     conjoin
                     these
                     Three
                     Fires
                     in
                     your
                     Judgment
                     ,
                     and
                     without
                     doubt
                     ,
                     you
                     will
                     understand
                     whatever
                     they
                     have
                     wrote
                     of
                     them
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XVI
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Colours
                   of
                   Our
                   Philosophick
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   or
                   Stone
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     QUoad
                     Colores
                     ,
                     qui
                     non
                     nigrefacit
                     ,
                     dealbare
                     non
                     potest
                     ,
                     quia
                     nigredo
                     est
                     albedinis
                     principium
                     ,
                     &
                     signum
                     putrefactionis
                     ,
                     &
                     alterationis
                     ,
                     &
                     quod
                     corpus
                     penetratum
                     &
                     mortificatum
                     jam
                     est
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Ergo
                     in
                     hac
                     putrefactione
                     in
                     hac
                     aqua
                     ,
                     primò
                     apparet
                     
                     nigredo
                     ,
                     sicut
                     brodium
                     saginatum
                     piperatum
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     Secundò
                     terra
                     nigra
                     continuò
                     decoquendo
                     ,
                     dealbatur
                     ,
                     quia
                     anima
                     horum
                     supernatat
                     ut
                     remor
                     albus
                     ,
                     &
                     in
                     hac
                     albedine
                     uniuntur
                     omnes
                     spiritus
                     sic
                     quod
                     denuò
                     aufugere
                     non
                     possunt
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     Et
                     ideo
                     dealbandus
                     est
                     laton
                     ,
                     &
                     rumpendi
                     libri
                     ne
                     corda
                     nostra
                     rumpantur
                     ,
                     quia
                     haec
                     albedo
                     est
                     lapis
                     perfectus
                     ad
                     album
                     &
                     corpus
                     nobile
                     necessitate
                     finis
                     ,
                     &
                     tinctura
                     albedinis
                     exuberantissimae
                     reflexionis
                     &
                     fulgidi
                     splendoris
                     ,
                     quae
                     non
                     recedit
                     à
                     commixto
                     corpore
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Nota
                     ergo
                     hic
                     ,
                     quod
                     spiritus
                     non
                     figuntur
                     nisi
                     in
                     albo
                     colore
                     ,
                     qui
                     ideo
                     nobilior
                     est
                     caeteris
                     ,
                     &
                     semper
                     desiderabiliter
                     expetenda
                     ,
                     cum
                     sit
                     totius
                     
                     operis
                     quodammodo
                     complemen
                     tum
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Terra
                     enim
                     nostra
                     putrescit
                     in
                     nigrum
                     ,
                     deinde
                     mundatur
                     in
                     elevatione
                     ,
                     postea
                     desiccata
                     ,
                     nigredo
                     recedit
                     ,
                     &
                     tunc
                     dealbatur
                     &
                     perit
                     tenebrosum
                     dominium
                     humidum
                     mulieris
                     ,
                     〈◊〉
                     etiam
                     fumus
                     albus
                     penetrat
                     in
                     corpus
                     novum
                     ,
                     &
                     spiritus
                     constringuntur
                     in
                     siccum
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Atque
                     corrumpens
                     ,
                     deformatum
                     ,
                     &
                     nigrum
                     ex
                     humido
                     ,
                     evanescit
                     ,
                     tunc
                     etiam
                     corpus
                     novumresuscitat
                     clarum
                     ,
                     album
                     ,
                     ac
                     immortale
                     ,
                     ac
                     victoriam
                     ab
                     omnibus
                     inimicis
                     reportat
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Et
                     sicut
                     calor
                     agens
                     in
                     humido
                     generat
                     nigredinem
                     primum
                     colorem
                     ,
                     sic
                     decoquendo
                     semper
                     ,
                     calor
                     agens
                     in
                     sicco
                     generat
                     albedinem
                     secundum
                     colorem
                     ,
                     &
                     deinde
                     citrinitatem
                     
                     &
                     rubedinem
                     agens
                     in
                     mero
                     sicco
                     ,
                     &
                     satis
                     de
                     coloribus
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Sciendum
                     igitur
                     nobis
                     est
                     ,
                     quod
                     res
                     quae
                     habet
                     caput
                     rubeum
                     &
                     album
                     ,
                     pedes
                     verò
                     albos
                     &
                     postea
                     rubeos
                     ,
                     &
                     occulos
                     antea
                     nigros
                     ,
                     haec
                     res
                     tantum
                     est
                     magisterium
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     I.
                     NOW
                     as
                     to
                     the
                     Colours
                     ,
                     that
                     which
                     does
                     not
                     make
                     black
                     cannot
                     make
                     white
                     ,
                     because
                     blackness
                     is
                     the
                     beginning
                     of
                     whiteness
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     sign
                     of
                     Putrefaction
                     and
                     Alteration
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     the
                     body
                     is
                     now
                     penetrated
                     and
                     mortified
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     From
                     the
                     Putrefaction
                     therefore
                     in
                     this
                     Water
                     ,
                     there
                     
                     first
                     appears
                     blackness
                     ,
                     like
                     unto
                     Broth
                     wherein
                     some
                     bloody
                     thing
                     is
                     boyled
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     Secondly
                     ,
                     The
                     black
                     Earth
                     by
                     a
                     continual
                     digestion
                     is
                     whitened
                     ,
                     because
                     the
                     Soul
                     of
                     the
                     Two
                     Bodies
                     swims
                     above
                     upon
                     the
                     Water
                     ,
                     like
                     white
                     Cream
                     ;
                     and
                     in
                     this
                     only
                     whiteness
                     ,
                     all
                     the
                     Spirits
                     are
                     so
                     united
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     can
                     never
                     flie
                     one
                     from
                     another
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     And
                     therefore
                     the
                     latten
                     must
                     be
                     whitened
                     ,
                     and
                     its
                     leaves
                     unfolded
                     ,
                     
                       i.
                       e.
                    
                     its
                     body
                     broken
                     or
                     opened
                     ,
                     lest
                     we
                     labour
                     in
                     vain
                     ,
                     for
                     this
                     whiteness
                     is
                     the
                     perfect
                     Stone
                     for
                     the
                     white
                     work
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     body
                     enobled
                     in
                     order
                     to
                     that
                     end
                     ;
                     even
                     the
                     Tincture
                     of
                     a
                     most
                     exuberant
                     glory
                     ,
                     and
                     shining
                     brightness
                     ,
                     which
                     never
                     departs
                     from
                     the
                     body
                     it
                     is
                     once
                     joined
                     with
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Therefore
                     you
                     must
                     note
                     here
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Spirits
                     are
                     not
                     fixed
                     ,
                     but
                     in
                     the
                     white
                     Colour
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     more
                     noble
                     than
                     the
                     other
                     Colours
                     ,
                     
                     and
                     is
                     more
                     vehemently
                     to
                     be
                     desired
                     ,
                     for
                     that
                     it
                     is
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     the
                     Complement
                     or
                     Perfection
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     work
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     For
                     our
                     Earth
                     putrifies
                     and
                     becomes
                     black
                     ,
                     then
                     it
                     is
                     putrified
                     in
                     lifting
                     up
                     or
                     Separation
                     ;
                     afterwards
                     being
                     dried
                     ,
                     its
                     blackness
                     goes
                     away
                     from
                     it
                     ,
                     and
                     then
                     it
                     is
                     whitened
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     feminine
                     dominion
                     of
                     the
                     darkness
                     and
                     humidity
                     perisheth
                     ;
                     then
                     also
                     the
                     white
                     Vapor
                     penetrates
                     through
                     the
                     new
                     Body
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Spirits
                     are
                     bound
                     up
                     or
                     fixed
                     in
                     the
                     dryness
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     And
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     corrupting
                     ,
                     deformed
                     and
                     black
                     through
                     the
                     moisture
                     ,
                     vanishes
                     away
                     ;
                     so
                     the
                     new
                     body
                     rises
                     again
                     clear
                     ,
                     pure
                     ,
                     white
                     ,
                     and
                     immortal
                     ,
                     obtaining
                     the
                     Victory
                     over
                     all
                     its
                     Enemies
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     And
                     as
                     heat
                     working
                     upon
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     moist
                     ,
                     causeth
                     or
                     generates
                     blackness
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     prime
                     or
                     first
                     Colour
                     ;
                     so
                     always
                     by
                     decoction
                     ,
                     more
                     and
                     more
                     
                     heat
                     working
                     upon
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     dry
                     ,
                     begets
                     whiteness
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     second
                     Colour
                     ;
                     and
                     then
                     working
                     upon
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     purely
                     and
                     perfectly
                     dry
                     ,
                     it
                     produceth
                     Citrinity
                     and
                     Redness
                     ,
                     Thus
                     much
                     for
                     Colours
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     We
                     must
                     know
                     therefore
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     thing
                     which
                     has
                     its
                     Head
                     red
                     and
                     white
                     ,
                     but
                     its
                     Feet
                     white
                     and
                     afterwards
                     red
                     ;
                     and
                     its
                     Eyes
                     before
                     hand
                     black
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     thing
                     ,
                     I
                     say
                     ,
                     is
                     the
                     only
                     matter
                     of
                     our
                     Magistery
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XVII
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   perfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   their
                   Putrefaction
                   ,
                   Corruption
                   ,
                   Digestion
                   ,
                   and
                   Tincture
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     DIssolve
                     ergo
                     Solem
                     &
                     Lunam
                     in
                     aqua
                     nostra
                     dissolutiva
                     ,
                     quae
                     illis
                     est
                     familiaris
                     &
                     amica
                     ,
                     &
                     de
                     eorum
                     natura
                     proxima
                     ,
                     illisque
                     est
                     placabilis
                     ,
                     &
                     tanquam
                     matrix
                     ,
                     mater
                     ,
                     origo
                     ,
                     principium
                     ,
                     &
                     finis
                     vitae
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     II.
                     Et
                     ideo
                     emendantur
                     in
                     hac
                     aqua
                     ,
                     quia
                     natura
                     laetatur
                     natura
                     ,
                     &
                     natura
                     naturam
                     continet
                     ,
                     &
                     vero
                     matrimonio
                     copulantur
                     adinvicem
                     &
                     fiunt
                     una
                     natura
                     ,
                     unum
                     corpus
                     novum
                     ,
                     resuscitatum
                     immortale
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     Sic
                     oportet
                     conjungere
                     ,
                     consanguineos
                     ,
                     cum
                     consanguineis
                     ,
                     tunc
                     istae
                     naturae
                     sibi
                     obviant
                     ,
                     &
                     se
                     prosequuntur
                     adinvicem
                     ,
                     se
                     putrefaciunt
                     ,
                     generant
                     ,
                     &
                     gaudere
                     faciunt
                     ,
                     quia
                     natura
                     per
                     naturam
                     regitur
                     proximam
                     &
                     amicam
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     Nostra
                     igitur
                     aqua
                     (
                     inquit
                     Danthin
                     )
                     est
                     fons
                     pulcher
                     ,
                     amoenus
                     ,
                     &
                     clarus
                     ,
                     praeparatus
                     solummodo
                     pro
                     Rege
                     &
                     Regina
                     quos
                     ipse
                     optimè
                     cognoscit
                     ,
                     &
                     hi
                     illum
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Nam
                     ipsos
                     ad
                     se
                     attrahit
                     
                     &
                     illi
                     ad
                     se
                     lavandum
                     in
                     illo
                     fonte
                     remanent
                     duos
                     aut
                     tres
                     dies
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     menses
                     ,
                     &
                     hos
                     juvenescere
                     facit
                     ,
                     &
                     reddit
                     formosos
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Et
                     quia
                     Sol
                     &
                     Luna
                     sunt
                     ab
                     illa
                     aqua
                     matre
                     ,
                     ideo
                     oportet
                     ut
                     iterum
                     ingrediantur
                     uterum
                     matris
                     ,
                     ut
                     renascantur
                     denuo
                     ,
                     &
                     fiant
                     robustiores
                     ,
                     nobiliores
                     &
                     fortiores
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Id
                     circo
                     nisi
                     hi
                     mortui
                     ,
                     conversi
                     fuerint
                     in
                     aquam
                     ,
                     ipsi
                     soli
                     manebunt
                     ,
                     &
                     sine
                     fructu
                     ,
                     si
                     autem
                     mortui
                     fuerint
                     &
                     resoluti
                     in
                     nostra
                     aqua
                     ,
                     fructum
                     centesimum
                     dabunt
                     ,
                     &
                     ex
                     illo
                     loco
                     ex
                     quo
                     videbantur
                     perdidisse
                     quod
                     erant
                     ,
                     ex
                     illo
                     apparebunt
                     quod
                     antea
                     non
                     erant
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Cum
                     Sole
                     ergo
                     &
                     Luna
                     figatur
                     maximo
                     ingenio
                     ,
                     
                     spiritus
                     aquae
                     nostrae
                     vivae
                     ,
                     quia
                     hi
                     in
                     naturam
                     aquae
                     conversi
                     ,
                     moriuntur
                     ,
                     &
                     mortuis
                     similes
                     videntur
                     ,
                     inde
                     postea
                     inspirati
                     vivunt
                     ,
                     crescunt
                     ,
                     &
                     multiplicantur
                     ,
                     sicut
                     res
                     omnes
                     vegetabiles
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Sufficiat
                     ergo
                     tibi
                     materiam
                     sufficienter
                     disponere
                     extrinsecus
                     ,
                     quoniam
                     ipsa
                     sufficienter
                     intrinsecus
                     operatur
                     ad
                     sui
                     perfectionem
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     Habet
                     enim
                     motum
                     sibi
                     inhaerentem
                     secundam
                     veram
                     viam
                     ,
                     &
                     verum
                     ordinem
                     meliorem
                     quam
                     possit
                     ab
                     homine
                     excogitari
                     .
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     Ideo
                     tantum
                     praepara
                     ,
                     &
                     natura
                     perficiat
                     ,
                     quia
                     nisi
                     natura
                     fuerit
                     impedita
                     in
                     contrarium
                     ,
                     non
                     praeteribit
                     motum
                     suum
                     certum
                     ,
                     tam
                     ad
                     concipiendum
                     ,
                     quam
                     ad
                     parturiendum
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     Cave
                     quocirca
                     tantum
                     [
                     post
                     materiae
                     praeparationem
                     ]
                     ne
                     igne
                     nimio
                     balneum
                     incendatur
                     ;
                     Secundo
                     ne
                     spiritus
                     exhalet
                     ,
                     quia
                     laederet
                     laborantem
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     operationem
                     destrueret
                     ,
                     &
                     multas
                     infirmitates
                     induceret
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     tristitias
                     ,
                     ac
                     iras
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     Ex
                     jam
                     dictis
                     patet
                     hoc
                     axioma
                     ,
                     nempe
                     cum
                     ex
                     cursu
                     naturae
                     ignorare
                     necessa
                     riò
                     constructionem
                     metallorum
                     ,
                     qui
                     ignorat
                     destructionem
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIV
                     .
                     Oportet
                     ergo
                     conjungere
                     consanguineos
                     ,
                     quia
                     natu
                     rae
                     reperiunt
                     suas
                     consimiles
                     naturas
                     ,
                     &
                     se
                     putrefaciendo
                     miscentur
                     in
                     simul
                     ,
                     atque
                     se
                     mortificant
                     .
                  
                   
                     XV.
                     Necesse
                     est
                     ideo
                     hanc
                     〈◊〉
                     corruptionem
                     &
                     generationem
                     ,
                     
                     &
                     quemadmodum
                     sese
                     naturae
                     amplectuntur
                     ,
                     &
                     pacificantur
                     in
                     igne
                     lento
                     ,
                     quomodo
                     natura
                     laetetur
                     natura
                     ,
                     &
                     natura
                     naturam
                     retineat
                     ,
                     &
                     convertat
                     in
                     naturam
                     albam
                     .
                  
                   
                     XVI
                     .
                     Quod
                     si
                     vis
                     rubificare
                     ,
                     oportet
                     coquere
                     album
                     istud
                     in
                     igne
                     sicco
                     continuo
                     donec
                     rubificetur
                     ut
                     sanguis
                     ,
                     qui
                     nihil
                     erit
                     aliud
                     ,
                     quam
                     aqua
                     ignis
                     ,
                     &
                     tinctura
                     vera
                     .
                  
                   
                     XVII
                     .
                     Et
                     sic
                     per
                     ignem
                     siccum
                     continuum
                     emendatur
                     albedo
                     ,
                     citrinatur
                     &
                     acquirit
                     rubedinem
                     &
                     colorem
                     verum
                     fixum
                     .
                  
                   
                     XVIII
                     .
                     Quantò
                     ergo
                     magis
                     coquitur
                     ,
                     magis
                     coloratur
                     ,
                     &
                     fit
                     tinctura
                     intentioris
                     rubedinis
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIX
                     .
                     Quare
                     oportet
                     igne
                     sicco
                     ,
                     &
                     calcinatione
                     sicca
                     ,
                     absque
                     
                     humore
                     compositum
                     coquere
                     ,
                     donec
                     rubicundissimo
                     vestiatur
                     colore
                     ,
                     &
                     tunc
                     erit
                     perfectum
                     Elixir
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     I.
                     DIssolve
                     then
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     in
                     our
                     dissolving
                     Water
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     familiar
                     and
                     friendly
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     next
                     in
                     nature
                     unto
                     them
                     ;
                     and
                     is
                     also
                     sweet
                     and
                     pleasant
                     to
                     them
                     ,
                     and
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     a
                     Womb
                     ,
                     a
                     Mother
                     ,
                     an
                     Original
                     ,
                     the
                     beginning
                     and
                     the
                     end
                     of
                     their
                     Life
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     II.
                     And
                     that
                     is
                     the
                     very
                     Reason
                     why
                     they
                     are
                     meliorated
                     or
                     amended
                     in
                     this
                     Water
                     ,
                     because
                     like
                     nature
                     rejoiceth
                     in
                     like
                     nature
                     ,
                     and
                     like
                     nature
                     retains
                     like
                     nature
                     ,
                     being
                     joined
                     the
                     one
                     to
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     in
                     a
                     true
                     Marriage
                     ,
                     by
                     which
                     they
                     are
                     made
                     one
                     Nature
                     ,
                     one
                     new
                     Body
                     ,
                     raised
                     again
                     from
                     the
                     dead
                     ,
                     and
                     immortal
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     Thus
                     it
                     behoves
                     you
                     to
                     join
                     Consanguinity
                     ,
                     or
                     sameness
                     of
                     kind
                     ,
                     with
                     sameness
                     of
                     kind
                     ,
                     by
                     which
                     these
                     natures
                     ,
                     will
                     meet
                     and
                     follow
                     one
                     another
                     ,
                     purifie
                     themselves
                     ,
                     generate
                     ,
                     and
                     make
                     one
                     another
                     rejoice
                     ;
                     for
                     that
                     like
                     nature
                     ,
                     now
                     is
                     disposed
                     by
                     like
                     nature
                     ,
                     even
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     nearest
                     ,
                     and
                     most
                     friendly
                     to
                     it
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     Our
                     Water
                     then
                     (
                     saith
                     Danthin
                     )
                     is
                     the
                     most
                     beautiful
                     ,
                     lovely
                     ,
                     and
                     clear
                     Fountain
                     ,
                     prepared
                     only
                     for
                     the
                     King
                     ,
                     and
                     Queen
                     ,
                     whom
                     it
                     knows
                     very
                     well
                     ,
                     and
                     they
                     it
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     For
                     it
                     attracts
                     them
                     to
                     
                     its
                     self
                     ,
                     and
                     they
                     abide
                     therein
                     for
                     two
                     or
                     three
                     days
                     (
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     two
                     or
                     three
                     months
                     )
                     to
                     wash
                     themselves
                     therewith
                     ,
                     whereby
                     they
                     are
                     made
                     young
                     again
                     and
                     beautiful
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     And
                     because
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     have
                     their
                     Original
                     from
                     this
                     Water
                     their
                     Mother
                     ;
                     it
                     is
                     necessary
                     therefore
                     that
                     they
                     enter
                     into
                     it
                     again
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     into
                     their
                     Mothers
                     Womb
                     ,
                     that
                     they
                     may
                     be
                     regenerate
                     or
                     born
                     again
                     ,
                     and
                     made
                     more
                     healthy
                     ,
                     more
                     noble
                     ,
                     and
                     more
                     strong
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     If
                     therefore
                     these
                     do
                     not
                     die
                     ,
                     and
                     be
                     converted
                     into
                     Water
                     ,
                     they
                     remain
                     alone
                     (
                     or
                     as
                     they
                     were
                     )
                     and
                     without
                     Fruit
                     ;
                     but
                     if
                     they
                     die
                     ,
                     and
                     are
                     resolved
                     in
                     our
                     Water
                     ,
                     they
                     bring
                     forth
                     Fruit
                     ,
                     an
                     hundred-fold
                     ;
                     and
                     from
                     that
                     very
                     place
                     in
                     which
                     they
                     seem'd
                     to
                     perish
                     ,
                     from
                     thence
                     shall
                     they
                     appear
                     to
                     be
                     that
                     which
                     they
                     were
                     not
                     before
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Let
                     therefore
                     the
                     Spirit
                     of
                     our
                     living
                     Water
                     be
                     
                     (
                     with
                     all
                     care
                     and
                     industry
                     )
                     fixed
                     with
                     Sol
                     and
                     Luna
                     ;
                     for
                     that
                     they
                     being
                     converted
                     into
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     Water
                     become
                     dead
                     ,
                     and
                     appear
                     like
                     to
                     the
                     Dead
                     ;
                     from
                     whence
                     afterwards
                     ,
                     being
                     revived
                     ,
                     they
                     encrease
                     and
                     multiply
                     ,
                     even
                     as
                     do
                     all
                     sorts
                     of
                     Vegetable
                     Substances
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     It
                     suffices
                     then
                     to
                     dispose
                     the
                     Matter
                     sufficiently
                     without
                     ,
                     because
                     that
                     within
                     ,
                     it
                     sufficiently
                     disposes
                     it self
                     for
                     the
                     Perfection
                     of
                     its
                     own
                     work
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     For
                     it
                     has
                     in
                     it self
                     a
                     certain
                     and
                     inherent
                     motion
                     ,
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     true
                     way
                     and
                     Method
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     much
                     better
                     order
                     than
                     it
                     is
                     possible
                     for
                     any
                     Man
                     to
                     invent
                     or
                     think
                     of
                     .
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     For
                     this
                     Cause
                     it
                     is
                     ,
                     that
                     you
                     need
                     only
                     to
                     prepare
                     the
                     matter
                     ,
                     Nature
                     her self
                     alone
                     will
                     perfect
                     it
                     ;
                     and
                     if
                     she
                     be
                     not
                     hindred
                     by
                     some
                     contrary
                     thing
                     ,
                     she
                     will
                     not
                     over-pass
                     her
                     own
                     certain
                     motion
                     ,
                     neither
                     in
                     conceiving
                     or
                     generating
                     ,
                     nor
                     in
                     bringing
                     forth
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     ,
                     after
                     the
                     preparation
                     of
                     the
                     matter
                     ,
                     beware
                     only
                     ,
                     lest
                     by
                     too
                     much
                     heat
                     or
                     fire
                     ,
                     you
                     inflame
                     the
                     Bathe
                     ,
                     or
                     make
                     it
                     too
                     hot
                     .
                     Secondly
                     take
                     heed
                     ,
                     lest
                     the
                     Spirit
                     should
                     exhale
                     ,
                     lest
                     it
                     hurts
                     the
                     Operator
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     lest
                     it
                     destroys
                     the
                     work
                     ,
                     and
                     induces
                     many
                     infirmities
                     ,
                     as
                     sadness
                     ,
                     trouble
                     ,
                     vexation
                     ,
                     &
                     discontent
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     From
                     these
                     things
                     which
                     have
                     been
                     spoken
                     ,
                     this
                     Axiom
                     is
                     manifest
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     that
                     he
                     can
                     never
                     know
                     the
                     necessary
                     course
                     of
                     Nature
                     in
                     the
                     making
                     or
                     generating
                     of
                     Mettals
                     ,
                     who
                     is
                     ignorant
                     of
                     the
                     way
                     of
                     destroying
                     them
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIV
                     .
                     You
                     must
                     therefore
                     join
                     them
                     together
                     that
                     are
                     of
                     one
                     consanguinity
                     or
                     kindred
                     ;
                     for
                     like
                     natures
                     do
                     find
                     out
                     and
                     join
                     with
                     their
                     like
                     natures
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     putrifying
                     themselves
                     together
                     ,
                     are
                     mixed
                     together
                     and
                     mortifie
                     themselves
                     .
                  
                   
                     XV.
                     It
                     is
                     needful
                     therefore
                     to
                     know
                     this
                     Corruption
                     
                     and
                     Generation
                     ,
                     and
                     how
                     the
                     natures
                     do
                     embrace
                     one
                     another
                     ,
                     and
                     are
                     brought
                     to
                     a
                     fixity
                     in
                     a
                     slow
                     or
                     gentle
                     fire
                     ;
                     how
                     like
                     nature
                     rejoiceth
                     with
                     like
                     nature
                     ;
                     how
                     they
                     retain
                     one
                     another
                     ,
                     and
                     are
                     converted
                     into
                     a
                     white
                     subsistencie
                     .
                  
                   
                     XVI
                     .
                     This
                     white
                     substance
                     ,
                     if
                     you
                     will
                     make
                     it
                     Red
                     ,
                     you
                     must
                     continually
                     decoct
                     it
                     in
                     a
                     dry
                     Fire
                     ,
                     till
                     it
                     is
                     rubified
                     ,
                     or
                     becomes
                     red
                     as
                     blood
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     then
                     nothing
                     but
                     water
                     ,
                     fire
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     true
                     tincture
                     .
                  
                   
                     XVII
                     .
                     And
                     so
                     by
                     a
                     continual
                     dry
                     fire
                     ,
                     the
                     whiteness
                     is
                     changed
                     ,
                     removed
                     ,
                     perfected
                     ,
                     made
                     citrine
                     ,
                     and
                     still
                     digested
                     till
                     it
                     comes
                     to
                     a
                     true
                     red
                     and
                     fixed
                     colour
                     .
                  
                   
                     XVIII
                     .
                     And
                     consequently
                     by
                     how
                     much
                     more
                     this
                     red
                     is
                     decocted
                     in
                     this
                     gentle
                     heat
                     by
                     so
                     much
                     the
                     more
                     it
                     is
                     heightned
                     in
                     Colour
                     ,
                     and
                     made
                     a
                     true
                     Tincture
                     of
                     perfect
                     Redness
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIX
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     with
                     a
                     dry
                     Fire
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     dry
                     Calcination
                     
                     (
                     without
                     any
                     moisture
                     )
                     you
                     must
                     decoct
                     this
                     Compositum
                     ,
                     till
                     it
                     be
                     invested
                     with
                     a
                     most
                     perfect
                     red
                     Colour
                     ,
                     and
                     then
                     it
                     will
                     be
                     the
                     true
                     and
                     perfect
                     Elixir
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XVIII
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Multiplication
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Tincture
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     SI
                     postea
                     velis
                     illum
                     multiplicare
                     ,
                     oportet
                     iteratò
                     resolvere
                     illud
                     rubeum
                     in
                     nova
                     aqua
                     dissolutiva
                     ,
                     &
                     iterato
                     coctione
                     dealbare
                     ,
                     &
                     rubificare
                     per
                     gradus
                     ignis
                     ,
                     reiterando
                     primum
                     regimen
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Solve
                     ,
                     gela
                     ,
                     reitera
                     ,
                     claudendo
                     ,
                     aperiendo
                     ,
                     &
                     multiplicando
                     in
                     quantitate
                     &
                     qualitate
                     at
                     tumm
                     placitum
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     Quia
                     per
                     novam
                     corruptionem
                     &
                     generationem
                     ,
                     iterum
                     introducitur
                     novus
                     motus
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     IV.
                     Et
                     sic
                     non
                     possemus
                     adipisci
                     finem
                     ,
                     si
                     semper
                     operari
                     vellemus
                     per
                     reiteratienem
                     solutionis
                     ,
                     &
                     coagulationis
                     mediante
                     aqua
                     nostra
                     dissolutiva
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     dissolvendo
                     &
                     congelando
                     ,
                     ut
                     dictum
                     est
                     per
                     primum
                     regimem
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Et
                     sic
                     ejus
                     virtus
                     augmentatur
                     &
                     multiplicatur
                     in
                     quantitate
                     &
                     qualitate
                     ,
                     ita
                     quod
                     si
                     in
                     primo
                     opere
                     receperit
                     centum
                     ,
                     in
                     secundo
                     habebis
                     mille
                     ,
                     in
                     tertio
                     decem
                     millia
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Et
                     sic
                     prosequendo
                     veniet
                     projectio
                     tua
                     usque
                     ad
                     infinitum
                     ,
                     tingendo
                     verè
                     &
                     perfectè
                     ,
                     &
                     fixe
                     ,
                     omnem
                     quantamcumque
                     quantitatem
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Et
                     sic
                     per
                     rem
                     vilis
                     pretij
                     ,
                     additur
                     color
                     virtus
                     &
                     pondus
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Ignis
                     ergo
                     noster
                     &
                     Azoth
                     tibi
                     sufficiunt
                     ,
                     coque
                     ,
                     coque
                     ,
                     reitera
                     solve
                     ,
                     gela
                     ,
                     &
                     sic
                     continua
                     ,
                     ad
                     tuum
                     placi
                     tum
                     multiplicando
                     ,
                     quantum
                     volueris
                     ,
                     &
                     donec
                     medicina
                     tua
                     fiat
                     fusibilis
                     ,
                     ut
                     cera
                     &
                     habeat
                     quantitatem
                     ,
                     &
                     virtutem
                     optatam
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Est
                     ergo
                     totius
                     operis
                     sive
                     lapidis
                     secundi
                     ,
                     not
                     a
                     bene
                     ,
                     complementum
                     ,
                     ut
                     sumatur
                     corpus
                     perfectum
                     ,
                     quod
                     ponas
                     in
                     nostra
                     aqua
                     in
                     domo
                     vitrea
                     benè
                     clausa
                     &
                     obturata
                     cum
                     cemento
                     ,
                     〈◊〉
                     aer
                     intret
                     ,
                     aut
                     humidit
                     as
                     introclusa
                     exeat
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     In
                     digestione
                     lenis
                     coloris
                     veluti
                     balnei
                     ,
                     vel
                     fimi
                     temperatissima
                     ,
                     &
                     cum
                     oper
                     is
                     instantia
                     assiduetur
                     per
                     ignem
                     super
                     ipsum
                     perfectio
                     decoctionis
                     .
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     Quousque
                     putrescat
                     &
                     resolvatur
                     in
                     nigrum
                     ,
                     &
                     postea
                     
                     elevetur
                     &
                     sublimetur
                     per
                     aquam
                     ,
                     ut
                     mundetur
                     per
                     hoc
                     ab
                     omni
                     nigredine
                     &
                     tenebris
                     &
                     ut
                     dealbetur
                     &
                     subtilietur
                     ,
                  
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     Donec
                     in
                     ultima
                     sublimationis
                     puritate
                     deveniat
                     ,
                     &
                     ultimo
                     volatile
                     fiat
                     ,
                     &
                     album
                     reddatur
                     intus
                     &
                     extra
                     ,
                     quia
                     Vultur
                     in
                     aere
                     sine
                     alis
                     volans
                     clamavit
                     ut
                     possit
                     ire
                     supra
                     montem
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     super
                     aquam
                     ,
                     super
                     quam
                     spiritus
                     albus
                     fertur
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     Tunc
                     continua
                     ignem
                     convenientem
                     ,
                     &
                     spiritus
                     ille
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     subtilis
                     substantia
                     corporis
                     &
                     Mercurii
                     ,
                     ascendet
                     super
                     aquam
                     ,
                     quae
                     quinta
                     essentia
                     est
                     nive
                     candidior
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIV
                     .
                     Et
                     in
                     fine
                     continua
                     adhuc
                     ,
                     &
                     fortifica
                     ignem
                     ,
                     ut
                     totum
                     spirituale
                     penitus
                     ascendat
                     :
                  
                   
                   
                     XV.
                     Scitote
                     namque
                     quod
                     illud
                     quod
                     est
                     clarum
                     ,
                     purum
                     ,
                     &
                     spirituale
                     ,
                     ascendit
                     in
                     altum
                     in
                     aera
                     in
                     modum
                     fumi
                     albi
                     ,
                     quod
                     lac
                     Virginis
                     appellatur
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     I.
                     NOW
                     if
                     afterwards
                     you
                     would
                     multiply
                     your
                     Tincture
                     ,
                     you
                     must
                     again
                     resolve
                     that
                     Red
                     ,
                     in
                     new
                     or
                     fresh
                     dissolving
                     Water
                     ,
                     and
                     then
                     by
                     decoctions
                     first
                     whiten
                     ,
                     and
                     then
                     rubifie
                     it
                     again
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     degrees
                     of
                     Fire
                     ,
                     reiterating
                     the
                     first
                     method
                     of
                     operation
                     in
                     this
                     Work.
                     
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Dissolve
                     ,
                     coagulate
                     ,
                     and
                     reiterate
                     the
                     closing
                     up
                     ,
                     the
                     opening
                     and
                     multiplying
                     in
                     quantity
                     and
                     quality
                     at
                     your
                     own
                     pleasure
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     For
                     by
                     a
                     new
                     Corruption
                     and
                     Generation
                     ,
                     there
                     is
                     introduced
                     a
                     new
                     Motion
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     IV.
                     Thus
                     can
                     we
                     never
                     find
                     an
                     end
                     ,
                     if
                     we
                     do
                     always
                     work
                     by
                     reiterating
                     the
                     same
                     thing
                     over
                     and
                     over
                     again
                     ,
                     viz.
                     by
                     Solution
                     and
                     Coagulation
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     help
                     of
                     our
                     dissolving
                     Water
                     ,
                     by
                     which
                     we
                     dissolve
                     and
                     congeal
                     ,
                     as
                     we
                     have
                     formerly
                     said
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     beginning
                     of
                     the
                     work
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Thus
                     also
                     is
                     the
                     virtue
                     thereof
                     increased
                     and
                     multiplied
                     ,
                     both
                     in
                     quantity
                     and
                     quality
                     ;
                     so
                     that
                     ,
                     if
                     after
                     the
                     first
                     course
                     of
                     Operation
                     you
                     obtain
                     an
                     hundred-fold
                     ;
                     by
                     a
                     second
                     course
                     ,
                     you
                     will
                     have
                     a
                     thousand-fold
                     ;
                     and
                     by
                     a
                     third
                     ,
                     ten
                     thousand-fold
                     increase
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     And
                     by
                     persuing
                     your
                     work
                     ,
                     your
                     projection
                     will
                     come
                     to
                     infinity
                     ,
                     tinging
                     truly
                     and
                     perfectly
                     ,
                     and
                     fixing
                     the
                     greatest
                     quantity
                     how
                     much
                     soever
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Thus
                     by
                     a
                     thing
                     of
                     an
                     easie
                     or
                     small
                     price
                     ,
                     you
                     have
                     both
                     colour
                     ,
                     goodness
                     ,
                     and
                     weight
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Our
                     Fire
                     then
                     and
                     Azoth
                     ,
                     are
                     sufficient
                     for
                     you
                     :
                     Decoct
                     ,
                     decoct
                     ,
                     reiterate
                     ,
                     dissolve
                     ,
                     congeal
                     ,
                     and
                     continue
                     this
                     course
                     ,
                     according
                     as
                     you
                     please
                     ,
                     multiplying
                     it
                     as
                     you
                     think
                     good
                     ,
                     until
                     your
                     Medicine
                     is
                     made
                     fusible
                     as
                     Wax
                     ,
                     and
                     has
                     attained
                     the
                     quantity
                     and
                     goodness
                     or
                     fixity
                     and
                     colour
                     you
                     desire
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     This
                     then
                     is
                     the
                     compleating
                     of
                     the
                     whole
                     work
                     of
                     our
                     second
                     Stone
                     (
                     observe
                     it
                     well
                     )
                     that
                     you
                     take
                     the
                     perfect
                     Body
                     ,
                     and
                     put
                     it
                     into
                     our
                     water
                     in
                     a
                     glass
                     Vesica
                     or
                     Body
                     well
                     closed
                     with
                     Cement
                     ,
                     lest
                     the
                     Air
                     get
                     in
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     inclosed
                     humidity
                     get
                     out
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     Keep
                     it
                     in
                     digestion
                     in
                     a
                     gentle
                     heat
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     of
                     a
                     balneum
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     most
                     temperate
                     Horse-dung
                     ,
                     and
                     assiduously
                     continue
                     the
                     operation
                     or
                     work
                     upon
                     the
                     fire
                     ,
                     till
                     the
                     decoction
                     and
                     digestion
                     is
                     perfect
                     .
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     And
                     keep
                     it
                     in
                     this
                     digestion
                     of
                     a
                     gentle
                     heat
                     ,
                     
                     until
                     it
                     be
                     putrified
                     and
                     resolved
                     into
                     blackness
                     ,
                     and
                     be
                     drawn
                     up
                     and
                     sublimed
                     by
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     and
                     is
                     thereby
                     cleansed
                     from
                     all
                     blackness
                     and
                     impurity
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     may
                     be
                     white
                     and
                     subtil
                     .
                  
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     Until
                     it
                     comes
                     to
                     the
                     ultimate
                     or
                     highest
                     purity
                     of
                     sublimation
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     utmost
                     volatility
                     ,
                     and
                     be
                     made
                     white
                     both
                     within
                     and
                     without
                     :
                     For
                     the
                     Vulture
                     flying
                     in
                     the
                     air
                     without
                     Wings
                     ,
                     crys
                     out
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     might
                     get
                     up
                     upon
                     the
                     Mountain
                     ,
                     that
                     is
                     upon
                     the
                     waters
                     upon
                     which
                     the
                     
                       Spiritus
                       albus
                    
                     ,
                     or
                     Spirit
                     of
                     whiteness
                     is
                     born
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     Continue
                     still
                     a
                     fitting
                     fire
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     subtil
                     being
                     of
                     the
                     Body
                     ,
                     and
                     of
                     the
                     Mercury
                     will
                     ascend
                     upon
                     the
                     top
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     which
                     quintessence
                     is
                     more
                     white
                     than
                     the
                     driven
                     Snow
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIV
                     .
                     Continue
                     yet
                     still
                     ,
                     and
                     toward
                     the
                     end
                     ,
                     encrease
                     the
                     fire
                     ,
                     till
                     the
                     whole
                     spiritual
                     subsistance
                     ascend
                     to
                     the
                     top
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     XV.
                     And
                     know
                     well
                     ,
                     that
                     whatsoever
                     is
                     clear
                     ,
                     pure
                     ,
                     and
                     spiritual
                     ,
                     ascends
                     in
                     Air
                     to
                     the
                     top
                     of
                     the
                     water
                     in
                     the
                     substance
                     of
                     a
                     white
                     vapor
                     ,
                     which
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     call
                     their
                     Virgins
                     Milk.
                     
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XIX
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   Sublimation
                   in
                   particular
                   ,
                   and
                   Separation
                   of
                   the
                   pure
                   from
                   the
                   impure
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     OPortet
                     ergo
                     ut
                     de
                     terra
                     [
                     inquiebat
                     Sybilla
                     ]
                     exaltetur
                     filius
                     Virginis
                     ,
                     &
                     quinta
                     substantia
                     alba
                     post
                     resurrectionem
                     elevetur
                     versus
                     coelos
                     ,
                     &
                     in
                     fundo
                     vasis
                     ,
                     &
                     aquae
                     ,
                     remaneat
                     grossum
                     &
                     spissum
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Vase
                     de
                     hinc
                     infrigidato
                     ,
                     reperies
                     in
                     fundo
                     ipsius
                     faeces
                     nigras
                     ,
                     arsas
                     ,
                     &
                     combustas
                     ,
                     separatas
                     ab
                     spiritu
                     ,
                     &
                     quintaessentia
                     alba
                     ,
                     quas
                     projice
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     III.
                     In
                     his
                     temporibus
                     argentum
                     vivum
                     pluit
                     ex
                     aere
                     nostro
                     super
                     terram
                     novam
                     ,
                     quod
                     vocatur
                     argentum
                     vivum
                     ex
                     aêre
                     sublimatum
                     ,
                     ex
                     quo
                     fiat
                     aqùa
                     viscosa
                     .
                     munda
                     ,
                     &
                     alba
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     Quae
                     est
                     vera
                     tinctura
                     separata
                     ab
                     omni
                     faece
                     nigra
                     ,
                     &
                     sic
                     aes
                     nostrum
                     regitur
                     cum
                     aqua
                     nostra
                     ,
                     purificatur
                     ,
                     &
                     albo
                     colore
                     decoratur
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Quae
                     dealbatio
                     non
                     fit
                     nisi
                     decoctione
                     ,
                     &
                     aquae
                     coagulatione
                     .
                     Decoque
                     ergo
                     continuò
                     ,
                     ablue
                     nigredinem
                     à
                     latone
                     ,
                     non
                     manu
                     ,
                     sed
                     lapide
                     ,
                     sive
                     igne
                     ,
                     sive
                     aqua
                     Mercuriali
                     nostra
                     secunda
                     ,
                     quae
                     est
                     vera
                     tinctura
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Nam
                     non
                     manibus
                     fit
                     haec
                     separatio
                     puri
                     ab
                     impuro
                     ,
                     sed
                     ipsa
                     natura
                     sola
                     ,
                     circulariter
                     ad
                     perfectionem
                     operando
                     ,
                     
                     verè
                     perficit
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Ergo
                     patet
                     quod
                     haec
                     compositio
                     non
                     est
                     manualis
                     operatio
                     ,
                     sed
                     naturarum
                     mutatio
                     ,
                     quia
                     nature
                     seipsam
                     dissoluit
                     &
                     copulat
                     ,
                     seipsam
                     sublimat
                     elevat
                     ,
                     &
                     albescit
                     ,
                     separatis
                     faecibus
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Et
                     in
                     tali
                     sublimatione
                     conjunguntur
                     partes
                     subtiliores
                     magis
                     purae
                     &
                     essentiales
                     ;
                     quia
                     natura
                     ignea
                     cum
                     elevat
                     partes
                     subtisiores
                     ,
                     magis
                     puras
                     semper
                     elevat
                     ,
                     ergo
                     dimittit
                     grossiores
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Quare
                     oportet
                     igne
                     mediocri
                     continuo
                     in
                     vapore
                     sublimare
                     ,
                     ut
                     inspiretur
                     ab
                     aêre
                     &
                     possit
                     vivere
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     Nam
                     omnium
                     rerum
                     natura
                     ,
                     vitam
                     ex
                     aêris
                     inspirationerecipit
                     ,
                     sic
                     etiam
                     totum
                     magisterium
                     nostrum
                     consistit
                     in
                     vapore
                     ,
                     &
                     aquae
                     sublimatione
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     Oportet
                     igitur
                     aes
                     nostrum
                     per
                     gradus
                     ignis
                     elevari
                     ,
                     &
                     quod
                     per
                     se
                     sine
                     violentia
                     ascendat
                     libere
                     ,
                     ideoque
                     nisi
                     corpus
                     igne
                     &
                     aqua
                     diruatur
                     ,
                     ac
                     attenuetur
                     quosque
                     ascendat
                     ut
                     spiritus
                     ,
                     aut
                     ut
                     argentum
                     vivum
                     scandens
                     ,
                     vel
                     etiam
                     ut
                     anima
                     alba
                     à
                     corpore
                     separata
                     ,
                     &
                     in
                     spirituum
                     sublimatione
                     delata
                     ,
                     nihil
                     fit
                     .
                  
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     Eo
                     tamen
                     ascendente
                     in
                     aêre
                     nascitur
                     ,
                     &
                     in
                     aêre
                     vertitur
                     ,
                     fitque
                     vita
                     cum
                     vita
                     ,
                     &
                     omnino
                     spirituale
                     &
                     incorruptibile
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     Et
                     sic
                     in
                     tali
                     regimine
                     corpus
                     fit
                     spiritus
                     de
                     subtili
                     natura
                     ,
                     &
                     spiritus
                     incorporatur
                     cum
                     corpore
                     ,
                     &
                     fit
                     unum
                     cum
                     eo
                     ,
                     &
                     in
                     tali
                     sublimatione
                     ,
                     conjunctione
                     ,
                     &
                     elevatione
                     omnia
                     fiunt
                     alba
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     I.
                     IT
                     ought
                     to
                     be
                     therefore
                     (
                     as
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     Sybills
                     said
                     )
                     that
                     the
                     Son
                     of
                     the
                     Virgin
                     be
                     exalted
                     from
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     the
                     white
                     Quintessence
                     after
                     its
                     rising
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     dead
                     Earth
                     ,
                     be
                     raised
                     up
                     towards
                     Heaven
                     ;
                     the
                     gross
                     and
                     thick
                     remaining
                     in
                     the
                     bottom
                     of
                     the
                     Vessel
                     and
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Afterwards
                     the
                     Vessel
                     being
                     cooled
                     ,
                     you
                     will
                     find
                     in
                     the
                     bottom
                     the
                     black
                     Faeces
                     ,
                     scorcht
                     and
                     burnt
                     ,
                     which
                     separate
                     from
                     the
                     Spirit
                     and
                     Quintessence
                     of
                     
                     Whiteness
                     ,
                     and
                     cast
                     them
                     away
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     Then
                     will
                     the
                     Argent
                     vive
                     fall
                     down
                     from
                     our
                     Air
                     or
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     upon
                     the
                     new
                     Earth
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     called
                     Argent
                     vive
                     sublimed
                     by
                     the
                     Air
                     or
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     whereof
                     is
                     made
                     a
                     viscous
                     Water
                     ,
                     pure
                     and
                     white
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     This
                     Water
                     is
                     the
                     true
                     Tincture
                     separated
                     from
                     all
                     its
                     black
                     Faeces
                     ,
                     and
                     our
                     Brass
                     or
                     Latten
                     is
                     prepared
                     with
                     our
                     Water
                     ,
                     purified
                     ,
                     and
                     brought
                     to
                     a
                     white
                     Colour
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Which
                     white
                     Colour
                     is
                     not
                     obtained
                     but
                     by
                     decoction
                     ,
                     and
                     coagulation
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     :
                     Decoct
                     therefore
                     continually
                     ,
                     wash
                     away
                     the
                     Blackness
                     from
                     the
                     Latten
                     ,
                     not
                     with
                     your
                     Hands
                     ,
                     but
                     with
                     the
                     Stone
                     ,
                     or
                     the
                     Fire
                     ,
                     or
                     our
                     second
                     Mercurial
                     Water
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     true
                     Tincture
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     This
                     separation
                     of
                     the
                     pure
                     from
                     the
                     impure
                     is
                     not
                     done
                     with
                     hands
                     ;
                     but
                     Nature
                     her self
                     does
                     it
                     ,
                     and
                     
                     brings
                     it
                     to
                     perfection
                     by
                     a
                     circular
                     Operation
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     It
                     appears
                     then
                     ,
                     that
                     this
                     Composition
                     is
                     not
                     a
                     work
                     of
                     the
                     Hands
                     ,
                     but
                     a
                     change
                     of
                     the
                     Natures
                     ;
                     because
                     Nature
                     dissolves
                     and
                     joyns
                     it self
                     ,
                     sublimes
                     and
                     lifts
                     it self
                     up
                     ,
                     and
                     grows
                     white
                     ,
                     being
                     separate
                     from
                     the
                     Faeces
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     And
                     in
                     such
                     a
                     Sublimation
                     ,
                     the
                     more
                     subtil
                     ,
                     pure
                     ,
                     and
                     essential
                     parts
                     are
                     conjoyned
                     ;
                     for
                     that
                     with
                     the
                     fiery
                     nature
                     or
                     property
                     lifts
                     up
                     the
                     subtil
                     parts
                     ,
                     it
                     separates
                     alwaies
                     the
                     more
                     pure
                     ,
                     leaving
                     the
                     grosser
                     at
                     bottom
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     your
                     Fire
                     ought
                     to
                     be
                     a
                     gentle
                     and
                     a
                     continual
                     Vapour
                     ,
                     with
                     which
                     you
                     sublime
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     matter
                     may
                     be
                     filled
                     with
                     Spirit
                     from
                     the
                     Air
                     ,
                     and
                     live
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     For
                     naturally
                     all
                     things
                     take
                     Life
                     from
                     the
                     inbreathing
                     of
                     the
                     Air
                     ;
                     and
                     so
                     also
                     our
                     Magistery
                     receives
                     in
                     the
                     Vapour
                     or
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     by
                     the
                     
                     sublimation
                     of
                     the
                     Water
                     .
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     Our
                     Brass
                     or
                     Laten
                     then
                     ,
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     made
                     to
                     ascend
                     by
                     the
                     degrees
                     of
                     Fire
                     ,
                     but
                     of
                     its
                     own
                     accord
                     ,
                     freely
                     ,
                     aand
                     without
                     violence
                     ;
                     except
                     the
                     body
                     therefore
                     be
                     by
                     the
                     Fire
                     and
                     the
                     Water
                     broken
                     ,
                     or
                     dissolved
                     ,
                     and
                     attenuated
                     ,
                     until
                     it
                     ascends
                     as
                     a
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     or
                     climbs
                     like
                     Argent
                     vive
                     ,
                     or
                     rather
                     as
                     the
                     white
                     Soul
                     ,
                     separated
                     from
                     the
                     Body
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     sublimation
                     delated
                     or
                     brought
                     into
                     a
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     nothing
                     is
                     or
                     can
                     be
                     done
                     .
                  
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     But
                     when
                     it
                     ascends
                     on
                     high
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     born
                     in
                     the
                     Air
                     or
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     and
                     is
                     changed
                     into
                     Spirit
                     ;
                     and
                     becomes
                     Life
                     with
                     Life
                     ,
                     being
                     only
                     Spiritual
                     and
                     Incorruptible
                     .
                  
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     And
                     by
                     such
                     an
                     Operation
                     it
                     is
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     Body
                     is
                     made
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     of
                     a
                     subtil
                     nature
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Spirit
                     is
                     incorporated
                     with
                     the
                     Body
                     ,
                     and
                     made
                     one
                     with
                     it
                     ;
                     and
                     by
                     such
                     a
                     sublimation
                     ,
                     conjunction
                     ,
                     and
                     raising
                     up
                     ,
                     the
                     whole
                     ,
                     both
                     Body
                     and
                     Spirit
                     are
                     made
                     white
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XX.
                  
                   Of
                   Digestion
                   ,
                   Sublimation
                   ,
                   and
                   Separation
                   of
                   the
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   the
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     ERgo
                     necessaria
                     est
                     haec
                     sublimatio
                     philosophica
                     ,
                     &
                     naturalis
                     ,
                     quae
                     componit
                     pacem
                     inter
                     corpus
                     &
                     spiritum
                     ,
                     quod
                     est
                     impossibile
                     aliter
                     fieri
                     ,
                     nisi
                     in
                     has
                     partes
                     separentur
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Idcirco
                     oportet
                     utrumque
                     sublimare
                     ut
                     purum
                     ascendat
                     ,
                     &
                     impurum
                     ,
                     &
                     terrenosum
                     descendat
                     ,
                     in
                     turbatione
                     maris
                     procellosi
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     Quare
                     oportet
                     decoquere
                     continuò
                     ,
                     ut
                     ad
                     subtilem
                     deducatur
                     naturam
                     ,
                     &
                     quousque
                     corpus
                     assumat
                     &
                     attrahat
                     animam
                     albam
                     Mercurialem
                     ,
                     quam
                     retinet
                     naturaliter
                     ,
                     nec
                     demittit
                     eam
                     à
                     se
                     separari
                     ,
                     quia
                     sibi
                     compar
                     est
                     in
                     propinquitate
                     naturae
                     primae
                     ,
                     
                     purae
                     &
                     simplicis
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     Ex
                     his
                     oportet
                     per
                     decoctionem
                     separationem
                     exercere
                     ,
                     ut
                     nihil
                     de
                     pinguedine
                     ani
                     mae
                     remaneat
                     quod
                     non
                     fuerit
                     elevatum
                     &
                     exaltatum
                     in
                     superiori
                     parte
                     ,
                     &
                     sic
                     utrumque
                     erit
                     reductum
                     ad
                     aequalitatem
                     simplicem
                     ,
                     &
                     ad
                     simplicem
                     albedinem
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Vultur
                     ergo
                     volans
                     per
                     aerem
                     ,
                     &
                     Bufo
                     gradiens
                     per
                     terram
                     ,
                     est
                     magisterium
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Ideo
                     quando
                     separabis
                     terram
                     ab
                     aqua
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     ab
                     igne
                     ,
                     &
                     subtile
                     ab
                     spisso
                     ,
                     suaviter
                     cum
                     magno
                     ingenio
                     ,
                     ascendet
                     à
                     terra
                     in
                     coelum
                     quod
                     erit
                     purum
                     ,
                     &
                     descendet
                     in
                     terram
                     quod
                     erit
                     impurum
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Et
                     recipiet
                     subtilior
                     pars
                     in
                     superiori
                     loco
                     naturam
                     
                     spiritus
                     ,
                     in
                     inferiori
                     verò
                     naturam
                     corporis
                     terrei
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Quare
                     elevetur
                     per
                     talem
                     oporationem
                     natura
                     alba
                     cum
                     subtiliori
                     parte
                     corporis
                     ,
                     relictis
                     foecibus
                     ,
                     quod
                     fit
                     brevi
                     tempore
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Nam
                     anima
                     cum
                     sua
                     adjuvatur
                     socia
                     ,
                     &
                     per
                     eam
                     perficitur
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     Mater
                     (
                     inquit
                     corpus
                     )
                     me
                     genuit
                     ,
                     &
                     per
                     me
                     gignitur
                     ipsa
                     ,
                     postquam
                     autem
                     ab
                     ea
                     accepi
                     volatum
                     ,
                     ipsa
                     meliori
                     modo
                     quo
                     potest
                     fit
                     pia
                     fovens
                     &
                     nutriens
                     filium
                     ,
                     quem
                     genuit
                     ,
                     donec
                     ad
                     statum
                     devenerit
                     perfectum
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     I.
                     THIS
                     Philosophical
                     and
                     Natural
                     Sublimation
                     therefore
                     is
                     necessary
                     ,
                     which
                     makes
                     peace
                     between
                     (
                     or
                     fixes
                     )
                     the
                     Body
                     and
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     impossible
                     to
                     be
                     done
                     otherwise
                     ,
                     than
                     in
                     the
                     separation
                     of
                     these
                     parts
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Therefore
                     it
                     behoves
                     you
                     to
                     sublime
                     both
                     ,
                     that
                     the
                     pure
                     may
                     ascend
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     impure
                     and
                     earthy
                     may
                     descend
                     ,
                     or
                     be
                     left
                     at
                     bottom
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     perplexity
                     of
                     a
                     troubled
                     Sea.
                     
                  
                   
                     III.
                     And
                     for
                     this
                     reason
                     it
                     must
                     be
                     continually
                     decocted
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     may
                     be
                     brought
                     to
                     a
                     subtil
                     property
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Body
                     may
                     assume
                     ,
                     and
                     draw
                     to
                     it self
                     the
                     white
                     Mercurial
                     Soul
                     ,
                     which
                     it
                     naturally
                     holds
                     ,
                     and
                     suffers
                     not
                     to
                     be
                     separated
                     from
                     it
                     ,
                     
                     because
                     it
                     is
                     like
                     to
                     it
                     in
                     the
                     nereness
                     of
                     the
                     first
                     ,
                     pure
                     ,
                     and
                     simple
                     nature
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     From
                     these
                     things
                     it
                     is
                     necessary
                     to
                     make
                     a
                     separation
                     by
                     Decoction
                     ,
                     till
                     no
                     more
                     remains
                     of
                     the
                     purity
                     of
                     the
                     Soul
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     not
                     ascended
                     and
                     exalted
                     to
                     the
                     higher
                     part
                     ,
                     whereby
                     they
                     will
                     both
                     be
                     reduced
                     to
                     an
                     equality
                     of
                     Properties
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     simple
                     or
                     pure
                     Whiteness
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     The
                     Vulture
                     flying
                     through
                     the
                     Air
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Toad
                     creeping
                     upon
                     the
                     Ground
                     ,
                     are
                     the
                     Emblems
                     of
                     our
                     Magistery
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     When
                     therefore
                     gently
                     and
                     with
                     much
                     care
                     ,
                     you
                     separate
                     the
                     Earth
                     from
                     the
                     Water
                     ,
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     from
                     the
                     Fire
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     thin
                     from
                     the
                     thick
                     ,
                     then
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     pure
                     will
                     separate
                     it self
                     from
                     the
                     Earth
                     ,
                     and
                     ascend
                     to
                     the
                     upper
                     part
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     into
                     Heaven
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     impure
                     will
                     descend
                     beneath
                     ,
                     as
                     to
                     the
                     Earth
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     And
                     the
                     more
                     subtil
                     part
                     in
                     the
                     superior
                     place
                     ,
                     
                     will
                     take
                     upon
                     it
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     a
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     in
                     the
                     lower
                     place
                     ,
                     the
                     nature
                     of
                     an
                     earthy
                     body
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     let
                     the
                     white
                     property
                     ,
                     with
                     the
                     more
                     subtil
                     parts
                     of
                     the
                     body
                     ,
                     be
                     by
                     this
                     Operation
                     ,
                     made
                     to
                     ascend
                     ,
                     leaving
                     the
                     faeces
                     behind
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     done
                     in
                     a
                     short
                     time
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     For
                     the
                     Soul
                     is
                     aided
                     by
                     her
                     associate
                     and
                     fellow
                     ,
                     and
                     perfected
                     by
                     it
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     My
                     Mother
                     (
                     saith
                     the
                     Body
                     )
                     has
                     begotten
                     me
                     ,
                     and
                     by
                     me
                     ,
                     she
                     her self
                     is
                     begotten
                     :
                     now
                     after
                     I
                     have
                     taken
                     from
                     her
                     her
                     flying
                     ,
                     she
                     ,
                     after
                     an
                     admirable
                     manner
                     becomes
                     kind
                     ,
                     nourishing
                     and
                     cherishing
                     the
                     Son
                     whom
                     she
                     has
                     begotten
                     ,
                     till
                     he
                     comes
                     to
                     be
                     of
                     a
                     ripe
                     or
                     perfect
                     Age.
                     
                  
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXI
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Secret
                   Operation
                   of
                   the
                   Water
                   and
                   Spirit
                   upon
                   the
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     AUdi
                     hoc
                     secretum
                     :
                     Custodi
                     corpus
                     in
                     aqua
                     nostra
                     Mercuriali
                     ,
                     quousque
                     ascendat
                     cum
                     anima
                     alba
                     ,
                     &
                     terreum
                     descendat
                     ad
                     imum
                     ,
                     quod
                     vocatur
                     terra
                     residua
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Tunc
                     videbis
                     aquam
                     co
                     agulare
                     seipsam
                     cum
                     suo
                     corpore
                     ,
                     &
                     ratus
                     eris
                     scientiam
                     esse
                     veram
                     ,
                     quia
                     corpus
                     suum
                     coagulat
                     humorem
                     in
                     siccum
                     ,
                     sicut
                     coagulum
                     agni
                     ,
                     lac
                     coagulat
                     in
                     caseum
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     Et
                     sic
                     spiritus
                     penetrabit
                     corpus
                     ,
                     &
                     commixtio
                     fiet
                     per
                     minima
                     ,
                     &
                     corpus
                     attrahat
                     sibi
                     humorem
                     suum
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     animam
                     albam
                     ,
                     quemadmodum
                     Magnes
                     ferrum
                     ,
                     propter
                     naturae
                     suae
                     propinquitatem
                     ,
                     &
                     naturam
                     aevidam
                     ,
                     &
                     tunc
                     unum
                     continet
                     alterum
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     IV.
                     Et
                     haec
                     est
                     sublimatio
                     &
                     coagulatio
                     nostra
                     ,
                     omne
                     volatile
                     retinens
                     ,
                     quae
                     facit
                     fugam
                     perire
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Ergo
                     haec
                     compositio
                     non
                     est
                     manualis
                     operatio
                     ,
                     sed
                     [
                     ut
                     dixi
                     ]
                     naturarum
                     mutatio
                     ,
                     &
                     earum
                     frigidi
                     cum
                     calido
                     ,
                     &
                     humidi
                     cum
                     sicco
                     admirabilis
                     connexio
                     :
                     Calidumenim
                     miscetur
                     frigido
                     ,
                     &
                     siccum
                     humido
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Hoc
                     etiam
                     modo
                     fit
                     mixtio
                     ,
                     &
                     conjunctio
                     corporis
                     &
                     spiritus
                     ,
                     quae
                     vocatur
                     conversio
                     naturarum
                     contrariarum
                     ,
                     quia
                     in
                     tali
                     dissolutione
                     ;
                     &
                     sublimatione
                     spiritus
                     convertitur
                     in
                     corpus
                     ,
                     &
                     corpus
                     in
                     spiritum
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Sic
                     etiam
                     mixta
                     ,
                     &
                     in
                     unum
                     redacta
                     se
                     invicem
                     vertunt
                     ;
                     nam
                     corpus
                     incorporat
                     spiritum
                     ,
                     spiritus
                     verò
                     ,
                     corpus
                     vertit
                     in
                     spiritum
                     tinctum
                     &
                     album
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Quare
                     ultima
                     vice
                     [
                     inquam
                     ]
                     decoque
                     in
                     nostra
                     aqua
                     alba
                     ,
                     id
                     est
                     ,
                     in
                     Mercurio
                     ,
                     donec
                     soluatur
                     in
                     nigredinem
                     deinde
                     per
                     deeoctionem
                     continuam
                     privabitur
                     à
                     sua
                     nigredine
                     &
                     corpus
                     sic
                     solutum
                     〈◊〉
                     ascendit
                     cum
                     anima
                     alba
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Et
                     〈◊〉
                     unum
                     alteri
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     &
                     se
                     amplecte
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     non
                     potuerunt
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     separari
                     ,
                     &
                     tune
                     〈◊〉
                     reali
                     concordantia
                     ,
                     〈◊〉
                     〈◊〉
                     cum
                     corpore
                     &
                     〈◊〉
                     unitm
                     permanens
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     Et
                     haec
                     est
                     solutio
                     corpo
                     ris
                     ,
                     &
                     coagulatio
                     spiritus
                     quae
                     unam
                     ,
                     &
                     eandem
                     habent
                     operationem
                     .
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     Qui
                     ergo
                     noverit
                     ducere
                     ,
                     praegnantem
                     facere
                     ,
                     mortificare
                     ,
                     putrefacere
                     ,
                     generare
                     ,
                     species
                     vivificare
                     ,
                     lumen
                     album
                     inducere
                     ,
                     &
                     mundare
                     Vulturem
                     à
                     nigredine
                     ,
                     &
                     tenebris
                     ,
                     
                     quousque
                     igne
                     purgetur
                     ,
                     &
                     coloretur
                     ,
                     &
                     à
                     maculis
                     ultimis
                     purificetur
                     ,
                     adeo
                     majoris
                     dignitatis
                     erit
                     possessor
                     ,
                     ut
                     Reges
                     eum
                     venerentur
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     I.
                     HEar
                     now
                     this
                     Secret
                     :
                     keep
                     the
                     Body
                     in
                     our
                     Mercurial
                     Water
                     ,
                     till
                     it
                     ascends
                     with
                     the
                     white
                     Soul
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     earthy
                     part
                     descends
                     to
                     the
                     bottom
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     called
                     the
                     residing
                     Earth
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Then
                     you
                     shall
                     see
                     the
                     Water
                     to
                     coagulate
                     it self
                     with
                     its
                     Body
                     ,
                     and
                     be
                     assured
                     that
                     the
                     Art
                     is
                     true
                     ;
                     because
                     the
                     Body
                     coagulates
                     the
                     moisture
                     into
                     dryness
                     ,
                     like
                     as
                     the
                     Rennet
                     of
                     a
                     Lamb
                     or
                     Calf
                     turns
                     Milk
                     into
                     Cheese
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     In
                     the
                     same
                     manner
                     the
                     Spirit
                     penetrates
                     the
                     body
                     ,
                     and
                     is
                     perfectly
                     commixed
                     with
                     it
                     in
                     its
                     smallest
                     Atoms
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     body
                     draws
                     to
                     its
                     self
                     his
                     moisture
                     ,
                     to
                     wit
                     ,
                     its
                     white
                     Soul
                     ,
                     like
                     as
                     the
                     Loadstone
                     draws
                     Iron
                     ,
                     because
                     of
                     the
                     nearness
                     and
                     likeness
                     of
                     its
                     nature
                     ;
                     and
                     then
                     the
                     one
                     contains
                     the
                     other
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     IV.
                     And
                     this
                     is
                     our
                     Sublimation
                     and
                     Coagulation
                     ,
                     which
                     retaineth
                     every
                     volatile
                     thing
                     ,
                     making
                     it
                     fixt
                     for
                     ever
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     This
                     Compositum
                     then
                     ,
                     is
                     not
                     a
                     mechanical
                     thing
                     ,
                     or
                     a
                     work
                     of
                     the
                     Hands
                     ,
                     but
                     (
                     as
                     I
                     have
                     said
                     )
                     a
                     changing
                     of
                     Natures
                     ;
                     and
                     a
                     wonderful
                     connection
                     of
                     their
                     cold
                     with
                     hot
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     moist
                     with
                     the
                     dry
                     :
                     the
                     hot
                     also
                     is
                     mixed
                     with
                     cold
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     dry
                     with
                     the
                     moist
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     By
                     this
                     means
                     also
                     is
                     made
                     the
                     mixtion
                     and
                     conjunction
                     of
                     body
                     and
                     spirit
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     called
                     a
                     conversion
                     of
                     contrary
                     Natures
                     ;
                     because
                     by
                     such
                     a
                     dissolution
                     and
                     sublimation
                     ,
                     the
                     spirit
                     is
                     converted
                     into
                     a
                     body
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     body
                     into
                     a
                     spirit
                     .
                  
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     So
                     that
                     the
                     natures
                     being
                     mingled
                     together
                     ,
                     and
                     reduced
                     into
                     one
                     ,
                     do
                     change
                     one
                     another
                     :
                     and
                     as
                     the
                     Body
                     corporifies
                     the
                     Spirit
                     ,
                     or
                     changes
                     it
                     into
                     a
                     Body
                     :
                     So
                     also
                     does
                     the
                     Spirit
                     convert
                     the
                     Body
                     into
                     a
                     tinging
                     and
                     white
                     Spirit
                     .
                  
                   
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Wherefore
                     (
                     as
                     the
                     last
                     time
                     I
                     say
                     )
                     decoct
                     the
                     body
                     in
                     our
                     white
                     water
                     ,
                     
                       viz.
                       Mercury
                    
                     ,
                     till
                     it
                     is
                     dissolved
                     into
                     blackness
                     ,
                     and
                     then
                     by
                     a
                     continual
                     decoction
                     ,
                     let
                     it
                     be
                     deprived
                     of
                     the
                     same
                     blackness
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     body
                     so
                     dissolved
                     ,
                     will
                     at
                     length
                     ascend
                     or
                     rise
                     with
                     a
                     white
                     Soul.
                     
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     And
                     then
                     the
                     one
                     will
                     be
                     mixed
                     with
                     the
                     other
                     ,
                     and
                     so
                     embrace
                     one
                     another
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     shall
                     not
                     be
                     possible
                     any
                     more
                     to
                     separate
                     them
                     ,
                     but
                     the
                     Spirit
                     (
                     with
                     a
                     real
                     agreement
                     )
                     will
                     be
                     united
                     with
                     the
                     body
                     ,
                     and
                     make
                     one
                     permanent
                     or
                     fixed
                     substance
                     .
                  
                   
                     X.
                     And
                     this
                     is
                     the
                     solution
                     of
                     the
                     Body
                     ,
                     and
                     coagulation
                     of
                     the
                     Spirit
                     which
                     have
                     one
                     and
                     the
                     same
                     operation
                     .
                  
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     Whoso
                     therefore
                     knows
                     how
                     to
                     conjoyn
                     the
                     principles
                     ,
                     or
                     direct
                     the
                     work
                     ,
                     to
                     impregnate
                     ,
                     to
                     mortifie
                     ,
                     to
                     putrifie
                     ,
                     to
                     generate
                     ,
                     to
                     quicken
                     the
                     Species
                     ,
                     
                     to
                     make
                     white
                     ,
                     to
                     cleanse
                     the
                     Vulture
                     from
                     its
                     blackness
                     and
                     darkness
                     ,
                     till
                     he
                     is
                     purged
                     by
                     the
                     fire
                     ,
                     and
                     tinged
                     ,
                     and
                     purified
                     from
                     all
                     his
                     spots
                     ,
                     shall
                     be
                     possessor
                     of
                     a
                     treasure
                     so
                     great
                     ,
                     that
                     even
                     Kings
                     themselves
                     shall
                     venerate
                     him
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXII
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Signs
                   of
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   Work
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   perfection
                   thereof
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     QUare
                     maneat
                     corpus
                     in
                     aqua
                     donec
                     solvatur
                     in
                     pulverem
                     novum
                     ,
                     in
                     fundo
                     vasis
                     &
                     aquae
                     ,
                     qui
                     dicitur
                     cinis
                     niger
                     ,
                     &
                     haec
                     est
                     corruptio
                     corporis
                     quae
                     vocatur
                     à
                     sapientibus
                     Saturnus
                     ,
                     AEs
                     ,
                     Plumbum
                     philosophorum
                     ,
                     &
                     Pulvis
                     discontinuatus
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     Et
                     in
                     tali
                     putrefactione
                     ,
                     &
                     resolutione
                     corporis
                     tria
                     signa
                     
                     apparent
                     ,
                     scilicet
                     color
                     nigèr
                     ,
                     discontinuitas
                     partium
                     ,
                     &
                     odor
                     foetidus
                     qui
                     assimilatur
                     odori
                     sepulchrorum
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     Est
                     igitur
                     ille
                     cinis
                     de
                     quo
                     philosophi
                     tanta
                     dixêre
                     ,
                     qui
                     in
                     inferiori
                     parte
                     vasis
                     remansit
                     ,
                     quem
                     non
                     debemus
                     vili
                     pendere
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     In
                     eo
                     enim
                     est
                     Diadema
                     Regis
                     ,
                     &
                     Argentum
                     vivum
                     nigrum
                     ,
                     immundum
                     à
                     quo
                     nigredinis
                     debet
                     fieri
                     purgatio
                     ,
                     decoquendo
                     continuò
                     in
                     nostra
                     aqua
                     donec
                     elevetur
                     sursum
                     in
                     album
                     colorem
                     ,
                     qui
                     vocatur
                     Anser
                     ,
                     &
                     Pullus
                     Hermogenis
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     Quia
                     qui
                     terram
                     rubeam
                     denigrat
                     &
                     albam
                     reddit
                     ,
                     habet
                     magisterium
                     ,
                     ut
                     etiam
                     ille
                     qui
                     occidit
                     vivum
                     ,
                     &
                     resuscitat
                     mortuum
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Dealba
                     ergo
                     nigrum
                     ,
                     &
                     rubefac
                     album
                     ,
                     ut
                     perficias
                     opus
                     :
                  
                   
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     Et
                     cum
                     ,
                     videris
                     albedinem
                     apparere
                     veram
                     ,
                     quae
                     splendet
                     sicut
                     gladius
                     denudatus
                     ,
                     scias
                     quod
                     rubor
                     in
                     ista
                     albedine
                     est
                     occultus
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Ex
                     tunc
                     non
                     oportet
                     illam
                     albedinem
                     extrahere
                     ,
                     sed
                     coquere
                     tantum
                     ,
                     ut
                     cum
                     siccitate
                     ,
                     &
                     caliditate
                     superveniat
                     citrinitas
                     ,
                     &
                     rubedo
                     fulgentissima
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Quam
                     cum
                     videris
                     cum
                     tremore
                     maximo
                     laudabis
                     Deum
                     optimum
                     maximum
                     ,
                     qui
                     cui
                     vult
                     sapientiam
                     dat
                     ,
                     &
                     per
                     consequens
                     divitias
                     ,
                     &
                     secundum
                     iniquitates
                     eripit
                     ,
                     ac
                     in
                     perpetuum
                     subtrahit
                     ,
                     detrudendo
                     in
                     servitutem
                     inimicorum
                     ,
                     sui
                     laus
                     ,
                     &
                     gloria
                     ,
                     in
                     saecula
                     saeculorum
                     .
                  
                   
                     Amen
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                   
                     I.
                     WHerefore
                     let
                     our
                     body
                     remain
                     in
                     the
                     water
                     till
                     it
                     is
                     dissolved
                     into
                     a
                     subtil
                     powder
                     in
                     the
                     bottom
                     of
                     the
                     vessel
                     and
                     the
                     water
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     called
                     the
                     black
                     Ashes
                     :
                     This
                     is
                     the
                     Corruption
                     of
                     the
                     Body
                     which
                     is
                     called
                     by
                     Philosophers
                     or
                     Wise
                     Men
                     ,
                     
                       Saturnus
                       ,
                       AEs
                       ,
                       Plumbum
                       Philosophorum
                       ,
                       &
                       Pulvis
                       discontinuatus
                       ,
                       viz.
                    
                     Saturn
                     ,
                     Latten
                     ,
                     or
                     Brass
                     ,
                     the
                     lead
                     of
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                     the
                     disguised
                     powder
                     .
                  
                   
                     II.
                     And
                     in
                     this
                     putrefaction
                     and
                     resolution
                     of
                     the
                     body
                     ,
                     
                     three
                     signs
                     appear
                     ,
                     viz.
                     a
                     black
                     color
                     ,
                     a
                     discontinuity
                     of
                     parts
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     stinking
                     smell
                     ,
                     not
                     much
                     unlike
                     to
                     the
                     smell
                     of
                     a
                     Vault
                     where
                     dead
                     Bodies
                     are
                     buried
                     .
                  
                   
                     III.
                     These
                     Ashes
                     then
                     are
                     those
                     of
                     which
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     have
                     spoken
                     so
                     much
                     ,
                     which
                     remained
                     in
                     the
                     lower
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Vessel
                     ,
                     which
                     we
                     ought
                     not
                     to
                     undervalue
                     or
                     despise
                     .
                  
                   
                     IV.
                     In
                     them
                     is
                     the
                     Royal
                     Diadem
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     black
                     and
                     unclean
                     Argent
                     Vive
                     ,
                     which
                     ought
                     to
                     be
                     cleansed
                     from
                     its
                     blackness
                     ,
                     by
                     a
                     continual
                     digestion
                     in
                     our
                     water
                     ,
                     till
                     it
                     be
                     elevated
                     above
                     in
                     a
                     white
                     Colour
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     called
                     the
                     Gander
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     Bird
                     of
                     Hermes
                     .
                  
                   
                     V.
                     He
                     therefore
                     that
                     maketh
                     the
                     red
                     Earth
                     black
                     ,
                     and
                     then
                     renders
                     it
                     white
                     ,
                     has
                     obtained
                     the
                     Magistery
                     ;
                     so
                     also
                     he
                     who
                     kills
                     the
                     living
                     ,
                     and
                     revives
                     the
                     dead
                     .
                  
                   
                     VI.
                     Therefore
                     make
                     the
                     black
                     white
                     ,
                     and
                     the
                     white
                     black
                     ,
                     and
                     you
                     perfect
                     the
                     Work.
                     
                  
                   
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     And
                     when
                     you
                     see
                     the
                     true
                     whiteness
                     appear
                     ,
                     which
                     shineth
                     like
                     a
                     bright
                     Sword
                     ,
                     (
                     or
                     polished
                     Silver
                     )
                     know
                     that
                     in
                     that
                     whiteness
                     there
                     is
                     redness
                     hidden
                     .
                  
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     But
                     then
                     beware
                     that
                     you
                     take
                     not
                     that
                     whiteness
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Vessel
                     ,
                     but
                     only
                     digest
                     it
                     to
                     the
                     end
                     ,
                     that
                     with
                     heat
                     and
                     dryness
                     it
                     may
                     assume
                     a
                     Citrine
                     colour
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     most
                     beatiful
                     redness
                     .
                  
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Which
                     when
                     you
                     see
                     ,
                     with
                     great
                     fear
                     and
                     trembling
                     ,
                     render
                     Praises
                     and
                     Thanksgiving
                     to
                     the
                     most
                     great
                     and
                     good
                     God
                     ,
                     who
                     gives
                     Wisdom
                     and
                     Riches
                     to
                     whom
                     soever
                     he
                     pleases
                     :
                     And
                     according
                     to
                     the
                     wickedness
                     of
                     a
                     person
                     ,
                     takes
                     them
                     away
                     ,
                     and
                     withdraws
                     them
                     for
                     ever
                     again
                     ,
                     depressing
                     him
                     even
                     to
                     the
                     bottom
                     of
                     Hell
                     ,
                     To
                     him
                     ,
                     I
                     say
                     ,
                     the
                     most
                     Wise
                     and
                     Almighty
                     God
                     ,
                     be
                     Glory
                     to
                     the
                     Ages
                     of
                     Ages
                     .
                  
                   
                     Amen
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 The
                 End
                 of
                 
                   Artephius
                   Longaevus
                
                 .
              
            
             
               
               
                 Nicholai
                 Flammel
                 Hieroglyphica
                 .
              
               
                 
                   The
                   Hieroglyphicks
                   of
                   
                     Nicholas
                     Flammel
                  
                   ,
                   newly
                   Translated
                   into
                   English
                   ,
                   and
                   Claused
                   ,
                   By
                   
                     William
                     Salmon
                  
                   ,
                   Professor
                   of
                   Physick
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXIII
                  
                   .
                   The
                   beginning
                   of
                   Flammel's
                   Book
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Peroration
                   of
                   the
                   Whole
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   THe
                   Lord
                   God
                   of
                   my
                   Life
                   ,
                   who
                   exalts
                   the
                   humble
                   in
                   Spirit
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   most
                   abject
                   dust
                   ,
                   and
                   makes
                   the
                   hearts
                   of
                   such
                   as
                   hope
                   in
                   him
                   to
                   rejoyce
                   ,
                   be
                   Eternally
                   praised
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Who
                   of
                   his
                   own
                   Grace
                   reveals
                   to
                   the
                   believing
                   Soul
                   ,
                   the
                   springs
                   of
                   his
                   bounty
                   ,
                   and
                   subjugates
                   under
                   their
                   foot
                   the
                   Crowns
                   of
                   all
                   Earthly
                   Felicities
                   and
                   Glories
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   In
                   him
                   (
                   I
                   say
                   )
                   let
                   us
                   always
                   put
                   our
                   Confidence
                   ;
                   in
                   his
                   fear
                   let
                   us
                   place
                   Our
                   happiness
                   :
                   and
                   in
                   his
                   mercy
                   the
                   hope
                   and
                   Glory
                   of
                   the
                   restoration
                   of
                   our
                   fallen
                   state
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   And
                   in
                   our
                   Supplications
                   to
                   him
                   let
                   us
                   demonstrate
                   ,
                   or
                   shew
                   forth
                   ,
                   a
                   faith
                   unfeigned
                   and
                   stable
                   ,
                   an
                   assurance
                   ,
                   that
                   shall
                   not
                   for
                   ever
                   be
                   shaken
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   And
                   thou
                   ,
                   O
                   Lord
                   God
                   Almighty
                   ,
                   as
                   thou
                   out
                   of
                   thy
                   infinite
                   and
                   most
                   desirable
                   Goodness
                   hast
                   condescended
                   to
                   open
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   
                   unlock
                   thy
                   Treasures
                   unto
                   me
                   ,
                   thy
                   poor
                   and
                   unworthy
                   Servant
                   ,
                   and
                   hast
                   given
                   into
                   my
                   possession
                   the
                   Fountains
                   and
                   Well-Springs
                   of
                   all
                   the
                   Treasures
                   and
                   Riches
                   of
                   this
                   World.
                   
                
                 
                   VI.
                   So
                   O
                   Lord
                   God
                   ,
                   out
                   of
                   thine
                   abundant
                   kindness
                   extend
                   thy
                   mercies
                   unto
                   me
                   ,
                   that
                   when
                   I
                   shall
                   cease
                   to
                   be
                   any
                   longer
                   in
                   the
                   Land
                   of
                   the
                   Living
                   ,
                   thou
                   maist
                   open
                   unto
                   me
                   the
                   Coelestial
                   Riches
                   ,
                   the
                   Divine
                   Treasures
                   ,
                   and
                   give
                   me
                   a
                   part
                   or
                   portion
                   in
                   the
                   Heavenly
                   Inheritance
                   for
                   ever
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Where
                   I
                   may
                   behold
                   thy
                   Divine
                   Glory
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   fulness
                   of
                   thy
                   Heavenly
                   Majesty
                   ,
                   a
                   Pleasure
                   so
                   Ineffable
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   Joy
                   so
                   Ravishing
                   ,
                   which
                   no
                   Mortal
                   Man
                   can
                   express
                   or
                   conceive
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   This
                   I
                   entreat
                   of
                   thee
                   ,
                   O
                   Lord
                   ,
                   for
                   our
                   Lord
                   Jesus
                   Christ
                   thy
                   well-beloved
                   Son's
                   sake
                   ,
                   who
                   in
                   the
                   Unity
                   of
                   the
                   Holy
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   liveth
                   with
                   thee
                   World
                   without
                   end
                   .
                   Amen
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXIV
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Explication
                   of
                   the
                   Hieroglyphick
                   Figures
                   placed
                   by
                   me
                   
                     Nicholas
                     Flammel
                     ,
                     Scrivener
                  
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Church-yard
                   of
                   the
                   Innocents
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   fourth
                   Arch
                   entring
                   by
                   the
                   Great
                   Gate
                   of
                   Dennis-street
                   ,
                   on
                   the
                   right
                   hand
                   :
                   And
                   of
                   the
                   Book
                   of
                   Abraham
                   the
                   Jew
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   I
                   
                     Nicholas
                     Flammel
                  
                   ,
                   Scrivener
                   ,
                   living
                   in
                   
                     Paris
                     Anno
                  
                   1399
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Notarystreet
                   ,
                   near
                   S.
                   James
                   of
                   the
                   Bouchery
                   ,
                   though
                   I
                   learned
                   not
                   much
                   Latin
                   ,
                   because
                   of
                   
                   the
                   poorness
                   and
                   meanness
                   of
                   my
                   Parents
                   ,
                   who
                   notwithstanding
                   were
                   (
                   by
                   them
                   that
                   envie
                   me
                   most
                   )
                   accounted
                   honest
                   and
                   good
                   People
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Yet
                   by
                   the
                   Blessing
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   I
                   have
                   not
                   wanted
                   an
                   understanding
                   of
                   the
                   Books
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   but
                   learned
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   attained
                   to
                   a
                   certain
                   kind
                   of
                   knowledge
                   ,
                   even
                   of
                   their
                   hidden
                   Secrets
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   For
                   which
                   cause
                   sake
                   ,
                   there
                   shall
                   not
                   any
                   moment
                   of
                   my
                   life
                   pass
                   ,
                   wherein
                   remembring
                   this
                   so
                   vast
                   a
                   good
                   ,
                   I
                   will
                   not
                   upon
                   my
                   bare
                   Knees
                   (
                   if
                   the
                   place
                   will
                   permit
                   )
                   or
                   otherwise
                   in
                   my
                   heart
                   ,
                   with
                   all
                   the
                   intireness
                   of
                   my
                   Affections
                   ,
                   render
                   thanks
                   to
                   this
                   my
                   most
                   Good
                   and
                   Gracious
                   God.
                   
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Who
                   never
                   forsakes
                   the
                   Righteous
                   Generation
                   ,
                   or
                   suffers
                   the
                   Children
                   of
                   the
                   Just
                   to
                   beg
                   their
                   Bread
                   ,
                   nor
                   deceives
                   their
                   Expectations
                   ,
                   but
                   supports
                   them
                   with
                   Blessings
                   ,
                   who
                   put
                   their
                   whole
                   trust
                   in
                   him
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   After
                   the
                   Decease
                   of
                   my
                   Parents
                   ,
                   I
                   
                     Nicholas
                     Flammel
                  
                   got
                   my
                   living
                   by
                   the
                   Art
                   of
                   Writing
                   ,
                   Ingrossing
                   Inventories
                   ,
                   making
                   up
                   Accounts
                   ,
                   keeping
                   of
                   Books
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   like
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   In
                   this
                   course
                   of
                   living
                   there
                   fell
                   by
                   chance
                   into
                   my
                   hands
                   a
                   Guilded
                   Book
                   ,
                   very
                   old
                   and
                   large
                   ,
                   (
                   which
                   cost
                   me
                   only
                   the
                   Sum
                   of
                   two
                   Florens
                   ,
                   which
                   was
                   about
                   6
                   s.
                   8
                   d.
                   formerly
                   ,
                   now
                   10
                   s.
                   English.
                   )
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   It
                   was
                   not
                   made
                   of
                   Paper
                   or
                   Parchment
                   ,
                   as
                   other
                   Books
                   be
                   ,
                   but
                   of
                   admirable
                   Rindes
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   seemed
                   to
                   me
                   )
                   of
                   young
                   Trees
                   .
                   The
                   Cover
                   of
                   it
                   was
                   of
                   Brass
                   ;
                   it
                   was
                   well
                   bound
                   ,
                   and
                   graven
                   all
                   over
                   with
                   strange
                   kind
                   of
                   Letters
                   ,
                   which
                   I
                   take
                   to
                   be
                   
                     Greek
                     Characters
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   some
                   such
                   like
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   This
                   I
                   know
                   ,
                   that
                   I
                   could
                   not
                   read
                   them
                   ,
                   nor
                   were
                   they
                   either
                   Latin
                   or
                   French
                   Letters
                   or
                   Words
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   I
                   understand
                   something
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   But
                   as
                   to
                   the
                   matter
                   which
                   was
                   written
                   within
                   ,
                   it
                   was
                   engraven
                   (
                   as
                   I
                   suppose
                   )
                   with
                   an
                   
                     Iron
                     Pencil
                  
                   or
                   Graver
                   upon
                   the
                   said
                   
                     Barke
                     Leaves
                  
                   ;
                   done
                   admirably
                   well
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   fair
                   and
                   neat
                   
                     Latin
                     Letters
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   curiously
                   coloured
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   It
                   contained
                   thrice
                   seven
                   Leaves
                   ,
                   for
                   so
                   they
                   were
                   numbred
                   in
                   the
                   top
                   of
                   each
                   Folio
                   .
                   and
                   every
                   seventh
                   leaf
                   was
                   without
                   any
                   writing
                   ;
                   but
                   in
                   place
                   thereof
                   ,
                   there
                   were
                   several
                   Ima
                   ges
                   or
                   Figures
                   painted
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Upon
                   the
                   first
                   seventh
                   Leaf
                   was
                   depicted
                   ,
                   1.
                   
                   
                     A
                     Virgin.
                  
                   2.
                   
                   
                     Serpents
                     swallowing
                     her
                     up
                  
                   .
                   On
                   the
                   second
                   seventh
                   ,
                   
                     A
                     Serpent
                     Crucified
                  
                   .
                   And
                   on
                   the
                   last
                   seventh
                   ,
                   
                     A
                     Desart
                     or
                     Wilderness
                  
                   :
                   in
                   midst
                   whereof
                   was
                   seen
                   many
                   fair
                   Fountains
                   ,
                   from
                   whence
                   issued
                   out
                   a
                   number
                   of
                   Serpents
                   here
                   and
                   there
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Upon
                   the
                   first
                   of
                   the
                   Leaves
                   was
                   written
                   in
                   Capital
                   Letters
                   of
                   Gold
                   ,
                   Abraham
                   the
                   Jew
                   ,
                   
                     Prince
                     ,
                     Priest
                     ,
                     Levite
                     ,
                     Astrologer
                     and
                     Philosophor
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     Nation
                     of
                     the
                  
                   Jews
                   ,
                   
                     dispersed
                     by
                     the
                     Wrath
                     of
                     God
                     in
                  
                   France
                   ,
                   
                     wisheth
                     Health
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   After
                   which
                   words
                   ,
                   it
                   was
                   filled
                   with
                   many
                   Execrations
                   and
                   Cruses
                   ,
                   with
                   this
                   word
                   MARANATHA
                   ,
                   (
                   which
                   was
                   oft
                   repeated
                   )
                   against
                   any
                   one
                   that
                   should
                   look
                   into
                   it
                   to
                   unfold
                   it
                   ,
                   except
                   he
                   were
                   either
                   Priest
                   or
                   Scribe
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   The
                   person
                   that
                   sold
                   me
                   this
                   Book
                   ,
                   was
                   Ignorant
                   of
                   its
                   worth
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   as
                   I
                   who
                   bought
                   it
                   :
                   I
                   judge
                   it
                   might
                   have
                   been
                   stolen
                   from
                   some
                   of
                   the
                   Jewish
                   Nation
                   ,
                   or
                   else
                   found
                   in
                   some
                   place
                   where
                   they
                   anciently
                   abode
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   In
                   the
                   second
                   Leaf
                   of
                   the
                   Book
                   ,
                   he
                   consolated
                   his
                   Nation
                   ,
                   and
                   gave
                   them
                   pious
                   Councel
                   ,
                   to
                   turn
                   from
                   their
                   Wickedness
                   and
                   evil
                   ways
                   ,
                   but
                   above
                   all
                   to
                   flee
                   from
                   Idolatry
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   wait
                   in
                   Patience
                   for
                   the
                   coming
                   of
                   the
                   Messiah
                   ,
                   who
                   conquering
                   all
                   the
                   Kings
                   and
                   Potentates
                   
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   should
                   reign
                   in
                   Glory
                   with
                   his
                   people
                   to
                   Eternity
                   .
                   Without
                   doubt
                   ,
                   this
                   was
                   a
                   very
                   Pious
                   ,
                   Wise
                   ,
                   and
                   Understanding
                   Man.
                   
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   third
                   Leaf
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   all
                   the
                   writing
                   that
                   followed
                   ,
                   he
                   taught
                   them
                   in
                   plain
                   words
                   the
                   transmutation
                   ,
                   of
                   Metals
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   that
                   he
                   might
                   help
                   and
                   assist
                   his
                   dispersed
                   people
                   ,
                   to
                   pay
                   their
                   Tributes
                   to
                   the
                   Roman
                   Emperors
                   ,
                   and
                   some
                   other
                   things
                   not
                   needful
                   here
                   to
                   be
                   repeated
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   ,
                   He
                   painted
                   the
                   Vessels
                   by
                   the
                   sides
                   or
                   margin
                   of
                   the
                   Leaves
                   ,
                   and
                   discovered
                   all
                   the
                   Colours
                   as
                   they
                   should
                   arise
                   or
                   appear
                   ,
                   with
                   all
                   the
                   rest
                   of
                   the
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   But
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Prima
                     materia
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   first
                   matter
                   or
                   Agent
                   ,
                   he
                   spake
                   not
                   so
                   much
                   as
                   one
                   word
                   :
                   but
                   only
                   he
                   told
                   them
                   ,
                   that
                   in
                   the
                   fourth
                   and
                   fifth
                   Leaves
                   ,
                   he
                   had
                   en
                   tirely
                   painted
                   or
                   decypher'd
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   depicted
                   or
                   figu
                   red
                   it
                   ,
                   with
                   admirable
                   Dexterity
                   and
                   Workmanship
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   Now
                   though
                   it
                   was
                   singularly
                   well
                   ,
                   and
                   materially
                   or
                   intelligibly
                   figured
                   and
                   painted
                   ,
                   yet
                   by
                   that
                   could
                   no
                   Man
                   ever
                   have
                   been
                   able
                   to
                   understand
                   it
                   ,
                   without
                   having
                   been
                   well
                   skill'd
                   in
                   their
                   Cabala
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   series
                   of
                   old
                   Traditions
                   ,
                   and
                   also
                   to
                   have
                   well
                   studied
                   their
                   Books
                   .
                
                 
                   XX.
                   The
                   fourth
                   and
                   fifth
                   Leaf
                   thereof
                   was
                   without
                   any
                   writing
                   ,
                   but
                   full
                   of
                   fair
                   Figures
                   bright
                   and
                   shining
                   ,
                   or
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   enlightned
                   ,
                   and
                   very
                   exquisitely
                   depicted
                   .
                
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   First
                   ,
                   there
                   was
                   
                     a
                     Young
                     Man
                  
                   painted
                   ,
                   with
                   
                     Wings
                     at
                     his
                     Ancles
                  
                   ,
                   having
                   
                     in
                     his
                     hand
                     a
                     Caducaean
                     Rod
                     ,
                     writhen
                     about
                     with
                     two
                     Serpents
                     ,
                  
                   wherewith
                   he
                   stroke
                   upon
                   
                     an
                     Helmet
                  
                   covered
                   with
                   its
                   Head.
                   
                
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   This
                   seemed
                   in
                   my
                   mean
                   apprehension
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   Heathen
                   Gods
                   ,
                   
                     viz.
                     Mercury
                  
                   :
                   Against
                   him
                   there
                   came
                   running
                   and
                   flying
                   
                   with
                   open
                   Wings
                   ,
                   a
                   great
                   Old
                   Man
                   ,
                   with
                   an
                   Hour-glass
                   fixed
                   upon
                   his
                   Head
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   Sithe
                   in
                   his
                   hands
                   like
                   Death
                   ,
                   with
                   which
                   he
                   would
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   in
                   Indignation
                   )
                   have
                   cut
                   off
                   the
                   Feet
                   of
                   Mercury
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIII
                   .
                   On
                   the
                   other
                   side
                   of
                   the
                   fourth
                   Leaf
                   ,
                   he
                   painted
                   
                     a
                     fair
                     Flower
                  
                   on
                   the
                   top
                   of
                   a
                   
                     very
                     high
                     Mountain
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   was
                   very
                   much
                   shaken
                   with
                   the
                   North
                   Wind.
                   Its
                   foot
                   Stalk
                   was
                   blue
                   ,
                   its
                   Flowers
                   white
                   and
                   red
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   Leaves
                   shining
                   like
                   fine
                   Gold
                   :
                   and
                   round
                   about
                   it
                   the
                   Dragons
                   and
                   Griffins
                   of
                   the
                   North
                   made
                   their
                   Nests
                   and
                   Habitations
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIV
                   .
                   On
                   the
                   fifth
                   Leaf
                   was
                   a
                   fair
                   
                     Rose-tree
                     flowered
                  
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   midst
                   of
                   a
                   Garden
                   ,
                   growing
                   up
                   against
                   a
                   hollow
                   Oak
                   ,
                   at
                   the
                   foot
                   whereof
                   bubled
                   forth
                   a
                   Fountain
                   of
                   pure
                   white
                   water
                   ,
                   which
                   ran
                   headlong
                   down
                   into
                   the
                   depths
                   below
                   .
                
                 
                   XXV
                   .
                   Yet
                   it
                   passed
                   through
                   the
                   hands
                   of
                   a
                   great
                   number
                   of
                   people
                   ,
                   who
                   digged
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   seeking
                   after
                   it
                   :
                   but
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   their
                   blindness
                   ,
                   none
                   of
                   them
                   knew
                   it
                   ,
                   except
                   a
                   very
                   few
                   ,
                   who
                   considred
                   its
                   weight
                   :
                
                 
                   XXVI
                   .
                   On
                   the
                   last
                   side
                   of
                   the
                   fifth
                   Leaf
                   ,
                   was
                   depicted
                   a
                   King
                   with
                   a
                   Fauchion
                   ,
                   who
                   caused
                   his
                   Soldiers
                   to
                   slay
                   before
                   him
                   ,
                   
                     many
                     Infants
                  
                   ,
                   the
                   Mothers
                   standing
                   by
                   and
                   weeping
                   at
                   the
                   feet
                   of
                   their
                   Murtherers
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVII
                   .
                   These
                   Infants
                   blood
                   ,
                   being
                   gathered
                   up
                   by
                   other
                   Soldiers
                   was
                   put
                   into
                   a
                   great
                   Vessel
                   wherein
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   came
                   to
                   bathe
                   themselves
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVIII
                   .
                   And
                   because
                   this
                   History
                   seemed
                   to
                   represent
                   the
                   destruction
                   of
                   the
                   Innocents
                   by
                   Herod
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   I
                   learned
                   the
                   chiefest
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Art
                   in
                   this
                   Book
                   ;
                   therefore
                   I
                   placed
                   in
                   their
                   Church-yard
                   these
                   Hieroglyphick
                   Figures
                   ,
                   of
                   this
                   Learning
                   ,
                   Thus
                   have
                   you
                   that
                   which
                   was
                   contained
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   five
                   Leaves
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXV
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   his
                   Pilgrimage
                   into
                   Spain
                   ,
                   and
                   meeting
                   with
                   a
                   Jewish
                   Priest
                   ,
                   who
                   in
                   part
                   Interpreted
                   the
                   said
                   Book
                   to
                   him
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   AS
                   for
                   what
                   was
                   in
                   all
                   the
                   rest
                   of
                   the
                   written
                   Leaves
                   ,
                   which
                   was
                   wrote
                   in
                   good
                   and
                   intelligible
                   Latin
                   ,
                   I
                   must
                   conceal
                   ,
                   lest
                   God
                   being
                   offended
                   with
                   me
                   ,
                   should
                   send
                   his
                   Plagues
                   and
                   Judgments
                   upon
                   me
                   :
                   It
                   would
                   be
                   a
                   wickedness
                   much
                   greater
                   ,
                   than
                   he
                   who
                   wisht
                   that
                   all
                   Men
                   in
                   the
                   World
                   had
                   but
                   one
                   Head
                   ,
                   that
                   he
                   might
                   cut
                   it
                   off
                   at
                   one
                   blow
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Having
                   thus
                   obtained
                   this
                   delicate
                   and
                   pretious
                   Book
                   ,
                   I
                   did
                   nothing
                   else
                   ,
                   day
                   and
                   night
                   ,
                   but
                   study
                   upon
                   it
                   ;
                   conceiving
                   very
                   well
                   all
                   the
                   Operations
                   it
                   pointed
                   forth
                   ,
                   but
                   wholly
                   ignorant
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Prima
                     materia
                  
                   with
                   which
                   I
                   should
                   begin
                   ,
                   which
                   made
                   me
                   sad
                   and
                   discontented
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   My
                   Wife
                   (
                   whose
                   Name
                   was
                   )
                   Perrenelle
                   ,
                   whom
                   I
                   loved
                   equal
                   with
                   my self
                   ,
                   and
                   had
                   but
                   lately
                   Married
                   ,
                   was
                   mightily
                   concern'd
                   for
                   me
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   many
                   words
                   comforting
                   me
                   ,
                   earnestly
                   desired
                   to
                   know
                   how
                   she
                   might
                   deliver
                   me
                   from
                   this
                   trouble
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   I
                   could
                   no
                   longer
                   keep
                   counsel
                   ,
                   but
                   told
                   her
                   all
                   ,
                   shewing
                   her
                   the
                   very
                   Book
                   ,
                   which
                   when
                   she
                   saw
                   ,
                   she
                   became
                   as
                   well
                   pleased
                   with
                   it
                   as
                   my self
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   great
                   delight
                   beheld
                   the
                   admirable
                   Cover
                   ,
                   the
                   Engraving
                   ,
                   the
                   Images
                   ,
                   and
                   exquisite
                   figures
                   thereof
                   ,
                   but
                   understood
                   as
                   little
                   of
                   them
                   as
                   I.
                   
                
                 
                   V.
                   Yet
                   it
                   was
                   matter
                   of
                   Consolation
                   to
                   me
                   to
                   discourse
                   ,
                   and
                   entertain
                   my
                   
                   self
                   with
                   her
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   think
                   what
                   we
                   should
                   do
                   to
                   find
                   out
                   the
                   interpretation
                   and
                   meaning
                   thereof
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   At
                   length
                   ,
                   I
                   caused
                   to
                   be
                   painted
                   within
                   my
                   Chamber
                   as
                   much
                   to
                   the
                   life
                   or
                   original
                   ,
                   as
                   I
                   could
                   ,
                   all
                   the
                   Images
                   and
                   Figures
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   fourth
                   and
                   fifth
                   Leaves
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   These
                   I
                   shewed
                   to
                   the
                   greatest
                   Scholars
                   and
                   most
                   learned
                   Men
                   in
                   Paris
                   ,
                   who
                   understood
                   thereof
                   no
                   more
                   than
                   my self
                   :
                   I
                   told
                   them
                   they
                   were
                   found
                   in
                   a
                   Book
                   which
                   taught
                   the
                   Philosophers-Stone
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   greatest
                   part
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   made
                   a
                   mock
                   both
                   of
                   me
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   most
                   excellent
                   Secret
                   ,
                   except
                   one
                   whose
                   Name
                   was
                   Anselme
                   ,
                   a
                   practiser
                   of
                   Physick
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   deep
                   Student
                   in
                   this
                   Art.
                   
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   He
                   much
                   desired
                   to
                   see
                   my
                   Book
                   ,
                   which
                   he
                   valued
                   more
                   than
                   any
                   thing
                   else
                   in
                   the
                   World
                   ,
                   but
                   I
                   always
                   refused
                   him
                   ;
                   only
                   made
                   him
                   a
                   large
                   demonstration
                   of
                   the
                   method
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   He
                   told
                   me
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   first
                   Figure
                   represented
                   Time
                   ,
                   which
                   devours
                   all
                   things
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   number
                   of
                   the
                   six
                   written
                   Leaves
                   ,
                   there
                   was
                   required
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   six
                   years
                   to
                   perfect
                   the
                   Stone
                   ;
                   and
                   then
                   said
                   he
                   ,
                   we
                   must
                   turn
                   the
                   Glass
                   ,
                   and
                   see
                   it
                   no
                   more
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   I
                   told
                   him
                   this
                   was
                   not
                   painted
                   ,
                   but
                   only
                   to
                   shew
                   and
                   teach
                   the
                   
                     Prima
                     materia
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     first
                     Agent
                  
                   (
                   as
                   was
                   written
                   in
                   the
                   Book
                   :
                   )
                   He
                   answered
                   me
                   ,
                   that
                   this
                   digestion
                   for
                   six
                   years
                   ,
                   was
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   a
                   
                     second
                     Agent
                  
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   certainly
                   the
                   first
                   Agent
                   was
                   there
                   painted
                   ,
                   which
                   was
                   the
                   
                     White
                     and
                     heavy
                     water
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   This
                   without
                   doubt
                   was
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   they
                   could
                   not
                   six
                   ,
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                  
                   cut
                   off
                   his
                   feet
                   ,
                   or
                   take
                   away
                   his
                   Volatility
                   ,
                   save
                   by
                   that
                   long
                   digestion
                   in
                   the
                   pure
                   blood
                   of
                   young
                   Infants
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   For
                   in
                   that
                   ,
                   this
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   being
                   joyned
                   with
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   was
                   first
                   turned
                   with
                   them
                   ,
                   into
                   a
                   Plant
                   ,
                   like
                   that
                   there
                   painted
                   ,
                   and
                   afterwards
                   by
                   corruption
                   into
                   Serpents
                   ,
                   which
                   Serpents
                   being
                   perfectly
                   dryed
                   and
                   degested
                   ,
                   were
                   made
                   a
                   fine
                   powder
                   of
                   Gold
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Stone
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   This
                   strange
                   or
                   Forreign
                   Discourse
                   to
                   the
                   matter
                   ,
                   was
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   my
                   erring
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   made
                   me
                   wander
                   for
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   one
                   and
                   twenty
                   years
                   in
                   a
                   perfect
                   Meander
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   Verity
                   ;
                   in
                   which
                   space
                   of
                   time
                   I
                   went
                   through
                   a
                   thousand
                   Laborinths
                   or
                   Processes
                   ,
                   but
                   all
                   in
                   vain
                   ;
                   yet
                   never
                   with
                   the
                   Blood
                   of
                   Infants
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   I
                   accounted
                   Wicked
                   and
                   Villanous
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   For
                   I
                   found
                   in
                   my
                   Book
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   called
                   Blood
                   the
                   Mineral
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   in
                   the
                   Metals
                   ,
                   chiefly
                   in
                   
                     Sol
                     ,
                     Luna
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   sense
                   ,
                   I
                   always
                   in
                   my
                   own
                   judgment
                   assented
                   ;
                   yet
                   these
                   Interpretations
                   for
                   the
                   most
                   part
                   ,
                   were
                   not
                   more
                   subtil
                   than
                   true
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Not
                   finding
                   therefore
                   in
                   my
                   operation
                   or
                   course
                   of
                   my
                   processes
                   the
                   signs
                   ,
                   at
                   the
                   time
                   written
                   in
                   my
                   book
                   ,
                   I
                   was
                   ever
                   to
                   begin
                   again
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   end
                   having
                   lost
                   all
                   hope
                   of
                   ever
                   understanding
                   those
                   Symbols
                   or
                   Figures
                   ,
                   I
                   made
                   a
                   Vow
                   to
                   God
                   ,
                   to
                   demand
                   their
                   interpretation
                   of
                   some
                   Jewish
                   Priest
                   ,
                   belonging
                   to
                   some
                   Synagogue
                   in
                   Spain
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   Whereupon
                   with
                   the
                   consent
                   of
                   my
                   Wife
                   Perrenelle
                   ,
                   carrying
                   with
                   me
                   the
                   Extract
                   or
                   Copy
                   of
                   the
                   Figures
                   or
                   Pictures
                   ,
                   I
                   took
                   up
                   a
                   Pilgrims
                   Habit
                   and
                   Staff
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   manner
                   as
                   you
                   see
                   me
                   figured
                   without
                   the
                   said
                   Arch
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   said
                   Church-yard
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   I
                   put
                   these
                   Hieroglyphick
                   Figures
                   :
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   Whereon
                   also
                   I
                   have
                   set
                   on
                   the
                   Wall
                   ,
                   on
                   both
                   hands
                   ,
                   the
                   Process
                   ,
                   
                   representing
                   in
                   order
                   all
                   the
                   colours
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   as
                   they
                   arise
                   in
                   the
                   operation
                   ,
                   and
                   go
                   away
                   again
                   .
                
                 
                   XX.
                   This
                   is
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   ,
                   the
                   very
                   beginning
                   of
                   King
                   Hercules
                   his
                   Book
                   ,
                   entituled
                   Iris
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   
                     Rain
                     bow
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   treats
                   of
                   the
                   colours
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   in
                   these
                   words
                   ,
                   
                     Operis
                     processio
                     multùm
                     naturae
                     placet
                  
                   ;
                   in
                   
                     English
                     ,
                     The
                     Process
                     of
                     the
                     work
                     is
                     very
                     pleasing
                     unto
                     Nature
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   And
                   these
                   words
                   I
                   also
                   put
                   there
                   expresly
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   sakes
                   of
                   Great
                   Scholars
                   and
                   Learned
                   Men
                   ,
                   who
                   may
                   understand
                   to
                   what
                   they
                   allude
                   .
                
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   In
                   this
                   same
                   manner
                   ,
                   I
                   say
                   ,
                   I
                   put
                   my self
                   upon
                   my
                   Journey
                   to
                   Spain
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   much
                   I
                   did
                   ,
                   that
                   I
                   in
                   short
                   time
                   arrived
                   at
                   Montjoy
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   while
                   after
                   at
                   S.
                   James
                   ,
                   where
                   with
                   much
                   devotion
                   I
                   accomplished
                   my
                   Vow
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIII
                   .
                   This
                   done
                   in
                   Leon
                   ,
                   at
                   my
                   return
                   ,
                   I
                   met
                   with
                   a
                   Merchant
                   of
                   Boloign
                   ,
                   who
                   brought
                   me
                   acquainted
                   with
                   a
                   Physician
                   one
                   M.
                   Canches
                   ,
                   a
                   Jew
                   by
                   Nation
                   ,
                   but
                   now
                   a
                   Christian
                   ,
                   dwelling
                   at
                   Leon
                   aforesaid
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIV
                   .
                   I
                   shewed
                   him
                   the
                   Extract
                   or
                   Copy
                   of
                   my
                   Figures
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   he
                   was
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   )
                   ravished
                   with
                   great
                   astonishment
                   and
                   joy
                   ,
                   he
                   desired
                   immediately
                   ,
                   if
                   I
                   could
                   tell
                   him
                   any
                   news
                   of
                   the
                   Book
                   from
                   whence
                   they
                   were
                   drawn
                   .
                
                 
                   XXV
                   .
                   I
                   answered
                   him
                   in
                   Latin
                   (
                   in
                   which
                   Language
                   he
                   asked
                   me
                   the
                   Question
                   )
                   that
                   I
                   doubted
                   not
                   of
                   obtaining
                   the
                   sight-of
                   the
                   Book
                   ,
                   if
                   I
                   could
                   meet
                   with
                   any
                   one
                   who
                   could
                   unfold
                   the
                   AEnigma's
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVI
                   .
                   Hearing
                   this
                   ,
                   and
                   being
                   transported
                   with
                   great
                   earnestness
                   and
                   joy
                   ;
                   he
                   began
                   to
                   decipher
                   unto
                   me
                   the
                   beginning
                   :
                   To
                   be
                   short
                   ,
                   he
                   was
                   much
                   pleased
                   ,
                   that
                   he
                   was
                   in
                   hopes
                   ,
                   to
                   hear
                   tidings
                   of
                   the
                   Book
                   ;
                   and
                   I
                   as
                   much
                   pleased
                   to
                   hear
                   him
                   speak
                   and
                   interpret
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   XXVII
                   .
                   (
                   And
                   doubtless
                   he
                   had
                   heard
                   much
                   talk
                   of
                   the
                   Book
                   ,
                   but
                   it
                   was
                   (
                   as
                   he
                   said
                   )
                   of
                   a
                   thing
                   which
                   was
                   believed
                   to
                   be
                   utterly
                   lost
                   :
                   )
                   Upon
                   this
                   we
                   resolved
                   for
                   our
                   Voyage
                   ,
                   and
                   from
                   Leon
                   ,
                   we
                   passed
                   to
                   Oviedo
                   ,
                   and
                   from
                   thence
                   to
                   Sanson
                   ,
                   where
                   we
                   took
                   shipping
                   ,
                   and
                   went
                   to
                   Sea
                   ,
                   in
                   order
                   to
                   going
                   into
                   France
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVIII
                   .
                   Our
                   Voyage
                   was
                   prosperous
                   and
                   happy
                   ;
                   and
                   being
                   arrived
                   in
                   the
                   Kingdom
                   of
                   France
                   ,
                   he
                   most
                   truly
                   interpreted
                   unto
                   me
                   the
                   greatest
                   part
                   of
                   my
                   Figures
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   ,
                   even
                   to
                   the
                   points
                   and
                   pricks
                   ,
                   he
                   could
                   decypher
                   Great
                   Mysteries
                   which
                   were
                   admirable
                   to
                   me
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIX
                   .
                   Having
                   attained
                   Orleans
                   ,
                   this
                   Learned
                   Man
                   fell
                   sick
                   ,
                   even
                   to
                   death
                   ,
                   being
                   afflicted
                   with
                   extream
                   Vomitings
                   ,
                   which
                   still
                   continued
                   with
                   him
                   ,
                   as
                   being
                   first
                   caused
                   by
                   his
                   Sea
                   sickness
                   :
                   Notwithstanding
                   which
                   ,
                   he
                   was
                   in
                   continual
                   fear
                   ,
                   lest
                   I
                   should
                   leave
                   or
                   forsake
                   him
                   ,
                   which
                   was
                   a
                   great
                   trouble
                   to
                   him
                   .
                
                 
                   XXX
                   .
                   And
                   although
                   I
                   was
                   continually
                   by
                   his
                   side
                   ,
                   yet
                   he
                   would
                   be
                   almost
                   always
                   calling
                   for
                   me
                   ;
                   at
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   seventh
                   day
                   of
                   his
                   sickness
                   he
                   died
                   ,
                   which
                   was
                   no
                   small
                   grief
                   to
                   me
                   ;
                   and
                   I
                   buried
                   him
                   (
                   as
                   well
                   as
                   my
                   present
                   condition
                   would
                   permit
                   me
                   )
                   in
                   a
                   Church
                   at
                   Orleans
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXI
                   .
                   He
                   that
                   would
                   see
                   the
                   manner
                   of
                   my
                   Arrival
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   joy
                   of
                   Perenelle
                   ,
                   let
                   him
                   look
                   upon
                   us
                   two
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   City
                   of
                   Paris
                   upon
                   the
                   Door
                   of
                   the
                   Chappel
                   of
                   James
                   of
                   the
                   Bouchery
                   ,
                   close
                   by
                   the
                   one
                   side
                   of
                   my
                   house
                   ,
                   where
                   we
                   are
                   both
                   painted
                   ,
                   kneeling
                   ,
                   and
                   giving
                   thanks
                   to
                   God.
                   
                
                 
                   XXXII
                   .
                   For
                   through
                   the
                   Grace
                   of
                   God
                   it
                   was
                   that
                   I
                   attained
                   the
                   perfect
                   knowledge
                   of
                   all
                   that
                   I
                   desired
                   .
                   Well!
                   I
                   had
                   now
                   the
                   
                     Prima
                     materia
                  
                   ,
                   the
                   
                     first
                     principles
                  
                   ,
                   yet
                   not
                   their
                   
                     first
                     preparation
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   thing
                   most
                   difficult
                   ,
                   above
                   all
                   
                   other
                   things
                   in
                   the
                   World.
                   
                
                 
                   XXXIII
                   .
                   But
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   I
                   had
                   that
                   also
                   ,
                   after
                   a
                   long
                   aberration
                   ,
                   and
                   wandring
                   in
                   a
                   labarinth
                   of
                   Errors
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   three
                   years
                   ,
                   or
                   thereabouts
                   ,
                   during
                   which
                   time
                   ,
                   I
                   did
                   nothing
                   but
                   study
                   and
                   search
                   ,
                   and
                   labour
                   ,
                   so
                   as
                   you
                   see
                   me
                   depicted
                   without
                   this
                   Arch
                   ,
                   where
                   I
                   have
                   placed
                   my
                   Process
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIV
                   .
                   Praying
                   also
                   continually
                   to
                   God
                   ,
                   and
                   reading
                   attentively
                   in
                   my
                   Book
                   ,
                   pondering
                   the
                   words
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   trying
                   and
                   proving
                   the
                   various
                   Operations
                   ,
                   which
                   I
                   thought
                   to
                   my self
                   ,
                   they
                   might
                   mean
                   by
                   their
                   words
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXV
                   .
                   At
                   length
                   I
                   found
                   that
                   which
                   I
                   desired
                   ,
                   which
                   I
                   also
                   soon
                   knew
                   by
                   the
                   scent
                   and
                   odor
                   thereof
                   :
                   Having
                   this
                   I
                   easily
                   accomplished
                   the
                   Magistery
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXVI
                   .
                   For
                   knowing
                   the
                   preparations
                   of
                   the
                   
                     prime
                     Agents
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   litterally
                   following
                   the
                   Directions
                   in
                   my
                   Book
                   ,
                   I
                   could
                   not
                   then
                   miss
                   the
                   Work
                   ,
                   if
                   I
                   would
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXVI
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Projection
                   which
                   he
                   and
                   his
                   Wife
                   made
                   upon
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Hospitals
                   ,
                   Chappels
                   ,
                   and
                   Churches
                   ,
                   which
                   they
                   built
                   ,
                   with
                   other
                   Deeds
                   of
                   Charity
                   which
                   they
                   did
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   HAving
                   attained
                   this
                   ,
                   I
                   come
                   now
                   to
                   projection
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   first
                   time
                   I
                   made
                   projection
                   was
                   upon
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   a
                   pound
                   and
                   half
                   whereof
                   ,
                   or
                   there
                   abouts
                   ,
                   I
                   turned
                   into
                   
                     pure
                     Silver
                  
                   ,
                   better
                   than
                   that
                   of
                   the
                   Mine
                   ,
                   as
                   I
                   proved
                   by
                   assaying
                   of
                   it
                   my self
                   ,
                   and
                   
                   also
                   causing
                   others
                   to
                   assay
                   it
                   for
                   me
                   many
                   times
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   This
                   was
                   done
                   in
                   the
                   Year
                   of
                   Our
                   Lord
                   1382.
                   
                   January
                   17.
                   about
                   Noon
                   ,
                   being
                   Monday
                   ,
                   in
                   my
                   own
                   House
                   ,
                   Perrenelle
                   only
                   being
                   present
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Again
                   ,
                   following
                   exactly
                   the
                   directions
                   in
                   my
                   Book
                   ,
                   litterally
                   ,
                   and
                   word
                   by
                   word
                   ,
                   I
                   made
                   projection
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Red
                     stone
                  
                   ,
                   on
                   the
                   like
                   quantity
                   of
                   
                     Mercury
                     ,
                     Perrenelle
                  
                   only
                   being
                   present
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   house
                   ;
                   which
                   was
                   done
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   Year
                   of
                   Our
                   Lord
                   ,
                   viz.
                   1382.
                   
                   April
                   25.
                   at
                   five
                   in
                   the
                   Afternoon
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   This
                   Mercury
                   I
                   truly
                   transmuted
                   into
                   almost
                   as
                   much
                   Gold
                   ,
                   much
                   better
                   indeed
                   than
                   common
                   Gold
                   ,
                   more
                   soft
                   also
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   pliable
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   I
                   speak
                   it
                   in
                   all
                   Truth
                   ,
                   I
                   have
                   made
                   it
                   three
                   times
                   with
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   Perrenelle
                   ,
                   who
                   understood
                   it
                   as
                   well
                   as
                   my self
                   ,
                   because
                   she
                   assisted
                   me
                   in
                   my
                   Operations
                   :
                   And
                   without
                   doubt
                   ,
                   if
                   the
                   would
                   have
                   indeed
                   done
                   it
                   alone
                   ,
                   she
                   would
                   have
                   brought
                   the
                   work
                   to
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   or
                   full
                   as
                   great
                   perfection
                   as
                   I
                   had
                   done
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   I
                   had
                   truly
                   enough
                   when
                   I
                   had
                   once
                   done
                   it
                   ;
                   but
                   I
                   found
                   exceeding
                   great
                   pleasure
                   and
                   delight
                   in
                   seeing
                   and
                   contemplating
                   
                     the
                     Admirable
                     Works
                     of
                     Nature
                     within
                     the
                     Vessels
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   And
                   to
                   shew
                   to
                   you
                   that
                   I
                   had
                   then
                   done
                   it
                   three
                   times
                   ,
                   I
                   caused
                   to
                   be
                   depicted
                   under
                   the
                   same
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   three
                   Fornaces
                   ,
                   like
                   to
                   those
                   which
                   serve
                   for
                   the
                   operations
                   of
                   this
                   work
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   I
                   was
                   much
                   concern'd
                   for
                   a
                   long
                   time
                   ,
                   lest
                   that
                   Perrenelle
                   (
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   extream
                   joy
                   )
                   should
                   not
                   hide
                   her
                   foelicity
                   ,
                   which
                   I
                   measured
                   by
                   my
                   own
                   ,
                   and
                   lest
                   she
                   should
                   let
                   fall
                   some
                   words
                   among
                   her
                   Relations
                   ,
                   concerning
                   the
                   great
                   Treasure
                   which
                   we
                   possessed
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   For
                   an
                   extremity
                   of
                   Joy
                   takes
                   away
                   the
                   Understanding
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   as
                   an
                   extremity
                   of
                   Grief
                   and
                   Sorrow
                   :
                   but
                   the
                   goodness
                   of
                   the
                   most
                   great
                   God
                   ,
                   had
                   not
                   only
                   given
                   and
                   fill'd
                   me
                   with
                   this
                   Blessing
                   ,
                   to
                   give
                   me
                   a
                   Sober
                   and
                   Chaste
                   Wife
                   ,
                   but
                   she
                   was
                   also
                   a
                   Wise
                   and
                   Prudent
                   Woman
                   ,
                   not
                   only
                   capable
                   of
                   Reason
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   to
                   do
                   what
                   was
                   reasonable
                   ,
                   and
                   was
                   more
                   discreet
                   and
                   secret
                   than
                   ordinarily
                   other
                   Women
                   are
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   Above
                   all
                   she
                   was
                   exceedingly
                   Religious
                   and
                   devout
                   :
                   And
                   therefore
                   seeing
                   her self
                   without
                   hope
                   of
                   Children
                   ,
                   and
                   now
                   well
                   stricken
                   in
                   years
                   ,
                   she
                   made
                   it
                   her
                   business
                   as
                   I
                   did
                   ,
                   to
                   think
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   give
                   our selves
                   to
                   the
                   Works
                   of
                   Charity
                   and
                   Mercy
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Before
                   the
                   time
                   wherein
                   I
                   wrote
                   this
                   Discourse
                   ,
                   which
                   was
                   at
                   the
                   latter
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   Year
                   of
                   Our
                   Lord
                   1413.
                   (
                   after
                   the
                   Death
                   of
                   my
                   Faithful
                   Companion
                   ,
                   whose
                   loss
                   I
                   cannot
                   but
                   lament
                   all
                   the
                   days
                   of
                   my
                   life
                   :
                   )
                   She
                   and
                   I
                   had
                   already
                   founded
                   ,
                   and
                   endowed
                   with
                   Revenues
                   ,
                   14
                   Hospitals
                   ,
                   3
                   Chappels
                   ,
                   and
                   7
                   Churches
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   City
                   of
                   Paris
                   ,
                   all
                   which
                   we
                   had
                   new
                   built
                   from
                   the
                   Ground
                   ,
                   and
                   enriched
                   with
                   Great
                   Gifts
                   and
                   Revenues
                   ,
                   with
                   many
                   Reparations
                   in
                   their
                   Church-yards
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   We
                   also
                   have
                   done
                   at
                   Boloigne
                   about
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   we
                   have
                   done
                   at
                   Paris
                   :
                   not
                   to
                   speak
                   of
                   the
                   Charitable
                   Acts
                   which
                   we
                   both
                   did
                   to
                   particular
                   poor
                   people
                   ,
                   principally
                   to
                   poor
                   Widdows
                   and
                   Orphans
                   :
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Whose
                   Names
                   should
                   I
                   divulge
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   largeness
                   of
                   the
                   Charity
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   way
                   and
                   manner
                   of
                   doing
                   it
                   ,
                   as
                   my
                   reward
                   would
                   then
                   be
                   only
                   in
                   this
                   World
                   ,
                   so
                   neither
                   could
                   it
                   be
                   pleasing
                   to
                   the
                   persons
                   to
                   whom
                   we
                   did
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Building
                   therefore
                   these
                   Hospitals
                   ,
                   Chappels
                   ,
                   Churches
                   ,
                   and
                   Church-yards
                   in
                   this
                   City
                   ,
                   I
                   caused
                   
                   to
                   be
                   depicted
                   under
                   the
                   said
                   fourth
                   Arch
                   ,
                   the
                   most-true
                   and
                   essential
                   Marks
                   or
                   Signs
                   of
                   this
                   Art
                   ,
                   yet
                   under
                   Vails
                   ,
                   Types
                   ,
                   and
                   Hieroglyphick
                   Covertures
                   ,
                   in
                   imitation
                   of
                   those
                   things
                   which
                   are
                   contained
                   in
                   the
                   Gilded
                   Book
                   of
                   Abraham
                   the
                   Jew
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   This
                   representation
                   may
                   signifie
                   two
                   things
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   capacity
                   and
                   understanding
                   of
                   those
                   who
                   may
                   view
                   them
                   .
                   First
                   ,
                   The
                   Mysterie
                   of
                   the
                   Resurrection
                   and
                   day
                   of
                   Judgment
                   ,
                   wherein
                   Christ
                   Jesus
                   our
                   Lord
                   ,
                   (
                   whom
                   I
                   pray
                   and
                   beseech
                   to
                   have
                   mercy
                   upon
                   us
                   )
                   shall
                   come
                   to
                   judge
                   the
                   World.
                   
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   It
                   might
                   signifie
                   to
                   such
                   as
                   have
                   learned
                   Natural
                   Philosophy
                   ,
                   all
                   the
                   principal
                   and
                   necessary
                   Operations
                   of
                   the
                   Magistery
                   ;
                   or
                   the
                   true
                   and
                   whole
                   Process
                   of
                   the
                   Grand
                   Elixir
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   These
                   Hieroglyphick
                   Figures
                   serve
                   also
                   as
                   a
                   double
                   way
                   ,
                   leading
                   to
                   the
                   Heavenly
                   Life
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   demonstrating
                   the
                   Sacred
                   Mysteries
                   of
                   our
                   Salvation
                   ,
                   as
                   shall
                   be
                   hereafter
                   shewed
                   .
                   
                     The
                     other
                  
                   demonstrating
                   to
                   the
                   Wise
                   ,
                   and
                   Men
                   of
                   Understanding
                   ,
                   the
                   direct
                   and
                   perfect
                   way
                   of
                   Operation
                   ,
                   and
                   lineary
                   work
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Stone
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   Which
                   being
                   perfected
                   by
                   any
                   one
                   ,
                   takes
                   away
                   from
                   him
                   the
                   root
                   of
                   all
                   sin
                   and
                   evil
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Covetousness
                   ,
                   changing
                   his
                   evil
                   into
                   good
                   ,
                   and
                   making
                   him
                   Liberal
                   ,
                   Courteous
                   ,
                   Religious
                   ,
                   Devout
                   ,
                   and
                   fearing
                   God
                   ,
                   how
                   wicked
                   soever
                   he
                   was
                   before
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   For
                   from
                   thence
                   forward
                   ,
                   he
                   is
                   continually
                   ravished
                   with
                   the
                   goodness
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   his
                   Grace
                   and
                   Mercy
                   ,
                   which
                   he
                   has
                   obtained
                   from
                   the
                   fountain
                   of
                   Eternal
                   Goodness
                   ;
                   with
                   the
                   profoundness
                   of
                   his
                   Divine
                   and
                   adorable
                   power
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   the
                   Consideration
                   of
                   his
                   Admirable
                   Works
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   XX.
                   These
                   are
                   the
                   Reasons
                   which
                   moved
                   me
                   to
                   set
                   these
                   Figures
                   and
                   Representations
                   in
                   this
                   manner
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   this
                   place
                   ;
                   viz.
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   ,
                   that
                   if
                   any
                   Man
                   obtain
                   this
                   inestimable
                   Good
                   ,
                   or
                   becomes
                   Master
                   of
                   this
                   Rich
                   and
                   
                     Golden
                     Fleece
                  
                   ,
                
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   He
                   may
                   consider
                   with
                   himself
                   (
                   as
                   I
                   did
                   )
                   not
                   to
                   hide
                   this
                   Tallent
                   which
                   God
                   has
                   bestowed
                   upon
                   him
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   buying
                   Houses
                   ,
                   Lands
                   ,
                   and
                   Possessions
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   the
                   Vanity
                   and
                   Follies
                   of
                   this
                   World
                   :
                
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   But
                   rather
                   ,
                   to
                   persue
                   his
                   Work
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   bestow
                   the
                   product
                   with
                   all
                   Love
                   and
                   Charity
                   ,
                   among
                   the
                   Poor
                   and
                   Needy
                   ;
                   remembring
                   that
                   he
                   learned
                   this
                   Secret
                   among
                   them
                   that
                   possessed
                   nothing
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   among
                   the
                   Bones
                   of
                   the
                   Dead
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   number
                   he
                   himself
                   shall
                   shortly
                   be
                   found
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIII
                   .
                   And
                   that
                   after
                   this
                   Life
                   he
                   must
                   render
                   an
                   Account
                   ,
                   before
                   a
                   most
                   just
                   and
                   mighty
                   Judge
                   ,
                   who
                   will
                   judge
                   every
                   one
                   according
                   to
                   his
                   Works
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   whom
                   he
                   must
                   render
                   an
                   account
                   for
                   every
                   vain
                   and
                   idle
                   word
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIV
                   .
                   Having
                   therefore
                   well
                   weighed
                   my
                   words
                   ,
                   and
                   well
                   understood
                   those
                   my
                   Figures
                   ,
                   having
                   also
                   the
                   knowledge
                   of
                   the
                   
                     prima
                     materia
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     first
                     Agents
                  
                   ,
                   persue
                   thou
                   the
                   Work
                   to
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   this
                   Magistery
                   of
                   Hermes
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   Glory
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   good
                   of
                   Necessitous
                   and
                   Distressed
                   human
                   kind
                   ;
                
                 
                   XXV
                   .
                   But
                   more
                   especially
                   to
                   those
                   who
                   are
                   of
                   the
                   houshold
                   of
                   Faith
                   ,
                   to
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   truly
                   poor
                   and
                   just
                   people
                   ,
                   Aged
                   persons
                   and
                   Widdows
                   ,
                   Orphans
                   and
                   forlorn
                   ,
                   the
                   despised
                   ,
                   and
                   forsaken
                   ,
                   whom
                   the
                   world
                   is
                   not
                   worthy
                   of
                   ,
                   dispersing
                   bounteously
                   of
                   this
                   your
                   hidden
                   Treasure
                   ,
                   with
                   an
                   open
                   and
                   Liberal
                   ,
                   but
                   Secret
                   hand
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXVII
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Theological
                   Interpretations
                   given
                   to
                   these
                   Hieroglyphicks
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   Mind
                   of
                   Flammel
                   the
                   Author
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   OVer
                   against
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   Pillars
                   of
                   the
                   Charnel-house
                   ,
                   which
                   I
                   gave
                   to
                   the
                   Church-yard
                   of
                   the
                   Innocents
                   ,
                   I
                   caused
                   to
                   be
                   painted
                   a
                   Man
                   all
                   black
                   ,
                   who
                   looks
                   directly
                   on
                   these
                   Hieroglyphicks
                   ,
                   who
                   pronounces
                   ,
                   
                     I
                     see
                     a
                     Wonder
                     at
                     which
                     I
                     am
                     much
                     amazed
                     :
                  
                   Also
                   three
                   Plates
                   of
                   Iron
                   and
                   Copper
                   ,
                   on
                   the
                   East
                   ,
                   West
                   ,
                   and
                   South
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   aforenamed
                   Arch
                   where
                   these
                   Hieroglyphicks
                   are
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   midst
                   of
                   the
                   Church-yard
                   ,
                   representing
                   the
                   holy
                   Passion
                   and
                   Resurrection
                   of
                   the
                   Son
                   of
                   God.
                   
                
                 
                   II.
                   Whos
                   's
                   Interpretation
                   in
                   a
                   Theological
                   sense
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   this
                   Black
                   Man
                   proclaims
                   it
                   a
                   wonder
                   as
                   well
                   to
                   see
                   the
                   admirable
                   Works
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Transmutation
                   of
                   Metals
                   ,
                   figured
                   in
                   those
                   Hieroglyphicks
                   ,
                   which
                   he
                   so
                   attentively
                   beholds
                   ,
                   as
                   to
                   see
                   the
                   Resurrection
                   of
                   the
                   Dead
                   to
                   the
                   fearful
                   and
                   terrible
                   Day
                   of
                   Judgment
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   But
                   the
                   Earthen
                   Vessel
                   on
                   the
                   right
                   hand
                   of
                   these
                   Figures
                   ,
                   within
                   the
                   which
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   Pen-case
                   and
                   Inkhorn
                   (
                   or
                   rather
                   a
                   Vessel
                   of
                   Philosophy
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   take
                   away
                   the
                   Strings
                   ,
                   and
                   joyn
                   the
                   Pen-case
                   near
                   to
                   the
                   Inkhorn
                   )
                   and
                   the
                   other
                   two
                   like
                   it
                   ,
                   on
                   the
                   two
                   sides
                   of
                   the
                   Figures
                   of
                   Peter
                   and
                   Paul
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   one
                   of
                   which
                   is
                   put
                   N.
                   for
                   Nicholas
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   other
                   F.
                   for
                   Flammel
                   ,
                   have
                   no
                   Theological
                   sense
                   ,
                   but
                   only
                   that
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   3.
                   in
                   number
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   I
                   have
                   done
                   
                   or
                   performed
                   the
                   Magiste
                   ry
                   or
                   Elixir
                   three
                   several
                   times
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   So
                   also
                   these
                   words
                   
                     NICHOLAS
                     FLAMMEL
                  
                   and
                   
                     PERRENELLE
                     HIS
                     WIFE
                  
                   ,
                   signifie
                   nothing
                   more
                   than
                   that
                   I
                   and
                   my
                   Wife
                   ,
                   have
                   given
                   that
                   Arch.
                   
                
                 
                   V.
                   As
                   to
                   the
                   third
                   ,
                   fourth
                   ,
                   and
                   fifth
                   Figures
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   sides
                   whereof
                   is
                   written
                   ,
                   
                     How
                     the
                     Innocents
                     were
                     slain
                     by
                     the
                     Commandment
                     of
                  
                   Herod
                   ,
                   Their
                   Theological
                   sense
                   is
                   well
                   enough
                   known
                   by
                   the
                   very
                   words
                   only
                   themselves
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   The
                   two
                   Dragons
                   depicted
                   together
                   ,
                   the
                   one
                   within
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   black
                   and
                   blue
                   in
                   colour
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   Sable
                   Field
                   ,
                   whereof
                   the
                   one
                   has
                   Gilded
                   Wings
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   has
                   none
                   at
                   all
                   ,
                   signifie
                   Sin
                   which
                   is
                   tied
                   to
                   our
                   nature
                   ;
                   the
                   one
                   having
                   its
                   original
                   Birth
                   from
                   the
                   other
                   :
                   of
                   these
                   Sins
                   ,
                   some
                   may
                   be
                   chased
                   away
                   ,
                   for
                   they
                   fly
                   ,
                   having
                   Wings
                   :
                   The
                   other
                   which
                   has
                   no
                   Wings
                   ,
                   and
                   signifies
                   the
                   
                     Sin
                     against
                     the
                     Holy
                     Ghost
                  
                   ,
                   can
                   never
                   be
                   done
                   away
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   The
                   Gold
                   on
                   the
                   Wings
                   ,
                   shews
                   that
                   the
                   greatest
                   of
                   our
                   Sins
                   ,
                   arise
                   from
                   the
                   Ungodly
                   hunger
                   after
                   Gold
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   Covetousness
                   :
                   The
                   black
                   and
                   blue
                   colours
                   ,
                   shew
                   forth
                   the
                   Wicked
                   desires
                   which
                   ascend
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   bottomless
                   and
                   dark
                   Pit
                   of
                   Hell.
                   
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   These
                   two
                   Dragons
                   morally
                   also
                   represent
                   ,
                   The
                   Legions
                   of
                   Evil
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   which
                   move
                   always
                   about
                   us
                   ,
                   and
                   will
                   accuse
                   us
                   before
                   the
                   Just
                   Judge
                   ,
                   at
                   the
                   dreadful
                   Day
                   of
                   Judgment
                   ,
                   whose
                   business
                   is
                   to
                   tempt
                   and
                   destroy
                   us
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   The
                   Man
                   and
                   the
                   Woman
                   next
                   them
                   ,
                   of
                   an
                   Orange
                   colour
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   
                     field
                     Azure
                  
                   and
                   blue
                   ,
                   shew
                   that
                   Mankind
                   ought
                   not
                   to
                   have
                   their
                   hope
                   in
                   this
                   life
                   :
                   For
                   the
                   Orange
                   colour
                   ,
                   signifies
                   hopelessness
                   and
                   despair
                   :
                   The
                   Azure
                   and
                   blue
                   on
                   which
                   they
                   are
                   depicted
                   ,
                   premonstrate
                   Heaven
                   ,
                   and
                   
                   Thoughts
                   of
                   Heavenly
                   things
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   And
                   the
                   Motto's
                   coming
                   from
                   them
                   ,
                   (
                   viz.
                   1.
                   
                   
                     Homo
                     veniet
                     ad
                     Judicium
                     Dei
                     ;
                     Man
                     must
                     come
                     to
                     the
                     Judgment
                     of
                     God.
                  
                   2.
                   
                   
                     Verè
                     illa
                     dies
                     terribilis
                     erat
                     ;
                     That
                     day
                     will
                     be
                     terrible
                     indeed
                  
                   ;
                   )
                   are
                   to
                   put
                   us
                   in
                   mind
                   of
                   those
                   things
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   ,
                   that
                   keeping
                   our selves
                   from
                   the
                   Dragons
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   Sins
                   ,
                   God
                   may
                   shew
                   mercy
                   unto
                   us
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Next
                   after
                   these
                   things
                   are
                   depainted
                   in
                   a
                   Field
                   Green
                   ,
                   two
                   Men
                   and
                   one
                   Woman
                   rising
                   again
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   which
                   ,
                   one
                   comes
                   out
                   of
                   a
                   Sepulchre
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   all
                   three
                   of
                   an
                   exceeding
                   white
                   and
                   pure
                   colour
                   ,
                   lifting
                   up
                   their
                   Hands
                   and
                   Eyes
                   towards
                   Heaven
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Over
                   the
                   heads
                   of
                   these
                   are
                   two
                   Angels
                   sound
                   ing
                   with
                   Musical
                   Instruments
                   ,
                   as
                   if
                   they
                   had
                   called
                   these
                   Dead
                   to
                   the
                   Day
                   of
                   Judgment
                   .
                   Over
                   these
                   two
                   Angels
                   is
                   the
                   Figure
                   of
                   Our
                   Lord
                   Jesus
                   Christ
                   ,
                   holding
                   the
                   World
                   in
                   his
                   hand
                   ,
                   upon
                   whose
                   Head
                   an
                   Angel
                   placeth
                   a
                   Crown
                   ,
                   assisted
                   by
                   two
                   other
                   Angels
                   ,
                   which
                   say
                   ,
                   
                     O
                     pater
                     Omnipotens
                     :
                     O
                     Jesu
                     bone
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   On
                   the
                   right
                   side
                   of
                   this
                   Figure
                   is
                   Paul
                   the
                   Apostle
                   ,
                   cloathed
                   with
                   White
                   and
                   Yellow
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   Sword
                   ;
                   at
                   whose
                   Feet
                   is
                   a
                   Man
                   kneeling
                   ,
                   cloathed
                   with
                   a
                   Gown
                   of
                   an
                   Orange
                   colour
                   ,
                   with
                   folds
                   of
                   black
                   and
                   white
                   ,
                   which
                   represents
                   my self
                   to
                   the
                   life
                   ,
                   from
                   which
                   proceeds
                   this
                   Motto
                   ,
                   
                     Dele
                     mala
                     quae
                     feci
                     ;
                     blot
                     out
                     the
                     Evils
                     which
                     I
                     have
                     done
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   On
                   the
                   other
                   side
                   ,
                   on
                   the
                   left
                   hand
                   is
                   Peter
                   the
                   Apostle
                   with
                   his
                   Key
                   ,
                   clothed
                   in
                   Reddish
                   Yellow
                   ,
                   holding
                   his
                   hand
                   upon
                   a
                   Woman
                   kneeling
                   ,
                   clothed
                   in
                   a
                   Gown
                   of
                   Orange
                   colour
                   also
                   ,
                   which
                   represents
                   Perrenelle
                   to
                   the
                   life
                   ,
                   from
                   whom
                   proceeds
                   this
                   Motto
                   ,
                   
                     Christe
                     precor
                     esto
                     pius
                     ;
                     Christ
                     I
                     beseech
                     thee
                     be
                     merciful
                     .
                  
                
                 
                 
                   XV.
                   Behind
                   each
                   of
                   these
                   there
                   is
                   an
                   Angel
                   kneeling
                   ,
                   the
                   one
                   of
                   which
                   saying
                   ,
                   
                     O
                     Rex
                     Sempiterne
                     ,
                     O
                     Eternal
                     King
                     :
                  
                   The
                   other
                   saying
                   ,
                   
                     Salve
                     Domine
                     Angelorum
                     ,
                     Hail
                     thou
                     Lord
                     of
                     Angels
                     .
                  
                   These
                   things
                   represent
                   to
                   the
                   Vulgar
                   (
                   who
                   know
                   nothing
                   of
                   our
                   matter
                   )
                   the
                   Resurrection
                   ,
                   and
                   future
                   Judgment
                   so
                   clearly
                   ,
                   that
                   nothing
                   more
                   need
                   be
                   said
                   about
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Next
                   after
                   the
                   three
                   that
                   are
                   rising
                   again
                   ,
                   are
                   two
                   Angels
                   more
                   of
                   an
                   
                     Orange
                     colour
                  
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   
                     blue
                     field
                  
                   saying
                   ,
                   
                     Surgite
                     mortui
                     ,
                     Venite
                     ad
                     judicium
                     Domini
                     mei
                     ;
                     Arise
                     you
                     Dead
                     ,
                     and
                     come
                     to
                     the
                     Judgment
                     of
                     Our
                     God.
                  
                   This
                   is
                   Theologically
                   interpreted
                   also
                   of
                   the
                   Resurrection
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   Then
                   follow
                   the
                   last
                   Figures
                   ,
                   a
                   Man
                   of
                   a
                   Vermilion
                   red
                   in
                   a
                   Violet
                   coloured
                   Field
                   ,
                   holding
                   the
                   Foot
                   of
                   a
                   Winged
                   Lyon
                   of
                   a
                   Vermillion
                   red
                   also
                   ,
                   and
                   opening
                   his
                   Throat
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   to
                   devour
                   the
                   Man
                   :
                   thereby
                   representing
                   a
                   Wicked
                   Man
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   Lethargy
                   of
                   Sin
                   and
                   Wickedness
                   ,
                   dying
                   without
                   Repentance
                   ,
                   who
                   in
                   that
                   terrible
                   day
                   shall
                   be
                   delivered
                   into
                   the
                   power
                   of
                   the
                   Devil
                   ,
                   signified
                   by
                   the
                   Red
                   roaring
                   Lyon
                   ,
                   who
                   will
                   devour
                   and
                   swallow
                   him
                   up
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXVIII
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Philosophical
                   Interpretation
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   Mind
                   of
                   Hermes
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   I
                   Pray
                   God
                   with
                   all
                   my
                   Heart
                   ,
                   that
                   he
                   who
                   purposes
                   to
                   search
                   into
                   these
                   Arcana
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   
                   having
                   considered
                   these
                   Idea's
                   in
                   his
                   mind
                   )
                   of
                   the
                   Resurrection
                   and
                   life
                   to
                   come
                   ,
                   may
                   first
                   make
                   his
                   Advantage
                   and
                   Gain
                   of
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   And
                   then
                   ,
                   having
                   farther
                   advice
                   ,
                   that
                   he
                   search
                   into
                   the
                   depth
                   of
                   my
                   
                     Figures
                     ,
                     Colours
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Motto's
                   ,
                   but
                   chiefly
                   of
                   the
                   Motto's
                   ,
                   because
                   as
                   to
                   the
                   matter
                   of
                   Art
                   they
                   speak
                   not
                   Vulgarly
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Then
                   let
                   him
                   demand
                   why
                   Paul
                   the
                   Apostle
                   is
                   on
                   the
                   right
                   hand
                   ,
                   where
                   it
                   is
                   accustomed
                   to
                   paint
                   Peter
                   the
                   Apostle
                   ,
                   and
                   Peter
                   on
                   the
                   other
                   side
                   in
                   the
                   place
                   of
                   Paul
                   ?
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Why
                   the
                   Figure
                   of
                   Paul
                   is
                   clothed
                   in
                   colours
                   
                     White
                     and
                     Yellow
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   of
                   Peter
                   in
                   
                     Yellow
                     and
                     Red
                  
                   ?
                   Why
                   also
                   the
                   Man
                   and
                   Woman
                   kneeling
                   by
                   their
                   Feet
                   ,
                   and
                   praying
                   to
                   God
                   as
                   at
                   the
                   Day
                   of
                   Judgment
                   are
                   clothed
                   in
                   divers
                   colours
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   naked
                   or
                   nothing
                   but
                   Bones
                   ,
                   and
                   why
                   in
                   this
                   Day
                   of
                   Judgment
                   this
                   Man
                   and
                   Woman
                   are
                   painted
                   as
                   at
                   the
                   Feet
                   of
                   the
                   Saints
                   ,
                   whereas
                   their
                   place
                   ought
                   rather
                   to
                   have
                   been
                   below
                   on
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   in
                   Heaven
                   ?
                
                 
                   V.
                   Why
                   also
                   the
                   two
                   Angels
                   in
                   
                     Orange
                     colour
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   say
                   ,
                   
                     Surgite
                     mortui
                     ,
                     venite
                     ad
                     judicium
                     Domini
                     mei
                     ,
                  
                   are
                   clad
                   in
                   this
                   colour
                   ,
                   and
                   out
                   of
                   their
                   place
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   they
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   on
                   high
                   in
                   Heaven
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   other
                   two
                   playing
                   on
                   Instruments
                   ?
                   And
                   why
                   they
                   are
                   painted
                   in
                   a
                   Field
                   
                     Violet
                     and
                     Blue
                  
                   ?
                
                 
                   VI.
                   But
                   chiefly
                   why
                   their
                   Motto
                   which
                   speaks
                   to
                   the
                   Dead
                   ,
                   ends
                   in
                   the
                   open
                   Throat
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Red
                     Winged
                     or
                     Flying
                     Lyon
                  
                   ?
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   After
                   these
                   Inquiries
                   ,
                   and
                   many
                   others
                   which
                   may
                   justly
                   be
                   made
                   ,
                   you
                   ought
                   to
                   open
                   the
                   Eyes
                   of
                   your
                   Mind
                   ,
                   and
                   conclude
                   ,
                   that
                   these
                   things
                   are
                   not
                   thus
                   done
                   and
                   ordered
                   ,
                   without
                   some
                   just
                   and
                   true
                   cause
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   under
                   them
                   ,
                   as
                   under
                   a
                   Veil
                   some
                   
                   great
                   Secrets
                   are
                   hidden
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   ought
                   to
                   pray
                   God
                   to
                   discover
                   to
                   you
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Then
                   you
                   ought
                   farther
                   to
                   believe
                   that
                   these
                   Figures
                   and
                   Explications
                   ,
                   are
                   not
                   made
                   for
                   them
                   who
                   have
                   never
                   read
                   the
                   Books
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   and
                   who
                   not
                   knowing
                   the
                   Metallick
                   Principles
                   ,
                   or
                   first
                   matter
                   of
                   Metals
                   ,
                   cannot
                   be
                   called
                   Children
                   of
                   the
                   Wise
                   Men.
                   
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   And
                   that
                   if
                   you
                   think
                   to
                   understand
                   perfectly
                   these
                   Figures
                   ,
                   and
                   yet
                   shall
                   be
                   ignorant
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Prima
                     materia
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     first
                     Agents
                  
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   undoubtedly
                   deceive
                   your self
                   ,
                   and
                   never
                   come
                   to
                   the
                   knowledge
                   of
                   the
                   thing
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   Therefore
                   blame
                   me
                   not
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   do
                   not
                   easily
                   understand
                   me
                   ;
                   but
                   rather
                   blame
                   your self
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   have
                   not
                   rather
                   sought
                   out
                   the
                   
                     first
                     Agent
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Key
                   opening
                   the
                   Gate
                   into
                   
                     this
                     Learning
                  
                   ;
                   or
                   initiated
                   your self
                   into
                   the
                   sacred
                   and
                   secret
                   Interpretations
                   of
                   the
                   Idea's
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Prima
                     materia
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Without
                   which
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   impossible
                   to
                   comprehend
                   or
                   understand
                   ,
                   the
                   subtil
                   Conceptions
                   of
                   the
                   obscure
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   which
                   they
                   have
                   skreened
                   from
                   your
                   view
                   ,
                   as
                   within
                   a
                   Vail
                   ;
                   and
                   not
                   written
                   ,
                   but
                   in
                   a
                   Language
                   for
                   their
                   own
                   Disciples
                   to
                   read
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Which
                   Principles
                   ,
                   and
                   
                     first
                     Agents
                  
                   of
                   the
                   Matter
                   ,
                   they
                   have
                   never
                   plainly
                   declared
                   in
                   any
                   of
                   their
                   Books
                   ,
                   but
                   rather
                   left
                   it
                   to
                   be
                   revealed
                   to
                   them
                   by
                   God
                   Almighty
                   ,
                   who
                   opens
                   the
                   Secret
                   to
                   whom
                   he
                   pleases
                   ;
                   or
                   else
                   by
                   the
                   living
                   Voice
                   of
                   some
                   Adept
                   or
                   Master
                   of
                   this
                   Science
                   ,
                   who
                   received
                   it
                   by
                   Cabalistical
                   Tradition
                   ,
                   which
                   thing
                   not
                   often
                   falls
                   out
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Now
                   then
                   ,
                   my
                   Son
                   ,
                   (
                   and
                   let
                   me
                   so
                   call
                   thee
                   ,
                   not
                   only
                   for
                   that
                   I
                   am
                   come
                   to
                   a
                   very
                   great
                   Age
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   thou
                   maist
                   be
                   a
                   Child
                   of
                   this
                   knowledge
                   )
                   hearken
                   seriously
                   to
                   me
                   ,
                   and
                   
                   give
                   good
                   attention
                   to
                   the
                   words
                   of
                   my
                   Mouth
                   ,
                   but
                   proceed
                   not
                   ,
                   if
                   thou
                   beest
                   ignorant
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   
                     Prima
                     materia
                  
                   or
                   
                     first
                     Agents
                  
                   ;
                   which
                   I
                   pray
                   God
                   to
                   unfold
                   unto
                   thee
                   for
                   his
                   own
                   Honour
                   and
                   Glory
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   The
                   Vessel
                   of
                   Earth
                   (
                   represented
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   Figure
                   )
                   is
                   called
                   by
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   their
                   Triple
                   Vessel
                   ;
                   for
                   which
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   Flore
                   ,
                   and
                   upon
                   that
                   a
                   Dish
                   or
                   Pan
                   ,
                   (
                   made
                   of
                   Iron
                   or
                   Clay
                   )
                   full
                   of
                   luke-warm
                   Ashes
                   ,
                   within
                   the
                   which
                   is
                   set
                   the
                   Philosophical
                   Egg
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   Vial
                   ,
                   containing
                   the
                   
                     Prima
                     materia
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     first
                     Agents
                  
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   That
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   
                     Scum
                     of
                     the
                     Red
                     Sea
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   
                     Fat
                     of
                     the
                     Mercurial
                     Wind
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   painted
                   in
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   a
                   Penner
                   and
                   Inkhorn
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Now
                   this
                   Vessel
                   of
                   Earth
                   ,
                   [
                   or
                   rather
                   Philosophical
                   Fornace
                   ]
                   is
                   open
                   above
                   to
                   put
                   in
                   the
                   Dish
                   or
                   Pan
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Egg
                   ,
                   or
                   Vial
                   ;
                   under
                   which
                   by
                   the
                   open
                   Gate
                   ,
                   [
                   or
                   mouth
                   of
                   the
                   Fornace
                   ]
                   is
                   put
                   in
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Fire
                   ,
                   so
                   here
                   you
                   have
                   the
                   threefold
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   three
                   Vessels
                   ,
                   viz.
                   1.
                   
                   The
                   Fornace
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   The
                   Sand
                   Vessel
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   The
                   Philosophick
                   Egg.
                   
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   These
                   the
                   obscure
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   called
                   an
                   Athanor
                   ,
                   a
                   
                     Sieve
                     ,
                     Horse-dung
                     ,
                     Balneum
                     Mariae
                     ,
                  
                   a
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   a
                   Spheare
                   ,
                   the
                   
                     Green
                     Lyon
                  
                   ,
                   a
                   Prison
                   ,
                   a
                   Grave
                   ,
                   an
                   Urinal
                   ,
                   a
                   Phial
                   and
                   a
                   Bolthead
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   And
                   I
                   my self
                   
                     in
                     my
                     Summary
                     of
                     Philosophy
                  
                   ,
                   (
                   which
                   I
                   wrote
                   about
                   four
                   Years
                   and
                   two
                   Months
                   last
                   past
                   )
                   called
                   it
                   the
                   House
                   and
                   
                     Habitation
                     of
                     the
                     Chicken
                  
                   :
                   and
                   the
                   Ashes
                   ,
                   Chaff
                   :
                   But
                   the
                   Common
                   Name
                   is
                   an
                   Oven
                   or
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   which
                   I
                   had
                   never
                   known
                   if
                   
                     ABRAHAM
                     the
                     Jew
                  
                   had
                   not
                   painted
                   it
                   ,
                   together
                   with
                   the
                   fire
                   proportionable
                   ,
                   wherein
                   consists
                   a
                   great
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Secret.
                   
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   For
                   it
                   is
                   as
                   the
                   Belly
                   or
                   Womb
                   containing
                   the
                   true
                   natural
                   heat
                   or
                   fire
                   ,
                   
                   to
                   animate
                   or
                   give
                   life
                   to
                   our
                   Chicken
                   ,
                   or
                   young
                   King
                   :
                   if
                   this
                   fire
                   be
                   not
                   made
                   Fornace
                   like
                   (
                   with
                   
                     Calid
                     ben
                     Jazichus
                  
                   the
                   Persian
                   )
                   If
                   it
                   be
                   kindled
                   with
                   a
                   Sword
                   ,
                   with
                   Pithagoras
                   ;
                   if
                   you
                   set
                   on
                   fire
                   your
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   saith
                   Morien
                   whereby
                   it
                   feels
                   the
                   naked
                   heat
                   ,
                   the
                   matter
                   will
                   fly
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   flowers
                   be
                   burnt
                   ,
                   before
                   they
                   ascend
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   depth
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   .
                
                 
                   XX.
                   And
                   they
                   will
                   come
                   out
                   Red
                   ,
                   rather
                   than
                   white
                   ,
                   whereby
                   your
                   work
                   will
                   be
                   spoiled
                   :
                   and
                   yet
                   on
                   the
                   contrary
                   ,
                   if
                   your
                   fire
                   be
                   too
                   little
                   or
                   small
                   ,
                   you
                   can
                   never
                   see
                   the
                   end
                   ,
                   because
                   of
                   the
                   
                     frigid
                     nature
                  
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   ,
                   whereby
                   there
                   will
                   want
                   motion
                   sufficient
                   to
                   digest
                   them
                   together
                   .
                
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   The
                   heat
                   then
                   of
                   your
                   Fire
                   in
                   this
                   Vessel
                   must
                   be
                   (
                   as
                   Hermes
                   and
                   Rosinus
                   say
                   )
                   like
                   the
                   heat
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   in
                   Winter
                   [
                   but
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   noted
                   ,
                   that
                   Hermes
                   liv'd
                   in
                   AEgypt
                   ,
                   a
                   hot
                   Country
                   ,
                   whose
                   Winter
                   ,
                   is
                   as
                   hot
                   as
                   our
                   Summer
                   in
                   England
                   .
                   ]
                
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   Or
                   rather
                   according
                   to
                   Diomedes
                   ,
                   like
                   the
                   heat
                   of
                   a
                   Hen
                   ,
                   with
                   which
                   she
                   hatches
                   her
                   Chickens
                   ,
                   like
                   the
                   slow
                   ascension
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   from
                   the
                   Sign
                   Aries
                   to
                   that
                   of
                   Cancer
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIII
                   .
                   For
                   know
                   that
                   the
                   Infant
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   ,
                   is
                   repleat
                   with
                   cold
                   Flegm
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   white
                   milky
                   substance
                   :
                   and
                   that
                   too
                   great
                   a
                   heat
                   is
                   an
                   Enemy
                   to
                   the
                   cold
                   and
                   moisture
                   of
                   our
                   Embrion
                   :
                   And
                   that
                   the
                   two
                   Adversaries
                   ,
                   viz.
                   the
                   two
                   Elements
                   of
                   heat
                   and
                   cold
                   ,
                   will
                   never
                   perfectly
                   accord
                   ,
                   or
                   embrace
                   one
                   another
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIV
                   .
                   But
                   by
                   little
                   and
                   little
                   ,
                   having
                   first
                   long
                   dwelt
                   together
                   in
                   the
                   midst
                   of
                   the
                   temperate
                   heat
                   of
                   their
                   Bath
                   (
                   to
                   wit
                   a
                   gentle
                   Balneo
                   or
                   sand
                   heat
                   )
                   they
                   are
                   changed
                   by
                   long
                   decoction
                   and
                   digestion
                   into
                   an
                   
                     Incombustible
                     Sulphur
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   XXV
                   .
                   Take
                   care
                   therefore
                   ,
                   that
                   with
                   a
                   just
                   and
                   equal
                   proportion
                   of
                   Fire
                   ,
                   you
                   manage
                   these
                   proud
                   
                   and
                   haughty
                   Natures
                   ,
                   for
                   fear
                   ,
                   that
                   if
                   you
                   should
                   favour
                   one
                   more
                   than
                   another
                   ,
                   they
                   who
                   naturally
                   are
                   Enemies
                   ,
                   shou'd
                   grow
                   Angry
                   with
                   you
                   through
                   Jealousie
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   their
                   hot
                   and
                   dry
                   choler
                   despise
                   your
                   power
                   ,
                   and
                   contemn
                   you
                   to
                   your
                   no
                   small
                   disadvantage
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVI
                   .
                   You
                   must
                   also
                   keep
                   them
                   in
                   this
                   temperate
                   heat
                   perpetually
                   or
                   continually
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   night
                   and
                   day
                   ,
                   until
                   the
                   time
                   that
                   Winter
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     the
                     moisture
                     of
                     the
                     Matters
                     ,
                  
                   be
                   passed
                   away
                   :
                   for
                   they
                   make
                   their
                   peace
                   ,
                   and
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   ,
                   joyn
                   hands
                   in
                   being
                   warmed
                   and
                   heated
                   together
                   ;
                   whereas
                   should
                   these
                   natures
                   find
                   themselves
                   but
                   one
                   only
                   half
                   an
                   hour
                   with
                   out
                   Fire
                   ,
                   they
                   would
                   become
                   irreconcileable
                   for
                   ever
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVII
                   .
                   For
                   this
                   cause
                   or
                   reason
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   in
                   the
                   Book
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Seventy
                     Precepts
                     :
                     See
                     that
                     their
                     heat
                     or
                     fire
                     continue
                     unweariedly
                     and
                     without
                     ceasing
                     ,
                     and
                     that
                     all
                     their
                     days
                     may
                     be
                     numbred
                     or
                     accomplished
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XXVIII
                   .
                   And
                   Rhasis
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     The
                     haste
                     that
                     brings
                     with
                     it
                     too
                     much
                     Fire
                     ,
                     is
                     always
                     promoted
                     by
                     the
                     Devil
                     and
                     Errour
                     .
                  
                   And
                   Diomedes
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     When
                     the
                     Golden
                     Bird
                     shall
                     come
                     just
                     to
                  
                   Cancer
                   ,
                   
                     and
                     that
                     from
                     thence
                     it
                     shall
                     move
                     or
                     fly
                     towards
                  
                   Libra
                   ,
                   
                     then
                     you
                     may
                     augment
                     the
                     Fire
                     a
                     little
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XXIX
                   .
                   
                     And
                     when
                     in
                     like
                     manner
                     ,
                     the
                     rare
                     Bird
                     shall
                     move
                     or
                     fly
                     from
                  
                   Libra
                   towards
                   ,
                   Capricorn
                   ,
                   
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     desired
                     Autumn
                     ,
                     then
                     is
                     the
                     time
                     of
                     Harvest
                     ,
                     wherein
                     you
                     shall
                     reap
                     ,
                     the
                     ripe
                     and
                     most
                     desireable
                     fruits
                     of
                     your
                     Labour
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXIX
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   two
                   Dragons
                   of
                   a
                   yellowish
                   blue
                   ,
                   and
                   black
                   colour
                   ,
                   like
                   the
                   Field
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   VIew
                   well
                   these
                   Dragons
                   ,
                   for
                   they
                   are
                   the
                   true
                   Principles
                   ,
                   or
                   beginning
                   of
                   this
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   and
                   Wise
                   men
                   would
                   never
                   clearly
                   explicate
                   to
                   their
                   own
                   Children
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   That
                   which
                   is
                   undermost
                   without
                   Wings
                   is
                   fixed
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   Male
                   :
                   That
                   which
                   is
                   uppermost
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   Wings
                   is
                   the
                   Volatile
                   or
                   Female
                   ,
                   black
                   ,
                   and
                   obscure
                   ,
                   which
                   strives
                   for
                   the
                   mastery
                   and
                   dominion
                   for
                   many
                   Months
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   The
                   first
                   is
                   called
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   or
                   heat
                   and
                   dryness
                   :
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   
                     Mercury
                     ,
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   cold
                   and
                   moisture
                   :
                   these
                   are
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   of
                   a
                   Mercurial
                   source
                   ,
                   a
                   sulphurous
                   original
                   ,
                   which
                   by
                   a
                   continual
                   fire
                   are
                   adorned
                   with
                   Royal
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   united
                   ,
                   and
                   afterwards
                   changed
                   into
                   a
                   quintessence
                   ,
                   may
                   overcome
                   all
                   Metallick
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   how
                   hard
                   and
                   solid
                   soever
                   they
                   be
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   These
                   are
                   the
                   Dragons
                   and
                   Serpents
                   which
                   the
                   Ancient
                   AEgyptians
                   depicted
                   in
                   a
                   Circle
                   ,
                   the
                   Head
                   devouring
                   the
                   Tail
                   ;
                   thereby
                   signifying
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   proceeded
                   from
                   one
                   and
                   the
                   same
                   thing
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   it
                   alone
                   was
                   sufficient
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   in
                   its
                   revolving
                   and
                   circulation
                   ,
                   it
                   made
                   it self
                   perfect
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   These
                   are
                   the
                   Dragons
                   which
                   the
                   ancient
                   Poets
                   feigned
                   ,
                   did
                   watch
                   (
                   without
                   sleeping
                   )
                   the
                   Golden
                   Apples
                   of
                   the
                   Hesperidian
                   Gardens
                   :
                   These
                   are
                   they
                   on
                   whom
                   Jason
                   in
                   his
                   adventure
                   
                   for
                   the
                   Golden
                   Fleece
                   ,
                   cast
                   or
                   poured
                   the
                   liquor
                   prepared
                   by
                   the
                   Inchantress
                   Medea
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Of
                   the
                   discourse
                   of
                   whom
                   ,
                   the
                   Books
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   are
                   so
                   full
                   ,
                   that
                   not
                   any
                   of
                   them
                   that
                   ever
                   wrote
                   ,
                   but
                   has
                   declared
                   something
                   concerning
                   the
                   same
                   even
                   from
                   the
                   times
                   of
                   the
                   most
                   faithful
                   
                     Hermes
                     Trismegistus
                     ,
                     Orpheus
                     ,
                     Pythagoras
                     ,
                     Artephius
                     ,
                     Morienus
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   others
                   following
                   them
                   ,
                   even
                   to
                   my self
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   These
                   are
                   the
                   
                     two
                     Serpents
                  
                   given
                   and
                   sent
                   by
                   Juno
                   (
                   viz.
                   the
                   metallick
                   nature
                   )
                   which
                   Hercules
                   (
                   viz.
                   the
                   strong
                   and
                   wise
                   man
                   )
                   must
                   strangle
                   in
                   his
                   Cradle
                   ;
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   overcome
                   and
                   kill
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   make
                   them
                   putrifie
                   ,
                   corrupt
                   ,
                   and
                   generate
                   ,
                   at
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   his
                   work
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   These
                   are
                   the
                   
                     two
                     Serpents
                  
                   twined
                   and
                   twisted
                   round
                   about
                   the
                   Caduceus
                   or
                   
                     Rod
                     of
                     Mercury
                  
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   he
                   exercises
                   his
                   great
                   power
                   ,
                   and
                   transforms
                   himself
                   into
                   all
                   shapes
                   as
                   he
                   pleases
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   He
                   ,
                   saith
                   Haly
                   ,
                   who
                   shall
                   kill
                   the
                   one
                   ,
                   shall
                   also
                   kill
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   one
                   cannot
                   die
                   without
                   the
                   other
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   These
                   two
                   are
                   those
                   which
                   Avicen
                   calls
                   the
                   
                     Armenian
                     Dog
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   
                     Corassere
                     Bitch
                  
                   ;
                   which
                   being
                   put
                   together
                   into
                   the
                   Vessel
                   of
                   the
                   Sepulchre
                   ,
                   do
                   cruelly
                   bite
                   one
                   another
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   their
                   furious
                   rage
                   and
                   mighty
                   poison
                   ,
                   never
                   cease
                   to
                   contend
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   very
                   moment
                   that
                   they
                   seize
                   on
                   one
                   another
                   (
                   if
                   the
                   cold
                   hinder
                   not
                   )
                   till
                   both
                   of
                   them
                   become
                   all
                   over
                   bloody
                   ,
                   in
                   every
                   part
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   And
                   then
                   killing
                   one
                   another
                   ,
                   they
                   be
                   decocted
                   and
                   digested
                   in
                   their
                   proper
                   Venom
                   or
                   poison
                   ,
                   which
                   after
                   their
                   death
                   ,
                   changes
                   them
                   into
                   a
                   living
                   and
                   permanent
                   ,
                   or
                   fixed
                   water
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Before
                   which
                   time
                   ,
                   they
                   by
                   their
                   Corruption
                   
                   and
                   putrefaction
                   ,
                   lose
                   their
                   first
                   natural
                   forms
                   ,
                   to
                   assume
                   afterwards
                   another
                   new
                   one
                   ;
                   better
                   ,
                   more
                   noble
                   and
                   excellent
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   These
                   are
                   the
                   two
                   
                     Seeds
                     Masculine
                     and
                     Feminine
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   generate
                   (
                   says
                   
                     Rhasis
                     ,
                     Avicen
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Abrabam
                   the
                   Jew
                   )
                   within
                   the
                   Bowels
                   or
                   Womb
                   of
                   the
                   four
                   Elements
                   ,
                   and
                   compleat
                   all
                   their
                   Operations
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   These
                   are
                   the
                   Radical
                   moisture
                   of
                   the
                   Metals
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ;
                   not
                   
                     the
                     Vulgar
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   sold
                   by
                   Merchants
                   and
                   Druggists
                   ;
                   but
                   Ours
                   which
                   give
                   us
                   these
                   two
                   beautiful
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   we
                   so
                   much
                   desire
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   These
                   two
                   Seeds
                   (
                   saith
                   Democritus
                   )
                   are
                   not
                   found
                   upon
                   the
                   pure
                   and
                   uncorrupted
                   Earth
                   :
                   But
                   as
                   Avicen
                   saith
                   )
                   they
                   are
                   gathered
                   from
                   the
                   Dung
                   ,
                   Ordure
                   ,
                   and
                   Putrefaction
                   of
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Happy
                   are
                   they
                   who
                   know
                   how
                   to
                   gather
                   this
                   fruit
                   :
                   for
                   of
                   it
                   an
                   Antidote
                   may
                   be
                   made
                   ,
                   which
                   has
                   strength
                   and
                   power
                   to
                   conquer
                   all
                   Infirmities
                   ,
                   Weaknesses
                   ,
                   and
                   Diseases
                   ;
                   and
                   even
                   to
                   contend
                   with
                   Death
                   it self
                   ,
                   lengthening
                   Life
                   (
                   by
                   the
                   permission
                   of
                   God
                   )
                   even
                   to
                   the
                   determined
                   ,
                   or
                   appointed
                   time
                   ;
                   and
                   withal
                   making
                   him
                   to
                   triumph
                   over
                   the
                   poorness
                   and
                   wretchedness
                   of
                   this
                   Life
                   ,
                   giving
                   him
                   an
                   Infinity
                   of
                   Treasure
                   and
                   Riches
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   These
                   two
                   Dragons
                   ,
                   or
                   Metallick
                   Principles
                   ,
                   will
                   strive
                   each
                   to
                   inflame
                   the
                   other
                   by
                   its
                   heat
                   :
                   Then
                   if
                   you
                   be
                   not
                   careful
                   you
                   will
                   see
                   a
                   stinking
                   and
                   poisonous
                   Vapour
                   or
                   Fume
                   to
                   arise
                   ,
                   exceeding
                   in
                   Poyson
                   ,
                   the
                   biting
                   of
                   the
                   most
                   Venomous
                   Serpent
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   〈◊〉
                   why
                   I
                   depicted
                   these
                   two
                   Seeds
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   forms
                   of
                   Dragons
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   those
                   colours
                   ,
                   is
                   because
                   of
                   their
                   virulent
                   or
                   poysonous
                   smell
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Vapours
                   or
                   Fumes
                   rising
                   up
                   in
                   the
                   Glass
                   or
                   Philosophick
                   Egg
                   ,
                   being
                   also
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   colours
                   
                   with
                   the
                   Painted
                   Serpents
                   ,
                   viz.
                   black
                   ,
                   blue
                   ,
                   and
                   yellow
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   The
                   power
                   of
                   which
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   the
                   Bodies
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   is
                   so
                   venomous
                   ,
                   that
                   truly
                   in
                   the
                   whole
                   World
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   not
                   a
                   more
                   malignant
                   poyson
                   ;
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   able
                   by
                   its
                   own
                   strength
                   and
                   foetid
                   odour
                   ,
                   to
                   mortifie
                   or
                   kill
                   every
                   thing
                   living
                   .
                
                 
                   XX.
                   The
                   Artist
                   is
                   never
                   sensible
                   of
                   this
                   ill
                   smell
                   ,
                   unless
                   his
                   Vessels
                   break
                   ,
                   but
                   hejudges
                   when
                   it
                   begins
                   to
                   be
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   sight
                   ,
                   and
                   changing
                   of
                   colours
                   ,
                   proceeding
                   from
                   the
                   putrefaction
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   in
                   Digestion
                   .
                
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   These
                   colours
                   ,
                   as
                   they
                   signifie
                   Corruption
                   and
                   Putrefaction
                   ,
                   so
                   they
                   also
                   presage
                   to
                   us
                   Generation
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   gnawing
                   and
                   dissolving
                   of
                   the
                   perfect
                   Bodies
                   ;
                   which
                   dissolution
                   proceeds
                   from
                   external
                   heat
                   ,
                   joyned
                   with
                   the
                   watery
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   subtil
                   poyson
                   of
                   
                     our
                     Mercury
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   resolves
                   into
                   a
                   meer
                   Cloud
                   ,
                   viz.
                   into
                   impalpable
                   powder
                   ,
                   whatever
                   resists
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   Thus
                   ,
                   the
                   heat
                   working
                   upon
                   and
                   against
                   the
                   Radical
                   ,
                   Metallick
                   ,
                   Viscous
                   ,
                   or
                   Oleaginous
                   Moisture
                   of
                   Metals
                   ,
                   causes
                   the
                   subject
                   matter
                   to
                   generate
                   blackness
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIII
                   .
                   For
                   at
                   the
                   same
                   time
                   the
                   matter
                   is
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   it
                   grows
                   black
                   ,
                   and
                   generates
                   :
                   for
                   all
                   Curruption
                   is
                   Generation
                   ;
                   therefore
                   blackness
                   is
                   much
                   to
                   be
                   desired
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIV
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   black
                   Sail
                   with
                   which
                   Thesus's
                   Ship
                   ,
                   came
                   back
                   with
                   triumph
                   from
                   Crete
                   ,
                   which
                   was
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   his
                   Fathers
                   Death
                   :
                   And
                   so
                   must
                   this
                   Father
                   also
                   die
                   ,
                   that
                   from
                   the
                   Ashes
                   of
                   this
                   Phoenix
                   ,
                   another
                   may
                   spring
                   or
                   arise
                   ,
                   which
                   Son
                   must
                   be
                   King.
                   
                
                 
                   XXV
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   certain
                   ,
                   that
                   if
                   this
                   blackness
                   be
                   not
                   at
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   your
                   operation
                   ,
                   during
                   the
                   days
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   ;
                   let
                   what
                   other
                   colour
                   soever
                   arise
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   wholly
                   fail
                   of
                   the
                   Magistery
                   ,
                   
                   nor
                   from
                   that
                   Chaos
                   ,
                   will
                   you
                   ever
                   produce
                   any
                   thing
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVI
                   .
                   You
                   cannot
                   work
                   well
                   ,
                   unless
                   you
                   putrefie
                   your
                   Matter
                   first
                   ,
                   nor
                   can
                   you
                   generate
                   ,
                   unless
                   you
                   first
                   meet
                   with
                   Corruption
                   :
                   and
                   by
                   consequence
                   ,
                   with
                   out
                   a
                   fit
                   Womb
                   ,
                   warmth
                   ,
                   heat
                   ,
                   and
                   nourishment
                   ,
                   the
                   Stone
                   cannot
                   take
                   a
                   Vegetative
                   Life
                   ,
                   so
                   as
                   to
                   encrease
                   and
                   multiply
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVII
                   .
                   And
                   truly
                   I
                   must
                   tell
                   you
                   ,
                   that
                   though
                   you
                   work
                   upon
                   the
                   true
                   matter
                   ;
                   yet
                   if
                   at
                   the
                   begining
                   ,
                   after
                   you
                   have
                   put
                   your
                   
                     Confection
                     ,
                     Prima
                     materia
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     first
                     Agents
                  
                   ,
                   into
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Egg
                   ;
                   if
                   ,
                   I
                   say
                   ,
                   sometime
                   after
                   the
                   fire
                   has
                   stirred
                   them
                   up
                   ,
                   you
                   see
                   not
                   the
                   
                     black
                     head
                     of
                     the
                     Crow
                  
                   ,
                   this
                   
                     black
                     of
                     the
                     blackest
                     black
                  
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   begin
                   again
                   ,
                   for
                   your
                   fault
                   is
                   irreparable
                   and
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   amended
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVIII
                   .
                   But
                   especially
                   the
                   Orange
                   colour
                   ,
                   or
                   half
                   red
                   ,
                   is
                   much
                   to
                   be
                   feared
                   :
                   For
                   if
                   at
                   the
                   beginning
                   you
                   see
                   that
                   appearance
                   within
                   your
                   Egg
                   ,
                   without
                   doubt
                   you
                   have
                   burnt
                   the
                   Matter
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   will
                   lose
                   the
                   verdure
                   and
                   life
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIX
                   .
                   The
                   colour
                   which
                   you
                   ought
                   to
                   have
                   ,
                   must
                   intirely
                   be
                   perfected
                   in
                   blackness
                   (
                   like
                   to
                   that
                   of
                   these
                   Dragons
                   )
                   in
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   forty
                   days
                   .
                
                 
                   XXX
                   .
                   If
                   therefore
                   you
                   have
                   not
                   these
                   essential
                   marks
                   ,
                   retire
                   your self
                   in
                   good
                   time
                   from
                   your
                   work
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   may
                   rescue
                   yourself
                   from
                   assured
                   and
                   certain
                   loss
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXI
                   .
                   And
                   note
                   this
                   also
                   in
                   particular
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   even
                   next
                   to
                   nothing
                   to
                   attain
                   this
                   blackness
                   ;
                   there
                   is
                   nothing
                   more
                   easie
                   to
                   come
                   by
                   :
                   for
                   from
                   almost
                   all
                   things
                   in
                   the
                   World
                   ,
                   mixed
                   with
                   moisture
                   ,
                   you
                   may
                   have
                   a
                   blackness
                   by
                   fire
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXII
                   .
                   But
                   here
                   you
                   must
                   have
                   a
                   blackness
                   which
                   comes
                   from
                   the
                   perfect
                   Metallick
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   
                   lasts
                   a
                   long
                   space
                   of
                   time
                   ,
                   nor
                   can
                   be
                   destroyed
                   in
                   less
                   than
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   five
                   Months
                   ,
                   after
                   which
                   immediately
                   follows
                   the
                   desired
                   whiteness
                   :
                   if
                   you
                   have
                   this
                   you
                   have
                   enough
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   all
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIII
                   .
                   The
                   blueish
                   and
                   yellowish
                   colours
                   ,
                   signifie
                   that
                   solution
                   and
                   〈◊〉
                   is
                   not
                   yet
                   finished
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   the
                   colours
                   of
                   
                     Our
                     Mercury
                  
                   are
                   not
                   as
                   yet
                   well
                   mingled
                   and
                   rotten
                   ,
                   or
                   putrified
                   with
                   the
                   rest
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIV
                   .
                   This
                   〈◊〉
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   these
                   colours
                   ,
                   plainly
                   demonstrate
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   matter
                   or
                   composition
                   begins
                   to
                   rot
                   or
                   putrifie
                   and
                   resolve
                   into
                   powder
                   ,
                   siner
                   and
                   smaller
                   than
                   the
                   Atoms
                   in
                   the
                   Sun
                   ,
                   the
                   which
                   is
                   afterwards
                   changed
                   into
                   a
                   permanent
                   or
                   fixed
                   water
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXV
                   .
                   This
                   dissolution
                   by
                   the
                   AEnigmatick
                   Philosophers
                   is
                   called
                   
                     Death
                     ,
                     Destruction
                     ,
                     Perdition
                  
                   ;
                   because
                   that
                   the
                   Natures
                   change
                   their
                   form
                   ;
                   and
                   from
                   hence
                   they
                   raised
                   so
                   many
                   Allegories
                   of
                   
                     Dead
                     Men
                     ,
                     Tombs
                     ,
                     Sepulchres
                     ,
                  
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   XXXVI
                   .
                   Others
                   have
                   called
                   it
                   ,
                   
                     Calcination
                     ,
                     Denudation
                     ,
                     Separation
                     ,
                     Trituration
                     ,
                  
                   and
                   Assation
                   ;
                   because
                   the
                   Compositum
                   is
                   changed
                   and
                   reduced
                   ,
                   into
                   most
                   small
                   Atoms
                   and
                   parts
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXVII
                   .
                   Others
                   have
                   called
                   it
                   
                     Reduction
                     into
                     the
                     first
                     matter
                     ,
                     Mollification
                     ,
                     Extraction
                     ,
                     Commixtion
                     ,
                     Liquefaction
                     ,
                     Conversion
                     of
                     Elements
                     ,
                     Subtillization
                     ,
                     Division
                     ,
                     Humation
                     ,
                     Impastation
                     ,
                     and
                     Distillation
                     ,
                  
                   because
                   that
                   the
                   particulars
                   of
                   the
                   Compositum
                   ,
                   are
                   melted
                   ,
                   brought
                   back
                   into
                   seed
                   ,
                   softned
                   ,
                   or
                   meliorated
                   ,
                   and
                   Circulated
                   within
                   the
                   Glass
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXVIII
                   .
                   Others
                   have
                   called
                   it
                   ,
                   
                     Ixir
                     ,
                     Iris
                     ,
                     Putrefaction
                     ,
                     Corruption
                     ,
                     Cymmerian
                     darkness
                     ,
                     a
                     Gulf
                     ,
                     Hell
                     ,
                     Dragons
                     ,
                     Generation
                     ,
                     Ingression
                     ,
                     Submersion
                     ,
                     Complexion
                     ,
                     Conjunction
                     ,
                     and
                     Impregnation
                     ,
                  
                   because
                   that
                   the
                   matter
                   is
                   black
                   and
                   waterish
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Natures
                   are
                   perfectly
                   
                   mixed
                   ,
                   and
                   now
                   subsist
                   one
                   by
                   another
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIX
                   .
                   For
                   when
                   the
                   heat
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   works
                   upon
                   him
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   converted
                   ,
                   first
                   into
                   a
                   Powder
                   ,
                   or
                   into
                   a
                   fat
                   and
                   glutinous
                   Water
                   ,
                   which
                   feeling
                   the
                   heat
                   flies
                   on
                   high
                   to
                   the
                   top
                   or
                   head
                   with
                   the
                   Vapour
                   or
                   Fume
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   Wind
                   and
                   Air.
                   
                
                 
                   XL.
                   From
                   thence
                   this
                   wa
                   ter
                   (
                   drawn
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   or
                   Compositum
                   )
                   descendeth
                   again
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   descending
                   ,
                   reduces
                   and
                   resolves
                   ,
                   (
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   may
                   be
                   )
                   the
                   rest
                   of
                   the
                   Compositum
                   ,
                   continually
                   doing
                   so
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   whole
                   be
                   like
                   a
                   black
                   Broth
                   ,
                   somewhat
                   fat
                   .
                
                 
                   XLI
                   .
                   A
                   while
                   after
                   ,
                   this
                   water
                   begins
                   to
                   coagulate
                   or
                   thicken
                   somewhat
                   more
                   ,
                   growing
                   very
                   black
                   like
                   to
                   Pitch
                   :
                   Lastly
                   ,
                   comes
                   the
                   Body
                   and
                   Earth
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Obscure
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   called
                   
                     Terra
                     foetidae
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   XLII
                   .
                   For
                   then
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   perfect
                   or
                   compleat
                   putrefaction
                   (
                   which
                   is
                   as
                   natural
                   as
                   any
                   can
                   be
                   )
                   this
                   Earth
                   stinks
                   ,
                   and
                   yields
                   a
                   smell
                   like
                   to
                   the
                   Scent
                   of
                   Graves
                   ,
                   filled
                   with
                   rotten
                   and
                   putrified
                   Carkases
                   ,
                   not
                   yet
                   perfectly
                   consumed
                   .
                
                 
                   XLIII
                   .
                   This
                   Earth
                   was
                   called
                   by
                   
                     Hermes
                     ,
                     Terra
                     foliata
                  
                   ,
                   but
                   its
                   true
                   and
                   proper
                   Name
                   is
                   Leton
                   or
                   Laten
                   ,
                   which
                   must
                   afterwards
                   be
                   whitened
                   .
                
                 
                   XLIV
                   .
                   The
                   Ancient
                   Philosophers
                   who
                   were
                   Cabalists
                   have
                   decyphred
                   it
                   in
                   their
                   Metamorphoses
                   under
                   the
                   History
                   of
                   the
                   Serpent
                   of
                   Mars
                   ,
                   which
                   devoured
                   the
                   Companions
                   of
                   Cadmus
                   ,
                   who
                   slew
                   him
                   by
                   piercing
                   him
                   with
                   his
                   Lance
                   against
                   a
                   hollow
                   Oak
                   which
                   Oak
                   ,
                   you
                   ought
                   seriously
                   to
                   contemplate
                   and
                   consider
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXX
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Man
                   and
                   Woman
                   cloathed
                   in
                   an
                   Orange
                   coloured
                   Gown
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   Field
                   Azure
                   and
                   Blue
                   ,
                   with
                   their
                   Motto's
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   THe
                   Man
                   depicted
                   in
                   that
                   Figure
                   exactly
                   resembles
                   my self
                   ,
                   even
                   as
                   the
                   Woman
                   does
                   lively
                   represent
                   Perrenelle
                   :
                   But
                   the
                   representation
                   to
                   the
                   life
                   ,
                   was
                   of
                   no
                   necessity
                   as
                   to
                   this
                   work
                   ;
                   to
                   figure
                   forth
                   a
                   Male
                   and
                   a
                   Female
                   ,
                   was
                   all
                   that
                   our
                   design
                   required
                   ,
                   which
                   answers
                   to
                   
                     our
                     Sulphur
                  
                   and
                   Mercury
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   It
                   was
                   the
                   Painters
                   pleasure
                   to
                   put
                   our
                   resemblance
                   ,
                   upon
                   those
                   Figures
                   ,
                   as
                   he
                   did
                   in
                   those
                   kneeling
                   by
                   the
                   feet
                   of
                   the
                   Apostles
                   Paul
                   and
                   Peter
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   what
                   we
                   were
                   in
                   our
                   youthful
                   days
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   These
                   here
                   then
                   I
                   made
                   to
                   be
                   painted
                   ,
                   one
                   a
                   Male
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   a
                   Female
                   ,
                   to
                   teach
                   thee
                   ,
                   that
                   in
                   this
                   second
                   Operation
                   ,
                   thou
                   hast
                   truly
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   perfectly
                   two
                   natures
                   ,
                   conjoyned
                   and
                   Married
                   together
                   the
                   Masouline
                   and
                   the
                   Feminine
                   ,
                   or
                   rather
                   the
                   4
                   Elements
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   And
                   that
                   the
                   four
                   natural
                   Enemies
                   ,
                   the
                   hot
                   and
                   cold
                   ,
                   the
                   dry
                   and
                   moist
                   ,
                   begin
                   to
                   approach
                   kindly
                   one
                   to
                   another
                   ;
                   and
                   by
                   means
                   of
                   the
                   Mediators
                   or
                   Peace-makers
                   ,
                   lay
                   down
                   by
                   little
                   and
                   little
                   the
                   ancient
                   Animosity
                   or
                   Enmity
                   of
                   the
                   old
                   Chaos
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Who
                   these
                   peace-makers
                   are
                   you
                   must
                   know
                   :
                   between
                   the
                   hot
                   and
                   the
                   cold
                   there
                   is
                   moisture
                   ,
                   who
                   is
                   of
                   the
                   Kindred
                   ,
                   and
                   allied
                   to
                   them
                   both
                   ;
                   to
                   the
                   hot
                   by
                   its
                   heat
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   the
                   cold
                   by
                   its
                   moisture
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   VI.
                   And
                   to
                   begin
                   this
                   Conciliation
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   (
                   as
                   in
                   the
                   precedent
                   operation
                   )
                   first
                   convert
                   all
                   the
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   whole
                   Compositum
                   into
                   water
                   ,
                   by
                   Dissolution
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   And
                   afterwards
                   you
                   must
                   coagulate
                   this
                   water
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   be
                   turned
                   into
                   black
                   earth
                   ,
                   black
                   even
                   of
                   the
                   most
                   black
                   ,
                   whereby
                   this
                   Peace
                   and
                   Union
                   will
                   be
                   wholly
                   and
                   most
                   happily
                   accomplished
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   Earth
                   which
                   is
                   cold
                   and
                   dry
                   ,
                   finding
                   it self
                   akin
                   ,
                   and
                   allyed
                   to
                   the
                   dry
                   and
                   moist
                   which
                   are
                   Enemies
                   ,
                   will
                   wholly
                   conciliate
                   and
                   unite
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Thus
                   have
                   you
                   a
                   perfect
                   mixture
                   of
                   all
                   the
                   four
                   Elements
                   ,
                   having
                   first
                   turned
                   them
                   into
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   afterwards
                   into
                   Earth
                   :
                   I
                   will
                   hereafter
                   teach
                   you
                   other
                   Conversions
                   into
                   Air
                   ,
                   when
                   it
                   shall
                   be
                   made
                   all
                   White
                   ,
                   and
                   into
                   Fire
                   ,
                   when
                   it
                   shall
                   be
                   converted
                   into
                   a
                   most
                   perfect
                   Purple
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   Thus
                   have
                   you
                   two
                   Natures
                   Conjoyned
                   or
                   Married
                   together
                   ,
                   whereby
                   the
                   one
                   conceives
                   by
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   this
                   Conception
                   the
                   Female
                   is
                   Converted
                   into
                   the
                   body
                   of
                   the
                   Male
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Male
                   into
                   the
                   body
                   of
                   the
                   Female
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   That
                   is
                   to
                   say
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   made
                   one
                   only
                   body
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Androgyre
                   ,
                   or
                   ,
                   Hermophrodite
                   of
                   the
                   Ancients
                   ,
                   which
                   ,
                   they
                   have
                   called
                   ,
                   
                     The
                     Crow's
                     Head
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   ,
                   
                     Nature
                     Converted
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   In
                   this
                   manner
                   therefore
                   I
                   depict
                   them
                   here
                   ,
                   because
                   you
                   have
                   two
                   Natures
                   reconciled
                   ,
                   which
                   (
                   if
                   they
                   be
                   order'd
                   and
                   managed
                   wisely
                   )
                   will
                   form
                   an
                   Embrion
                   in
                   the
                   Womb
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   and
                   afterwards
                   bring
                   forth
                   a
                   beautiful
                   birth
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   prove
                   ,
                   a
                   most
                   Powerful
                   and
                   Invincible
                   King
                   ,
                   incorruptible
                   ;
                   and
                   also
                   be
                   a
                   most
                   admirable
                   quintessence
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Thus
                   have
                   you
                   the
                   principal
                   ,
                   and
                   most
                   necessary
                   Reason
                   ,
                   or
                   Cause
                   of
                   
                   this
                   Representation
                   .
                   The
                   other
                   Cause
                   (
                   which
                   is
                   also
                   well
                   to
                   be
                   noted
                   )
                   from
                   the
                   necessity
                   of
                   having
                   
                     two
                     bodies
                  
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   in
                   this
                   Operation
                   you
                   must
                   divide
                   that
                   which
                   has
                   been
                   coagulated
                   ,
                   to
                   give
                   an
                   afternourishment
                   of
                   the
                   Milk
                   of
                   Life
                   to
                   the
                   little
                   Infant
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   born
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   endued
                   (
                   by
                   the
                   Living
                   God
                   )
                   with
                   a
                   Vegetable
                   Soul.
                   
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   a
                   rare
                   and
                   admirable
                   secret
                   ,
                   which
                   for
                   want
                   of
                   〈◊〉
                   right
                   understanding
                   ,
                   has
                   made
                   Fools
                   of
                   all
                   such
                   as
                   have
                   erred
                   in
                   seeking
                   after
                   it
                   ;
                   but
                   has
                   made
                   him
                   wise
                   ,
                   who
                   has
                   viewed
                   it
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   Eye
                   of
                   his
                   Mind
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   This
                   Coagulated
                   body
                   you
                   must
                   divide
                   into
                   two
                   parts
                   ,
                   the
                   one
                   of
                   which
                   shall
                   serve
                   for
                   Azoth
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   to
                   wash
                   and
                   cleanse
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   Laten
                   ,
                   which
                   must
                   be
                   whitened
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   He
                   which
                   is
                   washed
                   is
                   the
                   Serpent
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   who
                   takes
                   his
                   beginning
                   ,
                   or
                   Original
                   from
                   the
                   Corruption
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   gathered
                   together
                   by
                   the
                   Waters
                   of
                   the
                   Deluge
                   ,
                   when
                   the
                   whole
                   Composition
                   was
                   water
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   This
                   Serpent
                   must
                   be
                   slain
                   or
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   and
                   overcome
                   by
                   the
                   Arrows
                   of
                   Apollo
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   yellow
                   Sol
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   to
                   say
                   by
                   our
                   fire
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   equal
                   too
                   that
                   of
                   the
                   Sun.
                   
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   He
                   who
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   or
                   rather
                   the
                   Washings
                   ,
                   which
                   must
                   be
                   continued
                   with
                   the
                   other
                   half
                   ,
                   are
                   the
                   Teeth
                   of
                   that
                   .
                   serpent
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Wife
                   〈◊〉
                   will
                   sow
                   in
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   from
                   whence
                   shall
                   spring
                   up
                   Armed
                   Men
                   ,
                   who
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   shall
                   〈◊〉
                   themselves
                   ,
                   suffering
                   themselves
                   by
                   opposition
                   to
                   resolve
                   into
                   the
                   same
                   nature
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Artist
                   to
                   obtain
                   his
                   deserved
                   Conquests
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   of
                   this
                   very
                   thing
                   that
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   〈◊〉
                   written
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   often
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   
                     Dissolves
                     it self
                     ,
                     it
                     〈◊〉
                     it self
                     ,
                     it
                     makes
                     it self
                     Black
                     ,
                     it
                     makes
                     it self
                     White
                     ,
                     it
                     〈◊〉
                     it
                  
                   
                   self
                   and
                   makes
                   it self
                   alive
                   again
                   .
                
                 
                   XX.
                   I
                   caused
                   their
                   Field
                   to
                   be
                   painted
                   Azure
                   and
                   Blue
                   ,
                   to
                   shew
                   that
                   we
                   do
                   now
                   but
                   begin
                   to
                   get
                   out
                   from
                   the
                   most
                   black
                   darkness
                   :
                   For
                   that
                   the
                   Azure
                   and
                   Blue
                   is
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   Colours
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   dark
                   Woman
                   let
                   us
                   see
                   ;
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   moisture
                   giving
                   place
                   a
                   little
                   to
                   heat
                   and
                   dryness
                   .
                
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   The
                   Man
                   and
                   Woman
                   ,
                   are
                   almost
                   all
                   Orange
                   colourd
                   ,
                   to
                   〈◊〉
                   that
                   
                     our
                     Bodies
                  
                   (
                   or
                   
                     our
                     body's
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   here
                   call
                   .
                   Rebis
                   )
                   are
                   not
                   yet
                   decocted
                   enough
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   the
                   〈◊〉
                   from
                   whence
                   the
                   
                     black
                     Blue
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Azure
                   comes
                   is
                   but
                   half
                   vanquished
                   by
                   
                     the
                     dryness
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   For
                   when
                   
                     the
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   has
                   got
                   the
                   Dominion
                   ,
                   all
                   will
                   be
                   white
                   :
                   and
                   when
                   it
                   fights
                   with
                   ,
                   or
                   is
                   equal
                   to
                   the
                   moisture
                   ,
                   all
                   will
                   be
                   in
                   part
                   according
                   to
                   these
                   present
                   colours
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIII
                   .
                   The
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   also
                   called
                   the
                   Compositum
                   in
                   this
                   Operation
                   ,
                   
                     Nummus
                     ,
                     〈◊〉
                     ,
                     Arena
                     ,
                     Boritis
                     ,
                     〈◊〉
                     ,
                     Cambar
                     ,
                     Albar
                     
                     〈◊〉
                     ,
                  
                   &c.
                   which
                   they
                   have
                   commanded
                   to
                   make
                   white
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIV
                   .
                   The
                   Womans
                   Motto
                   is
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   in
                   a
                   white
                   Circle
                   round
                   about
                   her
                   body
                   ,
                   to
                   shew
                   that
                   Rebis
                   will
                   become
                   white
                   in
                   that
                   very
                   manner
                   ,
                   beginning
                   first
                   at
                   the
                   Extremities
                   round
                   about
                   the
                   white
                   Circle
                   .
                
                 
                   XXV
                   .
                   In
                   Schola
                   〈◊〉
                   
                     it
                     is
                     said
                  
                   ,
                   That
                   the
                   Sign
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   perfect
                   whiteness
                   is
                   the
                   manifestation
                   of
                   a
                   little
                   Circle
                   of
                   hair
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   〈◊〉
                   over
                   the
                   Head
                   ;
                   and
                   will
                   appear
                   on
                   the
                   sides
                   of
                   the
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   round
                   about
                   the
                   matter
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   kind
                   of
                   a
                   〈◊〉
                   or
                   〈◊〉
                   Colour
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVI
                   .
                   The
                   Motto
                   belonging
                   to
                   the
                   Male
                   is
                   ,
                   
                     Homo
                     veniet
                     ad
                     judicium
                     Dei
                  
                   :
                   That
                   belonging
                   to
                   the
                   Female
                   is
                   ,
                   
                     Vere
                     illa
                     dies
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   .
                   These
                   are
                   not
                   Sentences
                   
                   of
                   Holy
                   Scripture
                   ,
                   but
                   only
                   words
                   which
                   speak
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   Theological
                   sense
                   of
                   the
                   Judgment
                   to
                   come
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVII
                   .
                   I
                   have
                   put
                   them
                   there
                   not
                   only
                   for
                   the
                   Theological
                   sense
                   ,
                   concerning
                   the
                   Resurrection
                   ,
                   which
                   may
                   serve
                   them
                   which
                   only
                   behold
                   the
                   outward
                   Figures
                   ,
                   but
                   know
                   nothing
                   of
                   the
                   Scientifick
                   Mystery
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVIII
                   .
                   But
                   also
                   for
                   them
                   ,
                   who
                   gathering
                   together
                   the
                   AEnigmas
                   and
                   Parables
                   of
                   the
                   Science
                   ,
                   and
                   viewing
                   them
                   with
                   Lynceus's
                   Eyes
                   ,
                   are
                   able
                   to
                   pierce
                   in
                   to
                   the
                   mysterious
                   sense
                   ,
                   through
                   the
                   visible
                   Objects
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIX
                   .
                   Thus
                   then
                   ,
                   
                     Man
                     shall
                     come
                     to
                     the
                     Judgment
                     of
                     God
                  
                   ;
                   it
                   signifies
                   ,
                   that
                   to
                   bring
                   the
                   Compositum
                   or
                   Matter
                   to
                   the
                   colour
                   of
                   perfection
                   ,
                   it
                   must
                   be
                   judged
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   cleansed
                   from
                   all
                   its
                   blackness
                   and
                   Filth
                   ,
                   be
                   spiritualized
                   ,
                   and
                   whitened
                   .
                
                 
                   XXX
                   .
                   Again
                   ,
                   
                     Surely
                     that
                     day
                     will
                     be
                     terrible
                     :
                  
                   Such
                   indeed
                   is
                   the
                   day
                   of
                   cleansing
                   and
                   purifying
                   :
                   Horrour
                   holds
                   
                     the
                     body
                  
                   in
                   Prison
                   for
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   fourscore
                   days
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   darkness
                   of
                   the
                   waters
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   extream
                   heat
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   Troubles
                   of
                   the
                   Sea.
                   
                
                 
                   XXXI
                   .
                   All
                   which
                   things
                   ought
                   first
                   to
                   pass
                   over
                   ,
                   before
                   our
                   King
                   can
                   become
                   white
                   ,
                   arising
                   from
                   Death
                   to
                   Life
                   ,
                   to
                   Conquer
                   and
                   overcome
                   all
                   his
                   Enemies
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXII
                   .
                   To
                   make
                   you
                   understand
                   something
                   better
                   this
                   Allification
                   or
                   Whitening
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   harder
                   and
                   more
                   difficult
                   than
                   all
                   the
                   rest
                   ,
                   (
                   for
                   till
                   that
                   time
                   you
                   may
                   err
                   at
                   every
                   step
                   ,
                   but
                   afterwards
                   you
                   cannot
                   ;
                   except
                   you
                   break
                   your
                   Vessels
                   .
                   )
                   I
                   give
                   you
                   the
                   following
                   Explication
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXXI
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Figure
                   like
                   Paul
                   the
                   Apostle
                   ,
                   cloathed
                   with
                   a
                   White
                   and
                   Yellow
                   Robe
                   ,
                   bordered
                   with
                   Gold
                   ,
                   holding
                   a
                   naked
                   Sword
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   Man
                   kneeling
                   by
                   his
                   Feet
                   ,
                   clad
                   in
                   a
                   Robe
                   of
                   Orange
                   Colour
                   ,
                   Black
                   and
                   White
                   ,
                   with
                   his
                   Motto
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   VIew
                   well
                   this
                   Man
                   cloathed
                   in
                   a
                   Robe
                   ,
                   intirely
                   of
                   a
                   Yellowish
                   White
                   ,
                   and
                   see
                   him
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   turning
                   his
                   Body
                   ,
                   so
                   as
                   if
                   he
                   would
                   take
                   the
                   naked
                   Sword
                   ,
                   either
                   to
                   cut
                   off
                   the
                   Head
                   ,
                   or
                   do
                   some
                   other
                   thing
                   to
                   the
                   Man
                   kneeling
                   by
                   his
                   feet
                   ,
                   clothed
                   in
                   a
                   Robe
                   of
                   Orange
                   colour
                   ,
                   White
                   and
                   Black
                   ,
                   who
                   crys
                   out
                   
                     Dele
                     mala
                     quaetion
                     ,
                     Blot
                     out
                     all
                     the
                     evil
                     which
                     I
                     have
                     done
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   II.
                   As
                   if
                   he
                   should
                   say
                   ,
                   
                     Tolle
                     nigredinem
                     ,
                     Take
                     away
                     from
                     me
                     my
                     blackness
                  
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   term
                   of
                   Art
                   :
                   For
                   Evil
                   signifies
                   in
                   the
                   
                     Allegory
                     ,
                     Blackness
                  
                   ;
                   as
                   you
                   may
                   often
                   read
                   in
                   
                     Turba
                     Philosophorum
                     ,
                     Deeoct
                     it
                     until
                     it
                     come
                     to
                     Blackness
                     ,
                     which
                     will
                     be
                     thought
                     evil
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   III.
                   But
                   would
                   you
                   know
                   what
                   is
                   meant
                   by
                   this
                   Man
                   ,
                   taking
                   the
                   Sword
                   into
                   his
                   hand
                   ?
                   Truly
                   it
                   signifies
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   must
                   cut
                   off
                   the
                   Head
                   of
                   the
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   Man
                   clothed
                   in
                   divers
                   Colours
                   kneeling
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   I
                   have
                   taken
                   this
                   Portraicture
                   and
                   Figure
                   out
                   of
                   
                     Hermes
                     Trismegistus
                  
                   his
                   Book
                   of
                   
                     the
                     secret
                     Art
                  
                   ,
                   where
                   
                   he
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     Take
                     away
                     the
                     Head
                     of
                     the
                     Black
                     Man
                     ,
                     cut
                     off
                     the
                     Head
                     of
                     the
                     Crow
                  
                   ;
                   all
                   which
                   signifies
                   no
                   more
                   than
                   these
                   few
                   words
                   ,
                   
                     Whiten
                     our
                     Black.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   V.
                   Lambspring
                   ,
                   
                     that
                     Noble
                  
                   German
                   ,
                   
                     hath
                     also
                     used
                     it
                     in
                     the
                     Commentary
                     of
                     his
                     Hierogly
                     phicks
                     ,
                     where
                     he
                     saith
                  
                   In
                   this
                   Wood
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   Beast
                   all
                   over
                   covered
                   with
                   Black
                   ,
                   if
                   any
                   one
                   cut
                   off
                   his
                   Head
                   ,
                   he
                   will
                   loose
                   his
                   blackness
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   on
                   a
                   most
                   white
                   Colour
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Will
                   you
                   understand
                   ,
                   
                     (
                     saith
                     he
                  
                   )
                   what
                   that
                   is
                   ?
                   The
                   blackness
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   Head
                   of
                   the
                   Crow
                   ,
                   the
                   which
                   being
                   taken
                   away
                   ,
                   at
                   that
                   instant
                   comes
                   the
                   white
                   colour
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   to
                   say
                   ;
                   that
                   when
                   the
                   Cloud
                   appears
                   no
                   more
                   ,
                   this
                   Body
                   is
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   without
                   an
                   head
                   .
                   
                     These
                     are
                     his
                     words
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   same
                   sense
                   ,
                   the
                   Wise
                   Men
                   have
                   also
                   said
                   in
                   other
                   places
                   ,
                   
                     Take
                     the
                     Viper
                     called
                     Derexa
                     ,
                     and
                     cut
                     off
                     his
                     Head
                     ,
                  
                   &c.
                   
                   That
                   is
                   to
                   say
                   ,
                   
                     Take
                     away
                     from
                     him
                     all
                     his
                     Blackness
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   They
                   have
                   also
                   used
                   this
                   Periphrasis
                   :
                   When
                   they
                   would
                   express
                   the
                   multiplication
                   of
                   the
                   stone
                   ,
                   they
                   have
                   feigned
                   the
                   Serpent
                   Hydra
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   that
                   if
                   one
                   Head
                   be
                   cut
                   off
                   ,
                   there
                   will
                   spring
                   up
                   ten
                   in
                   the
                   place
                   thereof
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   stone
                   multiplies
                   or
                   encreases
                   it self
                   ,
                   ten
                   fold
                   every
                   time
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   cut
                   off
                   this
                   
                     Head
                     of
                     the
                     Crow
                  
                   ;
                   that
                   they
                   make
                   it
                   black
                   and
                   afterwards
                   white
                   ;
                   that
                   is
                   to
                   say
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   dissolve
                   it
                   anew
                   ,
                   and
                   afterwards
                   make
                   it
                   white
                   again
                   ;
                   viz.
                   They
                   dissolve
                   it
                   anew
                   ,
                   and
                   afterwards
                   coagulate
                   it
                   again
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   Observe
                   also
                   how
                   the
                   naked
                   Sword
                   is
                   wreathed
                   about
                   with
                   a
                   black
                   Girdle
                   ,
                   yet
                   that
                   the
                   ends
                   thereof
                   are
                   naked
                   and
                   bare
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   wreathed
                   at
                   all
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   This
                   naked
                   shining
                   Sword
                   is
                   the
                   stone
                   for
                   the
                   White
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   White-stone
                   ,
                   so
                   often
                   by
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   described
                   under
                   this
                   Form.
                   
                
                 
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   To
                   come
                   then
                   to
                   this
                   perfect
                   and
                   sparkling
                   whiteness
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   know
                   what
                   the
                   wreath
                   of
                   this
                   black
                   Girdle
                   signifies
                   ,
                   and
                   follow
                   that
                   which
                   they
                   teach
                   you
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   quantity
                   of
                   the
                   Imbibitions
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   The
                   two
                   ends
                   which
                   are
                   not
                   wreathed
                   about
                   at
                   all
                   ,
                   represent
                   the
                   begining
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   ending
                   ;
                   for
                   the
                   begining
                   it
                   shews
                   you
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   must
                   Imbibe
                   it
                   at
                   the
                   first
                   time
                   gently
                   and
                   sparingly
                   ,
                   giving
                   it
                   then
                   a
                   little
                   Milk
                   ,
                   as
                   to
                   a
                   Child
                   new
                   born
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   intent
                   that
                   Ixir
                   (
                   as
                   Authors
                   speak
                   )
                   be
                   not
                   drowned
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   The
                   like
                   must
                   we
                   do
                   at
                   the
                   end
                   ,
                   when
                   we
                   see
                   that
                   our
                   King
                   is
                   fall
                   ,
                   and
                   will
                   have
                   no
                   more
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   The
                   middle
                   of
                   these
                   Operations
                   is
                   explicated
                   by
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   whose
                   wreaths
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   black
                   Girdle
                   ,
                   at
                   what
                   time
                   (
                   because
                   our
                   Salamander
                   lives
                   of
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   midst
                   of
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   indeed
                   is
                   a
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   an
                   Argent-Vive
                   ,
                   or
                   Quick-silver
                   ,
                   which
                   runs
                   in
                   the
                   midst
                   of
                   the
                   fire
                   fearing
                   nothing
                   )
                   you
                   must
                   feed
                   him
                   abundantly
                   ,
                   so
                   as
                   that
                   the
                   
                     Virgins
                     Milk
                  
                   may
                   encompass
                   all
                   the
                   matter
                   round
                   about
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   The
                   wreaths
                   I
                   painted
                   black
                   ,
                   because
                   they
                   signifie
                   the
                   Imbibitions
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   consequence
                   ,
                   the
                   blacknesses
                   :
                   For
                   the
                   fire
                   with
                   the
                   moisture
                   (
                   as
                   I
                   have
                   often
                   told
                   you
                   )
                   causeth
                   blackness
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   And
                   as
                   these
                   five
                   Leaves
                   or
                   Rounds
                   ,
                   shew
                   that
                   you
                   must
                   do
                   it
                   five
                   times
                   wholly
                   ,
                   so
                   likewise
                   they
                   let
                   you
                   know
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   must
                   do
                   this
                   in
                   five
                   whole
                   Months
                   ;
                   a
                   Month
                   to
                   every
                   Imbibition
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   And
                   now
                   you
                   may
                   see
                   the
                   reason
                   why
                   
                     Haly
                     Abenragel
                  
                   said
                   ,
                   
                     The
                     decoction
                     of
                     the
                  
                   Compositum
                   ,
                   
                     or
                     Matter
                     is
                     done
                     in
                     three
                     times
                     fifty
                     days
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   true
                   ,
                   that
                   if
                   you
                   count
                   these
                   little
                   Imbibitions
                   at
                   the
                   beginning
                   and
                   
                   
                     at
                     the
                     end
                     ,
                     there
                     are
                     seven
                     ;
                     whereupon
                     one
                     of
                     the
                     most
                     obscure
                     has
                     said
                     ,
                  
                   Our
                   Head
                   of
                   the
                   Crow
                   is
                   Leprous
                   ,
                   and
                   he
                   that
                   would
                   cleanse
                   it
                   must
                   make
                   it
                   go
                   down
                   seven
                   times
                   into
                   the
                   River
                   of
                   Regeneration
                   ,
                   viz.
                   of
                   Jordan
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Prophet
                   commanded
                   Leprous
                   Naaman
                   ,
                   the
                   Syrian
                   .
                
                 
                   XX.
                   Hereby
                   comprehending
                   ,
                   the
                   beginning
                   ,
                   which
                   consists
                   but
                   of
                   few
                   days
                   ;
                   the
                   middle
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   end
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   also
                   very
                   short
                   :
                   And
                   therefore
                   by
                   this
                   Hieroglyphick
                   ,
                   I
                   tell
                   you
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   must
                   whiten
                   your
                   body
                   ,
                   which
                   by
                   kneeling
                   begs
                   that
                   thing
                   at
                   your
                   hands
                   .
                
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   For
                   nature
                   always
                   tends
                   to
                   perfection
                   ,
                   and
                   this
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   accomplished
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   the
                   Virgins
                   Milk
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   decoction
                   and
                   digestion
                   of
                   the
                   Compositum
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   shall
                   make
                   with
                   this
                   Milk
                   ;
                   which
                   being
                   dryed
                   upon
                   your
                   body
                   ,
                   will
                   tinge
                   it
                   into
                   the
                   same
                   white
                   Yellow
                   ,
                   or
                   yellowish
                   White
                   ,
                   which
                   he
                   who
                   takes
                   the
                   Sword
                   is
                   cloathed
                   withall
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   which
                   Colour
                   you
                   must
                   make
                   your
                   Corsufle
                   to
                   come
                   .
                
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   The
                   Vestments
                   of
                   the
                   Figure
                   of
                   Paul
                   the
                   Apostle
                   are
                   bordred
                   largly
                   with
                   a
                   Golden
                   and
                   red
                   Citrine
                   colour
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIII
                   .
                   Give
                   praise
                   now
                   ,
                   my
                   Son
                   ,
                   if
                   thou
                   ever
                   seest
                   this
                   ;
                   for
                   then
                   by
                   the
                   good
                   Hand
                   of
                   Heaven
                   ,
                   thou
                   hast
                   obtained
                   a
                   Treasure
                   ;
                   which
                   you
                   must
                   then
                   imbibe
                   ,
                   and
                   tinge
                   it
                   by
                   decoction
                   and
                   digestion
                   ,
                   so
                   long
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   little
                   Infant
                   becomes
                   hardy
                   and
                   strong
                   to
                   encounter
                   against
                   both
                   the
                   water
                   and
                   the
                   fire
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XXIV
                     .
                     In
                     accomplishing
                     of
                     this
                     ,
                     you
                     must
                     do
                     that
                     which
                  
                   Demageras
                   ,
                   Senior
                   ,
                   and
                   Haly
                   
                     have
                     called
                  
                   ,
                   the
                   putting
                   of
                   the
                   Mother
                   into
                   the
                   Infants
                   Belly
                   ,
                   which
                   Infant
                   the
                   Mother
                   had
                   lately
                   brought
                   forth
                   .
                
                 
                   XXV
                   .
                   Now
                   they
                   call
                   the
                   Mother
                   ,
                   the
                   Mercury
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   wherewith
                   they
                   make
                   their
                   Imbibitions
                   and
                   Fermentations
                   :
                   And
                   the
                   
                   Infant
                   they
                   call
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   the
                   which
                   the
                   said
                   Mercury
                   is
                   gone
                   forth
                   to
                   tinge
                   or
                   colour
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVI
                   .
                   I
                   have
                   therefore
                   given
                   you
                   these
                   two
                   Hieroglyphicks
                   to
                   signifie
                   the
                   Albification
                   ;
                   for
                   now
                   it
                   is
                   that
                   you
                   have
                   need
                   of
                   great
                   help
                   ,
                   and
                   here
                   it
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   all
                   the
                   World
                   is
                   deceived
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVII
                   .
                   This
                   Operation
                   is
                   indeed
                   a
                   Laborinth
                   ;
                   for
                   here
                   is
                   presented
                   a
                   thousand
                   ways
                   at
                   the
                   same
                   Instant
                   ,
                   besides
                   that
                   which
                   you
                   ought
                   to
                   go
                   ,
                   and
                   prusue
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   Work
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   directly
                   contrary
                   to
                   the
                   beginning
                   ;
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   in
                   coagulating
                   what
                   before
                   you
                   dissolved
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   making
                   that
                   Earth
                   ,
                   which
                   before
                   was
                   Water
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVIII
                   .
                   When
                   you
                   have
                   made
                   it
                   White
                   ,
                   then
                   you
                   have
                   overcome
                   the
                   
                     Enchanted
                     Bulls
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   cast
                   Fire
                   and
                   Smoak
                   out
                   of
                   their
                   Nostrils
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIX
                   .
                   Hercules
                   now
                   has
                   cleansed
                   the
                   Stable
                   full
                   of
                   Ordure
                   ,
                   rottenness
                   and
                   blackness
                   :
                   Jason
                   has
                   poured
                   the
                   digested
                   Broth
                   or
                   Liquor
                   upon
                   the
                   Dragons
                   of
                   Colchos
                   :
                   and
                   you
                   have
                   now
                   in
                   your
                   power
                   the
                   
                     Horn
                     of
                     Amalthea
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   ,
                   tho'
                   it
                   be
                   white
                   ,
                   may
                   replenish
                   you
                   through
                   the
                   whole
                   course
                   of
                   Life
                   with
                   Riches
                   ,
                   Honour
                   ,
                   and
                   Glory
                   .
                
                 
                   XXX
                   .
                   But
                   to
                   obtain
                   this
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   bestir
                   your self
                   ,
                   and
                   pursue
                   the
                   Work
                   like
                   Hercules
                   ,
                   wich
                   invincible
                   resolution
                   :
                   for
                   this
                   Achelous
                   ,
                   this
                   moist
                   River
                   ,
                   is
                   endowed
                   with
                   a
                   most
                   mighty
                   force
                   and
                   often
                   transfigures
                   it self
                   from
                   one
                   shape
                   to
                   another
                   :
                   and
                   now
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   manner
                   ,
                   you
                   have
                   done
                   all
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   what
                   remains
                   ,
                   is
                   performed
                   without
                   any
                   difficulty
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXI
                   .
                   These
                   transmutations
                   ,
                   transfigurations
                   ,
                   or
                   changes
                   ,
                   are
                   particularly
                   described
                   in
                   the
                   Book
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Seven
                     Egyptian
                     Seals
                  
                   ;
                   where
                   ,
                   (
                   as
                   also
                   by
                   other
                   Authors
                   )
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   ,
                   
                     That
                     the
                     Stone
                     ,
                     before
                     it
                     will
                     wholly
                     forsake
                     its
                     blackness
                     ,
                     and
                     become
                     white
                     ,
                     to
                     the
                     appearance
                     of
                     the
                     most
                  
                   
                   shining
                   or
                   polished
                   Marble
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   a
                   naked
                   flaming
                   Sword
                   ,
                   will
                   put
                   on
                   all
                   the
                   colours
                   that
                   thou
                   canst
                   possibly
                   imagine
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXII
                   .
                   And
                   that
                   it
                   will
                   often
                   〈◊〉
                   it self
                   ,
                   and
                   as
                   often
                   coagulate
                   it self
                   again
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   midst
                   of
                   those
                   divers
                   and
                   contrary
                   Operations
                   (
                   which
                   it
                   performs
                   by
                   virtue
                   of
                   the
                   Vegetable
                   Soul
                   which
                   is
                   within
                   it
                   at
                   one
                   and
                   the
                   same
                   time
                   it
                   will
                   grow
                   Citrine
                   ,
                   Green
                   ,
                   Red
                   (
                   but
                   not
                   of
                   the
                   true
                   Red
                   )
                   and
                   become
                   Yellow
                   ,
                   Blue
                   ,
                   and
                   Orange
                   colour
                   ;
                   even
                   till
                   ,
                   that
                   being
                   wholly
                   overcome
                   by
                   driness
                   ,
                   all
                   these
                   various
                   colours
                   shall
                   Vanish
                   ,
                   and
                   end
                   in
                   this
                   adrable
                   Citrine
                   whiteness
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIII
                   .
                   Which
                   last
                   colour
                   is
                   that
                   of
                   Paul's
                   Garment
                   ,
                   and
                   will
                   in
                   a
                   short
                   time
                   become
                   like
                   the
                   colour
                   of
                   the
                   naked
                   Sword
                   :
                   afterwards
                   by
                   means
                   of
                   a
                   more
                   strong
                   and
                   long
                   digestion
                   ,
                   towards
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   work
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   changed
                   into
                   a
                   Red
                   Citrine
                   colour
                   ,
                   and
                   at
                   last
                   ,
                   into
                   the
                   perfect
                   Red
                   of
                   the
                   Vermilion
                   ,
                   where
                   it
                   will
                   repose
                   or
                   fix
                   it self
                   for
                   ever
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIV
                   .
                   Of
                   this
                   also
                   be
                   advised
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   
                     Milk
                     of
                     Luna
                  
                   is
                   not
                   like
                   the
                   
                     Virgin
                     Milk
                     of
                     Sol
                  
                   :
                   and
                   that
                   the
                   Imbibitions
                   of
                   Whiteness
                   require
                   a
                   more
                   
                     White
                     Milk
                  
                   ,
                   than
                   those
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Golden
                     Redness
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXV
                   .
                   In
                   this
                   very
                   matter
                   I
                   was
                   in
                   danger
                   of
                   missing
                   my
                   way
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   I
                   had
                   done
                   indeed
                   ,
                   had
                   it
                   not
                   been
                   for
                   the
                   Book
                   of
                   ABRAHAM
                   
                     the
                     Jew
                  
                   ;
                   And
                   therefore
                   for
                   this
                   reason
                   ,
                   I
                   have
                   made
                   to
                   be
                   depicted
                   for
                   you
                   ,
                   the
                   Figure
                   which
                   takes
                   hold
                   of
                   the
                   naked
                   Sword
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   proper
                   and
                   right
                   colour
                   ,
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Emblem
                   of
                   that
                   which
                   whitens
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXXII
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Green
                   Field
                   with
                   the
                   three
                   Resuseitants
                   ,
                   two
                   Men
                   and
                   one
                   Woman
                   ,
                   altogether
                   in
                   White
                   :
                   Two
                   Angels
                   beneath
                   ,
                   and
                   over
                   the
                   Angels
                   the
                   Figure
                   of
                   our
                   Lord
                   and
                   Saviour
                   ,
                   coming
                   to
                   Judge
                   the
                   World
                   ,
                   cloathed
                   with
                   a
                   Robe
                   ,
                   perfectly
                   Citrine-White
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   I
                   Have
                   depicted
                   the
                   Field
                   Green
                   ,
                   because
                   that
                   in
                   this
                   decoction
                   the
                   Compositum
                   becomes
                   Green
                   ,
                   and
                   keeps
                   this
                   colour
                   longer
                   than
                   any
                   other
                   after
                   the
                   Black.
                   
                
                 
                   II.
                   This
                   Greenness
                   demonstrates
                   particularly
                   ,
                   that
                   our
                   Stone
                   has
                   a
                   Vegetable
                   Soul
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   art
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   made
                   to
                   grow
                   into
                   a
                   true
                   and
                   pure
                   Tree
                   ,
                   to
                   spring
                   up
                   ,
                   and
                   bud
                   forth
                   abundantly
                   ;
                   and
                   afterwards
                   to
                   send
                   forth
                   infinite
                   little
                   Springs
                   and
                   Branches
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   O
                   Noble
                   and
                   Blessed
                   Green
                   ,
                   
                     (
                     saith
                     the
                     Rosary
                  
                   )
                   which
                   produces
                   all
                   things
                   ,
                   and
                   without
                   whom
                   nothing
                   can
                   Increase
                   ,
                   Vegetate
                   ,
                   nor
                   Multiply
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   The
                   three
                   Persons
                   rising
                   again
                   ,
                   cloathed
                   in
                   Sparkling
                   White
                   ,
                   represent
                   the
                   
                     Body
                     ,
                     Sonl
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Spirit
                   of
                   our
                   white
                   stone
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   The
                   Philosophers
                   do
                   commonly
                   use
                   these
                   terms
                   of
                   Art
                   to
                   hide
                   the
                   Secret
                   from
                   Unworthy
                   Men.
                   
                
                 
                 
                   VI.
                   They
                   call
                   the
                   Body
                   that
                   
                     black
                     Earth
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   obscure
                   and
                   dark
                   ,
                   and
                   which
                   we
                   make
                   white
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   They
                   call
                   the
                   Soul
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   half
                   divided
                   from
                   the
                   body
                   ;
                   which
                   by
                   the
                   purpose
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   and
                   work
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   gives
                   to
                   the
                   body
                   by
                   its
                   Imbibitions
                   and
                   Fermentations
                   a
                   
                     Vegetable
                     Soul
                     ;
                     viz.
                  
                   a
                   Power
                   and
                   Vertue
                   ,
                   to
                   bud
                   ,
                   or
                   spring
                   ,
                   increase
                   ,
                   multiply
                   ,
                   and
                   become
                   White
                   ,
                   like
                   a
                   naked
                   shining
                   Sword.
                   
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   They
                   call
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   the
                   Tincture
                   and
                   dryness
                   ;
                   which
                   as
                   a
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   has
                   power
                   to
                   pierce
                   all
                   things
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   It
                   would
                   be
                   too
                   tedious
                   to
                   tell
                   you
                   ,
                   how
                   great
                   reason
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   had
                   ,
                   to
                   say
                   always
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   all
                   places
                   ,
                   
                     Our
                     Stone
                     hath
                     answerable
                     to
                     human
                     kind
                     ,
                     a
                     Body
                     ,
                     a
                     Soul
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     Spirit
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   X.
                   I
                   will
                   only
                   inculcate
                   to
                   you
                   ,
                   that
                   as
                   a
                   Man
                   endued
                   with
                   
                     Body
                     ,
                     Soul
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   is
                   notwithstanding
                   but
                   one
                   Man
                   ,
                   or
                   substance
                   :
                   So
                   likewise
                   in
                   this
                   your
                   white
                   Compositum
                   ,
                   you
                   have
                   but
                   one
                   only
                   substance
                   ,
                   yet
                   containing
                   a
                   
                     Body
                     ,
                     Soul
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   inseparably
                   united
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   I
                   could
                   very
                   easily
                   give
                   you
                   most
                   clear
                   Comparisons
                   and
                   Expositions
                   of
                   this
                   
                     Body
                     ,
                     Soul
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   not
                   fit
                   to
                   be
                   divulged
                   :
                   but
                   should
                   I
                   explicate
                   them
                   ,
                   I
                   must
                   of
                   necessity
                   declare
                   things
                   which
                   God
                   reserves
                   to
                   himself
                   ,
                   to
                   reveal
                   to
                   a
                   select
                   choice
                   ,
                   of
                   such
                   as
                   fear
                   and
                   love
                   him
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   ought
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   written
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   I
                   have
                   then
                   caused
                   to
                   be
                   depicted
                   here
                   ,
                   three
                   persons
                   all
                   in
                   white
                   ,
                   as
                   if
                   they
                   were
                   rising
                   again
                   ,
                   thereby
                   typifying
                   forth
                   this
                   
                     Body
                     ,
                     Soul
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   to
                   shew
                   you
                   that
                   
                     Sol
                     ,
                     Luna
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Mercury
                   are
                   raised
                   again
                   in
                   this
                   Operation
                   ,
                   viz.
                   That
                   they
                   are
                   made
                   Elements
                   ,
                   or
                   Inhabitants
                   of
                   the
                   Air
                   ,
                   and
                   Whitened
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   For
                   we
                   have
                   before
                   ,
                   called
                   the
                   
                     blackness
                     ,
                     Death
                  
                   :
                   and
                   so
                   continuing
                   the
                   Metaphor
                   ,
                   we
                   may
                   call
                   
                     Whiteness
                     Life
                  
                   :
                   which
                   comes
                   not
                   ,
                   but
                   with
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   a
                   Resurrection
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   
                     The
                     Body
                  
                   .
                   To
                   explicate
                   this
                   more
                   plainly
                   ,
                   I
                   have
                   made
                   to
                   be
                   painted
                   ,
                   
                     The
                     Body
                  
                   ,
                   lifting
                   up
                   the
                   Stone
                   of
                   its
                   Tomb
                   ,
                   wherein
                   it
                   was
                   inclosed
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   
                     The
                     Soul.
                  
                   This
                   because
                   it
                   cannot
                   be
                   put
                   into
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   it
                   comes
                   not
                   out
                   of
                   a
                   Tomb
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   I
                   only
                   depicted
                   or
                   placed
                   it
                   among
                   the
                   Tombs
                   seeking
                   its
                   Body
                   ;
                   It
                   is
                   in
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   a
                   Woman
                   ,
                   having
                   her
                   Hair
                   dishevelled
                   ,
                   or
                   hanging
                   about
                   her
                   Ears
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   
                     The
                     Spirit
                  
                   .
                   This
                   neither
                   can
                   be
                   put
                   into
                   a
                   Grave
                   ;
                   and
                   therefore
                   I
                   depicted
                   it
                   ,
                   like
                   a
                   Man
                   coming
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   from
                   a
                   Tomb.
                   
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   These
                   are
                   depicted
                   all
                   in
                   White
                   ,
                   thereby
                   signifying
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   blackness
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Death
                   ,
                   is
                   conquered
                   or
                   vanquished
                   and
                   overcome
                   ;
                   and
                   being
                   whitened
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   brought
                   into
                   a
                   state
                   of
                   Life
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   thenceforth
                   incorruptible
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   Behold
                   ,
                   and
                   lift
                   up
                   your
                   Eyes
                   on
                   high
                   ,
                   and
                   see
                   the
                   King
                   Ascended
                   ;
                   who
                   being
                   raised
                   again
                   by
                   the
                   power
                   of
                   Life
                   ,
                   and
                   Crowned
                   with
                   the
                   Glorious
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   has
                   overcome
                   Death
                   ,
                   the
                   Darkness
                   and
                   Moisture
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   And
                   as
                   our
                   Lord
                   and
                   Saviour
                   shall
                   eternally
                   unite
                   unto
                   him
                   all
                   pure
                   and
                   clean
                   Souls
                   ,
                   and
                   separate
                   from
                   him
                   all
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   impure
                   ,
                   unclean
                   ,
                   and
                   wicked
                   ,
                   as
                   being
                   unworthy
                   to
                   be
                   united
                   to
                   his
                   Divine
                   Nature
                   :
                
                 
                   XX.
                   So
                   also
                   ,
                   our
                   White
                   Elixir
                   will
                   from
                   henceforth
                   inseparably
                   unite
                   unto
                   its
                   self
                   every
                   pure
                   Metalick
                   nature
                   into
                   its
                   own
                   fine
                   ,
                   pure
                   ,
                   and
                   fixed
                   Silvery
                   nature
                   ;
                   but
                   reject
                   all
                   that
                   is
                   Heterogeneal
                   ,
                   or
                   strange
                   and
                   〈◊〉
                
                 
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   Thanks
                   be
                   given
                   to
                   God
                   ,
                   who
                   thus
                   bountifully
                   has
                   bestowed
                   his
                   Goodness
                   upon
                   us
                   ,
                   and
                   has
                   given
                   us
                   Hearts
                   fit
                   to
                   consider
                   the
                   Philosophical
                   Mystery
                   of
                   this
                   most
                   pure
                   and
                   sparkling
                   White
                   ,
                   more
                   shining
                   ,
                   and
                   perfect
                   than
                   any
                   compounded
                   matter
                   :
                
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   And
                   more
                   Noble
                   (
                   next
                   after
                   the
                   Immortal
                   Soul
                   of
                   Man
                   )
                   than
                   any
                   substance
                   ,
                   whether
                   having
                   life
                   ,
                   or
                   not
                   having
                   life
                   :
                   For
                   it
                   is
                   a
                   Quintessence
                   ;
                   most
                   pure
                   Silver
                   ,
                   having
                   passed
                   the
                   Coupel
                   ,
                   yea
                   all
                   assays
                   :
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   words
                   of
                   David
                   the
                   Royal
                   Prophet
                   ,
                   
                     It
                     is
                     fine
                     Silver
                     ,
                     seven
                     times
                     refined
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XXIII
                   .
                   What
                   the
                   2
                   Angels
                   playing
                   on
                   Instruments
                   over
                   the
                   heads
                   of
                   them
                   which
                   are
                   raised
                   ,
                   signifie
                   ,
                   is
                   needless
                   here
                   to
                   be
                   declared
                   :
                   They
                   are
                   Divine
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   singing
                   the
                   Wonders
                   of
                   God
                   in
                   this
                   Miraculous
                   and
                   Admirable
                   Operation
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIV
                   .
                   The
                   like
                   may
                   be
                   said
                   of
                   the
                   three
                   Angels
                   over
                   the
                   head
                   of
                   the
                   Picture
                   ,
                   representing
                   our
                   Lord
                   and
                   Saviour
                   Jesus
                   Christ
                   ;
                   the
                   one
                   of
                   which
                   Crowns
                   him
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   other
                   two
                   assisting
                   ,
                   say
                   ,
                   
                     O
                     Pater
                     Omnipotens
                     :
                     O
                     Jesu
                     bone
                     :
                  
                   Rendring
                   unto
                   him
                   Immortal
                   Praise
                   ,
                   with
                   Eternal
                   Thanksgiving
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXXIII
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Field
                   Violet
                   and
                   Blue
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   two
                   Angels
                   of
                   an
                   Orange
                   Colour
                   ,
                   and
                   their
                   Motto's
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   THe
                   Violet
                   and
                   Blue
                   Field
                   shews
                   forth
                   ,
                   that
                   being
                   to
                   pass
                   ,
                   or
                   to
                   be
                   changed
                   from
                   the
                   White
                   
                   Stone
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   Red
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   imbibe
                   it
                   with
                   a
                   little
                   Virgins
                   Milk
                   of
                   Sol
                   ,
                   that
                   these
                   Colours
                   may
                   come
                   forth
                   from
                   the
                   Mercurial
                   Moisture
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   have
                   dryed
                   upon
                   the
                   Stone
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   In
                   this
                   Work
                   of
                   Rubifying
                   ,
                   although
                   you
                   do
                   imbibe
                   ,
                   you
                   shall
                   not
                   have
                   much
                   black
                   ,
                   but
                   Violet
                   Blue
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Colours
                   of
                   the
                   Peacock's
                   Tail.
                   
                
                 
                   III.
                   For
                   this
                   our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   is
                   so
                   absolute
                   and
                   triumphant
                   in
                   dryness
                   ,
                   that
                   assoon
                   as
                   your
                   Mercury
                   touches
                   it
                   ,
                   (
                   the
                   nature
                   thereof
                   rejoycing
                   in
                   its
                   like
                   nature
                   )
                   it
                   is
                   joyned
                   unto
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   drinks
                   or
                   swallows
                   it
                   up
                   greedily
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   And
                   therefore
                   the
                   black
                   that
                   comes
                   of
                   Moisture
                   can
                   shew
                   it self
                   but
                   a
                   little
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   under
                   the
                   Colours
                   of
                   Violet
                   and
                   Blue
                   ,
                   because
                   that
                   Dryness
                   (
                   as
                   is
                   said
                   )
                   does
                   in
                   a
                   very
                   short
                   time
                   govern
                   absolutely
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   I
                   also
                   caused
                   to
                   be
                   de
                   picted
                   two
                   Angels
                   with
                   Wings
                   ,
                   to
                   point
                   out
                   to
                   you
                   ,
                   the
                   two
                   Substances
                   of
                   our
                   Matter
                   ,
                   or
                   Compositum
                   ;
                   viz.
                   The
                   Mercurial
                   and
                   Sulphurous
                   substance
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   fixed
                   as
                   well
                   as
                   the
                   Volatile
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   perfectly
                   united
                   together
                   ,
                   do
                   also
                   flie
                   together
                   within
                   the
                   Vessel
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   For
                   in
                   this
                   Operation
                   the
                   fixed
                   Body
                   will
                   gently
                   ascend
                   up
                   to
                   Heaven
                   ,
                   being
                   wholly
                   spiritual
                   ,
                   and
                   from
                   thence
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   descend
                   unto
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   even
                   whither
                   soever
                   you
                   please
                   ,
                   following
                   the
                   Spirit
                   every
                   where
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   always
                   moved
                   by
                   the
                   fire
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Whereby
                   at
                   length
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   made
                   one
                   and
                   the
                   self
                   same
                   nature
                   ;
                   the
                   Compositum
                   ,
                   or
                   Body
                   ,
                   being
                   made
                   wholly
                   spiritual
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   spiritual
                   wholly
                   Corporeal
                   ;
                   so
                   much
                   has
                   it
                   been
                   ground
                   ,
                   or
                   subtilized
                   upon
                   our
                   Marble
                   (
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                  
                   decocted
                   in
                   our
                   Fire
                   )
                   by
                   the
                   precedent
                   Operations
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   The
                   Natures
                   then
                   ,
                   are
                   here
                   transmuted
                   into
                   Angels
                   ,
                   viz.
                   they
                   are
                   made
                   
                   til
                   and
                   spiritual
                   ;
                   and
                   so
                   are
                   become
                   the
                   true
                   Tinctures
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Now
                   you
                   must
                   remember
                   to
                   begin
                   the
                   Rubifying
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   apposition
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Citrine
                     Red
                     Mercury
                  
                   ;
                   but
                   you
                   must
                   not
                   pour
                   on
                   much
                   ,
                   only
                   once
                   or
                   twice
                   ,
                   according
                   as
                   you
                   shall
                   see
                   occasion
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   For
                   this
                   Operation
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   done
                   by
                   a
                   
                     dry
                     fire
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   a
                   dry
                   Sublimation
                   and
                   Calcination
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   And
                   now
                   I
                   have
                   told
                   you
                   a
                   Secret
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   shall
                   scarcely
                   find
                   ,
                   or
                   seldom
                   see
                   written
                   ,
                   so
                   far
                   am
                   I
                   from
                   hiding
                   what
                   is
                   necessary
                   from
                   you
                   :
                   and
                   I
                   would
                   to
                   God
                   ,
                   that
                   every
                   Man
                   knew
                   how
                   to
                   make
                   Gold
                   to
                   his
                   own
                   satisfaction
                   ,
                   that
                   he
                   might
                   live
                   a
                   life
                   of
                   Innocency
                   ,
                   and
                   lead
                   forth
                   his
                   Flocks
                   to
                   their
                   Pastures
                   ,
                   without
                   Usurers
                   ,
                   or
                   going
                   to
                   Law
                   ,
                   in
                   imitation
                   of
                   the
                   Holy
                   Patriarchs
                   of
                   old
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Using
                   only
                   as
                   our
                   first
                   Fathers
                   did
                   ,
                   to
                   exchange
                   one
                   thing
                   for
                   another
                   :
                   And
                   yet
                   then
                   ,
                   to
                   have
                   that
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   labour
                   ,
                   and
                   take
                   pains
                   ,
                   full
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   you
                   do
                   now
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Therefore
                   for
                   fear
                   of
                   offending
                   God
                   ,
                   I
                   mustbeware
                   how
                   I
                   become
                   the
                   Instrument
                   of
                   such
                   a
                   Change
                   ;
                   and
                   lest
                   it
                   should
                   prove
                   of
                   evil
                   consequence
                   ,
                   I
                   must
                   take
                   heed
                   how
                   and
                   what
                   I
                   write
                   ;
                   only
                   representing
                   to
                   you
                   ,
                   where
                   it
                   is
                   chat
                   we
                   hide
                   the
                   Keys
                   ,
                   which
                   can
                   open
                   all
                   the
                   Doors
                   ,
                   leading
                   into
                   these
                   Secrets
                   of
                   Nature
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Or
                   only
                   to
                   open
                   ,
                   or
                   cast
                   up
                   the
                   Earth
                   in
                   that
                   place
                   ;
                   contenting
                   my self
                   ,
                   to
                   demonstrate
                   those
                   things
                   which
                   will
                   teach
                   every
                   one
                   ,
                   to
                   whom
                   it
                   shall
                   please
                   God
                   to
                   reveal
                   this
                   Mystery
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   As
                   to
                   know
                   and
                   understand
                   what
                   Influence
                   the
                   Sign
                   Libra
                   has
                   ,
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   enlightened
                   by
                   Sol
                   and
                   Mercury
                   in
                   the
                   Month
                   of
                   October
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   These
                   Angels
                   are
                   painted
                   of
                   an
                   
                     Orange
                     Colour
                  
                   ,
                   
                   to
                   signifie
                   to
                   you
                   ,
                   that
                   your
                   white
                   Compositum
                   ,
                   or
                   stone
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   a
                   little
                   more
                   decocted
                   and
                   digested
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Black
                   of
                   the
                   Violet
                   and
                   Blue
                   must
                   be
                   chased
                   away
                   by
                   the
                   fire
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   For
                   this
                   
                     Orange
                     Colour
                  
                   is
                   compounded
                   of
                   the
                   beautiful
                   
                     Golden
                     Citrine
                     Red
                  
                   ,
                   (
                   which
                   you
                   have
                   so
                   long
                   waited
                   for
                   )
                   and
                   of
                   the
                   remainders
                   of
                   this
                   Violet
                   and
                   Blue
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   have
                   already
                   in
                   part
                   made
                   to
                   vanish
                   and
                   flie
                   away
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   This
                   Orange
                   colour
                   also
                   shews
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Natures
                   are
                   decocted
                   and
                   digested
                   ,
                   and
                   (
                   through
                   the
                   assistance
                   of
                   God
                   )
                   by
                   little
                   and
                   little
                   perfected
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   As
                   for
                   the
                   Motto
                   ,
                   
                     Surgite
                     mortui
                     ,
                     venite
                     ad
                     judicium
                     domini
                     mei
                     ,
                  
                   I
                   placed
                   it
                   there
                   chiefly
                   for
                   the
                   Theological
                   sense
                   ,
                   rather
                   than
                   for
                   any
                   thing
                   else
                   .
                
                 
                   XX.
                   It
                   ends
                   in
                   the
                   Throat
                   of
                   a
                   Lyon
                   all
                   over
                   Red
                   ,
                   shewing
                   thereby
                   ,
                   that
                   this
                   Operation
                   must
                   not
                   be
                   discontinued
                   ,
                   until
                   you
                   see
                   the
                   
                     true
                     Red
                     Purple
                  
                   ,
                   wholly
                   like
                   the
                   deep
                   colour
                   of
                   the
                   Corn
                   Poppy
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Vermillion
                   of
                   the
                   painted
                   Lyon
                   ,
                   reserved
                   for
                   Multiplication
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXXIV
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Figure
                   representing
                   the
                   Apostle
                   Peter
                   ,
                   Cloathed
                   in
                   a
                   Robe
                   of
                   Citrine
                   Red
                   ,
                   holding
                   a
                   Key
                   in
                   his
                   Right
                   Hand
                   ,
                   and
                   laying
                   his
                   Left
                   upon
                   a
                   Woman
                   kneeling
                   by
                   his
                   Feet
                   ,
                   in
                   an
                   Orange
                   Coloured
                   Robe
                   ,
                   with
                   her
                   Motto
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   THe
                   Woman
                   kneeling
                   ,
                   cloathed
                   in
                   an
                   Orange
                   coloured
                   Garment
                   ,
                   represents
                   Perrenelle
                   ,
                   as
                   she
                   
                   was
                   in
                   her
                   Youth
                   :
                   She
                   is
                   depicted
                   in
                   this
                   manner
                   of
                   a
                   Supplicant
                   at
                   the
                   Feet
                   of
                   a
                   Man
                   with
                   a
                   Key
                   in
                   his
                   Right
                   Hand
                   ,
                   stretching
                   out
                   his
                   Left
                   Hand
                   upon
                   her
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Would
                   you
                   know
                   the
                   Interpretation
                   ?
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   which
                   in
                   this
                   Operation
                   requesteth
                   two
                   things
                   ,
                   (
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Mercury
                     of
                     Sol
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   shadowed
                   out
                   under
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   a
                   Man.
                   )
                
                 
                   III.
                   Which
                   two
                   things
                   ,
                   are
                   Multiplication
                   ,
                   and
                   Projection
                   :
                   Which
                   at
                   this
                   time
                   is
                   needful
                   for
                   her
                   to
                   obtain
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   the
                   Man
                   so
                   laying
                   his
                   hand
                   upon
                   her
                   ,
                   signifies
                   ,
                   the
                   granting
                   of
                   her
                   Petition
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   But
                   why
                   should
                   I
                   cause
                   a
                   Woman
                   to
                   be
                   painted
                   ?
                   I
                   could
                   as
                   well
                   have
                   caused
                   a
                   Man
                   as
                   a
                   Woman
                   ,
                   or
                   rather
                   an
                   Angel
                   to
                   be
                   depicted
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   the
                   whole
                   Natures
                   are
                   now
                   Spiritual
                   and
                   Corporal
                   ,
                   Masculine
                   and
                   Feminine
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   But
                   I
                   rather
                   chose
                   to
                   depict
                   a
                   Woman
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   she
                   requests
                   rather
                   this
                   than
                   any
                   other
                   thing
                   ,
                   as
                   being
                   the
                   natural
                   and
                   proper
                   desires
                   of
                   a
                   Woman
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   And
                   also
                   to
                   shew
                   you
                   ,
                   that
                   she
                   requests
                   Multiplication
                   ,
                   I
                   caused
                   the
                   Man
                   to
                   whom
                   she
                   seems
                   to
                   address
                   her self
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   painted
                   ,
                   representing
                   Peter
                   with
                   his
                   Keys
                   ,
                   having
                   power
                   to
                   open
                   and
                   shut
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   bind
                   and
                   loose
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   For
                   that
                   the
                   obscure
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   never
                   spoken
                   of
                   Multiplication
                   ,
                   but
                   under
                   these
                   common
                   terms
                   of
                   Art
                   ,
                   
                     Aperi
                     ,
                     Claude
                     ,
                     Solve
                     ,
                     Liga
                     ,
                  
                   viz.
                   
                     Open
                     ,
                     shut
                     ,
                     bind
                     ,
                     loose
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   By
                   opening
                   and
                   loosing
                   ,
                   they
                   mean
                   ,
                   the
                   making
                   of
                   the
                   body
                   (
                   which
                   is
                   hard
                   and
                   fixt
                   )
                   soft
                   and
                   fluid
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   run
                   like
                   water
                   :
                   And
                   by
                   shutting
                   and
                   binding
                   ,
                   afterwards
                   by
                   a
                   more
                   strong
                   decoction
                   and
                   digestion
                   ,
                   to
                   coagulate
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   bring
                   it
                   back
                   again
                   into
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   a
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   It
                   was
                   requisite
                   therefore
                   to
                   represent
                   in
                   this
                   place
                   ,
                   a
                   Man
                   with
                   a
                   Key
                   ;
                   to
                   shew
                   you
                   that
                   you
                   must
                   now
                   open
                   and
                   shut
                   ,
                   (
                   that
                   is
                   to
                   say
                   )
                   the
                   budding
                   ,
                   or
                   spring
                   and
                   encreasing
                   Natures
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   For
                   observe
                   ,
                   so
                   often
                   as
                   you
                   shall
                   dissolve
                   and
                   fix
                   ,
                   so
                   often
                   will
                   these
                   Natures
                   multiply
                   ,
                   in
                   Quantity
                   ,
                   Quality
                   ,
                   and
                   Quickness
                   or
                   Vertue
                   ;
                   which
                   encrease
                   is
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   proportion
                   of
                   one
                   to
                   ten
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   So
                   that
                   if
                   the
                   first
                   augmentation
                   be
                   from
                   1
                   to
                   10
                   ,
                   the
                   second
                   multiplication
                   is
                   from
                   10
                   to
                   100
                   (
                   which
                   is
                   still
                   but
                   decuple
                   )
                   the
                   third
                   from
                   100
                   to
                   1000
                   ,
                   the
                   fourth
                   from
                   1000
                   to
                   10000
                   ,
                   the
                   fifth
                   from
                   10000
                   to
                   100000
                   ,
                   the
                   sixth
                   from
                   100000
                   to
                   1000000
                   ,
                   or
                   a
                   Million
                   ,
                   thus
                   continually
                   increasing
                   by
                   a
                   decuple
                   proportion
                   
                     ad
                     infinitum
                  
                   :
                   The
                   which
                   augmentation
                   I
                   performed
                   three
                   times
                   ,
                   thanks
                   be
                   to
                   God.
                   
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   When
                   your
                   Elixir
                   is
                   thus
                   brought
                   unto
                   a
                   kind
                   of
                   Infinity
                   ;
                   one
                   grain
                   thereof
                   falling
                   upon
                   a
                   vast
                   quantity
                   of
                   melted
                   Metal
                   ,
                   will
                   tingeit
                   ,
                   and
                   convert
                   it
                   into
                   the
                   most
                   perfect
                   Metal
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   into
                   most
                   fine
                   Silver
                   or
                   Gold
                   ,
                   according
                   as
                   it
                   shall
                   have
                   been
                   imbibed
                   and
                   fermented
                   ,
                   expelling
                   ,
                   driving
                   forth
                   ,
                   and
                   purging
                   out
                   ,
                   all
                   the
                   impure
                   ,
                   and
                   Heterogene
                   matter
                   which
                   was
                   joyned
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   in
                   its
                   first
                   Generation
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   For
                   this
                   reason
                   therefore
                   ,
                   I
                   caused
                   a
                   Key
                   to
                   be
                   depicted
                   in
                   the
                   hand
                   of
                   a
                   Man
                   ,
                   to
                   signifie
                   that
                   the
                   stone
                   desires
                   to
                   be
                   opened
                   and
                   shut
                   for
                   Multiplication
                   ;
                   and
                   also
                   to
                   shew
                   you
                   with
                   what
                   Mercury
                   you
                   ought
                   to
                   do
                   this
                   ,
                   and
                   when
                   ,
                   or
                   at
                   what
                   time
                   ,
                   I
                   caused
                   the
                   
                     Man's
                     Garment
                  
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   
                     Citrine
                     Red
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Woman
                   's
                   of
                   an
                   
                     Orange
                     Colour
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   I
                   must
                   speak
                   no
                   more
                   of
                   this
                   matter
                   ,
                   lest
                   I
                   transgress
                   the
                   
                     Sacred
                     Silence
                     Philosophical
                  
                   :
                   Only
                   know
                   
                   that
                   the
                   Woman
                   ,
                   who
                   is
                   
                     our
                     Stone
                  
                   ,
                   requesteth
                   to
                   have
                   rich
                   Accountrements
                   ,
                   like
                   those
                   of
                   the
                   Man
                   's
                   with
                   the
                   Key
                   ,
                   which
                   she
                   expresseth
                   by
                   her
                   Motto
                   ,
                   
                     Christe
                     ,
                     Precor
                     esto
                     Pius
                  
                   ;
                
                 
                   
                     XV.
                     As
                     if
                     she
                     should
                     say
                     ,
                  
                   O
                   Lord
                   my
                   God
                   ,
                   be
                   good
                   and
                   gracious
                   unto
                   me
                   ,
                   and
                   suffer
                   me
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   spoiled
                   and
                   undone
                   ,
                   Let
                   not
                   him
                   who
                   is
                   come
                   thus
                   far
                   spoil
                   all
                   with
                   his
                   too
                   great
                   zeal
                   ,
                   or
                   fire
                   :
                   And
                   though
                   it
                   is
                   true
                   ,
                   that
                   from
                   henceforth
                   ,
                   I
                   shall
                   no
                   more
                   fear
                   my
                   Enemies
                   ,
                   but
                   pass
                   the
                   most
                   vehement
                   fire
                   ,
                   like
                   as
                   through
                   most
                   pleasant
                   Tropick
                   Breeze
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Yet
                   the
                   Vessel
                   which
                   contains
                   me
                   ,
                   is
                   always
                   brittle
                   and
                   easie
                   to
                   be
                   broken
                   ;
                   and
                   is
                   continually
                   subject
                   to
                   many
                   sudden
                   ,
                   unlookt
                   for
                   ,
                   and
                   unhappy
                   accidents
                   ;
                   for
                   the
                   fire
                   being
                   made
                   too
                   great
                   ,
                   may
                   break
                   it
                   in
                   pieces
                   ,
                   whereby
                   ,
                   as
                   untimely
                   fruit
                   ,
                   I
                   may
                   fall
                   ,
                   and
                   be
                   for
                   ever
                   lost
                   among
                   the
                   askes
                   of
                   the
                   Dead
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   Take
                   heed
                   therefore
                   to
                   this
                   your
                   fire
                   in
                   this
                   place
                   ,
                   and
                   manage
                   it
                   with
                   much
                   gentleness
                   and
                   patience
                   ,
                   attend
                   in
                   hope
                   upon
                   this
                   most
                   admirable
                   quintessence
                   :
                   And
                   though
                   the
                   fire
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   something
                   augmented
                   ,
                   yet
                   it
                   must
                   not
                   be
                   too
                   much
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   And
                   beseech
                   the
                   Soveraign
                   Goodness
                   ,
                   to
                   prevent
                   the
                   Evil
                   Spirits
                   which
                   haunt
                   the
                   Mines
                   and
                   Treasures
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   destroy
                   not
                   thy
                   Work
                   ,
                   on
                   cast
                   a
                   Mist
                   before
                   thine
                   Eyes
                   ;
                   nor
                   stupisie
                   thy
                   mind
                   ,
                   when
                   thou
                   shouldest
                   view
                   ,
                   consider
                   ,
                   and
                   perfect
                   the
                   Incomprehensible
                   Motions
                   of
                   this
                   Arcanum
                   ,
                   or
                   Quintessence
                   ,
                   yet
                   comprehended
                   and
                   shut
                   up
                   within
                   this
                   Vessel
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXXV
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   dark
                   Violet
                   Field
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   Man
                   of
                   a
                   Red
                   Purple
                   Colour
                   ,
                   holding
                   the
                   Foot
                   of
                   a
                   Lyon
                   ,
                   red
                   as
                   Vermillion
                   ,
                   having
                   Wings
                   ,
                   and
                   as
                   it
                   seems
                   ,
                   would
                   Ravish
                   and
                   carry
                   away
                   the
                   Man.
                   
                
                 
                   I.
                   THis
                   Field
                   of
                   a
                   Violet
                   ,
                   and
                   dark
                   Colour
                   ,
                   demonstrates
                   that
                   the
                   Stone
                   has
                   obtained
                   by
                   a
                   full
                   and
                   perfect
                   Digestion
                   ,
                   the
                   perfectly
                   beautifulGarment
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   wholly
                   
                     Citrine
                     and
                     Red
                  
                   ,
                   formerly
                   demanded
                   of
                   the
                   Man
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   
                     Key
                     in
                     his
                     Hand
                  
                   ,
                   who
                   was
                   clothed
                   therewith
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   And
                   that
                   the
                   compleat
                   and
                   perfect
                   Degestion
                   (
                   signified
                   by
                   the
                   entire
                   Citrinity
                   )
                   has
                   made
                   her
                   cast
                   off
                   her
                   old
                   Robe
                   or
                   Garment
                   of
                   
                     Orange
                     Colour
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   The
                   Vermillion
                   Red
                   Colour
                   ,
                   of
                   this
                   flying
                   Lyon
                   ,
                   like
                   the
                   most
                   pure
                   and
                   beautifulScarlet
                   Colour
                   in
                   Grain
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   true
                   native
                   
                     Cinnabar
                     Red
                  
                   ,
                   explicates
                   the
                   fullAccomplishment
                   of
                   your
                   Work
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   exact
                   and
                   rigorous
                   Laws
                   of
                   Nature
                   and
                   Art.
                   
                
                 
                   IV.
                   And
                   that
                   she
                   (
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   or
                   Tincture
                   )
                   appears
                   now
                   like
                   a
                   ravenous
                   Lyon
                   ,
                   devouring
                   and
                   swallowing
                   up
                   every
                   pure
                   metallick
                   Nature
                   or
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   changing
                   it
                   into
                   its
                   own
                   true
                   Substance
                   ,
                   into
                   true
                   and
                   most
                   pure
                   fine
                   Gold
                   ,
                   exceeding
                   in
                   fineness
                   the
                   Gold
                   of
                   Ophir
                   ,
                   or
                   that
                   of
                   the
                   best
                   and
                   richest
                   Mines
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   V.
                   And
                   she
                   now
                   removes
                   this
                   Man
                   out
                   of
                   this
                   Vale
                   of
                   Miseries
                   ,
                   here
                   below
                   ,
                   into
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   )
                   a
                   Sea
                   of
                   Happiness
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   discommodities
                   and
                   Unhappinesses
                   of
                   this
                   Life
                   ,
                   into
                   an
                   immense
                   Ocean
                   of
                   Ease
                   and
                   Content
                   ;
                   out
                   of
                   Poverty
                   ,
                   Disgrace
                   and
                   Contempt
                   ,
                   into
                   a
                   Kingdom
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   ,
                   of
                   Riches
                   ,
                   Honour
                   and
                   Glory
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   And
                   lastly
                   ,
                   she
                   removes
                   far
                   from
                   him
                   Infirmities
                   ,
                   Diseases
                   ,
                   and
                   Death
                   ,
                   filling
                   his
                   Bones
                   with
                   Marrow
                   ,
                   and
                   his
                   Soul
                   with
                   Gladness
                   ,
                   giving
                   him
                   Strength
                   ,
                   Health
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   very
                   long
                   Life
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   And
                   with
                   her
                   Wings
                   she
                   gloriously
                   lifts
                   him
                   up
                   ,
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   dead
                   ,
                   and
                   standing
                   Waters
                   of
                   Egypt
                   (
                   which
                   are
                   the
                   vulgar
                   thoughts
                   of
                   mortal
                   Men
                   )
                   into
                   a
                   Paradise
                   of
                   Delights
                   and
                   Pleasures
                   ;
                   making
                   him
                   despise
                   this
                   Life
                   ,
                   with
                   all
                   the
                   Riches
                   ,
                   Glories
                   and
                   Magnificence
                   thereof
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   And
                   causing
                   him
                   Night
                   and
                   Day
                   to
                   Meditate
                   upon
                   God
                   and
                   his
                   Goodness
                   ;
                   to
                   aspire
                   after
                   the
                   Heavenly
                   Enjoyments
                   ;
                   and
                   to
                   drink
                   of
                   the
                   Delicious
                   Springs
                   from
                   the
                   Fountains
                   of
                   Everlasting
                   Life
                   ,
                   where
                   Rivers
                   of
                   living
                   Waters
                   flow
                   ,
                   making
                   glad
                   the
                   City
                   of
                   Our
                   God.
                   
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Praises
                   be
                   given
                   to
                   God
                   Eternally
                   ,
                   even
                   immortal
                   Praises
                   ,
                   who
                   has
                   been
                   gracious
                   to
                   us
                   ,
                   to
                   give
                   us
                   to
                   see
                   this
                   perfectly
                   Beauful
                   Purple
                   ;
                   this
                   Papaveran
                   Red
                   ,
                   this
                   Tyrian
                   Glory
                   ,
                   this
                   sparkling
                   and
                   flaming
                   Colour
                   ,
                   incapable
                   of
                   Change
                   or
                   Alteration
                   for
                   ever
                   ,
                   this
                   so
                   Desirable
                   a
                   Treasure
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   A
                   Glory
                   ,
                   a
                   Treasure
                   ,
                   a
                   Colour
                   ,
                   a
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   over
                   which
                   the
                   ZodiacalConstellations
                   ,
                   nor
                   the
                   Heaven
                   it self
                   can
                   have
                   no
                   more
                   Dominion
                   or
                   Power
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Whose
                   Glorious
                   and
                   Bright
                   Shining
                   Rays
                   ,
                   not
                   only
                   seem
                   to
                   dazle
                   the
                   Eyes
                   ,
                   
                   but
                   even
                   to
                   communicate
                   to
                   Man
                   a
                   Heavenly
                   Portion
                   ,
                   making
                   him
                   (
                   when
                   he
                   sees
                   and
                   knows
                   it
                   )
                   to
                   be
                   astonisht
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   tremble
                   ,
                   amazing
                   him
                   with
                   the
                   stupendious
                   thoughts
                   thereof
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   O
                   Lord
                   God
                   Almighty
                   ,
                   give
                   us
                   ,
                   we
                   pray
                   thee
                   ,
                   thy
                   Grace
                   ,
                   that
                   we
                   may
                   dread
                   and
                   love
                   thy
                   great
                   and
                   holy
                   Name
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   it
                   he
                   taught
                   to
                   use
                   this
                   so
                   vast
                   a
                   Treasure
                   well
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   encrease
                   of
                   our
                   Faith
                   ,
                   the
                   profit
                   of
                   our
                   Souls
                   ,
                   the
                   benefit
                   of
                   our
                   Fellow
                   Creatures
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   thy
                   Glory
                   and
                   Honour
                   ,
                   now
                   and
                   for
                   ever
                   ,
                
                 
                   Amen
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   CHAP.
                   XXXVI
                   .
                   Flammel's
                   
                     Summary
                     of
                     Philosophy
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   IF
                   you
                   would
                   know
                   how
                   Metals
                   are
                   transmuted
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   understand
                   from
                   what
                   matter
                   they
                   are
                   generated
                   ,
                   and
                   how
                   they
                   are
                   formed
                   in
                   the
                   Mines
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   you
                   may
                   not
                   err
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   see
                   and
                   observe
                   ,
                   how
                   those
                   Transmutations
                   are
                   performed
                   in
                   the
                   Bowels
                   or
                   Veins
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Minerals
                   taken
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   changed
                   ,
                   if
                   before-hand
                   they
                   be
                   Spiritualized
                   ,
                   and
                   reduced
                   into
                   their
                   
                     Sulphurous
                     ,
                     &
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   nature
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   the
                   two
                   Sperms
                   ,
                   composed
                   of
                   the
                   Elements
                   ,
                   the
                   one
                   Masculine
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   Feminine
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   The
                   Male
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   is
                   nothing
                   but
                   Fire
                   and
                   Air
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   true
                   Sulphur
                   is
                   as
                   a
                   Fire
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   the
                   Vulgar
                   ,
                   which
                   contains
                   no
                   metallick
                   Substance
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   The
                   Feminine
                   Sperm
                   is
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   nothing
                   
                   but
                   Earth
                   and
                   Water
                   ;
                   these
                   two
                   Sperms
                   the
                   ancient
                   Sages
                   called
                   two
                   Dragons
                   or
                   Serpents
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   ,
                   the
                   one
                   is
                   winged
                   ,
                   the
                   other
                   not
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Sulphur
                   not
                   flying
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   is
                   without
                   Wings
                   ;
                   the
                   winged
                   Serpent
                   is
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   born
                   up
                   by
                   the
                   Wind
                   ,
                   therefore
                   in
                   her
                   certain
                   hour
                   ,
                   she
                   flies
                   from
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   not
                   having
                   fixity
                   enough
                   to
                   endure
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Now
                   if
                   these
                   two
                   Spermes
                   ,
                   separated
                   from
                   themselves
                   ,
                   be
                   united
                   again
                   ,
                   by
                   powerful
                   Nature
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   potentiality
                   of
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Metaline
                   Fire
                   :
                   being
                   thus
                   united
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   called
                   by
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   the
                   
                     flying
                     Dragon
                  
                   ;
                   because
                   the
                   Dragon
                   kindled
                   by
                   its
                   Fire
                   ,
                   while
                   he
                   flies
                   by
                   little
                   and
                   little
                   ,
                   fills
                   the
                   Air
                   with
                   his
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   poysonous
                   Vapours
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   The
                   same
                   thing
                   doth
                   Mercury
                   ;
                   for
                   being
                   placed
                   upon
                   an
                   exteriour
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   its
                   place
                   in
                   a
                   Vessel
                   ;
                   it
                   sets
                   on
                   fire
                   its
                   inside
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   hidden
                   in
                   its
                   profundity
                   ;
                   by
                   which
                   may
                   be
                   seen
                   ,
                   how
                   the
                   External
                   Fire
                   does
                   burn
                   and
                   inflame
                   the
                   natural
                   Mercury
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   And
                   then
                   you
                   may
                   see
                   how
                   the
                   poysonous
                   Vapour
                   breaks
                   out
                   into
                   the
                   Air
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   most
                   stinking
                   and
                   pernitious
                   poyson
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   nothing
                   else
                   but
                   the
                   head
                   of
                   the
                   Dragon
                   ,
                   which
                   hastily
                   goes
                   out
                   of
                   Babylon
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   But
                   other
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   compared
                   this
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   
                     Flying
                     Lion
                  
                   ,
                   because
                   a
                   Lion
                   is
                   a
                   devourer
                   of
                   other
                   Creatures
                   ,
                   and
                   delights
                   himself
                   in
                   his
                   voracity
                   of
                   every
                   thing
                   ,
                   except
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   able
                   to
                   resist
                   his
                   Violence
                   and
                   Fury
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   So
                   also
                   does
                   Mercury
                   ;
                   which
                   has
                   in
                   its
                   self
                   such
                   a
                   Power
                   ,
                   Force
                   ,
                   and
                   Operation
                   ,
                   to
                   spoil
                   and
                   devastate
                   a
                   Metal
                   of
                   its
                   Form
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   devour
                   it
                   .
                   Mercury
                   being
                   too
                   much
                   influenced
                   ,
                   devours
                   and
                   hides
                   Metals
                   in
                   its
                   Belly
                   ;
                   but
                   which
                   of
                   them
                   so
                   ever
                   it
                   be
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   certain
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   consumes
                   it
                   not
                   ,
                   for
                   in
                   their
                   Nature
                   ,
                   they
                   
                   are
                   perfect
                   ,
                   and
                   much
                   more
                   indurate
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   But
                   Mercury
                   has
                   in
                   it self
                   a
                   Substance
                   of
                   perfecting
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   :
                   and
                   all
                   the
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   or
                   Metals
                   ,
                   proceed
                   from
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ;
                   therefore
                   ,
                   the
                   Ancients
                   called
                   it
                   the
                   
                     Mother
                     of
                     Metals
                  
                   ;
                   whence
                   it
                   follows
                   ,
                   that
                   in
                   its
                   own
                   Principle
                   and
                   Center
                   ,
                   being
                   formed
                   ,
                   it
                   has
                   a
                   double
                   Metalick
                   Substance
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   And
                   first
                   ,
                   the
                   Substance
                   of
                   the
                   Interior
                   ;
                   then
                   the
                   Substance
                   of
                   Sol
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   not
                   like
                   the
                   other
                   Metals
                   ;
                   of
                   these
                   two
                   Substances
                   ,
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   is
                   formed
                   ,
                   which
                   in
                   its
                   Body
                   is
                   spiritually
                   nourished
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   As
                   soon
                   then
                   as
                   Nature
                   has
                   formed
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   two
                   after-named
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   then
                   it
                   endeavours
                   to
                   make
                   them
                   Perfect
                   and
                   Corporeal
                   ;
                   but
                   when
                   the
                   Spirits
                   are
                   of
                   Strength
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   two
                   Sperms
                   awakened
                   out
                   of
                   their
                   Central
                   Principle
                   ,
                   then
                   they
                   desire
                   to
                   assume
                   their
                   own
                   Bodies
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Which
                   being
                   done
                   ,
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   the
                   Mother
                   must
                   die
                   ,
                   and
                   being
                   thus
                   naturally
                   mortified
                   ,
                   cannot
                   (
                   as
                   dead
                   things
                   cannot
                   )
                   quicken
                   it self
                   as
                   before
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   But
                   there
                   are
                   some
                   proud
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   who
                   in
                   obscure
                   words
                   affirm
                   ,
                   that
                   we
                   ought
                   to
                   transmute
                   both
                   perfect
                   and
                   imperfect
                   bodies
                   into
                   running
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ;
                   this
                   is
                   the
                   Serpent's
                   subtilty
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   may
                   be
                   in
                   danger
                   of
                   being
                   bit
                   by
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   true
                   ,
                   that
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   may
                   transmute
                   an
                   imperfect
                   Body
                   ,
                   as
                   Lead
                   or
                   Tin
                   ;
                   and
                   may
                   without
                   much
                   labour
                   ,
                   multiply
                   in
                   a
                   Quantity
                   ;
                   but
                   thereby
                   it
                   diminishes
                   or
                   loses
                   its
                   own
                   perfection
                   ,
                   and
                   may
                   no
                   more
                   for
                   this
                   reason
                   be
                   called
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   But
                   if
                   by
                   Art
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   mortified
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   can
                   no
                   more
                   Vivifie
                   it self
                   ,
                   then
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   changed
                   into
                   another
                   thing
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   Cinnabar
                   ,
                   or
                   Sublimate
                   is
                   done
                   :
                   For
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   by
                   the
                   Art
                   
                   coagulated
                   ,
                   whether
                   sooner
                   or
                   later
                   ,
                   yet
                   then
                   its
                   two
                   Bodies
                   assume
                   not
                   a
                   fixed
                   Body
                   ,
                   nor
                   can
                   they
                   conserve
                   it
                   ,
                   as
                   we
                   may
                   see
                   in
                   the
                   Bowels
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   Lest
                   any
                   one
                   therefore
                   should
                   err
                   ,
                   there
                   are
                   in
                   the
                   Veins
                   of
                   Lead
                   some
                   fixed
                   Grains
                   or
                   Particles
                   of
                   fine
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   mixed
                   in
                   its
                   substance
                   or
                   nourishment
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   coagulation
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   is
                   the
                   Mine
                   of
                   Saturn
                   ;
                   and
                   most
                   fit
                   and
                   proper
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   bring
                   him
                   unto
                   perfection
                   and
                   fixation
                   ;
                   for
                   the
                   Mine
                   of
                   Saturn
                   is
                   not
                   without
                   fixed
                   Particles
                   of
                   Gold
                   ,
                   which
                   Particles
                   were
                   imparted
                   to
                   it
                   by
                   Nature
                   :
                   So
                   in
                   its
                   self
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   multiplied
                   ,
                   and
                   brought
                   to
                   perfection
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   vast
                   power
                   or
                   strength
                   ,
                   as
                   I
                   have
                   tryed
                   and
                   therefore
                   affirm
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   XX.
                   So
                   long
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   separated
                   from
                   its
                   Mine
                   ,
                   viz.
                   it
                   s
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   but
                   well
                   kept
                   ,
                   (
                   for
                   every
                   Metal
                   which
                   is
                   in
                   its
                   Mine
                   ,
                   the
                   same
                   is
                   an
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   )
                   then
                   may
                   it
                   multiply
                   it self
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   it
                   has
                   substance
                   from
                   its
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   but
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   like
                   some
                   Green
                   Immature
                   Fruit
                   on
                   a
                   Tree
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Blossom
                   being
                   past
                   ,
                   becomes
                   an
                   unripe
                   Fruit
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   a
                   larger
                   Apple
                   .
                
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   Now
                   if
                   any
                   one
                   plucks
                   this
                   unripe
                   Fruit
                   from
                   the
                   Tree
                   ,
                   then
                   its
                   first
                   forming
                   would
                   be
                   frustrate
                   ,
                   nor
                   would
                   it
                   grow
                   larger
                   nor
                   ripe
                   ;
                   for
                   Man
                   knows
                   not
                   how
                   to
                   give
                   Substance
                   ,
                   Nourishment
                   ,
                   or
                   Maturity
                   ,
                   so
                   well
                   as
                   Internal
                   Nature
                   ,
                   while
                   the
                   Fruit
                   yet
                   hangs
                   on
                   the
                   Tree
                   ,
                   which
                   feeds
                   it
                   with
                   Substance
                   and
                   Nourishment
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   determined
                   Maturity
                   is
                   accomplished
                   .
                
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   And
                   so
                   long
                   also
                   does
                   the
                   Fruit
                   draw
                   Sap
                   or
                   Moisture
                   for
                   its
                   augmentation
                   and
                   nourishment
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   comes
                   to
                   its
                   perfect
                   maturity
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIII
                   .
                   So
                   is
                   it
                   with
                   Sol
                   ;
                   for
                   if
                   by
                   Nature
                   ,
                   a
                   Grain
                   ,
                   
                   or
                   Grains
                   are
                   made
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   is
                   reduced
                   to
                   its
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   then
                   also
                   by
                   the
                   same
                   it
                   is
                   daily
                   (
                   without
                   ceasing
                   )
                   sustained
                   and
                   supplied
                   ,
                   and
                   reduced
                   into
                   its
                   place
                   ,
                   
                     viz.
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   he
                   is
                   in
                   himself
                   ;
                   and
                   then
                   must
                   you
                   wait
                   till
                   he
                   shall
                   obtain
                   some
                   substance
                   from
                   his
                   Mercury
                   as
                   it
                   happens
                   in
                   the
                   Fruits
                   of
                   Trees
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIV
                   .
                   For
                   as
                   the
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   both
                   of
                   perfect
                   and
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   is
                   a
                   Tree
                   ,
                   so
                   they
                   can
                   have
                   no
                   more
                   nourishment
                   ,
                   otherwise
                   than
                   from
                   their
                   own
                   Mercury
                   .
                
                 
                   XXV
                   .
                   If
                   therefore
                   ,
                   you
                   would
                   gather
                   Fruit
                   from
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                     ,
                     viz.
                  
                   pure
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   if
                   they
                   be
                   disjoyned
                   from
                   their
                   Mercury
                   ;
                   think
                   not
                   that
                   you
                   ,
                   (
                   like
                   as
                   Nature
                   did
                   in
                   the
                   begining
                   )
                   may
                   again
                   conjoyn
                   and
                   multiply
                   ,
                   and
                   without
                   change
                   ,
                   augment
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVI
                   .
                   For
                   if
                   Metals
                   be
                   separated
                   from
                   their
                   Mine
                   ,
                   then
                   they
                   (
                   like
                   the
                   Fruit
                   of
                   Trees
                   too
                   soon
                   gathered
                   )
                   never
                   come
                   to
                   their
                   perfection
                   ,
                   as
                   Nature
                   and
                   Experience
                   makes
                   it
                   appear
                   :
                   For
                   if
                   an
                   Apple
                   or
                   Pear
                   be
                   once
                   plucked
                   off
                   from
                   the
                   Tree
                   ,
                   it
                   would
                   then
                   be
                   a
                   great
                   Vanity
                   to
                   attempt
                   to
                   fasten
                   it
                   to
                   the
                   Tree
                   again
                   ,
                   expecting
                   it
                   to
                   encrease
                   and
                   grow
                   ripe
                   :
                   and
                   experience
                   testifies
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   more
                   it
                   is
                   handled
                   ,
                   the
                   more
                   it
                   withereth
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVII
                   .
                   And
                   so
                   it
                   is
                   also
                   with
                   Metals
                   :
                   For
                   if
                   you
                   should
                   take
                   the
                   Vulgar
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   endeavouring
                   to
                   reduce
                   them
                   into
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   you
                   would
                   wholly
                   play
                   the
                   Fool
                   ,
                   for
                   there
                   is
                   no
                   Artifice
                   yet
                   found
                   ,
                   whereby
                   it
                   can
                   be
                   performed
                   :
                   Though
                   you
                   should
                   use
                   many
                   Waters
                   ,
                   and
                   Cements
                   ,
                   or
                   other
                   things
                   infinitly
                   of
                   that
                   kind
                   ,
                   yet
                   would
                   you
                   continually
                   err
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   would
                   befal
                   you
                   ,
                   which
                   would
                   him
                   that
                   should
                   tie
                   unripe
                   Fruit
                   to
                   their
                   Trees
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVIII
                   .
                   Yet
                   some
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   said
                   truly
                   ,
                   That
                   if
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   right
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   be
                   rightly
                   conjoyned
                   ,
                   they
                   
                   will
                   make
                   all
                   imperfect
                   metals
                   perfect
                   :
                   But
                   in
                   this
                   thing
                   most
                   Men
                   have
                   erred
                   ,
                   who
                   having
                   these
                   three
                   ,
                   Vegetables
                   ,
                   Animals
                   ,
                   and
                   Minerals
                   ,
                   which
                   in
                   one
                   thing
                   are
                   conjoyned
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   they
                   considered
                   not
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   speak
                   not
                   of
                   Vulgar
                   
                     Sol
                     ,
                     Luna
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   all
                   dead
                   ,
                   and
                   receive
                   no
                   more
                   substance
                   or
                   increase
                   from
                   Nature
                   ,
                   but
                   remain
                   the
                   same
                   in
                   their
                   own
                   Essence
                   ,
                   without
                   the
                   possibility
                   of
                   bringing
                   others
                   to
                   perfection
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIX
                   .
                   They
                   are
                   Fruits
                   plucked
                   off
                   from
                   their
                   Trees
                   before
                   their
                   time
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   therefore
                   of
                   no
                   value
                   or
                   estimation
                   :
                   Therefore
                   seek
                   the
                   Fruit
                   in
                   the
                   Tree
                   ,
                   that
                   leads
                   them
                   streight
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   whose
                   Fruit
                   is
                   daily
                   made
                   greater
                   with
                   increase
                   ,
                   so
                   long
                   as
                   the
                   Tree
                   bears
                   it
                   :
                   This
                   Work
                   is
                   seen
                   with
                   joy
                   and
                   satisfaction
                   ;
                   and
                   by
                   this
                   means
                   one
                   may
                   transplant
                   the
                   Tree
                   without
                   gathering
                   the
                   Fruit
                   ,
                   fixing
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   moister
                   ,
                   better
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   more
                   fruitful
                   place
                   ,
                   which
                   in
                   one
                   day
                   will
                   give
                   more
                   nourishment
                   to
                   the
                   Fruit
                   ,
                   than
                   it
                   received
                   otherwise
                   in
                   an
                   Hundred
                   Years
                   .
                
                 
                   XXX
                   .
                   In
                   this
                   therefore
                   it
                   is
                   understood
                   ,
                   that
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   the
                   much
                   commended
                   Tree
                   must
                   be
                   taken
                   ,
                   which
                   has
                   in
                   its
                   power
                   indissolvably
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ;
                   and
                   then
                   transplanted
                   into
                   another
                   Soil
                   nearer
                   the
                   Sun
                   ,
                   that
                   thence
                   it
                   may
                   gain
                   its
                   profitable
                   increase
                   ,
                   for
                   which
                   thing
                   ,
                   Dew
                   does
                   abundantly
                   suffice
                   :
                   For
                   where
                   it
                   was
                   placed
                   before
                   ,
                   it
                   was
                   so
                   weakened
                   by
                   Cold
                   and
                   Wind
                   ,
                   that
                   little
                   Fruit
                   could
                   be
                   expected
                   from
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   where
                   it
                   long
                   stood
                   and
                   brought
                   forth
                   no
                   Fruit
                   at
                   all
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXI
                   .
                   And
                   indeed
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   a
                   Garden
                   ,
                   where
                   the
                   Sun
                   as
                   well
                   Morning
                   as
                   Evening
                   remains
                   with
                   a
                   most
                   sweet
                   Dew
                   ,
                   without
                   ceasing
                   ,
                   with
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   sprinkled
                   and
                   moistened
                   ;
                   whole
                   Earth
                   brings
                   forth
                   Trees
                   and
                   Fruits
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   transplanted
                   thither
                   ,
                   which
                   also
                   receive
                   
                   descent
                   and
                   nourishment
                   from
                   the
                   pleasant
                   Meadows
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXII
                   .
                   And
                   this
                   is
                   done
                   daily
                   ,
                   and
                   there
                   they
                   are
                   both
                   corroborated
                   and
                   quickened
                   ,
                   without
                   ever
                   sading
                   ;
                   and
                   this
                   more
                   in
                   one
                   Year
                   ,
                   than
                   in
                   a
                   thousand
                   ,
                   where
                   the
                   cold
                   affects
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIII
                   .
                   Take
                   them
                   therefore
                   ,
                   and
                   Night
                   and
                   Day
                   cherish
                   them
                   in
                   a
                   Distillatory
                   Fire
                   ;
                   but
                   not
                   with
                   a
                   Fire
                   of
                   Wood
                   or
                   Coals
                   ,
                   but
                   in
                   a
                   clear
                   transparent
                   Fire
                   ,
                   not
                   unlike
                   the
                   Sun
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   never
                   hotter
                   than
                   is
                   requisite
                   ,
                   but
                   is
                   always
                   alike
                   :
                   For
                   a
                   Vapour
                   is
                   the
                   Dew
                   ,
                   and
                   Seed
                   of
                   Metals
                   ,
                   which
                   ought
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   altered
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIV
                   .
                   Fruits
                   ,
                   if
                   they
                   be
                   too
                   hot
                   ,
                   and
                   without
                   Dew
                   or
                   moisture
                   ,
                   they
                   abide
                   on
                   the
                   Boughs
                   ,
                   but
                   without
                   coming
                   to
                   perfection
                   ,
                   only
                   withering
                   or
                   dwindling
                   away
                   :
                   But
                   if
                   they
                   be
                   fed
                   with
                   heat
                   and
                   due
                   moisture
                   on
                   their
                   Trees
                   ,
                   then
                   they
                   prove
                   Elegant
                   and
                   fruitful
                   :
                   For
                   heat
                   and
                   moisture
                   are
                   the
                   Elements
                   of
                   all
                   Earthly
                   things
                   ,
                   Animal
                   ,
                   Vegetable
                   ,
                   and
                   Mineral
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXV
                   .
                   Therefore
                   Fires
                   of
                   Wood
                   and
                   Coal
                   produce
                   or
                   help
                   not
                   Metals
                   ;
                   those
                   are
                   violent
                   Fires
                   ,
                   which
                   nourish
                   not
                   as
                   the
                   heat
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   does
                   ,
                   that
                   conserves
                   all
                   Corporeal
                   things
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   natural
                   which
                   they
                   follow
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXVI
                   .
                   But
                   a
                   Philosopher
                   acts
                   not
                   what
                   Nature
                   does
                   :
                   For
                   Nature
                   where
                   she
                   rules
                   ,
                   forms
                   all
                   Vegetables
                   ,
                   Animals
                   ,
                   and
                   Minerals
                   ,
                   in
                   their
                   own
                   degrees
                   :
                   Men
                   ,
                   do
                   not
                   after
                   the
                   same
                   sort
                   ,
                   by
                   their
                   Arts
                   make
                   natural
                   things
                   :
                   When
                   Nature
                   has
                   finished
                   her
                   work
                   about
                   them
                   ;
                   then
                   by
                   our
                   Art
                   they
                   are
                   made
                   more
                   perfect
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXVII
                   .
                   In
                   this
                   manner
                   the
                   ancient
                   Sages
                   and
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   for
                   our
                   information
                   ,
                   wroughr
                   on
                   Luna
                   and
                   Mercury
                   her
                   true
                   Mother
                   ,
                   
                   of
                   which
                   they
                   made
                   
                     the
                     Mercury
                     of
                     the
                     Philosophers
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   in
                   its
                   Operation
                   is
                   much
                   stronger
                   than
                   the
                   
                     Natural
                     Mercury
                  
                   :
                   For
                   this
                   is
                   serviceable
                   only
                   to
                   the
                   simple
                   ,
                   perfect
                   ,
                   imperfect
                   ,
                   hot
                   and
                   cold
                   Metals
                   :
                   But
                   
                     our
                     Mercury
                  
                   ,
                   the
                   Philosopher's-Stone
                   ,
                   is
                   useful
                   to
                   the
                   more
                   than
                   perfect
                   ,
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   or
                   Metals
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXVIII
                   .
                   Also
                   that
                   the
                   Sun
                   may
                   perfect
                   and
                   nourish
                   them
                   without
                   diminution
                   ,
                   addition
                   ,
                   or
                   immutation
                   ,
                   as
                   they
                   were
                   created
                   or
                   formed
                   by
                   Nature
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   leaves
                   them
                   ,
                   not
                   neglecting
                   any
                   thing
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIX
                   .
                   I
                   will
                   not
                   now
                   say
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   conjoyn
                   the
                   Tree
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   better
                   perfecting
                   their
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   as
                   some
                   unskilful
                   in
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   things
                   ,
                   and
                   unlearned
                   Chymists
                   affirm
                   ,
                   who
                   take
                   common
                   Sol
                   ,
                   Luna
                   ,
                   and
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   unnaturally
                   handle
                   them
                   ,
                   till
                   they
                   evanish
                   in
                   smoak
                   :
                   These
                   Men
                   endeavour
                   to
                   make
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   but
                   they
                   never
                   attained
                   it
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   first
                   matter
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   first
                   Minera
                   thereof
                   .
                
                 
                   XL.
                   If
                   you
                   would
                   come
                   hither
                   and
                   find
                   good
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   the
                   Mountain
                   of
                   the
                   seaven
                   ,
                   where
                   there
                   is
                   no
                   plain
                   ,
                   you
                   would
                   betake
                   your self
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   highest
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   look
                   downward
                   to
                   the
                   sixth
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   will
                   see
                   afar
                   off
                   .
                
                 
                   XLI
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   height
                   of
                   this
                   Mountain
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   find
                   a
                   Royal
                   Herb
                   triumphing
                   ,
                   which
                   some
                   have
                   called
                   Mineral
                   ,
                   some
                   Vegetable
                   ,
                   some
                   Saturnine
                   :
                   But
                   let
                   its
                   Bones
                   or
                   Ribs
                   be
                   left
                   ,
                   and
                   let
                   a
                   pure
                   clean
                   Broth
                   be
                   taken
                   from
                   it
                   ;
                   so
                   will
                   the
                   better
                   part
                   of
                   your
                   work
                   be
                   done
                   .
                
                 
                   XLII
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   right
                   and
                   subtil
                   Mercury
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   which
                   you
                   are
                   to
                   take
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   make
                   first
                   the
                   white
                   work
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   the
                   red
                   :
                   If
                   you
                   have
                   well
                   understood
                   me
                   ,
                   both
                   of
                   them
                   are
                   nothing
                   else
                   ,
                   as
                   they
                   term
                   them
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   practick
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   so
                   easie
                   
                   and
                   so
                   simple
                   ,
                   that
                   a
                   Woman
                   sitting
                   by
                   her
                   Distaff
                   may
                   perfect
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   XLIII
                   .
                   As
                   if
                   in
                   Winter
                   she
                   would
                   put
                   her
                   Eggs
                   under
                   a
                   Hen
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   wash
                   them
                   (
                   because
                   Eggs
                   are
                   put
                   under
                   a
                   Hen
                   without
                   washing
                   them
                   )
                   and
                   no
                   more
                   labour
                   is
                   required
                   about
                   them
                   ,
                   than
                   that
                   they
                   should
                   be
                   every
                   day
                   turned
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Chickens
                   may
                   be
                   the
                   better
                   and
                   sooner
                   hatched
                   ,
                   concerning
                   the
                   which
                   enough
                   is
                   said
                   .
                
                 
                   XLIV
                   .
                   But
                   that
                   I
                   may
                   follow
                   the
                   Example
                   ,
                   first
                   ,
                   wash
                   not
                   the
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   but
                   take
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   (
                   with
                   its
                   like
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   fire
                   )
                   place
                   it
                   in
                   the
                   Ashes
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Straw
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   one
                   Glass
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Nest
                   ,
                   without
                   any
                   other
                   thing
                   in
                   a
                   convenient
                   Alembick
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   House
                   ,
                   from
                   whence
                   will
                   come
                   forth
                   a
                   Chicken
                   ,
                   which
                   with
                   its
                   Blood
                   will
                   free
                   thee
                   from
                   all
                   Diseases
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   its
                   Flesh
                   will
                   nourish
                   thee
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   its
                   Feathers
                   will
                   cloath
                   thee
                   ,
                   and
                   keep
                   thee
                   warm
                   from
                   the
                   Injuries
                   of
                   the
                   cold
                   and
                   ambient
                   Air.
                   
                
                 
                   XLV
                   .
                   For
                   this
                   cause
                   I
                   have
                   written
                   this
                   present
                   Treatise
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   may
                   search
                   with
                   the
                   greater
                   desire
                   ,
                   and
                   walk
                   in
                   the
                   right
                   way
                   :
                   And
                   I
                   have
                   written
                   this
                   small
                   Book
                   ,
                   this
                   Summary
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   might
                   the
                   better
                   comprehend
                   the
                   Sayings
                   and
                   Writings
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   which
                   I
                   believe
                   you
                   will
                   much
                   better
                   understand
                   for
                   time
                   to
                   come
                   .
                
              
               
                 The
                 End
                 of
                 Flammel's
                 Book
                 .
              
            
             
               
               
                 
                   ROGERII
                   BACHONIS
                
                 RADIX
                 MUNDI
                 ,
                 Translated
                 out
                 of
                 Latin
                 into
                 English
                 ,
                 and
                 Claused
                 ,
                 By
                 
                   WILLIAM
                   SALMON
                
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXXVII
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Original
                   of
                   Metals
                   ,
                   and
                   Principles
                   of
                   the
                   Mineral
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   I.
                   THE
                   Bodies
                   of
                   all
                   Natural
                   Things
                   being
                   as
                   well
                   perfect
                   as
                   imperfect
                   from
                   the
                   Original
                   of
                   time
                   ,
                   and
                   compounded
                   of
                   a
                   quaternity
                   of
                   Elements
                   or
                   Natures
                   ,
                   viz.
                   Fire
                   ,
                   Air
                   ,
                   Earth
                   ,
                   Water
                   ,
                   are
                   conjoyned
                   by
                   God
                   Almighty
                   in
                   a
                   perfect
                   Unity
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   In
                   these
                   four
                   Elements
                   is
                   hid
                   the
                   Secret
                   of
                   Philosophers
                   :
                   The
                   Earth
                   and
                   Water
                   give
                   Corporeity
                   and
                   Visibility
                   :
                   The
                   Fire
                   and
                   Air
                   ,
                   the
                   Spirit
                   and
                   Invisible
                   Power
                   ,
                   which
                   cannot
                   be
                   seen
                   or
                   touched
                   but
                   in
                   the
                   other
                   two
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   When
                   these
                   four
                   Elements
                   are
                   conjoyned
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   to
                   exist
                   in
                   one
                   ,
                   they
                   become
                   another
                   thing
                   ;
                   whence
                   it
                   is
                   evident
                   ,
                   that
                   all
                   things
                   in
                   nature
                   are
                   composed
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   Elements
                   ,
                   
                   being
                   altered
                   and
                   changed
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   So
                   saith
                   
                     Rhasis
                     ,
                     Simple
                     Generation
                     ,
                     and
                     Natural
                     Transformation
                     is
                     the
                     Operation
                     of
                     the
                     Elements
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   V.
                   But
                   it
                   is
                   necessary
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Elements
                   be
                   of
                   one
                   kind
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   divers
                   ,
                   to
                   vit
                   ,
                   Simple
                   :
                   For
                   otherwise
                   neither
                   Action
                   nor
                   Passion
                   could
                   happen
                   between
                   them
                   :
                   So
                   saith
                   
                     Aristotle
                     ,
                     There
                     is
                     no
                     true
                     Generation
                     ,
                     but
                     of
                     things
                     agreeing
                     in
                     Nature
                     .
                  
                   So
                   that
                   things
                   be
                   not
                   made
                   but
                   according
                   to
                   their
                   Natures
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   The
                   Eldar
                   or
                   Oak
                   Trees
                   will
                   not
                   bring
                   forth
                   Pears
                   ;
                   nor
                   can
                   you
                   gather
                   Grapes
                   of
                   Thorns
                   ,
                   or
                   Figs
                   of
                   Thistles
                   ,
                   things
                   bring
                   not
                   forth
                   ,
                   but
                   only
                   their
                   like
                   ,
                   or
                   what
                   agrees
                   with
                   them
                   in
                   Nature
                   ,
                   each
                   Tree
                   it
                   s
                   own
                   Fruit.
                   
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Our
                   Secret
                   therefore
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   drawn
                   only
                   out
                   of
                   those
                   things
                   in
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   .
                   You
                   cannot
                   extract
                   it
                   out
                   of
                   Stones
                   or
                   Salt
                   ,
                   or
                   other
                   Heterogene
                   Bodies
                   :
                   Neither
                   Salt
                   nor
                   Alum
                   enters
                   into
                   our
                   mystery
                   :
                   But
                   as
                   Theophrastus
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     The
                     Philosophers
                     disguise
                     with
                     Salts
                     and
                     Alums
                     ,
                     the
                     Places
                     of
                     the
                     Elements
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   If
                   you
                   prudently
                   desire
                   to
                   make
                   our
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   extract
                   it
                   from
                   a
                   Mineral
                   Root
                   :
                   For
                   as
                   Geber
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     You
                     must
                     obtain
                     the
                     perfection
                     of
                     the
                     Matter
                     from
                     the
                     Seeds
                     thereof
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   Mercury
                   are
                   the
                   Mineral
                   Roots
                   ,
                   and
                   Natural
                   Principles
                   ,
                   upon
                   which
                   Nature
                   her self
                   acts
                   and
                   works
                   in
                   the
                   Mines
                   and
                   Caverns
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   Viscous
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   Subtil
                   Spirit
                   running
                   through
                   the
                   Pores
                   ,
                   Veins
                   ,
                   and
                   Bowels
                   of
                   the
                   Mountains
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   Of
                   them
                   is
                   produced
                   a
                   Vapour
                   or
                   Cloud
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   substance
                   and
                   body
                   of
                   Metals
                   united
                   ,
                   ascending
                   ,
                   and
                   reverberating
                   upon
                   its
                   own
                   proper
                   Earth
                   ,
                   (
                   as
                   Geber
                   sheweth
                   )
                   even
                   till
                   by
                   a
                   temperate
                   digestion
                   through
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   a
                   Thousand
                   
                   Years
                   ,
                   the
                   matter
                   is
                   fixed
                   ,
                   and
                   converted
                   into
                   a
                   Mineral
                   Stone
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   metals
                   are
                   made
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   same
                   manner
                   of
                   Sol
                   which
                   is
                   our
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   being
                   reduced
                   into
                   Mercury
                   by
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Viscous
                   Water
                   made
                   thick
                   ,
                   and
                   mixt
                   with
                   its
                   proper
                   Earth
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   temperate
                   decoction
                   and
                   digestion
                   ,
                   ariseth
                   the
                   Vapour
                   or
                   Cloud
                   ,
                   agreeing
                   in
                   nature
                   and
                   substance
                   with
                   that
                   in
                   the
                   Bowels
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   This
                   afterwards
                   is
                   turned
                   into
                   most
                   subtil
                   water
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   Soul
                   ,
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   and
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   as
                   we
                   shall
                   hereafter
                   shew
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   When
                   this
                   Water
                   is
                   returned
                   into
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   (
                   out
                   of
                   which
                   it
                   was
                   drawn
                   )
                   and
                   every
                   way
                   spreads
                   through
                   or
                   is
                   mixed
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   as
                   its
                   proper
                   Womb
                   ,
                   it
                   becomes
                   fixed
                   .
                   Thus
                   the
                   Wise
                   man
                   does
                   that
                   by
                   Art
                   in
                   a
                   short
                   time
                   ,
                   which
                   Nature
                   cannot
                   perform
                   in
                   less
                   than
                   the
                   Revolution
                   of
                   a
                   Thousand
                   Years
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Yet
                   notwithstanding
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   We
                   that
                   make
                   the
                   metal
                   ,
                   but
                   Nature
                   her self
                   that
                   does
                   it
                   .
                   Nor
                   do
                   or
                   can
                   we
                   change
                   one
                   thing
                   into
                   another
                   ;
                   but
                   it
                   is
                   Nature
                   that
                   changes
                   them
                   :
                   We
                   are
                   no
                   more
                   than
                   meer
                   Servants
                   in
                   the
                   work
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   Therefore
                   Medus
                   in
                   
                     Turba
                     Philosophorum
                  
                   ,
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     Our
                     Stone
                     naturally
                     contains
                     in
                     it
                     the
                     whole
                     Tincture
                     .
                  
                   It
                   is
                   perfectly
                   made
                   in
                   the
                   Mountains
                   and
                   Body
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ;
                   yet
                   of
                   it self
                   (
                   without
                   art
                   )
                   it
                   has
                   no
                   life
                   or
                   power
                   whereby
                   to
                   move
                   the
                   Elements
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Chuse
                   then
                   the
                   natural
                   Minerals
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   advice
                   of
                   Aristotle
                   ,
                   add
                   Art
                   :
                   For
                   Nature
                   generates
                   Metaline
                   Bodies
                   of
                   the
                   Vapours
                   ,
                   Clouds
                   ,
                   or
                   Fumes
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   all
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   agree
                   .
                   Know
                   therefore
                   the
                   Principles
                   upon
                   which
                   Art
                   works
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   the
                   Principles
                   or
                   beginnings
                   of
                   Metals
                   :
                   For
                   he
                   that
                   knows
                   not
                   these
                   things
                   shall
                   never
                   attain
                   
                   to
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   the
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   Geber
                   saith
                   ,
                   He
                   who
                   has
                   not
                   in
                   himself
                   the
                   knowledge
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   Natural
                   Principles
                   ,
                   is
                   far
                   from
                   attaining
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   the
                   Art
                   :
                   
                     being
                     Ignorant
                     of
                     the
                     Mineral
                     Root
                     upon
                     which
                     he
                     should
                     work
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   Geber
                   also
                   farther
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     That
                     our
                     Art
                     is
                     only
                     to
                     be
                     understood
                     and
                     Learned
                     through
                     the
                     true
                     wisdom
                     and
                     knowledge
                     of
                     Natural
                     things
                     :
                  
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   wisdom
                   searching
                   into
                   the
                   Roots
                   and
                   Natural
                   principles
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   Yet
                   saith
                   he
                   ,
                   my
                   Son
                   ,
                   I
                   shew
                   thee
                   a
                   Secret
                   ,
                   though
                   thou
                   knowest
                   the
                   Principles
                   ,
                   yet
                   therein
                   thou
                   canst
                   not
                   follow
                   Nature
                   in
                   all
                   things
                   .
                   Herein
                   some
                   have
                   erred
                   ,
                   in
                   Essaying
                   to
                   follow
                   Nature
                   in
                   all
                   her
                   properties
                   and
                   differences
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXXVIII
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   the
                   Second
                   Principle
                   of
                   the
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     THe
                     second
                     Principle
                     of
                     our
                     Stone
                     is
                     called
                  
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   
                     which
                     some
                     Philosophers
                     call
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     is
                     simple
                     of
                     it self
                     )
                     a
                     Stone
                     .
                     One
                     of
                     them
                     said
                     ,
                  
                   This
                   is
                   a
                   Stone
                   ,
                   and
                   no
                   Stone
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   without
                   which
                   Nature
                   never
                   performs
                   any
                   thing
                   ;
                   which
                   enters
                   into
                   ,
                   or
                   is
                   swallowed
                   up
                   of
                   other
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   also
                   swallows
                   them
                   up
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   This
                   is
                   simply
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   contains
                   the
                   Essential
                   Power
                   ,
                   which
                   Explicates
                   the
                   Tincture
                   of
                   our
                   Elixir
                   or
                   Philosophers
                   Stone
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   III.
                   Therefore
                   saith
                   
                     Rhasis
                     ,
                     such
                     a
                     thing
                     may
                     be
                     made
                     of
                     it
                     which
                     exceedeth
                     the
                     highest
                     perfection
                     of
                     Nature
                     .
                  
                   For
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Root
                   of
                   Metals
                   ,
                   Harmonises
                   with
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   the
                   Medium
                   that
                   explicates
                   and
                   conjoyns
                   the
                   Tinctures
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   For
                   it
                   swallows
                   up
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   of
                   its
                   own
                   Nature
                   and
                   production
                   ;
                   but
                   rejects
                   what
                   isForreign
                   and
                   Heterogene
                   :
                   being
                   of
                   an
                   Uniform
                   substance
                   in
                   all
                   its
                   parts
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Wherefore
                   our
                   Stone
                   is
                   called
                   Natural
                   ,
                   or
                   Mineral
                   ,
                   Vegetable
                   ,
                   and
                   Animal
                   ,
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   Generated
                   in
                   the
                   Mines
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   the
                   Mother
                   or
                   Womb
                   of
                   all
                   Metals
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   projection
                   converts
                   into
                   Metals
                   :
                   it
                   Springs
                   or
                   Grows
                   like
                   a
                   Vegetable
                   :
                   and
                   abounds
                   with
                   Life
                   like
                   an
                   Animal
                   ,
                   by
                   peircing
                   with
                   its
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   like
                   Spirit
                   and
                   Life
                   ,
                   every
                   where
                   ,
                   and
                   through
                   all
                   particles
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Morien
                   saith
                   ,
                   This
                   Stone
                   is
                   no
                   Stone
                   that
                   can
                   Generate
                   a
                   living
                   Creature
                   .
                   
                     Another
                     faith
                  
                   ,
                   It
                   is
                   cast
                   out
                   upon
                   the
                   Dunghil
                   as
                   a
                   vile
                   thing
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   hidden
                   from
                   the
                   Eyes
                   or
                   understandings
                   of
                   Ignorant
                   Men.
                   
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Also
                   in
                   
                     Libro
                     Speculi
                     Alchymiae
                  
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   ,
                   Our
                   Stone
                   is
                   a
                   thing
                   rejected
                   ,
                   but
                   found
                   in
                   Dunghils
                   (
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                  
                   in
                   putrefaction
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   Matter
                   being
                   putrefied
                   )
                   containing
                   in
                   it self
                   the
                   four
                   Elements
                   ,
                   over
                   which
                   it
                   Triumphs
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   certainly
                   to
                   be
                   perfected
                   by
                   humane
                   industry
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Some
                   make
                   Mercury
                   of
                   Lead
                   ,
                   Thus
                   :
                   R
                   
                     Lead
                     ,
                     melt
                     it
                     six
                     or
                     Seven
                     times
                     ,
                     and
                     quench
                     it
                     in
                     Salt
                  
                   Armoniac
                   
                     dissolved
                     ,
                     of
                     which
                     take
                  
                   〈◊〉
                   〈◊〉
                   :
                   Sal
                   Vitrioli
                   ,
                   〈◊〉
                   j.
                   Borax
                   〈◊〉
                   
                     ss
                     :
                     mix
                     ,
                     and
                     Digest
                     Forty
                     days
                     in
                  
                   Igne
                   Philosophorum
                   :
                   
                     So
                     have
                     you
                  
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   
                     not
                     at
                     all
                     differing
                     from
                     the
                     Natural
                     .
                  
                   But
                   that
                   is
                   not
                   fit
                   for
                   our
                   work
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Mineral
                   is
                   .
                   If
                   you
                   have
                   any
                   understanding
                   ,
                   this
                   Caution
                   may
                   sufficiently
                   instruct
                   you
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XXXIX
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Purification
                   of
                   the
                   Metals
                   and
                   Mercury
                   for
                   our
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   I.
                   THis
                   is
                   a
                   great
                   and
                   certain
                   truth
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Clean
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   separated
                   from
                   the
                   Unclean
                   ,
                   for
                   nothing
                   can
                   give
                   that
                   which
                   it
                   has
                   not
                   :
                   For
                   the
                   pure
                   substance
                   is
                   of
                   one
                   simple
                   Essence
                   ,
                   void
                   of
                   all
                   Heterogeneity
                   :
                   But
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   impure
                   and
                   unclean
                   ,
                   consists
                   of
                   Heterogene
                   parts
                   ,
                   is
                   not
                   simple
                   ,
                   but
                   compounded
                   (
                   to
                   wit
                   of
                   pure
                   and
                   impure
                   )
                   and
                   apt
                   to
                   putrifie
                   and
                   corrupt
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Therefore
                   let
                   nothing
                   enter
                   into
                   your
                   Composition
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Alien
                   or
                   Foreign
                   to
                   the
                   matter
                   ,
                   (
                   as
                   all
                   Impurity
                   is
                   ;
                   )
                   for
                   nothing
                   goes
                   to
                   the
                   Composition
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   that
                   proceedeth
                   not
                   from
                   it
                   ,
                   neither
                   in
                   part
                   nor
                   in
                   whole
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   If
                   any
                   strange
                   or
                   foreign
                   thing
                   be
                   mixed
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   immediately
                   corrupted
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   that
                   Corruption
                   your
                   Work
                   becomes
                   frustrate
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   The
                   Citrine
                   Bodies
                   (
                   as
                   Sol
                   ,
                   &c.
                   )
                   you
                   must
                   purge
                   by
                   Calcination
                   or
                   Cementation
                   ;
                   and
                   it
                   is
                   then
                   purged
                   or
                   purified
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   fine
                   and
                   florid
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   The
                   metal
                   being
                   well
                   cleansed
                   ,
                   beat
                   it
                   into
                   thin
                   Plates
                   or
                   Leaves
                   (
                   as
                   is
                   Leaf
                   Gold
                   ,
                   )
                   and
                   reserve
                   them
                   for
                   use
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   The
                   White
                   Liquor
                   (
                   as
                   Mercury
                   )
                   contains
                   two
                   Superfluities
                   ,
                   which
                   must
                   necessarily
                   be
                   removed
                   from
                   it
                   ,
                   viz.
                   It
                   s
                   foetid
                   Earthiness
                   ,
                   which
                   hinders
                   its
                   Fusion
                   :
                   and
                   its
                   Humidity
                   ,
                   which
                   causes
                   its
                   flying
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     The
                     Earthiness
                     is
                     thus
                     removed
                     .
                  
                   Put
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   Marble
                   or
                   Wooden
                   mortar
                   ,
                   with
                   its
                   equal
                   weight
                   of
                   pure
                   fine
                   and
                   dry
                   Salt
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   little
                   Vinegar
                   !
                   Grind
                   all
                   with
                   the
                   Pestle
                   ,
                   till
                   nothing
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   appears
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   whole
                   Salt
                   becomes
                   very
                   black
                   .
                   Wash
                   this
                   whole
                   matter
                   with
                   pure
                   Water
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   Salt
                   is
                   dissolved
                   ;
                   this
                   filtby
                   water
                   decant
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   to
                   the
                   Mercury
                   again
                   as
                   much
                   more
                   Salt
                   and
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   grinding
                   it
                   as
                   before
                   ,
                   and
                   washing
                   it
                   with
                   fair
                   water
                   ,
                   which
                   work
                   so
                   often
                   repeat
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   water
                   comes
                   clear
                   from
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   the
                   Mercury
                   remains
                   pure
                   bright
                   and
                   clear
                   like
                   a
                   Venice
                   Looking
                   Glass
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   a
                   Coelestial
                   Colour
                   .
                   Then
                   strain
                   it
                   through
                   a
                   Linen
                   Cloth
                   three
                   or
                   four
                   times
                   doubled
                   ,
                   two
                   or
                   three
                   times
                   (
                   into
                   a
                   clean
                   Glass
                   Vessel
                   )
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   dry
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   The
                   proportion
                   of
                   the
                   parts
                   is
                   as
                   24
                   to
                   1.
                   
                   There
                   are
                   24
                   Hours
                   in
                   a
                   Natural
                   Day
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   add
                   one
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   is
                   25.
                   [
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   the
                   Rising
                   of
                   the
                   Sun.
                   ]
                   To
                   understand
                   this
                   ,
                   is
                   Wisdom
                   ,
                   as
                   Geber
                   saith
                   .
                   Indeavour
                   through
                   the
                   whole
                   Work
                   to
                   over-power
                   the
                   Mercury
                   in
                   Commixtion
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Rhasis
                   saith
                   ,
                   Those
                   Bodies
                   come
                   nearest
                   to
                   perfection
                   ,
                   which
                   contain
                   most
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   :
                   He
                   farther
                   saith
                   ,
                   That
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   hid
                   nothing
                   but
                   Weight
                   and
                   Measure
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   the
                   Proportions
                   of
                   the
                   Ingredients
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   clear
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   none
                   of
                   them
                   all
                   agree
                   one
                   with
                   another
                   therein
                   :
                   which
                   causeth
                   great
                   error
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   Though
                   the
                   matters
                   be
                   well
                   prepared
                   and
                   well
                   mixed
                   ,
                   without
                   the
                   Proportions
                   or
                   Quantities
                   of
                   the
                   things
                   be
                   just
                   ,
                   and
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   Work
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   miss
                   of
                   the
                   truth
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   end
                   ,
                   and
                   lose
                   all
                   your
                   Labour
                   ;
                   you
                   will
                   not
                   indeed
                   bring
                   any
                   thing
                   to
                   perfection
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   And
                   this
                   is
                   evident
                   in
                   the
                   Examination
                   :
                   When
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   Transmutation
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   or
                   that
                   the
                   Body
                   is
                   changed
                   ,
                   then
                   let
                   it
                   be
                   put
                   into
                   the
                   Cineritium
                   or
                   
                   Test
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   consumed
                   ,
                   or
                   otherwise
                   remain
                   ;
                   according
                   as
                   the
                   proportions
                   are
                   more
                   or
                   less
                   than
                   just
                   ;
                   or
                   just
                   as
                   they
                   〈◊〉
                   to
                   be
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   If
                   they
                   be
                   right
                   and
                   just
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   Reason
                   of
                   that
                   ,
                   your
                   Body
                   will
                   be
                   incorruptible
                   and
                   remain
                   firm
                   ,
                   without
                   any
                   loss
                   ,
                   through
                   all
                   Essays
                   and
                   Tryals
                   :
                   you
                   can
                   do
                   nothing
                   in
                   this
                   work
                   without
                   the
                   true
                   knowledge
                   of
                   this
                   thing
                   ,
                   whose
                   Foundation
                   is
                   Natural
                   matter
                   ,
                   purity
                   of
                   substance
                   ,
                   and
                   right
                   Reason
                   or
                   proportion
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XL.
                  
                   Of
                   the
                   Conjunction
                   of
                   the
                   Principles
                   ,
                   in
                   order
                   to
                   this
                   great
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   I.
                   EUclid
                   the
                   Philosopher
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   man
                   of
                   great
                   understanding
                   ,
                   advises
                   to
                   work
                   in
                   nothing
                   but
                   in
                   Sol
                   and
                   Mercury
                   ;
                   which
                   joyned
                   together
                   make
                   the
                   wonderful
                   and
                   admirable
                   Philosophers
                   Stone
                   ,
                   as
                   Rhasis
                   saith
                   :
                   White
                   and
                   Red
                   ,
                   both
                   proceed
                   from
                   one
                   Root
                   ;
                   no
                   other
                   Bodies
                   coming
                   between
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   But
                   yet
                   the
                   Gold
                   ,
                   wanting
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   is
                   hindred
                   from
                   working
                   according
                   to
                   his
                   power
                   .
                   Therefore
                   know
                   that
                   no
                   Stone
                   ,
                   nor
                   Pearl
                   ,
                   or
                   other
                   Forreign
                   thing
                   ,
                   but
                   this
                   our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   belongs
                   to
                   this
                   work
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   You
                   must
                   therefore
                   Labour
                   about
                   the
                   Dissolution
                   of
                   the
                   Citrine
                   Body
                   ,
                   to
                   reduce
                   it
                   into
                   its
                   first
                   matter
                   :
                   for
                   as
                   Rhasis
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     We
                     dissolve
                     Gold
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     may
                     be
                     reduced
                     into
                     its
                     first
                     Nature
                     or
                     matter
                     that
                     is
                     into
                     Mercury
                     .
                  
                
                 
                 
                   IV.
                   For
                   being
                   broken
                   and
                   made
                   One
                   ,
                   they
                   have
                   in
                   themselves
                   the
                   whole
                   Tincture
                   both
                   of
                   the
                   Agent
                   and
                   Patient
                   .
                   Wherefore
                   saith
                   Rhasis
                   ,
                   make
                   a
                   Marriage
                   (
                   that
                   is
                   a
                   Conjunction
                   )
                   between
                   the
                   RED
                   Man
                   ,
                   and
                   his
                   WHITE
                   Wife
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   shall
                   have
                   the
                   whole
                   Secret.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     V.
                     The
                     same
                     saith
                  
                   Merlin
                   :
                   If
                   you
                   Merry
                   the
                   White
                   Woman
                   to
                   the
                   Red
                   Man
                   ,
                   they
                   will
                   be
                   Conjoyned
                   and
                   Imbrace
                   one
                   another
                   ,
                   and
                   become
                   impregnated
                   .
                   By
                   themselves
                   they
                   are
                   Dissolved
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   themselves
                   they
                   bring
                   forth
                   what
                   they
                   have
                   conceived
                   ,
                   whereby
                   ,
                   the
                   two
                   are
                   made
                   but
                   one
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   And
                   truly
                   our
                   Dissolution
                   ,
                   is
                   only
                   the
                   reducing
                   the
                   hard
                   Body
                   into
                   a
                   liquid
                   form
                   ,
                   and
                   into
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Saltness
                   of
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   may
                   be
                   diminished
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Without
                   our
                   Brass
                   then
                   be
                   Broken
                   ,
                   Ground
                   ,
                   and
                   Gently
                   and
                   Prudently
                   managed
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   reduced
                   from
                   its
                   hard
                   and
                   Dense
                   Body
                   ,
                   into
                   a
                   thin
                   and
                   subtil
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   you
                   labour
                   in
                   Vain
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   And
                   therefore
                   in
                   the
                   
                     Speculum
                     Alchymiae
                  
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   ,
                   
                     The
                     first
                     work
                     is
                     the
                     reducing
                     the
                     Body
                     into
                     Water
                     ,
                     that
                     is
                     ,
                     into
                     Mercury
                     .
                  
                   And
                   this
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   called
                   Dissolution
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Foundation
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Art.
                   
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   This
                   Dissolution
                   makes
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   an
                   Evident
                   Liquidity
                   ,
                   and
                   absolute
                   Subtilty
                   :
                   and
                   this
                   is
                   done
                   by
                   a
                   gentle
                   Grinding
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   soft
                   and
                   continued
                   Assation
                   or
                   Digestion
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   Wherefore
                   saith
                   Rhasis
                   ,
                   the
                   work
                   of
                   making
                   our
                   Stone
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   matter
                   be
                   put
                   into
                   its
                   proper
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   and
                   continually
                   Decocted
                   and
                   Digested
                   ,
                   until
                   such
                   time
                   as
                   it
                   wholly
                   Ascends
                   ,
                   or
                   Sublimes
                   to
                   the
                   top
                   thereof
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   declared
                   in
                   
                     Speculum
                     Philosophorum
                     .
                     The
                  
                   
                   Philosophers
                   Stone
                   is
                   converted
                   from
                   a
                   vile
                   thing
                   ,
                   into
                   a
                   pretious
                   Substance
                   :
                   for
                   the
                   
                     Semen
                     Solare
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   cast
                   into
                   the
                   Matrix
                   of
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   by
                   Copulation
                   or
                   Conjunction
                   ,
                   whereby
                   in
                   process
                   of
                   time
                   they
                   be
                   made
                   one
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Also
                   ,
                   that
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   Compounded
                   with
                   the
                   like
                   ,
                   and
                   Mercurizated
                   ,
                   then
                   it
                   shall
                   be
                   the
                   Springing
                   Bud.
                   For
                   the
                   Soul
                   ,
                   the
                   Spirit
                   and
                   the
                   Tincture
                   may
                   then
                   be
                   drawn
                   out
                   of
                   them
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   a
                   gentle
                   Fire
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Therefore
                   saith
                   Aristotle
                   ,
                   the
                   true
                   matters
                   or
                   principles
                   are
                   not
                   possible
                   to
                   be
                   transformed
                   or
                   changed
                   (
                   by
                   the
                   most
                   Learned
                   in
                   Alchymie
                   )
                   except
                   they
                   be
                   reduced
                   into
                   their
                   first
                   matter
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   And
                   Geber
                   saith
                   ,
                   all
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   of
                   Mercury
                   only
                   :
                   for
                   when
                   Sol
                   is
                   reduced
                   to
                   its
                   first
                   Original
                   or
                   Matter
                   ,
                   by
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   then
                   Nature
                   embraceth
                   Nature
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   And
                   then
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   easie
                   to
                   draw
                   out
                   the
                   Subtil
                   and
                   Spiritual
                   Substance
                   thereof
                   :
                   of
                   which
                   Alkindus
                   saith
                   ,
                   take
                   the
                   things
                   from
                   their
                   Mines
                   ,
                   and
                   Exact
                   or
                   Subtilize
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   reduce
                   them
                   to
                   their
                   Roots
                   ,
                   or
                   first
                   matter
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   
                     Lumen
                     Luminum
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   And
                   therefore
                   ,
                   except
                   you
                   cast
                   out
                   the
                   Redness
                   with
                   the
                   Whiteness
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   never
                   come
                   to
                   the
                   exalted
                   glory
                   of
                   the
                   Redness
                   .
                   For
                   Rhasis
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     He
                     that
                     knows
                  
                   how
                   to
                   convert
                   Sol
                   into
                   Luna
                   ,
                   knows
                   how
                   to
                   convert
                   Luna
                   into
                   Sol.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     XVII
                     .
                     Therefore
                     saith
                  
                   Pandophilus
                   in
                   Turba
                   Philosophorum
                   ,
                   he
                   that
                   prudently
                   draws
                   the
                   Virtue
                   or
                   Power
                   from
                   Sol
                   ,
                   and
                   his
                   Shadow
                   ,
                   shall
                   obtain
                   a
                   great
                   Secret.
                   
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   Again
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   ,
                   without
                   Sol
                   ,
                   and
                   his
                   Shadow
                   ,
                   no
                   Tinging
                   Virtue
                   or
                   Power
                   is
                   generated
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   And
                   whosoever
                   it
                   is
                   that
                   shall
                   endeavour
                   to
                   
                   make
                   a
                   Tinging
                   or
                   Colouring
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   without
                   these
                   things
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   any
                   other
                   means
                   ,
                   he
                   Errs
                   ,
                   and
                   goes
                   astray
                   from
                   Truth
                   ,
                   to
                   his
                   own
                   hurt
                   ,
                   loss
                   and
                   detriment
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XLI
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   Lute
                   ,
                   Closing
                   ,
                   and
                   Times
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   I.
                   THe
                   Vessel
                   for
                   our
                   Stone
                   is
                   but
                   one
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   the
                   ,
                   whole
                   Magistery
                   or
                   Elixir
                   is
                   performed
                   and
                   perfected
                   ;
                   this
                   is
                   a
                   Cucurbit
                   ,
                   whose
                   Bottom
                   is
                   round
                   like
                   an
                   Egg
                   ,
                   or
                   an
                   Urinal
                   ,
                   smooth
                   within
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   Ascend
                   and
                   Descend
                   the
                   more
                   easily
                   ,
                   covered
                   with
                   a
                   Limbeck
                   round
                   and
                   smooth
                   every
                   where
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   very
                   high
                   ,
                   and
                   whose
                   Bottom
                   is
                   round
                   also
                   like
                   an
                   Egg.
                   
                
                 
                   II.
                   Its
                   largeness
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   such
                   ;
                   that
                   the
                   Medicine
                   or
                   matter
                   may
                   not
                   fill
                   above
                   a
                   fourth
                   part
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   made
                   of
                   strong
                   double
                   Glass
                   ,
                   clear
                   and
                   transparent
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   may
                   see
                   through
                   it
                   ,
                   all
                   the
                   Colours
                   appertaining
                   to
                   ,
                   and
                   appearing
                   in
                   the
                   work
                   ;
                   in
                   which
                   the
                   Spirit
                   moving
                   continually
                   ,
                   cannot
                   pass
                   or
                   flie
                   away
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Let
                   it
                   also
                   be
                   so
                   closed
                   ,
                   that
                   as
                   nothing
                   can
                   go
                   out
                   of
                   it
                   ,
                   so
                   nothing
                   can
                   enter
                   into
                   it
                   ;
                   as
                   Lucas
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     Lute
                     the
                     Vessel
                     strongly
                     with
                  
                   Lutum
                   Sapientiae
                   ,
                   
                     that
                     nothing
                     may
                     get
                     in
                     or
                     go
                     out
                     of
                     it
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   IV.
                   For
                   if
                   the
                   Flowers
                   ,
                   or
                   matter
                   subliming
                   ,
                   should
                   breath
                   out
                   ,
                   or
                   any
                   strange
                   Air
                   or
                   matter
                   enter
                   in
                   ,
                   your
                   work
                   will
                   be
                   spoiled
                   and
                   lost
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   V.
                   And
                   though
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   oftentimes
                   say
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   matter
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   put
                   into
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   and
                   closed
                   up
                   fast
                   ,
                   yet
                   it
                   is
                   sufficient
                   for
                   the
                   Operator
                   ,
                   once
                   to
                   put
                   the
                   said
                   matter
                   in
                   ,
                   once
                   to
                   close
                   it
                   up
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   to
                   keep
                   it
                   even
                   to
                   the
                   very
                   perfection
                   and
                   finishing
                   of
                   the
                   work
                   .
                   If
                   these
                   things
                   be
                   often
                   repeated
                   ,
                   the
                   work
                   will
                   be
                   spoiled
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VI.
                     Therefore
                     saith
                  
                   Rhasis
                   ,
                   keep
                   your
                   Vessel
                   continually
                   close
                   ,
                   encompassed
                   with
                   Dew
                   ,
                   
                     [
                     which
                     demonstrates
                     what
                     kind
                     of
                     Heat
                     you
                     are
                     to
                     use
                     ,
                     ]
                  
                   and
                   so
                   well
                   Luted
                   that
                   none
                   of
                   the
                   Flowers
                   ,
                   or
                   that
                   which
                   sublimes
                   ,
                   may
                   get
                   out
                   ,
                   or
                   vanish
                   in
                   Vapor
                   or
                   Fume
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VII
                     .
                     And
                     in
                  
                   Speculum
                   Alehymiae
                   
                     it
                     is
                     said
                  
                   ,
                   Let
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Stone
                   remain
                   shut
                   within
                   the
                   Vessel
                   strongly
                   ,
                   until
                   such
                   time
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   has
                   drunk
                   up
                   the
                   Humidity
                   ,
                   and
                   let
                   it
                   be
                   nourished
                   with
                   a
                   continual
                   Heat
                   till
                   it
                   becomes
                   White
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Also
                   another
                   Philosopher
                   
                     in
                     his
                  
                   Breveloquium
                   saith
                   ,
                   as
                   there
                   are
                   three
                   things
                   in
                   a
                   natural
                   Egg
                   ,
                   viz.
                   the
                   Shell
                   ,
                   the
                   White
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Yolk
                   ,
                   so
                   likewise
                   there
                   are
                   three
                   things
                   corresponding
                   to
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Stone
                   ,
                   the
                   Glass
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   the
                   White
                   Liquor
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Citrine
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   And
                   as
                   of
                   the
                   Yolk
                   and
                   White
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   little
                   Heat
                   ,
                   a
                   Bird
                   is
                   made
                   ,
                   (
                   the
                   Shell
                   being
                   whole
                   ,
                   until
                   the
                   coming
                   forth
                   or
                   Hatching
                   of
                   the
                   Chicken
                   :
                   )
                   so
                   is
                   it
                   in
                   the
                   work
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Stone
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Citrine
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   White
                   Liquor
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   temperate
                   or
                   gentle
                   Heat
                   is
                   made
                   the
                   
                     Avis
                     Hermetis
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Philosophers
                   Bird.
                   
                
                 
                   X.
                   The
                   Vessel
                   being
                   well
                   and
                   perfectly
                   closed
                   ,
                   and
                   never
                   so
                   much
                   as
                   once
                   opened
                   till
                   the
                   perfection
                   or
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   work
                   :
                   so
                   that
                   you
                   see
                   the
                   Vessel
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   kept
                   close
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Spirit
                   may
                   not
                   get
                   out
                   and
                   evanish
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     Therefore
                     saith
                  
                   Rhasis
                   ,
                   Keep
                   thy
                   Vessel
                   and
                   its
                   junctures
                   close
                   and
                   firm
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   
                   
                     Conservation
                     of
                     the
                     Spirit
                  
                   .
                   And
                   another
                   saith
                   ,
                   close
                   thy
                   Vessel
                   well
                   ,
                   and
                   as
                   you
                   are
                   not
                   to
                   cease
                   from
                   the
                   work
                   ,
                   [
                   or
                   let
                   it
                   cool
                   ,
                   ]
                   so
                   neither
                   are
                   you
                   to
                   make
                   too
                   much
                   haste
                   ,
                   [
                   neither
                   by
                   too
                   great
                   a
                   heat
                   ,
                   nor
                   too
                   soon
                   opening
                   of
                   it
                   .
                   ]
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   You
                   must
                   take
                   special
                   care
                   that
                   the
                   Humidity
                   [
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ]
                   gets
                   not
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ;
                   for
                   then
                   you
                   will
                   have
                   nothing
                   but
                   a
                   Dead
                   Body
                   remaining
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   work
                   will
                   come
                   to
                   nothing
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Socrates
                   saith
                   ,
                   Grind
                   it
                   with
                   most
                   sharp
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   grows
                   thick
                   ,
                   and
                   be
                   careful
                   that
                   the
                   Vinegar
                   be
                   not
                   turned
                   into
                   fume
                   ,
                   and
                   perish
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XLII
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Fire
                   ,
                   the
                   kinds
                   and
                   Government
                   thereof
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   THE
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   described
                   in
                   their
                   Books
                   a
                   two
                   fold
                   Fire
                   ,
                   a
                   moist
                   and
                   a
                   dry
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   
                     The
                     moist
                     Fire
                  
                   they
                   called
                   the
                   warm
                   
                     Horse
                     Belly
                  
                   ;
                   in
                   the
                   which
                   ,
                   so
                   long
                   as
                   the
                   Humidity
                   remains
                   ,
                   the
                   Heat
                   is
                   retained
                   ;
                   but
                   the
                   Humidity
                   being
                   Consumed
                   ,
                   the
                   Heat
                   vanishes
                   and
                   ceases
                   ,
                   which
                   Heat
                   being
                   small
                   ,
                   seldom
                   lasts
                   above
                   five
                   or
                   six
                   days
                   :
                   but
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   Conserved
                   and
                   renewed
                   ,
                   by
                   casting
                   upon
                   it
                   many
                   times
                   Urine
                   mixt
                   with
                   Salt.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     III.
                     Of
                     this
                     Fire
                     speaks
                  
                   Philares
                   
                     the
                     Philosopher
                  
                   :
                   The
                   property
                   of
                   the
                   fire
                   of
                   the
                   Horse
                   Belly
                   ,
                   is
                   ,
                   not
                   to
                   destroy
                   with
                   its
                   dryness
                   the
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   but
                   augments
                   it
                   with
                   its
                   humidity
                   ;
                   whereas
                   other
                   fire
                   would
                   be
                   apt
                   to
                   consume
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   IV.
                   Senior
                   
                     the
                     Philosopher
                     saith
                  
                   ,
                   Dig
                   a
                   Sepulchre
                   and
                   bury
                   the
                   WOMAN
                   with
                   her
                   MAN
                   ,
                   or
                   Husband
                   in
                   Horse-dung
                   [
                   or
                   Balneo
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   heat
                   ]
                   until
                   such
                   time
                   as
                   they
                   be
                   intimately
                   conjoyned
                   or
                   united
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Altudonus
                   the
                   Philopher
                   saith
                   likewise
                   ,
                   
                     you
                     must
                     hide
                     your
                     Medicine
                     in
                     Horse-dung
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     fire
                     of
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                  
                   for
                   this
                   Dung
                   is
                   hot
                   ,
                   moist
                   ,
                   and
                   dark
                   ,
                   having
                   a
                   humidity
                   in
                   it self
                   ,
                   and
                   an
                   excellent
                   light
                   ,
                   [
                   or
                   Whiteness
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   There
                   is
                   no
                   other
                   fire
                   comparable
                   to
                   it
                   in
                   the
                   World
                   ,
                   excepting
                   only
                   the
                   natural
                   heat
                   of
                   a
                   Man
                   ,
                   or
                   Womans
                   Body
                   .
                   ]
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   a
                   Secret.
                   The
                   Vapour
                   of
                   the
                   Sea
                   not
                   burned
                   ,
                   the
                   Blood
                   of
                   Man
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Blood
                   of
                   the
                   Grape
                   is
                   our
                   Red
                   Fire
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   
                     The
                     Dry
                     Fire
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Fire
                   of
                   the
                   Bodies
                   themselves
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Inflammability
                   of
                   every
                   thing
                   able
                   to
                   be
                   burned
                   :
                   Now
                   the
                   government
                   of
                   these
                   Fires
                   is
                   thus
                   :
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   The
                   Medicine
                   of
                   the
                   White
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   put
                   into
                   the
                   moist
                   fire
                   ,
                   until
                   the
                   Complement
                   of
                   the
                   Whiteness
                   shall
                   appear
                   in
                   the
                   Vessel
                   .
                   For
                   a
                   gentle
                   fire
                   is
                   the
                   conservation
                   of
                   the
                   Humidity
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     X.
                     Therefore
                     saith
                  
                   Pandolphus
                   ,
                   You
                   are
                   to
                   understand
                   that
                   the
                   Body
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   dissolved
                   with
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ;
                   with
                   which
                   they
                   are
                   mixed
                   by
                   an
                   easie
                   and
                   gentle
                   decoction
                   ,
                   so
                   that
                   the
                   Body
                   may
                   be
                   spiritualized
                   by
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Ascanius
                   
                     also
                     saith
                  
                   ,
                   A
                   gentle
                   fire
                   gives
                   health
                   ,
                   but
                   too
                   much
                   or
                   great
                   a
                   heat
                   will
                   not
                   conserve
                   or
                   unite
                   the
                   Elements
                   ,
                   but
                   on
                   the
                   contrary
                   divide
                   them
                   ,
                   waste
                   the
                   humidity
                   ,
                   and
                   destroy
                   the
                   whole
                   work
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     Therefore
                     saith
                  
                   Rhasis
                   ,
                   Be
                   very
                   diligent
                   and
                   careful
                   in
                   the
                   sublimation
                   and
                   liquefaction
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   increase
                   not
                   your
                   fire
                   too
                   
                   
                     much
                     ,
                     whereby
                     the
                     water
                     may
                     ascend
                     to
                     the
                     highest
                     part
                     of
                     the
                     Vessel
                     :
                  
                   For
                   then
                   wanting
                   a
                   place
                   of
                   Refrigeration
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   stick
                   fast
                   there
                   ,
                   whereby
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   the
                   Elements
                   will
                   not
                   be
                   perfected
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   For
                   indeed
                   in
                   this
                   work
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   necessary
                   that
                   they
                   be
                   many
                   times
                   elevated
                   ,
                   or
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   and
                   depressed
                   again
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   And
                   the
                   gentle
                   or
                   temperate
                   Fire
                   is
                   that
                   only
                   which
                   compleats
                   the
                   mixture
                   ,
                   makes
                   thick
                   ,
                   and
                   perfects
                   the
                   work
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XV.
                     Therefore
                     saith
                  
                   Botulphus
                   ,
                   That
                   gentle
                   fire
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   White
                   fire
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   greatest
                   and
                   most
                   principal
                   matter
                   of
                   the
                   Operation
                   of
                   the
                   Elements
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Rhasis
                   
                     also
                     saith
                  
                   ,
                   Burn
                   our
                   Brass
                   with
                   a
                   Gentle
                   Fire
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   is
                   that
                   of
                   a
                   Hen
                   for
                   the
                   hatching
                   of
                   Eggs
                   ,
                   until
                   the
                   Body
                   be
                   broken
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Tincture
                   extracted
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   For
                   with
                   an
                   easie
                   decoction
                   ,
                   the
                   water
                   is
                   congealed
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   humidity
                   which
                   corrupteth
                   ,
                   drawn
                   out
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   drying
                   ,
                   the
                   burning
                   is
                   avoided
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   The
                   happy
                   prosecution
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   work
                   ,
                   consists
                   in
                   the
                   exact
                   temperament
                   of
                   the
                   fire
                   :
                   Therefore
                   beware
                   of
                   too
                   much
                   heat
                   ,
                   lest
                   you
                   come
                   to
                   solution
                   before
                   the
                   time
                   ,
                   [
                   viz.
                   before
                   the
                   matter
                   is
                   ripe
                   :
                   ]
                   For
                   that
                   will
                   bring
                   you
                   to
                   despair
                   of
                   attaining
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   your
                   hopes
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   Wherefore
                   saith
                   he
                   ,
                   
                     Beware
                     of
                     too
                     much
                     fire
                     ,
                     for
                     if
                     it
                     be
                     kindled
                     before
                     the
                     time
                     ,
                     the
                     matter
                     will
                     be
                     Red
                     ,
                     before
                     it
                     comes
                     to
                     ripeness
                     and
                     perfection
                     ,
                  
                   [
                   whereby
                   it
                   becomes
                   like
                   an
                   Abort
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   unripe
                   Fruit
                   of
                   the
                   Womb
                   ;
                   whereas
                   it
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   first
                   White
                   ,
                   then
                   Red
                   ,
                   like
                   as
                   the
                   Fruits
                   of
                   a
                   Tree
                   ,
                   a
                   Cherry
                   is
                   first
                   White
                   ,
                   then
                   Red
                   ,
                   when
                   it
                   comes
                   to
                   its
                   perfection
                   .
                   ]
                
                 
                 
                   
                     XX.
                     And
                     that
                     he
                     might
                     indigitate
                     a
                     certain
                     time
                     ,
                     (
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     )
                     of
                  
                   Decoction
                   ,
                   
                     he
                     saith
                  
                   ,
                   That
                   the
                   dissolution
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   Coagulation
                   or
                   Congeiation
                   of
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   done
                   ,
                   by
                   an
                   easie
                   decoction
                   in
                   a
                   gentle
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   moist
                   Putrefaction
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   one
                   hundred
                   and
                   forty
                   Days
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XXI
                     .
                     To
                     which
                  
                   Orsolen
                   
                     assents
                     saying
                  
                   ,
                   In
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   mixture
                   ,
                   you
                   ought
                   to
                   mix
                   the
                   Elements
                   (
                   being
                   sincere
                   and
                   made
                   pure
                   ,
                   clean
                   ,
                   and
                   rectified
                   with
                   a
                   gentle
                   fire
                   )
                   by
                   a
                   slow
                   and
                   natural
                   digestion
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   beware
                   of
                   too
                   much
                   fire
                   ,
                   till
                   you
                   know
                   they
                   are
                   conjoyned
                   .
                
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   Bonellus
                   
                     also
                     saith
                  
                   ,
                   That
                   by
                   a
                   Temperate
                   and
                   Gentle
                   heat
                   continued
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   make
                   the
                   pure
                   and
                   perfect
                   Body
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XLIII
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   AEnignia's
                   of
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   their
                   Deceptions
                   ,
                   and
                   Precautions
                   concerning
                   the
                   same
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   YOu
                   ought
                   to
                   put
                   on
                   Courage
                   ,
                   Resolution
                   and
                   Constancy
                   ,
                   in
                   attempting
                   this
                   great
                   work
                   ,
                   lest
                   you
                   Err
                   ,
                   and
                   be
                   deceived
                   ,
                   sometimes
                   following
                   or
                   doing
                   one
                   thing
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   another
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   For
                   the
                   knowledge
                   of
                   this
                   Art
                   consisteth
                   not
                   in
                   the
                   multiplicity
                   ,
                   or
                   great
                   number
                   of
                   things
                   ,
                   but
                   in
                   Unity
                   ;
                   Our
                   Stone
                   is
                   but
                   One
                   ,
                   the
                   matter
                   is
                   One
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Vessel
                   is
                   One
                   :
                   The
                   Government
                   is
                   One
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   disposition
                   is
                   One.
                   The
                   whole
                   Art
                   and
                   Work
                   thereof
                   is
                   One
                   ,
                   and
                   begins
                   
                   in
                   One
                   manner
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   One
                   manner
                   it
                   is
                   finished
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Notwithstanding
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   subtily
                   delivered
                   themselves
                   ,
                   and
                   clouded
                   their
                   instructions
                   with
                   AEigmatical
                   and
                   Typical
                   Phrases
                   and
                   Words
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   that
                   their
                   Art
                   might
                   not
                   only
                   be
                   hidden
                   and
                   so
                   continued
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   be
                   had
                   in
                   the
                   greater
                   Veneration
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Thus
                   they
                   advise
                   to
                   Decoct
                   ,
                   to
                   Commix
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   Conjoyn
                   ;
                   to
                   Sublime
                   ,
                   to
                   Bake
                   ,
                   to
                   Grind
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   Congeal
                   ;
                   to
                   make
                   Equal
                   ,
                   to
                   Puttefie
                   ,
                   to
                   make
                   White
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   make
                   Red
                   ;
                   of
                   all
                   which
                   things
                   ,
                   the
                   order
                   .
                   management
                   and
                   way
                   of
                   working
                   is
                   all
                   one
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   only
                   to
                   Decoct
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   And
                   therefore
                   to
                   Grind
                   is
                   to
                   Decoct
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   you
                   are
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   weary
                   ,
                   saith
                   Rhasis
                   :
                   Digest
                   continually
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   in
                   haste
                   [
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   not
                   with
                   too
                   great
                   a
                   Fire
                   ;
                   ]
                   cease
                   not
                   ,
                   or
                   make
                   no
                   intermission
                   in
                   your
                   work
                   ,
                   follow
                   not
                   the
                   Artifice
                   of
                   Sophisters
                   ,
                   but
                   pursue
                   your
                   Operation
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   Complement
                   and
                   perfection
                   thereof
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VI.
                     Also
                     in
                     the
                  
                   Rosary
                   
                     it
                     is
                     advised
                  
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   cautious
                   and
                   watchful
                   ,
                   lest
                   your
                   work
                   prove
                   dead
                   or
                   imperfect
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   continue
                   it
                   with
                   a
                   long
                   Decoction
                   .
                   
                     Close
                     up
                     well
                     thy
                     Vessel
                     ,
                     and
                     pursue
                     to
                     the
                     end
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   For
                   there
                   is
                   no
                   Generation
                   of
                   things
                   ,
                   but
                   by
                   Putrefaction
                   ,
                   by
                   keeping
                   out
                   the
                   Air
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   continual
                   internal
                   motion
                   ,
                   with
                   an
                   equal
                   and
                   gentle
                   Heat
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Remember
                   when
                   you
                   are
                   in
                   your
                   work
                   ,
                   all
                   the
                   Signs
                   and
                   Appearances
                   which
                   arise
                   in
                   every
                   Decoction
                   ,
                   for
                   they
                   are
                   necessary
                   to
                   be
                   known
                   and
                   understood
                   in
                   order
                   to
                   the
                   perfecting
                   the
                   matter
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   You
                   must
                   be
                   sure
                   to
                   be
                   incessant
                   and
                   continual
                   in
                   your
                   Operation
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   gentle
                   Fire
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   appearing
                   of
                   the
                   perfect
                   Whiteness
                   ,
                   which
                   cannot
                   be
                   if
                   
                   you
                   open
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   and
                   let
                   out
                   the
                   Spirit
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   From
                   whence
                   it
                   is
                   Evident
                   ,
                   that
                   if
                   you
                   mannage
                   your
                   matter
                   ill
                   ,
                   or
                   your
                   Fire
                   be
                   too
                   great
                   ,
                   it
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   extinguished
                   :
                   Therefore
                   saith
                   
                     Rhasis
                     ,
                     pursue
                     your
                     business
                     incessantly
                     ,
                     beware
                     of
                     instability
                     of
                     mind
                     ,
                     and
                     too
                     great
                     expectations
                     ,
                     by
                     a
                     too
                     hasty
                     and
                     precipitate
                     pursuit
                     ,
                     lest
                     you
                     lose
                     your
                     End.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   But
                   as
                   another
                   Philosopher
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     Digest
                     ,
                     and
                     Digest
                     again
                     ,
                     and
                     be
                     not
                     weary
                     :
                  
                   The
                   most
                   exquisite
                   and
                   industrious
                   Artist
                   ,
                   can
                   never
                   attain
                   to
                   perfection
                   by
                   too
                   much
                   haste
                   ,
                   but
                   only
                   by
                   a
                   long
                   and
                   continual
                   Decoction
                   and
                   Digestion
                   ,
                   (
                   for
                   so
                   Nature
                   works
                   ,
                   and
                   Art
                   must
                   in
                   some
                   measure
                   imitate
                   Nature
                   .
                   )
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XLIV
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Various
                   Signs
                   Appearing
                   in
                   every
                   Operation
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   THis
                   then
                   is
                   the
                   thing
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Vessel
                   with
                   the
                   Medicine
                   be
                   put
                   into
                   a
                   moist
                   Fire
                   ;
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   middle
                   or
                   one
                   half
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   be
                   in
                   a
                   moist
                   Fire
                   (
                   or
                   Balneo
                   ,
                   of
                   equal
                   Heat
                   with
                   Horse-Dung
                   ,
                   )
                   and
                   the
                   other
                   half
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   may
                   daily
                   look
                   into
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   And
                   in
                   about
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   Forty
                   Days
                   ,
                   the
                   superficies
                   or
                   upper
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   will
                   appear
                   black
                   as
                   melted
                   Pitch
                   :
                   and
                   this
                   is
                   the
                   Sign
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Citrine
                   Body
                   is
                   truly
                   converted
                   into
                   Mercury
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     III.
                     Therefore
                     saith
                  
                   Bonellus
                   ,
                   when
                   you
                   see
                   the
                   blackness
                   
                   of
                   the
                   Water
                   to
                   appear
                   ,
                   be
                   assured
                   that
                   the
                   
                     (
                     Citrine
                  
                   )
                   Body
                   is
                   made
                   Liquid
                   :
                   
                     The
                     same
                     thing
                     saith
                  
                   Rhasis
                   ;
                   the
                   Disposition
                   or
                   Operation
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   is
                   One
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   be
                   put
                   into
                   its
                   Vessel
                   and
                   carefully
                   Decocted
                   and
                   Digested
                   ,
                   till
                   such
                   time
                   as
                   the
                   whole
                   Body
                   ibe
                   Dissolved
                   and
                   Ascended
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   And
                   in
                   another
                   place
                   he
                   saith
                   ,
                   continue
                   it
                   upon
                   a
                   temperate
                   or
                   gentle
                   Balneo
                   ,
                   so
                   long
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   perfectly
                   Dissolved
                   into
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   impalpable
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   the
                   whole
                   Tincture
                   be
                   extracted
                   into
                   the
                   blackness
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Sign
                   of
                   its
                   dissolution
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Lucas
                   also
                   assureth
                   us
                   ,
                   that
                   when
                   we
                   see
                   the
                   blackness
                   of
                   the
                   water
                   in
                   all
                   things
                   to
                   appear
                   ,
                   that
                   then
                   the
                   Body
                   is
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   or
                   made
                   Liquid
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   This
                   blackness
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   called
                   the
                   first
                   Conjunction
                   ;
                   for
                   then
                   the
                   Male
                   and
                   Female
                   are
                   joyned
                   together
                   ;
                   and
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Sign
                   of
                   perfect
                   mixtion
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Yet
                   notwithstanding
                   ,
                   the
                   whole
                   Tincture
                   is
                   not
                   drawn
                   out
                   together
                   ;
                   but
                   it
                   goes
                   out
                   every
                   day
                   ,
                   by
                   little
                   and
                   little
                   ,
                   until
                   by
                   a
                   great
                   length
                   of
                   time
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   perfectly
                   extracted
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   compleat
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   And
                   that
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   which
                   is
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   ever
                   Ascends
                   or
                   Rises
                   to
                   the
                   Top
                   ,
                   above
                   all
                   the
                   other
                   undissolved
                   Matter
                   which
                   remains
                   yet
                   at
                   Bottom
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Therefore
                     saith
                  
                   ,
                   Avicen
                   ,
                   That
                   which
                   is
                   spiritual
                   in
                   the
                   Vessel
                   Ascends
                   up
                   to
                   the
                   Top
                   of
                   the
                   Matter
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   yet
                   gross
                   and
                   thick
                   ,
                   remains
                   in
                   the
                   Bottom
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   This
                   blackness
                   is
                   called
                   among
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   by
                   many
                   Names
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   
                     The
                     Fires
                     ,
                     the
                     Soul
                     ,
                     a
                     Cloud
                     ,
                     the
                     Revens-Head
                     ,
                     a
                     Coal
                     ,
                     Our
                     Oyl
                     ,
                     Aqua
                     vitae
                     ,
                     the
                     Tincture
                     of
                     Redness
                     ,
                     the
                     shadow
                     of
                     the
                     Sun
                     ,
                     Black
                     Brass
                     ,
                     Water
                     of
                     Sulphur
                  
                   ;
                   and
                   by
                   many
                   other
                   Names
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   And
                   this
                   Blackness
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   conjoyneth
                   the
                   Body
                   with
                   the
                   Spirit
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     Then
                     saith
                  
                   Rhasis
                   ,
                   The
                   Government
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   being
                   observed
                   for
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   Forty
                   Days
                   ,
                   both
                   
                     (
                     to
                     wit
                     the
                  
                   White
                   Liquor
                   ,
                   
                     and
                     the
                  
                   Citrine
                   Body
                   )
                   are
                   made
                   a
                   Permanent
                   or
                   fixt
                   Water
                   ,
                   covered
                   over
                   with
                   blackness
                   ;
                   which
                   blackness
                   (
                   if
                   rightly
                   ordered
                   )
                   cometh
                   to
                   its
                   perfection
                   in
                   Forty
                   Days
                   space
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Of
                   which
                   another
                   Philosopher
                   saith
                   ;
                   so
                   long
                   as
                   the
                   obscure
                   blackness
                   appeareth
                   the
                   WOMAN
                   hath
                   the
                   Dominion
                   :
                   and
                   this
                   is
                   the
                   first
                   Conception
                   or
                   strength
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   :
                   For
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   not
                   first
                   Black
                   ,
                   it
                   shall
                   never
                   be
                   either
                   White
                   or
                   Red.
                   
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Avicen
                   saith
                   ,
                   That
                   Heat
                   causeth
                   blackness
                   first
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   moist
                   Body
                   ;
                   then
                   the
                   humidity
                   being
                   consumed
                   ,
                   it
                   putteth
                   off
                   or
                   loseth
                   its
                   blackness
                   ;
                   and
                   as
                   the
                   Heat
                   encreaseth
                   
                     (
                     or
                     is
                     continued
                  
                   )
                   so
                   it
                   grows
                   white
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   Lastly
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   more
                   inward
                   Heat
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   Calcin'd
                   into
                   Ashes
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   teach
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   first
                   Decoction
                   (
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   Putrefaction
                   )
                   Our
                   Stone
                   is
                   made
                   all
                   Black
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   a
                   Black
                   Earth
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   drawing
                   out
                   of
                   its
                   Humidity
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   that
                   Blackness
                   ,
                   the
                   Whiteness
                   is
                   hidden
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   And
                   when
                   the
                   Humidity
                   is
                   reverted
                   upon
                   the
                   Blackness
                   again
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   a
                   continued
                   soft
                   and
                   gentle
                   Digestion
                   is
                   made
                   fixed
                   with
                   its
                   Earth
                   ,
                   then
                   it
                   becomes
                   White
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   In
                   this
                   Whiteness
                   ,
                   the
                   Redness
                   is
                   hidden
                   ;
                   and
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   Decocted
                   and
                   Digested
                   by
                   augmentation
                   (
                   and
                   continuance
                   )
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   that
                   Earth
                   is
                   changed
                   into
                   Redness
                   ,
                   as
                   we
                   shall
                   hereafter
                   teach
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XLV
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Eduction
                   of
                   the
                   Whiteness
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Blackness
                   or
                   Black
                   Matter
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   NOw
                   let
                   us
                   revolve
                   to
                   the
                   Black
                   matter
                   in
                   its
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   [
                   not
                   so
                   much
                   as
                   once
                   opened
                   ,
                   but
                   ]
                   continually
                   closed
                   :
                   Let
                   this
                   Vessel
                   I
                   say
                   ,
                   stand
                   continually
                   in
                   the
                   moist
                   fire
                   ,
                   till
                   such
                   time
                   as
                   the
                   White
                   Colour
                   appears
                   ,
                   like
                   to
                   a
                   white
                   moist
                   Salt.
                   
                
                 
                   II.
                   The
                   Colour
                   is
                   called
                   by
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Arsenick
                   ,
                   and
                   
                     Sal
                     Armoniack
                  
                   ;
                   and
                   some
                   others
                   call
                   it
                   ,
                   
                     The
                     thing
                     without
                     which
                     no
                     profit
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     had
                     in
                     the
                     Work.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   III.
                   But
                   inward
                   whiteness
                   appearing
                   in
                   the
                   Work
                   ,
                   then
                   is
                   there
                   a
                   perfect
                   Conjunction
                   ,
                   and
                   Copulation
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   Bodies
                   in
                   this
                   Stone
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   indissoluble
                   :
                   And
                   then
                   is
                   fulfilled
                   that
                   saying
                   of
                   Hermes
                   ,
                   The
                   thing
                   which
                   is
                   above
                   ,
                   is
                   as
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   beneath
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   beneath
                   ,
                   is
                   as
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   above
                   ,
                   
                     to
                     perform
                     the
                     Mystery
                     of
                     this
                     matter
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Phares
                   saith
                   ,
                   Seeing
                   the
                   Whiteness
                   appearing
                   above
                   in
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   you
                   may
                   be
                   certain
                   ,
                   that
                   in
                   that
                   Whiteness
                   ,
                   the
                   Redness
                   lies
                   hid
                   ;
                   but
                   before
                   it
                   becomes
                   White
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   find
                   many
                   Colours
                   to
                   appear
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     V.
                     Therefore
                     saith
                  
                   Diomedes
                   ,
                   Decoct
                   the
                   Male
                   and
                   the
                   [
                   Female
                   or
                   ]
                   Vapour
                   together
                   ,
                   until
                   such
                   time
                   as
                   they
                   shall
                   become
                   one
                   dry
                   Body
                   ;
                   for
                   except
                   they
                   be
                   dry
                   ,
                   the
                   divers
                   or
                   various
                   Colours
                   will
                   not
                   appear
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   For
                   it
                   will
                   ever
                   be
                   black
                   ,
                   whilst
                   that
                   humidity
                   
                   or
                   moisture
                   has
                   the
                   dominion
                   ;
                   but
                   if
                   that
                   be
                   once
                   wasted
                   ,
                   then
                   it
                   emits
                   divers
                   Colours
                   ,
                   after
                   many
                   and
                   several
                   ways
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   And
                   many
                   times
                   it
                   shall
                   be
                   changed
                   from
                   Colour
                   to
                   Colour
                   ,
                   till
                   such
                   time
                   as
                   it
                   comes
                   to
                   the
                   fixed
                   Whiteness
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Synon
                   saith
                   ,
                   All
                   the
                   Colours
                   of
                   the
                   World
                   will
                   appear
                   in
                   it
                   when
                   the
                   Black
                   humidity
                   is
                   dryed
                   up
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   But
                   value
                   none
                   of
                   these
                   Colours
                   ,
                   for
                   they
                   be
                   not
                   the
                   true
                   Tincture
                   :
                   yea
                   many
                   times
                   it
                   becomes
                   Citrine
                   and
                   Redish
                   ;
                   and
                   many
                   times
                   it
                   is
                   dryed
                   ,
                   and
                   becomes
                   liquid
                   again
                   ,
                   before
                   the
                   Whiteness
                   will
                   appear
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   Now
                   all
                   this
                   while
                   the
                   Spirit
                   is
                   not
                   perfectly
                   joyned
                   with
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   nor
                   will
                   it
                   be
                   joyned
                   or
                   fixed
                   but
                   in
                   the
                   White
                   Colour
                   :
                   Astanus
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     Between
                     the
                     White
                     and
                     the
                     Red
                     appear
                     all
                     Colours
                     ,
                     even
                     to
                     the
                     utmost
                     imagination
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   varieties
                   of
                   which
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   given
                   various
                   Names
                   ,
                   and
                   almost
                   innumerable
                   ;
                   some
                   for
                   obscuring
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   some
                   for
                   envy
                   sake
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   The
                   cause
                   of
                   the
                   appearance
                   of
                   such
                   variety
                   of
                   Colours
                   in
                   the
                   Operation
                   of
                   your
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   is
                   from
                   the
                   extension
                   of
                   the
                   blackness
                   ;
                   for
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   Blackness
                   and
                   Whiteness
                   be
                   the
                   extream
                   Colours
                   ,
                   all
                   the
                   other
                   Colours
                   are
                   but
                   means
                   between
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Therefore
                   as
                   often
                   as
                   any
                   degree
                   or
                   portion
                   of
                   Blackness
                   descends
                   ,
                   so
                   often
                   another
                   and
                   another
                   Colour
                   appears
                   ,
                   until
                   it
                   comes
                   to
                   Whiteness
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XIV
                     .
                     Now
                     concerning
                     the
                     Ascending
                     and
                     Discending
                     of
                     the
                     Medicine
                     ,
                  
                   Hermes
                   saith
                   ,
                   It
                   ascends
                   from
                   the
                   Earth
                   into
                   Heaven
                   ,
                   and
                   again
                   descends
                   from
                   Heaven
                   to
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   whereby
                   it
                   may
                   receive
                   both
                   the
                   superiour
                   strength
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   inferiour
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   XV.
                   Moreover
                   this
                   you
                   are
                   to
                   observe
                   ,
                   that
                   if
                   between
                   the
                   Blackness
                   and
                   the
                   Whiteness
                   ,
                   there
                   should
                   appear
                   the
                   Red
                   or
                   Citrine
                   Colour
                   ,
                   you
                   are
                   not
                   to
                   look
                   upon
                   it
                   or
                   esteem
                   it
                   ,
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   fixt
                   but
                   will
                   vanish
                   away
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   There
                   cannot
                   indeed
                   be
                   any
                   perfect
                   and
                   fixt
                   Redness
                   ,
                   without
                   it
                   be
                   first
                   White
                   :
                   Wherefore
                   saith
                   Rhasis
                   ,
                   no
                   Man
                   can
                   come
                   from
                   the
                   first
                   to
                   the
                   third
                   ,
                   but
                   by
                   the
                   second
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   From
                   whence
                   it
                   is
                   evident
                   ,
                   that
                   Whiteness
                   must
                   always
                   be
                   first
                   lookt
                   for
                   ,
                   [
                   after
                   the
                   Blackness
                   ,
                   and
                   before
                   the
                   Redness
                   ,
                   ]
                   for
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Complement
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   Then
                   after
                   this
                   Whiteness
                   appears
                   ,
                   it
                   shall
                   not
                   be
                   changed
                   into
                   any
                   true
                   or
                   stable
                   Colour
                   ,
                   but
                   into
                   the
                   Red
                   :
                   Thus
                   have
                   we
                   taught
                   you
                   to
                   make
                   the
                   White
                   ;
                   it
                   remains
                   now
                   that
                   we
                   elucidate
                   the
                   Red.
                   
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XLVI
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Way
                   and
                   Manner
                   how
                   to
                   educe
                   the
                   Red
                   Tincture
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   White
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   THe
                   matters
                   then
                   of
                   the
                   White
                   and
                   Red
                   ,
                   among
                   themselves
                   ,
                   differ
                   not
                   in
                   respect
                   to
                   their
                   Essence
                   :
                   But
                   the
                   Red
                   Elixir
                   needs
                   more
                   subtilization
                   ,
                   and
                   longer
                   digestion
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   hotter
                   fire
                   in
                   the
                   course
                   of
                   the
                   Operation
                   ,
                   than
                   the
                   White
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   White
                   work
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   Red
                   work
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   compleat
                   in
                   the
                   one
                   ,
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   begun
                   in
                   the
                   other
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   II.
                   Therefore
                   without
                   you
                   make
                   the
                   White
                   Elixir
                   first
                   ,
                   make
                   the
                   matter
                   become
                   first
                   White
                   ,
                   you
                   can
                   never
                   come
                   to
                   the
                   Red
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   indeed
                   the
                   true
                   Red
                   :
                   Which
                   how
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   performed
                   we
                   shall
                   briefly
                   shew
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   The
                   Medicine
                   for
                   the
                   Red
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   put
                   into
                   our
                   moist
                   fire
                   ,
                   until
                   the
                   White
                   Colour
                   aforesaid
                   appear
                   ,
                   afterwards
                   take
                   out
                   the
                   Vessel
                   from
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   it
                   into
                   another
                   pot
                   with
                   sifted
                   Ashes
                   made
                   moist
                   with
                   water
                   ,
                   to
                   about
                   half
                   full
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   let
                   it
                   stand
                   up
                   to
                   the
                   middle
                   thereof
                   ,
                   making
                   under
                   the
                   Earthen
                   pot
                   a
                   temperate
                   dry
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   continually
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   But
                   the
                   heat
                   of
                   this
                   dry
                   fire
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   double
                   at
                   the
                   least
                   ,
                   to
                   what
                   it
                   was
                   before
                   ,
                   or
                   than
                   the
                   heat
                   of
                   the
                   moist
                   fire
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   this
                   heat
                   ,
                   the
                   white
                   Medicine
                   receiveth
                   the
                   admirable
                   Tincture
                   of
                   the
                   Redness
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   You
                   cannot
                   err
                   if
                   you
                   continue
                   the
                   dry
                   fire
                   :
                   Therefore
                   Rhasis
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     With
                     a
                     dry
                     fire
                     ,
                     and
                     a
                     dry
                     Calcination
                     decoct
                     the
                     dry
                     matter
                     ,
                     till
                     such
                     time
                     as
                     it
                     becomes
                     in
                     Colour
                     ,
                     like
                     to
                     Vermilion
                     or
                     Cinabar
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   VI.
                   To
                   the
                   which
                   you
                   shall
                   not
                   afterwards
                   put
                   (
                   to
                   compleat
                   it
                   )
                   either
                   Water
                   ,
                   or
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   or
                   Vinegar
                   ,
                   or
                   any
                   other
                   thing
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Decoct
                   the
                   Red
                   Matter
                   ,
                   or
                   Medicine
                   ;
                   the
                   more
                   red
                   it
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   more
                   worth
                   it
                   is
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   more
                   decocted
                   it
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   more
                   red
                   it
                   is
                   :
                   Therefore
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   more
                   decocted
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   more
                   pretious
                   and
                   valuable
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Therefore
                   you
                   must
                   burn
                   it
                   without
                   fear
                   in
                   a
                   dry
                   fire
                   ,
                   until
                   such
                   time
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   clothed
                   with
                   a
                   most
                   Glorious
                   Red
                   ,
                   or
                   a
                   pure
                   Vermillion
                   Colour
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   For
                   which
                   cause
                   Epistus
                   the
                   Philosopher
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     Decoct
                     the
                     White
                     in
                     a
                     Red
                     hot
                  
                   
                   
                     Furnace
                     ,
                     until
                     such
                     time
                     it
                     be
                     clothed
                     with
                     a
                     purple
                     Glory
                     .
                  
                   Do
                   not
                   cease
                   ,
                   though
                   the
                   Redness
                   be
                   somewhat
                   long
                   ,
                   before
                   it
                   appears
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   For
                   as
                   I
                   have
                   said
                   ,
                   the
                   fire
                   being
                   augmented
                   ,
                   the
                   first
                   Colour
                   of
                   Whiteness
                   ,
                   will
                   change
                   into
                   Red
                   :
                   Also
                   when
                   the
                   Citrine
                   shall
                   first
                   appear
                   ,
                   among
                   those
                   Colours
                   ,
                   yet
                   that
                   Colour
                   is
                   not
                   fixt
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   But
                   not
                   long
                   after
                   it
                   ,
                   the
                   Red
                   Colour
                   shall
                   begin
                   to
                   appear
                   ,
                   which
                   ascending
                   to
                   the
                   height
                   ,
                   your
                   Work
                   will
                   indeed
                   be
                   compleat
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     As
                  
                   Hermes
                   
                     saith
                     in
                  
                   Turba
                   ,
                   Between
                   the
                   Whiteness
                   and
                   the
                   Redness
                   ,
                   one
                   Colour
                   only
                   appears
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   Citrine
                   ,
                   but
                   it
                   changes
                   from
                   the
                   less
                   to
                   the
                   more
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Maria
                   also
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     When
                     you
                     have
                     the
                     true
                     White
                     ,
                     then
                     follows
                  
                   the
                   false
                   and
                   Citrine
                   Colour
                   ;
                   
                     and
                     at
                     last
                     the
                     Perfect
                     Redness
                     it self
                     .
                  
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   Glory
                   and
                   the
                   beauty
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   World.
                   
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XLVII
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Multiplication
                   ,
                   or
                   Augmentation
                   of
                   our
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   by
                   Dissolution
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   OUR
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   or
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   is
                   multiplyed
                   after
                   a
                   two-fold
                   manner
                   ,
                   viz.
                   1.
                   
                   By
                   Dissolution
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   By
                   Fermentation
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   By
                   Dissolution
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   augmented
                   two
                   manner
                   of
                   ways
                   ,
                   First
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   greater
                   or
                   more
                   intense
                   heat
                   :
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   by
                   Dew
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   heat
                   of
                   a
                   
                     Balneum
                     Roris
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   The
                   Dissolution
                   of
                   heat
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   take
                   the
                   Medicine
                   put
                   into
                   a
                   glasen
                   
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   or
                   boil
                   or
                   decoct
                   it
                   in
                   our
                   moist
                   fire
                   for
                   seven
                   days
                   or
                   more
                   ,
                   until
                   the
                   Medicine
                   be
                   dissolved
                   into
                   Water
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   be
                   without
                   much
                   Trouble
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   The
                   dissolution
                   by
                   Dew
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     Balneum
                     Roris
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   take
                   the
                   Glass
                   Vessel
                   with
                   the
                   Medicine
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   hang
                   it
                   in
                   a
                   Brazen
                   or
                   Coper
                   Pot
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   narrow
                   Mouth
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   there
                   must
                   be
                   water
                   boyling
                   ,
                   the
                   Mouth
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   being
                   in
                   the
                   mean
                   Season
                   shut
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Ascending
                   Vapours
                   of
                   the
                   boyling
                   water
                   may
                   ,
                   dissolve
                   the
                   Medicine
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   But
                   Note
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   boyling
                   water
                   ought
                   not
                   to
                   touch
                   the
                   Glass
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   which
                   contains
                   the
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   by
                   three
                   or
                   four
                   Inches
                   ,
                   and
                   this
                   Dissolution
                   possibly
                   may
                   be
                   done
                   in
                   two
                   or
                   three
                   days
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   After
                   the
                   Medicine
                   is
                   dissoved
                   ,
                   take
                   it
                   from
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   let
                   it
                   cool
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   fixed
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   congealed
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   hard
                   or
                   dryed
                   ;
                   and
                   so
                   let
                   it
                   be
                   dissolved
                   many
                   times
                   ;
                   for
                   so
                   much
                   the
                   oftner
                   it
                   is
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   so
                   much
                   the
                   more
                   strong
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   more
                   perfect
                   it
                   shall
                   be
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Therefore
                   Bonellus
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     When
                     the
                     AEs
                     ,
                     Brass
                     ,
                     or
                     Laten
                     is
                     burned
                     ,
                     and
                     this
                     burning
                     many
                     times
                     reiteated
                     ,
                     it
                     is
                     made
                     better
                     than
                     it
                     was
                     :
                  
                   and
                   this
                   Solution
                   is
                   the
                   Subtilization
                   of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Sublimation
                   of
                   the
                   Virtues
                   thereof
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   So
                   that
                   the
                   oftner
                   it
                   is
                   sublimed
                   and
                   made
                   subtil
                   ,
                   so
                   much
                   the
                   more
                   Virtue
                   it
                   shall
                   receive
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   more
                   penetrative
                   shall
                   the
                   Tincture
                   be
                   made
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   plentiful
                   in
                   quantity
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   more
                   perfect
                   it
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   more
                   it
                   shall
                   transmute
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   In
                   the
                   Fourth
                   Distillation
                   then
                   ,
                   it
                   shall
                   receive
                   such
                   a
                   Virtue
                   and
                   Tincture
                   that
                   one
                   part
                   shall
                   be
                   able
                   to
                   transmute
                   a
                   thousand
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   cleansed
                   Metal
                   into
                   fine
                   Gold
                   or
                   Silver
                   ,
                   better
                   than
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   Generated
                   in
                   the
                   Mines
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   
                     X.
                     Therefore
                     saith
                  
                   Rhasis
                   ,
                   The
                   goodness
                   or
                   excellency
                   of
                   the
                   Multiplication
                   hereof
                   depends
                   only
                   on
                   the
                   Reiteration
                   of
                   the
                   dissolution
                   and
                   fixation
                   of
                   the
                   perfect
                   Medicine
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   For
                   so
                   much
                   the
                   oftner
                   the
                   work
                   is
                   Reiterated
                   ,
                   so
                   much
                   the
                   more
                   fruitful
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   much
                   the
                   more
                   augmented
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   So
                   much
                   the
                   oftner
                   you
                   sublime
                   it
                   ,
                   so
                   much
                   the
                   more
                   you
                   increase
                   it
                   :
                   for
                   every
                   time
                   it
                   is
                   augmented
                   in
                   Virtue
                   ,
                   and
                   Power
                   ,
                   and
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   one
                   more
                   to
                   be
                   cast
                   upon
                   a
                   thousand
                   ;
                   at
                   a
                   second
                   time
                   upon
                   ten
                   thousand
                   ;
                   at
                   the
                   third
                   time
                   upon
                   one
                   hundred
                   thousand
                   ;
                   at
                   the
                   fourth
                   time
                   upon
                   a
                   Million
                   :
                   And
                   thus
                   you
                   way
                   increase
                   its
                   Power
                   by
                   the
                   number
                   of
                   the
                   Reiterations
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   is
                   almost
                   infinite
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XIII
                     .
                     Therefore
                     saith
                  
                   Meredes
                   
                     the
                     Philosopher
                  
                   ,
                   know
                   for
                   certain
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   oftner
                   the
                   Matter
                   or
                   Stone
                   is
                   dissolved
                   and
                   congealed
                   ,
                   the
                   more
                   absolutely
                   and
                   perfectly
                   ,
                   the
                   Spirit
                   and
                   Soul
                   are
                   conjoyned
                   and
                   retained
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   And
                   for
                   this
                   cause
                   ,
                   every
                   time
                   the
                   Tincture
                   is
                   Multiplied
                   ,
                   after
                   a
                   most
                   admirable
                   and
                   unconceiveable
                   manner
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XLVIII
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Augmentation
                   or
                   Multiplication
                   of
                   Our
                   Medicine
                   by
                   Fermentation
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   OUr
                   Medicine
                   is
                   Multiplied
                   by
                   Fermentation
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Ferment
                   for
                   the
                   White
                   is
                   pure
                   Luna
                   ,
                   the
                   Ferment
                   for
                   the
                   Red
                   ,
                   is
                   pure
                   fine
                   Sol.
                   
                
                 
                   II.
                   Now
                   cast
                   one
                   part
                   of
                   
                   the
                   Medicine
                   upon
                   twenty
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Ferment
                   ,
                   and
                   all
                   shall
                   become
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   or
                   Tincture
                   :
                   Put
                   it
                   on
                   the
                   Fire
                   in
                   a
                   Glass
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   and
                   seal
                   it
                   so
                   that
                   no
                   Air
                   go
                   in
                   or
                   out
                   ,
                   dissolve
                   and
                   subtilize
                   it
                   ,
                   as
                   oft
                   as
                   you
                   please
                   ,
                   even
                   as
                   you
                   did
                   for
                   making
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   Medicine
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   And
                   one
                   part
                   of
                   this
                   second
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   shall
                   have
                   as
                   much
                   Virtue
                   and
                   Power
                   ,
                   as
                   Ten
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   former
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     IV.
                     Therefore
                     saith
                  
                   Rhasis
                   ,
                   Now
                   have
                   we
                   accomplished
                   our
                   Work
                   by
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   hot
                   and
                   moist
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   is
                   become
                   equally
                   temperate
                   :
                   and
                   whatsoever
                   is
                   added
                   or
                   put
                   to
                   it
                   ,
                   shall
                   become
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   temperament
                   and
                   Vertue
                   with
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   You
                   must
                   then
                   Conjoyn
                   it
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   Generate
                   its
                   like
                   ;
                   yet
                   you
                   must
                   not
                   joyn
                   it
                   with
                   any
                   other
                   that
                   it
                   might
                   convert
                   it
                   to
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   but
                   only
                   with
                   that
                   very
                   same
                   kind
                   ,
                   of
                   whose
                   substance
                   it
                   was
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VI.
                     For
                  
                   in
                   Speculo
                   Terrae
                   Spiritualis
                   ,
                   
                     it
                     is
                     written
                  
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Elixir
                   is
                   figured
                   in
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   from
                   whence
                   it
                   was
                   taken
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   ,
                   when
                   it
                   was
                   to
                   be
                   dissolved
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   That
                   is
                   to
                   say
                   ,
                   to
                   dispose
                   ,
                   Marry
                   or
                   Conjoyn
                   that
                   Earth
                   revived
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   its
                   Soul
                   purified
                   by
                   commixtion
                   of
                   its
                   first
                   Body
                   ,
                   from
                   whence
                   it
                   took
                   beginning
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Also
                  
                   in
                   Libro
                   Gemmae
                   Salutaris
                   ,
                   
                     it
                     is
                     said
                  
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   White
                   work
                   needs
                   a
                   
                     White
                     Ferment
                  
                   ;
                   which
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   made
                   White
                   ,
                   is
                   
                     White
                     Ferment
                  
                   also
                   :
                   and
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   made
                   Red
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   
                     Ferment
                     of
                     Redness
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   And
                   so
                   the
                   White
                   Earth
                   is
                   Ferment
                   of
                   Ferment
                   :
                   for
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   Conjoyned
                   with
                   Luna
                   ;
                   or
                   shall
                   be
                   made
                   a
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   cast
                   upon
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   and
                   every
                   imperfect
                   Metaline
                   Body
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   converted
                   into
                   Luna
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   And
                   to
                   the
                   Red
                   ,
                   ought
                   
                   Sol
                   to
                   be
                   joyned
                   ;
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   become
                   a
                   Medicine
                   or
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   to
                   project
                   upon
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   or
                   upon
                   Luna
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Rhasis
                   
                     also
                     saith
                  
                   ,
                   You
                   must
                   now
                   mix
                   it
                   with
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   White
                   and
                   Red
                   ,
                   after
                   their
                   kind
                   ;
                   and
                   be
                   so
                   chained
                   that
                   it
                   flies
                   not
                   away
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Wherefore
                   we
                   command
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   to
                   be
                   mixed
                   with
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   until
                   one
                   clear
                   water
                   be
                   made
                   of
                   two
                   Argent
                   Vive's
                   Compounded
                   together
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   But
                   you
                   must
                   not
                   make
                   the
                   mixture
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   till
                   each
                   of
                   them
                   apart
                   or
                   separately
                   be
                   dissolved
                   into
                   water
                   :
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   Conjunction
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   put
                   a
                   little
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   upon
                   much
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   viz.
                   First
                   upon
                   four
                   ;
                   and
                   it
                   shall
                   become
                   in
                   a
                   short
                   time
                   a
                   fine
                   Pouder
                   ,
                   whose
                   Tincture
                   shall
                   be
                   White
                   or
                   Red.
                   
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   This
                   Pouder
                   is
                   the
                   true
                   and
                   perfect
                   Elixir
                   or
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Elixir
                   or
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   is
                   truly
                   a
                   simple
                   Pouder
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   Egidius
                   also
                   saith
                   ,
                   to
                   Solution
                   put
                   Solution
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   dissolutionput
                   desiccation
                   ,
                   viz.
                   make
                   it
                   dry
                   ,
                   putting
                   all
                   together
                   to
                   the
                   fire
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Keep
                   entire
                   the
                   sume
                   or
                   vapour
                   ,
                   and
                   take
                   heed
                   that
                   nothing
                   thereof
                   flie
                   out
                   from
                   it
                   :
                   Tarry
                   by
                   the
                   Vessel
                   and
                   behold
                   the
                   wonders
                   ,
                   how
                   it
                   changes
                   from
                   Colour
                   to
                   Colour
                   ,
                   in
                   less
                   space
                   than
                   an
                   hours
                   time
                   ,
                   till
                   such
                   time
                   as
                   it
                   comes
                   to
                   the
                   Signs
                   of
                   Whiteness
                   or
                   Redness
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   For
                   it
                   melts
                   quickly
                   in
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   congeals
                   in
                   the
                   Air.
                   When
                   the
                   fume
                   or
                   vapor
                   feels
                   the
                   sorce
                   of
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   the
                   fire
                   will
                   penetrate
                   into
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Spirit
                   will
                   become
                   fixed
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   matter
                   made
                   dry
                   ,
                   becoming
                   a
                   Body
                   fixt
                   and
                   clear
                   or
                   pure
                   ,
                   and
                   either
                   White
                   or
                   Red.
                   
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   This
                   Pouder
                   is
                   the
                   compleat
                   and
                   perfect
                   Elixir
                   or
                   Tincture
                   ;
                   now
                   you
                   may
                   separate
                   or
                   take
                   ,
                   if
                   from
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   let
                   it
                   cool
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   And
                   first
                   ,
                   part
                   of
                   it
                   projected
                   upon
                   1000.
                   parts
                   of
                   any
                   Metalline
                   Body
                   ,
                   transmutes
                   it
                   into
                   fine
                   Gold
                   or
                   Silver
                   ,
                   according
                   as
                   your
                   Elixir
                   or
                   Tincture
                   is
                   for
                   the
                   Red
                   or
                   the
                   White
                   .
                
                 
                   XX.
                   From
                   what
                   has
                   been
                   said
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   manifest
                   and
                   Evident
                   ,
                   that
                   if
                   you
                   do
                   not
                   congeal
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   making
                   it
                   to
                   bear
                   or
                   endure
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   conjoyning
                   it
                   with
                   pure
                   Silver
                   ,
                   you
                   shall
                   never
                   attain
                   to
                   the
                   Whiteness
                   .
                
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   And
                   if
                   you
                   make
                   not
                   Argent
                   ViveRed
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   as
                   it
                   may
                   endure
                   the
                   greatest
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   conjoyn
                   it
                   with
                   pure
                   fine
                   Gold
                   ,
                   you
                   shall
                   never
                   attain
                   to
                   the
                   Redness
                   .
                
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   And
                   by
                   dissolution
                   ,
                   viz.
                   by
                   Fermentation
                   ,
                   your
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   or
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   multiplied
                   infinitely
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XXIII
                     .
                     Now
                     you
                     must
                     understand
                     that
                     the
                     Elixir
                     or
                     Tincture
                     ,
                     gives
                     fusion
                     like
                     Wax
                     :
                     for
                     which
                     cause
                     saith
                  
                   Rhasis
                   ,
                   Our
                   Medicine
                   ought
                   of
                   necessity
                   to
                   be
                   of
                   a
                   subtle
                   substance
                   ,
                   and
                   most
                   pure
                   ,
                   cleaving
                   to
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   of
                   its
                   Nature
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   most
                   easie
                   and
                   thin
                   liquifaction
                   ,
                   fusion
                   ,
                   or
                   melting
                   ,
                   after
                   the
                   manner
                   of
                   water
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XXIV
                     .
                     Also
                     in
                     the
                     Book
                     ,
                     called
                  
                   Omne
                   datumOptimum
                   ,
                   
                     it
                     is
                     said
                  
                   ,
                   when
                   the
                   Elixir
                   is
                   well
                   prepared
                   ,
                   it
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   liquid
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   melt
                   as
                   Wax
                   upon
                   a
                   Plate
                   Red-Fire-Hot
                   ,
                   or
                   upon
                   Coals
                   .
                
                 
                   XXV
                   .
                   Now
                   observe
                   what
                   you
                   do
                   in
                   the
                   White
                   ,
                   the
                   same
                   you
                   must
                   do
                   in
                   the
                   Red
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   work
                   is
                   all
                   one
                   :
                   The
                   same
                   Operation
                   that
                   is
                   in
                   the
                   one
                   ,
                   is
                   in
                   the
                   other
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   in
                   multiplication
                   as
                   projection
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     XLIX
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Differences
                   of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   and
                   Proportions
                   used
                   in
                   Projection
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   GEBER
                   ,
                   the
                   Arabian
                   
                     Prince
                     ,
                     Alchymist
                     ,
                     and
                     Philosopher
                     ,
                     in
                  
                   lib.
                   5.
                   cap.
                   21.
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     That
                     there
                     is
                     three
                     orders
                     of
                     Medicines
                     .
                  
                   The
                   First
                   Order
                   ,
                   is
                   of
                   such
                   Medicines
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   cast
                   upon
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   takes
                   not
                   away
                   their
                   Corruption
                   or
                   Imperfection
                   ,
                   but
                   only
                   give
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   which
                   in
                   Examination
                   ,
                   flies
                   away
                   and
                   vanishes
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   The
                   Second
                   Order
                   ,
                   is
                   of
                   such
                   Medicines
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   cast
                   upon
                   Imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   tinge
                   them
                   (
                   in
                   examination
                   )
                   with
                   a
                   true
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   but
                   take
                   not
                   away
                   wholly
                   their
                   Corruption
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   The
                   Third
                   Order
                   ,
                   is
                   of
                   such
                   Medicines
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   cast
                   upon
                   Imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   not
                   only
                   perfectly
                   tinge
                   them
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   take
                   away
                   all
                   their
                   Corruption
                   and
                   Impurities
                   ,
                   making
                   them
                   incorrupt
                   and
                   perfect
                   :
                   Of
                   the
                   first
                   two
                   kinds
                   ,
                   or
                   Orders
                   of
                   Medicines
                   ,
                   we
                   have
                   nothing
                   to
                   say
                   here
                   ;
                   we
                   now
                   come
                   to
                   speak
                   of
                   the
                   third
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Let
                   therefore
                   this
                   your
                   perfect
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   or
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   be
                   cast
                   upon
                   a
                   thousand
                   or
                   more
                   parts
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   number
                   of
                   times
                   it
                   has
                   been
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   subtil
                   :
                   If
                   you
                   put
                   on
                   too
                   little
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   mend
                   it
                   by
                   adding
                   more
                   ;
                   otherwise
                   the
                   Virtue
                   thereof
                   will
                   accomplish
                   a
                   perfect
                   Transmutation
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   V.
                   The
                   Philosophers
                   therefore
                   made
                   three
                   Proportions
                   ,
                   divers
                   manner
                   of
                   ways
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   best
                   proportion
                   is
                   this
                   :
                   Let
                   one
                   part
                   be
                   cast
                   upon
                   an
                   hundred
                   parts
                   of
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   cleansed
                   from
                   all
                   its
                   Impurities
                   ;
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   all
                   become
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   or
                   Elixir
                   ;
                   and
                   this
                   is
                   the
                   second
                   Medicine
                   :
                   which
                   projected
                   upon
                   a
                   thousand
                   parts
                   ,
                   converts
                   it
                   all
                   into
                   good
                   Sol
                   ,
                   or
                   Luna
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Cast
                   one
                   part
                   of
                   this
                   second
                   Medicine
                   upon
                   an
                   hundred
                   of
                   Mercury
                   prepared
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   all
                   become
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   and
                   this
                   is
                   the
                   Third
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   or
                   Elixir
                   of
                   the
                   third
                   degree
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   project
                   upon
                   ten
                   thousand
                   parts
                   of
                   another
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   transmute
                   it
                   wholly
                   into
                   fine
                   Sol
                   or
                   Luna
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Again
                   ,
                   every
                   part
                   of
                   this
                   Third
                   Medicine
                   being
                   cast
                   upon
                   an
                   hundred
                   parts
                   of
                   prepared
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   all
                   become
                   Medicine
                   of
                   the
                   fourth
                   degree
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   transmute
                   ten
                   hundred
                   Thousand
                   times
                   its
                   own
                   quantity
                   of
                   another
                   Metal
                   into
                   fine
                   Sol
                   or
                   Luna
                   ,
                   according
                   as
                   your
                   fermentation
                   was
                   made
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Now
                   these
                   second
                   ,
                   third
                   ,
                   and
                   fourth
                   Medicines
                   may
                   be
                   so
                   often
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   and
                   subtilizated
                   ,
                   till
                   they
                   receive
                   far
                   greater
                   virtues
                   and
                   powers
                   ,
                   and
                   may
                   after
                   the
                   same
                   manner
                   be
                   multiplyed
                   infinitely
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   According
                   to
                   Rhasis
                   ,
                   the
                   proportion
                   is
                   thus
                   to
                   be
                   computed
                   .
                   First
                   ,
                   multiply
                   Ten
                   by
                   Ten
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   product
                   is
                   an
                   Hundred
                   :
                   Again
                   100
                   by
                   10
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   product
                   is
                   1000
                   ;
                   and
                   a
                   100
                   by
                   10
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   product
                   will
                   be
                   10000.
                   
                
                 
                   X.
                   And
                   this
                   10000
                   being
                   multiplyed
                   by
                   10
                   ,
                   produces
                   an
                   100000
                   ;
                   and
                   thus
                   by
                   consequence
                   you
                   may
                   augment
                   it
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   comes
                   to
                   a
                   number
                   almost
                   infinite
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   That
                   is
                   to
                   say
                   ,
                   put
                   1
                   upon
                   10
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   10
                   upon
                   an
                   100
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   100
                   upon
                   a
                   1000
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   shall
                   multiply
                   to
                   ,
                   or
                   produce
                   an
                   100000
                   ;
                   and
                   so
                   forward
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   proportion
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     L.
                  
                   Of
                   Projection
                   ,
                   and
                   how
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   performed
                   upon
                   the
                   Metals
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   NOW
                   the
                   projection
                   is
                   after
                   this
                   manner
                   to
                   be
                   done
                   :
                   Put
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   or
                   Metal
                   upon
                   the
                   fire
                   in
                   a
                   Crucible
                   ,
                   and
                   cast
                   thereon
                   the
                   Elixir
                   as
                   aforesaid
                   ,
                   moving
                   ,
                   or
                   stirring
                   it
                   well
                   ;
                   and
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   melted
                   ,
                   become
                   liquid
                   ,
                   and
                   mixed
                   with
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   or
                   with
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   remove
                   it
                   from
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   shall
                   have
                   fine
                   Gold
                   or
                   Silver
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   what
                   your
                   Elixir
                   was
                   prepared
                   from
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   But
                   here
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   noted
                   ,
                   That
                   by
                   how
                   much
                   the
                   more
                   the
                   Metaline
                   Body
                   is
                   the
                   easier
                   to
                   be
                   melted
                   ,
                   by
                   so
                   much
                   the
                   more
                   shall
                   the
                   Medicine
                   have
                   power
                   to
                   enter
                   into
                   ,
                   and
                   transmute
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Therefore
                   by
                   so
                   much
                   as
                   Mercury
                   is
                   more
                   liquid
                   than
                   any
                   other
                   Body
                   ,
                   by
                   so
                   much
                   the
                   more
                   ,
                   the
                   Medicine
                   has
                   power
                   in
                   being
                   cast
                   upon
                   it
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   to
                   transmute
                   it
                   into
                   fine
                   Sol
                   or
                   Luna
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   And
                   a
                   greater
                   quantity
                   of
                   it
                   shall
                   your
                   Medicine
                   transmute
                   ,
                   give
                   tincture
                   to
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   perfect
                   ,
                   than
                   of
                   any
                   other
                   Mineral
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   The
                   like
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   understood
                   ,
                   to
                   be
                   performed
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   manner
                   upon
                   other
                   Mineral
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   according
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   easie
                   or
                   hard
                   to
                   be
                   fused
                   or
                   melted
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LI.
                  
                   Of
                   the
                   Compleatment
                   ,
                   or
                   Perfection
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   I.
                   AND
                   because
                   prolixity
                   is
                   not
                   pleasant
                   ,
                   but
                   induceth
                   errour
                   ,
                   and
                   clouds
                   the
                   understanding
                   ,
                   we
                   shall
                   now
                   use
                   much
                   brevity
                   ,
                   and
                   shew
                   the
                   Complement
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   work
                   ,
                   the
                   premises
                   being
                   well
                   conceived
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   It
                   appears
                   ,
                   that
                   our
                   Work
                   is
                   hidden
                   in
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   the
                   Magnesia's
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Mercury
                   of
                   Mercury
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Therefore
                   our
                   Stone
                   is
                   from
                   one
                   thing
                   only
                   ,
                   as
                   is
                   aforesaid
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   is
                   performed
                   by
                   one
                   Act
                   or
                   Work
                   ,
                   with
                   decoction
                   :
                   and
                   by
                   one
                   Disposition
                   ,
                   or
                   Operation
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   changing
                   of
                   it
                   first
                   to
                   Black
                   ,
                   then
                   to
                   White
                   ,
                   thirdly
                   ,
                   to
                   Red
                   :
                   and
                   by
                   one
                   Projection
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   the
                   whole
                   Act
                   and
                   Work
                   is
                   finished
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   From
                   henceforth
                   ,
                   let
                   all
                   Pseudo-Chymists
                   ,
                   and
                   their
                   Followers
                   ,
                   cease
                   from
                   their
                   vain
                   Distillations
                   ,
                   Sublimations
                   ,
                   Conjunctions
                   ,
                   Calcinations
                   ,
                   Dissolutions
                   ,
                   Contritions
                   ,
                   and
                   such
                   other
                   like
                   Vanities
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Let
                   them
                   cease
                   from
                   their
                   deceiving
                   ,
                   prating
                   ,
                   and
                   pretending
                   to
                   any
                   other
                   Gold
                   ,
                   than
                   our
                   Gold
                   ;
                   or
                   any
                   other
                   Sulphur
                   than
                   our
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   or
                   any
                   other
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   than
                   ours
                   ;
                   or
                   any
                   other
                   Ablution
                   or
                   washing
                   than
                   what
                   we
                   have
                   taught
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   VI.
                   Which
                   washing
                   is
                   made
                   by
                   means
                   of
                   the
                   black
                   Colour
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   the
                   White
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   a
                   washing
                   made
                   with
                   hands
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Let
                   them
                   not
                   say
                   ,
                   That
                   there
                   is
                   any
                   other
                   Dissolution
                   than
                   ours
                   ,
                   or
                   other
                   Congelation
                   than
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   performed
                   with
                   an
                   easie
                   fire
                   :
                   or
                   any
                   other
                   Egg
                   than
                   that
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   spoken
                   of
                   by
                   similitude
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   called
                   an
                   Egg.
                   
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Or
                   that
                   there
                   is
                   any
                   production
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   matter
                   from
                   Vegetables
                   ,
                   or
                   from
                   Mankind
                   ,
                   or
                   from
                   Brute
                   Beasts
                   ,
                   or
                   Hare's
                   Blood
                   ,
                   and
                   such
                   like
                   ,
                   which
                   may
                   serve
                   to
                   this
                   Work
                   ,
                   lest
                   thereby
                   you
                   be
                   deceived
                   ,
                   and
                   err
                   ,
                   and
                   fall
                   short
                   of
                   the
                   end
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     But
                     hear
                     now
                     what
                  
                   Rhasis
                   saith
                   ,
                   Look
                   not
                   upon
                   the
                   multitude
                   ,
                   or
                   diversity
                   of
                   Names
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   dark
                   and
                   obscure
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   chiefly
                   given
                   to
                   the
                   diversity
                   of
                   Colours
                   appearing
                   in
                   the
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   X.
                   Therefore
                   whatever
                   the
                   Names
                   be
                   ,
                   and
                   how
                   many
                   soever
                   ,
                   yet
                   conceive
                   the
                   matter
                   or
                   thing
                   to
                   be
                   but
                   one
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   work
                   to
                   be
                   but
                   one
                   only
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Lucas
                   saith
                   ,
                   Consider
                   not
                   the
                   multitude
                   of
                   the
                   Simples
                   composing
                   it
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   dictated
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   verity
                   is
                   but
                   one
                   only
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Spirit
                   and
                   Life
                   sought
                   after
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   And
                   with
                   this
                   it
                   is
                   that
                   we
                   tinge
                   and
                   colour
                   every
                   Body
                   ,
                   bringing
                   them
                   from
                   their
                   beginnings
                   and
                   smalness
                   ,
                   to
                   their
                   compleat
                   growth
                   ,
                   and
                   full
                   perfection
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Permenides
                   
                     the
                     Philosopher
                     saith
                  
                   ,
                   It
                   is
                   a
                   Stone
                   ,
                   and
                   yet
                   no
                   Stone
                   ;
                   it
                   is
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   and
                   no
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   It
                   is
                   Gold
                   ,
                   and
                   yet
                   no
                   Gold
                   :
                   It
                   is
                   also
                   a
                   Hen's
                   Egg
                   ,
                   a
                   Toad
                   ,
                   Man's
                   Blood
                   ,
                   Man's
                   Hair
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                     by
                     which
                     Names
                     it
                     is
                     called
                     only
                     to
                     hide
                     the
                     Mystery
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Then
                   he
                   adds
                   ,
                   
                     O
                     thou
                     most
                     happy
                     ,
                     let
                     not
                     these
                  
                   
                   words
                   ,
                   nor
                   other
                   the
                   like
                   trouble
                   thee
                   ,
                   for
                   by
                   them
                   understand
                   our
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   our
                   Mercury
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   If
                   you
                   that
                   are
                   searchers
                   into
                   this
                   Science
                   ,
                   understand
                   these
                   words
                   and
                   things
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   written
                   ,
                   you
                   are
                   happy
                   ,
                   yea
                   ,
                   thrice
                   happy
                   :
                   If
                   you
                   understood
                   not
                   what
                   we
                   have
                   said
                   ,
                   God
                   himself
                   has
                   hidden
                   the
                   thing
                   from
                   you
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Therefore
                   blame
                   not
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   but
                   your selves
                   ;
                   for
                   if
                   a
                   just
                   and
                   faithful
                   mind
                   possessed
                   your
                   souls
                   ,
                   God
                   would
                   doubtless
                   reveal
                   the
                   verity
                   to
                   you
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   And
                   know
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   impossible
                   for
                   you
                   to
                   attain
                   to
                   this
                   knowledge
                   ,
                   unless
                   you
                   become
                   sanctified
                   in
                   mind
                   ,
                   and
                   purified
                   in
                   soul
                   ,
                   so
                   as
                   to
                   be
                   united
                   to
                   God
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   become
                   one
                   Spirit
                   with
                   him
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   When
                   you
                   shall
                   appear
                   thus
                   before
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   he
                   shall
                   open
                   to
                   you
                   the
                   Gates
                   of
                   his
                   Treasure
                   ,
                   the
                   like
                   of
                   which
                   is
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   found
                   in
                   all
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   Behold
                   ,
                   I
                   shew
                   unto
                   you
                   the
                   fear
                   of
                   the
                   Lord
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   love
                   of
                   him
                   with
                   unfeigned
                   obedience
                   :
                   Nothing
                   shall
                   be
                   wanting
                   to
                   them
                   that
                   sear
                   God
                   ,
                   who
                   are
                   cloathed
                   with
                   the
                   Excellency
                   of
                   his
                   Holiness
                   ,
                   to
                   whom
                   be
                   rendred
                   all
                   Praise
                   ,
                   Honour
                   ,
                   and
                   Glory
                   to
                   the
                   Ages
                   of
                   Ages
                   ,
                   Amen
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 The
                 Second
                 Book
                 of
                 
                   ROGER
                   BACHON
                
                 Called
                 ,
                 
                   SPECVLVM
                   ALCHIMIAE
                
                 .
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LII
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Preface
                   or
                   Enterance
                   into
                   this
                   Work
                   and
                   the
                   Definition
                   of
                   the
                   Art.
                   
                
                 
                   I.
                   AFter
                   many
                   ways
                   and
                   in
                   divers
                   manners
                   ,
                   the
                   Ancient
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   through
                   all
                   their
                   writings
                   delivered
                   themselves
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   AEnigmaes
                   or
                   Riddles
                   ,
                   they
                   have
                   wholly
                   Clouded
                   and
                   left
                   shadowed
                   to
                   us
                   ,
                   the
                   most
                   Noble
                   Science
                   ,
                   and
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   under
                   a
                   Veil
                   of
                   Desperation
                   ,
                   have
                   wholly
                   denyed
                   Us
                   the
                   knowledge
                   thereof
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   not
                   without
                   cause
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   For
                   which
                   Reason
                   sake
                   ,
                   I
                   here
                   signifie
                   (
                   that
                   you
                   may
                   the
                   more
                   firmly
                   Establish
                   your
                   mind
                   )
                   I
                   have
                   in
                   the
                   following
                   Chapters
                   declared
                   (
                   more
                   plainly
                   than
                   is
                   taught
                   in
                   any
                   other
                   writings
                   )
                   the
                   whole
                   Art
                   of
                   the
                   Transformation
                   of
                   Metals
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   III.
                   And
                   if
                   you
                   often
                   revolve
                   these
                   instructions
                   in
                   your
                   minds
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   obtain
                   the
                   knowledge
                   of
                   the
                   beginning
                   ,
                   the
                   middle
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   Work
                   ;
                   and
                   you
                   shall
                   see
                   such
                   a
                   subtilty
                   of
                   Wisdom
                   ,
                   and
                   such
                   a
                   purity
                   of
                   matter
                   ,
                   which
                   shall
                   amply
                   repleat
                   your
                   Soul
                   ,
                   and
                   fill
                   you
                   with
                   Satisfactions
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Now
                   in
                   the
                   ancient
                   Codes
                   ,
                   many
                   definitions
                   of
                   this
                   Art
                   are
                   to
                   be
                   found
                   ,
                   the
                   meaning
                   of
                   which
                   it
                   behoves
                   us
                   to
                   consider
                   ,
                   Hermes
                   saith
                   concerning
                   this
                   Art
                   ,
                   
                     it
                     is
                     the
                     Science
                     of
                     compounded
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     joyning
                     together
                     ,
                     (
                     through
                     the
                     knowledge
                     of
                     the
                     matter
                     and
                     its
                     effects
                     or
                     Operations
                     )
                     the
                     more
                     pretious
                  
                   things
                   one
                   to
                   another
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   a
                   Natural
                   Commixion
                   ,
                   to
                   convert
                   or
                   transmute
                   the
                   same
                   into
                   a
                   better
                   kind
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     V.
                     Another
                     Defines
                     it
                     thus
                  
                   ,
                   Alchymie
                   is
                   a
                   Science
                   ,
                   teaching
                   how
                   to
                   transmute
                   all
                   kinds
                   of
                   Metals
                   ,
                   one
                   into
                   another
                   ,
                   and
                   this
                   by
                   a
                   proper
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   
                     as
                     appears
                     in
                     many
                     Books
                     of
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   
                     VI.
                     Wherefore
                  
                   ,
                   Alchymie
                   is
                   the
                   Art
                   or
                   Science
                   ,
                   teaching
                   how
                   to
                   make
                   or
                   generate
                   a
                   certain
                   kind
                   of
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   and
                   which
                   being
                   projected
                   upon
                   Metals
                   ,
                   or
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   by
                   throughly
                   Tinging
                   and
                   fixing
                   them
                   ,
                   perfects
                   them
                   in
                   the
                   highest
                   degree
                   ,
                   even
                   in
                   the
                   very
                   moment
                   of
                   Projection
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LIII
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Natural
                   Principles
                   and
                   Generation
                   of
                   Metals
                   and
                   Minerals
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   THe
                   Natural
                   Principles
                   ,
                   and
                   first
                   Generation
                   of
                   Metals
                   and
                   Minerals
                   .
                   I
                   shall
                   compleatly
                   
                   declare
                   :
                   where
                   is
                   first
                   to
                   be
                   Noted
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Mineral
                   beginnings
                   ,
                   or
                   Principles
                   in
                   Minerals
                   are
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   :
                   From
                   these
                   all
                   Metals
                   ,
                   are
                   produced
                   ,
                   and
                   all
                   Minerals
                   ,
                   how
                   manifold
                   soever
                   ,
                   their
                   diversities
                   or
                   kinds
                   may
                   be
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   But
                   I
                   say
                   ,
                   that
                   Nature
                   always
                   proposes
                   ,
                   and
                   contends
                   ,
                   to
                   bring
                   them
                   to
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   Gold
                   ;
                   but
                   by
                   several
                   Supervenient
                   accidents
                   ,
                   the
                   said
                   Metals
                   are
                   transformed
                   or
                   embased
                   ,
                   as
                   you
                   may
                   plainly
                   see
                   in
                   the
                   Books
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   For
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   Purity
                   or
                   Impurity
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   two
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   pure
                   and
                   impure
                   Metals
                   are
                   generated
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   Gold
                   ,
                   Silver
                   ,
                   Tin
                   ,
                   Lead
                   ,
                   Copper
                   ,
                   Iron
                   .
                   concerning
                   the
                   Natures
                   of
                   which
                   ,
                   viz.
                   of
                   their
                   purities
                   and
                   impurities
                   ,
                   or
                   Superfluous
                   corruption
                   and
                   defects
                   ,
                   we
                   have
                   a
                   few
                   true
                   things
                   to
                   say
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   
                     Of
                     Gold.
                  
                   It
                   is
                   indeed
                   a
                   Body
                   perfect
                   ,
                   made
                   of
                   pure
                   Silver
                   ,
                   fixed
                   ,
                   clean
                   ,
                   Red
                   ;
                   and
                   of
                   a
                   clean
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   fixed
                   ,
                   Red
                   ,
                   not
                   burning
                   ,
                   and
                   free
                   from
                   defects
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   
                     Of
                     Silver
                  
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   a
                   Body
                   ,
                   clean
                   ,
                   pure
                   ,
                   and
                   almost
                   reaching
                   to
                   perfection
                   ;
                   generated
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   pure
                   ,
                   clear
                   ,
                   white
                   ,
                   and
                   almost
                   fixed
                   ;
                   and
                   of
                   a
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   like
                   it
                   in
                   all
                   respects
                   ;
                   wanting
                   only
                   a
                   little
                   infixation
                   ,
                   Colour
                   and
                   Weight
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   
                     Of
                     Tin.
                  
                   It
                   is
                   a
                   clean
                   Body
                   but
                   imperfect
                   ,
                   generated
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   fixed
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   fixed
                   ,
                   clear
                   ,
                   white
                   in
                   outward
                   appearance
                   ,
                   but
                   red
                   in
                   its
                   occult
                   or
                   inward
                   parts
                   ;
                   and
                   of
                   a
                   little
                   pure
                   ,
                   fixed
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   fixed
                   Sulphur
                   :
                   and
                   is
                   only
                   wanting
                   in
                   a
                   sufficient
                   decoction
                   or
                   digestion
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   
                     Of
                     Lead
                  
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   impure
                   and
                   imperfect
                   ,
                   generated
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   impure
                   ,
                   not
                   fixed
                   ,
                   terrene
                   ,
                   faeculent
                   ,
                   a
                   little
                   White
                   outwardly
                   ,
                   but
                   Red
                   inwardly
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   such
                   a
                   like
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   adustible
                   in
                   some
                   parts
                   :
                   it
                   is
                   deficient
                   in
                   purity
                   ,
                   fixation
                   ,
                   
                   Colour
                   ,
                   and
                   Ignition
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   
                     Of
                     Copper
                  
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   a
                   Body
                   impure
                   and
                   imperfect
                   ,
                   generated
                   from
                   an
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   impure
                   ,
                   not
                   fixed
                   ,
                   Earthy
                   ,
                   Burning
                   ,
                   Red
                   ,
                   not
                   clear
                   ,
                   and
                   from
                   such
                   a
                   like
                   Sulphur
                   :
                   but
                   is
                   wanting
                   in
                   fixation
                   ,
                   purity
                   and
                   weight
                   ;
                   having
                   also
                   too
                   much
                   impure
                   Colour
                   ,
                   and
                   terrestreities
                   not
                   burning
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   
                     Of
                     Iron
                  
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   a
                   Body
                   impure
                   and
                   imperfect
                   ,
                   generated
                   from
                   impure
                   Quick-Silver
                   ,
                   too
                   much
                   fixed
                   ,
                   Earthy
                   ,
                   burning
                   White
                   and
                   Red
                   ,
                   not
                   clear
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   a
                   like
                   Sulphur
                   :
                   it
                   is
                   wanting
                   in
                   fusion
                   ,
                   purity
                   and
                   weight
                   ;
                   and
                   has
                   too
                   much
                   of
                   an
                   impure
                   fixed
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   burning
                   terrestreity
                   .
                   All
                   which
                   things
                   you
                   are
                   diligently
                   to
                   Note
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LIV.
                  
                   Of
                   the
                   nearest
                   Matter
                   ,
                   out
                   of
                   which
                   the
                   Elixir
                   is
                   drawn
                   or
                   made
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   IN
                   what
                   we
                   have
                   already
                   declared
                   ,
                   we
                   have
                   spoken
                   sufficiently
                   of
                   the
                   generation
                   of
                   Metals
                   ;
                   now
                   we
                   apply
                   our selves
                   to
                   the
                   choice
                   and
                   perfecting
                   of
                   those
                   which
                   are
                   imperfect
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Out
                   of
                   what
                   has
                   been
                   said
                   ,
                   it
                   appears
                   ,
                   that
                   from
                   
                     Argent
                     Vivc
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   all
                   the
                   Metals
                   are
                   generated
                   ;
                   and
                   how
                   with
                   their
                   impurities
                   and
                   uncleanness
                   they
                   are
                   corrupted
                   :
                   And
                   therefore
                   whatsoever
                   matter
                   does
                   adhere
                   to
                   any
                   Metal
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   not
                   of
                   its
                   
                     Prima
                     Materia
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   does
                   not
                   belong
                   to
                   its
                   composition
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   rejected
                   and
                   cast
                   away
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   For
                   that
                   no
                   Foreign
                   matter
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   not
                   composed
                   
                   of
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   two
                   principles
                   ,
                   
                     viz.
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   can
                   either
                   perfect
                   a
                   Metal
                   ,
                   or
                   make
                   any
                   new
                   transmutation
                   thereof
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   This
                   is
                   also
                   to
                   be
                   wondred
                   at
                   ,
                   that
                   even
                   some
                   wise
                   prudent
                   Persons
                   ;
                   should
                   lay
                   the
                   Foundation
                   or
                   whole
                   matter
                   of
                   the
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Animal
                   or
                   Vegetable
                   Kingdoms
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   so
                   infinitely
                   remote
                   from
                   the
                   thing
                   ,
                   whilst
                   they
                   may
                   find
                   Mineral
                   much
                   nearer
                   akin
                   to
                   the
                   Work
                   and
                   Design
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   It
                   is
                   not
                   indeed
                   to
                   be
                   at
                   all
                   believed
                   ,
                   that
                   any
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   should
                   place
                   the
                   Art
                   ,
                   or
                   Secret
                   in
                   such
                   remote
                   things
                   ,
                   where
                   there
                   is
                   not
                   the
                   least
                   congruity
                   or
                   similitude
                   of
                   Natures
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   But
                   out
                   off
                   the
                   two
                   aforesaid
                   things
                   ,
                   (
                   
                     viz.
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   )
                   all
                   Metals
                   are
                   made
                   :
                   and
                   nothing
                   does
                   adhere
                   to
                   them
                   ,
                   nor
                   is
                   conjoyned
                   with
                   them
                   ,
                   nor
                   can
                   transmute
                   them
                   ,
                   except
                   that
                   which
                   arises
                   from
                   the
                   same
                   Root
                   or
                   Principles
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   And
                   therefore
                   we
                   say
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   behoves
                   you
                   indeed
                   and
                   in
                   truth
                   ,
                   to
                   take
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   matter
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   not
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   by
                   it self
                   alone
                   ,
                   nor
                   Sulphur
                   by
                   it self
                   alone
                   ;
                   for
                   neither
                   of
                   them
                   alone
                   can
                   generate
                   Metals
                   :
                   but
                   from
                   a
                   commixtion
                   of
                   both
                   ,
                   divers
                   Metals
                   are
                   variously
                   generated
                   ,
                   as
                   also
                   many
                   Minerals
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Therefore
                   from
                   a
                   commixtion
                   of
                   them
                   both
                   ,
                   our
                   matter
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   remains
                   to
                   be
                   chosen
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   most
                   excellent
                   and
                   deeply
                   hidden
                   :
                   from
                   which
                   Mineral
                   matter
                   ,
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   yet
                   nearer
                   and
                   more
                   akin
                   thereto
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   .
                   And
                   this
                   very
                   thing
                   it self
                   ,
                   we
                   attain
                   to
                   the
                   knowledg
                   of
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   diligent
                   and
                   accurate
                   search
                   and
                   enquiry
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Take
                   then
                   this
                   our
                   Matter
                   ,
                   chosen
                   as
                   you
                   may
                   think
                   out
                   of
                   Vegetables
                   ,
                   and
                   from
                   thence
                   ,
                   first
                   make
                   
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   long
                   decoction
                   :
                   But
                   since
                   Nature
                   has
                   given
                   us
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   we
                   are
                   excused
                   from
                   those
                   things
                   ,
                   and
                   their
                   too
                   tedious
                   Operation
                   :
                   nor
                   yet
                   out
                   of
                   them
                   could
                   you
                   produce
                   the
                   said
                   
                     Prima
                     Materia
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   And
                   if
                   you
                   should
                   seek
                   for
                   it
                   in
                   Animals
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   humane
                   Blood
                   ,
                   Hair
                   ,
                   Urine
                   ,
                   Dung
                   ,
                   Hens
                   Eggs
                   ,
                   or
                   any
                   other
                   things
                   proceeding
                   from
                   Animals
                   ;
                   from
                   these
                   you
                   should
                   also
                   make
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   by
                   such
                   a
                   like
                   long
                   decoction
                   ;
                   but
                   in
                   all
                   these
                   things
                   ,
                   you
                   would
                   miss
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Prima
                     Materia
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   you
                   did
                   before
                   in
                   Vegetables
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   If
                   also
                   you
                   should
                   make
                   choise
                   of
                   the
                   middle
                   Minerals
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   all
                   the
                   kinds
                   of
                   Magnesia's
                   ,
                   Marchasites
                   ,
                   Tutias
                   ,
                   Vitriols
                   ,
                   Alums
                   ,
                   Borax
                   ,
                   Salt
                   ,
                   and
                   many
                   others
                   of
                   like
                   Rank
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   from
                   these
                   make
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   by
                   long
                   Boyling
                   ,
                   without
                   which
                   ,
                   you
                   would
                   proceed
                   in
                   Vain
                   ;
                   yet
                   in
                   Operating
                   upon
                   these
                   things
                   also
                   ,
                   you
                   would
                   Err.
                   
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   If
                   also
                   you
                   should
                   make
                   choice
                   of
                   some
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   seven
                   Spirits
                   by
                   it self
                   ,
                   as
                   alone
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vivs
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   alone
                   ,
                   or
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   and
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   two
                   Sulphurs
                   ,
                   or
                   of
                   
                     Sulphur
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Auripigment
                   ,
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                     Arsenicum
                     Citrinum
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   of
                   the
                   Red
                   alone
                   ,
                   or
                   its
                   compeer
                   ,
                   you
                   would
                   yet
                   do
                   nothing
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Because
                   Nature
                   does
                   nothing
                   ,
                   except
                   there
                   be
                   a
                   just
                   or
                   proportional
                   mixtion
                   of
                   the
                   two
                   principles
                   ;
                   nor
                   can
                   we
                   (
                   for
                   the
                   same
                   Reason
                   )
                   from
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   in
                   their
                   own
                   Nature
                   ,
                   doe
                   any
                   thing
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Lastly
                   ,
                   if
                   we
                   should
                   chuse
                   even
                   the
                   things
                   themselves
                   ,
                   be
                   they
                   what
                   they
                   will
                   ,
                   we
                   ought
                   to
                   mix
                   them
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   just
                   &
                   true
                   proportion
                   ,
                   which
                   humane
                   ingeny
                   is
                   ignorant
                   of
                   ,
                   &
                   then
                   to
                   decoct
                   or
                   boyl
                   them
                   together
                   ,
                   till
                   they
                   are
                   coagulated
                   into
                   a
                   solid
                   mass
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   XV.
                   And
                   therefore
                   we
                   forbid
                   the
                   taking
                   of
                   those
                   two
                   ,
                   
                     viz.
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   ,
                   or
                   lie
                   in
                   their
                   own
                   proper
                   Natures
                   ,
                   and
                   being
                   also
                   ignorant
                   of
                   the
                   just
                   proportion
                   of
                   Parts
                   for
                   the
                   mixtion
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   So
                   that
                   we
                   must
                   find
                   out
                   those
                   Bodies
                   in
                   which
                   we
                   may
                   find
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   things
                   or
                   principles
                   justly
                   proportionated
                   ,
                   coagulated
                   ,
                   and
                   joyned
                   together
                   in
                   one
                   ,
                   as
                   their
                   Natures
                   require
                   :
                   which
                   Secret
                   is
                   very
                   warily
                   to
                   be
                   kept
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LV.
                  
                   Of
                   the
                   nearest
                   Matter
                   of
                   Our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   yet
                   more
                   plainly
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   GOld
                   is
                   a
                   Body
                   perfect
                   ,
                   and
                   Masculine
                   ,
                   without
                   any
                   superfluity
                   or
                   diminution
                   ,
                   and
                   if
                   the
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   commixed
                   with
                   it
                   by
                   a
                   sole
                   Liquefaction
                   ,
                   be
                   perfected
                   by
                   it
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   in
                   Order
                   for
                   the
                   Elixir
                   for
                   the
                   Red.
                   
                
                 
                   II.
                   Silver
                   also
                   is
                   a
                   Body
                   almost
                   perfect
                   ,
                   and
                   Feminine
                   ,
                   which
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   commixed
                   with
                   imperfect
                   bodys
                   ,
                   solely
                   by
                   a
                   vulgar
                   fufion
                   ,
                   it
                   shall
                   make
                   them
                   nearly
                   perfect
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   in
                   Order
                   for
                   the
                   Elixir
                   for
                   the
                   White
                   ,
                   which
                   yet
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   ,
                   nor
                   can
                   be
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   Elixirs
                   only
                   are
                   perfect
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Because
                   if
                   that
                   perfection
                   was
                   perfectly
                   commiscible
                   with
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   yet
                   would
                   not
                   the
                   imperfect
                   Body
                   be
                   compleated
                   with
                   the
                   perfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   but
                   rather
                   their
                   perfection
                   would
                   be
                   diminished
                   and
                   
                   destroyed
                   by
                   means
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   Imperfect
                   Bodies
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   But
                   if
                   those
                   which
                   shall
                   be
                   more
                   than
                   perfect
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   Double
                   ,
                   Quadruple
                   ,
                   Centuple
                   ,
                   or
                   larger
                   proportion
                   of
                   perfection
                   ,
                   be
                   mixed
                   with
                   the
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   they
                   will
                   indeed
                   perfect
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   And
                   because
                   Nature
                   always
                   Operates
                   after
                   a
                   simple
                   manner
                   ,
                   the
                   perfection
                   in
                   these
                   things
                   is
                   simple
                   ,
                   and
                   inseparable
                   ,
                   and
                   incommiscible
                   ;
                   nor
                   by
                   this
                   Art
                   ,
                   are
                   the
                   imperfect
                   things
                   themselves
                   (
                   for
                   the
                   shortening
                   the
                   work
                   )
                   to
                   be
                   joyned
                   with
                   the
                   Stone
                   for
                   the
                   Ferment
                   ,
                   nor
                   may
                   they
                   then
                   be
                   reduced
                   into
                   their
                   pristine
                   State
                   ,
                   when
                   their
                   exceeding
                   Volatility
                   exceeds
                   the
                   highest
                   sixity
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   And
                   because
                   Gold
                   is
                   a
                   body
                   perfect
                   ,
                   made
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   Red
                   ,
                   and
                   clear
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   such
                   a
                   like
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   we
                   do
                   not
                   therfore
                   chose
                   it
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   near
                   matter
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   for
                   the
                   Red
                   Elixir
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   by
                   reason
                   it
                   is
                   simply
                   so
                   perfect
                   ,
                   without
                   any
                   artificial
                   purification
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   strongly
                   Digested
                   ,
                   and
                   Decocted
                   by
                   a
                   Natural
                   Heat
                   ,
                   we
                   cannot
                   so
                   easily
                   Operate
                   upon
                   it
                   (
                   nor
                   upon
                   Silver
                   )
                   with
                   our
                   Artificial
                   Fire
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   And
                   altho
                   Nature
                   may
                   do
                   something
                   in
                   Order
                   to
                   perfection
                   ,
                   yet
                   it
                   does
                   not
                   know
                   howthroughly
                   to
                   cleanse
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   ignorant
                   how
                   to
                   Purifie
                   and
                   perfect
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   works
                   after
                   a
                   simple
                   manner
                   upon
                   what
                   it
                   hath
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Wherefore
                   ,
                   if
                   we
                   chuse
                   Gold
                   or
                   Silver
                   for
                   the
                   matter
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   we
                   shall
                   scarcely
                   ,
                   or
                   with
                   difficulty
                   find
                   out
                   a
                   Fire
                   which
                   will
                   work
                   upon
                   them
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   And
                   though
                   we
                   know
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   yet
                   we
                   may
                   not
                   be
                   able
                   to
                   attain
                   to
                   the
                   intimate
                   and
                   inward
                   opening
                   of
                   their
                   bodies
                   ,
                   because
                   of
                   their
                   firm
                   compactedness
                   ,
                   or
                   density
                   of
                   body
                   and
                   Natural
                   composition
                   :
                   therefore
                   we
                   refuse
                   to
                   take
                   the
                   
                   first
                   for
                   the
                   Red
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   latter
                   for
                   the
                   White
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   When
                   we
                   shall
                   find
                   some
                   thing
                   or
                   body
                   extracted
                   from
                   a
                   pure
                   matter
                   ,
                   or
                   a
                   more
                   pure
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   above
                   that
                   which
                   Nature
                   has
                   a
                   little
                   or
                   in
                   some
                   small
                   Measure
                   wrought
                   or
                   brought
                   forth
                   ;
                   then
                   possibly
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   our
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   manifold
                   experiences
                   in
                   this
                   our
                   Art
                   ,
                   which
                   an
                   Ingenious
                   and
                   continued
                   Oporation
                   upon
                   the
                   matter
                   ,
                   through
                   a
                   congruous
                   Decoction
                   ,
                   Purification
                   ,
                   Coloration
                   ,
                   &
                   Fixation
                   ,
                   we
                   may
                   attain
                   and
                   perfect
                   the
                   thing
                   sought
                   after
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Therefore
                   that
                   matter
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   chosen
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   pure
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   clear
                   ,
                   White
                   ,
                   and
                   also
                   Red
                   ,
                   not
                   yet
                   brought
                   to
                   its
                   compleatment
                   or
                   perfection
                   ,
                   but
                   commixed
                   equally
                   and
                   proportionally
                   as
                   it
                   requires
                   ,
                   with
                   such
                   a
                   like
                   pure
                   ,
                   clean
                   ,
                   White
                   and
                   Red
                   Sulphur
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Which
                   Matter
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   Coagulated
                   into
                   a
                   solid
                   Mass
                   ;
                   and
                   with
                   Ingenuity
                   and
                   Prudence
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   our
                   Artificial
                   Fire
                   ,
                   we
                   may
                   be
                   able
                   to
                   accomplish
                   ,
                   its
                   intimate
                   and
                   perfect
                   mundification
                   ,
                   and
                   attain
                   the
                   Purity
                   of
                   things
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   perform
                   such
                   a
                   work
                   or
                   make
                   such
                   a
                   body
                   ,
                   as
                   shall
                   (
                   after
                   the
                   compleatment
                   of
                   the
                   Operation
                   )
                   be
                   a
                   Million
                   of
                   times
                   stronger
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   pure
                   and
                   perfect
                   than
                   the
                   simple
                   bodies
                   themselves
                   ,
                   Decocted
                   and
                   made
                   by
                   a
                   Natural
                   heat
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Be
                   therefore
                   wise
                   :
                   for
                   in
                   this
                   my
                   subtle
                   Doscourse
                   I
                   have
                   demonstrated
                   plainly
                   the
                   matter
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   sought
                   after
                   ,
                   by
                   manifest
                   probation
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   truely
                   Ingenious
                   .
                   Here
                   you
                   may
                   taste
                   of
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   most
                   delectable
                   ,
                   above
                   all
                   whatsoever
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   told
                   you
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LVI
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   manner
                   of
                   Working
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   the
                   moderating
                   ,
                   and
                   continuing
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   NOW
                   it
                   is
                   possible
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   may
                   find
                   out
                   this
                   Mystery
                   (
                   if
                   you
                   will
                   bend
                   your self
                   to
                   study
                   and
                   labour
                   )
                   and
                   wholly
                   casting
                   off
                   your
                   Folly
                   and
                   Ignorance
                   ,
                   become
                   wise
                   through
                   the
                   words
                   which
                   I
                   speak
                   ;
                   to
                   the
                   attainment
                   of
                   that
                   true
                   matter
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   the
                   Blessed
                   Stone
                   of
                   the
                   Wise
                   ,
                   upon
                   which
                   the
                   Operations
                   of
                   Alchymia
                   are
                   exercised
                   ;
                   by
                   which
                   we
                   endeavour
                   to
                   perfect
                   the
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ;
                   and
                   thereby
                   to
                   make
                   them
                   better
                   than
                   the
                   perfect
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   And
                   forasmuch
                   as
                   Nature
                   has
                   handed
                   down
                   to
                   us
                   Imperfect
                   Bodies
                   only
                   with
                   the
                   perfect
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   our
                   business
                   to
                   take
                   the
                   known
                   matter
                   ,
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   declared
                   in
                   these
                   Chapters
                   )
                   and
                   by
                   much
                   Pains
                   and
                   Industry
                   ,
                   through
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   our
                   art
                   ,
                   to
                   make
                   it
                   even
                   more
                   than
                   perfect
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   If
                   you
                   be
                   ignorant
                   of
                   the
                   manner
                   of
                   doing
                   or
                   working
                   ,
                   What
                   is
                   the
                   Cause
                   ?
                   Truly
                   because
                   that
                   you
                   see
                   not
                   after
                   what
                   manner
                   Nature
                   (
                   which
                   sometimes
                   perfects
                   the
                   Metals
                   )
                   frequently
                   ,
                   or
                   commonly
                   operates
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   See
                   you
                   not
                   ,
                   that
                   in
                   the
                   Mines
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   continual
                   heat
                   which
                   is
                   in
                   those
                   Mineral
                   Mountains
                   ,
                   the
                   gross
                   waters
                   ,
                   are
                   decocted
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   much
                   inspissated
                   ,
                   as
                   thereby
                   (
                   through
                   length
                   of
                   time
                   )
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ?
                
                 
                   V.
                   And
                   from
                   the
                   fat
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   same
                   decoction
                   
                   and
                   heat
                   ,
                   is
                   generated
                   ,
                   Sulphur
                   :
                   and
                   that
                   by
                   the
                   same
                   heat
                   preserved
                   and
                   continued
                   upon
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   things
                   ,
                   [
                   
                     viz.
                     Argent
                     Vive
                     ,
                     and
                     Sulphur
                  
                   ]
                   according
                   to
                   their
                   Purities
                   and
                   Impurities
                   ,
                   all
                   the
                   Metals
                   are
                   generated
                   ?
                
                 
                   VI.
                   And
                   that
                   Nature
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   sole
                   or
                   only
                   decoction
                   ,
                   does
                   make
                   or
                   bring
                   to
                   perfection
                   the
                   
                     perfect
                     Bodies
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   as
                   all
                   the
                   Imperfect
                   Bodies
                   or
                   Metals
                   ?
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   O
                   great
                   madness
                   !
                   These
                   things
                   which
                   I
                   thus
                   quaery
                   about
                   ,
                   would
                   you
                   bring
                   to
                   pass
                   and
                   perfect
                   ,
                   by
                   fantastick
                   ,
                   strange
                   ,
                   and
                   imperfect
                   methods
                   ?
                
                 
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Now
                     a
                     certain
                     Wise
                     man
                     saith
                     :
                  
                   You
                   must
                   necessarily
                   err
                   ,
                   who
                   endeavour
                   to
                   out-do
                   Nature
                   ;
                   and
                   to
                   perfect
                   the
                   Metals
                   ,
                   yea
                   ,
                   more
                   than
                   perfect
                   them
                   ;
                   by
                   new
                   and
                   forreign
                   methods
                   of
                   Operation
                   ,
                   invented
                   in
                   your
                   dull
                   and
                   insensible
                   Noddles
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     And
                  
                   that
                   God
                   has
                   bestowed
                   upon
                   Nature
                   a
                   right
                   
                     method
                     ,
                     a
                     direct
                     way
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     by
                     a
                     continual
                     decoction
                     ,
                  
                   which
                   the
                   Insipid
                   and
                   Fools
                   ,
                   through
                   their
                   ignorance
                   ,
                   despise
                   ,
                   and
                   scorn
                   to
                   imitate
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     X.
                     Also
                  
                   ,
                   Fire
                   and
                   Azoth
                   are
                   sufficient
                   for
                   thee
                   .
                   Again
                   ,
                   Heat
                   perfects
                   all
                   things
                   ,
                   or
                   all
                   the
                   Metals
                   .
                   Moreover
                   ,
                   decoct
                   ,
                   decoct
                   ,
                   decoct
                   ,
                   and
                   be
                   not
                   weary
                   .
                   Make
                   your
                   fire
                   gentle
                   and
                   soft
                   ,
                   which
                   may
                   always
                   burn
                   and
                   endure
                   for
                   many
                   days
                   with
                   a
                   constant
                   equal
                   heat
                   ;
                   but
                   let
                   it
                   not
                   go
                   out
                   or
                   decay
                   ,
                   for
                   then
                   you
                   will
                   suffer
                   the
                   loss
                   of
                   all
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XI
                     .
                     In
                     another
                     place
                  
                   ;
                   continue
                   thy
                   work
                   with
                   patience
                   .
                   
                     And
                     again
                  
                   ,
                   Beat
                   ,
                   or
                   grind
                   the
                   matter
                   seven
                   times
                   .
                   
                     Then
                     again
                  
                   ,
                   You
                   must
                   know
                   ,
                   that
                   with
                   one
                   matter
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   the
                   Stone
                   ;
                   by
                   one
                   way
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   by
                   decocting
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   one
                   Vessel
                   the
                   whole
                   Magistery
                   is
                   performed
                   and
                   perfected
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     And
                     in
                     another
                     place
                     ,
                  
                   The
                   matter
                   is
                   ground
                   ,
                   with
                   fire
                   .
                   Also
                   ,
                   This
                   work
                   is
                   much
                   like
                   ,
                   or
                   may
                   be
                   compared
                   to
                   the
                   Creation
                   of
                   Mankind
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   For
                   ,
                   like
                   as
                   an
                   Infant
                   at
                   first
                   is
                   nourished
                   with
                   food
                   easily
                   digested
                   ,
                   or
                   Milk
                   :
                   But
                   for
                   the
                   strengthening
                   of
                   the
                   Bones
                   with
                   stronger
                   Food
                   ,
                   or
                   Meat
                   :
                   So
                   also
                   this
                   Magistery
                   .
                   At
                   first
                   you
                   must
                   feed
                   it
                   with
                   a
                   gentle
                   Fire
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   force
                   of
                   which
                   Decoction
                   ,
                   whatsoever
                   you
                   desire
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   done
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   And
                   although
                   we
                   always
                   speak
                   of
                   a
                   gentle
                   fire
                   ;
                   yet
                   notwithstanding
                   you
                   are
                   always
                   to
                   understand
                   it
                   in
                   this
                   sense
                   ,
                   that
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   Regimen
                   ,
                   or
                   mehod
                   of
                   the
                   operation
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   by
                   degrees
                   ,
                   or
                   by
                   little
                   and
                   little
                   to
                   be
                   augmented
                   and
                   increased
                   ,
                   even
                   to
                   the
                   highest
                   degree
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LVII
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Quality
                   of
                   the
                   Vessels
                   and
                   Fornaces
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   THE
                   limits
                   ,
                   method
                   ,
                   way
                   and
                   manner
                   of
                   working
                   ,
                   we
                   have
                   even
                   now
                   determined
                   ;
                   it
                   follows
                   ,
                   that
                   we
                   treat
                   next
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   and
                   Fornace
                   ;
                   after
                   what
                   manner
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   what
                   matter
                   ,
                   it
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   When
                   Nature
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   natural
                   heat
                   in
                   the
                   metallick
                   Mines
                   does
                   decoct
                   ;
                   it
                   is
                   true
                   ,
                   it
                   performs
                   this
                   decoction
                   without
                   any
                   Vessel
                   :
                   Now
                   though
                   we
                   propound
                   to
                   follow
                   Nature
                   in
                   decocting
                   ;
                   yet
                   we
                   cannot
                   do
                   it
                   without
                   a
                   fit
                   Vessel
                   for
                   that
                   purpose
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Therefore
                   let
                   us
                   see
                   first
                   ,
                   what
                   kind
                   of
                   place
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   where
                   Metals
                   are
                   generated
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   evidently
                   manifest
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   are
                   produced
                   in
                   Mineral
                   places
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   the
                   generating
                   heat
                   is
                   in
                   the
                   bottoms
                   of
                   the
                   Mountains
                   ,
                   where
                   
                   it
                   is
                   perdurable
                   ,
                   and
                   always
                   equal
                   ,
                   and
                   whose
                   nature
                   is
                   always
                   to
                   ascend
                   ;
                   which
                   in
                   ascending
                   continually
                   desiccates
                   every
                   where
                   where
                   it
                   passes
                   ,
                   and
                   coagulates
                   the
                   spissed
                   or
                   gross
                   water
                   hidden
                   in
                   the
                   Bowels
                   or
                   Veins
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   or
                   Mountains
                   ,
                   into
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   And
                   if
                   a
                   mineral
                   fat
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   place
                   ,
                   from
                   such
                   a
                   like
                   Earth
                   ,
                   shall
                   be
                   warmed
                   ,
                   and
                   gathered
                   together
                   in
                   the
                   Veins
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   run
                   through
                   the
                   Mountains
                   ,
                   it
                   becomes
                   Sulphur
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   And
                   as
                   you
                   may
                   see
                   in
                   the
                   said
                   veins
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   place
                   ,
                   that
                   Sulphur
                   generated
                   (
                   as
                   is
                   said
                   )
                   of
                   the
                   fat
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   doth
                   meet
                   also
                   with
                   the
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   (
                   as
                   aforesaid
                   )
                   in
                   the
                   said
                   veins
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   so
                   also
                   it
                   produces
                   a
                   thickning
                   ,
                   or
                   inspissating
                   of
                   that
                   Mineral
                   Water
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Also
                   ,
                   there
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   said
                   heat
                   in
                   the
                   bottoms
                   ,
                   or
                   bowels
                   of
                   the
                   Mountains
                   ,
                   equal
                   ,
                   and
                   perdurable
                   ,
                   through
                   a
                   very
                   long
                   space
                   of
                   time
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   generated
                   divers
                   and
                   several
                   Metals
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   nature
                   ,
                   or
                   diversity
                   of
                   the
                   place
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   This
                   also
                   you
                   must
                   know
                   ,
                   that
                   in
                   the
                   places
                   where
                   Minerals
                   are
                   found
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   always
                   found
                   a
                   durable
                   heat
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   From
                   these
                   things
                   ,
                   then
                   ,
                   we
                   ought
                   always
                   to
                   note
                   ,
                   that
                   a
                   Mineral
                   Mountain
                   is
                   every
                   where
                   close
                   to
                   its
                   self
                   ,
                   externally
                   ;
                   and
                   also
                   stoney
                   :
                   because
                   if
                   the
                   heat
                   should
                   possibly
                   get
                   out
                   ,
                   no
                   Metals
                   would
                   be
                   generated
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   So
                   also
                   ,
                   if
                   we
                   intend
                   to
                   imitate
                   Nature
                   ,
                   we
                   must
                   necessarily
                   have
                   such
                   a
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   as
                   may
                   have
                   some
                   likeness
                   or
                   resemblance
                   of
                   a
                   Mountain
                   ,
                   not
                   as
                   to
                   its
                   magnitude
                   ,
                   but
                   as
                   to
                   its
                   continued
                   heat
                   ;
                   so
                   that
                   the
                   imposed
                   fire
                   ,
                   when
                   it
                   ascends
                   ,
                   may
                   not
                   find
                   a
                   way
                   forth
                   ;
                   but
                   that
                   the
                   heat
                   may
                   reverberate
                   back
                   upon
                   the
                   vessel
                   ,
                   containing
                   in
                   it
                   
                   self
                   (
                   firmly
                   closed
                   up
                   )
                   the
                   matter
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   Which
                   vessel
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   round
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   little
                   neck
                   ,
                   made
                   of
                   Glass
                   ,
                   or
                   some
                   certain
                   Earth
                   ,
                   like
                   in
                   nature
                   or
                   closeness
                   of
                   body
                   to
                   Glass
                   :
                   Whose
                   Mouth
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   so
                   stopped
                   or
                   closed
                   up
                   with
                   Bitumen
                   ,
                   or
                   other
                   like
                   Emplastick
                   substance
                   ,
                   or
                   otherwise
                   Hermetically
                   sealed
                   up
                   ,
                   so
                   as
                   the
                   least
                   Vapour
                   may
                   not
                   come
                   forth
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   And
                   like
                   as
                   in
                   the
                   Mines
                   ,
                   the
                   heat
                   does
                   not
                   immediately
                   touch
                   the
                   matter
                   of
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   Earth
                   of
                   the
                   Mountain
                   is
                   every
                   where
                   between
                   :
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   So
                   in
                   like
                   manner
                   ,
                   the
                   fire
                   ought
                   not
                   immediately
                   to
                   touch
                   the
                   Vessel
                   containing
                   in
                   it self
                   ,
                   the
                   matters
                   aforesaid
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   :
                   But
                   in
                   another
                   closed
                   Vessel
                   in
                   like
                   manner
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   put
                   ;
                   that
                   so
                   the
                   temperate
                   heat
                   may
                   better
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   conveniently
                   touch
                   both
                   above
                   and
                   below
                   ,
                   and
                   every
                   where
                   ,
                   the
                   matter
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Upon
                   which
                   account
                   Aristotle
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     That
                     Mercury
                     ,
                     in
                     the
                     Light
                     of
                     Lights
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     decocted
                     in
                     a
                     threefold
                     Vessel
                     :
                  
                   and
                   that
                   the
                   Vessel
                   be
                   made
                   of
                   the
                   most
                   firm
                   and
                   pure
                   Glass
                   ,
                   or
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   better
                   ,
                   of
                   Earth
                   ,
                   having
                   in
                   it self
                   the
                   nature
                   of
                   Glass
                   .
                   [
                   
                     Of
                     which
                     kind
                     is
                     our
                     late
                  
                   China
                   and
                   Porcelane
                   
                     Ware
                     ,
                     brought
                     to
                     us
                     out
                     of
                  
                   Persia
                   ,
                   China
                   ,
                   
                     and
                     other
                     places
                     of
                     the
                  
                   East-Indies
                   .
                   ]
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LVIII
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Colours
                   ,
                   Accidental
                   and
                   Essential
                   ,
                   appearing
                   in
                   the
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   I.
                   WE
                   have
                   now
                   taught
                   you
                   what
                   the
                   exquisite
                   matter
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   is
                   ,
                   and
                   also
                   the
                   true
                   manner
                   of
                   working
                   ;
                   by
                   what
                   method
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   what
                   order
                   the
                   decoction
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   performed
                   ,
                   whence
                   oftentimes
                   arises
                   divers
                   and
                   various
                   colours
                   in
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   matter
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Concerning
                   which
                   Colours
                   ,
                   a
                   certain
                   Wise
                   Man
                   saith
                   :
                   
                     Quot
                     colores
                     ,
                     tot
                     nomina
                     ;
                     so
                     many
                     Colours
                     as
                     it
                     has
                     ,
                     so
                     many
                     Names
                     :
                  
                   According
                   to
                   the
                   diversity
                   of
                   Colours
                   appearing
                   in
                   the
                   operation
                   ,
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   given
                   it
                   several
                   Names
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   For
                   which
                   Reason
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   operation
                   of
                   this
                   our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   called
                   Putrefaction
                   ;
                   and
                   our
                   Stone
                   is
                   made
                   black
                   :
                   For
                   which
                   reason
                   saith
                   a
                   Philosopher
                   ,
                   
                     When
                     thou
                     findest
                     that
                     black
                     ;
                     know
                     that
                     in
                     that
                     blackness
                     ,
                     whiteness
                     is
                     hidden
                  
                   ;
                   and
                   now
                   it
                   behoves
                   us
                   to
                   extract
                   that
                   whiteness
                   from
                   its
                   most
                   subtil
                   blackness
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Now
                   after
                   the
                   Putrefaction
                   [
                   
                     or
                     blackness
                  
                   ]
                   it
                   grows
                   red
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   with
                   the
                   true
                   redness
                   :
                   of
                   which
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     It
                     often
                     grows
                     red
                     ,
                     and
                     it
                     often
                     grows
                     Citrine
                     or
                     Yellow
                     ;
                     and
                     it
                     oftentimes
                     melts
                     ,
                     or
                     grows
                     liquid
                     ,
                     and
                     it
                     is
                     oftentimes
                     coagulated
                     ,
                     before
                     the
                     true
                     whiteness
                     appears
                     to
                     perfection
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   V.
                   Also
                   it
                   dissolves
                   its
                   self
                   ,
                   coagulates
                   it self
                   ,
                   putrefies
                   its
                   self
                   ,
                   tinges
                   or
                   colours
                   its
                   
                   self
                   ,
                   mortifies
                   it self
                   ,
                   vivifies
                   its
                   self
                   ,
                   denigrates
                   ,
                   or
                   blackens
                   it self
                   ,
                   dealbates
                   or
                   whitens
                   it self
                   ,
                   and
                   adorns
                   it self
                   in
                   the
                   red
                   with
                   the
                   white
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   It
                   is
                   also
                   made
                   green
                   :
                   for
                   which
                   reason
                   another
                   saith
                   :
                   
                     Decoct
                     it
                     till
                     you
                     see
                     the
                     birth
                     of
                     the
                     Greenness
                     ,
                     or
                     till
                     the
                     greenness
                     is
                     brought
                     forth
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     Soul
                     thereof
                     .
                  
                   And
                   another
                   :
                   
                     Know
                     that
                     the
                     Soul
                     doth
                     rule
                     in
                     the
                     Greenness
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Also
                   ,
                   the
                   colour
                   of
                   the
                   Peacock
                   appears
                   before
                   the
                   Whiteness
                   ;
                   for
                   which
                   cause
                   ,
                   saith
                   one
                   :
                   
                     Know
                     that
                     all
                     the
                     Colours
                     which
                     are
                     in
                     the
                     World
                     ,
                     or
                     are
                     possible
                     so
                     be
                     thought
                     of
                     ,
                     appear
                     before
                     the
                  
                   Whiteness
                   ;
                   
                     and
                     then
                     the
                  
                   true
                   Whiteness
                   follows
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                     Of
                     which
                     ,
                     a
                     certain
                     Philosopher
                     saith
                     :
                  
                   But
                   when
                   the
                   pure
                   Stone
                   is
                   decocted
                   ,
                   so
                   long
                   till
                   the
                   Eye
                   of
                   the
                   Fish
                   (
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   )
                   grows
                   very
                   bright
                   ;
                   a
                   profit
                   ,
                   or
                   good
                   may
                   be
                   expected
                   from
                   it
                   ;
                   and
                   then
                   our
                   Stone
                   will
                   be
                   congealed
                   into
                   its
                   roundness
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     IX
                     .
                     Another
                     also
                     saith
                  
                   ,
                   When
                   you
                   shall
                   find
                   the
                   Whiteness
                   ,
                   supereminent
                   in
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ;
                   be
                   certain
                   ,
                   that
                   in
                   that
                   Whiteness
                   the
                   Redness
                   is
                   hidden
                   ;
                   and
                   then
                   it
                   behoves
                   thee
                   to
                   extract
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   Notwithstanding
                   ,
                   decoct
                   till
                   the
                   whole
                   Redness
                   be
                   brought
                   forth
                   and
                   perfected
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   For
                   it
                   is
                   between
                   the
                   true
                   Whiteness
                   and
                   the
                   true
                   Redness
                   ,
                   that
                   a
                   certain
                   Ash-colour
                   appears
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   we
                   have
                   spoken
                   :
                   after
                   the
                   Whiteness
                   appears
                   you
                   cannot
                   err
                   ,
                   for
                   by
                   augmenting
                   the
                   fire
                   you
                   come
                   to
                   the
                   Ash-colour
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XII
                     .
                     Of
                     which
                     another
                     saith
                     :
                  
                   Slight
                   or
                   undervalue
                   not
                   the
                   Ashes
                   ;
                   for
                   God
                   will
                   return
                   them
                   to
                   thee
                   liquid
                   :
                   and
                   then
                   at
                   last
                   the
                   King
                   shall
                   be
                   crowned
                   with
                   his
                   red
                   Diadem
                   ,
                   
                     Nutu
                     Dei
                  
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   good
                   pleasure
                   of
                   God.
                   
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LIX
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   manner
                   of
                   projection
                   upon
                   any
                   of
                   the
                   Imperfect
                   Metals
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   I
                   Have
                   perfectly
                   compleated
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   promised
                   Work
                   ,
                   viz.
                   of
                   our
                   great
                   Magistery
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   making
                   the
                   most
                   excellent
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   Red
                   as
                   White
                   :
                   It
                   now
                   remains
                   ,
                   that
                   we
                   shew
                   the
                   method
                   ,
                   or
                   way
                   of
                   Projection
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   compleatment
                   of
                   the
                   work
                   ,
                   the
                   long
                   expected
                   ,
                   and
                   much
                   desired
                   cause
                   of
                   rejoycing
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Now
                   the
                   true
                   Red
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   tinges
                   a
                   pure
                   and
                   deep
                   Citrine
                   or
                   Yellow
                   ,
                   to
                   infinity
                   of
                   parts
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   transmutes
                   all
                   Metals
                   into
                   most
                   fine
                   Gold.
                   
                
                 
                   III.
                   The
                   true
                   White
                   Elixir
                   also
                   ,
                   whitens
                   to
                   Infinity
                   likewise
                   ;
                   and
                   it
                   makes
                   ,
                   or
                   tinges
                   every
                   Metal
                   into
                   a
                   perfect
                   Whiteness
                   :
                   But
                   you
                   must
                   know
                   ,
                   that
                   one
                   kind
                   of
                   Metal
                   is
                   much
                   more
                   remote
                   ,
                   or
                   far
                   distant
                   from
                   perfection
                   than
                   some
                   others
                   are
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   some
                   are
                   much
                   nearer
                   to
                   the
                   said
                   perfection
                   than
                   others
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   And
                   although
                   every
                   Metal
                   may
                   be
                   brought
                   to
                   perfection
                   by
                   the
                   Elixir
                   ;
                   yet
                   those
                   which
                   are
                   nearer
                   to
                   perfection
                   ,
                   are
                   easier
                   ,
                   sooner
                   ,
                   and
                   better
                   reduced
                   to
                   that
                   perfection
                   ,
                   or
                   transmuted
                   into
                   perfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   than
                   those
                   that
                   are
                   more
                   remote
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   And
                   when
                   we
                   have
                   found
                   a
                   Metal
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   ,
                   a
                   kin
                   ,
                   or
                   nearer
                   to
                   perfection
                   ,
                   we
                   are
                   excused
                   in
                   some
                   measure
                   ,
                   from
                   making
                   use
                   of
                   ,
                   or
                   projecting
                   upon
                   those
                   Metals
                   which
                   
                   are
                   more
                   remote
                   therefrom
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Now
                   what
                   Metals
                   are
                   remote
                   from
                   ,
                   and
                   near
                   to
                   perfection
                   ,
                   and
                   what
                   are
                   yet
                   more
                   near
                   ,
                   and
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   a
                   kin
                   to
                   the
                   perfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   we
                   have
                   taught
                   in
                   these
                   Chapters
                   ;
                   in
                   which
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   be
                   indeed
                   wise
                   you
                   may
                   plainly
                   see
                   ,
                   and
                   truly
                   determine
                   which
                   they
                   be
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   And
                   without
                   doubt
                   ,
                   he
                   who
                   is
                   lawfully
                   initiated
                   into
                   the
                   Mysteries
                   of
                   this
                   our
                   Art
                   ;
                   may
                   be
                   able
                   through
                   his
                   own
                   Ingenuity
                   and
                   Industry
                   by
                   studying
                   in
                   this
                   my
                   
                     Speculum
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   ,
                   to
                   find
                   out
                   and
                   know
                   the
                   true
                   matter
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   :
                   And
                   he
                   will
                   know
                   and
                   understand
                   well
                   upon
                   what
                   Body
                   ,
                   the
                   Medicine
                   or
                   Magistery
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   projected
                   for
                   perfection
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   Masters
                   of
                   this
                   Art
                   ,
                   who
                   have
                   invented
                   or
                   found
                   out
                   the
                   
                     Prima
                     Materia
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   whole
                   Mystery
                   they
                   have
                   ,
                   I
                   say
                   ,
                   plainly
                   demonstrated
                   ,
                   and
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   ,
                   indigitated
                   the
                   direct
                   way
                   of
                   working
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   all
                   things
                   naked
                   and
                   plain
                   to
                   us
                   ,
                   when
                   they
                   say
                   ,
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Nature
                   contains
                   Nature
                   :
                   Nature
                   exceeds
                   Nature
                   ,
                   and
                   Nature
                   overcoming
                   Nature
                   does
                   rejoyce
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   transmuted
                   or
                   changed
                   into
                   another
                   Nature
                   .
                   
                     And
                     in
                     another
                     place
                  
                   ,
                   every
                   like
                   doth
                   rejoyce
                   in
                   its
                   like
                   ;
                   for
                   that
                   the
                   likeness
                   between
                   things
                   is
                   said
                   to
                   be
                   the
                   cause
                   of
                   Sympathy
                   or
                   Friendship
                   :
                   
                     of
                     which
                     many
                     Philosophers
                     have
                     written
                     notable
                     things
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   X.
                   Know
                   then
                   that
                   the
                   Soul
                   doth
                   soon
                   enter
                   into
                   its
                   own
                   Body
                   ;
                   but
                   with
                   a
                   Forreign
                   or
                   Strange
                   Body
                   ,
                   it
                   can
                   never
                   be
                   joyned
                   or
                   United
                   .
                   
                     In
                     another
                     place
                  
                   :
                   If
                   you
                   shall
                   endeavour
                   to
                   joyn
                   it
                   with
                   a
                   Forreign
                   or
                   Heterogene
                   Body
                   ,
                   you
                   shall
                   wholly
                   Labour
                   in
                   Vain
                   .
                   Also
                   :
                   The
                   nearness
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   to
                   perfection
                   makes
                   a
                   Transmutation
                   the
                   more
                   Glorious
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   Corporeal
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   Power
                   of
                   the
                   Operation
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   is
                   made
                   
                   Incorporeal
                   ;
                   and
                   contrariwise
                   the
                   Incorporeal
                   is
                   made
                   Corporeal
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   the
                   compleatment
                   ,
                   the
                   spiritual
                   Body
                   is
                   made
                   wholly
                   fixed
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   And
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   Evidently
                   manifest
                   that
                   the
                   Elixir
                   is
                   Spiritual
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   very
                   much
                   exalted
                   beyond
                   its
                   own
                   Nature
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   for
                   
                     the
                     White
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   for
                   the
                   Red
                   :
                   It
                   is
                   no
                   wonder
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   mixed
                   with
                   Bodies
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   The
                   Method
                   ,
                   or
                   way
                   of
                   Projection
                   then
                   is
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   the
                   Metal
                   to
                   be
                   transmuted
                   ,
                   beliquified
                   or
                   melted
                   ;
                   and
                   then
                   that
                   the
                   Medicine
                   or
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   be
                   projected
                   or
                   cast
                   upon
                   the
                   melted
                   Metal
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Moreover
                   you
                   must
                   Note
                   ,
                   that
                   this
                   our
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   is
                   of
                   a
                   mighty
                   strong
                   Power
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   great
                   Force
                   ,
                   for
                   one
                   part
                   being
                   projected
                   upon
                   a
                   Million
                   ,
                   or
                   Ten
                   Hundred
                   Thousand
                   parts
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   prepared
                   Body
                   ,
                   it
                   does
                   incontinently
                   penetrate
                   it
                   ,
                   transfuse
                   it self
                   through
                   the
                   whole
                   ,
                   and
                   transmute
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   Wherefore
                   I
                   deliver
                   to
                   you
                   a
                   great
                   and
                   hidden
                   Secret.
                   Mix
                   one
                   part
                   of
                   this
                   our
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   Thousand
                   parts
                   of
                   a
                   body
                   near
                   to
                   perfection
                   ;
                   put
                   all
                   into
                   a
                   proper
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   inclosing
                   it
                   firmly
                   ;
                   and
                   then
                   put
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   Furnace
                   of
                   Fixation
                   ,
                   first
                   with
                   a
                   very
                   gentle
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   always
                   augmenting
                   the
                   fire
                   gradually
                   for
                   three
                   days
                   ;
                   so
                   will
                   they
                   be
                   inseparably
                   conjoyned
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   a
                   work
                   of
                   three
                   days
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Then
                   again
                   ,
                   and
                   lastly
                   ,
                   take
                   one
                   part
                   of
                   this
                   mixture
                   ,
                   and
                   project
                   it
                   upon
                   a
                   Thousand
                   parts
                   of
                   another
                   Body
                   or
                   Metal
                   ,
                   (
                   the
                   nearer
                   to
                   perfection
                   the
                   better
                   ,
                   )
                   so
                   the
                   whole
                   will
                   be
                   a
                   most
                   fine
                   and
                   perfect
                   Body
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   kind
                   ,
                   and
                   according
                   to
                   your
                   intended
                   work
                   ,
                   whether
                   for
                   the
                   White
                   or
                   for
                   the
                   Red.
                   
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   And
                   all
                   this
                   is
                   but
                   the
                   work
                   of
                   one
                   day
                   ;
                   or
                   
                   rather
                   ,
                   but
                   of
                   an
                   hour
                   ,
                   or
                   of
                   a
                   moment
                   :
                   for
                   which
                   wonderful
                   work
                   ,
                   Praises
                   be
                   perpetually
                   rendred
                   to
                   the
                   Lord
                   our
                   God
                   ,
                   for
                   Ever
                   and
                   Ever
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LX.
                  
                   A
                   Short
                   Recapitulation
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   I.
                   OUR
                   Tincture
                   then
                   ,
                   is
                   only
                   generated
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Mercury
                   of
                   the
                   wise
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   
                     Prima
                     Materia
                     ,
                     Aqua
                     permanens
                     ,
                     Acetum
                     Pilosophorum
                     ,
                     〈◊〉
                     Lac
                     Virginis
                     ,
                     Mercurius
                     Corporalis
                     ,
                  
                   with
                   which
                   nothing
                   extraneous
                   ,
                   Alien
                   or
                   Forreign
                   is
                   commixed
                   ,
                   such
                   as
                   are
                   Salts
                   ,
                   Alums
                   and
                   Vitriols
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Because
                   from
                   this
                   Mercury
                   alone
                   ,
                   the
                   Virtue
                   and
                   Power
                   of
                   this
                   our
                   Magistry
                   is
                   generated
                   :
                   and
                   it
                   so
                   resolves
                   every
                   (
                   Metalline
                   )
                   Body
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   augmented
                   or
                   multiplied
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   This
                   our
                   aforesaid
                   Mercury
                   is
                   both
                   the
                   Root
                   and
                   the
                   Tree
                   ,
                   from
                   whence
                   many
                   and
                   almost
                   Infinite
                   Branches
                   Spring
                   and
                   increase
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   The
                   first
                   work
                   for
                   the
                   making
                   of
                   this
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   is
                   sublimation
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   nothing
                   else
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   subtilization
                   of
                   the
                   matter
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   cleansed
                   from
                   all
                   its
                   supersluities
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   The
                   fixed
                   and
                   Volatile
                   parts
                   are
                   not
                   separated
                   one
                   from
                   another
                   ,
                   but
                   they
                   remain
                   United
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   fixed
                   together
                   ,
                   till
                   they
                   both
                   may
                   have
                   an
                   easie
                   fusion
                   together
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   fire
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Take
                   therefore
                   our
                   aforesaid
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   which
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   Sealed
                   Glass
                   ,
                   put
                   into
                   its
                   hot
                   bed
                   ,
                   for
                   one
                   whole
                   Philosophick
                   month
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   40
                   days
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   begins
                   in
                   its
                   own
                   body
                   to
                   putrisie
                   and
                   
                   be
                   Coagulated
                   ,
                   and
                   all
                   its
                   Humidity
                   be
                   Consumed
                   in
                   its
                   self
                   ,
                   and
                   also
                   converted
                   into
                   a
                   black
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   In
                   this
                   Sublimation
                   is
                   compleated
                   the
                   true
                   separation
                   of
                   the
                   four
                   Elements
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Because
                   the
                   cold
                   and
                   watery
                   Elements
                   is
                   changed
                   into
                   a
                   hot
                   and
                   dry
                   Earth
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   head
                   of
                   the
                   Crow
                   ,
                   the
                   Mother
                   of
                   the
                   remaining
                   Elements
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Thus
                   our
                   work
                   is
                   nothing
                   else
                   but
                   a
                   transmutation
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   Conversion
                   of
                   the
                   Elements
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   The
                   Spiritual
                   is
                   made
                   Corporal
                   ,
                   the
                   Liquid
                   is
                   made
                   thick
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   water
                   is
                   made
                   Fire
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Moreover
                   the
                   black
                   Earth
                   is
                   imbibed
                   with
                   its
                   own
                   water
                   ,
                   and
                   dryed
                   so
                   long
                   till
                   it
                   is
                   sufficiently
                   cleansed
                   and
                   brought
                   on
                   to
                   Whiteness
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Which
                   then
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   White
                   Earth
                   foliated
                   ,
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   Nitre
                   ,
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   Magnesia
                   :
                   and
                   then
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   new
                   Conjunction
                   of
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   Resurrection
                   of
                   the
                   Dead
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   When
                   our
                   Earth
                   bearing
                   Fruit
                   is
                   moistned
                   with
                   its
                   own
                   proper
                   water
                   ,
                   it
                   drinks
                   it
                   up
                   in
                   that
                   its
                   thirst
                   with
                   much
                   greediness
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   generates
                   or
                   is
                   made
                   pregnant
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   brings
                   forth
                   Fruit
                   an
                   Hundred
                   Fold
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Now
                   proceed
                   farther
                   with
                   the
                   White
                   Earth
                   ,
                   augmenting
                   or
                   increasing
                   the
                   Fire
                   〈◊〉
                   it
                   ,
                   till
                   by
                   the
                   motion
                   of
                   the
                   Continual
                   Heat
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   digested
                   and
                   brought
                   into
                   the
                   highest
                   and
                   most
                   pure
                   Red.
                   
                
                 
                   XV.
                   And
                   now
                   it
                   is
                   called
                   our
                   Red
                   Coral
                   ,
                   Red
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   Blood
                   ,
                   our
                   Purple
                   Gold
                   ,
                   our
                   burnt
                   Crocus
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   This
                   very
                   Work
                   repeat
                   three
                   or
                   four
                   times
                   with
                   new
                   Materials
                   ,
                   and
                   you
                   shall
                   have
                   the
                   most
                   perfect
                   Red
                   Stone
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   Red
                   as
                   Blood
                   it self
                   ,
                   with
                   which
                   you
                   may
                   tinge
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   and
                   all
                   other
                   imperfect
                   Metals
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   But
                   it
                   behoves
                   you
                   to
                   take
                   of
                   our
                   aforesaid
                   Sulphur
                   three
                   parts
                   ,
                   adding
                   one
                   part
                   of
                   fine
                   Gold
                   ,
                   reduced
                   into
                   a
                   subtle
                   Calx
                   and
                   of
                   the
                   water
                   thereof
                   two
                   parts
                   ;
                   these
                   three
                   mix
                   subtilly
                   ,
                   till
                   they
                   become
                   one
                   Inseparable
                   Matter
                   :
                   these
                   then
                   digest
                   in
                   a
                   proper
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   till
                   they
                   become
                   a
                   Red
                   Stone
                   .
                
              
               
                 Operis
                 Rogerij
                 Bachonis
                 Alchymici
                 FINIS
                 .
              
            
             
               
               
                 Georgij
                 Riplei
                 
                   MEDVLLA
                   ALCHYMIAE
                
                 .
              
               
                 
                   The
                   Marrow
                   of
                   Alchymie
                   ,
                   Written
                   in
                   Latin
                   by
                   
                     George
                     Ripley
                  
                   ,
                   Cannon
                   of
                   Bridlington
                   ,
                   which
                   he
                   sent
                   out
                   of
                   Italy
                   ,
                   Anno
                   1476.
                   
                   To
                   the
                   Arch-Bishop
                   of
                   YORK
                   :
                   Translated
                   into
                   English
                   ,
                   and
                   now
                   Revised
                   ,
                   and
                   Claused
                   ,
                
                 
                   By
                   WILLIAM
                   SALMON
                   ,
                
                 
                   Professor
                   of
                   Physick
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LXI
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Preface
                   to
                   the
                   Arch-Bishop
                   of
                   York
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   I
                   Shall
                   endeavour
                   Sir
                   ,
                   to
                   explicate
                   ,
                   open
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   plain
                   to
                   you
                   ,
                   the
                   Secrets
                   of
                   Alchymie
                   ,
                   which
                   I
                   have
                   attained
                   to
                   ,
                   by
                   my
                   Travels
                   through
                   Italy
                   ,
                   and
                   other
                   Countries
                   and
                   Kingdoms
                   for
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   Nine
                   
                   Years
                   ,
                   drawing
                   Forth
                   ,
                   and
                   Selecting
                   the
                   true
                   Root
                   ,
                   and
                   Marrow
                   of
                   Nature
                   (
                   by
                   a
                   series
                   of
                   Experiences
                   )
                   from
                   its
                   most
                   inward
                   Recesses
                   ,
                   and
                   secret
                   Habitations
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   The
                   which
                   I
                   am
                   moved
                   and
                   compelled
                   to
                   from
                   the
                   singular
                   Good-will
                   ,
                   entire
                   Affections
                   ,
                   and
                   Sincere
                   Love
                   ,
                   which
                   as
                   well
                   as
                   in
                   times
                   past
                   ,
                   I
                   now
                   at
                   present
                   bear
                   unto
                   you
                   :
                   And
                   therefore
                   shall
                   faithfully
                   (
                   tho'
                   briefly
                   )
                   declare
                   the
                   Secrets
                   of
                   this
                   Art
                   to
                   you
                   ;
                   plainly
                   and
                   openly
                   ,
                   not
                   Darkly
                   and
                   AEnigmatically
                   ,
                   as
                   if
                   it
                   was
                   done
                   under
                   a
                   Shadow
                   or
                   Vail
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Such
                   indeed
                   is
                   your
                   Life
                   (
                   your
                   Works
                   witnessing
                   the
                   same
                   )
                   that
                   you
                   are
                   as
                   a
                   healing
                   Balm
                   ,
                   a
                   Refuge
                   of
                   Defence
                   ,
                   and
                   Shelter
                   to
                   the
                   Church
                   of
                   God
                   ,
                   a
                   Pillar
                   of
                   his
                   Holy
                   Temple
                   ,
                   for
                   which
                   Reasons
                   ,
                   I
                   am
                   obliged
                   to
                   reveal
                   these
                   hidden
                   Mysteries
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   known
                   to
                   you
                   the
                   abscondite
                   Paths
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   not
                   to
                   rejoyce
                   your
                   outward
                   Man
                   only
                   ,
                   by
                   adding
                   Health
                   and
                   long
                   Life
                   ,
                   heaping
                   up
                   Treasures
                   ,
                   and
                   external
                   Honours
                   and
                   Applause
                   in
                   the
                   World
                   ,
                   but
                   to
                   excite
                   in
                   you
                   the
                   highest
                   Devotion
                   to
                   God
                   Almighty
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   might
                   become
                   good
                   to
                   all
                   Men
                   ,
                   profitable
                   to
                   the
                   Church
                   ,
                   a
                   Father
                   to
                   the
                   Fatherless
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   Sanctuary
                   to
                   the
                   Needy
                   and
                   Distressed
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   And
                   in
                   these
                   things
                   ,
                   I
                   am
                   confident
                   of
                   you
                   ,
                   in
                   whom
                   is
                   found
                   such
                   a
                   Portion
                   and
                   Treasure
                   of
                   Vertue
                   ,
                   Prudence
                   ,
                   Piety
                   ,
                   and
                   true
                   Wisdom
                   ,
                   but
                   most
                   chiefly
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   I
                   know
                   you
                   to
                   be
                   such
                   a
                   one
                   ,
                   who
                   has
                   God
                   always
                   before
                   your
                   Eyes
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   And
                   therefore
                   I
                   speak
                   truly
                   and
                   fervently
                   ,
                   and
                   I
                   will
                   declare
                   the
                   Truth
                   to
                   you
                   ,
                   with
                   all
                   faithfulness
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   reality
                   of
                   my
                   Soul
                   ;
                   I
                   shall
                   Elucidate
                   the
                   undoubted
                   Verity
                   ,
                   and
                   declare
                   such
                   things
                   ,
                   as
                   with
                   much
                   Labour
                   ,
                   Care
                   ,
                   and
                   Diligence
                   I
                   have
                   sought
                   out
                   ,
                   and
                   obtained
                   the
                   knowledge
                   of
                   ;
                   which
                   I
                   have
                   seen
                   with
                   my
                   Eyes
                   ,
                   and
                   have
                   handled
                   with
                   my
                   Hands
                   ,
                   
                   and
                   which
                   my
                   own
                   self
                   has
                   done
                   :
                   And
                   in
                   this
                   matter
                   I
                   will
                   neither
                   be
                   tedious
                   nor
                   obscure
                   ,
                   lest
                   that
                   love
                   which
                   I
                   profess
                   to
                   you
                   ,
                   should
                   seem
                   to
                   be
                   deficient
                   or
                   imperfect
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Whatever
                   I
                   write
                   ,
                   I
                   shall
                   open
                   the
                   same
                   briefly
                   and
                   plainly
                   beseeching
                   God
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   matter
                   whereof
                   I
                   shall
                   entreat
                   ,
                   may
                   become
                   profitable
                   unto
                   you
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   if
                   you
                   shall
                   please
                   to
                   put
                   the
                   same
                   into
                   practice
                   you
                   may
                   find
                   the
                   faithful
                   experience
                   thereof
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   be
                   deceived
                   ,
                   or
                   spend
                   your
                   time
                   in
                   vain
                   :
                   For
                   we
                   know
                   certainly
                   ,
                   that
                   of
                   all
                   transitory
                   things
                   ,
                   Time
                   is
                   truly
                   the
                   most
                   pretious
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Wherefore
                   I
                   write
                   unto
                   you
                   (
                   honourable
                   and
                   dearly
                   beloved
                   Friend
                   )
                   such
                   things
                   only
                   as
                   may
                   be
                   profitable
                   ;
                   making
                   this
                   humble
                   suit
                   unto
                   your
                   Excellency
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Revealed
                   Secrets
                   and
                   Experiments
                   which
                   I
                   send
                   you
                   in
                   this
                   little
                   Book
                   ,
                   may
                   not
                   be
                   prostituted
                   ,
                   or
                   bestowed
                   upon
                   unworthy
                   Men
                   ,
                   who
                   are
                   naughty
                   ,
                   or
                   swoln
                   up
                   with
                   Pride
                   ,
                   or
                   whose
                   Souls
                   are
                   bound
                   up
                   in
                   their
                   Covetousness
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   I
                   require
                   not
                   of
                   you
                   for
                   this
                   Secret
                   ,
                   a
                   great
                   Summ
                   of
                   Gold
                   or
                   Silver
                   ;
                   nor
                   do
                   I
                   put
                   this
                   Secret
                   in
                   writing
                   ,
                   for
                   you
                   to
                   bestow
                   much
                   Cost
                   and
                   Expences
                   upon
                   it
                   ;
                   nor
                   do
                   I
                   for
                   my self
                   desire
                   any
                   reward
                   ;
                   these
                   things
                   agree
                   not
                   with
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Verity
                   ,
                   which
                   professes
                   ,
                   that
                   its
                   Works
                   are
                   not
                   chargeable
                   and
                   Expensive
                   .
                   Morienus
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     beware
                     that
                     you
                     spend
                     nothing
                     in
                     this
                     Magistery
                     of
                     Gold.
                  
                   And
                   
                     Dastine
                     ,
                     saith
                     with
                     the
                     Value
                     of
                     one
                     Noble
                     is
                     the
                     whole
                     Magistery
                     performed
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Since
                   then
                   it
                   is
                   so
                   ,
                   in
                   what
                   thing
                   is
                   our
                   Gold
                   to
                   be
                   found
                   ?
                   Is
                   it
                   not
                   in
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   Quick
                   or
                   living
                   Gold
                   ?
                   Raymandus
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     He
                     that
                     will
                     reduce
                  
                   Quick-Gold
                   
                     into
                     thin
                     water
                     ,
                     must
                     make
                     it
                     ,
                     doe
                     it
                     ,
                     and
                     Work
                     it
                     by
                     its
                     contrary
                     .
                  
                   〈◊〉
                   saith
                   he
                   ,
                   
                     Quick
                     or
                     living
                     Gold
                     ,
                     has
                     in
                     its
                     self
                     ,
                     four
                     Natures
                     ,
                     and
                     four
                     humours
                     or
                     Elements
                     .
                  
                   And
                   therefore
                   
                   saith
                   he
                   ,
                   
                     if
                     you
                     putrefie
                     its
                     Cold
                     with
                     its
                     Hot
                     ,
                     and
                     its
                     Dry
                     with
                     its
                     Moist
                     ,
                     you
                     shall
                     not
                     only
                     have
                     the
                     Humidity
                     of
                     all
                     Bodies
                     ,
                     but
                     you
                     shall
                     have
                     a
                  
                   Menstruum
                   ,
                   
                     which
                     will
                     dissolve
                  
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   
                     for
                     ever
                  
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   least
                   part
                   of
                   Mercury
                   being
                   once
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   the
                   dissolved
                   Mercury
                   will
                   always
                   dissolve
                   Mercury
                   
                     ad
                     Infinitum
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     X.
                     [
                     Mercury
                  
                   may
                   as
                   well
                   be
                   called
                   Quick-Gold
                   ,
                   as
                   Quick-Silver
                   ,
                   for
                   it
                   contains
                   them
                   both
                   .
                   If
                   Air
                   will
                   make
                   this
                   separation
                   ,
                   we
                   must
                   put
                   thereto
                   divers
                   contrary
                   things
                   ,
                   as
                   
                     Roger
                     Bacon
                  
                   saith
                   in
                   Speculo
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   putrefaction
                   cannot
                   be
                   done
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   is
                   dissolved
                   in
                   Water
                   white
                   as
                   Milk
                   ,
                   putrifie
                   that
                   
                     Milk
                     15
                  
                   days
                   in
                   
                     B.
                     M.
                  
                   then
                   separate
                   its
                   Element
                   ,
                   and
                   cleanse
                   its
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   after
                   that
                   joyn
                   it
                   again
                   in
                   equal
                   weight
                   ,
                   then
                   is
                   the
                   Elixir
                   made
                   compleate
                   for
                   Saturn
                   and
                   
                     Jupiter
                     .
                     Quick
                     Gold
                  
                   is
                   Crude
                   ,
                   Imperfect
                   ,
                   and
                   unfixt
                   in
                   every
                   degree
                   and
                   yet
                   it
                   is
                   accounted
                   a
                   Body
                   ,
                   altho'
                   there
                   be
                   no
                   fixation
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   therefore
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   much
                   sooner
                   brought
                   to
                   its
                   first
                   matter
                   ,
                   than
                   any
                   other
                   of
                   the
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   that
                   have
                   any
                   part
                   of
                   fixation
                   in
                   them
                   ,
                   for
                   they
                   must
                   have
                   much
                   Labour
                   and
                   long
                   time
                   to
                   separate
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   bring
                   them
                   back
                   into
                   their
                   fixt
                   matter
                   .
                   ]
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   For
                   saith
                   Lully
                   ,
                   The
                   Elements
                   of
                   Mercury
                   may
                   be
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   and
                   being
                   so
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   they
                   may
                   be
                   separated
                   .
                   There
                   be
                   some
                   that
                   think
                   our
                   Resoluble
                   Seed
                   ,
                   or
                   dissolved
                   Menstrum
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   water
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   made
                   only
                   by
                   it self
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   does
                   dissolve
                   both
                   Metals
                   ,
                   and
                   pretious
                   Stones
                   which
                   we
                   call
                   Pearls
                   ;
                   and
                   so
                   it
                   is
                   .
                   Now
                   how
                   this
                   dissolving
                   Menstrum
                   is
                   made
                   ,
                   not
                   only
                   Raymund
                   seems
                   to
                   shew
                   ,
                   but
                   
                     Roger
                     Bacon
                  
                   in
                   like
                   manner
                   in
                   his
                   
                     Speculum
                     Alchymiae
                  
                   ,
                   where
                   he
                   saith
                   ,
                   put
                   the
                   Body
                   which
                   is
                   most
                   weighty
                   ,
                   into
                   a
                   Distillatory
                   ,
                   and
                   draw
                   forth
                   thereof
                   ,
                   its
                   Sweet
                   Ros
                   ,
                   or
                   Dew
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   little
                   Wind
                   ,
                   or
                   Breath
                   :
                   [
                   
                     for
                     betwixt
                     every
                     drop
                     of
                     Water
                     ,
                     comes
                     forth
                     a
                     Breath
                     ,
                     as
                     it
                     were
                     of
                     a
                     Man
                     ,
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     substance
                     of
                  
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   
                     and
                     which
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     call
                     our
                  
                   Mercury
                   :
                   which
                   
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   well
                   putrefied
                   before
                   hand
                   ,
                   will
                   then
                   yield
                   the
                   more
                   ,
                   and
                   Issue
                   out
                   forcibly
                   ,
                   as
                   if
                   it
                   were
                   Wild-Fire
                   out
                   of
                   a
                   Trunk
                   ,
                   especially
                   when
                   the
                   Red
                   Fume
                   comes
                   .
                   ]
                   
                     Thus
                     have
                     you
                     one
                     of
                     our
                  
                   Argent
                   Vives
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   To
                   the
                   same
                   thing
                   Raymundus
                   assents
                   ,
                   where
                   he
                   saith
                   ,
                   then
                   have
                   you
                   that
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   Ours
                   ;
                   and
                   so
                   it
                   is
                   indeed
                   one
                   of
                   Our
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ;
                   altho'
                   the
                   intent
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   Philosopher
                   in
                   
                     Libro
                     Animae
                     Artis
                     Transmutatoriae
                  
                   ,
                   Cap.
                   2.
                   was
                   touching
                   another
                   more
                   noble
                   and
                   more
                   excellent
                   Water
                   [
                   
                     supposed
                     by
                     some
                     ,
                     to
                     be
                     Our
                     Burning-Water
                     ,
                     drawn
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Gum
                     of
                     Vitriol
                     ,
                  
                   ]
                   by
                   the
                   Virtue
                   of
                   which
                   most
                   Noble
                   and
                   Excellent
                   ,
                   attractive
                   Water
                   ,
                   he
                   did
                   not
                   only
                   often
                   dissolve
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   Sol
                   [
                   
                     not
                     as
                     he
                     doth
                     it
                     with
                     the
                     aforesaid
                  
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   
                     commonly
                     dissolved
                  
                   ]
                   but
                   also
                   the
                   same
                   solar
                   Body
                   ,
                   by
                   force
                   of
                   that
                   attractive
                   Virtue
                   ,
                   is
                   disposed
                   in
                   a
                   more
                   noble
                   manner
                   ;
                   as
                   I
                   my self
                   have
                   seen
                   done
                   ,
                   not
                   only
                   in
                   the
                   Metalline
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   in
                   the
                   Elixir
                   of
                   Life
                   ,
                   as
                   hereafter
                   shall
                   be
                   declared
                   ,
                   Chap.
                   71
                   ,
                   72.
                   
                   Sect.
                   
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   fansied
                   by
                   an
                   Experienced
                   Philosopher
                   ,
                   that
                   Mercury
                   did
                   speak
                   ,
                   and
                   said
                   ,
                   I
                   am
                   the
                   Father
                   of
                   Enchantments
                   ,
                   Brother
                   to
                   the
                   Sun
                   ,
                   and
                   Sister
                   to
                   the
                   Moon
                   ,
                   I
                   am
                   the
                   Water
                   of
                   Life
                   drawn
                   out
                   of
                   Wine
                   ,
                   [
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Wine
                     of
                     Mercury
                  
                   ]
                   I
                   kill
                   that
                   which
                   was
                   alive
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   alive
                   that
                   which
                   was
                   dead
                   ;
                   I
                   make
                   Black
                   ,
                   and
                   I
                   make
                   White
                   ,
                   and
                   I
                   carry
                   in
                   my
                   Belly
                   the
                   Sol
                   of
                   Philosophers
                   ;
                   and
                   therefore
                   he
                   that
                   can
                   joyn
                   me
                   after
                   that
                   I
                   am
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   the
                   pure
                   clear
                   and
                   Silver
                   like
                   Water
                   ,
                   called
                   
                     Lac
                     Virginis
                  
                   ,
                   with
                   my
                   Brother
                   the
                   Sun
                   ,
                   he
                   shall
                   tinge
                   him
                   with
                   my
                   Soul
                   ,
                   not
                   only
                   much
                   more
                   than
                   he
                   was
                   before
                   by
                   an
                   hundred
                   fold
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   if
                   he
                   be
                   joyned
                   with
                   my
                   Sister
                   Luna
                   ,
                   he
                   shall
                   make
                   all
                   things
                   fair
                   and
                   bright
                   .
                   [
                   this
                   Lac
                   Virginis
                   
                     is
                     a
                     Silver-like
                     Water
                     somewhat
                     thick
                     .
                  
                   ]
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LXII
                  
                   .
                   A
                   farther
                   Discourse
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Mercury
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   OF
                   this
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   speaks
                   another
                   Philosopher
                   thus
                   ,
                   when
                   its
                   Elements
                   are
                   separated
                   ,
                   and
                   again
                   joyned
                   and
                   mixed
                   together
                   by
                   equal
                   weight
                   ,
                   then
                   is
                   it
                   made
                   a
                   compleat
                   Elixir
                   upon
                   Saturn
                   and
                   Jupiter
                   ;
                   but
                   its
                   Elements
                   cannot
                   be
                   separated
                   ,
                   until
                   such
                   time
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   dissolved
                   :
                   and
                   of
                   this
                   Metalline
                   Water
                   ,
                   ought
                   the
                   Artist
                   to
                   draw
                   the
                   Tincture
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   [
                   The
                   Elements
                   of
                   Mercury
                   being
                   separated
                   ,
                   and
                   again
                   commixed
                   by
                   equal
                   weight
                   or
                   proportion
                   ,
                   make
                   the
                   Elixir
                   compleat
                   ,
                   with
                   often
                   dissolving
                   and
                   congealing
                   of
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   which
                   must
                   be
                   done
                   upon
                   a
                   Marble
                   Stone
                   ,
                   weighing
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   taking
                   its
                   weight
                   of
                   the
                   Secret
                   Salt
                   ,
                   grinding
                   them
                   together
                   very
                   subtil
                   ,
                   then
                   putting
                   them
                   into
                   Balneo
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   may
                   be
                   dissolved
                   ;
                   which
                   done
                   ,
                   take
                   it
                   out
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   your
                   congelatiin
                   a
                   dry
                   Fire
                   ,
                   do
                   so
                   oftentimes
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   ,
                   &c.
                   ]
                
                 
                   III.
                   And
                   therefore
                   to
                   confirm
                   this
                   ,
                   Raymundus
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     O
                     my
                     Son
                     ,
                     Our
                     Tincture
                     is
                     drawn
                     out
                     of
                     one
                     Vile
                     thing
                     ,
                     and
                     is
                     decked
                     ,
                     finished
                     ,
                     and
                     ended
                     with
                     another
                     thing
                     which
                     is
                     more
                     Noble
                     ;
                     for
                     we
                     do
                     Ferment
                     it
                     with
                     Vulgar
                     Gold
                     :
                  
                   He
                   calls
                   it
                   Vile
                   ,
                   because
                   he
                   saith
                   it
                   is
                   sometimes
                   found
                   in
                   Vile
                   places
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   Old
                   draughts
                   :
                   also
                   it
                   is
                   Vile
                   ,
                   because
                   (
                   as
                   Raymundus
                   saith
                   )
                   it
                   is
                   found
                   not
                   only
                   in
                   a
                   filthy
                   form
                   ,
                   and
                   ugly
                   shape
                   ,
                   but
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   in
                   every
                   thing
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   which
                   (
                   saith
                   Albertus
                   )
                   is
                   made
                   a
                   Permanent
                   or
                   fixt
                   Water
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   IV.
                   [
                   Here
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   Noted
                   ,
                   that
                   Raymundus
                   commands
                   this
                   Tincture
                   to
                   be
                   drawn
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   Venus
                   ,
                   which
                   Tincture
                   he
                   does
                   Ferment
                   with
                   the
                   prepared
                   Calx
                   of
                   common
                   or
                   Vulgar
                   Gold.
                   ]
                
                 
                   V.
                   And
                   therefore
                   saith
                   Avicen
                   ,
                   it
                   behoves
                   you
                   to
                   have
                   a
                   great
                   quantity
                   of
                   our
                   Gold
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   our
                   Silver
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   ,
                   that
                   thereby
                   the
                   humours
                   may
                   be
                   drawn
                   forth
                   ;
                   viz.
                   to
                   have
                   at
                   the
                   least
                   sixty
                   pounds
                   weight
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   be
                   a
                   sufficient
                   quantity
                   for
                   your
                   whole
                   life
                   .
                   He
                   also
                   saith
                   ,
                   the
                   best
                   Mercury
                   is
                   brought
                   in
                   skins
                   ,
                   from
                   
                     Mount
                     Passulane
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   this
                   
                     Mercury
                     ,
                     Geber
                  
                   saith
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   labour
                   in
                   all
                   your
                   work
                   to
                   separate
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   or
                   as
                   others
                   read
                   it
                   ,
                   to
                   convince
                   or
                   over-come
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   in
                   commixing
                   and
                   conjoyning
                   ;
                   for
                   he
                   that
                   cannot
                   destroy
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   or
                   undoe
                   it
                   in
                   its
                   composure
                   ,
                   cannot
                   repair
                   or
                   restore
                   it
                   :
                   nor
                   may
                   you
                   work
                   with
                   it
                   as
                   Raymund
                   saith
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   is
                   dissolved
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   And
                   therefore
                   it
                   is
                   said
                   ,
                   joyn
                   not
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   Crude
                   ,
                   with
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   Decocted
                   ;
                   for
                   of
                   that
                   only
                   with
                   the
                   Ferment
                   ,
                   is
                   made
                   the
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   which
                   does
                   congeal
                   all
                   manner
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   .
                   Wherefore
                   as
                   Raymund
                   saith
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   never
                   congealed
                   without
                   a
                   congealing
                   Sulphur
                   ;
                   and
                   being
                   congealed
                   ,
                   you
                   have
                   a
                   great
                   secret
                   :
                   for
                   in
                   the
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   Decocted
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   is
                   a
                   great
                   and
                   hidden
                   Mystery
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Another
                   Philosopher
                   also
                   saith
                   ,
                   that
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   certain
                   subtil
                   Fume
                   ,
                   which
                   does
                   spring
                   forth
                   from
                   its
                   proper
                   Veins
                   ,
                   dispersing
                   and
                   spreading
                   its
                   self
                   abroad
                   ,
                   the
                   which
                   thin
                   Fume
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   wisely
                   gathered
                   together
                   again
                   ,
                   and
                   sprinkled
                   upon
                   its
                   proper
                   Veins
                   or
                   Matrix
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   make
                   not
                   only
                   a
                   certain
                   fixation
                   (
                   of
                   which
                   thin
                   Fume
                   ,
                   in
                   short
                   space
                   is
                   made
                   the
                   true
                   Elixir
                   )
                   but
                   also
                   cleanses
                   the
                   Impure
                   Metals
                   or
                   Alchymick
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     VIII
                     .
                  
                   [
                   As
                   to
                   the
                   Tincture
                   
                   mentioned
                   at
                   Sect.
                   4
                   :
                   above
                   ,
                   it
                   rather
                   seems
                   by
                   other
                   words
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   Raymundus
                   ,
                   that
                   he
                   drew
                   it
                   out
                   of
                   Quick-Silver
                   ,
                   and
                   no
                   other
                   vile
                   thing
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   Mercury
                   is
                   made
                   .
                   What
                   is
                   meant
                   at
                   Sect.
                   6.
                   by
                   not
                   joyning
                   the
                   Crude
                   with
                   the
                   Decocted
                   ,
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   understood
                   of
                   not
                   joyning
                   Crude
                   Mercury
                   to
                   the
                   Decocted
                   Bodies
                   or
                   Metals
                   ,
                   but
                   to
                   put
                   to
                   them
                   Decocted
                   ,
                   
                     i.
                     e.
                  
                   dissolved
                   Mercury
                   .
                   And
                   herein
                   is
                   hidden
                   a
                   great
                   secret
                   ,
                   for
                   Mercury
                   being
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   is
                   an
                   hot
                   and
                   moist
                   Sperm
                   ;
                   but
                   Crude
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   cold
                   and
                   dry
                   Saturn
                   .
                   So
                   that
                   if
                   you
                   putrifie
                   its
                   hot
                   and
                   moist
                   Sperm
                   with
                   its
                   cold
                   and
                   dry
                   Earth
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   have
                   Quick-Silver
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   not
                   Crude
                   ,
                   but
                   Decocted
                   Mercury
                   .
                   So
                   that
                   in
                   Crude
                   Mercury
                   dissolved
                   is
                   hidden
                   a
                   great
                   Mystery
                   .
                   And
                   however
                   it
                   is
                   dissolved
                   by
                   a
                   Fire
                   not
                   natural
                   or
                   against
                   Nature
                   ,
                   yet
                   it
                   must
                   be
                   mixed
                   ,
                   conjoyned
                   ,
                   fixed
                   .
                   ]
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   This
                   Alchymick
                   Body
                   is
                   called
                   
                     Leprous
                     Gold
                  
                   ,
                   wherein
                   Gold
                   and
                   Silver
                   ,
                   are
                   in
                   Essence
                   and
                   Power
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   in
                   sight
                   or
                   appearance
                   ;
                   in
                   its
                   Profundity
                   or
                   Depth
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   Airous
                   or
                   Spiritual
                   Gold
                   ,
                   which
                   none
                   can
                   obtain
                   ,
                   unless
                   the
                   same
                   Body
                   be
                   first
                   made
                   clean
                   and
                   pure
                   .
                   The
                   which
                   impure
                   Body
                   after
                   mundification
                   ,
                   is
                   a
                   thousand
                   times
                   better
                   than
                   are
                   the
                   Bodies
                   of
                   common
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   Decocted
                   by
                   natural
                   heat
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   [
                   This
                   
                     Leprous
                     Gold
                  
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   call
                   ,
                   Adrop
                   ,
                   or
                   Adrup
                   ,
                   which
                   Gold
                   is
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Lead
                   .
                   This
                   Alchymick
                   Body
                   (
                   in
                   his
                   Concord
                   )
                   he
                   calls
                   Venus
                   in
                   the
                   lesser
                   Work
                   ,
                   both
                   for
                   Gold
                   and
                   Silver
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   a
                   Neutral
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   very
                   easie
                   to
                   be
                   changed
                   to
                   either
                   :
                   and
                   by
                   this
                   the
                   sense
                   of
                   Sect.
                   4.
                   and
                   8.
                   aforegoing
                   may
                   be
                   more
                   easily
                   understood
                   .
                   The
                   Earth
                   ,
                   the
                   uncleansed
                   Body
                   ,
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   purified
                   with
                   its
                   own
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   afterwards
                   nourished
                   with
                   its
                   Mothers
                   Milk
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   Nature
                   .
                   ]
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   The
                   first
                   Matter
                   of
                   this
                   unclean
                   Alchymical
                   
                   Body
                   is
                   a
                   Viscous
                   Water
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   thickened
                   in
                   the
                   Bowels
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                   And
                   therefore
                   of
                   this
                   Impure
                   Body
                   (
                   as
                   Vincent
                   saith
                   )
                   is
                   made
                   the
                   great
                   Elixir
                   of
                   the
                   Red
                   and
                   White
                   ,
                   whose
                   Name
                   is
                   Adrop
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     Adrup
                     ,
                     viz
                  
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Lead
                   .
                   From
                   the
                   which
                   Raymundus
                   commands
                   an
                   Oyl
                   to
                   be
                   drawn
                   :
                   from
                   the
                   Lead
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   (
                   saith
                   he
                   )
                   let
                   there
                   be
                   an
                   Oyl
                   drawn
                   of
                   a
                   Golden
                   Colour
                   ;
                   if
                   you
                   can
                   separate
                   this
                   Oyl
                   [
                   
                     wherein
                     is
                     Our
                     second
                     Tincture
                     and
                     Fire
                     of
                     Nature
                  
                   ]
                   from
                   its
                   Flegm
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   it
                   watrishness
                   ,
                   and
                   wisely
                   search
                   out
                   the
                   Secret
                   thereof
                   ,
                   you
                   may
                   in
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   thirty
                   days
                   perform
                   the
                   Work
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Stone
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   This
                   Oyl
                   does
                   not
                   only
                   make
                   the
                   Medicine
                   penetrable
                   ,
                   being
                   amicable
                   and
                   conjoynable
                   to
                   all
                   Bodies
                   or
                   Corporeal
                   things
                   ,
                   but
                   it
                   is
                   also
                   the
                   hidden
                   or
                   Secret
                   fire
                   of
                   Nature
                   ;
                   which
                   does
                   so
                   augment
                   the
                   Excellencies
                   of
                   those
                   Bodies
                   to
                   whom
                   it
                   is
                   so
                   joyned
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   makes
                   them
                   to
                   exceed
                   in
                   infinite
                   proportions
                   of
                   goodness
                   and
                   purity
                   .
                   So
                   much
                   as
                   does
                   appertain
                   to
                   the
                   Work
                   of
                   Alchymiae
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   only
                   for
                   the
                   Elixir
                   of
                   Metals
                   ,
                   is
                   now
                   sufficiently
                   opened
                   ,
                   which
                   if
                   you
                   rightly
                   understand
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   find
                   that
                   no
                   great
                   cost
                   is
                   required
                   to
                   the
                   performance
                   of
                   this
                   Philosophick
                   Operation
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   [
                   The
                   Innatural
                   Fire
                   is
                   Our
                   
                     Aqua
                     Foetens
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   Sea-Water
                   ,
                   sharp
                   ,
                   peircing
                   ,
                   and
                   burning
                   all
                   Bodies
                   more
                   fiercely
                   than
                   Elemental
                   Fire
                   ,
                   making
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   Sol
                   ,
                   a
                   meer
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   which
                   common
                   Elemental
                   Fire
                   has
                   not
                   power
                   to
                   do
                   .
                   ]
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   Elixir
                   of
                   Metals
                   is
                   not
                   all
                   that
                   I
                   intend
                   to
                   shew
                   you
                   ;
                   the
                   Elixir
                   of
                   Life
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   I
                   chiefly
                   designed
                   ,
                   infinitely
                   exceeding
                   all
                   the
                   Riches
                   of
                   this
                   World
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   which
                   the
                   most
                   excellent
                   of
                   all
                   the
                   Earthly
                   things
                   cannot
                   be
                   compared
                   .
                   And
                   therefore
                   ,
                   I
                   shall
                   .
                   1.
                   
                   Shew
                   in
                   the
                   Mineral
                   
                   Kingdom
                   ,
                   the
                   Elixir
                   of
                   Metals
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   after
                   divers
                   manners
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   In
                   the
                   Vegetable
                   Kingdom
                   ,
                   the
                   Elixir
                   both
                   of
                   Metals
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   Life
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   In
                   the
                   Animal
                   Kingdom
                   ,
                   the
                   Elixir
                   of
                   Life
                   only
                   ;
                   albeit
                   the
                   same
                   Elixir
                   of
                   Life
                   is
                   most
                   excellent
                   for
                   the
                   transmutation
                   of
                   Metalls
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   There
                   are
                   three
                   things
                   necessary
                   to
                   this
                   Art
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   you
                   ought
                   not
                   to
                   ignorant
                   ,
                   viz.
                   1.
                   
                   The
                   Fire
                   wherewith
                   :
                   [
                   
                     The
                     fire
                     of
                     Nature
                     ,
                     Innatural
                     ,
                     Elemental
                     ,
                     and
                     which
                     is
                     against
                     Nature
                     ,
                     destroying
                     the
                     special
                     form
                     of
                     all
                     that
                     is
                     dissolved
                     therein
                     .
                  
                   ]
                   2.
                   
                   The
                   Water
                   whereby
                   :
                   [
                   
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     Compound
                     Water
                  
                   .
                   ]
                   3.
                   
                   And
                   the
                   thing
                   whereof
                   :
                   [
                   
                     is
                     made
                     the
                     congealed
                     Earth
                     ,
                     as
                     White
                     as
                     Snow
                     .
                  
                   ]
                   Of
                   all
                   which
                   in
                   their
                   proper
                   order
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LXIII
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Mineral
                   Stone
                   ,
                   and
                   Philosophick
                   Fires
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   ON
                   a
                   time
                   as
                   I
                   have
                   learned
                   ,
                   there
                   was
                   an
                   Assembly
                   of
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   where
                   the
                   Matter
                   of
                   the
                   Secret
                   Stone
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Manner
                   of
                   working
                   it
                   ,
                   was
                   propounded
                   .
                   Several
                   spoke
                   their
                   Opinions
                   ,
                   but
                   at
                   length
                   ,
                   one
                   younger
                   in
                   Years
                   ,
                   and
                   (
                   as
                   was
                   thought
                   )
                   Inferiour
                   in
                   Learning
                   ,
                   declared
                   his
                   thoughts
                   and
                   knowledge
                   concerning
                   that
                   Secret.
                   I
                   know
                   saith
                   he
                   ,
                   the
                   Regiments
                   of
                   the
                   Fires
                   .
                   When
                   they
                   had
                   heard
                   what
                   he
                   could
                   say
                   ,
                   they
                   all
                   as
                   a
                   mazed
                   held
                   their
                   peace
                   for
                   a
                   while
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   At
                   lenght
                   ,
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   Company
                   made
                   answer
                   ;
                   If
                   this
                   be
                   true
                   which
                   thou
                   hast
                   said
                   ,
                   thou
                   art
                   Master
                   
                   of
                   us
                   all
                   ,
                   and
                   thereupon
                   with
                   one
                   consent
                   ,
                   they
                   gave
                   him
                   the
                   Right
                   Hand
                   of
                   Fellowship
                   .
                   Whereupon
                   they
                   gathered
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Secret
                   of
                   this
                   wonderful
                   Tincture
                   lay
                   chiefly
                   in
                   the
                   Fire
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   But
                   the
                   Fire
                   differs
                   after
                   several
                   manners
                   ;
                   one
                   Natural
                   ,
                   another
                   innatural
                   or
                   preternatural
                   ,
                   another
                   Elemental
                   ,
                   another
                   against
                   Nature
                   .
                   The
                   Natural
                   Fire
                   does
                   come
                   from
                   the
                   Influence
                   of
                   Sol
                   ,
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Asterisms
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   
                     Sun
                     ,
                     Moon
                  
                   and
                   Stars
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   which
                   are
                   Ingendred
                   ,
                   not
                   only
                   the
                   burning
                   Waters
                   ,
                   and
                   potential
                   Vapours
                   of
                   Minerals
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   the
                   Natural
                   Virtues
                   of
                   living
                   things
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   The
                   Innatural
                   or
                   Preternatural
                   Fire
                   ,
                   is
                   a
                   thing
                   accidental
                   ,
                   as
                   Heat
                   in
                   an
                   Ague
                   ,
                   being
                   made
                   Artificially
                   ,
                   and
                   called
                   by
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   a
                   moist
                   Fire
                   ,
                   Our
                   generating
                   Water
                   ,
                   the
                   fire
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   Degree
                   ;
                   and
                   for
                   the
                   temperature
                   of
                   its
                   Heat
                   is
                   called
                   a
                   Bath
                   ,
                   a
                   Stew
                   ,
                   a
                   Dunghil
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   Dunghil
                   is
                   made
                   the
                   putrefaction
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   .
                   See
                   Sect.
                   13.
                   of
                   the
                   former
                   Chapter
                   ,
                   where
                   it
                   is
                   more
                   amply
                   defined
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   The
                   Elemental
                   fire
                   ,
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   does
                   Fix
                   ,
                   Calcine
                   and
                   Burn
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   nourished
                   by
                   Combustible
                   things
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   The
                   fire
                   against
                   Nature
                   [
                   
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     violent
                     ,
                     strong
                     ,
                     Corrosive
                     ,
                     destroying
                     the
                     special
                     form
                     of
                     that
                     which
                     is
                     dissolved
                     therein
                     ,
                  
                   ]
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   in
                   Power
                   Dissolves
                   ,
                   Frets
                   ,
                   Infects
                   ,
                   and
                   destroys
                   the
                   generative
                   Power
                   of
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   :
                   it
                   does
                   Dissolve
                   the
                   Stone
                   into
                   Water
                   of
                   the
                   Cloud
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   loss
                   of
                   its
                   Natural
                   ,
                   Attractive
                   ,
                   and
                   special
                   Form
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   called
                   
                     Fire
                     against
                     Nature
                  
                   ,
                   (
                   as
                   Raymundus
                   〈◊〉
                   )
                   from
                   its
                   Operation
                   :
                   for
                   that
                   which
                   Nature
                   does
                   make
                   ,
                   this
                   fire
                   against
                   Nature
                   destroys
                   and
                   brings
                   to
                   Corruption
                   ,
                   unless
                   there
                   be
                   fire
                   of
                   Nature
                   put
                   to
                   it
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Here
                   as
                   Raymundus
                   saith
                   ,
                   lies
                   contrary
                   Operations
                   ,
                   [
                   
                     as
                     in
                     the
                     Compounded
                     Water
                  
                   :
                   ]
                   for
                   as
                   
                     the
                     fire
                     against
                     Nature
                  
                   ,
                   does
                   Dissolve
                   the
                   Spirit
                   of
                   the
                   fixed
                   Body
                   ;
                   the
                   Volatile
                   Spirit
                   is
                   thereby
                   constrained
                   to
                   retire
                   into
                   a
                   fixed
                   Earth
                   ,
                   [
                   
                     a
                     Congealed
                     Earth
                     as
                     White
                     as
                     Snow
                     .
                  
                   ]
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   For
                   the
                   fire
                   of
                   Nature
                   does
                   Congeal
                   the
                   Dissolved
                   Spirit
                   of
                   the
                   fixed
                   Body
                   into
                   a
                   glorious
                   Earth
                   :
                   and
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   the
                   Volatile
                   being
                   fixed
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   same
                   
                     fire
                     against
                     Nature
                  
                   ,
                   is
                   here
                   again
                   by
                   
                     the
                     fire
                     of
                     Nature
                  
                   resolved
                   into
                   the
                   Water
                   of
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   into
                   the
                   Water
                   of
                   the
                   Cloud
                   :
                   and
                   so
                   by
                   this
                   means
                   the
                   fixed
                   is
                   returned
                   back
                   again
                   into
                   its
                   wonted
                   Nature
                   of
                   Flying
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   moist
                   is
                   made
                   dry
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   ponderous
                   is
                   made
                   light
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   But
                   yet
                   he
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     this
                     fire
                     which
                     is
                     against
                     Nature
                  
                   is
                   not
                   the
                   Work
                   of
                   Our
                   Magistery
                   ,
                   but
                   it
                   is
                   
                     the
                     fire
                     which
                     is
                     purely
                     Natural
                     .
                  
                   This
                   he
                   saith
                   ,
                   because
                   he
                   would
                   shew
                   us
                   thereby
                   the
                   difference
                   between
                   the
                   Mineral
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Vegetable
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Animal
                   .
                   For
                   that
                   these
                   three
                   several
                   Elixirs
                   are
                   made
                   of
                   three
                   several
                   Waters
                   ,
                   viz.
                   Mineral
                   ,
                   Vegetable
                   ,
                   and
                   Animal
                   ,
                   which
                   serve
                   for
                   the
                   Work
                   divers
                   ways
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   And
                   First
                   we
                   will
                   Treat
                   of
                   the
                   Mineral
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   then
                   of
                   the
                   other
                   in
                   order
                   .
                   The
                   Fire
                   against
                   Nature
                   is
                   a
                   Mineral
                   Water
                   ,
                   [
                   
                     viz.
                     the
                     Humour
                     or
                     Tincture
                     drawn
                     out
                     of
                     Body
                     of
                  
                   Venus
                   
                     Dissolved
                     in
                     its
                     Mineral
                     Spirit
                  
                   ]
                   very
                   strong
                   and
                   Mortal
                   ,
                   serving
                   only
                   to
                   the
                   Mineral
                   Elixir
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   This
                   Mineral
                   Water
                   ,
                   or
                   Fire
                   against
                   Nature
                   ,
                   is
                   drawn
                   with
                   fire
                   Elemental
                   ,
                   from
                   a
                   certain
                   stinking
                   Menstruum
                   ,
                   as
                   Raymundus
                   saith
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   made
                   of
                   four
                   things
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   the
                   strongest
                   Water
                   in
                   the
                   World
                   ,
                   whose
                   only
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   (
                   saith
                   he
                   )
                   does
                   wonderfully
                   increase
                   and
                   multiply
                   the
                   Tincture
                   of
                   the
                   Ferment
                   :
                   for
                   here
                   Sol
                   or
                   Gold
                   is
                   
                   Tinged
                   with
                   the
                   Mineral
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   the
                   which
                   Mineral
                   Spirit
                   is
                   the
                   strength
                   of
                   the
                   most
                   simple
                   Sulphur
                   without
                   much
                   Earthiness
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   [
                   Thin
                   Mineral
                   Water
                   is
                   the
                   dropping
                   of
                   Adrop
                   or
                   
                     Adrup
                     ,
                     Venus
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   noble
                   Tincture
                   called
                   the
                   natural
                   Roman
                   Vitriol
                   ,
                   and
                   which
                   for
                   the
                   abundance
                   of
                   its
                   noble
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   is
                   called
                   
                     Roman
                     Gold.
                  
                   ]
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   This
                   some
                   do
                   call
                   the
                   Spirit
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Green
                     Lyon
                  
                   ,
                   others
                   the
                   blood
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Green
                     Lyon
                  
                   :
                   wherein
                   almost
                   all
                   Err
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   deceived
                   :
                   for
                   
                     the
                     Green
                     Lyon
                     of
                     the
                     Philosophers
                     ,
                  
                   is
                   
                     that
                     Lyon
                  
                   ,
                   by
                   whose
                   Virtue
                   attractive
                   ,
                   all
                   things
                   are
                   lifted
                   up
                   from
                   the
                   Bowels
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Winter-like
                   Caverns
                   ,
                   making
                   them
                   to
                   Wax
                   green
                   and
                   flourish
                   :
                   whose
                   Child
                   (
                   for
                   all
                   the
                   Elixirs
                   are
                   to
                   be
                   had
                   from
                   it
                   )
                   is
                   to
                   us
                   most
                   acceptable
                   and
                   sufficient
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   [
                   The
                   Child
                   of
                   Philosophers
                   is
                   generated
                   of
                   their
                   Green
                   Lyon
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   Child
                   is
                   had
                   the
                   strength
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   both
                   White
                   and
                   Red
                   ;
                   Our
                   two
                   Sulphurs
                   of
                   Nature
                   are
                   the
                   Gold
                   and
                   Silver
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   and
                   their
                   hidden
                   Treasure
                   .
                   ]
                
                 
                   XV.
                   Of
                   this
                   Child
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Green
                     Lyon
                  
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   is
                   drawn
                   the
                   strength
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   White
                   and
                   Red
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   Burning
                   as
                   Avicen
                   saith
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   the
                   two
                   best
                   things
                   the
                   Alchymist
                   can
                   take
                   to
                   make
                   his
                   Gold
                   and
                   Silver
                   of
                   :
                   and
                   this
                   is
                   sufficient
                   to
                   be
                   said
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   attaining
                   the
                   knowledge
                   of
                   the
                   Green
                   Lyon
                   :
                   which
                   is
                   so
                   called
                   ,
                   because
                   ,
                   that
                   when
                   he
                   is
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   he
                   is
                   streight
                   ways
                   adorned
                   with
                   a
                   green
                   Vesture
                   .
                   [
                   i.
                   e.
                   
                     When
                     our
                  
                   Sulphur
                   
                     of
                     Nature
                     is
                     dissolved
                     in
                     its
                     own
                  
                   Menstruum
                   ,
                   
                     which
                     is
                     the
                  
                   Virgins
                   Milk
                   ,
                   
                     it
                     is
                     clothed
                     with
                     this
                     greenness
                     ,
                     and
                     therefore
                     called
                     the
                  
                   Green
                   Lyon.
                   ]
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   But
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Green
                     Lyon
                  
                   of
                   Fools
                   ,
                   this
                   we
                   say
                   ,
                   that
                   from
                   it
                   with
                   a
                   strong
                   ,
                   fire
                   is
                   drawn
                   Aquafortis
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   which
                   ,
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   Philosophers
                   Lyon
                   of
                   the
                   
                   Mineral
                   Stone
                   ,
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   Elixirated
                   ,
                   and
                   assumes
                   its
                   Name
                   .
                   Raymundus
                   saith
                   ,
                   it
                   were
                   better
                   ,
                   or
                   fafer
                   ,
                   to
                   eat
                   the
                   Eyes
                   of
                   a
                   Basalisk
                   ,
                   than
                   that
                   Gold
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   made
                   with
                   the
                   Fire
                   against
                   Nature
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   And
                   I
                   say
                   also
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   things
                   from
                   whence
                   the
                   same
                   Aquafortis
                   is
                   drawn
                   is
                   green
                   Vitriol
                   and
                   Azoth
                   :
                   i.
                   e.
                   Vitriol
                   Natural
                   ,
                   not
                   Artificial
                   ,
                   viz.
                   the
                   droppings
                   of
                   Copper
                   ,
                   
                     called
                     also
                     Roman
                     Vitriol
                     ,
                     Roman
                     Gold
                     ,
                  
                   by
                   many
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   abundance
                   of
                   its
                   noble
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   the
                   which
                   Tincture
                   must
                   be
                   Fermented
                   with
                   
                     Common
                     Gold.
                  
                   
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   How
                   great
                   and
                   Secret
                   a
                   Virtue
                   ,
                   then
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   what
                   strength
                   ,
                   
                     the
                     Fire
                     against
                     Nature
                  
                   is
                   ,
                   evidently
                   appears
                   in
                   the
                   construction
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   the
                   Volatile
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   being
                   by
                   it
                   vulgarly
                   sublimed
                   in
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   Snowy
                   Whiteness
                   .
                   Raymundus
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   Epistle
                   of
                   his
                   Abridgment
                   saith
                   ,
                   feed
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   with
                   this
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   viz.
                   with
                   the
                   Oyl
                   wherewith
                   the
                   Spirit
                   of
                   the
                   Quintessence
                   is
                   thickened
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   For
                   want
                   of
                   such
                   ,
                   Natural
                   〈◊〉
                   ,
                   the
                   true
                   and
                   natural
                   Principle
                   ,
                   not
                   Artificial
                   ,
                   (
                   as
                   Vincent
                   saith
                   )
                   made
                   of
                   Salts
                   ,
                   Sulphurs
                   ,
                   and
                   Alums
                   ,
                   which
                   cut
                   and
                   gnaw
                   Metals
                   ,
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   chosen
                   ,
                   lest
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   your
                   work
                   you
                   fail
                   of
                   your
                   desire
                   .
                   [
                   
                     The
                     Philosophers
                     will
                     you
                     to
                     Calcine
                  
                   Sol
                   with
                   Mercury
                   
                     Crude
                     ,
                     till
                     it
                     be
                     brought
                     into
                     a
                  
                   Calx
                   
                     Red
                     as
                     Blood
                     :
                     Here
                     comes
                     in
                     the
                     work
                     of
                  
                   Sol
                   and
                   Mercury
                   
                     together
                     ,
                     brought
                     into
                     a
                     dry
                     Red
                     Pouder
                     and
                     fixed
                     ,
                     but
                     whether
                     it
                     is
                     to
                     be
                     done
                     with
                  
                   Mercury
                   or
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   
                     the
                     Water
                     of
                     him
                     ,
                     is
                     doubtful
                     .
                  
                   ]
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LXIV
                  
                   .
                   The
                   manner
                   of
                   Elixiration
                   with
                   the
                   Fire
                   against
                   Nature
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   TAke
                   the
                   first
                   Sol
                   ,
                   Calcined
                   with
                   the
                   first
                   Water
                   ,
                   viz.
                   the
                   Mercurial
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   very
                   clean
                   ,
                   and
                   brought
                   into
                   the
                   Color
                   of
                   Blood
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   20
                   days
                   ,
                   (
                   in
                   lesser
                   time
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   done
                   .
                   )
                   This
                   Calcination
                   cannot
                   be
                   so
                   profitable
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   would
                   be
                   ,
                   unless
                   Sol
                   be
                   first
                   Mercurializ'd
                   into
                   such
                   a
                   thinness
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   may
                   cleave
                   together
                   to
                   that
                   to
                   which
                   it
                   must
                   be
                   joyned
                   in
                   a
                   24
                   fold
                   proportion
                   ,
                   (
                   viz.
                   as
                   1.
                   to
                   24.
                   )
                   strain
                   ed
                   through
                   a
                   clean
                   Linnen
                   Cloth
                   ,
                   without
                   any
                   remain
                   ing
                   substance
                   of
                   the
                   Gold.
                   
                
                 
                   II.
                   I
                   my self
                   have
                   seen
                   it
                   so
                   ordered
                   and
                   done
                   ;
                   and
                   then
                   it
                   may
                   certainly
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   strong
                   
                     Bolt
                     Head
                  
                   ,
                   well
                   Luted
                   on
                   every
                   side
                   ,
                   except
                   on
                   the
                   Top
                   ,
                   boyling
                   in
                   a
                   strong
                   Fire
                   for
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   20
                   days
                   ,
                   be
                   precipitated
                   into
                   a
                   Red
                   Pouder
                   ,
                   like
                   Cinnaber
                   ,
                   (
                   all
                   which
                   I
                   have
                   seen
                   performed
                   .
                   )
                   Every
                   particle
                   of
                   this
                   Pouder
                   you
                   shall
                   so
                   fix
                   ,
                   as
                   that
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   put
                   upon
                   a
                   Red-Hot
                   Iron
                   Plate
                   ,
                   its
                   Spirit
                   shall
                   not
                   fume
                   or
                   fly
                   away
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   This
                   Pouder
                   Dissolve
                   with
                   ,
                   or
                   in
                   our
                   
                     Fire
                     against
                     Nature
                  
                   ;
                   being
                   Dissolved
                   ,
                   abstract
                   the
                   Water
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   against
                   Nature
                   from
                   it
                   ,
                   so
                   long
                   till
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   the
                   Pouder
                   so
                   Dissolved
                   ,
                   do
                   remain
                   in
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   as
                   thick
                   as
                   an
                   Oyl
                   ;
                   which
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   first
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   soft
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   after
                   with
                   a
                   stronger
                   ,
                   fix
                   into
                   dry
                   Pouder
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   [
                   This
                   Work
                   is
                   not
                   to
                   be
                   done
                   all
                   at
                   once
                   ,
                   but
                   by
                   
                   little
                   and
                   little
                   at
                   a
                   time
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   goes
                   through
                   with
                   it
                   in
                   the
                   Color
                   of
                   Blood
                   ;
                   then
                   will
                   it
                   precipitate
                   into
                   a
                   Red
                   Pouder
                   ,
                   called
                   by
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Sericon
                   :
                   Dissolve
                   it
                   with
                   as
                   much
                   of
                   Our
                   Vegetable
                   
                     Sal
                     Anatron
                  
                   ,
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   an
                   hour
                   ,
                   then
                   set
                   it
                   in
                   Balneo
                   ,
                   in
                   a
                   long
                   Receptory
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   clearly
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   and
                   becomes
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   a
                   fine
                   Wine
                   ,
                   which
                   with
                   the
                   very
                   softest
                   heat
                   ,
                   make
                   it
                   to
                   Evaporate
                   ,
                   and
                   Congeal
                   ,
                   so
                   will
                   you
                   have
                   a
                   pure
                   Stone
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   subtil
                   parts
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Also
                   if
                   you
                   dissolve
                   this
                   same
                   Red
                   Pouder
                   of
                   Mercury
                   in
                   Water
                   or
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Common
                   Salt
                   ,
                   prepared
                   as
                   Bachon
                   and
                   Albertus
                   have
                   taught
                   ,
                   you
                   shall
                   have
                   an
                   Oyl
                   or
                   Salt
                   of
                   Gold
                   ,
                   which
                   no
                   Fire
                   can
                   destroy
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   melt
                   and
                   tinge
                   with
                   a
                   solar
                   Color
                   upon
                   a
                   Plate
                   of
                   Venus
                   .
                   This
                   Treasure
                   carry
                   always
                   with
                   you
                   ,
                   wheresoever
                   you
                   go
                   :
                   Who
                   knows
                   not
                   the
                   Secret
                   of
                   this
                   prepared
                   Salt
                   in
                   Our
                   lesser
                   Works
                   ,
                   knows
                   little
                   of
                   the
                   hidden
                   things
                   of
                   Alchymie
                   .
                   ]
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Try
                   this
                   fixt
                   Pouder
                   (
                   at
                   Sect.
                   3.
                   above
                   )
                   for
                   the
                   fixation
                   ,
                   reiterate
                   still
                   the
                   Work
                   with
                   the
                   same
                   
                     Fire
                     against
                     Nature
                  
                   upon
                   the
                   same
                   Pouder
                   Ten
                   times
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   dryed
                   up
                   no
                   more
                   into
                   Pouder
                   ,
                   but
                   remain
                   in
                   a
                   thick
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   the
                   which
                   will
                   turn
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   all
                   Bodies
                   into
                   pure
                   Alchymick
                   Gold
                   ,
                   sufficiently
                   good
                   for
                   all
                   works
                   of
                   the
                   Goldsmith
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   for
                   Medicine
                   for
                   Man's
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   A
                   Second
                   way
                   ,
                   Gold
                   is
                   much
                   more
                   wonderfully
                   Elixirated
                   by
                   the
                   said
                   
                     Fire
                     against
                     Nature
                  
                   ,
                   compounded
                   with
                   the
                   
                     Fire
                     Natural
                  
                   ,
                   after
                   this
                   manner
                   .
                   Let
                   Vitriol
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   made
                   of
                   the
                   most
                   sharp
                   Humidity
                   ,
                   or
                   moisture
                   of
                   Grapes
                   ,
                   and
                   Sericon
                   ,
                   joyned
                   together
                   in
                   a
                   Mass
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   Natural
                   Mineral
                   Vitriol
                   (
                   
                     called
                     the
                     Gum
                     of
                  
                   Adrop
                   ,
                   
                     or
                     Vitriol
                     Azoth
                  
                   ,
                   )
                   made
                   somewhat
                   dry
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   Sal
                   Nitre
                   ,
                   be
                   dissolved
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   First
                   Ascends
                   a
                   Fair
                   ,
                   Weak
                   ,
                   Flegmatick
                   Water
                   ,
                   which
                   cast
                   away
                   .
                   Then
                   a
                   White
                   Fume
                   ,
                   making
                   the
                   Vessel
                   appear
                   
                   White
                   like
                   Milk
                   ,
                   which
                   Fume
                   must
                   be
                   gathered
                   into
                   the
                   receiver
                   ,
                   so
                   long
                   till
                   it
                   ceases
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Vessel
                   becomes
                   clear
                   ,
                   of
                   its
                   own
                   Color
                   .
                   This
                   water
                   of
                   the
                   White
                   Fume
                   is
                   the
                   stinking
                   Menstruum
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   called
                   Our
                   Dragon
                   against
                   Nature
                   .
                   This
                   Menstruum
                   ,
                   if
                   the
                   said
                   Dragon
                   against
                   Nature
                   was
                   absent
                   ,
                   would
                   be
                   our
                   Fire
                   Natural
                   ,
                   of
                   which
                   we
                   shall
                   hereafter
                   speak
                   in
                   its
                   proper
                   place
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   [
                   Raymundus
                   
                     saith
                     ,
                     this
                     Water
                     is
                     made
                     of
                     four
                     things
                     :
                  
                   1.
                   
                   
                     The
                     Composition
                     of
                  
                   Sal
                   Amarum
                   .
                   2.
                   
                   Menstru
                   um
                   Foetens
                   .
                   3.
                   
                   Argent
                   Vive
                   ,
                   
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     common
                     substance
                     in
                     every
                     Corruptible
                     Body
                     .
                  
                   4.
                   
                   Mineral
                   Vitriol
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   This
                   
                     compounded
                     Water
                     Mineral
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   
                     Water
                     Vegetable
                  
                   ,
                   being
                   mixed
                   together
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   one
                   Water
                   as
                   aforesaid
                   ,
                   doth
                   work
                   contrary
                   Operation
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   wonderful
                   ,
                   it
                   Dissolves
                   and
                   Congeals
                   ,
                   it
                   makes
                   moist
                   and
                   dry
                   ,
                   it
                   putrifies
                   and
                   purifies
                   ;
                   it
                   divides
                   asunder
                   and
                   joyns
                   together
                   ;
                   it
                   destroys
                   and
                   restores
                   ;
                   it
                   kills
                   and
                   makes
                   alive
                   ;
                   it
                   wounds
                   and
                   heals
                   again
                   ;
                   it
                   makes
                   soft
                   and
                   hardens
                   ;
                   it
                   makes
                   thin
                   and
                   thick
                   ;
                   it
                   resolves
                   Compounds
                   ,
                   and
                   Compounds
                   again
                   :
                   It
                   begins
                   the
                   Work
                   and
                   makes
                   an
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   These
                   two
                   Mineral
                   Waters
                   Compounded
                   together
                   in
                   one
                   ,
                   are
                   the
                   two
                   Dragons
                   Fighting
                   and
                   striving
                   to
                   gather
                   one
                   against
                   the
                   other
                   in
                   the
                   Flood
                   of
                   
                     Satalia
                     :
                     viz.
                  
                   the
                   White
                   Fume
                   and
                   the
                   Red
                   ;
                   and
                   one
                   of
                   them
                   shall
                   devour
                   the
                   other
                   .
                   And
                   here
                   the
                   Solutory
                   Vessels
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   Luted
                   but
                   gently
                   ,
                   or
                   closed
                   with
                   Linnen
                   Cloth
                   ,
                   or
                   with
                   Mastick
                   ,
                   or
                   common
                   Wax
                   ,
                   or
                   Cerecloth
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   These
                   two
                   Dragons
                   are
                   Fire
                   and
                   Water
                   ,
                   within
                   the
                   Vessel
                   and
                   not
                   without
                   ;
                   and
                   therefore
                   if
                   they
                   feel
                   any
                   exteriour
                   fire
                   ,
                   they
                   will
                   rise
                   up
                   to
                   the
                   top
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   and
                   if
                   they
                   be
                   yet
                   forced
                   by
                   the
                   violence
                   or
                   strength
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   they
                   will
                   break
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   and
                   
                   so
                   you
                   will
                   lose
                   all
                   your
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   This
                   Compounded
                   Water
                   aforesaid
                   ,
                   does
                   Congeal
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   it
                   does
                   Dissolve
                   ,
                   and
                   lists
                   it
                   up
                   into
                   a
                   glorious
                   Crystalline
                   Earth
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   our
                   Secret
                   dissolution
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   always
                   done
                   with
                   the
                   Congelation
                   of
                   its
                   Water
                   .
                   The
                   Fire
                   of
                   Nature
                   is
                   here
                   put
                   to
                   the
                   Fire
                   against
                   Nature
                   ;
                   therefore
                   as
                   much
                   as
                   the
                   Stone
                   has
                   lost
                   of
                   its
                   form
                   by
                   the
                   power
                   and
                   strength
                   of
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     Fire
                     against
                     Nature
                  
                   ;
                   so
                   much
                   has
                   it
                   gotten
                   and
                   recovered
                   again
                   of
                   its
                   form
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   Virtue
                   of
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     Fire
                     of
                     Nature
                  
                   .
                   But
                   the
                   Fire
                   against
                   Nature
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   means
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   cannot
                   be
                   destroyed
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LXV
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Practice
                   with
                   the
                   said
                   Compounded
                   Water
                   ,
                   upon
                   the
                   Calx
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   Dissolved
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   THE
                   Practice
                   with
                   the
                   said
                   Compounded
                   Water
                   ,
                   upon
                   the
                   Calx
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   duly
                   dissolved
                   and
                   prepared
                   :
                   
                     Take
                     the
                     prepared
                     Body
                  
                   (
                   made
                   with
                   a
                   thick
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   )
                   
                     put
                     to
                     it
                     so
                     much
                     of
                     the
                     Compounded
                     Water
                     as
                     may
                     cover
                     the
                     same
                     Calx
                  
                   (
                   i.
                   e.
                   
                     Our
                     prepared
                  
                   Calx
                   
                     with
                     Our
                     Vege
                     table
                  
                   Menstruum
                   )
                   
                     by
                     the
                     depth
                     of
                     half
                     an
                     Inch.
                  
                   The
                   Water
                   will
                   presently
                   boil
                   over
                   the
                   Calx
                   without
                   external
                   dissolving
                   the
                   Stone
                   ,
                   and
                   lifting
                   it
                   up
                   into
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   Ice
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   drying
                   up
                   also
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   Water
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   The
                   said
                   Calx
                   being
                   so
                   dissolved
                   and
                   sublimed
                   into
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   Ice
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   take
                   away
                   ;
                   after
                   this
                   is
                   done
                   ,
                   the
                   residue
                   of
                   the
                   Calx
                   remaining
                   in
                   the
                   Vessel
                   
                   undissolved
                   ,
                   shall
                   again
                   be
                   well
                   dryed
                   by
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   upon
                   which
                   put
                   so
                   much
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   Compounded
                   Water
                   as
                   you
                   did
                   before
                   ,
                   dissolving
                   ,
                   subliming
                   and
                   drying
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   Calx
                   is
                   wholly
                   dissolved
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   The
                   substance
                   thus
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   subtily
                   separated
                   and
                   brought
                   into
                   a
                   Pouder
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   put
                   (
                   as
                   thereafter
                   shall
                   be
                   shewed
                   )
                   into
                   a
                   good
                   quantity
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Fire
                     of
                     Nature
                  
                   (
                   
                     which
                     is
                     a
                     Quintescence
                  
                   )
                   the
                   same
                   being
                   first
                   well
                   rectified
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Vessel
                   well
                   stopp'd
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   means
                   of
                   the
                   heat
                   outwardly
                   administred
                   unto
                   it
                   ,
                   procuring
                   the
                   inward
                   heat
                   to
                   work
                   ,
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   dissolved
                   into
                   an
                   Oyl
                   ;
                   the
                   which
                   will
                   soon
                   be
                   done
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   the
                   simplicity
                   of
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   or
                   simple
                   
                     Fire
                     of
                     Nature
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   And
                   therefore
                   when
                   you
                   have
                   brought
                   the
                   said
                   Pouder
                   so
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   and
                   prepared
                   with
                   the
                   said
                   Compounded
                   Water
                   into
                   an
                   Oyl
                   (
                   〈◊〉
                   is
                   our
                   Menstruum
                   Visible
                   ,
                   unto
                   sight
                   )
                   by
                   putting
                   thereto
                   a
                   good
                   quantity
                   of
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   rectified
                   simple
                   
                     Fire
                     of
                     Nature
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   before
                   declared
                   ;
                   then
                   abstract
                   or
                   draw
                   away
                   the
                   said
                   Water
                   again
                   from
                   the
                   same
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   by
                   Distilling
                   the
                   same
                   in
                   a
                   moist
                   Temperate
                   heat
                   ,
                   so
                   long
                   till
                   there
                   remains
                   in
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   the
                   Glass
                   a
                   thin
                   Oyl
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   This
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   the
                   oftner
                   it
                   is
                   dissolved
                   with
                   the
                   said
                   simple
                   rectified
                   
                     Fire
                     of
                     Nature
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   said
                   Water
                   Abstracted
                   or
                   Distilled
                   by
                   a
                   Temperate
                   heat
                   ,
                   so
                   much
                   the
                   more
                   will
                   the
                   said
                   Oyl
                   be
                   made
                   subtil
                   and
                   thin
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   With
                   the
                   said
                   Oyl
                   (
                   provided
                   the
                   Calx
                   be
                   the
                   Calx
                   of
                   Sol
                   or
                   Luna
                   )
                   you
                   may
                   incere
                   the
                   substances
                   or
                   Calces
                   of
                   other
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   the
                   said
                   Bodies
                   being
                   first
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   exalted
                   ,
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   and
                   prepared
                   with
                   the
                   said
                   Compounded
                   Water
                   ,
                   in
                   manner
                   and
                   form
                   of
                   Ice
                   aforesaid
                   ,
                   till
                   that
                   by
                   the
                   Inceration
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   subtil
                   and
                   thin
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   the
                   said
                   substances
                   of
                   
                   other
                   Bodies
                   be
                   made
                   fixed
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   flow
                   like
                   Wax
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   With
                   which
                   flowing
                   substance
                   ,
                   you
                   shall
                   not
                   only
                   congeal
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   into
                   perfect
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   according
                   as
                   you
                   have
                   prepared
                   your
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   but
                   you
                   shall
                   also
                   with
                   the
                   same
                   fluxible
                   and
                   flowing
                   substance
                   ,
                   transmute
                   and
                   change
                   all
                   such
                   other
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   (
                   as
                   they
                   were
                   ,
                   whose
                   Calces
                   were
                   so
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   and
                   from
                   whom
                   ,
                   at
                   their
                   first
                   subliming
                   or
                   lifting
                   up
                   ,
                   they
                   took
                   their
                   beginning
                   )
                   into
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   aforesaid
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   And
                   this
                   thin
                   and
                   subtil
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   being
                   put
                   into
                   Kemia
                   its
                   proper
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   first
                   sealed
                   up
                   ,
                   to
                   putrifie
                   in
                   the
                   Fire
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   degree
                   ,
                   being
                   moist
                   :
                   it
                   becomes
                   as
                   black
                   as
                   liquid
                   Pitch
                   .
                   The
                   fire
                   may
                   then
                   have
                   its
                   Action
                   in
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   to
                   corrupt
                   it
                   ,
                   (
                   the
                   same
                   Body
                   as
                   before
                   so
                   opened
                   .
                   )
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Therefore
                   it
                   grows
                   first
                   black
                   ,
                   like
                   melted
                   Pitch
                   ,
                   because
                   the
                   bear
                   working
                   in
                   this
                   moist
                   Body
                   ,
                   does
                   first
                   beget
                   a
                   blackness
                   ,
                   which
                   blackness
                   is
                   the
                   first
                   sign
                   of
                   Corruption
                   :
                   and
                   since
                   the
                   Corruption
                   of
                   one
                   thing
                   is
                   the
                   generation
                   of
                   another
                   ;
                   therefore
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   corrupted
                   ,
                   is
                   generated
                   a
                   Body
                   Neutral
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   certainly
                   apt
                   ,
                   declinable
                   ,
                   and
                   applicable
                   unto
                   every
                   Ferment
                   whatsoever
                   you
                   please
                   to
                   apply
                   it
                   to
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   But
                   the
                   Ferment
                   must
                   be
                   altered
                   together
                   with
                   the
                   Alchymick
                   Body
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   whole
                   substance
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   or
                   Elixir
                   must
                   partake
                   of
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   the
                   Quintescence
                   ,
                   otherwise
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   of
                   no
                   effect
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   And
                   between
                   the
                   said
                   sign
                   of
                   blackness
                   and
                   perfect
                   whiteness
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   follow
                   the
                   said
                   blackness
                   ,
                   there
                   will
                   appear
                   a
                   green
                   Color
                   ,
                   and
                   as
                   many
                   variable
                   Colors
                   afterwards
                   as
                   the
                   mind
                   of
                   Man
                   is
                   able
                   to
                   conceive
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   When
                   the
                   present
                   White
                   Color
                   shall
                   begin
                   to
                   appear
                   like
                   the
                   Eyes
                   of
                   
                   Fishes
                   ,
                   then
                   may
                   you
                   know
                   that
                   Summer
                   is
                   near
                   at
                   hand
                   ,
                   after
                   which
                   Autumn
                   or
                   Harvest
                   will
                   happily
                   follow
                   with
                   ripe
                   fruit
                   ,
                   which
                   in
                   the
                   long
                   looked
                   for
                   Red
                   ness
                   :
                   This
                   is
                   after
                   the
                   Pale
                   ,
                   Ashy
                   ,
                   and
                   Citrine
                   Color
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   First
                   the
                   Sun
                   does
                   perfectly
                   Descend
                   by
                   its
                   due
                   Course
                   ,
                   from
                   its
                   Meridional
                   height
                   and
                   Glory
                   ,
                   through
                   its
                   gross
                   and
                   natural
                   solution
                   into
                   an
                   imperfect
                   Pale
                   ,
                   and
                   Ashy
                   Color
                   ,
                   shining
                   in
                   the
                   Occidental
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   West
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   somewhat
                   of
                   a
                   yellowish
                   or
                   Brick
                   dust
                   Color
                   :
                   from
                   thence
                   it
                   goes
                   to
                   the
                   Septentrional
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   being
                   of
                   a
                   Variable
                   watrish
                   blackness
                   ,
                   of
                   a
                   dark
                   ,
                   cloudy
                   ,
                   alterable
                   ,
                   putrefactive
                   watrishness
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Then
                   it
                   Afcends
                   up
                   to
                   the
                   Oriental
                   parts
                   ,
                   shining
                   with
                   a
                   more
                   perfect
                   Crystalline
                   ,
                   Summer-like
                   ,
                   and
                   Paradisical
                   White
                   :
                   Lastly
                   ,
                   he
                   Ascends
                   his
                   
                     Fiery
                     Chariot
                  
                   ,
                   directing
                   his
                   Course
                   up
                   again
                   to
                   his
                   Meridional
                   Life
                   ,
                   Perfection
                   and
                   Glory
                   ,
                   there
                   to
                   Rule
                   and
                   Shine
                   ,
                   in
                   fire
                   ,
                   brightness
                   ,
                   splendor
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   highest
                   perfection
                   ,
                   even
                   in
                   the
                   highest
                   ,
                   most
                   pure
                   ,
                   and
                   Imperial
                   Redness
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   When
                   this
                   aforesaid
                   simple
                   Oyl
                   of
                   the
                   altered
                   Body
                   ,
                   being
                   in
                   its
                   Vessel
                   duly
                   sealed
                   ,
                   is
                   by
                   the
                   Fire
                   thus
                   disposed
                   ,
                   what
                   is
                   there
                   more
                   than
                   one
                   simple
                   thing
                   ,
                   which
                   nature
                   has
                   made
                   to
                   be
                   generated
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   Mercury
                   in
                   the
                   Bowels
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   ?
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   Thus
                   it
                   is
                   evident
                   ,
                   that
                   our
                   Stone
                   is
                   nothing
                   else
                   but
                   Sol
                   and
                   
                     Luna
                     ,
                     Sulphur
                  
                   and
                   
                     Mercury
                     :
                     Male
                  
                   and
                   
                     Female
                     ;
                     Heat
                  
                   and
                   Cold.
                   And
                   therefore
                   (
                   to
                   be
                   more
                   short
                   )
                   when
                   all
                   the
                   parts
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   are
                   thus
                   gathered
                   together
                   ,
                   it
                   appears
                   plainly
                   enough
                   ,
                   what
                   is
                   our
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   Our
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   Our
                   Alehymick
                   Body
                   ,
                   Our
                   Ferment
                   ,
                   Our
                   Menstruum
                   ,
                   Our
                   
                     Green
                     Lyon
                  
                   :
                   And
                   what
                   Our
                   
                     White
                     Fume
                  
                   ,
                   Our
                   two
                   Dragons
                   ,
                   Our
                   Fires
                   ,
                   and
                   Our
                   Egg
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   is
                   both
                   
                   the
                   Whiteness
                   and
                   the
                   Redness
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   As
                   also
                   what
                   is
                   Man's
                   Blood
                   ,
                   Our
                   
                     Aquae
                     Vitae
                  
                   ,
                   Our
                   Burning
                   ,
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   what
                   are
                   many
                   other
                   things
                   ,
                   which
                   in
                   this
                   Our
                   Art
                   are
                   Metaphorically
                   ,
                   or
                   figuratively
                   named
                   to
                   deceive
                   the
                   Foolish
                   and
                   unwary
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   Also
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   similitude
                   of
                   a
                   Tri-une
                   ,
                   shining
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   Soul
                   ,
                   and
                   Spirit
                   .
                   The
                   Body
                   is
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   the
                   Stone
                   .
                   The
                   Soul
                   is
                   the
                   Ferment
                   which
                   cannot
                   be
                   had
                   ,
                   but
                   from
                   the
                   most
                   perfect
                   Body
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Spirit
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   raiseth
                   up
                   the
                   Natures
                   from
                   Death
                   and
                   Corruption
                   to
                   Life
                   ,
                   Perfection
                   and
                   Glory
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   In
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   an
                   Earthiness
                   for
                   the
                   Body
                   :
                   In
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   an
                   Aerealness
                   for
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   them
                   both
                   a
                   Natural
                   Unctuosity
                   for
                   the
                   Soul
                   or
                   Ferment
                   ;
                   all
                   which
                   are
                   inseparably
                   United
                   in
                   their
                   least
                   parts
                   for
                   ever
                   :
                   From
                   this
                   Fermental
                   Body
                   the
                   Stone
                   is
                   formed
                   ,
                   and
                   without
                   it
                   ,
                   it
                   cannot
                   be
                   made
                   .
                
                 
                   XX.
                   It
                   is
                   the
                   peculiar
                   property
                   of
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   (
                   the
                   which
                   property
                   appertains
                   to
                   the
                   Stone
                   it self
                   )
                   to
                   give
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   Gold
                   and
                   Silver
                   .
                   And
                   therefore
                   the
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   whether
                   it
                   be
                   White
                   or
                   Red
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   Infinitely
                   augmented
                   with
                   the
                   Fermental
                   Oyl
                   :
                   if
                   you
                   do
                   cast
                   the
                   same
                   upon
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   it
                   shall
                   transmute
                   it
                   into
                   the
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   which
                   Elixir
                   must
                   be
                   cast
                   afterwards
                   upon
                   the
                   Imperfect
                   Bodies
                   .
                
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   Moreover
                   the
                   said
                   White
                   Elixir
                   is
                   augmented
                   with
                   Mercurial
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Red
                   Elixir
                   with
                   the
                   Mercurial
                   Oyl
                   ;
                   the
                   which
                   two
                   ,
                   viz.
                   the
                   Mercurial
                   Water
                   and
                   Mercurial
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   can
                   only
                   be
                   had
                   of
                   Mercury
                   dissolved
                   of
                   it self
                   .
                
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   See
                   what
                   the
                   Scripture
                   saith
                   ,
                   
                     He
                     stroke
                     the
                     Stone
                     ,
                     and
                     Water
                     flowed
                     out
                     ,
                     and
                     he
                     brought
                     forth
                     Oyl
                     out
                     of
                     the
                     Flinty
                     Rock
                     .
                  
                   We
                   may
                   Note
                   the
                   whole
                   composition
                   of
                   the
                   Elixir
                   in
                   these
                   four
                   Verses
                   following
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   XXIII
                   .
                   
                     He
                     stretched
                     forth
                     the
                     Heavens
                     as
                     a
                     Curtain
                     .
                     The
                     Water
                     stood
                     above
                     the
                     Mountains
                     :
                  
                   This
                   is
                   the
                   Water
                   which
                   does
                   cover
                   Our
                   Matter
                   ,
                   and
                   performs
                   the
                   dissolution
                   thereof
                   ,
                   causing
                   a
                   cloudy
                   Ascension
                   .
                   
                     That
                     does
                     walk
                     upon
                     the
                     Wings
                     of
                     the
                     Wind.
                  
                   This
                   figures
                   forth
                   the
                   sublimation
                   of
                   ourStone
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIV
                   .
                   
                     Who
                     makes
                     his
                     Angels
                     Spirits
                     ,
                     and
                     his
                     Ministers
                     a
                     flame
                     of
                     Fire
                     .
                  
                   By
                   this
                   is
                   shadowed
                   forth
                   the
                   rectification
                   ,
                   separation
                   ,
                   and
                   disposition
                   of
                   the
                   Elements
                   .
                   
                     Who
                     has
                     founded
                     the
                     Earth
                     upon
                     its
                     Basis
                     ;
                     so
                     fixt
                     ,
                     that
                     it
                     shall
                     not
                     be
                     moved
                     for
                     ever
                     .
                  
                   Under
                   which
                   is
                   described
                   the
                   fixation
                   of
                   the
                   Elements
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   perfection
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Stone
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LXVI
                  
                   .
                   Another
                   way
                   of
                   Elixirating
                   Gold
                   by
                   the
                   Fire
                   against
                   Nature
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   ANother
                   way
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   Gold
                   is
                   Elixirated
                   by
                   the
                   power
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Fire
                     against
                     Nature
                  
                   ,
                   through
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   the
                   Operation
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Fire
                     of
                     Nature
                  
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   thus
                   .
                   Dissolve
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   pure
                   Gold
                   in
                   the
                   
                     Fire
                     against
                     Nature
                  
                   ,
                   the
                   same
                   fire
                   being
                   well
                   rectified
                   Arsenick
                   [
                   
                     Mercury
                     sublimate
                  
                   ]
                   as
                   the
                   manner
                   is
                   ;
                   from
                   which
                   Gold
                   being
                   so
                   dissolved
                   into
                   a
                   Citrine
                   ,
                   clear
                   and
                   shining
                   Water
                   ,
                   without
                   any
                   Heterogenity
                   ,
                   or
                   Sand
                   remaining
                   ,
                   let
                   the
                   water
                   be
                   abstracted
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   Body
                   does
                   remain
                   in
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   the
                   Glass
                   ,
                   like
                   a
                   fixt
                   Oyl
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Upon
                   this
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   affuse
                   the
                   said
                   Water
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     Fire
                     against
                  
                   
                   Nature
                   again
                   ,
                   and
                   abstract
                   again
                   ,
                   and
                   this
                   work
                   so
                   often
                   repeat
                   till
                   the
                   water
                   or
                   
                     fire
                     against
                     Nature
                  
                   ,
                   have
                   no
                   more
                   sharpness
                   upon
                   the
                   Tongue
                   than
                   common
                   Well-Water
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   This
                   done
                   ,
                   draw
                   such
                   another
                   
                     new
                     water
                  
                   or
                   
                     fire
                     against
                     Nature
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   Affuse
                   upon
                   the
                   former
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   and
                   abstract
                   in
                   all
                   respects
                   as
                   before
                   is
                   taught
                   :
                   then
                   Affuse
                   upon
                   this
                   Oyl
                   the
                   water
                   or
                   
                     fire
                     of
                     Nature
                  
                   well
                   rectified
                   ,
                   and
                   let
                   it
                   be
                   double
                   in
                   quantity
                   or
                   proportion
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   Oyl
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   so
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   it
                   into
                   a
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   which
                   stop
                   well
                   ,
                   and
                   set
                   it
                   in
                   Balneo
                   for
                   seven
                   days
                   ;
                   so
                   will
                   the
                   water
                   or
                   
                     fire
                     of
                     Nature
                  
                   become
                   a
                   Citrine
                   Color
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   This
                   water
                   or
                   
                     fire
                     of
                     Nature
                  
                   by
                   its
                   attractive
                   Virtue
                   ,
                   will
                   draw
                   away
                   the
                   Tincture
                   from
                   the
                   
                     fire
                     against
                     Nature
                  
                   ,
                   as
                   Raymundus
                   saith
                   in
                   his
                   practical
                   Alphabet
                   .
                   And
                   altho'
                   it
                   is
                   somewhat
                   opposite
                   to
                   Nature
                   ,
                   to
                   dissolve
                   the
                   Bodies
                   with
                   the
                   
                     fire
                     against
                     Nature
                  
                   ;
                   yet
                   if
                   you
                   know
                   how
                   to
                   comfort
                   the
                   matter
                   with
                   the
                   
                     fire
                     of
                     Nature
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   Balneation
                   in
                   15
                   days
                   ,
                   to
                   draw
                   it
                   from
                   the
                   blackness
                   of
                   the
                   water
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     fire
                     against
                     Nature
                  
                   ,
                   (
                   the
                   which
                   may
                   be
                   done
                   ,
                   as
                   I
                   have
                   proved
                   ,
                   in
                   6
                   days
                   )
                   you
                   shall
                   perfect
                   the
                   work
                   ,
                   and
                   attain
                   the
                   desired
                   end
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   Let
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   Natural
                   Water
                   or
                   fire
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   so
                   tinged
                   with
                   a
                   Yellow
                   Color
                   ,
                   be
                   always
                   warily
                   emptied
                   ,
                   and
                   poured
                   off
                   from
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   dissolved
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   into
                   another
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   narrow
                   Mouth
                   ,
                   that
                   may
                   be
                   firmly
                   stopped
                   :
                   and
                   then
                   with
                   more
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   fire
                   ,
                   let
                   there
                   be
                   made
                   in
                   Balnco
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   time
                   aforesaid
                   ,
                   another
                   quantity
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   Oyl
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   And
                   so
                   the
                   same
                   water
                   being
                   tinged
                   with
                   Sol
                   or
                   Gold
                   ,
                   let
                   it
                   be
                   warily
                   emptied
                   ,
                   and
                   poured
                   off
                   as
                   before
                   :
                   and
                   when
                   the
                   water
                   of
                   Nature
                   will
                   be
                   tinged
                   no
                   more
                   ,
                   then
                   it
                   is
                   a
                   sign
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Tincture
                   is
                   all
                   drawn
                   forth
                   from
                   the
                   dissolved
                   
                   Body
                   by
                   the
                   
                     Fire
                     against
                     Nature
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Put
                   the
                   Tinctures
                   thus
                   decanted
                   off
                   into
                   a
                   Glass
                   Stillatory
                   ,
                   and
                   with
                   a
                   soft
                   or
                   easie
                   Fire
                   abstract
                   the
                   Water
                   or
                   Fire
                   of
                   Nature
                   from
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   so
                   long
                   till
                   you
                   see
                   in
                   the
                   bottom
                   an
                   Oyl
                   ;
                   to
                   which
                   you
                   must
                   put
                   New
                   Fire
                   of
                   Nature
                   again
                   ,
                   well
                   rectified
                   :
                   and
                   after
                   the
                   Matter
                   has
                   stood
                   in
                   Balneo
                   for
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   6
                   days
                   ,
                   then
                   abstract
                   the
                   said
                   water
                   or
                   fire
                   of
                   Nature
                   by
                   distillation
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   And
                   let
                   the
                   work
                   with
                   the
                   same
                   water
                   be
                   repeated
                   upon
                   and
                   from
                   the
                   said
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   after
                   the
                   same
                   manner
                   so
                   long
                   till
                   you
                   have
                   brought
                   your
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Gold
                   to
                   be
                   most
                   subtil
                   and
                   pure
                   ,
                   without
                   any
                   Foeculent
                   grossness
                   ,
                   wherein
                   let
                   nothing
                   of
                   the
                   water
                   or
                   fire
                   of
                   Nature
                   be
                   left
                   behind
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   substance
                   of
                   Gold
                   only
                   ,
                   turned
                   to
                   Oyl
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   This
                   subtil
                   and
                   pure
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Gold
                   ,
                   being
                   put
                   in
                   Kemia
                   ,
                   or
                   its
                   proper
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   and
                   firmly
                   sealed
                   up
                   ,
                   may
                   by
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   Regiments
                   be
                   changed
                   into
                   the
                   great
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   shewed
                   before
                   with
                   the
                   other
                   simple
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   made
                   with
                   the
                   Compounded
                   Water
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   former
                   practice
                   ,
                   at
                   Sect.
                   8.
                   
                   Chap.
                   65.
                   aforegoing
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   But
                   to
                   proceed
                   :
                   sublime
                   Quick-Silver
                   with
                   Roman
                   Vitriol
                   and
                   prepared
                   or
                   Calcined
                   Salt
                   ;
                   and
                   after
                   that
                   sublime
                   it
                   by
                   it self
                   alone
                   three
                   times
                   from
                   its
                   Foeculent
                   substance
                   .
                   This
                   done
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   same
                   made
                   into
                   Pouder
                   ,
                   put
                   this
                   sublimate
                   Pouder
                   into
                   a
                   fixatory
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   thereto
                   a
                   certain
                   quantity
                   of
                   your
                   aforesaid
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Gold
                   ,
                   but
                   so
                   much
                   only
                   ,
                   as
                   may
                   scarcely
                   cover
                   the
                   sublimate
                   :
                   firmly
                   close
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   and
                   set
                   it
                   in
                   a
                   soft
                   Fire
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   Natures
                   are
                   perfectly
                   joyned
                   together
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   This
                   done
                   ,
                   grind
                   it
                   upon
                   a
                   Marble
                   ,
                   and
                   Incerate
                   it
                   again
                   with
                   your
                   said
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Gold
                   ,
                   and
                   after
                   put
                   it
                   again
                   into
                   its
                   Fixatory
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   under
                   a
                   Fire
                   
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   Degree
                   as
                   before
                   ,
                   and
                   let
                   the
                   same
                   Vessel
                   stand
                   twice
                   as
                   long
                   as
                   it
                   did
                   before
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   Intent
                   that
                   the
                   Natures
                   may
                   be
                   firmly
                   Compact
                   and
                   United
                   together
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Now
                   this
                   Rule
                   is
                   generally
                   to
                   be
                   Observed
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Vessel
                   with
                   the
                   Matter
                   in
                   it
                   to
                   be
                   fixed
                   ,
                   ought
                   always
                   to
                   be
                   set
                   over
                   the
                   fire
                   from
                   time
                   to
                   time
                   to
                   be
                   augmented
                   :
                   and
                   this
                   Inceration
                   to
                   be
                   continued
                   still
                   upon
                   the
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   until
                   the
                   same
                   is
                   perfectly
                   fixed
                   with
                   the
                   said
                   Oyl
                   or
                   substance
                   of
                   Gold.
                   
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   The
                   which
                   must
                   be
                   proved
                   upon
                   a
                   Plate
                   of
                   Silver
                   Red
                   Hot
                   :
                   And
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   found
                   fixed
                   ,
                   let
                   it
                   have
                   for
                   the
                   greater
                   certainty
                   ,
                   one
                   Inceration
                   more
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   which
                   set
                   under
                   a
                   strong
                   fire
                   for
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   three
                   days
                   :
                   then
                   grind
                   it
                   with
                   your
                   Oyl
                   upon
                   the
                   same
                   Stone
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   as
                   thick
                   as
                   an
                   Oyntment
                   ;
                   which
                   make
                   perfectly
                   dry
                   with
                   an
                   easie
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   let
                   it
                   be
                   Calcined
                   with
                   a
                   strong
                   fire
                   for
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   eight
                   hours
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Which
                   done
                   ,
                   then
                   Incerate
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   dry
                   it
                   again
                   with
                   a
                   soft
                   or
                   gentle
                   fire
                   oftentimes
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   stands
                   in
                   the
                   fire
                   like
                   melted
                   Wax
                   .
                   This
                   Medicine
                   will
                   transmute
                   Silver
                   substantially
                   and
                   perfectly
                   into
                   fine
                   and
                   pure
                   
                     Alchymick
                     Gold
                  
                   ,
                   perfect
                   to
                   all
                   the
                   works
                   of
                   Goldsmiths
                   ,
                   but
                   not
                   to
                   Medicine
                   for
                   Man.
                   
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LXVII
                  
                   .
                   Two
                   other
                   Mineral
                   Elixirs
                   ,
                   or
                   Two
                   other
                   Processes
                   of
                   Mercury
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   THere
                   be
                   many
                   other
                   Noble
                   and
                   Profitable
                   Secrets
                   in
                   this
                   Art
                   ,
                   or
                   Mystery
                   of
                   our
                   Mineral
                   Stone
                   ;
                   viz.
                   good
                   Elixirs
                   to
                   be
                   made
                   out
                   of
                   Metalline
                   Bodies
                   ;
                   of
                   which
                   Mineral
                   Elixirs
                   ,
                   two
                   are
                   more
                   excellent
                   than
                   the
                   rest
                   ,
                   the
                   first
                   of
                   which
                   we
                   shall
                   handle
                   in
                   this
                   Chapter
                   .
                
                 
                   [
                   Here
                   comes
                   in
                   the
                   Process
                   or
                   Practical
                   Operation
                   of
                   Mercury
                   mentioned
                   
                     Chap.
                     61.
                     
                     Sect.
                     13.
                  
                   aforegoing
                   .
                   ]
                
                 
                   II.
                   The
                   first
                   of
                   these
                   Elixirs
                   is
                   only
                   in
                   Mercury
                   :
                   
                     The
                     second
                  
                   ,
                   in
                   Mercury
                   and
                   the
                   White
                   Body
                   for
                   the
                   White
                   Elixir
                   ;
                   and
                   with
                   the
                   same
                   to
                   the
                   Red
                   too
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   so
                   please
                   ,
                   being
                   prudently
                   pursued
                   and
                   sought
                   after
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   The
                   first
                   manner
                   to
                   Elixirate
                   only
                   with
                   Mercury
                   is
                   thus
                   .
                   Dissolve
                   Mercury
                   only
                   ,
                   by
                   it self
                   into
                   a
                   Milky
                   water
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   which
                   Mercury
                   so
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   you
                   may
                   dissolve
                   so
                   much
                   more
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   continually
                   ,
                   as
                   long
                   as
                   you
                   please
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Put
                   this
                   into
                   a
                   gentle
                   Fire
                   to
                   be
                   Distilled
                   ,
                   so
                   shall
                   you
                   have
                   Our
                   Virgins
                   Milk
                   White
                   and
                   Chrystalline
                   ,
                   wherewith
                   all
                   Bodies
                   may
                   be
                   dissolved
                   into
                   their
                   first
                   Matter
                   ,
                   Washed
                   and
                   Purged
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   This
                   water
                   is
                   of
                   a
                   Silver
                   Colour
                   ,
                   which
                   if
                   you
                   fix
                   with
                   its
                   Earthy
                   Faeces
                   Calcin'd
                   ,
                   and
                   after
                   that
                   dissolved
                   again
                   in
                   the
                   quantity
                   of
                   its
                   remaining
                   water
                   ,
                   
                   and
                   then
                   again
                   Coagulated
                   and
                   Congealed
                   ,
                   (
                   which
                   work
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   done
                   upon
                   a
                   Stone
                   ,
                   )
                   you
                   will
                   have
                   at
                   length
                   the
                   Elixir
                   of
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   transmute
                   all
                   Imperfect
                   Bodies
                   to
                   a
                   perfect
                   Whiteness
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   And
                   so
                   of
                   this
                   Mercurial
                   substance
                   is
                   made
                   a
                   water
                   permanent
                   or
                   fixt
                   ,
                   wherewith
                   the
                   Calces
                   of
                   all
                   Bodies
                   may
                   be
                   so
                   depurated
                   and
                   Whitened
                   ,
                   as
                   thereby
                   to
                   become
                   the
                   most
                   pure
                   and
                   fine
                   Silver
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   And
                   therefore
                   as
                   I
                   have
                   said
                   before
                   in
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   this
                   work
                   ,
                   when
                   Mercury
                   is
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   then
                   are
                   its
                   Elements
                   separable
                   ;
                   and
                   after
                   the
                   separation
                   of
                   its
                   Mercurial
                   Liquor
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   a
                   competent
                   putrefaction
                   is
                   performed
                   ;
                   after
                   the
                   same
                   White
                   Liquor
                   ,
                   there
                   will
                   Distill
                   a
                   Golden
                   moisture
                   or
                   humour
                   ,
                   to
                   which
                   if
                   you
                   add
                   a
                   small
                   quantity
                   of
                   the
                   Ferment
                   of
                   the
                   Gum
                   of
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   Elixirated
                   White
                   Stone
                   ,
                   that
                   then
                   the
                   same
                   White
                   Stone
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   said
                   Golden
                   humour
                   ,
                   shall
                   be
                   made
                   the
                   Red
                   Stone
                   ,
                   which
                   shall
                   transmute
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   all
                   Metalline
                   Bodies
                   into
                   the
                   finest
                   and
                   most
                   pure
                   Gold.
                   
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Again
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   take
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   Red
                   humour
                   of
                   Mercury
                   and
                   Dissolve
                   in
                   it
                   a
                   little
                   of
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   Red
                   Ferment
                   ,
                   being
                   made
                   as
                   aforesaid
                   of
                   the
                   White
                   Stone
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   with
                   the
                   same
                   Red
                   humour
                   of
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   so
                   Fermented
                   with
                   it self
                   ,
                   the
                   Calces
                   of
                   all
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   so
                   depurated
                   and
                   Citrinated
                   ,
                   that
                   thereby
                   they
                   may
                   become
                   most
                   pure
                   Gold.
                   
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   When
                   also
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   is
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   then
                   dissolve
                   in
                   it
                   a
                   little
                   of
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   Red
                   Ferment
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   put
                   all
                   into
                   Kemia
                   ,
                   or
                   a
                   proper
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   which
                   firmly
                   close
                   up
                   with
                   a
                   Philosophick
                   Seal
                   .
                   Then
                   with
                   a
                   continual
                   and
                   easie
                   or
                   gentle
                   Fire
                   ,
                   draw
                   out
                   the
                   Charriot
                   of
                   the
                   four
                   Elements
                   through
                   the
                   Depth
                   of
                   the
                   Sea
                   ,
                   until
                   (
                   the
                   Floods
                   being
                   dryed
                   up
                   )
                   there
                   appears
                   
                   in
                   the
                   Matter
                   a
                   bright
                   shining
                   substance
                   ,
                   like
                   to
                   the
                   Eyes
                   of
                   the
                   Fishes
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   For
                   by
                   this
                   Operation
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   keep
                   your
                   Temperate
                   Fire
                   continually
                   alive
                   ,
                   the
                   Floods
                   shall
                   dry
                   up
                   ,
                   with
                   an
                   exceeding
                   drought
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   dry
                   Land
                   or
                   Earth
                   shall
                   appear
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   the
                   days
                   of
                   Noah
                   ,
                   the
                   waters
                   were
                   dryed
                   up
                   from
                   off
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   behold
                   the
                   Face
                   of
                   the
                   Ground
                   was
                   dry
                   .
                   And
                   by
                   lifting
                   up
                   the
                   Rod
                   of
                   Moses
                   ,
                   and
                   stretching
                   out
                   his
                   hand
                   ,
                   the
                   waters
                   were
                   dryed
                   up
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   dry
                   Ground
                   appeared
                   in
                   the
                   midst
                   of
                   the
                   Sea
                   :
                   for
                   so
                   says
                   
                     David
                     ,
                     He
                     Rebuked
                     the
                     Red
                     Sea
                     ,
                     and
                     it
                     was
                     dryed
                     up
                     ;
                     he
                     led
                     them
                     through
                     the
                     Depths
                     as
                     through
                     the
                     Wilderness
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   And
                   then
                   by
                   the
                   Space
                   of
                   Forty
                   days
                   following
                   ,
                   it
                   shall
                   be
                   Rubified
                   ,
                   (
                   as
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   Demonstrate
                   )
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   a
                   Vehement
                   Fire
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   it
                   requires
                   ,
                   continuing
                   and
                   remaining
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   strong
                   Fire
                   till
                   it
                   melt
                   and
                   flow
                   like
                   Wax
                   ,
                   whereby
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   able
                   to
                   transmute
                   all
                   Bodies
                   into
                   pure
                   fine
                   Gold.
                   
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   And
                   thus
                   the
                   White
                   and
                   Red
                   Medicines
                   are
                   multiplied
                   with
                   their
                   own
                   proper
                   humidities
                   :
                   viz.
                   only
                   by
                   the
                   solution
                   of
                   the
                   White
                   Medicines
                   in
                   their
                   own
                   proper
                   White
                   and
                   Red
                   humours
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   their
                   Coagulation
                   again
                   of
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   as
                   necessity
                   requires
                   .
                   Thus
                   have
                   we
                   explicated
                   ,
                   with
                   singular
                   plainess
                   of
                   Speech
                   ,
                   the
                   Elixiration
                   of
                   
                     Mercury
                     per
                     se
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   alone
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LXVIII
                  
                   .
                   The
                   second
                   of
                   the
                   former
                   Elixirs
                   ,
                   with
                   Mercury
                   and
                   the
                   Body
                   Alchymick
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     I.
                     TO
                     Elixirate
                     with
                  
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   
                     and
                     the
                     Body
                  
                   Alchymick
                   .
                   Take
                   One
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   most
                   pure
                   Kibrick
                   
                     [
                     quod
                     est
                     pater
                     Mercurij
                     &
                     omnium
                     Liquabilium
                     ,
                     ]
                  
                   Sea
                   water
                   twelve
                   parts
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   dissolve
                   the
                   Kibrick
                   :
                   being
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   strain
                   the
                   water
                   through
                   a
                   Linnen
                   Cloth
                   ;
                   and
                   what
                   remains
                   undissolved
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   not
                   go
                   through
                   ,
                   put
                   into
                   the
                   Vessel
                   called
                   Kemia
                   ,
                   set
                   it
                   over
                   a
                   gentle
                   fire
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   the
                   heat
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   ,
                   untill
                   there
                   appears
                   on
                   the
                   Top
                   a
                   Red
                   Color
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Then
                   put
                   to
                   it
                   a
                   quarter
                   more
                   of
                   the
                   Sea-water
                   aforesaid
                   ,
                   being
                   kept
                   in
                   a
                   very
                   clean
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   set
                   it
                   on
                   a
                   very
                   gentle
                   fire
                   ,
                   and
                   dry
                   it
                   up
                   again
                   ,
                   as
                   you
                   did
                   before
                   ,
                   by
                   little
                   and
                   little
                   at
                   a
                   time
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   For
                   in
                   this
                   Work
                   ,
                   by
                   so
                   much
                   less
                   there
                   is
                   put
                   of
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   ;
                   by
                   so
                   much
                   the
                   sooner
                   and
                   better
                   shall
                   the
                   Solution
                   be
                   made
                   ;
                   the
                   which
                   Solution
                   is
                   made
                   by
                   the
                   Congelation
                   of
                   its
                   water
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   And
                   therefore
                   as
                   the
                   Rosary
                   saith
                   ,
                   you
                   must
                   beware
                   that
                   the
                   Belly
                   be
                   not
                   made
                   over
                   moist
                   ,
                   for
                   if
                   it
                   be
                   ,
                   the
                   water
                   shall
                   not
                   receive
                   or
                   attain
                   to
                   its
                   dryness
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   This
                   manner
                   of
                   Imbibition
                   must
                   be
                   Observed
                   and
                   continued
                   so
                   long
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   whole
                   water
                   by
                   several
                   Imbibitions
                   shall
                   be
                   dryed
                   up
                   into
                   a
                   Body
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   VI.
                   This
                   done
                   ,
                   let
                   the
                   Vessel
                   be
                   firmly
                   and
                   Philosophically
                   Sealed
                   up
                   ,
                   and
                   placed
                   in
                   its
                   proper
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   mean
                   or
                   gentle
                   fire
                   ,
                   which
                   must
                   not
                   wax
                   cold
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   first
                   hour
                   you
                   begin
                   to
                   set
                   the
                   same
                   into
                   the
                   Fornace
                   ,
                   till
                   you
                   have
                   made
                   an
                   end
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   work
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   And
                   when
                   the
                   matter
                   is
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   then
                   let
                   it
                   be
                   made
                   to
                   Descend
                   by
                   little
                   and
                   little
                   without
                   Violence
                   ,
                   the
                   fire
                   being
                   Artificially
                   made
                   or
                   set
                   over
                   it
                   ;
                   which
                   done
                   ,
                   let
                   it
                   be
                   again
                   sublimed
                   as
                   before
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   And
                   so
                   let
                   the
                   Soul
                   of
                   the
                   Sun
                   of
                   the
                   Vulgar
                   (
                   the
                   which
                   Soul
                   is
                   Our
                   unclean
                   Oyntment
                   ,
                   the
                   Spirit
                   not
                   yet
                   conjoyned
                   with
                   the
                   Body
                   )
                   Ascend
                   from
                   the
                   Earth
                   to
                   the
                   Heaven
                   ;
                   and
                   again
                   make
                   it
                   to
                   Descend
                   from
                   Heaven
                   to
                   the
                   Earth
                   ,
                   till
                   all
                   becomes
                   Earth
                   ,
                   which
                   before
                   was
                   Heaven
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   To
                   the
                   end
                   there
                   may
                   be
                   made
                   a
                   substance
                   ,
                   not
                   so
                   hard
                   as
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   nor
                   yet
                   so
                   soft
                   as
                   the
                   Spirit
                   ;
                   but
                   holding
                   a
                   mean
                   disposition
                   ,
                   standing
                   fixed
                   and
                   Permanent
                   in
                   the
                   fire
                   ,
                   like
                   a
                   White
                   peice
                   of
                   melted
                   Wax
                   ,
                   flowing
                   in
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   The
                   which
                   White
                   substance
                   ,
                   of
                   a
                   mean
                   or
                   middle
                   consistency
                   ,
                   must
                   be
                   fed
                   and
                   nourished
                   with
                   Milk
                   and
                   Meat
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   quantity
                   thereof
                   be
                   increased
                   according
                   to
                   your
                   desire
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   This
                   Medicine
                   being
                   Fermented
                   to
                   the
                   Red
                   ,
                   with
                   a
                   portion
                   of
                   Sol
                   Dissolved
                   in
                   the
                   water
                   of
                   the
                   Sea
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   separating
                   the
                   first
                   ;
                   the
                   form
                   from
                   the
                   Matter
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   in
                   a
                   more
                   noble
                   form
                   than
                   it
                   was
                   before
                   ,
                   when
                   the
                   first
                   qualities
                   did
                   remain
                   undivided
                   ;
                   and
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   brought
                   into
                   a
                   Purple
                   Colour
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   a
                   strong
                   and
                   continual
                   fire
                   :
                   whereby
                   is
                   made
                   the
                   true
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   both
                   for
                   the
                   White
                   and
                   Red
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Now
                   this
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   be
                   it
                   White
                   or
                   Red
                   ,
                   shall
                   be
                   increased
                   an
                   hundred
                   fold
                   more
                   ,
                   both
                   in
                   Virtue
                   and
                   Goodness
                   ,
                   if
                   its
                   Quintessence
                   be
                   fixed
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   then
                   afterwards
                   it
                   be
                   brought
                   and
                   reduced
                   by
                   the
                   Fire
                   of
                   Nature
                   into
                   a
                   thin
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   the
                   which
                   must
                   be
                   done
                   in
                   a
                   Circulatory
                   Vessel
                   :
                   for
                   truly
                   ,
                   then
                   the
                   least
                   drop
                   thereof
                   does
                   Congeal
                   a
                   thousand
                   drops
                   of
                   Mercury
                   into
                   the
                   very
                   greatest
                   Medicine
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LXIX
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   the
                   Vegetable
                   Stone
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   THe
                   Vegetable
                   Stone
                   is
                   gotten
                   by
                   Virtue
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   Composition
                   of
                   which
                   fire
                   we
                   now
                   intend
                   plainly
                   to
                   treat
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   the
                   way
                   how
                   to
                   work
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   in
                   every
                   respect
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   [
                   Its
                   Composition
                   is
                   of
                   four
                   things
                   ,
                   as
                   Raymundus
                   saith
                   ,
                   in
                   his
                   Book
                   of
                   Quintessences
                   :
                   It
                   is
                   a
                   Composition
                   of
                   
                     Sal
                     Amarum
                  
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   
                     Ignis
                     adeptus
                  
                   ,
                   a
                   fire
                   that
                   is
                   gotten
                   without
                   Wood
                   or
                   Coal
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   an
                   easie
                   working
                   ,
                   does
                   work
                   against
                   all
                   manner
                   of
                   sharpness
                   of
                   Action
                   of
                   the
                   Visible
                   Fire
                   ,
                   like
                   as
                   if
                   it
                   were
                   the
                   fire
                   of
                   Hell
                   ;
                   and
                   therefore
                   ,
                   altho'
                   Wine
                   be
                   hot
                   ,
                   yet
                   this
                   water
                   of
                   Mercury
                   is
                   hotter
                   :
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   able
                   to
                   dissolve
                   all
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   to
                   putrefie
                   ,
                   and
                   also
                   to
                   divide
                   the
                   Elements
                   ,
                   which
                   neither
                   common
                   Fire
                   nor
                   Wine
                   can
                   do
                   .
                   ]
                
                 
                   III.
                   Some
                   think
                   that
                   this
                   Fire
                   of
                   Nature
                   is
                   extracted
                   or
                   drawn
                   from
                   Wine
                   ,
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   common
                   way
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   it
                   must
                   be
                   rectified
                   by
                   often
                   Distillations
                   ,
                   until
                   its
                   Flegm
                   is
                   wholly
                   abstracted
                   ,
                   which
                   hinders
                   its
                   Heat
                   ,
                   Virtue
                   ,
                   
                   Strength
                   and
                   Burning
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   ,
                   when
                   it
                   is
                   done
                   to
                   all
                   advantages
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   highest
                   perfection
                   (
                   which
                   Fools
                   call
                   the
                   
                     pure
                     Spirit
                  
                   )
                   and
                   then
                   put
                   to
                   the
                   Calx
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   never
                   so
                   well
                   prepared
                   ,
                   yet
                   will
                   it
                   be
                   weak
                   and
                   ineffectual
                   to
                   Our
                   purpose
                   ,
                   for
                   Dissolution
                   ,
                   Conservation
                   ,
                   &c.
                   
                
                 
                   IV.
                   [
                   The
                   true
                   and
                   
                     Pure
                     Spirit
                  
                   is
                   Our
                   Silverish
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Wine
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   our
                   Vegetable
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   true
                   water
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   .
                   Concerning
                   which
                   ,
                   see
                   in
                   Ripley's
                   secret
                   Concord
                   .
                   ]
                
                 
                   V.
                   Wherefore
                   since
                   the
                   vulgar
                   Spirit
                   or
                   Wine
                   is
                   such
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   evident
                   that
                   there
                   is
                   an
                   Error
                   in
                   choosing
                   of
                   this
                   Principle
                   :
                   for
                   the
                   true
                   Principle
                   ,
                   (
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   beginning
                   )
                   is
                   the
                   
                     Resolutive
                     Menstruum
                  
                   [
                   
                     which
                     is
                     the
                     Soul
                     of
                     Mercury
                     ,
                     and
                     this
                     Tincture
                     is
                     a
                     very
                     Oyl
                     ,
                     separate
                     from
                     its
                     foul
                     Earth
                     and
                     faint
                     Water
                  
                   ]
                   which
                   ,
                   as
                   we
                   know
                   ,
                   and
                   according
                   to
                   the
                   traditions
                   of
                   the
                   Wise
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   is
                   an
                   Unctuous
                   moisture
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   nearest
                   Matter
                   of
                   Our
                   Vegetable
                   and
                   Philosophick
                   Mercury
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   The
                   which
                   Principle
                   ,
                   
                     Resolutive
                     Menstruum
                     ,
                     Near
                     Matter
                  
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     Unctuous
                     Moisture
                  
                   ,
                   Raymundus
                   [
                   
                     in
                     Cap.
                  
                   6.
                   
                     and
                     Cap.
                  
                   8.
                   
                     of
                     his
                     Clavis
                  
                   ]
                   does
                   call
                   Black
                   ,
                   Blacker
                   than
                   Black
                   :
                   The
                   which
                   Black
                   thing
                   or
                   Matter
                   I
                   certainly
                   know
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   But
                   since
                   Raymundus
                   saith
                   ,
                   that
                   this
                   
                     Resolutive
                     Menstruum
                  
                   ,
                   does
                   come
                   from
                   Wine
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   Lees
                   ,
                   or
                   Tartar
                   thereof
                   ,
                   how
                   is
                   he
                   to
                   be
                   understood
                   ?
                   Truly
                   ,
                   he
                   himself
                   unfolds
                   the
                   Mystery
                   :
                   Our
                   Water
                   or
                   Menstruum
                   ,
                   is
                   a
                   
                     Metalline
                     Water
                  
                   ,
                   generated
                   of
                   a
                   Metalline
                   Matter
                   only
                   :
                   So
                   that
                   Raymundus
                   speaks
                   ,
                   either
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Resolutive
                     Menstruum
                  
                   or
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Resoluble
                     Menstruum
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   [
                   This
                   Menstruum
                   springs
                   from
                   a
                   Silver
                   Wine
                   ,
                   which
                   does
                   Naturally
                   make
                   a
                   dissolution
                   of
                   its
                   own
                   Sulphur
                   .
                   It
                   is
                   apparent
                   in
                   the
                   11.
                   
                   Cap.
                   of
                   Raymundus
                   ,
                   that
                   Our
                   Mercurial
                   and
                   Radical
                   moisture
                   
                   is
                   not
                   only
                   Congealed
                   into
                   perfect
                   Metal
                   ,
                   by
                   Vapour
                   of
                   its
                   hot
                   and
                   dry
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   but
                   that
                   also
                   the
                   same
                   Metalline
                   Water
                   ,
                   being
                   so
                   terminated
                   in
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   a
                   Metal
                   ,
                   after
                   its
                   Resolution
                   in
                   Ashes
                   has
                   power
                   naturally
                   of
                   a
                   Menstruum
                   to
                   dissolve
                   Our
                   Stone
                   or
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   and
                   change
                   it
                   to
                   its
                   Vegetable
                   Nature
                   ,
                   without
                   prejudice
                   or
                   hurt
                   to
                   its
                   own
                   Nature
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   [
                   Wherefore
                   he
                   says
                   ,
                   that
                   from
                   whatsoever
                   any
                   thing
                   does
                   spring
                   or
                   grow
                   by
                   Nature
                   ,
                   that
                   into
                   the
                   same
                   it
                   may
                   again
                   be
                   resolved
                   .
                   ]
                
                 
                   X.
                   If
                   he
                   (
                   
                     viz.
                     Raymundus
                  
                   )
                   speaks
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   water
                   or
                   Resolutive
                   Menstruum
                   ;
                   you
                   are
                   to
                   understand
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   (
                   so
                   as
                   he
                   speaks
                   )
                   not
                   a
                   Metalline
                   Water
                   ,
                   but
                   after
                   a
                   certain
                   manner
                   :
                   for
                   this
                   water
                   of
                   the
                   Resolutive
                   Menstruum
                   ,
                   is
                   both
                   a
                   Sulphurous
                   and
                   a
                   Mercurial
                   Vapour
                   [
                   
                     Ignis
                     and
                     Azoth
                  
                   ]
                   and
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   its
                   Sulphurity
                   ,
                   it
                   burns
                   with
                   the
                   fire
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   [
                   This
                   
                     Resolutive
                     Menstruum
                  
                   is
                   our
                   Vegetable
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   our
                   Vapourous
                   Menstruum
                   ,
                   and
                   every
                   burning
                   water
                   of
                   Life
                   ,
                   
                     Aqua
                     Vitae
                     ardens
                  
                   ,
                   by
                   whose
                   attractive
                   Virtue
                   ,
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   the
                   Volatile
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   being
                   fixed
                   by
                   the
                   fire
                   against
                   Nature
                   ,
                   is
                   dissolved
                   naturally
                   into
                   the
                   water
                   of
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   and
                   exalted
                   and
                   lifted
                   up
                   from
                   its
                   Salt
                   and
                   Combustible
                   Dregs
                   into
                   〈◊〉
                   Mercurial
                   and
                   Natural
                   substance
                   ,
                   which
                   must
                   be
                   Fermented
                   with
                   the
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   is
                   made
                   there
                   of
                   the
                   great
                   Elixir
                   ;
                   with
                   which
                   Mercurial
                   substance
                   we
                   also
                   counterfeit
                   Pearls
                   and
                   Pretious
                   Stones
                   .
                   ]
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   We
                   see
                   also
                   ,
                   that
                   in
                   Tartar
                   dryed
                   only
                   in
                   the
                   Sun
                   ,
                   there
                   are
                   certain
                   Mercurial
                   Qualities
                   shining
                   and
                   giving
                   of
                   light
                   to
                   the
                   Eye
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   kind
                   of
                   Metals
                   is
                   a
                   Composition
                   of
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   .
                   And
                   therefore
                   ,
                   if
                   he
                   means
                   after
                   this
                   sort
                   ,
                   then
                   the
                   Resolutive
                   Menstruum
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   taken
                   for
                   a
                   Metalline
                   water
                   ;
                   for
                   
                   otherwise
                   it
                   is
                   not
                   Answered
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Again
                   ,
                   Raymundus
                   proves
                   clearly
                   to
                   the
                   contrary
                   ,
                   where
                   he
                   answers
                   him
                   who
                   demanded
                   of
                   him
                   ;
                   
                     in
                     what
                     is
                     the
                     Vegetable
                  
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   
                     in
                     Gold
                     or
                     in
                     Silver
                     ?
                     It
                     is
                  
                   (
                   saith
                   he
                   )
                   
                     a
                     simple
                     Coessential
                     substance
                  
                   ,
                   the
                   which
                   is
                   brought
                   from
                   its
                   own
                   Concrete
                   parts
                   and
                   proper
                   Veins
                   ,
                   to
                   such
                   a
                   pass
                   or
                   point
                   by
                   the
                   Dissolutive
                   Menstruum
                   ,
                   that
                   by
                   Virtue
                   of
                   the
                   simple
                   and
                   Co-essential
                   substance
                   ,
                   they
                   are
                   able
                   to
                   multiply
                   their
                   similitudes
                   in
                   Mercuries
                   ,
                   which
                   have
                   none
                   in
                   themselves
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   also
                   apt
                   Medicines
                   for
                   Mens
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   expel
                   and
                   put
                   away
                   from
                   them
                   many
                   Diseases
                   ,
                   &
                   to
                   restore
                   to
                   the
                   Old
                   and
                   Aged
                   ,
                   their
                   former
                   Youth
                   ,
                   and
                   preserve
                   them
                   in
                   Health
                   so
                   long
                   a
                   time
                   as
                   God
                   has
                   designed
                   them
                   to
                   Live.
                   
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   [
                   This
                   Coessential
                   substance
                   is
                   Our
                   White
                   and
                   Red
                   Tincture
                   by
                   whom
                   these
                   Earths
                   that
                   are
                   wanting
                   ,
                   are
                   multiplyed
                   in
                   Tincture
                   ,
                   whereby
                   they
                   are
                   made
                   Elixirs
                   ,
                   to
                   purge
                   Metals
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   Medicine
                   for
                   Man's
                   Body
                   .
                   ]
                
                 
                   XV.
                   Therefore
                   ,
                   
                     Our
                     true
                     Metalline
                     Water
                  
                   is
                   an
                   Uctuous
                   humidity
                   of
                   the
                   Body
                   dissolved
                   to
                   the
                   similitude
                   of
                   Black
                   Pitch
                   ,
                   Liquid
                   and
                   Melted
                   ;
                   and
                   this
                   Unctuous
                   and
                   Black
                   humidity
                   is
                   called
                   
                     the
                     true
                     Resoluble
                     Menstruum
                  
                   .
                   And
                   because
                   we
                   shall
                   afterwards
                   demonstrate
                   
                     the
                     true
                     Resolutive
                     Menstruum
                  
                   ,
                   required
                   in
                   this
                   Work
                   ,
                   we
                   will
                   here
                   only
                   declare
                   from
                   what
                   principles
                   ,
                   and
                   how
                   the
                   said
                   
                     Resolutive
                     Menstruum
                  
                   is
                   drawn
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   [
                   Our
                   Metalline
                   Water
                   is
                   separated
                   from
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   Lunaria
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   its
                   terminated
                   and
                   Radical
                   humidity
                   in
                   the
                   kind
                   and
                   Color
                   of
                   White
                   shining
                   Silver
                   ,
                   and
                   its
                   Body
                   ,
                   is
                   Our
                   black
                   Sulphur
                   :
                   Therefore
                   see
                   Chap.
                   63.
                   in
                   the
                   Lunary
                   Branch
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   his
                   Clavis
                   where
                   you
                   will
                   find
                   the
                   Radical
                   humidity
                   to
                   be
                   the
                   true
                   Mer
                   struum
                   wherewith
                   the
                   solemn
                   dissolution
                   of
                   its
                   own
                   black
                   .
                   Body
                   is
                   made
                   .
                   ]
                
                 
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   Raymundus
                   doth
                   say
                   ,
                   that
                   an
                   Unctuous
                   Humidity
                   is
                   the
                   last
                   comfort
                   and
                   support
                   to
                   the
                   Humane
                   Body
                   ,
                   which
                   what
                   it
                   is
                   ,
                   is
                   manifest
                   to
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   ,
                   it
                   makes
                   a
                   noise
                   or
                   sound
                   in
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   Distilled
                   with
                   a
                   great
                   deal
                   of
                   Art.
                   He
                   also
                   saith
                   ,
                   that
                   Our
                   Stone
                   is
                   made
                   of
                   the
                   hottest
                   Matter
                   or
                   substance
                   in
                   Nature
                   :
                   And
                   I
                   say
                   that
                   Wine
                   is
                   hot
                   ;
                   but
                   there
                   is
                   another
                   thing
                   which
                   is
                   much
                   hotter
                   than
                   Wine
                   ,
                   whose
                   substance
                   ,
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   its
                   exceeding
                   Airyness
                   or
                   Spirituosity
                   is
                   most
                   quickly
                   inflamed
                   by
                   the
                   Fire
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   And
                   the
                   Lees
                   ,
                   or
                   Tartar
                   ,
                   and
                   Dregs
                   of
                   this
                   Unctuous
                   humidity
                   ,
                   is
                   gross
                   ,
                   like
                   the
                   Rinde
                   or
                   Bark
                   of
                   a
                   Tree
                   :
                   and
                   the
                   same
                   Tartar
                   is
                   blacker
                   than
                   the
                   Tartar
                   of
                   the
                   black
                   Grape
                   of
                   Catalonia
                   ,
                   for
                   which
                   cause
                   it
                   is
                   called
                   by
                   Raymundus
                   ,
                   a
                   Black
                   ,
                   more
                   Black
                   than
                   Black.
                   [
                   
                     By
                     these
                     Lees
                     ,
                     or
                     Tartar
                     and
                     Dregs
                     ,
                     is
                     meant
                     the
                     Lees
                     of
                     our
                     Silver
                     Wine
                     ,
                     separated
                     from
                     the
                     Lunary
                     Body
                     .
                  
                   ]
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   And
                   because
                   that
                   this
                   humidity
                   is
                   Unctuous
                   ,
                   therefore
                   it
                   better
                   agrees
                   with
                   the
                   Unctuosity
                   of
                   Metals
                   ,
                   than
                   the
                   Spirit
                   drawn
                   from
                   Common
                   Wine
                   ;
                   for
                   through
                   its
                   Liquefactive
                   Virtue
                   ,
                   Metals
                   do
                   Melt
                   ,
                   and
                   are
                   made
                   flowing
                   and
                   moist
                   in
                   the
                   Fire
                   ;
                   the
                   which
                   Operation
                   truly
                   the
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Common
                   Wine
                   cannot
                   do
                   .
                
                 
                   XX.
                   For
                   the
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Wine
                   ,
                   how
                   strong
                   soever
                   it
                   be
                   ,
                   is
                   (
                   comparatively
                   )
                   but
                   clear
                   Flegm
                   or
                   Water
                   :
                   whereas
                   contrariwise
                   ,
                   in
                   Our
                   Unctuous
                   Distilled
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   no
                   watrishness
                   at
                   all
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   thing
                   being
                   rare
                   in
                   our
                   parts
                   ,
                   as
                   well
                   as
                   other
                   Countries
                   ,
                   
                     Guido
                     Montanor
                  
                   found
                   out
                   another
                   Untuous
                   humidity
                   ,
                   which
                   swims
                   upon
                   other
                   Liquors
                   ,
                   which
                   humidity
                   proceeds
                   from
                   Wine
                   ,
                   which
                   Raymundus
                   ,
                   &
                   Arnoldus
                   knew
                   ,
                   with
                   some
                   others
                   ,
                   but
                   they
                   taught
                   not
                   how
                   it
                   should
                   be
                   obtained
                   .
                
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   [
                   Our
                   Tincture
                   in
                   Distilling
                   ,
                   is
                   separated
                   both
                   from
                   the
                   Flegm
                   and
                   its
                   gross
                   Faeces
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   like
                   an
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   and
                   that
                   is
                   the
                   Soul
                   of
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Air
                   and
                   Fire
                   ,
                   separate
                   from
                   
                   its
                   two
                   extreams
                   ;
                   and
                   so
                   it
                   being
                   an
                   Unctuous
                   moisture
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   mean.
                   See
                   the
                   first
                   and
                   last
                   Chapter
                   of
                   Raymund's
                   Codicil
                   .
                   ]
                
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   Notwithstanding
                   ,
                   Raymundus
                   saith
                   ,
                   it
                   must
                   be
                   drawn
                   from
                   Death
                   ,
                   and
                   from
                   the
                   Faeces
                   of
                   Wine
                   by
                   rectification
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   acuated
                   in
                   Distillation
                   by
                   hot
                   Vegetable
                   substances
                   ,
                   thereunto
                   appertaining
                   ,
                   as
                   Pepper
                   ,
                   Euphorbium
                   ,
                   &c.
                   for
                   without
                   these
                   things
                   he
                   saith
                   ,
                   the
                   Virtue
                   thereof
                   is
                   not
                   sufficient
                   ,
                   but
                   by
                   long
                   time
                   to
                   dissolve
                   Metals
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     XXIII
                     .
                     [
                     Raymundus
                  
                   saith
                   in
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   his
                   natural
                   Magick
                   ,
                   that
                   there
                   is
                   a
                   Salt
                   made
                   of
                   the
                   Lees
                   or
                   Tartar
                   of
                   Wine
                   ,
                   or
                   
                     Aquae
                     Vitae
                  
                   ,
                   called
                   the
                   Salt
                   of
                   Art
                   and
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   without
                   which
                   Salt
                   (
                   saith
                   he
                   )
                   there
                   is
                   nothing
                   can
                   be
                   done
                   :
                   Also
                   he
                   begins
                   his
                   Practice
                   with
                   this
                   Salt
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   and
                   last
                   Chapter
                   of
                   his
                   Codicil
                   .
                   ]
                
                 
                   XXIV
                   .
                   Wherefore
                   as
                   the
                   same
                   Philosopher
                   affirms
                   ,
                   among
                   these
                   things
                   is
                   this
                   Menstruum
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   Secrets
                   of
                   this
                   Art
                   ,
                   whose
                   Virtue
                   must
                   be
                   increased
                   by
                   a
                   wise
                   management
                   of
                   the
                   Matter
                   :
                   you
                   must
                   circulate
                   this
                   Menstruum
                   in
                   the
                   Unctuous
                   humidity
                   in
                   a
                   Vessel
                   of
                   Circulation
                   ,
                   by
                   rotation
                   continually
                   ,
                   an
                   hundred
                   and
                   twenty
                   days
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   hottest
                   Fornace
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LXX
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Remaining
                   Process
                   of
                   the
                   Vegetable
                   Stone
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   HItherto
                   the
                   Process
                   of
                   the
                   Vegetable
                   Stone
                   has
                   been
                   long
                   and
                   Obscure
                   ;
                   but
                   that
                   nothing
                   may
                   be
                   doubtful
                   to
                   the
                   prejudice
                   of
                   my
                   professed
                   Love
                   to
                   your
                   Lordship
                   ,
                   I
                   say
                   that
                   all
                   these
                   things
                   spoken
                   by
                   Raymundus
                   are
                   covered
                   with
                   the
                   Mantle
                   of
                   Philosophy
                   .
                   Truly
                   his
                   intention
                   is
                   that
                   there
                   should
                   be
                   made
                   a
                   dissolution
                   with
                   the
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Wine
                   ,
                   but
                   that
                   this
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Wine
                   should
                   be
                   joyned
                   with
                   another
                   Menstruum
                   resoluble
                   ,
                   
                   without
                   which
                   Resolution
                   can
                   never
                   be
                   attained
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   [
                   Here
                   the
                   two
                   Spirits
                   are
                   joyned
                   together
                   ,
                   the
                   Vegetable
                   Menstruum
                   or
                   White
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Tartar
                   ,
                   and
                   our
                   Metalline
                   Oyl
                   .
                   ]
                
                 
                   III.
                   And
                   that
                   Menstruum
                   Resoluble
                   is
                   generated
                   only
                   of
                   a
                   Metalline
                   kind
                   :
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   a
                   potential
                   or
                   mighty
                   Vapour
                   ,
                   being
                   in
                   every
                   Metalline
                   Body
                   ,
                   joyning
                   together
                   two
                   extreams
                   ,
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   
                     Argent
                     〈◊〉
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   And
                   so
                   indeed
                   after
                   this
                   sort
                   ,
                   Our
                   water
                   is
                   a
                   Metalline
                   water
                   ,
                   which
                   because
                   it
                   does
                   savour
                   of
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   either
                   extream
                   ,
                   it
                   therefore
                   brings
                   our
                   Resolutive
                   Menstruum
                   into
                   Act.
                   
                
                 
                   V.
                   Now
                   how
                   this
                   Menstruum
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   Unctuous
                   ,
                   Moist
                   ,
                   Sulphurous
                   ,
                   and
                   Mercurial
                   ,
                   agreeing
                   with
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   Metals
                   ,
                   and
                   wherewith
                   Bodies
                   must
                   be
                   Artificially
                   Dissolved
                   ,
                   may
                   be
                   had
                   ,
                   we
                   will
                   here
                   shew
                   by
                   clear
                   practice
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   Take
                   the
                   sharpest
                   humidity
                   of
                   Grapes
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   it
                   being
                   Distilled
                   ,
                   dissolve
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   well
                   Calcin'd
                   into
                   a
                   Redness
                   ,
                   into
                   a
                   Cyrstalline
                   clear
                   and
                   Ponderous
                   water
                   ,
                   the
                   which
                   Body
                   Calcin'd
                   into
                   Redness
                   ,
                   
                     is
                     of
                     the
                     Masters
                     of
                     this
                     Science
                     called
                  
                   Sericon
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   [
                   Now
                   comes
                   in
                   the
                   Practice
                   of
                   Pupilla
                   ,
                   of
                   the
                   dissolution
                   of
                   the
                   
                     Red
                     Lyon
                  
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   Fire
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   called
                   also
                   
                     Red
                     Lead
                     ,
                     Red
                     Coral
                     .
                     Sericon
                  
                   is
                   of
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   
                     Black
                     Pepper
                     ,
                     Euphorbium
                  
                   ,
                   &c.
                   of
                   a
                   hot
                   biting
                   and
                   fiery
                   Nature
                   ,
                   all
                   which
                   things
                   are
                   spoken
                   only
                   by
                   way
                   of
                   Comparison
                   .
                   ]
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   Then
                   of
                   this
                   Crystalline
                   water
                   ,
                   let
                   there
                   be
                   made
                   a
                   Gum
                   ,
                   the
                   which
                   in
                   Taste
                   will
                   be
                   like
                   to
                   Alum
                   .
                   This
                   Gum
                   by
                   Raymundus
                   is
                   called
                   
                     Vitriol
                     Azoth
                  
                   ,
                   from
                   which
                   let
                   there
                   be
                   drawn
                   with
                   a
                   gentle
                   Fire
                   ,
                   first
                   a
                   weak
                   water
                   ,
                   with
                   no
                   more
                   Taste
                   or
                   sharpness
                   than
                   simple
                   Well
                   water
                   .
                   [
                   
                     Fresher
                     water
                     there
                     is
                     none
                     in
                     Taste
                     ,
                     yet
                     will
                     it
                     never
                     Consume
                     or
                  
                   
                   Waste
                   ,
                   tho'
                   it
                   be
                   used
                   never
                   so
                   often
                   ;
                   nor
                   will
                   it
                   be
                   ever
                   less
                   in
                   quantity
                   .
                   ]
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   And
                   when
                   the
                   White
                   Fume
                   shall
                   begin
                   to
                   appear
                   ,
                   change
                   your
                   Receiver
                   ,
                   and
                   Lute
                   it
                   strongly
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   breath
                   not
                   forth
                   ;
                   so
                   shall
                   you
                   have
                   our
                   burning
                   water
                   ,
                   Our
                   
                     Aquae
                     Vitae
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   Resolutive
                   Menstruum
                   ,
                   (
                   the
                   which
                   before
                   was
                   Resoluble
                   )
                   a
                   Vapour
                   potential
                   ,
                   a
                   mighty
                   Vapour
                   ,
                   able
                   to
                   dissolve
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   to
                   Putrifie
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   Purifie
                   ,
                   to
                   divide
                   the
                   Elements
                   ,
                   and
                   also
                   to
                   exalt
                   theEarth
                   into
                   a
                   wonderful
                   Salt
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   force
                   of
                   its
                   attractive
                   Virtue
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   our
                   Fire
                   of
                   Nature
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   This
                   water
                   has
                   a
                   bitter
                   sharp
                   Taste
                   upon
                   the
                   Tongue
                   ,
                   and
                   also
                   a
                   kind
                   of
                   stinking
                   Menstruum
                   :
                   and
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   a
                   water
                   which
                   is
                   very
                   Spirituous
                   and
                   Volatile
                   ,
                   therefore
                   within
                   a
                   Month
                   after
                   it
                   is
                   Distilled
                   ,
                   it
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   put
                   upon
                   its
                   Calx
                   .
                   When
                   it
                   is
                   Affused
                   upon
                   the
                   Calx
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   without
                   any
                   external
                   Fire
                   ,
                   boil
                   if
                   the
                   Vessel
                   be
                   closely
                   shut
                   ;
                   and
                   it
                   will
                   not
                   cease
                   to
                   Ferment
                   or
                   work
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   all
                   dryed
                   up
                   into
                   the
                   Calx
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Therefore
                   you
                   must
                   put
                   no
                   greater
                   a
                   quantity
                   of
                   it
                   to
                   the
                   Calx
                   ,
                   but
                   what
                   may
                   just
                   cover
                   it
                   as
                   it
                   were
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   proceed
                   ,
                   [
                   
                     when
                     the
                     Fornace
                     is
                     dryed
                     up
                  
                   ]
                   to
                   the
                   whole
                   Complement
                   thereof
                   ,
                   (
                   as
                   in
                   the
                   Operation
                   of
                   the
                   Compound
                   water
                   ,
                   )
                   and
                   as
                   the
                   work
                   requires
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   And
                   when
                   the
                   Elixir
                   shall
                   be
                   brought
                   into
                   a
                   Purple
                   Color
                   ,
                   then
                   let
                   it
                   be
                   dissolved
                   with
                   the
                   aforesaid
                   Vegetable
                   Menstruum
                   into
                   a
                   thin
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   the
                   same
                   Menstruum
                   being
                   first
                   rectified
                   ,
                   and
                   let
                   the
                   same
                   by
                   the
                   Circulation
                   of
                   the
                   Spirit
                   of
                   our
                   water
                   be
                   fixed
                   ;
                   so
                   will
                   it
                   have
                   Power
                   to
                   transmute
                   or
                   change
                   all
                   Bodies
                   into
                   pure
                   Gold
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   Heal
                   and
                   Cure
                   all
                   Infirmities
                   and
                   Diseases
                   in
                   Man's
                   Body
                   ,
                   ten
                   thousand
                   times
                   better
                   than
                   all
                   the
                   Potions
                   and
                   Prescriptions
                   of
                   Galen
                   or
                   Hippocrates
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   This
                   Elixir
                   is
                   the
                   
                   true
                   
                     Aurum
                     potabile
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   no
                   other
                   ;
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   made
                   of
                   Gold
                   Elementated
                   and
                   Circulated
                   by
                   the
                   spirituous
                   wheel
                   of
                   Philosophy
                   ;
                   and
                   it
                   is
                   so
                   wrought
                   with
                   the
                   Air
                   ,
                   Gass
                   ,
                   potency
                   ,
                   or
                   spirit
                   of
                   Mercury
                   dissolved
                   by
                   its
                   self
                   ,
                   sublimed
                   and
                   rectified
                   ,
                   as
                   that
                   the
                   body
                   of
                   Gold
                   by
                   it
                   may
                   not
                   only
                   be
                   curiously
                   and
                   exquisitely
                   Elixirated
                   ;
                   but
                   also
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   then
                   afterwards
                   be
                   brought
                   to
                   such
                   a
                   perfection
                   by
                   this
                   our
                   Art
                   ,
                   as
                   to
                   be
                   applied
                   profitably
                   to
                   the
                   most
                   desirable
                   work
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Thus
                   you
                   may
                   see
                   ,
                   we
                   have
                   hid
                   nothing
                   concerning
                   this
                   our
                   desired
                   Elixir
                   of
                   the
                   Vegetable
                   Stone
                   :
                   I
                   shall
                   now
                   proceed
                   to
                   that
                   of
                   the
                   Animal
                   Stone
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   but
                   a
                   work
                   of
                   three
                   days
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   three
                   days
                   will
                   be
                   compleatly
                   ended
                   .
                   My
                   advice
                   to
                   you
                   is
                   ,
                   not
                   to
                   gather
                   the
                   Leaves
                   of
                   Words
                   ;
                   but
                   the
                   Fruits
                   of
                   Works
                   ,
                   the
                   profit
                   of
                   the
                   things
                   sought
                   after
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   And
                   know
                   that
                   in
                   this
                   Work
                   ,
                   I
                   have
                   not
                   so
                   much
                   affected
                   the
                   Curiosity
                   of
                   Language
                   ,
                   or
                   Elegancies
                   of
                   Stile
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   denudating
                   the
                   Essential
                   Verity
                   ,
                   and
                   exposing
                   the
                   very
                   Power
                   of
                   Truth
                   to
                   your
                   View
                   ,
                   which
                   by
                   reason
                   of
                   my
                   haste
                   I
                   have
                   now
                   concisely
                   done
                   in
                   few
                   words
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LXXI
                  
                   .
                   Of
                   Our
                   Animal
                   Stone
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   WE
                   now
                   come
                   to
                   reveal
                   the
                   most
                   noble
                   and
                   High
                   Secret
                   of
                   Secrets
                   ,
                   viz.
                   the
                   Mystery
                   of
                   our
                   Animal
                   Stone
                   desired
                   of
                   all
                   Mankind
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   way
                   and
                   manner
                   of
                   its
                   Elixiration
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   Animal
                   Elixir
                   is
                   neither
                   from
                   Wine
                   ,
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   Wine
                   ,
                   nor
                   from
                   Eggs
                   ,
                   Hair
                   or
                   Blood
                   ,
                   as
                   they
                   are
                   such
                   things
                   ,
                   but
                   only
                   from
                   
                   the
                   Elements
                   :
                   And
                   these
                   Elements
                   we
                   ought
                   to
                   search
                   out
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   Excellency
                   of
                   their
                   exceeding
                   Simplicy
                   and
                   Rectification
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   The
                   Elements
                   as
                   
                     Roger
                     Bachon
                  
                   saith
                   ,
                   are
                   the
                   Roots
                   of
                   all
                   things
                   ,
                   the
                   Mothers
                   of
                   every
                   thing
                   :
                   yet
                   the
                   Elements
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   things
                   do
                   not
                   enter
                   into
                   the
                   Work
                   of
                   this
                   Our
                   Elixir
                   ;
                   but
                   only
                   by
                   the
                   Virtue
                   and
                   Commixtion
                   of
                   those
                   Elements
                   ,
                   with
                   the
                   Elements
                   of
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   and
                   Bodies
                   of
                   Metals
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   Yet
                   so
                   indeed
                   as
                   
                     Roger
                     Bachon
                  
                   saith
                   ,
                   the
                   Elements
                   of
                   those
                   things
                   aforesaid
                   do
                   so
                   enter
                   in
                   as
                   to
                   pierce
                   through
                   [
                   
                     tho'
                     not
                     to
                     dwell
                     there
                  
                   ]
                   and
                   to
                   Accomplish
                   this
                   Our
                   great
                   Elixir
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   Notwithstanding
                   among
                   all
                   those
                   things
                   which
                   be
                   Natural
                   ,
                   (
                   as
                   all
                   the
                   rest
                   be
                   ,
                   which
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   taken
                   ,
                   )
                   there
                   is
                   one
                   thing
                   yet
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   found
                   more
                   pretious
                   ,
                   more
                   excellent
                   ,
                   more
                   proper
                   ,
                   and
                   more
                   Natural
                   than
                   all
                   the
                   rest
                   ,
                   for
                   this
                   our
                   purpose
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   The
                   which
                   one
                   thing
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   more
                   excellent
                   than
                   all
                   the
                   rest
                   ,
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   have
                   taken
                   for
                   the
                   nearest
                   ;
                   because
                   of
                   the
                   singular
                   perfection
                   which
                   God
                   has
                   given
                   to
                   the
                   Microcosm
                   or
                   lesser
                   World
                   ,
                   in
                   whom
                   are
                   not
                   only
                   the
                   Idea's
                   of
                   the
                   Courses
                   and
                   effects
                   of
                   the
                   Planets
                   ,
                   Stars
                   ,
                   and
                   Asterisms
                   ,
                   but
                   also
                   the
                   Complexions
                   ,
                   humours
                   ,
                   Spirits
                   ,
                   and
                   Natural
                   Virtues
                   of
                   the
                   Elements
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   And
                   therefore
                   consider
                   the
                   most
                   noble
                   Bird
                   of
                   Hermes
                   ,
                   which
                   when
                   the
                   Sun
                   is
                   in
                   Aries
                   ,
                   begins
                   to
                   fly
                   ;
                   and
                   as
                   it
                   is
                   advised
                   ,
                   so
                   let
                   it
                   be
                   brought
                   forth
                   and
                   sought
                   for
                   .
                   Seek
                   out
                   the
                   true
                   Sulphur
                   from
                   his
                   Mine
                   or
                   Minera
                   ,
                   not
                   being
                   corrupted
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   whole
                   perfection
                   lies
                   in
                   the
                   uncorrupt
                   Sulphur
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   This
                   is
                   our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   the
                   which
                   as
                   Aristotle
                   saith
                   ,
                   in
                   his
                   Secret
                   of
                   Secrets
                   ,
                   is
                   generated
                   in
                   the
                   Dunghil
                   ,
                   High-ways
                   ,
                   and
                   must
                   be
                   divided
                   into
                   four
                   parts
                   :
                   because
                   saith
                   he
                   ,
                   each
                   part
                   has
                   
                   one
                   Nature
                   ,
                   the
                   which
                   parts
                   must
                   be
                   joyned
                   together
                   again
                   ,
                   till
                   they
                   resist
                   or
                   strive
                   no
                   more
                   ;
                   when
                   they
                   are
                   joyned
                   unto
                   it
                   ,
                   it
                   shall
                   be
                   White
                   ;
                   is
                   Fire
                   ,
                   Red
                   ;
                   as
                   you
                   please
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   But
                   understand
                   ,
                   that
                   this
                   Division
                   ,
                   must
                   not
                   be
                   a
                   Manual
                   Division
                   ,
                   [
                   
                     but
                     in
                     Power
                     and
                     Effect
                  
                   ,
                   ]
                   wherefore
                   ,
                   let
                   this
                   one
                   thing
                   which
                   all
                   Men
                   have
                   (
                   its
                   over-flowing
                   Flegmatick
                   property
                   being
                   somewhat
                   Evacuated
                   )
                   be
                   put
                   into
                   Kemia
                   or
                   proper
                   Vessels
                   ,
                   which
                   Seal
                   up
                   Philosophically
                   ;
                   let
                   it
                   putrifie
                   in
                   a
                   moist
                   Fire
                   a
                   long
                   Season
                   ,
                   into
                   a
                   black
                   thickness
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Then
                   by
                   the
                   second
                   Degree
                   of
                   Fire
                   ,
                   let
                   it
                   be
                   Coagulated
                   into
                   a
                   dryness
                   ,
                   after
                   many
                   Bublings
                   ,
                   which
                   it
                   will
                   make
                   ,
                   wherein
                   shall
                   shine
                   innumerable
                   Colors
                   :
                   and
                   when
                   all
                   that
                   which
                   is
                   fine
                   and
                   subtil
                   ,
                   shall
                   Ascend
                   upwards
                   [
                   
                     or
                     sublime
                  
                   ]
                   in
                   the
                   Vessel
                   moft
                   White
                   ,
                   like
                   as
                   the
                   Eyes
                   of
                   Fishes
                   ,
                   the
                   work
                   is
                   compleat
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   part
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   This
                   truly
                   is
                   a
                   marvelous
                   thing
                   ,
                   more
                   to
                   be
                   wondred
                   at
                   ,
                   than
                   any
                   Miracle
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   for
                   then
                   the
                   self
                   same
                   White
                   ,
                   has
                   fully
                   the
                   Nature
                   of
                   White
                   Sulphur
                   ,
                   not
                   Burning
                   [
                   
                     or
                     Silver
                  
                   ,
                   ]
                   and
                   is
                   the
                   very
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   Nature
                   and
                   
                     Argent
                     Vive
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Let
                   some
                   quantity
                   of
                   Luna
                   be
                   added
                   to
                   it
                   in
                   the
                   manner
                   of
                   an
                   Amalgama
                   ;
                   then
                   it
                   brings
                   forth
                   ,
                   by
                   Operation
                   ,
                   or
                   generation
                   of
                   White
                   into
                   White
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   same
                   thing
                   worketh
                   it
                   into
                   Red
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   made
                   compleat
                   into
                   Red
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   greater
                   Digestion
                   in
                   the
                   Fire
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Then
                   ,
                   as
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   advise
                   ,
                   let
                   the
                   two
                   
                     Sulphurs
                     ,
                     viz.
                  
                   the
                   White
                   and
                   the
                   Red
                   be
                   mingled
                   with
                   the
                   Oyl
                   of
                   the
                   White
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   may
                   work
                   the
                   more
                   strongly
                   ;
                   upon
                   which
                   ,
                   if
                   the
                   Quintescence
                   of
                   the
                   Vegetable
                   Stone
                   shall
                   be
                   fixed
                   ,
                   you
                   shall
                   have
                   the
                   highest
                   Medicine
                   in
                   the
                   World
                   ,
                   both
                   to
                   Heal
                   and
                   Cure
                   Humane
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   transmute
                   the
                   Bodies
                   of
                   Metals
                   into
                   the
                   most
                   pure
                   and
                   fine
                   Gold
                   and
                   Silver
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LXXII
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Reserved
                   Secret
                   Explicated
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   AND
                   now
                   we
                   are
                   drawing
                   near
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   of
                   this
                   work
                   ,
                   we
                   shall
                   hereunto
                   add
                   and
                   Explicate
                   one
                   Secret
                   ,
                   even
                   our
                   reserved
                   Secret
                   ,
                   hitherto
                   Buried
                   in
                   the
                   Abyss
                   of
                   AEnigma's
                   and
                   deep
                   Silence
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   We
                   say
                   that
                   the
                   Body
                   of
                   the
                   Volatile
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   fixed
                   ,
                   by
                   Fire
                   against
                   Nature
                   ,
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   dissolved
                   in
                   the
                   Vegetable
                   Water
                   ,
                   that
                   is
                   to
                   say
                   ,
                   in
                   our
                   Vaporous
                   Menstruum
                   ;
                   not
                   in
                   water
                   of
                   the
                   Cloud
                   ,
                   but
                   in
                   water
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   In
                   which
                   Dissolution
                   ,
                   the
                   Body
                   is
                   made
                   light
                   ,
                   for
                   its
                   more
                   pure
                   and
                   subtil
                   part
                   is
                   lifted
                   up
                   [
                   
                     or
                     sublimed
                  
                   ]
                   from
                   Salt
                   and
                   Combustible
                   Faeces
                   ,
                   by
                   Virtue
                   of
                   the
                   water
                   attractive
                   :
                   which
                   is
                   more
                   clear
                   than
                   the
                   water
                   of
                   the
                   Margarite
                   ,
                   as
                   I
                   have
                   seen
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   And
                   of
                   this
                   substance
                   Fermented
                   with
                   the
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Luna
                   or
                   Sol
                   ,
                   is
                   made
                   the
                   great
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   for
                   the
                   transmutation
                   of
                   imperfect
                   Bodies
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   It
                   must
                   oftentimes
                   be
                   dissolved
                   and
                   Coagulated
                   with
                   its
                   Ferment
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   work
                   the
                   better
                   ;
                   and
                   with
                   this
                   said
                   Mercurial
                   substance
                   ,
                   thus
                   Elevated
                   [
                   
                     or
                     sublimed
                  
                   ]
                   we
                   Counterfeit
                   the
                   most
                   pretious
                   Margarites
                   or
                   Pearls
                   ,
                   not
                   inferior
                   to
                   the
                   sight
                   ,
                   to
                   the
                   very
                   best
                   that
                   ever
                   Nature
                   produced
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   And
                   with
                   these
                   Artificial
                   pretious
                   Stones
                   ,
                   we
                   shall
                   finish
                   the
                   discourse
                   of
                   
                     Our
                     pretious
                     Stones
                  
                   ,
                   [
                   
                     Mineral
                     ,
                     Vegetable
                     ,
                     and
                     Animal
                  
                   ]
                   the
                   abscondite
                   Mysteries
                   of
                   which
                   ,
                   being
                   by
                   the
                   Wise
                   and
                   upright
                   Sons
                   of
                   Art
                   prudently
                   kept
                   Secret.
                   
                
                 
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   I
                   Pray
                   the
                   most
                   Good
                   and
                   Gracious
                   God
                   ,
                   to
                   open
                   and
                   reveal
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                   at
                   one
                   time
                   or
                   another
                   ,
                   even
                   as
                   it
                   shall
                   please
                   him
                   ,
                   to
                   his
                   despised
                   Servants
                   and
                   little
                   ones
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   O
                   most
                   incomprehensible
                   light
                   ,
                   most
                   Glorious
                   in
                   Majesty
                   ,
                   who
                   with
                   the
                   Charity
                   of
                   thy
                   Heavenly
                   Rays
                   dost
                   Darken
                   our
                   Dimmer
                   Light
                   ;
                   O
                   substantial
                   Unity
                   ,
                   the
                   Divine
                   three
                   ,
                   the
                   joy
                   and
                   Rejoycing
                   of
                   the
                   Heavenly
                   Host
                   ,
                   the
                   Glory
                   of
                   Our
                   Redemption
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Thou
                   most
                   Merciful
                   ,
                   the
                   Purifier
                   of
                   Souls
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   perpetual
                   subsistance
                   ;
                   O
                   most
                   Grations
                   ,
                   through
                   daily
                   Dangers
                   and
                   Perils
                   which
                   thou
                   suffers
                   us
                   to
                   undergo
                   ,
                   and
                   through
                   this
                   Vexatious
                   vail
                   of
                   Vanity
                   ,
                   bring
                   us
                   to
                   thy
                   heavenly
                   Kingdom
                   .
                
                 
                   X.
                   O
                   Power
                   and
                   Wisdom
                   ,
                   thou
                   goodness
                   inexplicable
                   ,
                   uphold
                   us
                   daily
                   ,
                   and
                   be
                   Our
                   Guide
                   and
                   Director
                   ,
                   that
                   we
                   may
                   never
                   displease
                   thee
                   all
                   the
                   days
                   of
                   our
                   Lives
                   ,
                   but
                   obey
                   thee
                   ,
                   as
                   Faithful
                   Professors
                   of
                   thy
                   Holy
                   Name
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   Early
                   ,
                   even
                   betimes
                   O
                   Lord
                   ,
                   hear
                   thou
                   my
                   Prayers
                   ,
                   by
                   the
                   Virtue
                   of
                   thy
                   Grace
                   ,
                   help
                   forward
                   my
                   desires
                   ,
                   and
                   enable
                   me
                   I
                   beseech
                   thee
                   to
                   perform
                   thy
                   Holy
                   Will.
                   
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   O
                   most
                   excellent
                   Fountain
                   ,
                   boundless
                   in
                   Treasures
                   ,
                   thou
                   scatterest
                   thy
                   good
                   things
                   without
                   measure
                   amongst
                   the
                   Sons
                   of
                   Men
                   ,
                   and
                   thou
                   makest
                   every
                   other
                   Creature
                   to
                   partake
                   of
                   thine
                   especial
                   kindness
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Thou
                   art
                   worthy
                   O
                   Lord
                   ,
                   to
                   behold
                   the
                   Works
                   of
                   thy
                   Hand
                   and
                   to
                   defend
                   what
                   thy
                   Right
                   Hand
                   has
                   planted
                   ,
                   that
                   we
                   may
                   not
                   live
                   unprofitably
                   ,
                   nor
                   spend
                   the
                   course
                   of
                   our
                   Years
                   in
                   Vanities
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Grant
                   therefore
                   we
                   beseech
                   thee
                   ,
                   that
                   we
                   may
                   live
                   without
                   falshood
                   and
                   deceit
                   ,
                   that
                   avoiding
                   the
                   Great
                   danger
                   of
                   a
                   sinful
                   course
                   of
                   Life
                   ,
                   we
                   may
                   escape
                   the
                   Snares
                   of
                   Sin.
                   
                
                 
                   XV.
                   And
                   as
                   I
                   Renounce
                   the
                   Loves
                   of
                   the
                   things
                   of
                   this
                   Life
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Concupiscences
                   or
                   Lusts
                   thereof
                   ,
                   so
                   accept
                   of
                   
                   me
                   thy
                   Servant
                   ,
                   as
                   a
                   true
                   and
                   Spontaneous
                   Votary
                   ,
                   who
                   wholly
                   depends
                   on
                   thy
                   goodness
                   ,
                   with
                   all
                   Confidence
                   ,
                   possessing
                   nothing
                   more
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   We
                   submit
                   our selves
                   to
                   thee
                   ,
                   for
                   so
                   it
                   is
                   fit
                   ;
                   vouchsafe
                   thy
                   Light
                   to
                   discover
                   to
                   us
                   the
                   Immortal
                   Treasures
                   of
                   Life
                   ;
                   shew
                   us
                   thy
                   hidden
                   things
                   ,
                   and
                   be
                   merciful
                   and
                   good
                   unto
                   us
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   Among
                   the
                   rest
                   of
                   thy
                   Servants
                   who
                   profess
                   thy
                   Name
                   ,
                   I
                   offer
                   my self
                   with
                   all
                   humble
                   Submission
                   ;
                   And
                   I
                   beseech
                   thee
                   O
                   Lord
                   ,
                   to
                   forgive
                   me
                   ,
                   if
                   I
                   open
                   and
                   reveal
                   thy
                   Secrets
                   to
                   thy
                   Faithful
                   Servants
                   .
                
                 
                   Amen
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     CHAP.
                     LXXIII
                     .
                     Ripley's
                  
                   Philosophical
                   Axioms
                   out
                   of
                   the
                   Theatrum
                   Chymicum
                   .
                
                 
                   I.
                   OUr
                   Stone
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   Microcosm
                   ;
                   One
                   and
                   Three
                   ;
                   Magnesia
                   and
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   all
                   proportioned
                   by
                   Nature
                   her self
                   .
                   Now
                   understand
                   that
                   that
                   there
                   are
                   three
                   Mercuries
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   the
                   Key
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Science
                   ,
                   Raymundus
                   calls
                   his
                   Menstruums
                   ,
                   without
                   which
                   ,
                   nothing
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   done
                   in
                   this
                   Art
                   :
                   but
                   the
                   Essential
                   Mercury
                   of
                   the
                   Bodies
                   is
                   the
                   chief
                   material
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   .
                
                 
                   II.
                   Our
                   Stone
                   is
                   a
                   Soul
                   and
                   a
                   substance
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   the
                   Earth
                   does
                   receive
                   its
                   splendor
                   :
                   what
                   other
                   thing
                   is
                   Sol
                   or
                   Luna
                   ,
                   than
                   a
                   
                     Terra
                     Munda
                  
                   ,
                   a
                   pure
                   Earth
                   ,
                   Red
                   and
                   White
                   ?
                   The
                   whole
                   Composition
                   we
                   call
                   Our
                   Plumbum
                   or
                   Lead
                   ,
                   the
                   Quality
                   of
                   whose
                   splendor
                   proceeds
                   from
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   .
                
                 
                   III.
                   No
                   impure
                   Body
                   ,
                   one
                   excepted
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   vulgarly
                   call
                   the
                   
                     Green
                     Lyon
                  
                   ,
                   (
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   Medium
                   which
                   Conjoyns
                   the
                   Tinctures
                   between
                   
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   with
                   perfection
                   )
                   does
                   Enter
                   into
                   our
                   Magistry
                   .
                
                 
                   IV.
                   These
                   Menstruums
                   you
                   ought
                   to
                   know
                   ,
                   without
                   which
                   no
                   true
                   Calcination
                   ,
                   or
                   natural
                   dissolution
                   can
                   possibly
                   be
                   done
                   .
                   But
                   our
                   principal
                   Menstruum
                   may
                   be
                   said
                   indeed
                   to
                   be
                   Invisible
                   or
                   Spiritual
                   ;
                   yet
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   our
                   
                     Aqua
                     Philosophica
                     secunda
                  
                   ,
                   through
                   a
                   separation
                   of
                   the
                   Elements
                   ,
                   in
                   form
                   of
                   clear
                   water
                   ,
                   it
                   is
                   brought
                   to
                   light
                   ,
                   and
                   made
                   to
                   appear
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   And
                   by
                   this
                   Menstruum
                   with
                   great
                   Labour
                   is
                   made
                   the
                   Sulphur
                   of
                   Nature
                   ,
                   by
                   Circulation
                   in
                   a
                   pure
                   Spirit
                   ;
                   and
                   with
                   the
                   same
                   you
                   may
                   dissolve
                   your
                   Body
                   after
                   divers
                   manners
                   :
                   and
                   an
                   Oyl
                   may
                   be
                   extracted
                   therefrom
                   ,
                   of
                   a
                   Golden
                   Color
                   ,
                   like
                   as
                   from
                   Our
                   Red
                   Lead
                   .
                
                 
                   VI.
                   1.
                   
                   
                     De
                     Calcinatione
                  
                   .
                   Calcination
                   is
                   the
                   Purgation
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   restoring
                   it
                   to
                   its
                   own
                   Natural
                   Color
                   ,
                   inducing
                   first
                   a
                   necessary
                   dissolution
                   thereof
                   ,
                   but
                   neither
                   with
                   Corrosives
                   ,
                   nor
                   fire
                   alone
                   ,
                   nor
                   A.
                   F.
                   nor
                   with
                   other
                   Burning
                   waters
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   Vapour
                   of
                   Lead
                   ,
                   is
                   our
                   Stone
                   Calcined
                   ;
                   for
                   by
                   such
                   Calcinations
                   ,
                   Bodies
                   are
                   destroyed
                   ,
                   for
                   that
                   they
                   diminish
                   their
                   humidities
                   .
                
                 
                   VII
                   .
                   Whereas
                   in
                   our
                   Calcination
                   the
                   Radical
                   humidity
                   is
                   Augmented
                   or
                   multiplied
                   ,
                   for
                   like
                   increases
                   like
                   ;
                   he
                   which
                   knows
                   not
                   this
                   knows
                   nothing
                   in
                   this
                   Art.
                   Joyn
                   like
                   with
                   like
                   ,
                   and
                   kind
                   with
                   kind
                   ,
                   as
                   you
                   ought
                   ;
                   every
                   seed
                   answers
                   and
                   rejoyces
                   in
                   seed
                   of
                   its
                   own
                   kind
                   :
                   and
                   every
                   Spirit
                   is
                   fixed
                   with
                   a
                   Calx
                   of
                   its
                   own
                   kind
                   or
                   Nature
                   .
                
                 
                   VIII
                   .
                   The
                   Philosophers
                   make
                   an
                   Unctuous
                   Calx
                   ,
                   both
                   White
                   and
                   Red
                   ,
                   of
                   three
                   Degrees
                   ,
                   before
                   it
                   can
                   be
                   perfected
                   ,
                   that
                   shall
                   melt
                   as
                   Wax
                   ,
                   till
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   of
                   no
                   use
                   .
                   If
                   your
                   water
                   shall
                   be
                   in
                   a
                   right
                   or
                   just
                   proportion
                   with
                   your
                   Earth
                   ,
                   and
                   in
                   a
                   fit
                   Heat
                   ,
                   your
                   Matter
                   will
                   Germinate
                   ,
                   the
                   White
                   together
                   with
                   the
                   Red
                   ,
                   
                   which
                   will
                   endure
                   in
                   a
                   perpetual
                   Fire
                   .
                
                 
                   IX
                   .
                   Make
                   a
                   Trinity
                   of
                   Unity
                   ,
                   without
                   dissention
                   ;
                   this
                   is
                   the
                   most
                   certain
                   and
                   best
                   proportion
                   :
                   and
                   by
                   how
                   much
                   the
                   lesser
                   part
                   is
                   the
                   more
                   spiritual
                   ,
                   by
                   so
                   much
                   the
                   more
                   easily
                   will
                   the
                   dissolution
                   be
                   performed
                   :
                   drown
                   not
                   the
                   Earth
                   with
                   too
                   much
                   water
                   ,
                   lest
                   you
                   destroy
                   the
                   whole
                   Work.
                   
                
                 
                   X.
                   2.
                   
                   
                     De
                     Dissolutione
                  
                   .
                   Seek
                   not
                   that
                   in
                   a
                   thing
                   which
                   is
                   not
                   in
                   it
                   ,
                   as
                   in
                   Eggs
                   ,
                   Blood
                   ,
                   Wine
                   ,
                   Vitriol
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   other
                   middle
                   Minerals
                   ;
                   there
                   is
                   no
                   profit
                   to
                   be
                   had
                   in
                   things
                   not
                   Metallick
                   :
                   In
                   Metals
                   ,
                   from
                   Metals
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   or
                   through
                   Metals
                   ,
                   Metals
                   are
                   made
                   perfect
                   .
                
                 
                   XI
                   .
                   First
                   make
                   a
                   Rotation
                   of
                   all
                   the
                   Elements
                   ;
                   and
                   before
                   all
                   things
                   ,
                   convert
                   the
                   Earth
                   into
                   water
                   by
                   dissolution
                   :
                   Then
                   Dissolve
                   that
                   Water
                   into
                   Air
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   make
                   that
                   Air
                   into
                   Fire
                   :
                   this
                   done
                   ,
                   reduce
                   it
                   again
                   into
                   Earth
                   ,
                   for
                   otherwise
                   you
                   labour
                   in
                   vain
                   .
                
                 
                   XII
                   .
                   Here
                   is
                   nothing
                   besides
                   the
                   Sister
                   and
                   the
                   Brother
                   ;
                   that
                   is
                   ,
                   the
                   Agent
                   and
                   the
                   Patient
                   ,
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   Mercury
                   ,
                   which
                   are
                   generated
                   Co-essential
                   substances
                   .
                   The
                   dissolution
                   of
                   one
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   Corporeal
                   Substance
                   ,
                   causeth
                   a
                   Congelation
                   of
                   another
                   part
                   of
                   the
                   spiritual
                   .
                
                 
                   XIII
                   .
                   Every
                   Metal
                   was
                   once
                   a
                   Mineral
                   Water
                   ,
                   wherefore
                   they
                   may
                   all
                   be
                   dissolved
                   into
                   Water
                   again
                   ;
                   in
                   which
                   Water
                   are
                   the
                   four
                   repugnant
                   Qualities
                   with
                   diversity
                   .
                   In
                   one
                   Glass
                   all
                   things
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   done
                   ,
                   made
                   in
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   an
                   Egg
                   ,
                   and
                   well
                   closed
                   .
                
                 
                   XIV
                   .
                   Let
                   not
                   your
                   Glass
                   be
                   hotter
                   than
                   you
                   can
                   endure
                   your
                   naked
                   Hand
                   upon
                   ,
                   so
                   long
                   as
                   your
                   matter
                   is
                   in
                   dissolution
                   :
                   When
                   the
                   Body
                   is
                   altered
                   from
                   its
                   first
                   form
                   ,
                   it
                   immediately
                   puts
                   on
                   a
                   new
                   form
                   .
                
                 
                   XV.
                   3.
                   
                   
                     De
                     Dispositione
                  
                   .
                   Beware
                   that
                   you
                   open
                   not
                   your
                   Glass
                   ,
                   nor
                   ever
                   move
                   
                   it
                   ,
                   from
                   the
                   beginning
                   of
                   the
                   work
                   to
                   the
                   end
                   thereof
                   ;
                   for
                   then
                   you
                   will
                   never
                   bring
                   your
                   work
                   to
                   perfection
                   .
                   Dry
                   the
                   Earth
                   till
                   it
                   becomes
                   thirsty
                   in
                   Calcination
                   ,
                   otherwise
                   you
                   Act
                   in
                   vain
                   .
                   Divide
                   the
                   matter
                   into
                   two
                   parts
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   may
                   separate
                   the
                   subtil
                   from
                   the
                   gross
                   ,
                   or
                   thin
                   from
                   the
                   thick
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   Earth
                   remains
                   in
                   the
                   bottom
                   of
                   a
                   Livid
                   Color
                   .
                
                 
                   XVI
                   .
                   One
                   part
                   is
                   Spiritual
                   and
                   Volatile
                   ;
                   but
                   they
                   ought
                   all
                   to
                   be
                   converted
                   to
                   one
                   matter
                   or
                   substance
                   .
                   And
                   distil
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   with
                   which
                   you
                   would
                   Vivifiethe
                   Stone
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   be
                   pure
                   &
                   thin
                   as
                   water
                   ,
                   shinning
                   with
                   a
                   Blew
                   Livid
                   Colour
                   ,
                   retaining
                   its
                   Figure
                   and
                   Ponderosity
                   :
                   with
                   this
                   Water
                   Hermes
                   moistens
                   or
                   waters
                   his
                   Tree
                   ,
                   whilst
                   in
                   his
                   Glass
                   ,
                   and
                   makes
                   the
                   Flowers
                   to
                   increase
                   on
                   high
                   .
                
                 
                   XVII
                   .
                   First
                   divide
                   that
                   ,
                   which
                   Nature
                   first
                   tyed
                   together
                   ,
                   converting
                   the
                   Essential
                   Mercury
                   into
                   Air
                   ,
                   or
                   a
                   Vapour
                   ,
                   without
                   which
                   natural
                   and
                   subtil
                   separation
                   ,
                   no
                   future
                   Generation
                   can
                   be
                   compleated
                   .
                
                 
                   XVIII
                   .
                   Your
                   Water
                   ought
                   to
                   be
                   seven
                   times
                   sublimed
                   ,
                   otherwise
                   there
                   can
                   never
                   be
                   any
                   natural
                   Dissolution
                   made
                   ;
                   nor
                   shall
                   you
                   see
                   any
                   Putrefaction
                   like
                   Liquid
                   Pitch
                   ;
                   nor
                   will
                   the
                   Colors
                   appear
                   ,
                   because
                   of
                   the
                   defect
                   of
                   the
                   Fire
                   Operating
                   in
                   your
                   Glass
                   .
                
                 
                   XIX
                   .
                   4.
                   
                   
                     De
                     Ignibus
                  
                   .
                   There
                   are
                   four
                   kinds
                   of
                   Fires
                   which
                   you
                   ought
                   to
                   know
                   ;
                   the
                   Natural
                   ,
                   the
                   Innatural
                   ,
                   that
                   contrary
                   to
                   Nature
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Elemental
                   ,
                   which
                   burns
                   Wood
                   :
                   These
                   are
                   the
                   fires
                   we
                   use
                   ,
                   and
                   no
                   others
                   .
                
                 
                   XX.
                   The
                   Fire
                   of
                   Nature
                   is
                   in
                   every
                   thing
                   ,
                   and
                   is
                   the
                   third
                   Menstruum
                   .
                   The
                   Innatural
                   Fire
                   is
                   occasionally
                   so
                   called
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Fire
                   of
                   Ashes
                   ,
                   of
                   Sand
                   ,
                   and
                   Baths
                   for
                   putrefying
                   :
                   and
                   without
                   this
                   no
                   Putrefaction
                   can
                   be
                   done
                   .
                
                 
                   XXI
                   .
                   The
                   Fire
                   against
                   Nature
                   ,
                   is
                   that
                   which
                   tears
                   
                   Bodies
                   to
                   pieces
                   or
                   Atoms
                   ;
                   which
                   is
                   the
                   fiery
                   Dragon
                   ,
                   violently
                   burning
                   like
                   the
                   fire
                   of
                   Hell.
                   Make
                   therefore
                   that
                   your
                   fire
                   within
                   ,
                   in
                   your
                   Glass
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   burn
                   the
                   Bodies
                   much
                   more
                   powerfully
                   than
                   the
                   vulgar
                   Elemental
                   fire
                   can
                   do
                   .
                
                 
                   XXII
                   .
                   5.
                   
                   
                     De
                     Conjunctione
                  
                   .
                   Conjunction
                   is
                   the
                   joyning
                   together
                   of
                   things
                   separated
                   ,
                   and
                   of
                   differing
                   Qualities
                   ;
                   or
                   the
                   Adequation
                   or
                   bringing
                   to
                   an
                   equality
                   of
                   principles
                   :
                   he
                   which
                   knows
                   not
                   how
                   to
                   separate
                   the
                   Elements
                   ,
                   and
                   to
                   divide
                   them
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   to
                   conjoyn
                   them
                   again
                   ,
                   errs
                   ,
                   not
                   knowing
                   the
                   true
                   way
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIII
                   .
                   Divide
                   the
                   Soul
                   from
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   and
                   get
                   that
                   ,
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   the
                   Soul
                   which
                   causes
                   the
                   perpetual
                   Conjunction
                   :
                   the
                   Male
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   our
                   Sol
                   ,
                   requires
                   three
                   parts
                   ;
                   and
                   the
                   Female
                   which
                   is
                   his
                   Sister
                   ,
                   nine
                   parts
                   ;
                   then
                   like
                   rejoyces
                   with
                   like
                   for
                   ever
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIV
                   .
                   Certainly
                   Dissolution
                   and
                   Conjunction
                   ,
                   are
                   two
                   strong
                   principles
                   of
                   this
                   Science
                   ,
                   tho
                   there
                   may
                   be
                   many
                   other
                   principles
                   besides
                   .
                
                 
                   XXV
                   .
                   6.
                   
                   
                     De
                     Putrefactione
                  
                   .
                   The
                   Destruction
                   of
                   the
                   Bodies
                   is
                   such
                   ,
                   that
                   you
                   are
                   diligently
                   to
                   Conserve
                   them
                   in
                   a
                   Bath
                   ,
                   or
                   our
                   Horse-Dung
                   ,
                   viz.
                   in
                   a
                   moist
                   heat
                   for
                   ninty
                   days
                   Natural
                   :
                   but
                   the
                   Putrefaction
                   is
                   not
                   compleatly
                   Absolved
                   ,
                   and
                   brought
                   to
                   whiteness
                   ,
                   like
                   the
                   Eyes
                   of
                   Fishes
                   ,
                   in
                   less
                   than
                   150
                   days
                   ;
                   the
                   blackness
                   first
                   appearing
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Index
                   or
                   Sign
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   matter
                   draws
                   on
                   to
                   Putrefaction
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVI
                   .
                   Being
                   together
                   Black
                   like
                   Liquid
                   Pitch
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   time
                   ,
                   they
                   swell
                   and
                   cause
                   an
                   Ebullition
                   ,
                   with
                   Colors
                   like
                   those
                   of
                   the
                   Rainbow
                   ,
                   of
                   a
                   most
                   beautiful
                   aspect
                   ;
                   and
                   then
                   the
                   water
                   begins
                   to
                   whiten
                   the
                   whole
                   Mass.
                   
                
                 
                   XXVII
                   .
                   A
                   temperate
                   heat
                   working
                   in
                   moist
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   brings
                   forth
                   blackness
                   ,
                   which
                   having
                   obtained
                   ,
                   there
                   is
                   
                   nothing
                   that
                   you
                   need
                   fear
                   for
                   in
                   the
                   same
                   way
                   ,
                   the
                   Germination
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   does
                   follow
                   ,
                   and
                   forthwith
                   ,
                   to
                   wit
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   thirty
                   [
                   
                     or
                     Forty
                  
                   ]
                   days
                   ,
                   you
                   have
                   Gas
                   ,
                   or
                   Adrop
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   our
                   Uzifer
                   or
                   Cinnabar
                   ,
                   and
                   our
                   
                     Red
                     Lead
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   XXVIII
                   .
                   Takeheed
                   to
                   defend
                   your
                   Glass
                   from
                   a
                   Violent
                   Heat
                   ,
                   and
                   a
                   sudden
                   Cold
                   ;
                   make
                   use
                   of
                   a
                   moderate
                   Fire
                   ,
                   and
                   beware
                   of
                   Vitrification
                   .
                   Beware
                   how
                   you
                   bind
                   up
                   your
                   matter
                   ;
                   mix
                   it
                   not
                   with
                   Salts
                   ,
                   Sulphurs
                   ,
                   nor
                   the
                   middle
                   Minerals
                   ;
                   let
                   Sophisters
                   prate
                   what
                   they
                   will
                   ,
                   Our
                   Sulphur
                   and
                   our
                   Mercury
                   are
                   found
                   in
                   Metals
                   only
                   .
                
                 
                   XXIX
                   .
                   7.
                   
                   
                     De
                     Coagulatione
                  
                   .
                   Coagulation
                   or
                   Congelation
                   is
                   the
                   induration
                   or
                   hardning
                   of
                   things
                   ,
                   in
                   
                     Calore
                     Candido
                  
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   fixing
                   of
                   the
                   Volatile
                   Spirit
                   .
                   The
                   Elements
                   are
                   forthwith
                   converted
                   ,
                   but
                   the
                   Congelation
                   is
                   no
                   way
                   impeded
                   ,
                   for
                   those
                   things
                   which
                   are
                   Congealed
                   in
                   the
                   Air
                   ,
                   melt
                   or
                   soften
                   not
                   in
                   the
                   Water
                   ;
                   for
                   if
                   so
                   ,
                   Our
                   work
                   would
                   be
                   destroyed
                   ,
                   and
                   come
                   to
                   nothing
                   .
                
                 
                   XXX
                   .
                   When
                   the
                   Compositum
                   is
                   brought
                   to
                   Whiteness
                   ,
                   then
                   the
                   Spirit
                   is
                   United
                   and
                   Congealed
                   with
                   the
                   Body
                   ;
                   but
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   a
                   good
                   length
                   of
                   time
                   before
                   such
                   a
                   Congelation
                   will
                   appear
                   in
                   the
                   likeness
                   or
                   Beauty
                   of
                   Pearls
                   .
                   The
                   cause
                   of
                   all
                   these
                   things
                   is
                   the
                   most
                   temperate
                   heat
                   ,
                   continually
                   working
                   and
                   moving
                   the
                   Matter
                   .
                   Believe
                   me
                   also
                   ,
                   that
                   your
                   whole
                   Labour
                   is
                   lost
                   ,
                   except
                   you
                   revivifie
                   your
                   Earth
                   with
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   without
                   that
                   you
                   shall
                   never
                   see
                   a
                   true
                   Congelation
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXI
                   .
                   This
                   Water
                   is
                   a
                   Secret
                   drawn
                   from
                   the
                   Life
                   of
                   all
                   things
                   existing
                   in
                   Nature
                   ;
                   for
                   from
                   Water
                   all
                   things
                   in
                   the
                   World
                   have
                   their
                   first
                   beginning
                   ,
                   as
                   you
                   may
                   easily
                   perceive
                   in
                   many
                   things
                   .
                   The
                   substance
                   or
                   Matter
                   is
                   nourished
                   with
                   its
                   proper
                   Menstruum
                   ,
                   which
                   the
                   Water
                   and
                   the
                   Earth
                   only
                   produce
                   ,
                   whose
                   proper
                   Colour
                   is
                   Greenness
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   XXXII
                   .
                   Understand
                   also
                   that
                   our
                   fiery
                   Water
                   thus
                   acuated
                   is
                   called
                   the
                   Menstrual
                   Water
                   ,
                   in
                   which
                   Our
                   Earth
                   is
                   dissolved
                   ,
                   and
                   naturally
                   Calcined
                   by
                   Conge
                   lation
                   ;
                   when
                   you
                   have
                   made
                   seven
                   Imbibitions
                   ,
                   then
                   by
                   a
                   Circumvolution
                   ,
                   putrifie
                   again
                   all
                   the
                   Matter
                   without
                   addition
                   ,
                   beholding
                   in
                   the
                   first
                   place
                   the
                   blackness
                   ,
                   then
                   the
                   Whiteness
                   of
                   the
                   Congealed
                   Matters
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIII
                   .
                   Thus
                   your
                   Water
                   is
                   divided
                   into
                   two
                   parts
                   :
                   with
                   the
                   first
                   part
                   ,
                   the
                   Bodies
                   are
                   purified
                   :
                   the
                   second
                   part
                   is
                   reserved
                   for
                   Imbibitions
                   ;
                   with
                   which
                   afterwards
                   the
                   Matter
                   is
                   made
                   black
                   ,
                   and
                   presently
                   after
                   with
                   a
                   gentle
                   fire
                   ,
                   made
                   White
                   ,
                   then
                   reduce
                   to
                   Redness
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIV
                   .
                   8.
                   
                   
                     De
                     Cibatione
                  
                   .
                   Cibation
                   ,
                   is
                   the
                   Feeding
                   or
                   Nourishing
                   of
                   our
                   dry
                   Matter
                   with
                   Milk
                   and
                   Meat
                   ,
                   being
                   both
                   administred
                   moderately
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   is
                   reduced
                   to
                   the
                   third
                   Order
                   :
                   you
                   must
                   never
                   give
                   so
                   much
                   as
                   to
                   cause
                   a
                   suffocation
                   ,
                   or
                   that
                   the
                   Aqueous
                   humour
                   should
                   exceed
                   the
                   Blood
                   :
                   if
                   it
                   drinks
                   too
                   much
                   ,
                   the
                   work
                   will
                   be
                   hurt
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXV
                   .
                   Three
                   times
                   must
                   you
                   turn
                   about
                   the
                   Philosophick
                   Wheel
                   ,
                   observing
                   the
                   Rule
                   of
                   the
                   said
                   Cibation
                   ,
                   and
                   then
                   in
                   a
                   little
                   time
                   it
                   will
                   feel
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   so
                   as
                   to
                   melt
                   presently
                   like
                   Wax
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXVI
                   .
                   9.
                   
                   
                     De
                     Sublimatione
                  
                   .
                   Sublime
                   not
                   the
                   matter
                   to
                   the
                   top
                   of
                   the
                   Vessel
                   ,
                   for
                   without
                   Violence
                   ,
                   you
                   cannot
                   bring
                   it
                   down
                   to
                   the
                   bottom
                   again
                   ;
                   by
                   a
                   temperate
                   heat
                   below
                   ,
                   in
                   the
                   space
                   of
                   40
                   days
                   ,
                   it
                   will
                   become
                   black
                   and
                   obscure
                   .
                   When
                   the
                   Bodies
                   are
                   purified
                   ,
                   let
                   them
                   be
                   sublimed
                   by
                   degrees
                   more
                   and
                   more
                   ,
                   till
                   they
                   shall
                   be
                   all
                   elevated
                   or
                   converted
                   into
                   Water
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXVII
                   .
                   We
                   use
                   Sublimation
                   for
                   three
                   Causes
                   .
                   First
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   Body
                   may
                   be
                   made
                   spiritual
                   .
                   Secondly
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   the
                   Spirit
                   may
                   be
                   made
                   Corporeal
                   aud
                   fixed
                   with
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   become
                   Consubstantial
                   with
                   it
                   .
                   Thirdly
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   may
                   be
                   purified
                   from
                   its
                   Original
                   Impurities
                   ;
                   and
                   its
                   Sulphurous
                   Salt
                   may
                   be
                   
                   diminished
                   ,
                   with
                   which
                   it
                   is
                   infected
                   ;
                   subliming
                   it
                   to
                   the
                   Top
                   ,
                   as
                   White
                   as
                   Snow
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXVIII
                   .
                   10.
                   
                   
                     De
                     Fermentatione
                  
                   .
                   Fermentations
                   are
                   made
                   after
                   divers
                   manners
                   ,
                   by
                   which
                   our
                   Medi
                   cine
                   is
                   perpetuated
                   .
                   Some
                   dissolve
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   into
                   a
                   certain
                   clear
                   Water
                   ;
                   and
                   with
                   the
                   Medicine
                   of
                   them
                   ,
                   they
                   make
                   the
                   same
                   to
                   Coagulate
                   ,
                   or
                   be
                   Coagulated
                   ,
                   but
                   such
                   a
                   Fermentation
                   we
                   propose
                   not
                   .
                
                 
                   XXXIX
                   .
                   This
                   only
                   is
                   our
                   Intention
                   ,
                   that
                   first
                   you
                   must
                   Break
                   ,
                   or
                   Tear
                   ,
                   or
                   Grind
                   the
                   matter
                   to
                   Atoms
                   ,
                   before
                   you
                   Ferment
                   it
                   :
                   Mix
                   then
                   presently
                   your
                   Water
                   and
                   Earth
                   together
                   ;
                   and
                   when
                   the
                   Medicine
                   shall
                   flow
                   like
                   Wax
                   ,
                   then
                   see
                   the
                   above
                   mentioned
                   Amalgamation
                   ,
                   and
                   put
                   forth
                   the
                   same
                   ;
                   and
                   when
                   all
                   that
                   is
                   mixed
                   together
                   ,
                   above
                   or
                   on
                   the
                   top
                   of
                   the
                   Glass
                   ,
                   (
                   being
                   well
                   closed
                   ,
                   )
                   make
                   a
                   Fire
                   ,
                   till
                   the
                   whole
                   be
                   Fluxed
                   ;
                   then
                   make
                   projection
                   as
                   you
                   shall
                   think
                   fit
                   ,
                   because
                   it
                   is
                   a
                   Medicine
                   wholly
                   perfect
                   :
                   Thus
                   have
                   you
                   made
                   the
                   Ferment
                   both
                   for
                   the
                   Red
                   and
                   the
                   White
                   .
                
                 
                   XL.
                   The
                   true
                   Fermentation
                   is
                   the
                   Incorporation
                   of
                   the
                   Soul
                   with
                   the
                   Body
                   ,
                   restoring
                   to
                   the
                   same
                   the
                   Natural
                   Odour
                   ,
                   Consistency
                   ,
                   and
                   Colour
                   ,
                   by
                   a
                   Natural
                   Inspissation
                   of
                   the
                   separated
                   things
                   .
                   And
                   as
                   the
                   Magnet
                   draws
                   Iron
                   to
                   it self
                   ,
                   so
                   our
                   Earth
                   by
                   Nature
                   draws
                   down
                   its
                   Soul
                   to
                   it self
                   ,
                   Elevated
                   with
                   Wind
                   :
                   For
                   without
                   doubt
                   ,
                   the
                   Earth
                   is
                   the
                   Ferment
                   of
                   the
                   Water
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   Course
                   or
                   Turns
                   ,
                   the
                   Water
                   is
                   the
                   Ferment
                   of
                   the
                   Earth
                   .
                
                 
                   XLI
                   .
                   We
                   make
                   the
                   Water
                   most
                   Odoriferous
                   ,
                   with
                   which
                   we
                   reduce
                   all
                   the
                   Bodies
                   into
                   Oyl
                   ,
                   with
                   which
                   Oyl
                   we
                   make
                   our
                   Medicine
                   flow
                   .
                   We
                   call
                   this
                   Water
                   a
                   Quintessence
                   ,
                   or
                   the
                   Powers
                   ,
                   and
                   it
                   Heals
                   or
                   Cures
                   all
                   humane
                   Diseases
                   .
                   Make
                   therefore
                   this
                   Oyl
                   of
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   a
                   Ferment
                   most
                   fragrant
                   in
                   smell
                   .
                
                 
                 
                   XLII
                   .
                   11.
                   
                   
                     De
                     Exaltatione
                  
                   .
                   Exaltation
                   differs
                   a
                   little
                   from
                   Sublimation
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   understand
                   aright
                   the
                   words
                   of
                   the
                   Philosophers
                   .
                   If
                   therefore
                   you
                   would
                   Exalt
                   your
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   sublime
                   them
                   first
                   with
                   
                     Spiritus
                     Vitae
                  
                   ;
                   then
                   let
                   the
                   Earth
                   be
                   subtiliated
                   by
                   a
                   Natural
                   rectification
                   of
                   all
                   the
                   Elements
                   ;
                   so
                   shall
                   it
                   be
                   more
                   pretious
                   than
                   Gold
                   ,
                   because
                   of
                   the
                   Quintessence
                   or
                   Powers
                   which
                   they
                   contain
                   .
                
                 
                   XLIII
                   .
                   When
                   the
                   Cold
                   does
                   overcome
                   the
                   Heat
                   ,
                   then
                   the
                   Air
                   is
                   converted
                   into
                   water
                   ,
                   &
                   so
                   two
                   contraries
                   are
                   made
                   by
                   the
                   way
                   ,
                   till
                   they
                   kindly
                   conjoyn
                   and
                   rest
                   together
                   :
                   after
                   this
                   manner
                   you
                   must
                   work
                   them
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   may
                   be
                   Circulated
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   (
                   one
                   with
                   another
                   )
                   may
                   speedily
                   be
                   Exalted
                   together
                   .
                   In
                   one
                   Glass
                   well
                   Sealed
                   ,
                   all
                   this
                   Operation
                   is
                   to
                   be
                   done
                   ,
                   and
                   not
                   with
                   hands
                   .
                
                 
                   XLIV
                   .
                   Convert
                   the
                   Water
                   into
                   Earth
                   ,
                   which
                   will
                   quickly
                   be
                   the
                   Nest
                   of
                   the
                   other
                   Elements
                   ;
                   for
                   the
                   Earth
                   is
                   in
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   which
                   rests
                   in
                   the
                   Air.
                   Begin
                   this
                   Circulation
                   in
                   the
                   West
                   ,
                   then
                   continue
                   it
                   till
                   past
                   the
                   Meridian
                   ,
                   so
                   will
                   they
                   be
                   exalted
                   .
                
                 
                   XLV
                   .
                   12.
                   
                   
                     De
                     Multiplicatione
                  
                   .
                   Multiplication
                   is
                   the
                   thing
                   which
                   makes
                   the
                   augmentation
                   of
                   the
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   in
                   Color
                   ,
                   Smell
                   ,
                   Vertue
                   ,
                   and
                   Quantity
                   ;
                   for
                   it
                   is
                   a
                   Fire
                   ,
                   which
                   being
                   Excited
                   ,
                   never
                   dies
                   ,
                   but
                   always
                   dwells
                   with
                   you
                   ,
                   one
                   spark
                   of
                   which
                   is
                   able
                   to
                   make
                   more
                   Fire
                   by
                   the
                   Virtue
                   of
                   Multiplication
                   .
                
                 
                   XLVI
                   .
                   He
                   is
                   rich
                   which
                   has
                   but
                   one
                   Particle
                   or
                   Grain
                   of
                   this
                   our
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   because
                   that
                   Grain
                   is
                   possible
                   to
                   be
                   augmented
                   (
                   by
                   one
                   way
                   )
                   to
                   Infinity
                   :
                   if
                   you
                   dissolve
                   this
                   our
                   dry
                   Pouder
                   ,
                   and
                   make
                   a
                   frequent
                   Coagulation
                   thereof
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   augment
                   it
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   you
                   may
                   Multiply
                   it
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   increases
                   in
                   your
                   Glass
                   ,
                   into
                   the
                   form
                   of
                   a
                   Tree
                   ,
                   and
                   which
                   Hermes
                   calls
                   a
                   Tree
                   ,
                   most
                   Beautiful
                   in
                   Aspect
                   .
                   Of
                   which
                   one
                   Grain
                   may
                   be
                   Multiplied
                   to
                   an
                   hundred
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   know
                   how
                   wisely
                   to
                   make
                   your
                   Projection
                   .
                
                 
                   XLVII
                   .
                   Our
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   the
                   more
                   fine
                   and
                   subtle
                   it
                   is
                   made
                   ,
                   so
                   much
                   the
                   more
                   compleatly
                   it
                   tinges
                   ,
                   and
                   disperses
                   its
                   Tincture
                   .
                   Let
                   your
                   Fire
                   be
                   kept
                   equally
                   close
                   ,
                   Evening
                   and
                   Morning
                   ;
                   so
                   much
                   the
                   longer
                   you
                   keep
                   the
                   Fire
                   ,
                   so
                   much
                   the
                   more
                   profitable
                   it
                   will
                   be
                   ;
                   and
                   Multiply
                   more
                   and
                   more
                   in
                   your
                   Glass
                   ,
                   nourishing
                   your
                   Mercury
                   in
                   its
                   enclosure
                   ,
                   whereby
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   have
                   a
                   greater
                   Treasure
                   than
                   you
                   could
                   desire
                   .
                
                 
                   XLVIII
                   .
                   13.
                   
                   
                     De
                     Projectione
                  
                   .
                   If
                   your
                   Tincture
                   be
                   true
                   and
                   not
                   Variable
                   ,
                   you
                   may
                   prove
                   it
                   in
                   a
                   small
                   quantity
                   thereof
                   ,
                   either
                   in
                   Metal
                   or
                   Mercury
                   :
                   It
                   cleaves
                   thereto
                   as
                   Pitch
                   ,
                   and
                   so
                   Tinges
                   in
                   Projection
                   ,
                   that
                   it
                   is
                   able
                   to
                   endure
                   the
                   strongest
                   Fire
                   :
                   But
                   many
                   through
                   Ignorance
                   destroy
                   their
                   work
                   ,
                   by
                   making
                   Projection
                   upon
                   an
                   impure
                   Metal
                   .
                
                 
                   XLIX
                   .
                   See
                   that
                   you
                   Project
                   your
                   Medicine
                   upon
                   your
                   Ferment
                   ,
                   so
                   will
                   that
                   Ferment
                   be
                   Brittle
                   as
                   Glass
                   :
                   Project
                   that
                   Brittle
                   Medicine
                   upon
                   pure
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   so
                   have
                   you
                   Silver
                   or
                   Gold
                   ,
                   enduring
                   the
                   severest
                   Test.
                   
                
                 
                   L.
                   Give
                   not
                   liberty
                   to
                   the
                   Reins
                   left
                   you
                   sin
                   ,
                   but
                   Religiously
                   Fear
                   and
                   serve
                   the
                   Lord
                   your
                   God
                   ;
                   think
                   your self
                   alway
                   before
                   the
                   Tribunal
                   of
                   the
                   most
                   high
                   ,
                   the
                   great
                   Judge
                   and
                   Rewarder
                   of
                   Mankind
                   ,
                   who
                   will
                   return
                   to
                   every
                   Man
                   according
                   to
                   his
                   works
                   .
                
                 
                   LI.
                   14.
                   
                   Recapitulatie
                   .
                   Take
                   head
                   
                   diligently
                   to
                   the
                   Latitude
                   of
                   our
                   Stone
                   ,
                   and
                   begin
                   in
                   the
                   Occident
                   ,
                   where
                   the
                   Sun
                   sets
                   ,
                   where
                   the
                   
                     Red
                     Man
                     and
                     White
                     Wife
                  
                   are
                   made
                   one
                   ,
                   conjoyned
                   and
                   Married
                   by
                   the
                   Spirit
                   of
                   Life
                   ,
                   that
                   they
                   may
                   live
                   in
                   Love
                   and
                   Quietness
                   .
                
                 
                   LII
                   .
                   The
                   Earth
                   and
                   Water
                   ,
                   are
                   joyned
                   in
                   a
                   fit
                   proportion
                   ;
                   one
                   part
                   of
                   Earth
                   or
                   Body
                   to
                   three
                   of
                   Spirit
                   ,
                   which
                   is
                   4
                   to
                   12.
                   and
                   is
                   a
                   good
                   proportion
                   :
                   you
                   must
                   take
                   three
                   parts
                   of
                   the
                   Female
                   to
                   one
                   of
                   the
                   Male
                   :
                   by
                   how
                   much
                   less
                   there
                   shall
                   be
                   of
                   the
                   Spirit
                   in
                   this
                   Dispensation
                   ,
                   Conjunction
                   ,
                   or
                   Marriage
                   ,
                   by
                   so
                   much
                   the
                   sooner
                   will
                   the
                   Calcination
                   be
                   Absolved
                   .
                
                 
                   LIII
                   .
                   The
                   Calcination
                   performed
                   ,
                   then
                   you
                   must
                   dissolve
                   the
                   Bodies
                   ,
                   divide
                   ,
                   and
                   Putrefie
                   them
                   ;
                   and
                   all
                   the
                   Secrets
                   of
                   our
                   other
                   lower
                   Stars
                   will
                   have
                   a
                   perfect
                   Coherence
                   and
                   understanding
                   with
                   the
                   Poles
                   of
                   our
                   Heaven
                   ,
                   and
                   will
                   appear
                   with
                   inexplicable
                   Colors
                   of
                   Light
                   and
                   Glory
                   ,
                   Transcending
                   in
                   Lusture
                   and
                   Beauty
                   ,
                   all
                   other
                   things
                   in
                   the
                   World
                   ,
                   and
                   all
                   this
                   before
                   the
                   perfect
                   Whiteness
                   .
                
                 
                   LIV.
                   And
                   after
                   the
                   perfect
                   Whiteness
                   ,
                   you
                   will
                   have
                   a
                   Yellow
                   ,
                   the
                   false
                   Citrion
                   Colour
                   :
                   afterwards
                   the
                   Blood
                   Red
                   ,
                   unchangable
                   for
                   ever
                   ,
                   will
                   be
                   be
                   manifest
                   ;
                   so
                   have
                   you
                   a
                   Medicine
                   of
                   the
                   third
                   Order
                   in
                   its
                   kind
                   ,
                   which
                   may
                   continually
                   be
                   Multiplied
                   .
                   But
                   this
                   you
                   must
                   not
                   in
                   the
                   least
                   be
                   Ignorant
                   of
                   ,
                   that
                   the
                   
                     RED
                     MAN
                  
                   does
                   not
                   Tinge
                   ,
                   nor
                   yet
                   his
                   
                     WHITE
                     WIFE
                  
                   ,
                   till
                   they
                   themselves
                   are
                   first
                   Tinged
                   with
                   our
                   Tincture
                   or
                   Stone
                   .
                
                 
                   LV.
                   When
                   therefore
                   you
                   prepare
                   your
                   Matter
                   by
                   this
                   our
                   Art
                   ;
                   hide
                   your
                   Bodies
                   all
                   over
                   ,
                   an
                   I
                   lay
                   open
                   their
                   Profundiries
                   or
                   In-sides
                   ,
                   destroy
                   the
                   first
                   quality
                   of
                   all
                   your
                   Materials
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   more
                   excellent
                   second
                   qualities
                   ,
                   which
                   in
                   these
                   you
                   must
                   separate
                   ;
                   and
                   in
                   one
                   Glass
                   ,
                   and
                   by
                   one
                   Government
                   and
                   Order
                   ,
                   convert
                   the
                   four
                   Natures
                   into
                   one
                   .
                
                 
                   LVI
                   .
                   The
                   Red
                   Elixir
                   must
                   be
                   divided
                   into
                   two
                   parts
                   ,
                   before
                   it
                   be
                   Rubified
                   ,
                   which
                   put
                   into
                   two
                   Glasses
                   ;
                   and
                   if
                   you
                   would
                   have
                   a
                   double
                   Elixir
                   ,
                   one
                   of
                   Sol
                   ,
                   and
                   another
                   of
                   Luna
                   ,
                   do
                   thus
                   :
                
                 
                   LVII
                   .
                   With
                   Mercury
                   multiply
                   presently
                   theMedicine
                   into
                   a
                   great
                   quantity
                   ,
                   if
                   you
                   have
                   at
                   first
                   only
                   so
                   small
                   a
                   quantity
                   as
                   a
                   Spoonful
                   :
                   then
                   may
                   you
                   multiply
                   them
                   together
                   into
                   a
                   White
                   and
                   Red
                   Medicine
                   ,
                   which
                   by
                   Circulation
                   you
                   must
                   convert
                   into
                   a
                   perfect
                   Oyl
                   according
                   to
                   our
                   directions
                   ;
                   and
                   this
                   Multiplication
                   from
                   your
                   first
                   small
                   quantity
                   may
                   be
                   continued
                   ,
                   should
                   you
                   live
                   a
                   thousand
                   Years
                   .
                   These
                   Oyls
                   will
                   fix
                   Crude
                   Mercury
                   into
                   perfect
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   .
                
                 
                   LVIII
                   .
                   This
                   pure
                   and
                   fixed
                   Oleaginous
                   substance
                   ,
                   Raymundus
                   calls
                   his
                   Basillsk
                   ,
                   whose
                   Explication
                   is
                   so
                   easie
                   to
                   be
                   understood
                   ;
                   that
                   it
                   needs
                   no
                   more
                   Words
                   .
                
                 
                   LIX
                   .
                   For
                   our
                   Metals
                   are
                   nothing
                   else
                   ,
                   than
                   our
                   two
                   
                     Minerae
                     ,
                     viz.
                  
                   those
                   of
                   Sol
                   and
                   Luna
                   ,
                   as
                   Raymundus
                   wisely
                   Notes
                   ;
                   The
                   Splendor
                   of
                   Luna
                   ,
                   and
                   the
                   Light
                   of
                   shining
                   Sol.
                   In
                   these
                   two
                   Minerae
                   ,
                   the
                   Secret
                   dwells
                   ;
                   tho'
                   the
                   Splendor
                   may
                   for
                   a
                   while
                   be
                   hid
                   from
                   your
                   Eyes
                   ,
                   which
                   by
                   the
                   help
                   of
                   Art
                   ,
                   you
                   may
                   easily
                   bring
                   to
                   light
                   .
                
                 
                   LX.
                   This
                   hidden
                   Stone
                   ,
                   this
                   one
                   thing
                   ,
                   purifie
                   it
                   ,
                   wash
                   it
                   in
                   its
                   own
                   Liquor
                   ,
                   Water
                   or
                   Blood
                   ,
                   till
                   it
                   grows
                   White
                   ;
                   then
                   prudently
                   Ferment
                   it
                   ,
                   so
                   have
                   you
                   the
                   Summ
                   and
                   Perfection
                   of
                   the
                   whole
                   Work.
                   
                
              
               
                 FINIS
                 .